Full text of "Commercial fisheries review"

See other formats

etter rie vats

ea sa ahee oe tatte
a 7
va ayes
Der nvr

23 ,9.8

eae

MSS Sa tears
prArreecrey won! a na.
Sea

Eas aay

pao kainage Fe

RTOS RLS, 8s ha Sse os
arate Bes Hep Sos tes
ATS

Prarie

Wn sat aes
PE OTT on

Pe ate igh
feet hI

Peay
ee,

Rea

Leptin te Tete
POGUES

ape

thy
Scat

COMMERCIAL fe tf ge ta:
FASHERIE S#te.€ gee
YE3BK

ae
‘JULY 1956

FISH and WILDLIFE SERVICE
United States Department of the Interior

Washington, D.C

UNITED STATES
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

SECRETARY

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE

FRED A. SEATON, JOHN L. FARLEY, DIRECTOR

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

A review of developments and news of the fishery industries
prepared in the BRANCH OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES

A.W. Anderson, Editor

J.Pileggi, Associate Editor H.M.Bearse, Assistant Editor

Mailed free to members of the fishery andalliedindustries. Address correspondence and requests
tothe: Director, Fish and Wildlife Service, U.S. Department of the Interior, Washington 25, D.C.

Publication of material from sources outside the Service is not an endorsement. The Service is
not responsible for the accuracy of facts, views, or opinions contained in materialfrom outside sources.

Although the contents of this publication have not been copyrighted and may be reprinted freely,
reference to the source will be appreciated.

The printing of this publication has been approved by the Director of the Bureau of the Budget,

August 2, 1955. (8/31/57)
CONTENTS
COVER: The George M. Bowers, a new gear-research and exploratory-fishing vessel com-
missioned by the U, S, Fish and Wildlife Service on January 7, 1956, in Miami, Fla. (See
page 1 of this issue.)
CORRECTION: April 1956 issue: The Japanese fishing vessels reproduced on the front
cover page and on page 34, labeled Kuroshio No, 21, are labeled incorrectly, The photo-
graph on the cover page is the Bocho Maru No, 1 and that on page 34 is the Shirogami
Maru No, al, according to advice received from Japan.
Page
Composition of Southern Oysters, by Charles F, Lee and Leonard Pepper ..... coDoo0d oc o'D aecneneielekeRene 1
Exploratory Fishing Vessel George M. Bowers:
Part I - Description of Vessel, by Reidar F.Sand .......+2+2-ee0- Ren oak oo SO O:010.0-0 7
PartII - Vessel’s Electrical and Auxiliary-Drive Systems, ‘by "Richard 1s McNeely Sisel eitey ale aceite Hotel oteKer otelioleneke 11
Page Page
RESEARCH IN SERVICE LABORATORIES: ....... 15 TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS (Contd,):
Storage Tests on Frozen Fried Fish Sticks Pre- Delaware:

pared from Pacific Cod, by Max Patashnik and Oysterindustry.91954/ 55m aero ienen ene 30

John A. Dassow ........ coon0o0a 15 Electronic Fish Counter Developed ......... 31
Effect of Raw Material on Tuna-Meal Quality, by Exploratory Vessels Find New Shrimp and Yel-

Cc, R, Grau, Richard N, Barnes, Neva L. Karrick, lowfin Tuna Areas........ sian ean ouevonone oes 32

and Lynne G. McKee ....... SNORE OTS 18 Federal Purchases of Fishery Products:
Research Programs Discussed at Baikal Bishere Fresh and Frozen Fishery Products Purchased

ies Technologists Conference .........-.- 5 20 by the Department of Defense, April 1956 ... 33
Progress in Research on Southern Oysters ..... 21 Canned Fishery Products Purchased Through Ly
New Techniques for Freezing and Storing North Market Centers, January-March 1956 ..... 33

Atlantic Lobsters, by John A, Peters and Joseph W. Quartermaster Corps Research Emphasizes

Eavaniiereteions KOMOo oOo CoC ODaCo Le New Lightweight Foods .............-- 33

TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS: odoooDD0CODDODS 24 Florida:
Additions to the Fleet of U.S, Fishing Vessels .. 24 Fisheries Research, October-December 1955 . 35
Alaska; Great Lakes Fishery Investigations:

Bait Herring Prepared by New Method ...... 24 Chub Fishery Not Responsible for Decline of
Biological Studies Aid Sport Fishermen ...... 25 WakeiMichiganDrout’y.)-ect-ieeetcnonersnetetanete 36
California: Operational Plans for Service’s Research Ves-

Logging and Fisheries Cooperate in Elimination sel Cisco for 1956 .......-- susie oheeroreee 36

of Salmon Stream Damage ......c<e0c+«< 26 Gulf Exploratory Fishery Program:

Pelagic Fish Distribution and Behavior Study Red Shrimp Caught in Gulf of Mexico by Oregon

Continued (Airplane Spotting Flight 56-3) . 27 (Gruise'38) iiss -shececcbepetarers snc cone nee 387

Preseason 1955/56 Pacific Sardine Prediction Maryland:

Confirmed .... Somsooudo aoe toaT | ts Oyster Prospects Bright on SomeMarylandBars 38

Sardine Catch for 1956/ 57 May Be WA? soon ef Suspended Cultch for Oyster Set Tested in

Whaling Industry Reactivated ......... 30 Chincoteague Bay ........- Alec eee 39
Cans--Shipments for Fishery Products, J anuary= Massachusetts:

Mar chek Oa Gta ve'ax'e'n) siatiovovevereielahereterevecekeneneveniin noo, Regulations for Weighing, Sorting, and Culling

Fish’at Banding Poxrtsy esses opeeienene stake oo.

Contents Continued Pp. 113-114,

July 1956 Washington 25,D.C. Vol. 18, No.7

COMPOSITION OF SOUTHERN OYSTERS
By Charles F, Lee* and Leonard Pepper**

ABSTRACT

Southern oysters collected from plants along the South Atlantic and Gulf Coasts have been ana-
lyzed for dry matter, protein, fat, mineral matter, and salt, The carbohydrate content was calcu-
lated by difference, During the period from October 1954 to October 1955 inclusive, 58 sample
pairs were collected, each consisting of a sample of oysters taken at the plant directly from the
shell oysters, and a sample of the regularly shucked and washed commercial product from th
same lot of oysters, It was found that the dry matter, fat, and carbohydrate content of the ‘‘shell’’
samples all changed in a similar manner during the season. Minimum values for monthly averages
were observed for September and October and maximum values for April or May. This had been
expected because of the relationship of these constituents to the spawning cycle; however, no expla-
nation is apparent for a very similar fluctuation in the mineral matter and salt content of these
oysters, Comparisons of all data have been made on a dry-weight basis, When the data for ‘‘plant’’
and ‘‘shell’’ samples were averaged by states, the values for constituents of the ‘‘plant’’ were
slightly greater than for the ‘‘shell’” samples. Comparatively little difference between oysters
from different states is evident from these averages, The large variability resulting from sea-
sonal fluctuation masks the relatively minor effects of factors such as differences in plant prac-
tices and location. This study of composition of the Southern oyster is being continued tor a sec-
ond year,

BACKGROUND

Technological investigation and research on the Southern oyster was started in
October 1954 with funds provided by Public Law 466 {Saltonstall-Kennedy Act of
1954). It was thought desirable to conduct most of the research through contracts
with qualified and interested groups in the area, because of the geographical re-
moteness of the Fish and
Wildlife Service's nearest
technological laboratory
from the Gulf Coast and be-
cause of the highly perish-
able nature of the product.
Staff members of the Serv-
ice's Fishery Technological
Laboratory at College Park,
Md., were assigned to do the
proximate analyses of oys-
ters and keep close liaison
with the contractors. Con-
tracts were negotiated with .
three Southern universities A cluster of South Atlantic oysters,
during February 1955. Staff ;
workers of the College Park Laboratory maintained liaison among the several groups,
sponsored joint project conferences, and assisted in any way possible to facilitate

research. mee |
%* Chemical Engineer { Fishery Technological Laboratory, Branch of Commercial Fisheries,

%*% Chemist U. S, Fish and Wildlife Service, College Park, Md. {

2 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

FACTORS AFFECTING STORAGE OF RAW SHUCKED OYSTERS

Dr. E. A. Fieger and staff at Louisiana State University in Baton Rouge, La.,
contracted to investigate factors affecting frozen storage of raw shucked oysters.
The first year in storage has been completed for the first lot of oysters; these were
packed in May 1955. The results of this storage test will be reported shortly.

Since January 1956, when Southern oysters in good condition were available
again, four new packs of oysters for frozen storage have been prepared: two from
Louisiana, one from Bon Secour, Ala., and one from Mississippi. Storage tests
should demonstrate whether factors related to the season of catch, location of beds,
and methods of handling in the plant affect the quality of the frozen pack.

Dr. Fieger and his staff have also studied changes during iced storage of two
lots of fresh oysters as commercially shucked and washed. The data from these
tests should show, to some extent, the effect on quality and storage life, wheniced,
of oysters produced by the different methods of shucking and washing used by the
various plants in this area.

DEVELOPMENT OF NEW COOKED SOUTHERN OYSTER PRODUCTS

A second contract was allotted to Florida State University in Tallahassee, Fla.
Dr. Betty M. Watts and her staff of the School of Home Economics are primarily
concerned with the development of new cooked Southern oyster products for frozen
storage, such as stews, soups, scalloped oysters, and other casserole-type dishes

5 e in which the juices contribute fla-

ES. vor and nutritional value. Frozen
Fet 4
13

products of this type involve a
great deal of developmental re-
search, and the problem has been
complicated by the short season

a oar i (January to April) during which
Foust 1g| good commercial oysters are avail-
2 | &| able locally. However, encourag-
& Wo "| ing progress has been made and it
me >| is expected that this program will
[ be expanded considerably during
wo/ - 8 the coming season.

Four separate reports on re-
aa L sults of the work during the first
Ga Gath Cae GE OR Ge Ray ee UM Sas eae contract year will be published by

the group at Florida State Univer-
sity. The first on changes during
storage of cooked oysters hasbeen
been submitted to Food Technology, and the second, on the relation of pH to quality
of shucked oysters will be published in Commercial Fisheries Review. Reports
are also in preparation on seasonal changes in total solids, niacin, and riboflavin
content of the local oysters, and on the results of irradiation of oysters with Cobalt
60.

Fig. 1 - Average dry matter and fat content, dry-weight basis, of
**shell”’ oysters according to month samples were collected.

BODY -FLUID BALANCE AND DISCOLORATION IN SOUTHERN OYSTERS

Dr. Milton Fingerman at Tulane University in New Orleans has the third con-
tract for some basic physiological research concerned with the body-fluid balance
in live Southern oysters.

The results of Dr. Fingerman's initial research have been published in Tulane
Studies in Zoology, vol. 3, no. 9, April 12, 1956. This research is continuing,

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 3

and will include during the second year amore extensive study of the internal sources
of these fluids and the body mechanism that regulates their composition. Alsoun-
der investigation are the causes of the brown or blackish discoloration that is ob-
served in oysters from certain production areas. This discoloration has been the
subject, in the past, of much speculation as to origin but little investigation, and
the present work has mainly proven that most of the previously advanced explana-
tions have little basis in fact. A preliminary report of this phase of their research
will appear in Commercial Fisheries Review.

SEASONAL VARIABILITY IN COMPOSITION OF OYSTERS

Providing data on seasonal variability in compostion of the oysters from the
numerous producing areas in the South is a second function of the Service's College
Park Fishery Technological Laboratory. Contractors have, for the most part, used
local oysters for their storage tests and other phases of their research. Knowledge
of the effect of seasonal and geographical factors on the composition of the Southern
oyster is needed to extend the applicability of the results of these research projects,
since virtually no information on this subject is available in the literature. Sam-
ples collected throughout the area have been analyzed for dry matter, crude pro-
tein, fat, mineral matter, and salt. The carbohydrate content has been calculated
by difference. All of these constituents vary markedly and the data serve adequate-
ly to demonstrate seasonal differences and variations due to location.

COLLECTION OF SAMPLES: The method of sampling raw shucked oysters is
of importance because of the very rapid loss in body fluids and the resulting change
in composition that occurs within minutes after shucking (Fingerman 1956). For
the desired comparisons of season and area, plant samples were of little value since
there were also large salt and
fluid losses in the shucking bucket
and in washing the shuckedmeats.
Thus, for these comparisons, it
was necessary to obtain samples
shucked directly from the shell
into a sample can at the plant by
one of the regular oyster shuck-
ers, These samples were diffi-
cult to obtain because shucking
operations are irregular every-
where on the South Atlantic and
Gulf Coasts except in New Or-
leans, being limited to 3- or 4-

PROTEIN - dry basis

x)
+
CARBOHYDRATE - dry basis

0 . ! ill i 1 ! ee
hour periods once or twice each OCT. NOV. DEC. JAN. FEB. MAR APR. MAY JUNE JULY AUG. SEPT. OCT.

1954 1955

ring much of the season. ; -
week duri g o Fig. 2 - Average protein and carbohydrate content, dry-weight basis, of

‘*shell” oysters according to month samples were collected,
Whenever a "'shell''sample

could be obtained, a comparable "'plant'’ sample was also collected from the same
lot of oysters that had been shucked in the usual manner, and drained and washed
on the skimmer according to the usual plant practice. This permitted a comparison
of the commercial product from various plants and, more specifically, a compari-
son of the effect of the different handling methods on the composition of the washed
product. Because of the large differences in dry-matter content of these samples,
the data have been converted to a dry basis for better comparison.

ANALYSIS OF DATA: The data for all constituents of the "shell" samples have
been averaged by months to determine the extent of seasonal effect on composition
(figs. 1, 2, and 3), and the same data for both "shell" and ''plant'' samples have been
averaged for each state (table 1) to determine whether differences exist between oys-
ters from the several states.

4 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

The data for the "shell" samples according to month of collection are summa-
rized in figures 1, 2, and 3. Because of the difficulty in obtaining the "'shell'' sam-
ples, none of the monthly averages includes data for all six states that would be de-
sirable for maximum significance. This results in a considerable range in the
number of values for each month; from 11 for October 1954 to only 2 for themonths
from May through August 1955, when shucking has stopped in most areas. The
summer samples were all collected from New Orleans plants by the staff of Loui-
siana State University.

The first samples were obtained in October 1954, and the figures include the
period through October 1955 with data for all months except for November 1954.
The change in composition, usually associated with the advancing season (the "R"
months), is an improvement in the condition of the oyster after the summer spawn-
ing period. In the South the spawning period is much longer than in colder climates,
and oysters are thin and in poor
condition for a somewhat longer
period, extending well into the fall
months. The data in figures 1 and
22- 2 show the very definite increase

in dry matter, fat, and carbohy-

drates that occurred from October

to March. Oysters were in good

condition from March through May
i when judged on the basis of dry
matter and carbohydrates, although
the fat content had already de-
creased markedly by May. All
three constituents were found in
decreasing quantities during the
summer, with the lowest values
for each in September. Dry mat-
ter and fat had not changed in Oc-
tober but the carbohydrate content
had increased slightly.

SALT - dry basis

MINERAL MATTER - dry bass

OCT. NOV. DEC. JAN. FEB. MAR. APR. MAY . OCT.
1954 1955

Fig, 3 - Average mineral matter and salt content, dry-weight basis,
of ‘‘shell” oysters according to month samples were collected.

There appears to be a definite inverse relationship between the protein and the
carbohydrate contents as indicated in figure 2. The protein content decreased to a
minimum in May, when other constitutents were at the seasonal maximum, then in-
creased sharply to a high value in August. The data in figure 2 show that the direc-
tion of changes in protein content is exactly opposite to that of the carbohydrate con-
tent for every month except the short period from December to February, when
both constituents increased slightly. Actually, the protein content is probably least
subject to change of all constituents, but as fat and carbohydrate contents decrease,
the protein makes up a greater proportion of the remaining body tissue percentage-
wise.

The data in figure 3 show a surprisingly consistent decrease in mineral matter
and in salt from October to April. Thereafter there was a fairly regular increase
in these constituents until September, with values for September and October being
only slightly lower than the high values found in October 1954. The explanation for
the fluctuationin salt and the positively-correlated changes in mineral matter con-
tent is not known. This might reasonably be assumed to be related to the salinity
of the water from which the oysters were taken. Information on this variable is not
available but salinity would hardly be expected to show as uniform a cycle of change
as is indicated by the data in figure 3, especially since a considerable and variable
number of different and widely-scattered areas are represented in the monthly aver-
ages.

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 5

The data in table 1 show that the ranges for maximum and minimum values for
the six constituents are quite large in many instances. This is almost entirely due
to the seasonal variation already demonstrated. Although the oyster samples were
not always obtained from the same plant each month, and oysters were often from

Table 1 - Dataonthe Composition of the Shell and the Plant Samples of Southern Oysters from October 1954 to October 1955 Inclusive

Number of On Dry Basis
State Pairs of Dry Matter Protein Fat Mineral Matter Salt27 Carbohydrates
Samples1/[™Plant"["Shell”| “Plant"] "Shell" |["Plant™ ["Shell”|™Plant"] "Shel |"Plant™ ["Shell"| “Plant” |"Shell
obo ooo nD U DDO OD oO © OlOlole B56 (Percent) qe iissae ete anak Poe aun Ee eee
29
18.1 17.1 74.8 63.5 14.7 16.7 17.1 35.9.| 10.4 28.9 42.2 41.3
5.9 6.9 40.9 36.8 6.8 Ee 4.6 6.4 ila ah 2.8 7.1 8.1
11.2 11.5 56.0 | 51 3 GL.) 10.1 9.8 16.5 4.6 10.8 23.1 22.3
Mississippi: 5 I
Maximum 17.0 14.5 60.8 58.7 12.7 11.3 14.1 24.1 5.5 16.2 41.7 35.7
Minimum 10.9 7.5 40.6 37.3 8.8 8.0 5.1 13.9 1.3 9.7 18.9 15.6
13.5 11.2 49.1 45.1 11.3 20:0" 8.9 L739 3.2 eee 30.7 27.1
11
15.2 13.6 60.1 56.8 16.5 14.6 12.4 24.6 6.7 18.2 37.2 34.8
7.0 10.2 43.8 42.1 Seat 6.5 4.7 5.5 0.7 2.2 16.5 13.0
12.6 11.8 50.7 50.0 12.5 11.0 7.5 12.1 3.1 7.2 29.3 27.9
Florida: 6
Maximum 17.5 12.3 61.4 52.8 13.5 10.5 18.3
Minimum 9.9 8.3 45.0 40.8 7.6 5.5 8.6
Mean | 13.5 10.8 51.5 46.6 10.1 T.4 13.6
Georgia: 2
Maximum 14.2 11.1 54.2 48.0 9.2 6.9 17.6
Minimum 13.9 10.3 51.2 45.9 7.6 5.7 12.0
Mean 14.1 10.7 52.7 47.0 8.4 6.3 14.8
South Carolina: 3
Maximum 17.9 15.3 52.7 46.0 9.8 8.3 12.6
Minimum 16.3 12.1 46.1 44.7 5.8 6.8 9.2
Mean 17.3 | 13.5| 49.7 | 45.4 | 8.3 AT rE
1/ Pairs consist of one sample of oysters shucked directly from the shell and the other taken from regular plant production.
lz Sodium chloride calculated from chloride conteat.

different growing areas even when the same plant was available as a sample source,
the effect of these factors on the composition of the samples was largely masked by
seasonal influences. Comparison of the averages for plant and shell samples in
general show large differences only for mineral matter and salt.

CONCLUSIONS: Because of the large seasonal variation in all constituents,
comparison between states of average values for the various constituents is hardly
warranted, However, these averages, qualified by the data for individual sample
pairs not shown in the table, seem to justify certain tentative conclusions, subject
to confirmation from data for a second season:

(1) Oysters inallareas studied conform in a general way to the same seasonal
cycle of variability for each of the constituents measured.

(2) The dry matter of most of the plant-washed samples is greater than for the
comparable "shell" samples: This is a result of the usual practice of only washing
the oysters on the skimmer with a spray nozzle, which gives a much shorter expo-
sure to fresh water than occurs during blowing.

(3) There is a loss of salt amounting to from 55 to 60 percent for the "plant"
samples as compared with the "shell" samples. Most of this loss is probably in
the liquor drained off on the skimmer.

(4) The decrease in salt and in the mineral matter combined with the usual in-
crease in dry matter results in an even larger apparent increase in protein and
usually in carbohydrate for the "plant'' samples as compared with similar values
for the "shell" samples. These constituents are insoluble and thus constitute a
greater proportion of the remaining solids.

(5) There is a marked decrease in the saltiness of the oysters in all areasfrom
October to March. By May the salt content is increasing toward a September max-
imum, The reasons for this unexpectedly large and apparently cyclic fluctuation

6 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

in salt are not known. No data on salinities of the water in producing areas are a-
vailable to determine the effect of this factor upon the salt content of the oyster.

The factors affecting the composition of the oyster are so numerous that inter-
pretation of data, even with the 116 samples included in this series, is unsatisfac-
tory in many instances, due to the small number of values for any single constitu-
ent. Samples for analysis for the second season, that is, the period from October
1955 to April 1956, have already been collected. No solution has been found for the
various problems involved in obtaining more complete sample series from certain
problem areas. Efforts were made to obtain the desired samples at various select-
ed locations through the cooperation of (1) a plant owner, (2) an employee in a Fish
and Wildlife Service Wildlife Refuge located very near two oyster plants, (3) aU.S.
Public Health Service official who regularly visited one producing area to obtain
samples for his own work, and (4) one of the university groups with an oyster re-
search contract. The results ranged from fair to failure; none supplied a satisfac-
tory series of samples. Particular credit should, however, be given to Dr. Arthur
Novak at Louisiana State University. Through his efforts, complete series are a-
vailable for two plants in New Orleans and quite satisfactory coverage for several
plants in Mississippi and Alabama. The plant owners contacted everywhere have
been uniformly cooperative in supplying the type of samples desired if visited when
shucking was in progress and this cooperation is deeply appreciated.

Sample collections will be continued through October 1956 to provide data for
a second complete year. Because of the virtual impossibility of obtaining satisfac-
tory coverage of the South Atlantic Coast, it is not expected at this time to try to
sample the whole area for a third season, unless unexpected and inexplicable dif-
ferences are found between the data of the first two years.

SUMMARY: Data for average proximate composition of 16 samples of oysters
collected from producing areas from South Carolina to Louisiana are presented
tabularly by States, and by the type of sample, either ''shell’' as shucked; or"'plant,"
that is commercially drained and washed on the skimmer. The values for certain
constituents of the 'shell'' samples have been averaged by months when collected.
These data are included in figures 1, 2, and 3, and indicate the type of seasonal
fluctuation found. Comparisons are made entirely on dry basis. In general, dry
‘matter, fat carbohydrate, mineral matter, and salt were at seasonal maxima in
April and May, while minimum values were found in September and October. An
inverse relationship was found for the protein content, that is, a May minimum and
an August maximum. The study of composition of Southern oysters is being con-
tinued for a second season,

BIBLIIOGRAPHY

1, Osmotic Behavior and Bleeding of the Oyster, Crassostrea virginica, by Milton Fingerman and Laurence D. Fairbanks,
Tulane Studies in Zoology, vol, 3, no. 9, April 1956, DD. 152-100,

2. Some Factors Affecting Fluid Loss in Southern Oysters, by Milton Fingerman and Laurence D, Fairbanks. Commercial
Fisheries Review, vol. 18, no, 1, January 1956, pp. 10-11 (also Sep. No. 426).
3. dnvesteaion of the Deterioration of Cooked Oysters, by Elizabeth Ann Gardner and Betty M. Watts. Submitted to Food
echnology

4, Correlation of pH and Quality of Shucked Southern Oysters, by Elizabeth Ann Gardner and Betty M, Watts. Submitted
for publication in Commercial Fisheries Review.

5. ‘‘Brown-Spotting” in the Southern Oyster, by Milton Fingerman, Scheduled for publication in Commercial Fisheries
Review, vol. 18, no. 8, August 1956,

6, Rapid Procedures for Approximation of Bacterial Count in Shrimp and Oysters, by A. F. Novak, E. A. Fieger, and
M, E. Bailey. Food Technology, vol. 10, no. 2, February 1956, pp. 66-67.

7. Composition of Southern Oysters, by Betty M. Watts to be published in Commercial Fisheries Review.

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 7

EXPLORATORY FISHING VESSEL GEORGE M. BOWERS

CONTENTS
Page Page
Part I - Description of Vessel ..........22% 7 Part Il - Vessel’s Electrical & Auxiliary-Drive Systems 11
INEOCUCHOM Metenelehelelleleieleloteleleleleielelels|sleie 7 ElectricaliSystemereteieicleleleleeloisiclelsislehaiclele 1
Vessel Specifications ....c.0eecccccoecs 9 Winch-Engine Aumiliary Drive ........00. O0 12
Part | - Description of Vessel

By Reidar F. Sand*
INTRODUCTION

The U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service commissioned the George M. Bowers at
Miami, Fla., on January 7, 1956. It was built by Steam Ways Corporation of Tam-
pa, Fla., to Service design specifications, with funds provided by the Saltonstall-
Kennedy Act of 1954. This vessel will be used primarily in the Service's gear re-
search and development projects and will assist in the program to investigate the
fishery resources of theSouth Atlantic area. The vessel is operated by the Explor-
atory Fishing and Gear Development Section of the Service's Branch of Commercial
Fisheries.

The George M. Bowers will first participate in exploration for new commer-

cial shrimp and fishing grounds in the South Atlantic off the coasts of Florida, Geor-
gia, North and South Carolina.

Upon completion of this assign-
ment the George M. Bowers will
place emphasis onresearch inthe
field of fishing- gear development.

While substantially of shrimp-
trawler design commonto the Gulf
and South Atlantic area, the ves-
sel is modifiedfor operation as a
multipurpose fishing vessel capa-
ble of trawling, trolling, seining,
long-lining, gill-netting, andlive-
bait fishing. Special equipment
has been installedfor research on
fishing gear that is important to
the commercial fisheries of the
United States. For observing fish-
ing gear inaction, provisions have
beenmade for installation of the
Service's underwater television
equipment. The vesselis equipped
with a unique and versatile electri-
calsystem designedby Service
technicians.

Fig, 1 - The George M. Bowers on a trial run,

The plans for the George M. Bowers were based largely on practical experi-
ence gained from operating other Service exploratory fishing vessels, and its de-
sign includes provisions for adaptation to the future needs of experimental and ex-
ploratory fishing. The operating area will be from Cape Hatteras, N.C., to the

Gulf of Mexico and offshore waters. For this reason the George M. Bowers is
* Fishery Methods and Equipment Specialist, Gear Research Station, Exploratory Fishing and Gear Development Section,
Branch of Commercial Fisheries, U, S, Fish and Wildlife Service, Coral Gables, Fla,

8 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 7

1OKVA,I10V
A.C.GENERATOR

—
3
3KVA, IOV
A.C.GENERATOR—
FISH HOLD ENG

FISH
HATCH

FULU DIESEL-6 CYL
Z09KP I2Z00R.P.M.

UPPER BERTH

LUBE OIL-
eo

ta" CLEAT P.8S.
0:

FUEL OIL.
oma ~.

ELECTRONIC
CONTROL

BITT CHOCK Pas.
(EAD FITTING

Upper-Deck Arrangement,

AIR CONTROLS

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 9

strongly built, amply powered for a 5,000-mile cruising range, and equipped with
the most modern navigational devices.

The vessel bears the name of the distinguished former United States Commis-
sioner of Fisheries, George M. Bowers; he was Commissioner from 1898 to 1913,
and in 1902-1903 was President of the American Fisheries Society. He was ap-
pointed to the House of Representatives from West Virginia in 1913 to fill an un-
expired term and was re-elected, serving until 1923. Bowers died at Martinsburg,
W. Va., December 7, 1925.

VESSEL SPECIFICATIONS

The vessel's construction is of wood with three transverse watertight bulkheads,
Hull planking is of Douglas fir, and frames of oak are doubled and steam-bent. The
deckhouse of cypress is standard double-side construction through-bolted to the
deck. Interior deckhouse sheeting is of marine plywood. While the generaldesign
is that of the Florida shrimp trawler, there is considerable resemblance to the Pa-
cific Coast combination seiner-trawler with deckhouse forward and clear deck space
aft. To improve vessel handling qualities and trim under various fishing conditions,
machinery spaces and tanks are disposed further aft than in conventionaiirawlers:

The vessel is built to the following dimensions:

Length over-all - 73 ft. Fresh water capacity - 2,000 gals.
Beam over guards - 21 ft., 6 in. Lube oil capacity - 125 gals.
Draft over keel = Ff ahtiog (© vas Cruising speed - 9.8 knots

Diesel fuel capacity - 5,100 gals. Maximum speed - 10.2 knots.

Main propulsion power is supplied by a six-cylinder four-cycle Diesel engine
built to American Bureau of Shipping Standards, The engine delivers 209 hp.
at 1,200 r.p.m. through 3:1 reduction gear |...
to a 50 x 40 four-blade propeller. A six-
cylinder 50 hp. Diesel auxiliary engine is
designed to drive the main trawl winch
through a fluid coupling equipped with clutch
and reverse gear. A four-cylinder Diesel
engine-driven generator supplies 10 kw. for
the vessel's electrical system of 110 and 220
volts a.c., and 32 and 110 voltsd.c. A
smaller 3 kw. Diesel generator supplements
the 10 kw. generator. A main engine-driv-
en high-pressure closed impeller-type pump
delivers 100 gallons a minute at 80 pounds a
square inch for bilge pumping, fire, and
washdown services. A smaller auxiliary
engine-driven low-pressure pump delivers
40 gallons a minute. The engine-driven
pumps are supplemented by a three-inch
hand pump located on deck.

A 110-volt battery bank installed in the
hold provides a quiet source of electrical
power for underwater sound research on com-
mercial species of fish. The vessel has a
hold capacity for 10 tons of fish and ice be-
cause a large capacity was not thought to be
-necessary for experimental fisheries work.
Machinery spaces below decks are protected from fire by automatic and manually-
operated CO2 systems. Guards are installed over all items of machinery where
exposed moving parts may cause injury to personnel.

Fig, 3 - View of George M. Bowers’ main engine
and CQ) system,

10 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

Deck machinery consists of an electrical motor-driven anchor windlass, and
oceanographic winch, and a combination seine-trawl winch. The main double-drum
trawl winch spools 500 fathoms of qg-inch cable on each drum and may be modified

mt im

nh i Fig. 5 - After deck view showing trawl davits, Trawling
Fig, 4 - After deck showing main trawl winch. may be done either with these davits or with the ‘‘Florida-
type’’ trawling boom.
in a short period of time for seining, and long-line and gill-net hauling. An air
ram-operated emergency stop control is a special feature of the main trawl winch
installation.

The George M. Bowers may be rigged with various types of specialized fish-
ing equipment which are readily portable. Among these are trolling poles, a bait

Fig. 6 - View of pilothouse showing wheel and engine con- Fig. 7 - View of sonic depth recorders in pilothouse and
trois, : radio in chartroom,

vessel will also be outfitted with such hydrographic gear as bathythermographs,
bottom-sampling devices, and reversing thermometers. A laboratory space with
sink is provided in the after section of the deckhouse.

Electronic equipment aboard includes:

1. Sonic depth recorder, 0 - 200 fathoms
2. Sonic depth recorder, 0 - 700 fathoms
3. Radiotelephone, 70 watts

4. Radiotelephone, 75 watts

5. Radio-direction finder

6. Direct-reading loran receiver.

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 11

In addition to manual steering, the vessel is equipped with a nonhunting-type
automatic pilot. An emergency tiller may be quickly attached with removal of a
deck flange above the rudder post. In tests and trials the vessel exhibited fine qual-
ities of maneuverability and seaworthiness. A separate chart and instrument room
has been provided because of the need for these facilities. Quarters are provided
for four scientists in addition to crew space for six.

Six berths are located in the forecastle, two in the deckhouse, and one in the
laboratory space. Separate quarters are provided for the captain adjacent to the
wheelhouse.

A desirable feature of the George M. Bowers not usually found in fishing ves-
sels of this size is the provision for inside access to working areas, quarters, and
storage spaces. This provision for crew comfort is a definite advantage to the
multipurpose fishing or exploratory vessel, and was accomplished without loss of
space or special arrangements.

Part Il - Vessel’s Electrical and Auxiliary-Drive Systems
By Richard L. McNeely*
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

The design of the electrical system of the George M. Bowers fulfills a variety
of requirements and makes provision for future possible needs. Of particular note
in the installation are features of economy both to the initial cost of the installation
and to operational and maintenance expenses.

The larger of the generating plants is 110-volt a.c. single-phase and is rated
at 10 kv.-a. The unique design and installation features of the system permits,
without overload, intermittent operation of:

Galley range. . SS ene Ooh ee 220 v.a.c. - 200 to 10,000 watts
Thirty-gallon hot- water heater eee oe el Onvenae Camel SO0hwatts
Gallleyanetricerator We cacct sc) @ Ges 5 UNO, Bs Ca = 90 watts
Fourteen cu.ft. deep- ~freeze Wi 5 oo oo cg MUON El Gy = 100 watts
Deck flood lights. ... . soo o HINO GC, = SOO Wats
Deckhouse lighting and wiring circuits ceo HUN Ao, = Ao was
PR eRaeECOMpPReS SO epee ere ee A ILO) S75 Gls Co = 75 watts
Battery-charging rectifiers . .110 v.a.c.toll0v.d.c.- 500 watts
Ventilationiblower\- i) 2)! 6): egies, 2 LOVE tas ics r= 100 watts
Hresh- water pulps =a eye cy 5 MILO, Bs Cy = 80 watts
rAMChOrawlnehiy susice Aik, stele. cu eeanus ws 3 110 v. a. c. - 3, 000 watts
Nawvacationailsaldsay ary. -tmi-aiedbmr yeh is cle HOR Akae Ce en zoOhwatts

and other minor equipment.

Additional auxiliary power is furnished by a 3-kv.-a. 110 volt a.c. generator
and 32-volt battery charger. The battery-charging unit is tapped off of a 32-volt
generator field exciter.

The main propulsion engine drives one 1, 500-watt 32-v. d.c generator and one

3, 000-watt 110-v. d.c generator, A motor generator set allows power conversion

* Electronics Specialist, Gear Research Station, Exploratory Fishing and Gear Development Section, Branch of Commer-
cial Fisheries, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Coral Gables, Fla,

12 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

toa.c. The electrical energy produced by the 3, 000-watt generator is stored ina
110-volt bank of batteries. Principal use of the motor generator set is a source of
emergency a.c. power and a quiet source of
a.c. power required in underwater sound ex-
perimental work.

Allcontrol switches inthe 110 v. a.c. and
110 v. d.c. and 32 v. d.c. are of the circuit-
breaker type. Plug-in receptacles for all
three types of current are provided inthe labora-
tory space andin theradio chartroom. Dis-
similar types of plug-in prongs and receptacles
prevent error in selection of power source.

The 32-volt system is used for engine
cranking only to insure longer battery life.
All engine-starting systems are isolated as
added protection against electrolysis. All

‘Major equipment is bonded with heavy-gauge
copper wire and grounded to a keel-mounted
grounding buss. Either 220-volt single-phase
or 110-volt single-phase shore power may be
introduced for ship supply. This is accom-
plished by means of one air-cooled 10 kv. a.
110-220 volt transformer. An isolationtrans-
former removes shore power grounds from

; : _ the system.

Fig, 8 - View of George M. Bowers Diesel auxiliaries,

To prevent even temporary loss of navi-
gation lights due to a.c. power-plant failure, navigation lights are 110 volt d.c. A
reserve of power in the 110-volt battery bank would allow from 5 to 10 days of op-
eration without re-charging. Withthis
bank of batteries and a motor genera-
tor set, all 110-volt a.c. navigational
equipment would be of service inemer-
gencies. Of particular importance is
the fact that this electrical system has
been designed so that no switch on eith+
er the main or auxiliary distribution
panels may be thrown insuchamanner
as to damage the electrical system or
any of its equipments in any way.

WINCH-ENGINE AUXILIARY DRIVE

An unusual power take-off instal-
lation aboard the George M. Bowers
allows a 50 hp. auxiliary Diesel engine
to perform double duty.

This engine is equipped with clutch
and reverse gear and by means of a
fluid coupling-type torque converter
provides power requirements invary-

ing amounts for the combination ;
aga binati eels Fig. 9 - View of power-distribution panel, showing 110 v.a.c,, 110-
o y. d.c., 82 v. d.c controls, and isolation transformer.

In numerous operations in fishery investigations, such as the towing of smaller
nets, trolling, and underwater sound and television work, slower vessel speeds are

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

July 1956

*ureisAs Teotipeye ,SIoMog W @B1005) jo ureaserq - OT “Bt

*17 SSYdWO? -
9a Sit 1371N0 -

"L°AtN 90 Ze 1371N0 -

IOHINOD
ONIDHOIT

*1°M MOOS LHDITHIYV3S

(SSVHd TIONIS)

MOS*L'M GUYND HLIM 3YN4X14 GHE YIMOd SHOHS A OFZ

==]
7
&)
WOOUHS VM" LATIOL

KOS “LTA'N BYNLXIS HDR0
SWYN

wazaad 4d

Pageno By ES ©
So
R

=
=
a

LST1 TOMAS HaMOd SHOHS AS

Il
— a @ sills
=| eres LL | v
i " @ 6 i +
$ : ip ie aa ae Pee Sy ae Ba

yoo! Tf
LVisOaHa
(e)
UA
(A)

“9348
ee Q ©) osr*

di
NAOGHS¥) (A
ONY 3uI

(CaLVTOST)
ANIONT USIUVIS NOISTNdO¥d

Muva WIALLVE A 2 NVA AIALLYG A OLT

*L°ATN DV GLL 137LN0 -| © SLLQMaAZV1
sith Howias -| [53] AATIV
T1'M'N HOLIMS -| Bx@ ro LAVAS 4 4
&) &) &) @
+14 a3xi-@ 1M 3LIHK * 17 WONYL - @
atm 117 YOTOD IHL - @ | )
atm ¢17 141¥O L3N - (@
onda Suaiuwno
V3HISYH -
A°M ‘SL7 3ONVY GNY GV3HLS ® eS
sim wagup | fo3u 1 SuNOIT ONINNOY -| ©) ae ES fo B)
*L'MtN xB NOILONAT - (©) Ba 62
Oo
*Ltatn xandna £399v1d393e -| (F =| rE (05)
*LtM'N MOP LHOITNNNE - <q EE
ne
“utmN Mos dv usza -| <@ saNvd B S
ou 1NOD
"41m MOOS LHDIIG0074 - i@s aavAOLl .
Oo

yoac YALA

14 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

required for extended periods of time. These slower speeds tend to foul larger
engines and are not recommended practice.

The George M. Bowers is equipped with a sailing clutch between main engine
and propeller shafting. By means of another chain drive take-off from the winch-

: engine jack shaft to the main pro-
peller shaft, the winch engine may
be used as auxiliary engine power.
Roller chain and sprocket drive
from the winch engine turns the
winch jack shafting at 192 r.p.m.
A two-to-one reduction in the chain
sprocket drive to the main shaft
provides through the torque con-
verter 0-96 turns a minute at the
propeller. This gives the vessel
a flexible range of speeds from
0-33 knots for extended periods of
time, if necessary. A specialfea-
ture of this dual function is that in
the event of winch-engine failure
the main engine might be used to
power the deck winch for certain
operations. Another advantage is
that in the event of main-engine
starter failure, the winch-engine
drive and torque converter might
be used as a source of cranking
power.

A standard friction-type clutch
attached to the torque converter is
operated by air controls at the
winch operator's position on deck.

5 A simple arrangement of quick
Bile’ View of George/M= Bowers jalan crac sHange. epdecones valves will allow
either the main-engine or winch-engine drive to be operated from the wheelhouse
air controls.

\ i z 7 Oe PRE,

A similar type arrangement was made aboard the exploratory vessel John N.
Cobb in 1950 for slow-speed trolling. (See; U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service Fishery
Leaflet No. 385, Part Il, 'John N. Cobb Uses New Rig for Slow Speed Trolling. ")

GLAZING SHRIMP NOT NECESSARY IF PACKED
WITH PROTECTIVE OVERWRAP

Experiments have shown that unglazed raw shrimp can be held satisfactorily
for long-term storage at 0 F. (-17.8° C.) whenpackaged in waxed cartons with
suitable overwrap. Tests by a tasting panel are reported to have indicated that
the glazed and unglazed shrimp could not be distinguished from each other. A
glazing operation does not seem to be necessary if the package has a protective
overwrap.

--Gulf and Caribbean Fisheries Institute, Abstracts, 1953

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 15

IN SERVICE LABORA TORIES

Lt Lyn a rem

STORAGE TESTS ON FROZEN FRIED FISH STICKS
PREPARED FROM PACIFIC COD
INTRODUCTION

West @oast producers of fish sticks have needed reliable information on the
quality changes and on the maximum storage life of frozen fried fish sticks made
from Pacific cod (Gadus macrocephalus). The purpose of the work reported here
was therefore (1) to study the quality changes in fried fish sticks prepared from
Pacific cod during a 1-year storage period
at 0 F. and (2) to determine the maximum
period that the fish sticks can be stpred at
O° F. in good marketable condition—

PROCEDURE

PREPARATION OF FISH BLOCKS: Pa-
cific cod of good quality from Hecate Strait,
held in the round 4 to 5 days in ice, were
used. The fish were obtained from the top
of the load on the fishing vessel, and only
firm fish with good skin color and with no
softening or bruises were selected. Thefish
were filleted, skinned, trimmed, deboned,
and packed into 9- ~pound heavily- -waxed car-
tons (32 inches x 9% inches x 117 inches) and
blast-frozen at -25° F. The resulting fish
blocks were stored at 0 F. for 6 days prior
to being processed into fish sticks.

PREPARATION OF FISH STICKS: The
fish sticks were prepared commercially from
the fish blocks at a local plant. The blocks
were cut into fish sticks with a band saw;the ®
fish sticks were covered with batter and bread- Examining fish sticks after storage at 0° F,
ed with standard commercial ingredients, 2/
and deep-fat fried at 380° F. for 55 seconds in hydrogenated oil-’ that had been
used in fish-stick processing for about 20 hours. The fried fish sticks were blast-
air cooled, then packaged in 10-ounce waxed cartons, 10 to a carton, witha wax-
paper overwrap. These cartons were frozen in a plate freezer for 2 hours and
were then left at -20 -F. overnight. Lastly, the cartoned frozen fish sticks were
cased and stored at 0 F. in the Laboratory cold storage.

1/ The rating ‘“‘good marketable condition” is defined as being equivalent to not less than grade B (a minimum score of 70
points) in the proposed United States Standards for Grades of Frozen Fried Da age
2/ The ratio of tank capacity to hydrogenated-oil consumption per day was about 25

16 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

ORGANOLEPTIC EXAMINATION PROCEDURE: The samples were organolep-
tically judged at approximately monthly intervals. Quality evaluations were made
on the frozen fish sticks before and after heating in accordance with the proposed
United States Standards for Grades of Frozen Fried Fish Sticks.3/ The frozenfish

Table 1 - Scale of Organoleptic Ratings

Description of Flavor and/or Odor of Fish Sticks d Organoleptic
Whole Fish Stick | Common: Paice Rating

(Normal, characteristic of |Normal, characteristic of fresh Goud
fresh product; no off-flavor | product; none to trace off-flavor or (Grade A)
or off-odor. off-odor; barely noticeable.

acking normal flavor or |Lacking normal flavor or odor; slight Reusonntl
odor of fresh product; none| to moderate off-flavor or off-odor; Good y
to slight off-flavor or off- | definitely noticeable but not objec- (Grade B)
odor; barely noticeable. tionable.

Moderate off-flavor or off-odor; defi-
nitely noticeable; objectionable in
localized areas only.

Slight to moderate off-
flavor or off-odor; defi-
nitely noticeable but not
objectionable.

“Fair
(Substandard)

Strong or objectionable off- |Strong or objectionable off-flavor or Poon
flavor or off-odor; dis- off-odor; diffusing throughout adjacent (Out of Grade)
tasteful but not repugnant. | tissue.

1/ Breading, dark meat (including the layer of skin fat), and light meat. (Each of these parts is judged separately and the
~ rating is on the basis of the worst condition observed,

sticks were heated by spacing them 4-inch apart on a metal tray and then placing
the tray in a properly-ventilated oven preheated to 400 F. At the end of 16 min-
utes, the tray of fish sticks was removed and the fish sticks were examined by a

panel of 4 to 7 people experienced in the organoleptic testing of fish.

Under the proposed United States Standards for Grades of Frozen Fried Fish
Sticks, a grade A product must have good flavor and odor and score not less than
85 points on other factors. A grade B product must have reasonably good flavor
and odor and score not less than 70 points on other factors. A substandard prod-
uct is one that fails to meet the requirement for grade B. Under these fish-stick
standards, the quality rating (grade) is determined, in part, by physical factors
not especially subject to change during cold storage, such as uniformity of size and.
shape, color, continuity of the coating, degree of oiliness or crumbliness, and
presence of defects (broken and damaged sticks, bones, and blemishes). The qual-
ity rating is also determined, in part, by organoleptic factors of texture, flavor,
and odor--which are subject to change. The organoleptic rating of the present sam-
ples of fish sticks was based on the flavor and odor of the whole fish stick. (bread-
ing plus fish, as a unit) and on the separate evaluation of the breading, the light
meat, and the dark meat (including the layer of skin fat).

In order that these generalized fish-stick standards could be implemented, de-
tailed examination procedures. and the scale of organoleptic ratings shown in table
1 were developed. In the development of this scale, consideration was given to the
fact that an off-odor or flavor--for example, rancidity--tend to localize in critical
areas, Such as in the layer of skin fat. Evaluation of these critical areas is impor-
tant, since if only the whole stick is tested, an off-flavor in a critical area may not
be noticed and thetest willbe less sensitive. Flavor and odor were therefore judged
separately on the whole stick and on the breading, dark meat (including layer of
skin fat), and light meat.

The termination of the maximum period of storage for fish sticks in good mar-
ketable condition was taken to be that time at which rancidity and any off-odors and/or
3/ These standards were published in the Federal Register on April 26, 1956, by the Agricultural Marketing Service, U. S.

Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C.

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW ily

flavors were definitely noticeable (moderate in intensity) in any component part of
the fish stick but were not objectionable.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
The data on the organoleptic observations are given in table 2. As indicated

in the table, the maximum period that these fish sticks could be stored at 0 F. in
good marketable condition was 8 months.

Despite the initial appearance of trace rancidity in the skin-fat layer atthe end
of 3 months of storage, and the advance of rancidity to slight at the end of 5 months
of storage, nonoticeable increase inrancidity was observed during the next 2 months.
However, after 8 months of storage, rancidity was definitely noticeable (moderate in

Observations

Good, sound product.

No decrease in quality.

Slight toughening in texture of meat.

A trace of rancidity detectable in skin-fat
layer but definitely not detectable in
white-meat portion.

Slight rancidity detectable in skin-fat lay-

er but not detectable in white-meat por-
tion. Some tasters detected trace of
off-flavor in breading.

No further noticeable change in rancidity.

‘Slight off-flavor due to rancidity detect- Reasonably
able in whole stick. Rancidity definite- Good
ly noticeable (moderate in intensity) in
skin-fat layer and in dark meat, and de-
tectable in adjacent light meat but not
otherwise detectable in light meat. Light
meat, when slightly warm, moderately
tough andcharacterized by slight dryness
and slight woodiness of texture but, when
hot, not noticeably tough, dry, or woody.

Slight further decrease in quality.

Slight further decrease in quality. Ran-
cidity advanced but other off-odors or
flavors not apparent. Fish sticks con-
sidered barely marketable, owing tq

rancidity.
1/ Prepared from good-quality cod by deep-fat frying at 380° F. for 55 seconds in hydrogenated oil that had been used in
|__fish-stick processing for about 20 hours. :

intensity) in the skin-fat layer and it was detectable in the adjacent light meat but
was nototherwise detectable in the light meat. At this stage, the fish sticks were
considered tobe reasonably good in flavor and odor and in Grade B. After 9 months
and after 113 months of storage, they were considered to be fair in flavor and odor
and in the substandard grade.

| Substandard

18 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 6

Although the hydrogenated cooking oil employed in this experiment had been
used in fish-stick processing for about 20 hours, the age of the oil was apparently
not a factor in the storage life. Rather, the limiting factor was considered to be
the oxidative changes in the dark-meat skin-fat layer. The use of poorer-quality
fish, older fish blocks, or higher storage temperatures and otherwise poorer stor-
age conditions would undoubtedly have reduced the storage life of the fish sticks.

CONCLUSIONS

(1) The quality changes most critically affecting the storage life of frozenfried
fish sticks made from good-quality Pacific cod (Gadus macrocephalus) prepared un-
der commercial conditions (deep-fatfriedat 380 EF. for 55 seconds in hydrogenated
oil that had been used in fish-stick processing for about 20 hours) and stored at
0~ F. were the oxidative changes in the layer of skin fat in the dark meat.

(2) The maximum period that fried fish sticks, produced from good-quality Pa-
cific cod under the conditions of this experiment, can be stored at 0 F. in good
marketable condition4/ was organoleptically determined to be 8 months.

4/ For explanation of footnote see footnote 1/ on page 15,

--MAX PATASHNIK, FISHERY PRODUCTS TECHNOLOGIST, AND
--JOHN A» DASSOW, ASSISTANT CHIEF,
PACIF EC COAST AND ALASKA TECHNOLOGICAL RESEARCH,
FISHERY TECHNOLOGICAL LABORATORY,
BRANCH OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES,

U. S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, SEATTLE, WASH.

EFFECT OF RAW MATERIAL ON TUNA-MEAL QUALITY

BACKGROUND

Fish meals show considerable variation in their nutritive value--even when
manufactured from the same species of fish and by the same process. An impor-
tant phase in the determination of the causes of this variation is a study of the pro-
tein quality of the meals. Work on such protein-evaluation studies was started
several years ago by Dr. C. R. Grau in the Poultry Husbandry Department of the
University of California. At that time Dr. Grau found considerable variation inthe
nutritive value of fish meals, but he was not able to continue the studies long enough
to determine the causes for this variation.

In studies that have been undertaken by the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service on
the quality of fish meal, a large number of samples have been collected from re-
duction plants located in the important fishing centers of the United States. These
samples are being tested at several laboratories for different variables. In collab-
orative studies at the Poultry Husbandry Department of the University of California,
chicks have been used to test the meals for protein quality. In addition, a syste-
matic search has been undertaken to determine the causes for the differences inthe
protein quality of tuna meals. This phase report will describe the work that has

been done to the present on the effect of raw material on the nutritive value of the
meal,

SAMPLE COLLECTION AND PREPARATION

The samples used for these studies were collected at San Pedro, Calif., in
May 1955. The following portions from skipjack tuna (Katsuwonus pelamis) were
collected: raw skin, raw caecae, raw livers, raw loins, cooked loins, and cooked
heads. Hearts from skipjack were not available, but hearts from yellowfin (Neo-
thunnus macropterus) were obtained and used instead. The tuna from which the
samples were taken were of marginal quality.

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 19

Each of the selected portions was ground and blended in an electric food chop-
per and then was packed in six 1-gallon press-top cans (but only one-half of a can
in the case of the skin). The one-half can of skin and two cans of each of the other
portions were placed in frozen storage. The four cans remaining of each of the por-
tions were allowed to stand at the open-air temperature for 2 days (48 hours), at
the end of which time two cans of each of the raw portions were placed inthe freez-
er. The next day (72 hours), two cans of both cooked and raw portions were put in-
to the freezer. After 7 days (168 hours), the remaining two cans each of the cook-
ed loins and the cooked heads were put in the freezer. During the period that the
material was allowed to stand in the open, the temperature ranged from 56 to
66° FE. The cans, when placed in the freezer, were fresh-frozen at -20° and then
held at 0° F. After all the samples had been assembled and frozen, they were sent
to the Poultry Husbandry Laboratory of the University of California, where they
were lyophilized (freeze-dried) prior to being incorporated into test diets. The
treatments given the various samples are summarized in table 1.

Table 1 - Treatment of Samples

5 =

Frozen Held at 56°-66 F.| Held at 56-66
eeneciately | for 48 Hours and for 72 Hours and | for 168 Hours and
Then Frozenl Then Frozenl Then Frozenl

OO, D0 Oe end OO COO GO oO OO of oOo. « & oo o 6

Cooked loins
Cooked heads
1/ Frozen at -200 F., stored at 0° F., and then lyophilized for incorporation into test diets,

MWNMNNNMDN Wd

EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURE

The bioassay utilized 10-day-old male chicks for the protein-evaluation studies.
Enough fish protein to provide 20 percent crude protein in the final diet was added
to a basic mixture of essential dietary components. The basal mixture and the pro-
cedure used for the chick-feeding tests were those described by Grau and Williams
(1955). Modifications were made, however, on housing and on replication proce-
dure. Special cages adapted from rat cages made it possible to conduct nine treat-
ments simultaneously, with high accuracy. Each fish meal was fed to four groups
(one treatment) with four chicks per group. These modifications were made to ob-
tain the greatest amount of information from the smallest sample size. The pro-
tein was evaluated by the rate of growth of the 16 chicks during an 8-day test period.

RESULTS OF FEEDING TESTS

In the tests using the unspoiled material, the raw skin and the cooked heads
produced poor growth, but all of the other materials produced good growth.

For the tests using the spoiled material, the same growth was obtained as with
the unspoiled material, except with the cooked loins. Whereas the spoiled rawloins
produced good growth, the spoiled cooked loins produced an actual weight loss in
the chicks. The growth rate of the chicks was not improved when the spoiled cook-
ed loins were autoclaved for 15 minutes at 15 pounds pressure, indicating that the
negative growth was not caused by heat-labile toxin. Similarly, the growth rate was
not improved by the addition of chlortetracycline (aureomycin) at 10 micrograms
per kilogram, indicating, in addition, that the negative growth was not caused by

pathogenic bacteria.

20 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 6

DISCUSSION

The negative growth response obtained with the spoiled cooked loins indicates
that the condition of the raw material may be an important factor in the nutritional
value of the tuna meal. The results offer a number of possibilities for future stud-
ies. Since the indications are that the negative growth was caused neither by heat-
labile toxin nor by pathogenic bacteria, the probable cause was damage to the pro-
tein. These feeding tests were repeated, and the results verified. Further spoil-
age studies are being conducted under more rigidly-controlled conditions with sey-
eral species.

--C. R. GRAU, ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR, AND
--R. N. BARNES, U. S. FISH AND WILDLIFE
SERVICE POULTRY HUSBANDRY MAN,

POULTRY HUSBANDRY DEPARTMENT ,
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, DAVIS, CALIF.

--NEVA L. KARRICK, CHEMIST, AND

--LYNNE G. MCKEE, FISHERY PRODUCTS TECHNOLOGIST,
FISHERY TECHNOLOGICAL LABORATORY,
U. Se FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, SEATTLE, WASH.

LITERATURE CITED

Grau, C, R., and Williams, M, A.
1955, Fish Meals as Amino Acid Source in Chick Rations, Poultry Science, vol, 34, no. 4, July, pp. 810- 817.

yf
ay fl

RESEARCH PROGRAMS DISCUSSED AT PACIFIC
FISHERIES TECHNOLOGISTS CONFERENCE

At the Seventh Annual Conference of the Pacific Fisheries Technologists, held
at Gearhart, Ore., March 18-21, the current status of some of the Fish and Wild-
life Service's contract research with Saltonstall-Kennedy Act funds was discussed.
Maurice Stansby of the Seattle Eee, Technological Laboratory presided at this

= session of the meeting and out-
lined some of the programs un-
der way in the new Fish and Wild-
life Service research program on
fish oils and fish meals. Details
of several of the programs were
discussed by those project lead-
ers who were in attendance at
the meeting.

Dr. Walter O. Lundberg of
Hormel Institute, University of
Minnesota, Austin, Minn., de-
scribed the three programs un-
der way in his laboratories on
(1) composition and analysis of
fish oil fatty acids, (2) separa-
tion of fish oil fatty acids by em-
ployment of inclusion-type compounds, and {3) the chemistry of compounds respon-
sible for odor in fish oils.

Dr. W. Duane Brown described the collaborative program under way at the
Food Technology Department, University of California, at Davis, on oxidative de-
terioration in fish and fishery products. Results of experiments were discussed on

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 21

the mechanism of oxidation of oil in fish tissue, on application of antioxidants to re-
tarding of such oxidation, on the reaction between fish oil and protein in such fish-
ery products as fish meal, and on alterations in pigments such as those resulting
in green tuna.

Dr. J. E. Oldfield of the Animal Husbandry Department, OregonState College,
Corvallis, Ore., discussed his program on incorporation of fish oil in the diet of
swine and its effect on growth and on quality of the resulting meat. Dr. C. R. Grau
of the Poultry Husbandry Department, University of California, at Davis, discussed
the collaborative program on nutritive value of protein in fish meals. Dr. E. Geig-
er of the Pharmacology Department, University of Southern California, described
experiments under way on unidentified growth factor assays.

John Dassow of the Seattle Fishery Technological Laboratory discussed at a-
nother session of the conference the Service's program of development of voluntary
grade standards for fishery products.

PROGRESS IN RESEARCH ON SOUTHERN OYSTERS

The three university groups conducting research related to technological im-
provements for the Southern oyster industry are well started on their second year.
They reported recently that satisfactory
progress is being made in every phase
of the work. One report of the work
conducted at Tulane University is al-
ready published under the title, "Osmotic
Behavior and Bleeding in the Oysters
(Cyassostrea virginica),"" by M. Finger-
manandL. D. Fairbanks, in Tulane
Studies in Zoology, vol. 3, no. 9, April
12,1956. Three reports are now in edi-
torial hands; and three or four addition-
al reports on the work done in the first
year are expected to be received within
45 to 60 days.

The work during the second year has
been expanded at Louisiana State Univer-
sity, with four lots of oysters being pre-
pared for frozen storage tests incontrast
with one in the first season. Florida
State University reports unexpectedly
encouraging results in the latest experi-
ments on sterilization of oysters by ir-
radiation with Cobalt 60. The thiobar-
bituric acid tests have also been devel-
oped to give a quite satisfactory method
of following oxidative rancidity affecting
quality of stored oysters. They expect ; :
to develop many more cooked oyster Dee cs ate ih Ce WELT STGHDD SETAE Sal yO
products and dishes for frozen storage 2
studies this season. At Tulane University recent work has related to study of liquor
losses of imported "Northern" oysters under identical conditions used in their work
with the local product. Major emphasis of work during the coming year will be on
more intensive study of the internal mechanism of the live oyster which is responsi-
ble for regulating the amount and composition of body fluid losses.

Note: See also Commercial Fisheries Review, April 1956, p. 9.
ONSET SOE) MAE

22 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

NEW TECHNIQUES FOR FREEZING AND STORING
NORTH ATLANTIC LOBSTERS

In order to make possible thé utilization of the large quantities of deep-sea
lobsters discovered by the Service's exploratory fishing vessel Delaware in the
Georges Bank fishing area off the coast of Massachusetts, experiments have been
conducted by the Fish and Wildlife Service Technological Laboratory at East Bos-
ton, Mass., to determine (1) the feasibility of freezing lobsters aboard a fishing
vessel, and (2) means of increasing the storage life of frozen lobster meat. The
following report concerns the results so far obtained regarding these experiments:

FEASIBILITY OF FREEZING LOBSTERS ABOARD A FISHING VESSEL: Aso-
dium-chloride brine (22 percent salt by weight), used successfully for freezing New
England groundfish aboard the Delaware, was tried as a freezing medium for whole
or butchered cookedl/ lobsters. Lobsters landed on the vessel were immediately

: sseee: cooked in a barrel containing sea water heated by steam from
the vessel's boiler. After cooking, these lobsters either whole
or butchered (by removing the tails and claws) were put into
polyethylene bags, frozento 0 F. in the vessel's brine-immer-
sion freezer, and stored at0 F. inthe refrigerated hold. Ex-
amination of these lobsters when landed showed that 50 percent
of the bags used had been torn or punctured by the sharp spines
on the claws of the lobsters. This caused intimate contact be-
tween the lobsters and brine during freezing, resulting in exces-
sive salt penetration into the meat. As a result of this salt pen-
¥ etration, lobsters contained in polyethylene bags that were punc-
__. tured were inedible when examined one week after being frozen.
‘Large, deep-water, left- Lobsters in polyethylene bags that were not punctured lost their

handed lobster captured characteristically pleasing flavor and were tough and dry three
on the southeastern edge weeks after being frozen and stored at 0 F. Such a method of

of Georges Banks. The freezing therefore was not suitable.
utilization of this newly-

discovered resource has : 4
been delayed pending de- In view of these findings, it was thought that the use of a

velopment of methods of freezing solution which provides a protective glaze on the fro-

preservation on board the zen lobster and which does not cause excessive salt penetration

vessel, into the lobster meat might be successful. A glucose (34 per-
cent)-salt (12 percent) solution used in small-scdle tests in the laboratory's pro-
ject on freezing fish at sea seemed to have the desired properties. To determine ©
the possibility of freezing cooked whole lobsters in a glucose-salt solution aboard
the fishing vessel, landing the lobsters in a frozen condition, thawing ashore, vacu-
um packing the meat in cans, refreezing, and storing the frozen meat, the follow-
ing pilot-plant experiment was performed:

bees

Cooked whole lobsters were precooled to a temperature of 45° F. in running
fresh water prior to freezing. Some of these lobsters were then butchered and oth-
ers were left whole. Both lots were cooled to 0 F. by immersion in the glucose-
salt freezing solution. Once frozen, some were left without packaging and some
were packed in polyethylene bags. These lots were then stored for two weeks (to
simulate the length of time they might be kept at sea aboard the fishing vessel) at
O F. and -20 F. They were then thawed, the meat picked out and packed in C-en-
ane oe cans under a vacuum of 27 inches of mercury, frozen, and stored at 0
and - A
1 Earlier tests on frozen lobsters showed that when whole frozen uncooked lobsters were cooked, the meat stuck very

tightly to the shell and was extremely difficult to remove, Therefore, in this experiment the lobsters were cooked
prior to freezing.

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 23

After 8 weeks from time of freezing the whole lobsters, no deterioration in the
quality of the meat had occurred. The lobsters butchered before freezing in the
glucose-salt solution were slightly, but not objectionably salty, due to small amounts
of salt penetration into the meat. However, no salt penetration was noted in the
lobsters frozen whole.

The glucose-salt freezing solution used seemed to provide a protective glaze
which contributes greatly to the storage life of frozen whole lobsters. These re-
sults indicate that freezing of deep-sea lobsters aboard a fishing vessel is a defi-
nite possibility. Tests on a larger scale will be conducted.

brought in alive by the Delaware were cooked, and the meat vacuum-packed in C-
enamel cans under a. vacuum of 27 inches of mercury, frozen, and stored at temper-
atures of 0° and -20° F. The following results were obtained in these tests:

Cooked lobster meat thus packed in cans, frozen, and stored at 0° F. showed
loss of texture and flavor in 6 to 8 weeks. Storage at -20° F. increased this stor-
age life to 10-12 weeks. By adding a 2.5 percent salt solution to the canned meat
and storing it at 0 F. a storage life of 12 to 14 weeks was obtained. Tests are
presently being conducted on the storage life of cooked lobster meat packed with a
2.5-percent salt solution under a vacuum of 27 inches of mercury and stored at ©
-20 F., and on the effect of different levels of vacuum on the storage life of fro-
zen lobster meat.

--JOHN A. PETERS, FISHERY PRODUCTS TECHNOLOGIST,
--JOSEPH W. FLAVIN, REFRIGERATION ENGINEER,

FISHERY TECHNOLOGICAL LABORATORY,

BRANCH OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES,

U. So. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, EAST BOSTON, MASS.

SHARKS ARE EDIBLE

Sand sharks, andalmost all other kinds of small sharks, are edible.
Very large sharks and hammerhead sharks should not be eaten. A prej-
udice exists against the consumption of sharkmeat, but this is largely un-
founded. Perhapsitis partly due to the fact that shark meat spoilsmore
quickly thanthat of other fish. This is particularly true of the dark por-
tion. Actually sharkis eaten in many parts of the world, although some-
times it is given names which conceal its identity.

To prepare shark meat for food, cut fillets of the light meat about 9
by $ inchesthick and wash them thoroughly in salt water. Place the fil-
lets inice or in a refrigerator for about 24hours, or soak them in a clean
coldbrine for about 6 hours. If they are kept on ice or in the refrigera-
tor, a brine soak of about 2 hours will be sufficient. The fillets should
be used immediately or else frozen. They can be boiled or fried.

--"'Sea Secrets, '' The Marine Laboratory,
University of Miami, Coral Gables, Fla.

24 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

rf Fe coe ao

Additions to U. S. Fleet of Fishing Vessels

A total of 47 vessels of 5 net tons and over received first documents as fishing
craft during April 1956, according to the U. S. Bureau of Customs. This was 11
vessels more than the number reported for the same month of 1955.

The Gulf area led all others during April 1956 with 14 newly-documented craft,
followed by the Pacific area with 10; the Chesapeake and Alaskan areas with 9 each;
the South Atlantic with 3; and the New England and Middle Atlantic areas with1 each.

Table 1-U.S. Vessels Obtaining First Documents As || Table 2- U.S. Vessels Obtain-
ishi i i ing First Documents as

Fishing Craft, by Tonnage,
Area April 1956
eT aueiens ne RNetEons) Number

New England... 1 SELOWN Oa eee 26
Middle Atlantic 1 MUG aHoyy undl ns Ae alae 7
Chesapeake 9 AD VO BQ 6.6.6 6 ' 5
South Atlantic 3 SOKO On Gate Os 6
(SFE D te nee ry Oe ras 4 40'to 49° . 0.7: 1
Piaciiicier es eisai cs 0 SOntOne OR a 1
Great Lakes ... = NOE) tO UZ0 6 so 0 6 1
WAN ais ikiaiy Nice: | venir 9 Total erences 47
FR Wiaill eeeei sr tens =
Virgin Islands . . The State of Texas was

Total credited with 50 percent of

the newly-documented craft
reported for the Gulf areadur-
ing April. During the month there were 2 vessels each documented for the first
time as fishing craft with registered home ports on the west coast of Florida and
in Mississippi and Louisiana. Alabama had 1 newly-documented vessel during the
month. Among the Pacific Coast States, Washington led all others with 6 of the 10
vessels credited to the area. The State of California had 3 and Oregon had 1.

Note: Vessels are assigned to various sections on the basis of their home port.

During the first four months of 1956, a total of 107 fishing vessels was docu-
mented for the first time--only 2 less than the number reported for the correspond-
ing period of last year. During the first four months of 1956, the Gulf area led all
others with 29 newly-documented vessels--the same number reported for the corre-
sponding period of last year.

Alaska

BAIT HERRING PREPARED BY NEW METHOD: Over 3.3 million pounds of
herring were frozen this season in the Ketchikan, Alaska, area for use as bait.
Of this amount a considerable portion is diverted to the sport fishing trade. Atthe
time herring were being prepared, a different method of preparing bait for sports

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 25

fishing was observed. Instead of allowing the fish to die in the usual manner, the
herring were brailed alive and placed in a small tank where they were killed by
means of an electrical current, The herring were then frozen individually and pack-
aged in convenient size fiber containers. The advantages claimed for thismethod

of preparation are that the herring do not lose their body scales and are therefore
brighter and more natural appearing than are herring prepared by other methods.
As the herring are frozen individually, it is not necessary for the fishermen to
break up a block of fish each time he desires new bait.

Biological Studies Aid Sport Fishermen

Studies designed to put more fish in the sport fishermen's creel are being con-
ducted in eight laboratories operated by the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, the
Service's Director announced on May 15. Results of these studies are made avail-
able to state conservation officials and others interested in the propagation of fish.

Nutritional studies for trout and salmon are being made at Cortland, N.Y.
and at Willard, Wash., respectively. At lan W. Va., and at Seattle, Wash. ;
studies are being made on the :
various diseases of trout and
salmon, particularly those dis-
eases which strike at fish in the
hatcheries. Studies at Entiat,
Wash., relate to various phases
of fish culture, and best types of
apparatus, pond construction,
and other matters pertaining to
the physical, biological, and
chemical end of fish rearing.

At three other laboratories—
Convict Creek, Calif., Logan,
Utah, and in the Great Smoky-
Shenandoah National Park area--
the studies pertain to stream and |
other water conditions and their
effect on trout, especially hatch-
ery-raised trout. In addition,
there is the project designed to 4 ; "
rid the Great Lakes of the sea Trout hatchery, Hagerman, Idaho
lamprey.

The propagation of warm-water fish also has its problems, although they are
quite different from the problems that affect the rearing of trout and salmon. This
is mainly because warm-water species are usually placed in earthen ponds to pro-
pagate naturally, while trout and salmon are spawned artificially, and warm-water
fish are reared in water temperatures that are much higher than the maximum re-
quired for trout and salmon. In recent years, more attention is being given to the
growth and survival problems of the various types of warm-water fish.

Nutritional studies are important because the food item is a considerable part
of the cost of propagating fish and because improper feeding can cause heavy losses
in hatchery fish and retard the development the fish need to combat the rigors of
life in natural waters.

In the development of practical diets, vitamin needs, the effect of diets upon
body tissue, the effect of metabolic products on the carrying capacity of ponds are

26 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

among the things studied. Results include getting much more poundage per unit of
cost and time and more success in transferring fish from the hatchery to the dis-
tant streams.

Numerous studies are being made on fish diseases due, probably, to virus and
bacteria. Determining the cause and cure of various infections which have occur-
red in rainbow trout hatcheries is one objective.

At the salmon cultural station, work is being done on the development of hatch-
ery techniques, improvement of incubation equipment, effects of temperature changes,
feeding trials, methods of maturing salmon, electrical diversion of fish into fish-
ways and away from power and irrigation outlets, proper construction of ponds to
assure maximum fish production, and numerous other problems.

The field investigations being done in California, Utah, and in the Great Smoky-
Shenandoah area cover two general fields. One is a series of studies of the adapta-
tions which a hatchery fish must make to fit into natural stream and high mountain
lake environment. The other concerns various things which affect naturally-produced

trout in their native waters.

California
LOGGING AND FISHERIES COOPERATE IN ELIMINATION OF SALMON STREAM

DAMAGE: Timber operators, owners, and loggers have been called upon by the De-
partment of Fish and Game to cooperate in the elimination of stream damage which
is harming silver salmon and steelhead fisheries in California's north coast area,

that Department's May 1956 Outdoor California periodical reports.

A series of three bulletins titled ''Fish News for Timber Operators and Fish-
ermen' are being mailed to approximately 2,000 operators, owners, and loggers
to familiarize all segments of the logging industry with problems such operations
pose on salmon and steelhead streams.

In a letter to leaders of the industry, the Department Director said: "We are
hopeful that if various segments of the logging industry become familiar withthese
problems they will cooperate with us in attempting to eliminate the problems for
the future welfare of these valuable wildlife resources."

The bulletins point out that siltation and blocking of streams resulting from
logging operations are the principal factors harmful to fish. At the same time it
is pointed out that there is no reason why salmon, steelhead, and logging can't get
along together without too much difficulty.

In pointing up the problems as seen by the department, the bulletins describe
the various factors which affect the fish, particularly in relation to their spawning
habits and needs.

Excerpts from the bulletins follow:

"The value of lumber and the lumber industry to the north coast area,
of course, is great. The annual value of the salmon and steelheadis less
than that of lumber. But the value of each is important to the welfare of
California's economy and her people. It need not be a choice betweenthe
two, for both can exist without serious conflict. Some loggers today are
getting their logs out economically and at the same time are protecting

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 27

the streams for salmon and steelhead. Many others could also help with
minor changes in their planning and operations."

The bulletins further point out that the department has legal respon-
sibility for the welfare of the fish, but seeks to obtain cooperative efforts
from loggers in preventing damage to the streams, rather than to prose-
cute violations after the damage has been done.

% 3 OK OK 3

PELAGIC FISH DISTRIBUTION AND BEHAVIOR STUDY CONTINUED (Airplane
Spotting Flight 56-3): The inshore area from San Francisco to San Diego was stud-
ied from the air by the California Department of Fish and Game Cessna "170" (1359D)
April 2-6, 1956. This was the third of a series of periodic flights designed to study
pelagic fish distribution, abundance, and behavior in 1956.

No schools of fish were sighted in
the Central California area (San Fran-
cisco to Pt. Conception) during this
flight. Itis known, however, that schools
of anchovies were present in Monte-
rey Bay and it is believed that heavy
seas stirred up by strong northwest
winds drove the fish to depths below a
the limit of visibility from the air. A-
nother factor contributing to poor vis-
ibility into the water was the presence
of very rich "brown"! (dyanoflagellate)
water along the Central California =,
coastline. % sncion,

eption

., Santa Barbara

- Area surveyed.

School group.

ESanta Monica

(Huntington Beach

Of particular interest was the pres-
ence of hundreds of ''swarms" of eu-
phausiids in the Monterey Bay region.
These swarms ranged from 5 to 40 e
feet in diameter and appeared at the
surface where they were preyed upon
by thousands of gulls. The sport
salmon boats were working in the
areas of the bay wherethese swarms
were found, indicating that the salm-
on were also concentrated in these

areas, possibly to feed upon the eu-
phausiids A Airplane Spotting Flight 56-3, April 2-6, 1956,

anside
fea Jolla

vy Coronado Strnd

"Green" (diatom) and "blue" (oceanic) waters occupied the inshore area of south-
ern California with occasional reddish-brown (dyanoflagellate) ''blooms" present
in the Newport and Pt. Vicente areas.

Species identification of fish schools was possible through a combination of ob-
servation from the air and interviews of commercial fishermen working in areas
where fish were spotted. Night
fishermen could find no anchovies
in the Huntington Beach area but
in the daytime commercial air-
plane spotters found large schools.
Conversely, night fishermen
found jack mackerel schools in
this same area at night but fish-
ermen and planes working at day-

No. Total Area(Sq. Ft.)
Schools in Region

Santa Monica

Mae 65
Towel o 6 4 |) eee IE 638, 000

28 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

time found but a few small schools of jack mackerel. All schools seen on this flight
were tentatively identified as anchovies.

No schools were seen which contained sardines, and likewise no Sardines were
taken by commercial fishermen during this period.

Anchovy: A count of the number of schools and an approximation of the area
of each school was made. The results are found in the table.

There was a decided increase in the numbers of anchovies in the San Diego and
Santa Monica areas since the March flight. The schools off Huntington Beach and
Oceanside remained in about the same number and size.

KK Oe OK

PRESEASON 1955/56 PACIFIC SARDINE PREDICTION CONFIRMED: When
the California 1955/56 Pacific sardine season ended February 1, the catch had
reached approximately 75,000 short tons, or only about 7,000 tons more than the
previous season.

In July 1955 the Marine Research Committee reported that prior to the start
of the season the entire adult population of the Pacific sardine was in the neighbor-
hood of 600,000 tons, that approximately
___ Sardine (Pilchard) 300, 000 tons of adult fish were in Cali-

~ (Sardinops caerulea) ae : se Pe fornia waters, and that 150,000 tons
SS might be taken if economic conditions
did not curtail the fleet's efforts.

This, the Committee report stated,
was about the same amount of fishas was
available to the fishery in the 1954/55,
season which was hampered by labor dis-
putes at the beginning of the season and unfavorable market conditions which kept
the vessels on limits. This resulted in holding the catch to 67,000 tons.

The 1955/56 season also had a delayed start because of labor disputes which
at first kept the catch below that of the previous season. However, since the ves-
sels were not greatly hampered by limits, they exceeded last season's landings by
mid-season, and finished with a slightly higher total catch.

Season Highlights: Several interesting aspects of the season are apparent:

1. Although the canneries were accepting fish and the infrequent imposition of
limits had little effect on the size of the individual boat catches, the fishermen's
success declined markedly as the season progressed.

2. About 50 percent of the commercial catch by number was of fish bornin
1952.

3. Evidence to date indicates that the spawn success since 1952 has been poor-
er than in 1952, which was considered weak.

4, According to the Marine Research Committee preseason report, the adult
sardine population was smaller preceding the 1955/56 season than it was before
the 1954/55 season, but that a higher percentage (about 50 percent) was off Califor-
nia in 1955/56.

5. The evidence at hand indicates that the sardines off Southern California the
past two years were chiefly fish which had been born off Lower California.

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 29

Outlook for Future: From the foregoing it would seem that the sardine popula-
tion is still at a low level and that unless favorable conditions allowed for a good
spawn survival the outlook for the industry is not good.

Of course, a higher percentage of sardines could possibly move in from Mexico
and yield an increased catch, but without the favorable recruitment of young fish
this would only result in a further decline in the total population.

There are a number of hypotheses regarding reasons for the poor recruitment
of recent years. Two are discussed in the recent Marine Research Committee pub-
lication ''Progress Report, California Cooperative Oceanic Fisheries Investigations,
1 July 1953--31 March 1955."" The two hypotheses discussed are: (1) total survival
of sardines from spawning is not dependent upon brood stock size except at stock
levels lower than any yet experienced in the sardine population; and (2) above and
below certain population levels the survival of sardines from spawning depends on
the size of the brood stock, and these critical levels have occurred in the history
of the sardine fishery. The effect of the brood stock size on recruitment definitely
needs further study.

This paper is a departure from former Marine Research Committee reports
since this is the first time that a technical discussion of fishery dynamics,has been
included.

3K OK Xe ok

SARDINE CATCH FOR 1956/57 MAY BE LOWER: Catches of California's once
great sardine fishery may be lower next season, as the total sardine populationcon-
tinues to decline, the State's Marine Research Committee was told recently by fish-
eries investigators of five cooperating research agencies.

CATCH LIMITED
BY MARKET

110,068 TONS 4,449 TONS 2,656 TONS 67,000 TONS 74,000 TONS

®
4,300
BILLION EGGS. CLES GOS pI EONIECG aa a 114,100 76,000
BICCIONREGGS! BILLION EGGS

‘ a> o
70,000
130,400 182,500 BILLION EGGS
BILLION EGGS BILLION EGGS

436,300
BILLION EGGS

34,400

BILLION EGGS

Comparison of Pacific sardine spawning and California catch, 1950 through 1955 (Source - U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service),

The Committee, which coordinates and helps finance a Statewide research pro-
gram, met in San Francisco to hear the scientists’ report and pass on division of
its $100, 000 budget among the five agencies.

The sardine catch for the season just ended totaled 74,000 short tons, up about
7,000 tons from the previous season. Economic factors held the catch somewhat
below what the resource could have provided, the researchers pointed out, accord-
ing to a March 30 release from the California Department of Fish and Game.

Agencies cooperating in the program include the California Academy ofSciences,
California State Department of Fish and Game, Stanford University's Hopkins Ma-

30 COMMERCIAL. FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

rine Station, University of California's Scripps Institute of Oceanography, and the
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service.

ok eK

WHALING INDUSTRY REACTIVATED: The catching and rendering of whales,
formerly conducted at Fields Landing, Calif., has been reactivated by the estab-
lishment of the two land stations at Point San Pablo, Richmond (near San Francis-
co), andthe licensing of two catcher boats. The whale catchers are the M/V Dennis
Gayle and the M/V Donna Mae. The Dennis Gayle formerly operated out of the
Fields Landing station.

The catcher boats and the land stations expect to catch and process from one
to four whales a day during the whaling season. The first catch, made on May 9,
was a 36-ton humpback whale. In addition to utilizing the whales for meal and oil,
it is believed that suitable parts of the whale meat will be chopped and frozen for
mink or other animal food. This venture is the first attempt to catch and process
whales in the United States since 1953.

As whales are plentiful in the offshore waters of California during the summer
months, it is possible that another shore plant will be established at Morro Bay in
Southern California.

For catchers attached to land stations, the open season for baleen (blue, fin,
humpback, sei, or minke) whales is May 1-October 31 andfor sperm whales April 1-
November 30.

Cans--Shipments for Fishery Products, January-March 1956

Total shipments of metal cans January-March 1956 amounted to
16,560 short tons of steel (based on the amount-of steel consumed in
the manufacture of cans) as compared with 15, 237 tons in January-
March 1955. The pack of canned tuna was heavy over the three-month
ie ae eriod.

Note: Statistics cover all commercial and captive plants known to be producing metal cans. Reported in base boxes of steel
consumed in the manufacture of cans, the data for fishery products are converted to tons of steel by using the factor: 23.0 .
base boxes of steel equal one short ton of steel,

Delaware

OYSTER INDUSTRY, 1954/55: The amount of marketable oysters harvested in
Delaware July 1, 1954-June 30, 1955, dropped because hurricane ''Hazel'' inflicted
considerable damage to the oyster beds, the Annual Report of the Delaware Com-
mission of Shell. Fisheries points out.

Also, during the summer months of 1954 there was an even greater death toll
in marketable oysters, but the cause was unknown.

The natural seed beds of Delaware did not catch a natural growth during the
year and seed in Delaware Bay was very scarce. Approximately 18,000 bushels of
seed oysters were taken from the natural beds in the Delaware Bay. Only 14 oys-
ter boats worked on the natural oyster beds in the Bay. The Commission restrict-
ed part of the natural rocks in Delaware Bay and did not allow the oyster boats to
work in that area.

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 31

A total of 40,000 bushels of shells was planted on the natural rocks in Dela-
ware Bay. Also, shells were planted in the Murderkill River, Leipsic River, and
Simons Creek. Approximately 150, 000
bushels of seed oysters were tonged from
the rivers in Delaware and sold to the Dela-
ware oyster planters for the purpose of
planting on leased oyster bottoms. Also,
about 300, 000 bushels of seed oysters were
bought by the Delaware oyster planters for
their leased bottoms. Most of these seed
oysters came from Virginia.

About 60,000 bushels of seed oysters
were planted in the Rehoboth and Indian Riv-
er Bays. About 45,000 bushels of market-
able oysters were takenfrom these two Bays.

Delaware has a large frozen sea-food
plant which has expanded extensively during
the yearunderreview. During that period 5
(July 1, 1954-June 30, 1955) the oyster Oyster spat (magnified many times) omsmall pebble.
products packed by all Delaware plants con-
sisted of 4 million cans of oyster stew; about 600, 000 pounds of frozen canned oys-
ters; around 100,000 pounds of breaded frying oysters; and 300, 000 gallons of fresh
shucked oysters. The oyster industry in Delaware has close to3, 000 employees.

The value of the oyster industry inDelaware is currently estimated at $5 million.
The oyster industry is one of the largest natural resources of the State of Delaware.

Electronic Fish Counter Developed

An electronic fish counter designed to help answer some of the questions biolo-
gists have about fish was demonstrated March 13 at the U. S. Department of the In-
terior building at Portland, Ore.

The device was developed by the Service's Pacific Salmon Investigations fish-
counting laboratory at Seattle. Although the instrument was demonstrated on labo-
ratory scale it has been tried out on the practical level at the Billard Locks of Lake
Washington.

The basic element of the equipment is an electronic detector which gives a
signal when a fish is between its electrodes. By suitable choice of electrode ele-
ments, size and sometimes species of fish may be differentiated and accurate re-
cords of passing fish made. Direction and time of passage also are shown. The
electrodes are normally installed in tunnels through which the fish must pass.

The device does not use photoelectric methods, hence rocks and water-logged
vegetable matter are not falsely counted, and water turbidity offers no problem.
The system will work at any depth and in murky water where visual observation is
impossible.

The detector utilizes the difference of conductivity between fish and water. By
connecting the detectors to a third unit, a logic device, the direction of complete
passages may be separately recorded while incomplete passage is ignored.

The detector may also be used as an alarm device to aid in visual counting,
alerting the personnel at the counting board, thus giving them greater freedom be-

32 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

tween periods of light run. Operation is possible either from batteries or power

lines. The high-frequency electric field between the electrodes is less than one-
third of a volt in amplitude, well below the
threshold of sensitivity of fish.

The basic detector circuit was develop-
ed and is to be used as a triggering device
for a split-field camera which will photo-
graph fish allowing identification of tag num-
bers, species, net marks, etc. The poten-
tial of the detector as a research and man-
agement tool appeared so great, however,
that primary emphasis was placed on secur-
ing its early commercial availability at a
reasonable price without maintenance worries.

The detector may be used with troughs,
some crested weirs, posts in stream beds,
etc., where tunnels are not desirable. Tun-
nels are available in transparent, opaque,
and pigmented materials to suit a particular
installation.

The U. S. Army Corps of Engineershas
purchased a multiple-bank counter for instal-
lation at its fish orientation laboratory at
Bonneville. This counter has electrodes con-
nected to a honeycomb of tunnels for count-
ing large numbers of fish in the stream.

Diagram of an electronic fish counter,

Exploratory Vessels Find New Shrimp and Yellowfin Tuna Areas

New fishing waters for small cocktail-size shrimp off the State of Washington
and the locations of concentrations of yellowfin tuna in the southern part of the Gulf
of Mexico were made recently by the exploratory Hiehine vessels of the U. S. Fish
and Wildlife Service.

Prior to the recent development in the Gulf, yellowfin tuna was not known to be
available in the Gulf of Mexico during the period from January to May, the time of
their disappearance from the northern waters of that area. The discovery may lead
to a year-round tuna fishery. The find was made by the exploratory fishing vessel
Oregon in the offshore waters of the Gulf of Campeche.

The exploratory work on the shrimp was done by the Service's exploratory fish-
ing vessel John N. Cobb. Previously small shrimp had been found in commercial
quantities in the waters off Oregon and California. Work done during the fall of
1955 indicated that there were extensive shrimp beds from Cape Disappointment to
Destruction Island, Wash., principally in waters between 50 and 100 fathoms deep.
On its April exploratory cruise the John N. Cobb discovered what might become an
excellent shrimp fishery off the Gray's Harbor area.

During the test, the Gray's Harbor area yielded shrimp at the rate of 2, 000
pounds per hour for the best catches. Fairly consistent catches of 500 pounds an
hour are reported. One day seven 30-minute drags made during the morning re-

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 33

sulted in 5,210 pounds of shrimp. Random samples showed that the shrimpranged
from 110 to 122 per pound.

One commercial shrimp vessel has begun operations in the area.
Fish and Wildlife Service officials feel that the discovery of the shrimp grounds

off Washington will be an important addition to the local fishing industry.
Note; Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, June 1956, pp. 25 and 31.

Federal Purchases of Fishery Products
FRESH AND FROZEN FISHERY PRODUCTS PURCHASED BY THE DEPART-

million) of fresh and frozen fishery products were purchased during April 1956 by
the Army Quartermaster Corps for the use of the Army, Navy, Marine Corps, and
Air Force. Thiswas 16.6

percent less in quantity Purchases of Fresh and Frozen Fishery Products by
and 24.8 percent less in Department of Defense (April and the Hirst
value than purchases in Four Months, 1956 and 1955

March 1956. Compared

with April 1955, the pur-

chases this April dropped 1955 | 1956 | 1955 | 1956 1955 1956 | 1955

about 18.2 percent in
quantity and 12.8 percent
in value.

Prices paid for these products by the Department of Defense in April 1956
averaged about 45.3 cents a pound as compared with 50.3 cents in March 1956 and
42.5 cents a pound in April 1955.

During the first four months of 1956 purchases totaled 6.8 million pounds
(value $3.5 million)--lower by 22.0 percent in quantity and 5.0 percent in value
than for the first four months in 1955.

In addition to purchases of fresh and frozen fishery products indicated above,
the Armed Forces generally make some local purchases which are not included in
the above figures.

CANNED FISHERY PRODUCTS PURCHASED THROUGH MARKET CENTERS,
JANUARY-MARCH 1956: Canned tuna, salmon, and some sardines were the prin-
cipal canned fishery products purchased for the use of the U. S. Army, Navy, Ma-
rine Corps, and Air Force by the Army Quartermaster Corps through its Market
Centers during the first quarter of 1956. Purchases amounted to 1, 396, 000 pounds

of canned tuna, 601,000 pounds of canned salmon, and 8,000 pounds of sardines.

It is believed that only a portion of the requirements for canned sardines are
represented in the data given since some canned sardines and canned fishery prod-
ucts other than tuna and salmon are procured locally and no information is avail-
able on these local purchases. Therefore, actual purchases of canned fishery prod-
ucts are higher than indicated in the data given.

Ko 3 OK

QUARTERMASTER CORPS RESEARCH EMPHASIZES NEW LIGHTWEIGHT
FOODS: In order to adapt military subsistence to the modern defense strategy of
extreme dispersal, the Army Quartermaster Corps is seeking to develop dehydrated
and concentrated foods and irradiated foods.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 7

Maj. Gen. K. L. Hastings, The Quartermaster General of the Army, described
the food picture of the future in a speech April 11 before the 10th anniversary meet-
ing of the Research and Development Associates.

He said that for research and development men the big question is, 'How will
the strategic and tactical requirements of the future affect the military subsistence
picture?'' General Hastings answered this question as follows:

"A complete answer to this question lies only
in the realm of prophecy. However, there areal-
ready a few basic principles which are becoming
fairly obvious. The outlines of streamlined sup-
ply systems for a possible future all-out war are
taking shape. Weapons research and development
in recent years have catalyzed modes of logistical
thinking. As before in conventional wars, enemy
strategy in future atomic warfare on land will be
directed toward finding the most profitable targets.
Defense strategy will be directed to eliminate these
profitable targets--including avoidance of massed
forces of men engaged in combat or in support op-
erations such as food distribution, food prepara-
tion, and related activities.

"Tt is here that the food picture of the future
begins to take shape. We must accommodate our
rations and our feeding systems to the new doc-
trine of extreme dispersal. To do this we must
reduce food tonnage, simplify the lines of supply
over which food must travel, and eliminate to the
extent possible all vast food storage and food pre-
paration centers that in the very nature of things
require a massing of support forces, and there-
fore a profitable target.

"Fortunately, conventional warfare has long
been concerned with this objective of reducing
food tonnage. Palatable concentrates and dehy-
drates are presently available to us in sufficient
variety to compose an adequate meal. You are
perhaps aware of the fact that dehydrated orange
juice, green beans, fish sticks, and soluble cof-
fee, potatoes, eggs, and other items have been
brought to a high state of acceptability. Many oth-
er items have been substantially improved under
the Quartermaster research and development pro-
gram on dehydrated products. I have tried these:
items at various times and I can say that they com-
pare most favorably with other forms of preserved
food.

"Inspired by the requirements of possible atom-
ic warfare, we are at work on dehydrated foods
that will lend themselves to a completely dehy-
drated precooked meal. New items in addition to
those that have shown themselves to be satisfac-
tory will be required. Prospects for successare
good--a compliment to the energy that has been
devoted to attaining new and greatly improved
techniques of drying. If we assume the desired

reduction in food tonnage is 50 percent--a per-
centage that has been suggested--we already have
exceeded that percentage in the instance of many
dehydrated and concentrated foods--and I mean
palatable, nutritious, readily reconstituted dehy-
drated foods. In some foods, the weight reduction
achieved runs as high as 80 percent.

"Besides reducing tonnage, we must simplify
the lines of food supply. The far-ranging nuclear
ships of the Navy, the long-distance bombers of
the Air Force, and the fast-moving troops of the
Army must be free of bulky and heavy parapher-
nalia. Our subsistence planning must be geared
to the realization that in any future all-out war the
equipment, as well as the labor, required to store
and issue food must be kept to the barest possible
minimum. One of the ways we hope to achieve this
is through our current food irradiation program.
In fact we have already demonstrated, theoretical-
ly at least, that irradiation preservation will per-
mit a tremendous reduction of facilities required
for proper storage of food.

"There is another potential benefit of irradia-
tion I would like to mention. If we increase the
burden on industry by requiring more highly -proc-
essed concentrated foods for use in combat areas,
we must decrease to the extent possible the time,
labor, and effort needed to provide food for non-
combat areas. This probably means a greater de-
pendence in noncombat areas upon fresh market
produce. And it is in preserving and extending the
storage life of fresh foods that our program of ir-
radiation preservation of food has been particular-
ly successful.

"The prospects for the widespread military use
of foods preserved by irradiation are excellent.
The current emphasis on the benefits of irradia-
tion as a 'pasteurization' technique does not mean
that we have sidetracked our interest in the possi-
bilities of irradiation for long-term preservation.
Investigations are continuing in this phase of the
program, and we are definitely gaining ground.

"As I have said, we must reduce our subsistence
handling and storage operations to the absolute min-
imum. We must find the lowest common denomi-
nator of both facilities and functions required to
supply and feed this dispersed, flexible, mobile .
fighting force of the future. .. ."

July 1956

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Florida

FISHERIES RESEARCH, OCTOBER-DECEMBER 1955: The following are some

excerpts from the Quarterly Report on Fisheries Research, December 1955, of The
Marine Laboratory of the University of Miami.

Mullet Fish Sticks: The last taste tests were
run on the mullet fish sticks. Briefly, fishsticks
made of mullet were acceptable to many testers,
but more people expressed a preference for cod
or haddock sticks than for mullet sticks, The
high fat content of mullet sticks will make it nec-
essary to hold them for only comparatively short
periods of time in frozen storage.

Shrimp Technology: ANTIBIOTIC ICES: With
the work of the past quarter included, sevenseries
of experiments have now been completed testing
the effect of antibiotics on shrimp freshness. The
latest experiments have tested aureomycin andter-
ramycin frozen in ice, according to the new meth-
ods developed last year. As in the case of the
dips, the antibiotic ices show definite improve-
ment of quality of shrimp, in terms of bacterial
counts and organoleptic criteria. The excessive
formation of black spot remains a problem. In
attempts to avoid this, four different ions were
used in place of calcium (manganese, magnesium,
cobalt and nickel), but with no success. Ice has
now been made up, for use in the January experi-
ments, avoiding the use of bivalent ions, and sub-
stituting methylcellulose and carboxy methylcel-
lulose for the alginate carrier.

BLACK SPOT CONTROL: Another chemical
has been tested as a possible control for black
spot. This is butylated hydroxytoluene (lonol), a
powerful antioxidant. Results were negative in
the first test, but this may be due to the uneven
distribution of the chemical through the ice block.
The technique for distributing Ionol has been al-
tered and the experiment will be repeated.

Commercial ice manufacture involves bubbling
air through the water to be frozen. This produces
a clear block, but may add enough oxygen to en-
courage black spot. Tests were run some months
ago with ice made without the air being bubbled
through it. Further work is being done on this,
and results have been encouraging enough to cause
some shrimp boats to use the new type ice.

The effectiveness of dipping newly-caught
shrimp in dilute solutions of sodium bisulfite was
established earlier as a black-spot control. Lat-
est work has been to establish the amount of this
chemical which remains in the muscle of shrimp
dipped in the solution, and to measure the destruc-
tion of thiamine. The SO2--equivalent residual of
the bisulfite has proven to be encouragingly low,
in the order of 30 to 45 parts per million in both
raw and cooked shrimp. This is compared to
about 3,000 ppm. in dried apricots, about 1, 800
ppm. in dried apples and about 1, 200 in raisins.
Thiamine destruction appears to be slight, which
is also very encouraging.

Investigation is also under way on occasional
lots of bisulfite--treated shrimp which turn yel-
lowish or brownish. This may be associated with
overexposure in the: dip solution.

FRESHNESS TESTS: A final series of indole
determinations were run in continuing attempts

to find a satisfactory chemical test for freshness
of shrimp. This was the follow-up of the report
made in November, suggesting that the simulta-
neous operation of three sets of apparatus, witha
larger number of shrimp being used for the sam-
ples, might improve the consistency of results.
This expectation was borne out and indole is thought
to be useful as a laboratory test for shrimp fresh-
ness.

Small Shrimp Survey: During the last quarter
of 1955, four trips were made out of Key West in
connection with the small shrimp study. Four of
these were charter trips and the fourth one a
shrimp boat pursuing its regular commercial-fish-
ing operations.

Hauls were made on grounds expected to yield
small shrimp. A standard shrimp tgawl was used,
except that the cod end was of smaller mesh than
in general use, being of 13-inch stretched mesh.
In order to catch shrimp and fish which escape
through the cod end, acover bag of one inch stretch-
ed mesh was attached to the cod end. All three
charter trips during the quarter used this mesh
and gear arrangement. Altogether 23 hauls were
made.

Unloading a commercial shrimp vessel with a conveyor system.

The amount of shrimp caught in each haul was
recorded, as well as the amount and general com-
position of the trash. The amount of shrimp re-
tained by the cod end and those caught inthe cover
net were recorded, and measurements made of the
sizes of the individuals. Identification has been
made of the fish making up the trash. Of interest
is a small shrimp caught in the cover bag, of a
different species from the commercial shrimp.
The small species is Trachypenaeus constrictus.
At present few, if any, are caught in commercial
gears, but this unused shrimp is as big as some
now used, especially in the canning and drying
trade.

Blue Crab: This program has been concerned
with the problem of helping Florida crab producers
retain markets, particularly in the north, in the

36 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

Great Lakes Fishery Investigations
CHUB FISHERY NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR DECLINE OF LAKE MICHIGAN

TROUT: The decline of Lake Michigan's trout fishery, which plunged from an
annual catch of 6,500,000 pounds in 1946 to a mere 34 pounds in 1955, is due to
the sea lamprey rather than to destruction of young lake trout by the chub fishery
or to failure of natural reproduction, a study made by the Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ice indicates, The study was made by Paul H. Eschmeyer, biologist for the Serv-

ice. Overfishing as a reason for the decline was ruled out by earlier studies.

To further emphasize the decrease of lake trout in Lake Michigan, the research
shows that in the first seven months of 1954 gill-net settings totaling 8, 794, 000 feet
Gor 1, 666 miles) brought up only 326 trout and that in a four-months period in 1955
more than 1, 400 miles of net caught only 8 trout.

The three possible reasons for the decline--(1) the destruction of young trout
by the use of small-mesh nets by the chub fishermen, (2) the near or complete fail-
ure of natural reproduction, and (3) the sea lamprey--are discussed in turn.

The heavy loss of young lake trout through chub fishing activities had noadverse
effect upon trout abundance, according to the report. During the period, 1935 to
1939, the number of small trout destroyed by chub fishing varied from 688,000 to
927,000. If such destruction had been detrimental to the abundance of trout, a se-
rious decline in that abundance could have been expected during the 1939-1944 peri-
od. Yet during these years the abundance index varied from 100 percent to 126 per-
cent. This index is based upon the 1929-1944 average. Conversely, in 1940-1944
chub fishing was less intense and destruction of trout was correspondingly lower.
But just when the trout fishery should have benefitted by the decreased destruction,
the fishery collapsed completely in the later 1940's.

Studies also showed that failure of natural reproduction first exerted a major
influence in 1954, and that the enormous decline in abundance occurred well in ad-
vance of the time when failure of natural reproduction could have been a factor.

A study of the correlation between the size of lake trout and the percentage of
individuals bearing sea lamprey scars and other studies in the field of lamprey dep-
redations, plus the ruling out of the other possible causes, leads to the conclusion
that the Lake Michigan trout have been brought to near extinction by the lethal at-
tack of the sea lamprey.

The sea lamprey was noted in Lake Michigan as early as 1937. By 1946 itwas
spawning in great numbers in many streams tributary to Lake Michigan. Fish and
Wildlife Service biologists who have been working on selective poisons and other
methods of controlling the sea lamprey report considerable progress in their efforts.

% OK ke OK

OPERATIONAL PLANS FOR SERVICE'S RESEARCH VESSEL "CISCO" FOR
1956: During the 1956 operational season of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service
research vessel Cisco, a comprehensive survey will be made of the Saginaw Bay
area of Lake Huron.

The objectives of the survey will be to study the species of fish inhabiting Sagi-
naw Bay, their distribution, and relative abundance. In addition:

1, Determine the seasonal movements and summer distribution of the walleye
and lake herring.

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 37

2. Measure and otherwise evaluate the physical or biological factors that may
have contributed to changes in the composition of the Saginaw Bay fish population
that have occurred inrecent years.

3. Determine the conditions
required for natural reproduction
of important species of the Bay and
factors that may influence the suc-
cess of spawning, incubation, hatch-
ing, and juvenile growth.

4. Establish the occurrence
and distribution of larval, fry, and
yearling stages of species that may
be important in influencing the sta-
tus and structure of the fish popu-
lation.

Cisco, research vessel of the Service's Great Lakes Fishery

Investigations,

5. Establish measures that may be used as a base to follow future changes of
the physical and biological conditions in Saginaw Bay.

6. Describe the current systems in Saginaw Bay and the adjacent Romtion of
Lake Huron, and determine the amount of interchange between the bay and lake.

In the course of the survey, gill nets, otter trawls, and other nets will be
used to sample the population (both adult and larval) of the Bay. All walleyes or
yellow pike taken alive and in good condition will be tagged and released. Several
types of tags will be tested for effectiveness. Additional scientific data will becol-
lected for population studies; stomach contents and fish-food organisms; environ-
mental factors such as water temperatures, water turbidity, chemical composition,
and condition of the bottom; drift bottles will be released at regular stations along
the route of the cruises; and routine plankton collection made at all hydrographic
stations.

Gulf Exploratory Fishery Program

RED SHRIMP CAUGHT IN GULF OF MEXICO BY "OREGON" (Cruise 38): Large
red shrimp (Hymenopenaeus robustus) were taken in all drags beyond the 200-fath-
om curve by the M/V Oregon during a three-week exploratory shrimp-trawling
cruise in the northwestern and north-central Gulf of Mexico. A total of 41 drags
and two hand-line stations were completed during the trip which ended on May 22.

A total of 28 drags were made in depths of 100 to 300 fathoms and 13 in 30 to 60
fathoms.

Using 80-foot balloon and 100-foot flat trawls, catches ran from 90 to 210
pounds per three-hour drag in the area east of the Mississippi Delta as compared
to catches of 5 to 30 pounds off the Texas coast. Catches in the 200- to 240-fath-
om range also included from 10 to 100 pounds of 50-count Penaeopsis megalops, a
smaller deep-water shrimp. Catches of 300 to 500 pounds of scrap fish were com-
mon in both areas. Hake and whiting accounted for the bulk of the catch.

Catches of brown-grooved shrimp (Penaeus aztecus) ran from 2 to 22 pounds
per hour using a 40-foot flat trawl at the 13 shallower-water stations. Following
up reports of a ''new'' species of shrimp entering the fishery in the Mississippi
Delta area, a series of six drags were made in 30 to 60 fathoms off Passa Loutre.

38 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

Small numbers (from 3 to 3 pounds) of 31-35 count "humpback'' shrimp (Solenocera
vioscai) were found mixed with the brown-grooved shrimp in the 30- to 45-fathom
—— 1 drags. This species has been
Pe ce a te ieee | commonly taken in very small
cs numbers in commercial catches
off the Mississippi Delta area.

Severe gear losses due to
bogging were encountered in the
deep-water dragging, particular-
ly in the northwestern Gulf. Dur-
ing the cruise three complete
rigs were lost including bridle,

| doors, andtrawl. Five addition-
soiperentneatehiaesionalad steieeelceea .| al rigs were badly damaged.

8.
© - Approximate locations of hand-line statioi

During the trip an uncharted
ae rock "ridge" was found, origna-
[wed cap ting inthe vicinity of 27°57! north
M/V Oregon (Cruise 38) latitude, 94 °55' west longitude,

aaa 4 and extending several miles in an
east-southeasterly direction. Echo-recorder tracings showed good indications of
bottom fish along the entire ridge. On May 8 a series of hand-line stations at vari-
ous points along its length yielded approximately 1, 600 pounds of red snapper and
300 pounds of several species of groupers.

Maryland

OYSTER PROSPECTS BRIGHT ON SOME MARYLAND BARS: Lack of suffi-
cient oyster set is one of the chief limiting factors in oyster production on many
bars in the Chesapeake area. Certain oyster beds are known for the production of
fat well-shaped oysters but seldom receive enough spat on them to replace the oys-
ter populations as rapidly as the crops are harvested. These bars will usually yield
only meagre crops that are far below their full capacity unless adequate supplies of
young oysters can be introduced as seed. Toa limited extent the State has been
able to stimulate yields on such bars by. planting seed, but this is expensive and
available public funds are used primarily for planting shells where spat are likely
to attach. Even if all such funds were used for planting seed on low-setting bars,
only a small fraction of their potentially-productive areas could be planted. Thus
the crop on unplanted bars may almost reach the vanishing point when setting fails
over a long period of years. This has been the case on many good oyster-growing
bottoms of the State where a marked reduction in yield has occurred.

Examinations of oyster bars early in 1956 in the Patuxent River have shown
that the best sets for many years occurred during 1954 and 1955 on bars all the
way up to the head of the oyster-producing area, a relatively short distance above
the Patuxent River Bridge. Reports indicate that a similar condition exists on
the upper Severn River bars and in parts of the South River area. Increased sets
also occurred on the Eastern Shore side of the upper Bay. In the Patuxent, counts
of about 200 per bushel of the 1954 set on natural cultch were found in the upper riv-
er together with a scattering of 1955 set. The 1954 set decreased gradually down-
stream although counts of over 100 per bushel were found on some bars in the mid-
dle section, ranging down to an average of approximately 50 per bushel in the lower
river. The 1955 set was highest in the lower river except near the mouth and ranged
up to around 200 per bushel. State shell plantings in the lower half of the River al-
so received good catches, in one sample as high as 442 spat per bushel on 1955 shell.
The set was not uniform but was quite general.

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 39

Counts made in the Patuxent during a period of more than ten years prior to
1954 have shown an average of less than 10 spat per bushel per year on natural
cultch. On the other hand, the count for a good seed-producing area, such as St.
Mary's River, often is 1,000 or more spat per bushel. Survival of spat in the Pa-
tuxent River has been quite good in the past. Hence it is expected that the marked
increase in the quantity of spat now present on available cultch should be followed
by a period of increased production from the River's natural rocks. It should be
pointed out, however, that the extent of the set is limited by the available cultch
and that cultch has become progressively scarcer as shell and cinder become cover-
ed by silt on depleted bars.

The set for 1954 and 1955 was something less than average over most other
oyster bars in Maryland, especially in the lower or saltier oyster-producing areas.
These years were both exceptionally dry, up to the August storms of 1955. The
drought condition resulted in the salinity of the water at Solomons averaging about
25 percent above normal during the oyster-spawning season of the two years. Less
detailed observations indicate that a similar rise in salinity occurred over most of
the Chesapeake. This probably was even more marked in the uppermost oyster-
producing areas where Salinities usually are kept down by the flow of fresh water
downstream.

A tentative theory of how this condition may have brought about the Ghsencd
increased set follows: Tidal action in an estuary tends to move saltier water up-
stream near the bottom and this, when accompanied by a lessened dilution with
fresh water during dry seasons, may have tended to concentrate more larvae than
usual in the upper reaches of the River. Activity of oysters and the presence of
tiny marine organisms upon which oysters and oyster larvae feed would also be af-
fected by the rise in salinity. Resultant changes of this nature may have favored
better production and survival of larvae and spat. The exact mechanism by which
the better sets were brought about is not understood, however, andthe association
with the conditions caused by dry weather may be only a coincidence. Continued
studies of the factors that influence oyster spawning and setting will be made and
certainly any future occurrence of exceptionally dry years will be noted carefully
in relation to the oyster setting pattern, according to the March 1956 Maryland
Tidewater News of the Maryland Department of Research and Education,

% KO OK %

SUSPENDED CULTCH FOR OYSTER SET TESTED IN CHINCOTEAGUE BAY:
Experiments which were designed to test several methods of holding cultch for oys-
ter set above the bottom have been tried this past season in Chincoteague Bay, Md.
Results indicate that due to the high cost and scarcity of seed oysters it may be eco-
nomically feasible to grow seed oysters above the bottom where enemies cannot
gain access to them. This should insure better survival and higher quality in the
seed oysters and so justify the cost of the operation. In the past the cost of seed
oysters was low and the quantity was sufficient to meet the demand. Any method of
producing seed which involved high labor costs was economically out of the question.
In other countries where labor is cheaper similar methods have been used for many
years with good results, the March 1956 issue of Maryland Tidewater News of the
Department of Research and Education points out.

The shells which were used as cultch in Chincoteague Bay were put on metal
trays or held in wire bags and placed so that they would be in the intertidal zone.
Tidal amplitude averages about one foot inthat part of the Bay. Theresults of this
experiment indicate that the method could be successful commercially as far asre-
ceiving a set of oysters is concerned. The operation, however, was on too small
a scale to obtain any cost data. The shells held in the wire bags or trays retained
a set of oyster spat which was about sixteen times as great as that on the shells
which were planted on the bottom directly beneath the suspended shells. This
was tested in two areas of the Bay and the figure given is the lowest set obtained.

40 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

Several factors may contribute to the success of the suspendedcultch, but certainly
the fact that they were divorcedfrom nearly all of their enemies is veryimportant.
Another important considerationis that none of the shells were in the mud. Bothsides
of the shells were available to receive the set ofoysters. Anotherimportant point is
that this method may be used to utilize good setting areas which may have a very
soft muddy bottom which would not support shells plantedthere. Many potentially-
good setting areas are not now being used for the above-mentioned reason.

The investigation will be carried onduring the 1956 season. Thecosts willbe
noted sothat an accurate estimate of the per bushel cost of seedraisedinthis manner
may be obtained. This will, itishoped, give some idea to oyster planters of the feasi-
bility of raising their own seedoysterson a commercial basis. Itis expected that this
year seed oysters will sellfor $1.35to $1.50 per bushel plus freight to the planting area.
These prices leave a good marginfor the labor and material involved in handling shells
and making wire bags if some thought is given to devise economical methods of carry-
ing out the operation. Some of the answers to the problem should be available after
this summer's work so that the methodcanbe evaluated. It is felt that at the present
prices the work offers some promise of alleviating the problem of seed-oyster costs.

PORTS: Certain rules and regulations for the weighing, sorting, and culling of fish
were adoptedby the Massachusetts State Commissioner of Labor and Industries. The

regulations, whichbecame effective May 1, 1956, follow:

General Laws, Chapter 94, Section 86 (Ter. Ed.)
as Amended by Chapter 415 Acts of 1956

The Commissioner of Labor and Industries may adopt, amend or repeal, and
shall enforce, all such reasonable rules andregulations, and orders thereunder, as
may be necessary or suitable in relation to the weighing, sorting and culling offish
when landed from a vessel or boat. Whoever violates said rules or regulations or
orders thereunder shall be punished by a fine of not less than fifty nor more than
one hundred dollars.

Rules and Regulations Relative to the Weighing, Sorting and Culling of Fish
Adopted by the Commissioner of Labor and Industries.

Haddock Over 23 lbs. Cusk Over 3 lbs.
Scrod haddock 13 to 25 lbs. Scrod cusk 13 to 3 lbs. incl.
Cod, extra large Over 25 lbs. Halibut, extra large Over 125 lbs.
Large cod 10 to 25 lbs., incl. Large halibut 60 to 125 lbs.
Market cod Over 23 lbs. to 10 lbs. Medium white halibut 12 to 60 lbs.
Scrod cod 13 to 23 lbs., incl. Chicken halibut 7 to 12 lbs.
Snapper halibut Under 7 lbs
Lemon sole 4 lbs. and over a : 3
Blackbacks Aine. ao ibe, Medium grey halibut 12 to 60 lbs.

Medium blackbacks

1 lb. to/2) lbs.

Large mackerel

24 lbs. and over

Small blackbacks Under 1 lb. Medium mackerel 12 to 2% Ibs.
Small mackerel 1 to 14 lbs.
Grey sole 2 Ibs. and over Tinker mackerel 3 to 1 Ib.
Small grey sole Under 2 lbs. Tack mackerel Under 3 lb.
- 3 5

eels . 1B oes ouer Butterfish 325 fish or less per 100 Ibs.

al . and ove Small butterfish “
Saint eis Under 1 Ib. m. utterfis. More than 325 fish per 100 lbs.
aie ja 5 Redfish (ocean perch) 120 fillets or less per 10 lbs.

outers ADS, Euatel OCNGHE Small redfish (ocean perch) | More than 120 fillets per 10 lbs.
Scrod pollock 1z to 4 lbs. —— F a
Large fluke 4 lbs. and over ace Tee oe eet ented mous
Medium fluke 3 to 4 lbs. miaige
Small fluke 13 to 3 lbs. Swordfish Over 110 lbs.
Large hake 6llbswiandiover Baby swordfish 110 lbs. and under
Medium hake Over 2s to 6 lbs.
Small hake 13 to 25 lbs., incl. Scallops 9 lbs. per gallon, no cuil

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 41

Weighing of Fish

In all ports, an allowance shall be made for tare weight of $ lb. per bag on
scallops. Tare weights of vehicles, barrels, boxes or other containing units shall
be regularly taken. All weighing operations shall be in accordance with the Rules
and Regulations established by the Director of Standards and Necessaries of Lifel/

In the Port of Boston, an allowance of five percent for ice and other foreign
substance shall be made in bulk weighing, except in the circumstance where an ab-
normally large amount of ice is in the fish a percentage allowance may be mutually
agreed upon by the buyer and the seller.

In the Port of Gloucester, on grey sole and dabs, an allowance for ice and oth-
er foreign substance of 10 lbs. per 250-lb. barrel of fish shall be made unless oth-
er allowance is mutually agreed upon by the buyer and the seller. No allowance to
be made for ice and other foreign substance on groundfish.

In the Port of New Bedford, on groundfish and flounders, an allowance shall
be made of 4 lbs. per 100-lb. box or basket for ice or other foreign substance.

Ernest A. Johnson, .
Commissioner of Labor & Industries
7 General Laws, Chapter 94, Section 176, ‘* ‘Weight’ in a sale of commodities by big shall mean the net weight of all

commodities so sold; and contracts concerning such sales shall be so construed;,

New York City
SUGGESTIONS FOR CRAB MEAT PACKERS: The Director of the Bureau of

Food and Drugs of New York City's Department of Health in a letter addressed to
fresh crab meat packers makes suggestions for shipping crab meat to New York
City. The letter points out that fresh crab meat shipped to the City of New York
must conform to the bacterial
standards prescribed in Section
163A of New York City's Sanitary
Code. In order to meet these
standards, it is absolutely es-
sential that crab meat be pre-
pared, handled, and packed un-
der strict sanitary precautions
in a plant that is certified by the
state inspection authority con-
trolling the crab meat industry
in your State.

To prevent rise inbacterial
content, it is also essential that
the crab meat be adequately re-
frigerated from the period of
packing to the time it reaches its
destination and that delay be avoid-
ed between packing and shipment. Pasteurizing crab meat in hermetically-sealed cans.

The following suggestions are made to aid in maintaining bacterial quality con-
trol during the long haul in shipments of crab meat to the City of New York.

1. Use shipping containers of sufficient size to provide maximum Space for
storage of ice.

42 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. '7

2. Pack cans into barrels or other shipping containers in a manner that will
allow spaces between the cans to facilitate thorough icing and re-icing all around
ean surfaces. Avoid overloading or stacking cans directly on top of each other.

3. Eliminate delays in time and additional handling by direct shipments from
your plant to New York City instead of reshipments through another dealer.

4. Check your carrier's equipment relative to refrigeration or ability to main-
tain cold temperatures; also location of icing stations en route.

5. Request re-icing of your shipments in transit at suitable intervals, especial-
ly in warm and hot weather.

6. Arrange for direct deliveries of your shipments if possible without long de-
lays resulting from consolidations or transfers of loads, lay-overs at transfer
points, circuitous routing, etc.

It is well to bear in mind that attempts at savings in shipping costs per pack-
age is negligible in comparison with losses resulting from spoilage or increase in
bacterial counts in the product due to inadequate refrigeration or icing during trans-
portation.

*% Ok KX

SUGGESTIONS FOR TRANSPORTERS OF FRESH CRAB MEAT: At a recent
meeting held at the New York City Department of Health with health officials of the
Southern states which ship fresh crab meat to New York City, considerable discus-
sion centered around methods of refrigeration used on vehicles during long hauls of
shipments from the crab-meat packing plants to market destinations. It was de-
cided that the City's Department of Health send a letter to every trucking and ex-
press firm before the coming warm weather season and point out the necessity for
proper care during transportation.

The Director of the Bureau of Food and Drugs of New York City's Department
of Health in the letter points out that fresh crab meat is a ready-to-eat food that is
generally consumed without further cooking. Continuous adequate refrigeration is
a very important factor in maintaining quality control. If it is not kept at a very
cold temperature at all times from point of departure to point of destination, bacte-
ria may multiply to enormous numbers and cause spoilage of the crab meat or food |
poisoning to the consumers. You are urged to alert your employees to take all pre-
cautions necessary to assure that crab meat be kept cold while transported in your
carriers, the letter to the transportation companies continues.

The importance of refrigeration is being constantly stressed to the crab meat
packers. However, the following suggestions to trucking and other transportation
companies may aid in preserving quality during transportation:

1. Check amount of ice and salt carried to assure that it is adequate for the en-
tire load. Check insulation for defects.

2. If mechanical refrigeration is used, check for proper working order and if
adequate to maintain sufficiently low temperatures for the load carried. If neces-
sary, supplement with dry ice.

3. Precool vehicles during hot weather before loading.

4. Place loads in such a manner as to allow circulation of air around the ship-
ping containers. Use of floor racks for this purpose is advisable.

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 43

5. Where ice is used for refrigeration, check drains to insure against stop-
pages. Plugs for ice bunkers should be tight-fitting.

6. Do not skimp on ice in warm and hot weather and see that all cans inside
barrels and boxes are well re-iced. Arrange with packers for re-icing of their
shipments en route.

7. Provide re-icing stations at suitable intervals along routes and make cer-
tain that stops are made for the purpose of re-icing.

8. Avoid the alleged practice of skipping re-icing stations and then re-icing
just before arrival in New York City to mislead receivers.

9. Avoid long delays in transit caused by consolidations or transfer of loads,
lay-over at transfer points, circuitous routing, etc.

10. Make employees aware of precautions to be taken during long hauls in hot
weather when vehicles are subject to a great deal of heat over the highways.

North Atlantic Fisheries Exploration and Gear Research

EXCELLENT CATCHES OF DEEP-WATER LOBSTERS BY "DELAWARE"
(Cruise 19): Excellent catches of deep-water lobsters were made by the Service's
exploratory fishing vessel Delaware. The 12-day cruise was completed with re-
turn of the vessel to East Boston on May 11. The purpose of the cruise was to
evaluate the commercial fishing potential for deep-water lobster at this season.

Over 8,900 pounds of
deep-water lobsters aver-
aging 5 pounds each were a:
takenby 41 exploratory tows |.008 g 300.
of 1-hour duration. Gear Reger Te
usedwasastandardNo. 41
otter trawl and catches s er
rangedfroma lowofthree | ~~ Oe,
lobsters per one-hour tow es i
in the Veatch Canyonarea
to 211 per one-hour tow east

nt pie FATHOMS

~ 500 earners
extnonee

of Lydonia Canyon. The ies
largest catches were made ior)
inthe 175- to225-fathom /. ONisterhes
range. Pes TOE OF ARE ies

Fe rea or039 loos. | Se vento
sters was tagged and re- M/V Delaware Cruise 19, April 30-May 11, 1956,

leased where caught. Ap-

proximately 200 large egg-bearing females were turned over tothe Massachusetts Di-
vision of Marine Fisheries for use in stocking inshore waters. Inaddition, twotagged
lobsters were recaptured by the Delaware on May 5and6, bothinthe same locality
as released. One was tagged November 19, 1955, and the other May 6, 1956.

During the cruise radio contact with the commercial trawler R. W. Griffin,
Jr. indicated that two tagged lobsters were recaptured in the vicinity of Veatch
Canyon on May 10, 1956. One of these was tagged and released from the Delaware
on January 26, 1956, and had moved approximately 90 miles westward along the
edge of the Continental Shelf. The other was tagged and released from the Dela-
ware on May 1, 1956, and was recaptured in the same area as released.

44 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

The Delaware left East Boston on May 21 for a 13-day trip (Cruise 20) to the
Sable Island area South of Nova Scotia to continue studies of the deep-water distribu-

tion of ocean perch.

North Atlantic Fisheries Investigations

SURVEY OF HADDOCK EGGS AND LARVAE DISTRIBUTION CONTINUED BY
ALBATROSS III (Cruise 73): Georges Bank, Browns Bank, and the Gulf of Maine
were surveyed for haddock eggs and larvae by the Service's research vessel Alba-
tross III during Cruise 73(April 17-28). In addition, the temperature, salinity,
and the general circulation pattern in the Gulf of Maine and Georges Bank area were
studied.

Continuous plankton tows at
the surface and 10 meters with
Hardy Plankton Recorders, 241
bathythermograph lowerings, 120
salinity samples, and 20 surface
tows with the standard meter net
were made. Eighteen samples
of eggs were hatched out for identi-
fication purposes and a total of 800
drift bottles were released through-
out the area of the cruise.

The cruise provided collec-
tions of haddock, cod, sea crab,
and rockling eggs plus haddock,
cod, herring, hake, and sand launce
larvae. Haddock eggs were found
at all locations sampled with the
net except in the central Gulf of
Maine indicating that the spawning
of this species extended over a
much greater area than that ob-
served during any previous cruises.

U, S. Fish and Wildlife Service research vessel Albatross II. HRS WAGONS MEG s

a eggs if successful in meeting the
vicissitudes of life in the ocean waters, may result in an abundant haddock year-
class and good haddock fishing on Georges Bank in 1959. If meteorological and
hydrographic conditions are favorable during the coming months a strong year-
class will develop.

Future cruises of the Albatross III will follow the drift of these young fish in
May and June and a census will be made in September after they have taken up life
on the bottom and are no longer at the mercy of tide and current.

The Albatross II sailed on May 2 to study the effectiveness of different sizes
of nylon mesh in releasing small unmarketable sizes of haddock on George Bank
and Browns Bank.

OK OK OK

SELECTIVITY OF NYLON COD ENDS TESTED BY "ALBATROSS III'({Cruise
74): To determine the selectivity of sizes of haddock with nylon cod ends of 4g, 5,
and 53-inch meshes (between centers) was the purpose of Cruise 74 of the Serv-
ice's research vessel Albatross III. The trip took place from May 2-May10, 1956.

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 45

A total of 69 tows were made on Georges Bank using 43, 5, and 52-inch nylon
mesh cod ends and a 5-inch dacron cod end. An abundance of one- to six-year old
haddock provided good catches for all four cod ends tested. A total of 69 tows were
made of which 62 produced usable results. Approximately 26,000 haddock were
taken and all were measured.

MYA VVV
~ - 0 OOD

A summary of results is present-
ed inthe table. These can be consid-
ered only tentative because of the large
quantity of data involved which cannot
be completely analyzed at sea.

ay,
RIES SOX)

Both the nylon and dacron cod
ends were of braided twine of single > -%s
construction. Two gauges were used
during the cruise: the ICNAF-type
pressure (wedge) gauge andthe Scotch-type (longitudinal pressure) gauge. Themesh
sizes given represent averages of measurements made with both gauges. No con-
sistent difference between the two gauges was observed for the nylon twines when
the Scotch gauge was set for 10-12 pounds and the ICNAF gauge was used with 8-10
pounds pressure. The Scotch gauge did give rather smaller measuremengs for the
dacron cod end.

Diagram of experimental cod end used to test selectivity.

50% Points (cm.)
No. of Fish Range for Indi-
Cover |Cod End vidual Tows the Last

Meshes _|10 Rows
40 45 in. :

Cod End
(Size Between

The rather large range in 50-percent points for individual cod ends was due to
(1) changes in mesh size during the cruise; (2) random error caused by small catch-
es for certain tows; (3) diurnal differences in escapement, the high selection points
occurring in mid-day; and (4) other variables.

The division of the 5'' nylon results into two parts is a result of reversing the
cod end after the first 10 tows. This cod end had been used before causing the
meshes to be enlarged at one end. Nylon (1) results are with the large meshes at
the forward end, nylon (2) results are with the large meshes in the ''normal"' posi-
tion, at the after end of the cod end.

Changing ends resulted in an increase of 7 centimeters in the 50-percent point,
indicating that fish escape primarily through the after part of the cod end. This
was further demonstrated by the improvement in the 50-percent-point-mesh size
relationship when only the average of the last 10 rows of meshes in the cod end was
used (see table).

The braided nylon provided a greater escapement of haddock than double ma-
nila cod ends of the same mesh size, in general, would be expected to provide.

Twenty large cod were returned alive to the laboratory to be used by the Retina
Foundation for eye research. Some live haddock and flatfish were also returned.

The Albatross III sailed again May 16 (Cruise 75) for the purpose of sampling
haddock eggs andto obtain hydrographic data.

KOK

46 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

HADDOCK EGGS AND LARVAE DISTRIBUTION (ALBATROSS III, Cruise 75):
To determine the distribution of haddock eggs and larvae, temperature, and salini-
ty, and the general circulation pattern in the Gulf of Maine, Georges Bank, andthe
Southern New England Banks was the purpose of Cruise 75 of the Service's research
vessel Albatross III (May 16-29, 1956).

Approximately 3, 200 miles of continuous plankton tows were made at the sur-
face and 10 meters with Hardy Plankton Recorders; 325 bathythermograph lowerings,
165 salinity samples, and 22 surface tows with the standard meter net were made;
18 samples of eggs were hatched out for identification purposes. A total of 1, 068
drift bottles were released throughout the area.

Haddock, cod, plaice, rockling, whiting, and yellowtail eggs; haddock, cod,
pollock, ammodytes, herring, hake, and butterfish larvae were found. Haddock
larvae were found along the southern edge of Georges Bank and 60 miles south of
Montauk Point, Long Island.

The Albatross II was scheduled to sail again on June 11, 1956, for the final
egg and larval fish survey of the year.

North Atlantic Herring Research

Maine herring started by the Service's vessel Theodore N. Gill in 1955 will be con-
tinued in 1956 by the chartered 62-foot Gloucester motor vessel Metacomet. The
Metacomet departed for its first
cruise on May 9 and is scheduled
to return May 18.

The objectives of the first
cruise were to (1) make echo-
soundings along the Maine Coast
and in the offshore waters to locate
schools of herring that may/be
made available to the sardine fish-
ermen, and (2) make trial sets
with a one-boat midwater trawl
when schools are located by the
echo-sounder, in an attempt to de-
velop a dependable method of sam-
pling the schools located at vari-
ous depths.

: In case commercial-size
Metacomet, vessel chartered by the Fish and Wildlife Service to con- schools of sardines are located,
tinue program of exploratory fishing and gear development for the the size and the location of the

ae Herein! [
ENS NEES schools will be broadcast to the
sardine fishermen over radio frequencies 2638 kc. and 2738 kc.

% OK OK OK

ECHO-SOUNDINGS AND SAMPLES OF HERRING TAKEN BY "METACOMET"
(Cruise 1): Herring were located on the echo-sounder and samples taken by the
midwater-trawl in Middle Bay part of Casco Bay and at Spruce Point, near Long
Island in Penobscot Bay by the M/V Metacomet on its first cruise. This vessel,

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW AT

which has been chartered by the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service to continue ex-
ploratory fishing and gear development for the Maine herring started by the Serv-
ice's vessel Theodore N. Gill in 1955, left port on May 9 and returned on May 18.
The samples of the fish taken were 0-year-class herring brit from last autumn's
Spawning. Sounder traces simi-
lar to those in Middle Bay were
also recorded in New Meadows
River.

Fish were located on the
echo sounder on May 9 and May
11 near Portland Head and on
May 11 and May 16 near the
Portland Lightship. These
soundings were scattered and
small. The midwater trawl was
not set at these points due to
rough seas.

Small traces of schooled
fish, apparently herring, were
recorded in St. Andrews Bay
(Passamaquoddy Bay) during the
evening and night of May 13. The
largest tracings were recorded M/V Metacomet (Cruise 1),
near Ministers Island and McAnns Head. ree mee

Widely-spaced scattered traces were recorded between the Portland Lightship
and Boon Island on May 16.

Small scattered schools were also recorded near Race Point, Cape Cod, on
May 18.

During this cruise the coastline of the Gulf of Maine was surveyed with a re-
cording-type echo-sounder along the course lines shown in the diagram. This was
done in an attempt to locate populations of sardine-size herring. No such schools
were located and positively identified. However, the schools sounded in Passama-
quoddy Bay and near the Portland Lightship appeared likely to be herring of sar-
dine size.

A run was made to the Cape Cod area to test the midwater trawl on larger her-
ring. During the one day and night spent there no schools in suitable position for
trawling were located. The herring in this area appeared to be close in near the

beaches.
Oe

North Pacific Exploratory Fishery Program

EXPERIMENTAL MIDWATER TRAWLING TO BE TRIED BY "JOHNN. COBB"
(Cruise 27): Experimental midwater trawling is being tried by the Service's ex-
ploratory fishing vessel John N. Cobb on Cruise 27 which started from Seattle on
May 14. On this six-week cruise several sizes of midwater trawls, both nylonand
cotton, will be tested, ranging from a 30-foot to 50-foot square opening at the mouth.
These nets were made at the Service's gear research station at Coral Gables, Fla.,
where underwater television and skin divers were used to observe the action of the
gear under actual towing conditions.

48 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

Arrangements were made for gear experts from the Biological Station of the
Fisheries Research Board of Canada at Nanaimo, B.C., to join the John N. Cobb
for part of the cruise to try the successful Canadian midwater herring trawl in off-
shore waters and to compare the operation of the Canadian trawls with those fur-
nished from Coral Gables. A biologist from the trawl-fish division of the State of
Washington Department of Fisheries was also scheduled to participate.

In recent years midwater trawls have been used successfully in Europe and in
British Columbia for herring. The John N. Cobb will try to determine if fish such
as Pacific oceanperch, cod and others which spend at least part of their time off
the bottom can be efficiently taken by midwater trawling. Special attention will be
given to rocky bottom areas off Washington and Vancouver Island which are too
rough for bottom trawls.

A "Sea Scanar" will be used to locate schools of fish at middepths. To keep
the trawl at proper depth, a new telemetering instrument developed at the Univer-
sity of Miami Marine Laboratory under contract with the Service will be employed.
The instrument attaches to the trawl or trawl cable and sends out continuous bat-
tery-activated sound impulses to a hydrophone streamed by the vessel. Depth of
the trawl is calculated from the frequencies of the signals received.

Pacific Halibut Fleet Began Fishing May 20

Although the International Pacific Halibut Commission in its regulations for the
1956 North Pacific halibut season set May 12 as the opening date, reports from the
West Coast indicated that the hali-
but fleet did not sail in order to be-
gin fishing by that date. In an ef-
fort to level off some of the heavy
landings that occur on some days,
fishermen of vessels fishing out of
Puget Sound, British Columbia, and
Alaska ports voted to delay actual
fishing for eight days or until May
20.

The fishermen's unions also
voted that (1) halibut vessels carry-
ing three or more men would tie up
for seven days between trips to the
grounds and (2) small vessels carry-
ws 6 ing either one or two men will be
permitted to fish for 14 days to be-
gin the season and then tie up and

Landing a halibut aboard a West Coast long-liner.

fish for alternating periods of seven days.

However, although most of the North Pacific halibut fleet did not begin fishing
until May 20, small amounts of halibut caught by independent vessels which are not
a party to the agreement or caught incidentally to other fishing were expected to
reach port early in the week of May 14.

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 49

Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations

tuna fishing grounds by the research vessel Charles H. Gilbert of the Service's Pa-
cific Oceanic Fishery Investigations have been extended so far up into the NorthPa-
cific that observations of whales

- Al
and fur seals atthe more north See

ern fishing stations have become
commonplace.

There was some surprise,
‘however, when the Charles H.
Gilbert, which returned May 4
from a 2-month cruise in the
area north of Midway Island,
brought back 4 small salmon. The salmon, which were estimated to weigh abou
one pound each, were caught in gill nets set to capture albacore tuna at about 41 N.
latitude. These fish will be sent to the Pacific Salmon Investigations at Seattle,
Wash., for study.

This cruise of the vessel was planned to check the spring abundance of the al-
bacore north of the Hawaiian Islands, as part of a continuing year-round program
of study of the distribution of this valuable wide-ranging tuna species. Experimen-
tal fishing was done with long lines, gill nets, and trolling lings along the albacore
‘zone between 180° and 165 W. longi-
tude as far as 42° N., an area which
is centered roughly north of Midway
Island. Albacore appeared to be scarce
in the area at this season, but small
a numbers were taken on all the types of
fishing gear used. Those captured in
the gill nets and on trolling lines weigh-
ed 7-8 pounds each; the fish taken at
greater depths on the long line weighed
about 40 pounds each.

ase

9 IGttt-NeT

Plankton was sampled on the fish-
eee ing grounds, and the scientists aboard
reported that this basic fish food ap-

peared to be somewhat more abundant

LEGEND:

SLGLUC NETS STATION. in the western part of the survey area.
= PLANKTON STATION. : Sais

SS a : Large squid, weighing 2-3 pounds,

+ = MIGHT-LigiT STATION. > \r were also captured on the western sur-

vey section.

@- Aveacore catcH.

175°

180° °
175° 170° 165

Charles H, Gilbert Cruise 27 (3/17/56-5/4/56). The weather was rough throughout

much of the cruise, and the vessel rode
out one storm with winds over 70 miles an hour.

is Five long-line stations were fished along 180° longitude between 28° N. and
36 . latitude in waters with surfage temperatures ranging between 57.7 F. and
69.0 F. and two stations along 163° W. longitude between 32 N. and 34 30'N.
latitude, in 60.8 F. and 63.0 F. surface temperatures. Only one albacore (57
pounds) was taken. This catch was made at the northernmost station at 36 08'N.,
179°55'W. in57.7° F. water. The remaining long-line catch consisted of 35 great
blue sharks, 1 mako shark, 9 lancetfish (Alepisaurus sp.), 2 broadbill swordfish,
and 2 dolphin (Coryphaena hippurus).

50 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

Eleven gill-net stations were occupied during the cruise. The gear consisted
of 12 shackles of nylon netting on loan from the Pacific Salmon Investigations (PSI)
in Seattle, Wash., and 1 shackle of POFI nylon net. Each of the 12 shackles of the
PSI nets measured 20 feet in depth and 300 feet in length and the mesh sizes ranged
from 2;"' to 54'' stretched measure. The POFT net had 7'' mesh, was 30 feet deep
and 300 feet in length. The nets were set at dusk and left to drift free of the vessel
during the night. They were retrieved at daybreak.

Albacore were taken at two gill-net stations. One station at 33°45'N, 9 176°57'W.
yielded 6 albacere (6-12 pounds each) in 61. 8° F. water and the other station at
33°49! N., 170 °32' W. yielded 3 (103-, 11-, 12$-pound) fish in 62.3° F. water.
Five of the total of 9 albacore were taken on the 5z''-mesh nets and four on
the 44'"'-nets. All of the fish were merely tangled on the tail or fins rather
than gilled. One albacore was observed slipping off the net while the gear was
being hauled.

Two net stations were occupied in 50° F. and 50.7° F. waters and both re-
sulted in the capture of small sockeye salmon (Oncorhynchus nerka). At 41 28'N.,
165°18'W. (50 F. surface temperature) 3 salmon (36.1, 39.5, and 40.0 cm.
fork length) were taken close together on a 45"-mesh net. Another salmon, 37.6cm.
in length, was taken at 41°30'N., 164°33' W. (50.7° F.) ona 34"-net. Allofthe
salmon were gilled. The last fish taken was alive when the nets were retrieved.

Two amberjacks (Seriola dumerili) were taken at 32°46! IN 5 176°42' W. in
62.5° F. water. They were taken on a 54''-mesh net. Additional gill-net catches
included: 1 small broadbill swordfish, 6 pomfrets, 1 flying fish, 1 pilotfish, 36
great blue sharks, 2 mackerel sharks, and 92 cuttlefish.

Surface trolling proved to be very unproductive in the areas surveyed. In
1,598 line-hours of direct trolling at 6. O-7. 0 knots, only 7 albacore were taken.
These were taken at 32 08'N. and at 32 20'N. on 4 79°58! IHG 5 and at 32 30'N.,
175 17' W., in surface temperatures between 63.0 F. and 64.5 . These figh
weighed between 11 and 14 pounds. Two skipjack were taken at 29 39'N., 161 52'W.
in 70.2. EF. water while trolling at a vessel speed of about 8.5 knots. The fish
weighed 73 pounds each. There were no visible signs of the presence of a school of
fish when these skipjack were caught. In addition, 9 dolphin were taken.

A total of 6 albacore tuna were tagged and released with the California-type
plastic tube tags.

Thirteen night -light stations were occupied in waters ranging in surface tem-
peratures from 50.0 F. to 68.5 F. Saury (Cololabis saira) were observed at sta-

tions with water temperature between o7 F. and 64 F. with the greatest numbers
occurring between 60 F. and 62 EF. However, the species were not abundant at
any of the stations.

OB Ke ke

SKIPJACK TUNA SPRING DIS-
TRIBUTION NORTH OF LEEWARD
ISLANDS SURVEYED BY "JOHN R.
MANNING" (Cruise 30): A survey of
the bait resources of the Leeward Is-
lands and ascertaining the abundance
of skipjack tuna to the north and west
of the Hawaiian Islands during the pre-
season period was the purpose of the
month-long (March 15-April 20) cruise
of the research vessel John R. Mann-
ing, operated by the Service's Pacific

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 51

Oceanic Fishery Investigations. Moderately-abundant stocks of bait were found in
the Leeward group, but there was a dearth of skipjack tuna schools in the area cov-
ered. This was somewhat surprising as earlier cruises, incidental to studies on
albacore tuna, had detected surprisingly large numbers of skipjack during midwin-
SIRS

Direct trolling with 6 lines showed a lack of skipjack in the waters north of the
Leeward Islands ag only two schools were positively identified as skipjack. These
schools, one at 31 06'N., 173°26' W. and the other at 29 -44'N., 170 10' W. were
observed only after fish struck the trolling lines. Both were small schools andwere
composed of 10-lb. and 4-Jb. skipjack respectively, and were found in water with
surface temperature of 68 F., Every
attempt at fishing the schools with live |
bait failed.

NIGHT RUN
DAYLIGHT RUN
SKIPJACK SCHOOL

There was a general lack of fish in

the northern area scouted, and besides Wa L

the two skipjack schools, only one other eae a Zz \ “A 202
| f| F Ye

dolphin school and two bird-accompa-

nied schools were encountered; the lat-
ter schools were unidentified. Seven . | '
other fish schools were seen in Hawai- |__| | NS . \
ian waters (within 200 miles from land) | SS WAS 1
and these were one dolphin, 2 skipjack, io es \
and 48 unidentified schools. Two skip- | | aes
jack and 17 dolphin were caught onthe = =
trolling lines, and most of the latter
were taken north of Oahu. pe oa ie al pal a

John R, Manning Cruise 30 (3/15/56-4/20/56).

A thorough bait survey of French
Frigace Shoals, Pearl and Hermes Reef, and Midway Island was conducted. Bait
surveys at the three different localities showed that the Hawaiian silverside or iao
(P. insularum) was the predominant and most readily-caught bait species. This
species was found in equal abundance at Sand and Eastern Islands of the Midway Is-
land group where 217 and 246 buckets of iao were seen respectively. Among the
six southern islands visited at Pearl and Hermes Reef, Seal Island was the most
promising and 140 buckets of iao were observed there. At French Frigate Shoals
an estimated 90 buckets of iao were seen at East Island and none or only small a-
mounts of bait was observed at the other northern islands, extending from Tern to
Little GinI. Live bait for fishing purposes was taken from Pearl and Hermes Reef
and Midway Island but only small samples of bait for length frequency and maturity
studies were caught at French Frigate Shoals.

No skipjack or other tuna were available for tagging. Environmental data were
collected in the area of the skipjack fishery adjacent to Oahu at the beginning and
end of the cruise by means of BT casts and double-oblique 60-meter plankton tow
with the 1-meter net; surface salinity and phosphate samples were also taken.

% HK OK

OCEANOGRAPHY AND BIOLOGY ALONG THE EQUATOR STUDIED BY "HUGH
M. SMITH" (Cruise 33): Study of the oceanography and biology of waters along the
equator, about 1,000 miles south of Hawaii, was the purpose of the one-month cruise
by the research vessel Hugh M. Smith of the Service's Pacific Oceanic Fishery In-
vestigations. The vessel returned to port April 20.

On this cruise the vessel operated in an area where previous investigations by
Fish and Wildlife Service ships have indicated that there is a considerable move-
ment of water from the depths up to the surface. This upwelling brings fertilizing

52 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

chemical substances up into the sunlit layer of the ocean and results in a rich growth
of minute plant and animal life--the plankton--to feed the small fish and squid which
in their turn support the large stocks of tuna in the area. :

_ Ep 80" 146s un OOS ME The temperature and chemical con-.
tent of the water, the speed and direction
qoww of the ocean currents, and the abundance

of plankton were studied in a 1, 000-mile
" strip of ocean which spans the equator to
the southeast of Hawaii. Preliminary
results indicate that the upwelling of the
deeper cooler waters at the equator was
, more pronounced than it had been at the
time of earlier cruises. Water temper-
atures near the equator were found to be
lower, and the abundance of plankton in
the surface waters was considerably high-
we er. The results of fishing cruises by Fish
and Wildlife Service vessels scheduledto
be carried out in this area this summer
will show whether or not these apparent-

jon tesa lee el elie ly favorable conditions will produce acor-
DRAG 3 IOSOLCT 1-23 TO 1000M -25-56 5° responding abundance of tuna.
RE 9°
194°/2.2
re Laue a The scientific party aboard the Hugh

M. Smith also made two special studies
, at the equator and at 1 N. latitude todis-
cover the speed at which the sea water
was flowing away from the area of up-
welling near the equator. In this work
drags were hung deep in the water from
een ata tt, s° floats, which were then followed by the
ie ship to trace their course and speed. The
— = — objective of these studies is to find out
Hugh M, Smith Cruise 33 (3/2/56-4/1/56). where a drifting mass of fertile water,
EI ae: with its freight of developing fish food,
is likely to be when it becomes a good feeding ground for tuna, and thus ultimately
to be able to predict where the tuna fishing will be good at any given time.

Toseal T T T T T T
@® pac | 1330 ict W-18-T0 0700 H-20-56

Only two night-light stations were occupied while tracking the drags and only
one of these yielded fish. The scarcity of fish may have been due either to the large
schools of squid and/or white-tipped sharks (1 to 7) which were present at all times.

Only eight fish schools were sighted, of which three were identified as s pjack
tuna and the remainder unidentified, Five were sighted between 0 28'N. and5 00'S.,
one at 12 59'N., 149 33' W., and one southwest of Maui on the return voyage.

The total catch on the trolling lines consisted of two dolphins (Coryphaena hip-
purus).

RK Ke

1955/56 SAMPLING PROGRAM ON EQUATORIAL TUNA COMPLETED: The
year-round equatorial tuna sampling program begun in March 1955 was completed
in February 1956. The abundance of yellowfin tuna continued to be low during the
first months of 1956. The highest catch rates were observed close to the islands,
particulariy those to the north of the equator, i.e., Palmyra and Kingman Reef.
Long-line catches made in 1955 at the same time of year and in the same area as
a United States commercial fishing venture in 1954 showed comparatively low catch

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 53

rates. This may be related to sea surface temperature conditions which at Christ-
mas Island were lower than usual throughout 1955 with the trend continuing during
January and February 1956. Tagging of viable yellowfin for migration studies con-
tinued. To date over 1,000 yellowfin have been tagged in this area.

The analysis of these year-round cruises has begun. One interesting aspect
of the data is that maximum fishing depth, determined by chemical sounding tubes
attached to the deepest hooks of long-line gear, shows considerable variation with
area and time of year. Knowledge of this variation is important, for the deeper
hooks on long-line gear have the higher catch rates.

The catch rates in the open ocean were consistently below 2 yellowfin per 100
hooks. Those very close to the islands averaged about 3 yellowfin per 100 hooks
with a range of 1 to 13. Previous years showed a seasonal trend in abundance with
higher catch rates during July through September, but this trend was absent in1955.

eee

¥ a 7
>”
fee

Public Eating Places Survey

FROZEN FISH AND SHELLFISH HELD IN COLD STORAGE BY PUBLIC EAT-
ING PLACES: It is estimated that during the period May 25-June 2, 1955, public
eating places were holding 4.7 million pounds of frozen fish and 5. 4 million pounds
of frozen shellfish in freezers or cold storages, or a total of 10.1 million ppound ss
of frozen fish and shellfish, according to the results
of a sample survey conducted by the U. 8S. Bureau of
Census for the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service with
funds provided by the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act of 1949, ;

WAREHOUSE

~-6 Lp Moraes

The breakdown of this total of 10.1 million pounds

by types of establishments shows that 57 percent or
5.8 million pounds were held by restaurants as com-
pared with an inventory of 1.3 million pounds for
cafeterias and about 800, 000 pounds for drinking
places, lunch counters, and refreshment stands (see
table).

The average frozen fish and shellfish inventory
per eating place for the United States was about 49
pounds with a range of 55 pounds for the average for
restaurants to 11 pounds for the average for drinking places, lunch counters, and
refreshment stands.

A breakdown by regions shows that the South accounted for the greater part
(49 percent) of the total frozen fish inventory held by public eating places, whereas,
the Northeast showed the largest inventory of frozen shellfish (1.9 million pounds).

As might be expected, when public eating places are grouped according to their
reported total annual sales, the holdings of fish and shellfish per establishment
varied directly with total sales. Eating places in the $100, 000 or more category
averaged about 366 pounds of frozen fish and shellfish in cold storage, compared
with less than 8 pounds in the less than $10, 000 annual sales size group.

This study on total cold-storage inventory of frozen fish and shellfish in eating
establishments is one part of a broader study of fish and shellfish consumption
characteristics in public eating places. The findings are based on a nationwide
scientific sample survey of approximately 4,500 establishments during the week of
May 25-June 2, 1955.

54 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

Frozen Fish and Shellfish Cold-Storage Stocks Reported by Public Eating Places Serving Fish or Shellfish(Estimated
Total Average Inventory Per

Fish Shellfish

Establishment
P Percentage p Percentage A Percentage a 6
Quantity of Total Quantity of Total Quantity of Total Total |Fish |Shellfish
Million Lbs. % Million Lbs. % Million Lbs. % eee Counds) eae
United States Total ..... 10.1 100.0 4.7 100.0 5.4 100.0 48.5] 22.6 25.9
Region:
INortheastea-m-nom-t-intentant 26.7 0.8 17.0 1.2 35.2 39.7] 11.8 27.9
NorthCentral - 2... 17.8 1.0 21.3 0.8 14.8 30.2] 16.8 13.4
SHUN se oo 00 boo oD 60 37.7 2.3 48.9 1.5 27.8 82.8} 50.1 32.7
NWCES osc oo bb oo 5b oO 6 17.8 0.6 12.8 1.2 22.2 52.2] 17.4 34.8
[Type of Establishment:
Restaurants 72... . 2
(CERHOSE 565 Goo 0000 6
Restaurants or Cafeterias

mE 5 565600500
Drug or Proprietary Stores
with Fountain ......
Own) 55 bo 64q5 50.0
City Size:
500,000 or more .....
100,000 to 499,999 ..
25,000 to 99,999
2,500 to 24,999
Less than 2,500

Sales Size:

$100, 000 Ol A oo 500
$ 40,000 to$99,999....
$ 10,000 to $39,000... .
Less than $10,000....
NojReply sn .seeenee nite ob
1/ Inclues drinking places, lunch counters, and refreshment stands. .
‘Note: Detail does not necessarily add to totals, because of rounding. Above data represent estimates of the number of pounds of frozen fish and shellfish held in cold

storage at the time the report was completed for the establishments in the survey (sometime during the period May 25-June 2, 1955).

Ok OK OK

SURVEY INDICATES FISH AND SHELLFISH DINNERS MORE PROFITABLE:
Public eating places make as much or more profit from a serving of fish and shell-
fish as from a serving of steak, roast beef, roast pork, or chicken. This is the
opinion of 64 to 69 percent (depending on the item compared) of managers or opera-
tors of 208,000 public eating places
distributed throughout the United
States which serve fish or shell-
fish and other foods. These find-
ings are based on a Scientific sam-
ple of 4,500 establishments, rep-
resenting all public eating places
in the United States. About 40 per-
cent of the eating places estimated
that more profit was made from a’
serving of fish and shellfish than
from a serving of steak, while a-
bout 29 percent indicated the pro-
fit was the same. Similar percent-
ages were obtained for roast beef,
roast pork, and chicken, accord-
ing to a survey made in May 1955
by the U. S. Bureau of the Census un-
der contract to the U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service.

The opinions on profit per serving were obtained without regard to variations
in size or price of a serving, or other factors which might offset profits. These
facts are of importance to the fishing industry and proprietors of public eating
places because they indicate that increased sales of fish and shellfish may lead to
increased profits for public eating places.

Information obtained from the same survey also shows that of the total number
of main-dish meals served in public eating places during the survey week, only 17
percent were fish and shellfish meals.

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 55

Final results of the survey, which is being financed by funds provided by the
Saltonstall-Kennedy Act o f 1954, are scheduled for publication later in 1956.

eee

Saltonstall-Kennedy Act Fisheries Projects
FISHERY ADVISORY GROUP RECOMMENDS CONTINUANCE OF PROGRAM:

The American Fisheries Advisory Committee, at its third meeting in Long Beach,
Calif., on May 1 and 2, went on record for the continuance of a balanced program
of technological, economic, market development, and biological research and seryv-
ices through an en-

larged and extended
Saltonstall-Kennedy
Act as the best way

to aid the domestic

fishing industry, Un-
der Secretary of the
Interior Clarence A.
Davis stated May17.

Established un-
der the terms of the
Saltonstall-Kennedy
Act, which was pass-
ed in 1954 to promote
increased production
and marketing of do-
mestic fishery prod-
ucts, this group meets

periodically toadvise : ;

the Secret ary of the American Fisheries AdvisoryCommittee, Leftto right, seated: Lawrence W. Strasburger,
New Orleans, La.; H. F. Sahlman, Fernandina Beach, Fla.; Alphonse J. Wegmann, Pass

Christian Isles, Miss,; Arnie J, Suomela, Asst, Director, Fish & Wildlife Service;

Interior on the vari-

ous research and Wesley A. D’Ewart, Asst, Secretary, Department of the Interior; John L. Farley, Direc-
marketing activities tor, Fish & Wildlife Service; Harold R. Bassett, Salisbury, Md.; Lawrence Calvert,
which the Fish and Seattle, Wash.; James S, Carlson, Boston, Mass.; Moses B, Pike, Eastport, Me.;

- - . . standing: Norman B, Wigutoff, Exec. Secretary to the Committee; Dr. Lionel A. Walford,
Wildlife Service is Chief, Branch of Fishery Biology, Fish & Wildlife Service; Thomas F. Sandoz, Astoria,
conducting under the Oreg.; J. Richards Nelson, Madison, Conn,; Arthur Sivertson, Duluth, Minn,; Paul Thomp-
terms of the Act. son, Asst, Chief, Branch of Fishery Biology, Fish & Wildlife Service; Donald P, Loker,

Terminal Island, Calif,; Leon S, Kenney, St. Petersburg, Fla.; A, W. Anderson, Chief,
Assistant Secre- Branch of Commercial Fisheries, Fish & Wildlife Service; DavidH. Hart, CapeMay, N.J.;

R. T, Whiteleather, Asst, Chief, Branch of Commercial Fisheries, Fish & Wildlife

tary of the Interior Service; Mark L, Edmunds, Garibaldi, Oreg.; Arthur H, Mendonca, San Francisco, Calif,

Wesley A. D'Ewart,
who is chairman of the Advisory Committee, served as presiding officer during the
two-day meeting. In his opening remarks Secretary D'Ewart reaffirmed the Depart-
ment's determination to give all possible aid to the industry.

A report on accomplishments since the last meeting in September 1955 was
presented by Fish and Wildlife Service Director John L. Farley; A. W. Anderson,
Chief, Branch of Commercial Fisheries; and Dr. L. A. Walford, Chief, Branch of
Fishery Biology.

The Committee commented favorably on the program so far undertaken but
urged expansion of the activities through continuance of the Act and the provision
of a substantial increase in the funds which are available annually. At present the
limit of expenditures in any one year is $3 million.

56 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

The Committee discussed a number of broad problems on production and mar-
keting of domestic fishery products revolving essentially around two major points.

First, the problem of how to increase fish production to keep abreast of popu-
lation growth so as to maintain or increase the present per capita consumption of
fish came in for considerable attention. The Committee recommended market
studies to determine areas of low consumption, as well as promotional campaigns,
development of new products, and improvement in quality to aid in raising the pres-
ent per capita consumption figure of about 10 pounds. Emphasis on exploration of
new fishery resources and the development of more efficient gear to increase pro-
duction was also stressed.

Secondly, the Committee also discussed the need for a well-rounded long-
range program of biological research directed toward understanding the causes of
fluctuations in fishery stocks in order to explain them, to predict their occurrence,
and to use such understanding for the benefit of the fishery industries.

While in Long Beach the members of the Committee had an opportunity to visit
the world's largest tuna cannery at Terminal Island where they observed tuna can-
ning, from the unloading of the vessels to the finished product.

The next meeting of the Committee will be held in New Orleans, La., in Janu-

ary 1°57.
Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, April 1956, p. 21.

Shrimp

BETTER INSULATION OF SHRIMP VESSEL HOLDS NEEDED: Shrimp vessel
fishing costs may be cut by reducing excessive ice consumption through the proper
insulation of holds, according to an engineering study made for the U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service. Careful insulation of the holds, the study revealed, may reduce
the consumption of ice in the hot summer months by as much as 700 pounds every
day the vessel is at sea.

A balance must be struck between conserving ice and bathing the shrimp in the
holds with water from the melting ice. Three inches of insulation on the hull and
four inches on the deck and engineroom bulkheads appears to approximate this bal-
ance. An additional inch is recommended for steel hulls. Too heavily insulated
holds will save on ice, but may result in the formation of ''black spot'’ onthe shrimp
shell when the water film from melting ice is inadequate to reduce direct access to
oxygen from the air.

The study was made by fishing methods and gear specialists E. Isaac Camber and
Gordon C. Broadhead, employed by Harwell, Knowles & Associates, Coral Gables,
Fla. It was financed by funds made available under the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act of
1954.

% 3K OK A OK

IMPROVED PLANT LAYOUT CAN CUT COSTS IN FROZEN SHRIMP PACKING
PLANTS: Frozen shrimp packing costs can often be cut by modifying plant layout.
Man-hours required to perform substantially the same operation vary as much as
90 percent between plants, according to an engineering survey in the Gulf Area made
by the First Research Corporation of Miami, Fla., under the supervision of the
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. The survey was financed by funds made available
under the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act of 1954.

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW ! 57

In a special study of freezer-room facilities, the engineers found that more _
economical operation resulted from dividing the freezing area into large and small
freezing rooms. This arrangement, with a prechilling area, provides greater flex-
ibility in the relation of workload to total freezer capacity.

' FROZEN HEADLESS SHRIMP PLANT

[+o eraTION NO, OPERATIONS NOS, 2 & 3} —______peraTION NO. 4—————}— OPERATIONS NOS. 5 & 6—{

Legend:
- - - - Machine operation.

—— - Hand operation. LARGE BLAST
ZER
~ y CONVEYOR YO 71 Sete
== |

PACKING PACKING

T
'
'
'
'
1
1
'
'
'
1
1
'
f=

r 3
| WRAPPING !

SHIPPING

Soa seo so ooetboosso

Model engineering layout plan of a frozen headless shrimp plant,

A synthesized plan for a model plant layout (see schematic diagram) was de-
veloped for maximum efficiency using equipment and machinery in common use in
the industry. In many cases, the adoption of some phase only of the synthesized
layout plan offers real savings in man-hour costs.

South Atlantic Exploratory Fishery Program

DEEP-WATER RED SHRIMP CAUGHT \ NeGa®
BY "PELICAN" (Cruise 2): InApril, deep- |savannah_y«’
water exploratory shrimp trawling by the iz
exploratory fishing vessel Pelicanextend- | ca. v
ed from Cape Canaveral to off Savannah in SS
depths of 138 to 250 fathoms. All drags Wt
were made with a 40-foot flat shrimp trawl |
using a single trawling warp and bridle.
The Pelican is under charter by theU. 5S.
Fish and Wildlife Service and is exploring
for deep-water shrimp with funds provided
by the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act of 1954.

Jackaonville
x

Between Cape Canaveraland St. Au-
gustine seven 4-hour drags in depths of
150 to 212 fathoms caught 20-30 count red
shrimp at rates of about 40 pounds adrag.
The largest catch (70 pounds) was made
in150to156fathoms off False Cape, Fla.

North of St. Augustine increasingly

a4 oO» \ E Legend:
rough bottom was encountered. Three of “Dy : 2g She lmpsnawldraes:
four drags made off Jacksonville resulted

: Fal
ingear damage andnoshrimpcatch. The 2 [

oun aoee caught 45 pounds of 16-20 count Location of shrimp trawl drags by the Pelican during Apr.
red shrimp. 1956, i eres

284

\,
Cape met

sonhg POSE

58 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

A depth-recorder survey in deep water from Jacksonville to Savannah revealed
apparently untrawlable bottom. Off Savannah a clear spot was located in 182 to 250
fathoms and a 1-hour drag caught 13 pounds of red shrimp.

A series of seven shallower drags was made off Cape Canaveral and Jackson-
ville in depths of 13 to 26 fathoms. The only catch containing commercial shrimp
species was made at night in 13 fathoms off Jacksonville Beach. About 13 pounds
of large pink-spotted shrimp were taken during the 40-minute drag.

Sport Fisning ana Hunting

NATIONAL SURVEY INTERVIEWS COMPLETED: Field work on a survey that
started January 7, 1956, which will give America its first authentic information of
national scope on the economic aspects of hunting and sport fishing has been com-
questionnaires are now being an-
alyzed, according to an April 20
announcement by the Director of
the U. S. Fish and WildlifeService.

The results of the survey will
be submitted to the Fish and Wild-
life Service this summer in time
to permit preparation of a detailed
report for presentation at the Sep-
tember meeting of the Internation-
al Association of Game, Fish and
Conservation Commissioners.
Printed copies of the Service re-
port will be available at that time.

The survey under the direction
of the Fish and Wildlife Service
was made by the Crossley, 5-D
Surveys, Inc., of New York, suc-
cessful bidder from among nine
firms which submitted proposals »
for the task. Two hundred Cross-

: ley interviewers, working with a
sample of 15,000 homes selected scientifically throughout the country with some
located in each state, contacted hunters and fishermen in 5,200 homes. The ques-
tionnaire form was pretested in eight widely-separated sections of the country be-
fore finally being adopted.

Opening of trout season.

The survey is being done largely as the result of a resolution adopted at the
September 1954 meeting of the International Association of Game, Fish and Conser-
vation Commissioners. Wildlife conservationists generally have felt the need for
evaluation of the place of hunting and sport fishing in the national economy.

The survey directed by the Fish and Wildlife Service is national in scope. Hight
States, each wanting more specific economic information about hunting and fishing
within its own boundaries, contracted for special state surveys which were made at

the same time as the national study.
Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, February 1956, p. 31; July 1955, p. 39.

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 59

Tuna Fishery

MID-PACIFIC UPWELLING EFFECT ON TUNA FISHERY STUDIED BY SERV-
ICE: A greater than usual upwelling of water in the mid-Pacific and its possible ef-
fect upon the tuna fishery of that area are being closely watched by the U. 8S. Fish
and Wildlife Service, a May 8 news release reported.

The huge upwelling has occurred along the equator, south of Hawaii. TheServ-
ice is studying the temperature and chemical content of the water, the speed and di-
rection of the ocean currents, and the abundance of plankton in a 1,000-mile strip
of ocean which spans the equator southeast of the Islands. Upwelling of water is a
common occurrence along the equator, but because of the potentialities of this par-
ticular action Service scientists felt it warranted attention.

The upwelling is caused by displacement of surface water by the prevailing
easterly winds. This sets up vertical currents which result in the transfer of fer-
tile water from the cool depths to the surface of the sea.

Because of its fertility, the ''new'' water has the ability to produce and main-
tain an extraordinary abundance of plankton.

The Fish and Wildlife Service has made two special studies, one on the equator
and the other at 1” N. latitude to discover the speed at which the sea water was
flowing away from the area of the upwelling. In this work, drags were hung deep
in the water from floats which were followed and checked for speed and direction.

The objective of the study is to find out where the drifting mass of fertile wa-
ter, with its cargo of developing plant food, will be when it becomes a good tuna
feeding ground.

Service officials believe that if this objective is achieved, predicting the loca-
tion of a good tuna-fishing area will be possible.

U. S. Foreign Trade

EDIBLE FISHERY PRODUCTS, FEBRUARY 1956: United States imports of
edible fresh, frozen, and processed fish and shellfish for February decreased about
15 percent in quantity and 9.6 percent in :
value as compared with January 1956, but United States Foreign Trade in Edible Fishery Products,
were higher by 11 percent in quantity and Benrary LOE SiC: Cotparisous
31.6 percent in value than for February
1955. The dollar value in February 1956
was close to 29 cents a pound, compared
with 24.4 cents a pound in February 1955.

+ A 17. Fish& Shellfish:
Shrimp imports were about 2.7 million Eescinrrosen ©:

pounds higher in February 1956 when com- processecl/
pared with February 1955 andthis increase

will account for most of the increase in SeeSRener
value, according to a U. S. Department processed1/

of Commerce summary (see table). only (excluding

Exports of processed fish and shell-
fish in February 1956 decreased about
37.5 percent from the January 1956total, but were about the same as for February
1955. The value of exports in February 1956 was also close to the February 1955
value, but was down 28.6 percent from January 1956.

eK OK

60 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

groundfish (including ocean perch) fillets during Taal 1956 totaled 11.9 million
pounds compared with nearly 11.0 million pounds imported during April of last year.
This was a gai of 8 percent. The primary cause for the gain was a 3.5-million-

| - pound increase in imports of groundfish and ocean perch fillets
from Iceland. Increases of lesser importance were also noted
for Norway, the Netherlands, and Miquelon and St. Pierre.
S Imports of groundfish fillets from Canada, Denmark, the Unit-
ed Kingdom, and West Germany were somewhat lower during
& April of this year than during the same month of 1955. France,
Suns Greenland, and the Union of South Africa exported groundfish.
fillets to the. United States during April 1956 but did not export any during the cor-
responding month of last year.

Canada continued to lead all other countries exporting groundfish and ocean
perch fillets to the United States with 5.9 million pounds during April 1956--49 per-
cent of the groundfish fillets imported during that month. Iceland was in second
place with 4.5 million pounds.

Total groundfish and ocean perch fillet imports into the United States during
the first four months of 1956 amounted to 50.1 million pounds. This was 6 percent
more than the quantity imported during the corresponding period of last year. Can-
ada, with 31.4 million pounds, led allother countries exporting fillets to the United
States during that period, followed by Iceland (13.9 million pounds) and Norway
(2.1 million pounds).

% 9% OK OK

IMPORTS AND EXPORTS OF SELECTED FISHERY PRODUCTS, APRIL 1956:
United States imports of frozen tuna during April and the first four months of 1956
were less than the same period
a year ago, but canned tuna im-
ports were larger. Frozen al-
bacore imports during January-
April this year were 27 percent
less than a year earlier while
imports of other frozen tuna
gained 15 percent. Canned al-
bacore imports were 16 percent
greater and other canned tuna
imports 5 percent over those for
the comparable four-month pe-
riod a year earlier. Forthe
first four-months of 1956, 45.1
million pounds of frozen tuna
were imported as compared with more than 50 million pounds in the similar period
of 1955; almost 10.7 million pounds of canned tuna were received as compared with
9.8 million pounds a year earlier.

Imports of groundfish fillets in April 1956 and for the first four months of 1956
were larger than during the corresponding periods of 1955. However, a substantial
drop occurred in imports of fillet blocks and slabs, which was more than compen-
sated by an increase in ordinary fillets. Imports of haddock, hake, pollock, and
cusk fillets totaled 15.9 million pounds for the first four months of 1956, an in-
crease of 54 percent over the same 1955 period; imports of cod fillets likewise gain-
ed 28 percent and totaled 15.4 million pounds. Imports of fillet blocks and slabs
January-April 1956 were 40 percent less than for the same period in 1955.

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 61

Imports of shrimp in the first four months of 1956 were 80 percent larger than
the previous year--22.8 million pounds as compared with 12.7 million pounds, A
small increase was shown in imports of lobster which totaled nearly 14 million
pounds for the first four months of 1956--a small increase over a year earlier.

Fish meal imports were greater for both April and the first four months this
year thanfor the same period the previous year. Imports during April amounted
to 12.7 million pounds; January-April 1956 imports totaled 40.1 million pounds, 9
percent above a year ago for that period.

Canned salmon imports totaled 3.3 million pounds in April and 9.7 million
pounds for the first four months of 1956. This compared with slightly over 1 mil-
lion pounds imported during January-April 1955.

United States exports of canned salmon January-April 1956 totaled only 0.5
million pounds as compared with 3.9 million in the same period of 1955. Exports
of canned sardines totaled 19.4 million pounds--18 percent greater. Fish oils ex-
ported totaled 41.6 million pounds, about the same as in the comparable four months
a year ago.

Veterans' Hospitals Consumption of Fish

An estimated total of 1, 378, 812 pounds of fresh and frozen fish and 710, 386
pounds of canned fish were purchased by the U. S. Veterans' Administration Hos-

Amount of Fresh and Frozen Fish Purchased by Veterans' Administration Hospitals, October 1954-September 1955

Northeast North Central | South West
Speci Total JAvg. Cost Total | Avg. Cost| Total |Avg. Cost] Total | Avg. Cost
BECIES Quantity | Per Lb. Per Lb. antity| Per Lb. | i
Lbs. Lbs.
Ocean perch. . .30 ; .26 99, 816 .28 17, 628
Haddock .... -26 58, 428 229 13, 564
Cerle & 6 5 olo 6 -25 24, 460 29 21,912
Other (pollock,
hake, and cusk) - 4,800 a2, -
otal Groundfish moon 187, 504 28 53, 104
OTHER:
Flounder. ... 25, 760 42 49,344 42 18,924 . 40
Halibut. .... co 53,112 33 24,056 35 39, 608 . 34
Salmon .... 65 22, 732 41 5,156 42 30, 944 47
Sea bass. ... 42 = = 13, 628 39 32, 424 .35
Catfish O06 = 12, 432 32 23, 608 - 40 4,372 . 37
Mackerel ... 27 - - 15, 308 37 - seul
Whiting bo O . 30 6,620 28 10,020 -19 = . 26
Red snapper. . - = = 18, 844 -52 15, 456 42
PMNS ooo o00 55 24, 268 -41 = = > - 42
Swordfish 43 = = 1,616 59 10, 280 .39
- - - - - 18, 440 . 28
c - = - 720 -92 15, 200 . 30
Coane - 1, 420 . 40 11, 464 . 30 = -31
34 392 27 = = 3, 084 34
: - = Ss 5, 600 -38 > 38
Bluefish .... -38 = = 5 = 5
Whitefish mii 92 4,616 -49 168 ~45 -
6.66 O10 0 = = = 5,212 Sule -
- 4,924 .35 =
White bass .. = 3, 300 “33 = = =
Yellow perch . = 2,904 .63 = = =
Tortuava.... = = = = = 6
Butterfish .. . 31 = = = ag =
Herring . . - = = 2,200 12 -
"Deep sea white!’ o = = = =
Ome 56 oa 6 1, 308 -31
Woldfish. .. ., > =
Barracuda... z =
Ling cod... . = =
Fresh-water fish = =
173, 976 158 300 193, 176 38

Total Fresh and
FrozenFish . 414,184 338,124

380, 680 -33

62 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

pitals during October 1954 through September 1955. (Shellfish purchases are not
included.)

FRESH AND FROZEN FISH: In all, 35 species of fresh and frozen fish were
purchased, with ocean perch and haddock fillets accounting for better than one-third
(36 percent) of the total quantity bought. Six species of groundfish (cod, haddock,
ocean perch, pollock, cusk, and hake), as a group, accounted for almost half
(660,000 pounds) of the purchases.

Although the total pounds of fresh and frozen fish purchased accounted for 56
percent of all fishery products purchased by these hospitals, the estimated expendi-
ture of $448, 561 for fresh and frozen fish represents only two-fifths (42 percent)
of the total dollars expended by these hospitals for all fishery products during the

Table 2 - Annual Per Capita Consumption of Fresh and FrozenFish inVeterans'
Hospitals, Oct. 1954-Sept. 1955

Average No. Groundfish (Incl. Other Fresh or | Total
of Patients Ocean Perch) Frozen Fish

(Pounds)

9.00
Gale
9.51

survey period. The average cost per pound of fresh and frozen fish was $0. 33,
ranging from a low of $0.12 for fillets of lake herring to a high of $0.70 per pound
for assorted fresh-water fillets.

Regionally, Veterans' Administration Hospitals located in Northeast (see table
2) purchased the greatest total number of pounds of fresh and frozen fish while those
in the West purchased the smallest quantity. Veterans! Administration Hospitals
in the West, however, served more pounds of fish per patient than did hospitals in
other regions. It is interesting to note, in this connection, that the average yearly
consumption per patient in the Northeast and West were both significantly higher
than the averages in either the North Central or South.

These findings are based on a mail inquiry of a sample of 105 Veterans' Admin-
istration Hospitals located throughout the United States. Included in this study were
all Veterans' hospitals averaging a thousand or more patients, and a systematic

: random sample of hospitals with an
thousand during the survey period.
; Quantit -
.(1, 000 Lbs. ).

CANNED FISH: Over 700, 000
pounds of canned fish were issued to
Veterans' Administration Stations
2.6060 0.0 00 a0 0 300.2 from October 1954 through Septem -

Nee GRO ROO® eaten 102.8 ber 1955. More than half (57 per-
ea veo os cent) of the canned fish issued was
PE Nea an : canned salmon and almost three-
Sites tort oe ieoe vent Ler ena fourths of this was of the red variety.

BY SPECIES:

Of the total pounds of canned
fish issued, canned tuna accounted
for approximately one-third and sar-
dines for one-tenth.

East (Somerville, N. J.). .
North Central (Hines, Ill.).
West (Wilmington, Calif.) .
Grand Motel ie. baer

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 63

The effect of seasons on canned fish issued is not too distinct. The quantity of
salmon issued throughout the year was relatively stable, while sardines show a
definite high point in the summer months (July-September). On the other hand, ov-
er half of the canned tuna was issued during the fall and winter months (October

through March).
—

Washington

ern Puget Sound removed 1,094, 870 pounds of scrap fish and sole infested with par-
asites during the four-month season ended March 31, the Washington State Depart-
ment of Fisheries announced on April 23, 1956. This is part of a program by the
State to remove predatory dogfish populations and eliminate parasitized sole in or-
der toimprove the catch of marketable fish.

The landings included 494,870 pounds of dogfish, ratfish, skate, octopus, and
hake, and 600, 000 pounds of English sole infested with parasites fit only for reduc-
tion to fish meal or for use as animal food. .

The total food-fish catch of marketable sole, true cod, flounder, and other
species totaled 182,600 pounds, evidence that the opening of the southern Puget
Sound area and Hood Canal after long closure is increasing the proportion of mar-
ketable fish. The food-fish catch in 1954/55 was only 72,435 pounds.

During the first season (1953/54), the reopened areas produced acatch of
2,042,000 pounds of scrap fish and a food-fish catch of 248, 000 pounds in southern
Puget Sound waters. The 1955/56 special season on Hood Canal resulted ina
scrap fish take of only 13, 700 pounds as against 584, 900 pounds in 1954/55.

The reduction in landings of scrap fish is regarded as significant progress
toward restoration of the areas for food-fish production.

% OK KK %

STATE FISH HATCHERIES TO PLANT RECORD NUMBER OF SALMON IN 1956:
The 19 salmon hatcheries and rearing stations of the Washington State Department
of Fisheries will release close to 33.5 million salmon fingerlings and yearlings in
1956, according to an announcement made on April 17.

More than 4 million of the baby salmon will be marked in various ways for ex-
perimental purposes,

The planting program is one of the largest involving reared fish in the Depart-
ment's history. It will involve 24.2 million fingerlings and 9.3 million yearlings
(including 23, 440, 000 fall chinook, 529,000 spring chinook, 8,676,000 silver,

520, 000 pink, 250,000 chum, 46,000 sockeye, and 29, 000 steelhead).

Puget Sound district hatcheries will be making the most plants, with a total of
17.3 million of all species. The Columbia River district is next, witha total 12.1
million. Willapa Harbor and Grays Harbor hatcheries will release 4.1 million.

64 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

Wholesale Prices, May 1956.

During May 1956 the over-all wholesale index for all edible fish and shellfish
(fresh, frozen, and canned) increased 3 percent over that for April 1956 (111.7
percent as compared with 108.6 percent of the 1947-49 average). The index for
May 1956 was also higher by 14 percent when compared with May 1955. Changes
in the indexes during May 1956 were due primarily to higher prices for the drawn,
dressed, or whole finfish subgroup.

Table 1 - Wholesale Average Prices and Indexes for Edible Fish and Shellfish, May 1956 with Comparisons

Point of Avg, Prices1 Indexes
Group, Subgroup, and Specification Pricing Unit (8) (1947-49 = 100

May | Apr.
1956 | 1956

IALL FISH & SHELLFISH (Fresh, Frozen, & Canned) ......0cceccececcecenceree

Fresh & Frozen Fishery Products; .............0-% eee tet e eto see eens
Drawn, Dressed, or Whole Finfish: ..........+000% qoodndanesooonaonons
Haddock, Ige., offshore, drawn, fresh ....... Boston

Halibut, West., 20/80 lbs., drsd., fresh or froz.
Salmon, king, ige.& med,, drsd., fresh or froz.

Whitefish, L, Superior, drawn, fresh........
Whitefish, L. Erie pound or gill net,rnd.,fresh .
Lake trout, domestic, No. 1, drawn, fresh ....
Yellow pike, L, Michigan & Huron,rnd.,fresh . .

Processed, Fresh (Fish & Shellfish): .........-0. podolboob acon ooo ono 5o
Fillets, haddock, sml., skins on, 20-lb. tins .. |Boston tb. -271| 24 FIFO) SITE MOSS a Soe
Shrimp, Ige.(26-30 count),headless, fresh or froz.|New York » -79| 79 |124,.8] 124.8 | 120.9 | 108.6
Oysters, shucked, standards ...........0.6 Norfolk area | gal. 5.50} 5.62 |136.1} 139.2 | 139.2 | 114.4
Processed prrozem (EishiscSheUrish) weuepersieteloteierelcleleleteldaicieeiet-eet eeneleitaiaerele 115.2| 1143 | 112.3 95.6
Fillets: Flounder, skinless, 1-lb. pkg. ..... 2 40| .40 |103.4) 103.4 | 102.1
Haddock, sml,,skins on,1-lb. pkg. .... 91.0

Ocean perch, skins on, 1-lb, pkg. ....
Shrimp, lge. (26-30 count), 5-Ib. pkg. .......

Salmon, pink, No.1 tall (16 0z.), 48 can/cs......
Tuna, lt.meat, chunk, No. 1/2 tuna (6-1/2 02z.),
ASiCan/iCSerraceveialche oetetenane BoeoD Sabo 6
Sardines, Calif., tom. pack, No, 1 oval (15 o2z.),
ABiCANS/CSiis ev cleeeteieionoioiatevetoke lereisiaisnelensvens
Sardines, Maine, keyless oil, No, 1/4 drawn
(821 /AT0z2) LOO cans/Csaueyeieielsiencieneteneiclereione

Represent average prices for one day (Monday or Tuesday) during the week in which the 15th of the month occurs.
These prices are published as indicators of movement and not necessarily absolute level. Daily Market News Service
“Fishery Products Reports’’ should be referred to for actual prices,

The May 1956 index for the drawn, dressed, or whole finfish subgroup in-
creased 12.7 percent from April 1956 and was higher by 32.4 percent as compared
with May 1955. Prices for haddock at Boston increased from the seasonally low
April 1956 level and frozen halibut prices continued to move upward due to light
supplies. The May 1956 indexes for haddock and halibut were higher by 23.1 and
81.8 percent, respectively, as compared with May 1955. All other items in this

subgroup for May 1956 were higher when compared with May 1955 except for yel-
low pike, which was lower by 27.5 percent.

The fresh processed fish and shellfish subgroup index in May 1956 was down
slightly as compared with April 1956, however it rose 16.2 percent when com-
pared with May 1955. Higher ex-vessel costs for fresh drawn haddock were

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 65

reflected in the increase in fresh haddock fillets (up 12.5 percent). Fresh shrimp
prices were steady from May to April 1956 but the index value for May 1956 was up
about 19 percent compared with
the same month a year ago.

The May 1956 index for the
frozen processed fish and shell-
fish subgroup was higher by less
than 1 percent as compared with
April 1956, but increased sharp-
ly by 20.5 percent when com-
pared with May 1955. The May
1956 index for the frozen fillets
that make up this subgroup in-
creased close to 8 percent and
frozen shrimp was higher by 30
percent when compared with May
Ia).

The canned fishery products
subgroup index for May 1956 was
about unchanged from April1956
and less than 1 percent above the
index for May 1955. Increases in 1956 prices of canned pink salmon and Maine sar-
dines were offset by a 15.2 percent decrease in canned light meat tuna from May
1955 to May 1956.

Display case for fishery products.

UNUSUAL METHOD FOR CATCHING MULLET

An unusual and interesting but efficient method for catching mullet
is used in Malta.

A large raftlike structure, composed of canes:bound together, is
built to conform to the width of the place where it is to be used, usually
the mouth ofa creek, This is anchored across the entrance of the creek
by its four corners, and a vertical wall of netting is hung from the side
heading towards the creek. Several men in boats pass up the creek be-
yond the raft; then fishing begins. The men come downstream towards
the raft, beating the water, splashing frantically, and in general making
as much noise as possible, driving the mulletbefore them. This species,
one of the best jumpers among fish, cannot pass the wall of webbing, but
many attempt to leap over the obstruction. Their leap sends them onto
the raft which has much loose straw and branches of trees to prevent
further leaps of the fish. The fish are then gathered up and carried off
to market, where they are much esteemed.

--Sea Secrets, The Marine Laboratory,
University of Miami, Coral Gables, Fla.

66 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

International
NORTHWEST ATLANTIC FISHERIES COMMISSION

FISHERIES TRENDS IN NORTHWEST ATLANTIC CONVENTION AREA: Canada:
than those of 1954, but higher than in 1953. The decline was most pronounced for
the Newfoundland area, amounting to almost 25 percent, and a corresponding decline
. in the production of salt cod occurred. Haddock land-

ings both from Subarea 3 and 4 continued to increase.
The increase of the haddock landings continued in Jan-
uary and February 1956 and in these two months were |
twice as high as in the same months in 1955.

The regulations of mesh sizes in nets used by
trawlers and draggers, recommended by ICNAF were
announced as going into effect for the Canadian trawl-
ers and draggers on January 1, 1957, reports the Com-
mission's Newsletter of May 15.

New excellent cod fishing grounds have been dis-
covered off the east coast of Newfoundland as the re-
sult of long-lining experiments carried out for the Re-
search Board of Canada by the Biological Station in St. John's. The grounds extend
from the northern edge of the Grand Bank to beyond the Strait of Belle Isle, spread-
ing over an area of 10-60 miles offshore.

France: The French frigate l'Aventure will carry out its usual campaign in the
Northwest Atlantic area from March to October, i. e. during the main fishing sea-
son for the French trawler fleet. Although the main purpose is to assist the fish-
ermen, hydrographical and meteorological observations will be made. 1l'Aventure
will visit Subareas 1, 2, 3, and 4.

United States: The U.S.A. explorations for new fishing areas for ocean perch
were continued in December, to the east of the Laurentian Channel. The largest single
ocean perch catch (2,000 pounds) was made south of St. Pierre Bank at a depth of
225 fathoms. The research was impeded by bad weather conditions.

Norway: The modern Norwegian fishing vessel Senior landed in December 1955
in England 70 tons of line-caught halibut from West Greenland waters. This landing
is additional evidence of the renewed Norwegian interest in the fishery for halibut
in Subarea 1, and furnishes a further incitement to the international research work
on West Greenland halibut planned by the ICNAF Panel 1.

1956 Campaign of the European Cod Fishing Fleets: In the middle of January
the first Spanish trawlers (PYSBE) left for the Newfoundland area, towards the end
of the month they were followed by others (COPIBA). It is expected that the num-
ber of trawlers will be a little larger than last year; the number of vessels will in
the near future be increased by several new units; the building of further units is

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 67

planned. The Spanish fishing fleet is in a few years hence supposed to be able to
saturate the Spanish market with salt cod.

In the first half of February Spanish pair trawlers left for Subarea 3.

Around the middle of February a number of French trawlers left Fecamp for
the Grand Banks of Newfoundland.

February 15 and 17 the two large Italian trawlers Genepesca I and Genepesca II
sailed from Livorno for their first trip of 1956 to the Grand Banks and the West
Greenland Banks.

During February most of the Portuguese trawlers left for the Convention Area.
About 22 trawlers, nearly the same number as last year, will fish in the Northwest
Atlantic in the 1956 campaign.

In the beginning of March the Portuguese dory vessels left their home ports on
their way to the Convention Area. Some 50 dory vessels will be fishing cod in that
area this year, among them several newly~-constructed units.

Up to April about 20 Norwegian vessels had left for the West Greenland fishing
banks.

The Greenland Department of the Danish Government has had a new research-
fishery vessel (Sujumit) of the cutter-type constructed for experimental fishing in
Greenland waters. The main work of this vessel will be the trying of new fishing
methods, the exploration of fishing banks, and the locating of fish shoals. During
1956 it will start work in Greenland waters. Together with another cutter of the
Greenland Department it will carry out experimental fishing with pair-trawl.

The first results of the Spanish fishery on the Grand Bank this year have been
highly satisfactory, especially the pair-trawlers which have reported exceedingly
good yields. Some of them are reported to have left the Banks with full loads either
for Vigo (Spain) or for St. Pierre et Miquelon.

UNITED NATIONS TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE BOARD

PROPOSALS FOR FUTURE EXPANDED PROGRAM OF TECHNICAL ASSIST -
ANCE: The United Nations Technical Assistance Board released on May 18 a re-
port outlining proposals for possible future development of the Expanded Program
of Technical Assistance based on a review of the experience gained in the first six
years of that Program's operation.

Summarizing activities under the Program since 1950, the report (''The Expand-
ed Program of Technical Assistance: A Forward Look," Doc. E/2885) points out
that 78 countries have pledged a total of US$142 million for the financing of the Pro-
gram; that some 131 countries and territories have been helped at one time or an-
other; and that 77 countries have supplied experts to the Program while 105 coun-
tries and territories have provided training facilities.

"It may safely be said,'' observes the report, "that never before have the re-
sources of so many countries been mobilized for a world-wide, cooperative enter-
- W
prise.

Turning to the future, the report suggests that two possible levels of expansion
might be considered; the first ''involving a modest increase in resources to finance
limited expansion of activities within the present scope of the Program;"' the sec-
ond, "looking forward to a much more far-reaching extension of the work."

68 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

It suggests that to achieve the "limited advance" embodied in the first possibil-
ity, a target figure of US$50 million for the annual income of the Program might be
set, to be approached in stages over the next few years. The report stresses, how-
ever, that this would do no more than enable the participating organizations tO
maintain the momentum of present activities within the existing scope of the Pro-
gram and to meet the more urgent requests of newcomers."

For the more substantial expansion envisaged in the second possibility foreseen
by the Board, the report states "it would be too theoretical an exercise to make any
estimate of the sum needed ... inthe absence of guidance from the Technical As-
sistance Committee concerning the realistic limits which should govern the calcu—
lation." It indicates, however, that it would call for resources ''many times the
size of those now available."

Among the specific suggestions included under "Agricultural Research and
Demonstration Projects" is:

"(y) fisheries could be made much more effective if full operational projects
were developed, combining the initial survey with the provision of mechanized fish-
ing boats and of cold-storage plants for effective distribution of increased supplies. Mt

JAPAN-U.S.S.R. REACH AGREEMENT ON PACIFIC SALMON FISHING

Japanese fishermen can begin fishing for salmon in the Northwest Pacific im-
mediately, according to an interim agreement in the form of an exchange of notes
reached on May 15 between Soviet Russia and Japan covering the 1956 salmon fish-
ing season. According to reports from Moscow, a Japanese spokesman indicated
that since the exchange of notes is as binding as a treaty it permits Japanese fish-
ermen to enter restricted zones off the Soviet Asian coast and fish for salmon.
The agreement was the result of negotiations between the Soviets and a Japanese
mission which left Japan on April 13, 1956.

An official Soviet Russian radio announcement on March 21 from Moscow stated
that salmon fishing in the area of the entire Okhotsk Sea, the western portion of
the Bering Sea, and the Northwest Pacific would be restricted between May 15 and
September 15, 1956. The March 21 regulations also restricted the salmon catch
to 50,000 tons or about 25 million fish. However, the exchange of notes raises the
annual salmon catch for Japanese fishermen to 65,000 tons, according to a Japan-
ese spokesman.

In addition to the interim salmon-fishing agreement, the Russian and Japanese
ministers at the same time signed a 10-year fisheries treaty and a 3-year sea-
rescue agreement. Both of these agreements will go into effect when the Russo-
Japanese peace treaty is negotiated.

A release for the U. S. Information Service, Tokyo, states:

"1. Official note concerning regulatory measures for fishing operations in
the territorial area of each nation:

"This indicates an understanding reached between both governments
that they should take necessary measures for conservation of fish resources
in their respective countries, parallel with their joint steps on the high seas.

"2. Official note on an understanding that the provisions of Article 2 of the
sea-rescue agreement will not affect the stand of the signatory nations on the scope
of territorial waters.

July 1956

"1g Ee
this year:

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Official note pertaining to provisional measures on the salmon fishing for

"This shows an understanding that Japanese fishermen will be allowed
to catch 65,000 tons of salmon during this year's fishing season in the re-
stricted area declared by the Soviet Council of Ministers.

"In addition a letter ...
Japanese Diet is required."

wasattached, saying that approval by the

JAPAN-U.S.S.R FISHERIES TREATY

On May 15, 1956, a long-range agreement was reached between Japan and the
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics regarding the fisheries on the high seas in the

North Pacific Ocean.

This long-range treaty will enter into force on the effective

date of a peace treaty between Japan and the U. 8. S. R. or on the date of resump-

tion of diplomatic relations.

Fishing in the North Pacific area during the 1956 season is governed by another
agreement reached specifically for the 1956 season (see preceding article).

The text of the long-range treaty follows:

TREATY--BETWEEN JAPAN AND THE UNION OF SOVIET SOCIALIST REPUBLICS CONCERNING
FISHERIES ON THE HIGH SEAS IN THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN

The Government of Japan and the Government
of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, having
a common interest in the development of fisheries
on a rational basis in the Northwestern Pacific,
and taking into consideration their mutual respon-
sibilities regarding conditions of the fish species
and other marine animal resources and their ef-
fective utilization:

In recognition of their agreement that the
maintenance of the maximum sustained productiv-
ity of fisheries in the Northwestern Pacific is of
common benefit to mankind and the two Signatory
Powers; :

Considering that each Signatory should-assume
. the duty on a free and equal basis to plan for the
preservation and increase of the above described
resources;

The two Signatories, recognizing that it is
highly desirable to promote and coordinate scien-
_ tific research for the purpose of maintaining max-
imum sustained productivity in the fisheries with
which the two Signatories are concerned;

Have, therefore, decided to conclude this
Treaty and have respectively appointed Represent-
atives for this purpose. These Representatives
have agreed as follows:

Article I

1. The area to which this Treaty applies
(hereinafter called ''Treaty Area'') shall be the
entire waters (excluding territorial waters) of
the Northwestern Pacific Ocean, including the Ja-
pan Sea, the Sea of Okhotsk, and the Bering Sea.

2. It shall be understood that no provisions
of this Treaty shall affect in any way whatsoever

the position of the Signatories as regards the ex-
tent of the territorial waters and their jurisdiction
over fisheries /therein?/.

Article II

1. Both Signatories agree, for the preserva-
tion and development of fish and other marine ani-
mal resources (hereinafter to be called "fishery
resources"), to adopt for the Treaty Area the joint
measures indicated inthe Appéndix 1/to this Treaty.

2. The Appendix 1/ to this Treaty shall be con-
sidered as constituting an inseparable part of the
Treaty. The word ''Treaty' shall be understood
to include this Appendix 17 in its present wording
or as amended in accordance with Paragraph (a)
of Article IV.

Article JI

1. In order tofulfillthe objectives of this Trea-
ty, both Signatories shall establish a Japanese-
Soviet Fisheries Commission (hereinafter called
"Commission").

2. The Commission shall be comprised of two
National Committee Divisions; each National Com-
mittee Division shall consist of three Commission-
ers appointed by the Governments of the respec-
tive Signatories.

3. All resolutions, recommendations, and other
decisions of the Commission shall be made only
upon agreement between the National Committee
Divisions .

4. The Commission shall determine the rules

for the conduct of meetings and may revise them

whenever necessary.
/Not available at present.

70 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

5. The Commission shall meet at least once
annually and in addition may meet at the request
of the Nationality Committee Division of either
party. The date and place of the first meeting
shall be determined by agreement between the
two Signatories.

6. The Commission shall at its first meeting
select a Chairman and a Vice Chairman from the
two different National Committee Divisions. The
Chairman and the Vice Chairman shall be select-
ed for a term of one year. The Selection of the
Chairman and the Vice Chairman from the Nation-
al Committee Divisions shall be accomplished in
such a way that each year each Signatory shall be
represented in these positions on a rotation basis.

7. The official languages of the Commission
shall be Japanese and Russian.

8. The expenses incurred by the Commis-
sioners in attending Commission meetings shall
be defrayed by the appointing government. The
Commission shall pay the joint expenses of the
Commission in accordance with the allotted charges
to be borne by the two Signatories as advised by
the Commission after the formality of approval
and allocation by the two Signatories.

Article IV

The Commission shall carry out the follow-
ing duties:

(a) At the meeting following regular
annual meetings, joint measures which
are being enforced at the time shall be
examined for their appropriateness and,
if necessary, the Appendix to this Trea-
ty may be amended. These amendments
shall be determined on a scientific basis.

(b) If, in accordance with the Appen-
dix, a fish species requires determina-
tion of the total annual catch, the Com-
mission shall determine the amount of
annual catch for the said fish species
for both Signatories and report the fig-
ure to the two Signatory Powers.

(c) In implementing this Treaty, the
Commission shall determine the kind
and scope of statistics and other data
which each Signatory shall submit to the
Commission. ?

(d) The Commission shall draw up
and coordinate joint scientific research
programs for the purpose of studying
fishery resources and shall recommend
these to the two Signatories.

(e) It shall submit annually to both
Signatories a report of the activities of
the Commission.

(f) Besides the duties indicated in
the previous sections, the Commission
may make recommendations to the two
Signatories on problems dealing with
the preservation and increase of fish-
ery resources within the Treaty Area.

Vol. 18, No. 7

Article V

In order mutually to exchange experiences
concerning fishery regulation and the study and
preservation of fishery resources, both Signator-
ies agree to carry out an exchange of men of sci-
ence with experience in fisheries. These ex-
changes of persons shall be carried out upon a-
greement by the two parties for each such occa7-
sion.

Article VI

1. The two Signatories shall take appropri-
ate and effective measures to carry out this Trea-

ty.

2. When a Signatory receives notification
from the Commission relative to the amount of
the total annual catch as determined for the Sig-
natory in accordance with Paragraph (b) of Arti-
cle IV, it shall issue licenses or certificates to
fishing vessels on this basis, and the two Signa-
tories shall notify each other concerning the is-
suance of all such licenses and certificates.

3. The licenses and certificates to be issued
by the two Signatories shall be written in both Ja-
panese and Russian and shall always be carried
aboard when the fishing vessel is in operation.

4. In order to make the provisions of this
Treaty effective, the two signatories shall enact
and enforce the necessary laws and regulations,
with appropriate punishment for violations com-
mitted by their citizens, organizations, and fish-
ing vessels; moreover, both agree to submit to
the Commission a report on the measures taken
by their own country concerning this matter.

Article VII

1. When an authorized official of either of
the Signatory Parties has sufficient reason to be-
lieve that a fishing vessel of the other Signatory
is actually in violation of the provisions of this
Treaty, the said official may board and search the
said fishing vessel in order to determine whether
or not the fishing vessel is observing the provi-
sions of this Treaty. If the ship's captain de-
mands it, the aforesaid official must present his
identification papers issued by the Signatory Gov-
ernment to which he belongs, which shall be writ-
ten in Japanese and Russian.

2. The said official may seize the said fish-
ing vessel or arrest an individual if he discovers
facts proving violations of the provisions of this

' Treaty by the fishing vessel or by an individual

on board, as a result of his search of the said
fishing vessel.

In such case, the Signatory Power to which
the said official belongs shall as soon as possible
inform the other Signatory Power to which the
aforesaid fishing vessel or individual belongs, of
the seizure or arrest; if the two Signatories can-
not agree upon a different location, the said fish-
ing vessel or individual must be turned over as
quickly as possible at the same location to an
authorized official of the Signatory Power to which
they belong. If, however, the said Signatory Power

July 1956

which received the report is not able immediately
to receive them, and if the other Signatory Power
is requested, the Signatory Power which receives
such request may place the said fishing vessel or
individual under surveillance within its own ter-
ritory, if this is mutually agreed to by the two
Signatories.

3. Only the authorities of the Signatory Pow-
er to which the said fishing vessel or individual
belongs may try cases arising in connection with
this Treaty; furthermore, they shall have the au-

thority to mete out punishment for these /violations/.

Records and evidence proving violation shall as
soon as possible be presented to the Signatory
Power having the jurisdictional right to try the
case.

Article VIII

1. This Treaty shall come into force on the
effective date of a Peace Treaty between Japan
and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics or on
the date of resumption of diplomatic relations.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

2. Either of the Signatories may inform the
other Signatory of its intention to abrogate this
Treaty at any time after a period of ten years fol-
lowing the date on which this Treaty comes into
force.

If such notification is given, this Treaty shall
terminate one year after the date on which the ab-
rogation notification was received by the other
Signatory Power.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned
Representatives have signed the present Treaty.

DONE at Moscow, in duplicate, in the Japan-
ese and Russian languages, each text having equal
authenticity, this [fifteenth] day of May, 1956.

For the Government of Japan:

For the Government of the Union of Soviet

Socialist Republics:

FISH-PROCESSING TECHNOLOGISTS MEET AT ROTTERDAM

An international meeting of Fish Processing Technologists, sponsored by the
Food and Agricultural Organization (FAO) Interim Committee on Fish Handling and

Processing, was held at Rotterdam, Netherlands, June 25-29, 1956.

The meetings

were attended by technologists from member governments of F.A.O. and from non-

member countries who wished to attend.

The chairman of the meeting was Dr. G. A. Reay of the United Kingdom and
working committees were headed by F. Bramsnaes of Denmark, K. Bakken of Nor-
way, Professor George Borgstrom of Sweden, and E. Heen of Norway who presented
their reports on chilling and freezing of fish, fisheries products for tropical con-
sumption, and prepackaged fisheries products.

A symposium was held during the meeting on the use of antibiotics, bacterio-
Static ices and dips, brine-cooling, sea-water ice, scale and crushed ice, and fresh-
fish quality assessment using organoleptic and objective methods.

Australia

PROSPECTS FOR TUNA FISHING INDUSTRY GOOD: The 84-foot former
purse-seiner Tacoma obtained 30 metric tons of tuna on her first two trips as a
tuna bait boat out of Port Lincoln, South Australia.

As reported in the Adelaide Advertiser, 10 tons were taken on the second 8-

day trip which struck bad weather.

On the way back to port the Tacoma ran into two eagerly-biting schools of tuna

near Cape Wiles and hauled over 400 fish aboard in four hours.

At the peak of the

strike, the 40-pound fish were taking the hooks at the rate of one every 10 seconds.
Nearly a ton of them was hauled aboard in 10 minutes.

72 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

It was the second trip on Tacoma by two Californian fishermen who came out
for trial fishing by arrangement with the South Australian Government. The paper
reports them as saying:

"Tf your fishermen can regularly find schools of tuna like the best ones we
have worked on the past three weeks, the prospects of establishing a worthwhile
industry here are very good.

"To make it a stable proposition, however, you would probably need a fleet of
at least a dozen boats with a crew of six or seven, and each capable of holding up
to 40 tons of tuna. These boats would have to average about two tons of fish a day
in your December July season. They could go to other states when the local sea-
son ends.

The Port Lincoln cannery is paying 6d. (5.6 U.S. cents) a pound for the raw
tuna, the Fisheries Newsletter (April 1956) of the Australian Commonwealth Di-
rector of Fisheries reports.

Brazil

NEW MARINE LABORATORY ESTABLISHED: A new marine biological lab-
oratory, the Laboratorio de Biologia Marinha de Sao Sebastiao, was inaugurated in
September 1955 at Segredo Beach, nearly 4 miles south of Sao Sebastiao, State of
Sao Paulo, Brazil. It is operated by a foundation (Fundacao de Biologia Marinha),
of which the University of Sao Paulo and its Departamento de Fisiologia Geral e
Animal are founding members. It was built partially from grants made available
by the University of Sao Paulo, the National Research Council of Brazil, and the
Rockefeller Foundation.

The laboratory is intended to be a place where Brazilians and foreigners who
are interested in marine biology can find adequate means of research. Training
courses for graduate students in biological sciences will be a part of future labora-
tory activities.

Cambodia

CANNED FISH IMPORTS PROHIBITED: The importation of certain food prod-
ucts into Cambodia is now prohibited by a decree of the Minister of Finance and Eco-
nomic Affairs dated April 26 and published May 9. Included among the prohibited
products are canned fish and meats, and similar products such as birds' nests and
abalone and sharks! fins, reports a May 10 dispatch from the United States Embassy
at Phnom Penh.

4 Canada
BRITISH COLUMBIA REPORTS RECORD HERRING CATCH FOR 1955/56
SEASON: The greatest herring season in British Columbia's history ended with a
total catch of 253,396 metric tons. From mid-November until fishing closed on
March 8, a fleet of 90 seiners and many auxiliary vessels scouted and fished in
coastal waters from Prince Rupert to the southern boundary, the April 1956 Trade
News of the Canadian Department of Fisheries points out.

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 73

Top producing area was the Queen Charlotte Islands, whereafleet of 60 seiners
and numerous packing vessels endured several weeks of rough seas and freezing
temperatures to harvest a catch of 92,637 tons in waters not restricted by catch
quotas. The bulk of this was taken in the vicinity of Huxley Island, near the south-
ern tip of the Queen Charlottes, where only minor quantities previously had been
caught. Fish were first located here on February 6 and steady supplies continued
to arrive on the grounds from adjacent Hecate Straits untilfishing stopped and catches
were limited only by the packing capacity of the fleet. Subsequent surveys indicate
that large schools continued in evidence at this point after the season closed. The
catch consisted preponderantly of large mature fishof good quality. The total Queen
Charlotte Islands catch was more than three times the quantity of any previous
catch from this area and was substantially greater than the yield of any other Brit-
ish Columbia herring fishing area at any time.

A total of 50,084 tons was taken from the Central Area of northern mainland
coastal waters. The original 40,000-ton quota in this area was extended by 10,000
tons following the appearance of a volume of large size herring just before the fish-
ermen's Christmas recess.

In the Northern Area, the catch was 11,000 tons out of a quota of 30,000 tons.
A lower take than usual was not unexpected this season, and fishing effor§ was also
less than normal due to the heavy fishery in other areas.

Earlier in the season herring fishermen, making a delayed start, quickly har-
vested the original 40,000 tons quota from large supplies available in the lower east
coast of Vancouver Island Area, and the quota was extended by 10,000 tons. The
total take from this area amounted to 48,978 tons.

Due to the large volume of herring present in the Middle East Coast Area, two
extensions of 10,000 tons each were granted over the original 10,000-ton quota and
the full 30,000 tons were taken from the plentiful supplies present.

The total catch from the west coast of Vancouver Island was just short of 20,000
tons; the bulk of this was taken in Barkley Sound.

According to the seasonal bulletin issued by the Department of Fisheries, the
big catch resulted in a total yield of 47,000 tons of herring meal and 4.4 million
gallons of herring oil, besides other herring products.

% OOK FE OOK OK

PLANT STANDARDS AND INSPECTION PROGRAM INAUGURATED: Uniform
minimum standards for plants producing fish and shellfish products have been set
by the Department of Fisheries of Canada and a voluntary program of plant inspec-
tion is being instituted in Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and Prince Edward Island,
effective May 1, points out the April 1956 Trade News of that Department.

The minimum standards for plant construction, equipment, and sanitation were
reviewed by members of the Maritime fishing industry during meetings with Depart-
mental officials in Halifax, N. S., and Moncton, N. B., in March. Agreement was
reached during these meetings to enable the introduction of the minimum standards
on a voluntary basis.

The minimum standards were drawn up by the technical branch of the Depart-
ment's Inspection and Consumer Service following intensive research and investi-
gation. In 1954, in cooperation with the fishing industry, the Department completed
a coast-to-coast survey of more than 500 fresh, frozen, salt, and pickled fish plants
which handied fish for interprovincial and international trade. The data collected
during this survey was used as a basis in establishing the minimum plant standards.

74 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

A Federal-provincial meeting was held in Ottawa shortly following the survey,
and the views of the ten provinces were expressed. General agreement was reach-
ed at that time on cooperative measures to bring about more effective inspection
not only of fish products, but also of fish plants and procedures.

The setting of the minimum standards of construction, equipment, and sanita-
tion of fish and shellfish plants is a further step in the advancement of the Depart-
ment's over-all inspection program which is designed to maintain peak quality from
the time the fish are caught until they reach the consumer.

3K OK OK Ok

INTERNATIONAL PINK SALMON MANAGEMENT REQUESTED: At its annual
meeting in Ottawa April 9-11, 1956, the Fisheries Council of Canada (National Or-
ganization of Fish Producers and Wholesalers) adopted a resolution asking the Can-
adian Government to discuss with the United States the problem of the pink salmon
fishery of the Straits of Juan de
Fuca, Puget Sound, and the Fraser
River with the view in mind of
"bringing under joint international
management ... the valuable fish-
ery of the area concerned."

In his speech before the an-
nual meeting of the Fisheries Coun-
isi celraon (Ghessiancliue per uisens) cil, Canadian Minister of Fisher-

ies James Sinclair predicted that
— an international agreement with
the United States concerning the pink salmon runs of the Fraser River would be ne-
gotiated in the near future. He noted that Canada's west coast fishermen have been
trying to get an agreement on pink salmon similar to the International Pacific Sock-
eye Salmon Convention which has been so successful in rebuilding the sockeye runs
of the Fraser, a May 15 dispatch from the United States Embassy at Ottawa points
out.

2K OK OK

DOGFISH BOUNTY ESTABLISHED: The establishment by the Canadian Feder~-_
al Department of Fisheries of bounty payments on dogfish caught by British Colum-
bia fishermen, recently announced, will benefit both Canadian and United States fish-
ery interests. The bounty is a direct conservation measure and its purpose is to
protect a valuable food ;—
fish by the removal of
a predator, the April
1956 Canadian Trade
News reports.

The Department of-
fers to pay fishermen
C$10 a ton for whole EN Dogfish (Squalidae)
dogfish, up to 30,000
tons in the current fis-
cal year, delivered to any British Columbia reduction plant which is willing to con-
vert the dogfish to fish meal. Requests for the bounty were made by the fishing
industry, the fishermen's unions, and the sport fishing clubs of British Columbia.
It will be of immediate benefit to the British Columbia and United States fishermen
who share in the catches of food fish built up by joint conservation under the con-
ventions between Canada and the United States for the Fraser River sockeye salm-
on and the Pacific halibut fisheries.

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 79

The dogfish, a small member of the shark family, has no value in Canada as a
food fish, but during the last war it was fished extensively for its liver, which yields
a high-potency vitamin oil. The development of cheaper synthetic vitamins since
the war largely ended this industry. As a consequence the number of dogfish in
coastal waters has increased enormously. They devour large quantities of valuable
fish, do great damage to fishermen's gear, particularly salmon nets, and nullify the
work done by the Department of Fisheries in conserving and rehabilitating the West
Coast fisheries.

Dogfish can be reduced into fish meal for use in livestock and poultry feeds,
but this has not been economical because of cost. It is hoped that the experience
which will be gained by the reduction plants on bounty~caught fish will enable them
to make dogfish reduction an economical operation in the future. With the coopera-
tion of the fishing industry and the fishermen, it is expected that the program will
markedly reduce the number of these predators.

KOK OK OK OK

WHALING IN BRITISH COLUMBIA: Whaling operations off the west coast of
Vancouver Island, B. C., during the 1955 season produced 630 whales from the six
killer ships operated by the one company engaged in this industry. The®catch was
equally as good as that of the previous season when the same number was taken,
which marked the largest catch for a great many years. In 1953 the totaléatch was
539 whales, the Trade News of April 1956 reports.

kK Ok Ok

SALT SUBSIDY FOR ATLANTIC COAST SALT-FISH PRODUCERS: The Cana-
dian Federal Government proposes to extend into 1956 the salt-assistance program
which was available to Atlantic Coast producers of salted fish in 1955, the Minister
of Fisheries announced recently. Under the plan the Government rebates to fish-
ermen and plants producing salted-fish products 50 percent of the cost of their salt,
provided the products are not marketed in the United States. Exclusion of the bene-
fit with regard to products marketed in the United States is to avoid any suggestion
of subsidization of exports to that market, the Minister said.

Again the assistance will be paid only on salt used to produce salted fish for
sale. Salt used for preserving fish for bait will not be included.

Payments will be made to fishermen and plants operating in Newfoundland, Nova
Scotia, New Brunswick, Prince Edward Island, and Quebec. Under the 1955 pro-
gram between C$400,000 and C$500,000 has been or will be distributed to these pro-
ducers.

The Minister made it clear that the program is being continued only on a year
to year basis, the April 1956 Trade News announced.

Ke Ok OK

BRITISH COLUMBIA'S FISHERMEN'S SHORT UNIVERSITY COURSE: -For the
versity of British Columbia in Vancouver. A class of 35 professional fishermen,
selected from localities along the coast, began the course March 12 and finished
March 23.

Fishermen were drawn from seining, gill-netting, trolling, and trawling branches
of the fishery.

76 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

In the brief but intensive course a wide range of subjects relating to practical
fishing was covered. Fishermen were given an opportunity to look briefly into the
fields on fisheries biology, technology, and oceanography. Electronics, marine in-
surance, and the work of credit unions shared time with navigation and the care of
engines. The work of international fishery commissions, fisheries economics, first
aid, and boat designs were other subjects on the syllabus, states the April 1956
Trade News of the Canadian Department of Fisheries.

Instructors were recruited from the University faculty, the Fisheries Research
Board of Canada, the Federal Department of Fisheries, international fishery com-
missions, and business and industrial organizations.

* ok ok Kk

ANTIBIOTICS TESTED ON WHALE CARCASSES: Attempts are being made by
the Fisheries Research Board of Canada's Pacific Fisheries Experimental Station
in Vancouver to find means of retarding the marked bacterial spoilage which occurs
readily in whales between time of harpooning and processing into meal, oil, and
other products. In view of the success which has attended experimental use of
chlortetracycline in fish preservation, tests are being made with this antibiotic as
applied to whale carcasses.

In an initial trial conducted at the Coal Harbour, B. C., whaling station about
two ounces of the antibiotic in 10 gallons of solution were injected into the periton-
eal cavity of a sperm whale by entraining it in the compressed air used to inflate
the animal. In about two days the carcass of the treated whale was still in fairly
good condition, while the visceral cavity and meat of an untreated animal of simi-
lar post-mortem age were markedly spoiled. Further tests are anticipated, ac-
cording to the February 1956 Trade News of the Canadian Department of Fisheries.

TRAWLER FISHING NOT TO BE EXPANDED: A decision against further de-
velopment of trawler fishing? has been announced by the Minister of Industries and
Fisheries, according to the Ceylon Daily News of May 11. The Fisheries Depart .
ment is operating two trawlers given by Canada and manned by Canadian officers
under Colombo Plan capital aid and technical assistance.

Canada has also given considerable financing under the Colombo Plan to the
development of a fishing section in Colombo Harbor. It is reported that the cold-
storage plant, which is the most important installation in the harbor, will rent at
low rates its surplus storage space (now that no more trawlers are to be manned)
toallsections of the fish trade and, possibly, to the meat and vegetable trade, a
May 17 dispatch from the United States Embassy at Colombo points out.

Hector Salazar as the new Minister of Economy foueiells increased activity on the
part of the Salvadoran Government toward the development of the fishing industry.
For the past four years, as Minister of Labor, Dr. Salazar has worked hard in the
development of a fishing cooperative and now with authority over all marine fisher-
ies it is expected he will encourage the advancement of the industry. The new

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Ut

Minister not only has a keen interest in fishing, but indicates that a concrete pro-
gram for its development would be initiated as soon as possible.

In general; El Salvador has no distribution and marketing facilities, and all
phases of fish care and handling need tremendous improvement, reports the United
States Operations Mission in an April 13 report.

Nine applications for permission to fish have been received by the government
and five provisional fishing permits have been issued. It is estimated that the boats
now fishing bring in approximately 200,000 pounds of fish a month and some 20,000
pounds of shrimp. This represents an annual production of 2.4 million pounds of
fish and 240,000 pounds of shrimp. The total catch of fish by all methods is rough-
ly estimated at 3.3 million pounds a year, a considerable increase over the old
catch of approximately 1.0 million pounds.

France

FIRST DIESEL-ELECTRIC POWERED FISHING TRAWLER: WhileGreat Brit-
ain has produced in the Sir William Hardy the first experimental and research fish-
ing trawler powered by Diesel-electric equipment, the French will have in operation
shortly the first practical workaday trawler so powered, reports The Fishing News

(April 27, 1956), a British fishery periodical.

The French vessel, the Cap Fagnet III, now under construction at Ateliers et
Chantiers de la Seine Maritime, has an over-all length of 245 feet, a moulded breadth
of 37 feet 9 inches, a depth of 19 feet 8 inches, and a maximum draught aft of 19
feet 4 inches. The vessel will operate on the Grande Sole off Newfoundland and will
be one the the world's largest fishing vessels.

This ship has already aroused considerable attention because of the bold effort
to obtain maximum flexibility, high speed to and from the fishing grounds, and satis~
factory power output when trawling.

A deep-sea trawler of the 223-foot class and upwards requires a propulsion
power in the region of 1,200 shaft horsepower to obtain a passage speed of about 11
knots, and the power required for trawling at 3-4 knots is of the order of 1,000 shaft
horsepower. To achieve a comparatively small increase in passage speed, about
twice the horsepower is needed and with conventional machinery this would result
in the engines running at very much reduced output when trawling.

The owners of the Cap Fagnet III have overcome these difficulties by specifying
Diesel-electric propulsion. This will give the vessel an increased power of 2,000
b.hp., effect a passage speed of between 12 and 14 knots, and avoid the harmful con-
sequences of running the engines at half power for long periods when trawling.

Diesel power is provided by three engines. They are pressure-charged inter-
cooled units, each developing 750 b. hp. at 750 r.p.m., and each driving two self-
ventilating and constant-speed generators. The generators are mounted in tandem;
one is the propulsion generator, and the other an auxiliary generator used for sup-
plying either the trawl winch motor or auxiliaries.

The propulsion generators each have a continuous output of 510 kw. at 750 r.p.m.,
and the auxiliary generators each have a maximum output of 195 kw. (one-hour rat-
ing) and a continuous rating of 150 kw.

78 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

The three propulsion generators are coupled up in series, for feeding--also in
series, the two propulsion motors. These motors, each ratedat 950hp. at 850r.p.m.
drive the propeller through a reduction gear which allows a higher motor speed with-
in a reduced weight and size.

The generators can be coupled to the motors in the following combinations:
Full power for passage--3 generators on 2 motors; trawling--2 generators on 2
motors; slow speed and hove to--1 generator on 2 motors.

The flexibility thus obtained is supplemented by simplified maintenance at sea.
Of the 100 to 120 days duration of the average fishing trip, only 16 of these will be
spent in passage. During the remainder of the time spent on the fishing grounds
one of the engines can be shut down. With no separate auxiliary generator sets to
be maintained, there is an obvious advantage in the reduction in the number of
spares to be carried. Any one of the propulsion sets is capable of propelling the
vessel and the risk of total immobilization is thus reduced to a minimum.

The ventilation of the generators and motors has been closely studied. To in-
sure effective protection of the winding of the electrical machines (against the moist
salty atmosphere and oil vapors in the engineroom), closed-circuit ventilation has
been adopted, in spite of its complexity.

The controls for the propulsion generators and motors are fitted on the bridge
and all maneuvering of the vessel is carried out from a control desk in the wheel-
house. An automatic governor insures that the Diesel engines run at constant
speed whatever the load.

To round out the story of Diesel-electric usage for trawlers, a British ship-
yard now is also building a vessel which will be so equipped.

German Federal Republic

which fished west of Iceland in March 1956 found another rich fishing ground only
80 nautical miles west of the Dohrn Bank ~
in the same latitude as Angmagsalik onthe
east coast of Greenland, according to Dansk
Fiskeritidende (April 6), a Danish fishery
periodical. Dohrn Bank was found by the
West German ocean research vessel An-
ton Dohrn last summer. The new bank is
so rich in both cod and ocean perch that
trawlers fill their holds in a short peri-
od.

More and more of the West German
trawlers are fishing off Greenland. The
trips take a few days longer than to wa-
ters off the Norwegian coast but the new
grounds offer better possibilities in re-
gard to the quality and quantity of the
catch. A Bremen trawler, Herman Ah-
lers, returnedfrom a 23-day trip with
5,065 boxes of edible fish or more than
one-half million pounds of fish, mainly Mending net on deep-sea trawler.
large ocean perch and cod.

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW ao)

Greece

FREEZER-CATCHER BOAT COMPLETED FOR FISHING OFF NORTH AFRI-
CAN COAST: The second Greek fishing vessel, the Evanghelistria (converted from
the Grassholm) left Italy early in 1956 for the fishing grounds located in the Atlan-
tic Ocean off the Mauretanean coast. The converted vessel has a gross tonnage of
484 and is propelled by a British-made 650-hp. engine. Other equipment includes
up-to-date quick freezers and a cold-storage capacity of 220 metric tons. The
vessel is owned by the same Greek firm that has been fishing Atlantic waters with
the Evridiki. The speed of the new addition to Greece's deep-sea fishing fleet is
reported to be 11 knots, according to the February 1956 Aleia.

* kk kK

FREEZER-CATCHER BOAT COMPLETES FIRST TRIP: The Evanghelistria re-
turned to her Greek home port on April 15 with a cargo of 210 metric tons of fish.
The new trawler fished for 32 days off the Mauretanean coast of North Africa
(Aleia, April-May 1956).

OK ok Ok OK
.
FROZEN FISH TRIP ARRIVES FROM ATLANTIC OCEAN: The large freezer-
equipped fishing vessel Evridiki arrived at Piraeus early in 1956 with 110 metric

tons of frozen fish. The vessel fished off the Mauretanean coast of North Africa,
according to the February 1956 Aleia, a monthly Greek fisheries review.

Haiti

culture has formed a Fishery Office for the purpose of exploiting the coastal waters
of Haiti. The Department of National Economy is cooperating, and has leased one
small boat, the Santonia, which is owned by a Cuban company. The Government is
not expected to buy any large amount of equipment until exhaustive tests with leased
vessels have been made.

First operations were encouraging. In four hours of fishing in the Windward
Passage off MGle St. Nicolas, 2,400 pounds of tuna and bonito were taken. A 90-
minute test off the Caymite Islands in the Gulf of La Gonave produced 1,300 pounds
of the same types. Fish ranged from 10 to 20 pounds each. Thazar (wahoo) and
Chrysophrys (dolphin) were also taken in this area.

The Food and Agricultural Organization of the United Nations has had a fish-
ery expert in Haiti for about one year. He is assisting in the present operation,
points out a United States Embassy dispatch (April 13) from Port-au-Prince.

Iceland

GROUNDFISH CATCH LOWER JANUARY-MARCH 1956: The groundfish catch
for the first three months of 1956 was down about 12 percent (15,100 metric tons)
from the 119,900 tons caught in January-March 1955. The decline was due toa
late start in January and a smaller catch in February 1956. The catch in March
1956 was close to the high level of March 1955, but represented a smaller catch

80 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

per boat since the fleet was larger in

____ Production of Groundfish Fillets, 1953-55 1956. The peak catches of groundfish
Product 7 25d etal on usually occur in April, according to a
ee > Se) ee ©

May 3 dispatch from the United States

Blocks, frozen (for fish sticks): Embassy a Reykjavik

GWlascocoddoocacbo000 7,931) 26,774 -

addochYreveneleneieienenenenel enol 8,356] 1,071 -

Oceanjperchyaewe ner 56 15 - OK OK OK Ok

Other (wolffish) .........+ 46 57 :

Total blocks 89

qa a a EeaN = GROUNDFISH FILLET PRODUC ~-
oats ie ae ; ae ‘| 52,977| 40,858 | 43,417 TION, 1953-55: Iceland's production
Haddocki7evseiaustne erence 3,993] 5,160 | 3,944 of groundfish fillets (including fillet
Ocean perch ............ 44,378) 29,456 | 16,901! blocks for use in manufacturing fish
PORES OG OU OG UO OL ie ue es sticks) has shown a steady increase
Tat hies i eeaprene Loree] from 1953 through 1955. “The pro-
Granditotal se eee '116,310|106,176 | 67,833 | duction of fillet blocks declined 59
Estimate of unreported eee percent from 1954 to 1955, but this
Production .....-+-..--- 5,309 | 2,718! drop was more than offset by an in-

Total production of fillets and eS 5 fi
Blocks a eee 116,310|111,483 | 70,546| Crease in the production of fillets

Se for sale to consumers as fillets.

India

ket in India for small fishing boats, small marine engines, nylon nets, and other fish-
ing gear has come a step nearer reali-
zation through the recent work of ex-
perts of the U. N. Food and Agricul-
ture Organization.

Four factors point the way: (1)an
FAO master fisherman has demon-
strated to Indian fishermen that with
nylon bottom gill nets they can increase
catches by 500 percent and earnings by
300 percent; (2) the same master fish-
erman had discovered a vast shrimp
trawling area extending at least 140
miles down the Malabar coast, from
Mangalore south to Beypore; (3) hehas

—

Fishing boat of India.

of sardines, mackerel, catfish, sharks,

and soles on the east coast of India; and
(4) the Madras State Government has drawn up a Five-Year Plan for the develop-
ment of fisheries, including the provision of mechanized boats. The first twenty

30-foot boats, designed by FAO naval architects, are nearing completion.

The shrimp resource is a veritable gold mine, according to the FAO master
fisherman. It is about 4 miles wide and anywhere along its 140 miles length you
can catch 100 pounds of shrimp an hour. The FAO 22-foot boat loaned to five fish-
ermen trained by the FAO master fisherman caught 11,306 pounds of shrimp and
fish from March 21 to April 18. Another bigger boat, a 35-footer, fishing during
the same period with a crew trained by the same master fisherman, caught 20,111
pounds.

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 81

"These catches are ten times bigger than anything the local fishermen have
ever caught before and their earnings, consequently, have greatly increased,'' con-
tinued the FAO master fisherman. ''Naturally, they are tremendously keen to work
the new fishery but they need mechanized boats, shrimp trawls, winches and wire
warps. The men who finance the fishermen have the money to buy equipment so a
great opportunity exists for enterprising manufacturers."

* OOK OK Ok OK

BULL-TRAWLING OPERATIONS SUCCESSFUL: Bull-trawling by the two fish-
ing vessels Ashok and Pratap of the Pilot Deep Sea Fishing Station, Bombay, has
indicated its immense potentialities off the northwest coast of India. These vessels
were formerly using otter-trawl nets but were altered for bull-trawling.at the end
of 1953"

During the 1953/54 season, an average catch of nearly 1,350 pounds of fish per
hour was obtained during an experimental operation (about 2.5 times more than by
otter trawling). The quantity and percentage of commercially-valuable fish caught
by bull-trawling also compared very favorably with that caught by otter trawling.

In February 1955 a record catch of 12 metric tons of fish was obtaifled ina
single haul of 15 hours duration off Dwarka, just outside the Gulf of Kutch. The
total catch of this voyage was 54 tons, and the average catch per hour of fishing
about 2,058 pounds. This is stated to be the highest over-all average obtained so
far for trawling in Indian waters, reports the Current Affairs Bulletin (April 1956)
of the Indo-Pacific Fisheries Council

imdonesia
LONG-LINE TUNA FISHING MAKES GOOD START: Indonesia's first Diesel

long-line tuna vessel completed six training voyages during the Djakarta area fish-
ing season. The 100-ton 89-foot Bima is the first of four vessels which will form

the nucleus of Indonesia's new long-line industry.

Long-Line fishing has been successfully used for years by the Japanese in the
waters surrounding Indonesia. With Bima and her sister ships, Indonesia can for
the first time exploit these waters which are one of the world's richest sources for
deep-sea fishes and potentially the largest new source of protein available in Indon-
esia.

The tuna long-line fishing program is being carried out by the Indonesian Sea
Fisheries Service with assistance from the U. S. International Cooperation Admin-
istration (ICA). The Sea Fisheries Service has provided the Rp. 800,000 vessel
(US$70,000). ICA has provided an adviser and around US$9,000 of fishing equip-
ment.

During Bima's six voyages south of the Sunda Strait, the ICA long-line techni-
cian and a man from the Sea Fisheries Institute instructed the 17-man crew in long-
line fishing. Incidental to learning, the crew caught 15,000 pounds of tuna and shark
which were sold at Pasar IkanforRp. 26,485 (US$2,300). -

Developments of the long-line industry are expected to contribute substantially
to the Sea Fisheries goal of doubling its present yearly catch, points out the Indo-
Pacific Fisheries Council in its Current Affairs Bulletin of April 1956.

Ok ok ok Ok

82 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

SHRIMP FISHERY BEING DEVELOPED: A _ U. S. International Cooperation
Administration trawl fishery expert, who has been assigned to the Indonesian Gov-
ernment for two years, is actively engaged in the development of the Indonesian
shrimp fisheries. A native of Florida with much experience in shrimp fishing and
in construction and maintenance of this type of vessel, he has begun his work with
shrimp-trawl experiments in the fishing area off South East Kalimantan (Borneo).

Israel

CAMPAIGN TO EAT MORE SEA FISH PROMOTED BY PRESS TOUR: The Is-
rael Government's program to boost the consumption of sea-caught fish was given
new impetus during March by an organized press tour of representatives of the en-
tire Israel press, arranged jointly by the U. S. Information Service and the U. S.
Overseas Mission (USOM).

Israel Government plans to reduce the expenditure of foreign currency on im-
ported protein foods place great emphasis on a considerably increased fishing in-
dustry and the introduction of sea fish as an important part of Israel's diet of ani-
mal-protein foods.

The newsmen were taken for an overnight trip on a trawler belonging to the
Israel fishing fleet to the new fishing grounds recently discovered with the help of
the USOM Sea Fisheries Specialist, who was on board. Top officials of the Sea
Fisheries Department of the Government also took part in the trip, and apart from
"Moonlight and Oysters,'' the newsmen had an opportunity to learn a great deal a-
bout what was being done to supply the protein-hungry population with an ever in-
creasing supply of sea fish.

The trip paid good dividends from every point of view with excellent press cov-
erage driving home the availability of good supplies of tasty fish. The help given
to this young industry through U. 8. Technical Assistance was also acknowledged.

Japan

————— ee ———————— ee

try of Foreign Affairs has informed the Embassy of the United States in Japan that
Japanese research vessels will engage in the salmon and trout investigation pro-
gram in the North Pacific area this summer in accordance with the decision reached
by the International North Pacific Fisheries Commission.

The vessels that will be conducting the investigation from May 15 to August 20
are: Etsuzan Maru (152 tons), Takuyo Maru (172 tons), and the Eike Maru (111 tons).

The Etsuzan Maru will operate in the North Pacific area within 40°-49¢ N. dat-
itude and 165 “180 W . longitude. The Takuyo Maru will operate within 40 -49 N.
latitude and 160 “is E. longitude; and the Eiko Maru will operate in the Bering
Sea within 54 -62° N. latitude and west of 175 W. longitude.

The specialists aboard the vessels will collect operation records, and carry
out oceanographic and biological investigations. (U. S. Embassy, Tokyo, May 2.)

Kk OK Ok

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 83

PACIFIC SALMON FISHERY OFF TO A GOOD START: As of May 20, 1956 the
catch of salmon by the Japanese salmon fleet fishing east of 170 degrees east longi-
tude and between 48-55 degrees north latitude amounted to 3,100,000 salmon, ac-
cording to a dispatch, dated May 25, from the United States Embassy in Tokyo.
Salmon fishing in this area began on May 3 and the catch is reported to be about 35
percent greater than the catch for a comparable period in 1955.

The relatively large early catch does not necessarily mean a large seasonal
catch in this area as warm currents have raised the water temperatures further
northward than is normal. The fishing industry is of the opinion that the increase
in temperatures will cause the salmon to migrate inshore towards their spawning
streams earlier than usual. Because of this factor, some observers predict a
salmon catch in the unrestricted area of 15-20 million fish.

ok ok ok Ok

JAPAN-RED CHINA FISHERIES COUNCIL HOLDS CONFERENCE: The annual
conference to negotiate extension of the unofficial fisheries agreement between the
private fishing industries of Japan and Red China was held in Peiping on April 27;
1956. The talks were expected to last about one month, according to anyApril 13
dispatch from the United States Embassy in Tokyo. The agreement last year was
signed by private fishing interests from each country and the delegates to this con-
ference represent private fishing companies, fishermen, and fishermen's unions.

% OK OK OK OK

ONASSIS WHALING FLEET PUR- ~_
CHASED: Details relating to the pur-
chase of the Panamanian- registered
Aristotle Onassis whaling fleet consist-
ing of one factoryship and 15 catcher
boats have been completed, according
to a May 18, 1956 dispatch from the U-
nited States Embassy in London. The
Japanese firm, Kyokuyo Hogei KK.,an-
nounced that formal possession of the
fleet will take place at Rotterdam. Ear-
lier reports of the purchase indicated
that the purchase price for the factory-
ship Olympic Challenger was close to
US$4 million and that for the 15 catcher
boats about US$3.5 million.

Japanese whale catcher.

Se —-——<$——$$
JAPANESE GOVERNMENT

Mexico
/RED TIDE" REPORTED OFF WEST COAST: The coastal waters located off

Reece tine to newspaper reports transmitted on May 8 by the United States Ree
in Mexico City.

The ''Red Tide," which is a popular name given to the sudden appearance of
enormous numbers of a one-cell marine organism of the dinoflagellate group, has
been reported in various parts of the world. Indications are that the invasion re-
ported off Manzanillo has similar characteristics to previously-reported invasions
of this marine organism.

84 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

Tremendous quantities of dead fish have been washed up on the beaches. Port
authorities at Manzanillo have assigned squads of workmen to the task of cleaning
up the beaches. This is the first time that an invasion of this type has been re-
ported from this area.

The 'Red Tide" was reported to have extended over a wide area and is believed
to have originated around the Island of Islas Marias.

Ok KK OK

MERIDA FISHERIES TRENDS, JANUARY-MARCH 1956: The Mexican area of _
Merida, which includes the ports of Campeche and Ciudad del Carmen, exported
close to 3.1 million pounds of shrimp to the United States during January-March
1956. Other exports to the United States included 94,800 pounds of frozen fish,
3,065 pounds of shark fins, and 12,300 pounds of shark skins, states a May 3 dis-

patch from the United States Consul in Merida.

Due to a prosperous year in 1955, there has been a considerable expansion in
shrimp vessel construction in the cities of Campeche and Ciudad del Carmen. It is
estimated that about 50 percent of the new construction will contribute favorably to
the shrimp fishery but the balance is believed to be an overextension of the future
economic prospects of the Mexican shrimp industry.

Average prices for shrimp delivered to Brownsville, Texas, in U. S. cents
a pound for the January-March period for frozen 15-20 count headless were: Jan-
uary, 80; February, 78; and March, 75. Due to the high price level there was con-
siderable resistance on the part of United States buyers.

KK KOK

FISHING FEES FOR FOREIGNERS INCREASED: Increased fees and taxes for
foreigners commercialor sport fishing in Mexican waters became effective on
May 16 in accordance with new decrees published in the May 15 Diario Oficial, re-
ports the United States Embassy at Mexico City ina May 16 dispatch.

New Zealand

NEW WHALING STATION ESTABLISHED: A new company has been incorporated
in New Zealand for the purpose of operating a whaling station on Great Barrier Is-
land in the northernmost part of the country, states an April 23 dispatch from the
United States Embassy in Wellington.

The new Great Barrier Island station is expected to operate during the 1956
whaling season. The cost of building the station is £55,000 (US$154,000). Almost
all production of oil will be exported with earnings in foreign exchange of about
4140,000 (US$431,000)expectedannually. Exports will be chiefly to the United King-
dom and-to Europe. The new station will also produce meat byproducts such as
meat meal and meat for pet food.

The only other whaling station operating in New Zealand is in the Tory Chan-
nel at Te Awaiti on Cook Strait. That station has an average catch of about 115
whales annually.

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 85

Norway

CANNED FISH TRENDS, FIRST QUARTER 1956: During the first quarter of
1956 a total of 7,000 metric tons of Norwegian canned fish valued at 30 million kro-
ner (US$4.2 million) were exported, compared to 8,300 tons valued at 35.6 million
kroner (US$5.0 million) in the first quarter of 1955. The canning industry blames
the decrease primarily on last year's poor brisling catch. Canning of herring and
kippers during the first quarter of this year was also below the first quarter 1955
pack, according to the American Embassy at Oslo (May 11, 1956).

Government regulations on the canning industry were eased last February to
permit more factories to pack herring and others to expand their production. This
liberalization has not yet had any appreciable result, however. Few producers are
willing to start packing brisling and small herring because the poor catches make
brisling supplies doubtful.

Packing of herring and kippers is expected to be somewhat larger this year
than last, but the increase will not be enough to offset losses due to the short sup-
ply of brisling.

kk KOK e

AUTOMATIC FEEDING AND SORTING MACHINE FOR HERRING DEVELOP-
ED: A machine which will sort and feed herring automatically to other machines
which head, eviscerate, or fillet the herring has been constructed by Peter J. F.
Christie, an engineer in Bergen, Norway, according to Fiskaren (May 8), a Nor-
wegian fishery periodical. The new machine will end the need for sorting and then
feeding herring singly, by hand, with the head and belly properly directed, to the
machines which process them further. The machine takes the herring directlyfrom
the shortage bin, sorts out the small herring, and then delivers two or three herring
a second with the heads and bellies pointed in the directions desires. Headed her-
ring can be handled equally well.

The machine weighs about 220 pounds, is the size of a whole herring barrel,
and will cost less than US$700 (5,000 kroner). Tests of its ability to operate also
on shipboard will be made this summer on some of the Norwegian vessels which
operate onthe highseas herring fishery off Iceland.

Panama
RED SHRIMP IDENTIFIED AS ''PENAEUS BREVIROSTRIS": The "red" or "pink"
shrimp which were plentiful in the Gulf of Panama for about three weeks in March

1956 are reported to be Penaeus brevirostris, as distinguished from the more com-
mon form, P. occidentalis.

Although the ''red'' shrimp have been of a good size (21-25 a pound heads off),
they are smaller than the P. occidentalis which commonly run to 15 and under (head-
less) to the pound.

Based upon preliminary information, the Cooperativa Pesquera, S. A., handled
350,000 pounds of the "red" shrimp and the total catch of this species during the
short three-week season may exceed 500,000 pounds. The catch would have been
higher except for the four-day Easter holiday which occurred in the middle of the
run, states a May 24 dispatch from the United States Embassy in Panama.

Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, July 1956, p. 74.

86 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

Peru

BASE PRICES FOR WHALE MEAL AND SWORDFISH EXPORT DUTIES REVISED:
The base cost price of 1,261.50 soles (US$66. 39) a short ton of whale mealto be e used tem-
porarily for the assessment of export fees pursuant toa Supreme Resolution of Febru-
ary 7, 1955, was changed to 1,944.10 soles (US$102. 32) by a Peruvian Supreme Resolu-
tion of January 12, 1956, according toa notice which appeared inthe weekly bulletin of
the Lima Chamber of Commerce for February 1,1956. According tothe same source,
the base cost price for frozen swordfish, also for purposes of export tax assessment, was
fixed at 8,240 soles (US$433 .68)a short ton by the same Supreme Resolution. These
prices were scheduled to remain in force until April 1956 when the local authorities were
to revise them, states a March 7, 1956 dispatch from the United States Embassy in Lima.

Note; Conversion values US$I equals 19 soles,

Republic of the Philippines

Bureau of Customs ruled on April 16, 1956, that all canned ywapaneee anchovies packed
sardine style in tomato sauce, regardless of brand, are included in the classifica-
tion of canned sardines and are exempt from the payment of the special import tax.

Lod
gS a
is 3

Sore eaceas
Portugal
CANNED FISH PACK, JANUARY -OCTOBER 1955: The pack of canned sardines

———S
in oil or sauce for January-October 1955 amounted to 21,135 metric tons (net weight).
The October 1955 pack was 2,921 tons, about 39 percent less than the 4,797 tons

packed in September 1955.

Portuguese Canned Fish Pack, January-October 1955

Net Canner’s Net |Canner’s

Product

Weight | Value Weight Value

Sardines in brine

Sardines in oliveoilor sauce .

Sardinelike fish in brine .... 4 Tunalike fishinoliveoil .
Sardinelike fish in oil 4 Other species (including
Anchovies, rolled& fillets ... i SUANTIN) rAoodgoogoo
‘Continued in next column) _

Note: Values converted to US$ equivalent on the basis of 28.75 escudos equal

HOOK OK OK OK

CANNED FISH EXPORTS, JANUARY -DECEMBER 1955: Portuguese canned
fish exports totaled 6,478 metric tons (340,900 cases), valued at US$3.3 million,
during December 1955; and 63,701 tons, valued at US$32.4 million, during January-
December 1955.

Portugal's exports of canned fish in December 1955 declined less than 1 per-
cent when compared with the previous month, according to Conservas de Peixe,
March 1956. During January-December 1955 Germany was the leading receiver
with US$6.1 million of canned fish (about all sardines in oil), followed by Great
Britain with US$4.8 million (principally sardines), Italy with US$4.7 (principally

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 87

sardines and tuna), and the United States
with US$4. 0 million (principally 3,306
tons of sardines in oil or sauce, 43 tons
- of tuna and tunalike fish in oil, and 2,019
tons of anchovies). Exports of canned
fish to these 4 countries (during the
Jan.-Dec. period) amountedto 60.5
percent of the total exports.

Portuguese Canned Fish Exports, December 1955
and Comparisons

Sardines in olive oil. ...
Sardinelike fish in olive
Gills SG oagnoGadoGoDOK
Sardines & sardinelike
fishvinibrine ys eiewe ise ye

OK KK

FISHERY TRENDS, DECEMBER il... ee betes
1955: Sardine Fishing: The catch of the
Portuguese sardine fleet declined in De-
cember 1955 to 5,911 metric tons, or a- isha eT
bout 20 percent less than the November
1955 catch. The December 1955 sardine
catch was valued at about US$1.0 million ex-vessel as compared with US$1.2 mil-
lion in November 1955.

ee ee eses soo ee

63,701 |32,367

The sardine canning industry absorbed 73 percent (4,303 tons) with most of the
balance consumed fresh. The port of Matosinhos lead all others with a catch of
4,849 tons of sardines and contributed 3,815 tons (ex-vessel value US$678,591) to
the canning trade.

Other Fish: The landings of fish other than sardines totaled 3,970 tons, valued at
US$334,692 ex-vessel. The catch of fish other than sardines was 90 percent chinchards
(3,560 tons), followed by tuna (357 tons), and 52 tons of mixed (mostly mackerel), the
March 1956 Conservas de Peixe reports.

. OK OK OK Ok

== SS

fishing season in Northern Portugal was from May 1 to January 31 and in the south-
ern part of the country from April 1 to December 31. Arecent order of the Minis~
try of the Navy establishes a uniform fishing season for both parts of the country to
begin on April 15 and end on January 15. However, fishing circles state that this
advance in the date is of no advantage for Northern Portugal since fish of suitable
quality and size for packing are normally available from June onwards only.

One of the reasons given by official circles for creating a uniform fishing sea-
son is that under the old system fishermen from the South came North for the first
month of the southern season and fishermen from the North went South for the last
month of the northern season. This complicated official licensing and controls,
states a May 3 dispatch from the United States Consul at Oporto.

Fishermen's Work Contract: With the opening of the new season on April 15
fishermen began signing their contracts. As in last year's season, they signed the
new type of contracts as well as the old type and have the option of receiving com-
pensation according to the one they consider to be more profitable to them. Up to
the present time only a few crews are fishing.

Canned Fish Exports to the United States: Delegates of the Portuguese agency
Copnor-Conservas de Peixe, Lda., have been in the United States on an investiga-
tive and promotional tour to increase exports of Portuguese canned sardines to the
United States.

Copnor decided that the sales agents in the United States of the individual mem-
ber firms will in the future place their orders through Copnor, which will coordinate
orders and production to the best interests of its members.

88 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Mol 85) Nok a

The canners, together with the Portuguese Government officials, are also study-
ing the method of avoiding excessively high prices on fresh fish, in order not to lose
foreign markets, which are now objecting to the high prices of Portuguese sardines
and are consequently beginning to give preference to canned fish from other sources.

Spain

FISHERIES TRENDS, APRIL 1956: In the Bilbao area, after a prolonged period
of forced inactivity because of inclement weather and scarcity of fish, the coastal
fishermen from the Cantabrian littoral began working practically day and night to
handle the large runs of anchovy which appeared in coastal waters the last days of
March 1956 and through most of April. The catch has generally been of good can-
ning quality, states a May 15 United States consular dispatch from Bilbao.

Inthe Vigoarea, April 1956 was a poor month for the fishing industry due to the
lowest catches in two years. Landings of the cheaper varieties suchas castaneta
and jurel were abundant at Vigo.

The Vigo fish canneries in April 1956 purchased 426,000 pounds of fresh fish,
or about 6 BRE RCE of wae total catches entered through the Vigo Fish Exchange. ANIL=
ae a G1) though this was more than in March
= (263,000 pounds), it was far less than
in April 1955 when the canneries took
2.1 million pounds of fresh fish.

The scarcity of tin plate continued
to hinder the normal operation of the
fish canneries. Since the main fishing
season commences in June, the tinplate
situation may become critical unless
the Government authorizes sufficient
imports. It is reported that some of
the canneries have already brought the
matter to the attention of the appropri-
ate Spanish authorities and that they _
have been assured that the Government
will make every effort to solve this
problem. Olive oil is also in short supply but there are indications that the situa-
tion will not become serious.

MWY fp 1+

Unloading Sardines

The canneries are concerned over the recent increase in the price of gold pes-
etas (from 357.70 paper pesetas to 715.00 paper pesetas per 100 gold pesetas). It
has been customary for the fish canneries to apply for the importation of a certain quan-
tity of duty-free tin plate under the Temporary Admission Law, and they are allowed two
years to export fish in the duty-free tin plate. Moreover, if the export quota has
not been filled, a heavy fine is assessed in addition to the payment of customs duties
on the imported tin plate. Since the gold peseta enters into customs duties, the new
rate is considered an extra tax on the fish-canning industry and hurts the canneries
with a small export trade. The entire industry is affected by the new price of the
gold peseta, since some of the imported tin plate is used in canning fish for domes-
tic markets, a May 14 United States consular dispatch from Vigo points out.

Ay SS

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 89

Sweden

FROZEN FISH DEMANDINCREASES: Consumption of quick-frozenfish inSweden
should equalapproximately 9,000 metric tons in 1956, which will mean that only about
20 percent of the Swedish demand can be covered by locally~frozenfish, according to a
trade report which appeared in the Goteborg newspaper Ny Tidon May 9, 1956. The bal-
ance willbe imported, chieflyfrom Norway. During the next five years it is expected by
the trade that the domestic consumption of frozen fish will rise to 20,000-25,000 metric
tons a year.

The present plant capacity in Sweden for the preparation and freezing of fish is
reported to come close to handling the quantity of white fish that is available for freezing.
Other types of fish which are well suited are whiting and haddock, but duringa normal
year there is nota very large surplus of these types available after the fresh fish demand
is satisfied. Codisalsoa variety that is welladapted for freezing but, according to the
trade, offerings are adversely affected by the decline in Baltic codfishing activity. On
the other hand, Baltic herring, other herring, and mackerelare supplied to the freezing
plants in good quantities, states a United States consular dispatch (May 11, 1956).

Turkey :

NEE NRONaS FISHERY EXHIBITION TO BE HELD SEPTEMBER 15-22,
Turkey to coincide with the Fourth Meeting of the Food and Agricultural Organiza -
tion (FAO)-sponsored General Fisheries Council for the Mediterranean, which will
meet at Istanbul, Turkey, from September 17-22, 1956.

The exhibition of fishery equipment will take place from September 15-22, 1956.
Exhibition space will be available, free of charge, and special arrangements will be
made to enable firms to demonstrate echo-sounders. The Turkish Foreign Trade
Department will authorize the duty-free temporary import of equipment for display
at the exhibition. Sales of equipment by exhibitors may be made within the limits
of trade agreements between Turkey and the country of origin concerned.

\
band VAY
-Dal/
Union of South Africa
PRICE CONTROLS ON HAKE AND CANNED FISH REMOVED: Price controls,

1956, according to the March 1956 issue of The South African Shipping News and
Fishing Industry Review, a South African trade publication. _

Hake and canned fish, which are two of the most important products of the South Afri-~
ca fishing industry, will now be able to find their own price onthe South African market.

United Kingdom
SILVER COD TROPHY FOR 1955 AWARDED TO HULL TRAWLER: The 1955

competition for the Silver Cod trophy, which is awarded by the British Trawlers'
Federation to the distant-water vessel that catches and lands the most fish, was

won by the 790-ton oil-fired Hull steam trawler Kirkella.

The record-breaking catch of 2,911 long tons (6.4 million pounds) landed by the
Kirkella exceeded that made by the 1954 winner, the Arctic Warrior, by 249 tons.

90 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

The Kirkella catch was valued at US$364,700, compared witha value of about US$343,800
for the 1954 winner.

The Kirkella during the course of the year spent 339 days at sea, mostly on the
Arctic fishing grounds, and landed 18 trips, an average of about 18.8 days a trip.
The winner in 1954 made 16 trips in 330 days at sea and averaged 20.6 days a trip.
The winners in both years carried crews of 20 men, according to The Fishing News
of April 13, 1956, a British fisheries trade periodical. The average annual catch
per man on the Kirkella was 145 tons (319,700 pounds).

The runner-up for the trophy in 1955 was the 794-ton Hull trawler Kingston
Jacinth which landed 2,864 tons (6.3 million pounds), valued at US$344,200.

The President of the British Trawlers'
Federation, commenting on the award, said
that the results of the 1955 competition were-
astonishing. He added that this was most
gratifying as more and more fish were being
landed by British trawlers.

The trophy, introduced in 1954 by the
Federation as an incentive to boost catches,
consists of a silver model of a leaping cod
mounted on a mahogany stand with silver
waves on which will be inscribed the names
of the winning crew.

Note: See Commercial Fisheries Review, February 1956, p. 53.

ritish silver cod trophy to be presented annually
to the distant-water trawler with the largest total Kook ok ok Ok
catch for the year.

DISTANT-WATER TRAWLERMEN DOU-
BLE LEVY FOR ADVERTISING: In order to
capture an increasing share of the United Kingdom markets for food, British Dis-
tant Water trawlermen are increasing their fish sales promotion fund by doubling
the voluntary and cooperative levy on all landings at Hull, Grimsby, and Fleetwood.
It will now be about 14 U. S. cents (1s.) for every 130 pounds of fish landed.

The British Trawlers' Federation advertising campaign is being handled by
professional advertising and public relations firms.

The head of the advertising firm stated that with British distant-water trawlers
bringing in more and more fish and of greater variety, we intend to do everything
we possibly can to stimulate consumer demand. We plan to use both the national
and provincial press, national magazines, and television. We are also producing a
color film and recipe books in color for housewives.

"This will be by far the heaviest and most potent campaign yet undertaken to
sell fish to the British housewife, with a total budget for 1956 of about US$784,000.

"We are also employing continuous consumer research to determine trends in
buying and using habits.'' (The Fishing News, April 20, 1956.)

Yugoslavia

SEA FISHING ASSOCIATION TO AID IN BUILDING FISH CANNERY IN INDIA:
The Yugoslav Association of Sea Fishing has accepted a request froma firm located in
India to give technicalassistance for the building of a fish cannery in the vicinity of Man-
jolar. The Yugoslav industry is reported to have agreed to deliver most of the neces~-
sary equipment, suchas boilers, electrical installations, and other apparatus. (March
29, 1956 report from the International Cooperation Administration in Belgrade.)

July 1956

fae! # 60Cdh ACTIONS

Department of the Interior
FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE

BROAD FISHERIES LEGISLATIVE
PROGRAM PROMOTED:

Enactment of comprehensive legis-
lation to implement the White House an-
nouncement of June 4, 1956, was urged
June 8 by the U. S. Department of the
Interior.

The Department also announced that
it is taking prompt action to create by
July 1, 1956, a separate Bureau of Fish-
eries under which its activities in the
fishery field can be coordinated appro-
priately with its other related conserva-
tion functions.

The new Bureau of Fisheries will be
established through reorganization of
the present Fish and Wildlife Service
into two separate bureaus of equal sta-
tus. One bureau will handle fish, the
other the Nation's wildlife resources.

A draft of the proposed legislation
was sent to the House and the Senate
June 8 and introduced in the Senate June
1las S. 4021 (Payne).

The Bureau of Fisheries will be re-
sponsible for the fisheries conservation
program now under the branches of game
fish and hatcheries, fishery biology, com-
mercial fisheries, Alaska fisheries, and
foreign activities.

In a similar status, the bureau han-
dling wildlife resources will carry on
the many important activities now under
wildlife refuges, game management,
wildlife research, and predator and ro-
dent control.

The organization pattern will make
it possible, Mr. D'Ewart said, for both
bureaus to work closely with each other

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

and with other agencies of the Depart-
ment on river basin studies, as well as-
on various Federal aid matters.

The Assistant Secretary said that as
soon as the organizational pattern of the
two bureaus has been established, the
staffing of the top personnel positions
will be announced. He pointed out that
these are the first new agencies to be
established in the Department of the In-
terior with bureau status sinte 1946
when the Bureau of Land Management
was created.

The former Bureau of Fisheries of
the Department of Commerce and the
old Bureau of Biological Survey of the
Department of Agriculture were brought
into the Department of the Interior in
1939 and then merged into the Fish and
Wildlife Service in 1940.

It was more than 85 years ago, during
the administration of President Ulysses
S. Grant, that the Federal Government
began its battle to protect and maintain
the fishery resources of this country in
order to assure a supply of marine foods
and to assure continuation of the sport
of angling. Aware of the alarm which
was spreading because overfishing was
placing a greater strain on this natural
resource than Nature, without help, could
replenish, the Congress passed a joint
resolution on February 8, 1871, author-
izing the appointment of a Commissioner
of Fish and Fisheries for the purpose of
investigating the alleged decrease of the
food fishes of the seacoasts and lakes of
the United States, and to suggest remedi-
al measures.

The United States Commission of Fish
and Fisheries remained an independent
agency until July 1, 1903, when it was
included by law in the new Department
of Commerce and Labor, and from that
time on was designated as the "Bureau

of Fisheries.'' When that Department
was subdivided in 1913, the Bureau of
Fisheries became a part of the Depart-
ment of Commerce where it remained
until its transfer to Interior on July 1,
1939.

What is now the wildlife branch of
the Fish and Wildlife Service had its
inception in 1885 when the 48th Congress
appropriated $5,000 "for the promotion
of economic ornithology, or the study of
the interrelation of birds and agricul-
ture, an investigation of the food habits,
and migrations of birds in relation to
both insects and plants.

The work was made a branch of the Div-
ision of Entomology inthe Department of
Agriculture. One year later the work was
separated from the Division of Entomolo-
gy and became an independent "Division of
Economic Ornithology and Mammalogy."
In 1896 the Division of Economic Ornithol-
ogy had its name changed to Division of
BiologicalSurvey. On March 3, 1905 it at-
tained Bureau status and thereafter be-
came knownas the Bureau of Biological
Survey.

The Wildlife Division of the Service is
responsible for conducting waterfowl sur -
veys and drawing up the annualregulations
for the hunting of wild ducks and geese.

The text of the letter sent by Assistant
Secretary D'Ewart to the Congress on
June 8 follows:

"Enclosed herewith is a draft of a
proposed bill, 'To encourage the devel-
opment, marketing, and distribution of
domestic fishery resources of the United
States, and for other purposes.'

"We recommend that the proposed bill
be referred to the appropriate committee
for consideration, and we recommend
that it be enacted.

"This Department, which is the Fed-
eral agency primarily responsible for
conservation of the Nation's fisheries
and related activities, has made a care-
ful study of the several legislative pro-
posals that have been presented to the
Congress for consideration. These pro-
posals have been studied also by various
committees of the Congress and we have

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 7

been pleased to participate in the con-
sideration of those proposals. The pro-
visions of the enclosed draft of bill
should meet with approval from broad
segments of our Nation which have
been interested in the proper admin-
istration of Federal functions in the
field of fisheries. We have been equal-
ly concerned with problems of recrea-
tional and commercial aspects of our
fish resources.

"We believe it is generally recog-
nized that the Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ice of this Department has performed
many valuable services to the fishing
industry. With the growth of our na-
tional economy, and with changing in-
ternational conditions, we recognize
that many factors bear upon the wel-
fare of the Nation's fisheries and the
industries dependent thereon. A care-
ful evaluation is warranted concerning
the proper role of the Federal Govern-
ment in this field.

"We believe this proposed legislation
will, in general, be self-explanatory. In
recognition of the need to render appro-
priate financial assistance in this field,
section 3 of the measure would establish
a 'Fisheries Loan Fund! with initial cap~
ital of $10,000,000, and which would op-
erate as a revolving fund. In this con-
nection, you will note that section 5 of
the draft of bill provides that in order to
avoid duplication of activities and to min-
imize expense in carrying out the provi-
sions of the Act, the Secretary of the In-
terior shall use, whenever practicable,
the available services and facilities of
other agencies and instrumentalities of
the Federal Government on a reimbursa~
ble basis. We anticipate, accordingly,
that such authority will be used in admin-
istrating the loan fund.

"We desire also to call your attention,
in particular, to section 7 of this pro-
posed legislation. That section will have
the important effect of removing the
present $3,000,000 limitation now in ef-
fect concerning the use by this Depart-
ment of Saltonstall-Kennedy Act funds
for purposes of the Act. The authoriza-
tion for transfer of the funds in question
to this Department for the prescribed
purposes would be continued on a per-
manent basis. Section 9 of this proposed

July 1956

legislation would repeal certain Acts or
parts of Acts that, with the enactment

of this proposed legislation, will become
obsolete and which for the most part will
be superseded by such proposed legis~-
lation.

"We propose to carry out the func-
tions that would be authorized by this
proposed legislation through a sepa-
rate Bureau of Fisheries in this De-
partment. That Bureau will administer
our functions in both the commercial
and recreational fishery field. We be-
lieve this will be in the public interest
and will promote good administration.
Our activities in this field of public
administration can be coordinated ap-
propriately with our other conservation
and related activities. At the same
time, important questions of policy re-
lating to the fisheries will receive full
consideration and attention by this De-
partment."

% OK OK OK

DEPARTMENT'S SOLICITOR
STATES ALASKA'S AREA-
LICENSING PROGRAM LEGAL:

The Department of Interior's Solici-
tor, J. Ruel Armstrong, ina letter to
Fish and Wildlife Service Director John
L. Farley held in May that the proposed
area-licensing program for Alaska set
to begin for the 1956 season is complete-
ly legal.

The Act of June 6, 1924, together with
several suplementary acts provides the
basic authority for regulations of Alas-~
ka commercial fisheries, according to
Armstrong. Under this authority, the
Director may ''fix the size and charac-
ter of nets, boats, traps or other gear
or appliances to be used therein; limit
the catch of fish to be taken from any
area and make such regulations as to
time, means, methods, and extent of
fishing as he may deem advisable."

In the court case, Dow vs. Ickes,
the court declared of the Interior De-
partment authority, ''Broader discre-
tion hardly could have been conferred.
The power to discriminate is geograph-
ical, temporal, mechanical, quantita-
tive and selective as to different var-
-ieties of fish ... No standard for making

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

discriminations is prescribed, except the
general purpose of conservation and the
limitation concerning monopoly ..."

The problem at hand for the 1956 sea-
son evolves around whether the Director
has the authority to prohibit boats in one
area from fishing another. The Solic-
itor stated that if the Secretary has the
authority to limit the number of gear in
an area he also has the authority to re-
quire that the "operation of such gear is
limited to the area for which permission
is granted."

Commenting on the Solicitor's opinion,
Director Farley said that it appears that
the salmon fisheries along the entire
Pacific Coast are suffering from an in-

flux of too much gear.
.

% OK OK OK

SUOMELA PROMOTED TO NEW
FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE POST:
The promotion of Arnie J. Suomela,
of Portland, Ore., from Assistant Di-
rector of the
Fish and Wild-
life Service, in
charge of fish-
eries, to a re-
cently created
post of Associ-
ate Director
was announced
May 17 by Un-
der Secretary
of the Interior
Clarence A.
Davis.

a” na In his new
Arnie J, Suomela capacity as As-
sociate Director, Suomela will serve as
general deputy to Director John L. Far-
ley in directing the over-all activities of
the Service including fisheries. The pro-
motion became effective on May 15.

Suomela was appointed to the position
of Assistant Director of the Service in
November 1953 by former Secretary of
the Interior Douglas McKay. He entered
on duty in the Washington office of the
Service on January 11, 1954.

Suomela is one of the United States
Commissioners on both the International

Commission for the Northwest Atlantic
Fisheries and the International Pacific
Salmon Fisheries Commission.
a member of the American Fisheries
Society and the Pacific Fisheries Bi-

ologists.

* KOK OK

Part 151—WHALING PROVISIONS
Basis and purpose. The act of August

9, 1950 (64 Stat. 421; 16 U. S. C. 916-|:
1151.34

916.1), known as the Whaling Conven-
tion Act of 1949, implements the Inter-
national Convention for the Regulation
of Whaling signed at Washington, under
date of December 2, 1946, by the United
States of America and certain other
Governments (62 Stat. 1716). Section
12 of the Whaling Convention Act of
1949 authorizes the Secretary of the In-
terior to adopt such regulations as may
be necessary to carry out the purposes
and objectives of the Convention, the
regulations of the International Whaling
Commission, and the said Whaling Con-
vention Act of 1949.

By Notice of Proposed Rule Making
published in the FrepERAL REGISTER on
July 22, 1955 (20 F. R. 5258), the public
was invited to submit written data, views,
or arguments in connection with regu-
lations proposed to be adopted by the
Secretary of the Interior to give effect
to Articles V, VII, VII, and IX of the
International Convention for the Regu-
lation of Whaling and in furtherance of
the responsibilities imposed upon the
Secretary by section 12 of the Whaling
Convention Act of 1949. Such written
views were required to be filed with John
L. Farley, Director, Fish and Wildlife
Service, Department of the Interior,
Washington 25, D. C., not later than 30
days from the publication of the notice
in the FEDERAL REGISTER.

RULES AND REGULATIONS

No data, views, or arguments having
been received in response to the said
notice, the following regulations, to be-
come effective 30 days after publication
in the FepErat REcIsTER, are adopted to
constitute a new part consisting of
§§151.1t0151.61: ©

DEFINITIONS
Sec.
151.1 -Factory ship.
151.2 Land station. 2
1513 Secondary prosessing land station.
151.4 | Whale catcher.
: LICENSES
151.10 Licenses required to engage in
whaling. - y
151.11 Applications for licenses.
CLOSED SEASONS
161.20 Whale catchers attached to land
stations taking baleen whales.
151.21 Whale catchers attached to land
stations taking sperm whales.
151.22 Whale catchers attached to factory
2 ships taking sperm whales.
* RECORDS AND REPORTS
151.30 Records to be maintained on whale
catchers.
151.31 Records to be maintained on‘factory

ships and at land stations.

4,151.32

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

The rules
He is

1956.

Records to be maintained at second-
ary processing land stations.
Report on employment, craft, and
products of whaling operations.
Records retention period.

151.33

SALVAGE OF UNCLAIMED WHALES

151.40
151.41

No processing license required.

Reporting of salvage of dead whales
required.

MOLESTING OR UNAUTHORIZED INTERFERENCE

WITH WHALES

Molesting whales prohibited.

INSPECTIQN AND ENFORCEMENT

Fish and Wildlife Service employees
designated as enforcement Officers.

State officers designated as enforce-
ment officers.

AUTHORITY: §§ 151.1 to 151.61 issued under
Sec. 12, 64 Stat. 425; 16 U. S. C. 916).

DEFINITIONS

$151.1 Factory ship. The words
“factory ship” mean a vessel in which or
on which whales are treated or proc-
essed, whether wholly or in part.

§ 151.2 Land station. The words
“land station” mean a factory on the
land at which whales are treated or proc-
essed, whether wholly or in part.

§ 151.3 Secondary processing land
station. The words “secondary process-
‘ing land station” mean a factory on the

151.50

151.60
151.61

land which receives from a land station
for further processing any or all of those
parts of whales which are required, by

paragraph 12 of the Schedule of the
Whaling Convention of 1946, as amended

(§ 351.12 of this title), to be processed

by boiling or otherwise.

§ 151.4 Whale catcher.
the purpose of hunting, taking, towing,
holding on to, or scouting for whales.

LICENSES

§ 151.10 Licenses required to engage
No person shall engage in

in whaling.
the taking or processing of blue whales,

fin whales, humpback whales, sei whales,

minke whales, or sperm whales without
first: having obtained an Sppronz inte)
license.

§ 151.11 Applications for licenses.

Applications for licenses to engage in the

taking and processing of whales of the
species listed in § 151.10 shall be sub-

mitted to the Director, Fish and Wild-|;

life Service, Department-of the Interior,

The words
“whale catcher’? mean a vessel used for

factory ships and. at land stations.

Vol. 18, No. 7

WHALING REGULATIONS PUBLISHED:

and regulations governing

the capture and rendering of whales were
published in the Federal Register on
April 18 and became effective May 16,
The rules and regulation as pub-
lished follow:

CLOSED SEASONS

§ 151.20 Whale catchers attached to
land stations taking baleen whales. It
is forbidden to use a whale catcher at-
tached to a land station for the pur-
pose of taking or killing blue whales, fin
whales, humpback whales, sei whales or
minke whales, except during the period
May 1 to October 31 following, both days
inclusive.

§ 151.21 Whale catchers attached to
land stations taking sperm whales. It is
forbidden to use a whale catcher at-
tached to a land station for the purpose
of taking or killing sperm whales except
during the period April 1 to November 30
following, both days inclusive.

§ 151.22 Whale catchers attached to
factory ships taking sperm whales. It is
forbidden to use a whale catcher at-
tached to a factory ship for the purpose
of taking or killing sperm whales
except during the period April 1 to No-
vember 30 following, both days inclusive.

RECORDS AND REPORTS *

§ 151.30 Records to be maintained on
whale catchers. There shall be main-
tained on each whale catcher a suitable
log book or other record in which shall
be recorded the following information,
and such record shall be available for
inspection by any person authorized by
law or by this part to act as an inspector
or enforcement officer, who shall be per-
mitted to abstract therefrom such in-
formation as may be needed by the
United States Government:

(a) The date and hour of the killing
or capture of each whale;

(b) The point in latitude and longi-
tude where each whale is killed or cap=
tured;

(a) The time of delivery of each whale
to the land station or factory ship;

(e) Data specified under: paragraphs
(a), (b)., and (c) of this section for each

| whale killed and later lost, or for some

other reason not delivered to a factory
ship-or land station for processing, with
an account of the circumstances sur-
rounding such loss or nondelivery; and

(f) Any observations on migration of

;whales and on- location of calving
jerounds.

§.151.31 Records to be maintained on
(a)

Washington 25, D. C. Such application
shall be accompanied by the affidavit
or affidavits prescribed in section 6 (d)
and (e) of the Whaling Convention Act
of ee and by a check or United States
ostal. Money Order payable to the} iqhe record-keeping requiremen con-
United States Fish and Wildlife Serviceltained herein marae nes sopiered ee the
in. the appropriate amount as prescribed}Bureau of the Budget in accordance with the
by the scale of license fees in section 6}Federal Reports Act of 1942.
ue the Whaling Convention Act of

There shall be maintained in duplicate
on board each factory ship and at each
land station a detailed record of all
whales received and NPEOC ESSEC as follows:

July 1956

(1) Serial number of the whale (begin
with number 1 on January 1 of each
year).

(2) Species of the whale.

(3) Date and time killed and date and
time received by the factory ship or land
station.

(4) -Sex of ‘the whale. -

(5) Length of.the whale (length to be
measured as specified in paragraph 9 (d)
‘of the Schedule of the Whaling COnven-
‘tion- of 1946, § 351.9 (d) of this title).

(6) Sex of embryo if present.

_ (1 Length of embryo in feet and
inches. -.

(8) A description of the stomach con-
tents of the whale.

(9) Name of whale catcher which took
the whale.

‘(10) Name of gunner who killed the
whale. -

(11) The exact location in which the
whale was taken, stated in degrees and
‘minutes of latitude and longitude.

(12) Under “Remarks” enter, if the
whale is a female, whether lactating or
milk-filled. as well as abnormalities or
peculiarities concerning the whale and
the character and quantity of any por-
tion of the whale transferred - to-a second-
ary processing ‘plant.

(ob). Each sheet of such reports shall
be verified or approved by a person au-
thorized by law or by this part to act-as
inspector or enforcement officer, and the
said duplicate reports for each calendar
year shall be submitted to the Director
of the Fish and Wildlife Service, De-
partment of the Interior, Washington 25,
D..C., within 30 days after the end of
each ‘calendar year.

§ 151.32 Records to be maintained at
secondary processing land stations. (a)
‘There shall be maintained by all licensed
Secondary processing land stations re-
ceiving’ from land stations parts of
‘whales for further processing a suitable
ledger or book in which the following in-
formation shall be recorded, and such
records ghall be available for inspection
by any authorized person:

:(1) The kind and quantity of parts of
whales received.

(2) The date of Receipt thereof. :

(3) ‘The kind and quantity of products
derived therefrom. -

(b) Said ledger or book or certified
true copies thereof shall be submitted in

Department of State

LATEST TRADE AND TARIFF
AGREEMENT CONCLUDED:

The United States Government on
May 23, 1956, signed at Geneva the Pro-
tocol embodying the results of the tariff
negotiations begun on January 18. i
negotiations were conducted under the

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

“duplicate to the Director, Fish and Wild-

life Service, Department of the Interior,
Washington 25, D. C., within 30 days
after the end of each calendar year.

§ 151.33 Report on employment,
craft, and products of whaling opera-
tions, The person or persons responsi-
ble for the operation of every factory
ship, land station and secondary proc-
essing land station shall annually submit
in duplicate to the Director, Fish and
Wildlife Service, Department of the
Interior, Washington 25, D. C., within
30 days_after the end of each calendar
year, a report on employment, craft
and products, which shall show the
mumber of persons employed, the
nature of the task which each per-
forms, and the manner in which each is
remunerated; the number ana type of
vessels operated, including the net ton-
nage and horsepower of whale catchers
and the gross tonnage and horsepower of
other vessels; and the quantity and type
of products manufactured, including
semi-processed products delivered to
secondary. processing land _ stations.
Such reports shall be subscribed and
sworn to by the person or persons re-
sponsible for the operation of said fac-
tory ships, land station and secondary
processing land station before a notary
public or a person authorized by law or
by this part to act as inspector or en-
forcement officer. 5

§ 151.34 Records ‘retention period.
The records required to be maintained
under the regulations in this part shall
be retained by the person or perspns re-
sponsible for their preparation and
maintenance for a period of six months
following the end of the calendar year to
which such records apply.

SALVAGE OF UNCLAIMED WHALES_

§ 151.40 No processing license re-
quired. No license shall be required for
the salvage and processing of any dead
whale found upon a beach or stranded in
shallow water, or of any unclaimed dead
whale found floating at sea.

©. $151. 41 Reporting of salvage of dead
whales required. (a) Any person or
persons salvaging and/or processing any
dead whale of any of the species enum-

_ erated in § 151.10 shall submit a report

in writing to the Director, Fish and

Wildlife Service, Department of the In-

terior, Washington 25, D. C.

(b) Such report shall show the date
and exact locality in which such dead
whale was found, its species and Iength,
the disposition made of the whale, the
firm utilizing or processing it, the prod-
ucts derived therefrom, and any other
relevant facts.

MOLESTING OR UNAUTHORIZED INTERFERENCE
° WITH WHALES

§ 151.50 Molesting whales prohibited.
The chasing, molesting, exciting, or in-
terfering, with firearms or by any other
manner or means, with any whale of the
species listed in § 151.10 or of the species
protected by the provisions of the Inter=
national Convention for the Regulation
of Whaling of 1946 is prohibited. Per-
sons violating this section shall, upon
arrest and conviction, be subject to the
penalties imposed by the Whaling Con-
vention Act of 1949.

INSPECTION AND ENFORCEMENT

§ 151.60 Fish and Wildlife Service
employees designated as enforcement
officers. Any employee of the Fish and
Wildlife Service duly appointed and
authorized to enforce Federal laws and
regulations administered by the Depart-
ment of the Interior and the Fish and
Wildlife Service is authorized and em-
powered to act as a law enforcement
officer for the purposes set forth in the
Whaling Convention Act of 1949.

-$ 151.61 State officers designated as
enforcement officers. Any employee of
a State government who has been duly
designated by the Director of the Fish
and Wildlife Service, with the consent
of the State government concerned, is
authorized and empowered to act as a
Federal law enforcement officer for the
purposes set forth in the Whaling Con-
vention Act of 1949.

‘Issued at Washington, 'D. C., cae dated
April 12, 1956.
DovucLas McKiy,
Secretary oft the Interior.

[F. R. Doc._ 56-2968; Filed,’ Apr.-17, 1956;
8: 46a.m.]

The analysis of results of the negotia-
tions (including details of the individual

The
same time.

auspices of the Contracting Parties to

the General Agreement on Tariffs and

Trade (GATT).

concessions by commodity) completed by
the United States will be released by the
Department of State on June 7.
idential proclamation giving effect on
June 30 to the concessions granted by
the United States will be issued about the

A Pres-

The opening of this protocol for sig-

nature formally marked the end of the

1956 Tariff Conference. The United
States concluded negotiations with all

the 21 other countries participating.
These were Australia, Austria, Belgium,
Canada, Chile, Cuba, Denmark, Domini-
can Republic, Finland, France, West Ger-
many, Haiti, Italy, Luxembourg, Japan,
The Netherlands, Norway, Peru, Sweden,
Turkey, and the United Kingdom.

Harry M. Shooshan, International
Activities Assistant, Technical Review
Staff, represented the Department ofthe
Interior at this tariff negotiating con-
ference.

Note; Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, February
1956, p. 54.

White House

ACTION TAKEN TO HELP
U.S. FISHING INDUSTRY:

The White House announcedonJune 4
a series of actions designed to benefit
the United States fishing industry.

The new program, which is the re-
sult of several months of intensive study
within the administration, will be im-
plemented in two steps.

First, Department of the Interior of-
ficials will undertake immediately the
necessary preliminary steps for the
creation within the Department of a new
bureau with sole responsibility for Fed-
eral programs related to the fisheries.
The new bureau, which will be called
the Bureau of Fisheries, will come into
existence on July 1, and will take over
administration of all fishery responsi-
bilities now vested in the Fish and Wild-
life Service,

Secondly, the administration will re-
quest Congress to enact into Jaw a com-
prehensive commercial fisheries pro-
gram which will provide a broad charter
for the new agency. The administration
bill, which in some respects is modelled
after the so-called Saltonstall-Kennedy
Act due to expire next year, would au-
thorize the Secretary of the Interior to
conduct needed investigations and re-
search into all phases of fishing activi-
ties including oceanographic, biological,

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 7

statistical, and economic studies of the
distribution and abundance of fishery
resources, the development of new and
improved methods of fishing, and the de-
velopment of improved handling methods
and techniques. In addition, the bill
would authorize research into the nutri-
tive value of fish and fishery products,
and many other activities designed to
promote the flow of fishery commodities
in domestic and foreign commerce.

The provisions of the Saltonstall-
Kennedy Act dealing with the transfer of
certain funds from the Department of
Agriculture under Section 32 of the Act
of August 24, 1935 would be continued
on a permanent basis and the present
$3,000,000 limitation on expenditure of
these funds would be removed.

Finally, the administration proposal
includes the establishment of a special
$10,000,000 revolving fund to be used to
make loans for the maintenance, repair,
and equipment of fishing vessels. Loans
made from the fund will carry interest
rates of not less than three percent and
could be made for periods of up to ten
years.

Implementation of these proposals
will strengthen the Government's efforts
to assist the fishing industry and under-
lines the administration's desire to give
greater recognition to the vital role the
United States fisheries play in the Na-
tion's economy.

Highty-Fourth Congress
(Second Session)

Listed on the following page are pub-
lic bills and resolutions that directly or
indirectly affect the
| fisheries and allied in-.
dustries. Public bills
and resolutions are
shown when introduced;
‘| from month to month
the more pertinent re-
ports, hearings, or
chamber actions on the bills shown are
published; and if passed, they are shown
when signed by the President.

July 1956

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM:
S. 2379 (Payne) passed the Senate on May 21, and was sent
‘to the House where it was referred to the House Committee
on Merchant Marine and Fisheries, S, 2379 failed to pass
in the House by not receiving the necessary two-thirds
Majority for a suspension passage,

The House on July 2 passed over without prejudice
H, R, 10433 (similar to S, 2379), relative to training of
fishing industry personnel, H, R, 10433 (amended), a bill
to promote the fishing industry in the United States and its
Territories by providing for training of needed personnel
for such industry; introduced April 11 (McCormack), was
favorably reported to the House on June 21 by the Commit-
tee on Merchant Marine and Fisheries (H. Rept, No, 2745);
referred to the Committee of the Whole House on the State
of the Union,

Introduced in the House May 28, H, R, 11479 (Hale), a
bill to promote the fishing industry in the United States and
its Territories by providing for the training of needed per-
sonnel for such industry; to the Committee on Merchant
Marine and Fisheries (similar to H, R, 10433).

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES POLICY: S, 4021 (Payne) in-
troduced in the Senate June 11, 1956;a pill to e to encourage the
development, marketing, and distribution of domestic fish-
ery resources of the United States, and for other purposes;
to the Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce.
(This bill implements the action taken by the White House on
June 4 to help the United States Fishing Industry and pro-
posed legislation announced on June 8 by Assistant Secreta-
ry of the Interior D’Ewart.)

Also, H, R, 11804 (McIntire) introduced in the House
June 18, 1956; Similar to S, 4021; to the Committee on
Merchant Marine and Fisheries,

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES NATIONAL POLICY AND
FISHERIES GOMMISSION: Senate passed on May 24 with
amendment S, 3275, to establish a sound and comprehensive
national policy with regard to fisheries resources, after
adopting committee amendment (in nature of a substitute),
which had first been amended by Magnuson amendment
transferring from Secretary of the Interior to Fisheries
Division of Interior Department, functions relating to pro-
tection of seals and whales, (See Commercial Fisheries
Review, June 1956, p. 87.)

Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce reported
to the House on July 2, H, R, 9552, to create and prescribe
the functions of the United States Fisheries Commission

@, Rept. 2548).

Introduced in the House May 21, H, R, 11342 (King of
Calif.) and H, R, 11343 (Wilson of Calif), simil: Similar bills to
establish a sound and comprehensive national policy with
respect to the fisheries; to strengthen the fisheries seg-
ment of the national economy; to establish within the De-
partment of the Interior a Fisheries Division; to create
and prescribe the functions of the United States Fisheries
Commission; and for other purposes. Also introduced
May 23, H, R, 11415 (Nicholson); introduced May 28; H. R,
11502 (Tollefson); a all referred to the House Committee on
Merchant Marine and Fisheries, all similar to H, R, 11342
and H, R, 11343, and related to amended S, 3275 passed by
Senate May 04, 24,

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES NATIONAL POLICY AND

H, R, 11570 (Bonner) introduced in the House June 4, 1956,

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

a bill to establish a sound and comprehensive national policy
with respect to fisheries and wildlife; to strengthen the fish-
eries and wildlife segments of the national economy; to create
and establish within the Department of the Interior the office
of Undersecretary of Fisheries and Wildlife; a Fisheries
Service and a Wildlife Service; and for other purposes; to the
Committee on Merchant Marine and Fisheries,

H, R, 11570 (amended) was reported on June 18 favorably
to the full House Committee on Merchant Marine and Fisher-
ies by the Subcommittee on Fisheries and Wildlife Conserva-
tion. Reported favorably to the House by the Committee on
Merchant Marine and Fisheries on June 28 (H, Rept. 2519),
and referred to the Committee of the Whole House on the
State of the Union, The bill as amended would provide for
the following: (1) elevate the U.S, Fish and Wildlife Service
to sub-cabinet level under an Assistant Secretary for Fish
and Wildlife; (2) the Fish and Wildlife Service to be headed
by a single administrator with the title of Commissioner and
consist of two Bureaus within the Service, a Bureau of Com-
mercial Fisheries and a Bureau of Wildlife, each administer-
ed by an individual director; (3) put marine mammals and
such inseparable operations as Federal Aid, River Basin
Studies, and game law enforcement in with Sport Fisheries
and Wildlife administrative and fiscal functions would not be
divided as proposed in many other bills pending before Con-
gress); (4) removal of the limitation on the use of annual
receipts now provided under the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act of
1954, so that approximately $5 million would be available each
year to the Commercial Fishing Industry for authorized ac-
tivities; (5) establish a revolving loan fund of $10 million
for commercial fishermen for operation, maintenance, re-
pair, and replacement of equipment of fishing gear and vessels,
and for research into the basic problems of fisheries,

House Report No, 2519, Establishing a Sound and Compre-
hensive Policy With | Respect to Fisheries and Wildlife June’
28, 1956, 84th Congress, 2nd Session), to accompany H, R,
11570, 7 pp., printed. Committee on Merchant Marine and
Fisheries. Shows the committee amendments and explains
the purpose of the bill,

DEFENSE PRODUCTION ACT OF 1950: President signed
June 2, 1956, H, R. 9852, extending until June 30, 1958, pro-
visions of Defense Production Act of 1950 (P. L. 632).

DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA FISH AND GAME LAWS: S, 3882
(Beall) introduced in the Senate May 18; a bill to revise and _
modernize the fish and game laws of the District of Columbia,
and other purposes. Section 3 of the bill provides that striped
bass or rockfish under 12 inches in length, measured from the
tip of the nose to the tip of the tail, shall not be offered for
sale in the District, Also, H, R, 11250 (Hyde) introduced in
the House May 16, similar to S. 3883 3883 (Beall); both bills re-
ferred to the Committee on the District of Columbia in each
chamber,

FISH HATCHERIES: H, R, 221 (Wickersham) introduced
in the first session (Jan, 5, 1956), a bill to establish rearing
ponds and afishhatchery in western Oklahoma, with amend-
ment was reported to the House on June 7, 1956, by the House
Committee on Merchant Marine and Fisheries and referred to
the Committee of the Whole House on the State of the Union
(H, Rept. 2269). Passed over by the Housewithout prejudice on
June 18 and July 2.

H, R, 8810, to provide for the establishment of a new fish
hatchery atMiles City, Mont.; passed by the Senate on May 21,
1956, without amendment and cleared for the President. Sign-
ed by the President on June 4, (P. L, 565).

H, R, 11548 (Poff) introduced in the House May 31, 1956;
a bill fo provide for the establishment of a new fish hatch-
ery in the vicinity of Point Bank, Va.; to the Committee on
Merchant Marine and Fisheries.

S. 3998 (Aiken) introduced in the Senate June 5, 1956; a
pill to provide for the development of the Federal Fish
hatchery, known as the Holden trout hatchery, at Pittsford,
Vt.; to the Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce,
Reported favorably to the Senate by the Committee on June
21, 1956, Passed without amendment by the Senate on July
2 and cleared for the House.

H, R, 9822 (Ervin), to provide for the establishment of
a new fish hatchery in North Carolina, was signed by the
President June 18, 1956 (P, L. 596). Passed by the Sen-
ate on June 4, 1956, without amendment, Favorably re-
ported to the Senate on May 23 by the Senate Committee on
Interstate and Foreign Commerce (S, Rept. 2038).

FISHERIES DIVISION IN DEPARTMENT OF INTERIOR:
Introduced in the House May 21, H, R, 11324 (Bates), a bill
to establish a sound and comprehensive national policy with
respect to the development, conservation for preservation,
management, and use of fisheries resources, to create and
prescribe the functions of the United States Fisheries Di-
vision of the Department of the Interior, and for other pur-
poses; to the Committee on Merchant Marine and Fisheries,
Similar and related to S. 3694.

GREAT LAKES NAVIGATION RULES: H, R 12095 (Bon-
net), introduced in the House on July 3, a bill to clarify the
application of navigation rules for the Great Lakes and their ‘
connecting, and tributary waters and for other purposes; to
the Committee on Merchant Marine and Fisheries,

INSECTICIDES EFFECTS STUDY UPON FISH AND WILD-
LIFE: H, R, 11839 (Metcalf) introduced inthe HouseJune 19;
a bill to authorize and direct the Secretary of the Interior to
undertake continuing studies of the effects of insecticides,
herbicides, and fungicides upon fish and wildlife for the pur-
poses of preventing losses of those invaluable natural re-
sources following spraying, and to provide basic data on the
various chemical controls so that forests, croplands, and
marshes can be sprayed with minimum losses of fish and
wildlife; to the Committee on Merchant Marine and Fisher-
ies.

INTERIOR DEPARTMENT APPROPRIATIONS: Con-
ferees, in executive session, agreed to file a conference re-
port on the differences between the Senate and House-passed
versions of H, R. 9390, fiscal 1957 appropriations for Inte-
rior Department and related agencies (including the Fish
and Wildlife Service), House adopted the conference report
on H, R. 9390 on June 4 and sent the bill to the Senate, Sen-
ate adopted conference report on H, R. 9390, clearing the
pill for the White House, The bill provides $5,105,000 to
the Fish and Wildlife Service for the Investigations of Re-
sources (including the Branches of Commercial Fisheries,
Fishery Biology, and Wil*life Research).

SEANETTLES AND JELLYFISH RESEARCH: S. 3955
(Butler) introduced in the Senate May 29, 1956, a bili toau-
thorize research by the Fish and Wildlife Service to deter-
mine methods of, and to provide for grants to the states to

assist approved research or other projects for, control or

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 7

extermination of sea nettles and jellyfish in Marine waters
of the United States; to the Committee on Interstate and
Foreign Commerce, H, R, 11627 (Miller) introduced in the
House June 6, 1956; similar to S, 3955.

WATER POLLUTION: S, 890, abillto extend and strengthen

the Water Pollution Control Act. House adopted conference re-
port and cleared the bill for the White House on June 27, 1956.

H, R. 9540, a new bill, was passed by the House June 13 and
sent to conference as a House amendment to S. 890,

WALRUSES: S, 3778 an act to amend the act for the pro-
tection of walruses, passed by Senate.

H, R, 10412 amending the act for the protection of walruses,
reported out of Committee to the House on June 12 (H, Rept.
2333). S, 3778 (in lieu of H, R, 10419), a bill to amend the —
act for the protection of walruses; passed by the House June
18, 1956 and cleared for the White House,

Signed by the President June 29, 1956 (P, L. a The
amendment to the Act permits the taking of one bull walrus
per year by a duly licensed non-native hunter under certain
conditions. Also establishes nonresident and nonnative license
fees and provides other protective regulations,

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES NATIONAL POLICY: Estab-
lishment of a National Policy for Commercial Fisheries
(Hearings before the Subcommittee on Fisheries and Wild-
life Conservation of the Committee on Merchant Marine and
Fisheries, House of Representatives, Eighty-Fourth Con-
gress, Second Session on: H. R, 8001 and identical bills to
establish a national policy with respect to commercial fish-
eries; to establish the office of Assistant Secretary of Com-
merce for Commercial Fisheries, and define his functions,
powers, and responsibilities; to strengthen the commercial
fisheries segment of the national economy, and for other
purposes. H, R, 9552 and identical bills to establish a sound
and comprehensive national policy with respect to the de-
velopment, conservation for preservation, management and
use of fisheries resources, to create and prescribe the func-
tions of the United States Fisheries Commission, and for
other purposes. H, R, 10813 and identical bills to establish
a sound and comprehensive national policy with respect to
the fisheries; to create and prescribe the functions of the
United States Fisheries Commission; to strengthen the fish-
eries segment of the national economy, and for other pur-
poses. H, R, 11309 and identical bills to establish a sound
and comprehensive national policy with respect to fisheries;
to strengthen the fisheries segment of the national economy;
to establish within the Department of the Interior a Fisher-
ies Division; to create and prescribe the functions of the
United States Fisheries Commission; and for other purposes.
H, R, 11570 to establish a sound and comprehensive national
policy with respect to fisheries and wildlife; to strengthen
the fisheries and wildlife segments of the national economy;
to create and establish within the Department of the Interior
the Office of Undersecretary of Fisheries and Wildlife, a
Fisheries Service and a Wildlife Service; and for other pur-
poses. May 10, 21, 22, and June 8, 1956), 253 pp., printed.
Presents the statements of the witnesses appearing before
the Committee; information supplied the Committee by var-
ious individuals, Congressmen, and organizations; reports

, from Federal Departments; and the texts of the various bills.

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

FISHERY
INDICATORS

am
CHART |

In Millions of Pounds

FISHERY LANDINGS for SELECTED STATES

Legend:

1956
1955

CUMULATIVE DATA

4 MQS. 1956 - 24.4 2 MQS. 1956 - 41.1 |—
4 1955 - 26.9 2 1955 - 38.4
12 1955 - 255.4 12 1955 - 515.3

MASSACHUSETTS

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

FLORIDA
CUMULATIVE DATA
15.6 |_

20.7
67.3

S mgs. 1956 -
5 1955 -
12 1955 -

LOUISIANAZ

errrog

CUMULATIVE DATA

2 MQS. 1956 - 20.8
2, 1955 - 21.4
12 1955 - 174.3

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

NEW JERSEY

CUMULATIVE DATA

4 mgs. 1956 - 21.5
4 1955 - 15.3
1955 - 412.2

CUMULATIVE DATA

12.4
17.3
- 124.9

4 QS. ves =
1955

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
2/ONLY PARTIAL--INCLUDES LANDINGS AT PRINCIPAL PORTS.

catirornia2!

CUMULATIVE DATA

S mgs. 1956 - 267.2 1956 - 12.4

MOS.

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

1955 - 180.8
1955 - 639.5

1955 - 9.0
1955 - 45.5

5
12

0
JAN FEB

T/ONLY PARTIAL--INCLUDING PRODUCTION OF MAJOR FISHERIES AND MARKET FISH
SM TAN Vinci pal uric menoTel

MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC FEB

MAR_APR_ MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

100 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

CHART 2 - LANDINGS for SELECTED FISHERIES

In Millions of Pounds

HADDOCK OCEAN PERCH
(Maine and Massachusetts) (Maine and Massachusetts)

CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA

2 MQS. 1956 - 17.2]- 2 mgs. 1956 - 13.7
2 4) 1955 = 15:2 2 4 1955 - 13.9
12 1955 - 118.0 12 1955 - 157.0

PPPs

1/ SHRIMP WHITING
(Gulf States—' including Florida West Coast) (Maine and Massachusetts)

CUMULATIVE DATA ATA

3 gS. 1956 - 14,1 setts, 1955 - 94.0
3 1955 - 32.3 teen eeeet® 1954 - 65.3
12 "1955 - 187.3 ea .

=
:

o oe

eee,
D te

0 bs
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC
1/LA. & ALA. DATA BASED ON LANDINGS AT PRINCIPAL PORTS AND ARE NOT COM-

PLETE. In Thousands of Tons

MENHADEN
(East and Gulf Coasts)

CUMULATIVE DATA
240} 5 mgs. 1956 - 118.8

Ss 1955 - 66.9
1955 - 953.1

PACIFIC AND JACK MACKEREL
(California)

- 1956 - 20.2
1955 - 3.9
1955 - 27.6

A 0
o JUAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC Z JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC
In Thousands of Tons

TUNA AND TUNA-LIKE Fisn2!

CUMULATIVE DATA

(California)
CUMULATIVE DATA

1955/56 SEASON TOTAL,
AUG. -JULY

1954/55 SEASON TOTAL,
AUG. -JULY - 67.1

1954/55 SEASON,

S MgS. 1956 - 90.7
D5 1955 - 64.9
12 1955 -183.7

Legend:

1956/57
seneneeeeee1955/56

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC
2/RECEIPTS BY CALIFORNIA CANNERIES, INCLUDING IMPORTS .

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

101

CHART 3 - COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS and FREEZINGS _|
of FISHERY PRODUCTS *

In Millions of Pounds

U. S. & ALASKA HOLDINGS

U. S. & ALASKA FREEZINGS

CUMULATIVE DATA

4 mgs. 1956 - 63.4
4) muinl 9559116553
12 1955 - 314.7

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

NEW ENGLAND HOLDINGS!/ MIDDLE & SOUTH ATLANTIC HOLDINGS2/

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC
1/MAINE, MASSACHUSETTS, RHODE ISLAND, AND CONNECTICUT. 2/ALL EAST COAST STATES FROM N.¥

+» SOUTH,

MIDDLE WEST HOLDINGS3/ GULF & SOUTH CENTRAL HOLDINGS4/

ew .

JAN.FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC
3/OH10, IND., ILL., MICH., WIS., MINN., IOWA, MO., N. DAK., NEBR. & KANS. 4/ata., MISS., LA., TEX

oF +, ARK., KY, & TENN.

WASHINGTON, OREGON, AND ALASKA HOLDINGS

CALIFORNIA HOLDINGS

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEG

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
ie *Excludes salted, cured, and smoked products.

102 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

CHART 4 - RECEIPTS and COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS of FISHERY
PRODUCTS at PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTION CENTERS

_ In Millions of Pounds
RECEIPTS—’ AT WHOLESALE SALT-WATER MARKET

(FRESH AND FROZEN) NEW YORK

CUMULATIVE DATA

mgs. 1956 - 63.9 CITY

1955 - 68.8
1955 - 165.4

COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS 2

ogo #88 way. peti.
oo Taasertt *s,

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

1/\NCLUDE TRUCK AND RAIL IMPORTS FROM CANADA AND DIRECT VESSEL LANDINGS
AT NEW YORK CITY.

RECEIPTS AT WHOLESALE MARKET
(FRESH AND FROZEN)

CUMULATIVE DATA

COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS

4 MQS « 1956 - 39.4
cl 1955 - 37.6
w2_"_ 1955 = 111.8

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SEATTLE

WHOLESALE MARKET RECEIPTS, LANDINGS,
& IMPORTS (FRESH & FROZEN)

CUMULATIVE DATA

5 MgS. 1956 - 23.0
B AGES S SHG
12 1955 - 95.7,

0 JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

FISH OIL
FISH MEAL aek
(In Thousands of Tons) (In Millions of Gallons)

CUMULATIVE DATA

SMgs. 1956 - 3.1
S 5 Wess ta
12 1955 - 24.6

5 MQS. 1956 - 43.5
5 1955 = 26:7
12 1955 - 264.3

UAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

JAN FEB

MAR_APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 103

CHART 6- CANNED PACKS of SELECTED FISHERY PRODUCTS

In Thousands of Standard Cases

Legend: 2/
TUNA AND TUNA-LIKE FISH - CALIFORNIA 1956 MACKEREL— - CALIFORNIA

peseeeeaesel O55)

CUMULATIVE DATA

5 MgS. 1956 - 4,153.7
ool eS 1955 - 27894:6
1955 - 8)246.0

5 Mgs. 1956
Sipe 955
12

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC
2/\NCLUDES PACIFIC MACKEREL AND JACK MACKEREL.

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

ANCHOVIES- CALIFORNIA SALMON - ALASKA

CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA

5S MgsS. 1956 - 448.3 1800} TOTAL 1955 SEASON - 2,38
5, 1955 - 470.8 TOTAL 1954 SEASON - 3,10:
12 1955 - 623.5

STANDARD CASES

Variety No. Cans Can Designation Net Wgt.
SARDINES ....... 100 } drawn 31 oz.

SHRIMP cisjeiatstelelelele 48 =e oz.
48 No. } tuna oz.

48 No. 1 oval oz.

ececccce 48 1-pound tall

ANCHOVIES ..... 48 4b.

ol
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC
1/1NCLUDING SEA HERRING.

SARDINES - CALIFORNIA SHRIMP - GULF STATES

CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA

1955/56 SEASON,
AUG. -MAY - 589.6
1954/55 SEASON,
AUG. -JULY AUG. -MAY =
1954/55 SEASON,
AUG. -JULY

0
MAR_APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY

104 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 7

CHART 7 - U.S. FISHERY PRODUCTS IMPORTS

In Millions of Pounds

GROUNDFISH (INCLUDING OCEAN PERCH)FILLETS,
FRESH & FROZEN

5 mgs. 1956 -

5 1955 -

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SHRIMP, FRESH & FROZEN, FROM MEXICO

CUMULATIVE DATA

4 MQS. 1956 - 18.9
sa 1955 - 10.6

12 1955 - 45,8

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

TUNA, FRESH & FROZEN

4 MQS. 1956 -
44 1955 -

12 1955 - 145.2

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

U. S. IMPORTS OF CANNED TUNA ANDTUNA- LIKE FISH

(IN OIL AND IN BRINE)
CUMULATIVE DATA

4 MgS. 1956 - 16.3

4 | 1955 - 16.5

12 1955 - 50.8

~ =

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

FILLETS & STEAKS OTHER THAN GROUNDFISH,
FRESH & FROZEN

CUMULATIVE DATA

» 1956 - 19.1
mas 1955 - 15.6
1955 - 55.2

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

LOBSTER & SPINY LOBSTER, FRESH & FROZEN

CUMULATIVE DATA

4 mgs. 1956 - 13.7
te 1955 - 13.1
1955 - 45.4

porerrrriy

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SEA HERRING, FRESH, THROUGH MAINE PORTS

CUMULATIVE DATA

4 mgs. 1956 - .3
BOT) GE S 58)
12 1955 - 5.3

JOV_ DEC

CANNED SARDINES
(IN OIL AND NOT IN OIL)

CUMULATIVE DATA

4 mgs. 1956 - 6.7
4 1955 - 6.8
1955 - 21.6

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

July 1956

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE
PUBLICATIONS

THESE PROCESSED PUBLICATIONS ARE AVAILABLE FREE FROM
THE DIVISION OF INFORMATION, U. S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERV-
ICE, WASHINGTON 25, D. C. TYPES OF PUBLICATIONS ARE DESIG--
NATED AS FOLLOWS:

CFS - CURRENT FISHERY STATISTICS OF THE UNITED STATES
AND ALASKA.
FISHERY LEAFLETS.
SL - STATISTICAL SECTION LISTS OF DEALERS IN AND PRO-
DUCERS OF FISHERY PRODUCTS AND BYPRODUCTS.
MARKET DEVELOPMENT LISTS.

SEP. - SEPARATES (REPRINTS) FROM COMMERCIAL FISHERIES
REVIEW.

Number Title
CFS-1276 - Frozen Fish Report, Annual 1955,

14 pp.
CFS-1283 - Texas Landings, Jan. 1956, 3 pp.
CFS-1291 - Frozen Fish Report, Feb. 1956, 8 pp.
CFS-1293 - New York Landings, Jan. 1956, 4 pp.
CFS-1294 - Florida Landings, Dec. 1955, 6 pp.
CFS-1301 - Mississippi Landings, Jan. 1956, 2 pp.
CFS-1302 - California Landings, Dec. 1955, 4 pp.
CFS-1303 - New Jersey Landings, Feb. 1956, 3 pp.
CFS-1304 - Texas Landings, Feb. 1956, 3 pp.
CFS-1306 - Frozen Fish Report, Mar. 1956, 8pp.
CFS-1307 - FishStick Report, Jan. -Mar. 1956, 2pp.
CFS-1308 - NorthCarolina Landings, Feb. 1956

2 pp.
CFS-1310 - Mississippi Landings, Feb. 1956, 2 pp.
CFS-1315 - Rhode Island Landings, Feb. 1956, 3 pp.
CFS-1319 - Maine Landings, Feb. 1956, 3 pp.
CFS~-1320 - Alabama Landings, Feb. 1956, 2 pp.
CFS-1321 - Chesapeake Fisheries, 1954 Annual

Summary, 8 pp.
CFS-1322 - Ohio Landings, Mar. 1956, 2 pp.
CFS-1332 - Shrimp Landings, Mar. 1956, 4 pp.
CFS-1334 - Maine Landings, Mar. 1956, 3 pp.

WHOLESALE DEALERS IN FISHERY PRODUCTS:

SiS 3 - Massachusetts, 1955 (revised), 9 pp.
SL - 16 - Florida, 1955 (revised), 9 pp.

FIRMS CANNING FISHERY PRODUCTS:

SL -102A - Pacific Sardines, 1955, 1 p.

SL -102 - Maine Sardines, 1955 (including sea
herring), 1 p.

SL -103 - Tuna and Tunalike Fishes, 1955, 2 pp.

SL -104 - Mackerel, 1955, 1p.

SL -105 - Alewives and Alewife Roe, 1955, 1 p.

SL -108 - Salmon Eggs for Bait, 1955, 1 p.

SL -112 - Shrimp, 1955, 2 pp.

SL -117 - Pacific Sea Herring, 1955, 1 p.

SL =119 =+Squid, 1955, 1 p.

SL -120 - Anchovies, 1955, 1 p.

FL -336bb - Commercial Fisheries Outlook,

Apr.-June 1956, 40 pp.
FL -393 - Fisheries of the United States &

Alaska, 1955 (revised), 3 pp.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Fa EDA

Y PUBLICATIONS &

(A aE athe BS 8 an 0 pn mme eeT B a BSE ITE FOF

105

MARKET DEVELOPMENT LISTS (REVISED):

MDL-11 - New Hampshire Locker Plants, May
19565 1 p:

MDL-15 - Mississippi Locker Plants, Mar. 1956,
3 pp.

MDL-32 - New Mexico Locker Plants, May 1956,
3 pp.

MDL-47 - Wyoming Locker Plants, May 1956, 3 pp.

MDL-53 - Nevada Locker Plants, May 1956, 1 p.

Sep. No. 438 - Technological Studies on the Proc-
essing of Sea Lions.

Sep. No. 439 - Iron Sulfide Discoloration of Tuna
Cans, No. 3 - Effect of Variables@mtroduced by
the Fish.

Sep. No. 440 - Research in Service Laboratories
(June 1956): Contains these short articles--"'Fish
Oils inSprays for Citrus Trees," ''Alaska Shrimp
Waste has Possibilities as Hatchery Food,"
"Tech. Note. No. 33 - Reduction of Dehydration
in Frozen Fish-Fillet Blocks," ''Interim Feder-
al Specifications for Canned Sardines."

THE FOLLOWING SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ARE AVAILABLE ONLY
FROM THE SPECIFIC OFFICE MENTIONED,

Gulf Monthly Landings, Production, and Shipments
of Fishery Products, March 1956, 5 pp. (Market
News Service, U.S. Fishand Wildlife Service,
609-611 FederalBldg., New Orleans 12, ka.)
Gulf States shrimp, oyster, finfish, and blue crab
landings; crab meat production; LCL express
shipments from New Orleans; and wholesale
prices of fish and shellfish on the New Orleans
French Market; for the month indicated.

Boston Fishery Products Monthly Summary, March
1956, 16 pp. Boston Fishery Products Monthly
Summary, April 1956, 16 pp. (Market News
Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 10
Commonwealth Pier, Boston 10, Mass.) Land-
ings and ex-vessel prices for fares landed at
the Boston Fish Pier and sold through the New
England Fish Exchange; and Boston frozen fish-
ery products prices to primary wholesalers;
for the months indicated.

(New York) Monthly Summary, February 1956, Re-
ceipts of Fishery Products at the New York City

Wholesale Salt-Water Market, 4 pp. Monthly
Summary-March 1956, Receipts of Fishery Prod-

N.Y.) Receipts inthe salt-water section of the
Fulton Fish Market by species and by states and
provinces for the month indicated.

California Fishery Products Monthly Summary,
March 1956, 10pp. Market News Service, U. S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Post Office Bldg.,
San Pedro, Calif. California cannery receipts
of raw tuna andtunalike fish, herring, and squid;
pack of canned tuna, mackerel, herring, anchov-
ies, andsquid; marketfish receipts at San Pedro,

106

Santa Monica, Eureka, and San Diego areas; U-
nited States imports of fishery products into
California and Arizona; cold-storage freezings
and holdings of fishery products; canned fish and
frozen shrimp prices at the primary or whole-
sale level; for the month indicated.

Monthly 5 ummary of Fishery Products Production
in Selected Areas of Virginia, North Carolina,
and Maryla Maryland, nd, April 1956, 1956, 4 pp. (Market News

Service, U. S. Fish and snd Wildlife Service, 18S.
King St., Hampton, Va.) Fisheries production
for the Virginia areas of Hampton Roads, Lower
Northern Neck, and Eastern Shore; the Mary-
land areas of Crisfield, Cambridge, and Ocean
City; and the North Carolina areas of Atlantic,
Beaufort, and Morehead City; together with
cumulative and comparative data; for the month
indicated.

(Chicago) March 1956 Monthly Summary of Chi-
cago's s Fresh a and Frozen Fishery Products _
Receipts and and Wholesale Prices, 10 pp., (Mar-
ket News Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ice, 565 W. Washington St., Chicago 6, Ill.) Re-
ceipts at Chicago by species and by ‘states and
provinces; fresh-water fish, shrimp, and froz-
en fillet wholesale market prices; for the month
indicated.

(Seattle) Monthly Summary of Fishery Products,
April 1956, 4 pp. (Market News Service, U. S.

Fish and nd Wildlife Service, 421 BellSt. Terminal,
Seattle 1, Wash.) Includes landings and local
receipts as reported by Seattle and Astoria
(Oregon) wholesale dealers.

"Mortality of Olympia Oysters at Low Témpera-
tures," by Harry C. Davis, 3 pp., printed. (Re-
printed from Biological Bulletin, vol. 109, no. 3,
December 1955, pp. 404-406.) (Available free
from the Fishery Biological Laboratory, U. S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Milford, Conn.)

Open Letter to All Aku Fishermen, 6 pp., illus.
processed. (Available free from Pacific Ocean-
ic Fishery Investigations, P.O. Box 3830, Hono-
lulu, Hawaii.)

MISCELLANEOUS
PUBLICATIONS

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND
WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE OR-
GANI ZATION TSSUING THEM. CORRESPONDENCE REGARDING PUBLICA-

TIONS THAT FOLLOW SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO THE RESPECTIVE OR-
GANIZATION OR PUBLISHER MENTIONED, DATA ON PRICES, IF READ-
ILY AVAILABLE, ARE SHOWN.

"Age Composition of the Southern California Catch
of Pacific Mackerel for the 1954/55 Season," by
John E. Fitch, article, California Fish and
Game, vol. 42, no. 2, ‘April 1956, pp. 143-148,
printed. California Department of Fish and
Game, 926 J St., Sacramento 14, Calif.

Aktuelle Fryseritekniske Spdrsmal (Topical Re-

frigeration Problems), articles, Fiskeridirek-
toratet Skrifter, 1954, Serie Teknologiske Un-
dersokelser, vol. 2, no. 15, 1954, 149 pp.,
illus., printed in Norwegian.

(Alabama) Department of Conservation, Report for
Fiscal Year October 1, 1954, September 30, 1955,

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

WON, i, IN@> 7

232 pp., illus., printed. Department of Con-
servation, Montgomery 4, Ala., 1956. Presents
the annual reports of the Alabama Department
of Conservation for the fiscal year October 1,
1954, through September 30, 1955. Among
these are reports from the Fish Management
Section and Fisheries Research Section of the
Department's Division of Game and Fish. The
primary objective of the Fish Management Sec-
tion is to apply fish management techniques in
Such a way as to obtain the highest possible
production and harvest of fish from the inland
fresh waters of the State. In the Fisheries Re-
search Section, work was continued at Auburn
upon fish parasites, the toxicity of various
chemicals to fish and fish food organisms, pond
weed control, the effect of herbicides upon fish
production, and other phases of pond and lake
management. The Division of Seafoods reports
on the shrimp, clam, and oyster research pro-
grams, shrimp and oyster production, and other
activities.

(Alaska) 1954 Annual Report, Report No. 6, 92 pp.,
illus., printed. Alaska Fisheries Board and
Alaska Department of Fisheries, Juneau, Alaska,
1956. Summarizes the activities of the Alaska
Fisheries Board and the Alaska Department of
Fisheries for 1954. The work of the Biological
Research Division was centered on the investiga-
tions of the troll salmon fishery of Southeastern
Alaska, the salmon runs of the Taku River, the
black cod fishery, the Kodiak king crab, and with
continued construction and improvement of fa-
cilities at the Kitoi Bay Research Station. The
king crab investigation has already paid divi-
dends in pointing the way toward proper man-
agement of this new industry. Also describes
the inspection, predator control, sport fish, and
watershed management programs. The statis-
tical part of the report contains data on the val-
ue of canned salmon by species (1945-54); num-
ber of canneries and the salmon pack (1945-54);
salmon catch by ‘gear, species, and districts,
1954; quantity and value of Alaska fisheries
landings (1945-54); and quantity and value of
Alaska fisheries products as prepared for mar-
ket (1945-54). In addition to a financial state-
ment, the report concludes with a discussion of
the plans of the Department and its future out-
look.

Annual Report of the Fisheries Research Board of

~~ Canada for the Year 1954, 187 pp., printed (in-
troduction is in English < and French and balance
of report in English). Fisheries Research Board
of Canada, Ottawa, Canada, 1954. Full reports
are presented of the work for 1954 of the bio-
logical and experimental stations of the Fisher-
ies Research Board of Canada. The work of the
Board is organized in three closely coordinated
fields: Biological, technological, and oceano-
graphic. During 1954 much effort was also ex-
pended in the field of industrial development.
Stations for the study of the biology of fish are
maintained at St. Andrews, N. B.; St. John's,
Newfoundland; Winnipeg, Manitoba; and Nanai-
mo, B. C. Biological investigations in the East-
ern Arctic are carried out from headquarters
on the McGill University Campus, Montreal,
P. Q. For greater convenience in covering the
great distances involved these principal stations
maintain field stations at appropriate places and
port observers at the major fishing centers.

July 1956

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 107

The workers at these stations are concerned
with the stocks of fish as they occur in the o-
cean or fresh water; finding out how many are
caught, where and when they are caught, and
how much effort was expended in catching them.
Also studied are the rates of growth of popu-
lations of fish, their age at maturity, their fe-
cundity, and their mortality, all with a view to
determining the level of fishing effort which
will exploit the fish populations most efficiently
and profitably. Technological stations are
situated at Halifax, N. S.; Grand River, P. Q.;
and Vancouver, B. C. A technological unit
comprised primarily of engineering services is
stationed at St. John's, Newfoundland. Work-
ers at these stations devote their attention to
the fish from the time they are taken out of

the water until they are purchased by the con-
sumer. Experiments are carried out to im-
prove methods in handling, preserving, proc-
essing and transporting fish, and in making
useful products out of fish waste. Oceanograph-
ic work continues to be carried on from the
coastal biological stations. A list of the publi-
cations and reports that were published in 1954
by the Board is included.

"The Atlantis Marine Geological Expedition to Peru

and Chile," by Dr. Parker D. Trask, article,
Nature, vol. 177, no. 4506, March 10, 1956, pp.
454-455, printed, single copy 2s. (28U.S. cents).
Macmillan & Co., Ltd., St. Martin's St., Lon-
don, W. C. 2, England. Describes an expedi-
tion conducted under the auspices of Woods
Hole Oceanographic Institution. The research
vessel Atlantis was used to explore the deep
trenches that lie off the coast of Peru and north-
ern Chile during November and December 1955.
The primary objective of the expedition was to
study the sediments.

Bulletin of the Japanese Society of Scientific Fish-

eries, vol. 20, 1954, printed in Japanese with
summaries in English. Japanese Society of
Scientific Fisheries, Tokyo, Japan. Contains
among others the following articles: '"Experi-
ment on the Antisepsis of Foods by Radioactive
Rays. Preliminary Report--Preservation of
Foods by Gamma-Radiation;" and Parts I and
II--"Studies on the Concentration of Liver Oils.
Application of Paper Chromatography for Se-
lecting Solvent."

Bulletin of the Japanese Society of Scientific Fish-

eries, vol. 20, 1955, illus., printed in Japanese
with summaries in English. Japanese Society
of Scientific Fisheries, Tokyo, Japan. Contains
among others the following articles: Parts II,
III, IV, and V--"Experiment on the Antisepsis
of Foods by Radioactive Rays. Preservation of
Foods by Gamma-Radiation;"' 'On the Relation
between Height of Drying Position of Fish and
Number of Attached Flies;'' and ''Studies on the
Economical Manufacture of Vitamin A Concen-
trate from Fish Liver Oil. VI. Esterification
of Vitamin A Concentrate. Acetylation and
Palmitylation with Acid Chloride."

Bulletin of the Japanese Society of Scientific Fish-

eries, vol. 21, 1955, printed in Japanese with
summaries in English. Japanese Society of

Scientific Fisheries, Tokyo, Japan. Contains
among others the following articles: Parts I and
II--"Studies on Utilization of Fish-Wastes. On
Preservation with Cereals, their Offals, and
Sawdust."

Bulletin Officiel D'Information du Conseil Super-
ieur de la Peche (Official Information Bulletin
of the Supreme Fishery Council), Number 23,
January-February-March 1956, 71 pp., illus.,
printed in French. Conseil Superieur de la
Peche, 1 Avenue de Lowendal, Paris, France.

(Canada) Department of Fisheries Twenty -Fifth
Annual Report, 1954-1955, 79 pp., printed. De-
partment of Fisheries, Ottawa, Canada. This
is the 88th Annual Fisheries Report of the Gov-
ernment of Canada. Discusses the conservation
and development service; inspection and con-
sumer service; markets and economics service;
information and educational service; industrial
development service; Fishermen's Indemnity
Plan; Fisheries Prices Support Board; Fisher-
ies Research Board; international commissions;
and special committees. A section of the re-
port is devoted to a review (with statistics) of
Canada's fishing industry during 1954. An ap-
pendix presents the financial statements of the
Department's various activities for 1954-55.

(Canada) Journal of the Fisheries Research Board
272, illus., printed. Fisheries Research Board
of Canada, Ottawa, Canada. Contains, among
others, the following articles: 'Jellied Condi-
tion in the American Plaice, Hippoglossoides
platessoides (Fabricius),'' by Wilfred Temple-
man and Gertrude L. Andrews; "'Spoilage of
Fish in the Vessels at Sea: 3. The Value of
Nitrite Ice and Nitrite Dips for the P~eserva-
tion of Gutted Fish in the Hold of the Vessel,"
by C. H. Castell and G. K. Gunnarsson; "At-
lantic Salmon Tagged in East Coast Newfound-
land Waters at Bonavista," by A. A. Blair; and
"Effects of Temperature, Salinity and Oxygen
on the Survival of the American Lobster,'' by
D. W. McLeese.

(Canada) Preliminary Annual Report of the Mari-
time Fisheries, 1955, 43 pp., processed, in
French and English. Quebec Bureau of Statis-
tics, Department of Trade and Commerce, Que-
bec, Canada. Statistics show quantity and value
of fish caught in the Province of Quebec during
1955, 1954, and 1953, by species, counties, and
landing points; and catch and disposition of the
principal species of fish.

(Ceylon) Progress Reports, Biological and Tech-
nological, No. 1, 23 pp., illus., printed. Fish-
eries Research Station, Department of Fisher-
ies, Colombo, Ceylon, July 1955. Includes the
following articles: ''An Investigation into the
Keeping Qualities of Ungutted Fish from the
Trawlers,"' by A. W. Lantz and L. D. Gunase-
kera; 'Preservation of Fish,'' by A. W. Lantz
and C. Gunasekera; 'Fishery By-products--
Liquid Fish Meal," by A. W. Lantz and C. Gun-
asekera; ''Study of Wadge Bank Trawl Fishery,"
by S. Sivalingam and J. C. Medcof; "Ceylon
Moss--A Marine Source," by M. Durairatnam

108

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 7

and J. C. Medcof; and ''Ceylon's Beach Seine
Fishery,'' by P. Canagaratnam and J. C. Med-
cof?

Commercial Utilization of Dolphins (Porpoises) in
Ceylon, by A. W. Lantz and C. Gunasekera,
Bulletin No. 3, 14 pp., illus., printed. Depart-
ment of Fisheries, Colombo, Ceylon.

(Delaware) Annual Report of the Delaware Com-
mission of Shell SSESTL ae the State of Dela-

Commission of Shell Fisheries, Dover, Del.,
1955. Short description of oyster industry.

Die DLG-Leistungsprufung fur Fischwaren, 1954
"(The DLG Performance Test for Fishery Prod-
ucts, 1954), by W. Ludorff, article, Dtsch.
Lebensmitt.-Rdsch., vol. 51, 1955, pp. 154-
158, printed.

Directory of Public Refrigerated Warehouses, 1956,
148 pp., illus., printed. National Association
of Refrigerated Warehouses, Tower Bldg.,
Washington 5, D. C. Contains complete up-to-
date listings of the organization, services, and
facilities of all NARW member companies
(specializing in the safe storage of perishable
commodities requiring freezer or cooler serv-
ice) operating throughout the United States, its
possessions, and various foreign countries.

East African Marine Fisheries Research Organ-
ization Annual Report, 1954-1955, 92 pp., illus.,
printed. Government Printer, Nairobi, Kenya,
1955. This report covers all of 1954 and from
January 1-June 30, 1955. It describes the Or-
ganization's scientific investigations of the eco-
nomically-valuable fishes of East African wa-
ters and fishing methods.

"Exploring Davy Jones's Locker with Calypso,"' b
Capt. Jacques-Yves Cousteau, article, The Na-
tional Geographic Magazine, vol. CIX, no. 2,
February 1956, pp. 149-161, illus., printed,
single copy 75 cents. National Geographic
Society, Washington 6, D. C. Describes an
expedition of the ocean research vessel, Calyp-
so, in which tests were made with a new camera
designed by Dr. Harold E. Edgerton to take the
world's first photographs under the Indian Ocean
and Red Sea.

"Fisheries and Naval Architecture,'' by Jan-Olof
Traung, article, FAO Fisheries Bulletin, vol.
VI, no. 4, October-December 1955, pp. 167-
197, illus., printed. Food and Agriculture
Organization of the United Nations, Rome, Italy.
A discussion of fisheries and naval architecture
with chapters on (1) models; (2) the fisheries
naval architect; (3) naval architects need to
go fishing; (4) approach to the work; (5) boats
will always be improved; (6) the dilemma of
speed; (7) hull shape; (8) importance of sharp
entrance; (9) block co-efficient; (10) prismatic
co-efficient; (11) shape of the aft body; (12) im-
portance of sharp propeller posts; (13) scope
for improvement; (14) sea-kindliness; (15) pro-
pellers; (16) selection of engines; (17) hull
construction;, (18) work to be done; and (19) in-
creased recognition of naval architecture in
fisheries.

Fishes of Japan, by Yaichiro Okada, 462 pp., illus.,
printed, $10. Maruzen Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Jap-
an, 1955. Describes and illustrates 391 species
of fish which inhabit the waters in and around
Japan. Gives information on the distribution,
ecology, life history, method of capture, and
utilization of the various species. Also includes
a list of the scientific, Japanese, and English
names of the fish.

"Fish Meals as Amino Acid Sources in Chick Ra-
tions,"" by C. R. Grau and M. A. Williams,
article, Poultry Science, vol. 34, 1955, pp. 810--
817, printed. Poultry Science, Kansas State
College, Manhattan, Kansas.

"Fishing Vessels and the Principle of Innocent
Passage," by Charles B. Selak, Jr., article
American Journal of International Law, vol. 48,
no. 4, October 1954, pp.~627-635, printed,
single copy $2. The American Journal of Inter-
national Law, 1826 Jefferson Pl. NW., Wash-
ington 6, D. C.

Fourteenth Annual Report of the Atlantic States

Marine Fisheries Commission (to the Congress
of the United States and to the Governors and
Legislators of the Fifteen Compacting States),
62 pp., printed. Atlantic States Marine Fish-
eries Commission, 22 West First St., Mount
Vernon, N. Y., April 1956. In this annual re-
port the Commission reports progress on fish-
ery research projects initiated and carried on
by the Commission and on its behalf by the U. S.
Fish and Wildlife Service. Under the North
Atlantic Section of the report are included dis-
cussions of projects dealing with lobsters, had-
dock, clams, freezing fish in the round at sea,
rebuilding the Service's Woods Hole Laboratory,
ocean perch, cooperative striped bass program,
shad, yellowtail flounder, exploratory fishing,
catch statistics, fishery college in Massachusetts,
Atlantic salmon, sea scallops, dams in the Con-
necticut River, dragging operations, industrial
fishing (formerly called ''trash"' fishing), whit-
ing, Maine herring, fluke, technological program
under Saltonstall-Kennedy Act, and the need for
improving technological facilities. Under the
Middle Atlantic Section there is a discussion of
projects dealing with shad, Delaware River an-
adromous fisheries management program, gray
sea trout (weakfish), cooperative striped bass
program, catch statistics, fluke, offshore ocean
fisheries and waste disposal problems, sea
scallops, dragging operations, sportfish surveys,
yellowtail flounder, hard clams, menhaden stud-
ies, and Saltonstall-Kennedy funds for state re-
search. The Chesapeake Bay Section includes
discussions of projects concerned with croaker,
blue crab, Chesapeake Bay Institute, shad, co-
operative striped bass program, oysters, joint
legislative committee on migratory finfish,
menhaden, clams, deposits of mine waters in
Chesapeake Bay, catch statistics, and finfish
research. Under the South Atlantic Section a
discussion of the following programs is included:
cooperative offshore research program, shrimp,
shad, license fees and severance taxes, catch
statistics, cooperative striped bass program,
bluefin tuna, gear development, out-of-state
boats in inland waters, sale of fish by anglers,
pollution, blue crabs, marketing survey of Flori-
da fisheries, southern oyster technological

July 1956

research, and recommendations of the Interna-
tional Law Commission. Another section of the
report deals with the following general subjects:
catch statistics; Northwest Atlantic fisheries;
Amendments No. 1 and No. 2 to the Atlantic
States Marine Fisheries Compact--Common
Fisheries and Inland Fisheries; fisheries re-
search; legislation needed; activity of the fish-
ing industry; the growing giant--sportfishing;
vessel insurance survey; cooperative striped
bass program; Federal water pollution control
legislation; fisheries education; Northern Re-
gional Committee on Marine Science; and re-
port of International Law Commission re ter
ritorial waters and offshore fisheries.

(Gold Coast) Report of the Fisheries Department

for the Year 1954-55, by F. R. Johnson, 10 pp.
illus., printed, 2s. (28 U. S. cents). Govern-
ment Printing Department, Accra, Gold Coast,
1956. This report, which covers the period
from April 1954 through March 1955, describes
the activities of the Fisheries Department as
follows: (1) continued experiments in the use of
motor surfboats as fishing vessels and the train-
ing of crews; (2) trawl catch; (3) construction
of a fishing harbor at the port of Tema; (4) ca-
noe fisheries; (5) building of motor fishing ves-
sels in the Department's yard at Sekondi; and

(6) development of the river fisheries.

Growth Studies inthe Quahog, VENUS MERCENARIA,

by Alton H. Gustafson, 11 pp., illus., processed.
(Reprinted from Proceedings of the National
Shellfish Association, vol. 45, pp. 140-150,
1954.) Department of Sea and Shore Fisheries,
Vickery-Hill Bldg., Augusta, Maine. A pre-
liminary and progress report of the growth
studies of the quahog, Venus mercenaria. It
deals chiefly with a comparison of growth of
populations of several sizes planted under dif-
fering conditions in several localities, an anal-
ysis of the annual increment, and some com-
parisons with conditions reported in other geo-
graphic areas.

The Herring Gull-Cormorant Control Program,

State of Maine, 1953, by Robert L. Dow, Gen-
eral Bulletin No. 1, 26 pp., printed. Depart-
ment of Sea and Shore Fisheries, Augusta,
Maine, revised Aug. 1953.

"The Historical Origins of the Three-Mile Limit,"

by H. S. K. Kent, article, American Journal
of International Law, vol. 48, no. 4, October
1954, pp. 537-553, printed, single copy $2. The
American Journal of International Law, 1826
Jefferson Pl. NW., Washington 6, D. C.

(International Commission for the Northwest At-

lantic Fisheries) Statistical Bulletin for the
Year 1954, vol. 4, 59 pp., illus., printed. In-
ternational Commission for the Northwest At-
lantic Fisheries, Halifax, N. S., Canada, 1956.
This bulletin is divided into two parts as follows:
Part I summarizes the 1954 statistics, and
Part 2 gives tables of statistics dealing with
the fisheries in the Convention Area in 1954.
The material is the outcome of the combined
work of the fisheries departments of the eleven
countries fishing in the Northwest Atlantic, and

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 109

comprises a wealth of detailed information on
fishing efforts and landings. In previous years
the statistics recorded in the Bulletin referred
only to groundfish. However, at the Fifth An-
nual Meeting the Commission decided that sta-
tistics should be collected on all species landed
in order to get as complete a picture as possible
of the total utilization of the marine resources.
Accordingly, the present Bulletin includes sum-
mary Statistics on all marine species landed
from the Convention Area. They are listed
with their scientific names and the common
names used in the member countries.

IV, October 1955, 228 pp., illus., printed. De-
partment of Zoology, Indiana University, Bloom-
ington, Ind. Includes the following reports: "A
Study of the Factors Affecting Stream Produc-
tivity by the Comparative Method," by Keith
Vollmer Slack; ''Key to the Fishes of Indiana,"
by Shelby D. Gerking; ''Reproduction of the
White Bass, Morone chrysops," by GarlD. Riggs;
"The Injection of Latex Solution as a Fish Mark-
ing Technique," by Claude S. Davis; ''Fish and
Fishing in Spear Lake, Indiana," by W. E. Rick-
er; 'Oxygen Depletion in Salt Creek, Indiana,"
by Myrtle V. Schneller; and ''Distributional
Ecology of the Cisco (Coregonus artedii) in In-
diana," by David G. Frey.

(Italy) Statistica della Pesca e della Caccia, 1955

(Fishing and Hunting Statistics, 1955), 90 pp.,
illus., printed in Italian. Istituto Centrale di
Statistica, Rome, Italy, 1955.

Laxfisket och Laxbestandet I Ostersjoomradet Un-

der Senare Ar (The Salmon Catch and the Salm-
on Stock 1n the Baltic during Recent Years), by
F. Byrachefen and Dr. Gunnar Alm, 63 pp.,
illus., printed in Swedish with summary in
English. (Reprinted from Svenska Vattenkraft-
foreningens Publikationer 441 (1954:5) pp. 43-
100) Svenska Vattenkraftforeningens Publikation-
er Erhallas Genom Foreningens Expedition,
Norrlandsgatan 16, Stockholm, Sweden.

C. Davis, 562 pp., illus., printed, $10. Michi-
gan State University Press, East Lansing, Mich.

(New Zealand) The Fisheries (General) Regula-

tions 1950 (Reprint), 1956/16, 33 pp., printed,
Is. 6d. (20 U. S. cents). Marine Department,
Wellington, New Zealand, 1956. These regula-
tions are divided into parts, as follows: Part I--
Preliminary; Part II--Nets and Net Fishing;
Part II--Danish Seining and Similar Methods;
Part IV--Trawling; Part V--Line Fishing;
Part VI-- Blue Cod; Part Vil--Swordfishing;
Part VIll--Crayfish; Part [X--Shellfish; Part
IXa--Flatfish; Part X--Miscellaneous and Gen-
eral.

(North Dakota) Fishing Regulations Governing the

endar Year 1956, 2 pp., printed. North Dakota
Game & Fish Dept., Bismarck, N. Dak. Com-
mercial fishing regulations are included as well
as sport fishing regulations.

110 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 7

Organization for Trade Cooperation, Department

of State Publication 6268, Commercial Policy
Series 155, 25 pp., illus., printed, 15¢. (For
sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S.
Government Printing Office, Washington 25,
D.C.) Department of State, Washington, D. C.,
1956. This pamphlet is designed to give a sim-
ple explanation of the OTC-~-its aims, structure,
and responsibilities.

(Pacific Marine Fisheries Commission) Eighth

Legislatures of Washington, Oregon and Cali-
fornia), 16 pp., printed. Pacific Marine Fish-
eries Commission, Portland,Ore. Describes
briefly the activities of the Commission and
contains a short resume of the one meeting of
the Commission during 1955. Also included

are summaries of reports submitted by the
participating agencies on the research conducted
in 1955 on the following marine species and fish-
eries: petrale sole fishery, troll chinook salm-
on fishery, sablefish (black cod) fishery, ocean
salmon, albacore tuna, and otter trawl fishery.
In addition, contains a financial report of the
Commission.

Papers Presented at the International Technical

Conference on the Conservation of the Living
Resources of the Sea, Rome, 18 April to 10 May
1955, A/CONF. 10/7, United Nations Publica-
tion Sales No.: 1956.11.B.1, 383 pp., illus.,
processed, $3. International Documents Serv-
ice, Columbia University Press, 2960 Broad-
way, New York 27, N. Y., 1956. The Interna-
tional Technical Conference on the Conserva-
tion of the Living Resources of the Sea which
was held in 1955 marked the second occasion
on which a United Nations conference discussed
the conservation of fish and other marine re-
sources. Following an introductory paper on
the historical development of concepts of con-
servation, the papers in this volume, which
were presented at the Conference, are grouped
into the following general categories: broad
scientific and theoretical aspects of conserva-
tion; operations under existing international
conventions; and specific regional resources
or problems. Finally, there are two papers
dealing in more general terms with the identi-
fication of conservation problems and sugges-—
tions for their solution. The papers are listed
as follows: ''Concepts of Conservation," by
Michael Graham; ''The Scientific Basis for a
Conservation Programme," by Milner B.
Schaefer; "A First Approximation to a Modern
Theory of Fishing,'’ by Michael.Graham; ''As-
pects of the Life History of Certain Resources
of the Sea in Relation to the Physical Environ-
ment,'' by United Nations Educational, Scientific
and Cultural Organization; ''The Conservation
of Biological Resources in Coastal Waters,"
by Gerard Belloc; "Biological Appraisal of the
Ocean, and the Problem of Transoceanic Ac-
climatization,'' by Lev Zenkevich; 'Internation-
al Conservation Problems, and Solutions in
Existing Conventions,'' by William C. Herring-
ton and John L. Kask; ''Regulation of North
sea Fisheries under the Convention of

1946,"' by Cyril E. Lucas; ‘Conservation Prob-
lems in the North-Western Atlantic," by Erik M.
Poulsen; "Scientific Investigation of the Tropi-
cal Tuna Resources of the Eastern Pacific," by
Milner B. Schaefer; ''Management of the Hali-
but Fishery of the North-Eastern Pacific Ocean
and Bering Sea," by Henry A. Dunlop; "The In-
ternational Fraser River Sockeye Salmon Fish-
ery,'' by Loyd A. Royal; ''The International
Whaling Commission," by Remington Kellogg;
"Note on the General Fisheries Council for the
Mediterranean," by M. J. Girard; ''Fluctua-
tions in the Commercial Fish Populations of the
North-Western Pacific in Relation to Environ-
mental and Other Factors,'' by Petr Moiseev;
"Fishery Problems and Fishery Conservation
in Italy,"' presented by the Italian delegation;
"Life History, Ecology and Behaviour of Impor-
tant Species Constituting the Fishery Resources
of the Seas Around Japan," presented by the Jap-
anese Delegation, with comments by the Korean
and Japanese delegations; ''The Importance of
Conservation of Stocks of Fish and Sea Mammals
in Arctic Waters,"' by Paul Hansen; ''Produc-
tivity and Intensity of Exploitation of the Adri-
atic,'' by Sime Zupanovic; 'Migrations of the
Adriatic Sardine in Relation to Zooplankton,"

by Tomo Gamulin; 'Some Observations on the
Marine Fisheries of Egypt,'’ by Mohamed Zuhdi;
"Comments on the Principle of Abstention,"' by
William C. Herrington; and ''Classification of
International Conservation Problems," by Geof-
frey L. Kesteven and Sidney J. Holt.

Participation of the United States Government in

International Conferences, July 1, 1953-June 30,
1954, Department of State Publication 5776, In-
ternational Organization and Conference Seriés
I, 28, 245 pp., printed, 70¢. (For sale by the
Superintendent of Documents, U. 5. Government
Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C.) Office
of International Conferences, Department of
State, Washington, D. C., 1955. This volume is
designed to serve as a record of the official
participation of the United States Government in
multilateral international conferences and meet-
ings of international organizations during the
period July 1, 1953-June 30, 1954. The meetings
on fisheries are listed as follows: (1) First
Meeting of the International North Pacific Fish-
eries Commission, Washington, D. C., Febru-
ary 1-12, 1954; and (2) Fourth Meeting of the
International Commission for the Northwest
Atlantic Fisheries, Halifax, June 14-19, 1954.

and the Adjacent Islands in 1950), 127 pp.,
printed. Ministerio da Marinha, Comissao
Central de Pescarias, Lisbon, Portugal, 1955.

Principles of Plant Layout for Small Plants, by

Raymond C. Newton, Technical Aids for Small
Manufacturers No. 42, 4 pp., processed. Small
Business Administration, Washington 25, D. C.,
April 1956.

search Board of Canada, Ottawa Canada,

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 111

February 1956. Among the articles included
are: "Growth of the British Columbia Ship-
worm," by D. B. Quayle; "Control of Post-
Mortem Bacterial Spoilage of Whales with Chlor-
tetracycline,'' by P. B. Crean, H. L. A. Tarr
and R. B. Barker; 'The Relation of Stock Den-
sity to 'Milkiness' of Lemon Sole in Union Bay,
B.C.," by C. R. Forrester; "Effect of Chlor-
tetracycline and Storage Temperatures on the
Quality of Shucked Oysters,"' by J. W. Boyd and
H. L.A. Tarr; "Seasonal Temperature and
Salinity Variations in Queen Charlotte Strait,

B. C.,"' by F: G. Barber; ''Project NorPac,"
by A. J. Dodimead;
Content of British ColumbiaSea Foods. II. Some
Commercially Important Fresh Fish," by J.
McBride and R. A. MacLeod; "Age and Growth
of Lingcod (Ophiodon elongatus),"" by B. M.
Chatwin; "The Conversion of Herring Stick-
water to Solubles. Ill. Preservative Action of
Penicillin G on Salmon Offal Stickwater Under
Plant Conditions,"' by W. A. B. Thomson,

R. E. E. Jonas, R. A. MacLeod and D. R. Id-
ler.

Protokolle zur Fischereitechnik (Journal of Fish- -

ery Technology), Heft 15, Bd. Ill (vol. 3, no. 15),

66 pp., illus., processed, in German. Institut
fur Netz- und Materialforschung, Hamburg 36,
Neuer Wall 72, Germany, October 1955. Con-
tains two articles: one on experiments with
new gear in the river fishery of the Lower Wes-
er, and another on new fibres for use by the
fishing industry. :

Report to Congress on the Mutual Security Pro-
ram (For the Six Months Ended December 31,

1955), 37 pp., illus., printed, 35 cents. Mutual
Security Agency, Washington, D. C., Decem-
ber 31, 1955. (For sale by Superintendent of
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office,
Washington 25, D. C.)

Research Briefs, vol. 6, no. 1, November 1955,
38 pp., illus., printed. Fish Commission of
Oregon, 307 State Office Bldg., Portland 1,
Oregon. Includes the following articles:

(1) "The Intertidal Mussel, Piddock, and Aba-
lone Resources of Oregon's Outer Coast," by
James E. McCauley and Lowell D. Marriage;
(2) "The Transfer of Hatchery Fish to Estu-
arine Waters," by John T. Gharrett; (3) "Es-
capement of Spring Chinook Salmon and Steel-
head Over Willamette Falls in 1953," by Earl
F. Pulford; (4) "Fourth Progress Report on
Salmon Diet Experiments," by James W. Wood,
Wallace F. Hublou, Thomas B. McKee, Russell
O. Sinnhuber, and Duncan K. Law; and (5) "Mi-
grations of Starry Flounder (Platichthys stel-
latus) Tagged in the Columbia River," by Sig-
urd J. Westrheim.

"Role of Science in Marine Fisheries: Limitations
and Potentialities,"" by R. E. Coker, article,
The Scientific Monthly, vol. 82, no. 4, April
1956, pp. 176-193, illus., printed, single copy
75¢. The Scientific Monthly, 1515 Massachusetts
Ave. NW., Washington 5, D. C. An excellent
discussion of the role of science in marine fish-
eries. The author discusses briefly some prom-
inent contrasts between the conditions that face

"The Sodium and Potassium

agricultural and fishery scientists. To marine
biologists, some of the conditions may well
seem too obvious to require discussion. Never-
theless, the conditions are not always fully
grasped by those who would support scientific
research in aid of fisheries, and their statement
in brief is requisite background for considera-
tion of potentialities and limitations. The auth-
or discusses in greater detail scientific research
and problems in the individual estuarine fisher~=
ies and the sea fisheries. Inconclusionhe states
that "it may not be quick and spectacular in-
creases in fishery yield that can be expected
but rather gradual and substantial improvement,
based on scientific and economic studies to sup-
port and supplement individual initiative and
enterprise, which must always be a chief reli-
ance. Increasing profit to fishermen and to
states and wiser regulation of fishery practices
with fewer useless and costly restrictions are
to be striven for. It is a virtual certainty that
gratifying results will follow from continued and
energetic cooperation between administrators,
scientists, statisticians, economists,and, most
important, fishery operators and fishermen."

"Some Thermodynamic Properties of Fish and their

Effect on the Rate of Freezing,''byR.A.K. Long,
article, J. Sci. Food Agric., vol. 6, 1955, pp.
621-633, printed.

The Sea and Its Rivers, by Alida Malkus, 221 pp.,

illus., printed, $2.75. Doubleday & Co., 575
Madison Ave., New York 22, N. Y. Stories a-
bout the Gulf Stream and other currents, the
ocean's waves and tides, the varied life, and
the mineral wealth in the sea.

"Studies on the Conversion of Fish Stickwater to

Solubles. I. The Bacterial Decomposition of
Stickwater at High Temperatures,"' byR. A. Mac
Leod, D. R. Idler, and W. A. B. Thomson,
article, Applied Microbiology, vol. 3, 1955,

pp. 202-204, printed. Williams and Wilkins Co.,
Mt. Royal and Guilford Avenues, Baltimore 2,
Md.

"Studies on the Conversion of Fish Stickwater to

Solubles. II. Prevention of Bacterial Decom-
position of Stickwater at High Temperatures,"
byD. R. Idler,R. A. MacLeod, W. A. B. Thom-
son, article, Applied Microbiology, vol. 3, 1955,
pp. 205-208, printed. Williams and WilkinsCo.,
Mt. Royal and Guilford Avenues, Baltimore 2,
Md.

(Sweden) Fiske, 1954 (Fisheries, 1954), 78 pp.,

illus., printed in Swedish with summary in Eng-
lish. Central Bureau of Statistics, Stockholm,
Sweden, 1956. An account of the fisheries of
Sweden during 1954, with special reference to
the salt-water fisheries. Statistics are given
for the number of fishermen, fishing gear, and
fishing craft in the salt-water fishery, by coun-
ties; quantity and value of the salt-water fishery
in different fishing areas and by counties; her-
ring fishery (including Baltic herring) by cer-
tain counties; and other statistical data. Also
includes a list of the different kinds of fish and
shellfish in Swedish, Latin, and English.

112

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM
BE OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATIONS ISSUING THEM.

39 Fathoms Southeast, North Edisto Sea-Buoy off

South Carolina, by Francis B. Taylor, Contri-
butions from Bears Bluff Laboratories No. 20,
15 pp., illus., printed. Bears Bluff Labora-
tories, Wadmalaw Islands, S. C., April 1956.
A report covering the activities of the Labora-
tories' offshore research vessel, T-19, from
April 1955 through February 1956. The pro-
gram includes a study of (1) the ocean habitat
of the brown shrimp, Peneaus aztecus, the
brown-spotted shrimp, Peneaus duorarum,

and the white shrimp, Peneaus setiferus;

(2) evidences of their migratory movements,
spawning habits, and catchability at sea;

(3) pelagic movements af the crab family, es-
pecially the blue crab, Callinectes sapidus, the
only species in South Carolina of any commerc-
ial use; (4) bottom characteristics and water
temperatures at various depths; and (5) the
composition of the aquatic population. While
the accent is on the practical aspects of deep-
sea fishing, due attention is given to the eco-
logical and taxonomic requirements of the pro-
gram.

Mather, III, American Museum Novitates Num-
ber 1765, 12 pp., illus., printed. The Ameri-
can Museum of Natural History, Central Park
West at 79th St., New York 24, N. Y., April 6,
1956. A report of the Service's exploratory
fishing expedition in the northern Caribbean.
Observations show that all five species of the
genus Thunnus (bluefin tuna, T. Thynnus; alba-
core, T. alalunga; blackfin tuna, T. atlanticus;
Atlantic big-eyed tuna, T. obesus; and yellow-
fin tuna, T. albacares) known to occur in the
Atlantic may be found in the Caribbean. The
authors state that ''Three of these, the yellow-
fin, the albacore, and the Atlantic big-eyed,
were encountered in sizes which may be fished
efficiently by the long-line method and utilized
in canneries. This may be a factor of some
importance to the new tuna industry that is be-
ing started in Puerto Rico, as dependence on a
single species might result in serious fluctua-
tions in supply. A further implication that may
be drawn from these observations is that the
yellowfin tuna, the albacore, and the Atlantic
big-eyed, which are known to be abundant in the
eastern Atlantic as far west as the Azores, may
be distributed all the way across the tropical
and subtropical parts of that ocean. This sug-
gests the possibility of an extensive tuna re-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 7

IHE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY

tion), Calendar Year 1955, Report No. Ft 410,
Part II, 403 pp., processed, $1.75. Bureau of
the Census, U. S. Department of Commerce,
Washington, D. C., April 1956. (For sale by
the Superintendent of Documents, Washington
25}, 1D), (C},))

The Use of Equipment and Techniques in Applied

Shellfish Management, by DanaE. Wallace, 3pp.,
processed. (Reprinted from Proceedings of the
National Shellfish Association, vol. 45, pp. 209-
211, 1954) Department of Sea and Shore Fisher-
ies, Vickery-Hill Bldg., Augusta, Maine.
Maine's hard and soft-shell clam fishery is de-
pendent upon natural sets, their survival and
growth to commercial size, and, in the soft-
shell industry, the efficiency with which the
clams are harvested. This article summarizes
the projects of the Department of Sea and Shore
Fisheries as well as cooperative work with the
Fish and Wildlife Service Clam Investigations,
and the application of results as carried on with
shellfish producing communities.

The Whiting (GADUS MERLANGUS L. ) in the North

Sea, by R. W. Ellis and R. Jones, Scottish
Home Department Marine Research No. 2, 28
pp., illus., printed, 5s. (70U.S. cents). Her
Majesty's Stationery Office, Edinburgh, Scot-
land, 1956. The whiting is distributed over
most of the fishing grounds of the North Eastern
Atlantic but of these the North Sea is much the
most important in contributing more than 50 per-
cent of the European landings. This report dis-
cusses the distribution of O and I group whiting,
adult distribution, brood fluctuations, growth,
and the relationship between yield and mortality
rate. Adult whiting are found all over the North
Sea although their center of density is no longer
in the central regions but tends to be farther to
the north. Whether this canbe regarded as evi-
dence of a northerly migration with age, or sim-
ply as the consequence of the much higher rate
of fishing that takes place in the central area,

it is not possible to say. A study of the com-
mercial whiting statistics revealed that there’
had been an increase in post-war landings as-
sociated with a decrease in the total fishing ef--
fort. A theoretical relationship between fish-
ing mortality rate and yield was derived for the
whiting and it was concluded that the post-war
increase in landings was such that it could rea-
sonably have been due to the decrease in fish-
ing effort that actually took place.

source in the tropical Atlantic." the

~ Gaul, 247 pp., illus., printed, $5. Appleton-
Century-Crofts, Inc., 35 W. 32nd St., New
York 1, N. Y.

United States Exports of Domestic and Foreign
Merchandise (commodity by Country of Destina-

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 113

CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

Contents Continued’ on Page 114,

Page Page
TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS (Contd): FOREIGN tirarevatekoiaterekelevehensyakeneraiohekehckenolsneiolod= 66

New York City: International:

Suggestions for Crab Meat Packers ........ 41 Northwest Atlantic Fisheries Commission:

Suggestions for Transporters of Fresh Crab Fisheries Trends in Northwest Atlantic Con-

NEEDS picniGio GO OD OIRO COMOUIO er 42 VEntionyATeawevatsweysysiloranccslerersselaveredeuetene 66
North Atlantic Fisheries Exploration and Gear United Nations Technical Assistance Board;

Research; Proposals for Future Expanded Program of

Excellent Catches of Deep-Water Lobsters by Technical Assistance .......... so0000.. Gi

Delawarel(Cruises19)iveteverepeveteystereletolersreie 43 Japan-U.S,S.R, Reach Agreement on Pacific Salm-
North Atlantic Fisheries Investigations; OnyRishing Wirerevetteyoher ler relens sacoucdnea

Survey of Haddock Eggs and Larvae Distribution Japan-U.S.S.R, Fisheries Treaty ....... 69

Continued by Albatross II (Cruise 73) ..... 44 Fish-Processing Technologists Meet at Rotterdam 71

Selectivity of Nylon Cod Ends Tested by Alba- Australia:

tross Il (Cruise 74) .....s0ceeeeseees 44 Prospects for Tuna Fishing Industry Good ... 71
Haddock Eggs and Larvae Distribution (Albatross Brazil:

IIL Gants 1B) go buoun pd DODD OCU OUD 46 New Marine Laboratory Established ....... 72
North Atlantic Herring Research; Cambodia;

Vessel Chartered to Continue Herring Explora- Canned Fish Imports Prohibited: .......... 712

Hionsjpand(GeatwRESCALCh) cyejelelelels ei sielencieie 46 Canada:

Echo-Soundings and Samples of Herring Taken British Columbia Reports Record Herring Catch

by Metacomet (Cruise 1) ...e.eeeeeveee 46 for 1955/56)Season ele stererel cleleueieneicienel lene 72
North Pacific Exploratory Fishery Program: Plant Standards and Inspection Program eusls

Experimental Midwater Trawling to be Tried by Tated cn aye hae tcl Gish eke 73

sJouINe | Cobbi(Exrvise\2)eveversieiorsiie aisles 6) « 47 International Pink Salmon Management Requested 174
Pacific Halibut Fleet Began Fishing May 20 ... 48 Dogfish Bounty Established .........000> 14
Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations: Whaling in British Columbia .........0+e- 78
Spring Abundance of Albacore Tuna North of Salt Subsidy for Atlantic Coast Sclt-Fish Pro-

Hawaiian Islands Checked by Charles H, Gil- CHESS GoogouUuUOD g0000'0000000 75

bert (Cruise 27) ... cc eee eee ceeereee 49 British Columbia’s Fishermen’ s Short University

Skipjack Tuna Spring Distribution North of Lee- Gourse re eee RAD RTS 15

ward Islands Surveyed by John R, Manning Antibiotics Tested on Whale Carcasses Meleions 76

(GEruises30) yes clstelelcnelNelehckale cheushchelclielei 50 Ceylon;

Oceanography and Biology Along the Equator Trawler Fishing Not to be Expanded ....... 76

Studied by Hugh M, Smith (Cruise 33) ...... 51 El Salvador:

1955/56 Sampling Program on Equatorial Tuna Status of Fisheries Expansion Plans ....... 76

Commie Goopoocconc000DGgDOC DOOR 52 France;

Public Eating Places Survey: First Diesel-Electric Powered Fishing Trawler 17
Frozen Fish and Shellfish Held in Cold Storage German Federal Republic;

pypbublicibatingyPlaces ij cieiee/eielelels) «leche 53 Rich Fishing Ground Found East of Greenland . 78
Survey Indicates Fish and Shellfish Dinners Greece:

MorejProfitablemererel-tetelctelcioicieielsisiciehe! sie 54 Freezer-Catcher Boat Completed for Fishing off
Saltonstall-Kennedy Act Fisheries Projects: NorthvArbican|CoaStarreteistetskenlelstereletedel he 79

Fishery Advisory Group Recommends Continu- Freezer-Catcher Boat Completes First Trip .. 719

MEDC PENN sooganddoddod0DdUOC 55 Frozen Fish Trip Arrives from Atlantic Ocean 719
Shrimp; Haiti:

Better Insulation of Shrimp Vessel Holds Needed 56 Coastal Fisheries to be Expanded ......... 79

Improved Plant Layout Can Cut Costs in Frozen Iceland;

Shrimp Packing Plants .....++e++e++-- 56 Groundfish Catch Lower, January-March 1956 . 79
_South Atlantic Exploratory Fishery Program: Groundfish Fillet Production, 1953-55 ...... 80

Deep-Water Red Shrimp Caught by Pelican India:

(CHOBE) coaéobunsoncbO0bUNUb000OS 57 Good Potential Market for Boats and Engines . 80
Sport Fishing and Hunting .....-2ceeresees 58 Bull-Trawling Operations Successful ...... 81
iu ALU SDSL Maen Mataneteh eatrelelevepelelerelelalsle) seis 59 Indonesia;

U. S. Foreign Trade: Long-Line Tuna Fishing Makes Good Start ... 81
Edible Fishery Products, February 1956 .... 59 Shrimp Fishery Being Developed .........- 82
Groundfish Fillet Imports Up in April ....... 60 Israel:

Imports and Exports of Selected Fishery Prod- Campaign to Eat More Sea Fish Promoted by

Hee, Ajai IES 5 oonooggongGD0dC00GD 60 PETS WI SogoododoodDHaKdOdo0000N 82
Veterans’ Hospitals Consumption of Fish ..... 61 Japan:

Washington: North Pacific Salmon Investigation Program .. 82
Program for Removal of Scrap Fish, 1955/56 . 63 Pacific Salmon Fishery off to a Good Start ... 83
State Fish Hatcheries to Plant Record Number Japan-Red China Fisheries Council Holds Con-

Gi Sealinvon fn dS ooooccco0ccudood00DE 63 RWNED GS oconcC aD OOD soD0GKDDOUDDON 83
Wholesale Prices, May 1956 .....ccccseees 64 Onassis Whaling Fleet Purchased .....2e++. 83

114 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 7

CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

FOREIGN (Contd,):
Mexico:
‘Red Tide” Reported off West Coast .......
Merida Fisheries Trends, January-March 1956
Fishing Fees for Foreigners Increased .....
New Zealand;
New Whaling Station Established ........--
Norway:
Canned Fish Trends, First Quarter 1956 ....
Automatic Feeding and Sorting Machine for Her-
ring Developed ......c0ces ceeceeeess

Panamas
Red Shrimp Identified as ‘‘Penaeus brevirostris’’
Perus a

Base Prices for Whale Meal and Swordfish Ex-
port Duties Revised ....cececcseceres

Republic of the Philippines:
Canned Japanese Anchovies Classified as Sar-
Portugal;

Canned Fish Pack, January-October 1955 ....
Canned Fish Exports, January-December 1955 .
Fishery Trends, December 1955 .......00
Fishery Trends, April 1956, .....+eee+00.
Spains
Fisheries Trends, April 1956 .....cssceeee
Sweden;
Frozen Fish Demand Increases .....ececees
Turkey:
International Fishery Exhibition to be Held Sep-
tember 15-22, 1956 ....cecvevcecrrecs
Union of South Africa:
Price Controls on Hake and Canned Fish Re=
THOVEA svejetclieleielley skoheleiele)sielelevelelelelelsielere
United Kingdom;
Silver Cod Trophy for 1955 Awarded to Hull
Trawler ...cceccscevecvesscsrcere

Page

83
84
84
84
85

Page
FOREIGN (Contd,):
United Kingdom (Contd,):
Distant-Water Trawlermen Double Levy for —
Advertising ....csscevccvcvcveccere 90
Yugoslavia:
Sea Fishing Association to Aid in Building Fish
Cannery inIndia .....seeccesreeesees 90

FEDERAL ACTIONS: ..2-scersscocecceeses 91

Department of the Interior:
Fish and Wildlife Service:
Broad Fisheries Legislative Program Promoted 91 _
Department's Solicitor States Alaska’s Area~

Licensing Program Legal ....esereres 93
Suomela Promoted to New Fish and Wildlife
Service Post ...sscscvcevesvcevers 93

Whaling Regulations Published ......s++s 94
Department of State:
Latest Trade and Tariff Agreement Concluded . 95

White House:
Action Taken to Help U. S. Fishing Industry... 96
Eighty-Fourth Congress (Second Session) ..... 96
FISHERY INDICATORS: ...,ccececevsscesece 99

Chart 1 - Fishery Landings for Selected States . 99
Chart 2 = Landings for Selected Fisheries..... 100
Chart 3 = Cold-Storage Holdings and Freezings of

Fishery Products ...esescssccececssens 101
Chart 4 = Receipts and Cold-Storage Holdings of

Fishery Products at Principal Distribution

Genters rey teieitetterelecliectoke Leleneletetel et siememmmmmee Oxa

Chart 5 - Fish Meal and Oil Production - U. S.

and Alaska ...csccscccrcccesscssese 102
Chart 6 = Canned Packs of Selected Fishery

Products relercretelelelovcleleteleleielelsl(slsicl «telelsitene 103
Chart 7 - U, S, Fishery Products Imports ..... 104

REGENT FISHERY PUBLICATIONS: ....eseeeee 105

Fish and Wildlife Service Publications ......- 105
Miscellaneous Publications ...ecsssecceee 106

Editorial Assistant--Ruth V. Keefe

Illustrator--Gustaf T. Sundstrom

Compositors--Jean Zalevsky, Alma Greene, and Helen Joswick

HK OK OK OK OK OK

Photograph Credits: Page by page, the following list gives the source of pho-

tographer for each photograph in this issue.

Photographs on pages not mentioned

were obtained from the Service's file and the photographers are unknown.

P. 25--R. W. Coad; p. 25--''Southern Fisherman;"
p. 41--A. M. Sandberg; p. 54--G. T. Sundstrom;
and p. 58--R. G. Schmidt.

July 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 115

PUBLICATION CATALOGUES UNITED STATES FISHERY PUBLICATIONS

If it pertains to commercial fishing--if it has been printed by the Govern-
ment--if the subject matter falls anywhere between ''abaca,'' which is a fiber,
and Zuiho Maru,'' which is a research vessel--and if the author's name should
happen to be in that part of a bibliography beginning with "Abernethy, R. F."'

and ending with ''Zobairi, R.A. K.'"'--
then it will be listed in the Fishery ~
Publications Index 1920-1954, re-

Fishery cently published by the U. S. Fish

and Wildlife Service as Circular 36.

Publ ication This new publication supplements

"An Analytical Subject Bibliography of
Publication of the Bureau of Fisher-

Index ies, 1871-1920.'' This completes the
indexing of all Government fishery
publications from the time the Fed-

1920-54 eral Government took officialinterest
in commercial fishing in 1871 to and
including the year 1954.

The new Index is inthree parts--

the Publications Series, the Author

Index, and the Subject Index. The

Subject Index lists several thousand

things and conditions studied or ob-

Ghee 810 served by fishery scientists and tech-

Fish and Wildlife Service nicians over the 34-year period.

United States Department of the Interior The topics touch almost every con

ceivable phase of the fishery business,

from the control of fungus on pike

eggs to freezing fish, cooking shrimp, deep-sea trawling, and control of the sea

lamprey. More than a thousand technical and scientific authors are listed with
a cross-reference to their contributions to fishery research and services.

In the Publications Series will be found a listing of every article on fisheries
printed by the Government since 1920, its title and a reference to the Series in
whichit appeared. The media listedin this section are: Administrative Reports,
Circulars, Conservation Bulletins, Current Fishery Statistics, Documents, Eco-
nomic Circulars, Fishery Bulletins, Fishery Circulars, Fishery Leaflets, In-
vestigational Reports, Market Development Leaflets, Progressive Fish Culturist,
Regulatory Announcements, Research Reports, Separates, Special Scientific Re-
ports, Special Scientific Reports--Fisheries, Statistical Digests, and Test Kitchen
Series.

Circular 36 is for sale by the Superintendent of Documents, United States
Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C., for $1.50 a copy.

INT.-DUP. SEC., WASH., D.C. 101926

FISHERY STATISTICAL PUBLICATIONS

Fishery Leaflet 432, Fishery Statistical Publications of the Fish and Wild-
life Service, has been published to acquaint persons interested in the fishing in-
CE eD as with ‘the Statistical and Market News publications released by U. S. Fish

———— and Wildlife Service. This
leaflet shows the titles of the
various reports, a brief de-
scription of the information
| contained in each publication,
and the frequency with which it
is released.

To operate efficiently, an
industry must have readily a-
vailable accurate current in-
formation concerning its op-
erations. Data on production
prices, sales, stocks, and re-
lated information provide a
measure of whether an in-
dustry is inahealthy or an
unhealthy condition. Review
of anindustry's statistics in-
dicates trends whichassist
members inarranging their
activities so as to take advantage of changing business conditions. Statistics
supply government with the information it requires in peacetime to assist in
protecting and developing industry, and in periods of national emergencies they
are the foundation on which a government marshalls its strength.

The fishing industry and the governmental agencies concerned with the fish-
eries are particularly dependent upon statistical information for several reasons.
The industry is widely scattered, extending over thousands of miles of coastline
and in the waters of the interior. A large portion of the catch is taken by small
independent fishermen, and much of it is sold through small dealers who have
little contact with other segments of the fishing business. With over 200 species
of fish and shellfish taken commercially and with the numerous manufactured
products prepared from these various species, it is impossible for any person
or agency to follow trends in the fisheries without adequate statistical data.

In order to supply these data, the Fish and Wildlife Service conducts sta-
tistical surveys of the fisheries, and assembles information collected by State
fishery departments and other local, state, and Federal agencies. Information
is obtained on employment in the fisheries, the volume and value of the catch,
production of manufactured fishery products, freezings and cold-storage holdings,
foreign trade statistics, and related information on a monthly and annual basis.
Daily and weekly data relating to market conditions are also collected in the more
important marketing or producing centers. The data collected in these various
vrays are published in a large number of statistical bulletins, Fishery Market
News reports, and other publications. The most complete annual data are pub-
lished in the Statistical Digests.

Copies of Fishery Leaflet 432 are available free from the Division of In-
formation, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington 25, D. C.

il HN
= il
nit

me
any ill

|
“—) THAIN
= sun

~ all

x
P

AUGUST 1956

Lu
bo
>
a
Lu
”
Lu
Li
_
Oa
=
a)

iss

bk
fe)
=
Ye
onl
a=
iS)
==
ay
wh
fo)
ed
Cc
Y
E
Saad
=
9]
a.
XY
(a)
(72)
iS)
we
©
ay
N
me]
SS)
a
Cc
—_

UY
fan
5
O
ad
o
=
oe os
Nn.
>

UNITED STATES
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE

FRED A. SEATON, SECRETARY JOHN L. FARLEY, DIRECTOR

COMMERCIAL FIS

A review of developments and news of the fishery industries
prepared in the BRANCH OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES

A.W. Anderson, Editor
J.Pileggi, Associate Editor H.M.Bearse, Assistant Editor

Mailedfree to members of the fishery andalliedindustries. Address correspondence and requests
to the: Director, Fish and Wildlife Service, U. S. Department of the Interior, Washington 25, D.C.

Publication of material from sources outside the Service is not an endorsement. The Service is
not responsible for the accuracy of facts, views, or opinions contained in materialfrom outside sources.

Although the contents of this publication have not been copyrighted and may be reprinted freely,
reference to the source will be appreciated.

The printing of this publication has been approved by the Director of the Bureau of the Budget,
August 2, 1955. (8/31/57)

CONTENTS

COVER: The Pelican, specially rigged for deep-water trawling, is exploring for shrimp off
the coasts of the Carolinas, Georgia, and Florida. Recently chartered by the U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service, the 73-foot steel-hulled vessel is primarily seeking a commercial supply
of shrimp in deep water, but the explorations also may provide valuable data on other spe-
cies of fish, (See Commercial Fisheries Review, April 1956, p, 23 and p, 48 of this issue.)

Page
New Products from Fish Oils, Part I - Introduction, by Maurice E, Stansby ......e2ceceersereeerecece iL
“Brown-Spotting”’ in the Southern Oyster, by Milton Fingerman ......... paoduendcoOobOooKddCHA Boodo 4
Fishery Tariff Concessions in 1956 Geneva Negotiations, by A.M. Sandberg .....++e+e+eeeseeeee 90000 6
Page Page
RESEARCH IN SERVICE LABORATORIES: ...... 14 TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS (Contd.):
Fish-Quality Deterioration Study ........-++. 14 Great Lakes:
Study of Drip in Frozen Fish, ........00-- 14 Electrical Weirs to Control Sea Lampreys Must
Antioxidant Mixtures for PreservingFishery Products 15 Remain in Operation Eight Years ....... 27
TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS: ....2ee+e000- 16 Great Lakes Fishery Investigations:
Additions to the Fleet of U.S. Fishing Vessels .. 16 Fishery Study of Saginaw Bay Initiated by M/V*
Arkansas: Giisee) (Grwtiss tb) soob5ccaocco0co0008 27
IDs emelisnieaGwopS soegcoaeocoacoo00s 16 Chub Populations in Lake Huron Studied by
California: M/V Cisco (Cruise 2) .....-...- Lae 28
Periodic Flights Continued to Study Pelagic Fish Gulf Exploratory Fishery Program:
Distribution (Airplane Spotting Flight 56-4) , 17 Deep-Water Red Shrimp Commercial Potential
Catch of Shrimp Beam Trawl Nets of Various Being Explored M/V Oregon (Cruise 39) .. 29
Mesh Sizes Studied by M/V N, B. Scofield Food Irradiation Sterilization Pilot Plant .... 30
(Gruise56-B=)) sa een eicnerere 18 Maine Sardines:
Cans--Shipments for Fishery Products, January- Canning Costs Increase ........+-ee2% 31
NM ICES SoG o5cKcob DC DCD ODODDDUOSA 19 Canned Stocks, June 1, 1956 ..........- 31
Electronic Devices Utilized in Fishery Research Market Outlook for Fishery Products ...... 32
and Management ....cceseeereecscens iG) North Atlantic Fisheries Exploration & Gear Re-
Federal Purchases of Fishery Products: search:
Fresh and Frozen Fishery Products Purchased Smaller Catches of Deep-Water Ocean Perch
by the Department of Defense, May 1956 ... 22 Made at Edge of Continental Shelf by Delaware
Quartermaster Canned Salmon Requirements from (ERUWISEL20) rare rapoteleleieladeleeneteNed-kelekebnelte 33
AOS GIP ACK ay aren cua evenedelotolellateReraleleieecleien ele 22 Sea Scallops Sought in Deep-Water and Ground-
Films: fish Samples Collected (M/V Delaware,
Fishery Films Selected for International Film GamicO Ph) Gascconcoogan 0005000000 33
BeStivalla rc qegerstcnciel aleloielelsdeletaistabedel ousiels 23 Midwater Trawl Fishing-Depth Control Found
Fish and Wildlife Motif on United States Postage Feasible by M/V Delaware (Cruise 22) ... 34
SEAIMD Stele lovenel cdepetaletelicteliol sl shovel ollefellellecetelels 24 Marketing Prospects for Edible Fishery Prod-
Fish and Wildlife Service: ucts, July-September 1956 .......-+200- 85
New Research Laboratory to Study Problems of North Atlantic Fisheries Investigations:
GuligPishenies: srarewevenercs cleliclcvetanenenenevctene 25 Haddock Eggs and Larvae Distribution Survey
Florida: Continued by Albatross Ill (Cruise 76) .... 36
Fisheries Research, January-March 1956 .... 25 New Fisheries Research Vessel Shakedown
Cruise (I-79, Cruise 1) ........-00-- 36

Contents Continued Page 111.

August 1956 Washington 25, D.C. Vol. 18, No.8

NEW PRODUCTS FROM FISH OILS

Part | - Introduction
By Maurice E. Stansby*
BACKGROUND

Fish oils are made up of components having an unusual chemical structure.
The fatty acids occurring as glycerides are, ina large part, of unusually long-chain
length, with Cag and Co9 chains being found in substantial quantities. Whe presence
of these long chains makes possible the occurrence, again in substantial quantity,
of fatty acids containing an un-
usually high number of double
bonds, with as many as six be-
ing not uncommon. Such long-
chain polyunsaturated fatty
acids are also found in animal
and vegetable oils, but the quan-
tity present is of very small
magnitude. In fish oils, suf-
ficient quantities occur as to
make commercial utilization
feasible, should there be suf-
ficient demand for compounds
of such structure.

In the past, very little con-
sideration has been paid to the
presence of these unique chem-
ical: characteristics of fish oils. : é
Rather, the bulk of the fish oil P8-1.7 Preparation
has been sold on the basis of its ‘ :
general properties, usually as a substitute--all too often as a cheaper substitute--
for animal or vegetable oils. Many times, the high degree of unsaturation, rather
than being an asset, is a liability which causes a decrease in market value. Be-
cause fish oils are subject to odor reversion, when used as a substitute for other
oils, such properties cause the fish oils to be sold at lower prices. Only a very
limited portion of the fish oils sold has been used so as to take advantage of these
unusual and highly specific chemical properties.

Pe 4

of derivative of fish oil for use as collector in iron-

Byproducts of the meat industry include oils and fat which for many years were
in the same category as fish oils so far as making use of special chemical charac-
teristics is concerned. Within the past decade, a considerable amount of research
on the part of the meat industry has greatly increased the profits realized from the
byproducts. As a result of this research, a large number of chemical products are
now made from meat-packing waste. The importance of this development to the
meat-packing industry was pointed out in an article in Chemical Week (Anonymous
1954). One large meat-packing concern realizes 78 percent of its total profits from
* Chief, Pacific Coast and Alaska Technological Research, Fishery Technological Laboratory, Branch of Commercial

Fisheries, U, S, Fish and Wildlife Service, Seattle, Wash.

2 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

these byproducts, although the byproducts represent only 15 percent of total
sales.

RESEARCH ON FISH OILS

Before fish oils can be utilized extensively as a source of chemicals, making
use of their content of unique chemical groupings, a considerable amount of basic
research must be carried out. This research must first show exactly what the
chemical structures of fish oils are and then must show which reactions of the un-
saturated long-chain fatty acids will produce useful chemical compounds. The type
and amount of basic research required is so extensive that there is little likelihood
that it can be carried out either in laboratories of the fishing industry or of the
Government. Considerable fundamental research, especially in university labora-
tories, is needed before any extensive practical applications can be feasible.

It is sometimes hard to understand why more basic research has not been car-
ried out in the past on fish-oil fatty acids. One reason is undoubtedly the fact that
these fatty acids are very unstable and exceedingly difficult to work with. Another
barrier to much research has been the fact that the pure unsaturated fatty acids of
the long-chain lengths have not been available commercially and would have to be
isolated from the fish oils by the laboratory carrying out the research. The im-
portance of the ready availability of the fatty acids is shown by the fact that with
such fatty acids as oleic, linoleic, linolenic, and arachidonic, which are available
for purchase, research has been more extensive. When it is also considered that
the fish oils themselves are not so readily available as oils such as linseed or cot-
tenseed, the reasons why research on fish-oil fatty acids has been limited are ap-
parent.

INITIAL WORK AT SEATTLE FISHERY TECHNOLOGICAL LABORATORY

In discussions over a period of years with technical members of the fishing in-
dustry, it was unanimously agreed that research as to the chemical properties and
reactions of fish oils was a potentially fruitful field. Because of the exceedingly
specialized nature of this field and the need for highly-qualified organic chemists
and special expensive equipment, little more than discussions developed.

Early in 1953, the Seattle Laboratory of U. S.Fish and Wildlife Service decided
that, in spite of the difficulties of this field of research, some attempt to obtain and
publish research results was long overdue. A very small-scale program was there-
fore initiated to explore some of the possibilities. It was realized that considerable
work along these lines had been carried out in chemical laboratories of some oil
processors. Since, however, these results had, for the most part, never been pub-
lished, they were not available either as a starting point for the present research
or as a guide to fish-oil producers to indicate the value and potential use of their
products. It was therefore necessary to repeat much relatively elementary work
which undoubtedly had already been carried out but which had never been published.

In this early work, the Seattle Laboratory made extensive use of part-time
graduate organic chemistry students from the University of Washington. This made
possible considerable research work in the field of organic chemistry without ex-
ceeding the limited budget available. Much of this work was exploratory rather
than specific. Reactions of unsaturated fatty acids described in the literature were
tried, first with pure fatty acids, then with mixed fish-oil fatty acids. At least par-
tial fractionation of the fatty acids was needed since otherwise it was impossible to
identify the reaction products in the complex mixture of fatty acids obtained from
the saponified fish oils.

It was realized from the start that the extent of research needed was so great
that the small amount which could be carried out in Fish and Wildlife Service

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 3

laboratories under the limited regular budget would make almost imperceptible prog-
ress toward solving the problems. It was hoped rather that if a few publications on
fish-oil chemistry could be made available, other laboratories, especially in univer-
sities, might be interested to enter this field of research.

The chance to get such expanded work under way came much sooner than antic
ipated. As a result of the funds provided by the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act of 1954,
research contracts were let in 1955 for work on fish oils at a considerable number
of universities. This Fish and Wildlife Service program then was transferred from
a limited local project of the Seattle Laboratory to one of nationwide scope. In the
resulting expansion, it was necessary to reorient the research program on fish oils
at the Seattle Laboratory.

PRESENT PROGRAM AT SEATTLE LABORATORY

One of the primary responsibilities of the Seattle Laboratory, under the ex-
panded oil-research program, has been the coordination of research on oils at
those laboratories west of the Mississippi River which participate in Fish and Wild~
life Service programs. These programs include several basic ones at Hormel In-
stitute of the University of Minnesota on the chemistry, composition, and reactions
of fish oils; and one at the University of California, Food Technology Department,
on oxidative deterioration in fishery products. Several other contract research
programs on applied research on fish oils are also included. Work at the Seattle
Laboratory has thus taken on a new aspect in addition to the research begun earlier.
It has been necessary to carry out considerable work in connection with providing
authentic fish-oil samples for use by the various contract research Hoeaae Wecat
In some cases, it is necessary to extract and prepare the oils in the laboratory.
Other activities involve reviewing the programs and seeing that information found
by one laboratory which might be helpful to another is promptly made available.

To adequately coordinate these highly~-specialized programs, considerable first-
hand knowledge of the research is needed if optimum results are to be obtained. For
this reason, some of the research started under the initial program when it was a
purely local project has been continued at Seattle. Projects already under way have
been pushed toward conclusion. Work will be continued in important fields not cov-
ered by existing contracts with other laboratories. One such field is concerned with
fractionation of fatty acids from fish oils into fractions containing compounds of sim-
ilar properties. Such fractionation will be needed in order to utilize fish oils as a
source of new chemical compounds. Several methods are available, but not enough
is known about their relative advantages and disadvantages. One paper (Domart,
Miyauchi, and Sumerwell 1955) < »vering work done at this laboratory on urea frac~
tionation of fish-oil fatty acids has already appeared. Another one describing a
new urea~countercurrent-distribution method for fish-oil fatty~acid fractionation
is in preparation.

Subsequent papers in this series will be concerned with either (1) reporting the

early survey studies carried out at the Seattle Laboratory on reactions of fish oils
or (2) continuing research especially on separations of the component constituents

of fish oils.
Tet Tg ot

4 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

“BROWN-SPOTTING”’ IN THE SOUTHERN OYSTER”

By Milton Fingerman*

The bodies of Atlantic Coast oysters are normally creamy white except for
some brown pigment deposited at the edges of the mantle. Southern oysters, in
contrast, show varying degrees of body coloration from tan to deep brown. The
pigment in tan oysters is homogeneously distributed over the mantle surface. Some
brown pigment is also concentrated at the edges
of the mantle and quite frequently on the portions
of the mantle surrounding the adductor muscle.
In ''brown-spotted" oysters, the quantity of brown
pigment is markedly increased. The pigment
may be uniformly distributed throughout the out-
ermost portion of the mantle or concentrated in
restricted regions of the mantle. Experiments
are currently in progress to determine (1) the
nature and origin of '"brown-spotting" in South-
ern oysters, (2) why some Southern oysters
produce more 'brown-spots'' than others, and
(3) why Southern, and not Northern, oysters pro-
duce "brown-spots."'

Histological sections of 'brown-spotted"' oys-
ter tissues have been prepared. The ''brown-
spotting" appears to be restricted to epithelial

~ cells of the mantle. The brown pigment may
easily be scraped with a scalpel from the surface
of a living oyster. The 'brown-spotted' mate-
rial has a mucoid appearance, probably due to
the mucus always present on the oyster body
surface. When observed with the microscope,
this "brown-spotted'' material appears to be com-
Fig, 1 - Large plexiglass aquaria used for hold- POSed of numerous golden-brown granules.
inglive oysters for physiological study of South-
ernoysters being conducted at Tulane University. There is a positive correlation between the
intensity of 'brown-spotting"' on the oyster body
and the amount of purple or brown pigment deposited in the shell. The pattern of
pigment in the shell is mirrored
by the distribution of "brown-
spot" on the body of the oyster.
Shells have been sectioned in
order to determine the pattern
of purple and brown-pigment
deposition. The pigments are
usually found distributed in the
prismatic and nacreous layers
of the shell. When the pig-
ment is found on the inner sur-
face of the shell, in the nacreous
layer, sectioning reveals that the
coloration extends at least two to
three millimeters into the pris-
matic layer from the inner sur-
face of the shell. There may be
deeper layers of pigment not as- Fig, 2 - Water bath with temperature control and stirrer. The kymo-
sociated with the inner layers of graph to the right is for recording shell movements of oysters under
Se aaene Ha SROEEINR DAO Goroeaarnionn test for reaction to higher temperatures.
Sere of oclony, Reweob Colleve Tulane Universo New orlesrs 18) Ua
1/ This study was conducted under a contract between Tulane University and the U, S, Fish and WildlifeService, It was financed
~ withfunds provided under P, L, 466, 83rdCongress, approved July 1, 1954(referred to as theSaltonstall-Kennedy Act),

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 5

of "brown-spot' material need not be a continuous process. The presence of pig-
ment throughout the shell suggests that 'brown-spotting" first appears in oysters
that are younger and smaller than those collected by commercial oystermen. Fur-
thermore, if an imperfection in the form of a depression is present on the internal
surface of the shell, the portion of the body lying immediately above the imperfec-
tion usually has brown pigment deposited in the form of an outline of the imperfec-
tion.

Body coloration of oysters from Delaware Bay and Chesapeake Bay was com-
pared with Southern oysters. The Northern oysters showed no spotting nor was
color evident on the shells to any extent except in the region where the adductor
muscle attaches to the shell.

Experiments designed to induce spotting have not been successful. Oysters
receiving implants of ''brown-spotted" oyster tissue were placed in aquaria for a
week when they were shucked and inspected for ''brown-spot.'' Oysters were also
maintained for one week in sea water containing homogenized ''brown-spotted"' oys-
ter tissue. Neither group of oysters showed a significant increase of intensity of
"brown-spotting.'' The lack of success of these experiments is further indication
that ''brown-spotting"' is initiated early in the life of the Southern oyster.

FLYER USED IN INDUSTRY-GOVERNMENT SALES PROMOTION PROGRAM

SPECIAL Pe > BULLETIN

MARKETING.

Department of the Interior Fish and Wildlife Service

U.S. Government Suggests- USE TUNA NOW”

The United States Department of the Interior, the Department of Agriculture,

and the Tuna Industry, are encouraging the greater use of tuna. Canned tuna
in oil will be included by the Department of Agriculture in its plentiful foods

coverage during September. A highly nutritious protein food, canned tuna is
available on a nation-wide basis at prices that are at their lowest level in

years.

6 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

FISHERY TARIFF CONCESSIONS
IN 1956 GENEVA NEGOTIATIONS
By A. M. Sandberg*

BACKGROUND

Trade agreement negotiations were completed by 22 countries, including the
United States, during the conference which was held at Geneva, Switzerland, be-
ginning on January 18, 1956, under the auspices of the contracting parties to the
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. The 22 countries were: Australia, Aus-
tria, Belgium, Canada, Chile, Cuba, Denmark, Dominican Republic, Finland,
France, Federal Republic of Germany, Haiti, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, Nether-
lands, Norway, Peru, Sweden, Turkey, the United Kingdom, and the United States.

This conference was one of a series of multilateral meetings held since World
War II for the purpose of exchanging reciprocal concessions on tariffs. These coun-
— = tries and others of the 35
SY countries which are parties
to the GATT had also nego-
tiated tariff reductions at
earlier conferences held at
Geneva (1947), Annecy (1949),
Torquay (1950-51), and at
Geneva in 1955, when nego-
tiations were held for the ac-
cessionof JapantotheGATT.

The United States ob-
tained tariff concessions in
ee SS) ese meaoOnenions Om OVer=
all exports valued at approximately $400 million. United States export trade will
also benefit from additional concessions granted in the course of negotiations be-
tween other pairs of countries; the total value of these indirect benefits is not now
available. Products on which concessions were obtained by the United States cover
a wide range of agricultural and industrial products.

In direct tariff negotiations, concessions were obtained by the United States for
certain fishery export commodities, including certain shrimp, salmon, and oyster
products. A description of these concessions is contained in table 1.

In return for the concessions obtained, the United States granted concessions
valued at $677 million in terms of United States imports of all commodities in 1954
from the country with which the concession was negotiated. Imports of the same
items from other participating countries amounted to $134 million, thus bringing
the total of benefits to all participants to $811 million.

Among the fishery items on which tariff concessions were granted by the Unit-
ed States were certain fish and fish-liver oils, shark and whale oil, isinglass,
pearl essence, certain canned smoked sardines, antipasto, fish cakes, canned her-
ring snacks and tidbits, mild-cured salmon, and certain unboiled caviar. A list-
ing and further description of the items is given in table 2.

United States reductions were generally limited to reductions in duty of about
15 percent. In many cases, the reduction in duty exceeded the 15-percent limita-

tidbn prescribed by the Trade Agreements Extension Act. The law permits minor
* Commodity-Industry Analyst (Fisheries), Economics and Cooperative Marketing Section, Branch of Commercial Fisher-
ies, U, S, Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington, D.C,

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW U

additional reductions on items in order to simplify tariff rates. The rules for ap-
plying these additional reductions of ''roundings" provide that such reductions may
not exceed one-half of one percent ad valorem or its equivalent if the tariff is in
such terms as cents per pound.

Table 1 - Fishery Items on which the United States Obtained Concessions from Other Countries, Geneva, 1956
Duty Status ae iaea ae
Before Agreement |Under Agreement ey

(US$1, 000)
IBENELUX
ex 103 Menhaden oil Free 1,710
120a3A Canned salmon 20% 1/ 215

CANADA
118c Shrimp in sealed containers
ex 123(c) Shrimp prepared or preserved
ex 123(c) Oysters, prepared or preserved
124 Oysters shelled in bulk
125 Oysters shelled in cans, not
over 1 pt.
126 Oysters shelled in cans, over
1 pt., not over 1 qt.
Oysters shelledincans, over1 qt.
Oysters shelled andfrozenN.O.P.
Shrimp fresh or frozen
Shrimp peeled and deveined
Fish meal machinery and parts
Sponges of marine production

Country and
Tariff Item No.

Brief Commodity Description

JAPAN

ex 324-1

031-0341 Shrimp, prawn, and lobsters,

fresh shelled or frozen 10% 5% 11

NORWAY Crowns Per Kilo

141 Canned salmon 0.30 0.25 -

147 Salt salmon 0.30 0.25 3
UNITED

KINGDOM MFFN4/_ Pref. MFFN4/ Pref. 3/

3 GAV Prawn and shrimp, canned 10% Free 73% | Free =16

1/ Duty currently suspended,
/ The British preferential rate applies to imports from all countries of the British Commonwealth. The preferential shown is the lowest rate under Canada’s pref-
| __ erential tariff.
3/ Trade based on United States export statistics,
4/ Most favored nation,
Abbreviations: N.O.P, - not otherwise provided, _N.S.S, - not specifically specified in foreign trade statistics,

Other countries' concessions, on the other hand, were in many cases deeper
than the 15 percent permitted under the United States negotiating authority. For
example, almost 80 percent of Germany's concessions consisted of tariff reductions
of 25 percent or more. Half of Canada's concessions to us were reductions of more
than 21 percent, and on a few items there was even complete elimination of duties.
On $13 million of United States trade, preferences were eliminated by Canada.

United States reductions will be put into effect in three annual stages in accord-
ance with the provisions of the Trade Agreements Extension Act of 1955. The first
of these stages was toenter into force on and after June 30, 1956; the next two stages
are scheduled to become effective in each of the next two years, respectively. With
few exceptions, other countries will put in effect all of their concessions at one
time.

Public notice of intention to negotiate this agreement was given on September
21 and December 9, 1955. At the same time there were published lists of itemson
which concessions in United States tariffs would be considered. Interested parties
were given opportunity to submit written briefs containing their views on conces-
sions to be obtained and granted, and public hearings were held beginning October
31, 1955, and January 17, 1956, to obtain views from interested parties. TheCom-
mittee for Reciprocity Information which conducted the hearings was made up of
persons also members of the Interdepartmental Committee on Trade Agreements,
which is the body formulating recommendations to the President on trade agree-
ment matters. The information furnished in the written briefs and during the public

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 8

Table 2 - Fishery Items on which the United States Granted Tariff Concessions, Geneva, 1956

5 Rate of Dut: pare Total U.S.
eee Sr cTsaciali Brief Commodity Description | January 1, Geneva 1956 Agreement Nesetisting Imports, 1954
ar. 1955 - Ist Stage g puny. (US$1, 000)

34 Advanced in value:

2220. 250 Shark-liver oil, including 5% plus 1¢ 42% plus 43% plus 4% plus Japan 540

dogfish-liver oil per lb. 0.95¢ per lb. | 0.9¢ per lb. 0.85¢ per lb.
IRC tax IRC tax IRC tax IRC tax

2220. 260 Shark oil including dogfish oil Hs ut eee estes]

2220.270 Fish oils, n.e.s. (except cod 5% plus T¢ per 42% plus 45% plus 2
oil and herring oil and notin-| lb. IRC tax 1.4¢ per lb. 1.3¢ per lb. 1.25¢ per lb.
cluding whale oil) IRC tax IRC tax IRC tax

2220. 300 Fish-liver oils, n.e.s. (ex- M 1, 629
cept cod-liver oil)

1669 Not advanced in value:

2210.920 Shark oil and shark-liver Free plus Free plus Free plus Free plus
oil, including dogfish and 1¢ per lb. 0.95¢ per 0.9¢ per 0.85¢ per
dogfish-liver oil IRC tax Ib. IRC tax lb. IRC tax 1b. IRC tax

2210. 980 Fish oils, n.e,s. (except cod Free plus Free plus Free plus Free plus

oil and herring oil and not

including whale oil)

IRC tax

41 0941.700

Isinglass

25%

13¢ per lb.

1.4¢ per

Ib. IRC tax

1.3¢ per lb.
IRC tax

1.25¢ per lb.
IRC tax

52 | 0803.000 Sperm oil, crude 13¢ per gal. l.l¢per gal. |1¢ per gal.
0803.500 Whale oil, n.s.p.f. 3¢ per gal. 2.8¢ per gal. |2.7¢pergal. 22¢ per gal. Canada
plus 13¢ plus 1.4¢per} plus1.3¢per plus 13¢ per
IRC tax gal. IRC tax | gal. IRC tax | gal. IRC tax
0808.710 Shark oil, including oil pro- 5% plus 1¢ 43% plus 0.95¢|43% plus 0:9¢ 4% plus 0.85¢
duced from dogfish, n.s.p.f. per lb. per lb. per lb. per lb.
IRC tax IRC tax IRC tax IRC tax
66 | 8420.270 Pearl essence 123% 113% 11% 11%
7172) | 0055.500 Swordfish, whole or be- 13¢ per lb. Bound at 14¢ per lb.
headed or eviscerated
ly 17(b)| 0060. 320 Swordfish, filleted,skinned, 13¢ per lb. Bound at 13¢ per lb.
boned or divided into portions
711(c)| 0062.250 Shark fins, driedandunsalted ae per lb. 0.59¢ per lb. Jo. -56¢ per lb. 0.53¢ per lb. Japan 52
Product of Cuba 3¢ per Ib. Bound at z¢ per lb. Cuba 4
718(a)| 0063.390 Sardines, smoked, in oil or
(part) in oil and other substances,
neither skinned nor boned, 15% | 14% 133% 123% Norway 3, 400
valued over 30¢ per lb. in- (est.)
cluding weight of immediate
container (canned)
0063. 340 Sardines, smoked, in oil and
in oil and other substances,
neither skinned nor boned, 15% 14% 133% 124% Norway 116
valued over 18¢ but not over
23¢ per lb., including weight
of immediate container
(canned)
0066. 300 Antipasto, in oil or in oil and
other substances, valued 15% 14% 133% 123% Italy
over 9¢ per lb. including
weight of immediate contain-
er (canned)
0066. 700 "Other fish" in oil or in oil
(part) and other substances, valued 1 1
over 9¢ per pound including 30% 282% 21% 252% Denmark
weight of immediate container
Note: Includes such products as canned smok almon, ed ked 4
paced ia(oll oriinfoll Vand cic /suietanees (doesh eels tae prepared fishieey ee ed sprats, filler of mackerel, and numerous oriental specialties whea
718(b)| 0067. 300 Fish cakes, -balls, and pud-
dings not in oil or in oil and
other substances, in airtight | 63% 53%

containers weighing with con-
tents not over 15 pounds each

0067. 720

"Other herring" (includes

snacks, tidbits, rollmops,
sprats) not in oil or in oil

and other substances in air-

tight containers weighing
with contents not over 15

pounds each (canned)

0067. 800

Bonito in brine in airtight

containers weighing with

contents not over 15
pounds each (canned)

123%

719 0068. 000

Pickled or salted salmon

10%

92%

Bound at 123%

721(d)} 0079. 200

Cayiar (except sturgeon
roe) not boiled and not

packed in airtight

containers, n. s.p.f.

5¢ per lb.

3¢ per lb.

44¢ per lb.

4¢per lb.

T75 1250. 250

Pastes, balls, puddings,
hash-and similar mix-
tures of vegetables,
meats or fish, n.s.p.f.

25%

232%

223%

21%

1538 0990. 290

Shells and mother-of-pearl

engraved, cut, ornamented

or manufactured

173%

163%

153%

15%

1/ Imports from Peru only, the concession is a rebinding of rates already bound in the General Agreement,

‘Abbreviations: IRC tax - Internal Revenue Can Tax,

n,e.s, ~ not elsewhere specified.

n.s.p.f. - not specifically provided for .

est. - estimate.

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW : 9

hearing, as well as all relevant information available within the Government, and
digests of confidential data and "peril point'' findings prepared by the Tariff Com-
mission on items under consideration were considered. Digests were prepared by
the Departments of Commerce, Agriculture, and Interior on items for which the
United States sought to obtain concessions. This material was studied first by in-
terdepartmental subcommittees, then by the Committee on Trade Agreements,
which formulated recommendations to the President at every stage of the prepara-
tions. No concession was offered without the President's approval, and the over-
all results were also subject to his approval.

The Department of the Interior participated in the preparation for these negotia-
tions. Harry M. Shooshan, International Activities Assistant, Technical Review
Staff, represented the Department of the Interior at the tariff negotiating conference,
as well as on the Committee for Reciprocity Information and Trade Agreements
Committee deliberations.

The nongovernmental advisers assigned by the President to attend the delibera-
tions at the Geneva conference reported as follows to the President: 'Having had
an opportunity to observe at first hand the tariff negotiations now drawing to a con-
clusion at Geneva, we are happy to report to you that the interests of our country
have been well served. We have been greatly impressed by the competence of the
career men from the nine departments and agencies of the Government who have
handled these important negotiations. The members of the Trade Agreements Com-
mittee, particularly, have worked long hours for many months with a high degreee
of concentration and effort.

"We were particularly impressed with the unfailing concern of our negotiators
to advance the broad interests of the United States. By no stretch of the“imagina-
tion could the tariff negotiations, as we observed them, be called a give-away pro-
gram. The entire program is, of course, based upon reciprocal concessions, and
we found our negotiating teams and the Trade Agreements Committee to be bargain-
ing in what seemed to us to be the best Yankee tradition. They insisted on obtain-
ing concessions of full value for each concession made by the United States. There
is great need for a better public knowledge of these facts."

TARIFF CONCESSIONS OBTAINED BY THE UNITED STATES
IN DIRECT NEGOTIATIONS

In direct negotiations, the United States obtained from other countries conces-
sions in their duties for certain fishery export commodities. These include various
forms of shrimp, salmon, and oysters. Tariff concessions obtained by the United
States from other countries were also scheduledto go into effect on June 20, 1956.

BENELUX CONCESSIONS ON MENHADEN OIL AND CANNED SALMON: A
duty-free binding was obtained for menhaden oil. This product is also exemptfrom
Netherlands monoply fees or corresponding Belgian-Luxembourg charges if im-
ported for further processing. Benelux imports from the United States in 1954were

valued at $1, 710, 000.

The duty on canned salmon has been suspended for some time. The reduction
in the statutory rate of duty from 20 to 15 percent was obtained. This provides that
should the suspension of duty be lifted, the duty would revert to the 15-percentrate,
rather than the higher rate.

CANADA IN CONCESSIONS ON SHRIMP, OYSTERS, AND SPONGES: The Unit-
ed States obtained direct tariff concessions from Canada which are of substantial
value to the domestic shellfish industry. These negotiations resulted in the elimi-
nation of the margin between the preferential rates applying to countries of the
British Commonwealth and those to the United States.

10 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

Duties were eliminated on shelled oysters and reduced on fresh, frozen, and
canned shrimp. Canadian imports from the United States in these shellfish items
totaled $2,519, 000 in 1954. On fresh or frozen shrimp, the duty was reduced from
125 percent to 10 percent ad valorem. According to United States export statistics,
shipments of this product to Canada were valued at $642, 000 in 1954 and $888, 000
in 1955. On canned shrimp, for which United States export trade to Canada amount-
ed to $1, 188, 000 in 1954 and $1, 875, 000 in 1955, the duties were cut from 15 to 10
percent.

Reductions were also negotiated inthe duties on prepared and preserved and
peeled and deveined shrimp. In the former case, the concession lowered the duty
from 223 percent to 10 percent, and in the latter from 173 percent to 10 percent,
Data on these products are not separately shown in the foreign trade statistics.

Duties on prepared and preserved oysters were reduced from 223 percent to
15 percent. The duty of 5 cents a gallon on oysters shucked in bulk was eliminated
as were the duties on shucked oysters inthe can. The duties in the latter case were
23 cents per can for cans not over 1 pint; 43 cents per can for cans over one pint
and not over one quart; and 43 cents per can for cans exceeding one quart. The
173 percent ad valorem duty on shucked and frozen oysters was also eliminated.
United States oyster exports to Canada, which were valued at about $700, 000 in
1954, will likely be increased as a result of the reductions in the various duties.

The Canadian import duty on marine sponges was reduced from 123 percent to
free status.

JAPANESE CONCESSION ON SHRIMP AND LOBSTERS: Japan's participation
in the 1956 tariff negotiations at Geneva came eight months after the completion of
the 1955 negotiations, In the postwar years, Japan consistently has purchasedmore
merchandise from the United States than it has sold. This imbalance has been de-
frayed in large measure by special dollar earnings resulting from the expenditures
by and for the United States Armed Forces in Japan. When these special dollar
earnings cease, Japan will have to find other sources to compensate for them. In
the interest of conserving foreign exchange for the purchase of essential commodi-
ties, Japan has exercised strict trade and exchange controls. In 1955, Japan's
trade picture improved somewhat and the deficit in trade with the United States was
reduced. As a result of this improvement, Japan partially relaxed some of its ex-
change restrictions.

The rate of duty for shrimp, prawn, and lobsters, fresh, chilled, or frozen
was reduced from 10 percent to 5 percent ad valorem. Japanese imports of these
products from the United States in 1954 totaled about $11, 000.

NORWEGIAN CONCESSION ON CANNED AND SALTED SALMON: Norway
granted a reduction of about 16 percent in its rate on canned salmon and salted
salmon. The duty was reduced from 0.30 crowns per kilogram to 0.25 crowns.
United States exports of salted salmon to Norway amounted to $3, 000 in 1954.
Trade in this item has been hampered by import restrictions but efforts are under
way to seek liberalization. No trade was reported in 1955. Norway did not. import
canned salmon from the United States in 1954 and 1955.

Eranicd a concession on canned shrimp (a reduction of 25 Bence from a ae of
10 percent ad valorem to 74 percent). United States exports of canned shrimp to
that country in 1955 were valued at $6,000. Trade in this item has been subject to
import restrictions.

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 11

TARIFF CONCESSIONS GRANTED BY THE UNITED STATES

Concessions were granted to Japan on certain fish and fish-liver oils. The
principal concessions granted Norway consisted of reductions in the duty on canned
smoked sardines, crude sperm oil, and pearl essence. Our import duty on mild-
cured salmon was reduced in negotiations with Canada. The United States duty on
imports of swordfish and on canned bonito in brine were bound to Peru. The items
negotiated with Peru were previously bound in trade negotiations with other coun-
tries but were granted to Peru in this negotiation by direct concession.

Our import-duty reductions will apply to imports into the United States from
all free-world countries. The reductions will not apply to imports from the Soviet-
dominated bloc.

CERTAIN FISH OILS AND FISH-LIVER OILS, PAR. 34, 52, AND 1169: The
oils included in the concessions made by the United States at are > chiefly - fish-liver
oils (except cod, cod-liver, and halibut-liver oil), whale oil, and crude sperm oil.
Small quantities of viscera and body oils are included. The principal oils are those
obtained from the livers of the shark, including dogfish, and from the livers of tuna,
swordfish, and other miscellaneous types of fish. Herring, menhaden, and pilchard
body oils are not included.

Japan is the principal source of United States imports of fish-liver oils. United
States total imports of the oils upon which concessions were made were valued at
$2,188, 000 in 1954 of which Japan supplied $2,055,000. In 1955, imports were
valued at $2, 034, 000 of which $1, 902, 000 was supplied by Japan.

Production of shark-liver oil has declined in the United States from $937, 000
in 1950 to $298, 000 in 1954. Production of other fish-liver oils has also declined
but their combined value probably well exceeds the value of the production of shark-
liver oils. These natural vitamin oils also encounter sharp competition from syn-
thetic vitamins.

PEARL ESSENCE, PAR. 66: Our rate of duty on pearl essence was reduced
from 123 percent to 11 percent in negotiations with Norway. United States imports
of this product from all countries in 1954 totaled $347, 000 and $250, 000 in 1955.

PICKLED OR SALTED SALMON, PAR, 719: The United States granted a con-
cession to Canada which, will reduce the dut duty on canned mild-cured salmon from 10
percent ad valorem to 83 percent. United States imports during 1954 had a value
of $68, 000 and during 1955 of $41,000.

SMOKED SARDINES:

over Sor cents per Sune uEe including weigh = immediate container Brees
718(a): Our rate of duty on smoked sardines, in oil or in oil and other
substances neither skinned nor boned, valued over 30 cents per pound, in-
cluding weight. of immediate containers was reduced from 15 percent ad
valorem to 123 percent ad valorem in the negotiations with Norway. This
concession is a part of animport classification which included similarly
prepared sardines valued over 23 cents a pound. No concession was grant-
ed on the value bracket over 23 cents but not over 30 cents a pound. Nor-
way has been the principal source of imports of the grade of sardines upon
which the concession was made. United States total imports amounted to
an estimated $3.5 million in 1954, and $4.5 million in 1955.

Domestic production of smoked sardines, comparable to the types im-
ported (valued at over 30 cents a pound) is estimated as less than $15, 000
annually.

12 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

In oil or in oil and other substances, neither skinned nor boned; valued

over 18 cents per pound, but not over 23 cents including weight of immedi-
ate container: Our rate of duty on these products was also reduced. This
merely provides for a similar rate of duty for smoked sardines valued over
30 cents a pound. The rate of duty on smoked sardines between 23 and 30
cents a pound was not changed by the negotiations and remains at 15 per-
cent ad valorem. United States total imports of items coming within this
class on which the concession was granted were valued at $116, 000 in1954

and $54, 000 in 1955.

“OTHER FISH" IN OIL OR IN OIL AND OTHER SUBSTANCES, VALUED OVER
9 CENTS PER POUND: Our duty on these products was reduced by a concession to
Denmark, primarily to benefit imports of canned sprats which are in certain cases
classifiable under this tariff item. United States total imports of these products in

1954 were valued at about $150, 000; in 1955 these imports were valued at $83, 000.

“OTHER HERRING", NOT IN OIL OR IN OIL AND OTHER SUBSTANCES, IN

EACH: Our duty for these products was reduced in a concession to Norway. This
item includes such products as canned herring snacks, tidbits, rollmops, and
sprats not in oil or other substances. United States total imports of these products
in 1954 were valued at $1,971,000, and in 1955 at $2, 022, 000.

NO CONCESSIONS GRANTED ON CERTAIN LISTED ITEMS

A number of items listed for consideration for possible reduction of import
duty were not subject to concessions. In some instances, no basis was found for
granting concession; in others, peril-point findings precluded granting a concession.
Among the items listed for public hearing on which no concessions were granted
were sodium alginate, fish livers, refined sperm oil, fresh-water fish fillets, fresh
or frozen sablefish, canned mackerel and jack mackerel, fishhooks, nylon gill-net-
ting, pearl or shell button blanks, and natural pearls.

TARIFF CHANGES ON FISHERY ITEMS RESULTING FROM
NEGOTIATIONS BETWEEN OTHER COUNTRIES

Many of the benefits derived from bindings or reductions of rates of duty which
were negotiated between other countries will accrue to United States products ex-
ported to the country granting the concession. As a result of the "'most-favored-
nation'' provision of the agreement, concessions granted by one party to any one of
the others automatically are extended to all countries participating in the GATT.

Concessions made by other countries of interest to United States fishery indus-
tries included the following:

Canada - prepared or preserved mussels; fish hooks,
Norway - nylon fish nets.

United Kingdom - fish meal, fish hooks, fish-cutting machines, caragheen
extracts.

Italy - dried cod and haddock, canned salmon, fish hooks,

West Germany - fish fillets, oysters, canned salmon, small herring, pre-
pared or preserved lobster,

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 13

Principal fishery items included in the negotiations between other countries
which are of interest to United States fishery interests are listed in table 3.

= 5 = Table 3 - Tariff Concessions on Fishery Items Resulting from Third Country Negotiations, Geneva, 1956 |
ountry ani i Rate Under | Country and
pountnviane Brief Commodity Description pecesunder em Brief Commodity Description patelndes
= Whal t, fe lusively in the feeding of fi ao a) than
ic le meat, for use exclusively in the feeding of fur- 0 Fishi hine=
bearing animals or in the manufacture of fede for euch rietresjand|of'a wisih lof more|thaw'S|metreasjtor pare
purposes «eee ee ee ee ee ee eee eee -| Free sons practising fishing as a profeasion under certificate
123 Ex (c). Mussels, prepared or preserved ........-..0.- 17} percent of the Federal Ministry of Agriculture andForestry . . Free
Ex 440) Riah|Rookainto*p Bret ie hina nie: 10 percent [West Germany 1
0301 Fish, live or dead, fresh, chilled or frozen:
A, Fresh-water fish:
INylonifishinginets taremeiwal shah lene cn tact nen-bei=ie © 5 percent ad valorem but ex3 - Other than salmon and trout:
not less than kr. 2.00per kg. Eels:
From 'October/1'to\3l\ seu 2) feleene = 30 3 percent
Fish meal, other than herring meal. ........... 10 percent aneer January 1 to April30 ......... Free
ther fish, not ng 5 it
Dasa), | palarar ois oa oo Gaon Dee Oooo eee 20 percent By Sea Teh ain els ond carpe percent
3. V(5) (xi) 1. Whole or cut up, not including fillets:
Fish processing machines, skinning, gutting, opening, ex c - Other than herring or sprat:
splitting, slicing, and cutting machines; head-, tail- Haddock, ling, ocean perch, halibut,
and bone-removing machines ..... 22.2.0... 172 percent from August 1 to December 31 Free
Plaice and flounder... ... 6 percent
Carageen(extracthe Ee Eien re hele 10 percent 22lo\f lets reewee- Ronse Ne Ne RGNeR TN CRSe Ne percent
0303 C-2 Oysters (other than spat) ............. Free
Fish and shellfish, not specified, dried ......... 0.33 gourdes per kg. = Loneteeariens
Zolwencentind\valorers 1604 Prepared or preserved fish and fish products:
1C. In hermetically sealed containers (canned):
a. Of the salmon family ............... 20 percent
Fish, simply salted, dried or smoked: codfish (baccala) al’Sprat((Glunes\apratts,) myst eee aN Trajpercent
or similar fish (haddock, klippfish, stockfish) ... . . Free exe. Herring, the live length not over 16 centimeters,
Prepared or preserved fish: in airtight containers in ofl or tomato or both... 1 ee i aipercent
Salon Sone) PIE een aer ae iajpercent Other, in containers of a weight of more than
= - =| five hundredigrams. .).0.).3) 0 20 percent
Fish hooks, including anchor type ........-..- 12 percent ex f. Eel, boiled, tried, or similarly treated, with
added vinegar or aromatic herbs ........ 20 percent
Fish, cooked or smoked, in sauces, mayonnaise, re- ex 7. Tn other packings:
b moulade or in non-jellying liquids... .......-. 220 schillings per 100 kgs. Fish of the salmon family ..........., 20 percent
Kippered herring (salted or smoked herring without any Sprat, herring, in containers of a weight of more
addition) in airtight containers (canned). .......- 150 schillings per 100 kgs. than five hundred grams ~......-.-.. 20\pexcent
Eel, boiled, fried, or similarly treated... |. 20 percent
(Wire ren peangeny era, Ex 1605 Lobster, prepared or preserved ....-.-......- 20 percent

Note; Complete date on all tariff items negotiated in 1956 tariff negotiations and related information are contained in these
U.S. Ae ae of State publications for sale by Superintendent of Documents, U, S, Government Printing Office, Wash-
ington 25, D, C.

1, General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade--Analysis of United States Negotiations--Sixth Protocol of Supplementary
Concessions, Geneva, 1956 (State Department Publication No, 6348, Commercial Policy Series No. 158), $1.

2, General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, Schedule XX (State Department Publication 6362, Commercial Policy
Series 159), 60 cents, es

Se
SHRIMP--A FAVORITE AMERICAN FOOD

The glamorous shrimp continues to win favor with Americans.

Statistics released here April 18, 1956, by the Shrimp Association of the
Americas in connection with the Eleventh Annual Convention of the National
Fisheries Institute at Miami Beach, Fla., show that the United States is now
consuming more than 350 million pounds (heads on) of shrimp a year, valued
at $225 million ex-vessel, an increase of about ten percent a year.

" Americans are now consuming shrimp at the rate of two pounds per cap-
ita Manny Sanchez, Brownsville, Tex., president of the Shrimp Association
declared. "Our shrimp products, once classified chiefly in the cocktail cate-
gory, are rapidly moving into the main-dish area on Americans' menus.

"Sales in 1955 reached anall-time high and shrimp is now the largest sin-

gle fish product in dollar volume of sales,"

Frozen shrimpfor the first time took a lead over fresh shrimp
in consumer sales. The frozen product sales rose 21 percent last
year. Frozen shrimp now accounts for 54 percent of the total shrimp
volume.

Shrimp consumption in 1955 was 356.1 million pounds (heads on) as com-
pared to 325.1 million pounds in 1954. Frozen shrimp consumption in 1955
was 191 million pounds (heads on) as compared to 157.6 million pounds in 1954.
Domestic production accounted for approximately three-fourths of the total;
imports for about one-fourth.

--Excerptfrom address at National Fisheries Institute
Eleventh Annual Convention, April 18, 1956.

14 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

YZ IN SERVICE LABORATORIES

Z LLL Dr oe re a at : iQ :

FISH-QUALITY DETERIORATION STUDY

As part of a large-scale study on objective tests for quality of fish, work at the
Seattle Technological Laboratory of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service has been
concentrated on compounds formed in the meat of fish while deterioration in quality
is occurring. Fish of varying degrees of freshness are being analyzed to learn
what these compounds are, and how they may be evaluated in terms of the level of
quality of the fish. The first group of compounds being studied are the free amino
acids, liberated from the protein of the meat by enzymatic action. Results to date
indicate that certain reactive compounds are freed only after definite spoilage has
occurred. Changes in fish muscle constituents during earlier stages of spoilage are
now being studied.

ty Sang A

STUDY OF DRIP IN FROZEN FISH

The loss of tissue fluid from fish frozen, then thawed, has for years beena
vexing problem of fish processors and users. For example, the homemaker may
think she is being sold water at the price of fish when the exuded fluid appears a-
round the thawed portion. Studies now under way at the Ketchikan laboratory are
aimed at a better understanding of the chemistry involved when the meat of fish
loses these fluids.

In preliminary studies designed to characterize the proteins occurring in drip,
frozen fish were thawed, minced and subjected to centrifugation. The fluid sepa-
rated from the meat by this process was again centrifuged, this time at very high”
speeds. No solid particles were precipitated from the fluid during the centrifuga-
tion. No structural (fibrous) proteins from the musculature of the fish were ob-
served to be precipitated following a ten-fold dilution of the drip with distilled wa-
ter. Continued dilution caused the precipitation of a protein fraction, and subse-
quently, treatment of the remaining liquid with trichloroacetic acid precipitated a
second fraction.

Protein characterization studies on the drip were also made using electrophor-
esis, the technique whereby protein fractions are separated by their different rates
of movement under electrical impulse along a strip of porous paper. Three major
fractions were observed which were soluble indilute salt solutions.

Work to date indicates: (1) no solid proteinaceous particles or fibrous proteins
can be found in the drip fluid from the meat of fish; (2) two major fractions of pro-
teins, soluble in very dilute salt solutions, but differing in their solubilities in dis-
tilled water, were found to be present in the drip; (3) separation of the protein com-
ponents of drip into three major groups was accomplished by taking advantage of
the relative mobilities of the fractions during electrically-assisted diffusion along
a strip of porous paper.

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 15

The apparent significance of the studies lies in the fact that the only protein -
components of drip found thus far are all soluble in dilute saline solutions corres-
ponding to the salinity levels of the meat of the fish. As a preliminary hypothesis,
it may be stated that drip from frozen and thawed fish meat contains only those pro-
teins normally found in suspended form in the meat.

EOIN.

ANTIOXIDANT MIXTURES FOR
PRESERVING FISHERY PRODUCTS

The possibility of increased preservation of fatty fish by the use of antioxidants
is a matter of great importance to the fishing industry. Research contracted by the
U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service to the University of California at Davis, Calif., has
shown that mixtures of antioxidants are much more effective in preventing oxidative
deterioration of food products than are any of the compounds alone. This synergis-
tic action of antioxidant mixtures is now being tested under commercial conditions
at the Fish and Wildlife Service's Seattle laboratory. Further information will be
available when the tests are completed. The research is being financed withfunds
provided by the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act of 1954. f
.

TUNA IDEAL FOR SUMMER PICNICS

If your family responds to your dinner call with mild enthusiasm, it is time
forachange. Summertime istuna time and also picnic time. So, why not change
the family eating routine and treat
them to apicnic supper either in your
backyard or a nearby park? Picnics
are the occasions when you can don
sports clothes and serve simple but
tasty foodin a relaxed and enjoyable
fashion.

Of course, it's the food that
makes apicnic enjoyable and the én-
terprising planner will give the main
course extra-special attention. Can-
ned tuna packed with energy-giving
proteinis aflavorfulbasisfor main-
course salads or sandwiches. Itisa
natural ingredient, too, as there is
little or no preparation. Just opena
cananditisready to use. And, it is
economical, too, as there is no
waste.

The home economists of the U. S, Fish and Wildlife Service suggest that you
join the summertime outdoor parade and serve "Tuna Salad" at your next picnic

supper.
TUNA SALAD
3 CANS (65 0R 7 OUNCES EACH) TUNA 2 HARD-COOKED EGGS, DICED
2 CUP MAYONNAISE OR SALAD DRESSING DASH PEPPER
1 CUP DICED CELERY LETTUCE
2 TABLESPOONS CHOPPED SWEET PICKLE TOMATO WEDGES

2 TABLESPOONS CHOPPED ONION

Drain tuna and flake. Combine next six ingredients. Serve on lettuce and
garnish with tomato wedges. Serves six.

16 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

RENDS =

AND =

Sa GS

—

Ie
(ise

Additions to the Fleet of U. S. Fishing Vessels

MAY 1956: A total of 53 vessels of 5 net tons and over were issued first docu-
ments as fishing craft during May 1956--eleven more than in May 1955, according
to the U. S. Bureau of Customs. The Alaska and South Atlantic areas led with 10
each, followed by the Gulf and Pacific areas with 9 each.

Ma Jan.-May Total}
1955 [1956 11955 | 1955

Section

Net Tons Number
OP ae 18

New England...
Middle Atlantic

Chesapeake ...
South Atlantic ..

eo ee engi! We

Virgin Islands . .
Total

Note; Vessels have been assigned to the various sections on the basis of
registered home ports.

Arkansas

FISH AND RICE CROPS: More and more acres in Arkansas are being used to
produce alternating crops of rice and fish. It has been estimated that 50,000 of ap-
proximately 1,000,000 acres of the State's rice lands are now being used for com-
mercial fish production.

Reservoirs are an important tool in the production of each of these crops. In
the rice-growing areas, the soil structure is such that little or none of the surface
water will percolate to the substrata. Thus, to save this valuable water, dirt lev-

ees are thrown up to form reservoirs. These are used to flood the fields and to
hold fish.

The cycle of rice and fish production is begun with the planting of rice. Water
is pumped over the fields of growing rice and then is drawn off just before harvest
time. After the rice harvest, the fields are flooded again and this time are planted
with the desired fish species, such as carp, buffalofish, and channel catfish. At
the end of two years, the fields are drained again and the fish crop is harvest-
ed. The marketable fish are sold, brood stock and surplus fish are returned to the
reservoirs, and any undesirable species are destroyed.

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW IL

Though buffalofish and channel catfish are considered difficult to propagate in
controlled waters, the job is being done on a hit-or-miss basis. The farmers who
have been successful in producing
fingerlings of these two species BUralction
have a most profitable enterprise. (Ictiobus cyprinella)
It is reported that buffalofishfin- .
gerlings, 3 to 6 inches in length,
are being sold for $50 to $75 a
thousand. A rice grower who pro-
duced 700 pounds of buffalofish an
acre over a two-year period re-
cently sold his marketable fish
and a considerable quantity of
brood stock for only slightly less
than he had received for his pre-
vious rice crop. To the price re-
ceived for the fish could be added, of course, the value of stored water plus ferti-
lizer (fertilizer the water is believed to return to the soil at the rate of approxi-
mately $20 an acre a year).

Game species produced by the rice growers are kept for sport fishing. An in-
creasing number of reservoirs are being leased to sportfishing groups omopened to
the public on a pay-to-fish basis, reports The Progressive Fish-Culturist (July
1956), aU. S. Fish and Wildlife Service publication.

California
PERIODIC FLIGHTS CONTINUED TO STUDY PELAGIC FISH DISTRIBUTION

to study pelagic fish distribution, abundance, and behavior in 1956 was completed

by the California Department of Fish and Game (Cessna ''170"' 1359D during May 7-
11, 1956. The inshore area from Pt. Reyes toSan
Diego was surveyed.

Despite the occurrence of rain showers on May
8 and 9, an excellent coverage of the coast wasmade.
Visibility was good and exceptionally calm weather
_areasurveyea. | PLeVailed over the entire coast.

Legend:

- Anchovy school

group. Plankton concentrations changed considerably
since the April 2-6 flight. The large areas of rich
"brown'' water were replaced with clearer ''green"'
water and visibility into the water was very good.
Brown water was found only in small areas in Monte-
rey and Drakes Bays. Euphausiid swarms were
present in Monterey Bay again as in April and the
salmon boats, both commercial and sport, were con-
centrated in the area where the euphausiids were con-
centrated. On May 7, 59 boats, and on May 8, 135
boats were observed in the area of euphausiid swarm -
ing which extended about two miles in diameter.

iff Pt. Conception Most of the fish schools observed during this

flight were very close to the surface, thus permit-

ting good identification from the air. A check with

the commercial and sport boats revealed a compar-

Airplane Spotting Flight 56-4 (May 7 and8, able fish distribution and identification as was made
1956, from the air.

18 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

Anchovy: Anchovy schools dominated the inshore area over the entire extent
of the coast covered. Adult anchovy schools were very numerous south of Pt. Dume
and during the three days spent in the area
more anchovy schools were observed than
during any previous period over the last
three years. Maps were made, each cover-
ing 10 miles of coast line, to more efficient-
ly tally the schools seen. A total of 3,039
schools of anchovies were observed from
Bolinas to Coronado and 8, 132,000 square
feet of fish were tallied in each 10-mile sec-
tion in which fish were seen. In addition,
550 schools of juvenile (1956 year-class) an-
chovies were observed in the area between
San Onofre and Del Mar. These young fish
were "'breezing"' onthe surface inthin schools
averaging about 3,000 sq. ft. per school. No
adult fish of any species was observed near
these young fish and no sea lions or birds
were observed inthe area feeding onthe fish.

- Area surveyed.

- Anchovy school
group.

6 - Adult anchovies.

8 - Juvenile "

Sardine and Mackerel: No schools of
sardine and mackerel were observed in the
inshore area covered. Routine sampling of
the commercial and bait anchovy catch reveal-
ed the presence of a trace of "eight-inch"
sardines mixed in with most schools of an-
chovies taken. Commercial fishermen re- ,irplanespottingFlight 56-4 (May 8, 10, and 11, 1956,
ported catches of jack mackerel at San Clem-
ente and Santa Catalina Islands and also reported some schools of adult sardines in
these areas. A sample of adult sardines taken at Santa Catalina Island revealed
that the fish were in near spawning condition. In comparison with last year, the
adult sardines are remaining closer to the shore during the 1956 spawning period.
It was not until the first week of June that adult sardines were seen along the coast
in the spring of 1955.

wk OK OF

CATCH OF SHRIMP BEAM TRAWL NETS OF VARIOUS MESH SIZES STUDIED
BY M/V "N. B. SCOFIELD" (Cruise 56-B-1): To compare the catch (size of indi-
viduals and total quantity) of shrimp beam trawl nets of various mesh sizes was the
principal purpose of this cruise by the M/V N. B. Scofield, research vessel of the
Marine Fisheries Branch of the California Department of Fish and Game. This in-
formation is to be used in making recommendations for legislation to protect the
necessary numbers of spawners. Fishing was for Pandalus jordani in the Bodega
Bay area. In addition, the vessel attempted to collect shrimp, (P. platyceros),
with two types of experimental traps just south of Monterey, and checked on the
abundance of abalones on the Farallone Islands.

A beam trawl frame 20' across with a single crossbar wasused. For most net
comparisons two trawl nets, each 10 feet across the mouth were hung side by side.
This method cancels out the tendency of the shrimp to school by size even within
the same bed. Scouting was begun off Pt. Reyes and continued northward untilcom-
mercial-size catches were made just south of the mouth of the Russian River in 40
fathoms.

The experimental shrimp traps were of one basic design, but half were con-
structed of heavy "hardware cloth'' steel mesh and the others were steel frames
covered with cotton net webbing; the only bait used was fish livers in a rather bad
state of decomposition.

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 19

A total of 100 drags were made with the beam trawl. Of this number 65 had
enough shrimp in each net to constitute adequate samples for comparison. One
25-minute drag produced 1, 200
pounds of shrimp. Nets of six
different mesh sizes were used.
j These covered the spread from
: a mesh minimum of 0.69 inch to
a maximum of 1.84 inches meas-
ured inside the knots. Exact
evaluation of the results will de-
pend on the measuring of the in-
dividual shrimp in the samples
and organization of this data.

No prawns were taken in the
4 days of fishing with traps. The
probable cause was improper
bait. Lampreys wére taken at an
average of about nine per trap

N. B. Scofield. per setting.

The abalone exploration at the Farallone Islands was limited to one morning.
Abalone are normally found in quantity only on the rougher shores, i.e. they would
be expected only on the windward side of the islands. The swell was heavy enough
to make it impossible to get in close enough to dive, let alone to do any actual div-
ing. Instead dives were made in three places in the lea of the islands. Abalone
were quite scarce, aS was expected.

Cans--Shipments for Fishery Products, January-April 1956

Total shipments of metal cans during January-April amounted to
39, 330 short tons of steel (based on the amount of steel consumed inthe
manufacture of cans) as compared with 23, 881 tons in January-April1955.
The increase in January-April 1956 probably reflects the heavier pack
? \\ cf canned tuna as compared with the January-April 1955 period. Packs
: of other fishery products are usually light during this period of the year.
Note: Statistics cover all commercial and captive plants known to be producing metal cans, Reported in base boxes of steel
consumed in the manufacture of cans, the data for fishery products are converted to tons of steel by using the factor: 23.0
base boxes of steel equal one short ton of steel.

Electronic Devices Utilized in Fishery
Research and Management

Unwittingly and involuntarily the fish has "gone electric."

An electric fence has been used successfully by the U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service to keep the big Kodiak bear away from critical sections of salmon streams.

Electrical weirs protect fish by jolting the life out of sea lampreys on their
way to spawning grounds to bring forth more lampreys to prey on more fish.

A "tattletale'' electronic device, called a sonic tracker, is being attached to
the back of salmon and for as much as 100 hours every twist and turn of the fishis
flashed to a recording instrument on land or in a boat.

20 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

Fish count themselves when passing through another device created by the Fish
and Wildlife Service and at times the fish take their own pictures.

Fish protection at powerplant intakes by use of electrical fish screens is be-
ing studied by the Fish and Wildlife Service, while in other places fish are being
spotted for harvesting by any one
of severalfish finders which have
been developed by electronic spe-
cialists.

An underwater telemeter Hie i j Saree
which indicates the depth of nets eo : ee i We

has solved one of the problems
of midwater trawling. Under-
water television is telling the
Fish and Wildlife Service more
about fish in their regular habi-
tat and more about what could
be done to make fishing gear
more efficient and effective.

Fish ''shockers" are used to
temporarily "knock out" fish in
a stream to permit stream popu-
lation counts.

Besides these, there are the fathometers used to measure ocean depths, radar
and electrical beams and direction finders to guide ships and planes, and radio for
communications.

All of these devices the Fish and Wildlife Service uses--some, like the fish
counter, the Fish and Wildlife Service created; some, like the sonic tracker and
underwater telemeter, electronic specialists created at the behest of the Fish and
Wildlife Service; others, such as the fish finders and the underwater television,
other sources created and developed and the Fish and Wildlife Service adapted for
it use.

Three of these devices--the electric fish counter, the sonic tracker, and the
fish-guiding apparatus--apply particularly to salmon studies but can be used on oth-
er species of fish as well. In fact, considerable interest has been shown in the fish
counter and in the guiding device by many state fish and game departments. The
sonic tracker is too new to elicit widespread comment yet.

The sonic tracker is to be used to study the passage of fish through fishways.
The initial studies will be made at Bonneville Dam on the Columbia River where
the Service has the facilities to observe fish behavior in several types of fishways.
By being able to chart the reactions of salmon to various types of fishways, Serv-
ice technicians hope to be able to determine the most effective fish-ladder design.

The sonic tracker is a capsule about 2.5 inches long and less than an inch in
diameter which is fastened to the back of a salmon just to the rear of the dorsal fin.
Studies show that the fish's reactions are normal about five seconds after the track-
er is attached. It contains a 15-volt battery and other transmitting apparatus capa-
ble of sending signals for a period of time varying from 10 hours to 100 hours.
The signals can be detected as far as 2,000 feet under ideal conditions. A fish
carrying the capsule can be tracked and its position pinpointed for about 800 feet
in clear still water and for about 100 feet in rough, turbulent streams. The re-
ceiver which automatically registers the movements can be placed on shore or in-
stalled in a boat. Sound waves may be varied so that movements of as many asten
fish can be traced at the same time.

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 21

The chief value of the electric fish counter at present is to test the effective-
ness of the fishways as well as to register the number of salmon heading for the
spawning grounds. The continuance of a salmon fishery depends to a great extent
upon a sufficient number of adult fish reaching the spawning area. The practice of
making visual counts at fish ladders and in streams has not been entirely satisfac-
tory.

The counting device is fully automatic, not only counting the fish and indicating
the size and direction of travel, but, through the medium of an underwater camera,
it can identify the species of fish. The counter can also be adjusted merely to sound
a signal when a fish goes past, thus alerting a watcher to his task. It is also pos-
sible to have the dial, which registers the fish, installed in an office or at some oth-
er point some distance from the stream. Indications are that this instrument, when
fully developed, will be used in many parts of the Nation where fish runs are impor-
tant and in many places where fish counts are needed.

Numerous techniques in screening young fish from water diversions have been
tried with varying degrees of success. Since the power turbine and some of the big
irrigation diversions offer a major threat to young fish, especially salmon on their
way back to the sea, the Fish and Wildlife Service has done considerable research
on mechanical and electrical methods of meeting the problem. Considerably more
research is necessary along this line. .

In small experimental streams these devices have been about 95 percent suc-
cessful in guiding the fish into the desired places. Testing is now being done on
large streams. Two methods have been used, one based on the fact that fish are
attracted to the positive pole. The other is based upon the principal of repulsion
of fish by an electrical field.

The sea lamprey weir is an electrical barrier placed across a stream used by
the lamprey for spawning. The weir is an apparatus of charged electrodes which
sets up an electrical field which kills any sea lamprey attempting to pass throughit.
The weirs are installed in streams tributary to the Great Lakes in cooperation with
the respective state fish and game departments. The sea lamprey which entered
the upper Great Lakes about 20 years ago has destroyed the lake trout fishery of
Lake Michigan and Lake Huron and has now appeared in Lake Superior. Its control
is a major objective of the Service and allied agencies.

The underwater telemeter is a device which indicates the exact distance of the
trawl or net below the surface of the water. Its use will aid considerably in in-
creasing the efficiency of midwater ocean commercial fishing, especially the ex-
ploratory work which will be necessary to determine the fishery values of the mid-
water area. Comparatively little midwater fishing has been done by United States
fishermen, who have concentrated on surface and bottom fishing.

The Fish and Wildlife Service has two underwater television units. One of
these is at the Gear Research Laboratory at Coral Gables, Fla., and the other is
at the Fishery Laboratory at Woods Hole, Mass. At Coral Gables, the television
has permitted close scrutiny of fishing gear in actual operation under water. It is
expected that this research will result in many improvements in the efficiency of
commercial fishing gear. At Woods Hole, biologists are more concerned with the
effect of fishing gear upon fish which are too small for market. The sizes of fish
which will escape through the meshes of trawls will be studied, as well as the man-
ner of escape and behavior within the net, so as to determine methods of saving
small fish from destruction. Biologists will also make various studies of the ocean
bottom and the small marine animals which inhabit the bottom and serve as fish
food.

22 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

In order that underwater television might be better utilized, the researchers
at Coral Gables have developed an electrically-controlled vehicle which permits the
manipulation of the camera under water.

The use of the electric shocker in making fish population studies has been an
accepted practice for years, but recent adaptations made by the State of New York
under a Federal-aid project now makes the shocker effective in soft water, there-
by extending its usefulness into many areas.

The electric fence protects the spawning salmon from the bears. Generally
speaking Kodiak bears can go any place they desire to go but a few brushes with the
fence had a very salutatory effect upon the big fellows. This experiment has been
in operation for about three years.

Thus electricity and electronics play a major role in the life of fish, protect-
ing them from harm until such time as they become useful to man, at which time
it swings against the fish and over to man, as attested by such devices as fish find-
ers and the electric range.

Federal Purchases of Fishery Products
FRESH AND FROZEN FISHERY PRODUCTS PURCHASED BY THE DEPART-

purchased 2,715 pounds (valued at $1, 322, 000) of fresh and frozen fishery products
for the use of the U. S. Army, Navy, Marine Corps, and Air Force. This was 48
percent more in quantity and 58.9 percent more in value than purchases the previ-
ous month and 26.9 percent more in quantity and 43.4 percent more in value than
purchases in May 1955.

Purchases of fresh and frozen fishery products during the first five months of
1956 totaled 9, 494, 000 pounds (valued at $4, 855, 000)--12.3 percent less in quan-
tity but 4.6 percent more in value than purchases for the same period a year ear-
lier. This indicates that
this year the purchases con-
sisted of higher-priced
products.

Purchases of Fresh and Frozen Fishery Products by
Department of Defense (May and the First Five
Months of 1956 with Comparisons)

QUAN TITY VALUE
ea eee ee Jan. -Ma
1955) [1956 1955 1956 | 1955] 1956 | 1955
averaged 48.7 cents a pound

(1,000 Pounds) . . ($1, 000) . p
2,715 |2, 1399 494 |10, 825| 1, 322 ca 4, 855 |4, 639
as compared with 45.3cents

a pound the previous month and 43.1 cents a pound in May 1955.

Prices paid for these
fishery products by the De-
partment of Defense inMay

In addition to the purchases of fresh and frozen fishery products reported, the
Armed Forces generally make some local purchases which are not included in the
data given above. Therefore, actual purchases are somewhat higher than indicated,
but it is not possible to obtain data on the local purchases made by military instal-
lations throughout the country.

% OE OK OK

QUARTERMASTER CANNED SALMON REQUIREMENTS FROM 1956 PACK:
Tentative requirements for a group of canned food items from the 1956 pack tomeet
the needs of the Armed Forces were announced June 28 by the Department of De-
fense. Included in the requirements are 5, 201, 000 pounds of coho or medium red

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 23

salmon packed in No. 1 tall cans. These estimated re-
quirements are subject to modification and are listed to
aid industry in planning 1956 production. Procurement
will be effected by the various Market Center offices of
the Army Quartermaster Market Center System, with
headquarters at 226 West Jackson Blvd., Chicago 9, III.

Films
FISHERY FILMS SELECTED FOR INTERNATIONAL FILM FESTIVAL: Four

new documentary motion pictures produced by Interior Department agencies in co-
operation with private industry are among the eight United States Government films
selected for showing at the 1956 Film Festival in Edinburgh, Scotland, in August
and September, Secretary of the
Interior FredA. Seaton announced
June 29. The film festival is
part of the International Festival
of Music and Drama in which a-
bout 25 nations participate annu-
ally.

Two of the chosen entries
were produced under the super-
vision of the Fish and Wildlife
Service, and two under the Bu-
reau of Mines. This isthe sec-
ond time this honor has been
won by the Fish and Wildlife
Service.

Boats, blue water, andsea-
food fit for a king but within ‘ Ce :
reach of all are featured in the i % —
Fish and Wildlife Service pictures.
The films, all in 16mm. color
and sound, and the names of the private industry sponsors are:

Maine lobsterman, A sceneinthefilm Outboard Fisherman U.S.A.

Qutboard Fisherman U.S.A., financed by the Outboard, Marine and Manufac-
turing Company of Milwaukee, Wis., makers of outboard motors. It shows how
the rugged, small, independent commercial fisherman, using outboard motors,
contributes to the national economy. Scenes from 10 areas in the United States and
Alaska show the catching of 10 different species of fish and shellfish using various
colorful fishing techniques.

Shrimp Tips from New Orleans, financed by The Peelers Company of that
cosmopolitan city, manufacturers of shrimp processing equipment. The film
reflects, in its unusual style of cooking, music, and architecture, the people
from many countries who settled there. Six shrimp recipes are cooked and served
in typical New Orleans atmosphere showing the influence of various countries upon
New Orleans culture.

The other two Interior Department films selected are The Petrified River--
The Story of Uranium and Arizona and its Natural Resources.

24 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

These films may be secured ona
loan basis without charge, although only
is available at the present time. The
other three will probably be ready for
distribution before September.

Each year the United States sends
Government and non-Government films
to the Edinburgh Festival. The Ameri-
can Government films are selected by
the Interdepartmental Committee on Vis-
ual and Auditory Materials for Distribu-
tion Abroad. This committee, in turn,
works through subgroups, one of which
is the Subcommittee on Motion Pictures.

The Committee is now considering
the selection of exhibits to the Interna-
tional Exhibition of Cinematographic
Art which will be held in Venice, Italy,
after the Edinburgh Festival.

Fish and Wildlife Motif on United States Postage Stamps

The second (pronghorn antelope) of the three stamps being issued to emphasize
the importance of Wildlife Conservation in America was released at Gunnison, Colo.,
on June 22, 1956, the Post Office Department announced on April 23. This special
3-cent stamp was first placed on sale on the occasion of the annual convention of the
Colorado Division of the Izaak Walton ee : z Gene al
League. The first(wild turkey) stamp in WILDLIFE CONSERVATION
this series was issued at Fond du Lac,
Wis., on May 5, 1956.

The pronghorn antelope, which is the
subject of this issue, is an outstanding ex-
ample of the conservation work being car-
ried on by the Federal and State Govern-
ments. Antelopes have been protected,
studied, and transplanted under scientific
guidance so that their numbers have in-
creased from a low of 17,000 to herds

« : A _ The design of this stamp portrays a buck and two does
pea oteaas WS: EULlOy Inktnalihiels; Na ive Wes: of the pronghorn antelope species in their natural
CEP ELE Ss habitat,

PRONGHORN
ANTELOPE

The stamp is 0.84 by 1.44 inches in dimension, arranged horizontally with a

single outline frame, printed by the rotary process, electric-eye perforated, and
issued in sheets of 50.
Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, April 1956, p. 13.

August 1956

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Fish and Wildlife Service

NEW RESEARCH LABORATORY TO STUDY PROBLEMS OF GULF FISHERIES:
Problems related to finding, catching, and processing Gulf of Mexico fish and shell-
fish will be tackled at the new U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service fishery laboratory to
be constructed this year at Pascagoula, Miss., Secretary of the Interior Fred A.

Seaton announced July 18.

Contract for the construction of the new laboratory and auxiliary buildings has
been awarded to the Oden Construction Company of Hattiesburg, Miss., for $165,000.
Engineers of the Service's Regional Office in Atlanta, Ga., will exercise general

supervision of construction.

In addition to the fisheries research building, there

will be a net facility and a smaller structure to be used for fishing gear fabrication.

Research on methods and techniques for providing the highest quality pack of
shrimp, oysters, tuna, and other south Atlantic and Gulf seafoods will be one of the
main tasks of the new laboratory. Heretofore technological work for the Gulf and
south Atlantic areas was handled through the Service's laboratory at College Park,

Md.

The new installation will provide facilities for the exploratory fishing and gear

development program now being conducted in the Gulf area.

atory fishing vessel Oregon,
cagoula in connection with this program.

which operates in the Gulf of Mexico,

The Services explor-
is based at Pas-

Office space also will be furnished in the new laboratory for local personnel
engaged in statistical work and the educational and market development programs.

Florida

FISHERIES RESEARCH, JANUARY-MARCH 1956: The following are some ex-
cerpts from the Quarterly F Report on Fisheries Research, March 1956, of The Ma-
rine Laboratory of the University of Miami.

Mullet Marketing Study: As part of the program
to expand demand for mullet, an experimental
smokehouse was built. Inquiries were made onthe
possibility of creating a market for mullet in Mil-
waukee for smoking. Locally-smoked mullet were
taken to Milwaukee to demonstrate the quality of
the product and several hundred pounds of fresh

and frozen mullet were shipped to Milwaukee and
smoked there by a large commercial smoker. The
smoked mullet were introduced through the regu-
lar channels of distribution. Use of mullet for this
purpose will depend on solving problems of price
and low yield after cleaning.

Questionnaires were mailed to several hundred
institutions in the southeastern United States to de-
termine their buying habits. An analysis of their

answers will be presented to dealers so they can
better cultivate this market for Florida seafoods
and increase demand for their products.

Shrimp Technology: BLACK SPOT: (1) Further
experiments were carried out to determine the de-
gree of thiamine destruction and amount of residu-
al SO» in shrimp treated with sodium bisulphite at
levels which offer adequate protection against black
spot. Two series of tests consisting of a total of
36 analyses showed no significant differences in
the amount of thiamine between the bisulphite-
treated and control shrimp samples. The SO) re-
sidual was from 22 to 65 times lower than indried
fruit of well known brands. A high degree of thi-
amine destruction and high amounts of residual
SO2 were the major objections to the use of bisul-
phite in shrimp that were anticipated from theU.S.
Food and Drug Administration. Now that these po-
tential objections have been removed, the way is
paved for an application for the necessary approval
from the Food and Drug Administration for the use
of bisulphite in shrimp. The necessary brief has
been prepared.

(2) Frozen shrimp obtained from a wholesale
source were-thawed and then stored in flake ice
containing 0.1 percent sod:um bisulphite. This

preliminary experiment indicated that the rate of
black spot formation can be reduced using the bi-
sulphite flake ice. Further experiments are to be
carried out.

(3) Field trials were conducted with butylated hy-
droxy toluene antioxidant ice in Tampa. Fifty tons
of this ice were prepared. Due to an unforseen de-
lay in the departure of the fishing vessel, the ice
had to be stored for about one week at 10 F. As
a result, it was supercooled upon loading aboard
the vessel. The greatly reduced chilling and bath-
ing effect due to the lower melting rate of the ice
caused a high amount of black spot and spoilage.

It is planned to repeat the test.

ANTIBIOTIC ICES: The degree of uniformity in
which aureomycin is distributed in the ice was
studied. Twenty-eight analyses were runonaureo-
mycin ices in which seven different combinations
of carrying agents were used. Carrageen was
superior to high viscosity carboxymethylcellulose
and to methylcellulose. The main objection to the
use of the carrageen (SeaKem 9) carrier is that it
contains calcium ions which catalyze the black spot
reactions.

SPOILAGE DETERMINATION TESTS: Chro-
matographic analyses of the animo acids in shrimp
were started. The object of this study is to de-
termine whether and what type of relationship ex-
ists between the degree of spoilage of shrimp and
the quality and quantity of certain amino acids
present. It is hoped to use such a relationship as
an indicator of recipient spoilage in shrimp.

SMALL SHRIMP STUDIES: It has been stated
that ''size of mesh does not control to any marked
degree the size of shrimp caught.'' This is not
true, as experimentation in North Carolina and
now by ourselves has shown.

Tortugas experiments: objectives: (1) to get
data on seasonal changes in average size of shrimp
on the fishing grounds; (2) to get data on area dif-
ferences in average size of shrimp on the fishing
grounds; (3) tofind average size of shrimp retained
and escaping through cod ends of various mesh
sizes; (4) to standardize mesh-measuring tech-
niques and determine shrinkage characteristics of
cod ends; (5) to relate length data to commercial
"count" (weight) categories.

Procedures: boat: Manboy out of Key West,
110' single-screw; 170 hp. engine. Cruises 8.5
knots, fishes 3 knots (9' x 3'4" boards).

Objective is not to see how many shrimp canbe
caught, but only to see what sizes are caught. Al-
so, to compare what goes through the cod end
meshes with what is retained in the cod end.

Fishing is done on two successive nights during
the first two weeks of each month. Three hauls
are made each night of two hours duration, cover-
ing about 63 nautical miles each. The first three
hauls are made due west from a point about 4miles
north and 83 miles west of the Wreck Buoy. The
second three hauls are made to the east, parallel
to the first series, starting at the easterly end of

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18; No. 8

the area trawled the first night and 4 miles south
of it. The area includes a depth range of from 13
fathoms to 17 fathoms.

The net is a 100' Florida flat trawl. The cover
is untarred cotton of 1'' stretched mesh when new
and dry (less due to shrinkage). It is attached
about 12 meshes below the beginning of the cod
end. It trails about 4-5 feet past the end of the
cod end.

The net is fished exactly as a commercial net
would be. When the net comes aboard the cover
net is opened and its catch is put aside. Then the
cod end is opened. Estimates are made (1) of the
weight of the total (shrimp and trash); (2) of the
trash; (3) shrimp; (4) finfish, shell and sponge.
Note is made of the proportion of shrimp still alive
in the cover bag.

A known proportion of the total catch is then
separated. The shrimp are separated from the
trash, headed, and the heads preserved for meas-
urement. The rest of the catch is headed and sold,

At the conclusion of each haul, surface and bot- _
tom salinities and surface and bottom temperatures
are recorded. Certain weather data are recorded.

The shrimp are measured by taking the length
of the cephalothorax (head) between the notch in
the eye socket and the far end of cephalothorax.
These were converted to count sizes by actual ob-
servations.

Meshes were measured on the nets used. Con-
siderable shrinkage occurs after soaking, reducing
the average mesh size 10-20 percent.

Three cod ends with mesh sizes of 12", 2", and
23", but otherwise identical to gear used commer-
cially, were used. The 23" is not in commercial
use.

The different size meshes caught different sizes
of shrimp. The data obtained shows the percent-
ages of various sizes of shrimp caught by the 3
mesh sizes, comparing 70 count and smaller shrimp,
31-60 count, and 30 count and larger shrimp. They
show that 43 percent of the shrimp caught inthe |
12"' mesh net were smaller shrimp (less than 70
count), 48 percent were medium size (31-60 count),
and 9 percent were large shrimp (over 30 count).
In the 2"' net, 38 percent were small, 54 percent
medium and 8 percent large; in the 23" net, 16
percent were small, 75 percent medium and 10
percent large. Thus the small-meshed net was
catching more smaller shrimp than the other two.

The 13" net catches practically all the shrimp
on the grounds; 98 percent of the small shrimpand
all the medium and large shrimp. The 2" net catch-
es less of the small shrimp--91 percent, but near-
ly all the medium and large shrimp. The 23" mesh
caught slightly less than half (49 percent) of the
small shrimp, 77 percent of the medium, andnear-
ly all of the large shrimp.

Hence the ability of nets of different sizes to
catch shrimp of different sizes is unquestionable.

i
—

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 27

Great Lakes

ed recently that electrical weirs now in operation on major streams must remain
in operation at least 7 to 8 years and possibly longer to be effective.

Sea lampreys stay in the Great Lakes as fish-killing adults at least one year,
then migrate up inland streams and lay their eggs in gravel beds. The eggs hatch
soon after and the young spend their larval stage in mudbanks.

Formerly, it was thought this larval stage lasted four years before the young
moved downstream for their rampaging period of Great Lakes fish destruction.

But continuing research by the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service and the Michi-
gan Conservation Department's institute for fisheries research first showed this
larval stage to be not 4 years,
but 5 years, then at least 6, now
"at least 7 to 8 years and possi-
bly longer."

In short, it means that elec-
trical weirs now in some streams
must be in operation at leastthis
length of time to halt all possible
spawning lampreys and put an ef-
fective check on the predator.

Such complete control through
use of weirs, fisheries workers
admit, may be very difficult, even
impossible.

The information places new
emphasis on the only other pres-
ently-known method of control--
use of chemicals to kill larvae Electrical control device of the ane suspension ee aeee peu:

i j was installed by the Fish and Wildlife Service on the eoc River,
SRDS Ua UIpeRa aren wu eloer ss, a tributary to ae Huron, Traps for fishes and sea Lawes are
located on either bank of the stream,

Two chemicals are known to
kill the young larvae without damage to fish life. These chemicals recently were
discovered at the Fish and Wildlife Service research station near Rogers City, but
both presently are unavailable in commercial quantities and production would be
costly, a Michigan Department of Conservation news bulletin points out.

Great Lakes Fishery Investigations

FISHERY STUDY OF SAGINAW BAY INITIATED BY M/V_ "CISCO" (Cruise 1):
This cruise (June 3-11) of the Cisco initiates an intensive hydrographic and fishery
study of Saginaw Bay that will be continued until late November 1956. Primary ob-
jectives of the study are to determine the composition and condition of fish stocks
in the Bay and to establish the physical, chemical, and biological factors that may
influence or regulate these populations.

One hydrographic transect was made between Harbor Beach and East Tawas
extending ''dog-leg"' fashion out into Lake Huron. A second transect was made from

28 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

East Tawas to Bay City. Complete hydrographic data (plankton, light penetration,
Nansen-bottle cast, and vertical temperatures) were obtained at three points onthe
first transect and at two locations on the second. A thermal profile of each tran-
sect was obtained from bathythermograph casts made at 5-mile intervals, andfrom
a continuous record of surface temperature. Drift bottles were released at regular
intervals along each transect to explore water movements in and near the Bay.
These transects will be run and similar data collected during each cruise this year.
Detailed descriptions of the operations will not be made in subsequent cruise re-
ports.

The vertical distribution of fish in deeper water at the northeast end of Sagi-
naw Bay (off East Tawas) was explored by fishing gill nets set obliquely from the
surface to the bottom. The catch in nets set in 13 fathoms indicated a fair concen-
tration of large bloaters (Leucichthys hoyi) near the bottom, and a scattering of yel-
low perch (Perca flavescens) and smelt (Osmerus mordax) at midlevels. The catch
was extremely light at 26 fathoms. Only one lake herring (Leucichthys artedi), two
bloaters, and two smelt were taken. Nets will be fished at these locations through-
out this summer and fall to learnif this may be the area occupied by the walleye (Sti-
zostedion v. vitreum), lake herring, and smelt during the period when they ''disap-
pear” from the fishery in Saginaw Bay.

The temperature of Lake Huron was low with a minimum recorded surface tem-
perature of 4.3 C. (37.7 F.). Thermal stratification in the open lake was slight
to absent. In Saginaw Bay stratification was more pronounced but the epilimnion
extended to the bottom except in the deepest basins. Surface water temperatures
in the Bay were high, with the highest temperature (24° C., 75.2° F.) recorded in
the shallow southwest end.

A cooperative study with the Michigan Institute for Fisheries Research was be-
gun on June 7. Two Service vessels, the Cisco and the Musky, and a Michigan pa-
trol boat made two transects each across different sections of Saginaw Bay, taking
a total of 51 bottom samples, releasing 350 drift bottles, and taking many water
samples, plankton samples, and surface and subsurface water temperature read-
ings. Several bottom cores were also obtained. The transects were spaced so that
a reasonably accurate picture of Saginaw Bay bottom fauna, bottom types, water
chemistry, and temperatures and currents could be obtained. Similar transects
will be run again in midsummer and in the fall. It is hoped that the data might re-
veal some reasons for the striking changes in fish composition which have taken
place in Saginaw Bay in recent years.

KOR K KK

In order to determine the composition and condition of the chub populations, the
Service research vessel Cisco extended this cruise (June 19-July 2, 1956) from Sagi-
naw Bay into Lake Huron. Commercial exploitation of the chubs in Lake Huron
has been resumed during the past two years. This fishery has become increasing-
ly important with the decrease in size and quality of chubs from Lake Michigan.

Nylon gill nets (24-, 23-, 23-, 3-,and4-inchmesh) were set on the bottom in 25
fathoms off Harbor Beach and in 50 fathoms in midlake between Harbor Beach and
Goderich to sample the chub population. The shallow set contained practically all
bloaters (Leucichthys hoyi). The deeper nets made a good catch of large longjaws
(L. alpenae) and also took several L. kiyi, L. zenithicus, and L. reighardi. The
catch of L. reighardi was especially interesting since this species has not been re-
corded previously from Lake Huron. Preliminary comparisons indicate that these
chubs are consistently larger than those taken in the same nets during Cisco opera-
tions in Lake Michigan.

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 29

Oblique gill-net sets in 13 and 26 fathoms off East Tawas were repeated during
this cruise to establish the vertical distribution of fish at the lakeward end of Sagi-
naw Bay. Only one fish (a bloater) was taken in the deeper set. There were a few
bloaters scattered throughout the
shallow set, except near the sur-
face. A bull net (300' long, 120
meshes deep, 23-inch mesh) was
set over a 13-fathom bottom with
the float line 6 feet beneath the sur-
face. This net took 11 alewives
(Pomolobus pseudoharengus), 2
yellow perch (Perca flavescens),
and 1 smelt (Osmerus mordax).

Trawling was attempted in 8, 6, 4, and 23 fathoms for the first time in Saginaw
Bay, but much difficulty was encountered in locating good bottom for this work. The
catches were entirely yellow perch and forage fish.

Hydrographic transects from Bay City to East Tawas, East Tawas to Harbor
Beach, Harbor Beach to Goderich, East Tawas to Oak Point, and Hat Point were
completed this cruise. Standard operations completed on transects were described
in the report of cruise 1. .

, Surface water temperatures ranged from 7. 0° C, (44.6°F.) to 23.1°C. (73.6°F.).
The water is thermally stratified in all but the very shallowest areas of Saginaw
Bayt ’

A night study on vertical migration of Mysis relicta, an important fish-food
organism, was made in 25 fathoms off East Tawas. Some Mysis reached the sur-
face about two hours after sunset, but many of them appeared to descend shortly
thereafter, probably influenced by a bright moon.

Gulf Exploratory Fishery Program
DEEP-WATER RED SHRIMP COMMERCIAL POTENTIAL BEING EXPLORED

yielded a catch of approximately 2, 700 pounds of red shrimp (heads off) that aver-
aged 26-30 count, the Service's exploratory fishing vessel Oregon reported on its
———— return to Pascagoula on June 26. The
vessel returned from a two-week cruise
to the southeastern and northeastern
Gulf. The principal objectives of the
trip were to obtain information on the
commercial production potential of deep-
water red shrimp (Hymenopenaeus ro-
bustus) in two areas of promise discov-
ered during previous Oregon fishing, and
to obtain iced and frozen samples of red
shrimp for technological studies. The
fishing on this trip was carried out with
80-foot balloon and 100-foot flat trawls.

ee eae Individual drags were of 2- to 4-hour
of shrimp drags. gee orton Skreceyiorn
[eens 189° 37° 5° 83° 81° se
M/V Oregon Cruise 39 continued to explore deep-water red Highest catch rates were obtained

shrimp potential in the Gulf. west-southwest of Dry Tortugas indepths

30 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

of 210 to 220 fathoms. Catches ranged from 50 to 490 pounds and averaged 225
pounds of heads-on shrimp per drag. Three days of fishing between 83 06' W. and
83°35' W. caught a total of 3,145 pounds of heads-on red shrimp. In addition,
catches in this area included from 1 to 45 pounds of an unidentified species of large
(21-25 count, heads on) striped shrimp. Only one of the 15 drags resulted in seri-
ous gear damage.

Four days of fishing operations were conducted in depths of 200 to 250 fathoms
between the Mississippi Delta and off Mobile. One day of test dragging was needed
to locate optimum fishing depths (240-250 fathoms). The 14 successful drags made
during the next three days caught from 61 to 224 pounds of heads-on red shrimp,
and averaged 130 pounds per drag. A total of 2,055 pounds of heads-on shrimp were
caught in this area. One trawl was damaged due to bogging.

Three drags were made southwest of Tampa in 210 to 215 fathoms. Sixpounds
of red shrimp were taken in one of the hauls. One of the trawls was lost.

Penaeopsis megalops (a smaller deep-water shrimp) were mixed in the red
shrimp catches in all areas fished. The largest catch was made south of Mobile in
210 fathoms. The heads-on count of this species varied from 45 to over 60a pound.

The Oregon was scheduled to depart Pascagoula on July 17 to carry out eight
days of experimental tuna long-line fishing in the north-central Gulf area. The
primary objectives of this cruise were to obtain additional information on the depth
limits of yellowfin tuna stocks, and to obtain tuna samples for technological study.

Eight 50- to 100-basket sets were to be made, in each of which 10- to 20-bas-
ket units were to be set in 25- to 50-fathom depth intervals, from the surface to
depths of 200 fathoms.

A series of different size groups of yellowfin tuna were to be subjected to a
variety of handling methods (bleeding, chilling at various time intervals after land-
ing, dry and brine freezing, etc.) and samples were to be frozen for laboratory
studies on meat discoloration by the Service's Technological Section.

Food Irradiation Sterilization Pilot Plant

The three most suitable sites for a proposed multimillion-dollar Federal pilot
plant for research and development of techniques for irradiation sterilization of
foods will be selected by a committee of five civilian scientists. The Maine sardine
industry's research director Dr. Berton S. Clark has been named to sit on this
committee. Dr. Clark, on July 11, accepted the non-paying assignment at the re-
quest of the United States Quartermaster General and the National Academy of
Sciences, reports a news release from the Maine Sardine Industry.

A government committee will suggest 10 sites as the result of preliminary

screening and the civilian committee will review and evaluate the data and select
the three best possibilities.

Dr. Clark, whose home is in Oak Park, Ill., is a former research director
for the American Can Company and entered the employ of the sardine industry two
years ago to head up a technological research and quality-control program. His
headquarters are at the University of Maine.

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 31

Maine Sardines

CANNING COSTS INCREASE: Maine sardine canners, now working on the new
season pack, have been told to expect greatly increased production costs over the
1955 season, a June 7 Maine Sardine Industry news release announces.

A raise in the minimum wage as set by Congress from 75 cents to $1.00 an
hour plus boosts in oil, cans, cases, salt, and freight all adds up to a substantial
figure. Volume as it affects gen-
eral overhead of individual pack-
ers will have considerable bear-
ing on the ultimate cost picture,
but under any circumstances the
increases will be the highestfor
any single year in the history of
the industry.

This disturbing situation was
outlined for the packers June 7
by a Rochester, N.Y., auditing
firm, which has been employed
by the group to conduct an indus-
trywide cost-accounting program
for the past two years.

A schedule of the increases
as they apply to the standard 100-
can case of keyless and key-open-
ing oil-type, which are the prin-
cipal items packed, was supplied
bythe firm as follows: direct labor up 15 percent; indirect labor up 10 percent; oil
up 21 percent; cans up 8.7 percent; cases up 5.5 percent; salt up 5 percent; and
freight up 6 percent.

Washing dressed herring in a Maine sardine cannery,

In releasing the report the industry's Executive Secretary stated that with the
new round of increases it was now costing Maine canners about $2.00 a case more
to pack keyless and $2.50 more to pack cans with keys than it did in 1950 and nearly
triple the 1933 figure.

"Naturally every cost increase makes our position in the food business all the
more competitive, but we are still able to offer sardines at a price to the consum-
er that makes them one of the best buys on the market," the Secretary added.

He said that although selling prices varied during the past year they did not al-
ways reflect a realistic cost figure and that on numerous occasions and for many
reasons shipments were moved at a loss to the canners.

KOK KK

CANNED STOCKS, JUNE 1, 1956: Distributors' stocks of Maine sardines a-
mounted to 160, 000 actual cases as 1s of June 1, 1956, a decrease of 108,000 cases

Canned Maine Sardines--Wholesale Distributors' and Canners' Stocks, June 1, 1956, with Comparisons
1955/56 Season 1954/55 Season

Unit Ge 11/1/55 55 [6/1/55 [4/1/55 [1/1 ia I a 54
1,000

Distributors! Stocks | actual
cases
1, 000

Canners'! Stocks std. 152 475 723 1,410
cases1/

‘1/100 34 oz, cans equal one standard case, Na. - not available,

32 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

(40 percent) from April 1, 1956. Stocks on June 1, 1956, were 166,000 cases less
than January 1, 1956, according to estimates based on the results of a series of
measurements for the 1955/56 marketing season by the U. S. Bureau of Census.

Canners' stocks as reported by the Maine Sardine Industry totaled only 64, 000
cases (100-34 oz. cans) on June 1, 1956. Canners' stocks for the same month in
1955 amounted to 575, 000 cases and on January 1, 1956, totaied 475, 000 cases.

‘Market Outlook for Fishery Products

JULY-SEPTEMBER 1956: The third quarter--peak production period for Unit-
ed States fisheries--will see a good catch of halibut, a good seasonal take of shrimp,
opening of the oyster season, and the marketing of increasing supplies of canned
tuna, Alaska salmon, and Maine sardines, according to the Commercial Fisheries
Outlook, July-September 1956, issued July 17 by the U S. Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ice.

Already the tuna catch is 50 percent above the midyear mark of 1955 and the
tuna pack is up 44 percent. Halibut fishermen are making catches which should
bring the halibut harvest this year some-
what above that of last year. While shrimp
fishing has been at a seasonal low, it is
COMMERCIAL now going into a period of peak production

and unless adverse weather conditions ham-
per the fishermen the shrimp catch this

FISHERIES year should be about normal.

The tuna industry is already making
OUTLOOK plans to market its big catch and pack. A
af big promotional campaign, in which the in-
fee dustry and the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ln ice will join forces, has been planned and
*:), the period September 13-22 has been des-
ignated as National Tuna Week.

SUPPLY

DEMAND The new pack of Alaska salmon will
make its appearance on the American mar-
ket in mid-August. Indications are thatthe
total salmon pack this year will be about
July-September 1956 the same as that of 1955 which was below
FISHPATDRUNOTIFERCERCICE average. . Landings of Columbia River and
United States Department of the Interior Alaska king (chinook) salmon have met with
©) Washington, D. C. je) a ready market, whether the salmon was
Fishery Leaflet 336 ce ‘ey fresh or frozen. The early Columbia River
chinook salmon pack was quickly sold.

The Maine sardine industry got off to a slow start in June but most of the ac-
tivity in that fishery is inthis summer quarter. Historically the even-numbered
years have been the big productive periods. Production of California sardines will
begin in the fourth quarter.

Groundfish landings are expected to maintain the high level of the second quar-
ter, although there will be a reduction in the catch of cod. Haddock stocks are
about 25 percent greater than they were a year ago. Ocean perch landings which
have been down somewhat are expected to increase.

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 33

Fresh-water fish landings have passed their seasonal peak.

Soft-clam production was low in Maine but the surf-clam harvest is 50 percent
above the 1955 mark in the Middle Atlantic States. Hard crabs are plentiful in the
Gulf and production is expected to reach a seasonal peak in Chesapeake Bay during
this quarter. The oyster season on the Atlantic Coast opens in September. Sea
scallops will reach a production peak in July and August.

There will be increases in the output of fish oil and fish meal and the year's
output of each is expected to be about the same as that of last year, which set a
record high.

North Atlantic Fisheries Exploration and Gear Research

SMALLER CATCHES OF DEEP-WATER OCEAN PERCH MADE AT EDGE OF
CONTINENTAL SHELF BY "DELAWARE" (Cruise 20): Five one-hour tows in deep
water at the edge of the Continental Shelf in the vicinity of Sable Island, NovaScotia,
yielded ocean perch catches ranging irom 5, 000 to 8, 000 pounds per one-hour tow
during cruise 20 (May 21-June 2)
of the Service's exploratory fish- ] | | - Bar |

| ais |
a |

ing vessel Delaware.

les
The objective of the trip was tsi A OOCmalnAR EG GAGe

to check the availability at this fees aaa ae

season of the year of ocean perch

in deep water at the edge of the

Continental Shelf.

Beye Ea

r
e

ase Shh

“ @@
ps
cs

Tows during this trip were
made in areas which had produced
large catches of ocean perch on
a previous cruise, up to 20, 000
pounds a tow. yer

Legend:
@-— Indicates tow of ocean perch.

A total of 30 one-hour tows was a ACaeel| Mesrcnectecni sesame aaa
° oO i) = oO

made, in the 150- to 350-fathom [50 iss 58° _43°|

depthrange. The greatest catches M/V Delaware Cruise 20 (May 21-June 2, 1956).
were made onthe 240-fathom contour.

A standard No. 41 trawl was used. Damage to nets was frequent. On 12 ofthe
30 tows, varying amounts of damage was inflicted to the net by rough bottom.

Average weight of the ocean perch caught was 1.1 pounds, with the largestfish
being taken in the western portion of the operating area.

Scallop exploration and antibiotic ice experiments will occupy the Delaware
during Cruise 21, which was scheduled to depart East Boston on June 11. Areas
between the 50- and 100-fathom curves at the southern part of Georges Bank were
to be explored for scallops, and groundfish samples for antibiotic ice experiments
were to be taken.

OK OK OK

SEA SCALLOPS SOUGHT IN DEEP-WATER AND GROUNDFISH SAMPLES COL-
LECTED (MW "DELAWARE," Cruise 21): Complete absence of scallops from bot-
toms deeper than 55 fathoms was an exploratory finding of Cruise 21 of M/V Dela-

34 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

aware. The 12-day trip ended with
return of the Service's exploratory
fishing vessel to East Boston on
June 22.

The mission of the trip was
twofold: the first half of the trip
was devoted to exploration for
scallops in the 50- to 100-fathom
depth range in the vicinity of
Georges Bank: the second half of
the trip was used in obtaining sam -
: : ples of groundfish (haddock and cod)
ucket L.V. Sule Ae 8 for antibiotic ice experiments be-

m per ly eens eee ing conducted by the Service's
VV See ves scatopow| Boston Fishery Technological Lab-
@- " groundfish we oratory.

Rye ee
Suiee Lv.

Thirty-seven scallop drags
were made in successively deeper
water, outward from known productive scallop bottoms. The gear used was a
standard 11-foot scallop dredge. In no case were scallops taken from depths deeper
than 55 fathoms. Of interest was the abundance of fossil ocean quahog shells in
deeper waters.

Twenty-five tows were made with a standard No. 41 trawl for groundfish sam-
ples. The fish were iced in various chemical ices, and temperatures during stor-
age recorded by means of a multistage potentiometer. Cooling rates of haddock
and cod in salt-water ice and fresh-water ice were obtained. The samples, when
landed, will undergo organoleptic tests in order that data on storage in various types
of ices may be obtained.

OR OR OK OK

MIDWATER TRAWL FISHING-DEPTH CONTROL FOUND FEASIBLE BY M/V
"DELAWARE" (Cruise 22): Postive control of the fishing depth of a midwater trawl
was found to be feasible from M/V Delaware
during the 9-day cruise 22. The Service's ee ale =a ee
exploratory fishing vessel terminated itstrip alee [7 imiawater trawlinet
at East Boston on July 13. |

70°

The mission of the trip was to develop
methods for handling middepth trawls from
the side of the vessel, Atlantic Coast style,
and to gain experience in controlling the depth
at which the net fished.

Gear used were two midwater trawls de-
veloped by the Service's Gear ResearchSta-
tion at Coral Gables, Fla. Both trawls are
of nylon mesh, 43 inches in the bodies, and
33 inches in the cod end. Of box-type con-
struction, the headrope is equipped with alu-
minum floats and the footrope with steel de-
pressors at each corner. Spread to the net
opening is provided by hydroflow doors.

Pollock L.V. i 2

Once in the water, a constant signal
giving the depth of the net is provided by

antucket Is,

wins sai aa

M/V Delaware Cruise 22 (July 5-13, 1956).

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 35

a telemeter device, developed by
the Coral Gables Group.

In this fashion, using varia-
tions in vessel speed and length
of towing wire, it was found pos-
sible to precisely control the depth
of the net.

Future cruises are planned
in which attempts will be madeto
apply this gear and technique to
the capture of ocean perch,

M/V Delaware was scheduled ee
to depart on July 23, 1956, for
joint operations with M/V Alba-
tross II. Mission of the operations will be to provide data on the efficiency of a
™balloon'' trawl in catching groundfish, compared with the efficiency of the standard
No. 41 trawl.

The Service’s research vessel Delaware,

Marketing Prospects for Edible Fishery
Products, July-September 1956

Civilian consumption of fishery products per person during the third quarter
1956 in the United States is expected to be a little lower than a year earlier, and
retail prices somewhat higher. Through mid-1956, civilian consumption of edible
fishery products has been at a lower rate than a year earlier primarily because of
the small reductions in the pack-
ing of both canned fish and frozen
fish sticks. Retail prices through
mid-1956, judging from wholesale
prices in major markets, averaged
much higher than in the same peri-
od of 1955.

Commercial landings through
June were substantially larger than a year earlier. The large increase inthe catch
of tuna and Pacific mackerel (which are used mainly for canning) more than offset
the indicated small drop in the landings of species usually sold fresh or frozen.

Commercial freezings of edible fishery products in the United States during the
first half of 1956 were slightly smaller than a year earlier. Although freezings will
continue to increase seasonally during the summer months, for the year as a whole
they are not expected to exceed those in 1955. Cold-storage holdings on July 1 were
slightly lower than on the same date last year. Stocks of frozen products will in-
crease during the remainder of the year as supplies are built up for distribution
next winter when commercial fishing operations will be at the seasonal low point.

Through April, imports of fishery products, other than frozen tuna for canning,
were much higher than in the same period of last year. Receipts of the major canned
commodities were up by a third, and of the important fresh and frozen items by
more than one-sixth. Sharp increases occurred for both canned salmon and fresh
and frozen shrimp.

36 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

Exports of the important types of canned fish were a little lower than in the
four months of 1955, with the increase for canned California sardines (pilchards)
almost offsetting the large decline for canned salmon.

The analysis appeared in a report prepared by the Agricultural Marketing Serv-
ice, U. S. Department of Agriculture, in cooperation with the U. S. Fish and Wild-
life Service, and published in the former agency's July 27, 1956 release of The Na-

tional Food Situation (NFS-77).

North Atlantic Fisheries Investigations

HADDOCK EGGS AND LARVAE DISTRIBUTION SURVEY CONTINUED BY" AL-

circulation pattern of the Gulf of
Maine and Georges Bank area were
studied during a 13-day cruise
(June 11-24) by the Service's re-
search vessel Albatross III.

During the cruise approximate-
ly 3,100 miles of continuous plank-
ton tows were made at the surface
and 10 meters with Hardy Plankton
Recorders; 275 bathythermograph
lowerings, 137 salinity samples,
and 25 surface tows withthe stand-
ard meter net were made. Sam-
ples of eggs were hatched out for
identification purposes and a total
of 1,140 drift bottles were re-

The Service’s research vessel Albatross II. leased throughout the area.

Cusk, hake, yellowtail, rockling, gray sole, cunner, and whiting eggs; haddock,
cod, pollock, hake, ocean perch, herring, rockling, gray sole, lumpfish, pilotfish,
and threespine stickleback larvae were found. No haddock larvae were found off
Long Island as in May, but a few were found over the southeast part of Georges
Bank.

The Albatross III was scheduled to sail July 5 for Georges Bank to collect data
on the distribution and density of sea scallops by means of dredging and underwater
photography. All scallops taken were to be tagged and returned to the water.

KK OK %

NEW FISHERIES RESEARCH VESSEL SHAKEDOWN CRUISE (¥-79, Cruise 1):
This was a Shakedown cruise to test the suitability of T-79 as a fisheries research
vessel, to test the fishing gear and hauling equipment, and to tag haddock. "Small
Mussels" (18 miles southeast of Pollock Rip light vessel) was the area of operations.

Three sets were made, each consisting of one tub of line-trawl gear. The bait
used was chopped frozen herring. A power gurdy was used to haul the trawl aboard.

This was the first research cruise aboard T-79 and the vessel was found to be
adequate for line-trawling and fish-tagging purposes. The deck space is ample
enough to permit safe comfortable areas for setting and hauling the gear and for the
tagging operation. The trawl gear and hauling equipment worked satisfactorily.

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 37

A total of 65 scrod and large haddock were tagged through the gill cover with
Petersen disc tags. Both yellow- and white-numbered discs were used. The tags
were fastened with stainless-steel tagging pins.

Haddock were not abundant in the area at this time so that many of the hooks
came up with no fish. About 15 cod were caught and subsequently released.

Another cruise aboard T-79 was planned about June 25 for the purpose of
tagging haddock in the Gulf of Maine.
~e& ¥

North Atlantic Herring Research

FISH-FINDER SOUNDINGS BY M/V "METACOMET" LOCATE HERRING (Cruise
2): Continuous soundings to locate herring, recording continuous surface tempera-_
tures, bathythermograph casts, and eight experimental sets with the Canadian-type
midwater trawl were the obj aeimes of cruise 2 (May 30-June 6) of the M/V Meta-
comet, a Fish and Wildlife Serv-

ice chartered exploratory fishing
vessel. Five days of heavy fog
curtailed operations.

Scattered schools of fish be-
lieved to be herring were observed
off Pemaquid Point and at the en-
trance to Friendship Harbor on
May 30. A good showing of fish
that made sounder markings
characteristic of herring brit
were sounded in the St. George
River on May 31 and scattered
schools were observed on the
same date between MonheganIs-
land and Matinicus Island. A
few scattered schools of fish
were sounded in North Haven
Harbor, near Cape Rosier, and U. S. Fish and Wildlife ServiceCruise 2 of CharteredM/V Metacomet,
in Eggemoggin Reach on June 1.

Also, one set of the trawl was made on fish near Cape Rosier, catching a small
number of brit averaging approximately 2 inches in length.

June 2, 3, and 4 were spent in Blue Hill Bay. Small schools of fish on the bot-
tom were observed near Long Island, Placentia Island, and in Union River during
this period. Two sets of the midwater trawl here failed due to improper operation
of one trawl door.

On June 5 and 6 soundings were made from Blue Hill Bay to Mt. Desert Rock,
to Matinicus Island, to Monhegan Island, to 10 miles southwest of Portland Light-
ship, and to Boothbay Harbor. Very good showings of fish were recorded at
69° 4.5' W. longitude and 43 °40'N. latitude near Monhegan Island the night of June 5
at depths of from 20 to 75 feet and at the entrance to Boothbay Harbor on June 6.

The method of putting the trawl off the stern and towing from this position work-
ed well but the doors did not work as they should at any time. Further work willbe
carried on to correct them.

38 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

Cruise 3 of the Metacomet was scheduled for June 13-22. The more eastward
part of the Coast of Maine was to be worked first and most throughly on this cruise
since heavy fogs prevented operations in that area during cruise 2. A radar set was
installed on the Metacomet between the two cruises to combat the fog problem.

The fishing gear aboard on this cruise includes gill nets, a lampara seine, and
a midwater trawl. It was hoped that with these three types of gear aboard any sub-
stantial bodies of fish located may be sampled.

% Kk

a Fish and Wildlife Service chartered exploratory fishing vessel. Similar work was

: —— done in the Canadian waters of Pass-
amaquoddy Bay (St. Andrews Bay)
around Grand Manan Island and in
the Bay of Fundy near the Wolves
Islands and along the North Shore
to Cape Mace.

The major part of the cruise
was spent in the area east of French-
mans Bay. This plan of operation
was followed in an attempt to gain
more knowledge of the occurrence
of herring in the areas where sar-
dine-size fish were still relative-
ly scarce or unreported at thetime
of the cruise. The cruise was made
in two parts; June 14 through 22
-and June 25 through 29.

Legend:

| $%B - Area of fishing effort. |
| =". - Course line. |

The areas shaded on the dia-
gram were fished with herring gill
Chartered vessel Metacomet (Cruise 3). nets and a British Columbia-type
midwater trawl. Small numbers
of sardine-size herring were caught in the gill nets in St. Andrews Bay and in Ma- .
chias Bay. Two catches of smaller herring averaging 4.7 and 4.1 inches, respec-
tively, in standard length were made with the midwater trawl in St. Andrews Bay.
Herring brit with average lengths of 2 to 23 inches were located with fish finder and
sampled in nearly all of the shaded area.

During this cruise an aerial survey was made in the area from Machias Bay to
Cape Mace, including Grand Manan Island and all of Passamaquoddy Bay. A series
of 6 flights was made, 2 in the early morning hours and 4 in the evening, in an ef-
fort to locate schools of herring. Although the major part of this area was cover-
ed in each of the flights no schools of herring were located.

Cruise No. 4 of the Metacomet was scheduled for July 9-18. Coastal and in-
shore waters of the Gulf of Maine between Casco Bay and the Bay of Fundy were to
be sounded with the fish finder and fished with gill nets and midwater trawl gear.
This work was to be augmented with aerial work as during cruise 3, weather per-
mitting.

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 39

North Pacific Exploratory Fishery Program
PROMISING RESULTS WITH MIDWATER TRAWLS BY "JOHN N, COBB" (Cruise

27): Some promising results in offshore midwater trawling were obtained on a 6-
week cruise by the Service's ex- ‘

ploratory fishing vessel John N.
Cobb, which returned to Seattle
on June 22. More than20spe-
cies of fish were caught in the
midwater trawls from the Wash-
ington coast to northern Van-
couver Island.

apapemrapeemrecmene 7

a?
Fishing from near the sur- pa eee
face to within a few feet of the TO ne aN | :
bottom, the vessel's mid-water ; {I aia ST
trawl took mixed catches up to
5,500 pounds in 20 minutes.
Largest catches were predom-
inately hake, black rockfish,
and dogfish. In one 2-hour tow The John N. Cobb, a vessel operated by theService's Branch of Commercial
ae tina lat 7 fathoms in Fisheries, is conducting exploratory fishing in the North Pacific,
water depths of 62-70 fathoms, the catch included 1,100 pounds of black ®ockfish
and 320 pounds of hake. Up to 1, 800 pounds of dogfish were taken with the Canadi-
an midwater herring trawl off Vancouver Island.

r¥y
;

Smaller amounts of lingcod, herring, smelt, Pacific ocean perch, and other
less important commercial species were also taken on a number of tows. A sur-
prising catch of pink shrimp was made inmid-
water at night off northern Vancouver Island.
Many tows caught nothing except jellyfish and
plankton which caught in the meshes of the
trawls.

Gear experts from the Fisheries Research
Board of Canada and a biologist from the State
of Washington Department of Fisheries cooper-
ated in the experiments. The Canadian nylon
midwater herring trawl was usedina number
of tows along the west coast of Vancouver Is-
land. No sizable schools of herring were lo-
cated, and the best catch was 10 pounds of her-
ring. Two nylon midwater trawls, with 40-
foot and 50-foot square openings, made at the
Service's Gear Research Station at CoralGa-
bles, Fla., were used for the remainder of the
66 tows completed during the trip. These
trawls had 43-inch mesh in the bodies and 33-
inch mesh in the cod ends. After a few days
of experience and with some modifications to
the trawls and trawl doors, all gear operated
: satisfactorily in the offshore waters, evenin

"Gee . fairly choppy seas.

: ‘ 8 Depth of the trawl was determined at all
ren, Cobb ruioe No. 27 QMlay-Tune ioe) times with the telemeter which was developed
especially for this work at the University of Miami Marine Laboratory. The in-
strument was attached to the trawl cable just ahead of the port door. Depth signals
were received from the telemeter through a hydrophone, and the trawl was
either raised or lowered to the desired depth by adjusting the amount of cable out

40 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

or the speed of the vessel. Greatest depth fished was 210 fathoms off the Washing-
ton coast in 800 fathoms of water.

A "Sea Scanar" and a recording depth sounder were used to locate schools of
fish in midwater. 'Blind'’ tows, made with no indication of fish on either instru-
ment, usually resulted in no catch. Some success was obtained in correlating catch-
es with echoes received on the instruments, but in some instances catches were
poor even with good echo indications of fish. It was apparent that an electronic fish
finder is essential to successful offshore midwater trawling, but extensive experi-
ence will be required for the operator to be able to identify species shown by differ-
ent types of echoes.

box]

Oregon

TRAWLING REGULATIONS REVISED: Two changes in regulations effective
June 20, governing commercial fishing for various ocean fishes in Oregon coastal
waters, have been adopted by the Oregon Fish Commission, according to the State
Fisheries Director.

In accordance with one change, only otter-trawl nets of a mesh size of three
inches or less or 45 inches or greater, stretched measure between knots, will be
lawful. The new mesh sizes have been installed to provide maximum protection for
small-size Dover, English, and petrale sole and still allow a legal harvest of Pa-
cific ocean perch. The ocean perch gill badly and are difficult to remove from
larger size mesh.

An additional revision of ocean fishing regulations provides that the incidental
catch of Dover, English, and petrale sole, prohibited for use for reduction or as
animal food, shall not exceed 2, 000 pounds or 20 percent by weight, whichever is
the greater, of a single landing, sale, or purchase. The regulation formerly limit-
ed the incidental catch of the three species to 2,000 pounds or 20 percent of a sin-
gle trip or fare. The Director said the revision was adopted primarily to facilitate
enforcement of the incidental catch regulation.

Pas

Oysters

REGULATIONS ADOPTED BY NATIONAL CONFERENCE OF WEIGHTS AND
MEASURES: Regulations which apply to the fresh shucked and canned oyster trade
—____ —_—_——{ were adopted by the National Conference of Weights and
Measures at the annual meeting in Washington, D.C., the
»"| last week in May 1956. These are the first regulations for
‘| the oyster industry which have been promulgated by this body.
_| Automatically they become effective in several states andthe
recommendations of this body are given favorable considera-
tion generally in the others. The regulations as adopted fol-
low:

Oysters shall be classified in two groups.

Group {1). Raw or Fresh Oysters--Raw or fresh oysters
in tins, glass, or other containers, shall be sold by avoirdu-
pois net weight or liquid measure, and the package shall not
contain more than 10 percent liquid at 45 F. Any tests made
to determine the quantity of contents in a package shall con-
sist of enough packages to total at least 1 gallon.

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 41

Group (2). Canned Oysters that are Heat Treated and Hermetically Sealed--
Canned oysters that are heat treated and hermetically sealed shall be sold by avoir-
dupois net weight, and the drained weight of the oysters in each container shall not
be less than 59 percent of the declared net weight of the contents of the package.

The oyster industry recommends the following method be used, in the field, to
determine the free liquid content of raw or shucked oysters.

"Open the container and, without pressure against the oysters in the container,
drain for a period of one minute into a glass graduate, and from this procedure de-
termine the amount of liquid so drained from the container.

"Since raw oysters are subject to changes in the pH value, due either to im-
proper refrigeration or age, the use of a pH Comparator will determine any such
changes. If the pH of the oysters reaches a pH of 5.8 or less, the free liquid con-
tent should not be determined."

Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations

ALBACORE TUNA TAGGED ON JAPANESE FISHING GROUNDS: TwolU. 5S.
Fish and Wildlife Service investigators recently returned to Hawaii from Japan,
where they carried out albacore tagging work in cooperation with Japanese fisher -
ies research agencies. The two Service investigators arrived on May 16in Tokyo,
where they were put in touch with the various local research agencies actively en-
gaged in the albacore tuna fishery. The Mie Prefecture Fisheries Experiment Sta-
tion appeared most interested in participating in the albacore tagging program pro-
posed by the Americans, and after a visit to the Station, at Hamajima in Mie Pre-
fecture, and conferences with its director, a contract was concluded which made
it possible to tag and release albacore from the Station's 200-ton "fisheries guid-
ance vessel" Jini Maru.

Two tagging cruises were made, the first departing from Shimizu on May 29
and returning to the same port on June 8; the second departing Shimizu on June 9
and returning to Misaki on June 21. A total of 270 albacore were released with
numbered tags of plastic tubing tied through the skin and muscles of their backs.
The weight of the marked fish averaged about 20 pounds each.

The objective of such tagging experiments is to clarify the apparently wide-
ranging but little understood migrations of this commercially- -valuable ''white meat"
tuna species. Albacore marked with similar tags off the California coast and tothe
north of Hawaii have been recaptured by Japanese fishermen off the coast of Japan
and in the open Pacific near Midway Island. It is hoped that recaptures of tagged
tuna released within 500 miles of the Japanese coast from the Jini Maru may show
whether or not there is a return migration of this species across the Pacific from
west to east.

A secondary objective of the cooperative venture was to introduce the Ameri-
can tuna tagging method to Japan and to interest the Japanese in carrying on simi-
lar work independently in the future. It is anticipated that in the coming year the
Japanese Fisheries Agency, through its Nankai Regional Fisheries Research Lab-
oratory, will encourage and coordinate tuna tagging experiments by prefectural and
other local research organizations. Large-scale tagging programs will also be
carried out in the central Pacific and on the American west coast by Americanagen-
cies in a concerted Pacific-wide effort to shed some light on the mysterious move-
ments of this valuable commercial fishery resource.

ew eK &

42 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

HAWAII SKIPJACK FISHING GROUNDS SURVEY COMPLETED BY "HUGH M.
SMITH" (Cruise 34): A two-month oceanographic and fishing survey in Hawaiian wa-
ters was completed when the Service's research vessel Hugh M. Smith returned to
Honolulu on June 30. The cruise was part of an intensive investigation being made
to determine reasons for the fluc-
tuations in catches of skipjack tuna
(aku) from year to year and to
learn why catches of skipjack are
high in some localities and low in
others. During the cruise collec-
re eee tions were made on 3 different oc-
oe casions to study variations in the
amount of plankton present during
the period of the cruise and alsoto
compare the abundance of plankton
now with that at other times of the
year. Water temperatures were
recorded and sea-water samples
collected for chemical analysis at
a series of oceanographic stations
occupied twice during the cruise.
Information gained from analyses of these data will aid in determining the variations
in water flow through the island area which in turn may be associated with abundance
of aku.

Fed

He aecescote we angpecpsspiee omnes

The Service's research vessel Hugh M, Smith,

In addition to the study of the environment, plastic tags were placed on 200 skip-
jack as part of a two-fold project to learn more of the migrations of skipjack and to

Ti Teele ane eel T J
159° 158°

Legend:
+ - 3-net plankton tow
and BT cast.

x50 x = wo5

Legend:
o-Standard oceanographic station.
x -Individual BT cast,

Lower figures are station nt

for first survey (April 27-May wae “1950;
upper figures are station numbers

for Facieeoara survey (June 19-29, 1956),

Fig, 2 - Hugh M, Smith Cruise 34 (April 27 - June 30, 1956),

aon x

devise better methods of tagging. Part
of the fish were tagged and released a-
Fig, 1 - Hugh M, Smith Cruise 34 (April 27-June 30, 1956). bout 120 miles to the north of Oahu while
ie a eae the remainder were tagged and released
in waters adjacent to Oahu and Lanai. Some of the aku were tagged with a standard
type tag while others were tagged with a new tag developed by Service biologists.
Recovery of these tagged fish by local fishermen will furnish information as to mi-
grations and growth of the skipjack and the suitability of the new tag. When opera-
ting withinrange of the local skipjack boats, radio broadcasts were made twice daily

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 43

to inform fishermen of the presence of fish schools sighted by the Hugh M. Smith.
Moderate numbers of schools of both large and small skipjack were observed, but
many of the schools were wild and difficult to fish.

Two skipjack scouting trips were made to the north of Oahu and one to the south
(fig. 4). A total of 4 days was spent scouting beyond 100 miles north of Oahu. Fif-
teen bird-accompanied fish schools were observed of which 8 were identified as
skipjack. A total of 103 16- to 20-pound skipjack and 2- to 3-pound skipjack were

[ee le T T T T T J
159° 158
Legend:

e - BT and surface salinity.

t - 1-meter net tow to 60-m. depth.

Teper: I ] I

ion
Gf OAH ne
—

Mi - brea scouted.

fe) - Location and number
of skipjack tagged.

Lower figures are station numbers

Fig. 4 - Hugh M. Smith Cruise 34 (April 27- June 30,
1956).

Fig, 3 ~ Hugh M. Smith Cruise 34 (April 27-June 30,1956, Caught and of these 36 large and 42 small

skipjack were tagged. Inthe southernarea
during 2 days of scouting 18 flocks were observed and 5 of these were identified as
skipjack. No fish were caught during this period (May 14 to 28); 6 days were spent
in fishing for bait with a total bait catch of 273 buckets of nehu.

During 7 days of scouting in waters adjacent to Oahu, Molokai, and Lanai(fig.
4) 44 bird-accompanied schools were observed and 12 of these were identified as
skipjack schools. A total of 139 skipjack were caught and 118 of these were tagged
and released. Experimental all-plastic dart tags were placed on 45, blue Califor-
nia-type G tags on 37, and white California-type G tags on 36 skipjack. One fish
tagged with a dart tag weighed 20 pounds, the remaining 117 averaged 5 pounds in
weight. Fishing and scouting for bait took 10 days during the period June 1 to 17
with a bait catch of 276 buckets of nehu.

OR ROK OK

SKIPJACK TUNA BEHAVIOR IN HAWAIIAN WATERS STUDIED BY "CHARLES
be fished more successfully than others, the Service's research vessel Charles H.
Gilbert studied the feeding reactions and the movements of the various schools en-
countered in Hawaiian waters. After a two-week cruise, the vessel returned to
Honolulu on June 5.

The newly-installed ''Scanar"' was tested during this cruise. This electronic
fish finder, which works like underwater radar, returned positive signals from5
skipjack schools and suspected signals from 10 schools. One school was detected
at a distance of 1, 200 feet. With greater experience in the interpretation and iden-
tification of the echo signals, it is hoped that the ''Scanar"' will not only reveal the

44 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

presence of tuna schools below the surface at some distance from the ship, but that
it will also facilitate a study of their movements and behavior.

The vessel spent 10 full days of scouting during which 21 skipjack schools were
seen. The schools were unusually wild and sample catches were made only with dif-
ficulty. One phase of this work is to see if there is any relationship between the
"biting quality'' of the school and the kind and quantity of natural food in the stomachs
of the fish.

Two other vessels of the Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations are also study-
ing the behavior, migration, and abundance of skipjack in an effort to aid the local
fishermen. The principal effort of these two vessels is to tag the skipjack and thus
trace their movements into the Hawaiian fishery.

% eK oe

SECOND SPRING SKIPJACK SCOUTING CRUISE COMPLETED BY "JOHN R,

MANNING" (Cruise 31): The capture of two large albacore tuna trolling through a
; : mixed school of albacore and skip-

jack highlighted this cruise of the
Service's research vessel JohnR.
Manning. This mixed school was
found just a few miles from Mid-
way. A total of 26 skipjack were
caught of which 12 were tagged and
released. The two albacore caught
are the largest ever caught on trol-
ling lines by the Pacific Oceanic
Fishery Investigations. The ves-
sel returned to port on June 22
after five weeks of skipjack scout-
ing in the waters north of the Lee-
ward Islands.

-- = : : CE TEES Additional schools of skipjack
Gin Mewrh Fie pte eee CLEC CO PCIELO were found south and west of French
fo) . Manning, one o! . e
~ Oceani ie Fishery Investigations, at Pearl Harbor. Frigate Shoals. A school of yel
lowfin tuna was found northwest of
Midway and two of seven fish caught were tagged and released.

A survey of bait fish at Pearl
and Hermes Reef, Midway and | Sot ea acs: =o en, Nighineas
French Frigate Shoals showed a Ko
scarcity of tao or silversides, but VEN
fair numbers of small aholehole. SS aan

sf
/uiowar
f

A census of Hawaiian monk
seals showed an increase in pups
at Pearl and Hermes where 108
adults and 25 pups were counted. ues
At Midway, 10 adults and 5 pups ~~
were seen and at French Frigate - A, ba x
Shoals, 18 adults and 10 pups eal ecumrelraty,
were counted. ~ Ss

"= DOLPHIN SJ SCH - SKIPJACK SCHOOLS

LE = LITTLE TUNA YF SCH - YELLOWFIN SCHOOLS

Direct trolling with 6 lines — |si2 Sinete SeiPucx
showed a laek of skipjack tunain Tron iiacning Gureaall 19-June 22, 1956).
the waters north of the Leeward SEI BIR SOTESO EE (ME ETE Eh SE)
Islands but a concentration of bird flocks and schools of very small skipjack (12" to
15") south and west of French Frigate Shoals on the initial run from Oahu to Pearl

BF - BIRD FLOCKS | AL SCH - ALBACORE SCHOOLS 3Su SCH

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 45

and Hermes Reef. Six identified schools and 11 bird flocks were seen on that run.
In addition, a mixed school of dolphin and yellowfin was found about 150 miles south-
west of French Frigate Shoals. A mixed school of skipjack (6-8 pounds) and alba-
core was found just off Midway. Two albacore of 42 and 48 pounds each were caught
on the trolling lines, one got off and one was hooked on a pole but escaped. These
albacore are the largest taken on trolling lines by POFI and the first to be hooked
by a pole fisherman. The thermocline was extremely shallow in this area (10-20
ft.) which may account for the presence at the surface of these large albacore.
Three schools of very small skipjack were seen inside the lagoon at French Frigate
Shoals. Single skipjack were caught or hooked northeast of Midway and again north
of French Frigate Shoals and south of Hawaii. A school of yellowfin was encounter-
ed at 32°03' N., 172-39! W. in water of about 70° F. Dolphin were common east of
165° W.

No significant amounts of bait fish were seen at Pearl and Hermes Reef. Scat-
tered schools of 3 to 6 buckets of iao (P. insularum) and aholehole(K. sandvicensis)
occurred at Southeast and Sand Islands. A few buckets of small mullet were seen
at NorthIsland. At Midway, 55 buckets of iao were found and caught at East Island.
In addition, about 110 buckets of small aholehole and over 500 buckets of small goat-
fish (Mullidae) were seen at East Island and the adjacent sand bars. Around Sand
Island, only scattered schools of aholehole (175 buckets), piha (S. delicatulus) (105
buckets) and iao (10 buckets) were seen. At French Frigate Shoals, 23 Buckets of
iao were seen of which 18 were captured, at East Island. In addition, 31 buckets of
iao were seen at Gin and Little Gin. Small samples of iao and aholehole were taken
for length frequency and maturity studies, when possible.

Twelve out of 26 skipjack caught off Midway were tagged with blue California-
type Gtags. Two yellowfin from the school northeast of Midway were also tagged.

hin
i
_ Public Eating Places Survey

PUBLICIZING BENEFICIAL QUALITIES OF FISHERY PRODUCTS BELIEVED
DESIRABLE: According to the results of a scientific sample survey of 4, 500 es-
tablishments representing all public eating places in the United States, itwasfound
that 52 percent of the managers or operators of public eating places serving fish
and shellfish felt that an educational program pointing out the beneficial values of
fish and shellfish would definitely help them to increase sales of fishery products,
while only 26 percent expressed doubt as to the usefulness of such a promotional
effort, and 22 percent expressed no opinion.

Number of Establishments Serving Fishery Products Indicating Opinion as to Whether Publicizing
Beneficial Qualities Would Sell More Fish and Shellfish, by Geographic Region

United States Totals 107, 800

By Regions: ;
Northeast =. . . 34, 400

North Central . . 29, 900
25, 000
18, 500

There are 208,000 public eating places in the United States which serve fish
and shellfish. Operators of eating places are particularly interested in increasing
their sales of fish since, in the opinion of a majority of them, there is as much or
more profit from a serving of fish and shellfish as from a serving of other high
protein items such as steak, roast beef, or chicken.

Final results of the survey, which is being financed by funds made available
under the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act of 1954, are scheduled for publicationthis year.

46 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

Saltonstall-Kennedy Act Fisheries Projects

ED: Three research contracts for projects to study problems in the tuna, shrimp,
and sponge industries were recently awarded by the Fish and Wildlife Service, Sec-
retary of the Interior Fred A. Seaton saidJuly 7. The work is part of the Salton-
stall-Kennedy program to increase production and markets in the domestic fishing
industry.

Two of the projects, one an investigation of Florida commercial sponges and
the other an investigation of the causes and prevention of "black spot'' on shrimp,
will be conducted by the Marine Laboratory of the University of Miami. The third,
an oceanographic investigation of the eastern tropical Pacific Ocean for the benefit
of the tuna industry, will be made by the Scripps Institution of Oceanography of La
Jolla, Calif.

The scene of the oceanographic study, the tropical Pacific west of Central
America, is the big fishing area for the American tuna fleet. The purpose of the
study is to make it possible to forecast the time and area for good tuna fishing and
so provide a scientific basis for increasing the efficiency of the tuna fishery.

Since tuna presence and abundance is dependent to a great extent upon food sup-
ply, and since plankton, which is the chief direct or indirect food source for ocean
fish, is affected by water conditions, the many phenomena which affect water con-
ditions will come within the scope of the study.

Among the things which bring about the fluctuations in the abundance of plankton
are the chemical nutrients brought to the surface by 'upwelling" of water from the
lower reaches of the ocean and by the retention of fertile water in the "interface"
between ocean currents. Hence the waters of the Baja California, Tehuantepec,
and Panama upwellings and the interface between the Peru Current and the Gulf of
Panama water will be subject to various physical and chemical examinations. The
behavior and the relationship of tuna to the changes in water conditions will alsobe
studied. The contract price with the Scripps Institution for an initial phase of the
study is $35, 000.

"Black spot'' in shrimp is a condition which became evident when shrimp fish-
ermen began operations in shrimping areas located several days offshore in the
Gulf of Mexico. While black spot carries no health hazards it does tend to lower ~
the consumer acceptability of the product and to lower its value accordingly. The
condition does not appear in the shrimp which are taken close to the Gulf ports and
which are utilized within two or three days.

When black spot appears it is after the uncooked shrimp have been on ice for
several days. In an effort to learn when it occurs and exactly what is the contrib-
uting factor to this condition, technologists will study every phase of the shrimp
operations from the time the shrimp are caught until they are ready for use. The
contract price with the University of Miami for this work is $19, 900.

The sponge research contract with the University of Miami is for $12,000. It
is an extension of a $20, 000 contract negotiated last year. This is a general in-
vestigation of the Florida commercial sponge resource. Specific attention is to be
paid to the location and extent of the grounds, distribution, rate of reproduction
and growth, the effect of nonselective harvesting, the effectiveness of the Federal
minimum-size law, environmental factors, and sponge diseases.

KR OK

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 47

terviewed in June in the course of a national consumer
survey designed by the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service
to give a cross-section of the purchase pattern of the
American housewife with respect to canned fishery prod-
ucts.

The results of the study will be of considerable im-
portance to the domestic fishing and fish-processing in-
dustries in fitting their products into the general food
tastes and buying habits of the householder, according to
the Director of the Fish and Wildlife Service. The study
will show whether the marketing practices of a givenarea are such that the consum-
ers' desires for canned fishery products are satisfied.

Information will be obtained on (1) factors influencing the use or non-use of the
various species and types of canned fish and shellfish in the household, (2) opinions
and preference of consumers regarding certain characteristics of canned fishery
products, and (3) methods of preparing and serving canned fish.

The project is being financed by funds made available by the Saltonstall-Ken-
nedy Act of 1954.

The survey will be conducted under supervision of the Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ice by W. R. Simmons and Associates Research, Inc., of New York City.

% OK KOK

FOREIGN MARKETS FOR UNITED STATES FISH OILS BEING STUDIED; A
study of the markets for United States-produced fish oils with emphasis on the West-
ern Europe and North Atlantic countries is being conducted by the U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service with Saltonstall-Kennedy Act funds. The study has two primary

objectives:

1. Study the present and potential markets for United States-produced
fish oils in Western Europe.

2. Study present and potential foreign fish-oil facilities as they consti-
tute competition to the United States production in these markets.

The present survey is planned to cover Norway, Sweden, Denmark, the Nether-
lands, Germany, Belgium, France, England, and possibly Switzerland. The sur-
vey is being conducted by J. W. Stedman, Chief, Foreign Marketing Branch, Fats
and Oils Division, Foreign Agricultural Service, U. 8. Department of Agriculture
on a cooperative contract with the Fish and Wildlife Service.

OK OK KR

FRESH FISH CONSUMPTION INCREASE SOUGHT IN INLAND UNITEDSTATES:
A three-city study which could be the basis for a broad campaign to increase the
consumption of fresh fish and shellfish in inland United States will be made during
the coming months, the Director of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service announced
July 1.

The three cities selected are Nashville, Tenn. ; Indianapolis, Ind.; and Port-
land, Me. Portland was selected for comparative purposes to determine whether
results of promotional efforts to expand the market for fresh fish differ in inland
and coastal areas. For the purpose of the study fresh fish are defined as those,

48 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

dressed or not, which are not frozen, cured, or otherwise preserved. Fish which
are Simply iced are classified as fresh.

Previous studies have shown that the per capita consumption of fresh fish by
persons in areas not adjacent to the sea coasts or to the Great Lakes is lower than
that of persons living on the seaboard.
The purpose of the study is to attempt
to learn in more detail why this is so,
and to explore ways and means of in-
creasing the consumption of fresh fish
in the inland areas.

Wholesalers, retailers, and house-
wives in the three cities will be ques-
tioned during the survey. Promotional
campaigns will be discussed with fresh
fish distributors and follow-up campaigns
will appraise the effectiveness of any pro-
motional efforts.

Information will be obtained on the

' species of fresh fish and shellfish sold

‘ , in the stores; the quality of the fish and

ras Neo tae ac the amount of Wacte g 5 availability of
the-desired species; methods of handling and taking care of the fish; methods of dis-
play; dealers' preferences as to prepackaging; policy on markups; possibility of co-
operative advertising and other promotional campaigns; trends in fish sales and the

reasons.

In addition to the information which will be obtained from dealers who handle
fish, interviews will be held with those who do not handle fresh fish to determine
their reasons for not doing so.

Housewives to be interviewed will be primarily those who come to the stores
to purchase fresh fish. The interviews will be in the store or at the home by ap-
pointment. The housewife will be asked if she is satisfied with the quantity and
kind of fish available; the type purchased and the type preferred; suggestions onim-
provements on quality, display, packaging, dressing or other characteristics or
factors; circumstances which might induce the housewife to use more fresh fish.

In addition, housewives who do not purchase fresh fish will be interviewed to deter-
mine their reasons for not doing so.

The study will be made by the Bureau of Business Research, College of Busi-
ness Administration, Boston College. Interviewing is scheduled to start October 1
and be completed by December 1. Between now and the start of interviewing, spe-
cific plans will be discussed with industry, and questionnaires prepared and pre-
tested. The final report is not due until next spring.

The survey is part of the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act program for increasing pro-
duction and expanding the market for domestic fishery products.

South Atlantic Exploratory Fishery Program

MORE DEEP-WATER RED SHRIMP EXPLORATIONS BY "PELICAN" (Cruise
3): Deep-water exploratory shrimp trawling by the Service's exploratory fishing
vessel Pelican during May and June consisted primarily of additional exploratory
coverage of the 150- to 225-fathom depth range from Cape Canaveral to St. Augus-

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 49

tine, including preliminary work with com-
mercial-scale gear and bottom survey and
exploratory trawling north of Jacksonville to
Georgetown, S. C.

Twenty-five 4- to 5-hour drags between
Cape Canaveral and St. Augustine produced
2,700 pounds of red shrimp (Hymenopenaeus
robustus) during the period. The most pro-
ductive drags were made in the 175- to 212- |
fathom range southeast of St. Augustine us- MiJacksonville |
ing a 40-foot trawl. Three tows in this area :
produced 1, 020 pounds at a rate of 85 pounds
an hour.

There was a complete loss of two com-
mercial rigs, an 86-foot and a 60-foot flat
trawl, due to parting of the a -diameter tow-
ing warp.

The exploratory work in the red shrimp
depth range north of Jacksonville revealed
untrawlable bottom as far northas Beaufort,
S. C. Four drags in the 170- to 250-fathom

F Legend: 5
range from Beaufort north to Georgetown, i e— Represents one or more

S. C., produced a few P. megalops, a SEEN PSE SEUGEBES:

smaller deep-water shrimp (60-70 count,
heads on), but no red shrimp. Bad weather
prevented northward continuation of the trip.

Location of exploratory trawling stations by the Serv-
ice’s exploratory fishing vessel, Pelican,
mK He ok

MIDWATER TRAWLS AND TELEMETERING DEPTH FINDER TESTED BY

M/V “GEORGE M. BOWERS" (Cruise 3): Gear-research operations with experi-
mental midwater trawls and with a re-
cently-developed telemetering depth
sounder were conducted by the Service's
exploratory fishing vessel George M.
Bowers April 6-April 19, 1956. These
tests were made in offshore GulfStream
waters between Fort Lauderdale andKey
Largo, Fla.

Continued research in single-boat
midwater-trawling devices by the Serv-
ice's Gear Research Unit at Coral Ga-
bles, Fla., has indicated that practical
midwater trawls should be lightweight
and strong, easily handled and maneu-
verable over a range of speeds, andthat
the trawl depth must be controllable at
alltimes. Systematic investigations and
observations of trawl behavior with un-
dersea television and by divers with
cameras have resulted in some improved
designs. During this cruise a 30-foot
cotton trawl and 40- and 50-foot nylon
nets were observed to be performing as
designed under experimental fishing conditions.

The Service's research vessel George M. Bowers.

50 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

Tests were also conducted with the telemetering depth sounder attached tothe
40-foot trawl. The telemeter is a remote depth sounder designed to give accurate
position of the trawl over a range of 0-200 fathoms and to one mile in distance.
This new instrument was developed under contract to the Service by the University
of Miami Marine Laboratory. ;

The experimental trawls and the telemeter are to be used in exploratory fish-
ing activities by the Service in the Pacific Northwest and in New England waters.

OK RK

"GEORGE M. BOWERS" (Cruise 4): Scouting and fishing for sardinelike fish in

Tae lower Florida Bay and around the

4 Approximate locations of night pe Keys south of Marathon were the
Pee eee eae principal objectives of Cruise 4
| surface schools of fish.

(June 12-27) of the Service's ex-
ploratory fishing vessel George
M. Bowers.

Florida Bay

Samples of sardinelike fish
eet | caught on this trip were frozenfor
Ce m FENN _ 24 technological studies. Anchovies,
Sia tee Stun Serbo balao, and other unidentified spe-
Bate cies were preserved. Ten fishing
stations were made at night be-
tween Marathon, Fla., andthe Dry
F Tortugas. Harengula, weighing 6
MV George M, Bowers (Cruise 4). per pound, were caught with alight
and trap lift net west of Snipe and Content Keys. Juveniles and small fish, oneinch
and less, were taken with a light and dip nets southeast of the Marquesas Keys.
During daytime-scouting operations sardinelike fish were sighted and taken with a
beach seine near the Dry Tortugas. Attempts were made to take surface schools
of fish by trawling, but such schools were too wary and broke up or avoided the ves-
sel.

A biologist of the Marine Laboratory of the University of Miami collected data
from ten two-hour drags which were made on the Tortugas shrimp grounds. Using
a fine mesh cover over the cod-end, shrimp escapement through different sizes of
cod-end mesh was determined.

U.S. Fish Stick Production

APRIL-JUNE 1956 PRODUCTION BELOW LAST YEAR: United States produc-
tion of fish sticks in the second quarter of 1956 totaled 11.3 million pounds, accord-
ing to Fish Stick Report, April-June 1956(C. F. S. No. 1380) recently published
by the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service. This was 5.3 million pounds (32 percent)

iTable 1 - U.S. Productionof FishSticks, April-June 1956
. . (Million Lbs.)...
3.5 0.4
3.4 .4
3.2 4
2
8

Table 2 - U.S. Fish Stick Production by Areas, April-June 1956

14.2

[Atlantic Coast States . .
Interior and Gulf States.
(Pacific Coast States. . .

ih 5 3.6
Total 2ndQuarter: 1956 fb at
15.3

1955,
Total January-June: 1956
1955 31.8 | 4.3 [36.1]

No.
27
6
10
PAR ena A NALAS | 43 |

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 51

less than the quantity produced during the first quarter of the year and 5.8 million
pounds (34 percent) less than the production reported for the corresponding period
of 1955.

Se tee U. S. PRODUCTION OF FISH STICKS, 1953-1956

Production during the second
quarter of 1956 averaged 3.8 mil-
lion pounds a month as compared
with an average monthly produc-
tion of 5.7 million pounds during
the second quarter of last year.
The largest quantity of fish sticks
ever produced during a single
month occurred during March1955
when 7.4 million pounds were
packed.

In the second quarter of 1956,
89 percent of the total production
was precooked. Uncooked sticks
accounted for the remaining 11
percent. During this same quar-
ter, 27 of the 43 producing firms
in the United States were located in the Atlantic Coast States and accounted for 9.2
million pounds--82 percent of the total production. Plants located in the interior
of the country and in the Gulf States manufactured 1.2 million pounds of fish sticks
and firms situated in the Pacific Coast States produced nearly 838, 000 pounds.

4
MAY JUNE SULY, AUG. SEPT. OocT.

fresh, frozen, and processed fish and shellfish for March increased about 1.6 per-
cent in quantity, but decreased 2.2 percent
in value as compared with February 1956.
Compared with March 1955 the imports for
March 1956 declined 18.2 percent in quan-
tity and 5.4 percent in value. The dollar
value in March 1956 was about 27.9 cents
a pound, compared with 24.1 cents apound
in March 1955. Shrimp imports were about
1.5 million pounds higher in March 1956
when compared with March 1955, but the
imports of groundfish fillets, canned fish,
and salmon were lower.

ited States Foreign Trade in Edible Fishery Products
March 1956 with Comparisons

Fis '& Shellfish:
Fresh, frozen &
processed1/

62.8 |76.7 |768.3
Fish& Shellfish:
processed1/
only (excluding

fresh& frozen) 91,0} 1.3 | 1.6

l/ Includes pastes, sauces, arn chowder and juice, aad
other specialties.

Exports of processed fish and shellfish
in March 1956 decreased about 7 percent
from the February 1956 total, and were al-
so down 11 percent from March 1955, The
value of exports in March 1956 declined 13 percent when compared with February
1956 and 19 percent below March 1955.

FISHERY PRODUCTS IMPORTED FROM MANY COUNTRIES: More countries
are now supplying fishery products to United States markets than in former years,
according to a review of certain principal fishery products imports made by theU.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service.

52 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

Shrimp was imported from 26 countries during 1955, compared with 23 coun-
tries in 1954. In 1940, 10 countries supplied shrimp to United States markets. Im-
ports of fresh, frozen, canned, and dried shrimp in 1955 were valued at $24. 5mil-
lion dollars at the foreign port of shipment. i

Groundfish and ocean perch fillets were imported from 12 countries in 1955--
the same number as in 1954. In 1940, 99 percent of these imports were received

fr om Canada and Newfoundland. Im-
Zp
(py

ports of these products during 1955
were valued at almost $25 million
f.o.b. foreign ports.

Tuna, in its various forms,
came from 21 different countries in
1955. In 1940, 12 countries sup-
plied tuna to the United States. Unit-
ed States imports of tuna were val-
ued at the foreign port of shipment
at $33.2 million.

r ] ——. Lobsters, in their variousforms,
were imported from 28 countries

= ee during 1955. In 1954, 23 countries

shipped lobsters, but only 10 coun-

tries supplied lobsters to the United States in 1940. Lobster imports in 1955 were
valued at $35.2 millionf.o.b. foreign ports.

Swordfish came from 6 countries in 1955 as compared with 2 countries in1940.
These imports had a foreign value of $5.4 million.

Crab meat imports originated in 6 countries, about the same as in 1940. Im-
ports were valued at $4.9 million.

In 1955 about 50 different countries contributed to the imports of the commod-
ities shown. Imports of these products during 1955 totaled about 436 million pounds
and had a value of $128 million at the foreign point of shipment. In 1940, these
same products totaled 66 million pounds at a value of $10.7 million.

eke EX

GROUNDFISH FILLET IMPORTS DOWN 10 PERCENT IN JUNE 1956: Imports
of groundfish (including ocean perch) fillets during June 1956 amounted to 7.5 mil-
lion pounds as compared with 8.3 million pounds imported during June of last year.
This 10-percent decrease was primarily due to a 1.0-million-pound drop in imports
from Canada. Imports from Denmark and the Netherlands
were also lower. Iceland, France, and West Germany ex-
ported somewhat more fillets to the United States during
June 1956 than during the same monthlast year. There were
no imports from Sweden, Norway, Japan, Greenland, Mi-
quelon and St. Pierre, and the Union of South Africa during
June 1956.

Canada continued as the leading exporter of groundfish fillets to the United
States with nearly 6.0 million pounds during June of the current year--79 percent
of the month's total fillet imports. Canada accounted for 84 percent of the total fil-
let imports during the same month last year.

Total groundfish and ocean perch fillet imports during the first half of 1956
amounted to 66.5 million pounds and for the corresponding period last year they

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 53

totaled 62.6 million pounds. Canada, ‘with 44.8 million pounds, led all other coun-
tries exporting fillets to the United States during January-June 1956, followed by

Iceland (15.2 million pounds) and Norway (2.3 million pounds).

Note: See Chart 7 in this issue,

3K Kk

UNITED STATES FOREIGN TRADE, 1955: United States foreign trade in fish-
ery products and byproducts during 1955 was valued at more than 296 million dol-
lars, according to Imports and Exports of Fishery Products, 1951-1955(C. F. S.
No. 1360), recently issued by the Fish and Wildlife Service. This was an increase
of 4 percent as compared with the
previous year. Imports of $256 Sioa RS AND EXPORTS OF FISHERY PRODUCTS, 1927-1955
million were nearly 2 percent
greater than those of the previous | .,
year, and exports of $40 million

were 27 percent greater than in 200 ailteeen pears
1954.
150
During 1955 imports of edi-
ble fishery products amounted to 100
nearly 770 million pounds valued

at $207 million; nonedible prod- 50 te
ucts and byproducts imports were
valued at $49 million. Among the
more important items imported
in greater quantity than in 1954 were fresh or frozen tuna; flounder fillets, sword-
fish, and other species; shrimp; canned salmon, tuna not in oil, crab meat, and
common lobster; and pickled or salted cod.

O O
Ses Oa Le
1927 1929 1931 1933 1935 1937 1939 1941 1943 1945 1947 1949 1951 1953 1955

Exports of edible fishery products in 1955 totaled 109 million pounds valued at
$25 million; nonedible products and byproducts were valued at $15 million. Exports
of canned fish and shellfish increased from 49 million pounds in 1954 to 89 million
pounds in 1955 while the quantity of fish oils exported (143 million pounds) increased
only 1 million pounds during the same period.

Washington

FISH AND SHELLFISH LANDINGS, 1955: Food fish and shellfish landed by
Washington commercial fishermen in 1955 amounted to 147.6 million pounds, with
a wholesale value of $33.5 million, according to a May 9, 1956, release by the
State Department of Fisheries.

Nine states and Alaska outranked Washington in aggregate landings, but the val-
ue of the State's canned and processed fish was the third highest. Total pack was
down slightly from 1954 because of the lower catch of sockeye salmon.

The quantity of the 1955 catch has been exceeded seven times since 1935, al-
though the 1955 total is well above the 20-year average of 137 million pounds.

Salmon fishermen landed 8, 381, 400 fish worth $11, 945, 000 ex-vessel at an
average of $1.43 per fish. The total salmon catch of 61.6 million pounds (22 per-
cent of the U. S. and Alaska catch) was the smallest odd-year catch of salmonsince
1943. The most prolific species of salmon, the odd-year pink, yielded 31, 691, 800

54 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

pounds, but the catch of chum salmon was the lowest since records have been main-
tained on the Puget Sound fishery.

The otter-trawl and long-line fleets landed 58.2 million pounds of sole, Pacific
ocean perch, rockfish, and halibut; all with a processed value of $7.9 million. The
catch exclusive of halibut totaled 42.1 million
pounds. Only 1954 and 1945 were better trawl
years.

Shellfish production totaled 19.4 million
pounds worth $6.0 million when processed.
This included 10.1 million pounds of shelled
Pacific and Olympia oysters, and 6.7 million
pounds of Dungeness crabs. The crab catch
(3, 606, 000 in number) was the second best
since 1949. The 1954 crab catch was 4,182,700
crabs. Other shellfish production included
hard-shell and razor clams, shrimp, scallops,
Halibut and salmon fleet of the West Coast. and octopus--2.6 million pounds.

The remaining landings of 7.9 million pounds came from smaller fisheries on
albacore, anchovies, candlefish, carp, hake, herring, shad, smelt, sturgeon, and
industrial fish.

The statewide canned salmon pack amounted to 613, 798 48-pound cases, of
which 412, 159 cases were pink salmon. While the total pack was not exceptional
for an odd year, it was well above the average of 578, 070 cases for pink salmon
years since 1935. Puget Sound packers also processed 64, 584 cases of salmon,
mostly chum, from fish imported from Alaska and British Columbia.

For the first time figures are included on personal-use pack of salmon, razor
clams, and other seafood. The 1955 pack was 6,527 48-pound cases. The 1954
pack was 4, 427 cases.

The wholesale value of the entire salmon catch, excluding the pack from im-
ported fish, was $21.5 million.

The State's production of all species of fish and shellfish comprised 3.2 per-
cent of the poundage and 6.4 percent of the value of all fishery products landed in .
the United States and Alaska in 1955.

OK OK Ok

OLYMPIA OYSTER INDUSTRY ENDANGERED BY EXCESSIVE MORTALITY:
The Olympia oyster which is native to the Puget Sound area of the State of Washing-
ton is threatened with extinction, according to industry spokesmen in that area.
The oystermen predict that 90 percent of the Olympia oyster stocks will be wiped
out within a year if mortalities continue at the present rate. The causes of thehigh
rate of mortality is uncertain. Biologists of the Washington State. Fisheries Depart-
ment, who are investigating the problem, have not reached a final conclusion. How-
ever, fisheries biologists blame some of the losses on a parasitic flatworm which
was introduced with the importation of Japanese or Pacific oyster seed.

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 55

Wholesale Prices, June 1956

Lower prices in June for fresh drawn haddock, fresh and frozen haddock fillets,
frozen ocean perch and flounder fillets and fresh shrimp caused the June 1956 over-
all wholesale index (109.7 percent of the.1947-49 average) for all edible fish and
shellfish(fresh, frozen, and canned) to drop 1.8 percent below that for May. How-
ever, this June's overall index was still 5.8 percent higher than in June 1955.

At Boston a labor-management dispute at a large fish cold-storage warehouse,
which disrupted normal marketing of fish landings, and the usual seasonal increase
in landings caused June 1956 ex-vessel fresh haddock prices to drop 20.6 percent
below May and 35.7 percent below the same month a year earlier. The opening of
the Pacific Coast halibut season and the increased supplies of fresh and frozen hali-
but induced a drop in prices from May to June of 13.3 percent for this product, but
this June's prices were still 44.4 percent higher than in June 1955. Fresh-water

Table 1 - Wholesale Average Prices and Indexes for Edible Fish and Shellfish, June 1956 With Comparisons

Point of Avg. Prices1/ Indexes
Group, Subgroup, and Item Specification Unit ($) Ss (1947-49=100)

June}| May June

1956| 1956 1955
IALL FISH & SHELLFISH (Fresh, Frozen, & Canned). ........22-2-02-2- 109.7 | 111.7} 108.6 | 103.7
mireshi&jrrozenhishery/Products:i).).) ) le «l)s 6 see el ol os aceite a 117.5 | 120.6 | 115.2 | 107.4
DrawnyDressedsorjwholelminfish: iyi cu/) 5) 4) ween ae edie SE 106.3 101,3
Haddock, lge., offshore, drawn, fresh. . . . . |Boston tb. .06| .07 i 87.5
Halibut, West., 20/80 lbs., drsd., fresh or froz. |New York | 1b. .33| .40 107.3 | 123.8] 106.2} 74.3
Salmon, king, lge. & med., drsd., fresh or froz. |New York | lb. E64) 03) 144.4 | 140.5 | 137.1 | 129.2
Whitefish, L, Superior, drawn, fresh . . . . . |Chicago tb. SI fy 131.4 | 153.7 | 171.0 | 120.2
Whitefish, L. Erie pound or gill net,rnd., fres New York |b. .69| 74 139.5 | 148.6 | 121.3 | 136.5
Lake trout, domestic, No. 1, drawn, fresh. . . |Chicago lb. 08 51 104.5 | 110.6 | 107.6
Yellow pike, L. Michigan& Huron, rnd.,fresh . |New York | lb. -34| 29 49.3 | 103.8

121.7 111.6

85.1] 91.9] 81.7 | 107.2
129.3 | 124.8 | 124.8 | 111.4
136.1 | 136.1 | 139.2 | 114.4

+e 115.2

Processed, Fresh (Fish & Shellfish):. .....
Fillets, haddock, sml., skins on, 20-1b. tins. .
Shrimp, lge. (26-30 count), headless, fresh. .
Oysters, shucked, standards ........

Processed, Frozen (Fish & Shellfish); .....
Fillets: Flounder, skinless, 1-lb. pkg. . .

102.1 | 103.4 | 103.4 | 102.1

Haddock) smll’skins on, 1=Ib; pk) . : lb F 86.3 | 91.0
Ocean perch, skins on, 1-1b. pkg. .. {Boston tb. <28)| .29 110.8 | 114.8 | 114.8 | 106.7
shrimp, Ige. (26-30 count), 5-Ib. pkg. .. . . |Chicago |tb. | .75| .76 | 116.1 | 118.1 | 116.5 | 103.4

Canned Fishery Products: ......... 5 OE AEE Lab Ne earn on Beir ers | 98.7 | 99.0] 99.2| 98.3 _|

Salmon, pink, No.1 tall (16 oz.), 48 cans/cs. .. {Seattle 120.0 | 120.0 | 109.6
Tuna, lt, meat, chunk, No. 1/2 tuna (6-1/2 oz.),
O00 ... . |Los Angeles |case
Sardines, Calif,, tom. pack,No. 1 oval (15 0z.),

ASicans//CSumnmetan iene eu ei ciel eel en ete) || LospAngeles!|case
Sardines, Maine, keyless oil, No. 1/4 drawn

(3-1/4 0z.), 100 cans/es.. ...... . .. |New York

1/Represent average prices for one day (Monday or Tuesday) during the week in which the 15th of the month occurs, These
prices are published as indicators of movement and not necessarily absolute level. Daily Market News Service ‘Fishery
Products Reports’’ should be referred to for actual prices.

fish price trends at Chicago and New York were mixed, with whitefish prices low-
er because of adequate supplies and yellow pike and lake trout prices higher be-
cause of light supplies. All of these factors caused the June 1956 index for the
drawn, dressed, or whole finfish subgroup to drop 6.2 percent below May, but it
was 4.9 percent higher than in the same month in 1955.

56 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

From May to June higher prices for fresh shrimp at New York City more than
offset lower prices for fresh haddock fillets at Boston and the fresh processed fish
and shellfish subgroup index rose
1.3 percent in that period. Com-
pared with the same month in 1955,
the June 1956 index for this sub-
group was 14.4 percent higher be-
cause substantially lower prices
for fresh haddock fillets weremore
than offset by considerably higher
prices for fresh shrimp and shuck-
ed oysters.

All items appearing under the
frozen processed fish and shellfish
subgroup were priced lower this
June than the previous month, and
the index for this subgroup dropped
2.7 percent during that period. The
index for this subgroup was 8.6
percent higher this June than inthe
same month a year earlier because
frozen haddock fillets, ocean perch
Fish auction at Bost Fish Exchange. fillets, and shrimp were priced con-
siderably higher.

There was very little price movement in the canned fishery products subgroup
items with prices this June only slightly lower than the previous month and only
slightly higher than in June 1955. With the appearance of the new pack of Maine
sardines on the market, prices for this product dropped slightly from May to June
in spite of the fact that the pack through June was not very substantial. Compared
with June 1955, prices this June were considerably higher for canned Maine sar-
dines and pink salmon because supplies were rather limited, but canned tuna prices
were 15.2 percent lower because there were more than ample supplies.

IMPORTS AND EXPORTS OF FISHERY PRODUCTS, 1951-1955

This annual bulletin(Imports and Exports of Fishery Products,
1951-55, C. F.S. No. 1360) shows United States fishery import and
export datafor the years 1951 through 1955. The quantity and value |

of thefishery products and byproducts imported and exported by type
of product are shown.

Copies of this publication are available free from the Division of
Information, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington 25, D. C.

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 57

- FOREIGN”

International
INTERNATIONAL PACIFIC HALIBUT COMMISSION

but Commission announced the closure of the first season in Areas 2 and 1Btohali-
but fishing at 6a.m.(P.S.T.), June 27, 1956, until the beginning of the second fish-
ing season in these areas. The Commission estimated that the 26.5-million-pound
limit set for Area 2 would have been
caught by that date. Area 1B which
had no catch limit was also closed
when the quota for Area 2 was at-
tained.

The official opening date for
all halibut fishing in the Pacific
regulatory areas this year was
IMawyeet2 tat 6:00/aeme, (Pes...)
However, this year both United
States and Canadian fishermen
voluntarily agreed not to start
fishing until May 20. In 1955 the official opening date was also May 12 (actual fish-
ing also started on that date), and Areas 2 and 1B in that year closed on June 5.
Halibut fishing Areas 2 and 1B this year were open for 46 days, but because of the
voluntary agreement to start fishing on May 20, fishing took place for only 38 days.
These same areas were fished for 24 days in 1955, 21 days in 1954, and 24 days in
1953. The fishing in these areas lasted longer this year because (1) fishing started
8 days later than the opening date, (2) most vessels voluntarily agreed to remain
idle for 7 days after each trip, (3) there was about three days of inclement weather
on the fishing grounds, and (4) fish were scarce in certain popular fishing sections.

The second fishing season in Areas 2and1Bshallcommenceat6a.m. (P.S.T.)
on August 10 for at least seven days with no catch limit, or ona later date that may
be announced by the Commission prior to commencement of the second season, or
if the termination of the first season in Area 2 or in Area 3A be later than 6:00a.m.
on July 25, the second season in Area 2 shall commence at 6:00 a.m. 16 days after
termination of the first season in Area 2 or in Area 3A, whichever shall be later,
and shall terminate at 6:00 a.m., seven days after commencement of the second
fishing season in Area 2, or on any later day that may be announced by the Commis-
sion prior to the commencement of the second season.

Area 2 includes all Convention waters offthe coasts of the United States and
Alaska and Canada between Willapa Bay and Cape Spencer, Alaska.

Area 1B includes all Convention waters between Heceta Head and Willapa Bay,
Wash.

Areas 3A and 3B on June 27 were still open to halibut fishing and will close
when the limit for Area 3A of 28 million pounds has been attained.

58 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION

ANTIBIOTICS USE AND QUALITY ASSESSMENT HIGHLIGHTS FISH-PROCESS-
ING TECHNOLOGISTS MEETING: The use of antibiotics as an aid to keeping fish in
a fresh condition and the problems associated with the assess-
ment of the quality of fish were the highlights of the Internation-
al Meeting of Fish Processing Technologists which was held at
Rotterdam, The Netherlands, June 25-29, 1956.

The meeting, which was organized by the Food and Agri-
culture Organization of the United Nations, was attended by
more than 100 fishery technologists from about 30 countries.
The reports from working groups set up by the FAO Interim
Committee on Fish Handling and Processing were first heard
and then followed a symposium on the chilling of fish.

The first report of the working groups of the FAO Interim Committee on Fish
Handling and Processing was on chilled fish, presented by F. Bramsnaes, Director,
Technical Laboratory, Danish Ministry of Fisheries, as Chairman of the working
group dealing with that subject. In the course of his report, Bramsnaes said that it
was far more difficult to keep fish in a fresh condition than to keep other food ina
similar condition. Most foodstuffs kept in a good condition at any one of a range of
low temperatures, but fish was a more Sensitive product. He gave as an example
the fact that cod will keep fresh twice as long at 0OC. (329 F.) as at 49 C. (39° F.).
This fact, which has been shown in the later years by the scientists, was of practical
importance to the fishing industry.

The second report, that of the working group concerned with fishery products
for tropical consumption, was presented by K. Bakken, Norwegian Fisheries Re-
search Institute, Bergen, who stated that the working group had surveyed the food
habits in tropical countries. As a result of this survey the group had come to the
conclusion that there was a potential market inmany tropical countries for unsalted,
dried, or smoked and dried whole herring and other fish, as wellas for dried minced
fish and for fish meal. This report indicated that the fishing industry in Europe and
North America might find a considerable market for certain products in countries
in Africa and Asia where there was an acute need for providing more animal protein
in the diet of the masses of the people.

E. Heen, Director, Norwegian Fisheries Research Institute, Fisheries Depart-
ment, Bergen, as Chairman, presented the report of the working group concerned
with the freezing of fish in bulk.

These reports stimulated considerable discussion among the delegates before
the meeting turned to the symposium on the chilling of fish, in the course of which
some 27 papers were presented.

The first session of the symposium was concerned with 9 papers dealing with
the use of antibiotics, bacteriostatic ices and dips, and it was clear from the dis-
cussion which followed that the subject of antibiotics was in the forefront of the
minds of most participants. Most of the 9 papers were concerned with experiments
which have been made with such antibiotics as aureomycin and it can be generally
said that these experiments show that the use of antibiotics may help considerably
in keeping fish in a fresh condition, in some cases as much as 2 or 3 times as long
as is now possible by using such conventional methods as storing in ice. Various
uses of antibiotics were described in the papers, some of them concerned with im-
pregnating ice with aureomycin or other antibiotics.

It was clear from the papers presented and from the discussion that one of the
problems confronting fishery scientists was to devise a method which would insure
that the residue of any antibiotics left in fish would be so minute as to be innocuous
to human beings. Scientists are also concerned with insuring that antibiotics used
are distributed evenly throughout the ice.

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 59

It was pointed out at the meeting that the Governments and public health author-
ities would need to have very carefully detailed facts concerning the residue and its
harmlessness to human beings before they would be justified in officially sanction-
ing the use of antibiotics to preserve fish. So far, no government has approved the
use of antibiotics for this purpose.

Some experts at the meeting urged that this problem of residual antibiotics should
be approached with ''common sense" and that excessive apprehensionas to any possible
injurious effect of residual antibiotics should not stand inthe way of progress inthis
field. Indeed, many experts at the meeting were emphatic that the time had come to con-
duct large-scale experiments by responsible institutes inthe use of, for example, aureo-
mycin-treated ice ontrawlers engaged in long-distance fishing. This couldbe done,
they urged, with the consent of the public health authorities inthe countries concerned,
and the results would, they suggested, provide a very clear guide as to future action.

While the points concerned with the public health factor were given due consider-
ation by the experts at the meeting, it was evident that most of the technologists felt
that the use of such antibiotics as aureomycin might be extended to commercial fish-
ing in the near future. Some experts, indeed, feel that antibiotics should be intro-
duced without delay.

Dr. H. L. A. Tarr, of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, who was a
pioneer in the use of antibiotics to preserve fish, has expressed an opinion that the
residual antibiotics would not be dangerous to human health.

Two reports by United States scientists showed that, in one experiment, fish
fillets treated with 10 p.p.m. of chloramphenicol, oxytetracycline, tetracycline,
and chlortetracycline spoiled after 8, 11, 10, and 13 days respectively, as compared
with 4 days for untreated fillets.

In another experiment, haddock fillets dipped for 30 seconds in antibiotic ~treat~
ed brine kept in good condition for 7 days and more.

Dr. J. M. Shewan, of the Torry Research Station, Aberdeen, reporting on ex-
periments with aureomycin, stated that such fish as haddock and cod had been kept
in an edible condition for 7 to 10 days longer than possible by conventional methods.
These results had been confirmed by pilot-scale trials on board a trawler.

Japanese scientists, T. Tomiyama, Y. Yone and S. Kuroki, of Kyushu Univer-
sity, also recorded similar successful results in experiments with aureomycin used
in storing yellow croaker, red sea bream, and red-tongue sole.

A paper on ''Aureomycin as an Ice Additive" by B. Albertsen, of the Techno-
logical Laboratory, Danish Ministry of Fisheries, stated that tests indicated cod
could be kept in good condition 5 to 6 days longer in aureomycin-treated ice. Simi-
lar results were reported by Sverre Hjorth-Hansen of the Norwegian Fisheries Re-
search Institute, Bergen.

Dealing with the ''Public Health Aspects of the Use of Antibiotics in Foods,"

C. Engel, of the Central Institute for Nutrition Research, Utrecht, said that ''sensi-
tization of future patients" and the induction of resistance in strains of bacteria are
important problems which must be carefully considered before permissionis granted
to use antibiotics for keeping food ina fresh condition. If the residual level of the
antibiotic in fish or other fresh food is negligible some, but not all, of the objections
to its use will be eliminated. The best answer would be to use antibiotics which are
not applied in medical practice and do not give rise to bacterial cross-resistance to
antibiotics used in the human body.

C.H. Castell, of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, said that the first
requirement for landing fish in a fresher condition was more hygienic handling of

60 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

the catch on board fishing vessels. When this was achieved, then the antibiotics
might be used with advantage to preserve fish. Antibiotics should not be used to
overcome bad, unhygienic handling of fish.

Other experts at the meeting pointed out that manufacturers of antibiotics were
aware of this and were in agreement with the view expressed by Castell.

Five papers were presented on brine cooling and seawater ice, and consider-
able discussion took place concerning them. But, next to the papers concerned
with antibiotics, the 12 papers dealing with quality assessment of fresh fish pro-
voked the most discussion. Here the meeting considered both organoleptic and
objective methods of quality assessment, and it was evident from the discussion
that the technologists thought that much more use should be made of the panel sys-
tem for testing quality of fish. It was clear that no method or system had yet been
devised which was applicable generally but it was felt that progress had been made
in this field. The aim was to devise an objective method of testing the quality of
fish which could be applied on a commercial basis, but much experimental work re-
mained to be done.

There is no doubt that the meeting had several practical results. Perhaps the
most important for the fishing industry throughout the world was the clear expres-
sion of opinion of the experts that the time had come to carry experiments in the
use of antibiotics from the laboratory to the commercial field. The experts feit
that these experiments should be conducted, with the concurrence of governments
and public health authorities, on a large scale with fishing vessels, particularly
those engaged in long-distance fishing. This, it was felt, would establish the effec-
tiveness of antibiotics in preserving the fresh condition of fish and would also en-
able authorities to determine the element of risk entailed in residual antibiotics in
fish.

The meeting also showed that a great deal of work is now being done in the as-
sessment of the quality of fish and that ultimately this may lead to the establish-
ment of quality assessment of all catches landed by the leading fishing countries.

ok kk Ok

fishing boats may be cut by as much as 10 percent if a plan for establishing a uni-
versal system of standards for scantlings,
now being prepared by naval architects of
the Food and Agriculture Organization
(FAO), Rome, is finally adopted. Thesys-
tem would also lead to developments in the
design of fishing vessels and an increase
in their seaworthiness and operational ef-
ficiency.

Speaking at FAO headquarters this
week, Jan Olof Traung, Chief, Fishing
Boat Section, Fisheries Division, said:
"Work on preparing a first draft of a
universal system of standards of scant-
lings is still in the formative stage, al-
though we have for some years past been
gathering information on the design and
construction of fishing boats, paying spe-
cial attention to the smaller vessels, those
under 100-foot over-ali length.

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 61

"We have acquired first-hand knowledge of construction problems and local re-
quirements in Europe, North America, and also in the Near, Middle, and Far East
and South America, where FAO naval architects have been engaged on various proj-
ects.

"At the present moment we are especially well placed to plan the future work
on reducing boat construction costs,'' he continued, ''as we have four FAO naval
architects at headquarters: Paul Ziener of Norway, who has been working for us
in India for the past two years, Howard Chapell, an American naval architect who
is known throughout the world for his work on fishing boats (he is going on an FAO
assignment in Turkey), my assistant, Peter Gurtner from Switzerland, and myself."

These four experts have been reviewing the progress made in fishing-boat con-
struction, based on the reports, plans, and designs of naval architects throughout
the world.

"Recently,'' said Traung, ''Dwight Simpson, a well-known American naval archi-
tect, in an unpublished study dealing with wooden-trawler construction, made some
far-reaching recommendations for minimum standards of scantlings.

"Simpson based his findings on the case history of more than 20 vessels. By
comparison, European vessels were found to be suprisingly heavily constfucted.
This is also true, as we know from experience, of fishing boats in many other parts
of the world and we believe that if the Simpson recommendations were universally
adopted the result would be to cut the present high costs of fishing-boat construc-
tion, especially in Europe and in many of the underdeveloped countries."

The system envisaged by the FAO naval architects would call for no departure
from normal construction methods carried out by skilled craftsmen.

KK ok OK

INTERNATIONAL FISHING GEAR CONGRESS PLANNED: An International

(FAO), Rome, to take place in October 1957 in Hamburg, Germany.

The Congress will bring together from many parts of the world specialists
working in the field of fish gear research, design, and manufacture to discuss such
subjects as net yarns, net-making, rational design of fishing gear, including fish de-
tection and the use of electrical equipment.

"This will be the first time that such specialists from various parts of the world
will meet to exchange knowledge, experience, and ideas,'' explained the Chief of the
Fishing Gear Section of the Fisheries Division of FAO. "The Congress will last a
week and will concentrate on recent developments in fishing-gear design, materials,
and construction, including such matters as the measurement of the performance of
gear, detection of fish, behavior of gear under water, reaction of fish to it, and so
on.

"There has been a vast increase in capital investment in fishing equipment in
recent years,'' he continued, ''and fishing-gear technology is assuming an ever-
growing economic importance. One objective of the Congress will be to focus at-
tention on this, taking stock of existing knowledge in this field."

In connection with the Congress, FAO is compiling a comprehensive Handbook
of Fishing Gear and Methods, the first of its kind. The book will provide detailed
descriptions and specifications of advanced types of fishing gear, equipment and
methods, and will give solid background information to the many topics which will
be discussed at the Congress.

62 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

The purpose of this Congress is to emphasise the recent developments in fish-
ing gear, not to describe traditional types of gear which have long been used in fish-
ing in various countries. The Congress therefore is concerned with the latest types
of commercially-important gear and with current thought and experiment concerned
with improving existing fishing gear and accessory equipment, manufacturing it
more economically, making it more efficient, and operating it more effectively. In
view of these considerations, the proposed agenda for the Congress has been drawn
up under these main headings: (1) materials; (2) rational design of fishing gear;

(3) rational construction of nets; (4) operation of fishing gear; (5) strategy and tac-
‘tics of fishing; (6) electrical fishing; (7) future developments.

OK OK OK OK

UNITED STATES NOMINEE FOR DIRECTOR-GENERAL OF FAO: The Depart-
ments of State and Agriculture announced jointly July 12 that John H. Davis, direc-
tor of the Program in Agriculture and Business at Harvard University Graduate
School of Business Administration, will be the United States Nominee for Director-
General of the Food and Agriculture Organization.

A special conference of FAO is being held in Rome in September to select a
successor to Dr. P.V. Cardon, who was elected Director-General in 1953 and re-
signed last March because of ill health.

Davis is a former Assistant Secretary of Agriculture and former president of
the Commodity Credit Corporation.

The decision to nominate Davis for the Director-Generalship has been made
after consultation with, and the approval of, Congressional and farm organization
leaders. Member nations of FAO have been consulted regarding Davis and a num-
ber of them have informally indicated their support.

Under FAO procedure, the United States delegation to the special conference
will formally submit the name of Davis as candidate for the Director-Generaliship.
The member countries of FAO will elect the new FAO head by majority vote.

WHALING

NUMBER OF WHALE CATCHER BOATS REDUCED BY AGREEMENT: Accord-
ing to an agreement arrived at in June 1956 between Norwegian, British, Dutch, and
Japanese whaling companies, the number of catching boats engaging in Antarctic

whaling will be reduced from last season's 257 to 225 in the 1956/57 season.

Under the agreement the nine Norwegian expedi-
tions will reduce their catchers from 110 to 95, the four
British expeditions from 59 to 47, and the Dutch from
18 to 14. The five Japanese expeditions, including the
newly purchased Onassis expedition, will have 54 catch-
ers, compared to 55 for the same expeditions last sea-
son.

The agreement also specifies that no one expedi-
tion will use more than 12 catcher boats. The Soviet
Union has not yet indicated whether it will also reduce
its total of catchers.

The agreement is the result of efforts on the part
of Norwegian whaling companies to limit the number of
catchers per expedition as a conservation measure, states a June dispatch from the
United States Embassy in Oslo.

* ORK kK

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 63

SOUTH PACIFIC SPERM WHALE ALLOTMENT PROPOSED: An advertise-
General of the 'Permanent Commission of the South Pacific, "it stated that the
Commission of the Conference of Exploitation and the Conservation of the Maritime
Resources of the South Pacific was scheduled to meet on June 25 in Lima. The
meeting was to deal with allocating to interested parties their share of the allot-
ment of 2,100 sperm whales which has been set for the period July 1, 1956, to June
30, 1957. Such parties were advised to send their applications through their Con-
suls or representatives to the Secretary General of the Permanent Commission in
care of the Ministry of Foreign Relations, Quito, Ecuador, before June 23, accord-
ing to the United States Embassy at Lima (June 20, 1956).

An article in La Prensa of June 19 on this subject stated that any attempt to
hunt whales within 200 miles of the coasts of Chile, Ecuador, and Peru would be
considered an act against the sovereignty of those nations unless permission had
first been obtained from The Permanent Commission.

Australia

FISHERIES DEVELOPMENT FUND PLANNED: Legislation is in the process
of passing through the Australian Parliament setting up under the Fishing Industry
Bill of 1956 a Fisheries Development Trust Account. The trust fund would be used
as a revolving fund for the development of new projects which could be liquidated
as soon as private investors were willing to take them up. The fund is to be admin-
istered by Australia's first Minister for Primary Industry. Marked for first atten-
tion in planning a developmental program for consideration by the Minister are
shrimp, pilchards, tuna (Queensland, North-West Australia and outer South-Eastern
Australian waters), and trawling in the Great Australian Bight.

The fund will be financed from the surplus which will arise from the sale of the
Australian Whaling Commission's business (a Government operation) at Carnarvon
in Western Australia for about US$2.0 million. It is reported that the sale will
make possible the biggest move in Australia's history for the development of the
nation's fishery resources, for the surplus from it, which may amount to US$1.7
million, willbe paid into a new Fisheries Development Trust Account for that pur-
pose, a June 6 United States Embassy dispatch from Canberra points out.

In his Second Reading Speech on the Fishing Industry Bill, the Minister for
Trade explained, ''The surplus funds received from the sale of the Australian Whal-
ing Commission will be used for the purpose of developing fishing industries which
have great potentialities, but which would not attract--at any rate up to now have
not attracted--investment funds without Government support or demonstration."
He indicated that with large-scale investment and new techniques on fishing there
was hope that the catch of tuna, prawn, shrimp, and perhaps other fish (e.g. pil-
chards, barracouta, and Australian ''salmon"') could be improved. Were the Gov-
ernment to show the way, it might be possible that private interests would come in
to enlarge the present investment--''about US$22.5 million in fishing and pearling
fleets, shore installations and factories and a further US$7.9 million in the whal-
ing industry''--in the Australian fishing industry, the Minister indicated.

Ok eK

STATE CABINET MINISTER TO VISIT U. S. FISHING PORTS: The Honorable
Lionel Francis Kelly, West Australian State Cabinet Minister for Mines, Fisheries,
Industrial Development and Tourism, was planning a three months' visit to the U-
nited States and Canada starting in late July 1956. He will be accompanied by two
of his staff.

64 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

In addition to providing information on Western Australia to interested persons
and groups throughout the United States, the Minister was specifically interested in
certain industries related to his cabinet responsibilities, including fisheries, the U-
nited States Consulate at Perth points out ina June 12 report.

Commercial development of West Australian fisheries, with the exception of
spiny lobster for export to the United States, has lagged. The Minister was interest-
ed in studying catching and handling methods for tuna, herring, shrimp, and lobster,
and particularly wished to contact any groups which might consider investment in
fisheries projects in Western Australia.

With reference to spiny lobster (crayfish), the Minister wished to meet import-
ers and distributors and to study marketing techniques, with special reference to
trade promotion by South Africa and other competing countries to determine whether
Australia is losing potential markets or failing to get best prices.

Canada

MANDATORY STANDARDS FOR FISH STICKS: Canadian producers of cooked
and uncooked fish sticks must comply with certain mandatory standards put into ef-
fect June 7, 1956 in an amendment to the Fish Inspection Regulations. Any fish sticks

imported into Canada must also conform to these mandatory standards.
The text of the amendment is as follows:

"His Excellency the Governor General in Council, on the recommenda-
tion of the Minister of Fisheries, pursuant to section 4 of the Fish Inspec~-
tion Act, is pleased, hereby, to amend the Fish Inspection Regulations made
by Order in Council P. C. 1954-1973 of 16th December 1954, as amended,
as follows:

“1, (2) Section 2 of the Fish Inspection Regulations is amended by adding thereto, immediately
after paragraph (a) the following paragraph:

“(aa) ‘breaded fish’ means fish flesh coated with breading or batter
and breading but does not include fish sticks,

“(2) Section 2 of the said Regulations is further amended by adding thereto, immediately
after paragraph (b) thereof, the following paragraph:

‘(bb) ‘fish sticks‘ means uniform, rectangular shaped portions of fish
flesh which are coated with breading or batter and breading,

“2, The said Regulations are further amended by adding thereto the following section:

“*60. No person shall pack or sell fish sticks which do not meet the following re-
quirements:

‘(a) fish sticks shall weigh not less than 1 ounce each; (b) cooked
fish sticks shall include a minimum of 664 % by weight of fish
flesh; (c) uncooked fish sticks shall include a minimum of 79
by weight of fish flesh; and(d) fish sticks shall be free from
defects and shall be of good merchantable quality.”

It should be noted that these are mandatory standards as compared to the vol-
untary United States standards for grades of frozen fried fish sticks developed by
the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service in cooperation with interested industry repre-
sentatives. Any fish sticks exported to Canada must conform to the Canadian man-
datory standards for cooked and uncooked fish sticks.

% OK RK

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 65

LARGE NEW RESEARCH VESSEL: A larger and more extensively-equipped
research vessel than any in its present fleet of about 14 is to be built for service
in the Northwest Atlantic by the Fisheries Research Board of Canada. Tenders
are being called for a 167-foot Diesel-powered steel-hulled trawler with a 32-foot
beam, a draught of 12 feet 9 inches, and a refrigerated fish hold. This is part of
the Board's expanded program, made necessary in part by Canada's increasing com-
mitments in international fisheries affairs, according to the June 8 Bulletin of the
Fisheries Council of Canada.

The new vessel will carry a crew of about 22 and will have accommodations
for 4 or 5 scientists who will work in specially-designed laboratories to be incor-
porated in the vessel's working quarters. The craft is designed for exploratory
and investigational work and will be capable of extended trips, often in areas re-
mote from present fishing ports, to study the population densities of various species
of fish. She will operate mainly out of St. John's Newfoundland, but is designed to
serve other Board stations situated on the mainland as well.

In addition to the laboratories for biological and hydrographical work, the new
research ship will carry all the latest detection devices. The fishing gear will be
calibrated so that the catches will be compared with the catches of a regular trawl-
er. She will have adequate power to fish at depths greater than those fished nor-
mally. A controllable-pitch propellor will enable her to cruise at speeds#from zero
to a maximum of about 12 knots.

Denmark

TWO NEW FISH MEAL PLANTS IN OPERATION: Two new fish meal and fish
oil plants have begun operations at Ronland, on the northwestern coast of Jutland
in Denmark. One plant is a corporation and the other is a cooperative. Present
capacity of both plants is about 150 tons of raw fish daily, but the corporation plant
has already announced plans to extend its daily capacity to nearly 300 tons of raw
fish.

It is also reported that landings of ''tobis'' (a type of small sand eel) on the
west coast of Jutland have been unusually heavy in the current season and that fish
meal plants in the area have been forced to set an informal limit upon the total a-
mount of ''tobis'' which will be accepted from each vessel, states a report (June 21)
from the United States Embassy at Copenhagen.

a SE

German Federal Republic
TRAWLER OWNERS TO CONTINUE SUPPORT OF EXPORTS OF FROZEN

FISH: An overwhelming majority of the owners of large German trawlers based at
Bremerhaven have decided to continue the supporting of exports of quick frozen
ocean fish which exporters have purchased from the trawler owners and have had

processed in Bremerhaven.

Exports to the United States and to Austria, especially, will be supported ac-
cording to Dansk Fiskeritidende (June 8), a Danish fishery trade paper.

This support will, at the same time, promote the rational storage of quick-
frozen ocean fish at times when there are large supplies at the four main German

66 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

fish markets. Often it is difficult to dispose of all supplies, especially early in the
year when 60 percent of the large trawlers trawl for herring in the westerly North
Sea. In addition, it will provide for making full use of the Bremerhaven freezing

capacity.

Iceland

FISH FREEZING PLANTS: There are 82 freezing plants in Iceland that are a-
vailable for fish freezing and storage, according to the April 1 issue of Aegir, an
Icelandic fishery publication. Two of the plants are reported to have been inactive
for some time. In addition to the land-based plants, four of the larger trawlers are
equipped with freezers, each with a freezing capacity of two metric tons of fillets
in 16 hours.

The 82 plants are located in six districts and vary from 7 to 24 plants in each
district. Under the most favorable conditions the land-based plants can freeze
1,102 metric tons each 16 hours and store 38,270 tons. The annual capacities for
both freezing and storage will vary according to the length of the season, the avail-
ability of labor, and transportation facilities. The capacity of the plants for the
storage of fish for human consumption is limited by the need for space for about
8,000 tons of fish bait and the seasonal storage of 6,000 tons of meat products (Fis-
kets G ang, May 3, 1956).

JAPANESE -MEXICAN FISHING COMPANY PLANNED: A joint Japanese-Mexi-
can fishing company known as the Japan-Mexico Enterprises, Ltd. (Nichi-boku Kig-
yo Kabushiki Kaisha) has been formed, according to the May 15, 1956, issue of Hok-
kaido Shimbun, a Japanese newspaper. Plans reportedly call for 70 Japanese drag-
net fishermen to go to Mexico initially, with a possible increase in numbers up to
3,600 in the future.

The organizer of the new company is the Hakodate (Hokkaido) Drag-Net Fishery
Cooperative Association. This cooperative has formed, in association with Mexi=
can fishing interests and with the blessing of the Mexican government, a Japanese-
Mexican joint fishery company in Mexico. It is stated that the Mexican government
has granted permission for the entry into Mexico of 6 Japanese trawlers and 36
skilled Japanese fishermen for a period of six months. Application has been made
to the Fisheries Division of the Hokkaido Perfectural Government for certificates
of qualification for the 36 fishermen. A representative of the Fisheries Division
confirmed this last item, but stated that he could not confirm the rest of the report.
His office is awaiting more details before deciding what attitude it will take toward
the request for certificates.

3K OK OK OK

core is exported by private exporters but transactions are Santrolied by an associa=-
tion of Japanese exporters which maintains a list of approved importers. This or-

ganization, Japan Frozen Food Exporters Association, also determines and controls
the voluntary limits which have been placed on albacore exports to the United States.

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 67

Another organization, known as the Japan Export Frozen Tuna Sales Co., Ltd.,
was scheduled to begin functioning on June 15, 1956. This organization will act as
sole purchaser from fishing companies of Japanese frozen albacore destined for
export and will in turn sell to exporters. The purpose of the new organization,
which will be controlled by fishing firms, is to protect the interests of producers
and, in so doing, to control the amount of albacore that is exported. An important
consideration in this connection is the producers' interest in fixing prices in ac-
cordance with market conditions,

The new organization in its initial stages will control only albacore, but it will
also handle other species of tuna in the future. The limitations on albacore export
sales to the United States for the Japanese fiscal year 1956 (which began on April 1,
1956) has been fixed at 32,000 short tons, of which 20,000 short tons are to be sold
in the period April-September and 12,000 for the October-March period, according
to a dispatch from the United States Embassy in Tokyo

JAPANESE GOVERNMENT

Mexico

FISHING-PERMIT FEES INCREASED: Mexico has increased its fees*for com-
mercial and sport fishing permits issued to nonresident aliens and vessels of for-
eign registry.

The fees were raised in accordance with two decrees published in the Diario
Oficial of May 15 and effective the following day.

Under one decree nonresident aliens who fish for sport in any Mexican terri-
torial water must pay for a general fishing permit valid for 1 month, 3 months, or
1 year from date of issue, a fee of 10, 25, or 50 pesos (about US$0.80, $2, $4), re-
spectively. Previously applicable fees, established by a decree of January 20, 1933,
were 4, 10, or 20 pesos (about US$0.32, $0.80, $1.60).

The other decree, modifying fees for commercial and sports fishing, estab-
lished by a decree of November 17, 1939, provides that persons desiring to fish
commercially in Mexican territorial waters of the Pacific Ocean and Gulf of Cali-
fornia in vessels of foreign registry and sending their catch to foreign markets will
pay annual fees in accordance with the type of permit obtained. The new fees, to-
gether with old fees, are as follows:

General fishing permit for vessels Use of foreign-registered vessels
having a net cubic capacity of: having a net cubic capacity of:

New Fees Old Fees

Up to 2 tons Up to 2 tons 4.00
2-15 if 2-15 ss 520 200] 16.00
15-50 Hy 16-50 ele 0.0 500} 40.00
5OSNOO) 50-100 " 2,580/206.40]1,000| 80.00
100-200 Over 100" _5,160/412.80/2,000|160.00

Over 200
If two or more boats are to be used,
the tonnage is taken together and the fees established for the vessels, as shown a-
bove, are charged on the basis of total tonnage. If after obtaining a general fishing
permit or authorization for use of a foreign-registered vessel an amplification of

a permit or authorization is requested because the tonnage has been increased to

63 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

exceed the tonnage shown in the category to which the permit applies, the difference
in fees for the lower and higher categories must be paid for the length of time still
remaining in the original permit.

COMMERCIAL FISHING: ~—_ |__| |SPORT FISHING (for
Registry of foreign vessels: nonresident aliens):
For eachton or fraction there- Fishing for sport onboard
of of net cubic capacity.... 2 b R a foreign vessel(per day). ...
Registry of nets: Fishing for sport onboard

For each linear meter or frac- aprivately-owned vessel
tion thereof, measured on or avessel of Mexican
cork line 0.55] 0.044] 0.21 registry:

For 3 days
For 1 month

The year will be counted from date
of issue of a general permit, authorization for use of foreign vessel, or registration
of vessel and nets. Identification cards are valid only during the year of issue.

Individuals and organizations owning foreign vessels engaged in sport fishing in
Mexican territorial waters of the Pacific Ocean and Gulf of California will pay an
annual fee of 2,070 pesos (US$165.60). Formerly the fee for this type of permit
was 800 pesos (US$64.00).

Nonresident aliens engaged in sport fishing in Mexican territorial waters of the
Pacific Ocean and Gulf of California will pay fees for individual permits in accord-
ance with registry of vessel.

Norway

DRIED AND SALTED FISH EXPORT PROSPECTS REVISED: The predictions
made by Norwegian exporters early in the spring of 1956 of good export prospects
for fishery products have not materialized, according to a June dispatch from the
United States Embassy in Oslo. -

In spite of the fact that exports of
salt cod and dried fish were larger from
January-April 1956 than for the com-
parable period in 1955, increased pro-
duction and difficulties in expanding the
market have caused large stocks of un-
sold fish to accumulate. Frozen fish
fillet plants have 10,000 metric tons on
hand with little prospect of early sales.
The outlook for increased exports of
dried fish is so poor that some produc~
ers have suggested selling it tofish meal

plants, if no financial support is pro- The klipfish is carefully stacked between spells of exposure
vided by the Price Regulation Fund for to the sun,
Fish.

There are still 3,000 to 4,000 tons of unsold dried fish on hand from 1955. Klip-
fish or salt cod is in a somewhat more favorable position, with exports of 22,000
tons by June 1 compared to 18,000 tons in the comparable 1955 period, but the out-
look in several markets, notably Brazil, is uncertain.

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 69

A quota system for klipfish exports has been hotly debated since the latter part
of 1955, but no decision has been reached as yet. Unless market conditions improve
or the Government permits acceptance of lower export prices, industry circles an-
ticipate unsold stocks of 30,000 to 40,000 tons of fish by the end of the year. It is
believed that the fish exporters tend to exaggerate the gravity of the export situa-
tion, but the high prices of Norwegian fishery products are undoubtedly affecting the
sales in foreign markets.

% OK OK OK

——— o_O

Finnmark and partly good fishing in other districts, this year's cod fishing season
has yielded a rather heavy catch. This season's catchas of June 16 totaled 159,671
metric tons of cod as against 123,286 tons last year. The cod catch was utilized
as follows this year: 77,961 tons
sold for drying (last year 63,038
tons), 60,776 tons for curing (last
year 40,017 tons), and 20,934 tons
for the fresh fish trade (last year
20,231 tons). In addition, there
was a production of 6,614 tons of
cod-liver oil; 3,050 tons ®f roe
were cured and 1,132 tons of roe
were canned or sold fresh, reports
the June 21 Fiskets Gang, a Nor-
wegian fishery periodical.

A new postwar record of 53,562
metric tons of spring cod were
caught off Finnmark this season--
almost one-third this season's total
cod catch of 159,671 tons. Last
year the catch off Finnmark amounted to 46,767 tons.

Sorting the catch--Lofoten cod fishing.

The Finnmark spring cod fishery is becoming increasingly important. For the
last two years, the total Finnmark catch, including other types of fish such as saithe,
ocean perch, haddock, and halibut has exceeded the Lofoten cod catch. The number
of freezing plants in Finnmark is still insufficient to process a larger catch, but
freezing capacity is being expanded rapidly. If present marketing difficulties are
overcome, the outlook for further growth of the Finnmark fishery is good, points
out a United States Embassy dispatch (June 29) from Oslo.

OK Kk

AUTOMATIC HERRING FEEDING AND SORTING MACHINE: An article titled
"Sorting Machine for Herring” which appeared in the Norwegian Fisheries Direc-
torate's publication Fiskets Gang, No. 23, June 7, 1956, is a research report on the
successful trials of a machine which both aligns the herring for feeding and feeds
them into the heading and gutting part of the machine. Experiments conducted by
the Directorate's Chemical-Technical Research Institute have proved successful,
and a prototype is now being tested commercially in the Icelandic fishery, points
out a United States Embassy dispatch (June 26) from Oslo.

If the machine is commercially feasible, it will be a great help to the herring
industry. It can possibly be used in processing other types of fish as well with
certain modifications. The machine takes little space, is relatively inexpensive, and
results ina significant saving in labor. It is also apparently suitable for use on
board fishing vessels which operate in waters distant from their home ports and
consequently process their catches on board.

70 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

The principal portion of a translation of the article follows:

"In the following we shall give an orientation concerning a new machine for
aligning and feeding herring to other herring processing machines. There has been
some incorrect information on this machine in the press. Otherwise it may be of
interest to hear something of the problems of which this machine is only a part and
on which we in the Fishery Directorate Chemical-Technical Research Institute have
been working and will continue to work to the extent we get the necessary funds.

"It is common knowledge that little has been done so far to rationalize and im-
prove the salted herring production. Most of the salting is still manual. The lack
of mechanization is largely due to the fact that production takes a relatively short
time, so that the costs of mechanization become too highin relation to the quantity
produced.

"Ordinary salted herring (pickled herring) is one of the important products
where a certain degree of mechanization at the larger salting works would pay, and
we have made some experiments in this field. For example, we tried drum salting
some years ago. Salt and herring were fed into one end of a revolving drum. The
mixing in the drum was most effective and the product evenly salted. However, the
best utilization of drum salting requires that the herring and salt be fed automatic-
ally into the drum in specific adjustable quantities direct from a large reservoir.
We completed plans for this method long ago but have been unable to put it into effect,
chiefly because of shortage of funds.

"In the case of salting in barrels the outlet end of the drum is automatically
conducted from each barrel, as it is filled, to the next empty one. It is obvious
that some of the labor costs of manual salting could be saved in this way. And it
is no great prublem to mechanize this production. The problem is doing it ina
simple, cheap and effective way. The long periods of inactivity, usually in sur-
roundings which make for corrosion and rust, are another problem. All machines
and conveyors must either be made of material which does not corrode or rust or
else be protected against corrosion.

"If the herring head could be cut off and the entrails removed before salting in
a cheap and quick way, a better product would be produced and costly packing ma~
terial and salt could be saved.

"The waste is of no value to the consumer, so if he pays a certain amount for a
barrel of whole salted herrings there is no reason why he should not pay the same
for the same quantity without heads and entrails. It must therefore be assumed that,
for example, 1,000 hectoliters (205,000 a pound) of herring will represent at least
the same sales value to the producer whether decapitated or not. The decisive fac-
tor is productioncostineachcase. By heading and gutting, about 200 barrels and 4
tons of salt per 1,000 hectoliters of raw product could be saved. At current prices,
this would mean a cut of approximately 4,400 kroner (US$616) in all. In addition
there is the income from sale of the waste, today a minimum of 15 kroner per hecto-
liter (about one U. S. cent a pound). For 1,000 hectoliters of herring this would
mean approximately 3,000 kroner (US$420), in all approximately 7,800 kroner per
1,000 hectoliters (about US$0.53 a 100 pounds), by heading and gutting. If almost 8
kroner per hectoliter can be saved, it would be defensible to make quite large in-
vestments in mechanization, particularly if the producer is certain that labor costs
are no higher for headless than for whole salted herring.

"This calculation is so simple and convincing that there is every reason to
make an effort to find the most rational method for production of decapitated salted
herring. The same applies to filleting.

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 71

''|,. Some heading machines, more or less efficient, exist already. Typical of

all of them is that the herring must be fed in one by one by hand. This requires a
good deal of manual work and limits capacity. Most of the machines are unsuitable
for ships, and for the Iceland fishery in particular this is important, as the herring
should be headed and gutted on board.

"The research institute at first thought to concentrate on mechanically aligning
and feeding the herring to heading machines and filleting machines for land plants.
However, Engineer Peter J. F. Christie of Bergen showed us plans for a heading
machine constructed for use on board vessels. We found this machine so interest-
ing that we decided to support further work on it. The machine is now completed
and has been tested two seasons during the Icelandic fishery. ... Its capacity de-
pends chiefly on how quickly herring can be fed into it. The gutting is entirely sat-
isfactory. It requires little space and is cheap.

"There were several principles to work on in the case of aligning herring. We
found a proposal presented by Engineer Christie the most promising, however, and
decided to try it, particularly since this method not only aligns the herring but also
delivers the herring one by one with suitable intervening spaces. A trial machine
was built, and after some experimentation we have arrived at a type which seems
100 percent satisfactory as regards turning the head one way and delivering the
herring singly. It also turns the belly ina certain direction, but the guarantee is
not 100 percent here, as there seems to be a margin of error of 5-10 percent. For
heading it is less important whether the turning of the belly is 100 percent certain,
and for this purpose the machine is considered satisfactory. The machine has as
yet been tried only with thawed frozen herring. If the belly is somewhat different
from that of fresh fish and the herring is less smooth, there will probably be a
smaller margin of error in turning the belly of fresh fish.

"The machine also aligns headed herring, which may be of some importance
later, for example in filleting headed herring.

"It now remains to try this machine in regular production. The trial machine was
a typical experimental type unsuitable for regular production. A prototype is now
being made which will be sent on an Iceland vessel in July of this year to be tried
in regular operation and find out whether it will be influenced by rough seas, which
we do not think it will.

"The machine is simple and cheap and requires comparatively little space. It
can take the herring from a reservoir or be supplied with smaller or larger quan-
tities at a time, delivering the herring singly with the head turned in one direction
at a speed of about 2 per second, or about 30 barrels per hour.

"It is clear that this machine could facilitate the production of headed herring,
and as the machine is small and cheap several of them can be set up parallel for
increased capacity. ... It can also be adjusted to filleting machines, but experi-
ments have not yet been made in this field. The turning of the belly would have to
be 100 percent certain in that case, and we expect further studies will be required."
Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, July 1956, p. 85,

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS IN FISHERIES: Shrimp: This year the Gulf of Pana-
ma pink shrimp came in with the cold tides around the end of February, remained
throughout March, and then left as quickly as they had appeared. Fishing for pink
shrimp lasted 30 days. Because of lower prices and a dull market for pink shrimp,
it was necessary to peel and devein more than half of the total catch.

72 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

The principal company (which owns about 50 shrimp trawlers and operates 10
more independent trawlers) in Panama exported to the United States in March 1956

Fig, 1 - Part of shrimp fishing fleet anchored in Panama Fig. 2 - Bella Vista Pier and several shrimp trawlers in
Bay. foreground, Taboga Island can be seen in the distance,

a total of 436,200 pounds of frozen shrimp. Included was 107,800 pounds of heads-
off (average 26-30 count) pink shrimp and 102,800 pounds of peeled and deveined

Fig. 3 - Unloading a shrimp trawler at Bella Vista Fig. 4 - Another view of Bella Vista Pier with freez-
Pier ing plant in background,

pink shrimp. The balance of the exports consisted of white shrimp and a small
quantity of peeled and deveined "'titi'' (Xiphopeneus kroyeri).

The Panamanian pink shrimp have been classified by an FAO technicaladvisor
as Peneus creviroctris and the jumbo white shrimp as Peneus occidentalis.

Corvina Fillets: Frozen corvina (Cynoscion stlozmanni) fillets are going over
very well in Panama and the Canal Zone. Up to August about 6,000 pounds a month
were marketed, ard after August sales were expected to reach 10,000 pounds a

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 73

month because there were plans of supplying frozen corvina fillets to United States
Army installations in the Canal Zone.

Fig. 5 - Shrimp in a brine-freezer tank aboard a Panaman- Fig, 6 - Shrimp trawler tied up at Bella Vista Pier, Truck
ian shrimp trawler, leaving pier loaded with shrimp.

Dried Fish: One company in
Panama has installed fish driers
which will be capable of producing
5,000 pounds of dried corvina a
day. This should more than take
care of the local requirements for
dried fish. About one million
pounds of dried cod ("'bacalao") a
year is imported by Panama at
present.

Fish Cannery: Plans fora
fish cannery are still under dis-
i cussion. The location of the can-

a . : nery has not been decided upon as
eS some favor Panama and others

Fig, 7 - Removing frozen shrimp from freezers at Bella Vista plant.

. ee es as yi
. > pa)

Fig. 8 - Two new shrimp trawlers built in Panama, Fig. 9 - Taboga Island showing construction and dirt move-
ment in the foreground, (Photo taken the latter part of 1955.)

74 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

nearby Taboga Island. The projected cannery is expected to start out ona small
scale and pack about 5,000 cans of fish a day to supply the local market. Later the
cannery hopes to work out plans to buy frozen tuna and attempt to launch its own
brand of canned tuna in the Central American market.

Byproducts Plant: The fishery byproducts reduction plant at Taboga Island is
expected to be finished and operating about September. The plant can process 12
metric tons of raw fish an hour. It has not yet been determined the type of fish
which will be processed.

--Carlos A. Arosemena L.,
Panama City, Panama (June 22, 1956)

Peru

WHALING ACTIVITIES: The Peruvian-Panaman-French Company which ob-
tained a license in 1955 to use the whole quota of 2,100 sperm whales made avail-
able by the generally-unrecognized South Pacific Conservation Agreement during
the year July 1, 1955, to June 30, 1956, has disbanded without ever operating. The
quota applies only to pelagic whale hunting (i.e. deep-sea).

However, two shore-based companies not subject to quotas continued to kill
sperm whales and a very small number of fin whales.

In June 1956 the Secretary General of the signatories of the South Pacific Con-
servation Agreement issued a public invitation to apply for permits for the 1956/57
quota. No whaling companies, either foreign or local (i.e. Chilean, Peruvian, or
Ecuadorean) are likely to apply for the license while the shore-based companies
enjoy special advantages. A new shore-based company has been formed with a cap-
ital of US$400,000 and will probably begin operating in 1956; its base will be at
Tierra Colorado, just south of Paita. This company, like the other two, will kill
sperm whales almost exclusively and will use no factoryship, announces a June 26
United States Embassy dispatch from Lima.

See

Union of South Africa

FISHING BOATS OFFERED NYLON PROPELLERS: Fishing boat owners of
South Africa are showing some interest ina European-manufactured propeller made
from nylon, states the April 1956 issue of The South African Shipping News and Fish-
ing Industry Review. The nylon propeller has not only survived the most arduous __
tests, but its manufacturers claim that it has a number of advantages over the con-
ventional metal propeller.

This remarkable innovation to boat propulsion was developed by technicians
with nearly 40 years of experience in the development of the once startling, but now
commonplace variable-pitch propeller.

After the war, when nylon was being adepted for more and more uses, a Danish
firm making variable-pitch propellers was asked if it was possible to make a pro-
peller of nylon. They examined the project and decided.that it was possible if the
special properties of nylon were considered.

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 75

The blades were molded to a rather rounded shape on the fore edges, something
like the flippers of asmallwhale, and a small three-blade fixed propeller was made
and tried out. It worked well and stood the
tests which included running in a tub full of
wood blocks and fitting it to a boat which ran
it at full speed against a stony beach. The
only damage consisted of a few small hacks
on the blades. Realizing the advantage of a
tough resilient propeller with little friction
between it and the water in which it revolved,
they decided to try it on variable pitch. A-
gain it worked and so nylon propellers are
now being offered to fishermen.

Among the many advantages claimed by
the manufacturers are resistance to cavita-
tion and sufficient flexibility to absorb shocks
without breaking. The propellers, made of
a completely inert substance, will not cor-
rode and so might offer a solution to the
problems of boats in Walvis Bay waters.
These propellers, both left and right hand,
are supplied with variable pitch or standard
fixed type.

The manufacturing firm has now gone beyond experiments with the smaller fish-
ing boat propeller and is now working on propellers for a 150-hp. trawler engine.

Wie.) O. ok.
_ FISHING FLEETS EXPANDING FOR DISTANT-WATER FISHING: The Russian

fleet of large ocean trawlers or factoryships will be increased to 50 during the sixth
five-year plan running from 1956 to 1960, according to Norwegian journalists who
recently visited Russia and talked with Russian Fishery Minister Isjkov. The trawl-
ers are equipped with freezing and filleting machinery and use a stern slipway for
hauling the trawls. The first group of 14 trawlers have acargocapacity of 600 met~
ric tons each, carry 100 men, have 1,900- horsepower engines, and fish for both

cod and herring, according to reports in the Norwegian fishery journals Fiskets
Gang (June 21) and Fiskaren (May 30).

Since the trawlers are too large to go through the White Sea Canal, they must
go back and forth along the Norwegian Coast between Tallin and Leningrad in the
Baltic Sea and Murmansk and Archangel in the North.

The Russian herring fleet off the Norwegian coast was reported to number 300
units. Fifty vessels have conducted extensive herring research and now know ex-
actly the herring migrations from Norway to the Baltic Sea and Murmansk.

‘In further conversations with Russian Rear Admiral Burkhanov, Director for
the Administration of the Northern Sea Routes and Viceminister for the Ocean Fleet,
it was reported that there are five Arctic weather observatories supplemented by
smaller coastal stations and four floating icefield stations. The stations make the
usual meteorological observations, conduct ocean research and other research in
connection with navigation. The Northern Sea route is now kept open 3 to 4 months
each year, but the goal of the sixth five-year plan is to increase this to 5 to 6 months.

76 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

This will be accomplished with the regular icebreakers. An icebreaker with atomic
engines will be tested during the five-year plan but cannot be set into operation un-
til after 1960. The longer navigating season will be of considerable importance to
the Soviet fisheries since it will then be possible to shift the new trawler fleet back
and forth between the North Atlantic and the North Pacific to areas where the fish-

ing potential is the greatest.
Note: See Commercial Fisheries Review January 1955, p. 69; April 1955, p. 75; June 1955, p. 91; July 1955, p. 72; October

1955, p. 83; and December 1955, p, 64.

% OK OK OK

HERRING AND CARP CAUGHT WITH SUCTION HOSE: Herring and carp are
pumped directly into Russian fishing vessels in the Caspian Sea, according to an
executive of the Norwegian Fishermen's Association who witnessed the operation
while visiting Russia as a member of a Norwegian fishery delegation. He reported
to Fiskaren (May 30), a Norwegian fishery journal, that a hose is lowered to a depth
of 100 meters. A strong lamp is attached to the end of the hose. When an echo
sounder indicates that fish have been drawn to the hose by the lamp, they are pump-
ed into the boat.

KK Kk

FISH PRESERVED BY ELECTRICAL SHOCK: An electric shock is used to
preserve some fish for marketing in Russia, according to an executive of the Nor-
wegian Fishermen's Association while visiting Russia as a member of a Norwegian
fishery delegation. He reported to Fiskaren (May 30), a Norwegian fishery period-
ical, that the fish in well boats were stunned with an electrical shock and then placed

in crushed ice in barrels. Even after being in transit 2 or 3 days the fish could be

sold as living fish.

United Kingdom

dustry Exhibition was scheduled to be held September 1-8, 1956, in celebration of
the Centenary of the opening of the first Fish Dock at that port. The Exhibition was
to portray the size and scope of the fishing industry at Grimsby which ranges from
the largest distant-water trawlers to inshore fishing vessels. All aspects of the
fishing industry was to be covered.

To commemorate the event, social and other functions are being arranged dur-
ing Centenary Week in Grimsby, one of the largest fishing ports in the world.

Venezuela

ee — ee eee

December 14, 1955, returned to Japan on June 2, according to a Venezuelan press
report of May 31. The vessel returned to Japan with 200 tons of frozen tuna. The
results of the Venezuelan venture are now being studied with a view to forming a
joint Venezuelan-Japanese company to bring four Japanese vessels, of the same
type as the Bozo Maru, to Venezuela in November 1956,

The 200 tons of tuna taken to Japan were said to be for the purpose of studying
the canning characteristics of these tuna. Other reports indicate that the tuna were

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW UG

unsalable in Venezuela due to the absence of canning facilities and lack of appeal to
the Venezuelan consumer. Some attempts were made to sell the tuna at retail for

as low as US$0.22, but apparently the Venezuelan consumer preferred to pay about
US$0.74 for red snapper at retail.

MORE GLAMOROUS AND ECONOMICAL FISHERY PRODUCTS ON THE WAY

A new day is dawning for the American housewife as far as her food problems
go;new, more glamorous, and economical foods are on their way to her in fishery
products.

This was the prediction made on April 18, 1956, by Frank W. Wilkisson, of
New York, upon election as president of the National Fisheries Institute, at its Elev-
enth Annual Convention in Miami Beach, Fla. .

"The fisheries business is growing out of its swaddling clothes so far as know-
ing and appealing to the housewife and her family," said Wilkisson. "While fish
products have been part of the American menu since the founding of our nation, it
is only in the past few years that we have realized that our products can be mer-
chandised and sold to the consumer in new and more effective ways.

"There was atime when fisheries foods were largely consumed on the nation's
coasts. But that day is rapidly passing. Today the housewife can get varieties of
our products in the innermost sections of the nation; brought to her in the most
modern methods of refrigeration.

Fish products have always been glamorous inthe eyes of the American people.
We have managed to preserve their glamor at the same time developing newer and
more attractive ways of preparation and presentation. Not only is this true in pre-
cooked fish such as fish sticks, but it is also true of fresh fish products."

Wilkisson said that Americans are eating morefishery products than ever be-
fore and he anticipates that increased consumption will continue for some years to
come, because the housewife is always lookingfor new, economical, and glamorous
foods to serve her family and fish products offer all three.

At the same time, hotels and restaurants are finding increasing demand for
fishery products, hesaid. Americans are eating out and they are getting a thorough
sampling job done on them on fish and seafoods because of the large place hotels
and restaurants are giving to these items on their menus.

Asked about the long-range situation on availability of fish products, Wilkisson
said he cannot. foresee any shortage for years to come. The problem of fishing
rights off the coasts of nations is giving the industry some concern at the moment,
he pointed out, but added he felt sure these problems would be worked out through
conference and arbitration without causing any hardship on the processors or re-
tailers of the products.

--Excerpt from address at National Fisheries Insti-
tute Eleventh Annual Convention, April 18, 1956.

fg
<4

et Me

Department of Agriculture

FISH-STICK STANDARD ESTABLISHED:
Through the combined efforts of the
commercial fishing industry, the Depart-
ment of the Interior, and the Department

of Agriculture, quality standards that

Recording score for quality factors of fish sticks.

proved so valuable as a marketing aid
for agricultural products will soon be-
come available for fish and fishery prod-
ucts, Secretary of the Interior Fred A.
Seaton announced July 25.

Official notice of final rule making
for voluntary United States standards
for grades for frozen fried fish sticks
were published in the Federal Register
of July 21, 1956. The standards will
become effective on August 20, 1956.

Funds made available by Public Law
466, 83rd Congress, commonly referred
to as the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act, have
been used to expedite the program of the
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service for the
development of voluntary Federal stand-
ards. The National Fisheries Institute,
acting as a contract research agency for
the Fish and Wildlife Service, has sup-
plied the industry liaison essential to
the standards program and has supplied

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

> FEDERAL @

Vol. 18, No. 8

consulting services at meetings and con-
ferences on standards. A committee of
industry technologists, representative of
fish-stick producers and distributors,
actively cooperated with the Service's
scientific staff in the studies of frozen
fried fish sticks (selected as the product
of highest priority by the fishing indus-
try) and of processing procedures re-
quired to insure development of realistic
and practical standards. The Depart-
ment of the Interior has developed the
standards program for fish and fishery
products and conducted research required
to develop or revise the standards.

When the standards become effective,

the Department of Agriculture will offer

an inspection and certification service on
a fee basis upon request by any financial-
ly-interested party. Such inspections
will aid in quality control and in facili-
tating marketing of the products.

The standards for frozen fried fish
sticks apply to whole, rectangular-shaped
portions of fish meat, breaded, precooked
and frozen. The grades include "'U. S.
Grade A" and ''U. S. Grade B."' Quality
below these grades would be classified
as ''Substandard."'

Products to be graded must conform
to the industry-accepted definition of the
product. The most important elements
of the definition require that only one ~
species of fish be used in a package, that
the fish meat be composed of fillet por-
tions, and that the product consist of at
least 60 percent by weight of fish meat.

The standards do not define proper
labeling nomenclature for this product.
Frozen fried fish sticks, when sold in
interstate commerce, must conform to
the labeling regulations of the Food and
Drug Administration, Department of
Health, Education, and Welfare.

August 1956

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

The standard as published in the Federal Register follows:

TITLE 7—AGRICULTURE

Chapter b—Agriculivral Marketing
Service (Standards, Inspections,
Marketing Practices), Department
of Agriculture

Part 52—PROCESSED FRUITS AND VEGETA-
BLES, PROCESSED PRODUCTS THEREOF AND

CERTAIN CAE PROCESSED Food Prop-
ucTs

SUBPART—UNITED STATES STANDARDS FOR
GRADES OF FROZEN FRIED FISH STICKS *

On April 26, 1956, a notice of proposed
rule making was published in the Frp-
ska. REGISTER (21 F. R. 2687) regarding
& proposed issuance of United States
Standards for Grades of Frozen Fried
Fish Sticks.

After consideration of all relevant mat-
ters presented, including the proposal set
forth in the aforesaid notice, the follow-
ing United States Standards for Grades
of Frozen Fried Fish Sticks are hereby

promulgated pursuant to the authority |.

contained in the Agricultural Marketing
Act of 1946. (60 Stat. 1087, et seq., as
‘amended; 7 U. S. C. 1621 et seu.)

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION AND GRADES

62.3141
52.3142

Product description.
Grades of frozen fried fish sticks.

WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS

Recommended weights and dimen-
sions.

FACTORS OF QUALITY
Ascer the grade for frozen
fried fish sticks. ad
Ascertaining the score for the fac-
tors which are rated.
_Appearance.

52.3143

62.3144
52.3145

52.9146
52.3147
52.3148 :
DEFINITIONS AND METHODS OF ANALYSIS
2.3149 Definitions and methods of analysis.
LOT CERTIFICATION TOLERANCES

52.3150 Tolerances for certification of off |
cially drawn samples.

SCORE SHEET
62.3151 Seere sheet for frozen fried fish
sticks.

Aurmoarrr: £§ 52.3141 to 52.9152 issued
Under sec. 205, 60 Stat. 1090, as amended;
7 U.S. C. 1624,

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION AND GRADES

§ 52.3142 Product description. . Frozen
fried fish stieks are clean, wholesome,
rectangular-shaped portions of breaded,
pre-cooked, and frozen fish flesh. The
portions of fish flesh, composed primarily
of large pieces, are coated with a suit-

tained at temperatures necessary;for the
Preservation of the product. Frozen
fried fish sticks contain not less than 60
Percent, by weight, of fish flesh All
Sticks comprising an individual package
are prepared from the flesh of only one
species of fish.

§ 52.3142 Grades of frozen fried fish
sticks. (a) “U.S. Grade A” is the quality

2 Compliance with these standards does not

excuse failure to comply with the provisions
of the Pederal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act.

'} has the good flavor and odgr of properly

of frozen fried fish sticks that possess a
good flavor and odor, that possess a
good appearance, that are practically
free from defects, that possess a good

character, and thet for those facters| from
which are rated in accordance with the| kind
Scoring system outlined in this subpart

the total score is not less than 85 points:
Provided, That the frozen fried fish sticks
mey possess a reasonably good appear-
ance and a reasonably good character if
the total score is not less than 85 points.

(b) “U. S. Grade B” is the quality of
frozen fried fish sticks that possess a
reasonably good flavor and odor, that
Possess a reasonably gaod appearance,
that are reasonably free from defects,
that possess a reasonably good character,
and that for those factors which are
Tated in accordance with the seoring sys-
tem outlined in this subpart the total
score is not less than 70 points: Pro-
vided, That the frozen fried fish sticks
may fail to possess & reasonably good
appearance and fail to possess @ rea-
sonably good character if the total score
is not Iess than 70 points.

«c) “Substandard” is the quality of
frozen fried fish sticks that fail to meet
the requirements of U. S. Grade B.

WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS

§ 523143 Recommended weights and
dimensions. The recommended weights
and dimensions of frozen fried fish sticks
are not incorporated in the grades of the
finished product since weights and di-
mensions, as such, are not factors of
quality for the purposes of these grades.
It is recommended that the largest di-
mension of a fish stick be at teast three
times that of the next largest. dimension
and that the average weight of the indi-
vidual sticks be not less than % ounce
and not greater than 144 ounces.

FACTORS OF QUALITY

§ 52.3144 Ascertaining the grade—
(a) General In addition to considering

other requirements outlined in the stand-|

aras, the following quality factors are
evaluated in ascertaining the grade of
the product:

(1), Factor nat rated by seore points.
@ Fiavor and odor.

ber of points that may be given such
factors are:

Factors: Points
A ne 35
DOGS snc oonco sees 40
Character so cnn ne 25

LOtaly SOF Cracow ees eecee—n = 100

(b) The grade of frozen fried fish
sticks is ascertained by observing the
product in the frozen state and after it
has been heated in a suitable manner.

(cy Good flavor and odor. “Good
flavor and odor” means that the product

prepared breaded fish sticks. The flesh
portion has the good flavor and odor of
properly prepared fish of the particular
species. The coating has the good flavor.
and odor obtained when all components

have been property prepared, used, and
maintained. The product is free from
rancidity, bitterness, and staleness, from
bacterial spoilage flavors and@ odors, and
off-flavors and off-odors of any

(d) Reasonably good flavor ant odor.
“Reasonably good flavor and odor”
means that the product may be some-
what lacking in good flavor and odor,
but ts free from rancidity and from ob-
jectionable bacterial spoilage flavors and
odors, and from off-flavors and off-odors
of any kind.

§ 52.3145 Ascertaining the score for
the facters which are rated. The es-
sential variations within each factor
which is rated are so described that the
value may be ascertained for each factor
and expressed numerically. The numer-=
ical range within each factor which is
rated is inclusive. (for example, ‘21
to 25 points” means 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25
points.)

§ 52.3146 Appearance—(a) General.
The factor of appearance refers to the
uniformity of size andyshape of the
frozen sticks, the color of the heated
sticks, and the continuity of the coating
of the product after heating.

-(0) (A) elassification. Frozen fried
fish sticks that possess a good appear-
ance may be given a score of 30 to 35
points. “Good appearance” means that
the sticks are practically uniform in
size and shape; that the product after
heating possesses a practically uniform
light brown to golden brown color or
reddish-brown color characteristic of
properly prepared frozen fried fish
sticks; and that the sticks, after heating,
possess a continuity of the coating not
more than slightly affected by cracking
or glipping.

(ce) €B) classifteation. Frozen fried
fish sticks that possess a reasonably good.
appearance may he given a score of 25 to
29 points. “Reasonably good appeare.
ance” means that the sticks are reason-
ably uniforia in size and shape; that

‘the product after heating possesses a

reasonably uniform light brown to
golden-brown color or reddish-brown
color characteristic of properly prepared
frozen fried fish sticks; and that the
sticks, after heating, possess a continu-
ity of the coating not materially affected
by cracking or slipping.

(d) (SStd.) classification. Frozen
fried fish-sticks which fail to meet the
requirements of paragraph (c) of this
section may be given a score of 0 to 24
points, and shall not be graded above
U. S. Grade B regardless of the total
score of the product (this is a partial
limiting rule).

§ 52.3147 Defects—(a) General. The
facter of defects refers to the degree of

| freedom from bones, broken sticks, dam-

aged sticks, and from blemishes.

(1) Bones. “Bones” means any bones
that can be separated from the product,
can be identified, and are of such char-
acter as to be potentially harmful.

(2) Broken stick. “Broken stick”.
Means a fish stick which is separated in
two or more parts’ or is strained apart
to the extent that it cannot be readily
handled as one stick.

(3) Damaged stick. “Damaged stick” .

means a fish stick which has been
crushed or otherwise mutilated to the
extent that its appearance is materially
affected.

(4) Blemished. “Blemished” means
the presence (in or on the fish flesh) of
blood spots, bruises, skin, protein curd

spots, and objectionable dark layer fat, |

and (on or in the coating) of burned
material, dark carbon specks, and other
harmless extraneous material.

(>) Seriously blemished.
blemished” me#ns blemished to the ex-
tent that the appearance is seriously
affected.

(b) (A) classification. Frozen fried
fish sticks-that are practically free from
defects may be given a score of 34 to 40
points. ‘Practically free from defects”
means that:

(1) None of the sticks are broken;

(2) The sticks may be blemished to
only a minor degree; and

(3) Not more than a total of 20 per-
cent, by count, of the sticks may be dam-
aged or contain bones: Provided, That
bones may be present in not more than 10
percent, by count, of all the sticks.

(c) (B) classification. Frozen fried
‘fish sticks that are reasonably free from
defects may be given a score of 28 to 33
points. Frozen fried fish sticks that fall
into this classification may not be graded
above U. S. Grade B regardless of the
total score for the product (this is a lim-
iting rule). “Reasonably free from
defects” means that not more than a
total of 30 percent, by count, of the sticks
may be defective because of bones, or are
damaged sticks, broken sticks, or seri-
ously blemished sticks: Provided, That

(1) Not more than 10 percent, by
count, may be broken sticks;

(2) Not more than 30 percent, by
count, may be damaged sticks;

(3) Not more than 20 percerit, by
count, of the sticks may contain bones;
and

(4) Not more than 10 percent, by
count, of the sticks may be seriously
blemished.

(d) (SStd.) classification. Frozen
fried fish sticks that fail to meet the re-
quirements of paragraph (c) of this sec-
tion may be given a score of 0 to 27
points, and may not be graded above
substandard regardless of the total
ear for the product (this is a limiting

le).

§ 52.3148 Character—(a) General.
The factor of character refers to the
presence or absence of free oil in the
package and its effect on the condition
of the package; the ease of separating
the frozen sticks without damaging the
coating or breaking the sticks; the tend-
ency of the sticks to remain whole and
unbroken when they are heated, han-
dled, and served in the normal manner;
the degree of freedom of the breading
from either an oiliness or crumbliness;
tire tenderness and moistness of the
flesh; the consistency of the breading
in the heated product; and the adher-
ence of the coating of the heated
product.

(b) (A) classification. Frozen fried
fish sticks that possess a good character
may be given a score of 21 to 25 points.
“Good character” means that oil from
the product does not more than slightly

“Seriously.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

damage the package; that there may be
present not more than a very small
amount of loose breading in the pack-
age; that the sticks may be separated
easily; that the sticks are not more than
very slightly damaged by the normal
handling incident to heating and serv-
ing; that no excess oil remains on the
cooking utensil; that the breading is not
more than slightly oily; that the flesh

after heating has a good texture which

is firm, tender and moist, characteristic
of properly fried fish sticks for the
species used; and that after heating the
coating has a good crisp, tender texture
not more than slightly affected by blis-
tering or wrinkling.

(c) (B) classification. Frozen fried
fish sticks that possess a reasonably good
character may be given a score of 17 to
20 points. “Reasonably good character”
means that oil from the product does
not materially damage the package;
that there may be present not more than
a reasonable amount of loose breading
in the package; that the sticks may be
separated with only moderate damage
to the coating; that the sticks are not
more than moderately damaged by the
normal handling incident to heating and
serving; that the breading is not more
than moderately oily; that the flesh after
heating has a reasonably good texture
which is not more than moderately
tough, stringy, crumbly, mushy or
spongy; and that after heating the coat-
ing has a reasonably good texture which
may be not more than moderately pasty,
mushy, tough, or crumbly and is not
materially affected by blistering or
wrinkling.

(d) (SStd.) classification. Frozen
fried fish sticks that fail to meet the
requirements of paragraph (c) of this
section may be given a score of 0 to 16
points and shall not be graded above U. S.
Grade B regardless of the total score for
ee product (this is a partial limiting
rule).

DEFINITIONS AND METHODS OF ANALYSIS

§ 52.3149 Definitions and methods of
analysis—(a) Percent of fish flesh.
“Percent of fish flesh” means the per-
cent, by weight, of fish flesh in an indi-
vidual package as determined by the
following method:

(1) Equipment needed.
bath (2 to 3 liter beaker).

(ii) Balance, accurate to 0.05 gm.

Gii) Paper towels.

(iv) Spatula, small with curved tip.

(2) Procedure. (i) Remove from 0°
F. storage and obtain the weight of each
stick in the package while still in a hard
frozen condition.

Gi) Place each stick individually in
the water bath (maintained at 17° ta 30°
C.—63° to 86° F.) and allow to remain
for 25 seconds. Remove from the bath;
blot off lightly with double thickness
paper toweling; scrape off coating with
spatula; and weigh the fish flesh portion
of the stick.

(iii) Calculate the percent of fish flesh
in the package by the following formula:

Total weight of fish flesh 100
Total weight of frozen sticks

=percent fish flesh.

Gi) Water

Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, June 1956, p. 83.

Vol. 18, No. 8

-heating in accordance with the recom<

mendations accompanying the product.
However, if specific instructions are
lacking, the product should be heated as
follows:

(1) Place the product while still in
the frozen state on a flat or shallow pan
of sufficient size that at least.10 ounces
of the product can be spread evenly on
the pan with no portion of a stick closer
than ¥4 inch to anotner or to tne edge
of the pan. is

(2) Place the pan and frozen contents
in a properly ventilated oven pre-heated
to 400 degrees Fahrenheit and remove
when the product is thorougbly heated.

LOT CERTIFICATION TOLERANCES

§ 52.3150 Tolerances for certification
of officially drawn samples. (a) The
grade of a specific lot from which samples
have been officially drawn may be certi-
fied on the basis of such samples: Pro-
vided, That (1) all packages contain one
species of fish; (2) all packages meet
applicable provisions of the Federal Food,
Drug, and Cosmetic Act in effect at the
time of the aforesaid certification; And
provided further, That, with respect to
those factors which are rated by score
points, such grade will be determined by
averaging the total scores, if:

G) Not more than one-sixth of the
packages fail to meet the grade indicated
by the average of such total scores;

ii) None of the packages fall more
than one grade below the grade indicated
by the average of such total scores; and

(iii) The average score of all packages
for any factor subject to a limiting rule
is within the score range of that factor
for the grade indicated by the average of
the total scores of the packages com-
prising the sample.

SCORE SHEET

§ 52.3151 Score sheet for frozen fried
fish sticks.

Species of fish.
Container mark or identification.
Size of lot________-__
Number of samples_
Net weight (ounces)_
Number of sticks per container---------------.

Factors Score points
, (QB
@ArANCe.....-------------
Pe este) 10-24
Defects aesesseensaneaemnnnes 40 (8 3
(SStd.) 20-27
(A 1
Character_--.—.-.---.-.-.--- 25 ‘B 17-20
‘SStd.) 10-16
Total score_-.---------- 100
Grade_.

Flavor.

1Indicates peal limiting rule.
3 Indicates limiting rule.

Effective time. ‘The United States
Standards for Grades of Frozen Fried
Fish Sticks (which is the first issue) con-
tained in this subpart shall become effec-
tive 30 days after publication hereof in
the FEDERAL REGISTER.

Dated: July 18, 1956. .

[sEAL] Frank E. Boop,
Acting Deputy Administrator,
Marketing Services.

August 1956

Department of the Interior
FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE
REORGANIZATION DEFERRED

PENDING CONGRESSIONAL ACTION:

Because Congress is considering
legislation affecting the Fish and Wild-
life Service, administrative reorganiza-
tion of that Service, scheduled to go in-
to effect July 1, was temporarily defer-
red, with the President's approval, Sec-
retary of the Interior Fred A. Seaton
announced July 3.

The Department has been working
out details of the reorganization plan
since June 4, when a White House di-
rective spelled out the objectives of the
Administration's proposal to provide
new forms of assistance to the com-
mercial fishing industry and to bolster
other services performed by the Fish
and Wildlife Service.

Secretary Seaton said the Department
had decided to postpone completion of the
reorganization until Congress has hadan
opportunity to act on pending legislation
designed to accomplish essentially the
same things as the administration's
program.

The Secretary said H.R. 11570 is
generally in accord with the President's
program.

"In view of the fact that the Congress
is now considering legislation that would,
among other things, provide for the re-
organization of the Fish and Wildlife
Service to include a bureau of wildlife
and sport fishing and a bureau of com-
mercial fisheries, it would seem best at
this time for the Department to delay ef-
fectuating its own reorganization plan
beyond the originally contemplated July 1
target date,'' Seaton said.

"This is a complex problem and it is
the President's desire that the Depart-
ment of the Interior and other interested
Federal agencies cooperate to the utmost

with the Congress in working out the best

possible solution to the problem,'' he add-
ed

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

In addition to providing for reorgan-
ization of the Fish and Wildlife Service,
H.R. 11570, as reported by the House
Committee on Merchant Marine and Fish-
eries, calls for establishment within the
Department of the Interior of an Assist-
ant Secretary to have supervision of fish-
eries and wildlife and a Commissioner
of Fish and Wildlife. Other significant
features of the bill are a revolving loan
fund and a continuation of the Saltonstall-
Kennedy program which would eliminate
the present $3,000,000 limitation on funds
for fisheries research and other projects.
The Saltonstall-Kennedy Act of 1954 is
due to expire next year.

The administration's proposed legis-
lation, submitted to Congress on June 7
provided for a $10,000,000 revolving loan
fund for the maintenance and repair of
commercial fishing vessels and for lib-
eralization of the Saltonstall-Kennedy
Act.

OK kok ok

NOTICE OF INTENTION TO ADOPT
AMENDMENTS TO ALASKA COMMER-
CIAL FISHERIES REGULATIONS:

Notice of intention to adopt amended
regulations permitting and governing the
time, means, and methods for taking com-
mercial fish and shellfish in waters of
Alaska was published in the Federal Reg-
ister of July 18, 1956. The regulations
are to become effective beginning about
February 1, 1957, and to continue in ef-
fect thereafter until further notice.

Interested persons may participate in
considering changes in the regulations by
submitting their views, data, or argu-
ments in writing to the Director of the
Fish and Wildlife Service, Department of
the Interior, Washington 25, D. C., onor
before November 20, 1956, or by present-
ing their views at a series of open dis-

| cussions scheduled as follows:

Dillingham, Alaska--October 1, 1956
Anchorage, Alaska--October 3, 1956
Homer, Alaska--October 4, 1956
Kodiak, Alaska--October 6, 1956
Cordova, Alaska--October 8, 1956
Juneau, Alaska--October 15, 1956
Sitka, Alaska--October 16, 1956
Ketchikan, Alaska--October 18, 1956

Wrangell, Alaska--October 19, 1956
Seattle, Wash.--November 7, 8, and
9, 1956

The hour and place of each meeting
will be announced by the local repre-
sentative of the U.S. Fishand Wildlife
Service at the places indicated.

* OK kk Ok

PROPOSED REVISED REGULATIONS
FOR NEW ENGLAND HADDOCK FISHERY:
The text of new regulatory provisions
to provide for the registration of vessels
to be used in the taking of haddock within

Subarea 5 of the Northwest Atlantic O-
cean is contained in a notice of proposed
rule making published by the Depart-
ment of the Interior in the June 12 issue
of the Federal Register.

Subarea 5 is an area of the high seas
lying off the coast of New England and
is one of five separately-described areas
of the high seas covered by the Interna-
tional Convention for the Norwest At-
lantic Fisheries, signed at Washington,
February 8, 1949. Vessels registered
for use in the haddock fishery will be

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 8

required to use trawl nets having a min-
imum mesh size of 43 inches.

The new regulations are to be adopted
in the interest of more effective enforce-
ment of a minimum mesh-size restric-
tion which has been in effect since 1953.
The mesh-size restriction was adopted
in that year following a proposal by the
ten-nation International Commission for
the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries. Ex-
perience gained during three years of
operations has indicated the desirability
of effecting these changes which will be
helpful in obtaining industrywide com-
pliance with the requirements of the reg-
ulations.

For many years, prior to the adoption
of the regulations, haddock fishermen
using nets having an inside measurement
as smallas at inches caught haddock
which were too small to be marketed.
These small haddock were discarded at
sea. The present regulations, based up-
on knowledge obtained through extensive
research into the rates of growth and
mortality of haddock, specifies a mini-
mum mesh size of 45 inches inside meas-
ure which has the effect of permitting
immature haddock to escape unharmed
from the nets. Since adoption of the new
fishing practices in 1953, biologists of
the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service es-
timate that several million pounds of
young fish have been left in the sea each
year for capture at a future time when
they will have grown to a more desirable
Size.

These regulations are designed to give effect
to a proposal adopted in 1952 by the International
Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries
which recommended that the contracting govern-
ments take appropriate action to prohibit the taking
of haddock in Subarea 5 with a trawl net having a
mesh size of less than 44 inches. This recom-
mendation was made in the interest of permitting
an adequate escapement of immature haddock which,
in turn, would contribute materially toward increas~
ing the level at which the maximum sustainable
catch of this species might be maintained.

The Commission's recommendation was first
implemented by regulations adopted by the Secre-
tary which became effective May 31, 1953 (50 CFR
Part 155, 18 F.R. 2414, April 24, 1953). These
regulations were experimental in nature so far as
they related to the size of the meshes of trawl nets
and by their terms were to be effective for the year
1953 only. As an aid to enforcement, the regula-
tions were made applicable to the entire conven-
tion area although the Commission's recommenda-
tion for mesh size restrictions applied only to

Subarea 5. In addition to prohibiting United States
fishermen from taking haddock in all of the sub-
areas of the convention area with a trawl net hav-
ing a mesh size of less than 43 inches, the regula-
tions prohibited the possession or transportation
on a vessel at any one time of both a prohibited
trawl net and haddock in excess of 5,000 pounds or
ten percent of all fish on board, whichever was
larger. Late in 1953, a number of vessel opera-
tors were apprehended at Massachusetts ports and
were charged with violating the regulations through
possessing undersized trawl nets and haddock in
excess of the exempted quantities. These cases
subsequently were disposed of upon pleas of guilty
or nolo contendere, resulting in fines ranging from
$15 to $250.

Effective January 1, 1954 (18 F.R. 8903, De-
cember 31, 1953), revised regulations of unlimited
duration were adopted to implement a second pro-
posal recommended by the Commission relating
to the taking of haddock in Subarea 5. These reg~
ulations continued the 43-inch minimum mesh size
restriction and prescribed a procedure for deter-
mining equivalent wet and dry mesh sizes. The

August 1956

regulations also established a procedure under
which trawl nets could be certified and approved
by the Fish and Wildlife Service for use in had-
dock fishing. Although the regulations continued
to apply to the entire convention area, the pro-
hibition against the possession of haddock and an
undersized net was eliminated because it was re-
garded as being merely a rule of evidence which,
in the circumstances presented, probably exceeded
the authority of the Secretary. Difficulties in prov-
ing violations arose under the amended regulations
because several suspected violators had not been
detected at sea using undersized nets and no means
were available for establishing that small mesh
nets had been used in taking haddock in quantities
affected by the regulations. As a result, thecrim-
inal actions instituted against a number of vessel
operators who had been apprehended upon arrival
in port during the early part of 1954 were later
dismissed because of the absence of evidence suf-
ficient to obtain convictions.

In a memorandum, dated September 12, 1955,
the Solicitor reviewed extensively the authority of
the Secretary to prescribe regulations governing
the taking of haddock in the Northwest Atlantic O-
cean and concluded that in the light of the Commis-
sion proposals which thus far have entered into
force the regulations cannot be made applicable to
any waters beyond Subarea 5. He also concluded
that no provisions designed to serve as a rule of
evidence can be included in the regulations. In
view of these conclusions and as a practical aid
to effective enforcement, the Solicitor suggested
thata licensing or registration system be prescribed
by regulations as a means of determining those
persons who fish for haddock in Subarea 5 and are
thus amenable to regulation, including a prohibi-
tion against the possession of undersized trawl
nets.

The draft of proposed revised regulations as
published in the June 12 Federal Register is de-
signed to carry the suggestions of the Solicitor
into effect. Significant proposed changes in and
additions to the existing regulations are comment-
ed on below:

1. Section 155.1 is largely self-explanatory
and is retained as a part of the regulations to af-
ford legal definitions for the terms used else-
where inthe regulations. These definitions follow
closely those employed in the existing regulations.
It should be observed, however, that the definition
of "haddock fishing" has been enlarged to include
"the outfitting and departure of a vessel for or the
return of a vessel from haddock fishing.'' The
inclusion of these acts will enlarge the basis for
enforcement activities at ports within territorial
waters involving haddock taken within Subarea 5
by registered haddock fishing vessels. Another
significant change in 8155.1 is the inclusion of a
definition of the "regulatory area"' to delimit the
boundaries of Subarea 5 of the convention area.
When revised in accordance with the present pro-
posals, these regulations will have application
only to the taking of haddock in Subarea 5.

2. A major change in the regulations is repre-
sented by the addition of 8155.2. Subsection (a)
of this section will require that persons who pro-
pose to engage in haddock fishing in Subarea 5
shall first register their vessels and obtain ahad-
dock registration certificate by following the

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

procedures specified in subsection (b). Subsection
(c) of 8155.2 will require that the haddock regis-
tration certificate be carried on board the vessel
for which it is issued and that the certificate, the
vessel, its gear and equipment shall at all times
be subject to inspection by officers authorized to
enforce the regulations. The primary purpose of
the registration requirement is to afford a means
by which persons fishing for haddock in Subarea 5
may be distinguished from those who fish for had-
dock in nonregulated waters of the convention area
or fish for species in Subarea 5 other than haddock.

3. (a) Section 155.3(a) would make it unlaw-
ful for any person to possess on board a register-
ed haddock fishing vessel or to use or attempt to
use from such vessel a trawl net having a mesh
size of less than 43 inches as determined in ac-
cordance with the methods of measuring fishing
gear prescribed in subsections (b), (c) and (d) of
6155.3.

(b) Subsection (d) would be amended to
substitute ''120-thread cotton'' for the present ''109-
thread cotton" to correct an error made when this
subsection was adopted late in 1953. Moreover,
all reference to nylon twine would be deleted from
this subsection pending completion of studies by
the Service to determine the behavior of cod ends
constructed of nylon twine of various sizes. This
change has become particularly important with the
recent use of cod ends constructed from war-sur-
plus braided nylon parachute cord. Depending up-
on a variety of factors in the use of these cod ends,
the twine swells and ''fuzzes up,'' becoming at least
double the original diameter of the braided cord.
This results in a mesh size considerably less than
the 44-inch minimum permitted under the regula-
tions. Certification and approval for haddock fish-
ing should be discontinued on all nylon-thread cod
ends until the Service is in a position to determine
what dry mesh size will be equivalent to not less
than four and one-half inches when wet after use.

(c) The present subsection (f) of 8155.3
will be redesignated (g) and a new subsection (f)
will have the effect of invalidating the seals at-
tached by Service representatives to dry mesh
cod ends certified and approved by them for use
in haddock fishing whenever such cod ends are re-
paired, altered or otherwise modified subsequent
to such certification. This additional provision is
proposed for inclusion in the regulations to fore-
stall any contention which otherwise might be made
that a cod end having a seal attached is a net of
approved mesh size notwithstanding the fact that
the net has been materially altered subsequent to
certification. In some instances, whole sections
of cod ends have many times been replaced while
leaving seals intact. No assurance can be had
that ''sealed" nets when so altered still produce
the degree of selectivity contemplated by the 43-
inch mesh restriction. The effect of the new sub-
section (f) will be to place cod ends which have
been altered subsequent to certification in the same
category as nets which have never been certified,
thus placing responsibility upon the fisherman to
insure that altered nets with seals remaining at-
tached comply with the mesh-size restriction.

4. Section 155.4 prescribes a procedure under
which the registration certificate issued for a fish-
ing vessel may be suspended temporarily and thus
permit gear having small meshes to be possessed

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 8

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
Fish and Wildlife Service
OFFICE OF THE REGIONAL DIRECTOR
59 Temple Place
Boston 11, Massachusetts

HADDOCK REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE

The vessel official number

home port _, omed by

and operated by ie registered pursuant
to the provisions of Part 155, Title 50, Code of Federal Regulations, for

the purpose of engaging in haddock fishing in Subarea of the Convention

Area of the International Convention for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries,
signed at Washington, February 8, 1949, for the period 5 EL
through December 31, 19_.

The following provisions of Part 155, Title 50, Code of Federal Regula-
tions, are quoted for the information of the operator of the vessel:

"§ 155.2(c) The haddock registration certificate so issued by the Fish
and Wildlife Service shall be carried on board the vessel for which it is
issued at all times and such certificate, the vessel, its gear and equipment
shall at all times be subject to inspection by officers authorized to enforce
the regulations in this part."

"§ 155.3 Restrictions on fishing gear. (a) No person shall possess at
any time on board a vessel for which a haddock registration certificate is
in force, or use or attempt to use from such vessel, a trawl net or nets,
parts of nets or netting having a mesh size of less than four and one-half
inches as defined in [subparagraphs (b), (c), and (a) of] this section.”

"§ 155.4 rary suspens 6 D i
(a) The owner or operator of any fishing vessel which is proposed to
used in haddock fishing beyond the limits of the regulatory area or is pro-
posed to be used in fishing within such area for species of fish other than
haddock, may obtain a temporary suspension of the haddock registration cer-
tificate issued for such vessel for the specified period during which such
nonregulated fishing is to be conducted.

"(b) ‘Temporary suspension of haddock registration certificates shall
be granted upon oral or written request, specifying the period of suspension
desired, by an authorized officer of one of the following agencies: Fish
and Wildlife Service, Coast Guard, Bureau of Customs, and Post Office
Department. Such officer shall make appropriate endorsement on the certi-
ficate form evidencing the duration of its suspension.”

Signature of vessel (owner) (operator) (date)

Regional Director (date)

(SEE REVERSE]

SUSPENSIONS

1. Suspended for the period to x

Signature and title of officer suspending

2. Suspended for the period ito 5

Signature and title of officer suspending

3. Suspended for the period to

Signature and title of officer suspending

4.) (Suspended) for the! period) <8 kt) ee

Signature and title of officer suspending

5. Suspended for the period to -

Signature and title of officer suspending

6. Suspended for the period to 3

Signature and title of officer suspending

7. Suspended for the period to ‘

Signature and title of officer suspending

8. Suspended for the period to 5

Signature and title of officer suspending

Front and back of proposed Haddock Registration Certificate.

on and used from a vessel when a person desires
to engage in haddock fishing outside of Subarea 5
or to fish within that area for species of fish other
than haddock. During the period covered by the
temporary suspension of the haddock registration
certificate the vessel affected by the suspension
would not be engaged in haddock fishing within the
meaning of these regulations and there would be no
bar to the possession or use of fishing gear having
a mesh size less than the prescribed minimum of
4+ inches. It is to be understood, of course, that
during the period of certificate suspension the af-
fected vessel could be used to take haddock only
in convention waters outside the limits of Subarea
5 or for taking species of fish other than haddock
within Subarea 5. Subsection (b) of this section
contemplates that temporary suspensions of had-
dock registration certificates may be granted by
authorized officers of any one of the following Fed-
eral agencies: Fish and Wildlife Service, Coast

Guard, Bureau of Customs, and Post Office De-
partment. Tentative assurances of cooperation

in the performance of this limited function have
been obtained through discussions with represent=
atives of the agencies named which are not within
this Department. These assurances will be re~
duced to writing before the revisions in the regu-
lations are finally adopted.

5. Subsections (a), (b), and (c) of 8155.5 re-
state the exemptions presently contained in the
haddock regulations and would continue to permit
the persons and vessels therein described to pos=
sess and transport haddock without regard to the
requirements of the regulations.

The text of the proposed regulations which ap-
peared inthe June 12 Federal Register follows:

August 1956

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
Fish and Wildlife Service

[ 50 CFR Part 155 1]

NORTHWEST ATLANTIC COMMERCIAL
FISHERIES

HADDOCK PROVISIONS
NOTICE OF PROPOSED RULE MAKING

Experience gained since the initial
adoption of regulations effective May 31,
1953 (18 F. R. 2414), prescribing restric-
tions on trawling nets used in the taking
of haddock in the Northwest Atlantic
Ocean. has demonstrated a need for
further revisions in the regulations to
make the same more effective.

In accordance with section 4 (a) of the
Northwest Atlantic Fisheries Act of 1950,
proposed amendments to the regulations
were submitted to the Advisory Commit-
tee to the United States Commissioners
on the International Commission for the
Northwest Atlantic Fisheries on March
26, 1956, at which time the proposed re-
vised regulations received the approval,
in principle, of the Advisory Committee.

Notice is hereby given, pursuant to
section 4 (a) of the Administrative Pro-
cedure Act of June 11, 1946 (60 Stat.
237), that the Secretary of the Interior
proposes to adopt the regulations set
forth in tentative torm below to replace
Part 155—Haddock Provisions. The pro-
posed regulations to be issued under the
authority contained in section 7 (a) of
the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries Act of
1950 (64 Stat. 1067; 16 U. S. C. 981), are
as follows:

Sec.

155.1 Meaning of terms.

155.2 Haddock registration certificates.

155.3 Restrictions on fishing gear.

155.4 Temporary suspension of haddock
registration certificates.

155.5 Certain persons and vessels exempted.

AUTHORITY: §§ 155.1 to 155.5 issued under
sec. 1, 64 Stat. 1067; 16 U.S. C. 981.

§ 155.1 Meaning of terms. When
used in the regulations in this part, un-
less the context otherwise requires, terms
shall have the meanings ascribed here=-
inafter in this section. .

(a) Regulatory area. ‘The words
“regulatory area” mean that portion of
the Convention area, including all waters
except territorial waters, bounded by 2
line beginning at the terminus of the
international boundary between the
United States of America and Canada in
Grand Manan Channel at a point in
44°46'35.34’’ north latitude, 66°54’11.23’"
west longitude; thence due south to the
parallel of 43°50’ north latitude; thence
due west to the Meridian of 67°40’ west
longitude; thence due south to the paral-
lel of 42°20’ north latitude; thence due
east to a point in 66° west longitude;
thence along a rhumb line in a south-
easterly direction to a point in 42° north
latitude 65°40’ west longitude; thence
due south to the parallel of 39° north
latitude; thence due west to the Merid-
ian of 71°40’ west longitude; thence due
north to a point three miles off the coast
of the State of Rhode Island; thence
along the coasts of Rhode Island, Massa-
chusetts, New Hampshire, and Maine at
a distance of three miles to the point of

ginning. ’
(b) Haddock. The word “haddock”
denotes any fish of the species Melano-
grammus aeglefinus.
(c) Haddock fishing. The words
“haddock fishing” mean and include (1)

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

the catching, taking or fishing for or the
attempted catching, taking or fishing for
fish of the species Melanogrammus aegle-
finus; and (2) the outfitting and depar-
ture of a vessel for or the return of a
vessel from haddock fishing.

(d) Fishing vessel. The words “fish-
ing vessel’ denote every kind, type or de-
scription of watercraft or vessel subject
to the jurisdiction of the United States
used in or outfitted for catching or proc-
essing fish or transporting fish from fish-
ing grounds.

(e) Trawl net. The words “trawl
net” means any large bag net dragged
in the sea by a vessel or vessels for the
purpose of taking fish.

016

(f) Cod end. The words “cod end”
mean the bag-like extension attached to
the after end of the belly of the trawl
net and used to retain the catch.

§ 155.2 Haddock registration certifi-
cates. (a) No person shall engage in
haddock fishing within the regulatory
area nor shall any person possess, trans=
port or deliver by means of any fishing
vessel haddock taken within such area
except under a haddock registration cer-
tificate issued and in force in conformity
with the regulations in this-part.

(b) The owner or operator of a fishing
vessel may obtain without charge a had-
dock registration certificate by furnish-
ing, on a form’ to be supplied by the
Fish and Wildlife Service, information
specifying the names anu addresses of
the owner and operator of the vessel, the
name, official number and home port of
the vessel, and the period for which the
haddock registration certificate is de-
sired. The form shall be submitted, in
duplicate, to the Regional Director, Fish
and Wildlife Service, Department of the
Interior, Boston, Massachusetts, who
shall grant the registration certificate
for the duration specified by the appli-
cant in the form but in no event to extend
beyond the end of the calendar year
during which the registration certificate
is issued. New registration certificates
shall similarly be issued to replace ex-
pired, lost or mutilated certificates.

(c) The haddock registration certifi-
cate so issued by the Fish and Wildlife
Service shall be carried on board the
vessel for which it is issued at all times
and such certificate, the vessel, its gear
and equipment shall at all times be sub-
ject to inspection by officers authorized
to enforce the regulations in this part.

§ 155.3 Restrictions on fishing gear.
(a) No person shall possess at any time
on board a vessel for which a haddock
registration certificate is in force, or use
or attempt to use from such vessel, a
trawl net or nets, parts of nets or netting
having a mesh size of less than four and
one-half inches as defined in this section.

(b) As used in this section, the term
“mesh size of less than four and one-half
inches” shall mean (1) with respect to
any part of the net except the cod end,
the average size of any twenty consecu-
tive meshes in any row located at least
ten meshes from the side lacings meas-
ured when wet after use; and (2) with
respect to the cod end, the average size
of any.row of meshes running the length
of the cod end located at least ten meshes
from the side lacings, measured when wet
after use, or, at the option of the user, a
cod end which has been approved, in
accordance with paragraph (d) of this
section, by an authorized representative

of the Director ot the Fish and Wildlife
Service, as having a mesh size when
dry before use equivalent to not less than
four and one-half inches when wet after
use.

(ce) All measurements of meshes when
wet after use shall be made by the in-
sertion into such meshes under pressure
of not less than ten nor more than
fifteen pounds of a flat wedge-shaped
gauge having a taper of two inches in
nine inches and a thickness of three
thirty-seconds of an inch.

(d) For the purpose of approving dry
cod ends before use, as contemplated by
paragraph (b) of this section, the aver-
age mesh size of such cod ends shall be
determined by measuring the length of
any single row of meshes running the
length of the cod end, parallel to the
long axis of the cod end and located at
least ten meshes from the side lacings,
when stretched under a tension of two
hundred pounds, and dividing the length
by the number of meshes in such row:
Provided, That not more than ten per-
cent of the meshes in such row shall be
more than one-half inch smaller when
measured between knot centers than the
average of the row. Cod ends so meas-
ured which are constriieted of the twines
and are of not less than the average
mesh sizes specified in the table below
may be approved for haddock fishing by
any authorized employee of the Fish and
Wildlife Service by the attachment to
such cod end of an appropriate seal or
seals,

Twine
4-ply 45-yard manila,
double strand.
4-ply 50-yard manila,
double strand.
4-ply 75-yard manila,
double strand.
4-ply 80-yard manila,
double strand.
120-thread cotton.

Average mesh size
5.625 inches (55%'’).

5.625 inches (55%’’).
5.625 inches (5%"').
5.500 inches (514'’).

4.250 inches (414’').

(e) The alteration, defacement of
reuse of seals affixed to cod ends in ac=
cordance with this section is prohibited.

(f) The repair, alteration or other
modification of cod ends to which seals
have been affixed in accordance with this
section shall invalidate such seals and
such cod ends shall not thereafter be
deemed to be approved for haddock fish=
ing. Nothing contained in this section
shall preclude the continued use at the
option of the user, of cod ends having in-
validated seals affixed thereto: Provided,
That such cod ends after repair, alter-
ation or other modification shall con-
tinue to have a mesh size of not less than
four and one-half inches as defined in
paragraph (b) of this section.

(g) The use in haddock fishing within
the regulatory area of any device or
method which will obstruct the meshes
of the trawl net or which otherwise will
have the effect of diminishing the size
of said meshes is prohibited: Provided,
That a protective covering may be at-
tached to the underside only of the cod
end alone of the net to reduce and pre-
vent damage thereto.

§ 155.4 Temporary suspension of had-
dock registration certificates. (a) The
owner or operator of any fishing vessel
which is proposed to be used in haddock
fishing beyond the limits of the regula-
tory area or is proposed to be used in

1Form filed as part of original document.
Copies available upon request to Fish and
Wildlife Service, Department of the Interior,
Washington 25, D.C.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

fishing within such area for species of
fish other than haddock, may obtain a
temporary suspension of the haddock
registration certificate issued for such
vessel for the specified period during
which such nonregulated fishing is to be
conducted.

(b) Temporary suspension of haddock
registration certificates shall be granted
upon oral or written request, specifying
the perio@ of suspension desired, by an
authorized officer of one of the following
agencies: Fish and Wildlife Service,
Coast, Guard, Bureau of Customs, and
Post Office Department. Such officer
shall make appropriate endorsement on
the certificate form evidencing the dura-
tion of its suspension.

§ 155.5 Certain persons and vessels
exempted. Nothing contained in the
regulations in this part shall apply to:

(a) Any person who or vessel which,
in the course of taking fish other than,
haddock, takes and possesses a quantity
of haddock not exceeding five thousand
pounds, or ten percent of all fish on the
vessel from which the fishing is con-
ducted, whichever is the greater.

(b) Any person or vessel authorized
by the Director of the Fish and Wildlife
Service to engage in haddock fishing for
scientific purposes.

(c) Any vessel documented as a com-
mon carrier by the Government of the
United States and engaged exclusively
in the carriage of freight and passengers.

Prior to the final adoption of the reg=
ulations set forth above, consideration
will be given to any data, views or argu-
ments relating thereto which are sub-
mitted in writing to the Director, Fish
and Wildlife Service, Department of the
Interior, Washington 25, D. C., within
the period of thirty days from the date
of publication of this notice in the Frp-
ERAL REGISTER.

Dated: June 6, 1956.

WESLEY A. D’Ewart,
Assistant Secretary of the Interior.

OK kK

HERRING QUOTA IN SOUTH~
EASTERN ALASKA INCREASED.

On the basis of herring abundance, it
has been determined that the quota in
Southeastern Alaska, in other than the
Cape Ommaney-Cape Bingham section,
can be increased from 17,500 short tons
to 22,500 short tons.
the U.S. Fishand Wildlife Service pub-
lished this announcement inthe Federal

% OK OK OK

HIGH-SEAS FISHING FOR

SALMON OFF ALASKA PROHIBITED:
In order to conserve the salmon runs
of Alaska, fishing for salmon, except by
trolling, on the high seas of the North
Pacific Ocean and the Bearing Sea ad-
jacent to Alaskan waters by any ''person

The Director of

or fishing vessel subject to the jurisdic-
tion of the United States," is prohibited
by an order effec- — Seep

tive July 20, 1956. oth

This action is
taken under auth-
ority of the North
Pacific Fisheries
Act of August 12,
19545 It is ins
tended to prevent
development of an
American high seas salmon fishery which
would intercept the Alaskan salmon runs
before they reach waters now under reg-
ulation. It has been demonstrated that
salmon can be taken in commercial quan-
tities on the high seas to such an extent
that protective measures imposed with-
in Alaskan waters could be nullified.

This made the new prohibition necessary.

SSSSSS

iene

The United States section of the Inter-
national North Pacific Fisheries Com-
mission (established by convention be-
tween the United States, Canada, and
Japan for the conservation of the fisher-
ies resources of the north Pacific Ocean)
requested that this restrictive action be
taken. It also has the endorsement of
the canning operators and fishermen of
Alaska.

The restriction applies only to waters
adjacent to the waters of Alaska. The
term ''waters of Alaska" north and west
of the international boundary at Dixon
Entrance is defined as including those
extending three miles seaward (1) from
the coast, (2) from lines extending from
headland to headland across all bays,
inlets, straits, passes, sounds and en-
trances, and (3) from any island or groups
of islands, including the islands of the
Alexander Archipelago, and the waters
between such groups of islands and the
mainland.

The North Pacific Area, where fishing
will be prohibited, is defined to include
all waters of the north Pacific Ocean and
Bearing Sea north of Dixon Entrance and
east of 175 degrees west longitude, ex-
clusive of the ''waters of Alaska." This
is the "abstention line" east of which the
Japanese have agreed to abstain from
fishing for salmon, herring, and halibut,

August 1956

as provided for in the convention. At-
tention is called to the fact that this pro-
hibition does not extend westward of the
"abstention line."

The Department has long planned
such action and notice of such intention
had been filed. Subsequently informa-
tion from Alaska revealed a serious
threat of early establishment of the high-
seas fishery which would jeopardize the
Department's salmon conservation pol-
icy in the Bristol Bay area and further
delay the salmon rehabilitation program

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

more than 150 fathoms long, limit motor-
propelled fishing boats to an over-all
length of 32 feet, and limit the number
of days fishing per week in accordance
with the number of units of gear operat-

ing in each district.

With approximately half the number
of units of gear operated in other recent
years, and with only a four-week season,
fishing is limited to two days per week
in the Nushagak district, 25 days per
week in the Egegik district, and three
days per week in the Naknek-Kvichak

which is so necessary to the welfare of

Alaska.

Severe regulatory measures are in
effect in Bristol Bay to arrest the de-

and Ugashik districts.

Further adjust-

ments on fishing time are made
weekly to meet changing conditions in

runs.

cline and commence restoration of the

runs that for years were three time
These measures,
among other things, restrict commer-

their present size.

the fishery and in the abundance of the

The final regulation was signed by
Secretary of the Interior Fr

A. Seaton

cial fishing exclusively to gill nets, not Register of July 20, 1956, as follows:

TITLE 5O0—WILDLIFE

Chapter I—Fish and Wildlife Service,
Department of the Interior

Subchapter F—Alaska Commercial Fisheries

MISCELLANEOUS AMENDMENTS TO
SUBCHAPTER

Basis and purpose. After consultation
with the United States section of the
International North Pacific Fisheries
Commission, notice was published in the
FEDERAL REGISTER On July 3, 1956 (21 F.R.
4932) of proposed rule making to pro-
hibit salmon fishing, except trolling, by
persons or vessls subject to the jurisdic-
tion of the United States in certain
waters adjacent to Alaska, and to rede-
fine various fishing areas and districts.
Subsequently, such fishing was prohib-
ited in limited waters of Bering Sea by
emergency regulation published in the
FEDERAL REGISTER on July 7, 1956 (21
F. R. 5059), to avert the early establish-
ment of a high seas fishery that would
jeopardize the Bristol Bay salmon con-
servation program.

Accordingly, the following amend-
ments and additions to 50 CFR Chapter
I (Subchapter F, are effective immedi-
ately upon publication in the FEDERAL
REGISTER. (60 Stat. 237; 5 U.S. C. 1001
et seq.)

Part 101—DEFINITIONS

A new section § 101.19 is added to read
as follows:

§ 101.19 Waters of Alaska. As used
in this subchapter, the term “waters of
Alaska” includes those waters north and
west of the International Boundary at
Dixon Entrance extending three miles
seaward (a) from the coast, (b) from
lines extending from headland to head-
land across all bays, inlets, straits,

—_ __—_

passes, sounds and entrances, and (c)
from any island or groups of islands, in-
cluding the islands of the Alexander
Archipelago, and the waters between
such groups of islands and the mainland.

Part 103—KorzeBuE-YUKON=
KUSKOKWIM AREA

Section 103.1 is amended in text to
read as follows:

§ 103.1 Definition. The Kotzebue-
Yukon-Kuskokwim area includes all wa-
ters of Alaska between Point Hope and
Cape Newenham.

Part 104—BristoL Bay AREA

Section 104.1 is amended in text to
read as follows:

§ 104.1 Definition. The Bristol Bay
area includes all waters of Alaska in
Bristol Bay east of a line from Cape
Newenham to a point 3 statute miles
south of Cape Menshikof.

Part 105—A.LasKA PENINSULA AREA

Section 105.1 is amended in text to
read as follows:

§ 105.1 Definition. The Alaska Pen-~
insula area includes all waters of Alaska
from a point 3 statute miles south of
Cape Menshikof to Unimak Pass, thence
easterly to the western point at the en-
trance to Kuiukta Bay.

Part 106—ALEUTIAN ISLANDS AREA

Section 106.1 is amended in text to read
as follows:

§ 106.1 Definition. The Aleutian Is-
lands area includes all waters of Alaska
in the Aleutian Islands west of, and
including, Unimak Pass.

Part 109—Cook INLET AREA

Section 109.1 is amended in text to
read as follows:

§ 109.1 Definition. The Cook Inlet
area includes all waters of Alaska in
Cook Inlet north of Cape Douglas and
west of Point Gore, including the Barren
Islands.

ParT 110—RESURRECTION Bay AREA

Section 110.1 is amended in text to read
as follows:

§ 110.1 Definition. The Resurrection
Bay area includes all waters of Alaska
in the Gulf of Alaska between Point Gore
and Cape Fairfield.

Part 115—SoOUTHEASTERN ALASKA AREA
SALMON FISHERIES, GENERAL REGULA-
TIONS

ParT 116—SOUTHEASTERN ALASKA AREA
FISHERIES OTHER THAN SALMON

Part 117—SOUTHEASTERN ALASKA AREA,
Icy STRAIT DISTRICT, SALMON FISHERIES

Part 118—SoOUTHEASTERN ALASKA AREA,
WESTERN DISTRICT, SALMON FISHERIES

Part 119—SouTHEASTERN ALASKA AREA,
EASTERN DISTRICT, SALMON FISHERIES

Part 120—SOUTHEASTERN ALASKA AREA,
STIKINE DISTRICT, SALMON FISHERIES

ParT 121—SOUTHEASTERN ALASKA AREA,
SUMNER STRAIT DISTRICT, SALMON FIsH-
ERIES

ParT 122—SoUTHEASTERN ALASKA AREA,
CLARENCE STRAIT DISTRICT, SALMON
FISHERIES

Part 123—-SOUTHEASTERN ALASKA AREA,
SouTH PRINCE OF WALES DISTRICT,
SALMON FISHERIES

‘Part 124—SOUTHEASTERN ALASKA AREA, |,

SOUTHERN DISTRICT, SALMON FISHERIES

1. Sections 115.1, 116.1, 117.1, 118.1,
119.1, 120.1, 121.1, 122.1, 123.1, and 124.1
are amended in text to read as follows:

The Southeastern Alaska area includes
all waters of Alaska in Southeastern
Alaska between Cape Fairweather and
Dixon Entrance.

2. Sections 117.2, 118.2, 119.2, 121.2,
122.2, 123.2 and 124.2 are amended in
text by deleting the words “territorial
waters” and substituting in lieu thereof
the words “waters of the area.”

(Sec. 1, 43 Stat. 464, as amended, sec. 12, 68
Stat. 700; 48 U. S. C. 221, 16 U. S. C. 1031)

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Part 130—NortTH PaciFIc AREA

The title to Part 130 is redesignated to
read as set forth above and the revised
part reads as follows:

Sec.
130.1 Definition, North Pacific area.
130.2 Salmon fishing prohibited, exception.

AvuTHoRITY: §§ 130.1 and 130.2 issued under
sec. 1, 43 Stat. 464, as amended, sec. 12, 68
Stat. 700; 48 U.S. C. 221, 16 U.S. C. 1031.

§ 130.1 Definition, North Pacific area.
The North Pacific area is defined to in-
clude all waters of the North Pacific

Vol. 18, No. 8.

-Ocean and Bering Sea north of Dixon
Entrance and east of 175 degrees west
longitude, exclusive of the waters of
Alaska as defined in Part 101 of this sub-
chapter.

§ 130.2 Salmon fishing prohibited, ex-
ception. No person or fishing vessel sub-
ject to the jurisdiction of the United
States shall fish for or take salmon, ex-
cept by trolling, in the North Pacific
area as defined in this part.

Frep A. SEATON,
Secretary of the Interior.

Salmon fishing except by trolling was first prohibited in limited waters of the
Bering Sea by an emergency regulation published in the Federal Register of July 7,

1956, as follows:

TITLE 50—WILDLIFE

Chapter I—Fish and Wildlife Service,
Department of the Interior

Subchapter F—Alaska Commercial Fisheries

Part 130—HicH SEas SALMON FISHERY

Basis and purpose. The red salmon
runs of Bristol Bay, once the most im-
portant in the world, are seriously de-
pleted, yielding only about one-third
their former production. As a conse-
quence, severe regulations have been im-
posed on the established fishery, greatly
restricting the number of fishing boats
and fishing time. These measures have
been necessary to reserve a breeding pop-
ulation and prevent further depletion.

It has been determined that a fishery
peyond the Territorial waters of Alaska
and not subject to existing protective

Notice of proposed rule
ister as follows:

Fish and Wildlife Service

[50 CFR Parts 101, 103, 104, 105,
106, 109, 110, 115, 117, 1301

ALASKA COMMERCIAL FISHERIES
NOTICE OF PROPOSED RULE MAKING

Pursuant to Section 4 of the Adminis-
trative Procedure Act of June 11, 1946
(5 U. S. C. 1003) notice is hereby given
that the Secretary of the Interior, under
the authority of the act of June 18, 1926
(44 Stat. 752; 48 U.S. C. 221 et seq.), as
amended, and the act of August 12, 1954
(68 Stat. 698 ; 48 U. S.C. 1021 et sea.), on
the basis. of successful exploratory net
fishing for salmon native to Alaska on
the high seas of the North Pacific Ocean,
and after consultation with the United
States section of the International North
Pacific Fisheries Commission, proposes

to:
1. Add the following section to Part
101:

§ 101.19 Waters of Alaska. For the
purpose of this part, the term “waters of
Alaska” north and west of the Interna-
tional Boundary at Dixon Entrance are
defined as including those extending

regulations, would nullify such conserva-
tion measures and cause irreparable
damage to the already depleted red sal-
mon runs to Bristol Bay. It was learned
on July 3 that such high seas fishing
was planned by certain operators, al-
though there has been adequate notice
at public hearings, in trade journals, and
press notices that such fishing would be
prohibited, and it was generally accepted
by all segments of the Alaska fishing
industry.

The United States Section of the In-
ternational North Pacific Fisheries Com=
mission has recommended that fishing
for salmon on the high seas off the Alaska,
coast, except by trolling, be prohibited.
Furthermore, the Chairman of the U. S.
Section, by telephone July 4, urged emer-
gency action to provide this protection
to the Bristol Bay runs now.

making was published in the

three miles seaward (a) from the coast,
(b) from lines extending from headland
to headland across all bays, inlets, straits,
passes, sounds and entrances, and (c)
from any island or groups of islands, in-
cluding the islands of the Alexander
Archipelago, and the waters between
such groups of islands and the mainland.

2a. To amend §.103.1 so as to define
the Kotzebue-Yukon-Kuskokwim area to
include all waters of Alaska between
Point Hope and Cape Newenham;

b. To amend § 104.1 so as to define the
Bristol Bay area to include all waters of
Alaska in Bristol Bay east of a line from
Cape Newenham to a point 3 statute
miles south of Cape Menshikof;

c. To amend § 105.1 so as to define the
Alaska Peninsula area to include all
waters of Alaska from a point 3 statute
miles south of Cape Menshikof to Uni-
mak Pass, thence easterly to the western
point at the entrance to Kuiukta Bay;

d. To amend § 106.1 so as to define the
Aleutian Islands area to include all wa-
ters of Alaska in the Aleutian Islands
west of, and including, Unimak Pass;

e. To amend § 109.1 so as to define the
Cook Inlet area to include all waters of
Alaska in Cook Inlet north of Cape Doug-

Since an emergency has arisen and
immediate action is necessary, further
notice and public procedure on these
regulations are impracticable and they
shall become effective immediately upon
publication in the FEDERAL REGISTER (60
Stat. 237; 54 U. S. C. 1001 et seq.).

A new part, designated Part 130, is
added to read as follows:

§ 130.1 Salmon fishing prohibited, ex-
ception. No person or fishing vessel sub-
ject to the jurisdiction of the United
States shall fish for or take salmon, ex-
cept by trolling, on the high seas north
of the Alaska Peninsula east of 162 de-
grees west longitude, including Bristol
Bay.

(Sec. 12, 68 Stat. 700; 16 U. S. C. 1031)

FreD A. SEATON,
Secretary of the Interior.

Juxy 5, 1956.

July 3, 1956 Federal Reg-

las and west of Point Gore, including the

Barren Islands; :
f. To amend § 110.1 so as to define the
Resurrection Bay area to include all wa-
ters of Alaska in the Gulf of Alaska
between Point Gore and Cape Fairfield;
g. To amend §§115.1, 116.1, 117.1,
118.1, 119.1, 120.1, 121.1, 122.1, 123.1, and
124.1 so as to define the Southeastern
Alaska area to include all waters of
Alaska in Southeastern Alaska between
Cape Fairweather and Dixon Entrance;
h. To amend §§ 117.2, 118.2, 119.2,
121.2, 122.2, 123.2, and 124.2 by deleting -
the words “territorial waters’ and sub-
stituting in lieu thereof the words
“waters of the area.”
3. To add a new part reading as
follows: :

Part 130—NorTH PACIFIC AREA

§ 130.1 Definition. The North Pacific
Area is defined to include all waters of
the North Pacific Ocean and Bering Sea
north of Dixon Entrance and east of 175
degrees, west longitude, exclusive of the
waters of Alaska as defined in Part 101
of this subchapter.

§ 130.2 Saimon fishing prohibited, er-
ception. No person or fishing vessel sub-

August 1956

ject to the jurisdiction of the United
States shall fish for or take salmon, ex-
cept by trolling, in the North Pacific
Area, as defined in this part.

Interested persons are invited to par-
ticipate in the proposed rule making by
submitting their views, data, or argu-
ments in writing to the Director, Fish
and Wildlife Service, Washington 25,
D. C., within 15 days from the date of

publication of this notice in the FEDERAL

WEsLey A. D’Ewarr,
Assistant Secretary of the Interior.

HK OK OK

WHALING REGULATIONS REVISED:
The whaling regulations as last a-

mended have been edited to

TITLE 50—WILDLIFE

Chapter I!l—Internatioral Regulatory
Agencies (Fishing and Whaling)

Subchapter B—International Whaling Commission
ParT 351—WHALING

Basis and purpose. Section 13 of the
Whaling Convention Act of 1949 (64
Stat. 421, 425; 16 U.S. C., 1952 ed., 916k),
the legislation implementing the Inter-
national Convention for the Regulation
of Whaling signed at Washington De-
cember 2, 1946, by the United States of
America and certain other Governments,
provides that regulations of the Inter-
national Whaling Commission shall be
submitted for publication in the FEDERAL
REGISTER by the Secretary of the In-
terior. Regulations of the Commission
are defined to mean the whaling regu-
lations in the schedule annexed to and
constituting a part of the Convention in
their original form or as modified, re-
vised, or amended by the Commission.
The provisions of the whaling regula-
tions, as originally embodied in the
schedule annexed to. the Convention,
have been amended several times by the
International Whaling Commission, the
last amendments having been made in
July 1955. The whaling regulations, as
last amended in July 1955, have been
edited to conform the numbering, in-
ternal references, and similar items to
regulations of the Administrative Com-
mittee of the Federal Register but no
changes have been made in the sub-
stantive provisions. The provisions of
these regulations are applicable to na-
tionals and whaling enterprises of the
United States.

Amendments to the whaling regula-
tions are adopted by the International
Whaling Commission pursuant to Article,
V of the Convention without regard to
the notice and public procedure require-
ments of the Administrative Procedure
Act (5 U. S. C. 1001). Accordingly, in
fulfillment of the duty imposed upon
the Secretary of the Interior by section
13 of the Whaling Convention Act of
1949, the whaling regulations published
as Part 351, Title 50, Code of Federal
Regulations, as the same appeared in
20 F. R. 5231, July 21, 1955, are amended
and republisiied to read as follows:

Sec.

351.1 Inspection.

351.2 Killing of gray or right whales pro-
hibited.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 89

numbering, internal references, and
similar items to regulations of the Ad-

ministrative Committee of the Federal
Register, but no changes have been made
in the substantive provisions.

The pro-

visions of these regulations are applic-
able to nationals and whaling enterprises

conform

351.3 Killing of calves or suckling whales
prohibited.

351.4 Operation of factory ships limited.

351.5 Closed area for factory ships in Ant-
arctic.

351.6 Limitations on the taking of hump-
back whales.

351.7 Closed seasons for pelagic whaling
for baleen and sperm whales.

351.8 Catch quota for baleen whales.

351.9 Minimum size limits.

351.10 Closed seasons for land stations.

351.11 Use of factory ships in waters other
than south of 40° South Latitude.

351.12 Limitations on processing of whales,

351.13 Prompt processing required.

351.14 Remuneration of employees.

351.15 Submission of laws and regulations.

351.16 Submission of statistical data.

351.17 Factory ship operations within ter-
ritorial waters.

351.18 Definitions.

AUTHORITY: §§ 351.1 to 351.18 issued under
64 Stat. 421-425; 16 U.S. C. 916-9161.

§ 351.1 Inspection. (a) There shall
be maintained on each factory ship at
least two inspectors of whaling for the
purpose of maintaining twenty-four hour
inspection. These inspectors shall be
appointed and paid by the Government
having jurisdiction over the factory ship.

(b) Adequate inspection shall be
maintained at each land station. The
inspectors serving at each land station’
shall be appointed and paid by the Gov-
ernment having jurisdiction over the
land station.

§ 351.2 Killing of gray or right whales
prohibited. It is forbidden to take or
kill gray whales or right whales, except
when the meat and products of such
whales are to be used exclusively for local
consumption by the aborigines. }

§ 351.3 Killing of calves or suckling
whales prohibited. It is forbidden to
take or kill calves or suckling whales or
female whales which are accompanied by
calves or suckling whales.

§ 351.4 Operation of factory ships
limited. (a) It is forbidden to kill or at-
tempt to kill blue whales in the North
Atlantic Ocean for a period of five years.t

(py) It is forbidden to use a whale
catcher attached to a factory ship for
the purpose of killing or attempting to
kill baleen whales in any of the follow-
ing areas:

(1) In the waters north of 66° North
Latitude except that from 150° East
Longitude eastwards as far as 140° West
Longitude the taking or killing of baléen
whales by a factory ship or whale catcher

of the United States.
they were published in the June 27 issue
of the Federal Register follow

The regulations as

shall be permitted between 66° North
Latitude and 72° North Latitude;

(2) In the Atlantic Ocean and its de-
pendent waters north of 40° South
Latitude;

(3) In the Pacific Ocean and its de-
pendent waters east of 150° West Longi-
tude between 40° South™Latitude and
35° North Latitude;

(4) In the Pacific Ocean and its de-
pendent waters west of 150° West Longi-
tude between 40° South Latitude and 20°
North Latitude;

(5) In the Indian Ocean and its de-
pendent waters north of 40° South
Latitude.

§ 351.5 Closed area for factory ships
in Antarctic. It is forbidden to use a
whale catcher attached to a factory ship
for the purposes of killing or attempting
to kill baleen whales in the waters south
of 40° South Latitude from 70° West
Longitude westward as far as 160° West
Longitude. (This article, as the result
of the seventh meeting at Moscow, was
rendered inoperative for a period of three
years from November 8, 1955, after which
it will automatically become operative
again (November 8, 1958).)

§ 351.6 Limitations on the taking of
humpback whales. (a) It is forbidden
to kill or attempt. to kill humpback
whales in the North Atlantic Ocean for
a@ period of five years. .

(b) It is forbidden to kill or attempt
to kill humpback whales in the waters
south of 40° South Latitude between 0°
Longitude and 70° West Longitude for
a@ period of five years.

(c) It is forbidden to use a whale
catcher attached to a factory ship for
the purpose of killing or attempting to
kill humpback whales in any waters
south of 40° South Latitude except on
the ist, 2d, 3d, and 4th February in
any year.

§ 351.7 Closed seasons for pelagic
whaling for baleen and sperm whales.
(a) It is forbidden to use a whale catcher
attached to a factory ship for the pur-
pose of killing or attempting to kill
baleen whales (excluding minke whales)

1This paragraph was objected to within
the prescribed period ending November 7,
1954, by the Government of Iceland, and
subsequently by that of Denmark. Neither
objection was withdrawn and the paragraph
came into force on February 24, 1955, but is
not binding on Iceland and Denmark. It

ceases to operate as from February 24, 1960,

in any waters south of 40° South Lati-,
tude, except during the period from Jan-
uary 7 to April 7, following, both days
inclusive; and no such whale catcher
shall be used for the purpose of killing
or attempting to kill blue whales before
the 1st February in any year.

(b) It is forbidden to use a whale
catcher attached to a factory ship for
the purpose of killing or attempting to
kill sperm or minke whales, except as
permitted by the Contracting Govern-
ments in accordance with paragraphs
(c), (d) and (e) of this section.

(c) Each Contracting Government
shall declare for all factory ships and
whale catchers attached thereto under
its jurisdiction, one continuous open
season not to exceed eight months out
of any period of twelve months during
which the taking or killing of sperm
whales by whale catchers may be per-
mitted; provided that a separate open
season may be declared for each factory
ship and the whale catchers- attached
thereto.

(d) Each Contracting Government
shall declare for all factory ships and
whale catchers attached thereto under
its jurisdiction one continuous open sea-
son not to exceed six months out of any
period of twelve months during which
the taking or killing of minke whales by
the whale catchers may be permitted;
provided that: — -

(1) A separate open season may be
declared for each factory ship and the
whale catchers attached thereto;

(2) The open season need not neces-
sarily include the whole or any part of
the period declared for other baleen
whales pursuant to paragraph (a) of this
section.

(e) Each Contracting Government
shall declare for all whale catchers
under its jurisdiction not operating in
conjunction with a factory ship or land
station one continuous open season not
to exceed six months out of any period
of twelve months during which the tak-
ing or killing of minke whales by such
whale catchers may be permitted.

§ 351.8 Catch quota for baleén whales.
(a) The number of baleen whales taken
during the open season caught in any
waters south of 40° South Latitude by
whale catchers attached to factory ships
under the jurisdiction of the Contract-
ing Governments shall not exceed fifteen -
thousand blue-whale units in the season
1955-56 and fourteen thousand five hun-
dred blue-whale units thereafter.” _

(b) For the purposes of paragraph (a)
of this section, blue-whale units shall be!
calculated on the basis that one blue:
whale equals:

(1) Two fin whales or

(2) Two and a half humpback whales

(3) Six sei whales.

(c) Notification shall be given in ac-.
cordance with the provision of Article
VII of the Convention, within two days
after the end of each calendar week, of |
data on the number of blue-whale units

2The reduction for the season 1955-56
came into operation as from November 8,
1955, and the further reduction thereafter
as from March 7, 1956, but the further re-
duction is not binding on the Governments
of the Netherlands, the United Kingdom,
Panama, South Africa, Norway, Japan, U.S. A.
and Canada, who lodged objections within
the prescribed period.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

taken in any waters south of 40° South,
Latitude by all whale catchers attached
to factory ships under the jurisdiction of:

each Contracting Government: Provided,

That when the humber of blue-whale
units is deemed by the Bureau of Inter-
national Whaling Statistics to have
reached 13,500 in the season 1955-56 and
13,000 thereafter,’ notification shall be
given as aforesaid at the end of each day
of data on the number of blue-whale
units taken.

(d) If it appears that the maximum
catch of whales permitted by paragraph
(a) of this section may be reached before
April 7 of any year, the Bureau of Inter-

national Whaling Statistics shall de-

termine, on the basis of the data npro-
vided, the date on which the maximum
catch of whales shall be deemed to have
been reached and shall notify the master
of each factory ship and each Contract-

ing Government of that date not less
than four days in advance thereof. The
killing or attempting to kill baleen
whales by whale catchers attached to
factory ships shall be illegal in any
waters south of 40° South Latitude after
midnight of the date so determined.

(e) Notification shall be given in ac-

cordance with the provisions of Article
VII of the Convention of each factory
ship intending to engage in whaling
operations in any waters south of 40°
South Latitude.

§ 351.9 Minimum size limits. (a) It

is forbidden to take or kill any blue, sei
or humpback whales below the following
lengths:

Blué whales 70 feet (21.3 metres),

Sei whales 40 feet (12.2 metres),

Humpback whales 35 feet (10.7 metres),

except that blue whales of not less than

65 feet (19.8 metres) and sei whales of

not less than 35 feet (10.7 metres) in
length may be taken for delivery to land
stations, provided that the meat of such
whales is to be used for local consump-
tion as human or animal food.

(b) It is forbidden to take or kill any

fin whales below 57 feet (17.4 metres) in
length for delivery to factory ships or
land stations in the Southern Hemi-
sphere, and it is forbidden to take or kill”
fin whales below 55 feet (16.8 metres) for,
delivery to factory ships or land stations
in the Northern Hemisphere; except that,

fin whales of not less than 55 feet (16.8
metres) may be taken for delivery to
land stations in the Southern Hemi-

‘| sphere and fin whales of not less than 50

feet (15.2 metres) may be taken for de-
livery to land stations in the Northern
Hemisphere provided in each case that
the meat of such whales is to be used for
local consumption as human or animal
food.

(c) It is forbidden to take or kill any
sperm whales below 38 feet (11.6 metres)
in length, except that sperm whales of
not less than 35 feet (107 metres) in
length may be taken for delivery to land
Stations. .

(d) Whales must be measured when
at rest on deck or platform, as accurate-
ly as possible by means of a steel tape
measure fitted at the zero end with a
spiked handle which can be stuck into
the deck planking abreast of one end of |
the whale. The tape measure shall be|
stretched in a straight line parallel with |
the whale’s body and read abreast the

Vol. 18, No. 8

whale, for measurement purposes, shall.
be the point of the upper jaw and the
notch between the tail flukes. Measure-.
ments, after being accurately read on
the tape measure, shall be logged to the
nearest foot, that is to say, any whale
hetween 75 feet 6 inches and 76 feet 6
inches shall be logged as 76 feet, and any
whale between 76 feet 6 inches and 77
feet 6 inches shall be logged as 77 feet.
The measurement of any whale which
falls on an exact half foot shall be logged
at the next half foot, e. g. 76 feet 6 inches’
precisely shall be logged as 77 feet.

§ 351.10 Closed seasons for land sta-
tions.. (a) It is forbidden to use a whale
catcher attached to a land station for the
purpose of killing or attempting to Kill
baleen and sperm whales except as per-
mitted by the Contracting Government
in accordance with paragraphs (b), (c),
and (d) of this section. 7

(b) Each Contracting Government
shall declare for all land stations under
its jurisdiction, and whale catchers at-
tached to such land stations, one open
season during which the taking or killing
of baleen (excluding minke) whales by
the whale catchers shall be permitted.
Such open season shall be for a period of
not more than six consecutive months
in any period of twelve months and shall
apply to all landstations under the juris-
diction of the Contracting Government;
provided that a separate open season may
be declared for any land station used for
the taking or treating of baleen (ex-
cluding minke) whales which is more
than 1,000 miles from the nearest land
Station used for the taking or treating of
baleen (excluding minke) whales under
the jurisdiction of the same Contracting
Government.

(c) Each Contracting Government *
Shall declare for all land stations under
its jurisdiction and for whale catchers at-
tached to such land stations, one open
season not to exceed eight continuous
months in any one period of twelve
months, during which the taking or kill-
ing of sperm whales by the whale catch-
ers shall be permitted, such period of
eight months to include the whole of the
period of six months declared for baleen
whales (excluding minke whales) as pro-
vided for in paragraph (b) of this sec-
tion; provided that a separate open sea-
son may be declared for any land station
used for the taking or treating of sperm
whales which is more than 1,000 miles
from the nearest land station used for
the taking or treating of sperm whales
under the jurisdiction of the same Con-
tracting Government.

(ad) (1) Each Contracting Government
shall declare for all land stations under
its jurisdiction and for whale catchers
attached to such land stations one open
season hot to exceed six continuous
months in any period of twelve months
during which the taking or killing of
minke whales by the whale catchers shall
be permitted (such period not being
necessarily coneurrent with the period
declared for other baleen whales, as pro-
vided for in paragraph (b) of this sec-

? Section 351.10 (c) came into force as from
February 21, 1952, in respect to all Contract-
ing Governments, except the Commonwealth
of Australia, who lodged an objection to it
within the prescribed period, and this objec-
tion was not withdrawn. The provisions of
this paragraph are not therefore binding on

other end of the whale. The ends of the | the Commonwealth of Australia.

August 1956

ition) ; provided that a separate open sea-
son may be declared for any land station

used for the taking or treating of)

minke whales which is more than 1,600
miles from the nearest land station used
for the taking or treating of minke
whales under the jurisdiction of the same
Contracting Government.

(2) Except that a separate open sea-
son may be declared for any land station
used for the taking or treating of minke
whales which is located in an area having
oceanographic corditions clearly dis-
tinguishable from those of the area in
which are located the other land stations
used for the taking or treating of minke
whales under the jurisdiction of the same
Contracting Government; but the de-
claration of a separate open season by
virtue of the provisions of this paragraph
shall not cause thereby the period of
time covering the open seasons declared

by the same Contracting Government:

to exceed nine continuous months of any
twelve months.

(e) The prohibitions contained in this
section shall apply to all land stations as
defined in Article I of the Whaling Con-
vention of 1946 and to all factory ships
which are subject to the regulations
governing the operation of land stations
under the provisions of § 351.17.

§ 351.11 Use of factory ships in waters
other than. south of 40° South Latitude.
It is forbidden to use a factory ship
which has been used during a season in
any waters south of 40° South Latitude
for the purpose of treating baleen
whales, in any other area for the same
purpose within a period of one year from
termination of that season.

$351.12 Limitations of processing of
whales. (a) It is forbidden to use a
factory ship or 2 land station for the
purpose of treating any whales (whether
or not killed by whale catchers under
the jurisdiction of a Contracting Gov-
ernment) the killing of which by whale
catchers under the jurisdiction of a Con-
tracting Government is prohibited by the
provisions of §§ 351.2, 351.4, 351.5, 351.6,
351.7, 351:8 or 351.10.

(b) All other whales (except minke
whales) taken shall be delivered to the
factory ship oriand station and all parts
of such whales shall be processed by
boiling or otherwise, except the internal
organs, whale bone and flippers of all
whales, the meat of sperm whales and
of parts of whales intended for human
food or feeding animals.

(c) Complete treatment of the car-
casses of “Dauhval” and of whales used
as fenders will not be required in cases
where the meat or bone of such whales
is in bad condition.

§ 351.13 Prompt processing required.
(a) The taking of whales for delivery to
@ factory ship shall be so regulated or
restricted Ly the master or person in
charge of the factory ship that no whale.
carcass (except of a whale used as a fen-
der, which shall be processed as soon as
is reasonably practicable) shall remain
in the sea for a longer period than
thirty-three hours from the time of kill-
ing to the time when it is hauled up for
treatment.

(b) Whales taken by all whale catch-
ers, whether for factory ships or land
stations, shall be clearly marked so as
to identify the catcher and to indicate
the order of catching.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

(1) The time when each whale is
taken,

(2) Its species, and

(3) Its marking effected pursuant to
Paragraph (b) of this section.

(d) The information reported by radio
pursuant to paragraph. (c) of this sec-
tion shall be entered immediately in a
permanent record which shall be avail-
able at all times for examination by the
whaling inspectors; and in addition
there shall be entered in such permanent
record the following information as soon
as it becomes available:

(1) Time of hauling up for treatment,

(2) Length, measured pursuant to
Paragraph (d) of § 351.9,

(3) Sex, P

(4) If female, whether milk-filled or
lactating,

* (5) Length and sex of foetus, if pres-
ent and

(6) A full explanation of each in-
fraction.

(e) A record similar to that described
in paragraph (d) of this section shall be
maintained by land stations, and all of
the information mentioned in the said
paragraph shall be entered therein as
soon as available.

§ 351.14 Remuneration of employees.
Gunners and crews of factory ships, land
stations, and whale catchers, shall be
engaged on such terms that their remu-
neration shall depend to a considerable
extent upon such factors as the species,
size and yield of whales taken and not
merely upon the number of the whales
taken. No bonus or other remuneration
shall be paid to the gunners or crews of
whale catchers in respect to the taking
of milk-filled or lactating whales.

§ 351.15 Submission of laws and reg-
ulations. Copies of all official laws and
regulations relating to whales and whal-
ing and changes in such laws and regu-
lations shall be transmitted to the Com-
mission.

$351.16 Submission of statistical data.
Notification shall be given in accord-
ance with the provisions of Article VII
of the Convention with regard to all
factory ships and land stations of sta-
tistical. information (a) concerning the
number of whales of each species taken,
the number thereof lost, and the num-
ber treated at each factory ship or land
station, and (b) as to the aggregate

amounts of oil of each grade and quan-

tities of meala fertilizer (guano), and
ether products derived from them, to-
gether with (c) particulars with respect
to each Whale treated in the factory ship
or land station as to the date and ap~
proximate latitude and longitude of tak-
ing, the. species and sex of the whale, its
length and,.if it contains a foetus, the
length and sex, if ascertainable, of the
foetus. The data referred to in para-
graphs (a) and (c) of this section shall
be verified at the time of the tally and
there shall also be notification to the
Commission of any information which
may be collected or obtained concerning
the calving grounds and migration routes
of whales. In communicating this in-
formation there shall be specified:

(a) The name and gross tonnage of
each factory ship; ,
_ (b) The number and aggregate gross
tonnage of the whale catchers;

(ce) A list of the land stations which
were in operation during the period con-
cerned.

§ 351.17 Factory ship operations
within territorial waters. (a) A factory
ship which operates solely within terri-
torial waters in one of the areas speci-
fied in paragraph (c) of this section, by
permission of the Government having
jurisdiction over those waters, and which
flies the flag of that Government shall,
while so operating, be subject to the
regulations governing the operation of
land stations and not to the regulations
governing the operation of factory ships.

(b) Such factory ship shall not, within
a@ period of one year from the termination
of the season in which she so operated,
be used for the purpose of treating baleen
whales in any of the other areas specified
in paragraph (c) of this section or south
of 40° South Latitude.

(1) On the coast of Madagascar and
its dependencies;

(2) On the west coasts of French
Africa;

(3) On the coasts of Australia, namely
on the whole east coast and on the west
coast in the area known Shark Bay
and northward to North-west Cape and
including Exmouth Gulf and King
George’s Sound, including the Port of
Albany.

§ 351.18 Definitions. The following
expressions have the meanings respec-
tively assigned to them, that is to say:

“Baleen whale’ means any whale
which has baleen orewhale bone in the
mouth, i. e., any whale other than a
toothed whale.

“Blue whale” (Balaenoptera or Sib-
baldus musculus) means any whale
known by the name of blue whale, Sib-
bald’s rorqual, or sulphur bottom.

“Dauhval” means any unclaimed dead
whale found floating.

“Fin whale” (Balaenoptera physalus)
means any whale known by the name
of common finback, common rorqual,
finback, finner, fin whale, herring whale,
razorback or true fin whale.

“Gray whale” (Rhachianectes glaucus)
means any whale known by the name of
‘gray whale, California gray, devil fish,
hard head, mussel digger, gray back or
Tip sack.

“Humpback whale” (Megaptera no-
dosa, or novaeangliae) means any whale
known by the name of bunch, humpback,

Section 351.17 was inserted by the Com-
mission at its first meeting in 1949, and came
‘into force on 11th January, 1950, as regards
all Contracting Governments except France,
who therefore remain bound by the provi-
sions of the original § 351.17, which reads as
follows: >

$351.17 Notwithstanding the definition
of land station contained in Article II of
the Convention, a factory ship operating
under the jurisdiction of a Contracting Gov-
ernment, and the movements of which are
confined solely to the territorial waters of
that Government, shall be subject to the
Tegulations governing the operation: of land
stations within the following areas:

~ (a) On the coast of Madagascar and its
dependencies, and on the west coasts of
Frenck Africa;

(b) On the west coast of Australia in the
area known as Shark Bay and northward tp
Northwect Cape and including Exmouth Gulf
and King George’s Sourd, including the port
of Albany; and on the east coast of Australia,
in Twofold Bay and Jervis Bay.

humpback whale, humpbacked whale,
hump whale or hunchbacked whale.

“Minke whale” (Balaenoptera acutoro=
strata, B. Davidsoni, B. huttoni) means
any whale known by the name of lesser
rorqual, little piked whale, minke whale,
pike-headed whale or sharp headed
finner.

“Right whale” (Balaena mysticetus;
Eubalaena glacialis, E. australis, etc;
Neobalaena marginata) means any
whale known by the name of Atlantic

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

right whale, bowhead, great polar whale,
Greenland right whale, Greenland whale,
Nordkaper, North Atlantic right whale,
North Cape whale, Pacific right whale,
pigmy right whale, Southern pigmy right
whale, or Southern right whale.

“Sei whale” (Balaenoptera borealis)
means any whale known by the name of
sei whale, Rudolphi’s rorqual, pollack
whale, or coalfish whale and shall be
taken to include Bryde’s whale (B.
brydei).

Vol. 18, No. 8

“Sperm whale’ (Physeter catodon)
means any whale known by the name
of sperm whale, spermacet whale, cacha-
lot or pot whale.

“Toothed whale” means any whale
which has teeth in the jaws.

“Whales taken” means whales that
have been killed and either flagged or
made fast to catchers,

Frep A. SEATON,
Secretary of the Interior.

right whale, Artic right whale, Biscayan

JUNE 20, 1956.

Eighty-Fourth Congress
(Second Session)

Listed below and onthe following pages
are public bills and resolutions that direct-
ly or indirectly affect the
fisheries and allied in-
dustries. Public bills
and resolutions are
shown when introduced;
from month to month
the more pertinent re-
ports, hearings, or
chamber actions on the bills shown are
published; and if passed, they are shown
when signed by the President.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM:
4H, R, 10433 (McCormack), a bill to promote the fishing in-
dustry in the United States and its Territories by providing
for the training of needed personnel for such industry, re-
moved from the consent calendar of the House on July 16,
1956, This bill is similar toS. 2379 (Payne). House on
July 21, 1956, adopted H, Res. 612, the rule providing for
the consideration of, and one hour of debate on, H, R, 10433,
but did not consider the bill,

House after it amended S, 2379 to contain the text of
HR, 10433, a similar bill passed S, 2379.

Senate on July 27 cleared for the President S. 2379
when it concurred in House amendments to the bi

S. 2379 signed by the President on August 8, 1956 (P. L.
02) a

CUSTOMS SIMPLIFICATION ACT: a:8 R 6040 (amended),
a bill to amend certain administrative provisions of the
Tariff Act of 1930 and to repeal obsolete provisions of the
customs laws, reported favorably on July 9, 1956, by the
Senate Committee on Finance, (This bill was introduced in
the first.session of the 84th Congress and was reported
favorably to the House on June 18, 1955, H, Rept. 858.) Re-
ported with amendments to the Senate by the Committee on
Finance on July 13 (S G6. Rept, No, 2560).

Conferees agreed to file a report (July 21, 1956) on the
differences between the Senate- and House-passed versions,

Senate adopted the conference report on July 25, 1956, and
and cleared the bill for the President.

Senate Report No, 2560, Customs Simplification Act of
1956 (July 13, 1956, 84th Congress, 2nd Session), to ac-
company H, R, 6040, 28 pp., printed, Committee on Fin-
ance, Describes the amendments; purpose of the bill;
general statement; changes in existing law; and presents
minority views.

Undersecretary for Fisheries and Seen “*Commercial
Fisheries National Policy and Assistant Secretary for
Fisheries and Wildlife’’; also ‘‘Commercial Fisheries
National Policy and Fisheries Commission”’; and by other
titles):

On July 7 after adopting an amendment that replaced the
Senate-passed text with the provisions of H, R, 11570 (Bon-
ner), the House passed on that date S. 3275, a bill to es-
tablish a sound and comprehensive national policy with re-
spect to fisheries and wildlife; to strengthen the fisheries
and wildlife segments of the national ecomony; to create
and establish within the Department of the Interior the Of-
fice of Assistant Secretary for Fisheries and Wildlife, a
United States Fish and Wildlife Service; and for other pur-
poses,

Senate disagreed to House amendments to S, 3275, to
establish a sound and comprehensive national policy with
regard to fisheries resources and asked for a conference
with the House, and appointed conferees, S. 3275 contains
the text of H, R, 11570 (Bonner) which passed the House’
on July 7.

House and Senate conferees met in executive session to
resolve differences between the Senate- and House-passed
versions of S, 3275.

On July 26 conferees in executive session agreed to file
a conference report on the differences between the Senate-
and House-passed versions of Ss. 3275.

Conference report on S. 3275 (H, Rept. 2942) was re-
ported to the House on July 26. House on that date adopted
the conference report on S. 3275 and sent the bill to the
Senate, T

Following the adoption by the House of the conference
report on_S, 3275, the Senate passed the bill on July 27,
1956, and the bill was cleared for the President. The bill
as finally passed provides, among other provisions, for the
following:

Sec. 3. (a) There is hereby established within the De-
partment of the Interior the position of Assistant Secretary

August 1956

for Fish and Wildlife, and the position of Commissioner of
Fish and Wildlife, Such Assistant Secretary shall be ap-
pointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent
of the Senate, and shall be compensated at the same rate as
other Assistant Secretaries, The Commissioner shall be
appointed by the President by and with the advice and con-
sent of the Senate, He shall receive compensation at the
same rate as that provided for Grade GS-18, There is also
established a United States Fish and Wildlife Service within
the Department, consisting of two separate agencies, each
of which shall have the status of a Federal bureau, There
shall be a Director of each of said Bureaus appointed by the
Secretary at Grades GS-17 each, One of the agencies shall
be known as the ‘“‘Bureau of Commercial Fisheries”’ and the
other agency shall be known as the ‘‘Bureau of Sport Fish-
eries and Wildlife,‘‘ The United States Fish and Wildlife
Service, except as prescribed by this Act, shall succeed to and
replace the presently existing Fish and Wildlife Service of
the Department, ...

(qd Inorder tomakeaproper distribution between the two
Bureaus of the United States F ish and WildlifeService estab-
lished by this Act, the previously existing functions, powers,
duties, authority, liabilities, commitments, personnel, re-
cords, and other properties or matters previously handled
by or administered through the former Fish and Wildlife
Service of the Department, shall be distributed as follows:

(1) The Bureau of Commercial Fisheries shall be re-
sponsible for those matters to which this Act applies re-
lating primarily to commercial fisheries, whales, seals,
sea-lions, and related matters;

(2) The Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife shall be
responsible for those matters to which this Act applies re-
lating primarily to migratory birds, game management,
wildlife, refuges, sport fisheries, sea mammals (except
whales, seals, and sea-lions), and related matters; and the
funds and allocations, appropriated or otherwise, relating
to the matters covered by paragraphs (1) and (2) of this
subsection shall be distributed between such Bureaus as the
Secretary of the Interior shall determine, ...

Sec, 4.(a) The Secretary is authorized under rules and
regulations and under terms and conditions prescribed by
him, to make loans for financing and refinancing of opera-
tions, maintenance, replacement, repair, and equipment of
fishing gear and vessels, and for research into the basic
problems of fisheries,

(b) Any loans made under the provisions of this section
shall be subject to the following restrictions:

(1) Bear an interest rate of not less than 3 per centum
per annum;

(2) Mature in not more than ten years;

(3) No financial assistance shall be extended pursuant to
this section unless reasonable financial assistance applied
for is not otherwise available on reasonable terms,

(c) There is hereby created a fisheries loan fund, which
shall be used by the Secretary as a revolving fund to make
loans for financing and refinancing under this section, Any
funds received by the Secretary on or before June 30, 1965,
in payment of principal or interest on any loans so made,
shall be deposited in the fund and be available for making
additional loans under this section, Any funds so received
after June 30, 1965, and any balance remaining in the fund
at the close of June 30, 1965 (at which time the fund shall

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 93

cease to exist), shall be covered into the Treasury as mis-
cellaneous receipts, There are hereby authorized to be ap-
propriated to the fund the sum of $10,000,000 to provide
initial capital,

(d) The Secretary, subject to the specific limitations in
this section, may consent to the modification, with respect
to the rate of interest, time of payment of any installment of
principal, or security, of any loan contract to which he is a
party.

S. 3275 was signed by the President on August 8, 1956
(@. L. 1024),

House Report No, 2942, Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956
(July 26, 1956, 84th Congress, 2nd Session), conference
report to accompany S. 3275, 9 pp., printed, Committee of
Conference, Shows the agreed version of the bill and the
statement of the managers on the part of the House,

FISH HATCHERIES: Senate on July 2 passed without
amendment and cleared for the House S, 3998, providing
for the development of Federal fish hatchery known as
Holden Trout Hatchery at Pittsford, Vt. Reported favorably
on July 13 to the House by the House Committee on Mer-
chant Marine and Fisheries. Passed by House on July 23
and cleared for the President,

_H, R,.11548 (Poff), a bill to establish a new fish hatchery
in the vicinity of Paint Bank, Va., reported favorably to the
House by the Committee on Merchant Marine and Fisheries,
July 13, Passed the House without amendment on July 23,
Reported to the Senate on July 25 by the Committee on In-
terstate and Foreign Commerce (S, Rept, 2806), Senate
passed without amendment and cleared for the President
H, R, 11548,

H, R, 12303 (Staggers), introduced in the House July 11,
a bill to provide for the establishment of a fish hatchery in
West Virginia; to the Committee on Merchant Marine and
Fisheries, Reported without amendment on July 21, 1956,
by the Committee on Merchant Marine and Fisheries (H.
Rept, 2858). House on July 26 passed and cleared for the
President S. 3831 (in lieu of H, R, 12303), to provide for the
establishment of a fish hatchery in West Virginia,

H, R, 221, a bill to establish rearing ponds and a fish
hatchery in western Oklahoma; passed over without prej-
udice by the House on July 16, 1956.

House Report No, 2269, Establishing Rearing Ponds and
a Fish Hatchery in Western Oklahoma, Texas, Colorado, or
Kansas (June 7, 1956, 84th Congress, 2nd Session), to ac-
company H, R, 221; 3 pp., printed. Lists amendments, dis-
cusses purpose, and presents reports of the Department of
the Interior and the Bureau of the Budget.

_S. 3809 (Carlson), a bill to provide for the establishment
of a new fish hatchery at Cedar Bluff Reservoir; Senate re-
ported on July 20, 1956, with an amendment by the Commit-
tee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce (S. Rept, 2672).
Similar to H, R, 11012 (Smith of Kansas), Passed the
Senate on July 23 with an amendment and cleared for the
House,

INSECTICIDES EFFECT UPON FISH AND WILDLIFE:
_S. 4178 (Murray) introduced in the Senate July 6; a bill to
authorize and direct the Secretary of the Interior to under-
take continuing studies of the effects of insecticides, herbi-
cides, and fungicides upon fish and wildlife for the purpose
of preventing losses of those invaluable natural resources

following spraying, and to provide basic data on the various
chemical controls so that forests, croplands, and marshes
can be sprayed with minimum losses of fish and wildlife; to
the Committee on Merchant Marine Fisheries,

SPONGE DIVERS: H, R, 12022 (Cramer) introduced in
the House June 28, 1956; a bill to provide relief for the
sponge-fishing industry by a making special non quota im-
migrant visas available to. certain skilled alien sponge div-
ers; to the Committee on the Judiciary.

SUPPLEMENTARY APPROPRIATIONS: H, R, 12138, a
bill making supplemental appropriations for fiscal year year
1957; Senate adopted conference report on July 25 and clear-
ed the bill for the President. This bill provides $620,000
for the Great Lakes Fisheries Commission,

H, R, 12350, a bill making supplemental appropriations
for the fiscal year 1957, reached the Senate floor on July
25; certain Committee amendments were adopted en bloc,
and the bill was passed, The bill provides for supplemental
appropriations for the U, S, Fish and Wildlife Service in-
cluding an additional amount of $1,250,000 for construction to
be available until expended, and initial capital of $10,000,000
for the ‘‘Fisheries Loan Fund,” a revolving fund for financ-
ing and refinancing of operations, maintenance, replacement,
repair, and equipment of fishing gear and vessels and for
research into the basic problems of fisheries, Conferees
on July 26 agreed to file a conference report on the differ-
ences between the Senate- and House-passed versions of
H, R, 12350, Senate on July 26 rejected conference report

‘on H, R, 12350, Senate then further insisted on its amend-
ments in disagreement, asked for an additional conference,
and reappointed the same conferees, Conference report on
H, R, 12350 (H, Rept. 2941) was reported to the House on
July 26. House on July 26 disagreed to Senate amendments
to H, R, 12350; agreed to a conference with the Senate; and
appointed conterecst On the same date House adopted the
conference report on H, R, 12350, and sent the bill to the
Senate, House on J uly 87 adopted H, Res, 648, providing
for further insistence of House disagreement to Senate a-
mendments to H, R, 12350; agreed to a further conference
with the Senate, and the appointment of conferees. House
conferees reported to House on July 27 conference report
on H, R, 12350 (H, Rept, 2950). Adopted conference report
and sent bill to Senate, Senate adopted conference report on
H, R, 12350, asreeing to House amendments to amend cer-
“tain Senate amendments and cleared the bill for the Presi-
dent,

Senate Report No. 2770, Second Supplemental Appropria-
tion Bill, 1957 (July 24, 1956, 84th Congress, 2nd Session)
to accompany H, H, R, 12350, 36 pp., printed, Committee on
appropriations. Contains enretdernts on the appropriations and
a comparative statement of budget estimates and amounts
recommended in the bill.

House Report No, 2941, Second Supplemental Appropria-
tion Bili, 1957 (July 26, 1956, 84th Congress, 2nd Session)
to accompany H, R, 12350, 8 pp., printed. Committee of
Conference, Describes agreement and presents the state-
ment of the managers on the part of the House.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Wroll, Iles IN@,

TRUCK TRIP LEASING: House on July 13 adopted com-
mittee amendments, passed, and returnedto theSenateS. 898,
_toamend the Interstate Commerce Act with respect to the au-
thority of the Interstate Commerce Commission to regulate
the use by motor carriers of motor vehicles not owned by them,

Senate adopted conference report on July 25, 1956, and
cleared the bill for the President,

The passage of this bill prohibits the LC.C, from re-
stricting the use of exempt trucks, The bill fully protects
the exempt truckers. The effect of the bill is to permit:

(1) exempt truckers to “‘trip lease’’ their trucks to common
carriers for payloads back to fish producing areas of their
base of operations; and (2) private carriers (shippers) to
“trip lease’’ their trucks which are used to haul perishable
manufactured fishery, agricultural, or livestock products.

WATER POLLUTION: S. 890, a bill to extend and strength-
en the Water Pollution Control Act. House adopted confer-
ence report and cleared the bill for the White House on
June 27, 1956, Signed by the President on July 9, 1956 (P. L.
667). Tx

The water pollution control law extension bill provides
for the Federal Government to subsidize the building of
state or municipal treatment facilities. Present law author-
izes loans up to $22.5 million a year but no funds have ever
been dispensed under the provision, The new bill makes $50
million available a year over a ten year period in grants for
construction of local facilities, Another $3 million a year
in grants may be made for pollution-control planning and
program work,

PACIFIC COAST AND ALASKA FISHERIES, Senate Re-

port No. 2801 (Repor t of the Committee on Interstate and

“Foreign Commerce pursuant to S, Res, 13 and S, Res. 163,
84th Congress, 2nd Session, providing fori the ‘investigation
of certain problems within the jurisdiction of the Senate
Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce), submitted
to the Senate July 25, 40 pp., printed. This report of condi-
tions affecting commercial fisheries on the Pacific Coast
and Alaska discusses Alaska salmon and related fisheries,
the tuna fishing industry, and secondary effects of the fish-
ing industry depression, Included are conclusions and re-
commendations regarding the creation of a new Government
authority; conservation and development; regulation of com=- ©
petitive imports; and economic aid, An addendum lists re-
cent fisheries legislation and appendixes show the corre-
spondence between the Committee Chairman and the Depart-
ment of State and the U, S, Tariff Commission,

INTERIOR DEPARTMENT AND RELATED AGENCIES
APPROPRIATIONS FOR 1957 (Hearings before the Subcom-
mittee of the Committee on Appropriations House of Repre-
sentatives, Eighty-Fourth Congress, Second Session), 1,002
PP., raiees

Both the House and Senate adjourned sine die on July 27,
1956.

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 95

FISHERY
= INDICATOR

SS meee =
CHART I - FISHERY LANDINGS for SELECTED STATES

In Millions of Pounds

Legend:

MASSACHUSETTS

1956
taneerees 1955

CUMULATIVE DATA

3 MQS. 1956 - 66.)
1955 - 65.7
1955 - 515.3)

5 mgs. 1956 -
Si o55.=

ir 1955 - 255.4

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

FLORIDA LOUISIANA2/

CUMULATIVE DATA

6 Mgs. 1956 - 22.0]_
O 7 1955 - 30.2]
1955 - 67.3)

CUMULATIVE DATA

3 MgS. 1956 -
3% | Kes
12 1955 - 174.3

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
2/ONLY PARTIAL--INCLUDES LANDINGS AT PRINCIPAL PORTS.

NEW JERSEY | TEXAS

5 mgs. 1956 -
5 , 1955 -
n2 1955

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV_DEC

S Mgs. 1956 -
Sion 1955 -
12

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

catirornta2!

CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA

6 mgs. 1956 - 312.7
6 1955 - 232.4

12 1955 - 639.5

5 Mgs. 1956 - 19.4
5 1955 - 14.8

12 1955 - 45,5)

0
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

V/ONLY PARTIAL--|NCLUDING PRODUCTION OF MAJOR FISHERIES AND MARKET FISH
* LANDINGS AT PRINCIPAL PORTS.

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

96 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

CHART 2 - LANDINGS for SELECTED FISHERIES

In Millions of Pounds

HADDOCK Legend:
(Maine and Massachusetts)

OCEAN PERCH
(Maine and Massachusetts)

CUMULATIVE DATA

1956
seeneeees 1955

CUMULATIVE DATA

3 Ms. 1956 - 30.8
3 1955 -
1

1956 -
1955 -
1955 - 157.0

WHITING

/ SHRIMP
(Maine and Massachusetts)

(Gulf Staten including Florida West Coast)

CUMULATIVE DATA
4 mgs. 1956 - 18.7

n 1955 - 41.6 Poebhorre ties
2 1955 - 187.3

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR_MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

1/LA. & ALA. DATA BASED ON LANDINGS AT PRINCIPAL PORTS AND ARE NOT COM-

sae In Thousands of Tons

MENHADEN PACIFIC AND JACK MACKEREL
(East and Gulf Coasts) (California)

CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA

6 Mgs. 1956 - 328.1 6 mgs. 1956 - 21.9
6 , 1955 - 282.4 6 7 Wess waz
12 1955 - 953.1 2 “. 2 1955 - 27.6

oS A
UAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

PILCHARD TUNA AND TUNA-LIKE FISH

(California)
—————

CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DAT
eed Bae) MOEPD es 6 MQS. 1956 - 107.3
, : 6 1955 - 87.2

1954/55 SEASON TOTAL mn
AUG, -JULY ” -6 he 1955 - 183.7

Legend:
1956/57
seeeererene] 955/56

i)
MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY JAN FEB MAR _APR_MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT _NOV_DEC
2/RECEIPTS BY CALIFORNIA CANNERIES, INCLUDING IMPORTS .

August 1956

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

CHART 3 - COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS and FREEZINGS
of FISHERY PRODUCTS *

U. S. & ALASKA HOLDINGS

T Ue Soe ae aL

0
JAN FEB

MAR _APR_ MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

NEW ENGLAND HOLDINGS!/

errs

JUAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

MIDDLE WEST HOLDINGS3/

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY ‘AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

*Excludes salted,

cured,

In Millions of Pounds

U. S.. & ALASKA

FREEZINGS

CUMULATIVE DATA

6 MAS. 1956 - 132.1
6 , 1955 - 136.2
12 1955 - 314.7

JAN FEB

MAR_APR_ MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

MIDDLE & SOUTH ATLANTIC HOLDINGS2/

—

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC
2/ALL EAST COAST STATES FROM N.Y. SOUTH.

GULF & SOUTH CENTRAL HOLDINGS4/

JAN FEB MAR APR
4/ALA., MISS., LA., TEX., ARK., KY,

MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
& TENN.

CALIFORNIA HOLDINGS

JAN FEB MAR _APR_MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

ana smoked products.

98 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

CHART 4 - RECEIPTS and COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS of FISHERY
PRODUCTS at PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTION CENTERS

In Millions of Pounds
SL) OU
RECEIPTS-' AT WHOLESALE SALT-WATER MARKET |

(FRESH AND FROZEN) NEW YORK

CUMULATIVE DATA

7 MgS. 1956 - 92.7 CITY

7 4 1955 - 99,0
12 1955 - 165.4

COLD-STORAGE HOLD1NGs 2/

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

1/INCLUDE TRUCK AND RAIL IMPORTS FROM CANADA AND DIRECT VESSEL LANDINGS 2/AS REPORTED BY PLANTS IN METROPOLITAN AREA.
AT NEW YORK CITY.

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

RECEIPTS AT WHOLESALE MARKET
(FRESH AND FROZEN) CHICAGO

———
CUMULATIVE DATA

COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS

6 MQS. 1956 - 56,1
O 7, Wes Rage
2 1955 - 111.8

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

BOSTON

COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS

SEATTLE

WHOLESALE MARKET RECEIPTS, LANDINGS,
& IMPORTS (FRESH & FROZEN)

CUMULATIVE DATA

6 MS. 1956 - 33.4
6 |, 1955 - 39.6

12 1955 _- 95.7

Legend:
1956

TLE LEG AG NCS SEG GN ES seseeerses 1955] |_0 JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

FISH OIL

FISH MEAL (In Millions of Gallons)

(In Thousands of Tons)
CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA
6 M9S. 1956 - 95,1 mgs. 1956 - 7.7|
6

6
1955 - 77.4 OG 1955 - 7.3
2 1955 - 24.6

2 1955 _- 264.3

anes

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY. JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC UAN FEB MAR APR MAY. JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

August 1956

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

CHART 6- CANNED PACKS of SELECTED FISHERY PRODUCTS

In Thousands of Standard Cases

TUNA AND TUNA-LIKE FISH - CALIFORNIA

CUMULATIVE DATA

. 1956 - 4,926.3
1955 - 3,874.6
1955 - 8,270.3

6M
cies

0
JAN FEB MAR _APR_MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

ANCHOVIES- CALIFORNIA

CUMULATIVE DATA

» 1956 - 464.4
1955 - 510.6
1955 - 623.5

FEB MAR _APR_MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SARDINES!/ (ESTIMATED) - MAINE

CUMULATIVE DATA

1200}| 6 mgs. 1956 - 473.0
1955 - 385.3
1955 - 1,268.8

te)
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC
T/INCLUDING SEA HERRING.

SARDINES - CALIFORNIA

CUMULATIVE DATA

1955/56 SEASON TOTAL,
AUG.-JULY
1954/55 SEASON TOTAL,
AUG. - JULY

MACKEREL2!-

CUMULATIVE DATA
6 MOS, 1956 - 389,5
6 ,, 1955
2 1955

CALIFORNIA

SALMON - ALASKA

CUMULATIVE DATA

1956 -

1955 -
1955 - 2,385.1

0 “A
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT

STANDARD CASES

No. Cans Can Designation

OCT_NOV_DEC

Net Wet.

Variety

SARDINES ....... 100 + drawn

SHRIMP... . ee 48 oo

MORIN Sonaccecand 48 No, } tuna

PILCHARDS ..... 48 No, 1 oval

SALMON 48

ANCHOVIES ..... 4 1b.

SHRIMP - GULF STATES

CUMULATIVE ©
1955/56 SEASON,
AUG , - JUNE
1954/55 SEASON,
AUG, - JUNE
1954/55 SEASON,
AUG, -JULY

od a

20 ————

1-pound tall

33 oz.
oz.
oz.
oz.
oz.

oz.

MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY

0
AUG SE’

saseseess 1955/56

0
AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR

MAY JUNE JULY.

100 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 8

CHART 7 - U.S. FISHERY PRODUCTS IMPORTS

In Millions of Pounds

GROUNDFISH (INCLUDING OCEAN PERCH)FILLETS,
FRESH & FROZEN

CUMULATIVE DATA
6 MQS. 1956 - 66.5

6 , 1955 - 62.6
12 1955 - 129.0

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SHRIMP, FRESH & FROZEN, FROM MEXICO

CUMULATIVE DATA

5 Mgs. 1956 - 21.2
5 ue 1955 - 13,9

12 1955 - 45.8

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

TUNA, FRESH & FROZEN

CUMULATIVE DATA

5 mgs. 1956 -
1955 -

UAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

U.S. IMPORTS OF CANNED TUNA ANDTUNA-LIKE FISH
(IN OIL AND IN BRINE)

CUMULATIVE DATA

MQs. 1956 - 20.6

1955 - 19.5
1955 - 50.8

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

Legend:

FILLETS & STEAKS OTHER THAN GROUNDFISH,
FRESH & FROZEN

1956
1955

CUMULATIVE DATA

5 MQS. 1956 - 23.8
5, 1955 - 20.9
12 1955 - 55.2

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

LOBSTER & SPINY LOBSTER, FRESH & FROZEN

CUMULATIVE DATA

5 QS. 1956 - 20.3
5, 1955 - 20.4
12 1955 - 45.4

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SEA HERRING, FRESH, THROUGH MAINE PORTS

CUMULATIVE DATA

SMgs. 1956 - .3
5 IKE >

12 1955 - 5.3

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

CANNED SARDINES
(IN OIL AND NOT IN OIL)

et
CUMULATIVE DATA

5 MS. 1956 -
Pir 1955 -

12 1955 - 21.6

UAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

August 1956

= pL:
fee 'Z,

< i a

ae Py

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE
PUBLICATIONS

THESE PROCESSED PUBLICATIONS ARE AVAILABLE FREE FROM
THE DIVISION OF INFORMATION, U. S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERV-
ICE, WASHINGTON 25, D. C. TYPES OF PUBLICATIONS ARE DESIG
NATED AS FOLLOWS:

CFS - CURRENT FISHERY STATISTICS OF THE UNITED STATES
AND ALASKA.

MDL - MARKET DEVELOPMENT LISTS.

SL - STATISTICAL SECTION LISTS OF DEALERS IN AND PRO-

DUCERS OF FISHERY PRODUCTS AND BYPRODUCTS.
FL FISHERY LEAFLETS.
SSR. - FISH.- SPECIAL SCIENTIFIC REPORTS--FISHERIES
(LIMITED DISTRIBUTION).

SEP. - SEPARATES (REPRINTS) FROM COMMERCIAL FISHERIES
REVIEW.
Number Title
CFS-1281 - New York Landings, 1955 Annual Sum-
mary, 9 pp.

CFS-1298 - Maine Landings, 1955 Annual Summary
(by County and Gear), 10 pp.

CFS-1309 - Maine Landings, 1955 Annual Summary
(by Months), 10 pp.

CFS-1312 - Massachusetts Landings, 1955 Annual
Summary (by Ports), 16 pp.

CFS-1313 - Alaska Fisheries, 1955 Annual Sum-
mary, 6 pp.

CFS-1314 - Fish Meal & Oil, Mar. 1956, 2 pp.

CFS-1316 - Rhode Island Landings, 1955 Annual
Summary, 6 pp.

CFS-1318 - New York Landings, Feb. 1956, 4 pp.

CFS-1323 - California Landings, Jan. 1956, 4 pp.

CFS~-1324 - Florida Landings, Jan. 1956, 6 pp.

CFS~-1325 - New Jersey Landings, Mar. 1956, 3 pp.

CFS-1326 - NorthCarolina Landings, Mar. 1956,
2 pp.

-CFS-1327 - Georgia Landings, Mar. 1956, 2 pp.

CFS-1328 - FrozenFish Report, April 1956, 8 pp.

CFS-1329 - Texas Landings, Mar. 1956, 3 pp.

CFS-1330 - New York Landings, Mar. 1956, 4 pp.

CFS-1331 - Florida Landings, 1955 Annual Sum-
mary, 10 pp.

CFS-1333 - Rhode Island Landings, Mar. 1956, 3pp.

CFS~-1335 - Middle Atlantic Fisheries, 1954 An-

nual Summary, 5 pp.
CFS-1336 - Florida Landings, Feb. 1956, 6 pp.
CFS-1338 - Fish Meal & Oil, 1955 Annual Sum-

mary, 4 pp.

CFS-1341 - California Landings, Feb. 1956, 4 pp.
CFS-1342 - Alabama Landings, Mar. 1956, 2 pp.
CFS~-1343 - Ohio Landings, April 1956, 2 pp.

CFS-1344 - New England Fisheries, 1954 Annual
Summary, 7 pp.
CFS~-1345 - Fish Meal & Oil, April 1956, 2 pp.
CFS-1346 - Texas Landings, April 1956, 4 pp.
CFS-1347 - New Jersey Landings, Apr. 1956,4 pp.
CFS-1348 - Georgia Landings, April 1956, 2 pp.
CFS~-1351 - North Carolina Landings, Apr. 1956
3 pp.
CFS-1352 - New York Landings, April 1956, 4 pp.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

ae. SOE

al Eas

"RECENT @

+ lle ee hae BH I. 9 * 2 0p ew ane -

101

PIG?
ETD

io;

eet ns BT

CFS~-1353 - Rhode Island Landings, Apr.1956, 3 pp.
CFS-~-1354 - Maine Landings, April 1956, 3 pp.
CFS-1355 - Mississippi Landings, Apr.1956, 2 pp.
CFS-1356 - Alabama Landings, Apr. 1956, 2 pp.

MDL- 2 - Michigan Locker Plants, Apr. 1956, 8 pp.
MDL- 3 - Tennessee Locker Plants, May 1956, 4 pp.
MDL- 8 - Montana Locker Plants, Apr. 1956, 7 pp.
MDL- 9 - Oklahoma Locker Plants, May 1956, 8 pp.
MDL-12 - Texas Locker Plants, May 1956, 17 pp.
MDL-13 - New York Locker Plants, May 1956, 7 pp.
MDL-16 - N. Dak. Locker Plants, May 1956, 7 pp.
MDL~-19 - Washington Locker Plants #May 1956,
14 pp.
MDL-21 - New Jersey Locker Plants, May 1956, 3 pp.
MDL~-23 - Rhode Island Locker Plants, May 1956, 1p.
MDL-~24 - Ohio Locker Plants, May 1956, 11 pp.
MDL-26 - Colorado Locker Plants, May 1956, 6 pp.
MDL-28 - Vermont Locker Plants, May 1956, 2 pp.
MDL-29 - Virginia Locker Plants, 4 pp.
MDL-30 - NorthCarolina Locker Plants, May 1956,
5 pp.
MDL-31 - Oregon Locker Plants, May 1956, 11 pp.
MDL-34 - Missouri Locker Plants, May 1956, 15 pp.
MDL-43 - South Carolina Locker Plants, May 1956

3 pp.
MDL-44 - South Dakota Locker Plants, May 1956,

8 pp.
MDL-45 - Utah Locker Plants, May 1956, 4 pp.
MDL-46 - West Virginia Locker Plants, May 1956,
2 pp.

SL - 6 - Wholesale Dealers in Fishery Products,
New York Coastal Area, 1955, 6 pp.

FL-426 - Household Consumer Preferences for
Breaded Shrimp & Breaded Fish Sticks.
Part 3--Summary by Income Groups,
Household Size, Homemaker Age Groups,
and Occupation, 155 pp., illus., proc-
essed, Feb. 1956.

FL -429 - Factors to be Considered in the Freez-
ing and Cold Storage of Fishery Prod-
ucts, 66 pp. (Part 3).

FL - 430 - Refrigeration of Fish, 125 pp. (Part4).

SSR-Fish. No. 164 - Mid-Pacific Oceanography,
Part VII, Hawaiian Offshore Waters, Septem-
ber 1952-August 1953, by Gunter R. Seckel,
257 pp., illus., processed, November 1955.

SSR-Fish. No. 170 - Use of Infrared Radiation in
the Study of Fish Behavior, by Rea E. Duncan,
20 pp., illus., processed, March 1956.

SSR-Fish. No. 171 - January to April Distribu-
tion of the Common Shrimp on the South Atlan-
tic Continental Shelf, by William W. Anderson,
17 pp., illus., processed, April 1956.

SSR-Fish. No. 172 - Effect of Sound Waves on
Young Salmon, by Harvey L. Moore and

102

H. William Newman, 22 pp., illus., processed,
April 1956.

Sep. No. 441 - Composition of Southern Oysters.
Sep. No. 442 - Exploratory Fishing Vessel George

M. Bowers: Part I - Description of Vessel,
Part II - Vessel's Electrical and Auxiliary-
Drive Systems.

Sep. No. 443 - Research in Service Laboratories

(July 1956): Contains these short articles~-
"Storage Tests on Frozen Fried Fish Sticks
Prepared from Pacific Cod," "Effect of Raw
Material on Tuna-Meal Quality,'' 'Research
Programs Discussed at Pacific Fisheries Tech-
nologists Conference," ''Progress in Research
on Southern Oysters,'' ''New Techniques for
Freezing and Storing North Atlantic Lobsters."

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 18

nearly 21 million pounds in 1952. However,

the 86-million-pound catch of anchovies in
California was the largest in history. The pack
of canned fishery products in the United States,
Alaska, Hawaii, and Puerto Rico in 1953 amount-
ed to 792 million pounds valued at nearly $307
million to the packers~~a decrease of 3 percent
in quantity but an increase of less than one per=
cent in value compared with 1952. Sharply re-
duced packs of salmon and Pacific Coast sar-
dines were largely responsible for the volume
of the pack total falling below that of several
recent years; however, record packs of tuna
and anchovies were canned during the year.
The production of fishery byproducts in the U-
nited States and Alaska during 1953 was valued
at over $74 million--9 percent more than the
value for 1952. Lewes, Del., was the nation's

THE FOLLOWING SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ARE FOR SALE AND : Ba : 2
aa ane leading fishing port poundagewise during 1953,
,

with receipts of approximately 363 million pounds
consisting almost entirely of menhaden. San

WASHINGTON 25, D. C.

Fishery Statistics of the United States 1953, by

A. W. Anderson and E. A. Power, Statistical
Digest No. 36, 340 pp., illus., printed, $1.50,
1956. This is the latest in a series of annual
statistical reports on the fisheries of the United
States, Alaska, and Hawaii, which contains data
on the catch and ex-vessel value of fishery prod-
ucts, employment in the fisheries, quantity of
gear operated, the number of fishing craft em-
ployed in the capture of fishery products, and
certain information on the productionand value
of manufactured fishery products and byprod-
ucts. The statistical surveys conducted during
1954 for 1953 data were conducted in all sec-
tions of the United States except in the Missis~
sippi River States which were last canvassed

in 1950. The total catch of fishery products to-
taled 4,467,960,000 pounds, valued at $352,275,000
ex-vessel--an increase of 1 percent in quantity
as compared with 1952. Had there not beena
spectacular gain in the production of menhaden
during the year, the catch would have been far
below that of 1952. Menhaden production off
the Atlantic and Gulf States during 1953 again
broke all records with the catch of this item
soaring to nearly 1.7 billion pounds. This was
a gain of over 312 million pounds above the
production of the previous year and the largest
catch of this species in history. Shrimp was
again the most valuable single item taken by
domestic fishermen. The catch of these shell-
fish totaled a record 260 million pounds valued
at nearly $77 million ex-vessel, the highest an-
nual value ever recorded in a United States fish-
ery. Major fisheries recording noticeable pro-
duction decreases during 1953 were ocean perch,
salmon, tuna, sea herring, Pacific sardines,
mackerel, and oysters. Price disputes in sev-
eral of the more productive New England ports
contributed greatly to the marked decline in the
ocean perch fishery. The noticeable drop in
Alaska salmon production during 1953 was of
great. concern to packers and conservationists
alike. The one bright spot inthe otherwise dis-
mal salmon picture was the 23-million-pound
rise in salmon production in the Pacific Coast
States during the year. The 1953 Pacific sar-
dine fishery in California was evena more dis-
mal failure than the 1952 season since a total of
only 9 million pounds were taken during the year
compared with 14 million pounds reported in
this fishery during the previous year. The Pa-
cific Coast mackerel fishery also continued its
steady decline with the catch of this item amount~-
ing to less than & million pounds compared with

Pedro, Calif., was in second place with 329
million pounds, mostly tuna, followed by Port
Monmouth, N. J., with 198 million pounds of
fishery products, comprised mostly of men-
haden. Fishery statistics of the United States
and Alaska are compiled and published annually
to make available information on both the eco-
nomic and biological aspects of the domestic
commercial fisheries. Data on the economic
aspects are necessary to persons engaged in
the commercial fishery and to governmental
agencies concerned with its regulation and pro-
tection. From the biological standpoint, these
data are important to sound fishery management
in providing detailed information on fluctuations
in the commercial catch by species, locality,
gear, and on the type of gear and craft operated.
They assist conservation agencies in regulating
the commercial fisheries so as to produce max-
imum yields without depletion.

Laws and Regulations for Protection of the Com-

mercial Fisheries of Alaska, 1956, Regulatory
Announcement 48, 79 pp., printed, April 1956,
25 cents. This publication is divided into two
sections. One section contains laws for the
protection of the commercial fisheries of Alaske
and related information, including the authority
for regulation, rules regarding oyster culture,
Bristol Bay residence requirements, regulation
of salmon escapement, fishing-gear restrictions,
exceptions to weekly closed seasons, ete. The
second section contains all the regulations for
the protection of the commercial fisheries of
Alaska amended to date and’which became ef-
fective April 21, 1956. These 1956 regulations
supersede the regulations published in Regula-
tory Announcement 45 which became effective
February 19, 1955.

Method of Evaluating Temperature in Lakes with

Description of Thermal Characteristics of Con-

1956.

THE FOLLOWING SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ARE AVAILABLE ONLY

FROM THE SPECIFIC OFFICE MENTIONED IN THE REVIEW,

California Fishery Products Monthly Summary,

April 1956, 10 pp.; California Fishery Products

Monthly Summary, May 1956, 10 pp. (Market
News Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service,

August 1956

Post Office Bldg., San Pedro, Calif.) California
cannery receipts of raw tuna and tunalike fish, her-
ring, and squid; pack of canned tuna, mackerel,
herring, anchovies, and squid; market fish re-
ceipts at San Pedro.

Gulf Monthly Landings, Production, and Shipments -

of Fishery Products, April 1956, 5 pp., Gulf
Monthly Landings, Production, and Shipments
of Fishery Products, May 1956, 5 pp. (Market
News Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
609-611 Federal Bldg., New Orleans 12, La.)
Gulf States shrimp, oyster, finfish, and blue
crab landings; crab meat production; LCL ex-
press shipments from New Orleans; and whole-
sale prices of fish and shellfish on the New
Orleans French Market; for the month indicated.

(New York) Monthly Summary - April 1956 - Re-
ceipts of Fishery Products at the New York
City Wholesale Salt-Water Market, 4 pp. (Mar -
ket News Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, 155 John St., New York 38, N. Y.)
Receipts in the salt-water section of the Fulton
Fish Market by species and by states and prov-
inces for the month indicated.

Monthly Summary of Fishery Products Production
in Selected Areas of Virginia, North Carolina,
and Maryland, May 1956, 4 pp. (Market News
Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 18S.
King St., Hampton, Va.) Fishery production
for the Virginia areas of Hampton Roads, Low-
er Northern Neck, and Eastern Shore; the Mary-
land areas of Crisfield, Cambridge, and Ocean
City; and the North Carolina areas of Atlantic,
Beaufort, and Morehead City; together with
cumulative and comparative data; for the month
indicated.

(Seattle) Monthly Summary - Fishery Products,
May 1956, 5 pp. (Market News Service, U. S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, 421 Bell St. Term-
inal, Seattle 1, Wash.) Includes landings and
local receipts as reported by Seattle and As-
toria (Oregon) wholesale dealers.

(Chicago) April 1956 Monthly Summary of Chi-
cago's Fresh and Frozen Fishery Products
Receipts and Wholesale Prices, 10 pp. (Mar-
ket News Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ice, 565 W. Washington St., Chicago 6, Ill.)
Receipts at Chicago by species and by states
and provinces; fresh-water fish, shrimp, and
frozen fillet wholesale market prices; for the
month indicated.

"Oyster Bulletins," processed. (Available free
from the Fishery Biological Laboratory, U. S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Milford, Conn.) As
in previous years, a series of bulletins are is-
sued during the summer with information of
practical importance and interest to the oyster
growers of Long Island Sound. These bulletins
describe the progress of accumulation and
quantity of spawn in oysters during the pre-
Spawning and spawning periods, report on the
intensity of spawning of the oyster population
at different depths of Long Island Sound, and
report on the beginning and intensity of setting
in different sections of Long Island Sound. Also
included is information on the survival and rate
of growth of recently set oysters, growth of
oysters with damaged shell edges, and other

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

103

facts that may be of interest to oyster cultur-
ists. The bulletins are titled: 'Observations
on Gonad Development, Spawning and Setting
of Oysters and Starfish in Long Island Sound."

MISCELLANEOUS
PUBLICATIONS

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH
AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE
ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM. CORRESPONDENCE REGARDING PUB~-
LICATIONS THAT FOLLOW SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO THE RESPECTIVE
ORGANIZATION OR PUBLISHER MENTIONED, DATA ON PRICES, IF
READILY AVAILABLE, ARE SHOWN.

Actividades Pesqueras en la Republica Argentina
y Posibilidades de Incrementar el Consumo de

Pescado (Fishery Activities in the Argentine
Republic and Possibilities for Increasing the
Consumption of Fish), by Carlos Gonzalez,
Publicacion Miscelanea no. 415, 43 pp., illus.,
printed in Spanish. Ministerio de Agricultura
y Ganaderia, Departmento de Investigaciones
Pesqueras, Buenos Aires, Argentina, 1956.

Artes y Metodos de Pesca (Primer Curso) (Fish-
ing Techniques and Methods--Firs®Course),
by Jose A. Suarez Caabro, 115 pp., illus.,
printed. Academia Nacional de Patrones, Ma-
rina de Guerra, Havana, Cuba, 1955. Discusses
oceanography, plankton, fish concentrations,
locating fish, various types of fishing, and other
information of value to fishermen.

"The Battle of the Bergs,"' by Jesse C. Burt, ar-
ticle, Natural History, vol. LXV, no. 4, April
1956, pp. 186-191, illus., printed, single copy
50¢. American Museum of Natural History,
Central Park West at 79th St., New York 24,

N. Y. An interesting article about the icebergs
of the North Atlantic which are a menace to the
fishermen of the Grand Banks of Newfoundland
who fish for cod and haddock. The Internation-
al Ice Patrol has made the sea lanes safe; now
scientists are weighing the practicality of tow-
ing large bergs to the rescue of drought-strick-
en areas.

"Biology of the Red Salmon, Oncorhynchus nerka
(Walbaum) of Bristol Bay, Alaska, as Revealed
by a Study of Their Scales,'' by Ted. Swei-yen
Koo, p. 1681, printed. Dissertation Abstracts,
vol. 15, no. 9, Univ. Microfilms, Ann Arbor,
Mich., 1955.

"Boston Firm Uses Fermented Fish in New Soil
Fertilizer," by J. Bunker, article, Maine Coast
Fisherman, vol. 7, no. 6, January 1953, p. 8,
printed. Maine Coast Fisherman, Journal
Bldg., Belfast, Me.

A Check List of the Fishes of lowa with Keys for
Identification, by Reeve M. Bailey, 52 pp.,
illus., printed. (Reprinted from Iowa Fish and
Fishing, 1951, pp. 187-237.) Iowa State Con-
Commission, Des Moines, Iowa. A revised
check list of fishes of Iowa with keys for identi-
fication which are also revised. This list com-
prises 25 families, 61 genera, 133 species, and
137 total kinds, including subspecies, of native
fishes. In addition, four exotic species (brown
trout, rainbow trout, carp, and goldfish) have
become established and are included in the list.

104

"Coagulating Agents for Use in Herring Reduction:
Calcium Chloride-Formalin,"' article, Melding-
er fra SSF, no. 6, October 1951, p. 117, printed
in Norwegian. Sildolje-og Sildemelindustriens
Forskingsinstitut, Bergen, Norway.

"A Comparison of Alternating and Direct Electric
Currents in Fishery Work," by Dwight A. Web-
ster, John L. Forney, Robert H. Gibbs, Jr.,
Jack H. Severns, and William F. Van Woert,
article, New York Fish and Game Journal, vol. 2,

no. 1, January 1955, pp. 106-113, printed. Con-

servation Department, Broadway Arcade Bldg.,

Albany, N. Y.

The Conservation Yearbook 1955-1956, edited by
Erle Kauffman, 306 pp., illus., printed, $7.50.
Cornwell, Inc., 1025 Connecticut Ave. NW.,
Washington 6, D. C. A directory and guide to
the conservation of renewable natural resources
(including fisheries) and to the conservation
agencies and organizations.

Contribution to the History of Fishing in the South-
ern Seas, by Bengt Anell, Studia Ethnographica
Upsaliensia IX, 249 pp., illus., printed, £5
(US$14). Almqvist & Wiksell, Stockholm, Swe-
den, 1955. The first part of this work deals
with the following tackle: thorn-lined trap,
plunge -basket, casting net, fishing kite, pole
snare, shark snare, and harpoon. As regards
their distribution and possible origin they may
be divided into two groups, one of which con-
sists of implements characteristic for the trop-
ical areas, and in Oceania chiefly to be found
in Melanesia; the other group includes imple-
ments which in Oceania are mainly recorded
from Polynesia and Micronesia, and which out-
side Oceania are known chiefly from the north-
ern regions. The author states in the introduc-
tion that ''The main principle has been to choose
a number of fishing implements, the distribu-
tion and use of which could be regarded as in-
teresting from an ethnographical point of view.
Less attention has been paid to their purely
economic importance. Further, it was of par-
ticular interest to study the Oceanic distribu-
tion of some implements, the occurrence of
which in other parts of the world has already
been accounted for, e. g. the casting net and
the plunge-basket. It is quite obvious that an
investigation of the present kind is intended to
contribute at the same time, in some measure,
to the solution of the current problems of
Oceanic ethnography. Although the largest
part of the present work deals with the fishing
of Oceania, I have also investigated, to a cer-
tain degree, the extra-Oceanic distribution of
the fishing tackle in question. In this respect
special attention has been devoted to the re-
gions along the shores of the Pacific and Indian
Oceans. In order to reconstruct the probable
diffusion of the Oceanic implements, it is nec-
essary to fit them into a wider context. In do-
ing so it may be possible to realize what is
characteristic of Oceanic fishing and what may
be ascribed to alien influence. One may also
be able to localize the parts of the world from
where the main influences emanate and study
the evolutionary tendencies. The brief surveys
made here are by no means exhaustive and un-
doubtedly there exists a richer material."'

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 8

Creatures of the Deep Sea, by Klaus Gunther and
Kurt Deckert, translated by E. W. Dickes,
222 pp., illus., printed, $3.95. Chas. Scrib-
ner's Sons, 597-599 5th Ave., New York 17,
Ing WSs

Dehydration of Fish, by C. L. Cutting andG. A.
Reay, with a chapter by J. M. Shewan, Food
Investigation Special Report No. 62, 175 pp.,
illus., printed, 7s. 6d. net (US$1.04). Depart-
ment of Scientific and Industrial Research (A-
vailable from Her Majesty's Stationery Office,
London, England, 1956). This report describes
in detail the various attempts that were made
and the development to a commercial scale of
a dehydration process for drying minced cooked
herring and white fish in warm air. The exper-
iments were carried out ona pilot-plant scale
by the Torry Research Station of the Department
of Industrial and Scientific Research and the
Ministry of Food. It includes discussions on
the preliminary examination of various methods
of drying; warm-air drying of minced cooked
fish--development of the experimental dehydra-
tion process and products; commercial-scale
dehydration of fish; physical data for dehydrated
fish; density, food equivalent, transport require
ments, and compression of dehydrated fish;
storage properties of dehydrated fish; recon-
stitution and utilization; bacteriology of dehy-
drated fish in production and use; factors af-
fecting the cost of dehydrated fish; and the fu-
ture of fish dehydration.

(East Pakistan) Fishing Craft of East Pakistan, by
Nazir Ahmad, 9 pp., illus., printed. Director-
ate of Fisheries, Government of East Bengal,
Dacca, East Bengal, 1955. Describes and illus-
trates the different kinds of fishing boats used
in East Pakistan. These craft differ in length,
breadth, depth, and other details from district
to district, but have one common characteristic
and that is that all of them are of light build and
highly buoyant. An attempt is made to classify
them by taking into consideration the gear used
by them as well as their shape, etc.

"Effects of Rapid Direct Current Pulsations on
Fish,'' by David C. Haskell and William J. Adel-
vol. 2, no. 1, January 1955, pp. 95-105, printed.
Conservation Department, Broadway Arcade
Bldg., Albany, N. Y.

Effect of Some New Insecticides on Fish and Wild-
life, by James R. Fielding and William P. Bald-
win, 16 pp., printed. (Reprinted from the 1955
Pesticide Handbook.) The N. C. Agricultural
Extension Service, University of North Carolina,
Chapel Hill, N. C., 1955.

"An Electric Trawl,'' by David C. Haskell, Donald
Geduldig and Edward Snoek, article, New York
Fish and Game Journal, vol. 2, no. 1, January
1955, pp. 120-125, printed, single copy 75 cents.
New York Fish and Game Journal, New York
Conservation Dept., Albany, N. Y. Various
problems encountered in attempting to develop
an electric trawl for deep water are discussed.
A method involving two pairs of electrodes op-
erated by portable alternating current genera-
tors proved successful in collecting warm-wa-
ter species.

August 1956

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

105

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY

BE OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATIONS ISSUING THEM,
Enquete Generale sur les Positions Statistiques
des Usines Francaises de Conserves de Pois-

for 1954), 8 pp., printed in French. Federation
Nationale des Syndicats Francais de Conserv-
eurs des Produits de la Mer, Paris, France.
Packs and raw fish received for sardines, tuna,
mackerel, herring, anchovies and sprats, and
other canned fish and shellfish. Includes amount
of raw materials used, number of employees,
salaries, and other data.

Estatistica Brasileira da Pesca, 1950-54 (Statis-
tics on Brazil's Fishing Industry, 1950-54),
23 pp., processed. Servico de Estatistica da
Producao, Ministerio da Agricultura, Rio de
Janeiro, Brazil, 1954.

Marine Department, Wellington, New Zealand,
1954.

"Farm Ponds for Food and Fun," by James V.
Stoddard, article, Wyoming Wildlife, vol. 19,
no. 8, August 1955, pp. 22-26, printed. Wyom-
ing Game and Fish Commission, Box 378,
Cheyenne, Wyo.

39 pp., illus., printed, $1.95. Franklin Watts,
Inc., 699 Madison, New. York 2, N. Y., 1955.

“Fish By-Products," article, D.S.I.R. Food In-
vestigation Report for the Year 1952, p. 36,

printed. H.M.S.O., York House, Kingsway,
London, W. C. 2, England, 1953.

Fisheries Research Papers, vol. 1, no. 4, March
1956, 79 pp., illus., printed. Washington De-
partment of Fisheries, 4015 20th Avenue West,
Seattle 99, Wash. Contains the following arti-
eles: ''A Comparison of Otoliths and Inter-
opercular Bones as Age Indicators of English
Sole,"' by Arthur T. Palmen; "Migratory Habits
of Pink Salmon in the Tacoma Narrows Area of
Puget Sound,"' by Hans M. Jensen; ‘Retention
of Pacific Oyster Larvae in an Inlet with Strat-
ified Waters,'' by Ronald E. Westley; 'Recov-
eries of Immature Chum Salmon Tagged in
Southern Puget Sound,"' by Hans M. Jensen;

"A Proposed Correction of Migratory Fish
Problems at Box Culverts,"' by W. R. McKin-
ley and R. D. Webb; "Tests on Hauling as a
Means of Reducing Downstream Migrant Salm-
on Mortalities on the Columbia River,'' by C. H.
Ellis; 'Introduction of a Japanese Alga, Sargas-
sum muticum, into the Northeast Pacific,’ by
Robert F. Scagel; "An Appraisal of the Fish
Ticket System in Respect to the Washington
Otter Trawl Fishery," by Dayton L. Alverson;
and "New Tattooing Devices for Marking Juven-
ile Salmon," by William A. Dunstan and Wal-
lace E. Bostick.

Fishery Cooperatives in Canada, by Rafael Mora
Rubio, 28 pp., illus., processed. Cooperatives
Section, Division of Labour and Social Affairs,
Department of Economic and Social Affairs,

Pan-American Union, Washington, D. C. Pre-
sents a study which analyzes important aspects
of technical, economic, and financial problems
of fishery cooperatives in the Canadian Prov-
inces of Nova Scotia and Quebec. The prob-
lems of plant and equipment, scientific investi-
gation, and education and training of fishermen
are the three principal points of interest dis-
cussed under the technical problems which con-
front fishermen's cooperatives in Quebec and
Nova Scotia. In the section on economic prob-
lems are discussions on income and markets
which are both very important in the correct
planning of a fishery cooperative. The finan-
cial problems, which are the most chronic and
acute, begin with the organization of the coopera-
tive. These problems are discussed, and the
general opinion is that they can be avoided or
minimized by means of sound economic and
financial planning. :

"Fish Handling and Processing in Europe--Fish
By-Products,"' by W. A. Empey, article, Fish-
eries Newsletter, vol. 12, no. 6, June 1953,

p. 11, printed. Fisheries Newsletter, Box 2595,
G.P.O. Sydney, Australia.

(FAO) Sampling Technique for Estimating the

55/6/3791, 26 pp., processed. Food and Agri-
culture Organization of the United Nations,
Rome, Italy, 1955.

(FAO) ''Technical Service Assists World's Under-
developed Fisheries," article, The South Afri-
can Shipping News and Fishing Industry Review,
vol. XI, no. 4, April 1956, pp. 6land 63illus.,
printed. Odhams Press, South Africa (Pty.)
Ltd., P. O. Box 2598, Cape Town, South Africa.
Under the heading of technical assistance the
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United
Nations is helping to boost the productivity of
thousands of fishermen in underdeveloped fish-
eries throughout the world. This article de-
scribes the growth of the technical assistance
work of FAO's Fisheries Division and how it
covers activities in all phases of fisheries. In
1950 funds were made available to extend and
intensify technical assistance in modernizing
the fisheries of underdeveloped countries, and
since then projects in this field have been con-
ducted in more than 30 countries.

Guide for Sport Fishermen, 1956-1957 Local Fish-
ing Guide, illus., printed, 50 cents for each
booklet. Foster Publications, Inc., 165 Broad-
way, New York, N. Y. A series of booklets
providing complete information for the follow-
ing group of states on when, where, and how to
fish in local waters: (1) Pacific Salt Water An-
nual; (2) Florida-Gulf States Annual; (3) Pa-
cific Fresh Water Annual; (4) Eastern Salt Wa-
ter Annual; (5) Eastern Fresh Water Annual;
(6) Great Lakes States-Canadian Annual.

The Hardshell Clam Fishery of Maryland Waters
by F. W. Sieling, 1 p., illus., printed. (Re-
printed from Maryland Tidewater News, vol. 12,
no. 10, supplement no. 9, March 1956.) Mary-
land Department of Research and Education,
Chesapeake Biological Laboratory, Solomons, Md.

106

An Introduction to Echosounding, 126 pp., illus.,

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 8

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILOLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY

Important Potomac River Fishes Recorded from

Marine and Fresh Waters Between Point Look-

out, St. Mary's County, and Little Falls, Mont-
gomery County, Maryland, \ with a a Bibliography
to Potomac Fisheries, by Romeo Mansueti,

12 pp., processed. Maryland Department ‘of
Research and Education, Chesapeake Biologi-
cal Laboratory, Solomons, Md., January 1955.
A list of the important Potomac River fishes
with general notations of habitat, movements,
time of occurrence, spawning, rate of abun-
dance, average size, whether or not covered by
Maryland law, and whether introduced or native.
Also contains a list of the most important ref-
erences on the Potomac River fisheries giving
information on the kinds of fish, their distribu-
tion, life history, ecology, and economic value.

Import Tariff System of the Philippines, World

Trade Information Service Operations Report
no. 56-32, Part 2, 4 pp., printed, 10 cents.

U. S. Department of Commerce, Washington 25,
IDG Kr

(India) Annual Report of the Department of Fish-

eries, 3s, Bombay State, | for | the Year 1954- SO

71 pp. pp., illus., printed, Government Book De-
pot, Charni Road Gardens, Bombay 4, India,
1956. Reports on the marine fisheries, fish-
curing yards, fisheries schools, fresh-water
fisheries, technological studies, and socio-
economic work. Statistics are also included
on the different varieties and quantities of fish
landed in 1954-55.

Informe sobre las Explotaciones Camaroneras de

los" Estados Unidos Mexicanos, dedicado al iE
Presidente de la ie Ia Republica Don Adolfo Ruiz
Cortines (Notes on the Exploitation of Shrimp
in the United States of Mexico, Dedicated to the
President of the Republic, Don Adolfo Ruiz
Cortines), Boletin Informativo, vol. XV, no. 3
February 1955, 24 pp., illus., printed in Span-
ish. Centro de Estudios Pesqueros de las In-
dustrias Mexicanas, S. C., Mexico, D. F.

(ICA) Operations Report, December 31, 1955,
FY 1956, Issue No. 2, 65 pp., illus., proc-

essed. Office of Statistics and Reports, Inter-
national Cooperation Administration, Washing-
ton 25, D. C.

printed. Elac-Electroacustic G.m.b.H.,

Kiel, Germany, 1955. For more than a quarter
century, the echo-sounder has been an indis-
pensible aid to navigators. Its ability to supply
depth measurements in practically all weather
without impeding the crew's activities gives it

a distinct advantage over the earlier lead-line
sounding technique. This particular feature

has made it invaluable for finding the ship's
position and has reduced the risk involved in
maneuvering near coastal and shoal waters.
With echosounders, trawlers can fish along
shelving coasts and banks once considered too
dangerous for their operation. Due to improve-
ments and innovations in the equipment, echo-
sounders now are able to find fish. The ad-
vantages this brings to the fishing trade are
obvious. Nets need no longer be shot haphazard

because the new method makes it possible to
detect fish more rapidly and with less trouble
than by test catches. In ground net trawling,
these modern “fish -finding sounders" are
further useful in that they enable the skipper to
steer clear of wrecks or rocks which wouldtear
his net. They also facilitate estimating during
trawling how full a net may be. Mid-water
trawling has been made possible for the first
time through the invention of fish-finding sound-
ers. Without them, nets could not be lowered
with any degree of certainty to the level above
the seabed where a shoal of fish is located. This
booklet discusses in considerable detail the
meaning of sound, the use of ultrasound, sound-
ing technique and sounder principles, factors
limiting accuracy of measurement, sounding
technique, graph indication, interpretation of
indications, and indications of fish.

"Introduction of Edible Pond Fish from Philippines,"

by H. Van Pel, article, SPC Quarterly Bulletin,
vol. 6, no. 1, January 1956, p. 17, illus., print-
ed. South Pacific Commission, Box 5254,
G.P.O., Sydney, Australia. Fingerlings of
three species of edible pond fish, taken from
nurseries in Manila, were flown to New Cale-
donia in October 1955 to stock experimental
fish-breeding ponds there. This article de-
scribes the operation.

"Investigation & Management of the Atlantic Salm-

on in 1955," article, Trade News, vol. 8, no. 10,
April 1956, pp. 3-16, illus., printed. Depart-
ment of Fisheries of Canada, Ottawa, Canada.
Includes two articles which review the prog-
ress made in 1955 on the research and manage-
ment program aimed at increasing Canada's
Atlantic salmon resources. The first article,
dealing with the research program, is by Dr.
C. J. Kerswill of the Fisheries Research
Board of Canada's Biological Station at St.An-
drews, N. B., and the second article, dealing
with the management program is by Dr. W. M.
Sprules of the Conservation and Development
Service, Department of Fisheries, Ottawa. An
attempt is made to show the purpose of each
activity, and the significance of both the addi-
tions to knowledge through investigation and the
accomplishments through management activi-
ties.

"The Isolation from Shark (Galeorhinus australis)

Liver Oil of a Multi-Branched C;g Saturated
Batty Acid Fraction,"' by Isobel M. Morice and
10, Shorland, article, Chemistry and Indus~
ae 1952, pp. 1267-1268. (Reprints are avail-
able from the New Zealand Scientific Liaison
Office, Room 409, 1907 K St. NW., Washington
6, D. C.)

(Japan) Tokai Regional Fisheries Research Labo-

ratory, y, Special Publication No. 5, 27 pp., , illus.,
printed. Tokai Regional Fisheries Research
Laboratory, Tsukishima, Chuo-ku, Tokyo, Ja-
pan. Contains the following articles by Zinziro
Nakai: ''The Recent Sea Fisheries in Japan and
their Resources;" 'Recent Trends in Plankton-
ological Researches in Japan;"' and "The Chem=
ical Composition, Volume, Weight, and Size of
the Important Marine Plankton."

August 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 107

Key to the Fresh Water Fishes of Texas, by Clark
Hubbs, 30 pp., processed. Texas Fish and
Game Commission, Austin, Tex., 1955.

"La Pesca del Atun en las Costas de Africa'' (Tuna
Fishery off the Coasts of Africa), by E. P.
Postel, article, Puntal, vol. Ill, no. 24, March
1956, pp. 8-10, illus., printed in Spanish, 10
pesetas (US$0.04). Puntal, Alicante, Spain.

La Pesca del Atun, y sus Posibilidades en el Golfo

de Mexico (The Tuna Fishery and Its Possibili-
ties in the Gulf of Mexico), by Jorge Carranza,
no. 11, 33 pp., illus., printed in Mexican. In-
stituto Mexicano de Recursos Naturales Renov-

ables, A. C., Mexico, D. F., Mexico.

"Liquid Fertilizers Lead in New Applications of
Fish By-Products," article, Journal of Agri-
cultural and Food Chemistry, vol. 1, no. 3,
April 1953, pp. 206, 229, printed. Journal of
Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 20th and
Northampton Sts., Easton, Pa.

A Manual Piston Coring Device for Use in Shallow
Water, by Robert N. Ginsburg and R. Michael
Lloyd, 4 pp., illus., printed. (Reprinted from
the Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, vol. 26,
no. 1, March 1956, pp. 64-66) The Marine Lab-
oratory, University of Miami, Coral Gables,

Fla.

Meddelelser fra Danmarks Fiskeri-og Havunder~-
ségelser (Reports from Denmark's Fishery and
Ocean Research), Ny Serie, vol. 1, nos 2-8,
illus., printed in English with summaries in
Danish, 15 Kr. (US$2.17). Danmarks Fiskeri-
og Havunders¢gelser, Charlottenlund Slot, Den-
mark, 1954. Contains the following reports:
No. 2--"On the Quantities of Macroplankton in
the North Atlantic,'' by P. Jespersen, 12 pp.;
No. 3--"Is there any Correlation Between Meta-
bolism and Number of Vertebrae (and Other
Meristic Characters) in the Sea Trout (Salmo
trutta trutta L.)?'' by Knud Marckmann, 9 pp.;
No. 4--" Foul Taste of Fish and Oysters Caused
by Chlorophenol," by Jan Boetius, 8 pp.; No. 5--
"On the Life History of Halibut in Faroe Wa-
ters," by J. S. Joensen, 25 pp.; No. 6--"'Elec-
trofishing of Sea Trout for Stripping,'' by Knud
Larsen, 12 pp.; No. 7--"Efficiency of Marine
Bottom Samplers of the van Veen and Petersen
Types," by Erik Ursin, 8 pp.; and No. 8--
"Planktological Contributions I," by Jul. Gront-
ved, 7 pp.

"A Method for Removing the Effect of Recruitment
on Petersen-Type Population Estimates," by

er and Controller of Stationery, Ottawa, Canada.

My Hobby is Collecting Sea Shells and Coral, by
Ruth H. Dudley, 127 pp., illus., printed, $2.95.
Hart Publishing Co., Inc., 670 5th Ave., New
York 19, N. Y., 1955.

"Nitrogen Secretion in the Swimbladder of White -
fish," by P. F. Scholander, L. van Dam, and
Theodore Enns, article, Science, vol. 123,

no. 3185, January 13, 1956, pp. 59-60, printed.
Science, 1515 Massachusetts Ave. NW., Wash-
ington 5, D. C. Results of analyses of swim-
bladder gas of whitefish are given. The auth-
ors state, that ''The swimbladder gas in our
deepwater coregonid consists of some 99 per-
cent pure nitrogen gas. ... The deposition of
nitrogen and argon against considerable con-
centration gradients in the swimbladder of
fishes suggests, in the absence of other explana~
tions, the possibility of a cellular mechanism
for the secretion of inert material."

"The Noisy Underwater World," by Joseph Bern-

stein, article, Natural History, vol. LXV, no. 4,
April 1956, pp. 192-195, 224, illus., printed,
single copy 50 cents. American Museum of
Natural History, Central Park West at 79th St.,
New York 24, N. Y. This article describes

the scientific investigations of the underwater
sounds caused by fish and shellfish and the dif-
ferent noises they make. The hydrophone is
the basic instrument in the study of underwater
sounds. It is nothing more or less than a mi-
crophone adapted for underwater us@. Like all
microphones, it magnifies the sound it picks up.
The sound is then fed into an analyzer unit,
which separates it into its basic components.
The sounds are recorded either on discs or
tape. These records can, of course, be played
back, so that the various characteristics can

be studied in detail and compared with other
sounds. Where the noise is a confused jargon,
the analyzer serves to separate the individual
sounds according to the different octaves.

Each pitch-range can then be separately record-
ed. In this way it is possible to isolate and i-
dentify the different noise producers. ''Although
the natural history of sonic marine animals is
barely out of its swaddling clothes as a science,"
states the author, ''many practical applications
have already been made, and still more are in
the offing. Experts will be able to predict what
underwater sounds can be expected in various
areas at different seasons, and the operators of
the Navy's listening devices can then swiftly
screen out biological interference from more
ominous noises.

"Notes on the Seaward Migration of Pink and Chum

Salmon Fry," by Ferris Neave, article, Journal

vol. 12, no. 3, May 1955, pp. 369-374, printed.
Queen's Printer and Controller of Stationery,
Ottawa, Canada.

Nova Scotia Directory of Fish Processors and
Packers, 1956, 30 pp., printed. Fisheries Di-

vision, Department of Trade and Industry, Hali-
fax, Nova Scotia. This is a directory of pro-
ducers in Nova Scotia and the products they
prepare or pack rather than a directory of deal-
ers and all the products they may have for sale.
The names and addresses of the firms are shown
as processors and packers of cod and other
groundfish, herring, mackerel, alewives, salm-
on, swordfish, tuna, lobsters, clams, scallops,
and producers of liver oil and liver meal and
other fishery byproducts.

108

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVI

On the Methodology of Marine Plankton Collection,
with a Suggested Classification, by Z. Nakai,
7 pp., printed. (Reprinted from Symposium
on Marine and Fresh-water Plankton in the
Indo-Pacific, 1954) Tokai Regional Fisheries
Research Laboratory, Tokyo, Japan.

by Richard L. Neuberger, pamphlet no. 230,
28 pp., 25 cents. Public Affairs Committee,
New York, N. Y., 1956.

Pacific Halibut Fishery Regulations (Effective
April 18, 1956), 12 pp., printed; and Memoran-

dum on 1956 Pacific Halibut Fishery Regula-
tions, 7 pp., processed. International Pacific
Halibut Commission, Fisheries Hall No. 2,
University of Washington, Seattle 5, Wash.,
April 1956.

Penobscot River Salmon Restoration, by W. H.
Everhart, J..E. Watson, and R. E. Cutting,
13 pp., processed. Department of Inland Fish-
eries and Game, State House, Augusta, Maine,
March 1955.

43 pp., printed. Fisheries Research Board of
Canada, Ottawa, Canada.

"A Procedure for Installation of Fishways at Nat-
ural Obstructions," by C. H. Clay, article,
The Canadian Fish Culturist, Issue 17, Septem-
ber 1955, pp. 1-12, printed. Department of
Fisheries, Information and Educational Service,
Ottawa, Canada.

Producao de Conserva, Salga e Oleo de Peixe,
1954 (Production of Canned Fish, Salted Fish,
and Fish Oil, 1954), 37 pp., processed. Serv-
ico de Estatistica da Producao, Ministerio da
Agricultura, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 1954.

Production and a Pelagic Fishery, by D. H. Cush-
ing, Fishery Investigations, Series II, vol. XVII,
no. 7, 112 pp., printed, $2.25. British Infor-
mation Services, 30 Rockefeller Plaza, New
York 20, N. Y. In every ocean there are large
stocks of pelagic species of fish that are only
exploited at their fringes. For example, pil-
chards, or closely related species, extend from
the English Channel to the Cape of Good Hope
and are fished only at a few points in their dis-
tribution. Among such fisheries there has
been from time immemorial one for herring
in summer in the northern North Sea. Work
of previous authors has made it reasonably
certain that the major interest of the fish is in
feeding on the common copepod Calanus fin-
marchicus Gunner. In this fishery there seems
a fair possibility of reaching an understanding
of those factors that govern success cr failure
and the present paper attempts the first steps
towards achievement of that understanding.

Progress Report of the Cooperative IWASHI Re-
sources Investigations, April 1949-December
1951, by Zinziro Nakai, Shuzo Usami, Shige-
masa Hattori, Koji Honjo, and Shigeichi

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 8

E, BUT USUALLY MAY

Hayashi, 116 pp., illus., printed. Tokai Re-
gional Fisheries Research Laboratory, Tsu-
kishima, Chuo-ku, Tokyo, Japan, September
1955. In Japan, the commercial name iwashi
generally refers to three different species of
fish--sardine, Sardinops melanosticta; anchovy,
Engraulis japonica; and round herring, Etru-
meus micropus. The iwashi holds first place
in the total landings of fish belonging to Class
Pisces. Being caught in waters all along the
coastal areas of the Japanese Islands, these
fish play an outstanding role not only in the
economy of fishing villages throughout the coun-
try but also in the nation's nutritional require-
ment as a valuable yet readily available source
of animal protein. The ultimate objective of
the present investigation program is to contrib-
ute to the establishment of a conservation policy
of the iwashi resource and forecasting prospects
of the fisheries. Of the species of fish desig-
nated in the present investigation program, em-
phasis was placed on the sardine, the most
important species. In the regions where the
anchovies were caught, considerable amount of
effort was paid to studies of these fish since
they have become a significant item of com-
mercial importance on the Pacific coasts in
recent years, while the round herring, whose
catch was the least of the three, was treated

as a minority. Discussions of the spawning
surveys, morphometric surveys, and age com-
position surveys of catch are presented.

Protokolle zur Fischereitechnik (Journal of Fish-
ery Technology), Heft 16, Bd. 4 (vol. 4, no. 16),
31 pp., illus., processed in German. Institut
fur Netz- und Materialforschung, Hamburg 36,
Neuer Wall 72, Germany, December 1955.

cayne Bay to Federal Security Agency, Public
Health Service, National Institutes of Health,

under Grant RG-4062 (c2), by J. Kneeland,
Progress Report 56-6, 25 pp., processed. The
Marine Laboratory, University of Miami, Cor-
al Gables, Fla., February 1956.

Report on the British Fishing Industry, Distant
Water Trawlers, 1955, 28 pp., illus., printed.
The British Trawlers' Federation, Hull, Eng-
land. A report on Britain's distant-water
fleet in.1955 shows that trawling costs rose
sharply, fishermen's earnings increased, and
yet by greater productivity and higher efficien-
cy the price of fish remained stable. Includes
discussions and statistics on landings and
prices, imports of foreign-caught fish, fisher-
men's earnings, vessel and crew losses, capi-
tal cost of fleet, and operations at Hull, Grims-
by, and Fleetwood.

"The Resistance to Salt Water Corrosion of Vari-
ous Types of Metal Wire Used in the Tagging
of Flatfish,"' by C. R. Forrester and K. S.
search Board of Canada, vol. 12; no. 1, Janu~
ary 1955, pp. 134-142, printed. Queen's Print-
er and Controller of Stationery, Ottawa, Canada.

Revista del Frio (Refrigeration Review), vol. 1,

no. 1, January-March 1956, 100 pp., illus.,
printed in Spanish. Centro Experimental del
Frio, Serrano, 150, Madrid, Spain.

August 1956

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE

NOT AVAILABLE FROM
BE OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATIONS ISSUING THEM.

(Scotland) Report on the Fisheries of Scotland,
1955, Scottish Home Department, Cmd. 9739,
72 pp pp., printed; 3s. (42 U. S. cents). Her Maj-
esty's ‘Stationery Office, Edinburgh, Scotland,
April 1956. A report of Scotland's fisheries,
with statistical data for the year 1955. Con-
tains total production figures by species and by
port (both comparative and historical), and in-
formation on the number of boats, personnel,
and methods of capture. Production and value
of lobsters, crabs, mussels, oysters, and scal-
lops, and fishery byproducts are also included.
Sections are also devoted to discussions of the
herring, white fish, and salmon fisheries, ma-
rine fisheries law enforcement, scientific in-
vestigations, and construction and improve-
ment of harbors.

Scottish Sea Fisheries Statistical Tables for 1955,

48 pp., printed, 4s. 6d. net (about 62 U. S.
cents). Scottish Home Department (Available
from Her Majesty's Stationery Office, Edin-
burgh, Scotland), April 1956. Statistics on the
Scottish fisheries for 1955 are presented. The
amount and value of the fish catch by species,
by type of vessels, and by districts; utilization
of the catch; number and type of fishing vessels
by districts; and number of fishermen employed
are some of the statistical data included.

Sea Fisheries Research Notes, 1955, Fisheries
Notice No. 35, 12 pp., printed. Ministry of
Agriculture, Fisheries and Food, Whitehall
Place, London, S. W. 1, England, February
1956. Brief news items on fishery research
conducted during 1955 by the British Ministry
of Agriculture and Fisheries. A list of scien-
tific and other papers issued by the Ministry
is included.

"Some Observations on the Movement of Pacific
Salmon Fry through a Small Impounded Water
Basin,"' by D. MacKinnon and J. R. Brett,
article, Journal of the Fisheries Research
Board of Canada, vol. 12, no. 3, May 1955,
pp. 362-368, printed. Queen! Ss Printer and
Controller of Stationery, Ottawa, Canada.

"Studies Relating to the Validity of the Scale Meth-
od for Age Determination of the Northern An-
chovy (Engraulis mordax)," by Daniel J. Miller,
Fish Bulletin No. 101, pp. 6-34, printed. Cali-
fornia Department of Fish and Game, Marine
Fisheries Branch, Sacramento 14, Calif., 1955.

"A Study of the Effects of Aureomycin-Containing
Sea Water and Ices Upon the Storage Life of
Round Herring,'' by Tetuo Tomiyama, Shunichi
Kuroki, Denki Maeda, Seiji Hamada, and Akira
Honda, article, Food Technology, vol. 10, no. 5,
May 1956, pp. 215-218, printed. The Garrard
Press, 119 West Park Ave. » Champaign, Ill.
Describes a study made of various procedures
for treatment with aureomycin of round herring
just-after being caught. A remarkable pro-
longation of storage life of round herring re-
sulted from the treatment by either storage
in sea water containing ice and aureomycin
(10 p.p.m.) on the boat, storage in an aureo-
mycin-containing ice ( p.p.m.) after landing,
or their combination. A combination of the

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

109

IHE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY

storage in aureomycin-sea water and holding
in aureomycin-ice was found to prolong the
storage life approximately 90 percent more
than the control without treatment when stored
at 15° to 20° C. and in case of storage at -1°
to 20 C., at least 40 percent, i.e., a 5-day
prolongation in storage life.

Gulf of Mexico, ‘by Henry H. Hildebrand, 366 pp.,
printed. Publ. of the Institute of Marine Sci-
ence, vol. 3, no. 2, November 1954. Between
October 20, 1950, and August 8, 1951, the bot-
tom fauna on the shrimp beds in the western
Gulf of Mexico were studied, as sampled by the
trawls of the shrimping fleet. Specimens were
identified and counted at sea and some were
brought ashore for further study. The four
major grounds for the brown shrimp and the
pink shrimp grounds in the Gulf of Campeche
are for the first time delineated and described.
The faunal complex or bottom communities on
brown shrimp beds are described and have been
given community designations in terms of the
most abundant animals caught. Additionally,
the comparative or relative abundance of all
species of fishes and invertebrates on each
ground is more extensively discussed and com-
pared with the inshore fauna. Each species
taken is discussed individually and various nat~
ural history notes, including bathymetric dis-
tribution, are given. Data were gathered on
quantitative distribution of white and brown
shrimp by number and pounds per acre of bot~
tom trawled. It is clear that the brown shrimp
do not "school" extensively while the white
shrimp do. The range for brown shrimp was
7.3 to 1.1 pounds per acre while the greatest
range for white shrimp during a poor season
was 5.4 to 1.6 pounds per acre. A breakdown
of the number of species caught shows that the
greatest numbers were taken at depths of 12

to 25 fathoms rather than at depths of 0 to 12
fathoms.

Survey of the Littoral Zone of York County, Maine,
with Respect to Commercial Productivity, "bya
Louis N. Taxiarchis, General Bulletin No. 2,
13 pp., illus., printed. Department of Sea
and Shore Fisheries, Augusta, Maine, 1953.

Technical Report of Fishing Boat, No. 8, 182 pp.,
jllus., printed in Japanese with brief English
abstracts. Fishing Boat Laboratory, Produc~
tion Division, Fisheries Agency, Ministry of
Agriculture and Forestry, Kasumigaseki, Chi-
yodaku, Tokyo, Japan, March 1956. Contains
the following reports, with very brief abstracts
in English, on various studies in progress at
the Fishing Boat Laboratory: (1) ''Experiment
of Controllable Pitch Propeller of the 'Soyo
Maru';'" (2) "Experimental Results of Model
Tests for Wooden Two-boat Trawler;'

43) "Study on the Automatic Net Depth Meter,
Automatic Net Length Meter for Salmon Gill
Net and the Results of Measurement at Sea;'
(4) "Study on the Automatic Net Depth Meter,
Net Height Meter for the Crab Tangle Net and
its Practical Application;"' (5) ''Propagation
Characteristics of High Frequency Ultrasound

110 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

in Sea Water (Continued);"' (6) ''Study on Reflec-
tion Loss of Ultrasonic Wave on Fish-Body by
Millimeter Wave;'' (7) ''Study on Simplified
SONAR of 200 kc Ultrasound andits Field Test;"'
(8) "Experiment of Fish-Finding at Fishing-
Ground of Salmon in the North Pacific Ocean;"'
and (9) "Study on Application of Echo-Sounder
for Fishing-Ground of Crab at the Okhotsk Sea,
Western Waters of Kamtchatka Peninsula."

An appendix lists the reports published in the
past, Nos. 1-7.

Trolling Gear in California, by W. L. Scofield,
Fish Bulletin No. 103, 45 pp., illus., printed.
Department of Fish and Game, 926 Jay St.
Sacramento 14, Calif., 1956. An account of
the trolling gear and methods of fishing off the
coast of California. Trolling maybe conducted
from a small boat thereby requiring a low orig-
inal investment and the gear used is relatively
inexpensive compared with netting operations.
As a result, this manner of fishing has attract-
ed hundreds of commercial fishermen along the
1,000 miles of California coast. Inrecent years,

_ commercial men are being outnumbered by the
host of sport fishermen, many of whom do troll-
ing at some time during the year. Sport fish-
ermen pioneered ocean trolling in California
and have initiated several-of the improvements
that have been adopted during the 75 years since
oceantrolling startedinthis State. Anaccount,
from time to time, of the gear and methods of
operating is desirable for each of the impor-
tant fisheries. Not only may changes be noted,
but gear and methods of fishing have a direct
bearing when appraising the records of catch

Vol. 18, No. 8

per unit of fishing effort in attempts to deter-
mine changes in the supply of fish in the ocean.
Definitions and descriptions of the various types
of gear, histories of salmon and albacore troll-
ing in California, and methods of fishing are a-
mong some of the subjects presented.

(Washington) State of Washington Commercial Fish-

ing Statistics, 1955, 47 pp., printed. Washing-
ton State Department of Fisheries, Fishermen's
Terminal, Seattle 99, Wash. Consists almost
entirely of tables showing landings of fish and
shellfish in the State of Washington by districts,
species, and gear. Comparative data on the
catch of most items are shown for the years
1935 through 1955. The report also contains
information on the value of landings. Data are
shown on the Washington salmon pack from

1900 to 1955, as is information on the United
States and British Columbia Fraser River sock-
eye pack arranged by cycle years from 1900 to
1955. Data on the canned pack of other fish

and shellfish and the production of oil and meal
are also shown. In addition, the report con-
tains data on the monthly salmon escapement
over Bonneville Dam during the years from 1938
to 1955; the number of commercial fishing li-
censes issued by districts from 1938 to 1955;
and a comparative statement of receipts from
licenses, taxes, fines, and other sources. Con-
version of catch data to the IBM method of com-
puting has resulted in the revision of many pro-
duction figures published previously in the Com-
mercial Statistics series. Corrections from
1935 to date are contained in the 1955 summary,
and the tables in this edition supersede all ma-
terial previously published.

- CORRECTION: On page 23 of the July 1956 issue of Commercial Fisheries Re-
view, one of the authors for the article ''New Techniques for Freezing and Storing
Joseph

North Atlantic Lobsters' shown as "Joseph W. Flavin'' should have read:

W. Slavin, Refrigeration Engineer."

Editorial Assistant--Ruth V. Keefe

Illustrator--Gustaf T. Sundstrom

Compositors--Jean Zalevsky. Alma Greene, and Helen Joswick

OK OK OK OK OK

Photograph Credits: Page by page, the following list gives the source or pho-

tographer for each photograph in this issue.

Photographs on pages not mentioned

were obtained from the Service's file and the photographers are unknown.

Cover photo--H. R. Bullis; p. 19--J. L. Squires; p. 42--H. H. Eckles;

p. 56--J. Pileggi.

INT.-DUP. SEC., WASH., D.C.2264

August 1956

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS (Contd,):
North Atlantic Herring Research:
Fish-Finder Soundings by M/V Metacomet
WocateiHenning(Griuise)2)i. eiereieienelelotelele
Fish-Finder Soundings Off Maine and Canada
by M/V Metacomet (Cruise 3) ........4.
North Pacific Exploratory Fishery Program:
Promising Results with Midwater Trawls by
John N. Cobb (Cruise 27)
Oregon;
Trawling Regulations Revised ..
Oysters:
Regulations Adopted by National Conference of
Weights andMeasures ...........2.2-
Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations;
Albacore Tuna Tagged on Japanese Fishing
CRoncls Geaqacno coooDoUCODOC
Hawaii Skipjack Fishing Grounds Survey Com-
pleted by Hugh M, Smith (Cruise 34) .....
Skipjack Tuna Behavior in Hawaiian Waters
Studied by Charles H, Gilbert (Cruise 28) ..
Second Spring Skipjack Scouting Cruise Com-
pleted by John R, Manning (Cruise 31) ....
Public Eating Places Survey:
Publicizing Beneficial Qualities of Fishery
Products Believed Desirable ......
Saltonstall-Kennedy Act Fisheries Projects:
Shrimp, Sponge, and Tuna Problems Research
Contracts Awarded ......e.eeeeceoee
Canned Fish Consumer Purchases Study ....
Foreign Markets for United States Fish Oils
Bane SGI Eoodcqc00DGu0OND
Fresh Fish Consumption Increase Sought in In-
lamal Wmiesl SETS. Gecohodcoanedcansn
South Atlantic Exploratory Fishery Program:
More Deep=Water Red Shrimp Explorations
pyseelicani(Eruiseis)i are elelelsieie elec ele ele
Midwater Trawls and Telemetering Depth Finder
Tested by M/V George M, Bowers (Cruise 3)
Fishing for Sardinelike Fish off Southern Florida
by M/V George M. Bowers (Cruise 4) ....
U.S, Fish Stick Production
U.S, Foreign Trade;
Edible Fishery Products, March 1956 .....
Fishery Products Imported from Many Countries
Groundfish Fillet Imports Down 10 Percent
hl IWS IGS sooo Go0oob De DOK OOOO0E
United States Foreign Trade, 1955 .......
Washington;
Fish and Shellfish Landings, 1955 ........
Olympia Oyster Industry Endangered by Ex-
CESSIVEIMOLLALLt Ysa sored clietonelcliclel'eellelsie) #\'e
Wholesale Prices, June 1956 .......eee0.
HUORREIGN:) = cole sce «0 ec
International;
International Pacific Halibut Commission:
First Season in Areas 2 and1B Closed ...
Food and Agriculture Organization:
Antibiotics Use and Quality Assessment High-
Lights Fish-Processing Technologists Meet-
Ws So oOD DOO ODD ODDO OOUODOUOUUKUUU
Plan for Cutting Costs in Building Fishing
BOIS ogooagdog Hs OU CUCU OUOOOOUS
International Fishing Gear Congress Planned
United States Nominee for Director-General
ORGEVA Ol yal eta 5 obate oy 5 jenekgvedav ate aca aueiele-aiis

eee eee este oe

ere eee ee

Page

60
61

FOREIGN (Contd,):
International (Contd.):
Whaling:
Number of Whale Catcher Boats Reduced by
AGT CCINENUaretatelotatasieterspalete
South Pacific Sperm Whale Allotment Proposed
Australia:
Fisheries Development Fund Planned ......
State Cabinet Minister to Visit U.S, Fishing
Poxrts¥areneren
Canada:
Mandatory Standards for Fish Sticks ......
WargeiNewpresearcunviesSel wererercpevetere: erciete
Denmark:
Two New Fish Meal Plants in Operation
German Federal Republic:
Trawler Owners to Continue Support of Exports
of Frozen Fish
Iceland:
EASHRreezingyPlants merepeveishcielohedokelsrekeielers
Japan:
Japanese-Mexican Fishing Company Planned .®
Producers Form New Frozen Tuna Sales
Agency
Mexico:
Fishing-Permit Fees Increased ....
Norway:
Dried and Salted Fish Export Prospects Revised
Cod Catch Heavy This Year .........
Automatic Herring Feeding and Sorting Machine
Panama:
Recent Developments in Fisheries ..
Peru:
Whaling Activities ......
Union of South Africa:
Fishing Boats Offered Nylon Propellers ....
Ue SeiSentves
Fishing Fleets Expanding for Distant-Water
FISD INGWretelevetekejenster<
Herring and Carp Caught fwith Suction Hose! Sie
Fish Preserved by Electrical Shock ..
United Kingdom:
Grimsby to Hold Fishing Industry Exhibition .
Venezuela:
Tuna Long-Liner Returns to Japan
HREDERATTAG LIONS ieretescielel licisieneienelolekensrekele
Department of Agriculture;
Fish-Stick Standard Established ....
Department of Interior:
Fish and Wildlife Service:
Fish and Wildlife Service Reorganization De-
ferred Pending Congressional Action
Notice of Intention to Adopt Amendments to
Alaska Commercial Fisheries Regulations
Proposed Revised Regulations for New
England Haddock Fishery .........
Herring Quota in South-Eastern Alaska Tel
creased ere crers coocd
High-Seas Fishing for Salmon off Alaska Pro-
mst sooooscaocooc0G 6000
Whaling Regulations Revised .....
Eighty-Fourth Congress (Second Session) ....
FISHERY INDICATORS:
Chart 1 - Fishery Landings for Selected States . A
Chart 2 - Landings for Selected Fisheries... .
Chart 3 - Cold-Storage Holdings and Freezings of
Fishery Products

eose et ee esse sees cosees

cy ee

eecesece eee eee eee ee eee oe ee

eee ee see ee eee

see eeoe

eee er eee

Contents Continued on the Outside Back Cover.

baba

Page

STUDY OF HOUSEHOLD CONSUMER PREFERENCES FOR
BREADED SHRIMP AND FISH STICKS

In the third (Fishery Leaflet 426) of a series of reports on household consumer prefer-
ences for breaded shrimp and fish sticks, the data from 1,797 questionnaires is summarized
by income groups, household size, homemaker age groups, and occupation. The tabulated
results from the questionnaires reveal the following facts concerning consumer preference
for breaded shrimp and fish sticks:

1. Consumption of breaded shrimp is
concentrated among middle and upper in-
come groups.

2. The percentage of households serv-
ing breaded shrimp increases moderately in
relation to household size.

3. Young housewives buy breaded shrimp
much more often than older homemakers.
Consumption is higher among white collar oc-
cupations than among occupations re quiring
manual skills. ;

4. The predominant marketing problem
for breaded shrimp is to get consumers totry
them. Nine out of tenhomemakers trying
breaded shrimp become satisfied customers.

5. The consumption of cooked fish sticks is related directly to family income status.
Households serving cooked fish sticks during the past year ranged upward from 20 percent
for families with less than $2,000 income per year to 50 percent for families with incomes over
$10,000. The percentage of households serving fish sticks also increased in relationtohouse-
hold size up to families of five members.

6. Consumption of fish sticks is highest among homemakers under 25 years ofage. There-
after, there isa slightly downward trend for olderage groups. Fish-stick consumption is some-
what higher among white-collar occupations than among occupations requiring manual skills.

7. Roughly 60 percent of all American households represents the possible limits of the un-
tapped market for fish sticks. Something like 85 percent of all homemakers buying fish sticks
are satisfied with them.

8. About one household infive uses breaded shrimp, either cookedor uncooked. Consump-
tion does vary, however, byfamily-income status, age of the homemaker, household size, occupa
tion of the breadwinner, and some other factors.

9. Nine out of tenhousewives buying breaded shrimp are satisfied withthem. The dominant
merchandising problem therefore is to get housewives to try breaded shrimp.

10. Most of the large group which had not tried these products gave ''No particular reason"
as the answer when asked ''Why haven't you tried them?'' Insofar as the minority gave specific
objections, some indicated an aversion for shrimp and others were not familiar with the prod-
uct or the product was not available in local shopping centers. Significantly, only avery small
percentage of those who had not tried breaded shrimp thought them too expensive.

11. When used by homemakers, breaded shrimp does not directly replace other fishery prod-
ucts. For the most part respondents indicated little indirect competition with other fishery
products.

12. Housewives are well satisfied with the present package labeling as far as description of
the contents is concerned, the manner in which to prepare the shrimp, and suggested recipes.
Most housewives prefer medium-breaded shrimp if offered a choice of thin, medium, andheavy
breading. They also prefer the largest size shrimp and packaged in layers separated with paper
rather than bulk packaging. Housewives prefer light golden-colored cooked shrimpto darker-
colored cooked shrimp.

and Occupation) may be obtained free by writing to the Division of Information, U.
Wildlife eee. Washington 25, D. C.

CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

Page
d.):
FISHERY INDICATORS (Contd.): FISHERY INDICATORS (Cont ?
Chart 4 - Receipts and Cold-Storage Holdings of Chart 6 - Canned Packs of Selected Fishery

Fishery Products at Principal Distribution Products ........« aelevelionere

(nisi Boog ouUOO OC OOO DOU CU OG O0 OK Chart 7 - U.S, Fishery Products Imports ...
Chart 5 - Fish Meal and Oil Production - U. S. RECENT FISHERY PUBLICATIONS: Utter eees
and Alaska obo cae Fish and Wildlife Service Publications .....

: Miscellaneous Publications .

LD age ee or tun Ph pur Od VL Od ke Fe
41463 X rine rl rl) BID DS uN
F~r' 3 pes BE Noe et ech tt

R <{ CF Vee,

thine ‘ - - b o> } ae

Vol. 18, No.9 SEPTEMBER 1956

FISH and WILDLIFE SERVICE
United States Department of the Interior

Washington, D.C

UNITED STATES
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE

FREDO A. SEATON, SECRETARY JOHN L. FARLEY, DIRECTOR

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

A review of developments and news of the fishery industries
prepared in the BRANCH OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES

nl ll

A.W. Anderson, Editor
J.Pileggi, Associate Editor H.M.Bearse, Assistant Editor

Mailed free to members of the fishery andalliedindustries. Address correspondence and requests
to the: Director, Fish and Wildlife Service, U.S. Department of the Interior, Washington 25, D.C.

Publication of material from sources outside the Service is not an endorsement. The Service is
not responsible for the accuracy of facts, views, or opinions contained in material from outside sources.

Although the contents of this publication have not been copyrighted and may be reprinted freely,
reference to the source will be appreciated.

The printing of this publication has been approved by the Director of the Bureau of the Budget,
August 2, 1955. (8/31/57)

CONTENTS

COVER: ‘‘Join the Fish Parade’? emblem portrays the theme of National Fish Week, Octo-
ber 29-November 3, 1956, An all-industry consumer and trade publicity campaign is
scheduled to run in newspapers, magazines, radio, television, and grocery and restaurant
publications. A number of national associations and chain and independent retail organiza-
tions are advising their members how they can cash in on the promotion, Allied industries
such as the Rice Industry will feature ‘‘Fish Parade”’ in their own publicity and advertising,
The U, S, Fish and Wildlife Service will notify all food and trade associations of the pro-
gram, and a press release was issued on September 19 by the Secretary of the Interior an-
nouncing support of the program, The U, S, Department of Agriculture will list the pro-
gram as a Merchandising Opportunity in the tie-in material that goes to the ‘‘Plentiful Foods
List.”’ (See outside back cover of this issue.)

Page
Development of the Pacific Coast Ocean Shrimp Fishery, by James L. Squire, Jr... cess eee reece eseereee iL
New Products from Fish Oils:
Part I - Polyamino Fatty Acids Derived from Fish Oils, by R, N, McDonald and Edward H, Gruger, Jr. ...... 7
Page Page
RESEARCH IN SERVICE LABORATORIES: ....... 12 TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS (Contd,):
‘*Tentative’’ Method for Determining Coating North American Wildlife Conference:
Content of Frozen Fried Fish Sticks ........ 12 Meeting to be Held March 4-6, 1957 ....... 23
Federal Specification for Chilled and Frozen North Atlantic Fisheries Investigations:
CrabiMeat; Yeisicvey etenelocelieusiniere cher onerevaleieher same Georges Bank Sea Scallop Beds Surveyed by
Prospects of Utilizing Lithium Salts of Fatty M/V Albatross Il (Cruise 77) ......e00. 23
Acids from Fish Oils in Lubricating Greases .. 13 Underwater Television and Communications
TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS: .....ccecce-- 14 Tested by M/V Albatross II (Cruise 78).... 24
California: Tagging in Gulf of Maine by M/V T-79
Crab Trap Savings Gear Studies by M/V (MMSE) coscoanccc0cc00nb00K eevee 24
Nautilus (Cruise 56=N=1).....0-0-cce-- 14 North Atlantic Herring Research:
Airplane Flights to Study Pelagic Fish Shoal Waters Near Islands Explored for Herring
Distribution (licht.56-5)e eerie aeierecicie orem off Maine andCanada by M/V Metacomet
Two Tuna-T agging Cruises (M/V Heroic, (GmuESS) Gocdocoo00scgDb0ODbaDDDE 25
Cruise 56-C~-1 and M/V Southern Pacific, North Pacific Exploratory Fishery Program:
Gruise'56=C-2) phe 2s ae eee ome LT Albacore and Salmon Offshore Distribution
Cans--Shipments for Fishery Products, January- Studies in North Pacific (M/V John N. Cobb,
Mey? IES soooOcou0DadCoDOOGOGCDaDGS, 2) (CRMC) GooboccoocooodcoUCoNOGN 26
Federal Purchases of Fishery Products....... 18 Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations:
Florida: Charles H, Gilbert Uses Electronic Fish Finder
Fisheries Research, April-June 1956........ 19 ~ to Scout for Tuna (Cruise 29) .........0. 27
Gulf Exploratory Fishery Program: Review of Fiscal Year 1956 Operations...... 28
Experimental Long-Line Tuna Fishing in North- Public Eating Places Survey:
Central Gulf by M/V Oregon ........ Boe le Fish and Shellfish Quality Standards Need
Maine Sardines: Recognized by Most Eating Places ....... 32
GannediStocks+ a uly 95Gueperenterereioieneioleieremee lO Frequency of Frozen Fish and Shellfish Sales
Maine: topPatingyDlacesy a yatelaletleletel-i-teken-el cents 32
Landings of Fishery Products, 1955 ........ 21 Salmon:
Advertising Campaign Launched by Sardine Columbia Salmon Study Planned for Idaho
(CEES Golan oo obono nooo ocnOoo ee S23 SinEHS (Goonacdcodubcucud0odGCOO 33

Sardine Industry Development Program ...... 22

Contents Continued Page 136,

September 1956 Washington 25, D.C. Vol. 18 , No.9

DEVELOPMENT OF THE PACIFIC COAST
OCEAN SHRIMP FISHERY

By James L. Squire, Jr. *
BACKGROUND

The Pacific Coast as a commercial shrimp-producing area is historically one
of the oldest in the United States--shrimp fishing began about 1869. This early
fishery, which started in San Francisco Bay, has continued through the years fora
species of shrimp (Crago franciscorum) commonly known as ''San Francisco Bay
shrimp." The San Francisco Bay
fishery today yields an annual
catch of about 900,000 pounds.
The inside waters of Puget Sound
have inthe past also yielded con-
siderable quantities of shrimp.
These two areas have been the
major shrimp producers on the
West Coast of the United States.

LOR
aati 3

Butit was notuntil1952that ©
the ocean shrimp off the Pacific |
Coast were first commercially
fished. On April 28, 1952, the
first trip of deep-water ocean
shrimp (Pandalus jordani) was ; ee
landed by the trawler Grace H (i iena st upp es ne ee ee
at the port of Morro Bay, Calif. Fig, 1- The commercial ocean shrimp (Pandalus jordani) in the fore-
From this modest beginning is ground and a large (85") spot prawn (P. platycerous), a species that
developing a commercial fishery is taken occasionally uring commercial trawling for ocean shrimp,
of economic importance to the
Pacific Coast fishing industry. Exploratory fishing by state and Federal govern-
ment agencies have laid the groundwork for the development of this growing fishery.

EXPLORATORY FISHING

In 1950 to 1953 exploratory fishing by the California Department of Fish and
Game research vessel N. B. Scofield resulted in charting six areas having dense
concentrations of ocean shrimp off the California coast. The areas where the ocean
shrimp are found in commercial concentrations are from 40 to 90 fathoms in depth
on green mud bottom. The concentrations off the northern portion of California
were thought to extend possibly as far as Cape Blanco, Ore.

Subsequent activity by the commercial shrimp trawlers operating out of Cres-
cent City, Calif., has developed the area off the extreme south end of Oregon and
excellent catches have been reported from this area,

*Assistant Chief, Exploratory Fishing & Gear Development Section, Branch of Commercial Fisheries, U. S, Fish and
Wildlife Service, Washington, D, C,

2 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

During 1952 exploratory ocean shrimp fishing was conducted by the Oregon Fish
Commission, using the chartered trawler Nel Ron Dic. Promising indications of
_ shrimp were obtained in areas
off Coos Bay, Cape Lookout,
and Tillamook Head, Ore. Reg-
ulatory measures concerning
the future fishery were issued
in 1952 by the Oregon Fish Com-
mission and the first commer-

HARBOR Washington cial ocean shrimp fishing off
Oregon began in 1953.

Exploratory fishing con-
ducted off the coast of Washing-
ton by the Service's exploratory
fishing vessel John N. Cobb, in
cooperation with the State of
Washington in late 1955, reveal-
ed shrimp over a widespread
area off the Washington coast.
Indications for a possible suc~
cessful commercial fishery for
ocean shrimp off the coast of
Washington during the summer
months, which are more favor-
able to the production of shrimp,
was corroborated by this in-
formation. Additional explora-

tory work by the John N. Cobb
in April 1956 again in produced _
good catches . During a short

(C oe period of "production trawling,"
1949-53 catches averaged better than
1953 1,400 pounds (heads on) for an
hour of trawling, using a 40-
d foot Gulf of Mexico flat trawl,

indicating that during this more
favorable time of the year com-
mercial-scale production is pos-
sible. The catches made with
the flat trawl, which, unlike Pa-
cific Coast fish trawls, is with-
out extended wings and is tied
close up to the doors, included
relatively few fish. The catch
composition appeared to be about
the same inflat-trawl and beam-
trawl hauls when working on known shrimp grounds, but the flat-trawl catches were
larger. The producing areas as developed to date are all offshore in the sense of
being outside the international three-mile limit.

n MORRO BAY

Fig, 2 - Map of exploratory fishing results,

COMMERCIAL OCEAN FISHERY

In 1952 the first season of ocean shrimp fishing off California saw a total catch
landed in California of over 198,000 pounds. Landings at Morro Bay, Calif., ac-
counted for the bulk of the landings with small amounts landed at the ports of Bod-
ega Bay and Eureka in Northern California. Little interest in ocean shrimp fishing
and processing was exhibited in Northern California in 1952, but this area during
the 1955 season was the largest producing area in the State.

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 3

Two vessels fished for shrimp off Morro Bay, Calif., in 1952. Considering the
type of gear used (16-foot and 18~-foot beam trawls), the catch for anhour of trawling

Fig, 3 - Shrimp trawler at Morro Bay, Calif,, showing Fig, 4 - Setting the 18-foot beam trawl.
beam trawl and ‘‘A’’ frame which is used for towing and
handling the beam.

was very high, averaging close to 700 pounds of shrimp for every hour of trawling.
Occasional catches of as high as 4,000 pounds an hour were recorded inthis area.
The ex-vessel price to the fisherman was 10 cents a pound (heads on), and a normal
day's catch would run 1,000 to 3,000 pounds.

Fig, 5 - Hauling up the trawl after a4-hour tow. Fig. 6 - Beam trawl secured to the ‘‘A”’ frame with a bag
of shrimp breaking water in the foreground,

The 1953 ocean shrimp catch for the States of California and Oregon was ap-
proximately 240,000 pounds. California with landings of 205,000 pounds accounted
for most of the total catch, with increased landings in the Northern California area.
However, as in 1952, the great percentage of the California ocean shrimp catch was
made in the area off Morro Bay by the same vessels that fished in 1952. The catch
for an hour's trawling decreased from the 1952 average high of 700 pounds an hour
to about 540 pounds an hour in this southern area.

In Oregon, the first commercial catch of ocean shrimp was made in June 1953
by the trawler Nel Ron Dic. The catch was landed and processed at Coos Bay, Ore.

4 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

During the 1953 season 25,000 pounds of ocean shrimp were landed, with the major-
ity caught in the vicinity of Cape Lookout, Ore., to Cape Elizabeth, Wash., and
processed at Garibaldi, Ore. Only
a small amount of shrimp was land=
ed and processed at Coos Bay, Ore.,
during the 1953 season.

In 1954 increased interest by
Northern California processors
and fishermen resulted in an in-
crease in the total landings of o-
cean shrimp to about 305,000
pounds. Since the best available
records indicate the Oregon fish-
ery did not produce any ocean
shrimp during 1954, the total
West Coast catch (excluding A-
laska and British Columbia) can,
therefore, be credited to fishing
off the California shore. The ma-
jority of the catch in California
was landed at the ports of Bodega dn Ho é : ;

Banr andl Cuosnou Cisr, atin caer Fig, 7 - Net and bag of shrimp being landed on the port side.

port sharing about equally in the total catch. The shrimp grounds off Morro Bay,
which previously had supported the State's major production, failed to produce shrimp
in commercial quantities in 1954. Numerous attempts were made by local shrimp

Fig, 8 - Shrimp bag coming over the rail, Fig, 9 - Pulling the cod-end rope to release the $-hour's
catch of 700 pounds of ocean shrimp,

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 5

trawlers to locate profitable production areas, without success, and as a result pro-
duction from off Morro Bay was only 5 percent of the 1953 catch. Three trawlers

Fig. 10 - Emptying the catch into deck bin, Fig, 11 - Sorting out unwanted material and stowing in small
boxes (35 to 50 pounds per box) to prevent crushing,

produced the majority of the California catch in 1954 and these trawlers plus two
additional vessels continued their operations again during the 1955 season.

Record production during 1955 was the reason the total ocean shrimp catch
more than doubled that of 1954. The Pacific Coast landings of deep-water ocean
shrimp totaled 722,363 pounds in 1955. California
accounted for 716,976 pounds, with 382,777 pounds
of this total landed at Crescent City and 332,753
pounds at Bodega Bay. For the second year the
shrimp area offshore from Morro Bay produced
only a token amount of shrimp after repeated fish-
ing efforts.

Oregon production in 1955 was 5,387 pounds,
with the major portion of the catch made off New-
port, Ore., in the area bounded by Hecate Bank
and Cape Lookout.

STATE REGULATIONS

CALIFORNIA: The State of California enacted
in 1951 legislation prescribing certain regulations ea
for the ocean shrimp fishery asa result of informa- Fig, 2 - TRLeaineiiporrien Beatie day's
tion gained on the possible magnitude of the re- catch at Morro Bay, Calif. Shrimp is
source by exploratory fishing results. The State landed raw heads on,
waters were divided into three areas, each witha
specified poundage quota limit. Total production possible under the original regu-
lation was 2.5 million pounds (heads on) a season. In 1956 the area from Point
Conception to Pigeon Point (below San Francisco) was made an illegal area for
shrimp trawlers. In this area lies the original producing fishery (off Morro Bay,
Calif.) which after two years of very low production was ordered closed by the State
Fish and Game Commission. The total production now legally possible during a
season is 1.6 million pounds (heads on) as a result of reduced fishing areas and
quotas.

6 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

Gear restrictions enacted in 1952 specified the use of beam trawls, witha max-
imum width of 20 feet, and a net mouth circumference of not over 45 feet. The o-
riginal minimum mesh regulation of 14 inches was increased to 13 inches for the
cod end in 1956; in 1957 all meshes are required to be 13 inches.

The limiting of the gear to beam trawls is an attempt by the State conservation
agency to lessen the effect small mesh nets may have on the existing flatfish trawl
fishery. Beam trawls are claim-
ed to be less efficient in the cap-

1,000 ture of finfish when compared to
2 otter trawls. If large ottertrawls
oF 800 22a, of small mesh were allowed this
5 1955, B27
3 C22 would work to the detriment of the
“L600 BL224 otter-trawlbottom fishery, which
2 (A operates in the same area and is
@ F404 presently limited to a mesh size
te of not less than 43 inches.
=

A season was established ex-
tending from April 1 to Septem-
E ber 30 or until the poundage quota

Fig, 13 - West Coast ocean shrimp production, 1952-1955, was caught. In 1954 the season

was adjusted to May 1 to October
15 to correspond more closely to the period of the year when the shrimp are not
carrying fertile eggs.

OREGON: The only regulation affecting ocean shrimp fishing off the State of
Oregon is that shrimp fishing shall be with beam trawls. The size of the beam or
net mesh are not specified nor are season or poundage regulations invoked.

WASHINGTON: Ocean shrimp may be taken by beam trawls and otter trawls.
The size of the gear is not restricted except that the mesh of shrimp nets shall not
be less than 15 inches. The State of Washington specifies that shrimp trawlers
shall be equipped with a sorting device to return the unmarketable undersize shrimp
to the water as soon after capture as possible. Season, poundage, or area restric~-
tions for the ocean shrimp fishery are not specified.

OUTLOOK

Factors that will determine how rapidly and to what size this fishery will de-
velop are many. Because economically processing these small shrimp is a prob- ~
lem, many fish dealers are reluctant to enter the field of ocean-shrimp processing.
The cost of labor for picking the small shrimp results in a high production cost
which is reflected in a high wholesale price. However, the quality of the frozen
vacuum-packed cooked-and-peeled ''cocktail size'' product is such that it has been
able to meet competition from other domestic and foreign sources. The total quan-
tity of shrimp available to the commercial fishery is unknown in many cases, and
as a result the total seasonal production potential cannot be predicted at the pres-
ent time,

The Pacific Coast ocean shrimp fishery developed as the result of extensive
exploratory fishing activities in the various areas. These explorations and the ef-
forts of commercial fishermen and processors have developed a marine resource
that is providing added income for the Pacific Coast fishing industry.

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 7

NEW PRODUCTS FROM FISH OILS

Part Il - Polyamino Fatty Acids Derived from Fish Oils
By R. N. McDonald¥ and Edward H. Gruger, Jr. **

ABSTRACT

The work reported in this paper is directed toward finding new uses for fish oils and consists
in studying the chemical derivatives of their constituent fatty acids. Among these derivatives are
the polyamino fatty acids, which should have excellent surface-active properties, owing to their
highly polar and polyfunctional character, They therefore may find use as fungicides, corrosion
inhibitors, detergents, and ore-flotation agents,

In the preparation of the polyamino fatty acids, amination of the double bonds in unsaturated
fatty acids and esters was attempted by three methods,

The first method involved the conversion of polyhalo acids to polyamino acids by the reaction
with liquid ammonia, Initial work done on the various haloacids prepared from the reaction of
purified oleic acid with hydrobromic acid, with hydriodic acid, and with bromine.

The second method involved (1) the reaction of tetranitromethane with the double bonds and
(2) the subsequent reduction of the nitro groups. Only the reaction between tetranitromethane and
oleic acid and their reaction products were investigated in this phase of the program,

The third method involved the alkylation of potassium phthalimide with the addition products of
hydriodic acid and of bromine to methyl oleate in an attempt to provide an intermediate for the
synthesis of polyamino fatty esters. The hydrolysis of the phthalimido groups on these compgunds
to produce amines will be the subject of further study.

INTRODUCTION

Fish oils contain components that are unique in chemical structure and that are
not common in animal or vegetable oils. These components possess an unusually
high degree of unsaturation: that
is, they contain a large number
of carbon to carbon double bonds.
Relatively little work has been
done on the investigation of de-
rivatives of fish oils, owing to
the difficulty in separating the
pure compounds from complex
mixtures in the oils and to the
instability of the unsaturated com-
pounds when in contact with air.

WORK AT SEATTLE LABO-
RATORY: The work atthe Seattle
Technological Laboratory has been
directed toward finding new uses
for fish oils. The investigation of
chemical derivatives of the con-
stituent fatty acids in fish oil has
been the major project. The im-

é Fig. 1 - Methanol-urea countercurrent distribution of urea inclusion
portance of this work has beende- compounds of long-chain fatty substances,

scribed by Stansby (1956). Inthis
investigation, the type of derivative chosen is such as to take advantage of the u-
nique character of unsaturation.

* Part-Time Organic Chemist (graduate student | Fishery Technological Laboratory, Branch of Commercial Fisheries,

from the University of Washington),

Et : :
Organic Chemist, i ; : ;
Note: ‘‘Part I - Introduction” appeared in Commercial Fisheries Review, August 1956, p. 1.

U, S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Seattle, Wash,

8 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Viol 18s Nor 19

Polyamino fatty acids—’ are a class of derivatives that may be prepared by utilizing
the unsaturated portionof fish-oilfattyacids. Polyamino fatty acids have potentialities
as copolymers, as complexing agents, as sequestering agents, andas fungicides, corro-
sioninhibitors, detergents, ore-flotation agents, and other surface-active agents. Their
preparation, inessence, involves the addition of ammonia to the double bonds.

LITERATURE RESEARCH: The scientific literature shows that very little work
has been done on the lower homologs (Cg to Cg) regarding amination of the double bonds
and that no work has been done onthe higher homologs. The patent literature reports a
considerable number of processes for the aminationof olefins, using high pressure, high
temperature, andusually a catalyst of reduced cobalt or nickel oxide (Teter 1947, Teter -
and Olson 1950). This high-pressure catalytic amination with ammonia has been carried
out with several of the olefins of lower molecular weight (Cg to Cg). The yields per pass
of material over the catalystis poor (10to15 percent). Thus recycling of materials is
required to increase the yields.

Groggins (1952)has listed several aminating reagents andaminationreactions. The
aminating reagents listed are (1) liquid ammonia, (2) aqueous ammonia, and(3)ammonia
inaninert solvent. Aqueous ammonia almost always produces secondary and tertiary
amines. A problem that arises inthe use of ammoniais to find aninert solvent that will
readily dissolve both the ammonia and the compound to be aminated and that willbe easily
removable. The amination reactions listed by Groggins are (1) the conversionof halo-
gen compounds, (2) the replacement of sulfonate or sulfate groups, (3) the conversion of
alcohols, and (4) the reaction of ammonia with hydrocarbons.

Julius v. Braum and co-workers (1937) have discussed the advantages of liquid am-
monia over aqueous or alcoholic solutions for use in the preparation of primary amines
from organic halogencompounds. Ingeneral, the action of aqueous or alcoholic ammo-
ia onorganic halogen compounds is not well adapted to the preparation of primary amines
because secondary and tertiary amines and some quaternary ammonium halides are form-
ed. The use of liquid ammonia should favor the formation of primary amines.

Harwood (1952) has given a good review of the syntheses of amines.
DISCUSSION OF EXPERIMENTS

AMINATION WITH LIQUID AMMONIA: The work at the Seattle laboratory began
with the attempt to convert long-chain polyhalo fatty acids, which had been prepared from
the unsaturated fatty acids of fish oils, to polyamino acids by amination with liquid ammo-
nia. Theinitial work was carried out on purified oleic acid in order to avoid the compli-
cations that arise from the complex mixture found in fish oil and to simplify the investi-
gation of the reaction and of the products. Three types of haloacids were preparedfrom
oleic acid by the addition of hydrobromic acid, of hydriodic acid, and of bromine to the
double bond. These reactions can be represented by equations 1 and 2, where the reac-
tionof hydriodic acid is the same as that of hydrobromic acid:

2 CH3{CH2) 7 CH=CH (CH2 )7—COOH PAE ——
CH3—(CH2 )7-CHYX{CH2 )g-COOH + CH3—-(CH2 )g CH _(CH2 ),;—COOH (1)

r ie

“1/For example, the formulae of some polyamino fa ‘or example, the formulae of some polyamino fatty acids may be as follows:

(a) CH. CHy) < ——CO9H
I 5
(b) die g-CO2H

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 9

CH,—(CH,) 7 CH =CH-{CH,),,—COOH + Br, —
CH,—(CH,) Tor ca ee
Br Br (2)

The reaction of these haloacids with ammonia was complicated by the fact that they

solidified at the temperature of liquid ammonia. In the purification of the reaction

products, every attempt to crystallize the long-chain amino acids (or diamino acids)
failed. Work was therefore directed toward finding a method of synthesis that would
be more successful,

nitromethane with the unsaturated fatty acids and (2) subsequent reduction of the
transferred nitro groups attached to the long-chain acids. Whitmore (1951) has
shown that, in methyl alcohol, tetranitromethane adds to double bonds. Witholeic
acid this reaction can be expressed according to equation 3.

CH;—(CH,) 7 CH=CH—(CH,) 77 COOH + CH,0H Ur BNO) <—<—<$<$—$ >

NO,
CH,—(CH,) Ue ehoaac 2 77 COOH + CH(NO,), " (3)
OCH,
The reduction of the nitro groups is represented by equation 4.
NO, NH,
cH-(cH,),-cx-tH-(cH,),-Coon HCP?CHg—(CH,) 7~CH-CH-(CH,),—COOH (4)
OCH, OCH,

Neutralization equivalents were used to check whether or not the reaction pro-
ceeded with oleic acid. Various solvents were studied to determine which one was
conducive to a reaction that would give a good yield of the desired product. In all
but one of the solvents studied, the products were oils and would not crystallize.

In a reaction of tetranitromethane with methyl oleate, the one exceptional sol-
vent (dry pyriding--absglute ethanol in 2.5:1.0 ratio) produced a crystalline prod-
uct melting at 72° to 74 C. With this reaction, however, the product decomposed
on standing at room temperature. The supernatant liquid from the crystallization
produced an oil that could not be crystallized. Separation by a five-stage methanol
urea countercurrent distribution (figure 1) of an ether-extracted portion of the oily
product gave five fractions, of which the first three had iodine numbers ranging
from 44 to 65 and of which the last two had iodine numbers of 0.

A tin and hydrogen chloride reduction of the crystalline product was carried
out, and the reaction product was isolated. This product has not as yet been iden-
tified. Analysis of the infrared spectra will show whether or not the reaction has
produced an amino acid ester.

Similarly, infrared analysis of the crystals of the expected nitro compound will
show whether or not nitration has occurred. These analyses have been postponed
until the use of an infrared spectrophotometer can be obtained.

Owing to the oily character of the products, to the apparent difficulty in obtain-
ing the products as crystals, and to the instability of the polynitro compounds, a-
nother method was sought for the synthesis of the polyamino fatty acids.

10 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

AMINATION BY ALKYLATION OF POTASSIUM PHTHALIMIDE: The Gabriel
synthesis was thus the next reaction tried for preparing polyamino fatty acids. This
reactioninvolvestwo steps: (1) the conversion of alkyl halides to alkyl phthalimides
and (2) the hydrolysis of the alkyl phthalimides to alkylamines.

The conversion of methyl oleate, by means of the Gabriel synthesis, can be
represented by the following equations:

HX
CHg- (CHa) 7 CH=CH(CH2 ) 7~COOCH3———> CH3~ (CHa), — CH(CH2)g ——

x
COOCH3 + CH3~(CH2)g—CH—(CH);—COOCH3 (5)

NN
CH.-+(CH,), H—(CH,),—COOCH ioe rece ),—CH—(CH,), -COOCH., (6)
3 a7 28 3 _—Kx 3 a7 | 28 3

X N

(7)

H,O
CH SOs CB CN oO mana meg mar ap

NX athe O,H NH,
O,H

Again, as stated earlier, a pure compound had to be used as the starting material
for the preliminary study of the reaction. Methyl oleate was used to prepare methyl
9, 10-dibromooctadecanoate, The latter compound was purified by carrying out a
six-stage methanol-urea countercurrent distribution. This step was followed by a
chromatographic separation, using an alumina-packed column. A white crystalline
product was obtained, which was then reacted with potassium phthalimide. The
product obtained in turn from this reaction was agray-browncrystalline solid, char-
acteristic of alkyl phthalimides.

A similar reaction of potassium phthalimide and methyl 10-iodooctadecanoate
was carried out, producing characteristic gray-brown crystals. Consequently,
further study of the products is necessary.

CONCLUSIONS

(1) The conversion of polyhalo fatty acids or esters by their reaction in liquid
ammonia does not appear to be a suitable method for preparing polyamino fatty
acids. This method may be made successful, however, provided a suitable mutual
solvent can be found that will prevent the precipitation of reactants at the tempera-
ture of liquid ammonia and provided that steric effects in the molecules will pro-
hibit the formation of secondary-amino acids.

(2) The method of preparing polyamino fatty acids by reducing nitro groups and
utilizing the reaction of tetranitromethane may be a feasible solution to the problem
if oily products are satisfactory. Owing to the long-chain character of the mole-

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 11

cules of these products, oils are to be expected. Also, the increased polarity of
molecules containing polyfunctional groups will tend to produce oils. To identify
the reaction products and to determine if the conversion is successful, however,
crystalline products are desired.

(3) The Gabriel synthesis may possibly be the most successful solution to the
problem of preparing polyamino fatty acids. Its value, however, has not yet been
fully determined.

LITERATURE CITED

vy. Braun, J.; Lotz, R., Warne, K, C,; Pinkernelle, W.; Rolland, W.; Pohl, A,; Dengel, F.; and Arnold, H,
1937, Action of Liquid Ammonia on Organic Halogen Compounds, Berichte, vol. 70B, pp. 979-993.

Groggins, P, H,
1952. Amination by Ammonolysis, Unit Processes in Organic Synthesis, McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York,
N. Y., pp. 340-414,

Harwood, H, J.
1952, Derivatives of the Fatty Acids. Progress in the Chemistry of Fats and Other Lipids, edited by R. T. Holman,
W. O, Lundberg, and T, Malkin, AcademicPress, Inc,, Publishers, New York, N. Y., vol. 1, pp. 136-153.

Stansby, M. E,
1956, New Products from Fish Oils. Part I - Introduction, Commercial Fisheries Review, vol, 18, no 8, pp. 1-3.
(Also Separate No, 444),

Teter, J. W.
1947. U.S, Patent 2,419,470, April 22,

, and Olson, L. E,
1950. U.S. Patent 2,520,181, August 29.

Whitmore, F.C.
1951. Organic Chemistry, D, Van Nostrand Company, Inc., New York, N, Y., 2nd edition, p, 163.

JAPAN LEADING PRODUCER OF FISHERY PRODUCTS

Statistics of the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United
Nations showthat Japan is the leading producer of fishery products, as

it has been for many years. The Japanese produce approximately 17
percent of the world catch, followed by China, Russia, and the United
States (which produces about 9 percent of the world catch).

It has been estimated that almost 50 percent of the world catch of
fishery products was made by Asiatic countries, while somewhat over
one-fourth was takenby European countries. North American countries
account for about 13 percent of the total, and African countries about 6

percent.

--Sea Secrets, The Marine Laboratory,
University of Miami, CoralGables, Fla.

12 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

“TENTATIVE” METHOD FOR DETERMINING COATING
CONTENT OF FROZEN FRIED FISH STICKS

The voluntary United States standards for grades of frozen fried fish sticks
(Federal Register, July 21, 1956) provide that "frozen fried fish sticks contain not
less than 60 percent, by weight, of fish meat.'' In order to determine compliance
with this requirement for CRN graded products, work was carried out at the

= Service's Technological Laborato-
ry at East Boston, Mass. A phys-
ical method has been developed
which permits rapid analysis. Con-
siderable interest in the method
has been expressed by members of
the fish-stick industry in the New
England area. Several demonstra-
tions to local industry groups have
been carried out. At present com-
mercial lot samples are being ana-
lyzed to check the lot-sampling
rates.

The method of analysis is sim-

Fish sticks coming off a conveyor belt system after they have been 3
Breadedl ple and requires only a compara-

tively short time. It consists of
the following: (1) weigh whole frozen stick, {2) dip stick in a colored solution at
room temperature for a specified time, (3) remove coating by scraping with a spat-
ula, (4) weigh remaining fish meat, and (5) calculate percentage of fish meat con-
tent by the formula:

weight of fish meat after removing coating) X (100
(weight of whole frozen fried fish sticks)

In order to obtain accurate results, various specific procedures must be fol-
lowed and certain precautions must be exercised. A complete report on the proce-
dure will be issued at a later date. In the meantime, however, it is possible that
producers of fish sticks may be interested in the method of analysis as a quality-
control tool. A limited supply of a ''nonofficial" draft of the procedure has been
prepared and copies are available from the Fishery Technological Laboratory, U. 8S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, 61 Sumner Street, East Boston, Mass.

FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOR CHILLED
AND FROZEN CRABMEAT

The Federal Specificationfor Crab Meat, Cooked; Chilled and Frozen, PP-C-
656a, was issued March 6, 1956. This specification supersedes Interim Federal
Specification PP-C-00656a, May 2, 1955 and the original Federal Specification
PP-C-656, March 31, 1931.

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 13

The new specification was developed by the Technological Section of the U. S.
Fish and Wildlife Service and the Quartermaster Food and Container Institute for
the Armed Forces. It was approved by the Commissioner, Federal Supply Service
General Services Administration, for use of all Federal agencies. The new re- :
quirements reflect modern methods and improvements in preparation and packaging
of fresh and frozen crab meat. Three species of crab are specified: blue, dunge-
ness, and king. :

Federal fish specifications are prepared by the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ice as needed to meet the requirements of two or more Federal agencies for the
government purchase of fishery food items. They are in general use throughout
the government agencies. A Federal fish specification is a definite, accurate, and
complete statement of the requirements for a particular fishery product and of the
procedures to be followed in determining compliance with these requirements. They
are issued by the Federal Supply Service, General Services Administration, and
are designed to cover existing commercial products. A specification is issued only
after complete review by the various Government agencies and the fishery indus-
tries. (See Commercial Fisheries Review, vol. 14, no. 5, pp. 14-16, May 1952;
vol. 17, no. 8, pp. 9-10, August 1955.)

PROSPECTS OF UTILIZING LITHIUM SALTS OF FATTY
ACIDS FROM FISH OILS IN LUBRICATING GREASES

A possibly large field for use of fish oils appears to exist in the newly-develop-
ed, high-temperature, lithium salts lubrication greases. A review of the litera-
ture in Chemical Abstracts for the years 1952, 1953, and 1954 has indicated 23 sep-
arate articles and patents on lithium salts in greases. No attempt was made to go
further into the literature for it seemed that the work reported in recent years
would give a good indication of the progress and development being made in an ap-
parently new field of lubricating greases.

A review of five United States patents on greases containing lithium salts indi-
cated that the subject is well covered. Of these patents, two were found to include
the use of hydrogenated-fatty acids from fish oils. No information was found re-
garding the use of the natural unsaturated fatty acids in these greases.

The types of lithium fatty acid salts that are most often used are stearates,
hydroxystearates, and hydrogenated fatty acid salts such as those produced from
hydrogenated fish oils or tallow. The lithium fatty acid salts are reportedly used
in concentrations of as little as 4.5 percent to as much as 35 percent of the total
grease composition, depending on the desired properties of the lubricant.

The lithium salts reportedly used and included in the patent were prepared from
fatty acids containing from 12 to 24 carbon atoms per molecule. Salts prepared
from fish-oil fatty acids possess an average carbon-chain length greater than those
prepared from animal or vegetable oils. If, as seems to be the case, this unique
characteristic imparts improved properties to the greases, then fish oils are a
logical choice for this purpose.

On the basis of utilizing saturated fatty acids, hydrogenated fish oils should be
a better choice than oils from animal or vegetable sources from the cost stand-
point. It is suggested that lithium salts of hydrogenated fish-oil fatty acids be pro-
moted for use in high temperature lubricating greases. Their prospects for this
application should be very good.

14 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

—— ——

= == | RENDS Se

= AND

EDEVELOPMENTS &

California

To conduct savings-gear BEGnee using ate Sena size eeeape openings on 7S On crab trap Bape
and to obtain samples of small
crabs by beam trawling were the
primary objectives of the Cali-
fornia Department of Fish and
Game cruise with the M/V Nauti-
ae lus from May. 15 to May 26.

A total of 24 commercial-
size crab traps were fished off
Central California in the Bodega
Bay area; 8 were equipped with
two 44" circular escape openings
LEGEND: each, 8 with two 4" circular open-
Ceeeee CRAB TRAP SETS ings each, and 8 with no provision
——O BEAM TRAWL DRAGS for escapement. The traps were
alternately set in one line, i.e. --
no escape, 4", 44'', no escape,
etc. They were spaced about 200 feet apart and covered a distance of approximate-
ly one mile. Depths fished were from 42 to 46 feet.

M/V Nautilus Crab Cruise 56-1 (May 15-26, 1956).

An 8-foot beam trawl with a 1'' mesh net was used to catch small crabs.

Savings-Gear Studies: The traps were pulled and emptied every 2 days, and were
set again inapproximately the same place. Rockfishframes were usedasbait. Atotal
of 40 sets each were made withthe no escape opening and 4"'-escape-openingtraps, and
39 sets with 44"'escapes. One of the 44''-escape-opening traps was lost.

From a total of 119 trap sets, a total of 1,485 market crabs (Cancer magister)
and 2 red crabs (Cancer productus) were caught. The following table is a Summa-
ry of the catch for the type of escape opening used.

Legal (over 43")

Sublegal (45" to 43")
Sublegal (4" up to ed) 132
Sublegal (under 4") 20
aGtal sa aan 272

ales; af" to 43" in length = 155 mm, to 159 mm, shoulder Sane 4”" up to ab ” in length = 145 mm, to 154 mm, so Sue width,
Females; 4° to 4g” in length = 148 mm, to 152 mm, shoulder width; 4” up to ade in length = 139 mm, to 147 mm, shoulder width,
he shoulder width is a caliper measurement just in front of the last antero

MALE tS pee CRABS

spe eae Opening

Opening

-lateral spine.)

Width and weights of the total catch were taken on May 17. This catch in-
cluded 100 males and 197 females.

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 15

Beam Trawling: A total of 8drags were made with the beam trawl. These were
usually of 15 to 20 minutes duration. Market crabs were taken in all drags and in-
cluded several year-classes. As many as 500 crabs of an average shoulder width
size of 12 mm. were taken in one tow;174 crabs of an average shoulder width of 85

NUMBER OF CRABS
NUMBER OF CRABS

T30 To 150
SHOULDER WIDTH (MM)

SHOULDER WIDTH (MM)

Width frequencies of market crab (Cancer magister)--escape opening studies for traps (May 1956, Bodega Bay).

mm. were caught in another drag. The latter are believed to be from fast year's
hatching. Samples of megalops (crab larvae) were obtained the first day. These
were sighted swimming on the surface of the water and were scooped up with a
bucket. Efforts to keep them alive on board were not too successful. However, a
few were held long enough to molt into the first crab stage.

OK OK OK OK

behavior in 1956 off the coast of California were
conducted by the State's Department of Fish and wien —04[ Fon Brace
Game. The inshore area between Fort Bragg Fe
and Monterey, and the offshore area aroundSan
Nicolas, Santa Catalina and Santa Cruz Islands
was surveyed by Beechcraft 4758N (June 8 and
June 11-13). The inshore area from Monterey
to Pt. Baja, Baja California was surveyed by Cess-
maeiOn ts bODE

As on previous flights this year anchovies
dominated the inshore area over the entire ex-
tent of the coast covered, with jack mackerel
and sardines occupying the offshore area.

No euphausiid swarms were observed inthe
central California area as were found inApril and
May indicating that this swarming phenomenon is
a seasonal behavior of the offshore shrimplike
species Euphausia pacifica. Recent oceanograph-
ic studies conducted at Hopkins Marine Station
have revealed the presence of such a phenomenon
and the above aerial observations have confirmed
the results of this more intensive study.

Pt. Sal

Pt. Conception

Commercial and live-bait fishing were Airplane Spotting Flight 56-5 (June 8th and
active along the California coast in June, and 15th, 1956). :

16 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

identification of schools sighted in areas of fishing activity was confirmed by fish-
ermen interviews.

sfPt. Conception

Legend:
Area surveyed

The total area of fish schools seen was deter-
mined by measuring the length and width of a sam-
ple of schools in each school group by means of a
small prism scope containing a graduated reticle.
The following is a summary of the observations of
fish schools:

Santa Ros: 9

Ie ae tei:
Santa Cruz .

Ie. * a

San Nicolas
Is

Anchov;
school group.

Santa Barbara

Anchovy: In central California (Pt. Reyes to
Pt. Conception) anchovies increased in abundance
since May, especially in the Monterey Bay and Avila
areas. Monterey Bay fishermen could not obtain
commercial-size anchovies in June as the fish tak-
en were small "four-inch" anchovies, probably of
the 1955-year class. Apparently the larger fish
present in the bay for the past 13 years have been
replaced by a school group of younger fish. For
the first time in over 6 years anchovies have been
found in the area between Pt. Sal and Pt. Conception.
This brings to light the possibility that the hereto-
fore partially isolated group of anchovies frequent-
ing the Avila area is an extension of the southern
California-northern Baja California population.

:) Santa Monica
poy

L Phone Anchovies in southern California remained in
Airplane Spotting Flight 56-5 (6/11-15/56). approximately the same abundance as in May 1956,
however there was a considerable change in distri-
bution of the school groups. The main concentration of anchovies in June was in
the area between Goleta and Port Hueneme, whereas in May the main concentration
was in the area between Pt. Vicente and La-

guna.

In March 1956 no anchovies were ob- Se Eseen vane
served in northern Baja California. InJune, “Afeta, Mesquite i
however, large school groups of anchovies Set
were encountered almost continuously along
the coast from the California-Mexico border
to Pt. Baja. Commercial fishermen working
out of San Quintin reported that the anchovies
in that area were too small for commercial
purposes. A similar situation existed along
the Baja California coast during June of 1955, :
when young fish were found near San Quintin, Cape Colnett
and the older fish were found along the coast
to the north and farther offshore. The fol-
lowing is a tally of the anchovy schools ob-
served and total area (sq. ft.) of fish tallied
in each 10-mile section in which fish were
found: Central California--163 schools,
1,412,000 sq. ft.; Southern California--
1,162 schools, 7,482,000 sq. ft.;N. Baja
California--1,000 schools, 9, 365,000 sq. ft.
In additionto these schools, about 10 ''breez-
ing" schools were sighted offshore from
Oceanside, but since these schools were too
far out to observe closely with the small
plane their identification was uncertain. In
the same areain May alarge number of young Airplane Spotting Flight 56-5 (6/13-14/56).

Anchovy
school group.

) Ensenada

: \Pta, Banda

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 17

anchovy schools were sighted in this area and it is possible that these schools have
moved farther offshore. ©

Sardine and Mackerel: Seven mixed jack mackerel and sardine schools
were sighted off the east end of Santa Catalina Island. Commercial fishermen
reported similar schools at San Clemente, Santa Rosa, and Santa Cruz islands.
No pure schools of sardines were sighted during this flight. The pattern of
distribution of sardine schools is comparable to that of June in 1955. Twelve
schools of fish presumed to be jack mackerel were sighted near Fort Bragg on
June 8th.

Other Species: Five schools of yellowtail (Seriola dorsalis) were sighted off
La Jolla on June 11. These schools averaged around 60 feet in diameter and were
very near the surface. On two occasions fish were observed leaping out of the wa-
ter.

% OK KK

TWO TUNA-TAGGING CRUISES (M/V ''HEROIC, '' CRUISE 56-C-1 AND M/V
"SOUTHERN PACIFIC," CRUISE 56-C-2): Two commercial tuna clippers while on
regular tuna-fishing trips were utilized by the California Department of Fish and
Game to tag tuna off the west coast of Mexico. The purpose of the cruise was (1)
to tag yellowfin and skipjack tuna with white tubular plastic tags, type G, with cen-
ter protective covering removed; (2) to make collections of fish by livesbait fishing,
from bait hauls, and under a light at night; (3) to carry on other phases of tuna stud-
ies incidental to main tagging work; and (4) to test tag retention in two different
body positions; a new location under the second dorsal fin and under the first finlet,
which is the usual position.

120° 110° Loot 0°
T
UNITED STATES

be va Benes es
aN =

SS
fio?
e pe.
1 .—_—_1r— a “+

M/V Southern Pacific tuna-tagging Cruise C-2-56 (May M/V Heroic tuna-tagging Cruise C-1-56 (Mar. 4-May 24,
15-June 17, 1956). 1956,

‘The tuna clipper Heroic (Cruise 56-C-1) sailed on March 4, 1956, and return-
ed on May 4 to San Diego. The area of operations was off the Revilla Gigedo Is-
lands and off the west coast of Mexico. During this cruise 140 yellowfin, 244 skip-
jack, and 3 black skipjack tuna were tagged, for a total of 387.

Also, during this cruise 36 night-light stations were occupied while drifting at
night. Numerous specimens were taken during night and day bait hauls and fishing
while anchored. Frozen specimens and 76 bottles of specimens were collected on
this cruise.

The tuna clipper Southern Pacific {Cruise 56-C-2) sailed on May 15 and return-
ed June 17 to San Diego. Area of operations was in the vicinity of the Las Tres

18 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

Marias Islands, Mexico. A total of 122 fish, 74 skipjack and 48 yellowfintuna, were
tagged and released during the cruise. Porpoise schools were encountered and
these areas fished extensively from May 23 to June 10. The fish in these schools
were almost entirely two-pole yellowfin tuna; a size too large for practical tagging.
Most of the tagging occurred on June 11 and 12, when schools of skipjack and one-
pole yellowfin tuna were fished.

Specimens of larvae fish, small fish, and other marine organisms were taken
on nine night-light stations, four bait-making stations, and from three hook-and-
line stations.

Total shipments of metal cans during January-May amounted to
43,555 short tons of steel (based on the amount of steel consumed in
the manufacture of cans) as compared with 34, 027 tons in January-May
+) 1955. The increase in January-May 1956 over that for the same period
in 1955 reflects the heavier pack of canned tuna as compared with the
January-May 1955 period, when production was curtailed due to oversupply. Many
packers of canned fishery products make heavy purchases in April prior to the
spring and summer packing season.

Note: Statistics cover all commercial and captive plants known to be producing metal cans, Reported in base boxes of steel
consumed in the manufacture of cans, the data for fishery products are converted to tons of steel by using the factor: 23.0

base boxes of steel equal one short ton of steel,
Beall

Federal Purchases of Fishery Products

FRESH AND FROZEN FISHERY PRODUCTS PURCHASED BY THE DEPART-
MENT OF DEFENSE, JUNE 1956: A total of 2, 737,268 pounds (valued at $1,234, 608)
of fresh and frozen fishery products for the use of the Army, Navy, Marine Corps,
and Air Force were purchased in June 1956 by the Quartermaster Corps. This was
an 0.8 percent increase in quantity, but the value declined 6.6 percent as compared
with the previous month,
Compared withJune 1955,
purchases were higher by
19.6 percent in quantity —
and 24.9 percent invalue.

Purchases of Fresh and Frozen Fishery Products by
Department of Defense (June andthe First
Six Months of 1956 with Comparisons)

1956 | 1955 1956 1955 1956 |1955} 1956 For the first six
. . . (1,000 Pounds) a eK ET OOO) Param: months of 1956 purchases

6, 090] 5, 628} totaled 12, 230, 924 pounds

valued at $6, 089, 821--a
decline of 6.7 percent in quantity but an increase of 8.2 percent in value as com-
pared with the first six months of 1955.

Prices paid for fresh and frozen fishery products by the Department of De-
fense averaged 45.1 cents a pound, 3.6 cents less than in May 1955 but higher by
1.9 cents a pound than the June 1955 average.

In addition to the purchases of fresh and frozen fishery products, the Armed
Forces generally make some local purchases which are not included in the data
given above. Therefore, actual purchases are somewhat higher than indicated but
it is not possible to obtain data on the local purchases made by military installations
throughout the country.

September 1956

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Florida

Mullet: Racial investigations on Florida mullet
recently completed indicate that they fall intofour
populations: (1) an east coast population in the
area from Jacksonville to Miami; (2) a west coast
population from Everglades northward to Steinhat-
chee; (3) a northwest coast population of Apalachi-
cola and St. Marks; and (4) a Pensacola population.
It is possible that there exists a fifth, atHomosas-
Sa, but evidence is too sparse to justify such a ©
conclusion at this time.

On the basis of tagging results, it appears that
these populations intermingle somewhat with each
other but that in general they represent rather con-
crete entities. From the tagging results it appears
that about 90 percent of these fish stay within 20
miles of their respective home grounds, and that
97 percent stay within 100 miles of their home
grounds.

Small Shrimp Studies: Trips during April, May,
and June were made on the vessel Manboy to the
Tortugas area. On these trips a 2z-inch meshcod
end was used. Samples were taken and the escape-
ment from this mesh size cod end is being evalu-
ated.

An opportunity to intensify this work was pre-
sented when the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service
made the exploratory
fishing vessel George
M. Bowers available to
the Marine Laboratory
for four nights' work on
the Tortugas grounds.
It was possible with this
= vessel to sample inshore
areas where smaller
shrimp are encountered
and some sampling was
also done further off-
shore in depths of 19
fathoms which is deep-
er than the usual depths
worked by the Manboy.
Larger shrimp were
taken in the deeper wa-
ters.

White Shrimp
(Penaeus setiferus

A 2-inch mesh size cod end was used for the
inshore work aboard the George M. Bowers and
the 23-inch mesh size for the offshore drags.

Hydrographic, weather, and fishing data were
collected on the trips.

Spotted Sea Trout: Nine months of data are now
at hand on the life history study of the spotted sea
trout, Cynoscion nebulosus, in Florida. This in-
formation is providing us with facts concerning the
age composition of the population sampled, its
growth rate, the location and period of spawning,
and the reproductive capacity of the species.

There have been reports of an apparent decline
in the fishery. It seems that increased fishing
pressure is being placed on this inshore species
by sport fishermen and that environmental changes
such as dredging, filling, and- pollution may also
have far-reaching effects on the spotted sea trout
as well as other desirable species. Catch records
over an extended period of years, from both the
commercial and sport fisheries for this species,
are being studied to aid in determining the catch
per unit of effort and changes which may have oc-
curred.

Fish taken in the samples ranged in size from
less than one inch to 34 inches. It appears from
the analysis of scale marks and statistical treat-
ment of length frequencies that the oldest were 8
years of age.

Growth appears to be rapid in the first year
when an average length of about 6 to 7 inches is
attained. Growth is fairly constant throughout life
which seems to indicate favorable fé@eding and ac-
tivity the year around.

There are indications of a resident population
which remains in the Indian and Banana Rivers
through the year and a nonresident group which
arrives at the onset of cold weather in the north.
This is evidenced by the presence of a mixed popu-
lation of true sea trout, Cynoscion regalis, and
the spotted sea trout, Cynoscion nebulosus, in
"sea-run' colors off the surf along the central and
upper east coast of Florida.

Black Spot in Shrimp: 1. Further experiments
with butylated hydroxy toluene ices were carried
out to retard black spot in shrimp. Ices contain-
ing both the antioxidant BHT and antibiotics were
also studied.

2. BHT was also applied to shrimp as a dip.
One-percent and 23-percent dips were prepared.
The shrimp were dipped at sea and then stored at
the Laboratory in nontreated ices.

3. Tests were conducted to determine sodium
bisulfite concentrations obtainable with a flakeice
machine.

Antibiotic Ices for Shrimp: Further tests were
carried out to extend the freshness of shrimp
through the use of aureomycin and terramycinices.

Spoilage Determination Tests for Shrimp: Chro-
matographic analyses of the amino acidsinshrimp
were continued. The object of this study is to de-
termine whether and what type of relationship ex-
ists between the degree of spoilage of shrimp and
the quality and quantity of certain amino acids
present. It is hoped to use such a relationship as
an indicator of recipient spoilage in shrimp.

Cen

20 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

Gulf Exploratory Fishery Program

EXPERIMENTAL LONG-LINE TUNA FISHING IN NORTH-CENTRAL GULF
BY M/V “OREGON” (Cruise 40): Eight days of experimental long-line tuna fishing
in the north-central Gulf of Mexico
were completed by the Service's ex-
ploratory fishing vessel Oregon during
Cruise 40 which ended on July 27 at
Pascagoula. Seven sets, averaging 80
baskets (800 hooks) each, were made
covering several depth intervals from
the surface down to 200 fathoms to ob-
tainfurther information ondepth ranges
|e Gulf yellowfin tuna stocks.

A total of 157 yellowfin(16,770 pounds), ranging from 42 to 177 pounds each, were
landed. Fourteen percent of the catch was damaged to some extent by sharks.
Average yellowfin catch rates at the various depth intervals fished were as follows:
surface--4.0/100 hooks; 10 fathom buoy lines--4. 6/100 hooks; 20 fathoms--3.3/100
hooks; 50 fathoms--3.3/100 hooks; 75 fathoms--2.3/100 hooks; 100 fathoms--
1.8/100 hooks; 150 fathoms--no yellowfin catch; 200 fathoms--0.4/100 hooks.

The catch included 15 white skipjack, 14 blackfin tuna, 2 small broadbill sword-
fish, 14 white marlin, 1 blue marlin, 13 dolphin, 31 sharks, and 1 opah. During
the line-hauling operations, 53
white-tipped sharks were killed
using a broad-headed lance.

Large schools of mixed
blackfin tuna and white skipjack
were observed daily. On one
occasion, 35 skipjack and 4
blackfin (averaging 15 pounds
each) were caught on jackpoles
during a 10-minute period while
one of these schools fedon a
small school of young carangids
that had gathered under the stern
of the Oregon.

cation of long-line seta

Stomach analyses and fork-
length measurements were ob-
tained for the entire catch. Bath-
ythermograph casts were made at each end of the long line. Plankton and night-
light dip-net samples were obtained at each station for future study by Service bi-
ologists.

Cruise 40 of the M/V Oregon.

A series of 55 yellowfin tuna of different size groups were subjected to various
handling and freezing conditions, and samples were frozen for laboratory study by
the Service's Technological Section.

Maine Sardines

CANNED STOCKS, JULY 1, 1956: Distributors' stocks of Maine sardines a-
mounted to 154, 000 actual cases as of July 1, 1956, a decrease of 81,000 cases
(34 percent) from July 1 a year ago. July 1, 1956, stocks were 172, 000 casesless
than January 1, 1956, according to estimates based on the results of the fifth in a

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 21

series of five measurements for the 1955/56 marketing season by the U. S. Bu-
reau of Census.

Canners' stocks as reported by the Maine Sardine Industry totaled 315, 000
cases on July 1, 1956. Canners' stocks for the same month in 1955 amounted to
723,000 cases and on January 1, 1956, totaled 475, 000 cases.

Canned Maine Sardines--Wholesale Distributors' and Canners' Stocks, July 1, 1956, with Comparisons

7/1/56 | 6/1/56 [4/1/56 |1/1/56] 11/1/55] 7/1/55 | 6/1755 [4/1/55] 1/1/55] 11/1/54 |
The Maine sardine pack April 15 (the beginning of the season) to July 1, 1956,
totaled 473, 000 cases, which added to an April 15 carryover of 120,000 cases gave
a total available supply at the canners' level of 593,000 cases. On December 1,
1955, the carryover was 690,000 cases, plus the pack for 1955 of 1, 255, 000 cases,

gave a total available supply of 1, 945,000 cases for the 1955/56 marketing season
compared to an available supply of 2, 875, 000 cases for the 1954/55 season.

SS .

1,000
standard
casesl/

625

n. a, - not available,

Maine
LANDINGS OF FISHERY PRODUCTS, 1955: Maine's Landings of Fishery Products, 1954-55

During 1955 over 255 million pounds of fishery Seecies spo bs] $1000} 1.000 Le $7,000
products, valued at more than $16 million ex- coun teen a 2, 467 141| 3, 252 192
vessel, were landed at Maine ports. Thisrepre- ix@Vnue: >: | 2/308 | poe oe
sented adecrease of 28 millionpounds or 10 per- [@ae%.:-::7: | eas 125 | ein 798
cent in quantity and 772 thousand dollars or 5 Here oO e Ihe Be AS an
percent in value as compared with the previous Geer ie? mall ayer Ba
year. Compared with 1954, herring landings Lemonsele air: uf ; oA 5
(99.4 million pounds) decreased 24 million Lees eS ode ate Ball eee 83
pounds and ocean perch receipts (67.7 million cere ce aoe liecericelltuaszce |Maroesieull aie
pounds) decreased nearly 12 millionpounds. Whit- [folie ------ a a tar 3
ing landings(25 million pounds) increasedalmost [Ric ::::- | 799 Bll aang oi
16 million pounds duringthe year. Landings at Boats ES ooo || Cbs | RR) Ee || eee
Portland totaled 68.2 million pounds valued at — [Buterfisn... ui 36 a 3
2.3 million dollars during 1955 while Rockland Pe ocoos |) ee iL eae oH
landings amounted to 48. 8 million pounds valued AED EE PE Pe
at 1.6.milliondollarsinthe same period. Three [cra 499 26 520 21
species, oceanperch, whiting, and seaherring, Sattielame eee al aeeascoill|(mmcrsl| uemese2 a |asiOO
made up 85 percent of the quantity of finfish land- Heobaters sera adi trys ale cape laiag pret lee
edand 77 percent of the value. Comparable fig- BCom | tor a aoe ts
ures for 1954 were 83 percent inquantity and 78 Rensanklcee of 5 Be 3
percent in value. In the shellfish group, lob- plocdneme ea 203 ec (ase an
sters contributed 81 percent of the quantity and 82 Realmose Wee 28. e 455 a
percent of the value as compared with 76 percent Total Sheen, etc.

in quantity and 78 percent in value in 1954.

%* KK

22 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

ADVERTISING CAMPAIGN LAUNCHED BY SARDINE CANNERS: The Maine
Sardine Industry on July 21 launched a 13-week concentrated advertising and mer-
chandising campaign in 10 southern states--Vir-
ginia, South Carolina, North Carolina, Georgia,
Louisiana, Florida, Alabama, Tennessee, Mis-

sissippi, and Texas.

The Executive Secretary of the Maine Sardine
Industry said that newspapers would be used in 47
cities plus a schedule of more than 18, 000 radio
spots over 97 stations in 70 cities. He stated that
the advertising would be supported by an aggres-
sive merchandising program.

The theme of the campaign will feature ''Sar-
dines from Maine or Maine sardines in the familiar
flat can that you and your folks have been buying
for years'' as an all-around low-cost convenience
food.

The Executive Secretary said that the Industry
enjoyed almost a 100 percent retail food-store dis-
tribution in the 10-state area and that the activity
was designed to ''further develop this big and im-
portant market."

A similar campaign is planned for the win-
ter-Lenten period, he stated.

% OR HK KK

SARDINE INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM: New England and New York
bankers were given afirst-hand look at the Maine sardine industry inJuly. They not
only toured a couple of plants on the Portland waterfront, but were given a thorough brief-
ingon the industry's 25¢-a-caseState-financed development program. A total of 22
bank officials and 25 representatives of the various sardine-canning firms attended.

The bankers were told that they had been invited so they could be concisely and
expertly informed of developments which have ''caused competent outside observers
to state that the industry has made more advances in the fields of processing, qual-
ity control, and merchandising in the past five years than in the previous eighty,"
states a July 26 release from the Maine Sardine Industry.

These were among the opening remarks of a member of the Council and Presi-
dent of the Maine Sardine Packers Association.

He emphasized that this program was made possible through the self-imposed
tax which enabled the industry, by pooling its funds and problems, to have the same

advisory and counseling services as are used by America's largest and most suc-
cessful corporations. :

The tax is collected from the packers by the State and expenditures are under
the direction of a seven-man State-appointed Councilof packers with disbursements
being made through the office of the State Controller.

Asserting that the development work was becoming progressively beneficial to
the packers, he added that it was also helping to bolster the economy of the State in
general and especially the many communities which are largely dependent upon the
sardine fishing and processing operations. He also felt that few industries in the

United States were acting collectively to better effect and with such a unified ap-
proach as the Maine sardine canners.

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 23

A resume of the industry's scientific, technical, and grading research programs
was given by the Research Director, who expressed high hopes that the use of a
common grading system would do much to enable the packers to improve and mod-
ernize their product. He also told of several applications of new scientific develop-
ments which might, after further investigation, produce better control of process-
ing and possibly operating economies.

A New York auditing firm reviewed the industry's cost-research activities
while a market research firm summarized the conclusions reached as a result of
the industry's three-year market and research program. The industry's adver-
tising agency illustrated the ways which market research was being put to use in
planning the advertising campaigns for Maine sardines.

North meric snnwaldiite Conference

MEETING TO BE HELD MARCH 4-6, 1957: Lloyd W. Swift, Technical Ses-
sions program chairman for the 22nd North American Wildlife Conference, an-
nounces that chairmen have been selected for the six technical sessions of this
forthcoming international conservation conference that will be held March 4-6, 1957
in the Statler Hotel, Washington, D. C., according to the Wildlife Management In-
stitute, sponsor of these large annual meetings. "

Swift, who is representing The Wildlife Society, the organization of profession-
al fish and game workers that formulates the technical sessions program of these
annual conferences, is Chief of the Division of Wildlife Management, U. S. Forest
Service.

All persons having papers that merit consideration for presentation during the
technical sessions program of this large international conference should send them
to the appropriate session chairman before the deadline date, November 15.

The three-day North American Wildlife Conference consists of three general
and six technical sessions. The General Session program committee has beenmeet-
ing, and the complete conference program will be announced in the near future.

Among the technical sessions listed are: Marine and Coastal Resources (Chair-
man: Clarence P,. Idyll, Marine Laboratory, University of Miami, Coral Gables,
Fla.), March 5; Wetlands and Inland Water Resources (Chairman: Frank C. Bell-
rose, Jr., Illinois Natural History Survey, Urbana), March 4; and Conservation
Education (Chairman: John D. Bulger, National Wildlife Federation, Route 2, Gro-
ton, N. Y.), March 6.

——

North Atlantic Fisheries Investigations

GEORGES BANK SEA SCALLOP BEDS SURVEYED BY M/V "ALBATROSS III"
(Cruise 77): A survey of the sea scallop beds of Georges Bank by means of dredg-
ing and underwater photography and the tagging of as many scallops as possible was
the purpose of Cruise 77 (July 5-11, 1956) of the Service's research vessel Albatross
Il.

A total of 22 stations were occupied with the 11-foot scallop dredge. Allscal-
lops were measured and 2, 075 of them were tagged and released. Drops of tagged
scallops were made at 10 different locations.

24 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

Heavy winds and sea restricted the use of the underwater camera. Photographs
(250 individual pictures) were taken at six stations, however.

wok Ke Ke

UNDERWATER TELEVISION AND COMMUNICATIONS TESTED BY M/V "AL-
BATROSS III" (Cruise 78): In order to test underwater television chain, underwa—
—— — = ——. ] ter communications, and related equipment

the Service's research vessel Albatross II
operated in Buzzards Bay on July 16-17.

Several lowerings of the camera were
made with the assistance of SCUBA divers
in 40-45 feet of water. Several additional
lowerings were made to depths of 100 feet
without the assistance of divers.

The underwater communications system
developed at the Service's Woods Hole Bio-
logical Laboratory performed excellently in
the tests.

Extreme turbidity restricted tests of the
range of visibility and resolution of the cam-
era. Sufficient natural illumination was
available for operation to depths of 80-90 feet.

Artist’s conception of equipment for underwater tele-
vision,

Stable operation of the television equipment resulted from the use of a portable
60-cycle gasoline generator.

of Maine was the purpose of the Service's research vessel T-79 cruise 2 (June 28-
July 14, 1956). The cruise was carried out in three phases using Gloucester, Mass.
as the base of operations. Phase I covered the period June 28-July 2; phase Il took
place July 4-9; and phase III was completed July 10-14.

Thirteen sets were made, each consisting of two tubs of line-trawl gear. Fro-
zen herring and frozen squid were used as bait. Haddock were tagged with the fol-
lowing types of tags:

Petersen discs--white, yellow; through the gill cover or through the back in
front of the first dorsal fin.

Lea bridle--in front of the first dorsal fin.
Combination tag using a Lea hydrostatic connected to an internal anchor.
Stainless steel pins and wire were used to fasten the disc tags.

Cod and halibut were tagged with the combination tags only. Dogfish were
tagged with Petersen discs through the nose or through the dorsal fin.

Scales for age and growth analysis were taken from haddock tagged during
phase II.

A total of 259 haddock, 138 cod, 120 dogfish, and 12 halibut were tagged.

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 25

North Atlantic Herring Research

SHOAL WATERS NEAR ISLANDS EXPLORED FOR HERRING OFF MAINE AND
CANADA BY M/V "METACOMET" (Cruise 4): Fishing and fish-finder soundings _
for herring were continued on Cruise 4 by the Service's chartered exploratory fish-
ing vessel Metacomet in United States waters of the Gulf of Maine from Cape Por-
poise to Eastport, and in the Ca-
nadian waters of Grand Manan
Island, Grand Manan Shoals, St. a
Marys Bay, and Lurcher Shoal,

Emphasis was placedonex-
ploring and sampling the shoal
waters near islands and rocks
offshore for herring in an effort
to gain more information con-
cerning the occurrence and dis-
tribution of this species in and
near areas where sardine-size
fish were still reported scarce
or absent at the time of this
eruise which began July 10 and
ended July 21.

Herring gill-net sets and ; ;
tows with a British Columbia- Metacomet, vessel chartered by the Fish and Wildlife Service to con-
type midwater trawl were made tinue program of exploratory fishing and gear development for the
at the points indicated inthe chart. Maine herring.

Three bushels of herring were taken in 4 half-hour to one-hour tows of the mid-
water trawl near Petit Passage in St. Marys Bay, Nova Scotia. The fish taken in
these tows were herring brit which
averaged 2.1 inches and sardine-
size herring of 4.7 inches average
length. The larger fish comprised
nearly all of the 3-bushel catch.

A good showing of herring was ob-
served on the fish-finder through-
out the night in this area. Small
quantities of large herring ranging
in size from 8.0 inches to 14.0
inches were taken in gill nets at
Fisherman Island near Boothbay
Harbor, at Mt. Desert Rock, at
Yellow Head Island and Howard
Cove in Machias Bay, and off Old
Proprietor Whistle Buoy on the
southeast side of Grand Manan Is-
land. The best showings of her-
ring were observed on the fishfind-
er at Mt. Desert Rock, in Machias

U.S, Fish and Wildlife Service Cruise 4 of chartered vessel :
M/V Metacomet, Bay, and in St. Marys Bay.

A good showing of fish near the surface was observed between Pemaquid Point
and Seguin Island the evening of July 20. A sample obtained with the midwater trawl
established these fish as whiting.

The Metacomet was expected to depart on Cruise 5 on July 31, 1956, for 11
days. Coastal and offshore waters of the Gulf of Maine were to be explored with

26 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

the fish finder and fished for herring in an effort to learn more of the occurrence of
these fish at this season. Gill nets and a midwater trawl were to be used.

in ,
iia

North Pacific Exploratory Fishery Program
ALBACORE AND SALMON OFFSHORE DISTRIBUTION STUDIES IN NORTH

distribution of albacore tuna and salmon in a section of the northeastern Pacific
Ocean will be the primary objective of a 7-week cruise by the Service's exploratory
fishing vessel John N. Cobb, which was scheduled to leave Seattle on July 16, 1956.

The Cobb was expected to cover the waters from 42° N. latitude to 50° N. lati-
tude and west to 145° W. longitude, an area from the Oregon-California border to
northern Vancouver Island extending
up to 800 miles offshore, an area ap-
proximately 300, 000 square miles.

Landing of albacore in Washington
and Oregon reached an all-time high
of 34 million pounds in 1944, butfluc-
tuated greatly and declined to less
than 3 million pounds in 1952. Inre-
cent years practically no albacore
have been caught north of California.
It is hoped that this year's coordinated
research program will help to throw
some light on the mysteries of alba-
core movements, distribution, and
availability to the commercial fisher -
men.

Removing albacore from the gill net. Roller at right takes off
from the main winch,

Nylon gill nets, ranging in mesh size from 34 inches to 83 inches to catch both
large and small salmon and albacore, were expected to be fished at night. Albacore
trolling gear were to be fished during the day while running between stations. If
schools of albacore are located, the fishing fleet was to be notified immediately by
radio.

The salmon research is part of the broad high-seas salmon program being car-
ried out this year by member nations of the International North Pacific Fisheries .
Commission. The catch will be frozen and returned to Seattle for scientific racial
analysis and comparison with salmon caught in other areas of the north Pacific by
other research vessels.

The University of Washington's oceanographic research vessel Brown Bear was
to work in close conjunction with the John N. Cobb for most of the cruise. The
John R. Manning, from the Pacific Oceanic Fisheries Investigations in Hawaii, was
to operate north of Hawaii and west of 145° W. longitude. The three vessels will
attempt to keep in radio contact at sea to exchange fishing information and other ob-
servations.

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 27

Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations

"CHARLES H. GILBERT" USES ELECTRONIC FISH FINDER TO SCOUT FOR
TUNA (Cruise 29): The whereabouts and movements of Hawaii's skipjack and large
Cantal and oh), may e008 pe an open book to fishery scientists of the U. S. Fish
an 1 e Service, judgin the results of i i

Se a ars eee ieee aes experiments recently carried out off
search ship Charles H. Gilbert using f
the vessel's new Sea Scanar. Thisis
a long-range sonic fish finder which de-
tects fish under the water by bouncing
sound waves off their bodies, picking S
up the echoes, and making them visible _ ||ixttAienre
on a radarlike screen. According tothe
director of the Pacific Oceanic Fishery
Investigations, the calm waters off the
Kina coast of Hawaii were chosen as an
ideal setting for testing the capabilities
of the device on various natural and ar-
tifical targets and for training the scien-
tific personnel who will use itto locate
and track fish schools.

22°

The scientists aboard the vessel, ea eae

reported that metal targets suspended
under water were detected as much as
2,000 feet from the ship under favora-

SCANAR —— @
So a

TAGGED

ble calm sea conditions. A dead skip- 5 SKIPUACK —S le
jack tuna similarly suspended was spot- SCANARTCAA

ted at a range of 1,000 feet, as was a pinnae

much smaller herring, the well-devel-

oped air bladder of which acts as ares- = = ince a
onating chamber and gives a strong echo Charles H, Gilbert Cruise 29 (7/11-22/56).

of the fish-finder's sound waves. In ad-

dition to these ''planted" targets, such natural features of the Kona seascape as
schools of skipjack, dolphinfish (mahimahi), blackfish (a small whale), and porpoise
were picked up and studied on the fish finder.

When the technique of using the new instrument has been worked out, it will be
employed by the fisheries scientists studying the tuna resources of the central Pa-
cific to locate schools of tuna which do not betray their presence by signs on the
surface of the ocean. At present the researchers, like the commercial fishermen,
are almost entirely dependent on sightings of bird flocks over feeding schools to
lead them to fish. It is suspected, however, that there may be large concentrations
of skipjack and other tuna in areas far from land where sea birds are not very abun-
dant, and even in active fishing grounds like the waters close to the Hawaiian Is-
lands there may be many tuna schools which escape notice because they do not hap-
pen to be accompanied by flocks of birds at the times when fishing boats pass near
them. If there actually are such hidden fishery resources within the area covered
by POFI investigations, the fish finder should reveal them. It is expected, too, that
the instrument will provide more exact knowledge of the magnitude of the schools of
tuna that are at present located and fished by conventional methods, for it seems
likely that for many schools the fish seen and taken at the surface may, like the vis-
ible part of an iceberg, represent only a small fraction of what is hidden beneath the

sea.

During the cruise period of July 11 to 22, in addition to the special experiments
off Kona, the vessel scouted for tuna sonically and by conventional methods between
Hawaii and Oahu and around the islands of Molokai, Lanai, and Maui.

28 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

Experiments conducted with the ''Sea Scanar'' to determine the maximum range
of positive returns from various targets gave the following results: 24-inch stain-
less steel triplane (each plane a circle of 24-in. diameter)--2, 180 ft., 12-in. alu-
minum triplane (each plane a 12-in. square)--2, 080 ft., 3-in. brass triplane (each
plane a 3-in. square)--1, 800 ft., 1 skipjack (20lb., frozen)--1,020 ft., 1 herring
(18cm., dead)--1, 100 ft.

Data were collected to determine the amount of sea return under various con-
ditions and to enable the establishment of a sound search procedure. These await
analyses. Returns were recorded from skipjack (Katsuwonus pelamis) and dolphin
(Coryphaena hippurus) schools and porpoise (unidentified) and blackfish (Globice-
phala sp.) herds.

During the 2 days of testing tilapia (IT. mossambica) as live-bait, 12 skipjack
tuna schools were contacted. Tilapia was chummed at 9 schools and nehu (Stole-
phorus purpureus) at 8 schools. Five schools responded to the tilapia by surfacing.
One of these was attracted to the stern of the vessel but no fish was caught. Five
schools also surfaced after nehu but 4 of these were attracted to the vessel. Two,
5, 9, and 40 (fishing was purposefully terminated after 40) skipjack were caught
from these schools. The tilapia used were generally 3 to 4 inches long (larger than
optimum size) and tended to sound when chummed. Examination of the ‘Skipjack
stomachs showed that they readily accepted the tilapia as food.

Five skipjack (5-lb. size) were tagged; 3 with plastic dart tags, 1 with the blue
California-type G tag, and 1 with the white California-type G tag.

In 66 hours of scouting, 18 skipjack, 10 dolphin, 1 yellowfin, and 9 unidentified
schools were sighted.

The vessel departed Pearl Harbor July 11, 1956. Inthe vicinity of Oahu and
Molokai, tested tilapia as live-bait for attracting skipjack on July 11 and12. De-
termined the operating condition of the "Sea Scanar" off Waianae, Oahu, on July 13.
Conducted "Sea Scanar" experiments off Kailua, Hawaii, from July 15-20. Scouted
for fish schools en route to Oahu from Hawaii, July 20-22. Arrived Pearl Harbor
July 22.

% OK He kK

REVIEW OF FISCAL YEAR 1956 OPERATIONS: The significant developments
by the Service's Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations (POFI) during Fiscal Year
1956 (July 1, 1955-June 30, 1956) may be briefly summarized as follows:

Elucidation of a hypothesis to account for fluctuations and trends in the success
of long-line fishing for yellowfin tuna in the Line Islands area of the central equato-
rial Pacific, based on a positive correlation between catch rate and water tempera-
ture.

Development of a new method of handling long-line gear to effect a saving of
manpower.

Drastic curtailment of the program in the vicinity of the Line Islands and formu-
lation of broad general plans to investigate the tuna resources inthe area of the Mar-
quesas, Tuamotus, and Society islands and eastward.

Initiation of an intensified skipjack tuna investigation aimed at explaining varia-
tion in fishing success in terms of meteorology, oceanography, and fish behavior.

Discovery of an apparent relationship between the summer skipjack catch and
the prevalence of trade winds during the spring.

September 1956

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Demonstration that albacore tuna occurrence in the central North Pacific is as-
sociated with the Polar Front, which shifts seasonally and which may be regarded

as a migration pathway.

Discovery of unfished albacore resources 200-500 miles off the coast of Oregon.

Evidence that the albacore, unlike the yellowfin, comprises one large population
with its primary source in the western central Pacific.

The first recoveries of tuna tagged by POFI were made (including 2 albacore, 2

big-eyed, 12 skipjack, and 1 yellowfin tuna),

tuna migration in the Pacific.

thus justifying this method of studying

Initiation of a Pacific-wide cooperative albacore tagging program, with POFI
sparking the venture in mid-ocean and off the coast of Japan.

Demonstration of the possible use of plankton indicator species to identify water
masses and potential albacore waters in the central North Pacific.

Initiation of a worldwide tuna larva exchange program and acquisition of a world-
wide collection of tuna larvae taken by the Dana, permitting a more positive approach
to the problem of tuna larva identification.

Demonstration that yellowfin exhibit electrotaxis and that their movements can
be directed with rather moderate power sources when suitably applied. ®

Successful participation in Norpac and Eastropic, synoptic cooperative surveys
of the North Pacific and of the eastern equatorial Pacific, respectively.

Selection of POFI as the locale for a highly successful informal international

conference for the exchange of Norpac data, planning the Norpac Atlas of results,
and formulating plans for Equapac, a cooperative synoptic survey of the central

and western equatorial Pacific.

Cooperation with other research agencies in conducting fishing surveys of the
North Pacific, particularly with United States and Canadian agencies of the Inter-
national North Pacific Fisheries Commission, in pooling resources for sampling
the stocks of oceanic salmon and albacore.

Initiation of close collaboration with the University of Hawaii in terms of coop-
erative research, assistance in graduate training, and providing part-time employ-

ment for students.
supply of qualified fishery workers.

Equatorial Yellowfin Tuna: A program of year- |.

round sampling of the yellowfin populations in the
Line Islands area, initiated in January 1955, was
completed this year. The results of this program
show that long-line or deep-swimming tuna were
generally scarce during the year. Catches fluctu-
ated from 1 per 100 hooks to about 3 per 100 hooks
with little indication of the seasonal variation evi-
dent in earlier years. The low availability of deep-
swimming tuna was paralleled by a low availability
of troll-caught surface tuna.

With respect to troll fish the highest catches
were made during March and April. It was also
evident that the catch rates of surface fish were
higher inthe northern LineIslands. These islands
lie inor near the Countercurrent, an areathat has
been previously shown to support larger numbers
of surface fish than the waters tothe north and south.

It is particularly significant to note that during
this period of low yellowfin abundance water tem-
peratures at Christmas Island were unusually low,

The latter is particularly important because it augments the

that is, relative to the 1950-53 period, providing
additional evidence supporting our hypothesis in
respect to fluctuations in equatorial deep-swim-
ming tuna. Briefly this theory proposesthat near
the equator cooler water indicates newly enriched
water in which the biota to support a large yellow-
fin population has not yet developed. Conversely
warmer water near the equator is thought to be up-
welled water that has been in the euphotic zone long
enough to develop a food supply for tuna. In this
connection ocean water temperatures at Christmas
Island station took an upward turn during the spring
of 1956, suggesting that the environmental condi-
tions associated with the high level of abundance
during this period 1950-53 may reassert themselves
this year.

Incidental to the study approximately 1, 000 yel-
lowfin tuna were tagged during the course of the
one year program. To date there has been but a
single recovery, a yellowfin tagged and recovered
at FanningIsland. The fish had been at liberty for

six months prior to its recovery on April 3, 1956.
“This single recapture is of considerable interest
in that it supports the contention that there are
small localized populations of yellowfin tuna as-
sociated with each of the small islands in the cen-
tral Pacific.

The central Pacific program is essentially com-
plete, and future effort will be focussed on the Mar-
quesas andeastward. Astime permits, observations
designed totest the hypotheses outlined will be com-
pleted.

Hawaiian Skipjack Distribution and Abundance:
A major effort this year has been the initiation of
a detailed program designed to ascertain the ecol-
ogical requirements of skipjack and the factors in
the ocean responsible for their presence and ab-
sence, both seasonally and geographically. The
program involves measurement and analysis of
hydrographic factors, and measurement and anal-
ysis of plankton in terms of level of abundance and
distribution in the ocean. Major reliance is being
placed on the Hawaiian commercial fishery for in-
formation on the distribution and abundance of skip-
jack in space andtime. Inthis connection analyses
have been initiated onthe statistics of the local catch,
utilizing small areas and short periods of time as
samplingunits. In order to encourage maintenance
of good records, brochures have been prepared and
distributedto skipjack fishermen, introducing them
tothe general program and soliciting their support.

Big-eyed Tuna
(Parathunnus sibl)

An additional phase of the skipjack program is
examination of existing oceanographic and mete-
orological material in order to ascertain the rea-
sons for annual fluctuations in the supply of skip-
jack. A preliminary hypothesis has been develop-
ed based on the relationship between the wind flow
over the island area and the skipjack catch. Brief-
ly there is a high, positive correlation betweenthe
amount of catch during the summer or "'season"
months and the direction and strength of the winds
during the late spring. It appears that the winds
may affect the environment of the skipjack through
their control of oceanic circulation. The hypo-
thesis appears to form a valuable starting point
for exploring this question of annual fluctuation,
which is so important to the Hawaiian fishery as
well as to similar fisheries elsewhere.

In order to learn something of the migrations
and growth of skipjack, a total of 945 fish were
tagged in Hawaiian waters with California-type
spaghetti tags. To date there have been 12 recoy-
eries; 9 recaptured by live-bait fishing and 3
found in the stomachs of long-line caught big-eyed
tuna and yellowfin tuna taken by commercial fish-
ermen around Hawaii. The recoveries have indi-
cated rather limited movement, the maximum net
distance traveled being about 40 miles. All but
one of the fish were out for less than 3 months.
However, one was at liberty for slightly over 8

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 9

months and during this period grew about 7 pounds.
This growth rate agrees very well with past stud-
ies on the growth of Hawaiian skipjack based on
size-frequency analysis.

As implied above, the modified and augmented
skipjack program is only a few months old. At
least one year's work is needed for a preliminary
evaluation of the results.

North Pacific Albacore Program: One objec-
tive of this program is to explore the area north
and east of the Hawaiian Islands for potential fish-
ing grounds and to collect basic chemical and phys-
ical data to use in the analysis of our fishing re-
sults. The second has been to work "upstream"
of the American coastal albacore fishery to investi-
gate the biological and physical causes of the vio-
lent fluctuation in the catches of this fishery. In
support of these studies, investigations are also
being made of the oceanwide distribution of alba-
core, albacore growth rate and spawning, races
of albacore, North Pacific weather, and the dis-
tribution of plankton.

As in the past, in order to obtain the most ef-
ficient use of available vessels and personnel,
POFI cooperated closely with other agencies in
the planning and execution of the field program.
Formal coordination of the exploratory fishing
program with those of research agencies of the
Pacific states was through the Albacore Steering
Committee. Informal cooperation through the
Eastern Pacific Oceanic Council resulted in Nor-
pac, a quasi-synoptic physical, chemical, and
biological survey of the North Pacific during July
and August 1955, which involved vessels from the
United States, Canada, and Japan. A significant
contribution to the summer distribution of alba-
core was also made by U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service vessels surveying the salmon distribution
during July-September 1955 when they fished far
enough south to show the northern limit of alba-
core in mid-ocean.

Three exploratory fishing cruises were made
during the year to determine the distribution and
abundance of albacore to the north and east of the
Hawaiian Islands.

The surveys during the past have been directed
primarily towards determining the limits of dis-
tribution of albacore tuna and associated environ-
mental factors. As data have been accumulated
and analyzed emphasis has shifted from subsur-
face to surface fishing and the principal gear to
be used in the future will be the gill net supple-
mented by trolling. It is hoped that the results
obtained by these fishing methods will enable us
to define the areas of commercial abundance.

Data concerning catch rates and length frequen-
cies of albacore tuna were compiled from all pos-
sible sources in the literature in order to form the
basis of a working hypothesis for their distribution
and abundance in the North Pacific. The data were
not extensive but they seem to indicate that there
is a single population of albacore which has its
primary nucleus and source in the waters of the
islands of the western central Pacific. Literature
search and analysis of this type of data will be con-
tinued.

September 1956

Through the Albacore Steering Committee POFI
has encouraged a Pacific-wide albacore tagging
program, the general objectives of which are to
more clearly define the migratory routes of the al-
bacore and to clarify the relationships between the
fish taken on both sides of the Pacific and within
the central Pacific. Continuing its pioneering pro-
gram, during 1956 the California Department of
Fish and Game agreed to tag some 2, 000 fish off
the West Coast with the assistance of the Oregon
Fish Commission. POFI agreed to tag as many

Albacore
(Thunnus germo)

fish as possible in midocean, and to provide tags
for the albacore that might be caught during salm-
on research cruises of vessels of Canada, the

U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, and the University
of Washington. In addition, in May a team of two
POFI biologists was sent to Japan to tag albacore
and to instruct Japanese technicians in tagging
methods. There was considerable interest in this
work and through the excellent cooperation of the
Japanese, the POFI representatives tagged 270
albacore off the coast of Japan. Based on this ex-
perience the Japanese are planning to tag 2, 000 al-
bacore during the spring of 1957.

Since the inceptionof the albacore program
POFI has tagged and released 201 albacore and 82
big-eyed tuna in the central North Pacific. Four
recoveries were reported this year, 2 of albacore
and 2 of big-eyed.

Economical Means of Harvesting Tunas: Anew
method for handling cotton long-line gear was de-
veloped during the year. This method involves
flaking down a continuous mainline into a large tub
rather than breaking the gear into individual bas-
kets. Using this method we have been able torath-
er easily fish up to 1,000 hooks a day. Though
there were 11 men on the fishing vessel, it appear-
ed that this amount of gear could have been rather
easily fished by 6 men. This indicates a more ef-
ficient operation than that of Japanese commercial
fishermen who fish around 2,000 hooks with crews
of 25 to 30 fishermen. Further tests of this meth-
od are needed before it can be stated with certain-
ty that it has commercial possibilities. However,
all indications to date are favorable.

Steel gear, which had been tested earlier, was
finally shown to be rather inefficient when appiied
to tuna long-line fisheries. Though it, too, holds
promise of getting more hooks in the water with
fewer men, there are rather severe problems as-
sociated with its use. For one thing, steel is ex-
pensive and does not last long in the field because
of excessive kinking under the strain of holding
heavy fish. Perhaps even more important, how-
ever, the steel gear does not appear to capture
tuna as efficiently as cotton gear. There is evi-
dence to indicate that this is because of its lackof
resiliency and its failure to provide a drag on the
fish's struggle to escape.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 31

; Sonic Ranging: A new and potentially promis-
ing Sonic scanning device was received in Decem-
ber. To date most of the effort has been devoted
to ironing out bugs in design and construction. It
appears we are now in a position to(a) learn how
to use it effectively, and (b) apply it where perti-
nent to our present studies on tuna behavior and
distribution.

Contract Research: Contracts with the Univer-
sity of Hawaii enable us to utilize the services of
experienced faculty researchers in specialized
fields of biology, physics and chemistry in coping
with basic research problems of importance to
our program. Three projects were actively pur-
sued during the year as follows:

TUNA VISION: This project, started in June
1955, stemmed from our unsuccessful attempts to
devise a substitute for tuna livebait, our observa-
tion that vision was the predominant sense in tuna
feeding, and our belief that fundamental research
on vision might suggest a new approach to the so-
lution of the tuna bait problem. The objectives
for the first year were (a) to determine if there
were anatomical or morphological differences in
the eyes of different sizes and species of tuna
which might be associated with different habits
and habitats, and (b) to determine the optical po-
tentials of the tuna eye. Comparison of the eyes
of small and large skipjack (surface fish) with
large yellowfin (deep-swimming fish) so far has
revealed no basic differences in shape, structure,
musculature, or retinal mosaic pattern, despite
the difference between species in habit and habitat.
Fresh whole eyes, with an artificial opaque viewing
Screen covering an aperture in the retinal-cho-
rioid layer, and a movable pin-point light source
were immersed in a long trough of sea water to
determine the distance of acute vision. Problems
arose because of variation in the position of the
lens at rest and the difficulty of devising an appa-
ratus to move the lens and thus to simulate accom-
modation. These problems have not been solved
as yet. A new contract for a comparative histo-
logical study of the retina of different tuna species,
with special emphasis on the distribution and ratio
of the rods and cones was initiated June 1, 1955.

ELECTROFISHING: An investigation of the
possibility of using electrotaxis as a means of
harvesting tuna was continued. Last year, based
on preliminary experiments with aholehole ina
small tank, an apparatus was devised which theo-
retically should create an electric field sufficient
to control the movements of tuna in a large con-
crete tank, 35x11x4 feet in size. The apparatus,
employing pulsed D. C. generated by intermittent
charging and discharging of a bank of condensers
and powered by 10 6-volt storage batteries, was
tested on tuna and other fish during the year. With
this apparatus, it was possible to control the
movements of 8- to 10-pound yellowfin over a
distance of 16 feet, using a frequency of 18-20
cycles per second. These results are regarded
as highly significant (a) because they are the first
demonstration that tuna respond electrotactically,
(b) because of the relatively low power source,
and (c) because of the probability that the dissipa-
tion of energy in the well-grounded tank was com-
parable in magnitude to that which would be en-
countered in the open sea. However, the principle

of condenser discharge was not pursued further be-
cause of problems which would be encountered on
board ship in devising a satisfactory mechanical or
electronic current interruptor. Rather, attention
was directed to the possibility of using a modified
amplidyne-generator assembly to produce a field
of sufficient strength between widely spaced elec-
trodes to control the movements of tunas in the
open sea. Preliminary experiments on modifying
available generator units have shown promising re-
sults. The 1955 contract was extended to August
31, 1956, to complete this phase of the study.

OFF-COLOR TUNA: In initial attempts at com-
mercially fishing the yellowfin tuna resources dis-
covered in the central equatorial Pacific, a rela-
tively large percentage of the catch was rejected
at the cannery because of a 'green'' or "off-color"
condition which developed during processing. Con-
tract work was undertaken to identify the pigment
responsible for this condition and to determine the
chemical processes involved. In other words, the
project was aimed at providing basic information
which might be useful to industry in their problem

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 9

of identifying the incipient condition in raw fish
and in preventing its appearance during process-
ing. It was fofind (a) that in raw fish the pigment
associated with incipient ''greening'' was a peroxi-
dase-like or myoglobin-like heme-protein, (b) that
oxidation of this pigment is involved in the forma-
tion of the condition, (c) that substances, such as
ascorbic acid, which may act as reducing agents,
tend to inhibit the condition, and (d) most impor-
tant, that the ''green'' appearance following pre-
cooking is not due to the production of a green pig-
ment, but rather is due to an abnormal lack of red-
dish pigmentation. These fundamental studies are
being followed with great interest by technologists
both in Hawaii, on the mainland, and in J apan. The
problem of ''greening'' has been encountered in the
Japanese winter long-line fishery for albacore in
the North Pacific and may become of importance
to American industry should large albacore be en-
countered between Hawaii and the mainland.

A new contract continuing the study of "off-
color" tuna was negotiated June 1, 1956.

Public Eating Places Survey

FISH AND SHELLFISH QUALITY STANDARDS NEED RECOGNIZED BY MOST
EATING PLACES: Two-thirds of all the operators of public eating places sé serving
fish and shellfish in the United States who expressed an opinion on the question''Do
you believe that there is a need for grade or quality standards for the fish and shell-

fish you buy?", indicated that grade or quality standards are needed.
of 5 who were asked the question were undecided.

About 1 out
When the establishments are

classified on a regional basis, the opinions are quite similar to those found for the

Recognition of Fish and Shellfish Quality Standards Need by Public Eating Places
Serving Fish or Shellfish, by Geog i

All Public
Eating Places

Geographic
Region

United States Total

Region:
Northeast. . 0
North Central. .
South

68, 000} 100.0

United States as a whole.

Need Grade
or Quality
Standard

Do Not Need
Grade or
beeen

The findings are based on a scientific sample survey of

4,500 establishments representative of all public eating places in the United States,
including 208,000 serving fish and shellfish.

Final results of the survey, which is being financed by funds made available un-
der the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act of 1954, are scheduled for publication this year.

OK OK KK

FREQUENCY OF FROZEN FISH AND SHELLFISH SALES TO EATING PLACES:
According to the results of a scientific sample survey of 4,500 establishments re-
presenting all public eating places in the United States, most of them order frozen

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 33

fish and shellfish supplies weekly. Many of them, however, order supplies daily;
others as infrequently as once a month, ;

Almost 90,000, or 43 percent, of the 208,000 public eatin i i
; U, 3 OF , 3 g places serving fish
and shellfish in the United States order frozen fish and shellfish supplies reson
week, About 16 percent order

supplies every 2 to 4 days. A-
nother 9 percent place orders for
fish and shellfish 1 to 3 times a
month. Only 6 percent of the pub-
lic eating places order supplies
daily.

Many of the larger restau- . : >
rants (annual sales from food of $100,000 or more) are included in the 6 percent
ordering frozen fish and shellfish daily, About 30 percent of these large restau-
rants order daily and an additional 34 percent order 2 to 4 times a week. Only 16
percent of these restaurants order on a weekly basis.

Frequency of Frozen Fish and Shellfish Sales to Public Eating Places
All Public 2to4 Once | 2 or 3 Once Less Than
Item Eating meee Times A Times A Once A Whenever BOaNeeS
Places y A Week Week A Month Month Month Needed WApoticabls
[tance No. % No. % No. lo No. % No. % No. | No. | % No. | % | No. fo
[United States Total ........ 208, 100} 100.0 |12, 900| 6.2] 32, 600] 15.7| 89, 800| 43.1| 10,000| 4.8/7, 700| 3.7 2,700 | 1.3) 12 0001 5.8 40, 400| 19.4
[By Region:
Northeast. ...... 68,000] 100.0] 4,300) 6.3] 8,000/ 11.8) 26,800) 39.4) 2,500) 3.7/2,500| 3.7|1,100|1.6 4, 300| 6.3 | 18,500) 27.2
North Central ... 50 59,700} 100.0} 3,200) 5.4] 8,800} 14.7] 32,900/55.1| 2,700) 4.5/ 2,600) 4.4 600/1.0) 2,800) 4.7} 6,100) 10.2
Southy. wean oo O10 45,900) 100.0] 2,800} 6.1] 8,500] 18.5] 17,900| 39.0} 1,800] 3.9|1, 700] 3.7 600|1.3| 3,6 7.9 | 9,000] 19.6
Wie Stem smewicmntic ina. Wom suaure nes 34,500] 100.0 | 2,600 iL 7.5| 7, 300| 21.2] 12, 200| 35.4) 3,000] 8.7 900| 2.6 400 |1.1| 1,300/3.8! 6,800} 19.7
|By Type of Establishment:
Restaurants imam nen mca 105, 700/ 100.0) 6,900] 6.5|17,900| 16.9| 50,300| 47.6| 4,700] 4.5|3,600| 3.4|1,400|1.3| 5,600|5.3 |15, 300| 14.5
CAR GIED 655 a05 500000 4,300) 100.0 200| 4.6 800| 18.6] 2,200] 51.2 100| 2.3 100) 2.3 = = 300] 7.0 600) 14.0
Restaurants or cafeterias inhotels 15, 300) 100.0 | 3,500) 22,9] 3,100) 20.2) 4,900] 32.0 700) 4.6 300) 2.0 = = 600| 3.9 2,200) 14.4
Drug or proprietary stores with
fountain service ........ 9, 800] 100.0 300} 3.1 800} 8.2) 2,500] 25.5] 1,500/15.3 700) 7.1 100 /1.0 100} 1.0} 3,800} 38.8
Other l/memen ies al, a yoy Tos 73, 000| 100.0} 2,000| 2.7] 10, 000| 13.7| 29, 900| 41.0| 3,000] 4.1|3,000/ 4.1|1,200|1.6| 5, 400| 7.4 |18, 500) 25.4
[By City Size (Population):
500,000 or more ........ 42,600} 100.0} 3,600) 8.5) 6,500] 15.3) 16,400] 38.5) 1,500) 3.5 900} 2.1 400 9} 2,100| 4.9 |11, 200) 26.3
11005000) to) 499,999 2 2 2 St 26,100| 100.0} 3,700|14.2| 5,600) 21.4) 9,200) 35.3 800 | 3.1|1,100/ 4.2 400 /1.5] 1,300|5.0]| 4,000] 15.3
25,000) (to) (995999 «2. te 27,400} 100.0] 2,100) 7.7) 4,400/16.1| 13,100) 47.8) 1,200) 4.4 800) 2.9 400 |1.4 900| 3.3 | 4,500| 16.4
2,500 to 24,999 ......... 39,900| 100.0} 1,600] 4.0] 6,000] 15.0/18,500| 46.4) 2,000) 5.0/1,700| 4.3 400 |1.0| 3,700/9.3 | 6,000} 15.0
eesctthanl2 500M. e ase se 72, 100| 100.0 | 1,900] 2.6/ 10,100] 14.0] 32,600|45.2| 4,500| 6.3/3,200| 4.4/1,100|1.5| 4,000/5.6 |14, 700| 20.4
[By Annual Sales Size (from Food):
100,000 ormore........ 15, 300| 100.0 | 4,600|30.1| 5,200/34.0| 2,500/16.3 400| 2.6 100 7 100/ .7/] 1,000;6.5/} 1,400} 9.1
$ 40,000 to $99, 999 ado 24, 800! 100.0 | 3,000|12.1| 5,900} 23.8/11,200)45.2| 1,100] 4.4 100 4 200} .8 800|3.2 |) 2,500) 10.1
$ 10,000 to $39, 999 do 62,600/ 100.0] 2,700) 4.3) 10,000) 16.0|32,400/51.8} 3,000) 4.8 |2,300/ 3.7 600 | .9}| 2,500/4.0 | 9,100) 14.5
Less than$10,000........ 91,600] 100.0} 1,500] 1.6] 9,900] 10.8/ 38,300) 41.8| 4,800] 5.2/4,600/5.0/1,700 }1.9| 7,000) 7.7 |23, 800] 26.0
INO) GTS a i Ae 13, 800|100.0| 1,100| 8.0| 1,600/11.6! 5,400} 39.1 700 | 5.1 600! 4-3 100/ .7 700|5.1 | 3,600| 26.1
‘T/ Includes drinking places, lunch counters, and refreshment stands, aa

According to the survey the availability of storage facilities for frozen fish and
shellfish and the distance of the supplier from the public eating place are not the
important factors which determine how frequently supplies of frozen fish and shell-
fish are ordered. One factor which may have an effect on deliveries is the number
of days a week fish and shellfish are included on the menus. There is some indica-
tion that many public eating places still offer fish and shellfish meals on Friday only,
while most of the larger restaurants offer fish and shellfish more often.

The survey is financed by funds made available under the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act
of 1954. «

Salmon

COLUMBIA SALMON STUDY PLANNED FOR IDAHO STREAMS: Idaho's fabu-
lous Salmon River, the "river of no return," haunt of "mountain men" and hardy
fishermen, ''top of the stream" for part of the Columbia River salmon and steel-
head trout, and upper limit of the vast $23 million Columbia River salmon program,
is due for special attention this year, according toFredA. Seaton, Secretary of the

Interior in an August 5 news release.

34 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

Initial funds up to $200, 000 for the improvement of the Salmon River and pos-
sibly the Clearwater River, for salmon and steelhead production, are available this
year for expenditure on approved projects.

A preliminary survey of needed improvements on the Salmon will begin soonin
cooperation with the Idaho Department of Fish and Game under the Columbia River
Fisheries Development program.
This is a cooperative program with
the States of Oregon, Washington,
and Idaho.

3 At the present time there are

x: = no dams on the Salmon River which
aoe stn the runs but one dam is ee construction on the Snake River below
the mouth of the Salmon River. This is at Ice Harbor, not far from where theSnake
River joins the Columbia. There are possibilities, however, of major dams at the
Lower Monumental, Little Goose, and Lower Granite sites, all below the mouth of
the Salmon River.

On the Columbia River itself below the mouth of the Snake River is the recent-
ly-constructed McNary Dam, the proposed John Day Dam, The Dalles Dam now un-
der construction, and the Bonneville Dam which has been in existence since 1938.
On the Columbia, also, are Grand Coulee and Chief Joseph dams, 600 miles from
the sea, too high for fish ladders or elevators. Chief Joseph marks the upper limit
of the salmon run on the main river.

In 1949, when it was evident that dams constructed or proposed would serious-
ly damage the salmon and sea-run trout fisheries, Congress authorized the current
salmon program which, when completed, will include 30 hatcheries (seven of which
are in existence and being remodelled), more than 30 fishways and numerous stream
clearance projects. These developments are designed to hold salmon and steelhead
production at the highest possible level, although maintenance of the current produc-
tion of 32 million pounds annually will also depend on continued availability of up-
river Spawning areas.

Of the 30 hatcheries, 8 will be operated by the Fish and Wildlife Service, 13by
Oregon, and 9 by the State of Washington. The total cost of the entire program will ~
be about $23, 000, 000 of which $11, 451, 000 had been made available by the Congress
before July 1, 1956. Of this amount, Washington has been apportioned $4, 291, 000;
Oregon, $3, 404, 000; and the Fish and Wildlife Service, $3,756,000. For the 1957
fiscal year, $1, ‘400, 000 is available for construction and $1, 250, 000 for operation
and maintenance.

Under the program the natural spawning beds, like those of the Salmon River
and elsewhere, will be utilized to the fullest extent. Streams, which because of
numerous natural obstructions have not supported salmon runs for years have been
cleared and new runs established. Hatcheries supply young fish to supplement the
natural spawning results and for the reestablishment of runs. Fish ladders have
been installed over dams and waterfalls. Fish screens have been placed at irriga-
tion headgates to prevent loss of downstream migrants. Similar activities now will
be undertaken in Idaho streams accessible to salmon and steelhead trout.

Special problems relative to fish ladders and screens are being studied by bi-
ologists who are improving fishway design and developing electrical guidance appa-
ratus which, when perfected, will increase the efficiency of the fishways and dras-
tically cut the losses in downstream migrants. These studies are among regular
and continuing Service programs in cooperation with the Corps of Engineers and the
fisheries agencies of Oregon, Washington, and Idaho.

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 35

Saltonstall-Kennedy Act Fisheries Projects

tober 11 and 12, 1956, in Chicago, Ill. This meeting has been called because of
the recent passage of the Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956, which provides, in part,
for the extension of the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act on a permanent basis, and makes
available annually hereafter the full 30 percent of the duties on imported fishery
products, thereby removing the former $3, 000, 000 annual expenditure limitation
of these funds.

Shrimp

not dreams nor are they passing fads or fancies for the biologists of the Institute
of Marine Science of the University of Texas, working on a U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service research project, have discovered a safe, sure, easy, way of identifying
shrimp for study.

The biologists have found that certain dyes introduced into a shrimp's body by
hypodermic needle or food will color the head of the shrimp but will not color the
edible portions. The dye persists in the heads for several months. Various colors
can be used, with the hypodermic needle method of introducing dye into the shrimp
providing the wider selection.

This solves a problem which has been hampering scientific studies of shrimp
for decades. Because shrimp molt periodically as part of the process of growth,
the usual methods of tagging have only been partially satisfactory.

The identification work is part of a study of the movements and migrations of
shrimp populations, which in turn is part of a comprehensive study of shrimp now
being conducted by the Fish and Wildlife Service with funds supplied by the Salton-
stall-Kennedy Act of 1954.

Another part of the research is being done by Tulane University where the first
comprehensive anatomical study ever to be made of shrimp is being pursued. A
third study is being made on the structure and chemistry of shrimp tissues at the
Texas A. and M. Marine Laboratory while still another project to determine the
effects of various environmental factors on shrimp is being made by the Fish and
Wildlife Service biologists at Galveston, Tex.

Shrimp is America's largest fishery in terms of ex-vessel value--more than
$70, 000, 000 a year--and most of the United States production is in the Gulf of Mex-
ico. The purpose of the study, together with an enlarged statistical program, isto
enable biologists and members of the fishing industry to maintain a watchful eye on
the shrimp fishery in the interests not only of the more than 7,000 trawler owners
and crews and the processors who depend upon shrimp fishing for a livelihood, but
for millions of Americans who consider shrimp one of the finer foods.

36 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

South Atlantic Exploratory Fishery Program

GEAR RESEARCH ACTIVITIES BY M/V "GEORGE M. BOWERS" (Cruise 5):
Gear research activities were the objective of a nine-day cruise of the Service's
gear research vessel George M.
Bowers during the period July 23
to July 31. These operations fea-
tured the use of divers using
SCUBA gear, a controllable diving
sled, movie and still-recording
cameras, and underwater televi-
sion in the shallower waters of
Little Bahama Bank adjacent to
Matanilla Shoal at 79 05' west
longitude and 27°20" north latitude.

During 16 diving operations
emphasis was placed on observa-
tions of modifications to rigging
of a 40-foot bottom trawl for use
in experimental fishing operations
; on the bottom, off the bottom, and
The Service's research vessel George M, Bowers. 1 midwater. By use of the diving

Mita La arene sled it was possible to observe the
trawls from all angles at distances ranging from approximately 50 feet to actual
physical contact. Photographic recordings of the gear in action were taken during
varied weather and light conditions.

It was determined that with
minimum modification to place-
ment of floats, lead line, trawl
doors, and towing legs this par-
ticular trawl design was easily
adaptable to experimental fishing
just off the bottom or for midwa-
ter use.

During operations with the
underwater television vehicle, an
evaluation was made of anew and
classified Vidicon television cam-
era tube. A preliminary analysis
indicated approximately twice the
photosensitivity for the new tube
as compared to commercially
available equipment.

Two schools of tuna were Fig, 2 - Exploratory fishing personnel aboard the George M. Bowers
sighted EK: IMiaheyaulllila, Slavepall July 28 preparing to dive with SCUBA gear to observe action of shrimp

5 Z trawls being towed on the bottom,
and July 29. During periods when site . 2

lighting conditions were unfavorable to underwater operations, trolling was con-
ducted at the 100-fathom contour. Seven blackfin tuna (Thunnus atlanticus) from 4
to 6 pounds each were taken. Gonad examinations revealed the female fish were
nearly sexually mature.

The M/V George M. Bowers was scheduled to depart Miami August 14, 1956,
for a 16-day experimental fishing cruise on the Tortugas shrimping ground. Prin-
cipal objective will be to learn more of the occurrence and distribution of shrimp
off the bottom and in midwater. On at least three previous cruises Service explor-

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 37

atory vessels have taken commercial species of shrimp when the trawl was not on
the bottom. Fishing operation will be conducted with 40-foot commercial-scale
gear modified for use off bottom and in midwater in bad bottom trawling areas.

Tuna

part of July for a seven-week large-scale albacore tuna investigation in the off-
shore waters of the North Pacific. State and Federal agencies are cooperating in
this albacore research which is being coordinated by the Pacific Marine Fisheries
Commission, an agency created by a compact between California, Oregon, and
Washington in 1947.

Some of the objectives of the cruise are: (1) investigation of factors such as
water properties and abundance of plankton and other potential fish foods which may
have an influence upon the distribution of albacore and salmon; (2) detection of pos-
sible changes in the above factors which might occur during a period of a few weeks,
(3) collection of further information on the outflow of diluted water from the Colum-
bia River and the Juan de Fuca system; (4) determination of the distributional pat-
tern of any albacore which might be sighted in the area under observation.

During the 5, 300-mile cruise, scientists aboard the Brown Bear will make ob-
servations at approximately 50 oceanographic "'stations.'' The cruise will consist
of two parts, with a port of call at Astoria about August 4. During portions of both
parts of the cruise, the vessel will be operating in conjunction with the U. S. Fish
and Wildlife Service exploratory fishing vessel John N. Cobb.

Plans have been made to rapidly forward to the tuna fishing fleet any informa-
tion regarding schools of tuna which might be encountered during the course of the
study. The Brown Bear will attempt to maintain radio contact periodically with the
commercial fishing vessels in the general area.

INDUSTRY-GOVERNMENT SALES PROMOTION PROGRAM: In response to
requests from the Pacific Coast tuna industry, the Secretary of the Interior an-
nounced July 24 that the Fish and Wild- [
life Service was giving full support to
a joint industry-Government sales pro-
motion program designedto move the
plentiful supplies of canned tuna into
normal trade channels.

The nationwide program, which
was set up to move big stocks of can- PLE 1
ned tuna rapidly, was directed to-
ward both institutional and home-con-
sumer markets and reached a cli-
max during the period of September
13 through 22.

Due primarily to excellent fishing this spring and summer, normally a season
of light production, record stocks of canned tuna are available at the lowest price
in several years. National advertising by the tuna industry and the emphasis of the
tie-in features of canned tuna aided tremendously in the sales effort.

38 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

The Fish and Wildlife Service aided the industry's promotional efforts through
special work with schools, institutions, and food-trade groups. Informational and -
educational activities were increased in order to attract greater consumer attention,

The Department of Agriculture cooperated through use of the facilities of the
Federal Extension Service and the Food Distribution and Information Divisions of
the Agricultural Marketing Service. Canned tuna in oil was included on the list of
plentiful foods during September.

Canned tuna is available in a number of varieties. The solid pack consists of
tuna loins packed in oil; the chunk pack, as the name implies, is a pack of chunks
in oil; the grated pack is the grated or shredded portion of the tuna loin; the flake
pack is the broken or mixed segments of the loin. A number of speciality packs
are also available, such as ''tonno" consisting of solid-meat tuna packed in olive
oil; baby food packs, and others. For the past several years a ''dietetic'’ pack has
been prepared for those persons who must avoid salt in their-diets. Practically all
of these varieties are available in white or light meat.

% % KK

of Health, Education, and Welfare on July 18 was petitioned for standards of
identity and fill of container for canned tuna by the National Canners Association
along with 20 domestic canners of tuna. Accompanying the petition was information
supporting the request and suggesting a proposed text for the standards.

tyne.

Univedistatcoumaenimertileets| aedimons

A total of 89 vessels of 5 net tons and over were issued first documents as fish-
ing craft in June 1956--29 more than in June 1955. The South Atlantic and Pacific
areas led with 25 each, followed by the Gulf area with 17, and the Chesapeake area
with 14, according to the U. S. Bureau of Customs.

Table 2-U.S. Vessels Obtain

Table 1-U.S. Vessels Obtaining First Documents As

Fishing Craft, byAreas, June 1956 and Comparisons ing First Document as
Fishing Craft, by Tonnage,
June 1956
New England : Bj Oy sO} LO We Bwo Bo 6 oo ¢
Middle Atlantic . . 2 wey Ma BD US UO wo UD goo a 0
Chesapeake. ... 14 By SAK D8 NW AOU. AD 6 6 6 6 0
South Atlantic. .. 25 Py aes) I BK BH.) CD WO. BK go oo
Grrl eau auido ie 17 1S | BS i 4X3 |) OS. |] DOW BO s4 6 6 6
Pacitic etsy sic aim ‘| 25 PW We RSS XO) GE OO wey "GY 6 5 6 6 6
Great Lakes - SW A BB) OO) WO MOO 5 oo 5 6
PNB, 9 9 6 6 0 0 5 SPW ATEN AS) SH) BETO) wo), TONEY gga) 5 c
EPeanwecitigny eel tems euie a Se BB LA) WO) MAD oc 6 4 5 6
Gale

In the first six months of
1956, 37 more vessels were

issued documents as fishing craft than in the same period of 1955.

‘1/ Includes both commercial fishing and sport fishing craft,

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 39

U.S. Foreign Trade

EDIBLE FISHERY PRODUCTS, APRIL 1956: Imports of edible fresh, frozen,
and processed fish and shellfish for this April increased about 6.7 percent in quan-
tity and 1.1 percent in value as compared
with March 1956. -Compared with April
1955 the imports for April 1956 increased

United States Foreign Trade in E
A

dible Fishery Products,
pril 1956 with Comparisons

17.1 percent in quantity and 20.4 percent Quantity Value

in value. The dollar value in April 1956 April

was close to 26.4 cents a pound, com- | 1956 [1955 | 1955 [1956] 1955] 1955 _|
(Million of Lbs.) | (Millions of $)

pared with 25.7 cents a pound in April
1955. The increases for April 1956 over
the same month a year ago were due large-
ly to higher imports of frozen fish fillets
and canned fish.

Imports:

Fish & Shellfish:
Fresh, frozen &
processedl/

67.0 | 57.2 | 768.3] 17.7| 14.7] 206.4

Exports:
Fish& Shellfish:
processedl/
only (excluding
fresh & frozen 3.8 91.0 2.6] 21.8

Includes pastes, sauces, Clam chowder and juice, and
other specialties,

Exports of processed fish and shell-
fish in April 1956 decreased about 40 per-
cent from the March 1956 total, and were
also down 58 percent from April 1955. The
value of exports in April 1956 declined 38.5
percent when compared with March 1956 and 69 percent below April 1955.

EK
.

GROUNDFISH FILLET IMPORTS UP IN JULY 1956: United States imports
of groundfish (including ocean perch) fillets during July 1956 totaled 16.1 mil-
lion pounds--27 percent greater than in the corresponding month of last year (see
chart 7 in this issue). The principal cause for this gain was a 4. 6-million-pound in-
crease in imports from Canada. Im-
ports from Norway, Denmark, and

p Miquelon and St. Pierre were also
iY

somewhat greater. Icelandic ground-
fish fillet exports to the United States
during July 1956 were down 1.5 mil-
lion pounds as compared with exports
reported for the preceding July.

Alem There were no imports from Sweden,
United Kingdom, France, Japan, and
the Union of South Africa during July
1956,

| —— Canada continued as the chief
exporter of groundfish fillets to the
United States with 14.7 millionpounds
— during July 1956--92 percent of the

total fillet imports. Canada accounted for 80 percent of the groundfish fillet im-
ports during the same month of 1955.

Total groundfish and ocean perch fillet imports during the first seven months
of 1956 amounted to 82.6 million pounds--an increase of 7.4 million pounds or 10
percent as compared with the amount reported for the same period last year. Can-
ada (59.5 million pounds) and Iceland (15.5 million pounds) led all other countries
during the seven-month period of 1956--both accounting for 91 percent of the total.

oe oe OR OR

40 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

IMPORTS AND EXPORTS OF SELECTED FISHERY PRODUCTS, JANUARY-
MAY 1956: A comparison of United States imports and exports of selected fishery
pine) eon products during the first five
months of 1956 with the same pe-
riod of 1955 shows substantial gains
in imports of canned tuna, salmon,
and crab meat; fresh and frozen

United States Foreign Trade of Selected Fishery Products,
January-May 1955-56

Jan.-May
1956 1955

Percentage
Increase
or Decrease

(1, 000 Lbs.) shrimp, oundfish fillets; andfish
IMPORTS: P : ne
Tuna, fresh or frozen .. . | 58,900| 65,158 meal. There were declines in im-
Tunas cannedia). 2) hls fla. 13, 824] 11, 765 ports of canned bonito, fresh or
poms eae Rete Ae eee ® 108 frozen tuna, salmon, and blocks
on, ireshorirozen .. 3 = 5 5
Salmon. canned ..... - 10,480] 1,038 or slabs of groundfish fillets.
Sardines, canned ...... 8,458| 8, 638
SASH) - 55 45555955 26,123] 16, 645 Principal changes shown in
Lobsters, fresh or frozen . | 20,332) 20, 420 exports were increases incanned
Crab meat, canned ..... rere as)il © 1h, 4765} z a %
Groundfish fillets... .... 41, 940] 30, 026 Sardines and fish oil and a de-
Groundfish blocks and slabs | 13,503] 23, 206 cline in canned salmon.
Swordfish estes ie eee aie ete 7, 759| 8,011
EXPORTS: Fish meal imports during
Salmon Weanned’ ==). = =) -) Ae
SESH Nea y RatiniGile Canned January-May 1956 of 51,167 tons

were 7 percent higher than the
47,967 tons for the same period
a year earlier.

Fish oils, inedible .....
1/ A decrease of less than one-half percent.

United States Governmental Expenditures in
Fiscal 1956 for Fishery Research

United States and state agencies and international fisheries commissions spent
$13, 975, 000 in the fiscal year ending June 30, 1956, on research and services for
commercial fisheries, according to a report released August 2 by Secretary of the
Interior Fred A. Seaton.

Categories considered in the
report include expenditures for
biological research, hatchery and
river basin studies, exploratory
fishing and gear research, tech-
nological studies (refrigeration,
utilization of products, etc.), col-
lection and publication of statistics
and market news data, economic
studies, market development and
education activities, and various
other types of research and serv-
ices.

¥ BERTIE

1p
| hia

D
LEZ

Of this total expenditure, HURRAY dan tite.
$9, 292, 000 was from regular Fish PO pes
and Wildlife Service appropriations
($2, 811,.000 of which was from
funds made available by the Salton-
stall-Kennedy Act), $4,015,000 was supplied by States, and $668, 000 by Interna-
tional Commissions.

‘ 3
a Kbiige——

eo Zoe

Of all the funds spent on fishery research, the report shows that $4, 733, 000 was
spent in salmon research and services; tuna activities got $1,504,000 of which

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 41

$1, 386,000 was spent on the Pacific fishery; oysters got $1,068,000 of which $984,000
was spent on Atlantic and Gulf of Mexico problems; for sardines $1, 184,000 was
spent with $957, 000 going to the Pacific; while $613, 000 was spent on the Atlantic
and Gulf of Mexico shrimp fishery. The menhaden and halibut fisheries each got
$245,000. Research and services for all varieties of fresh-water fish amounted to
$917,000. The remainder of the funds were distributed among numerous other fish
including rockfish, flounders, ocean perch, mackerel, mullet, striped bass, scal-
lops, clams, crabs, and northern lobsters.

More than half of the $4, 015, 000 supplied by States went to three varieties of
fish: salmon research and development work getting $983,000, eastern and south-

ern oyster projects receiving $706, 000, and $638, 000 for work on the Pacific sar-
dine.

Funds of the international fisheries commissions were distributed in the inter-
ests of three fisheries: salmon, $282,000; tuna, $198,000; halibut, $188, 000.

The annual catch of fish varies from year to year but approximates 4.5 pounds.
The value of the catch also varies but it approximates $350 million a year.

The report puts shrimp in first position in value of the catch at the boat, third
at the level of the processor and primary wholesaler, and second at the retailer
level. Tuna ranks first for the processor and primary wholesaler, first for the re-
tailer, and second for the fisherman and boat owner. Salmon is second €or the pro-
cessor and primary wholesaler, third for the retailer, and third for the fisherman
and boat owner.

As far as volume is concerned, menhaden is far ahead with a catch of about
1.7 billion pounds annually, or about 38 percent of the total catch. Menhaden, which
is used for meal and oil, ranks in sixth, seventh, and ninth positions in value, re-
spectively, to the processor, fisherman and boat owner, and retailer.

Alaska is first among the states and territories in number of fishermen with
14, 000 out of a total of 153,000. California heads the list of fishing craft in opera-
tion with more than 10,000 out of a total of about 87,000 craft. California, Massa-
chusetts, and New Jersey are rated one, two, three in volume of catch; California,
Massachusetts, and Florida are one, two, three in the value of the catch.

The report, Major Commercial Fisheries with Data, on Research Expenditures,
Fishery Leaflet 435, may be obtained from the Division of Information, Fishand
Wildlife Service, Washington 25, D. C.

U. S. Production of Fishery Byproducts, 1955

FISH MEAL AND SCRAP: Production of fish meal and scrap in the United
States and Alaska during 1955 amounted to 264 thousand tons. Compared with
the production reported for 1954, this was a 3-percent increase. The largest
production recorded for a single month during 1955 was in July when nearly 53
thousand tons were processed (table 1). ;

42 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

Table 1-U.S.Production of Marine-Animal Scrap and Meal, 1955 and 1954

eee 1955
Quantit Value Quantit Value
1,000 ; 1, 000
Short Tons $1,000 Short Tons $1, 000_
Meal and Dried Scrap:
AME WAS ee ay le hae ahs secant, 0.3 43.2 - -
LNGSINONAT 5 to's Babe 0.06, 0-0 0.2 29.9 0.2 25.4
Grab Wiley ys reeieig eh eve ral te malas 8.1 445.2 10.1 598.1
Crab, dungeness ....... 22 9.2 0.2 10.3
RUNIGHS'C AllW sr rill moval ews chi scanebce rer ohe eat Fe 0.3 19.6 0.3 33.5
Groundfish ("white fish'')

Hall, CQeSHa EIEN G 5 6 5 0 6 6.1 815.5 Coe 934.6
lElermonlaye 45 G\ no. opto. a 0.0.6 To tl 1,163.5 7.0 928.9
Mienhiad env rivts cteiayaitcnvel stay) tera tele 190.6 25, 449.3 183.1 23, 783.4
Sjsargchind (Itleingrac)) 54 66.0 6 ToO 968.9 6.5 842.6
Dall On Mrewvevse gyelocm aiweicet aetreesenes 0.7 88.6 2, 137.5
Slavgiboaho: Game ae eoarerm ee: iGear a 0.5 34.3 0.9 50.3
Tuna and Mackerel ...... 23.4 3,120.3 Pil, 8) 2,845.2
Winelleyeysiitiecl 5 6 66 646 1 as 19.2 2,542.2 18.7 2,558.0

PRG tale ees a ee 264.3 34, 729.7

MARINE ANIMAL OIL: The total yield of fish oils during 1955 amounted
to 24.8 million gallons, compared with 21.5 million gallons for the preceding
year (table 2).

Table 2 - U. S. Production of Fish Oils, 1955 and 1954

Aa 1955
Quantit Value
1,000 Gals. 1,000 Gals. $1, 000
Body Oil:
INDI CHOV YG) cleo, wrist eke uisy at Mens 16.1 9.3 5.0
VU SCAM RS ro elas nena sto renee 40.5 40.2 19.9
Herrin le ee cia. yt Sevliat yeeney 1,091.0 760.9 434.3
Menhad enviitrors iva: Gay aacir cis Bil. Wi B. 2 18, 641.4 9,755.3
Sardines (@eallchard)saeenen eee 897.7 755.9 420.5
Salmo ny ime sie sew siue euewten eae 145.6 183.0 141.9
Tuna and Mackerel ..... 544.9 584.9 243.5
(Wincilals'siiile Gi Ninssuten euneenarne 710.9 652.4 393.1
Dot alent
Liver and Viscera Oil
COG es Geonatials ieuneesrs 148.9
Sharpay i er) i ha aay eee 47.2
Mais cella Clouls msm mivststllstas rm S59Rut
WotalGe yen eae
Grand Total ..... | 24, 780.7

CONDENSED FISH SOLUBLES AND HOMOGENIZED CONDENSED FISH: The
production of condensed-fish solubles during 1955 (157.1 million pounds) was 9 per-
cent blow 1954. The homogenized-condensed fish production during 1955 totaled
41.2 million pounds, compared with 47.1 million pounds the preceding year
(table 3).

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 43

Table 3 - U. S. Production of Fish Solubles and Homogenized-
Condensed Fish, 1955 and 1954

$1 Million

Fish Solubles:
Maine, Massachusetts, Rhode Island 14,
New York, New Jersey, Delaware . 62.
Varginiamicn ns. 4 - Ou ON eeol na ne tl coat
North Carolina, Florida
Mussis'sippitgemeury iene sc 4
Louisiana, Texas
California, Oregon
FINO PMP ie eo ecias: gr

Homogenized-C ondensed Fish:
Massachusetts, Rhode Island ,...,

eee Me, ie ce

aONooorwoed
WIWDWPPhRrR A

Wholesale Prices, July 1956 °

The usual mid-season lull in landings and production was responsible for the
higher prices in July for most edible fresh and frozen fishery products. The July
1956 over-all wholesale index (114.6 percent of the 1947-49 average) for alledible
fish and shellfish (fresh, frozen, and canned) rose 4.5 percent over the previous
month and 10.7 percent over that
for July 1955.

Although weather conditions
were ideal in all fishing areas,
fish were scarce, particularly in
the North Atlantic. Lighter land-
ings for fresh haddock at Boston
and the evenly-distributed land-
ings of halibut on the Pacific Coast
caused the prices for these prod-
ucts to go up considerably from
June to July 1956, and these prod-
ucts were priced substantially
higher than in July 1955. Salmon
prices dropped slightly from June
to July 1956 because of more lib-
eral landings on the Pacific Coast.
Among the fresh-water fish, July
1956 whitefish prices were lower because supplies were fairly plentiful, but lake
trout and yellow pike prices were higher because catches were light. The drawn,
dressed, or whole finfish subgroup in July 1956 was 15.2 percent higher than the
previous month and 22.6 percent higher than in the same month a year earlier.

Trawlers unloading at the Boston Fish Pier,

There were only slight changes in the prices for processed fresh fish and shell-
fish between June and July. Lower prices for fresh shrimp at New York were more
than offset by substantially higher prices for fresh haddock fillets at Boston. How-
ever, both of these products in July 1956 were priced considerably higher than in
July a year ago. Shrimp landings in the South Atlantic were moderate to liberal.

44 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

The July 1956 index for the fresh processed fish and shellfish subgroup was only 0.7

percent higher than the previous month, but 19.1 percent above the same month in
1955.

Higher prices for frozen shrimp at Chicago, because of excellent demand, ac-
counted for the 5.0-percent increase in the subindex for processed frozen fish and
shellfish from June to July 1956. Higher prices for nearly all items in the sub-
group were responsible for the 10.3-percent increase in this subindex from July
1955 to July 1956. Only frozen ocean perch fillet prices dropped from June toJuly
because of liberal stocks.

Table 1 - Wholesale Average Prices and Indexes for Edible Fish and Shellfish, July 1956 With Comparisons

Point of Avg, Prices1/ Indexes
Group, Subgroup, and Item Specification Pricing Unit ($) (1947-49=100)

July} June July | June
1956] 1956 1956 | 1956 | 1956 |} 1955
ALL FISH & SHELLFISH (Fresh, Frozen, & Canned). . . ... +s eee ce see 114.6 | 109.7 | 111.7 | 103.5

Fresh & Frozen Fishery Products: .. .....-+:2.-
Drawn, Dressed, or Whole Finfish: .....-....
Haddock, Ige., offshore, drawn, fresh .....
Halibut, West., 20/80 lbs., drsd., fresh or froz,
Salmon, king, Ige. & med., drsd., fresh or froz.
Whitefish,L, Superior, drawn, fresh .....
Whitefish, L, Erie pound or gill net, rnd., fresh
Lake trout, domestic, No. 1, drawn, fresh. . .
Yellow pike, L. Michigan& Huron, rnd.,fresh .

Fillets, haddock, sml., skins on, 20-lb. tins. .
Shrimp, Ige, (26-30 count), headless, fresh . .
Oysters, shucked, standards ........

New York
Norfolk

112.3 | 85.1} 91.9
126.4 | 129.3 | 124.8
136.1 | 136.1 | 136.1 | 117.5

Processed, Frozen (Fish & Shellfish): ......
Fillets: Flounder, skinless, 1-lb. pkg. .. .
Haddock, smi.,skins on, 1-1b, pkg... .
Ocean perch, skins on, 1-lb, pkg. . .
Shrimp, Ige. (26-30 count), 5-lb. pkg. ....

Gannedihishenyg2roducts syememrcmmtemtele mc itsilenicmien sir smelitciate
Salmon, pink, No.1 tall (16 0z.), 48 cans/cs. . . {Seattle
Tuna, It, meat, chunk, No, 1/2 tuna (6-1/2 oz.),
ASiCans/icsswiatanemanisreieue ee cm ene eee
Sardines, Calif., tom. pack,No, 1 oval (15 02.),
ASicaus/(CSameienel nen mena etic one nn | LOsvAnceles |icse
Sardines, Maine, keyless oil, No. 1/4 drawn
(GAVE ©), HOO CMB/ES5.6 6.065600 000 New York

0.0

- |Los Angeles} cs,

1/Represent average prices for one day (Monday or Tuesday) during the week in which the 15th of the month occurs. These
prices are published as indicators of movement and not necessarily absolute level, Daily Market News Service ‘‘Fishery
Products Reports’’ should be referred to for actual prices,

2/ Revised.

Note: The canned salmon price shown in the index for January, February, March, April, May, and June (Commercial Fish-
eries Review: March 1956, p, 25; April 1956, p. 27; May 1956, p, 34; June 1956, p, 51; and July 1956, p. 55; respectively)
was incorrect and should have been $22.65 a case, However, the canned index for each of these months was not affected
and was correct as shown,

Canned fishery products prices remained unchanged from June to July 1956 and
were only 0.5 percent lower than in July 1955. In July 1956 the canned tuna pack
was greater than for the same period a year earlier, and the same was true for the
canned Maine sardine and canned salmon packs. However, the good demand for
nearly all canned fishery products accounted for the steadiness in prices. Prices
in July 1956 as compared with the same month in 1955 were substantially higher for
canned salmon and Maine sardines but were almost offset by the lower prices for
canned tuna and California sardines.

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 45

International

INTERNATIONAL PACIFIC HALIBUT COMMISSION

cording to an announcement of August 6 by the International Pacific Halibut Com-
mission. The Comission estimated that by August 24 the catch limit of 28 million
pounds for Area 3A would be
reached. There is no catch
quota for Area 3B, but that
area closes on the same date
as Area 3A.

The official opening date
for all halibut fishing in the
Pacific regulatory areas this
year was May 12 (6a.m.
P.S.T.), but fishing did not
commence until May 20 be-
cause of a voluntary delay
agreed upon by all United
States and Canadian halibut fishermen.

Areas 3A and 3B this year were open to fishing for 104 days--the longest sea-
son for those areas since 1947 when the season lasted for 109 days. For the last
few years the trend has been towards a shorter season. However, this year fish-
ing in those areas lasted longer because (1) fishing started 8 days later than the
opening date established by the Commission, (2) most vessels voluntarily ag-eed
to remain idle for 7 days after each trip, (3) there were a few days of inclement
weather on the fishing grounds, and (4) fish were scarce in certain popular fishing
sections. In view of the fishermen-agreed 8-day delay of the opening date, actual
fishing in Areas 3A and 3B was possible for only 96 days. In 1955, Areas 3A and
3B were open to fishing for 81 days as compared with 58 days in 1954, 52 days
(shortest on record) in 1953, 60 days in 1952, 56 days in 1951, 66 days in 1950, 73
days in 1949, and 72 days in 1948.

This year, according to the regulations, the second fishing season of 7 days in
Areas 2 and 1B was scheduled to begin at 6a.m. P.S.T. September 9 (16 days
after the end of the first season in Area 3A, which was announced as August 24).
The second fishing season was scheduled to end at 6 a.m. September 16, unless a
later termination date was announced.

The second fishing season of 9 days in Areas 3A and 3B was scheduled to be-
gin at the same time as that for Area 2, but was scheduled to end at 6 a.m. Septem-
ber 18 unless a later termination date was announced.

A third fishing season of 23 days in Area 3B only was scheduled to begin at
6 a.m., September 30 (12 days after the end of the second fishing season for that

46 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

area) andendat 6 a.m. October 23, 35 days after the end of the second season. In
the event the Commission announces a date later than September 18 for the end of
the second halibut fishing season in Areas 3A and 3B, the opening and closing dates
of the third season in Area 3B shall be changed accordingly.

Area 1A, which has been open continuously to halibut fishing since May 12 is
scheduled to close at 6 a.m. on the same day that the third halibut fishing season
in Area 3B shall end.

After the termination of the last of the fishing seasons in each area, that area
shall be closed to halibut fishing until it is reopened in 1957.

Area 1A includes the waters south of Heceta Head, Ore.; Area 1B, the waters
between Heceta Head and Willapa Bay, Wash.; Area 2, the waters between Willapa
Bay and Cape Spencer, Alaska; Area 3A, the waters between Cape Spencer and the
Shumagin Islands off the coast of Alaska; and, Area 3B, the waters west of Shuma-
gin Islands and in Bering Sea.

NORTHWEST ATLANTIC FISHERIES COMMISSION

REPORT ON ANNUAL MEETING: The Annual Meeting of the InternationalCom-
mission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries convened at Commission headquarters
in Halifax, Nova Scotia, June 11-15, 1956. The Annual Meeting was preceded by
meetings of the Committee on Research and Statistics on June 8-9.

All ten countries were represented at the meeting. West Germany and the
U.S.S.R. were represented by observers. The Commission would probably hold
its next meeting in Lisbon on May 20, 1957.

Substantive questions of the Commission's rec~-
ommendations for mesh-size regulation in Subareas
Ill, IV, and V were of principal concern. Of the rec-
ommendations made by the Commission at its meeting
in Ottawa in June 1955, only that for Subarea V, which
involved minor amendments to the existing regulation,
had received complete acceptance by the governments
in the panel involved. The recommendations for 43-
inch mesh in Subarea IV and 4-inch mesh in Subarea
III had been objected to by the French Government.
The French Government had no objection to the mesh
size in itself but found it impossible to accept the
provision which restricted the use of chafing gear.
This objection stemmed from the fact that French trawlers operating in the North-
west Atlantic fished at great depths, and the French found it necessary to use double
and sometimes triple cod ends in order to prevent the gear from bursting when
brought to the surface. This question was discussed thoroughly during the Com-
mission's meeting and the French Commissioners agreed that an investigation should
be undertaken immediately by French scientists to find ways of strengthening the
gear so that double and triple cod ends would not be necessary. The United States,
United Kingdom, and Canada all agreedto cooperate with and assist the French Govern-
ment to the greatest extent possible inthis study. After some further discussion of the
problem, the French Commissioners agreed to vote for an amendment to the regu-
lations for Subareas III and IV, which would place the restrictions on chafing gear
in abeyance until July 1, 1957. At that time they would go into effect automatically
unless the French Government notified the United States of its continued objection.
It was the hope of the Commission that this amended regulation could be brought
into effect by January 1, 1957. If so, on that date the use of 44-inch mesh in Sub-
area IV and 4-inch mesh in Subarea III would be required, but there would be no re-
striction on the use of chafing gear. It was the further hope of the Commission that —

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 47

by the first of July 1957 the French Government would have solved its problem and
be prepared at that time to accept the limitations on chafing gear. This proposed

amendment to the regulations for Subareas III and IV was adopted by the Commission
for transmittal to the governments for their final approval. .

The question of the ten-percent annual exemption which the United States Com-
missioners proposed to the Commission met with considerable resistance, partic-
ularly from the United Kingdom because of the damaging precedent which that Govern-
ment felt the exemption would establishin the North Seaandthe Northeast Atlantic and
from Canada because that Government felt that the administrative problems connected
with such anexemptionwere insuperable. After muchdiscussion, it was agreed that
the ten- percent exemption might be adopted as an experiment in Subarea V onlyfor a
period of two years. If, atthe endof one year, there was evidence that a ten-percent
exemption permitted large numbers of small haddock to be taken, the percentage might
be reduced. Inanyevent, the results of the experiment would be reviewed by the Com-
mission at the endoftwo yearsto determine whether or notit was successful and the
ten-percent annual exemption might be adopted permanently.

The Standing Committee on Research and Statistics reported considerable pro-
gress was being made intagging, inthe standardization of methods of measuring fish,
and in the coordination and researchoncod, ocean perch(redfish), halibut, and haddock.

Iceland asked for a panel membershipin Panel 1. The application was approved
by Panel 1 and accepted by the Commission.

An application by United Kingdom for panel membershipin Subarea 4 was, after
some discussion, withdrawn by that delegation.

The question of the Italian membership in Panels 1, 2, 3, and 4 was considered.
The Italian delegates stated that they had proposed to the Italian Government that it
inform the Commission before the end of June 1956 if any changes were wished. Fur-
ther action was deferred.

The Committee on Research and Statistics opened its session this year on June
8 by continuing study of the Commission's research needs which it had begun at
Biarritz, France, in March. Its principal point of reference was the list of recom-
mendations which the working parties of experts had made regarding gaps in knowl-
edge that must be filled in order to carry out the Commission's functions. To fill
these gaps requires a comprehensive research program throughout the Convention

48 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

Area. Such a program is beyond the capacity of any one member of the Commission;
it must be carried out by all members closely collaborating in designing the work,
coordinating the operations, and integrating the interpretations. Such collaboration
is the principal function of this Committee and is the purpose of interim meetings
such as that held at Biarritz.

Taking a long view of the research needs of the Commission, it will be neces-
sary for all of the members to increase their support of research. The amount of
increase which each country should plan must depend on its present expenditures
for fishery research in the area and on the volume of fish which it harvests. Dur-
ing this year's session, the Committee outlined research programs dealing with cod,
haddock, ocean perch, and halibut, and with several subjects that apply to all species,
namely population dynamics, causes of natural mortality, and techniques of fishery
research. These programs, which are appended to the report on the Biarritz meet-
ing, are laid down as a guide for future planning, not as a prescription for full, im-
mediate action. The Committee urges the Commission members to foster the or-
derly increase of support for fishery research in their respective countries as rap-
idly as feasible, beginning immediately by taking the essential first step of making
provision for adequately sampling their fisheries at sea and also ashore.

Panel 1 met once. The Commission noted the Panel's statement that all coun-
tries should carry out samplings of their commercial catches and report these to
the Secretariat for compilation, and that hydrographic data should be reported to the
Secretariat in table form; further that the Panel considered the cooperation with
ICES as to hydrographic reporting satisfactory, and agreed that the generous offer
of the International Ice Patrol to furnish ICNAF with data on their sections in Sub-
area 1 should be gratefully accepted. The Commission noted with satisfaction the
progress in research work in the area, especially as to cod and halibut.

Panel 2 met twice. The Commission noted that Portugal had initiated samplings
of its cod catches in Subarea 2, that Canada hoped to do so in the future, and that
this country had continued its explorations for ocean perch in the Hamilton Bank
Area.

Panel 3 met once. The Commission noted with gratification that the Spanish
researches on haddock had been developed considerably and that Portugal had initi-
ated extensive samplings from its cod fishery in the Subarea.. The Panel discuss-
ed the proposed mesh regulations, especially the French reluctance to accept the
method of mesh measuring and the clauses as to chafing gear. Otherwise France
had accepted the regulations, which in their entirety had been accepted by all other
member countries. The question of the clauses on chafing gear were referred to
the new ad hoc committee.

Panel 4 met once. The Commission noted that the United Kingdom had with-
drawn its application for a panel membership in view of the lack of substantial ex-
ploitation. It was further noted that Portugal had commenced samplings of its com-
mercial cod catches, and that joint researches by Canada and the United States re-
garding haddock were carried out. For France the same problems as to the trawl
regulations were found in Subarea 4 as in 3; the problems were considered by the
Panel and also in the joint panels' meeting.

Panels 3 and 4 met jointly to consider the problems of mesh proposals and of
chafing gear for Subareas 3 and 4.

Panel 5 met twice. The Commission noted that the United States was facing
minor difficulties in continuing the small mesh study boat program, but that the
panel had agreed that this important study had to be continued.

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 49

The United States proposalto amend the present exemption of the haddock regula -
tiontoallowa 10 percent per annum exemption was considered. It was agreed that a
series of questions had to be answered before a decision could be taken. These
questions were formed and referred to the Committee on Research and Statistics.
It was agreed that part of these questions, especially as to enforcement, were hard-
ly within the province of the standing committees.

Therefore the Panel proposed to the Plenary to establish another committee
for such problems, and the Plenary appointed an ad hoc committee to deal with any
such problems.

GREAT LAKES FISHERIES COMMISSION

FIRST MEETING HELD: The Great Lakes Fisheries Commission met at Sault
St. Marie, Ontario, July 30 and heard reports from United States and Canadian re-
searchers working on the sea lamprey problem, states the July Official News Bul-
letin of the Michigan Department of Conservation.

Ann Arbor, Michigan, has been named the official headquarters for the Com-
mission, an international six-member board recently set up to help fisheries re-
search and to guide sea lamprey control on the Great Lakes.

Lampreys have devastated certain fish populations in the Great Lakes. Elec-
trical weirs are blocking many rivers emptying into the Great Lakes to prevent
lampreys from spawning. Also, certain chemicals have been found to kill young
lampreys living in upriver mud and gravel banks. °

At present, 97 weirs are in operation on Lakes Superior, Michigan, and Huron;
55 more are scheduled for construction on Lake Michigan streams and 10-26 on
Lake Superior streams this year. Others will be built on other lakes in the next
few years so that barriers will block all rivers on all the Great Lakes by the end
of 1960.

The Commission was to hold its next meeting in Ann Arbor in mid-August and
called its statutory annual meeting for late November 1956.

INTERNATIONAL LAW COMMISSION

INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE SUGGESTED TO SETTLE BREADTH OF TER-
RITORIAL WATERS: The International Law Commission after five years of discussions
voted in June 1956 to make no decision on the breadth of territorial waters withina limit
of 12 miles, reports The Fishing News (June 15, 1956), a British fishery periodical. The

Commission suggested that the subject should be settled by an internationalconference.

The Commission, who began its work in 1951, is preparing a draft report on
The Regime of the High Seas for approval by the next session (November 1956) of
the United Nations General Assembly.

The draft recognizes that ‘International practice is not uniform as regards the
delimitation of the territorial sea;'' and that, though many states have fixeda breadth
greater than three miles, ''many states do not recognize such a breadth when that
of their own territorial sea is less."

Britain, the United States, and the Soviet Union were amongst the majority of
nine who, believing that only an international conference could settle the matter,
considered it advisable to go no farther at this stage than to lay down that: ''The
Commission considers that international law does not permit an extension of the
territorial waters beyond 12 miles."

50 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

Before the vote was taken, Britain's representative stated that Britain had al-
ways championed the three-mile limit and declared that any extension above this
figure would upset the balance of the Commission's work and some countries would
have seriously to reconsider their position.

He pointed out that the Commission had already granted coastal states the right
to take unilateral action to protect fisheries outside their territorial waters and, if
further concessions were granted regarding the territorial sea, some states might
well start claiming the continental shelf as well.

The Commission has still to complete its examination of the question of straight
base lines where a coast is deeply indented.

For some weeks the International Law Commission, which consists of 15 legal
experts from different countries, has been meeting in Geneva and discussing the
codifying and developing of international law. The Commission approved the follow-
ing text submitted by Greece's representative:

(i) The Commission recognizes that international practice is not
uniform as regards the delimitation of the territorial sea.

"(ii) The Commission considers that international law does not
permit an extension of the territorial sea beyond 12 miles.

"(iii) The Commission, without taking any decision as to the
breadth of the territorial sea within that limit, notes, on the one hand,
that many states have fixed a breadth greater than three miles and, on
the other hand, that many states do not recognize such a breadth when
that of their own territorial sea is less.

"(iv) The Commission considers that the breadtn ur the territorial
sea should be fixed by an international conference."

During the discussion of draft articles on fisheries at Geneva, an amended ar-
ticle was proposed by Judge Edmonds (U.S.) which said that where the yield of fish
was dependent on the conservation program being carried on by the state or states
whose nationals were substantially fishing such stocks, states not so fishing or
which had not done so within a reasonable period of time, excepting the coastal state
adjacent to the waters in which this stock was found, should abstain from fishing
such stock.

Judge Edmonds described his proposal as a progressive step in the develop-
ment of international law, reports a Geneva correspondent. Judge Edmonds was
supported by Dr. P. Nervo (Mexico) who spoke of ''the justified exclusion of third
parties by abstention."

Sir Gerald Fitzmaurice (U.K.) pointed out that the principle might violate the
doctrine of nondiscrimination enshrined in the Commission's draft. Mr. Francois
(Netherlands), the special rapporteur, strongly approved the principle, which he
said could hardly be regarded as a victimization of newcomers to fishing grounds.
The Commission agreed with the chairman's view that the question should be taken
up when the Commission dealt with the whole matter of exclusive rights in certain
areas of the high seas.

FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION

WORLD MARINE RESOURCES SURVEY MAY SUPPLY KEY TO FUTURE: Ma-
rine biologists of many. nations employed by the Food and Agriculture Organization
are engaged on complex work of collecting, sorting, analyzing, codifying, and re-
cording by decimal classificaion, facts and information about the oceans, seas, riv-
ers, and inland waters of the world.

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 51

These men are engaged on a task which will take many years to complete--a
survey of the living aquatic resources of the world. It is a task which relates to
the activities of the Member Governments of the 72 nations of FAO, and of marine
biologists, and of fishery scientists studying the world's fisheries, as well as fish-
ermen themselves. Ultimately, this resources survey, of
which FAO acts as a clearing house and stimulator, not an
originator, may determine the future welfare of fisheries
throughout the world.

"Fisheries are still in a primitive state as compared
with, say, farming,'’ said Dr. G.L.Kesteven, Chief of the
Biology Branch, Fisheries Division, FAO, whois incharge
of the Organization's work on the survey. ''The ultimate
aim in fisheries is to conduct the industry with the same
efficiency and certainty which now exists in agriculture,
although, of course, we can never hope to 'farm,' as it
were, all the oceans and seas. But we need to practice fish husbandry to the fullest
extent within the limits possible. We need to manage, control, and breed fish as a
farmer manages, controls, and breeds animals so that we can cultivate fish, whether
at sea or in fresh water, for the benefit of mankind, that is to say, breed them for
our purpose, pasture them as we do animals, and harvest them for food or commer-
cial purposes as we do sheep or cattle.

"At the present time we are a great distance from sucha goal," he continued,
"although Governments have made the first tentative steps in that direction through
the introduction of fishery controls such as closed seasons for catching certain fish
and regulations concerning the size of nets to be used, and have, as in the case of
whales, restricted the quantities that may be caught in one season."

The problem of management, control, and development of fisheries, is compli-
cated by a number of factors. First, no individual or nation has property rights
over the oceans and seas or the life in them. Even the extent of ownership of ter-
ritorial waters is in dispute. Second, about 75 percent of the earth's surface is
covered by water and knowledge of the life and resources of this vast area is limit~
ed. Third, the knowledge that does exist of well-known and exploited sea fisheries
is inadequate for rational management on a national or international scale.

"According to statistical information available, only about 10 percent of animal
protein food consumed by man comes from the waters of the world,'' said Dr. Keste-
ven. "Our present knowledge of resources indicates that we could gather much
more food from this source and also use much greater quantities of sea products
for commercial purposes. For example, Dr. Woodward of the United Kingdom,
estimates that there are 10 million tons of brown seaweed available around Scotland
and one million tons could be harvested each year to produce 70,000 to 110,000 tons
of carbohydrate. He has also estimated that there are 60 million tons of such weed
growing on the coasts of Norway, France, the British Isles, Canada, and the Falk-
land Islands. This is only one example of aquatic flora which could be used by man
and, as always when one talks about marine life, the figures run into astronomical
dimensions."

Fish and aquatic mammals are at the end of the food chain in the sea, but there
are intermediate stages in this chain which might be of commercial value. Zoo-
plankton is an example. This minute growth is a basic food for many creatures in
the sea. Whales, for example, consume millions of tons of it. Man can use zoo-
plankton and in Asian countries great quantities are used in the manufacture of
pastes and other fishery products. Attempts have been made by governments of
western countries to use zooplankton industrially but with little success so far.

52 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

"T mention these in passing to indicate that any survey of marine resources is
concerned with much more than fish,"’ explained Dr. Kesteven, "although, naturally,
mankind is more directly interested in the food he can get for immediate consump-
tion, that is to say, fish. We have gathered much more knowledge about the avail-
able commercial fish but before we can reach a point of conducting fish husbandry
we need to know a tremendous lot more. What we do know has led to some con-
servation measures being taken as, for instance, in the North Sea where it has been
recognized that unrestrained overfishing might lead to gross depletion of stocks.
Fishery biologists believe that, through international agreement at government level
and through other control and conservation activities, the yield of fisheries can be
maintained at a determined level but we need full knowledge of all the factors in-
volved before we can attain such results.

"Another practical result from a world survey of marine resources would be
the discovery of the nature and extent of stocks in relatively unexploited grounds,
of new grounds, and, perhaps, the commercial uses for trash fish or species which
are not now considered to be of any value."

The discovery in recent times of new resources of fish and crustacea indicates
that the oceans contain much unknown wealth. It is estimated, for example, that
only 10 percent of known plaice grounds are being fished, and it is quite possible
that there are also many unknown flat fish grounds. In South African waters a huge
pilchard fishing industry has grown up within the past 10 years or so. Inthe case
of crustacea, in the past 50 years new resources have been found and exploited off
the east coast of America, the east coast of Australia, the Mexican Gulf, and even
in the Mediterranean. Again, only this year an FAO master fisherman discovered
a new shrimp ground, 140 miles in extent, ranging along the west coast of India.

"These are only a few instances of finding and exploiting new resources,"' said
Dr. Kesteven. ''They tend to support the theory held by some that there are no
deserts in the sea and perhaps a survey of aquatic resources may ultimately prove
this to be well-founded. However that may be, the steadily increasing catch of fish
in the world is a pointer to the potential possibilities. At present, the total catch
of fish, crustaceans, and molluscs amounts to about 27 million metric tons, accord-
ing to the FAO Yearbook of Fishery Statistics. This is about 5 million metric tons
more than was caught in, say, 1938, and marine biologists believe that the total
might well be raised to some 50 million metric tons annually in the course of the
next 20 years or So.

"But in order to increase production, we must have comprehensive knowledge
of the resources, and the object of the survey is to provide us with that knowledge.

"T should stress,'' he continued, "that FAO's part in this survey is a clearing-
house of information. We do not carry out research and surveys ourselves, except
through the agency of technical assistance projects, but we are attempting to col-
late all available information and to disseminate that information to governments
and international fishery agencies and to other interested fishery organizations,
firms, and persons."

In connection with this work, FAO is collaborating with the Bibliographia Ocean-
ographica, with Member Governments of FAO, and with international fishery organ-
izations.

"We attempt to read, appraise, and extract all information in current literature
relative to the survey of aquatic resources," explained Dr. Kesteven. 'In doing so
we read some 2,500 books and contributions in periodicals a year from which we
extract information which we record by a punched card system. Ina year we
probably deal with some 3 or 4 thousand cards. The editors of Bibliographia Ocean-
ographica are engaged on a similar work and produce a great number of reference
ecards, which they exchange with us.

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 53

"We are also engaged on compiling an Oceanic Thesaurus which we hope to make
into a compendium of information concerning the species of fish caught in various
countries and regions, the economic value of stocks and species, and the productiv-
ity of marine and inland waters in all parts of the world."!

One of the byproducts of FAO's work willbe a worldatlas of fishing maps. These
maps will contain in simple and easy-to-see form all the immediately important in-
formation relative to world fisheries. The atlas will be issued next year. Mean-
while, the information which Dr. Kesteven and his assistants are continually ex-
tracting is being brought to the attention of governments and fishery organizations.

"It is important to realise,'' said Dr. Kesteven in conclusion, "that the work
we are doing on this survey of marine resources is only one contribution to the de-
velopment of world fisheries. There are a great number of other activities involved,
such as technical developments in fishing, exploitation of known stocks, andincreas-
ing the productivity of the fisheries in underdeveloped countries through mechaniza-
tion and the introduction of modern catching techniques. There are also a multitude
of financial, marketing, social and economic considerations, all of which can, and
often do, affect any national or international development of fisheries. Our princi-
pal task is basic, that of gaining knowledge and understanding of the marine resources,
and when we have that knowledge it will have a practical effect on all policy, plans,
and work concerned with the development of world fisheries."

WHALING .

sperm whale oils in 1956 is forecast at 425,000 and 105,000 short tons, respectively,

iS A EA ee Se ee as compared with
Table 1 - Whale and Sperm Oil Estimated World Production,| 418,000 and 93,000

by Major Producing Country, Annual1954-56 | tons last year (table
Whale Oil Sperm Oil 1). This increase
due to high
CORNET 1/1956 |2/1955 [1954 | 4/1956 (2/1955 |1954 vioidstend eante an
amr Te: (1,000 Short Tons)... 56°) 7 | Spite of the cut in
Norway ......... 136 138| 188 25 2 the Antarctic catch
United Kingdom . . 76 Lia 2.0 le 11 | 9 | quotafrom 15,500
Jppane essa... 83 73| 58 27 23 |15 | biue whale units to
Netherlands ..... 16 11 17 3 1 1 15,000 per season.
Panama......... 27 27 o 3 3/ | 10 Although there was
Union of South ... A 4 a slight increase in
INTSGIORY cass O eee as 20 21) 31 9 the Antarctic pro-
Soviet Union..... 29 33] 32 15 My pte duction, most ofthe
ANORUuTPEMITIEY 55 6g o60 il) 18 19 = = 7s increased output
[NOSES o5 ge ol 8 9) 10 3/ 3/| 3/) came in otherareas.
(Cintile oft ee 3 3] 2 4 es)
IPoresbyeel—=", Goo ous 5 3 = 4 a : Antarctic whal-
Othens Bee ci veniencs 8 8 7 3 ing, including that
Worlditotalyas 425 418 | 454 105 93m iS done by 3 South
T/ Forecast. 2S ess IEian oo OL Suort tons. r Georgia coastal sta-
D/epretieninary. 4/ Production of Azores & Madeira Islands. g

tions, is expected
to account for nearly 90 percent of the world output of baleen whale oil this year.
The same area, however, is expected to turn out only about three-fifths of the world
supply of sperm oil. The major part of the increase in 1956 sperm oil production
is expected to come from Japanese operations, both in the North Pacific and off the
coast of Japan.

Although the number of expeditions engaged in Antarctic pelagic whaling in the
1955/56 season was the same as in the previous year (table 2), each expedition

54 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

added one or two catcher boats thereby increasing its production potential. Thus the
season lastedonly 58 days, aconsiderably shorter period than the 72 and 76 days of
the two previous seasons. The total catch amounted to 14,875 blue-whale units, which
is 125less than the 15,000 units maxiumum stipulated by international agreement.

The International Association of Whaling Companies, following a meeting in
June, reportedly announced that British, Norwegian, Japanese, and Dutch whaling

|Table 2 - Whale and Sperm Oil Antarctic Pelagic a 1954/55 = ieee 56
Wha -— Oi —

Countr
he
Short Tons
INCL AWE Mi aig echo ace clalbed p j 146,543| 151,091
Unitediicing dome rye )
Union of South Africa..
INethemlandsis ene eee:
Japan MOE Sei ea
IPanaimasciaeceo enone non
SONALERE WinhOYn 5 soon ovo oe
Motley se tne wee 62,960

1/ Provisional, _3/ Does not include production of 3 South Georgia shore stations, In os 56 this production, according
2/ Revised, to the provisional data, was 31,440 tons of whale oil and 765 tons of sperm oil, as compared with 33,005
and 770 tons, respectively, in 1954/55,

companies had agreed to limit the number of whale-catching vessels for the 1956/57
season to a total of 210, excluding those to be used by the Soviet Union. The agree-
ment stipulates the maximum number of catchers to be used by the companies or
groups of companies, but allows the groups to apportion the number of whale catch-
ers among their different expeditions. The total number of catchers used by all ex-
peditions during the 1955/56 season was 257.

The pelagic catch quota for the 1956/57 season has not yet been announced.
UNITED KINGDOM-SOVIET RUSSIA FISHERIES AGREEMENT

The British and Soviet Governments on May 25, 1956, reached an agreement on
Barents Sea fishing limits. The main feature of the agreement, which runs for five
years from the time of ratification, is that the 12-mile limit is dispensed with, and
the Soviet Union has accepted, in practice if not in principal for the future, the ex-
pediency of a 3-mile limit. A separate exchange of letters accompanying the agree-
ment states that nothing in it prejudices the claims or views of either government
about the legal extent of territorial waters. According to press reports and a United
States Embassy dispatch dated May 28, the five-year treaty falls short of perfection,
but it does make important concessions to the British distant-water trawlermen.
The following is a summary of the agreement published in the London Times of May
26:

"The agreement means in practice that British vessels will be excluded from
the western end of the coast of Russia for a distance of about 100 miles, and that
they will no longer be able to fish at the western side of the entrance to the White
Sea. Both these stretches were included under the previous agreement of 1930,
which expired in July 1955.

"The fishing grounds open to British vessels have been extended along the
northern shore of Russia for roughly another 100 miles eastward from their previ-
ous limit. British vessels will also be able to fish up to a three-mile limit round
the island of Kolguev, north-east of the Kanin Peninsula. The limits are defined
as running along the coast of the Kola Peninsula between the meridians 36 degrees
and 37 degrees, 50 minutes E., along the mainland to the east of the point at Cape

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 55

Kanin between 43 degrees 17 minutes and 51 degrees E., and also along the coast of
Kolguev to a distance of three sea miles from low water mark. Under the old agree-
ment the area covered was between 32 degrees E. and 48 degrees E. and included
part of the entrance to the White Sea to latitude 68 degrees 10 minutes N.

Australia

exists in South Australian waters off Port Lincoln. It extends at least from Flind-
ers Island to the Neptune Islands and is capable of supporting a tuna industry of
reasonable size.

This has been reported to South Australia's Premier by one of two California
tuna fishermen brought out by the South Australian Government for trial tuna fish-
ing.

The California fisherman said the tuna were chunkier than those caught off Cali-
fornia, giving a better yield with less waste. He said the Government should per-
severe with investigations into pilchard possibilities also.

Under a Government guarantee the two San Diego, Calif., fishermen Came to
South Australia for three months' testing of the waters for tuna and to introduce
pole fishing to the Australian fishermen. They arrived in early February and op-
erated aboard the M/V Tacoma at first. On March 19 one of the fishermen trans-
ferred to the Fairtuna which had only recently been purchased by H. S. Wilson of
Port Lincoln.

To date, though southern bluefin made up the bulk of the catch of 160 metric
tons, yellowtail, trevally, and several striped tuna were also captured. This is the
first recording of the capture of striped tuna in South Australia.

The two California fishermen were scheduled to leave Port Lincoln April 18
on their way home, reports the (Australian) Fisheries Newsletter of May 1956.

Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, July 1956, p. 71,

kk Kk

SALT ABSORPTION BY WHOLE SPINY LOBSTERS IN COOKING: It has been

ket by drowning them in fresh water and cooking them whole in boiling salt water.
It was believed that salt was taken up by the edible meat, thereby improving its
palatability.

A survey of Tasmanian processing establishments by anofficer oftheC.S.1.R.O.
Division of Food Preservation and Transport led to the following observations:

Salt concentrations in cooking waters in various factories ranged from 3.5 per-
cent (sea water) to 23 percent by weight.

Many processors assessed the degree of saltiness of the cooked edible meat
merely by tasting the leg meat.

No accurate data were available on the extent of salt absorption by the edible
meat in different parts of the spiny lobster.

56 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

There was no evidence of excessive saltiness in the taste of tail meat from spiny
lobster which had been cooked in water having a high salt content.

Recently some processors, inanattempt to intro-
duce salt into the meat, have drowned the spiny lob-
ster in warm concentrated brine and cooked them in
steam. Here again there was no information on the
effectiveness of the procedure.

Experiments carried out at the C.S.1.R.O. Tas-
manian Regional Laboratory at Hobart to obtain quan-
titative data on the absorption of salt by the meat of
spiny lobster cooked in salt brines indicate different
conclusions.

The concentrations of salt found in the four se-
lected portions of meat, raw and after various cook-
ing treatments, are shown in the table, each figure
being the average value for three shellfish in each
group. Deviations of individual values from the
mean were very small. The tail meat absorbed very
little salt even in the concentrated solutions; meat
more than #-inch below the surface did not absorb
salt until the brine strength was increased beyond 10
percent. There was a slight loss of natural salt by

: leaching on cooking in fresh water, but only from the
Australian spiny lobsters being weighedbe- Surface layer. Leg meat absorbed small amounts of
fore packing, salt in brines of low strength and about 1.5 percent
in the most concentrated solution.

Although marine spiny lobster contain appreciable concentrations of sodium
chloride in the edible meat, it is generally considered in the trade that the palata-
bility of the cooked meat is improved by the addition of salt tobringits concentra-
tion up to about 1.5 percent. To reach such a level in the tail meat of shellfish
similar to those used in these experiments would require an additional 0.8 percent.

The assumption by the trade that cooking whole spiny lobster in boiling salt
brines brings about such an increase is not supported by the experimental evidence.
Even when they were cooked in very strong salt brines, the increase was only about
0.3 percent. In weaker brines similar to those used by most of the Tasmanian proc -
essors there was very little change in salt content of the tail meat during cooking.
Cooking in fresh water reduced the salt content only slightly.

It is also clear that the saltiness of leg meat cannot be used as a satisfactory
index for assessing the concentration of salt in tail meat. The leg meat in the raw
material used had an initial salt content almost twice that of the tail meat and in
addition it showed an appreciable increase in salt concentration even in weak brines.

It has been assumed that the practice of drowning the spiny lobster in strong
salt brines prior to cooking in steam appreciably increases the salt content of the
tailmeat. The above results suggest that this would be most unlikely during the
short periods of immersion used for drowning.

When the whole spiny lobster is immersed in strong salt brine before or dur-
ing cooking, small quantities of brine may be entrapped within the shell. It has been
argued that there may be an additional uptake of salt from these areas during froz-
en storage. The diffusion of salt into the edible meat during frozen storage is not

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 57

Concentration of Salt in Spiny Lobster Meat likely to be of great import-
Cooked in

ance according to an article
in the May 1956 (Australian)
Fisheries Newsletter.

In the raw meat of the
three shellfish used in the ex-
periment, there was a well-
defined gradient in salt con-
centration from the center to
the surface of the tail and a larger concentration in the leg muscles. The existance
of this gradient has since beenconfirmed inother cases. Itis unlikely,:therefore, that
it was introduced during handling, for example, by contamination with sea water.

2K ok ok ok

WHALE MEAT SHIPMENTS TO UNITED STATES FOR PET FOOD: An Aus-
tralian whaling company reportedly has now made definite arrangements to sell its
whale meat production from two shore-based whaling stations to a United States
firm manufacturing pet foods. The whale meat is to be shipped to the United States
in a refrigerated cargo vessel owned and operated by the purchaser of the meat,
declares a United States Foreign Agricultural Service report from Canberra.

x OK OK Ok OK °

season for 1956 started at Albany in Western Australia on June 8 and on the eastern
coast at Tangalooma, Queensland, on June 11. Quotas for the mainland stations will

be the same as last year, but
1 =
ea __)A th

a new whaling station nearing
completion on Norfolk Island.
The base quota for this station
has been determined at 120
whales per annum, but approv-

an additional quota of 150
a_i

whales has been provided for
O

al has been given for a quota Pass \ ea ;

of 150 whales in this, the first fe Seen ne Geomas eS
— SS SS ET =

year. ——_ —— Ee eats

i Asa result of this increase An Australian whale chaser. Note folded mast to get under low bridges and
in total Australian quotas on foredeck the tractor which serves as a winch for playing whales,
(1,990 whales), it appears like-

ly that oil production from whaling during the 1956 season willapproximately be 8 per-
cent higher than last year, and will again exceed 4.8 million gallons (U.S.). The
quotas for Western Australian stations, which were reduced last year, have not been
revised although 1955 results showed an improvement on the 1954 catch in relation
to size.

The Norfolk Island station nearing completion was expected to begin operations
some time during August 1956, when the catcher now operating at Byron Bay will
be transferred there. The new Station is a subsidiary of the same meat company
operating Byron Bay station. Government officials believe in spite of some whale-
meat exports for pet food to the United States that production of whale-meat meal
may be maintained at the level of previous years by greater concentration of solu-
bles. Apparently the prospective dollar earnings provided an added incentive for
the approval of whale-meat exports, declares a United States Foreign Agricultural
Service report from Canberra dated June 26.

58 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

Bahama Islands

FISHERIES TRENDS, 1955: Exports of Fishery Products, 1952-55: The ex-
port of spiny lobsters (crawfish) by the Bahama Islands continued to be encouraging
in 1955. The export of fresh fish was less than one-third of 1954 exports and far
less than the amount exported in 1952.

Prices in the local market are extremely high, however, and fishermen have
no difficulty in selling their catches locally.

Value of Bahama Islands Exports of Fishery Products and Byproducts, 1952-55

Be ee eee ee eee
1955 ae 1954 1953 1952

a ee
156,920 [439,376

pees

A possibility exists for the establishment of a tuna cannery in Bimini. During
the tuna season, which is short, however, thousands of pounds of tuna are caught by
game fishermen and very little of the catch is consumed.

Sponge Fishery: In 1938 the sponge beds of the Colony were devastated by a
marine disease and, with the exception of a few months in 1946, were closed until
January 1956. The beds remained open until March 31, and the quantity gathered
exceeded expectations, and the quality was excellent. The total value of sponge
sold at the sponge market, open from April 16 to May 11, was £27,237 (US$76,264).
The harvest consisted of wool, grass, hardhead, and reef sponges. Velvet sponge,
20 years ago marketed in large quantities, appears to have become extinct, accord-

ing to the United States Consulate at Nassau (dispatch of July 5, 1956).
Note: Values converted on the basis of E1 equal $2.80

hgh.

Belgium

MARINE OIL MARKET: Belgium's fish oil trade is insignificant. A fair
quantity of whale oilis used. There is one small plant which produces about 400
tons of fish oil a year. This oil is not of a particularly good quality since it is
made from offal. The offal is a byproduct from the curing of herring. About 15

Belgium's Crude and Refined Marine Oil Imports, 1955

Type and untr : 5
Te voriemee: Gishtity ol Teoma Suey
Metric Tons) (Metric Tons)
Crude: Other:
GAT C Ch ty aetna center ae 23 PSPanee sows anu ee ee 4
NOR Wiaiyans saves je, GS, casei Mus 8,157 Te elandy-ph ake Mae eee 5
Netherland Sia senate 1,625 Nor Waiyict: Reiko cia ote 409
Pomtugails 20) cis acs estore 28 Neth eral ainG Siena 7
United Kingdom........ 15 United Kingdom......... 66
Wiest; Germanyin eens ee 2 Sweden. oases 3
Tapa My pe wale os wee ae 63 WiestaG erences eer 4
WimitedsStatesnem nmr ae 598 JapaNngs wew eee Mee 79
Halkijand Island 2355.55. 508 United States........... 1
Aeeonriere ry ip atte tate ceo 740 aadeit ye Chagas
: 2

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 59

years ago two of the margarine manufacturers in Belguim imported some American
menhaden oil which was refined and hydrogenated. They both claim that the oil re-
verted and the flavor of the margarine after a few days was unsatisfactory. The
margarine manufacturers, themselves, thought that the independent refiners in Bel-
gium had not had sufficient experience in refining fish oil, and the product prepared
by them was inferior to that made either in Holland or Germany

There does not seem to be any separate statistics on fish oil alone. These are
incorporated in the general category of marine oils. Imports of marine oils, both
crude and refined, by source during the year 1955 are shown in the table.

The survey was able to ascertain that out of a total of 71,700 tons of all fats
used in the manufacture of margarine in 1955, approximately 10,000 tons was whale
oil. No fish oil so far as we could ascertain was used.

Small quantities of lower-grade domestic fish oil are used for industrial pur -
poses, such as leather dressing, etc., and the balance is usually exported to the
Netherlands under the BENELUX agreement.

This is one of eight reports on a survey undertaken by the U. S. Fish and Wild-
life Service of markets for United States-produced oils with emphasis on Western

Europe.
ote: See Commerc isheries Review, August , P. 47; also see pp. 66, 70, 71, 87, 90, 96, & 99 of this issue,

British Honduras

STATUS OF THE FISHERIES, 1955: No improvement took place in 1955 in the
British Honduras fishing industry. In fact, the value of marine products exports
decreased by some 35 percent below that of 1954. The decrease was attributed al-
most entirely to a decline in the sales of whole spiny lobsters to the United States.

No statistical or other information is available as to total production of the fish-
ing industry. A large number of fishermenprovide fresh fish to Belize and the other

Table 1 - British Honduras Exports of Fishery Products

1955

Fish:
Fresh, frozen

coastal towns, generally selling their daily catches direct to the ultimate purchas-
ers or, more infrequently, to retailers who in turn sell at the local fish markets.

The legal entanglements involving the United States firm holding the exclusive
franchise for lobster shipments to the United States continued to be before the local
courts and were not settled until the spring of 1956. These legal questions contin-
ued to be the main reason why lobster fishing was not carried on aggressively. With
the settlement of this legal difficulty, it is foreseen that lobster fishing will soonbe
tackled more forcefully and may result in increased production and exports.

60 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

Late in 1955 another firm began exploring the possibilities for shipping lob-
sters to the Mexican, Guatemalan and other CentralAmericanmarkets. The survey

Table 2 - British Honduras Fishery Products Exports to United States

aes 1954 aE eee

Spiny lobster, whole .

eS G66
Fish, fresh or froz-

revealed attractive possibilities, and work was begun in organizing the business and
installing freezing and associated equipment, states a United States consular dis-

patch (June 29) from Belize.
Note: Values converted to US® on the basis of BH$1 equals US$0.70.

Tarr, of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada Technological Station, Vancouver,
B. C., ina paper presented at the International Meeting of Fish Processing Tech-
nologists at Rotterdam, Netherlands, June 25-29.

In his paper Dr. Tarr stated that aureomycin was more effective than terra-
mycin or tetracycline in retarding the bacterial spoilage of fish. In the course of
experiments with salmon caught off Vancouver Island, flaked ice containing 1p.p.m.
aureomycin was found to be superior to ordinary ice. Convenient methods have
been found to add aureomycin to flaked ice as it is being made, and to distribute
the antibiotic uniformly in block ice. Studies on the penetration of aureomycin into
fish meat have revealed that only a small amount gets through the skin or belly
flaps, and residual antibiotic is removed when the fish is cooked, reports the June
1956 Trade News of the Canadian Department of Fisheries.

KK KK

FISH CONSUMPTION INCREASING: The Canadian consumption of fish is slow- .
ly rising, partly due to the efforts of the industry and the Department of Fisheries,
and also to improved transportation and cold-storage facilities, Canada's Minister
of Fisheries told the House of Commons in Ottawa in his annual review. There
was a Substantial increase in the number of cold-storage units in 1955. The Min-
ister stated that the industry was in good condition, according to a news item which
appeared in The Fishing News (June 15, 1956), a British fishery periodical.

% OK OK OK OK

FISHERIES TRENDS, FIRST QUARTER 1956: Despite bad weather Canadian
fishermen in the first quarter of 1956 landed the biggest catch on record for that
period. Total landings were 459 million pounds valued at C$10.9 million, compared
to 236 million pounds valued at C$7.0 million for the same period in 1955, points
out a June 29 United States Embassy dispatch from Ottawa.

The herring catch on the Pacific Coast was principally responsible for the good
showing, with 315 million pounds landed in the three-month period as compared to

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 61

117 million pounds a year earlier. On the Atlantic Coast there were heavier than
usual catches of haddock and sardines. In terms of ex-vessel value, haddock land-

ings were worth C$1.9 million
and sardines C$0.3 million, an
increase over last year of C$0.5
million and C$0.2 million, re-
spectively. The lobster catch on
the east coast was valuedatC$1.5
million as compared to last year's
C$1.2 million, although the catch
was appreciably smaller this
year.

The high level of the first
quarter showed signs of dropping
oo - off during succeeding months.
Filleting operation at a large fish plant in St, John’s, Newfoundland, April landings were 61 million
pounds or 27 percent below April
1955 and were valued (C$3.7 million) at 6 percent less. An exception to the general
picture was the very good Pacific Coast salmon catch in April of 535,000 pounds
valued at C$164,000 as compared to April1955's 288,000 pounds valued at C$85,000.

Frozen fish stocks at the end of March 1956 were 30.7 million pounds and at
the end of April had risen to 34 million pounds. Total freezings of fish in Canada
were 50.2 million pounds for the first quarter of 1956 and an additional 22.0 mil-
lion pounds in April.

Exports of fishery products remained steady at C$19.5 million for January-
February 1956 as compared toC$19.0millionin the same period of 1955. The
United States increased its purchases and continued to be the major buyer. Sales
to Europe declined in the first two months from those of a year previous while those
to the Caribbean area increased.

2K KK Ok
MINIMUM MESH-SIZE REGULATIONS FOR ATLANTIC TRAWL NETS: Regu-,
lations prescribing minimum mesh sizes in Canadian Atlantic trawl nets will goin-

to effect on January 1, 1957. The regulations apply to nets being used to fish cod
and haddock. They do not apply to nets being used to fish ocean perch exclusively.

Table 1 - Minimum Mesh Sizes for Otter-Trawl Netting Used in Subarea 4
~ | Minimum Mesh, Tes Recommended New 1
Kind of Twine |Internal Measure Netting Mesh Size
Used and Wet (Between Knot Centers)
5 in.

ligne
55 in.

Size of Twine

60 yds. & larger twine
61-80 yds.
81 yds. & smaller twine 54 in.

60 yds. & larger twine 5¢ in.
2
& double

1/ These sizes refer to individual pieces of netting, In a bale of netting the pieces usually vary slightly in mesh size, To
[make sure’ that all ieces in the bale are at least equal to the recommended mesh size, the netting is usually ordered
with a mesh size to got an inch larger than the equivalent mesh size for new dry netting,

Manila -double

Manila-single
s

Cotton-single
double

The regulation prescribes a minimum mesh size for all parts of the trawl. The
parts mainly affected are the cod end, lengthening piece, and the aft part of the belly.
Other parts of the trawl usually have larger meshes than those prescribed as a mini-
mum, the June 1956 Trade News of the Canadian Department of Fisheries announces.

62 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

Mesh regulation is already in effect for Subarea 5, Georges Bank andadjacent
waters. The regions affected by the new regulation are Subarea 4 and Subarea 3.
Subarea 4 includes the Bay of Fundy, Nova Scotian waters and the Gulf of St. Law-
rence. Subarea 3 includes the Newfoundland fishing banks.

_Table 2 - Minimum Mesh Sizes for Otter-Trawl Netting Used in Subarea 3
Evie ine ney Minimum Mesh, Recommended New I
Kind of Twine |Internal Measure Netting Mesh Size

Used and Wet (Between Knot Centers)

54 in.

Size of Twine
60 yds. & larger twine
61-80 yards 5 in.

81 yds. & smaller twine 4¢ in.

and double

Nylon - single 32 in. All sizes 32 in.
and double
I/See footnote in table 1,

Manila - double 4 in.

The minimum mesh size prescribed for Subarea 4 is the same as that for Sub-
area 5. For Subarea 4, Manila netting used in otter trawls must have a mesh size
larger than 44 inches, internal measure, measured wet after use. For Subarea 3,
the minimum mesh size for Manila netting is 4 inches, measured in a like manner.
Other materials shrink and stretch to a different degree than Manila. They may
also allow the escape of different sizes of fish than Manila through the same size
mesh opening. The necessary equivalents for other materials are thus included in
the preceding tables. Also included are the recommended mesh sizes of new net-
ting which should meet the minimum mesh size specified. Internal mesh size is mea-
sured with a gauge which is forced intothe mesh under 10to15 pounds pressure.

Ok OK OK Ok

DISTRIBUTION OF SALMON IN NORTH PACIFIC OFFSHORE WATERS STUD-
RENE: will, it is hoped, prove to be a major step towards determining the distribution
and migration routes of salmon and other fish in the North Pacific Ocean.

The crews and the scientific observers ac-
companying them are making scheduled fishing
tests at stations scattered over animmense area,
under the auspices of the International North Pa-
cific Fisheries Commission. It is the largest
ocean sampling of fish stocks ever undertaken.
The scientists hope eventually to find out if over-
lapping of races between Asiatic and North Ameri-
can stocks occurs, and if so at what point the
two populations merge.

The Fisheries Research Board of Canada has
chartered two Canadian fishing vessels which, un-
der direction from the Board's Biological Station
at Departure Baynear Nanaimo, B.C., are mak-
ing a series of cruises over nearly 500,000 square
miles of ocean. The westernboundary of the area
to be covered by these two boats is approximately
1,000 miles offshore from British Columbia.

The converted seiner Key West 2 completed Canadian converted tuna clipper Challenger off
her first Pacific Ocean runat the end of May and on its first survey cruise in the North Pacific,

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 63

started her second after refrigeration facilities had been installed. Key West 2 is
also equipped with an electronic device which will enable her captain to see” _
schools of fish under water at any point within 180 degrees forward of the boat for
short distances.

The second Canadian vessel, the Challenger, a former tuna clipper, left Nana-
imo on May 30 on a run which will take her to the farthest limits of the area allot-
ed to Canada for survey.

The ocean stations at which tests are to be made are set out on a grilled map
of the North Pacific. United States and Japanese vessels will take their fishing
samples north and west of the Canadian area.

The ships are manned by professional fishing crews, and there are scientific
observers on each one, points out the June 1956 Trade News of the Canadian De-
partment of Fisheries.

The Canadian vessels will fish with specially made gill nets of varying mesh
sizes. Already a number of salmon have been taken in fishing at certain ocean
stations. The first catches were mainly of sockeye salmon, with a few pink and
some other varieties. Other fish species are not to be overlooked; the vessels
are equipped with tuna-trolling gear for use if schools of that fish are encountered.

—
In the early stages of the survey all specimens are being retained and sent to
the Biological Station at Nanaimo for examination. During the later stages a pro-
portion of the fish caught will be tagged and released.

Last year, the Fisheries Research Board had boats follow juvenile salmon from
the mouths of streams into Hecate Strait and beyond, through Dixon Entrance in
northern British Columbia coastal waters. This year's program calls for the trac-
ing of the movements of fish in ocean waters far from the coast. Tags placed on
young salmon last year will be sought at all stages of the investigation. The tags
are made of colored plastic tubing and are known as the ''spaghetti type.'' Fisher-
men have been asked to forward any that are found to any fisheries officer or to
the Board's station at Nanaimo.

2k ok ok ok

SHEEFISH OR INCONNU: Early voyagers gave the name "inconnu" to a fish
found in the Northwest and Yukon Territories, where it is of importance as food for
humans and for sleddogs. Whenthe voyagers first traveled those regions they caught
some of the fish, the first of the
kind they hadever seen. ''Pois-
sons inconnus''--unknown fish,
they said, and since then the
word "Inconnu" has passed into
usage as the name of the fish,
although often it is shortened
to "connie" or "'coney."' In
Alaska it is called 'sheefish."'

The commonly accepted
scientific name is Stenodus
mackenzii. The ''mackenzii"
is derived from the fact that
in North America the inconnu is found mainly in the Mackenzie River Basin, although
as stated it is also to be found in the Yukon Territory andAlaska. A similar species

occurs in Siberia.

64 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

Although the inconnus of the Mackenzie Basin all belong to the same species,
they appear to be divided into two forms. One of the two is a landlocked or fresh-
water form found in Great Slave Lake; the other is a migratory form found in the
Lower Mackenzie River.

Inconnus found in the Yukon are said to be smaller, on the average, than those
taken in the Mackenzie district. The fish is light in exterior coloring, with the
dorsal fin dusky at the tip and the caudal fin shading to dark at its edge. The low-
er jaw is longer than the upper and is usually somewhat hooked. There are bristle-
like teeth in the upper jaw and weaker ones below. The meat is white but rather
soft and oily.

Eskimos of the Mackenzie delta sometimes catch inconnus with barbless hooks,
fishing through the ice; sometimes by means of a fishing spoon or bait, or perhaps
a hook baited with a thin piece of bone. Commercial fishermen use gill nets to
catch the fish, points out the Canadian Department of Fisheries Trade News of
June 1956.

There was no fishing for inconnu on a commercial scale until 1945, but since
that time fishermen operating on Great Slave Lake have taken them in nets set
primarily for whitefish and lake trout. Drying and smoking are the methods used
when preparing the fish for future local use.

Cuba

CANNED SARDINE MARKET: Cuban sardine imports in 1955 totaled 185,259
cases (7.4 million pounds) valued at US$1,369,842, f.0.b. port of origin, reports a
July 17 dispatch from the United States Embassy in Habana. Data on sardine im-
ports are not available on a year-by-year basis, but they were compiled for 1955.

The consensus in trade circles
Country of Origin, 1955 and indicative of the current
[Country | Quantity [Value] market.
Actual

Cases Cuba imports substantial
75,765 quantities of United States sar-
42,080 dines. Trade circles stress
23,193 the possibility of increasing
16,995 these imports if prices are

particularly advantageous.
Such increases would not be at
the expense of other suppliers,
since there is an established
demand for the types of sardines
imported from other countries.
The potential larger market
would be dependent upon re-
duced prices which would en-
courage sardine consumption in substitution for low-cost meat and other fish prod-
ucts.

19,071

Trade circles also report that there is a substantial unfilled demand for a can
of sardines that can retail for about 10 cents. Such a can must be convenient to
open witha key. The packing medium may be tomato sauce or oil, although the
best promise would be for an oil-flavored product to resemble olive oil. The num-
ber of sardines in a can is not considered important.

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 65

There is no production of canned sardines in Cuba.

Consumption follows the pattern which has been established through the years.
An increase has occurred when prices of sardines have been especially favorable

ablesans Cuba's ¢ s Canned Sardine Im .e Imports ts by Type of Pack and Cc Country of Origin

Type of Pack Country of Origi Origin Quantit Value
Actual Cases 1,000 Lbs .| US$1,000
Rrto Gaueé 75,761 oF n° ae
1,600
Pontucala ene 7,740 279

3. 798 279

Spanish Morocco
i “4 13

Tomato with olive “

Tomato with soya oil

Tomato with
peanut oil
[olka oul Spanish Morocco
French Morocco.... 225123 1,000 182
Peanut oil | POT GUS A eye) sie aie 2,615 106 24
i Germmanyaimeeneniert 400 10 3
209
a9
es 67
67
i
1
6
7
1,370

1/ Less than US$1,000 and 1,000 pounds,

as compared with prices of other low-coast fish and meat products, and during peri-
ods of scarcity of these products. Consumption is at its peak during the sugar sea~-
son and other periods of high employment, when workers buy sardines for their
meals at work. It appears there would be little receptivity to new uses of sardines
since they are consumed without further processing.

The percentage of sardines consumed by the high, medium and low income groups
is estimated at 5, 15, and 80 percent, respectively.

Retail market prices for 3¢-ounce canned sardines packed in tomato sauce
(United States or Canadian) range from 10-15 cents a can; 3g-ounce sardines in
olive or other oil from 12-20 cents, with a popular price of 2 for 25 cents for lower-
priced brands; 15-ounce cans in tomato sauce range from 28-40 cents with 30 cents
generally applicable to California sardines and 38 cents to other imports. Other
types of sardines range in price from 30-45 cents, depending on the marketability

of the particular product.

66 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

Denmark

in 1953 to 13.8 million kroner (US$2.0 million) in 1954 to a high of 16.8 million
kroner (US$2.4 million) in 1955. Fish exports to the United States consisted main-
ly of frozen brook trout and smaller amounts of canned mackerel, fresh cod fillets,
and fresh plaice fillets in that order, according to a United States Embassy dispatch
(July 3) from Copenhagen.

Feedstuffs exports to the United States, consisting largely of fish meal, have
dropped sharply from 9.6 million kroner (US$1.4 million) in 1954 to 3.1 million
kroner (US$0.4 million).

Note: Values converted to US$ on the basis of 6.907 kroner equals US$1.

* OK OK OK OK

MARINE OIL MARKET: Denmark's trade in fats and oils is quite large inpro-
portion to its population of about 4.5 million people. While fish oil is not one of the
major oils used in Denmark, its importance is

Table 1 - Denmark's Production of

increasing each year (table 1). Fish Oils. 1949-55
There is considerable feeling in Denmark

that fish oil will become more important be-
cause it is anticipated that the production of
whale oil by European whaling units will prob-
ably decrease due to the greatly increased op-
erating costs. Practically all of the fish oil
produced in Denmark is either herring oil or
tobis (sand eel) oil. The tobis is an eel-like

Table 2 - Denmark's Fish Oil Exports by| fish which is caught in the North Sea
Country of Destination, 1955 and yields an oil very similar to her-

Metric | fring oil. The smaller fish reduction
Destination plants mix it with the herring oil with-
: out indicating that the resulting product
is a mixture. The iodine number of the
herring oil produced in Denmark runs

from 135 to 150, while tobis oil runs
from 145 to 160.

The survey included the most mod-
ern and up-to-date fish reduction plant
in Denmark at Esbjerg. This is a co-
operative operation and was founded in 1948 and is at present handling about 1,500
tons of fish a day. Its members own 160 boats fishing for reduction purposes ex-
clusively. A great deal of the fish oil produced in Denmark is exported (table 2).

Imports of fish oil are practically negligible--163 metric tons in 1955, mostly
from Norway (109.2 tons) and some from Sweden (51.7 tons). Imports of whale oil
were 16,103 tons of which 15,054 tons came from Norway.

In the course of the survey, the two plants in Denmark that refine and produce
edible grades of fish oils for use in Denmark were visited. One is at Aarhus and
the other at Copenhagen. In both cases they indicated that they found that United
States menhaden oil was not suitable for their purpose. It does not produce the type
of edible product that is required. All of the fish oil used in Denmark (with the ex-
ception of very minor amounts) is for edible purposes in combination with whale

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 67

oil, for the manufacture of margarine. It was indicated that should Denmark ever
find it necessary or advantageous to import fish oil that the following order was
their judgment of the quality of various fish oils produced in other countries, start-
ing with the best:

(1) Canadian pilchard oil. (4) American menhaden oil.
(2) NorwegianorIcelandherringoil. (5) Moroccanand Portuguese oils.
(3) California pilchard oil. (6) Angola fish oil.

Neither of these refiners is polymerizing fish oil for the production of edible
liquid fish oil. It was indicated that since the German Government took action for-
bidding the use of polymerized fish oil, for edible purposes, practically no plants
are producing polymerized oil at present and the use of edible fish oil for fish can-
ning has declined considerably. Its place has been taken by edible vegetable liquid
oils such as cottonseed oil and/or soybean oil. Both of these plants indicated that
they were able to produce a good quality of edible hydrogenated fish oil suitable for
the manufacture of margarine and which did not revert to the fishy flavor for a con-
siderable period of time. They claim that they have a special refining method by
which the oil is neutralized as quickly as possible after production, being stored in
that condition rather than as the crude and untreated material. Both of these plants
RianlSiskeEDennaTkiSenish=hiveriOil pane i eemeaan ane and es casera fat

Imports by Country of Origin, 1955 Sf BRIS CLT See ene ee ee ne oor ss
WES Se they do not fractionally distill the fatty acids.
Country of These fatty acids are sold to the industrial
Destination eon °

West Germany .......

United Kingdom ...... Practically no fish oil, as such, is used

INOIAWANS coo EenIaoe 1,182 in Denmark for industrial purposes. For
Ieelandie ices ee purposes such as leather treating, etc. seal
Greenlandic scene 49 oil is imported principally from Norway

(1,032 tons out of a total of 1,042 tons) and
some sperm oil is also imported for the pro-
duction of higher alcohols. Considerable
quantities of fish-liver oil are also imported
and used for fortifying the margarine produced in Denmark (table 3).

Ong ttl ray sol eects etic

[op)
=J
eR
FIO PNM DON

It is understood that there is also an export of hydrogenated fish oil and whale
oil. It was impossible to secure accurate statistics since the figures are included
in the category of "hardened animal oils" (table 4).

Table 4 - Denmark's Exports of Hardened Animal Oils 1/by Country of Destination, 1955

Country of Metric || Country of Metric
Destination Destination Tons

Wes Cermmneihy gaocbo5ou0000
Imesh GrimaneaW(e 4 og ged oD OooI0
Swedem ;oosbnodseoeubascouc

French Morocco
British Egyptian

MUN oot og aed ol aan aR aReeDe React

EVEN EINE Aree ssh elena cespeps ine cn

.3
68)
A
.0
5
9
.0
BU)
4
.8
.0
a6

WOrF DOAN WW

Continued in next column
1/ It should be understood that probably nearly all of this consists of fish and/or whale oil since there is very little actual
tallow, grease, or other hydrogenated animal fat exported from Denmark,
Note: See Commercial Fisheries Review, August 1956, p. 47; also see pp. 58, 70, 71, 87, 90, 96, and 99 of this issue,
————————————

68 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

Ecuador

NEW FISHERIES REGULATIONS: A decree has been promulgated providing
that exporters of fish shall deliver to the Central Bank their full foreign exchange
earnings or that portion of their earnings which the Monetary Board may fix. The
Fisheries Law had previously required that only US$100 per ton need be converted
at the Central Bank's official exchange rate; the balance could be converted through
the broker's free market or retained by exporters. Reportedly some 2,000 tons of
tuna were exported during 1955 with a total value of approximately US$600,000, to-
gether with approximately 1,000 tons of shrimp valued at around US$1,600,000.
Only US$300,000 were converted at the Central Bank, according to a July 13 report
from the United States Embassy at Quito.

The Ministry of Economy has also issued a regulation requiring that export
taxes be collected on all fish shipped abroad. Reportedly fishing companies had been
obtaining exemption from export taxes on the ground that they were shipping an in-
dustrial product. (Industrial products pay no export duties.) According to the Na-
tional Fisheries Director, fish that are merely frozen but not canned do not come
within the industrial category. The exemption had allegedly been causing a loss of
1,000,000 sucres a year to the National Treasury.

The new decree on foreign exchange amends Article 36 of the basic Fishing and
Maritime Hunting Law (Ley de Pesca y Caceria Maritima), Decree No. 003, pub-
lished in Registro Oficial No. 747 of February 23, 1951, as follows (in informal
English translation): ... exporters of fish, crustaceans, etc. will turn over to the
Central Bank the net product of their exports by their declared value, duly verified,
or according to the minimum prices fixed by the Monetary Board in relation to pre-
vailing quotations in the international markets, in accordance with the power grant-
ed the Board by Article 1 of the Fishing Law... ."'

An article appearing in the Guayaquil newspaper El Universo of July 8, 1956,
states that the promulgation of the new decree confirms reports which the paper has
been printing recently to the effect that companies exporting products of the sea
have been gravely prejudicing the Ecuadoran Treasury by evading various provi-
sions of the Fishing Law, that the Minister of Economy was aware of this situation
and was studying the necessary means to put a stop to such practices, and that one
of these means is the present Emergency Decree. The paper goes on to say that
on May 31, 1956, the Minister of Economy communicated to the President the rea-
sons for promulgating the decree. The Minister stated that in compliance with the
then existing Fishing Law, exporters were required to turn over to the Central Bank
only US$100 for each ton of exports. The Minister said that unquestionably this
constituted a privilege for such exporters amounting to an officialsubsidy. He stated
further that such exporters enjoyed better facilities than were granted exporters of
other basic products who sometimes find themselves in an unfavorable situation.

He then quoted figures to show that exporters of fishing products were being re-
quired to turn over to the Central Bank only about 12.5 percent of the foreign ex-
change value of their exports while retaining some 87.5 percent for themselves.
The Minister compared this with the situation of banana exporters who are, he stated,
permittedto retain only a few centavos on each stem exported, to be exchanged at
the free market rate as partial compensation for their present difficulties. The Minis-
ter cited the foregoing as justification for the Emergency Decree, stating that the
present deficit in the international balance of payments does not permit waiting un-
til Congress convenes. The article concluded that the National Council of Economy
has unanimously approved the promulgation of the Emergency Decree for the same
reasons.

In an article published in El Universo on July 10, 1956, it was stated that the
National Council of Economy has approved the new decree and that the Monetary
Board would meet in Guayaquil starting July 10 to discuss the fixing of the minimum

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 69

export prices and consequently the amounts which must be turned over to the Cen-
tral Bank by exporters of fish and seafood.

In El Universo of July 11, 1956, it was announced that the Junta Monetaria re-
solved at its session of July 10 that the same "appraisement control'' regarding the
exportation of shrimp would be maintained until August 10, 1956, and that the ques-
tion of the percentage of foreign exchange to be turned over to the Central Bank aft-
er that date would continue to be studied at the Board's current meetings in Guay-
aquil.

In connection with taxes on fishery products exports, the Ministry of Economy
issued Resolution No. 155, published in Registro Oficial No. 1164 of July 4, 1956,
instructing the Fisheries Department of the Ministry to notify persons and compa-
nies who apply for exemption from export taxes on sea products which are not "in-
dustrialized,"' as provided by Article 37 of the Fishing Law, that they are required
to pay such taxes. An article in El Universo of July 12, 1956, stated that the reso-
lution was issued to implement the measures taken by the Ministry to curtail the
"sinecures and privileges'' enjoyed by seafood exporters to the detriment of the Ec-
uadoran Treasury. It is explained that filleted fish and frozen seafood are not con-
sidered by the authorities to be "industrialized products" within the meaning of the
Fishing Law, points out a July 12 dispatch from the United States Embassy at Guay-
aquil.

OK OK OK OK .

NEW FISHING COMPANY TO ERECT CANNERY: An executive decree has been
issued authorizing the Minister of Economy in Ecuador to sign a fishing concession
and industrial protection contract with a new company. The company will agree
under the contract to erect a cannery in Guayaquil. The new concession will bring
to five the number of fishing companies established in Ecuador, points out a dis-

patch of July 13 from the United States Embassy at Quito.

Finland

presumably will be signed by the President and take effect in the near future. The
bill is essentially a codification and clarification of existing practice, required by
various changes in Finnish territorial boundaries and by the previous lack of any
comprehensive law delineating Finland's territorial waters and clearly defining the
basis therefor. In the Peace of Dorpat (Tartu) of 1920 with the Soviet Union, the
Finnish waters in the Gulf of Finland were fixed at four miles but the limits in the
Gulf of Bothnia had not been specified in any basic instrument.

The main principles applied by Finland in determining its territorial waters
are (1) the four-mile limit of marginal sea common to the Scandinavian countries
and, in the Gulf of Finland, the U.S.S.R., and (2) the "broken line'' (rather than
circular) method of drawing the base line for the marginal sea. (Using terminology
of this bill, the line dividing inner and outer territorial waters, in addition to which
the literature speaks of inland waters.) Islands situated outside the base line have
territorial waters only three miles wide. However, the base line is extended be-
tween headlands or islands which are not separated by a distrance of more than
twice the width of the marginal sea. Therefore, considering the provision in the
bill that the inner territorial waters should be extended as far out as possible, the
reference to islands outside the base line becomes academic in many cases because
such islands will be within the base line.

70 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

According to the Director of Legal Affairs in the Finnish Foreign Ministry, the
territorial waters resulting from the new law will differ little from the present def-
inition and will not conflict with those of either Sweden or the Soviet Union. To a-
void such conflict, the bill specifies treaty boundaries rather than the general limits
in certain areas. Such exceptions are obviously necessary at the southeastern and
northwestern limits of Finland's territorial waters, where the maritime frontiers
are determinative out to the four-mile limit. In addition, near the former Finnish
(now Soviet) island of Suursaari in the Gulf of Finland the 1947 Peace Treaty speci-
fied a Finnish maritime boundary somewhat less than three miles from the most
southerly Finnish island. Similarly, the island Market west of the Aaland Islands
is both a point of the Finnish base line and an international boundary marker (half
Finnish, half Swedish) under the 1811 Peace of Hamina.

Two other portions of the Finnish-Swedish maritime boundary, Marenkurkku
about the middle of the Gulf of Bothnia and near Flotjan south of the Aalands, were
drawn as a result of the Peace of Hamina within the Finnish territorial waters as
determined by the new law. The Finnish Government regards the old boundaries
as meaningless in these cases, according to the Director, because Sweden's terri-
torial waters as presently defined do not meet those of Finland.

It can be assumed that the Finnish Government has been in consultation with
the Swedish Government regarding these three points of possible conflict. Thanks
apparently to Swedish restraint, channels of open sea have been left between Finn-
ish and Swedish waters all the way to the head of the Gulf of Bothnia. Asked about
the comparable situation in the Gulf of Finland, Professor Castren told the Embassy
that there was no longer any difference of opinion among authorities on international
law over its accessibility through international waters (United States Embassy in
Helsinki, report dated June 4, 1956).

France

MARINE OIL MARKET: Fish oil in France is a very minor item inthe over-all
fats and oil picture. Outside of a small quantity of whale oil (which is used for edi-
ble purposes) and some sperm oil (which is used for the production of higher alco-
hols), nearly all of the fish oil used in France is of a very low quality. As an ex-
ample, the leather industry uses it for leather stuffing.

Production in metropolitan France of sardine oil totals approximately 5,000
tons a year and does not seem to vary much from year to year. Morocco produces -
1,500 to 2,000 tons a year. In the overseas territories, about 1,000 tons of sperm
oil are produced. The total needs are estimated to be approximately 12,000 to
13,000 tons a year. Some of the foots from the partial refining of low-grade fish
oils is used in the soap industry. This refining is not done, however, for the pur-
pose of making the oil into an edible product.

A small quantity of refined edible oil is imported each year from Norway for
fish canning. The amount for which licenses will be issued in 1956 is 600 tons.
France does not permit the use of polymerized fish oil for edible purposes. They
follow the same attitude as Germany in this respect, considering that the polymer-
ization does something to the fish oil which makes it toxic under some conditions.

There is an import of from 500 to 1,000 tons of fractionated fish oil from South
Africa. The grade imported is known as ''Marinol K,"' a high iodine number frac-
tion. The present value of this oil is about £120 (US$336) a long ton. In order to
be attractive to the trade, this must sell at about 10 percent under the local cost of
linseed oil. The French government committee does not make very much money

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 71

available for this product and sometimes it carries a compensatory tax, depending
on the relative price compared with linseed oil. It is used mostly in the manufac-
ture of core oils and paint, and there is apparently only one company which is im-
porting this product.

The present duties on drying oils are now under suspension but, as stated above,
there is a compensatory tax which is based on the price of the fish oil, compared
with other drying oils such as linseed oil. There is an import of hydrogenated fish
oil and whale oil in small quantities from Norway, but the amounts have not yet been
obtained. Statistics for fish oilare very sparce in France since, inthe past, they have,
with the exception of cod-liver oil, all been put into a single category. It is expect-
ed that, beginning with 1956, both import and export statistics will be broken down,
and there should be better reporting in the future for the different marine oils. Sta-
tistics regarding the production of fish oil are quite unreliable.

France has been unwilling to make available dollars for the importation of fish
oils from the United States and it would appear that the market here is not very
large unless some specialty oils, which would require intensive and specialized
selling, were offered. The French government would also have to be persuaded
that they are necessary for the promotion of industrial production.

This is one of eight reports on a survey undertaken by the U. S. Fish and Wild-
life Service of markets for United States-produced fish oils with emphasis on West-

ern Europe. .
Note: See Commerci isheries Review, August 1956, p. 47; also see pp. 58, 66, 71, 87, 90, 96, & 99 of this issue,

German Federal Republic

MARINE OIL MARKET: Germany is probably the largest fish and marine-ani-
mal oil consuming country in Europe. Again as in other countries in Europe the
bulk of the oil is used for edible purposes. Out of Western Germany's total con-
sumption in 1954 of 157,000 metric tons of whale oil and fish oil, approximately

Table 1 - German Federal Republic's Production 35,000 tons were used for in-
of Marine Fats and Oils, 1954-55 dustrial purposes and 122,000

tons for human consumption.
1955 1954

; The United States furnished
(Metric Tons) the greater part of Western
aD) ROC Ox ORCS sD pat Germany's imports of fish

Codplivernzol crude elie: oils both for 1954 and 1955.
Cod-liver oil, processed.......

Other marine fats andoils ...... The single importer of

United States menhaden oil in Germany purchases only untreated crude oil, having
had considerable difficulty in past years with refining and bleaching other types

of oils. The firm is now satisfied with the quality of the oil they are securing.
They claim to have developed a process for refining and hydrogenation which gives
them a product satisfactory for use in margarine and none of the oil they purchase,
except for the foots from refining, is used for industrial purposes, They contend
that some suppliers have in the past been in the habit of mixing ‘tank bottoms and
the resulting product has contained considerable dirt as wellas excess stearinefrom

settling.

There is no Solexol plant operating in Germany. There are two companies who
produce fatty acids from fish oil and fractionate these, selling the resulting frac-
tions for various purposes, such as the manufacture of alkyd resins, etc. Some hy-
drogenation of fish oil with splitting of the same is also effected. A good grade of
stearic acid is produced by this method and finds a ready market. Both of these
companies are located in the upper Rhine area.

72 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

Some of the smaller companies purchase their supplies of fish oil through a
dealer in Hamburg. It is the practice of this dealer to purchase menhaden oil from

Table 2 - German Federal Republic's Imports of Marine Fats and Oils by
Country of Origin, 1954-55
type & Country ict 1955 | 1954 | orga of 1955 | 1954

AEN pecucu sts tens TANGEAWER? ooo eaccccse>
ae Pion, Geno 00000 1,786
sisson ouceed na ahcieetetctis SWIECEIN Gosoooscos000

Se eaematei ee aviaceasus Spanish Morocco....
Port. West Africa... 0
Serene stouswR ay en SST R NEL French Morocco .... 0

Sys eller ate on a : Vietnam) paysrser orate

ee eee eee ee oe treo e | 66 EG }lhU SGD EL YY UUTLILOEU DlaAleS .. 22 - os

Been GUNIE, 5560566 || DBO} ~~ BOO |) Camece oscssobc00es
Aiulsitrcat lia pai aine ewer isurele rs eturn goods .......

60000000000

Return goods .......
Unspeciiiledianmnesnt

Totals may not add up due to rounding,

the United States as well as herring oil from other countries and blend the same to
make a standardized mixed fish-oil product. The usual purchases by this dealer
are in 300- to 500-ton lots. The firm sells out of storage tanks at Rotterdam thus
saving buyers the cost of putting up money for letters of credit, etc.

This dealer prefers to purchase United States fish oil shipped from Gulf coast
ports since the iodine number is less than that of the oil shipped from the Atlantic
sea ports, particularly the oil shipped from northern ports.

Some feel that the reduction in imports of fish oil from the United States recently
was due to the increase in imports of cottonseed oil, since the consumption of mar-
garine containing fish oil declined whereas the consumption of the best grade of forti-
fied margarine made from vegetable oils increased. The price of margarine is fixed
in Germany and with the increase in the cost of vegetable oils some think that the
manufacturer of the top-grade margarine will be forced to seek an increase in price
and if this is granted then its consumption will possibly decline and the consumption
of lower grades will increase. One of the independent producers of refined hydro-
genated marine oils for the margarine trade informed us that whereas the content of
the marine-oil portion of margarine used to consist approximately of 60 percent
whale oil and 40 percent fish oil, it now consists of approximately 30 percent whale
oil and 70 percent fish oil. Fish oil usually sells here in Germany at about 10 per-
cent less than whale oil.

The following is the order preferred by German buyers of fish oil when they buy in-
dependently and do not purchase oil of a guaranteed iodine number by a principal buyer:

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 73

Canadian pilchard oil.

Norwegian and/or Danish herring oil.

Iceland herring oil

U. S. menhaden oil.

Angola, Moroccan, Portuguese, etc. fish oils.

oPwhNr

_The last category, we were informed, was only suitable for industrial use but
again, we also heard, that these types of oil are mixed in with a better grade, on
occasion, for refining and hydrogenating.

Starting this year Western Germany's official statistics on the production of
fish products, including oil and meal, will be very good. At the present time some

Table 3 - German Federal Republic's Exports of Marine Fats and Oils by
Destination, 1954-55

pe & Destination

Whale Oil: Uruguay sae sat see
IEXOllenlUtoles gd oq0KGbdeas 0 COSis) enWin sie catie cdinerrmieseiel
TIE A See eee een 150 Op Totals eee Ae ee
Switzerland sees es « 258 0 & Oils: 1
WnSpeciiecdieim isa 18 4 Belo uaaim yeas cei 0 41
IRE co eee AS LOE Il] Wrest «32s 5 5 noo 159 7
Other Marine Fats & Oils: 1 Dir ek aaeemiceetare Suey Kes e Bio OF 50
Greate britaine seo... 0 571 TG ayers Feu Bae ene sess elon 0 36
IRRENA/ ce ace ie eeme tiie Bere 52 20 Netherland Siaeeerier 153 281
Netherlands). 44... 1,553 | 2,770 PALIIS barilagipat oe eae a tare Bai | B67
Seep iicre te Saige asl ote SWwitzerlandenmes eee 107 282
Beene airde wise ous! tke Czechoslovakia...... 0 475
Beas sews at alla eS IGA Sooodecsooescol Lp, aaT7 7193
Su ch panna ays ty wiehieoc SyorWloW aces remy cece a hase oe 5 0)
Behe toinat Wiis Sys) Everio eiaeteseseneneeece 2 0
ND Den ashen oe can ige tes ucla se ad 10 0 WIAWIUEN? copaasédgesc 0 5
Czechoslovakia ...... 0 763 Wins pectic Giprer-leremca-wl 18 10
C@olomiblageeciemieles ter 0 318 ined Otallinrisiea were ose ialewan 3

Re-export of hardened
fats & oils after proc-
ESSING a atenckeus ud ousuctets esis

(Continued in opposite column)
1/ Includes also non-marine fats and oils,

of the figures are included in other cate-
gories. As an example of this, hardened fish oil is included in the general category
of "hardened fats and oils,'' for both imports and exports. These categories, of
course, will include hardened vegetable oils and, as a consequence, it is impossible
to obtain any accurate figures regarding exports of hydrogenated fish and whale
oil. Some think that a greater part of the exports of hardened fats and oils consists
of whale and/or fish oil while others feel that the amount is not so great.

In Germany as is the case with all other countries the production of fish oil is
incidental to the production of fish meal which is more valuable. There are oc-
casions during the year when fish only have about 2 percent oil content, increasing
later in the year to around 18 percent or over. In most countries fishing goes on
and reduction of the same takes place irrespective of the oil content.

It would appear that Germany will continue to import large quantities of fish
oil from the United States both directly and through transshipment at Rotterdam.

This is one of eight reports on a survey undertaken by the U.S. Fish and Wild-
life Service of markets for United States-produced oils with emphasis on Western

Europe. sh
Note: See Commercial Fisheries Review, August 1956, p. 47; also see pp. 58, 66, 70, 87, 90, 96, & 99 of this issue,

74 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

Greece

ly on the increase since World War Il. Through the application of a development
program, sponsored and financed by the United States Aid Mission, the industry un-
derwent modernization and expansion.

Before the war there were about 3,000 small boats engaged in offshore fishing,
few of which were motor-driven. By 1955 the number of such boats had increased
to 10,500 of which 2,500 were motor-propelled. The number of motor trawlers
and purse-net boats increased from about 500 in 1938 to 683 in 1954 and 745in1955.
Most of these boats are of postwar construction, and are all equipped with imported
or locally-made Diesel or semi-Diesel engines. Many have cold-storage and radio-
communication facilities and some even carry modern depth-sounding instruments.
Since 1953 two medium-size open-sea fishing boats have been added tothe country's
fishing fleet.

Fish production has increased sharply since the war and by 1954 and 1955 the
annual catch was 60,000 metric tons (25,000 to 35,000 tons prewar).

Greek Production of Fish and Sponges, 1935-38 and 1949-55

Avg.
1953 1952 1951 1950 1949 1935-38

Metric Tons

62,000} 52,000 | 43,000 | 45,000 | 55,000 | 45,000
135 64 128 143

Fish processing has also made marked progress. There are now some 120
packing plants in Greece whose annual output is about 6,000 tons. There are also
2 fish canning plants with a total annual output of 500 tons.

Plans are under way for the construction of modern fish markets in a number
of distribution centers, including Piraeus. These will be equipped with modern
handling and storage facilities.

Progress is also being made in restocking and developing fresh-water fisheries,
particularly in Northern Greece, with encouraging results.

The sponge fishing industry has also made considerable headway since the war,
mainly because of the annexation of the Dodecanese Islands where sponge -fishing is
an age-long tradition. Before the war there were about 100 vessels engaged in
sponge fishing in Greek waters and along the North African coast, bringing in an
annual catch of between 40 to 60 tons. In 1954, 144 sponge-fishing craft were in
operation. In 1955 the number increased to 159. Production was 130 tons in 1954
and 135 tons in 1955, Competition from synthetic sponges has had an adverse ef-
fect on the demand for sea sponges, and exports are becoming increasingly difficult.
However, there has been no accumulation of stocks in recent years.

Despite the very substantial progress made in agricultural and fishery produc-
tion in the postwar period, Greece still depends on imports for a substantial por-
tion of its food requirements. The list includes fresh and salted fish and fish prod-
ucts.

With the termination of the guerrilla war in 1949, plans for economic develop-
ment began to take concrete form. A joint Greek Government-United States Aid
Mission Central Loan Committee was set up in 1949 for the purpose of financing
private Greek industrial and other productive enterprises. By 1954 a total of 259
loans on fisheries were made (embracing 202 projects) and the amount of the princi-
pal for these loans was $2.1 million, a United States Embassy dispatch from Athens
(June 14) points out.

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 75

Exports of sea sponges (one of Greece's principal exports) were valued at US$1.5
million f.o.b. in 1952/53 and rose to US$1.7 million in 1953/54 and 1954/55.

Guatemala

COMMERCIAL FISHING POSSIBILITIES: A Guatemalan fish market operator
has obtained a permit for engaging in commercial fishing in Guatemalan waters.
Two boats of about 70 gross tons each are reported en route to the Caribbean to in-
itiate operations there. Possibility of participation by a United States firm has been
mentioned, points out a July 13 report from Guatemala.

Ss sy
S go}
=
=—S .

Hong Kong

OYSTER PRODUCTION AND CULTURE: Under the supervision of the Hong
Kong Fisheries Division 553,000 pounds of fresh oyster meats were harvested from
the Deep Bay beds adjoining British territory. This quantity yielded almost 17,000
pounds of dried oysters and 36,000
pounds of oyster juice for export
to the United States, plus a balance
of 32,000 pounds of semidried oys-
ters for local consumption.

Experimental work continued
at Deep Bay, where rafts andstands
are being used to demonstrate the
Japanese "hanging-drop" method
of oyster culture. The Deep Bay
oysters, which had earlier been
transplanted to a different environ-
ment in Tolo Harbour, and are now
suspended from rafts moored near
Centre Island, continue to survive.
These oysters are under careful observation and it is hoped that it will prove possi-
ble to introduce an edible oyster industry to this area.

Oyster piles at Ping Shan.

Both the Deep Bay and Tolo Harbour investigations are being carried out as
joint projects by the Fisheries Division and the Fisheries Research Unit of the Uni-
versity of Hong Kong, states a June 28 report from the United States Consulate at
Hong Kong.

Iceland

FISHERIES INCLUDED IN PROGRAM OF NEW CABINET: Included in the pro-
gram of the new Icelandic cabinet are some plans for the fisheries. The Govern-
ment will take up collaboration with the organizations of trade unions, farmers, and
fish producers in order to find the best solution to economic problems. In consul-
tation with these organizations, the Government will immediately appoint a com-
mittee of specialists to make a study of the economic situation, with the aim of a-
chieving the best basis for Government policy decisions, reports a July 25 United
States consular report from Reykjavik.

76 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

A decision has already been reached to seek the purchase of 15 trawlers and
loan capital to finance such purchases.

The Government will work for extension of Icelandic territorial waters, and de-
clares that extension of the fisheries limits around the country is a burning neces-
sity for employment security.

KKK Ok OK

NORTH COAST HERRING SEASON: The North Coast herring season thus far
has been the best in many years with catches on some days being reminiscent of
the good old days of the early Forties. The total North Coast herring catch as of
July 21 stood at five times the catch as of the same date last year and twice the
total for last year's entire North Coast season (table 1).

As of the time of writing, 240,000
barrels were salted, and salting opera-
tions were suspended except for a few
small specialty orders. Unless new
orders are received the boats willhence-
forth deliver all catches to the reduc-
tion plants for production of meal and
oil. While these are worthwhile ex-
port commodities they bring in, meas-
ure for measure of freshherring con-
sumed, only about a third the income
in foreign exchange received for salted
herring. Since salted herring is rela-
tively perishable, Icelanders do not salt
beyond actual contracts on hand. At-
tempts are now being made to sign new contracts for an additional 50,000 barrels
with the Soviet Union and 10,000 barrels with Czechoslovakia. There are no can-
tracts with United States buyers. Exports of herring products from the current
season will begin after the middle of August.

Icelandic fishing vessel brailing herring.

Table 1 - Iceland's North Coast Herring Catch 1/ as of July 21, 1956

1956 1955 (comparable period)
Total Total
No.Bbls. wt./Bb1.| eos |No. Bbls. Wt./Bbl. MiGs. Mone
oReductionPlants.. [202,317 |135 kg. | 27,313 7,591 | 135 kg. 1,025
IDO SWAN so Soo oS 217,354 135 el! 29,343 81,210 135"! 10,963
Nore IDAOPAING 5 bo os 56 7,280 100 '! 728 4,328 100 "'! 433

SL ie eee

1/ Fresh whole herring.

It is to be noted in table 2 that for 8 out of the 18 years the catch was over
120,000 tons. This gives an indication of just how dreary the catch failures of the
recent six lean years have been.

Table 2 - Iceland's North Coast Herring Catch ] 1938-55

Year [Met. Tons [Year Year
EO SSR eae ae 38, 895 1949 i
POA Sires het yaien 26,618 1948

NODS 5 6146 0 Ph inc 42,607 1947

HO Aiea gus meet ei Wil WAS 1946

POO Wit es racic 59,624 1945

DS sO soar siluaeueNne 31,989 1944

1/ Fresh whole herring.

The technicians, who hardly dare to be hopeful, point out that consitions thus far are
more those usually association with bad years than good. They refer to the distance of
the herring from shore, their ''premature'' fatness, the food supplies inthe sea, etc.

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW CU

To put the impact of the catch in perspective, however, it may be recalled that
herring last year accounted for only about 12 percent of the total catch both in quan-
tity and value, in spite of a larger-than-usual assist from the South Coast herring
season. The more important groundfish catch (88 percent of the total in value last
year) as of June 30 this year was running 7 percent under last year (239,000 met-
ric tons in comparison with 257,000 tons). The herring catch will accordingly have
to be very good if it is to improve the situation to any important degree. So far it
has not quite made up for the modest reduction in the groundfish catch, though it
promises to do so very soon. Needless to Say, if it continues at its present rate,
it will greatly surpass last year's levels.

The Herring Production Board reports that advance contracts have been signed
for sale of 250,000 barrels of salted North Coast herring (if available) and 80,000 of
South Coast herring. The U.S.S.R. will take "up to 150,000 barrels," Poland 10,000
barrels, Finland 70,000-80,000, and Sweden 60,000-90,000 barrels. The Soviet tak-
ing would accordingly be about 20,000 metric tons, or almost double its over-all
purchases of the last 17 months. Since herring products have gone in approximate-
ly equal quantities to Bloc and to free countries, a greatly increased catch would
not necessarily affect substantially the Soviet Bloc's relative share of Iceland's ex-
port trade.

The Government has fixed the following guaranteed ex-vessel minimum prices
on North Coast herring: 120 kronur per barrel of 100 kilos (US$3.35 per 100 pounds)
of fresh whole herring for salting; this compares with 108 kronur (US$3.02) last
year. The price for fresh herring delivered to reduction plants: 80 kronur per bar-
rel (US$2.24 per 100 pounds) in comparison with 70 (US$1.96) last year, according
to July 25 and July 17 reports from the United States Embassy at Reykjavik.

Approximately 200 motor boats and one trawler are participating in the North
Coast herring season as compared with 132 motor boats and one trawler last year.
The increase reflects the higher hopes roused by last summer's catch which was

higher than that of the PESTIONS year.
Note; Values converted on basis of 16.26 kronur equal US$1.

Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO). The discovery, said an FAO expert in
Rome, has already led to the start of a shrimp trawling industry and shrimp freez-
ing for domestic and export trade. With other developments taking place on India's
east coast, this has created a demand among Indian fishermen for mechanized boats,
nylon nets, and other modern fishing gear.

An Icelandic master fisherman who has been working in Madras State since 1954
said he discovered the new shrimp ground while trawling with a 22-foot FAO boat.
The shrimp run in a four-mile-wide strip about 140 miles long, average 4to 5 inches
in length, and are being caught at a rate of 100 pounds per hour's trawling with a 10
horsepower open skiff, he said. Fishermen could vastly increase their catches if
they had mechanized boats, and could fish for shrimp in midwinter and spring as
well as in the summer season when shrimp are caught in traditional bag nets while
schooling on the surface.

Twenty 30-foot boats, designed by FAO naval architects, are nearing completion,
he said, and the Madras State government has drawn up a five-year program of

78 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

fisheries' development which includes construction of mechanized boats. A private
fish-processing company has leased a government freezing plant at Calicut and started
a domestic and export trade in frozen shrimp.

The new shrimp ground is described by the Icelandic master fisherman as ''a
veritable gold mine... . I loaned our FAO boat to five fishermen I had trained and
they caught 11,306 pounds of shrimp and fish from March 21 to April 18."

Italy

ment to maintain a liberal trade policy, have recently resulted in the liberalization
of additional products from the dollar area, including dried, salted and smoked fish.
Fish falling within these categories may now be imported into Italy without import
licenses or dollar allocations.

Canned fish, including salmon, is still on the list of restricted items. However,
it is expected that sufficient dollars will again be made available to cover canned
salmon for the 1956/57 season.

The Italian fishing industry, encouraged by various forms of Government as-
sistance, has made slow but steady progress in modernizing its fishing fleet and
improving shore fa-

cilities since 1945. Table 1 - Italy's Imports of Fishery Products, 1954-55
However, the quan-
tity of fish taken in Puoelict
recent years has (Metric Tons)
shown little varia- Saltedicoai yy ea earns Meee an ey aa De) UST 43,330
tion and total 1955 LOC KAS Hate res cae Ra LA CER ON pe TEV 6,845 6,406
landings of 194,747 resin Ge weve IS .ocodocosecouccat 33,083 22,988
metric tons were Herring, salted & smoked............ 4,202 4,080
only 155 tons above Palehands,s alte) ens.) ais yee 279 853
those of 1954. Anchovies & sardines, salted ......... 797 975
Crustaceansrecamolluscsi a. eee 2,490 1,940
In postwar years,, |Other fish, fresh, salted, or smoked... 97 38
Italian fishing opera- Spwionoral, Ceyainecl ssasasocdeabooundadoc 1,528 1,394
tions onthe mostpro- |Sardines and anchovies, canned ....... 10,640 11,616]:
lific fishing grounds Munagcanne dyn chy oe kd Abs fy apetire ae oe 7,435 8,037
in the Adriatic, ad- Otherkhilshecamne cei ee eee eee 5,379 4,451
jacent to the coast Day dat gene keh one as a RS SIE anon oni 106,108

of Yugoslavia, have

been restricted. Inrecent months, however, a Fisheries Agreement entered into be-
tween Italy and Yugoslavia has established the right of Italians to fish in designated
zones of Yugoslav waters under certain conditions. At present, the agreement is
only provisional and subject to ratifications, but the Italian fishing industry hopes
that it will permit greater freedom to operate in these rich Adriatic waters and re-
sult in increased catches.

Italy's total imports of fish during 1955 rose 20.5 percent above 1954, largely
because of increased purchases of salted cod and fresh and frozen fish. Most of
the frozen fish imports consisted of tuna supplies by Norway and Japan for local
canneries.

Italy's 1955 imports of salted cod from Canada showed a 19 percent decrease
as compared with 1954. Canada's main competition comes from the heavy salted

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 79

dried fish from France. Most of the salted cod imported from countries other than
France and Canada is wet-salted and is sold on the local market as such. Because

Table 2 - Italy's Imports of Salted Cod, 1954-55 of its low price, French fish

has made serious inroads into

ae Quantit : f
Country of Origin sections of the Italian market
if — L 1954 which were formerly consider-
i (uletric:vens): : ed strongholds for hard-dried

14°735 light-salted cod and, in partic-

COE OOS ON i ae ee a aaa ? ular, for Newfoundland shore

ec Uap at borne ne eae ahs fish. Imports of French fish
see Magny ep ne os have more than quadrupled

since 1953, although consumer

Sect Yezaicaee yack? demand for the French product

Otherseountrie'Sieve secs <heeee :
he : ; appears to be lessening.
-seafisheries ...

Canada's exports of can-
ned salmon to Italy continue to increase and shipments during 1955 rose to 1,484
metric tons, or 123 tons more than in 1954. Most of this salmon, however, was
shipped in the first half of 1955 and consisted of 1954 production. The drastic de-
cline in last season's catch of chum salmon (which, because of its lower price is the
best seller in Italy) will no doubt be reflected in Italian import figures for 1956.
However, increased purchases of pink salmon may help to offset the decrease in the
amount of chum available. s

Slow sales and larger-than-usual stocks at the turn of the year caused consider-
able pessimism in the Italian salt cod trade. However, severe weather conditions
during February and March curtailed local fishing operations and demand for salt
cod again became active. Sales have continued to be fairly brisk and it is expected
that, for the most part, stocks will be disposed of by the beginning of the new sea-
son. By that time, import demand should be normal.

Canadian canned salmon may encounter increased competition but there should
be no difficulty in maintaining sales provided prices remain competitive. Canada's
exports of fish to Italy have usually consisted of salted cod and canned salmon, but
now all fish coming within the categories of dried, salted, or smoked may be im-
ported freely from dollar areas, states the July 7 (Canada) Foreign Trade.

Japan

NORTH PACIFIC FACTORYSHIP SALMON CATCH THROUGH JUNE 5: The
1956 Japanese salmon factoryship expedition of 12 factory ships, 315 catcher boats
and 60 scout boats had caught : :
7,269,744 salmon (number of fish) Japanese Ee Clore ee aren iia Norra
through June 5, 1956, according to
the June 7 issue of Hokkai Suisan,
a Japanese periodical. This total
is lower by 24.3 percent than the
9,609,094 fish reported through the
same date in 1955. As of June 5
fishing operations had not begun
in the Okhotsk Sea.

7,269,744 |9,609,094

The composition of the catch : - -
through June 5, 1956, also changed when compared with the same period in 1955 with

chums making up 69.8 percent of the 1956 catch as compared with 55.5 percent in
1955. The reverse was true for the 1956 catch to date of sockeye which declinedto
28.4 percent as compared with 38.9 percent for the similar period in 1955.

KOK OR KOK

80 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

SALMON AND CRAB CATCHES REPORTED GOOD: Despite earlier pessim-
ism, Japanese salmon fishing fleets in the Russian restricted area are faring very
well and it appears possible that the limit will be caught by the August 10 deadline.
One fleet of 27 catcher boats is reported to have caught just under their season ,
limit by July 24. This fleet, however, is operating at 51 18' north latitude, 157
west longitude, an advantageous location because large numbers of fish pass through
the Kurile Straits. There is more optimistic feeling concerning the salmon fishing
in the Russian restricted area than there was earlier, but over-all figures for the
catch to date are not available.

The crab catch in the Bristol Bay area was last reported to be favorable and
crab fleets have reported packs near the goals set for this season, states a July
27 United States Embassy dispatch from Tokyo.

% OK OK OK

FISH MEAL PRODUCTION AND EXPORTS: There was a drastic reduction in
fish caught was needed for human consumption because of the food shortage. How-
ever, in 1952 production of fish meal
(table 1) began to pick up and ex-
ports were resumed. No official

Table 1 - Japanese Fish Meal Production for
Animal Feeding and Fertilizer, 1953-54

Sinise: HOP UNS psOeluetiela mn Tes
has beenissuedas yet. The lack of pe ieee ay
exports to the United States during Herring scrap 1 6001 13. 100

1954 and 1955 has been attributed

to the fact that shipments were di- Se eros oe ae lg MRT Thane ae nae aa ERG
verted to Europe to take advantage [pv ieg ean ee Sais, ates pea 500 1600
of the low freight rates prevailing Paar a Mira Wet IMO Wns eae RW hi 19. 300 a s

AS} 2) PESUIbS Or WANS ineSrielt, Were wines ay 38. 900 | 41 500
existed between the Japanese Home- ; ; : ; ; 3 : : ; ; : : ; eee

ward Freight Conference and the
Mitsui Steamship Company Ltd., but recently this disagreement was resolved.

At the present, exportation of fish meal has been halted as of July 1, 1956, be-
cause of the temporary withholding of licensing approval by the Fishery Agency of
the Japanese Ministry
Table 2 - Japanese Exports of Fish Meal by Country of of Agriculture and For-
Destination, 1953-55 estry, although ship-

Country of Destination ments under long-term
(Metric Tons) contracts are allowed
Belgium ------+--+ +++ eee eee eee 441 = 498 to continue. The rea-
France ---+-+ +++ sete tte reese = | 162 = son for the stoppage is
West Germany --------+-+-+:::: 2, 792 = - traced to the current
Switzerland ---------+-++-+-+-++-+-: a - 98 shortage of fish meal
Netherlands-------+--+-+++++--:- = = 200 that resulted from the
United States -------+++s esses: 2 = | 2,225 low catches of fish and
Philippines -------+-+++-+-+--- 122 269 366 which brought a sharp
Taiwan GoD 0D0dDOnoOTOODGOOCOG DG 23 - - rise in price J However,
Hong Kong booooC doc OD CoO OOO ODO 34 123 81 the price of fish meal
Mexico ---e+- see eee eee ree er ene - 189 - has dropped and the pro-
Singapore --+-+---+-+s-+ssseseeee ducers of fish meal are

Choo 20-0 S16 Doolp oO Doo = UOicCO Se seeking the abolition of
DooOodoOo oD TDOOGOOOC OOOO DD the restriction. It was
: expected that licensing
of exports would commence again in September of this year.
|
Production of fish meal in Japan consists of two kinds. There is the white-fish
meal made from white meat fish such as cod, Alaska pollock, Atka mackerel, etc.;

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 81

most of this fish meal is used for animal feeding and exports. The other kind is
the brown fish meal made from red-meat fish such as sardines, herring, and saury
pike, and used more for
the manufacture of ferti-
lizer. According to the
Japan Fish Meal Export-
ers Association, produc-
tion of fish meal is not
expected to reach pre-
war production for some
time to come. The in-
creasing restrictions
imposed on Japanese fish-
ermen by neighboring
countries have narrowed
the areas where they may

Table 3 - Comparison of Japanese Fish Meal Production
and Exports in Prewar and Postwar Periods

Petal soduction| (aaa ee nnionhinel
Total U.S. Only

of FishScraps &
89,100

Meal
67,400
57,900

Re tie 333,000
SPR a. Neat 450,000
1935s Oe. 374,000

IMG Bho

é 135,000
Spillcatchetishvandthash aly 1195490 | nn a 103,700
ledgtovapmatenialyceducisy | 953) neem 95,600

tonwinithesamount of tish) || 950°) 8) otis 95.000
landed available for fish
meal production. It is, therefore, no longer profitable for a large fishing company
to operate a large fish meal plant. Production is consequently drifting into the
hands of small enterprises who produce fish meal when the weather in ayparticular
locality is not suitable for processing fish into salted or dried products or when a
large catch is landed in an-isolated area. The recent restriction on exports has
also discouraged fish-meal production. The decline in fish meal from the prewar
period may be seen in table 3 which contrasts the production and exports in the pre-
war and postwar periods.

OK OK OK OK

REVIEW OF JAPANESE FISHERIES, 1955: A large-scale recovery of Japan's
prewar position and a growing awareness of her stake in international measures
for conservation of resources and Stabilization of the industry marked the year 1955
in the fisheries of Japan.

The overwhelming majority of the Japanese people live on the seacoast of their
island country. With agriculture limited for the most part to the narrow belt of
land between the shore and the nearby mountains, the Japanese have tended to view
the vast expanses of the seas which stretch out all about them as their pasture lands,
their ''West,'' their ever-expanding frontier encompassing the territory necessary
to produce the food needed by their ever-increasing population. In the words of a
Japanese familiar with both ways of life, the oceans are to the Japanese people what
the wheat fields of the midwestern plains are to the American people. Fish is not
a once-a-week food to the Japanese nor a substitute to be bought when the price of
meat is high; 80 percent of the animal protein content of the Japanese diet comes
from fish, and the health of the people would deteriorate rapidly if they did not have
the resources of the seas at hand.

The total catch of all Japanese marine fisheries in 1955 was about 5,150,000
metric tons (about 11.3 billion pounds), compared with about 4,650,000 tons in 1954
and about 3,500,000 tons in 1938. While the 1955 catch represented an increase of
about 10 percent over the figure for the previous year, there were notable increases
and decreases in the catch of individual species. The salmon catch, for example,
was about three times that for 1954, and the catch of saury pike was up 72 percent.
The herring catch, on the other hand, continuing its downward trend, was only about
one-third of the 1954 level and 15 percent of the 1952 catch, states a July 13, 1956,
dispatch from the United States Embassy in Tokyo.

82 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

Exports from Japan in 1955 of fish and fish products totaled 155,108 metric
tons, valued at US$75.6 million, an increase of 10 percent in volume and 2 percent
in value over 1954. Exports of other marine products (including whale oil, pearls,
fish oil, agar-agar, shells, dried seaweed, and seed oysters), amounted to 64,680
tons, valued at US$30.3 million, which was 2.5 times the 1954 exports in volume
and 1.5 times in value; the increase was accounted for almost entirely by shipments
of whale oil, which rose from 9,000 to 45,000 tons.

Tuna: United States interest in Japanese fisheries was centered in 1955 on the
tuna and salmon industries. For several years prior to 1955 shipments of frozen
tuna, particularly those of albacore (white meat) tuna, from Japan to the United
States had been increasing at a rate which caused considerable alarm to American
fishermen. During the first five months of 1955 Japanese Government approvals
for the shipment of albacore totaled almost 25 percent more than those of the same
period of 1954, and by June 1 the situation in the California tuna fishing and pack-
ing industry was acute. While the Japanese Government controlled the price of al-
bacore for export undera ''check price'’ system which was designed to equalize the
cost of Japanese fish with the current American price, it was reported that the fi-
nancial difficulties of some Japanese firms were forcing them to violate the law and
sell below the check price, which in turn aggravated the situation. In the face of
mounting public pressure in the United States for controls on the import of Japan-
ese tuna, the Japanese industry undertook to put its own house in order. In June
a cooperative association was formed to control the export of frozen albacore, and
thereafter all orders were channeled through that association. The check price
was reduced from US$300 a short ton, which was considered too high to ‘be enforced,
to US$270 a ton. In order to hold the line firmly at this price, the association guar-
anteed to buy albacore at US$270 from any exporter who was forced to sell because
of financial difficulties, thus ending the pressure for sales below the check price.

The association also established a ceiling on exports of albacore for June and
July 1955 of 15,000 tons, as compared with approximately 10,000 tons approved for
export during the same months of 1954. This figure was considered unreasonably
high in the United States, and protests continued. Moves were started, with the
backing of the American tuna fishing industry and certain of the canners, for Con-
gressional action to limit imports of albacore, or for the imposition of a customs
duty. The matter was further complicated, however, by the fact that a number of
tuna canners located in the Pacific Northwest are not served by the American fish-
ing fleet but depend mainly on Japan for sources of raw fish and so were opposed
to restrictions.

As the summer fishing season progressed it became evident that the size of the
albacore catch would not be as great as had been expected, and Japanese Govern-
ment approvals for the export of albacore to the United States totaled only slightly
over 9,000 tons, far short of the association's quota and less than the total for the
same period of 1954. The same tendency continued throughout the rest of the year,
and export approvals for the last seven months of 1955 were only a little over 18,000
tons, or 1,500 tons less than the same period of 1954. The total for the year ended
up about 1,000 tons more than 1954. While this total still represents more ofa
share of the United States market than may be considered reasonable by the Ameri-
can tuna fishing industry, it nevertheless marked a halt in the previous rapid rate
of increase.

During 1955 the Japanese Government continued to place restrictions on the
building of new tuna boats, new licenses were limited, and the operating period,
tonnage, and catch of the boats now in use were continued under regulation.

The concern of the United States with the Japanese tuna industry is solely one
of trade, affecting Japanese shipments of canned and frozen tuna to the United States.

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 83

The United States and Japanese fishermen have no conflict over the catching of tuna,
since they operate in different areas of the seas.

Salmon: The United States interest in the Japanese salmon industry, on the
other hand, is dual: toa large extent United States and Japanese fishermen compete
for the same fish, while the canning companies compete for markets. The Ameri-
can (and Canadian) salmon fisheries, moreover, are fundamentally different from
those of Japan. The United States and Canada maintain close scientific control over
the rivers on the North American continent where the salmon return to spawn, and
the catch is taken off the mouths of these rivers in amounts calculated to allow the
optimum number of spawning salmon to escape into the rivers. The Japanese have
extremely few salmon-producing rivers, and conduct their fishing by means of nets
on the high seas. It is the United States contention that the salmon produced from
North American rivers should be reserved for catching by United States and Can-
adian fishermen under controlled conditions, and this principle was recognized in
the Japan-Canada-United States Tripartite North Pacific Fisheries Convention.
Under that Convention, the Japanese agreed to refrain from fishing for salmon in
the area east of a line located approximately at 175 west longitude, which was taken
tentatively to mark the limits of the area inhabited by salmon of North American
origin.

The Japanese salmon fisheries were signally successful in 1955. Twelve can-
nery ships, each accompanied by a fleet of fishing vessels, operated in the North
Pacific to the west of the Convention line, while two other fleets fished inthe Okhotsk
Sea for the first time since the end of the war. Though the Japanese salmon catch
was still considerably below prewar levels, it was about three times as large as
that of 1954, which in turn had been much larger than the 1953 catch. The total
pack of canned salmon reached 1,780,000 cases, nearly triple the 1954 figure of
625,000 cases.

During the 1955 season the salmon runs in a number of North American rivers
were very poor, giving rise to a belief on the part of some American fishermen
that the Japanese high seas catch had taken its toll of the North American salmon,
in spite of the fact that the Japanese fishing had been conducted well to the west of
the Convention line. Research was being currently conducted under the terms of
the Convention to trace the migration of salmon and to establish more definitely
whether a line could be drawn to divide the North American salmon from those of
Asiatic stock, but the results of this research were not yet positive enough to show
whether the salmon taken by the Japanese were in fact of North American or Asiatic
origin. The Japanese fishermen believed that the salmon which they were catching
during the 1955 season were in the process of migrating toward the Asiatic conti-
nent, and it was a fact that the Japanese North Pacific fleets moved constantly west-
ward as the season progressed.

It was under these circumstances that the 1955 meeting of the International
North Pacific Fisheries Commission, established under the tripartite Convention,
opened in Tokyo in October. The Commission's committee on biology and research
met on October 24, followed by the full annual meeting which began on October 31
and ended on November 5. The ideas of both the North American and Japanese sides
were given full expression at these meetings, and although no final conclusions were
reached on the main topic of discussion, the delegates obtained a clearer under-
standing of the problems being faced on both sides.

The Japanese salmon industry also experienced difficulties in selling the in-
creased pack of canned salmon which resulted from the bountiful catch. The poor
catch on the North American side made it possible for the Japanese to sell about
500,000 cases in the United States and another 150,000 cases in Canada. In 1954
Japan had sold somewhat over 200,000 cases of canned salmon to the United King- .
dom, which was considered Japan's prime market. The Japanese hoped to triple

84 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

this amount to over 700,000 cases in 1955, and negotiations towards that goal were
included in the United Kingdom-Japan talks on their over-all payments agreement.
The British were unwilling to consider this large increase, in spite of efforts made
directly with the British Government in London by the Japanese Minister of Agri-
culture and Forestry. A compromise was finally reached, however, which provided
for exports to the United Kingdom of somewhat over 400,000 cases, or double the
previous year's market.

Crab: In 1955, as in previous years, the Japanese sent a fleet to Bristol Bay
to fish for crab. Two additional exploratory crab fleets were also sent in 1955 to
the Okhotsk Sea. No Japanese fishing had taken place in the Okhotsk Sea since the
end of World War II, but the 1955 expeditions showed that the possibilities for crab
fishing there were excellent. The total pack of the three crab fleets was about
210,000 cases, of which two-thirds were taken in the Okhotsk Sea.

An irritating and potentially disruptive incident occurred in Bristol Bay when
the United States and Japanese crab fleets came into conflict over the interpretation
of an informal agreement establishing the distance to be maintained between fleets.
A temporary amicable solution was reached, and the matter was discussed further
at the time of the Tokyo meeting of the International North Pacific Fisheries Com-
mission. Arrangements were then made by which each fleet will keep the other
notified of its position and fishing operations, and maintain a specified distance from
the area being fished by the other fleet.

Coastal Fisheries: While the interest of other countries is mainly in Japan's
high-seas fisheries, such as those for tuna and salmon, the Japanese people them-
selves are more concerned in their daily lives with their coastal fisheries, in which
88 percent of the fishermen are engaged but which produce only 44 percent of the
catch. Much of Japanese fishing is done by small groups of men in light boats with-
in sight of the shore; while this type of fishing is convenient from the point of view
of time spent away from home and availability of the fishermen for other work on
days when fishing is not feasible, it is highly inefficient in yield per man hour. In
August 1955 the Japanese Government issued a ''White Paper" on the coastal fish-
eries in which a number of moves were recommended for the improvement of this
phase of the fishing industry. In prewar days, according to the ''White Paper," the
coastal fishermen accounted for three-quarters of Japan's total catch. As larger
and more efficient vessels have been built, however, and have ranged farther and
farther from Japan in search of better fishing grounds, the balance has swung in
favor of the high-seas operations. The Japanese Government hopes, over a period
of years, to make it possible for coastal fishermen to band together, build larger
boats, operate where the best fishing grounds can be found, and utilize scientific
fishing methods to increase their catch relative to the time and energy expended.

Fisheries Relations with Other Nations: Relations in the fisheries field be-
tween Japan and the other nations of the Far East continued to be difficult in 1955.
The Soviet Union has since the end of the war made a practice of seizing Japanese
fishing boats which wander over the line separating Japan proper from Soviet-held
territory. The number of such seizures in 1955 was 125, double the 1954 figure.
The same number of ships was returned to Japanese custody, however, leaving the
number still in Russian hands at the end of the year the same as it was at the begin-
ning, 46. A total of 1,103 Japanese fell into Soviet hands in this manner, of whom
1,092 were allowed to return during the year, the other 11 being added to the total
of 34 who were in Soviet custody at the beginning of the year.

It will be recalled that during the Allied Occupation of Japan the Japanese fish-
ermen were kept within an area close to Japan bounded by what was called the ''Mac
Arthur Line.'' When, shortly prior to the coming into force of the Peace Treaty in
April 1952 the ''MacArthur Line" was abolished, a new line off the coasts of Korea
was proclaimed by President Syngman Rhee of the Republic of Korea as the line

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 85

setting off those portions of the high seas in which the people of Korea had a special
interest, and which the Korean Government intended to reserve for exploitation by
Koreans. Japanese fishing boats were warned that crossing the ''Rhee Line" would
be a violation of Korean law, and that violators would be apprehended and punished.
At the beginning of 1955, 88 Japanese vessels and 242 men were being held in the
Republic of Korea for violation of the ''Rhee Line.'' During 1955, 30 more boats and
498 men were seized, of which one boat and 15 men were released during the year;
the totals still in custody at the end of 1955 were therefore 117 vessels and 725 men.

Most of the boats and fishermen held in Korea are from the Kyushu and South-
ern Honshu areas of Japan, and the public feeling in those areas against the Repub-
lic of Korea ran high in 1955.

The communist Chinese Government in Peiping did not lose any time after com-
ing into power on the mainland before beginning to seize its share of Japanese fish-
ing boats. While there was no specific area mapped out by the Chinese into which
Japanese vessels were forbidden to enter, such vessels as ventured into waters in
which Chinese gunboats happened to be operating frequently found themselves fired
upon and captured. At the beginning of 1955 there were 104 Japanese boats in com-
munist Chinese custody. No seamen were being held, however, since the Chinese
had previously returned the crew members.

The communist Chinese tactics during 1955 were different, however. The Jap-
anese Government maintains normal diplomatic relations with the Nationalist Chi-
nese Government in Taiwan, and has no official ties with the Chinese communist
regime. The opening of diplomatic ties with Japan has been and continues to be one
of the major policies of the Peiping Government. In line with this policy, the com-
munist Chinese in 1955 proposed a fisheries agreement with Japan under which
the fishing vessels of each country would be able to operate in specified areas with-
out fear of interference from the other country. The Japanese Government refused
to participate in the negotiation of such an agreement, but the private fishing inter-
ests met with the Chinese and signed an agreement having many of the earmarks of
a government-to-government treaty. Under this agreement the Japanese fishermen
are not guaranteed the right to fish anywhere on the high seas without interference,
but are allotted certain sections in the Yellow Sea and East China Sea in which to
earry on their operations. Other parts of the agreement provide for safe harbors
for fishing vessels on both sides and mutual recognition signals. In keeping with
their new tactic, the communist Chinese seized only one Japanese boat in 1955, and
both it and its 10-man crew were returned.

Although in past years Japanese fishing vessels have been subject to seizure by
the Chinese Nationalist Government for violation of the regulations of that govern-
ment, no such seizures took place in 1955. The 30 boats and 11 men held by the
Nationalist Government at the end of 1954, however, continued to be held in custody.

The restrictions imposed by the Australian Government on the pearl-shell fish-
ery in the Arafura Sea continued in force during 1955, and the Japanese pearl-shell
fleet operated within the scope allowed by the Australian authorities.

From Septernber 30 to October 14, 1955, Tokyo was the scene of the Sixth An-
nual Meeting of the Indo-Pacific Fisheries Council of the United Nations Food and
Agriculture Organization. Representatives of 16 nations, including the United States,
discussed problems relating to inland fisheries and fish culture, sea fisheries, and
shrimp culture.

Conclusion: The Japanese by the end of 1955 had regained their prewar fish-
eries position insofar as the catch was concerned. The wartime interval and the
years of the Occupation, however, had covered a period in which the international
forces which bear on Japan's access to fishing grounds and to markets had shifted,

86 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

and Japan has not yet been able to complete its adaptation to the new situation. The
world situation is such that it can be expected that difficulties between Japan and
certain other countries will continue, but the preeminent position of Japan among the
fishing nations, and the economic need of Japan for foreign trade, will be powerful
factors in determining Japan's policies towards the rest of the world.

OK OK KK

NORTH PACIFIC WHALING EXPEDITIONS, 1956: One of the two Japanese
fleets which will participate in the annual North Pacific whaling operations departed
from Yokohama on May 8. The fleet, jointly operated by three major Japanese whal-
ing companies, consists of an 11,448-ton mothership, the Kyokuyo Maru, 8 catcher
boats (including a scout boat), 4 refrigerated vessels and 15 transport vessels.
Whaling will be carried out until the end of September.

The catch for this fleet is estimated at 2,060 whales including 1,560 baleen
whales (limited by law to 1,560 baleen whales or 800 blue-whale units) and 500 sperm
whales. The 1955 catch was 1,568 baieen whales and 585 sperm whales.

On the basis of the estimated catch, production will amount to 29,665 metric
tons valued at ¥2.2 billion (about US$6.1 million), divided as follows; baleen oil
10,948 tons, sperm oil 3,500 tons, whale meat 15,217 tons.

In 1955 this fleet's production amounted to 26,887 metric tons of products of
which 15,192 metric tons were oil.

The second Japanese fleet will participate in North Pacific whaling later in the
season but will limit its catch to sperm whales. Detailed plans for this fleet are
not yet available but its catch last year consisted of 499 sperm whales which yield-
ed 4,990 metric tons of products, states a June 4, 195€ dispatch from the United

States Embassy in Tokyo.

Mexico

VERACRUZ FISHERIES TRENDS, MARCH-JUNE 1956: Veracruz fishermen
on the east coast of Mexico caught 500 metric tons of mackerel in March and near-
ly as much in April 1956. In May the catch dropped to 229 tons. Little fishing was
done in June. The catch in the second quarter of 1956 was valued at 2 million pesos

(US$160,000) ex-vessel.

Veracruz needs about 2 mil-
lion pesos (US$160,000) to recon-
dition its refrigeration plant in
order to preserve: the catch and
expand its fishing industry.

Within the next 5 or 6 months
Tabasco expects to see increased Spanish mackerel (Scomberomorus maculatus)

ice production and the building of a refrigeration plant for the shrimp catch.

Kk ok Ok

the United States Embassy in Mexico on June 8 that the Mexican law relating to the
exportation of spiny lobsters appeared in the Diario Oficial of March 12, 1956, and

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 87

it clearly states that the exportation of spiny lobsters caught between parallels 23
and 29 in the Gulf of California shall be entered through the port of Nogales at all
time during the entire open season (Nov.1-April 15) in that area. He added that
he saw no reason why the lobsters have to be exported exclusively through the port
of Nogales during the general open season but that unfortunately the wording of the
decree in the Diario Oficial specifies that spiny lobsters caught in the Gulf of Cali-
fornia shall be exported through the port of Nogales during the entire open season
for that area.

The official from the Ministry of Marine indicated that if there were sufficient
pressure from the interested parties to get this provision of the law changed, the
Mexican authorities would probably agree to do so. He pointed out, however, that
the special authority conferred by this decree is temporary and expires on April
15, 1957, at which time presumably new regulations will be issued covering the ex-
portation of lobsters from the Gulf of California.

OK OK Kk

~ PLANS FOR NEW SEAWEED PROCESSING PLANT: A Mexicali firm has an-
nounced plans to establish a US$500,000 plant in Ensenada, Mexico, to process sea-
weed (Pacific kelp, Macrocystis pyrifera) for medicinal and industrial purposes.
The firm, which is reportedly being formed wholly with Mexican capital, has been
granted a concession for the purpose by the Ministry of Marine.

A »
A. 4
ANO3)

i \
Netherlands

MARINE OIL MARKET: The Netherlands is probably the second largest dis-
tributor of marine oils in Europe. In spite of the fact that the population is only a
small percentage of the populationin
Germany, the distribution of marine
oils in 1955 was quite large.

Table 1 - Netherlands Distribution of
Marine Oils

The Netherlands production of fish Metric Tons

oil, whale oil, and sperm oil for the years exports:
1949 through 1955 is shown intable 2. ANS SUWCIN oo ade agco se: SUSE
ingmanicancine: Peseeeseis eo byl
The production of fish oil has in- In cooking fats ...... 1,497
creased from approximately 1,000 tons OLVe no ae ete 423

in 1949 to about 5,000 tons for the past
3 or 4 years. There are 3 sizable fish

reduction plants in Holland and one very Inbmarcamine war 41,416
small one. The oil is produced princi- Invcookinetatse aera 3,445
pally from offal received from the cur- Total edible con-

ing of herring. There are Some occa- Sbbaayoyetorl aah noooc 44,861
sions when the catch is too great to han- ihechnicalausen eee 938

dle and then whole herring are shipped
to reduction plants. This is only done at.

Miscellaneous disap-

1,204

times when the herring are unfit for food
use. Asinother countries the fish reduc-
tionplants are operated primarily to se- | Total Distribution... |__77,462__|
cure the fish meal. One of the reduction

plants also is a renderer of tallow and grease. This firm also operates a refinery
at a different location. Formerly it produced a grade of polymerized refined oil
which was used in fish canning. It has discontinued polymerizing oil and now merely
reduces the free-fatty acid content to 0.1 percent and bleaches the oil. This oil is
then sold to hydrogenators for manufacture into oil suitable for use in margarine.

pearances 2,277
IEnding stocks Dec. 31 14,506

88 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 9

The surveyor was informed that in the Netherlands it is not customary to make
mixtures of whale oil and fish oil in the hydrogenated form. These hardened oils

aplewe iis Netherlands Production of Marine Oils, 1949-55

1/ Whale oil and sperm oil data represent those portions of the production by the Dutch whaler (Willem Barentsz) which were
actually brought into the Netherlands and do not represent the total production by this whaler.

are sold separately and the margarine manufacturers make their own mixture.
There is no great surplus of oils suitable for hydrogenation in the Netherlands. A-

merican menhaden oil is liked here in the Netherlands.

Table 3 - Netherlands Imports of Fats & Oils from
Fish & Marine Animals by Country of Origin

Country
of Origin

Belgium/Luxembourg ....
Great Britain
France
Western Germany
Treland

PATI OTS RS eT erat aa ee ae
PIECING RN IMMOTFOCCO sgon00cn0¢
Port. East Africa
South-West Africa

Canada
Peru

cE S¥aNaly reser es en eaap eae rapa is
Australia

Sie Mollellsteiielletelielieiiehleie) lsiialielieiielce.

Source; Central Bureau of Statistics

1955

There have been no com-
plaints from those who have
imported only directly from
producers for the last two
years.

There are two fairly
large dealers in fish oil lo-
cated in Rotterdam. These
are old established compan-
ies. These companies co-
operate frequently; buy and
sell on joint account. They
also deal in other fats and
oils and maintain stocks in
the Rotterdam area. Repre-
sentatives from these two
companies plan a joint trip
to the United States later in
the year to look into the men-
haden oilsituation. They have
not bought very much oilthis
season since they feel that the
present price is still toohigh
even though it has declined
from $224 per short ton to
a level of $213 per ton c.i.f.
Rotterdam.

As in other countries in
Western Europe, one interna-

tionally known firm handles the greater portion of both fish and whale oil used inthe Neth-
erlands . Some people have estimated that it controls between 80 and 90 percent of the
business and its actions, of course, dominate the trading picture.

Ali established companies in the fat and oil business complained that since the
war there has been a flock of new dealers that have entered the field. This has
caused considerable fluctuation in prices, since frequently trading takes place be=
tween these operators rather than with actual consumers of the oil.

It is quite difficult to secure accurate figures regarding the actual use and con-
sumption, and even the official figures issued by different branches of the Govern-
ment vary. Practically all of the fish oil used in the Netherlands goes for edible

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 89

purposes. Discussions with the firm which represents the South African solexol plant
owners indicated that sales for the past two years have been negligible and only occa -
sionally do they sellone or two drums of the fractionated product.

able 5 - Netherlands Whale Oilin Mar- |
garine, 1948-55

Whale Oil Total Prod. of
: Margarine
.| . (Metric Tons

41,416
35,703
35,049
298235
34,082
34,894
15,026
LOet5ya
Source; Marketing Board for Margarine, Fats, and Oils,

Table 4 - Netherlands Imports of Whale

33,800
46,850
47,220 8,720 | 2,120 |58,060
29,960 16,780 | 1,590 |48,330
42,840 16,310 | 1,630 |60,780
36,300 24,960 | 2,750 |64,010
27,840 5,130 | 1,930 134,900
Includes supply from Dutch whaler Willem Barentsz,
2/ Preliminary,

ource: Marketing Board for Margarine, Fats and Oils,

People engaged in paint manufacturing in the Netherlands prefer linseed oil

which they claim produces a better grade of paint more suited to the damp climate
of the Netherlands.

Everybody interviewed indicated that there would be no difficulty in Belling the
entire surplus production of menhaden oil from the United States this year and felt
that the use of fish oil in Western Europe would grow since the populationis increas -
ing and the per capita consumption of fat products is also increasing. Increase in
the production of palm fats, whale oil, and other liquid oils generally is not increas -
ing at the same rate as the increase in consumption.

This is one of eight reports ona survey undertaken bythe U. S. Fishand Wildlife
Service of markets for United States -produced oils with emphasis on Western Europe.
Note: See Commercial Fisheries Review, August 1956, p, 47; also see pp, 58, 66, 70, 71, 90, 96, & 99 of this issue,

New Caledonia

MARINE PRODUCTS INDUSTRY: Although the waters of New Caledonia abound
in marine life, the only marine product which is exported is trochus shells. Inspite of
the firm price for trochus shells--about 50,000 francs (US$785) a tonin 1955--the amount
of trochus shells exported during the year totaled only 723 metric tons as compared to

New Caledonia Fishery Products Imports by Country of Origin, 1954-55

Country Quantit
of Origin

880 tons in 1954. This decrease is caused by depletion. Duringthe year an expert of
the French Institute of Oceania (Institut Francais d'Oceanie), a scientific research
organization with headquarters at Noumea, began studies as to how trochus stocks
may be regenerated.

Providing fish for local consumption does not occupy a large number of fisher-
men and demand for fish was supplemented in 1955 by the importation of canned fish

90 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

valued at 8,066,000 francs (US$126,600). It appears that the fishermen themselves
limit the amount of fish caught in order to maintain prices.

A small fish cannery (established in 1951) on the northern tip of the Island, has
not been very successful due to the irregular supply of fish.
Note: Values converted on basis of CFP franc equals 1.57 U. S. cents.

Norway

MARINE OIL MARKET: Norway is the largest fish-oil producing country in
Europe and the production consists principally of herring oil. It is probable that
the production will continue to grow since, like in Denmark, the trade feels that

= -———~——_~.—~—_ Huropean participation in whaling will prob-
Meuse Y ae ar eue Call eine ably decline on account of the greatly increased
a : costs of operating whaling units. The Nor-
phe. wegians have done a lot of research work in
ORO Tana LURD KK KEGhhAe 71,000 the handling and refining of fish and whale
ses an ieee ean rEN 95,000 oils. Whale and fish oil constitute about 60
ee 58,000 percent of the fat content of margarine pro-
duced in Norway and the quality of the margarine is such that it has been exported
to many countries with success. It is also used as shortening in Norway since the
taste of the margarine on heating does not become objectionable.

It is anticipated that the total production of fish oil in Norway for the year 1956
will be approximately 100,000 metric tons. The refiners of oils in Norway have

Table 2 - Norway's Crude Herring Oil Ex-]

made an agreement with the fish-reduc-
tion factories to purchase the entire pro-
duction so that there will probably be no exports of crude fish oil for the year 1956.
Ali of the oil produced to date has been sold. Norwayhas some bilateralagreements
with countries behind the Iron Curtain for the delivery of processed fish oils and
refined hydrogenated fish oil will be exported to cover these commitments.

There is very little of the fish oil used in Norway for industrial purposes. One
firm operates a Solexol plant, but this is used principally for the production of a
grade of oil from the poorer grades of oils (both domestic and imported) that will
refine and bleach in a satisfactory manner for edible purposes. The other fraction
of the oil is used in the production of synthetic resins of the alkyd type under Reic-
holt license. This company handles the largest production of finished products in
Norway.

Table 3 - Norway's Crude Seal Oil Ex-
_ports by Destination, 1954-55 | ports by Destination, 1954-55
Destination 1954 Destination 1955
(Metric Tons Metric Tons)
United Statesia serene HIS) Ul ASO) Sjoamia oo oe oo ok 0.0; 157.4
DELO VFA YC oe Guia Ata Meant ne STEP SAL O28) MMC easly ey ec ley ee oe aa : 831.1
(Czechoslovakia ....... 0|1,089.9]| Western Germany ....|2,887.2|1,930.0
Pata ees ete etah ea eneete 4 OW] IDSiateMeT ob oo eo tebe 1,032.2|1,346.7
Db etliy cei eau se taut eran yeas cena SON) lbs Gill IPICENNOS Salas 5's boo 6 414. 236.7
Western Germany..... 9 (I) Coxe) |) INewavsrelleraeley 5 ok oe 1,163.8
Belgium & Luxembourg. sO) ZAG {8) ||, Whats iraexckoiam 5 oo oe 0.0
Demme kamen eee sO) L,OSGsS ||) IBrraatl yo oes o/s 55's 0 5 ; NGSronl
sya gke)aVeX =i is teu na CASA eel Se .8 AG) (3) || AUN OHNEIOS 5 6 6 oo oo oo no 3 166.3
Netherlands .......... LAI SLE Tid) 4G) ||ReenOtatlcnet ae ta eee 5)
VANINE OQHOeIOS oo ook das eoe a0)

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 91

The other Norwegian refiners of fish oil buy lower grade fish oils from Angola,
Portugal, Morocco, etc. at cheap prices and treat them by special refining methods
Table 4 - Norway's Edible & Inedible
Polymerized & Refined Marine-Animal
Oil Exports by Destination, 1954-55

pe & Destination 1954
Edible:

Table 5 - Norway's Sulphonated Marine-
Animal Oil Exports by Destination,
1954-55

(Metric Tons

IMiballesavols 5 boy ooo Moo 3 SOSH Rimilancle eee ie 109.51142.0
ttt eee ee 173.0 Pid Wg we A ae ee eS ARON SITIO

282).1 9 \|Denmark eet o,f ee se. 21.7| 25.6

515.58 bdo bblbin pipibic Jeon Netherlands! wenn * D, 10.0
Settee eee BOO) HANNS etme evan Male | ELORLON

aera are 67.9 eee Moore 3 [234.5

643.7

before mixing them with Norwegian her-
ring oil for hydrogenation.

Se ee 0.0 | 20.0
Netherlands <7 ..).::.. 0.0 10.4 i ‘
Peet cette cd Sy. 2.0 0.0 On account of the monetary situation
j in Norway, it is desirable that Norway

Egypt
___Total inedible .....
: exist as much as possible on its own

production of fats and oils, using its surplus of fish oil for trading purposes with
other countries. The type of oil used for industrial purposes consists principally

Table 6 - Norway's Exports of Fatty Acids|
from Marine-Animal Oils by
Destination, 1954-55

Destination

(Metric Tons)

Syne aay an Eye Oe 366. 349.
RR eer fa ra pn eae 0. 498.
EE Ra Src etre reife) aueils 351.
RUSS Gah tunasbsitwen soe 881.
411.

of seal oil, used in the leather industry,
as well as being treated to produce suit-
able textile oil, etc.

olefi'e) fof tellisWaiielyel je} lel eV ishie;

Statistics in Norway except for pro-
duction and imports and exports of crude
fish and whale oils are not very easy to
obtain. Those issued officially by the
Government covering the refined, hydro-
genated and other manufactured products
are lumped in categories which include
vegetable and animal fats and oils. Due
to cheap electric power in Norway, the cost of producing hydrogen is quite low and
the hydrogenation of fats and oils is very well developed.

2
0
2
9
6
a)
gal
.2
A
otf
5 (0)
4
a8)

Ojo WDOOWrROarRrHPPHRAOAWDAD

As is the case in Sweden, combinations of whale oil and fish oil in varying pro-
portions are refined and hydrogenated for the manufacture of margarine and usual-
ly sold on a specification basis under a particular trade name.

The polymerization of fish oil in the manufacture of edible liquid fish oil was
originally started in Norway and a very large production was built up. Since the
prohibition of the use of polymerized fish oil in Germany for edible purposes, this
business has dwindled greatly and we were informed that it now consists of only a
few hundred tons a year compared with thousands of tons in past years. The use of
refined fish oil in fish canning has been nearly all replaced by edible vegetable oils.
There are still one or two small canners who use fish oil since they feel that if
there is some reversion to the original fish flavor it will not be noticeable in the
finished canned fish.

92 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

The price of fish oil usually is kept below that of whale oil and though it may vary dur-
ingthe year, unless there is some special circumstance, it must remain lower than whale

Table 8 - Norway's Exports of Cold-
Cleared Cod-Liver Oil by
Destination, 1954-55

IDestination

Table 9 - Norway's Exports of Veterinary
Fish-Liver Oil by Destination, 1954-55

(Metric Tons)
Paid ee A In sr re é 277.
6 Sy OP aes Ce Ne : 600.
SRA smea pe : 471.
PCM an a Meee ae F 15193)
j 166.
pie oes cea ois F 1,736.
eoaPa vara 710.

Other European
Countries aera

NCR ODOM ©

Other Eur. Countries .
anadar 4. eens haar
United States -. 225...
IBraiziitlie Sas ape uot ea nieces

OOOD OD ODDO oDO

[colo ww

oil because the cost of refining andhydro-
genationis greater than inthe case of whale
oil with which it competes.

Interest was expressed inthe type of fish oil that is produced inthe United States and
shippedfrom Gulf ports. The Norwegians indicate that this oilhas intheir experience
a lower iodine value and can be refined and hydrogenated to produce a product compar -
able to their refined hydrogenated herring oil. There was no tobis (sand eel) oil pro-
duced in Norway.

There have been very large invest-
ments infish-reduction factories as
: wellas additional vessels for fishing for
AMctrie Wows) herring for these factories inthe past
é ; twoor three years. The Government
has assisted by grants and loans inthis
program.

Unlike Denmark and the Nether -
lands, Norway fishes for herring on
the Norwegian coast starting at the
north and fishing down the west coast
asthe herringmove south. The bulk of
the herring is caught inthe first six
months of the year andit is interesting
to note that in spite of the large amount
of herring used for food in Norway, be-
tween 80 and 90 percent of the various
types ofherring caught go to the fish-
reductionplants. Itappears that there
are three distinct kinds of herring caught on the Norwegian coast, including the so-called
"winter herring" which does not have too high anoilcontent, the ''fat herring" which
comes later inthe year after the fish have had better food, andthe ''smallherring'’ which
is young and soft and is not usually suitable to any great extent for food.

DM OwWO 1M © O10 0101 01 CO

It is significant that in Norway, fish oilis looked uponasa very important edible fat
or oil while we inthe United States look upon our fish oils as being principally suited for
industrialuses. Itis probable that because there are only very small quantities of veg-
etable-oilseeds raised in Western Europe and requirements must be filled through im-
portation of fats and oils or oil seeds from other countries that research on fish oilhas
been conducted and refining and hydrogenation methods developed that are particularly
adaptedtothese peculiar oils.

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 93

It is the consensus that there are only about 30,000 tons of whale oil unsold and since

allof the Norwegian crude fish oilis committed, the market willbe stable forthe balance
of the year.

; This is one of eight reports ona survey undertaken by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ice for United States-produced oil with emphasis on Western Europe.
Note: See Commercial Fisheries Review, August 1956, p, 47; also see pp. 58, 66, 70, 71, 87, 96, & 99 of this issue,

millioncases, according toa July 23, 1956 dispatch from the United States Embassy at
Lima. It was expectedearlier inthe season that the canned bonito production would break
allprevious records, but due toa labor controversy with the fishermen during the height
of the season, this prediction was not realized. On the basis of the early prospects
several exporters oversold and had difficulty meeting their commitments.

* kk ok OK

(US$433.68) a short ton pursuant
toa Supreme Resolution of Febru-
ary 7, 1955, toremaininforce until
April1956, whenthe local authori-
ties weretoreviseit. Pursuantto
a Ministerial Resolution of May 28,
1956, the effective date of the base 4

price indicated has been extended to Broadbill Swordfish (Xiphias gladius),

December 31, 1956, according to a United States Embassy dispatch July 9 from Lima.
Note; See Commercial Fisheries Review, July 1956, p. 86,

Correction: In that issue the US$ equivalent for 8,240 soles was shown as US$33,68 when it should have been US$433.68.

x KK KOK
NEW WHALING FIRM TO HUNT IN SOUTH PACIFIC: The Peruvian press car-

ried an article on July 6 stating that the first whaling fleet organized in Peru for the
pelagic hunting of whales was expected to arrive in Talara toward the end of July.

HALE HARPOON GUN It was reported that the fleet was coming
from French and Norwegian ports and
that it would be comprised of the fac-
toryship Janina of 9,200 tons and eight
Norwegian hunting boats of 258 to 300
tons each, manned by Norwegian har-
pooners.

According to the press, the fleet
SSN has been chartered, with an option to
purchase, by the Peruvian company to which the permanent Commission of the
South Pacific has given a permit to hunt 2,400 sperm whales in the maritime zones
of Chile, Ecuador, and Peru (CEP countries) between July 1, 1956, and June 30, 1957
Some of the vessels inthe fleet are reported to have beentransferred to the Peruvian
company by their former owner. It is said that the firm that owns the vessels had
initially applied for a permit to the Commission but had withdrawn its application
explaining that it would charter or sell some of its vessels to the Peruvian company
and in addition would guarantee the payment of the charges which companies obtain-
ing whaling permits must remit in conformity with the regulations established by the

94 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

CEP countries. The charges have been fixed at $5,000 for the Peruvian company,
which is a reorganization of the company which was not able to implement its plans
to assemble a whaling fleet in 1955.

A later dispatch, dated July 23, from the United States Embassy states that as
of this date, the Peruvian Company (Mancora Maritima, S.A.) organized to exploit
the permit granted by the Permanent Commission of The South Pacific (Chile, Ecu
ador, and Peru) is still without a whaling fleet.

Poland

STATUS OF THE FISHERIES, 1954: Poland's landings of fishery products rose

from 59,300 metric tons in 1949 to 89 “89,400 tons in 1953 and 100,000tons in 1954. Cod
Fable 1 - Poland's Landings of Fishery and herring were the principal species
Products, 1949, 1953, and 1954 UNE SE

i 1954 | 1953 | Production of smoked fish in 1954
amounted to 11,416 tons as compared to
9,225 tons in 1953. Canned fish produc-
tion rose from 4,537 tons in 1953 to
5,236 tons in 1954.

a Most of Poland's fishing is done in
eee - Z 2 the Baltic chiefly by small vessels. Al-
2 though the fishing industry has some trawl-
ers about 150 feet long, larger vessels are being built in order to expand fishery
production. From the NorthSea mostly herring and some plaice are landed in Poland.

1949

see ee

Portugal

FISHERIES TRENDS, MARCH-APRIL 1956: Sardine Fishing: The catch of the
Portuguese sardine fleet amounted to only 12 metric tons in March 1956 and 423 tons in
April. The April 1956 catch was 68 percent below the 1,337 tons reported for April1955.
The April 1956 sardine catch was valued at about US$101,670ex-vessel as compared with
US$171,583 in April 1955. The ex-vessel value of the sardine catch in April was
close to 10.9 U.S. cents a pound as compared with 5.8U.S. cents in April 1955.

During April 1956, the sardine canning industry absorbed only 44 tons with most
of the balance consumed fresh. The small March sardine catch was used entirely
by the fresh fish trade.

The catch of the Portuguese sardine fleet amounted to only 978 metric tons in
January 1956, or about 83 percent less than the January 1955 catch. The January
1956 sardine catch was valued at about US$191,000 ex-vessel as compared with
US$402,000 in January 1955.

The sardine canning industry in that month absorbed 739 tons with most of the
balance consumed fresh or salted.

Other Fish: The landings of fish other than sardines (95 percent chinchards)
for the two months totaled 889 tons, valued at US$136,504 ex-vessel, the June 1956
Conservas de Peixe reports.

The landings of fish other than sardines (practically all chinchards) in January
1956 totaled 4,888 tons, valued at US$208,000 ex-vessel.

ok ok ok ok

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 95

CANNED FISH EXPORTS, JANUARY-APRIL 1956: Portuguese canned fish ex-
ports total 12,930 metric tons (680,000 cases) valued at US$7.2 million during Janu-
ary-April 1956.

Portugal's exports of canned fish in March 1956 declined 18 percent in quantity
and 7 percent in value when compared with March 1955. April1956 exports dropped

Sardines in olive oil

Sardinelike fishin
olive oil

Sardines & sardine-

like fishinbrine..
Tuna & tunalike in
olive oil

25 2] anelecs 7| ee? 5 |e 51] eee SO. 20
2,675 11,382 ]3,810 |2,044 [3,839] 2, 246 [2,607[1,532 [12,;030]7,204

52 percent in quantity and 46 percent in value as compared with April 1955, accord-
ing to Conservas de Peixe, June 1956.

During January-April 1956 Germany was the leading receiver with US$1,252,000
of canned fish (practically all sardines in oil), followed by the United States with
US$1,163,000 (principally 585 tons of sardines and 769 tons of anchovies), Italy with
US$ 837,000 (principally sardines and tuna), and Great Britain with US$772,000 (princi-
pally sardines). Exports of canned fish to these 4 countries during January-Aprilcom-
prised 53 percent of the quantity and 56 percent of the value of the total canned fish exports.

Portugal's exports of canned fish in January 1956 declined 52 percent when com-
pared with January 1955, but exports in February 1956 were higher by 32 percent
than for February 1955, according to Conservas de Peixe, May 1956.

OOK OK XK OK

CANNED FISH PACK, JANUARY -
FEBRUARY 1956: The pack of canned
sardines in oil or sauce for January-
February 1956 amounted to 526 metric
tons (net weight). The February pack was
only 6 tons, andthe January 1956 pack was
73 percent below the 1,912 tons packedin

January 1955.

Spain

FISHERIES TRENDS, JUNE 1956:
Fishing: June marked the beginning of
the albacore (Germo alalunga) season
inthe Vigo area of Spain. The Vigo albacore (known locallyas bonito ) fleet was de-
layed by bad weather and the first boats departed around June 20. Prospects are excel-
lent for anabove-normalalbacore season, according to the United States Consulate at
Vigo(July 10). Catches of other fish were considerably lower than the previous year
and the sardine catches seem to be definitely onthe decline. The weather was poor for

fishing.

96 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

Canning: The fish canning industry in the Vigo area was practically inactive
during June due mainly to the lack of species appropriate for canning. It is report-
ed that the canneries purchased only 98,000 pounds of fish during June as compared
with 288,000 pounds during the previous month and 1,455,000 pounds in June 1955.

The canneries were expected to be operating at a high level in July since alba-
core catches are known to be good. Albacore is one of the principal products of
the canneries in the Vigo area.

For the present, the canneries have an adequate supply of tin plate and olive
oil. However, prices paid for olive oil are considered high. The canneries are
concerned over the tin-plate situation, but it is believed in some circles that the
Spanish authorities will endeavor to see that their needs are met.

Spanish Moroceo

STATUS OF THE FISHERIES, 1955: Fishing continued to be an important in-
dustry in the Spanish Zone of Morocco v with an estimated catch in 1955 in excess of
the previous two years (see table). Only a minute portion of the estimated 10 mil-
lion tons of yellowtail tuna which enter the Mediterranean each year to spawn were

Spanish Morocco (Including Ceuta and Melilla) Fishery Products Landings, 1953-55

It Quantit
em 1955 | 1954

caught, and these mostly in the Almadraba nets on the Atlantic coast which trap the
schools as they approach Morocco from the southwest.

The output of the canneries remained high, but only one plant in Larache could
meet the health requirements necessary to export its product to the United States,
according to a June 25 United States consular dispatch from Tangier.

Sweden

MARINE OIL MARKET: Fish oil in Sweden is a comparatively minor item in
the over-all fat and oil picture. There is virtually no local production of fish oil.
During some seasons of the year when the herring visit the west coast of Sweden,

a few are caught and some herring meal is made from the offal and surplus herring,
but none of the oil is extracted separately.

Imports of fish oil into Sweden for the past three years have declined steadily.

Virtually all of the fish oil imported into Sweden is hardened after mixing with
whale oil, and the mixture is used in the manufacture of table margarine. The
technical director of the Margarine Cooperative of Sweden states that they use a
mixture of hydrogenated whale oil and fish oil for about 20 percent of the fat content
of their margarine. They buy the mixture already hardened but not refined or de-
odorized, preferring to do the refining and deodorization immediately preceding the

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 97

manufacture of the margarine so that the oil willbe absolutely fresh. Swedenhas one
plant built during the last war engaged inthe hydrogenation of fats andoils. Prior to that
time the hardened whale oil and fish oil

was imported from Norway. Sweden's Imports of Fish Oil by Countr

The margarine users do not bother = oe Orig inel5 Shoo me
with the proportions of whale oil and fish Country of Origin Metric Tons
oil in the material which they purchase
andicontine thein specifications to the —S|||_ Norway... 5... 2...
required melting-point, which Were || Wien es sokdaccccdo
momen J Co. vO Ss Cor ips wo 9) 1) Meelkiatel Soc acsonocoonse
100.4° F.) depending on the seasons of | __Total1955...........
the year, and also to a free fatty acid
CONTE EROlenOLOVerNOnOMperCcenten is Wn |) ) NOT Walygee er erent pene ane tor

Iceland Ne ae ee ae
We Germneiayy oboosneccn
Motaiol9o Aes eee er eee

In addition to the fish oil used inthe
manufacture of margarine, approximate-
ly 300-350 tons of liquid refined fish oil
is used annually inthe fish canning indus - 2909
try this oilisjusually purchased from || Norway ...:--.-.......
Norway inthe refined state and is not poly-
merized. Duetothe unfavorable publicity | Iceland ...............
given to polymerized oil, very few if any ALOVEM IU)S) 6 poo co spo o
plants polymerize fish oil that is used :
for edible purposes. The margarine manufacturers use fish-liver oilintheir marga-
rine for the vitamin content and they usually purchase the better grades of cod-liver oil,
standardizing this materialfor vitamin A andC content themselves. They buy the cod-
liver oil directly from the fishing fleet whichis engaged in the trade of fishing for cod.

So far as we were able tofind out, no menhaden oil is imported into Sweden from the
UnitedStates. However, in Hamburg one firm has shipped some American menhaden
oilfrom Rotterdam under the name ofherring oil. The particular lot of oilthat was ship-
ped originated in the Gulf, and had a lower iodine number than the oil from the Atlantic
coast.

Exports of fish oil from Sweden are negligible and probably consist only of cod-
liver oil. The maximum was 21 tons, which was exported to Norway in 1955. It is
practically impossible to secure any reliable statistics for fish oilalone. In all
cases they are combined, for official purposes, with whale oil, etc.

This is one of eight reports ona survey undertaken by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service of markets for United States -produced fish oils with emphasis on Western
Europe.

Note: See Commercial Fisheries Review, August 1956, p, 47; also see pp. 58, 66, 70, 71, 87, 90, & 99 of this issue,

=—18=-

Union of South Africa

FISHERIES TRENDS, MAY-JUNE 1956: Fishing in Union of South Africa waters
in May and June this year has been disappointing and production of canned fish and fish
meal consequently has been low. Overseas quotations for fish meal continue to decline
while prices for fish oil remain firm. The demand for canned fish in the export
market is said to have increased considerably with improvement in export prices.
Canned and frozen rock lobster production in the Union has been satisfactory and
stocks have been liquidated against firm overseas demand at profitable prices.

Reliable sources here report the discovery of breeding grounds just north of
Walvis Bay of pilchards caught off the South-West African coast. These breeding
grounds are said to cover an area of 800 square miles.

98 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

This discovery apparently was made by South African scientists aboard the 90-
ton research vessel Namib II, a floating laboratory for the Department of Fisheries
of South-West Africa. The captain of this vessel states that over a period of time
he has collected spawn in silk plankton nets in this area, confirming the existence
of pilchard breeding grounds, according to the United States Consulate at Cape Town
(report dated July 11).

KOK OK KOK

SALDANHA BAY FISHERIES AT A LOW LEVEL: According to newspaper re-
ports, the canning industry and the fishermen operating within a radius of 60-70
miles from Saldanha Bay Harbor in the Union of South Africa are experiencing the
worst season in 20 years. The present scarcity of fish is comparable to that of
1933 which was considered to be the worst in the history of the industry, states a
June 25 dispatch from the United States Consul at Cape Town.

The hardest hit are the hundreds of independent fishermen who operate from
Saldanha. The newspaper reports: ''as soon as there is a rumor that the fish are
running the boats put out to sea in hopes of a profitable catch, but they return with
hardly enough to meet fuel and running expenses. With hardly any money coming
in because of the lack of fish, the independent fishermen are described by one can-
nery official 'just living on the breadline'."

Sporadic schools have yielded more than 300 tons in a recent two-day period,
but this is considered poor compared with catches in previous years which have ex-
ceeded this amount fivefold.

The scarcity of fish has also caused financial losses to the canning industry in
the area.

* Kk KOK

FISH PUBLICITY CAMPAIGN LAUNCHED: Following the report of the Special
Committee on Fish consumption, an advertising agency is to take the lead in a na-
tion-wide publicity campaign to make South Africa more fish-minded.

The campaign was scheduled to begin early in July with large advertising spaces
in the national press, bringing to the public the ''Eat More Fish'' message and point-
ing out the nutritional and economic benefits of fish as a major item in the daily
diet. In addition, radio programs will be used.

An important part of this campaign will be directed towards the African and
other non-European people through their own press. Hotels, cafes, clubs, and in-
stitutions will be persuaded to feature fish prominently on their menus.

The advertising campaign will be closely supported by many other forms of
fish publicity, including intensive editorial publicity handled by a Cape Town firm
of public relations consultants. The editorial publicity campaign has already been
foreshadowed by a regular series of fish recipe articles in English and Afrikaans,
which are now being published by newspapers and magazines all over the Union and
in the Federation of Rhodesia and Nyasaland.

Several daily newspapers have agreed to run competitions for the best fish rec-
ipes sent in by readers, which will intensify the interest in fish cooking and bring
the ''Eat More Fish" message right into the home. Prizes for these competitions,
which are to be run individually by the newspapers, are being put up by the adver-
tising agency.

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 99

The Union's Department of Nutrition is cooperating closely with the advertising
and public relations side of the campaign, and the cooperation of the Director of the
Fishing Industry Research Institute, Cape Town, has already been enlisted for writ-
ing signed articles and broadcasts on the nutritional value of fish.

A valuable weapon in this campaign to make South Africans more fish-conscious
will be the Deep Sea Fisheries Information and Publicity Centre, opened this month.
Here it is planned to hold demonstrations of fish cooking, lectures, and film shows
for women's organizations, domestic science teachers, and others.

Available at the Centre will be information on the trawling industry for schools,
students, and journalists, and it will be open for inquiries on all aspects of fish cook-
ery and fish preparation.

The Centre is in a spacious room equipped with a kitchen, and has been design-
ed and furnished with the maximum of comfort by a Cape Town artist. From a mod-
el ''Frikkie Bar'' refreshments and fish snacks will be served at gatherings. Amod-
el shop window has been built into the room over which a cinema screen can be
drawn for film shows. A wall newspaper is being organized so that visitors can be
kept up to date with the latest developments in the campaign.

The trawling industry will in the future be represented at shows and exhibitions
all over the country. Frikkie Fish Bars will be organized at charity and other shows.

A second book in the painting and story book series about the adventures of
Frikkie and Seabell, the mermaid, is now in the press and will soon be available to
the trade and the public. The second edition of the first book is now almost sold
out. More than 75,000 copies have been distributed.

A comprehensive film in color on all aspects of the trawling industry is now
being made and will later in the year be available for schools, institutions, clubs,

and other organizations.

United Kingdom

MARINE OIL MARKET: Marine oils receive the greatest interest in the United
Kingdom from the edible oil trade. No matter what the source of oil is (for edible
purposes) it is used in the hydrogenated form. The principle marine oil used is
whale oil. In addition to this, herring oil of local production is also used. The duty
on herring oil into the United Kingdom is 10 percent ad valorem, and this practical-
ly precludes the importation of any fish oil. There is no duty on whale oil.

Whale Oil: The United Kingdom uses more whale oil than is produced by the
whaling fleet operating under the British flag. Informal trade estimates of the to-
tal quantity of whale oil that will be available totals approximately 50,000 to 54,000
metric tons. In view of present rapid movements of prices and sudden changes in
availability of other oils and fats, it is difficult to set out detailed figures. From the
views expressed by a number of the leading buyers, however, the opinion exists that
potential demand is greater than supply so that, provided sellers do not ask for prices
out of line with those of other materials, the quantity of oil indicated should all move
into consumers' hands easily and possibly quickly. Although it is not used for pre-
cisely the same purpose, whale oil to a very large degree determines the markets
for fish oils generally. The same is not true of whale-meat meal, although prices
of whale-meat meal do, in fact, move conformitively with those of fish meals.

100 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

Herring Oil: The herring oil and meal industry is operated by the Herring In-
dustry Board which is a quasi-Government agency. This Board operates two re-
duction plants in Scotland; one at Aberdeen, and the other at Frazerbrook, which is
80 miles north of Aberdeen. The production of herring oil has varied somewhat in
the last four or five years and definitely
is not growing. All of the oil is sold to
two companies in about equal proportions.
Sales are made in advance of production
and are subject to the oil being produced.
If there is no production, then there will
be no sales contract effective. The two
principal companies who share the pro-
duction of herring oil refine and hydro-
genate herring oil, but it is not believed
that in either case the oil is polymerized
prior to hydrogenation. One of the com-
panies is using the hydrogenated herring
oil in the manufacture of their lower-
grade margarine. The other firm is
using the hydrogenated herring oil in
the production of a lower grade of cook-
ing fat or shortening which is distributed
in the United Kingdom. Both companies
are quite secretive regarding the use of
this product and claim that it is only a
minor portion of the total oils used for

af y N edible purposes.
tae: J Se

P Prices have been higher this year
than last year for herring oil and the reason given is that whale oil as well as liquid
vegetable oils have advanced in price, thus making the value of all fats and oils used

FOr Gio a OU roe pena dvance comewlat, British Herring Industry Production of
Herring Oil and Meal, 1951-55

although not in the same proportion or
Reai Ta IEG Mea

France

amount as have soybean oil, cottonseed
oil, peanut oil, etc.

Pilchard Oil: There is imported in-
to the United Kingdom between 10,000
and 15,000 tons of treated South African
pilchard oil. This oil is of a high io-
dine value, made by the ''Solexol" proc-
ess. There is no duty on this oil, since it is used strictly for industrial purposes.
Most of it is used as a drying-oil extender in the paint business, but some is also
used in making cheaper grades of floor coverings. This oil must sell for at least
10 percent less than linseed oil in order for it to be attractive to the drying-oil
users.

This is one of eight reports on a survey undertaken by the U. S. Fish and Wild-
life Service of the markets for United States-produced fish oils with emphasis on

Western Europe.
Note: See Commercial Fisheries Review, August 1956, p, 47; also see pp. 58, 66, 70, 71, 87, 90, & 96 of this issue.

kK OK OK

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 101

—— OOS OO Oe Oe

the year ending June 30, 1957, are the same as for the preceding year, but there was
a reduction of US$616,000 in the import quota from Soviet Russia, the British Board
of Trade reported in a release dated July 17, 1956.

The notice to importers No. 788, July 18, 1956, is as follows:

"Notices to Importers Nos. 739, 744, dated July 9, 1955 and August 6, 1955 re-
spectively, announced arrangements for the import of canned salmon from North
America and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics during the year ending June 30,
1956. The Board of Trade now announce that further quotas have been arranged
for the import of canned salmon originating in and consigned from those sources
during the year ending June 30, 1957.

"The quotas are as follows:

"From North America £3 million (US$8,400,000) f.0.b. (E3.3 million--
US$9,240,000--c.i.f.)

"From U.S.S.R. & 1 million (US$2,800,000) f.0.b. (E1.1 million--
US$3,080,000--c.i.f.)

"The British Board of Trade also stated that imports from Japan wollld be ex-
pected to continue in 1956/57 and a further quota for Japan will be fixed in the fall.
The imports of canned salmon from Japan in 1955/56 were valued at US$13,160,000
(United States Embassy in London, dispatch dated July 19).

7K OK OK OK OK

CAMPAIGN TO SELL MORE FISH TO THE HOUSEWIFE: There has already
been a good response from retailers to the new British advertising campaign
launched by the White Fish Authority (W.F.A.) early in June, points out The Fish-
ing News (June 15), a British fishery periodical.

The campaign, on which the W.F.A. is to spend US$280,000 in 1956-57, aims
at focusing the housewife's attention on the men who serve her at the fishmonger
and in the fried fish shop. This approach dovetails with the direct advertising of
fish sponsored by other interests in the industry.

Apart from national advertising which puts into the mouth of "Our Fishmonger"
or 'The Man in our Fried Fish Shop" words pointing to one or another particular
value of fish, there are ideas and blocks for local newspaper advertising in which
retailers can insert their own names.

The ''Whispering Fish'' promotion scheme continues and includes leaflets and
fish recipes.

The W.F.A. is planning to back up their advertising campaign with an advisory
scheme for the fishmongers and friers to help them to sell more fish when the ad-
vertisements have drawn the housewife to their shops.

Although the campaign is concentrated at the retail stage, its benefits will be
reflected in all sections of the industry as it helps to increase the housewife's de-
mand for fish.

2K KK OK

102

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 9

CODE OF PRACTICE FOR FREEZING FISH: A Code of Practice for freezing

fish was issued by the British White Fish Authority on June 1956.

The new code

supersedes one issued in July 1953 and provides:

1. Quick frozen fish in relation to white fish means
fish which has been

(a) frozen by process which reduces the tem=

perature of the whole of the fish from 32°F.

to 23° F. or lower in not more than two
hours; and

(b) kept in the freezer until the temperature
has been reduced to minus 5 F. or lower.

2. Fish which has not been so frozen should not
be described or offered for sale as ''Quick
Frozen."

3. Fish for quick freezing shouldbe of such qual-
ity as could reasonably be expected after stor-
age and transport to provide good, wholesome
food when thawed.

4. Fish should be adequately iced whilst awaiting
processing and should be frozen with the min-
imum delay.

5. An officer authorized by the Authority shall at
any reasonable time be given facilities at the
quayside or at the premises of the processor
for the examination of all fish intended for
quick freezing, in order that he may ascertain
whether its quality and the conditions under
which it is handled, processed, frozen and
stored are satisfactory and conform in all
respects to this Code.

6. The wrapper or container of quick frozen fish
packed for sale either by wholesale or retail
should either enclose a slip of paper carrying
a code mark, or itself be marked with a code
mark. If fish is quick frozen without a wrap-
per, a Slip of paper carrying the code mark
should accompany the fish. The code mark
should enable the processor to be identified,
and his records of code marks should be such
as to enable him to detail particulars of pur-
chase, freezing and storage.

7. The weight of consumer packs is subject to
legislation. For all other packages, the net
weight at the time of packing before freezing
should not be less than the weight at which the
package is purported to be sold.

8. Immediately after freezing, all quick-frozen
fish should be placed in cold storage at a tem-

10.

iit

12.

13).

ok ok Ok Ok

perature not higher than minus 5°F., or ata
lower temperature where possible. A pipe-
cooled store should be preferred.

A steady temperature should be maintained in
the cold store; the following points should be
observed:

(a) All cold stores should be fitted with an
air-lock.

(b) The quick-frozen fish should be as near
as possible to the temperature of the cold
store at the time of storage.

(c) Quick frozen fish should be kept from
direct contact with the floor, walls, ceil-
ings, and cooling pipes of the store by the
use of racks, battens, and similar devices.

(d) Where quick frozen fish is passed into a
cold store by conveyor belts, the opening
for the belt should be as near the roof of
the store as practicable.

(e) The opening of doors should be reduced
to a minimum and they should not be left
open.

(f) Freezing and storing should not be car-
ried out in the same chamber at the same
time.

(g) Where the store is controlled thermostat-
ically, the controlling mechanism should
be adjusted so that there is only a narrow
variation between stopping and starting
temperatures.

All quick frozen fish should be tightly wrapped
in a water-vapour proof material or should
be glazed. Double glazing is desirable.

Quick frozen fish which has been glazed should,
if kept in cold storage for several months, be
regularly examined and re-glazed when neces—
sary.

All quick frozen fish stored should be regu-
larly examined to ensure that it has-been q
satisfactorily preserved during cold storage.

All consumer packs and any type of quick
frozen fish intended for subsequent storage
should be transported in pre-cooled insulated
containers.

SCOTTISH HERRING FISHERIES PROSPECTS FORECAST ANNUALLY: Pros-
pects are good for Scottish herring fisheries in the North Sea during this year, and
a good stock of herring is expected both on the Shetland grounds and off the north-

east coast of Scotland.

This is the encouraging prediction made by the Marine

Laboratory at Torry, Aberdeen, Scotland in its annual forecast for the fisheries, :
published in the current issue of the ''Scottish Fisheries Bulletin."

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 103

The forecast is compiled from extensive data on the distribution, abundance,
movements, and availability of herring stocks in the fishing areas,

In a review of the forecast for 1955, the Bulletin says that the results of the
fisheries that year were in general agreement with the forecast, and in all of them
the average landings were maintained at a high level.

It is revealed that in the Northeast Coast fishery the catches of the two-year-
old age group in 1954 and 1955 were larger than in any other year on record, and
the young herring have increased in size.

In making their forecast for this year the Torry scientists point out that gen-
eral biological events in recent years have caused striking changes in the abundance
and composition of the fishable stocks and in the productivity of the fisheries.

"Reservation must also be made for the possible effects of other factors which
may have a marked influence on the resources of the fisheries--weather conditions
during the fishing season; size and searching power of the fishing fleets. The pre-
dictions are made on the assumption that the searching power of the fleets and the
general conditions (weather, etc.) affecting their operation are generally favorable.

The forecast also includes details by fishing area and prospects for the early
and later herring fishing which takes place in some areas, according to a report
which appeared in the July 13 issue of the British periodical The Fishing News.

FISHERY PRODUCTS--GREAT PROFIT POTENTIAL FOR RETAILERS

One of the greatest profit potentials for the food retailer yet to be exploited
is fishery products, Frank W. Wilkisson, New York, N. Y., stated on April 18,
1956, upon assuming the presidency of the National Fisheries Institute, national
trade association of the fishing industry, which heldits Eleventh Annual Conven-
tion at Miami Beach, Fla.

Wilkisson stated that food retailers can use fishery products, with alltheir
varieties and glamorous appeal, as a traffic builder for their stores.

"The retailer can make big money on fisheries products,'' said Wilkisson.
"In fact, I don't know of asingle foodretailer whohas not made increased profits
when he has given space and attention tofish products. Allhe has to do is touse
fish and seafoods as a leader to create store traffic; give space enough to such

products to permit good display and promote to the consumer the fact that he has
such attractive foods.

"The retail trade has hardly begun to exploit fish products for profits as it
can and should," continued Wilkisson. ''They are one of the few as yet not fully-
exploited lines of products on the retailer's shelvesand in hisfreezers. This is
true of fresh fish and seafoods the same as frozen. The nextfew years will see
great strides inthis fieldand the retailer who capitalizes on our products now is
certain to build customers for his whole retail outlet."

"An indication of the high-profit rating of fish products is shown by a study
by Progressive Grocer of selected supermarkets in Cleveland. Profits of meat
products over a 13-week period averaged 16.9 percent; dairy products, 15.5 per-
cent; and all frozen food products, 22.2 percent. On the other hand, margins on
cooked frozen seafoods ranto 42.4 percent and uncooked, 29 percent, showing that
profit margins on fish products run considerably higher than other foods."

--Excerpt from address at National Fisheries Institute
Eleventh Annual Convention, April 18, 1956.

104

7 M4
Zt Gl ‘

Federal Trade Commission

WEST COAST TUNA INDUSTRY
CHARGED WITH PRICE FIXING:

The Federal Trade Commission on
September 12, 1956 (Docket No. 6623,
Tuna) charged that virtually all of the
tuna industry on the West Coast is en-
gaged in a conspiracy to fix tuna prices
and to prevent competition in this indus-
try.

The West Coast accounts for more
than 90 percent of the Nation's tuna pack,
which has an annual wholesale value of
$200 million. Cited are an assocation
of canners and its membership; three
area unions, affiliates of eitherthe A.F.
of L. or the International Longshore-
men & Warehousemen's Union; and
several associations of tuna boat owners.

Charging violation of Sec. 5 of the
FTC Act, the complaint alleges that the
boat owners'associations eachyear in an
unauthorized manner negotiate with the
canners to fix the prices paid to their
members for raw tuna. The Unions, the
complaint continues, then enter into
working agreements with the boat own-
ers on the basis of the illegally-fixed
prices, with the Unions retaining the
right to approve or disapprove such
prices. The complaint charges that the
respondents use their power and influence
to see that these prices are maintained.

The canners are separately charged
with conspiring among themselves to
maintain fixed prices which they charge
for canned and frozen tuna and to sup-
press competition among themselves and
with others. Some of the canners and
boat owners are charged further with
conspiring to prevent competition from
the Japanese tuna industry.

The result of these activities, the
complaint charges, is to hinder catch-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

$e FEDERAL 9
Ee“ ACTIONS |

eee eee

Vol. 18, No. 9

ing tuna in Pacific waters and in Japan

and to restrain competition in the pur-

chase of raw, canned, and frozen tuna.
The ultimate result of the conspiracies,
the complaint states, is that the public

must pay more for tuna.

According to the complaint, the boat
owner associations ostensibly were or-
ganized as cooperative marketing asso-
ciations but, in effect, serve principal-
ly to fix noncompetitive prices.

The dominant association of boat own-
ers is charged with committing coercive
acts to maintain these prices. For ex-
ample, vessels are not permitted to fish
for any canner who does not agree to pay
the fixed prices. In other instances,
vessel owners are not allowed to fish un-
til they agree to sell a canner designated
by the association.

Members of the Unions, according to
the complaint, refuse to fish for tuna un-
til they have approved the agreed prices.
Some do not fish on any boat whose own-
er has not agreed to abide by the fixed
prices.

The Unions also are charged with op-
erating patrol boats, in cooperation with
some of the boat owners, to police the
San Pedro and San Diego tuna fishing
areas to assure that the agreed prices
are adhered to as well as union rules and
regulations. The patrol boats also pre-
vent boat owners and fishermen who do
not belong to an association or a union
from selling their fish unless they agree
to the prices. All must pay an assess-
ment for maintenance of the patrol, the
complaint adds.

All parties are charged with attempt-
ing to limit the length of time in a sea-
son during which tuna may be caught.

The complaint then lists these charges:
Since about 1952 the canners, particular-

September 1956

ly the three largest canners, who joint-
ly account for 70 percent of the tuna pack,
have conspired jointly with the dominant
association of boat owners to restrict
free competition at their level of the in-
dustry. For example, they have agreed,
to some extent, on fixed prices, discounts,
and terms of sale of canned and frozen
tuna. They also have acted to require
all to adopt uniform cost-accounting sys-
tems. They have exchanged weekly con-
fidential reports showing their individu-
al purchases, sales, and inventories.
They have acted to prevent canners from
selling on a consignment basis and toas-
sure that no member canner acquires
excessive stocks of canned tuna. The
canners, the members of the associa-
tion, andthe San Diego Union are charged
with suppressing competition from the
Japanese tuna industry.

According to the complaint, these re-
spondents have: (1) curtailed the volume
of Japanese canned tuna exported to the
United States and raised the prices of
this commodity; (2) controlled the vol-
ume of Japanese imports of fresh frozen
tuna and raised the prices of this com-
modity; (3) suppressed exports of Japa-
nese tuna discs; and (4) sent a Tuna
Plan Committee to Japan for the purpose
of effectuating their conspiracy.

The complaint notes that among the
tuna exported by Japan to the United
States are frozen precooked can- Shaped
pieces of tuna known as ''tuna discs."
The American importer adds liquid to
this commodity, lids the can, and com-
pletes the cooking process. Most of the
importers engaged in this business are
East Coast competitors of these respond-
ents. The complaint charges that the re-
spondents have attempted to cut off the
source of supply to these competing can-
ners.

Finally, two of the largest canners
are charged with controlling the summer
markets for fresh and frozen albacore
tuna in both California and Japan by
raising and then depressing the prices
of albacore tuna in these areas.

The business of canning tuna is con-
ducted principally in California and sup-
ports over 100,000 people on the West
Coast alone. There are various species

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

105

of tuna: albacore, yellowfin, skipjack,
bluefin, bonito, and yellowtail.

There are three types of fishing ves-
sels used in fishing for tuna. The prin-
cipal fleet is comprised of tunaclippers,
large boats capable of extended voyages
and equipped for prompt freezing of tuna.
The clipper fleet, which is stationed in
San Diego, accounts for approximately
70 percent of all the tuna caught in the
United States. An association represents
the great majority of this fleet.

The second most important fleet is
comprised of purse seiners, smaller
vessels fishing off the Pacific Coast.
This fleet operates principally out of
San Pedro, and its catch accounts for
about 17 percent of the total. This fleet
is also represented by an association.

The third fleet is comprised of ap-
proximately 3,500 small vessels referred
to as ''albacore boats.'' This fleet ac-
counts for about 13 percent of the total
tuna catch. It also is represented by an
association.

The boats deliver the tuna directly
to the canners who clean, cook, and
fillet them into varying grades of tuna.
The bulk of the total pack is canned in7-
ounce and 65-ounce cans and shipped in
cases of 48 cans each. The grades of
tuna are: fancy, standard, grated or
shredded, and tuna flakes.

~
~
Ss

~~
| ae
el

A tuna clipper unloading at San Diego. Water in trough
carries fish to weighing shed and then to bins outside

cannery.

According to the complaint, the dominant
association has been entering into written

price-fixing agreements with the canners

106

since January of 1953. Negotiations are
carried onfor several months, and when
the princes are finally agreedupon, they
become the established prices for the en-
tire tuna industry on the Pacificic Coast.

During these negotiations the dominant
association of boat owners keeps jn con-
tact with the San Diego Union, whichhas
the right, by member vote, to accept or
reject the prices. Since 1952 the Union
has accepted the prices, but it is tacitly
understood, the complaint says, that if
the prices are not acceptable, the union
members will refuse to fish for tuna un-
til there is an adjustment.

(It is common in the industry for
union members to be paid for fishing on
a Share basis with the boat owners rath-
er than by a fixed salary or wage.)

The parties are granted 30 days in
which to file answer to the complaint.
A hearing was scheduled November 19
in Long Beach, Calif., before an FTC
hearing examiner.

Department of Health,
Education, and Welfare
FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION:

CANNED TUNA IDENTITY AND FILL-
OF-CON TAINER STANDARD PROPOSED:

A proposed standard for identity and
fill-of-container for canned tuna was an-
nounced by the Food and Drug Adminis-
tration. Full text of the standard, which
was proposed in a petition filed by the
National Canners Association and 21 tuna
packers, was published in the Federal
Register of August 28.

The standard would designate the var-
ious species of fish which may be called
tuna. In addition to the true tunas, cus-
tom has long sanctioned use of the term
"tuna'' as applied to canned skipjack.
The standard recognizes this practice,
and adds to the list of tunas ''kawakawa"'
or bonito, Euthynnus yaito, a species
taken in the Pacific and canned in the
Hawaiian Islands.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 9

The standard would define the styles
of pack and require uniform names for
these, namely "Solid" or ''Solid Pack, "'
"Chunks" or ''Chunk Style, '' "Flakes, "
and ''Grated.'' These names are now in
general use.

The standard would require an accu-
rate labeling statement as to the color
of thetuna. Light-colored tuna is gen-
erally considered more desirable and
there has been some consumer complaint
in the past because rather dark tuna was

Test canning little tuna at a U, S, Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ice Technological Laboratory. Removing pack from re-
tort after processing,

labeled as 'Light.'' The standard pro-
vides for differentiating between tne
shades of color by use of a special opti-
cal instrument so that there need be no
reliance on opinion as to the color. Un-
der the standard tuna would be labeled
as ''White, " "Light, " "Dark, '' "Blended
Light and Dark," or ''Blended Dark and
Light."

The name of the packing medium
would be required to be shown on the
label. The permitted liquids are vege-
table oils, olive oil, and water. The
standard would also permit optionaluse
of seasoning ingredients with appropri-
ate label declaration.

A proposed standard of fill would re-
quire cans of tuna to be filled as full of
fish as has been found practicable. Com-
pliance with this requirement would be
determined by removing the contents of
acan, pressing out the oil and watery
juice, and weighing the press cake con-
sisting of cooked fish of relatively uni-
form composition.

September 1956

Thirty days is allowed for filing writ-
ten comments onthe proposed standard.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

107

ned tuna not meeting any standard adopt-
ed would be bannedfrom shipment in in-

terstate commerce.

In the event the standard is adopted,

it would be the first mandatory Federal
standard for cannedtuna. If adopted, can-

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH, EDU-
CATION, AND WELFARE

Food and Drug Administration
[ 21 CFR Part 37 1]
CANNED TUNA FIsH

NOTICE OF PROPOSALS TO ADOPT DEFINITION
AND STANDARD OF IDENTITY AND STANDARD
OF FILL OF CONTAINER

Notice is hereby given that a petition
has been filed by National Canners Asso-
ciation, 1133 Twentieth Street NW.,
Washington, D. C., and the following
canners of tuna fish: Barbey Packing
Corporation, F. E. Booth Company, Inc.,
California Marine Curing and Packing
Company, Columbia River Packers Asso-
ciation, Inc., Crown Packers, Inc., Far-
west Fishermen, Inc., Franco-Italian
Packing Company, Inc., Hawaiian Tuna
Packers Ltd., High Seas Tuna Packing
Company, Inc., Pan-Pacific Fisheries,
Inc., Point Adams Packing Company,
Portland Fish Company, Seattle Sea-
foods, Inc., South Coast Fisheries, Inc.,
Star-Kist Foods, Inc., Union Fishermen’s
Co-Operative Packing Company, Van
Camp Sea Food Company, Inc., Washing-
ton Packing Corporation, West Coast
Fish Company, Inc., Westgate-California
Tuna Packing Company, Whiz Fish
Products Company.

The petition sets forth proposals to
adopt a definition and standard of iden-
tity and a standard of fill of container
for canned tuna. The proposals are set
forth below.

Notice is also given that supplementary
petitions have been filed by Hawaiian
Tuna Packers Limited, 215 Market
Street, San Francisco 8, California, and
by the California Fish Canners Associa-
tion, Inc., Ferry Building, Terminal Is-
land, California, each proposing certain
additional provisions to be added to the
definition and standard of identity for
canned tuna proposed by the National
Canners Association. The proposals
contained in these supplementary peti-
tions are also set forth below.

Pursuant to the authority of the Fed-
eral Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (sec.
401, 701, 52 Stat. 1046; Pub. Law 905, 84
Cong., 2d Sess.; 21 U.S. C. 341, 371) and
delegated to him by the Secretary of
Health, Education, and Welfare (20 F. R.
1996), the Commissioner of Food and
Drugs invites all interested persons to
present their views in writing regarding
the proposals published below. Such
views and comments should be submitted
in quintuplicate, addressed to the Hear-
ing Clerk, Department of Health, Edu-
cation and Welfare, Room 5440, 330 Inde-
pendence Avenue SW., Washington 25,
D.C., prior to the thirtieth day following
the date of publication of this notice in
the FEDERAL REGISTER:

1. The definition and standard of
identity and the standard of fill of con-
tainer proposed for canned tuna by the
National Canners Association are as
follows:

$37.1 Canned tuna; definition and
standard of identity; label statement of
optional ingredients. (a) Canned tuna
is the food consisting of processed fish
of the species enumerated in paragraph
(b) of this section, prepared in one of
the optional forms of pack specified in
paragraph (c) of this section, conform-
ing to one of the color designations
specified in paragraph (d) of this sec-
tion, in one of the optional packing
media specified in paragraph (e) of this
section, and may contain one or more
of the seasonings and flavorings specified
in paragraph (f) of this section. It is
packed in hermetically sealed contain-
ers and so processed by heat as to prevent
spoilage. It is labeled in accordance
with the provisions of paragraph (h) of
this section.

(b) The fish included in the class
known as tuna fish. are:
Thunnus thynnus_-_-----
Thunnus maccoyii-------

Bluefin tuna
Southern bluefin

tuna?
Thunnus orientalis____-- Oriental tuna.?
Thunnus germo-_---_--_-_ Albacore.*

Parathunnus mebachi__ Big-eyed tuna.*

Neothunnus macropte- Yellowfin tuna.
rus.

Neothunnus rarus_-.---- Northern bluefin.?

Katsuwonus pelami: - Skipjack?

- Little tunny?

- Little tunny.?

- Kawakawa.'

1A Comparison of the Bluefin Tunas,
GenusThunnus, from New England, Aus-
tralia, and California,’’ by H. C. Godsil dnd
Edwin K. Holmberg, State of California, De-
partment of Natural Resources, Division of
Fish and Game, Bureau of Marine Fisheries,
Fish Bulletin No. 77 (1950).

2“Contributions to the Comparative Study
of the So-called Scombroid Fishes,” by Kam-
akichi Kishinouye, Journal of the College of
Agriculture, Imperial University of Tokyo,
Vol. VIII, No. 3 (1923).

3“A Systematic Study of the Pacific Tunas,”
by H. C. Godsil and Robert D. Byers, State of
California, Department of Natural Resources,
Division of Fish and Game, Bureau of Marine
Fisheries, Fish Bulletin No. 60 (1944).

4"A Descriptive Study of Certain Tuna-Like
Fishes,” by H. C. Godsil, State of California,
Department of Fish and Game, Fish Bulletin
No. 97.

The description of each species will be
found in the text to which reference is
made.

(c) The optional forms of processed
tuna consist of loins and other striated
muscular tissue of the fish. The loin is
the longitudinal quarter of the great
lateral muscle freed, in accordance with
good commercial practice, from skin,
scales, visible blood clots, bones, gills,
viscera, and black meat. Black meat is
the nonstriated part of the great lateral
muscle of tuna, known anatomically as
the median superficial muscle, highly
vascular in structure, dark in color be-
cause of retained blood, and granular in
form. Canned tuna is prepared in one
of the following forms of pack, the iden-
tity of which is determined in accord-
ance with the methods prescribed in
paragraph (b) of § 37.2.

Euthynnus yaito_-

The full text of the proposed standard as
published in the Federal Register follows:

(1) Solid or solid pack consists of loins
cut in transverse ségments to which no
free fragments are added. In containers
of 1 pound or less of net contents, such
segments are cut in lengths suitable for
packing in one layer. In containers of
more than 1 pound net contents, such
segments may be cut in lengths suitable
for packing in one or more layers of equal
thickness. A piece of a segment may be
added if necessary to fill a container.
The proportion of free flakes broken from
loins in the canning operation shall not
exceed 18 percent.

(2) Chunks or chunk style consists of
a mixture of pieces of tuna in which the
original muscle structure is retained.
The pieces may vary in size, but not less
than 50 percent of the weight of the
pressed contents of a container is re-
tained on 4-inch-mesh screen.

(3) Flakes consist of a mixture of
pieces of tuna in which more than 50
percent of the weight of the pressed con-
tents of the container will pass through
a ¥2-inch-mesh screen, but in which the
muscular structure of the fish is retained.

(4) Grated consists of a mixture of
particles of tuna that have been reduced
to uniform size and in which more than
50 percent of the pressed weight of the
contents of the container will pass
through a %4-inch-mesh screen, and in
which the particles are discrete and do
not comprise a paste.

(d) Canned tuna, in any of the forms
of pack specified in paragraph (c) of this
section, falls within one of the following
color designations, measured by visual
comparison with matte surface neutral
reflectance standard corresponding to
the specified Munsell units of value, de-
termined in accordance with paragraph
(g) of this section:

(1) White tuna. This color designa-
tion is limited to the species of tuna
Thunnus germo (albacore), and is not
darker than Munsell value 6.3.

(2) Light tuna. This color designation
includes any tuna not darker than Mun-
Sell value 5.3.

(3) Dark tuna. This color designa-
tion includes all tuna darker than Mun-
sell value 5.3.

(4) Blended tuna. This color desig-
nation may be applied only to tuna flakes
specified in paragraph (c) (3) of this
section, which consist of a mixture of
tuna flakes a substantial portion of which
meet the color standard for either white
tuna or light tuna, and the remainder of
which fall within the color standard for
dark tuna. The color designation for
blended tuna is determined in accord-
ance with paragraph (g) of this section.

(e) Canned tuna is packed in one of
the following optional packing media:

(1) Any edible vegetable oil other than
olive oil, or any mixture of such oils not
containing olive oil.

(2) Olive oil.

(3) Water.

(f) Canned tuna may be seasoned or
flavored with one or more of the follow-
ing:

108

(1) Salt.

(2) Purified monosodium glutamate.

(3) Hydrolyzed protein.

(4) Hydrolyzed protein with reduced
monosodium glutamate content.

(5) Spices or spice oils or spice ex-
tracts.

(6) Vegetable broth or sauce, in an
amount not in excess of 5 percent of the
volume capacity of the container, such
broth or sauce to consist of a minimum of
0.5 percent by weight of vegetable extrac-
tives and to be prepared from two or
more of the following vegetables: Beans,
cabbage, carrots, celery, garlic, onions,
parsley, peas, potatoes, red bell peppers
and green bell peppers, spinach, and to-
matoes.

(g) For determination of the color
designations specified in paragraph (d)
of this section, the following method
shall be used: Recombine the separations
of presscake resulting from the method
prescribed in § 37.2 (b). Pass the com-
bined portions through a circular sieve
12 inches in diameter, fitted with woven-
wire cloth of %4-inch mesh which com-
plies With the specifications for such wire
cloth set forth in “Standard Specifica-
tions for Sieves,” published March 1,
1940, in L. C, 584 of the U. S. Department
of Commerce, National Bureau of Stand-
ards. Mix the sieved material by hand,
and place a sufficient quantity into a 307
x 113 size container (bearing a top seam
and having a false bottom approximate-
ly ¥%-inch deep and painted flat black
inside and outside) so that after tamping
and smoothing the surface of the sample,
the material will be %-inch to %4-inch
below the top of the container.

(1) Determine the Munsell color value
of the sample surface by visual compari-
son, using a comparator eyepiece con-
taining a color filter centering between
550 my and 560 my, which filter does not
pass significant amounts of visible radia-
tion of wavelengths below 540 my or
above 570 mz.

(2) The standards with which com-
parisons are to be made are any essenti-
ally neutral matte finish standards of
luminous reflectance equivalent to 6.3
and 5.3 Munsell units of value. These
standards shall be cut in circles 3%
inches in diameter and shall be mounted
in 307 x 113 size containers, bearing a
top seam and painted flat black both in-
side and outside, so that the surfaces of
the standard are %¢-inch below the top
of the containers in which they are
mounted.

(3) In the case of blendéd tuna, the
foregoing method shall be varied by first
separating, as completely as feasible, the
two different colors of tuna flakes, and
then proceeding with each portion sep-
arately for the determination of its color
value.

(h) (1) The specified names of the
etanned tuna for which definitions and
standards of identity are prescribed by
this section, except where water is the
packing medium, are formed by combin-
ing the form of the pack with the color
designation of the tuna; for example,
“Solid Pack White Tuna,” “Grated Dark
Tuna,” etc. In the case of blended tuna,
there shall be used the applicable color
designation of the blended flakes deter-
mined, in accordance with the color des-
ignation of the predominating portion
found in the container; for example,
“Blended White and Dark Tuna Flakes,”
“Blended Dark and Light Tuna Flakes.”

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

(2) The specified name of the canned
tuna when water is used as the packing
medium is formed as described in sub-
paragraph (1) of this paragraph, fol-
lowed by the words “In water” for ex-
ample, “Grated Light Tuna in Water.”

(3) When the packing medium is veg-
etable oil or olive oil, the label shall bear
the name of the optional packing me-
dium used, as specified in paragraph (e)
of this section, preceded by the word ‘‘in”
or the words “‘packed in.” In the case of
the optional ingredient specified in para-
graph (e) (1) of this section, the name
or names of the oil used may be stated,
of the general term “Vegetable Oil’ may
be used.

(4) In case solid pack white, light, or
dark tuna is packed in olive oil, the des-
ignation “‘Tonno” may also appear.

(5) Where the canned tuna contains
one of the ingredients listed in para-
graph (f) of this section, the label shall
bear the statement ‘Seasoned with
Sees ,” the blank being filled in with
the name or names of the ingredient or
ingredients used, except that if the in
gredient designated in paragraph (f)
(6) of this section is used, the label shall
bear the statement “Seasoned with Veg-|
etable Brdth” or ‘“‘Seasoned with Vege-|
table Sauce,” and if the ingredient
designated in paragraph (f) (5) of this
section is used alone, the label may bear
the statement “Spiced” or ‘“‘With Added
Spice.”

(6) Wherever the name of the foo
appears on the label so conspicuously as
to be easily seen under customary con-
ditions of purchase, the names of the op-
tional ingredients used as specified by
subparagraphs (3) and (5) of this para-
graph shall immediately and conspicu-
ously precede or follow such name with-
out intervening written, printed, or
graphic matter, except that the common
name of the species of tuna fish used may
be so intervened, but the species name
“albacore’’ may be employed only for fish
of that species which meets the color
designation prescribed by paragraph (d)
(1) of this section.

§ 37.2 Canned tuna; fill of container;
label statement of substandard fill. (a)
(1) The standard of fill of container for
canned tuna is a fill such that the aver-
age weight of the pressed cake from 24
cans, as determined by the method pre-
scribed by paragraph (b) of this sec<
tion, is not less than the minimum value
specified for the corresponding can size
and form of tuna ingredient in the fol-
lowing table:

II. Minimum value for
weights of pressed
cake (average of 24
cans)

I. Can size and
form of tuna
ingredient

Vol. 18, No. 9

If the can size in question is not listed,
calculate the value for column II as fol-
lows: From the list select as the compa-
rable can size that one which has nearest
the water capacity of the can size in
question and multiply the value listed in
column If for the same form of tuna
ingredient by the water capacity of the
can size in question and divide by the
water capacity of the comparable can
size. Water capacities are determined
by the general method provided in § 10.2
(a) of this chapter.

(b) The methods referred to in para-
graph (a) of this section for determining
the weight of the pressed cake and re-
ferred to in § 37.1 (c) for determining the
percent of free flakes and the percent of
pieces which pass through a 1-inch-
mesh sieve are as follows:

(1) Have each of the 24 cans and con-
tents at a temperature between 65° F.
and 80° F. Test each can in turn as
follows:

(2) Cut out the top of the can (code
end), using a can opener that does not
remove nor distort the double seam.

(3) With the cut top held on the can
contents, invert the can, and drain the
free liquid by gently pressing on the cut
lid with the fingers so that most of the
free liquid comes from the can.

(4) With the cut lid still in place, cut
out the bottom of the can with the can
opener, then turn the can upright and
remove the cut can top (code end).
Scrape off any adhering tuna particles
into the tuna mass in the can.

(5) Place the proper size press cylin-
der as provided in paragraph (c) (1) of
this section in a horizontal position on a
table, then using the cut bottom of the
can as a pusher, gently force the can
contents from the can into the cylinder.
Remove the bottom of the can that was
used as the pusher and scrape any adher-
ing particles from the can body and bot-
tom of the can, and put them in the
cylinder.

(6) Place the cylinder plunger on top
of the can contents in the cylinder. Re-
move the eyebolt and put the cylinder
and plunger in position on the press
(paragraph (c) (3) of this-section).

(7) Begin the operation of the hy-
draulic ram of the press, and as soon as
liquid is observed coming from the
plunger start timing the operation. Ap-
ply pressure to the plunger slowly, so.
that a full minute is used to reach a pres-
sure of 414 pounds per square inch on
the can contents. Hold this pressure for
1 additional minute and then release the
pressure. Tip the press cylinder so that
any free liquid is drained out.

(8) Remove the piston from the press-=
ing cup. Loosen the cake from the cup
with a thin blade and remove the entire
press cake as gently as possible, to keep
the mass in a single cake during this op-
eration. Place the cake and any pieces
that adhered to the piston and pressing
cup in a tared receiving pan and deter-
mine the weight of the pressed material.

(9) For cans larger than 401 x 206:
Cut out the top of the can and drain off
free liquid from the can contents as in
subparagraphs (2) and (3) of this para-
graph. Determine the gross weight of
the can and remaining contents. Using
a tared core cutter as provided for in
paragraph (c) (2) of this section, cut
vertically a core of the drained material
in the can. Determine the weight of the
core. With a thin spatula transfer the
core to the pressing cup for 401 x 206

September 1956

cans. Determine the press weight as in
subparagraphs (5) and (8) of this para-
graph. Remove the remaining drained
contents of the can, reserving the con-
tents for the determination of free flakes
(subparagraph (11) of this paragraph),
weigh the empty can, and calculate the
weight of the total drained material.
Calculate the weight of presscake on the
entire can basis by multiplying the
weight of the presscake of the core by
the ratio of the weight of the drained
contents of the can to the weight of the
core before pressing.

(10) Repeat the press-weight deter-
mination on the remainder of the 24 cans
and determine the average weight for
the purpose of paragraph (a) of this
section.

(11) Determination of free flakes: If
the optional form of tuna ingredient is
solid pack, determine the percent of free
flakes. Only fragments that were bro-
ken in the canning procedure are con-
sidered to be free flakes. If the can is
of such size that its entire drained con-
tents were pressed as described in sub-
paragraphs (1) to (8), inclusive, of this
paragraph, examine the presscake care-
fully for free flakes; using a spatula,
scrape free flakes gently from the outside
of the cake. Examine the’ body of the
presscake itself as carefully as possible
for free flakes that may have been added
in the packing. Weigh the total free
flakes and determine the percent by
weight of flakes to the total weight of
presscake. If the can is of such size that
a core was cut out for pressing as de-
scribed in subparagraph (9) of this para-
graph, make the examination for free
flakes on a weighed portion of the
drained material remaining after the
core was removed. The weight of the
portion should approximately equal the
weight of the core before pressing.
Carefully examine the weighed portion,
Pick out free flakes and weigh them.
Calculate the weight of the free flakes as
@ percentage of the weight of the por-
tion examined.

(12) Determination of particle size:
If the optional form of tuna ingredient
is chunks, flakes, or grated, the press-
cake resulting from the operations de-
scribed in subparagraphs (1) to (9), in-
clusive, of this paragraph is gently sep-
arated by hand, care being taken to avoid
breaking the pieces. The separated
pieces are evenly distributed over the top
sieve of the screen separation equipment
described in paragraph (c) (4) of this
section. Beginning with the top screen,
lift and drop each sieve by its open edge
three times. Each time, the open edge
of: the sieve is lifted the full distance
permitted by the device. Combine and
weigh the material remaining on the
three top screens (1'-inch, 1-inch, 12-
inch screens), and determine the com-
bined percentage retention by weight in
relation to the total press weight.

(c) (1) The pressing cups and pis-
tons referred to in paragraph (b) of
this section are made of stainless steel.
The pressing cups are made with a lip
to facilitate collection of the liquid.
Pistons have a threaded center hole
about half as deep as the thickness of

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

the piston. The hole is for receiving a
ringbolt to assist in removing the piston
from the pressing cup. Dimensions for
pressing cups and pistons are as follows:

For can size 271 x 209

Pressing cup:
Inside depth, approximately 334 inches.
Inside diameter, 2.593 inches.
Wall thickness, approximately % inch.
Piston:
Thickness, approximately 1 inch.
Diameter, 2.568 inches.
For can size 307 x 113
Pressing cup:
Inside depth, approximately 4 inches.
Inside diameter, 3.344 inches.
Wall thickness, approximately 3g inch.
Piston:
Thickness, approximately 114 inches.
Diameter, 3.319 inches.
For can size 401 x 206
Pressing cup:
Inside depth, approximately 41% inches.
Inside diameter, 3.969 inches.

Wall thickness, approximately 14 inch.
Piston:

Thickness, approximately 114 inches.

Diameter, 3.944 inches.

For can sizes where the diameter is
greater than 401, the core cutter de-
scribed in subparagraph (2) of this par-
agraph shall be used and the resulting
core pressed in the pressing cup for can
size 401 x 206. For can sizes differing
from those specified above, special press-
ing cups and pistons may be used. Spe-
cial pressing cups have inside diameters
o-inch less than the outside diameters
at the double seam for the can sizes for
which the cups are used, and the piston
diameters are 0.025 inch less than the
inside diameters of the pressing cups.

(2) The core cutter referred to in
paragraphs (b) (9) and (11) of this sec-
tion and subparagraph (1) of this para-
graph is made from a previously sealed
300 x 407 can. The cover, including the
top seam, is cut out. The edge is
smoothed and sharpened. A small hole
to permit passage of air is made in the
bottom.

(3) The hydraulic press referred to
in paragraph (b) (6) to (10), inclusive,
of this section is made by so mounting
a hydraulic jack in a strong frame that
it will press horizontally against the
center of the piston in the pressing cup
used. The frame should be so braced |
that it does not change shape when pres-
sure is applied. Provision is made for
collecting the pressed-out liquid in a
suitable receptacle. The gauge on the}
hydraulic jack is so calibrated that it
will indicate for the piston being used |
when the piston is pressing against the
contents of the pressing cup with a pres-
sure of 414 pounds per square inch of
piston face.

(4) The sieving device referred to in
paragraph (b) (12) of this section con-
sists of three sieves, each approximately
1 foot square, loosely mounted, one above
the other, in a metal frame. The mesh
in the top sieve complies with the speci-
cations ‘for 1/4-inch woven-wire cloth
S set forth in “Standard Specifications
for Sieves,” as published March 1, 1940,
in L. C. 584 of the U. S. Department of
Commerce, National Bureau 6f Stand-
ards. The meshes in the sieves below
comply with similar specifications for

109

1-inch and 14-inch woven-mesh cloth as
set forth in the same publication. The
sides of each sieve are formed from 34-
inch metal strap. The frame has tracks
made of 3%g-inch angle metal to support
each sieve under each side. The tracks
are so positioned as to permit each sieve
a free vertical travel of 134 inches.

(d) If canned tuna falls below the ap-
plicable standard of fill of container
prescribed in paragraph (a) of this sec-
tion, the label shall bear the general
statement of substandard fill provided in
§ 10.3 (b) of this chapter, in the manner
and form therein specified.

2. The proposals of Hawaiian Tuna
Packers Limited are as follows:

a. That §37.1 (g) and (h) in the
above-proposed standard of identity for
canned tuna be redesignated as (h) and
(i), respectively, and that a new para-
graph (g), reading as follows, be inserted
therein:

(g) Any one of the forms of pack of
canned tuna specified in paragraph (c)
of this section may be smoked. Canned
smoked tuna will be labeled in accord-
ance with the provisions of paragraph (i)
(5) of this section.

b. In § 37.1 (i), redesignated as above,
subparagraphs (5) and @6) would be re-
designated as (6) and (7), respectively,
and it is proposed that a new subpara-
graph (5), reading as follows, be in-
serted therein:

(5) In case any of the forms of canned
tuna specified in paragraph (c) of this
section are smoked, the designation
“Smoked” shall appear on the label, as
for example, “Light Smoked Tuna
Flakes.”

3. Bhe proposal of the California Fish
Canners Association, Inc., is as follows:
That the proposed standard of identity
for canned tuna fish submitted by the
National Canners Association et al. be
amended to incorporate garlic as an in-
gredient, under § 37.1 (f) of the proposal.
Paragraph (f) would read as follows:

(f) Canned tuna may be seasoned or
flavored with one or more of the follow-
ing:

(1) Salt.

(2) Purified monosodium glutamate.

(3) Hydrolyzed protein.

(4) Hydrolyzed protein with reduced
monosodium glutamate content.

(5) Spices or spice oils or spice ex-
tracts.

(6) Vegetable broth or sauce, in an
amount not in excess of 5 percent of the
volume capacity of the container, such
broth or sauce to consist of a minimum
of 0.5 percent by weight of vegetable
extractives and to be prepared from two
or more of the following vegetables:
Beans, cabbage, carrots, celery, garlic,
onions, parsley, peas, potatoes, red bell
peppers, green bell peppers, spinach, and
tomatoes.

(7) Garlic.

Dated: August 20, 1956.

[SEAL] JOHN L. HARVEY,
Deputy Commissioner
of Food and Drugs.

110

Department of the Interior

FISH AND WILDLIFE ACTIVITIES
TO BE REORGANIZED:

Action has been initiated to reorgan-
ize the fish and wildlife activities of the
Department of the Interior to carry out
the provisions of the ''Fish and Wildlife
Act of 1956" (which was signed August
8 by the President), Secretary Fred A.
Seaton announced on August 16.

Secretary Seaton described the new
law as "an important step forward in
providing greater recognition at the na-
tional level of the country's vital stake
in fish and wildlife conservation. "'

"This Act," he said, "will enable the
commercial fishing industry to attain
its proper place in the national economy
and will assure sportsmen that the Fed-
eral Government is increasing its man-
agement efforts to develop adequate fish
and wildlife resources for recreational
purposes."

Under the terms of the Act, two new
top-level posts will be established. One
will be an Assistant Secretary for Fish
and Wildlife, and the other will bea Com-
missioner of Fish and Wildlife. Appoint-
ments to these positions will be made by
the President and will be subject to Sen-
ate confirmation. Secretary Seaton said
that no decision has been reached as to
who will fill these two positions.

The new Assistant Secretary position
is the first to be created since May 24,
1950, when four Assistant Secretaries
were authorized by Congress. It is the
first major reorganization of the Fish
and Wildlife Service since 1940 whenthe
Bureau of Biological Survey and the Bu-
reau of Fisheries were combined to form
the service.

The Act also provides for the crea-
tion within the Department of a newU.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service which will re-
place the presently existing Fish and
Wildlife Service. The new Service will
consist of two separate agencies, each
of which will have the status of a Feder-
al bureau. One of these agencies will
be known as the ''Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries" and the other as the ''Bureau
of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife.'' Each

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 9

bureau will be headed by a director who
will be appointed by the Secretary of the
Interior.

Both Directors will handle their re-
sponsibilities under the direction of the
Commissioner who, in turn, will be sub-
ject to the supervision of the Assistant
Secretary for Fish and Wildlife.

The Bureau of Commercial Fisheries
will be responsible for all functions of
the Service pertaining to commercial
fisheries, whales, fur seals, sea lions,
and related matters.

The new law directs the Secretary to
effect the reorganization of the Service
as soon as practicable but not later than
90 calendar days after its approval.

One of the new functions authorized
by the Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956, and
proposed by the Department of the Inte-
rior, is the making of loans at three per-
cent interest to mature in not more than
10 years for "financing and refinancing
of operations, maintenance, replace-
ment, repair, and equipment of fishing
gear and vessels, and for research into
the basic problems of fisheries."

A fisheries loan fund will be created
to be used by the Secretary as a re-
volving fund to make these loans, The
Act authorized $10 million to provide
initial capital. The actual appropriation
of this sum was included in the Second
Supplemental Appropriation Act for 1957
passed by the 84th Congress shortly be-
fore adjournment.

Another highlight of the Fish and Wild-
life Act of 1956, also proposed by the
Department, is the extension of provi-
sions of the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act of
July 1, 1954. This Act gave the Depart-
ment of the Interior, for a three-year
period ending June 30, 1957, 30 percent
of the gross receipts from duties collect-
ed under the customs laws on fishery
products to promote the free flow of do-
mestically-produced fishery products.
The new law continues this arrangement
On a permanent basis. The limitation
of $3 million annually on the funds has
been removed and the money becomes
available on an ''annual accrual" basis.
This is expected toincrease the amount
to about $5 million.

September 1956

Secretary Seaton pointed out that this
balanced program of technological, eco-
nomic, market development, and bio-
logical studies and services to aid the
domestic fishing industry has beenhigh-
ly commended by the industry duringits
first two years of operation. At the last
meeting of the American Fishery Advi-
sory Committee, held in May at Long
Beach, Calif., the committee went on
record for an ''enlarged and extended
Saltonstall-Kennedy Act as the best way
to aid the industry."

The Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956 al-
so provides for the transfer to the Sec-
retary of the Interior of ''all functions
of the Secretary of Agriculture, the Sec-
retary of Commerce, and the head of
any other department or agency, as de-
termined by the Director of the Bureau
of the Budget to relate primarily to the
development, advancement, manage-
ment, conservation, and protection of
commercial fisheries.'' This provision,
however, does not affect the authority of
the Secretary of State to negotiate or
enter into any international agreements
or conventions concerned with fish and
wildlife resources.

President Eisenhower in signing the
bill (S. 3275) August 8, issued the follow-
ing statement:

"In signing this bill, I do not regard
as a directive the provisions of section
8 which relate to United States repre-
sentation at international conferences
and negotiations concerning fish and wild-
life matters. If they were to be so con-
strued they would, in my judgment, be
unconstitutional as limitations on the au-
thority of the President of the United
States to conduct negotiations with other
governments through agents designated
by him or at his direction. Accordingly,
I regard these provisions as merely an
indication of the desire of the Congress
that the resources of the Interior Depart-
ment be utilized in the formulation of
United States policies affecting fish and
wildlife matters, which of course I fully
share and which is and has been my pol-

icy.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

111

Tariff Commission

TIME FOR REVIEW OF CUSTOMS
TARIFF SCHEDULES EXTENDED:
Public Law 934, approved August 2,
1956, provides an extension of time for
the Tariff Commission to complete the
review of the customs tariff schedules
authorized by section 101 of the Customs
Simplification Act of 1954. The Tariff
Commission is making a comprehensive
study of the laws of the United States
prescribing the tariff status of imported
articles and will submit to the President
and to the Chairmen of the Ways and
Means Committee of the House of Repre-
sentatives and the Finance Committee of
the Senate, not later than March 1, 1958,
a review and consolidation of these laws
which, in the judgment of the Commis-
sion, will to the extent practicable: (1)
establish schedules of tariff classifica-
tions which will be logical in arrange-
ment and terminology and adapted to the
changes which have occurred since 1930
in the character and importance of arti-
cles produced in and imported into the
United States and in the markets in which
they are sold; (2) eliminate anomalies
and illogical results in the classification
of articles; (3) simplify the determination
and application of tariff classifications.

The Commission again invites import-
ers, domestic producers, customs brok-
ers, and other interested parties to sub-
mit any Suggestions which in their opin-
ion may accomplish the purposes indi-
cated. The Commission is finding that
suggestions previously submitted are
most helpful in this undertaking, and ad-
ditional suggestions will be appreciated.
Suggestions should be in quintuplicate,
and should be addressed to the General
Counsel, United States Tariff Commis-
sion, Washington 25, D. C.

After the Commission has prepared
a draft of revised tariff schedules, such
draft will be made public and hearings
will be scheduled for the purpose of af-
fording interested parties opportunity to
be heard with respect thereto, particu-
larly with respect to the probable effect
upon domestic industry of any changes
in duties which may be involved in the
proposed revision.

112

Copies of the Commission's Interim
Report, dated March 15, 1955, treating
the more fundamental problems under-
lying a simplification of the tariff sched-
ules, the principles to be followed by the
Commission in formulating the proposed
revision of the tariff schedules, and
methods for putting the proposed revi-
sion into force and effect, may be ob-
tained from the Secretary, United States
Tariff Commission, Washington 25, D.C.

Eighty-Fourth Congress
(Second Session)

Listed below and on the following
pages are public bills and resolutions
that directly or indi-
rectly affect the fish-
eries and allied indus-
tries. Public bills
and resolutions are
shown when introduced;
from month to month
the more pertinent re-
ports, hearings, or
chamber actions on the bills shown are
published; and if passed, they are shown
when signed by the President.

Both the House and Senate adjourned sine die on July 27,
1956, Bills introduced in either the first or second session
of the 84th Congress which failed to pass during either ses-
sion will have to be re-introduced in the 85th Congress
(which convenes in January 1957),

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM:
S. 2379, a bill to promote the fishing industry in the
United States and its Territories by providing for the train-
ing of needed personnel for such industry, Signed by the
President August 8, 1956 (P, L, 1027).

Public Law 1027 - 84th Congress
Chapter 1039 - 2d Session
S. 2379

AN ACT All 70 Stat. 1126.

To promote the fishing industry in the United States and its Territories by
providing for the training of needed personnel for such industry

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of thy
United States of America in Congress assembled, That (a) the Sec- Fishing industry.
retary of the Interior is authorized to make grants, out of funds Recsenne peresn

a z ; +” ing grants.

appropriated for the purposes of t!is section, to public and nonprofit ¥:
private universities and colleges in the several States and Territories
of the United States for such purposes as may be necessary to pro-
mote the education and training of professionally trained personnel
(including scientists, technicians, ane teachers) needed in the field of
commercial fishing. Any anount appropriated for the purposes of
this section shall be apportioned on an equitnble basis, as determined
by the Secretary of the Interior, among the several States and Terri-
tories for the purpose of making grants within each such State and
Territory. In making such apportionment the Secretary of the
Interior shall take into account the extent of the fishing industry
within each State and Territory as compared with the total fishing
industry of the United States (including Territories), and such other
factors as may be relevant in view of the purposes of this section,

(b) There are authorized to be appropriated not in excess of Appropriation.
$550,000 for the fiscal year beginning on July 1, 1955, and for each
fiscal year thereafter for the purposes of this section.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 9

(c) The Secretary of the Interior may establish such’ regulations Regulations.
as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this section.

Sec. 2. (a) Section 3 (a) of the Vocational Education Act of 1946 6° Stat. 775.
is amended by inserting after paragraph (4) the following new 9 UE BeN
paragraph: 2

“(5) $375,000 for vocational education in the fishery trades and Rapa even
industry and distributive occupations therein, to be apportioned for
expenditure in the several States and Territories on an equitable basis,
as determined by the United States Commissioner of Education
after consultation with the Secretary of the Interior, taking into
account the extent of the fishing industry of each State and Territory
as compared with the total fishing industry of the United States
(including Territories) .”

(b) Section 3 (b) of such Act is amended by striking out “para-
graphs (1) to (4)” and inserting in lieu thereof “paragraphs (1)
to (5)”.

Approved August 8, 1956.

CUSTOMS SIMPLIFICATION ACT: H, R, 6040 (amended),
a bill to amend certain administrative provisions of the Tar-
iff Act of 1930 and to repeal obsolete provisions of the cus-
toms laws. Signed by the President August 2, 1956 (P. L.
927), The principal provision of the bill is that duties fevied
on imported products that are taxable according to their value
shall, with certain exceptions, be primarily computed on the
basis of ‘texport value,’’ A statement by the President on
this bill pointed out in part; ‘‘. . . The heart of this measure
is a revision of valuation procedures. This change will do
more than any other single measure to free the importation
of merchandise from customs complications and pitfalls for
the inexperienced importer, It allows our customs value de-
cisions to be based on normal commercial values current in
trade with the United States, It permits businessmen to pre-
dict with greater certainty the amount of tariff duty to be
paid on imports, It simplifies the valuation work of the Bu-
reau of Customs and reduces delay in the assessment of
duties,

“I am also particularly gratified to approve H, R, 6040 be-
cause it marks the culmination of the legislative proposals
which this administration has made for customs simplifica-
tion and customs management improvement, The Customs
Simplification Act of 1953 made many important changes in
customs administrative provisions which have resulted in
more certain and equitable duty assessments, The Customs
Simplification Act of 1954 began a study by the United States
Tariff Commission looking toward a much-needed revision
of the tariff classification schedules of 1930 and made helpful
changes in the administration of the antidumping laws. With
the passage H, R, 6040 alll of the principal improvements re-
lating to customs procedures recommended on January 23,
1954, by the Commission on Foreign Economic Policy, which
I endorsed in my special message of March 380, 1954, have
now been authorized or undertaken,

“The legislation previously passed by the Congress, to-
gether with the regulatory and administrative changes made
by the Treasury Department and the Bureau of Customs, have
in the past 3 years ‘cut the average time required for a final
decision on customs duties from about 1 year to less than 6
months. Further progress in this direction is expected, and
I am confident that H, R, 6040 will contribute to it, ...”

H.R, 12254, a bill to provide additional time for the Tar-
iff Commission to review the customs tariff schedules, House
Committee on Ways and Means reported to House July 19 with
amendment (H, Rept, No, 2815). House amended and passed
July 21, Reterred to Senate Committee on Finance, reported
by that Committee to Senate July 25 (S. Rept, No, 2780), and
passed Senate July 26. Signed by the President August 2,

1956 (P. L, 934),

Provides additional time for the Tariff Commission to
complete the review of the customs tariff schedules authorized
by section 101 of the Customs Simplification Act of 1954, As
matters now stand, the Tariff Commission is making a com-
prehensive study of the laws of the United States prescribing

September 1956

the tariff status of imported articles and will submit tothe
President and to the Chairmen of the Ways and Means Com-
mittee of the House of Representative and the Finance Com=
mittee of the Senate, not later than March 1, 1958, a review
and consolidation of these laws which, in the judgment of the
Commission, will to the extent practicable; (1) Establish
schedules of tariff classifications which will be logical in
arrangement and terminology and adapted to the changes
which have occurred since 1930 in the character and im-
portance of articles produced in and imported into the Unit-
ed States and in the markets in which they are sold, (2)
Eliminate anomalies and illogical results in the classifica-
tion of articles, (3) Simplify the determination and ap-
plication of tariff classifications.

FISH AND WILDLIFE ACT OF 1956: S, 3275, a bill to
establish a sound and comprehensive national policy with
respect to fisheries and wildlife; to strengthen the fisheries
and wildlife segments of the national economy; to create and
establish within the department of the Interior the Office of
Assistant Secretary for Fisheries and Wildlife, a United
States Fish and Wildlife Service; and for other purposes,
Signed by the President August 8, 1956 @. L, 1024), A
statement by the President on this bill indicated: ‘‘I have
signed S, 3275, The Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956. In sign-
ing this bill, I do not regard as a directive the provisions
of section 8 which relate to United States representation at
international conferences and negotiations concerning fish
and wildlife matters, If they were to be so construed they
would, in my judgment, be unconstitutional as limitations on
the authority of the President of the United States to conduct
negotiations with other governments through agents desig-
nated by him or at his direction, Accordingly, I regard
these provisions as merely an indication of the desire of
the Congress that the resources of the Interior Department
be utilized in the formulation of United States policies af-
fecting fish and wildlife matters, which of course I fully
share and which is and has been my policy,

Public Law 1024 ~ 84th Congress
Chapter 1036 - 2d Session
S. 3275

AN ACT All 70 Stat. 1119.

To establish a sound and comprebensive national policy with respect to fish and
wildiife ; to strengthen the fish and wildlife segments of the national economy ;
to establish within the Department of the Interior the position of Assistant
Secretary for Fish and Wildlife; to establish a United States Fish and Wild-
life Service; and for other purposes.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the
United States of America in Congress assembled, That this Act may rash aaa ae
be cited as the “Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956”. nee ‘ot o!

DECLARATION OF POLICY

Sec. 2. The Congress hereby declares that the fish, shellfish, and
wildlife resources of the Nation make a material contribution to our
national economy and food supply, as well as a material contribution
to the health, recreation, and well-being of our citizens; that such
resources are a living, renewable form of national wealth that is capa-
ble of being maintained and atly increased with proper manage-
ment, but equally capable of destruction if neglected or unwisely
exploited; that such resources afford outdoor recreation throughout
the Nation and provide employment, directly or indirectly, to a sub-
stantial number of citizens; that the fishing industries strengthen the
defense of the United States through the provision of a trained sea-
faring citizenry and action-ready fleets of seaworthy, vessels; that the
training and sport afforded by fish and wildlife resources strengthen
the national defense by contributing to the general health and physical
fitness of millions of citizens; and that properly developed, such fish
and wildlife resources are capable of steadily increasing these valu-
able contributions to the life of the Nation. pas

The Congress further declares that the fishing industry, in its several
branches, can prosper and thus fulfill its proper function in national
life only if certain fundamental needs are satisfied by means that are
consistent with the public interest and in accord with constitutional
functions of governments. Among these needs are:

(1) Freedom of enterprise—freedom to develop new areas, methods,
products, and markets in accordance with sound economic principles,
as well as freedom from unnecessary administrative or legal restric-
tions that unreasonably conflict with or ignore economic needs;

(2) Protection of opportunity—maintenance of an economic atmos-
phere in which domestic production and processing can prosper pro-
tection from subsidized competing products ; protection of opportunity
to fish on the high seas in accordance with international law;

(3) Assistance—assistance consistent with that provided by the
Government for industry generally, such as is involved in promoting

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 113

good industrial relations, fair trade standards, harmonious labor re-
Jations, better health standards and sanitation; and including, but
not limited to—

(a) services to provide current information on production and
trade, market promotion and development, and an extension
service,

(b) research services for economic and technologic development
and resource conservation, and

The Congress further declares that the provisions of this Act are
necessary in order to accomplish the objective of proper resource
development, and that this Act shall be administered with due regard
to the inherent right of every citizen and resident of the United States
to engage in fishing for his own pleasure, enjoyment, and betterment,
and with the intent of maintaining and increasing the public oppor-
tunities for recreational use of our fish and wildlife resources, and
stimulating the development of a strong, prosperous, and thriving
fishery and fish processing industry.

REORGANIZATION WITHIN THE DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

Assistant Seo- Sec. 3. (n) There is hereby established within the Department of the
retary for Interior the position of Assistant Secretary for Fish and Wildlife, and
Peamane wire the position of Commissioner of Fish and Wildlife. Such Assistant
aise omnes, Secretary shall be appointed by the President, by and with the advice
ner of Fish t .
and Wiidlife, ‘Nd consent of the Senate, and shall be compensated at the same rate
as other Assistant Secretaries. The Commissioner shall be appointed
by the President by and with the advice and consent of the Senate.
He shall receive compensation at the same rate as that provided for
U. S. Fish and Grade GS-18. There is also established a United States Fish and
Wildlife serv- Wildlife Service within the Department, consisting of two separate
ioe. agencies, each of which shall have the status of a Federal bureau.
There shall be a Director of each of said Bureaus appointed by the
Secretary at Grades GS-17 each. One of the agencies shall be known
as the “Bureau of Commercial Fisheries” and the other agency shall
be known as the “Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife”. The
United States Fish and Wildlife Service, except as prescribed by this
Act, shall succeed to and replace the presently existing Fish and Wild-
life Service of the Department.

(b) The functions of the United States Fish and Wildlife Service
hereby established shall be administered uglier the supervision of the
said Commissioner of Fish and Wildlife, who shall be subject to the
supervision of the Assistant Secretary for Fish and Wildlife.

(c) All functions and responsibilities placed in the Department of
the Interior or any official thereof by this Act shall be included among
the functions and responsibilities of the Secretary of the Interior, as
the head of the Department, and shall be carried out under his direc-
tion pursuant to such procedures or delegations of authority as he
may deem advisable and in the public interest.

Distribution (d) In order to make a proper distribution between the two Bureaus
of duties,etc. of the United States Fish and Wildlife Service established by this Act,
the previously existing functions, powers, duties, authority, liabilities,
commitments, personnel, records, and other properties or matters pre-
viously handled by or administered through the former Fish and
Wildlife Service of the Department, shall be distributed as follows:
(1) The Bureau of Commercial Fisheries shall be responsible for
hose matters to which this Act applies relating primarily to commer-
cial fisheries, whales, seals, and sea-lions, and related mutters:
(2) The Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife shall be responsi-
ble for those matters to which this Act applies relating primarily to
migratory birds, game management, wildlife refuges, sport fisheries,
sea mammals (except whales, seals and sea-lions) , and related matters;
and the funds and allocations, appropriated or otherwise, relating to
the matters covered by paragraphs (1) and (2) of this subsection shall
be distributed between such Bureaus as the Secretary of tle Interior
shall determine.
(e) Except as changed by the terms of this Act or by subsequent
jaws or regulations, all Jaws and regulations now in effect relating to
matters heretofore administered by the Department of the Interior
through the former Fish and Wildlife Service as heretofore existing,
shall remain in effect.
Administrative (f) In recognition of the need for authority to execute the purposes
procedures. = of this Act effectively, the Secretary of the Interior shall exercise such
general administrative authority consistently with the terms of this
Publication Act as he shall find to be necessary to carry out the provisions of this
of notice in Act effectively and in the public interest. In order to allow sufficient
FR. time to place the reorganizations under this Act into effect, the Secre-
tary is authorized to establish an effective procedure and date of such
reorganizations, notice of which shall be published in the Federal
Register. Such reorganization shall be accomplished as soon as prac-
ticable after the approval of this Act, but not later than ninety (90)
calendar days after such approval.

LOAN PROCEDURES

Src. 4. (a) The Secretary is authorized under rules and regulations
and under terms and conditions prescribed by him, to make loans for
financing and refinancing of operations, maintenance, replacement,
repair, and equipment of fishing gear and vessels, and for research iuto
the basic problems of fisheries.

(b) Any loans made under the provisions of this section shall be
subject to the following restrictions:

(1) Bear an interest rate of not less than 3 per centum per annum;

(2) Mature in not more than ten years; P

(3) No financial assistance shall be extended pursuant to this sec-
tion unless reasonable financial assistance applied for is not otherwise
available on reasonable terms.

(c) There is hereby created a fisheries loan fund, which shall be
used by the Secretary as a revolving fund to make loans for financing

_ind refinancing under this section. Any funds received by the Secre-
tary on or before June 30, 1965, in payment of principal or interest
on any loans so made, shall be deposited in the fund and be available
for making additional loans under this section. Any funds so received
after June 30, 1965, and any balance remaining in the fund at the
close of June 30, 1965 (at which time the fund shall cease to exist),
shall be covered into the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts. There

114 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

are hereby authorized to be appropriated to the fund the sum of
$10,000,000 to provide initial capital.

(d) The Secretary, subject to the specific limitations in this section,
‘may consent to the modification, arith respect to the rate of interest,
time of payment of any installment of principal, or security, of any
Joan contract to which he is a party.

INVESTIGATIONS, INFORMATION, REPORTS

Src. 5. (a) The Secretary shall conduct continuing investigations,
prepare and disseminate information, and make periodical reports to
the public, to the President, and to Congress, with respect to the fol-
lowing matters:

(1) The production and flow to market of fish and fishery products
domestically produced, and also those produced by foreign producers
which affect the domestic fisheries;

(2) The availability and abundance and the biological requirements
of the fish and wildlife resources;

(3) The competitive economic position of the various fish and fish-
ery products with respect to each other, and with respect to competi-
tive domestic and foreign-produced commodities ;

(4) The collection and dissemination of statistics on commercial
and sport fishing ;

(5) The collection and dissemination of statistics on the nature and
availability of wildlife, progress in acquisition of additional refuges
and measures being taken to foster a coordinated program to encour-
age and develop wildlife values;

(6) The improvement of production and marketing practices in
regard to commercial species and the conduct of educational and exten-
sion services relative to commercial and sport fishing, and wildlife
matters;

(7) Any other matters which in the judgment of the Secretary are
of public interest in connection with any phases of fish and wildlife
operations.

‘TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS—ASSISTANCE OF OTHER AGENCIES

Sec. 6. (a) There shall be transferred to the Secretary all func-
tions of the Secretary of Agriculture, the Secretary of Commerce, and
the head of any other department or agency, as determined by the
Director of the Bureau of the Budget to relate primarily to the devel-
opment, advancement, management, conservation, and peovertion of
commercial fisheries; but nothing in this section shall be construed
to modify the authority of the Department of State or the Secretary
of State to negotiate or enter into any international agreements, or
conventions with respect to the development, management, or protec-
tion of any fisheries and wildlife resources or with respect to interna-
tional commissions operating under conventions to which the United
States is a party.

(b) There shall be transferred to the Department of the Interior so
much of the personnel, property, facilities, records, and unexpended
balances of appropriations, allocations, and other funds (available or
to be made available) as the Director of the Bureau of the Budget
determines to be necessary in connection with the exercise of any func-
tions transferred to the Secretary pursuant to subsection (a) of this
section.

(c) The Secretary may request and secure the advice or assistance of
any department or agency of the Government in carrying out the pro-
visions of this Act, and any such department or agency which fur-
nishes advice or assistance to the Secretary may expend its own funds
for such purposes, with or without reimbursement from the Secretary
as may be agreed upon between the Secretary and the department or
agency.

POLICIES, PROCEDURES, RECOMMENDATIONS

Sec. 7. (a) The Secretary of the Interior, with such advice and
assistance as he may require from the Assistant Secretary for Fish and
Wildlife, shall consider and determine the policies and procedures that
are necessary and desirable in carrying out efficiently and in the public
interest the lees relating to fish and wildlife. The Secretary, with the
assistance of the departmental staff herein authorized, shall—

(1) develop and recommend measures which are appropriate
to assure the maximum sustainable production of fish and fishery
products and to prevent unnecessary and excessive fluctuations
in such production;

(2) study the economic condition of the industry, and when-
ever he determines that any segment of the domestic fisheries has
been seriously disturbed either by wide fluctuation in the abun-
dance of the resource supporting it, or by unstable market or fish-
ing conditions or due to any other factors he shall make such
recommendations to the President and the Con; as he deems
appropriate to aid in stabilizing the domestic fisheries;

3) develop and recommend special promotional and informa-
tional activities with a view to stimulating the consumption of
fishery products whenever he determines that there is a prospec-
tive or actual surplus of such products;

(4) take such steps as may be required for the development,
advancement, management, conservation, and protection of the
fisheries resources ; and

(5) take such steps as may be required for the development,
management, advancement, conservation, and protection of wild-
life resources through research, acquisition of refuge lands, devel-
opment of existing facilities, and other means.

Vol. 18, No. 9

STATE DEPARTMENT—COOPERATION

Sec. 8. (a) The Secretary shall cooperate to the fullest practicable
extent with the Secretary of State in providing representation at all
meetings and conferences relating to fish and wildlife in which repre-
sentatives of the United States and foreign countries participate.

The Secretary of State shall designate the Secretary of the Interior
or the Assistant Secretary for Fish and Wildlife, or a person desig-
nated by the Secretary of the Interior to represent the Department of
the Interior, as a member of the United States delegation attending
such meetings and conferences and also as a member of the negotiating
_team of any such delegation. .

(b) The Secretary of State and all other officials having responsi-
bilities in the fields of technical and economic aid to foreign nations
shall consult with the Secretary in all cases in which the interests of
fish and wildlife are involved, with a view to assuring that such inter-
ests are adequately represented at all times.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Secretary
shall be represented in all international negotiations conducted by the
United States pursuant to section 350 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as 48 Stat. 943.
amended, in any case in which fish products are directly affected by 19 US 1352.
such mer otie lions:

(d) The Secretary shall consult periodically with the various gov-
ernmental, private nonprofit, and other organizations and agencies
which have to do with any phase of fish and wildlife with respect to
any problems that may arise in connection with such fish and wildlife.

REPORTS ON ACTIVITIES AND IMPORTS

Sec. 9. (a) The Secretary of the Interior shall make an annual Report to
report to the Congress with respect to activities of the United States Consress-
Fish and Wildlife Service under this Act, and shall make such recom-
mendations for additional legislation as he deems necessary.

(>) The Secretary is authorized to make a report to the President
and the Congress, and, when requested by the United States Tariff
Commission in connection with section 7 of the Trade Agreements
Extension Act of 1951, as amended (67 Stat. 72, 74), or when an 65 Stat. 74.
investigation is made under the Tariff Act of 1930 (19 U.S. C. 1332), 19 USC 1364.
the Secretary is authorized to make a report to such Commission, con-
cerning the following matters with respect to any fishery product
which is imported into the United States, or such reports may be
made upon a request from any segment of the domestic industry
producing a like or directly competitive product—

(1) whether there has been a downward trend in the production,
employment in the production, or prices, or a decline in the sales,
of the Like or directly competitive product by the domestic indus-

ry; an

(2) whether there has been an increase in the imports of the
fishery products into the United States, either actual or relative
to the production of the like or directly competitive product pro-
duced by the domestic industry.

THE RIGHTS OF STATES

Sec. 10. Nothing in this Act shall be construed (1) to interfere in
any manner with the rights of any State under the Submerged Lands
Act (Public Law 31, Fighty-third Congress) or otherwise provided 57 Stat. 29.
by law, or to supersede any regulatory authority over fisheries exer-
cised by the States either individually or under interstate compacts;
or (2) to interfere in any manner with the authority exercised by any
International Commission established under any treaty or convention
to which the United States is a party.

AUTHORIZATION FOR APPROPRIATION

Sec. 11. There are hereby authorized to be appropriated such sums
as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this Act.

Sec. 12. (a) The authorization for the transfer of certain funds from
the Secretary of Agriculture to the Secretary of the Interior and their

maintenance in a separate fund as contained in section 2 (a) of the
Act of August 11, 1939, as amended July 1, 1954 (68 Stat. 376), shall
be continued for the year ending June 30, 1957, and each year there-

after.
(b) Subsection (e) of section 2 of the aforesaid Act of August 11,
1939, as amended, is hereby amended to read as follows:

“(e) The separate fund created for the use of the Secretary of the
Interior under section 2 (a) of this Act and the annual accruals thereto
shall be available for each year hereafter until expended by the Secre-
tary.’

Approved August 8, 1956.

FISH HATCHERIES; S, 3831, a bill to provide for the
establishment of a fish hatchery in West Virginia, Signed
by the President August 6, 1956 (P. L. 990).

S. 3998, a bill providing for the development of a Federal
fish hatchery known as Holden Trout Hatchery at Pittsford,
Vt. Signed by the President August 1, 1956 (P, L, 889).

A, R, 11548, a bill to establish a new fish hatchery in the
vicinity of Paint Bank, Va. Signed by the President August
8, 1956 (P. L. 972).

H, R, 12438 (Gavin), introduced in the House July 26, a
bill to provide for the establishment of a fish hatchery in
northwestern part of Pennsylvania; to the Committee on
Merchant Marine and Fisheries.

_H, R, 12454 (Reuss), introduced in the House July 27, a
bill to provide for the establishment of a fish hatchery in

September 1956

Wisconsin; to the Committee on Merchant Marine and Fish-
eries,

FISHING VESSEL MARINE INSPECTION: H, R, 9047, a
bill for the safety of life and property by making all com cone
me=cial fishing vessels subject to the rules and regulations
of the U, S. Coast Guard Marine Inspection, A subcommit-
tee has been appointed by the House Committee on Mer-
chant Marine and Fisheries to investigate the improvement
of small boat safety. The subcommittee was scheduled to
visit a number of West Coast ports, starting with hearings
at Astoria August 30, 1956, Subsequent hearings were to
be scheduled at Tacoma and Seattle, Wash,, and California
ports,

GREAT LAKES FISHERIES COMMISSION: S., 3524, abil
to give effect to the Convention on Great Lakes Fisheries
signed at een September 10, 1954, and for other pur-
poses, House passed this bill on May 21 and cleared it for
the President, Signed by the President June 4, 1956 (PB. Le

507).

House Report No, 2154, Giving Effect to the Convention
on Great Lakes Fisheries Signed at Washington September
10, 1954 (May 14, 1956, 84th Congress, 2nd Session) to ac-
company S, 3524, 10 pp., printed, Discusses the purpose
and background of the bill, and presents the statements by
various Federal agencies,

INTERIOR DEPARTMENT APPROPRIATIONS: H, R,

9390, fiscal 1957 appropriations for Interior Department
and related agencies (including the Fish and Wildlife Serv-

ice), Signed by the President June 13, 1956 (P. L. 573),

House Report No. 2250, Department of the Interior and
related agencies Appropriation Bill, 1957 (May 31, 1956,
84th Congress, 2nd Session), conference report to accom-
pany H, R, 9390, 5 p., printed, Points out the conference
agreements, _

SEA NETTLES AND JELLYFISH RESEARCH: S. 3955,
a bill to authorize research by the Fish and Wildlife Service
to determine methods of, and to provide grants to the states
to assist approved research or other projects for, control
or extermination of sea nettles and jellyfish in marine wa-
ters of the United States, Senate Interstate and Foreign
Commerce Committee reported the bill to the Senate July
20, 1956, with amendments, Senate passed amended bill
July 23, 1956, on call of calendar.

SHELLFISH RESEARCH LABORATORY: S, 3827, a bill
to authorize the construction of a shellfish research labora-
tory and experiment station in the Chesapeake Bay area,
Senate Interstate and Foreign Commerce Committee re-
ported the bill to the Senate July 18, with amendments, Sen-
ate passed July 23, 1956, amended, on call of the calendar.

SUPPLEMENTARY APPROPRIATIONS: H, R, 12138, a
bill making supplemental appropriations for fiscal year 1957
(provides among other things for $620,000 for the Great
Lakes Fisheries Commission), Signed by the President
July 27, 1956 (P. L, 814).

H, R, 12350, a bill making second supplemental appropria-
tions for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1957, and for other
purposes, (Provides among other things for supplemental
appropriations for the U, S, Fish and Wildlife Service in-
cluding an additional amount of $1,250,000 for construction
to be available until expended, principally for hatcheries, and
initial capital of $10,000,000 for the ‘‘Fisheries Loan Fund,”’
a revolving fund for financing and refinancing of operations,

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

115

Maintenance, replacement, repair, and equipment of fishing
gear and vessels and for research into the basic problems of
fisheries.) Signed by the President July 31, 1956 (PB. L. 855).

TARIFFS AND TRADE STUDY: The House Ways and
Means Committee has has appointed a special Subcommittee on
Customs, Tariffs and Reciprocal Trade Agreements ‘‘to con-
duct an investigation and study of all aspects of our customs,
tariffs, trade agreements authority and trade agreements
entered into thereunder,”

The subcommittee announced the latter part of August that
its study was scheduled to get under way with two weeks of
public hearings beginning September 17,

Chairman of the new subcommittee is Representative
Boggs (La.), Other members of the group are Representative
King (Calif.), Harrison (Va.), McCarthy (Minn,), Machrowick
(Mich.), Reed (N, Y.), Sadlak (Wis.), Curtis (Mo.), and Byrnes
(Wis.).

Chairman Boggs announced that the subcommittee desires
to obtain ‘‘balanced and objective information factually pre-
sented on all aspects of our customs and tariff laws and the
trade agreements program,’’ The agenda of the subcommit-
tee includes testimony on:

“A, United States Trade Policy and the National Interests.
It is expected under this subject to develop basic information
on the position of the United States in the world economy, on
the significance of trade policy to our domestic economy and
to our international objectives, and on the fundamental trade
problems and issues confronting the United States;

““B, The pattern of foreign trade, It is expected this sub-
ject will develop our current knowledge about the economic
forces which cause trade to take place and which influence
adjustment in the composition of our imports and exports, in-
cluding balance of payments and world trade and payments
factors;

“‘C, Foreign trade, trade policies, trade agreements pro-
grarn and related commercial policies and the United States
economy, It is expected this topic will develop information
on the significance, impact, and effect of imports and exports
on the United States economy in its entirety and on the par-
ticular segments thereof, including industry, labor, agricul-
ture, and distribution and transportation, in the context of the
general national interest,”’

TRUCK TRIP LEASING: S, 898, a bill to amend the Inter-
terstate Commerce Commission to regulate the use by motor
vehicles not owned by them, Signed by the President August
8, 1956 (PB, L, 957). Congressman Oren Harris included the
Fallows summary of the bill in the July 31 Congressional
Record; ‘‘Summary of Provisions of Trip-Leasing Legisla-
tion, S. 898, 84th Congress,

“‘The legislation would authorize the Interstate Commerce
Commission to exercise certain regulatory control over the
leasing of motor vehicles by motor common and contract
carriers, when such vehicles are to be driven for the car-
riers by the owner, or an employee of the owner, of the
vehicle, This legislation is not concerned with the leasing
of a motor vehicle when such vehicle is leased without the
services of a driver.

“The Commission is granted authority by this legislation
to prescribe regulations as to certain contents of the lease,
and regulation which would assure that the motor carrier

116 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

would have full direction and control of the leased vehicle
and be fully responsible for its operation, The Commission
is also given authority to establish requirements with re-
spect to inspection and the safety of operation of such ve-
hicles,

“However, the Commission is denied authority to regu-
late the duration of a trip-lease of a motor vehicle, with
driver, or the amount of compensation for the use of such
vehicle, when the vehicle is that of (1) a farmer, (2) a farm-
er-cooperative organization or federation, or (3) a for-hire
or private carrier when such vehicle has completed amove-
ment of property specified in the agricultural exemptions
specified in section 203 (b) (6) of the Interstate Commerce
Act, Under this section, motor vehicles used in carrying
property consisting of ordinary livestock, fish (including
shellfish), or agricultural (including horticultural) commod-
ities (not including manufactured products thereof), are
exempted from economic regulation by the Commission, but
are subject to its safety regulations,

Vol. 18, No. 9

‘In other words, regulated motor common and contract
carriers would be permitted to trip lease the motor vehicle,
with driver, of a farmer, a farm cooperative association or
federation, ox the motor vehicle of a for-hire or private
carrier which has completed a movement of property spec-
ified in section 203 (b) (6) of the act, Also, regulated motor
carriers would be permitted to trip lease the motor vehicle
of a private carrier when such vehicle is used regularly in
the transportation of perishable products manufacturedfrom
property specified in section 203 (b) (6). Examples of such
perishable products are frozen orange juice, or frozen vege-
tables,

“The direction of movement of the trip-leased vehicle is
limited generally to a single movement or one or more of a
series of movements, in the general direction of the general
area in which the trip-leased vehicle is based.

““A more detailed statement of this legislation is given in
House Report No. 2425, 84th Congress.”

FISHERIES RADIO NETWORK IN JAPAN

In Japan there are more than 3, 000 radio-equipped fishing boats which to-
gether with 77 fisheries radio stations on land, distributed throughout the Japa-
nese islands, form aradio network inthe promotion of efficient fishing operations,
At present 56 frequencies are allocated tothe fisheries radio communication sys-
tem, distributed according to districts and the type of fisheries. Some of the
shore stations are owned by the National Fisheries Research Laboratories, many
by prefectural fisheries institutions, and a few by private companies.

The largest radio network inJapancovers the skipjack and tuna fishing fields.
It has over 1, 000 widely-distributed boats, and all prefectures facing the Pacific
Ocean have one tothree land stations. Communication with these fisheries is con-
tinuous throughout the day on many frequencies, making it possible to know the
conditions of the fishing grounds, and location of schools of fish, as well as the
position of each boat and to provide prompt action in event of distress. Other
functions include arranging for the landing and marketing of the catch and the pre-

parations required for the next voyage.

These messages between fishing boats

and stations are of a commercial nature, but thereis another government network
for the guidance of fishing vessels, namely the prefectural land stations which re-
ceive informationfrom their fisheries guidance boats which is then broadcast to the

commercial fishing fleet.
present.

However, the scale of this network is not large at

The only systematic analysis of these functions is carried on by the Tohoku
Regional Fisheries Research Laboratory under the Fisheries Agency. The oce-
anographic environments, circumstances of the fishing grounds and other valu-
able information along the northeastern sea area of the Japanese Pacific coast
are sent via the Ishinomaki fisheries radio station, and during peak skipjack and
albacore fishing around Izupeninsula, similar information is sent to this areavia
the Yaizu fisheries radio station. One of the major functions of the Tohoku Labo-
ratory is the research of skipjack fisheries throughout the entire Pacific waters.

The main workof thisfisheries guidance system is to broadcast the synoptic

isothermal chart.

This is made up from data received daily from many fishing

boats and whalers operating inthese waters, together with oceanographic data sent
from fisheries guidance boats of each prefecture and the marine observation ves-
sels of the various Japanese agencies. Assembled, the results are thenbroadcast
and are interpreted by the fishing vessels which make up their own isothermal
charts onboard so that they may study and investigate the daily oceanographic en-

vironmental conditions.

The Tohoku Regional Fisheries Research Laboratory also trains fishermento
plot andinterpret the isothermalchart. The fishermen have shown great interest

in this study.

--Indo- Pacific Fisheries Council-F AO, Proceedings 5th Meeting,
Bangkok, Thailand (January 22-February 5, 1954).

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW WIL

FISHERY
_ INDICATORS

CHART I - FISHERY LANDINGS for SELECTED STATES

In Millions of Pounds

MASSACHUSETTS

CUMULATIVE DATA

6 MpS. 1956 - : 4 QS. 1956 - 109.1
oy 1955 - . 4 1955 - 101.2
12 1955 12 1955 - 515.3)

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT™OCT NOV. DEC

FLORIDA Lourstana2/

CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA

5 mgs. 1956 - 983.1 7 MgS. 1956 - 27.8
Ss : 1955 - 65.8 uo 1955 6.0)
12 1955 - 174.3 12 1955

aortas

0
JAN FEB. MAR APR MAY JUNE UULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

NEW JERSEY

CUMULATIVE DATA

6 MgS. 1956 - 180.9 gS: 13s |
6 , 1955 - 131.4 12." 1955 - 124.9
12 1955 - 412.2

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

1
caLirornia2!

CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA

7 MQS. 1956 - 372.2
7, 1955 - 286.5
12 1955 - 639.5

6 MgS. 1956 - 25.8
6 , 1955 - 20.7
12 1955 - 45.5

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

T/ONLY PARTIAL--INCLUDING PRODUCTION OF MAJOR FISHERIES AND MARKET FISH
LANDINGS AT PRINCIPAL PORTS.

118 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

CHART 2 - LANDINGS for SELECTED FISHERIES

In Millions of Pounds

HADDOCK OCEAN PERCH
(Maine and Massachusetts) (Maine and Massachusetts)

CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA

4 mgs. 1956 - 48.2 4 MQS. 1956 - 33.0
4 1955 - 45.1 CA 1955 - 33.2

12 "1955 - 118.0 12 1955 _- 157.0

Seen, onthe,

SHRIMP
including Florida West Coast)

WHITING
(Maine and Massachusetts)
CUMULATIVE DATA
4 .MQS. 1956 - 4.9

1955 - 1.3
1955 - 94.0

(Gulf States!!

6 Ms. 1956 -
G4 tes =
12

JUAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
1/LA. & ALA. DATA BASED ON LANDINGS AT PRINCIPAL PORTS AND ARE NOT COM~

atag In Thousands of Tons

AY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

MENHADEN PACIFIC AND JACK MACKEREL
(East and Gulf Coasts) (California)
CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA

7 MQS. 1956 - 556.5 + 1956 - 25.6
ate 1955 - 494.5 ri 1955 - 10,1
12 1955 - 927.0 5 1955 - 27.6

FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
In Thousands of Tons

PILCHARD
(California)

TUNA AND TUNA-LIKE FIsH2/

CUMULATIVE DATA
ae CUMULATIVE DATA

QS. 1956 - 129.4
1955 - 106.0
1955 - 183.7

1955/56 SEASON TOTAL,
AUG, -JULY - 72.8
1954/55 SEASON TOTAL,
AUG, ~JULY - 67.1

Legend:

1956/57
seeeeeeeese1955/56

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
2/RECEIPTS BY CALIFORNIA CANNERIES, INCLUDING IMPORTS.

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 119

CHART 3 - COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS and FREEZINGS
of FISHERY PRODUCTS *

In Millions of Pounds

U. S. & ALASKA HOLDINGS U. S. & ALASKA FREEZINGS

CUMULATIVE DATA

7 QS. 1956 - 173.0
Smescaes 7 4, 1955 - 180.9
i - 12 1955 - 314.7

UAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

MIDDLE & SOUTH ATLANTIC HOLDINGS2/

“ Ses eary

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

T/MAINE, MASSACHUSETTS, RHODE ISLAND, ANO CONNECTICUT. 2/ALL EAST COAST STATES FROM N.Y. SOUTH.

MIDDLE WEST HOLDINGS3/

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

UAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
4/ALA., MISS., LA., TEX., ARK., KY, & TENN.

B/OH10, IND., ILL., MICH., WIS., MINN., IOWA, MO., N. DAK., NEBR. & KANS,

WASHINGTON, OREGON, AND ALASKA HOLDINGS CALIFORNIA HOLDINGS

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV_DEC

UAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
*Excludes salted, cured, ang smoked products.

120 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

CHART 4 - RECEIPTS and COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS of FISHERY
PRODUCTS at PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTION CENTERS

In Millions of Pounds
RECEIPTS—’ AT WHOLESALE SALT-WATER MARKET

(FRESH AND FROZEN) NEW YORK
CITY

COLD-STORAGE HOLDiNGs 2!

CUMULATIVE DATA

20 || 7 mgs. 1956 - 92.7]
7, 1955 - 99.0
12 1955 - 165.4

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT _NOV DEC
2/AS REPORTED BY PLANTS IN METROPOLITAN AREA.

JAN FEB MAR APR_MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

1/\NCLUDE TRUCK AND RAIL |MPORTS FROM CANADA AND DIRECT VESSEL LANDINGS
AT NEW YORK CITY.

RECEIPTS AT WHOLESALE MARKET
(FRESH AND FROZEN)

COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS

CUMULATIVE DATA

7 MS. 1956 - 65,3
7 |, 1955 - 66.5
12 1955 - 111.8

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

BOSTON

COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS

SEATTLE

WHOLESALE MARKET RECEIPTS, LANDINGS,
& IMPORTS (FRESH & FROZEN)

CUMULATIVE DATA

6 MQS. 1956 - 33.4
Ci fimnl'9555 15926
12 1955 _- 95.7

SEPT OCT NOV DEC

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

cos

FISH OIL
(In Millions of Gallons)

FISH MEAL
(In Thousands of Tons)

CUMULATIVE DATA

7 MpS. 1956 - 149.8
7 4 1955 - 130.0
12 1955 - 264.3

7 MQS. 1956 - 12.9
Do ees © Ie
12 1955 - 24.6

Sr
JAN FEB

MAR_APR_MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SS ie Or eee

September 1956

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

121

CHART 6- CANNED PACKS of SELECTED FISHERY PRODUCTS

In Thousands of Standard Cases

CUMULATIVE DATA

W200}) 7 gs. 1956 - 5,908.2
7 4 1955 - 4,734.3
1955 - 81270.3

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

ANCHOVIES- CALIFORNIA

CUMULATIVE DATA

7 MGS. 1956 - 530.6
7 , 1955 - 538.0
12 1955 - 623.5

JAN FEB MAR _APR_ MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

CUMULATIVE DATA

- 1956 - 1,167.7
1955 - “682.7
1955 - 1,268.8

ft) 5
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV_DEC
T/INCLUDING SEA HERRING.

CALIFORNIA

CUMULATIVE DATA

SARDINES -

1955/5E SEASON TOTAL,
AUG .-JULY
1954/55 SEASON TOTAL,
AUG. -JULY

MACKEREL= - CALIFORNIA

CUMULATIVE DATA

7 MQS. 1956 J
7 4 1955 - 194.4
12 1955 - 5

SALMON -

ALASKA

QS. 1956 - 1,740.6
1955 - 15537.5
1955 - 2385.1

0
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

STANDARD CASES

Variety No. Cans Can Designation Net Wet.

SARDINES ....... 100 2 drawn 33 oz.

SHRIMP Setsteteteratetele 48 oz.

TUNA .....--000- 48 No. 3 tuna oz.

PILCHARDS ..... 48 No, 1 oval

SALMON 48 1-pound tall

ANCHOVIES ..... 48

SHRIMP - GULF STATES

CUMULATIVE DATA

1955/56 SEASON,
AUG. -JULY

1954/55 SEASON,
AUG, -JULY

DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY

it)
AUG SEPT OCT NOV.

1956/57
qeibenesen 1955/56

AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JUNE JULY

122

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No.

CHART 7- U.S. FISHERY PRODUCTS IMPORTS

In Millions of Pounds

GROUNDFISH (INCLUDING OCEAN PERCH)FILLETS,
FRESH & FROZEN

CUMULATIVE DATA

7 -MQS. 1956 - 82.6
7 1955 - 75.2

12 "1955 - 129,0

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SHRIMP, FRESH & FROZEN, FROM MEXICO

CUMULATIVE DATA

6 MQS. 1956 - 25.5
6 , 1955 - 17.2
1955 - 45.8

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

TUNA, FRESH & FROZEN

CUMULATIVE DATA

» 1956 - 67.1
1955 - 75.1
1955 - 145.2

JUAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

U.S. IMPORTS OF CANNED TUNA ANDTUNA- LIKE FISH
(IN OIL AND IN BRINE)

CUMULATIVE DATA
6 MQS. 1956 - 26.4

Os 1955 - 24.2
12 1955 - 50.8

JUAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

FILLETS & STEAKS OTHER THAN GROUNDFISH,
FRESH & FROZEN

Legend:

1956
veesensee 1955 ane oe
- 1956 - 29.3
WS Toss - 27.5
1955 - 55.2

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

LOBSTER & SPINY LOBSTER, FRESH & FROZEN

CUMULATIVE DATA

6 MS. 1956 - 27.8
6 , 1955 - 26.9

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SEA HERRING, FRESH, THROUGH MAINE PORTS

CUMULATIVE DATA

6 MS. 1956 - .6
6 - 1955 - .8
12 1955 - 5.3

NOV_DEC

CANNED SARDINES
(IN OIL AND NOT IN OIL)

CUMULATIVE DATA

6 MQs. 1956 - 9,0
6 |, 1955 - 10,0
12 1955 - 21.6

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

September 1956

pled s £ Tiebs), 3
pices oe = =

fa ago a:

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE
PUBLICATIONS

THESE PROCESSED PUBLICATIONS ARE AVAILABLE FREE FROM
THE DIVISION OF INFORMATION, U. S. FISH AND WILOLIFE SERV-
ICE, WASHINGTON 25, D. Ce. TYPES OF PUBLICATIONS ARE DESIG-
NATED AS FOLLOWS:

CFS - CURRENT FISHERY STATISTICS OF THE UNITED STATES
AND ALASKA.

FL - FISHERY LEAFLETS.

SL - STATISTICAL SECTION LISTS OF DEALERS IN AND PRO-

DUCERS OF FISHERY PRODUCTS AND BYPRODUCTS.
SSR. - FJSH - SPECIAL SCIENTIFIC REPORTS--FISHERIES
ines DISTRIBUTJON).
SEP. - SEPARATES (REPRINTS FROM COMMERCIAL FISHERJES

REVIEW.

Number Title

CFS-1317 - Massachusetts Landings, January
1956, 3 pp.

CFS-1337 - Mississippi River Fisheries, 1954,
6 pp.

CFS-1349 - Shrimp Landings, April 1956, 4 pp.
CFS-1350 - Frozen Fish Report, May 1956, 8 pp.
CFS-1358 - Florida Landings, March 1956, 6 pp.
CFS-1360 - Imports & Exports of Fishery Prod-
ducts, 1951-1955, Annual Summary,

10 pp.

CFS-1361 - Massachusetts Landings, February
1956, 4 pp.

CFS-1362 - Lake Fisheries, 1954 Annual Sum-
mary, 11 pp.

CFS-1364 - California Landings, March 1956, 4pp.
CFS-1365 - Fish Meal and Oil, May 1956, 2 pp.
CFS-1366 - Pacific Coast States Fisheries, 1954
Annual Summary, 7 pp.
CFS-1367 - Texas Landings, May 1956, 3 pp.
CFS-1368 - North Carolina Landings, May 1956,
3 pp.
CFS-1370 - Georgia Landings, May 1956, 2 pp.
CFS-1371 - Frozen Fish Report, June 1956, 8 pp.
CFS-1372 - New York Landings, May 1956, 4 pp.
CFS-1373 - Rhode Island Landings, May 1956,
3 pp.
CFS-1374 - Gulf Fisheries, 1954 Annual Summary,
9 pp.
CFS-1375 - South Atlantic Fisheries, 1954 Annual
Summary, 9 pp.
CFS-1376 - New Jersey Landings, May 1956, 4 pp.
CFS-1377 - Maine Landings, May 1956, 4 pp.
CFS-1378 - Massachusetts Landings, March 1956,
5 pp.
CFS-1379 - Shrimp Landings, May 1956, 4 pp.
CFS-1380 - Fish Stick Report, April-June 1956,
2 pp.
CFS-1381 - Ohio Landings, June 1956, 2 pp.
CFS-1383 - Alabama Landings, May 1956, 2 pp.
CFS-1384 - Fish Meal and Oil, June 1956, 2 pp.
CFS-1392 - Mississippi Landings, May 1956, 2 pp.
FL - 435 - Major Commercial Fisheries with

Data on Research Expenditures, 22 pp.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

o4 Se OT a + Alls ee The Os 7, *2-

123

<a 0 pewamen Seas ot OSE

FL - 436 - Commercial Possibilities and Limita-
tions in Frog Raising, 4 pp.

Wholesale Dealers in Fishery Products (Revised):

SL - 13 - North Carolina, 1956, 6 pp.
SL - 14 - South Carolina, 1956, 2 pp.
SL - 20 - Texas, 1956, 3 pp.

Firms Canning (Revised):
SL - 101 - Salmon, 1955, 3 pp.

SL - 106 - Shad or Shad Roe, 1955, 1 p.

SL - 107 - Fish and Shellfish Specialties, 1955, 7 pp.
SL - 109 - Caviar and Fish Roe, 1955, 2 pp.

SL - 110 - Oysters, 1955, 2 pp.

SL - 111 - Clam Products, 1955, 2 pp.

SL - 113 - Crab Meat, 1955, 2 pp.

SL - 116 - Food for Animals, from Marine-Ani-
mal Products, 1955, 2 pp.
SL - 118 - Groundfish Flakes, 1955, 1 p.

Firms Manufacturing (Revised):

SL - 151 - Fish Meal, Scrap, Body & Liver Oils,
195 55"onpps

SL - 152 - Oyster Shell Products, 1955, 2 pp.

SL - 153 - Fish Glue and Isinglass, 1955, 1 p.

SL - 154 - Seaweed Products, 1955, 1 p.

SL - 155 - Marine Pearl Shell Buttons, 1955, 1 p.

SL - 156 - Pearl Essence, 1955, 1 p.

SL - 159 - Fresh-Water Mussel-Shell Products,
19550 1p.

SL - 160 - Menhaden Oil and Meal, 1955, 1 p.

SSR-Fish. No. 175 - Sea Lamprey Control on the
Great Lakes, 1953 and 1954, by Leo F. Erkkila,
Bernard R. Smith, and Alberton L> McLain,

30 pp., illus., processed, May 1956. Develop-
ment of electromechanical devices permitted
practical application of. sea-lamprey control in
Great Lakes streams. The barriers were en-
ergized by 110-volt, 60-cycle, alternating cur-
rent. Sea lampreys were effectively blocked in
their upstream spawning migration. Traps
were installed in the control structures to pass
migratory fish upstream. The extent of fish
mortality at the electrical barriers was influ-
enced by stream velocities, conductivity of the
water and stream bottom, and size and location
of the traps. Biological data on the sea lam-
preys were collected at the control structures.
Each stream appeared to have its own electri-
cal characteristics. Several factors influencing
the electrical fields were determined. Present
information indicates limited possibility of im-
proving the electrical field to reduce fish mor-
tality.

Sep. No. 444 - New Products from Fish Oils,
Part I - Introduction.

Sep. No. 445 - "Brown-Spotting" in the Southern
Oyster.

Sep. No. 446 - Fishery Tariff Concessions in
1956 Geneva Negotiations.

124

THE FOLLOWING SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ARE AVAILABLE ONLY

FROM THE SPECIFIC OFFICE MENTIONED:

California Fisheries Trends and Review for 1954,

by V. J. Samson, 33 pp., processed. (Avail-
able free from the Market News Service, U. S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Post Office Bldg.,
San Pedro, Calif.) This is a review of the 1954
trends and conditions in the California fisher-
ies. Among the subjects discussed are the tuna
fishery (cannery receipts, total pack for 1945-
1954, ex-vessel prices, domestic catch and
fishing conditions, imports of frozen tuna, and
canned tuna market conditions and price quota-
tions); California sardine (pilchard) fishery
(landings, ex-vessel prices, canned pack, and
canned sardine prices); mackerel fishery (can-
nery receipts and ex-vessel prices); anchovy
fishery; and imports of fishery products. In-
cluded in the statistical tables are data on tuna
receipts and canned pack by months and species;
landings and products of sardines (pilchards)
by months, products, and areas; landings and
pack of mackerel and jack mackerel by species
and months; production of miscellaneous fish-
ery products; freezings of fish and shellfish;
cold-storage holdings; landings of market fish
and shellfish at certain California ports; and
imports of fishery products into California and
Arizona.

Boston Fishery Products Monthly Summary, May

1956, 15 pp.; Boston Fishery Products Month-
ly Summary, June 1956, 15 pp. (Market News
Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 10
Commonwealth Pier, Boston 10, Mass.) Land-
ings and ex-vessel prices for fares landed at
the Boston Fish Pier and sold through the New
England Fish Exchange; and Boston frozen fish-
ery products prices to primary wholesalers;
for the months indicated.

(New York) Monthly Summary - May 1956 - Re-

City Wholesale Salt-Water Market, 4 pp. (Mar-
ket News Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, 155 John St., New York 38, N. Y.)
Receipts in the salt-water section of the Fulton
Fish Market by species and by states and prov-
inces for the month indicated.

Monthly Summary of Fishery Products Production

in Selected Areas of Virginia, North Carolina,
and Maryland, nd, June 1956, 4pp. (Market News
Service, 18 S. King St., Hampton, Va.) Fish-
ery production for the Virginia areas of Hamp-
ton Roads, Lower Northern Neck, and Eastern
Shore; the Maryland areas of Crisfield, Cam-
bridge, and Ocean City; and the North Carolina
areas of Atlantic, Beaufort, and Morehead City;
together with cumulative and comparative data;
for the month indicated.

Gulf Monthly Landings, Production, and Shipments

aos Fishery Products, June 1956, 5 pp. (Market
News Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
609-611 Federal Bldg., New Orleans 12, La.)
Gulf States shrimp, oyster, finfish, and blue
crab landings; crab meat production; LCL ex-
press shipments from New Orleans, and whole-
sale prices of fish and shellfish on the New Or-
leans French Market; for the month indicated.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

(Chicago) May 1

Vol. 18, No. 9

956 Monthly Summary of Chicago's
Fresh and Frozen Fishery Products Receipts
and Wholesale Prices, 10 pp. (Market News
Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 565
W. Washington St., Chicago 6, Ill.) Receipts
at Chicago by species and by states and prov-
inces; fresh-water fish, shrimp, and frozen
fillet wholesale market prices; for the month
indicated.

(Seattle) Monthly Summary - Fishery Products,

June 1956, 5 pp. (Market News Service, U.
Fish and Wildlife Service, 421 Bell St. Termi-
al, Seattle 1, Wash.) Includes landings and
local receipts as reported by Seattle and As-
toria (Oregon) wholesale dealers.

California Fishery Products Monthly Summary,

June 1956, 10 pp. (Market News Service, U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Post Office Bldg.,
San Pedro, Calif.) California cannery receipts
of raw tuna and tunalike fish, herring, and
squid; pack of canned tuna, mackerel, herring,
anchovies, and squid; market fish receipts at
San Pedro.

THE FOLLOWING SERVICE PUBLICATION I!S FOR SALE AND

WASHINGTON 25, D. Ce

Raising Bait Fishes, by John Dobie, O. Lloyd

Meehean, S. F. Snieszko, and George N. Wash-
burn, Circular 35, 127 pp., illus., printed,

45 cents, 1956. At the second annual meeting
of the Tri-State Fisheries Conference (Michi-
gan, Minnesota, and Wisconsin) in 1946, a
special committee was appointed to assemble
information on bait culture and to assign re-
search to the contributing agencies. In 1948,
the results of that cooperative project were
published in Circular 12, Propagation of Min-
nows and Other Bait Species. The present pub-
lication is a revision of Circular 12 and adds
the results of 5 years of pond investigations by
research men in the Midwestern States. It pres-
ents information on the culture of bait fishes
and is intended as a guide for those interested
in commercial propagation of minnows.

MISCELLANEOUS
PUBLICATIONS

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH

AND WILDL|FE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE
ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM. CORRESPONDENCE REGARDING PUB-
LICATIONS THAT FOLLOW SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO THE RESPEC-
TIVE ORGANIZATION OR PUBLISHER MENTIONED. DATA ON PRICES,
IF READILY AVAILABLE, ARE SHOWN.

"Absorption of Salt by Whole Crays in Cooking,"

by K. W. Anderson, article, Fisheries News-
letter, vol. 15, no. 5, May 1956, pp. 15, 19,
printed. Commonwealth Director of Fisheries,
Department of Primary Industry, Canberra,
Australia. Experiments, the results of which
are given in this paper, were carried out at the
C.S8.1.R.O, Tasmanian Regional Laboratory at
Hobart to obtain quantitative data on the absorp-
tion of salt by the meat of crayfish cooked in
salt brines. The results show that the tailmeat
absorbed very little salt even in the concentrated

September 1956

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 125

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE
OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATIONS ISSUING THEM,

solutions; meat more than Zin. below the sur-
face did not absorb salt until the brine strength
was increased beyond 10 percent. There was

a slight loss of natural salt by leaching on cook-
ing in fresh water, but only from the surface
layer. Leg meat absorbed small amounts of
salt in brines of low strength and about 1.5 per-
cent in the most concentrated solution.

American Nautical Almanac for the Year 1957,

294 pp., printed, $2. Nautical Almanac Office,
U. S. Naval Observatory, Washington, D. C.,
1956. (For sale by Superintendent of Docu-
ments, Government Printing Office, Washing-
ton 25, D. C.) The object of this volume is to
provide in convenient form the astronomical
data required by mariners; that is, the Green-
wich hour angle and declination of the celestial
bodies used in navigation.

The Art of the Aqualung, by Robert Gruss, trans-

lated by Richard Garnett, 66 pp., illus., print-
ed, $2.75. Philosophical Library, 15 East
40th St., New York 16, N.Y., 1956. This
book is not intended to be a manual for the ex-
pert diver, but it gives an outline of the way the
aqualung is used in the sea, and of the elemen-
tary rules of safety which every diver is obliged
to obey. It originally dealt only with diving on
the French Riviera, where aqualung diving was
born, and where it has been much developed
since 1946. It supplies all the information and
instruction that the beginner requires to swim
and fish and explore, and it will also protect
him against the dangers of the game. The
translator has added for the English edition
some information about British equipment and
diving practice.

"Arctic and Sub-Arctic Marine Resources," by

John Corlett, article, FAO Fisheries Bulletin,
vol. IX, no. 2, April-June 1956, pp. 63-78,
printed. Food and Agriculture Organization of
the United Nations, Rome, Italy.

Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Re-

search, vol. 7, no. 1, April 1956, 194 pp.,
illus., printed, single copy 7s. 6d. (85 U. S.
cents). Commonwealth Scientific and Industri-
al Research Organization, 314 Albert St., East
Melbourne, C. 2, Victoria. Includes two ar-
ticles on bluefin tuna: (1) "The Southern Blue-
fin Tuna, Thunnus thynnus maccoyii (Castelnau),
in Australian Waters, by D. L. Serventy. This
paper deals with the results of the investiga-
tions of the Division of Fisheries, C.S.1.R.O.,
into the biology of the southern bluefin tuna, a
representative in southern Australia and New
Zealand of the tunny of Europe and the bluefin
tuna of California. A comparative description
of the morphology of the Australian form is
given with a detailed study of its occurrence in
Australia, including a discussion of the possi-
ble presence of local breeding stocks. The
growth rate is consideredfrom a study of length-
frequency data. Considerable variations have
been found in the growth rate of the younger
age classes, as well as fluctuations in their
relative abundance and their migratory move-
ments along the eastern Australian coastline.

Reference is made to the feeding habits in var-
ious areas. (2) ''Additional Observations on
the Biology of the Northern Bluefin Tuna,
Kishinoella tonggol (Bleeker), in Australia,"
by D. L. Serventy. This paper describes the
northern bluefin tuna which occurs along the
whole of the north coast of Australia and onthe
east and west coasts far south as Twofold Bay,
N.S.W., and Cockburn Sound, W.A., respec-
tively. Fin formulae, scale row and gill-raker
data, and morphometrical characters are re-
corded separately for fish of the northern,
eastern, and western regions. Marked region-
al differences occur; but it is considered that
these can be largely (though not entirely) ex-
plained by differential growth of body parts,
since only small sizes are found in the extreme
north whereas large sizes predominate in the
southern portions of the range. The hypothesis
of two distinct species, suggested by size group
distribution and regional variations, is reject-
ed. Sexual maturity inK. tonggolis reached in
the third year of life and spawning is in the
summer. The species apparently feeds main-
ly on pelagic organisms. The Journal also in-
cludes the following articles: 'The Marine
Algae of Kangaroo Island. IV. The Algal Eco-
logy of American River Inlet," by H. B. S.
Womersley; ''The Ecology and Distribution of
Intertidal Organisms on the Rocky Shores of
the Queensland Mainland," by R. Endean, R.
Kenny, and W. Stephenson; "A Portable Re-
cording Tide Gauge," by E. P. Hodgkin; "The
Family Cerithiopsidae (Mollusca) from the
Solanderian and Dampierian Zoogeographical
Provinces," by C. F. Laseron; and "'Addition-
al Microplankton from Australian Late Meso-
zoic and Tertiary Sediments," by Isabel C.
Cookson.

The Behavior of Pink Grooved Shrimp, PENAEUS
DUORARUM Burkenroad, ina Direct Current
Electrical Field, by James B. Higman, Tech-

nical Series No. 16, 25 pp., illus., printed.
State Board of Conservation, Tallahassee, Fla.,
March 1956. A report of an investigation, un-
dertaken by the Marine Laboratory of the Uni-
versity of Miami on behalf of the FloridaState
Board of Conservation, to determine whether
pink-grooved shrimp could be forced to move
involuntarily to the positive pole in a field of
pulsed direct current. "If such forced move-
ment of shrimp were possible, '' states the auth-
or, ''the 'bad bottom' areas of the west coast
of Florida might be opened to commercial
shrimping. This area is at present only par-
tially exploited due to widespread coral growths
and large sponge beds which restrict trawling.
A net designed to fish above these bottom ob-
structions could be electrified so that shrimp
would be diverted into the path of the net. In
this manner, areas previously unsuited to
trawling would become accessible. Experi-
ments conducted in a tank containing sea water
showed that pink-grooved shrimp flipped back-
ward toward the positive electrode when sub-
jected to an electrical field of pulsed direct
current. Series of tests were made to deter-
mine the optimal electrical conditions that
would cause maximum movement to the posi-

126

tive electrode. Maximum response was 87 per-
cent when these optima were used: (1) a cur-
rent density of 15 milliamperes per square
inch; (2) a pulse rate of 5 per second; and (3) a
current ratio of 1:3. (Mathematical treatment
of the results indicates that the maximum re-
sponse would be obtained by using a 1:2 current
ratio with the same pulse rate and current den-
sity.) Using these optimal values, calculations
of the power needed to electrify a 74-foot shrimp
trawl showed that the size and the cost of the
required electrical generator would be econom-
ically impractical. A method of pulsing cur-
rent by battery on condenser discharge might
conceivably reduce the capacity of the genera-
tor to a practical size. This problem, however,
requires further investigation."

Berichte der Deutschen Wissenschaftlichen Kom-

man Scientific Commissions for Study of the
Ocean), New Sequence, vol. XIV, no. 2, pp.
83-164, illus., printed in German with brief
summaries in English. E. Schweizerbart'sche
Verlagsbuchhandlung (Nagele u. Obermiller),
Stuttgart, Germany, 1956. Contains the follow-
ing papers: ''Die Deutschen Schollenuntersuc-
hungen von 1948-1954" (The German Studies on
Flounders, 1948-1954), by Adolf Kotthaus;
"Uber das Verhalten des Oberflachensalzgeh-
altes in der Deutschen Bucht Wahrend der Ja-
hre 1873-1944 in Verbindung mit Langjahrigen
Salzgehaltsreihen der Sudlichen Nordsee" (On
the Salt Content of the Surface Waters in the
German Bay during 1873-1944, compared with
the Long Term Series on Salt Content of the Wa-
ters in the Southern Part of the North Sea), by
Erich Goedecke; and Uber den Transport von
Meroplanktischen Larven aus dem Kattegat in
die Kieler Bucht'' (On the Transport of the
Meroplanktonic Larvae from the Kattegat into
the Bay of Kiel), by Karl Banse.

Black Sea Sprat, SPRATTUS SPRATTUSSULINUS

(Antipa), by S. A. Stolanov, Bulletin of the
Academy of Science No. 3, 92 pp., illus.,
printed in Bulgarian, 8LV (US$1.20). Insti-
tute of Zoology, Sofia, Bulgaria, 1953.

Blood Sugar in Spiny Lobsters, PartI of the Hor-

monal Regulation of Metabolism in Crustaceans,
by Bradley T. Scheer and Marlin Ann Ray
Scheer, Contribution no. 11, 12p., illus.,
printed. (Reprinted from Physiologia Com-
parata et Oecologia, an International Journal

of Comparative Physiology and Ecology, vol.

II, no. 3, 1951, pp. 198-209.) Department of
Zoology and Entomology, University of Hawaii,
Honolulu, Hawaii.

Boletim da Pesca, vol. X, no. 51, June 1956, 91

pp., illus., printed in Portugese. Gabinetede
Estudos das Pescas, 211 Avenida da Liberdade,
Lisbon, Portugal. Contains, among othersthe
following articles: ''A Comissao Internacional
das Pescarias do Noroeste do Atlanticoe a
Comparticipacao de Portugal'' (The Internation-
al Northwest Fisheries Commission and Partici-
pation of Portugal); ''Alguns Problemas da In-
dustria da Pesca de Benguela'' (Some Problems
of the Fishing Industry of Benguela).

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

Bulletin of Tokai Regional Fisheries Research
Laboratory (Fisheries Agency), no. 11 (Con-
tribution B), September 1955, illus., printed
in Japanese and English. Tokai Regional Fish-
eries Research Laboratory, Tsukishima, To-
kyo, Japan. A collection of reprints covering
the following subjects: marine resources;
oceanography; marine propagation; fishing gear
and methods; chemistry of aquatic products;
and utilization of aquatic products, such as
food preservation and processing, and fishoils
and vitamins.

(Canada) 'B. C. Shrimp Fishery," article, Trade
News, vol. 8, no. 12, June 1956, pp. 3-4, il-
lus., printed. Department of Fisheries, Otta-
wa, Canada. Although it is relatively small
among British Columbia's fisheries, shrimp-
ing is one of the most continuous operations on
the Pacific coast. Shrimp fishermen are out,
along some part of the coast, every month of
the year. There is a steady yield of shrimps
in southern B. C. waters, particularly in the
Gulf of Georgia and Howe Sound, with a peak
period in February and a low one in November.
This article describes the type of boat and op-
eration of the gear used in the B. C. shrimp
fishery.

(Canada) Regulations Respecting the Construction
and Inspection of Fishing Vessels not Exceed-
ing Eighty Feet Registered Length, 38 pp. il-
lus., printed. Queen's Printer and Controller
of Stationery, Ottawa, Canada, 1956. These
regulations, issued by the Department of Trans-
port, were made pursuant to section 410 of the
Canada Shipping Act by Order in Council P. C.
1956-150 of January 25th, 1956, and amended
by Order in Council P.C. 1956-621 of April
19th, 1956. These regulations may be cited as
the small fishing vessel inspection regulations.
Part I on fishing vessels exceeding 15 tons,
gross tonnage, covers application, submission
of plans, bilge pumping arrangements, fuel
tanks, exhaust pipes, underwater fittings, stern
bearings, rudder stocks, shafting, construction
of hulls, life-saving equipment, fire-extinguish-
ing equipment, lights and signals, navigating
equipment, anchors and cables, first inspection.
of new construction, and periodic inspection.
Part II on fishing vessels not exceeding 15 tons,
gross tonnage, covers application, life-saving
equipment, fire-extinguishing equipment, pre-
cautions against fire, and periodic inspection.
Appendix I shows methods of attaching sea con-
nections to wooden hulls, and Appendix II covers
regulations respecting liquefied petroleum gas
systems for cooking and heating in ships as ap-
plicable to vessels not exceeding 80 feet in
length.

(Canada) Summary Statistics of Canada's Fisher-
ies, 1935-1954 (Plus Review of Statistics by
Areas for 30 Years, 1925-1954), 32 pp., print-
ed. (Reprinted from Canadian Fisheries An-
nual, 1956, pp. 65-96.) Department of Fish-
eries, Ottawa, Canada. Statistics are given
for quantities and value of Canadian fishery
products by areas for 1934-1948; value of gear
and craft; number of fishermen; landings and
value of East Coast fisheries and fresh-water

September 1956

(Canada) Summary Analysis of the Fishing Opera-

Clupeidae, by A. N. Svetovidov, Fauna of the

Commercial Fishworm Production, byH.S. Swingle,

Complete List of Lights and Other Marine Aids,

fisheries by provinces and species, and West-
Coast fisheries by species; and fresh and fro-
zen fillet production. Imports and exports of
fishery products, 1952-1955, by products and
countries are given. Also included is a direc-
tory of fishery products by type, such as fresh
and frozen fish (whole or dressed), fresh and
frozen fish (filleted), smoked fish (dressed or
filleted), cured fish, canned fish (not including
shellfish), shellfish (in shell or meat--not can-
ned), canned shellfish, fish oils and fish livers,
fish meal, and other fishery products. Listed
under each classification are the companies
which process that particular product.

Liners and Draggers in the Atlantic Provinces,
1955, by John Proskie, Production Studies vol.
5, part 2, 58 pp., illus., processed. Markets
and Economics Service, Department of Fisher-
ies, Ottawa, Canada, May 1956. The results

of an analysis of the operating accounts of 136
fishing craft at ports on the Atlantic Coast dur-
ing the 1955 season are summarized and tabu-
lated. The data are grouped according to type
of craft and size-class and give information on
(1) description of boats, capital costs, financing,
ownership; (2) fishing activities; (3) landings and
landed values; (4) prices, receipts, expendi-
tures, net returns; (5) fishing effort and returns;
(6) geographic operational areas; and (7) season-
al fishing effort and landings. These tablesfrom
the 2nd part of vol. 5 of the present series; part
1, a discussion of some of the important points
emerging from this study, has not yet been re-
leased.

U.S.S.R. New Series No. 48, vol. I, no. 1,
printed in Russian. Zoological Institute of Acad-
emy of Science of U.S.S.R., Moscow, Russia,
1952.

Progress Report Series No. 62, 3 pp., printed.
Agricultural Experiment Station, The Alabama
Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala., March1956.
Discusses the commercial production of fish-
worms, with instructions on the construction and
management of worm beds, preparation of feed
mixtures, methods of raising worms, and pests
of worm beds.

927 pp., illus., printed, $4.75. U.S. Coast
Guard, Treasury Department, Washington, D.C.,
1956. (For sale by Superintendent of Documents,
Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D.C.)
Lights and other marine aids to navigation main-
tained by or under authority of the United States
Coast Guard on the Atlantic and Gulf Coasts of
the United States, including the United States West
Indies. This list is intended to furnish more com-
plete information concerning aids to navigation
than can be conveniently shown on charts. They
are not intended to be used in navigation in the
place of charts and coast pilots and should notbe

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

so used. The charts should be consulted for the
location of all aids to navigation.

127

"The Conservation and Future Development of

West Marine Resources," by Richard Van
Cleve, article, Proceedings of the California
Academy of Sciences, Fourth Series, vol.
XXVIT, no. 12, pp. 425-439, February 17,
1956, printed. California Academy of Sciences,
San Francisco, Calif. (Also Contribution No.
12, University of Washington, School of Fish-
eries, Seattle, Wash.) According to the author
Prospects are bright for obtaining a consider-
able increase in production of fish from the sea
but the need for preserving the productive ca-
pacity of our currently heavily-exploited stocks
must not be forgotten. The combined efforts
of fisheries biologists, hydrographers, and
marine biologists should result in the develop-
ment of potentially large oceanic fisheries but
considerable technical improvements will be
required to enable our fishermen to operate
economically on these widely-scattered stocks.
On the other hand, the development of adequate
markets and more advanced and efficient mar-
keting methods should result in the development
of a large fishery along the west coast of North
America on stocks which are essentially not
now utilized. The best use of thigfishing re-
gion requires Some new means of using many
species that cannot now be marketed. With the
full development of our West Coast fisheries it
will be necessary to anticipate the need to de-
velop conservation measures along such lines
as have been proven so effective by the Interna-
tional Pacific Halibut Commission in their re-
habilitation of the north Pacific halibut stocks.
The maintenance of our anadromous fish runs
will involve the solution of the many problems
encountered in handling upstream as well as
downstream migrants at dams. Some means
will also have to be found to compensate for
Spawning and rearing areas that will be, orhave
already been lost by flooding or by closing them
to salmon by obstructive dams. Opening new
streams by laddering impassable natural bar-
riers and developing more efficient techniques
of artificial propagation are both supplementing
efforts to preserve the original salmon spawn-
ing grounds. Conservation measures similar to
those used so effectively by the International Pa-
cific Salmon Fisheries Commission can insure
continued productivity of our salmon, provided
the fresh-water environment can be preserved.
Finally, settlement of the widely divergent views
on ownership of deep-sea fisheries must be
reached if their development and conservation
are to be successfully accomplished. Treaties
appear to be the best means devised so far to
protect and develop our fisheries through the co-
operative effort of interested nations."

’

De Duitse Zeevisserij (German Sea Fishing), by
A.G.U. Hildebrandt with the collaboration of
W. H. Th. Gieling, Report No. 215, 76 pp.,
illus., printed in Dutch with summary inEnglish.
Landbouw-Economisch Institut, The Hague, Neth-
erlands, 1954.

Definitions and Methods of Measuring and Counting

in the Billfishes (Istiophoridae, xiphiidae), by
Luis Rene Rivas, Contribution No. 149, 10 pp.,
illus., printed. (Reprinted from Bulletin of Ma-
6,

128

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATIONS 1SSUING THEM.

no. 1, March 1956, pp. 18-27.) Marine Lab-
oratory, University of Miami, Coral Gables,
Fla.

A Device for Measuring Fish, by Robert W. Hiatt

and Christopher J. Hamre, Research Paper
No. 1, 3 pp., illus., printed. (Reprinted from

of Zoology and Entomology, University of Ha-
waii, Honolulu, Hawaii.

"The Devilfish,'' by Robert J. Kemp, Jr., article,

Texas Game and Fish, vol. KIV, no. 5, May
1956, pp. 8, 30, illus., printed, single copy
20 cents. State Game and Fish Commission,
Walton Bldg., Austin, Texas.

The Distribution of Eggs and Larvae of the An-

chovy, STOLEPHORUS PURPUREUS Fowler,
in Kaneohe Bay, Oahu, with a Consideration
of the Sampling Problem, by Albert L. Tester,
Contribution No. 12, 26 pp., illus., printed.
(Reprinted from Pacific Science, vol. V, no.
4, October 1951, pp. 321-346,) Hawaii Ma-
rine Laboratory, University of Hawaii, Hono-
lulu, Hawaii.

"Don't Blacklist Ocean Fish," by Arnold Polonsky,

article, The Black Fox Magazine and Modern
Mink Breeder, vol. 40, no. 1, May 1956, pp.
9, 21-25, printed, single copy 35 cents. Hoff-
man Publications, Inc., 425 Fourth Ave., New
York 16, N.Y. Discusses the handling, preser-
vation, and utilization of fish for feeding mink.
The author gives a few simple rules for uti-
lizing fish in the feeding of mink as follows:

"(1) Do not feed one variety of fish in any great-
er quantity than 15 percent of your ration; (2)
Exercise the greatest amount of care in buying
only from the best sources. The difference be-
tween a good product and a poor product may
only represent a} of a cent a pound, but that
small amount helps the good producer stay in-
terested in the business and making the best
product; and (3) When feeding a high fish diet
use meat sources that are heavier in fat or even
supplement with additional fats such as lard.
Carefully consider the varieties of fish that you
willuse. There are many combinations. Buy
one type of fish in a package or block ata time
and do your own blending just as you would with
horsemeat, liver, lungs, tripe, etc."

the Question of their Improvement, by Nazir
Ahmad, 16 pp., illus., printed. Directorate of
of Fisheries, Government of East Bengal, Dac-
ca, East Bengal, 1956. Describes a survey of
the fish markets of East Pakistan, and includes
suggestions for their improvement.

"Effectiveness of Aureomycin on Keeping Quality

of Sardine,'' by T. Tomiyama, M. Nomuraand
S. Kuroki, article, Bulletin of the Japanese
Society of Scientific Fisheries, vol. 21, 1955,
pp. 262-266, printed in Japanese with summary
in English. Japanese Society of Scientific Fish-
eries, c/o Tokaiku Suisan Kenkyujo, Tsuki-
shima, Kyobashi, Tokyo, Japan.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

"The Effects of Temperature and Predators on the
Abundance of the Soft-Shell Clam, Mya Aren-
aria, in New England," by John B. Glude, ar-
ticle, Transactions of the American Fisheries
Society, 1954, vol. 84, pp. 13-26, printed. .
American Fisheries Society, Colorado A and
M College, Fort Collins, Colo.

"Exploratory and Experimental Fishing," byS. J.
Holt, article, FAO Fisheries Bulletin, vol.
IX, no. 1, January-March 1956, pp. 1-22,
printed. Food and Agriculture Organization
of the United Nations, Rome, Italy.

The Expressible Fluid of Fish Fillets. IV.--The
Expressible Fluid of Iced Cod, by A. Banks,
DSIR Food Investigation Memoir No. 958, 4
pp., printed. (Reprinted from Journal of the
Science of Food and Agriculture, vol. 6, no.
10, 1955, pp. 584-587.) Department of Scien-
tific and Industrial Research, Torry Research
Station, Aberdeen, Scotland. A number of
estimations have been made of the amount and
composition of the expressible fluid obtained
from gutted cod iced for various periods. The
amount of expressible fluid increased rapidly
as the fish passed out of rigor mortis and then
only slowly for a period, followed by a further
fairly rapid increase after 168 hours on ice.

It is suggested that the values obtained are as-
sociated with the physical changes in texture
that occur during the gradual resolution of
rigor mortis and with subsequent slight changes
in texture and in the colloidal proteins of the
protoplasm. The amount of expressible fluid
obtained does not appear to be related to the
size of the fillets.

"Fertile Oysters May Bring New Industry, "' ar-
ticle, South Carolina Wildlife, vol. 3, no. 2,
Spring Issue 1956, pp. 11, 15, illus., printed.
South Carolina Wildlife Resources Department,
Columbia, S. C. Discusses the fertility of the
South Carolina oysters, the threats to the oys-
ter industry in that area, and the studies be-
ing conducted for the proper development of the
oyster industry.

Fertilizers in Fish Ponds, by C. H. Mortimer,
Fishery Publication No. 5, 155 pp., illus.,
printed, 25s. (US$3.50). H. M. Stationery
Office, York House, Kingsway, London, W.C.
2, England, 1954.

Fish Cookery, by Linnea C. Dennett, Circular
403, 12 pp., illus., printed. Agricultural Ex-
tension Service, College of Agriculture, Uni-
versity of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis., revised
November 1955. Includes instructions for buy-
ing fresh fish; methods of cleaning, skinning,
boning, and storing fish, and thawing frozen
fish; and various recipes for cooking fish and
shellfish.

"The Fisheries of Antarctica," by G. C. L. Ber-
tram and J. D. M. Blyth, article, FAO Fish-
eries Bulletin, vol. IX, no. 2, April-June 1956,
pp. 79-84, illus., printed, single copy 30 cents.
Food and Agriculture Organization of the Unit-
ed Nations, Rome, Italy. (Also for sale by

September 1956

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

129

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATIONS ISSUING THEM.

Columbia University Press, International Docu-
ments Service, 2960 Broadway, New York 27,
ING: 45)

"Fish, Fisheries and Environmental Factors, "' by
J. N. Carruthers, article, Oceanus, vol. IV,
no. 2, Winter 1956, pp. 14-20, illus., printed.
Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, Woods
Hole, Mass. Some of the author's views in re-
gard to the climatic and oceanographic factors
influencing the environment of fish. According
to the author, "Fish catches may be predicted
through a knowledge of wind conditions during
and after spawning."

Fisheries Newsletter, vol. 15, no. 2, February 1956
24 pp., illus., printed. Commonwealth Fish-
eries Office, Dept. of Primary Industry, Can-
berra, Australia. The entire issue of this
Newsletter is devoted to articles on shrimp
(prawns), covering the biology, technology, and
economics of the industry: ''Australian Prawns--
Identification and Biology," by W. Dall; ''Aus-
tralian Prawns--The Gear that Takes Them,"
by A. O'Grady; “Australian Prawns--The Broad
View on Exports," by F. J. Kearns; and'"'Shrimp
Big Industry in U. S. A."' The latter paper is
an account of the United States shrimp industry
based mainly on ''Marketing and Utilization of
Shrimp in the United States, '' a paper prepared
for the Indo-Pacific Fisheries Council meeting
in Tokyo by Don M. Clifford of the U. S. Fish
and Wildlife Service.

North Atlantic Trawlers, by W. A. MacCallum,
Bulletin No. 103, 66 pp., illus., printed. Fish-
eries Research Board of Canada, Ottawa, Cana-
da, 1955. This bulletin is concerned mainly
with the handling of the catch aboard trawlers
fishing North Atlantic groundfish, principally
cod, haddock, and flatfish. The quality of the
landed fish is influenced by the methods of han-
dling the catch on deck and in the fish hold and
the conditions of stowage. No subsequent steps
in the processing chain can improve upon this
landed quality. This bulletin is intended to as-
sist fishermen, boat owners, operators, and
processors to understand the nature of the com-
plex problem of preservation at sea, to demon-
strate proper methods of handling, and to des-
cribe fish-hold construction suited for the iced
stowage of their catches. The various chapters
discuss spoilage and its control aboardship; ice
and refrigeration requirements in trawler fish
holds; the development of metal-surfaced, whol-
ly refrigerated fish holds; good practice in
fish-hold construction, outfitting, and refrig-
eration; and fish-room costs.

Fisken og Havet ved Gronland (Fish and the Sea of
Greenland), by P. M. Hansen and F. Hermann,
Skrifter fra Danmarks Fiskeri-og Havunder
Sogelser (Papers of the Danish Fishery and
Sea Investigations), No.15, 128 pp., illus.,
printed in Danish. 1 Kommission Hos, Copen-
hagen, Denmark, 1953.

The Ft. Myers, Florida, Fisheries School of the
Marine Laboratory of the University of Miami,
by Jack Brawner and C. P. Idyll, 4 pp., proc-

essed. Marine Laboratory, University of Mi-
ami, Coral Gables, Fla. For several years
the Marine Laboratory of the University of Mi-
ami has sought means of establishing fishery
schools in Florida. With the hope that funds
would eventually become available, and be-
cause of the widespread interest by the indus-
try, it was decided to establish a "pilot" school
in Florida in the belief that the experience gain-
ed would be of benefit not only to Florida, but
other states as well, when a regular program
of fishery education became a reality. Ft.
Myers was chosen for the first school and it
was established on March 1, 1956. This leaf-
let describes the initial organization of the fish-
ery school, its activities, and objectives. The
objectives may be listed as follows: (1) to a-
rouse the interest of boys in the skilled and
honorable trade of commercial fishing; (2) to
arouse the interest of able students in the pro-
fessional fisheries field, which, like most tech-
nical professions lacks a sufficient number of
trained men; and (3) to draw attention to the
fisheries industry, and to strengthen it by pro-
moting the production of high-quality fishery
products, which will lead to increaged sales
and prosperity in this important phase of our
economy.

"Freezing in Alginate Jelly,"' by Alf Olsen, arti-
cle, Norwegian Fishing News, vol. 3, no. 3,
1956, pp. 7-8, printed. Norwegian Fishing
News, Ltd., Bergen, Norway. Describes the
method of using alginate jelly in the freezing
of herring for bait and in the freezing of sar-
dines, shrimp, and smallfish. Tests indicate
that this method has the following advantages:
(1) rancidity is prevented; (2) the fish will not
dry up; (3) since the jelly thaws before the fish,
the fish can easily be separated without damage;
(4) the salts which are added do not migrate,
so avoiding a concentration of salts on the sur-
face of the fish; (5) the jelly setting time can
be regulated; (6) the freezing time is consider-
ably reduced; (7) the unpleasant smell, so no-
ticeable when frying herring, almost disap-
pears; and (8) when stored in jelly for a period,
herring becomes milder in taste.

General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade--Analy-
sis of United States Negotiations--Sixth Proto-
col (Including Schedules) of Supplementary Con-
cessions, Department of State Publication 6348,
Commercial Policy Series 158, 310 pp., proc-
essed, $1. Department of State, Washington,
D. C., June 1956. (For sale by the Superin-
tendent of Documents, U. 8. Government Print-
ing Office, Washington 25, D. C.)

General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (Mes-
sage from The President of the United States
Transmitting the Sixth Protocol of Supplemen-
tary Concessions to the General Agreement on
Tariffs and Trade, Pursuant to Section 4 of the
Trade Agreements Extension Act of 1951, as
Amended), House Document No. 421, 541 pp.,
processed, United States Government Print-
ing Office, Washington 25, D. C., 1956.

General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, Sched-

ule XX, United States of America (Annotated

130

to Show Countries With Which Concessions Were
Initially Negotiated at Geneva in 1956), Depart-
ment of State Publication 6362, Commercial
Policy Series 159, 127pp., processed, 60 cents.
Department of State, Washington, D.C. (For
sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Gov-
ernment Printing Office, Washington 25, D.C.)

by Jack Brawner and Phillip A'Brams, Educa-
tional Series No. 8, 16 pp., illus., printed.
State Board of Conservation, Tallahassee, Fla.,
June 1956. The Florida mullet industry is
presently in a depressed condition, Which is
partly the result of a trend towards consump-
tion of packaged fishery products. This report
is published primarily for the benefit of small
wholesalers and retailers, in an effort to al-
leviate depressed conditions due to the decline
in the demand for fresh fishery products. De-
tailed instructions are given for building a
smokehouse capable of producing up to about
2,000 pounds per week. This smokehouse can
be produced cheaply, probably costing less
than $100, excluding labor. Instructions are
given for smoking mullet, emphasizing the
procedures necessary to produce a good prod-
uct. Potential market outlets for mullet include
supermarkets, small grocery stores, retail
fish markets, wholesale fish dealers, vegetable
truck routes, fish truck routes, delicatessen
stores, restaurants, road-side stands, and
bars.

"India--Proclamation of the President of India

(Sovereign Right over Continental Shelf)"
XVI.2/55.1), Food and Agricultural Legisla-
tion, vol. IV, no. 3, 1955, 1 p., printed, sin-
gle copy $1. Columbia University Press, In-
ternational Documents Service, 2960 Broadway,
New York 27, N. Y.

1953-1954 (Statistical Information on Fisheries,
1953-1954), 60 pp., illus., processed in Span-
ish. Direccion General de Pesca y Caza, Val-
paraiso, Chile.

Informaciones Estadisticas sobre Pesca, Anos

Inter-American Specialized Conference on ''Con-

servation of Natural Resources: The Continen-
talShelf and Marine Waters (Ciudad Trujillo,
March 15-28, 1956), Final Act, Conferences and
OrganizationsSeriesNo. 50, 46pp., processed,
50¢. Divisionof Conferences and Organizations,
Department of International Law, Pan American
Union, Washington, D. C., 1956. TheInter-
American Specialized Conference held in Ciudad
Trujillo on March 15-28, 1956, was convoked
for the purpose of studying as a whole the different
aspects of the juridical and economic system gov-
erning the submarine shelf, oceanic waters, and
their natural resources in the light of present-day
scientific knowledge. The resolutions of the Con-
ference are included as well as statements of the
delegations from Brazil; Mexico; CostaRica,
Chile, Ecuador, and Peru; Guatemala; El Salva-
dor; Colombia; United States; Cuba; Panama;
Uruguay; and Venezuela.

(International Pacific Salmon Fisheries Commis-

sion) Annual Report 1955, 41 pp., illus., print-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

ed. International Pacific Salmon Fisheries
Commission, New Westminster, Canada, 1956.
A report of the Commission, an international
agency appointed under a convention between
Canada and the United States for the protection,
preservation, and extension of the sockeye
salmon fisheries in the Fraser River system.
Discussed in this report are the various activi-
ties of the Commission during 1955; the regu-
lations, the United States fishery, the Canadi-
an fishery, Indian catch statistics, escape-
ment, the 1956 cycle, rehabilitation of barren
areas, watershed protection, and general in-
vestigations.

Irish Moss (In the Maritime Provinces), by Con-
stance I. MacFarlane, 20 pp., illus., printed.
Nova Scotia Research Foundation, P. O. Box
1027, Halifax, Nova Scotia, 1956. This bulle-
tin is in part a revision of the Fisheries Re-
search Board Atlantic Biological Station Circu-
lar No. 10, by A. W. H. Needler (1947) and
contains material and excerpts from that paper.
It is intended to assist those who may wish to
identify Irish moss, to find it, and to dry itfor
marketing. Numerous problems relating to
seaweeds are yet unsolved and many questions
remain unanswered in this bulletin, Revision
will be necessary from time to time as results
become known from further research. The sea-
weed industry has undergone a series of changes.
From being used as a source of potash and io-
dine in the 18th and 19th centuries, seaweeds
have now become a source of extracts though
the seaweeds themselves are often used as food
or fertilizers. New uses for the extract are
constantly being sought. The dairy industryis
a large consumer; the baking, confectionery,
and pharmaceutical industries also use con-
siderable amounts, as well as the brewing,
leather, and paint industries. For most pur-
poses Irish moss extract must compete with
other substances, such as various plant gums,
synthetic adhesives, and starch. The result-
ing competitive price makes it necessary for a
harvester to gather several hundred pounds
per day. An experienced harvester with good
equipment can sometimes harvest a thousand '
pounds at a tide.

“Is Feeding Fish Dangerous?" by A. B. DeHaan,
article, The Black Fox Magazine and Modern
Mink Breeder, vol. 39, no. 11, March 1956,
pp. 13, 26-29, printed, single copy 35 cents.
Hoffman Publications, Inc., 425 Fourth Ave.,
New York 16, N. Y. The author, a well-known
mink breeder, discusses some of his problems
and experiences in using fish in mink diets.

Ist Baktericides Eis zum Vereisen Frischer See-
fische auf den Fishchdampfern Erwiinscht
oder Uberhaupt Zulassig? (Is Bactericidal Ice
for the Icing of Fresh Sea Fish on Board Fish-
ing Vessels Desirable or at all Admissible?),
by T. Seeler, article, Deutsche Lebensmittel
Rundschau, 51, 1955, pp. 133-135, printed.

Tubinger, S. Strasse 53, Stuttgart, Germany.

Kalamiesten Niksikirja (A Book of Fishermen's
Tricks), by E. Halme, 395 pp., illus., print-

te aie an ae

September 1956

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 131

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATIONS ISSUING THEM,

ed in Finnish. Soderstrom Osakeyhtio, Por-
voo, Helsinki, Finland, 1955.

"The Lake Sturgeon," by John Van Oosten, arti-

cle, Texas Game and Fish, vol. XIV, no. 5,
May 1956, pp. 12, 25, illus., printed, single
copy 20 cents. State Game and Fish Commis-
sion, Walton Bldg., Austin, Tex.

"The Lake Trout Endangered in the Great Lakes,"

by James W. Moffett, article, Our Endangered
Wildlife, pp. 23-24, printed. National Wildlife
Federation, 232 Carroll St. NW., Washington
PA, ID) (Ge

Laws Concerning the Nationality of Ships, Doc.
ST/LEG/SER.B/5, 200 pp., printed, $1.50.

United Nations Department of Public Informa-
tion, Press and Publications Division, United
Nations, N. Y.

This book was prepared by the Codification
Division of the UN Office of Legal Affairs, pri-
marily for the use of the International Law Com-
mission in its continuing comprehensive study
of the regime of the high seas.

The Commission has been engaged upon the
task of codifying the law of the high seas and of
territorial waters ever since its first session
in 1949,

No attempt is made in the new volume to
present conclusions, or to classify the infor-
mation contained, most of which was furnished
by governments at the request of Secretary-
General Dag Hammarskjold. In cases where
governmental information was not available,
other sources were consulted. Most of the
texts are in English, but a few, which were sub-
mitted in French, are presented in that lan-
guage.

In a brief introduction, the Codification Di-
vision notes that there is ''no uniformity'' inthe
conditions on which states allow merchant ships
to fly their flags. It goes on, however, to quote
an earlier report on the regime of the high seas
by J. P. A. Francois, noted Netherlands legal
authority and a member of the International
Law Commission, who said: 'The acknowl-
edged freedom of a State to lay down the condi-
tions on which it shall grant its nationality to
ships is, of necessity, based on the concept
that the national element with regard to a ship
and the manner in which it is used have a wide
variety of application, and that a certain mini-
mum should be guaranteed in the general in-
terest of all who use the high seas."

A Measured Delay in the Migration of Adult Chi-

nook Salmon at Bonneville Dam on the Colum-
bia River, by Robert W. Schoning and Donald
R. Johnson, Contribution No. 23, 17 pp., illus.,
printed. Fish Commission Research Labora-
tory, Route 1, Box 31A, Clackamas, Oreg.,

May 1956.

Methods of Exterminating Wild Fish in Ponds, by

S. Sarig, Bamidgeh, Bulletin of Fish Culture
in Israel, vol. 6, no. 1, printed in Englishand

Hebrew. Department of Fisheries, Ministry
of Agriculture, Agricultural Publications Sec-
tion, P. O. Beit-Shean, Israel, 1954.

Modern Marine Engineering, by D. W. Rusdorff,

154 pp., illus., printed, $4.75. Philosophical
Library, 15 East 40th St., New York 16, N. Y.
A concise review of the various types of pro-
pulsion plants now in use in vessels for differ-
ent services.

Modern Naval Architecture, by W. Muckle, 154

pp., illus., printed, $4.75. Philosophical
Library, 15 East 40th St., New York 16, N.Y.
Gives an account of the various problems the
naval architect must solve.

Nord- og Sor-Norsk Naeringsliv, 1955-1956--

Fiskeindustri--Fiskerier--Produksjon og Han-
del (North- and South-Norwegian Industries,
1955-1956--Fish Processing Industry--Fish-
eries--Production and Commerce), 354 pp.,
illus., printed in Norwegian and English. Hal-
vorsen & Larsen A/s, Trondhjemsvn. 72,
Oslo, Norway. Includes the following articles
with English translations: ''Territorial Limits
and Fishery Protection," by C. J. Hambro(in
English only); ''The Organization ofthe Fisher-
ies Administration in Norway," by Johs. Sel-
laeg; "International Agreements for the Pro-
tection of Fish Stocks,'' by Johs. Sellaeg; ''The
Scandinavian Fishery Conferences,'' by Johs.
Sellaeg; ''The Norwegian Fisheries," by Johs.
Sellaeg (in English only); ''Norwegian Fish Ex-
ports--General Survey, " by Per Rogstad;
'Sales Organizations in the Norwegian Fisher-
ies Industry, '' by Per Rogstad; ''Exports of
Herring and Herring Products, " by Magne Op-
pedal; The Export of Fresh and Frozen Fish
(Other than Herring), Stockfish, Klipfish and
By-products,'"' by Carl Bjorge; ''The Norwegian
Herring Oil and Herring Meal Industry, "' by
M. Midsem; ''Refrigeration Plants in the Nor-
wegian Fisheries Industry, '' by M. Midsem;
"The Relief Service for the Sealers in the West-
ern Ice,'' by Birger Rasmussen; and ''The Re-
sult of the Sealing for 1954."' Other articles on
fisheries, in Norwegian only, are also included.

Norges Matnyttige Fisk (Norwegian Edible Fish),

by H. Tambs-Lyche, Fiskeridirectoratets
Skrifter, Ser. Fishkeri, vol. 3, no. 4, 132pp.,
printed in Norwegian. Director of Fisheries,
Bergen, Norway, 1955. Gives a very good
summary of present knowledge of commercial
fishes in northern waters. For nearly every
important fish the following descriptions and
data are given: (1) Norwegian catches from
various waters and the comparative values from
several other countries; (2) geographical dis-
tribution of the species and various stocks; (3)
summary on the studies of the biology and ecology
of the species; and (4) life history. This book is
very usefulfor fisheries education and as a hand-
book for the scientists inrelatedfields(e.g., the
hydrographer).

"Norway--Regulations Relating to the Protection

of Brisling and to the Canning of Brisling and
Small Herring, '' XVI.5/55.1, Food and Agri-
cultural Legislation, vol. IV, no. 3, 1955, 5
pp., printed, single copy $1. Columbia Uni-

132 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 19, No. 9

versity Press, International Documents Serv-
ice, 2960 Broadway, New York 27, N. Y.

"Norway--Regulations Relating to the Handling,
Processing and Transport of Fish to be Con-
verted into Salted Fish, Klipfisk and Stock-
fish, '' XVI.2/55.1, Food and Agricultural
Legislation, vol. IV, no. 3, 1955, 11 pp.,
printed, single copy $1. Columbia University
Press, International Documents Service, 2960
Broadway, New York 27, N. Y.

"Observations on the Shoaling Behaviour of Cod
(Gadus callarias) in Deep Water Relative to
Daylight, by G. H. Ellis, article, Journal of

the Marine Biological Association of the United

Kingdom, vol. 35, no. 2, 1956, pp. 415-417,

illus., printed. Cambridge University Press,

32 East 57th St., New York 22, N. Y. During

a commercial fishing voyage to the Barents

Sea continuous observations were made on the

shoaling behavior of cod in deep water over a

period of 19 hours. The cod were studied by

the use of a Kelvin and Hughes MS. 24J record-
ing echo-sounder. Compact cod shoals record-
edin100-fm. during daylight dispersed at sunset
and re-formed at sunrise. The maximum pos-
sible vertical movement of the fish during ob-
servation was 30fm. The catches did not vary
significantly with the formation of the cod.

The Occurrence and Taxonomic Relationships of
the Blue Marlin (MAKAIRA AMPLA Poey) in
the Pacific Ocean, by Luis Rene Rivas, Con-
tribution No. 153, 15 pp., illus., printed.
(Reprinted from Bulletin of Marine Science of
the Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 6, no. 1, March
1956, pp. 59-73.) Marine Laboratory, Uni-
versity of Miami, Coral Gables, Fla.

Opbevaring af Levende Hummer (Storage of Live
Lobster), by F. Bramsnaes and Jan Boetius,
16 pp., illus., printed in Danish with summary
in English. (Reprinted from Meddelelse fra
Fiskeriministeriets Forsfégslaboratorium, Nov.
1953) Fiskeriministeriets, Borgergade 16,
Copenhagen, Denmark.

(Oregon) Fisheries Statistics of Oregon, 1950-1953,
Contribution No. 22, 33 pp., printed. Fish
Commission of Oregon, Portland, Oregon,
February 1956. This statistical bulletin pro-
vides a ready source of information concerning
the productivity of the marine and river com-
mercial fisheries of the State of Oregon for
1950-1953. These fisheries data are given in
pounds by species, rivers, and months.

A Pattern of Coastal Circulation Inferred from
Synoptic Salinity Data, by Ilmo Hela, Contri-
bution No. 154, 10 pp., illus., printed. (Re-
Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 6, no. 1, March1956,
pp. 74-83.) Marine Laboratory, University of
Miami, Coral Gables, Fla.

La Pesca en Espana, I. Cataluna (Fisheries of
Spain. I. Catalonia), by C. Bas, E. Morales,
and M. Rubio, 468 pp., illus., printed inSpan-
ish. Instituto de Investigacione Pesqueras,

Barcelona, Spain, 1955. The first ofaseries,
this publication covers: physical conditions of
fisheries; fishing boats and gear; marine pro-
ductivity; the fishery; ports and fishing beach-
es; economics; and present-day fisheries.

Pesca y Caza (Fishing and Hunting), no. 7, 100
pp., illus., processed in Spanish. Ministerio
de Agricultura, Direccion de Pesqueria y Ca-
za, Lima, Peru, 1956. Includes, among oth-
ers, articles on Peru's fisheries and data for
1953, some new fish species, shellfish, anda
description of some of Peru's more common
species.

Plants and Animals of the Sea-Shore, by W. J.
Prud'Homme van Reine, translated from the
Dutch and adapted for the coasts of Britain in
collaboration with Mona C. Harrison, 144 pp.,
illus., printed. John Murray, Albemarle
Street, W., London, England, 1955. Ahandy
guide containing drawings and descriptions of
over 450 species of fish, shellfish, seaweeds,
birds, etc.

Practical Marine Engineering, by Reno C. King,
Jr., 2nd edition, 541 pp., illus., printed,
$7.35. Prentice Hall, 70 5th Ave., New York
11, N. Y. Outgrowth of lectures given to ap-
plicants for Merchant Marine Engineering Of-
ficer licenses.

"The Pygmy Whitefish, Coregonus coulteri, in
Lake Superior,’ by Paul H. Eschmeyer and
Reeve M. Bailey, article, Transactions ofthe
American Fisheries Society, 1954, vol. 84,
pp. 164-199, printed. American Fisheries
Society, Colorado A and M College, Fort Col-
lins, Colo.

Recent Developments in the Freezing of Fish at
Sea. Il.--The Quality of Sea-~-Frozen Cod, by
A. Banks, DSIR Food Investigation Memoir
No. 965, 3 pp., printed. (Reprinted from
Chemistry and Industry, 1955, pp. 1360-1362.)
Department of Scientific and Industrial Re-
search, Torry Research Station, Aberdeen,
Scotland. Discusses investigations on the qual-
ity of fish treated in different ways before
freezing and cold storage. These investiga-
tions have shown that the fish should be gutted
and well iced very soon after catching; that
they should not be held for longer than three
days in ice before freezing, and that the fro-
zen products should be cold-stored at -28° to
-30°C. Treated in this way, the products on
thawing should prove highly acceptable, anda
properly arranged scheme of freezing at sea
based on these principles should do much to
improve the over-all quality of fish caught on
distant fishing grounds.

Relation of Chemical Structure to Irritant Re-
sponses in Marine Fish, by Robert W. Hiatt,
John J. Naughton, and Donald C. Matthews,
Contribution No. 36, 6 pp., printed. (Re-
printed from Nature, vol. 172, November 14,
1953, p. 904.) Hawaii Marine Laboratory,
University of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii.

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 133

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATIONS ISSUING THEM,

"Report on the Distribution and Abundance of Pa-
cific Herring (Clupea pallasi) along the Coast
of Central and Southern California, '' by Daniel
J. Miller and John Schmidtke, article, Cali-
fornia Fish and Game, vol. 42, no. 3, July
1956, pp. 163-187, illus., printed. Depart-
ment of Fish and Game, 926 J St., Sacramento
14, Calif.

Report on Research from the ERNEST HOLT into
the Fishery near Bear Island, 1949 and 1950,
by M. Graham, G. C. Trout, R. J. H. Bever-
ton, J. Corlett, A. J. Lee, andR. W. Black-
er, Fishery Investigations Series I, vol. XVII,
no. 3, 87pp., illus., printed, 12s. 6d. (US$1.75).
H. M. Stationery Office, York House, Kings-
way, London, W. C. 2, England, 1954.

"The Reproduction of Lake Trout in Southern Lake
Superior," by Paul H. Eschmeyer, article,
Transactions of the American Fisheries Society,
1954, vol. 84, pp. 47-74, printed. American
Fisheries Society, Colorado A and M College,
Fort Collins, Colo.

Research Briefs, vol. 6, no. 2, December 1955,
41 pp., illus., printed. Fish Commission Re-
search Laboratory, Route 1, Box 31A, Clacka-
mas, Oreg. Includes the following articles:
(1) "Size Composition, Growth, and Seasonal
Abundance of Juvenile English Sole (Parophrys
vetulus) in Yaquina Bay," by Sigurd J. West-
rheim; (2) "Fifth Progress Report on Salmon
Diet Experiments, '' by Wallace F. Hublou,
Thomas B. McKee, Ernest R. Jeffries, Rus-
sell O. Sinnhuber, and Duncan K. Law; (3) "A
Survey of the Bull Kelp Resources of the Ore-
gon Coast in 1954,"" by Kenneth D. Waldron;
(4) Escapement of Spring Chinook Salmon and
Steelhead Over Willamette Falls in 1954,"' by
Earl F. Pulford; (5) ''River Recoveries of
Marked Silver Salmon of the 1949 Brood Re-
leased from the Nehalem River Hatchery,'' by
Kenneth A. Henry; and (6) ''Kidney Disease in
Adult Chinook Salmon and Its Transmission by
Feeding to Young Chinook Salmon," by James W.
Wood and Joe Wallis.

Baitfish of the Hawaiian Islands, by William A.
Gosline, Contribution No. 5, 1 p., printed.
(Reprinted from Pacific Science, vol. V, no. 3,
July 1951, p. 272.) Hawaii Marine Laboratory,
University of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii.

Sea Moss (CHONDRUS CRISPUS), Survey Pema-
‘ quid Point to Owls Head, by Walter S. Foster,

General Bulletin No. 5, 8 pp., illus., printed.
Department of Sea and Shore Fisheries, Vick-
ery-Hill Bldg., Augusta, Me., December 1955.
In surveying the sea moss, Chondrus crispus,
an attempt has been made to determine the a-
mount of moss an average moss raker could
gather from the ledges and islands from Pema-
quid Point to Owls Head. Includes maps of the
regions surveyed showing density of moss and
a code used to express in general terms the pre-
vailing sea moss raking and growing conditions
of the particular areas indicated on the maps.

Ship and Boat Builder Annual Review, 1955, 382

pp., illus., printed, 30s. (US$4.20). John
Trundell Ltd., Temple Chambers, Temple
Ave., London, E. C. 4, England.

"Snapping Turtle (Chelydra serpentina)," by

George J. Knudsen, article, Wisconsin Con-
Servation Bulletin, vol. 21, no. 5, May 1956,
pp. 36-37, illus., printed. Wisconsin Conser-
vation Dept., Madison 1, Wis. A brief de-
Scription of Wisconsin's snapping turtle and

its habits.

Some Aspects of the Schooling Behaviour of Fish,

by Miles H. A. Keenleyside, 66 pp., illus.,
printed. (Reprinted from Behaviour, vol.
VI, 2-3, pp. 183-248.) E. J. Brill, Leiden,
Netherlands, 1955.

The South African Fishing Industry Handbook and

Buyers' Guide, 1956, 245 pp., illuws., printed,
2 2s. (US$5.90). South African Shipping News
and Fishing Industry Review, Box 2598, Cape
Town, South Africa, 1956. This is the third
edition of a handbook designed to acquaint read-
ers with the various aspects of the South Afri-
can fishing industry. The book is divided into
several sections. ''Marine Resources of South
Africa'’ discusses South Africa's place in the
world's fish trade, the processing factories,
the trawling industry, the rock lobster indus-
try, fishing in South-West Africa, and South
African fish species. The list of species in
this section gives the English, Afrikaans, and
scientific name for each species caught in
South Africa. In the section "Organizations
Serving the Industry, '' the following are de-
scribed: The Division of Fisheries, the Fish-
ing Industry Research Institute, the Fisheries
Development Corporation, Weskus-Vissers-
vereniging (West Coast Fishermen's Associa-
tion), the South African Bureau of Standards,
the Food and Agriculture Organization, as well
as a description of the control of fisheries in
South-West Africa, fishing harbors in South
Africa, and inshore fishing industry organiza-
tions. Brief biographical notes on the leading
personalities professionally connected withthe
industry are to be found in the section ''Who's
Who in the Fishing Industry.'' 'Guide to Com-
panies in the Fishing Industry" is a section
which lists the names, functions, addresses,
factories, capital, directors, and affiliations
of companies operating in South and South-West
Africa. A classified list of fish products with
brand and producers! names is contained inthe
section ''Products of the Fishing Industry."
"Suppliers to the Fishing Industry--Buyers'
Guide" is a classified list of products offered
to the fishing industry. Details on South Afri-
can motor fishing boats, motor trawlers, and
steam trawlers, and South-West African boats,
and other miscellaneous craft are given in the

134

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 9

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

section ''Fishing Craft Operating in South and
South-West Africa." The last section--'Ma-
rine Engines''--is a detailed list of engines of-
fered for installation in South and South-West
African fishing boats.

"Status of Sea Lamprey Control, '' by James W.
Moffett, article, Wisconsin Conservation Bul-
letin, vol. 21, no. 4, April 1956, pp. 14-17,
illus., printed. Wisconsin Conservation Dept.,
State Office Bldg., Madison1, Wis. This ar-
ticle reports progress in the application of sea-
lamprey control measures. According to the
author, ''The lamprey is likely to cause further
damage before it is controlled. Electromechan-
ical weirs can solve the problem slowly. Se-
lective poisons are promising but largely un-
proved and unavailable in quantity."

Studies on the Question of Salmon ''Economy"' in
the Far East, 207 pp., illus., printed in Rus-
sian. Akademija Nauk SSSR, Ihtiologitseskaja
Komissija, Moscow, Russia, 1954. Discusses
the biological, economical and fisheries tech-
nological problems of Pacific salmons off the
Russian Pacific coast.

each of three types of S-shaped growth curve:
Type A, point of inflection early in life; Type
B, point of inflection about mid-life; and Type
C, point of inflection late in life.

A Triple Frequency Echo Sounder, by D. H. Cush-
ing andI. D. Richardson, Ministry of Agricul-

ture, Fisheries and Food Fishery Investigations,

Series I, vol. XX, no. 1, 20 pp., illus., print-
ed, 3s. (40 U.S. cents). Her Majesty's Sta-
tionery Office, London, England, 1955. In ex-
periments with dead fish hung from below an
echo sounder significant differences between
signals returned from cod and herring were
found, using any one frequency; it was further
found that a lower frequency would be best for
cod and a higher frequency best for herring.
This required testing on fish shoals in the sea,
partly because in the experimental work some
part of the echo received might have been due
to the frame and partly because the arrange-

ment of the dead fish in a shoal was an artificial

one. Another subject for investigation was that
of the variability in signal amplitude, which
might well be proportional to the number offish
per unit volume. In order that these two points
might be investigated, a triple frequency echo
sounder was designed and used in the investi-
gations described in this paper.

"Two Obscure Oyster Enemies in New England
Waters,'' by V. L. Loosanoff, article, Science,
vol. 123, no. 3208, June 22, 1956, pp. 1119-

1120, printed, single copy 25 cents. Ameri-
ean Association for the Advancement of Science,
Business Press, Lancaster, Pa. Describes
two forms of oyster enemies recently observed
in New England waters which may be responsi-
ble for several ''mysterious'' mortalities of
oysters, especially the young. One of these
enemies is a flatworm, the polyclad(Stylochus
ellipticus), and the other is a small gastropod
(Menestho bisuturalis).

Uber die Verwendung von Bactericiden Zusatzen
beim Waschen von Frischfisch (The Use of
Bactericidal Additives in the Washing of Fresh
Fish), by W. Partmann, article, Kaltetechnik,
7, 1955, pp. 270-275, printed. Kaltetechnik,
Lamnnstrasse 2-4, Karlsruhe, Germany.

(Uganda) Annual Report of the Game and Fisher-
ies Department (For the Period 1st January,
1954, to 30th June, 1955), 143 pp., illus.,
printed, 6s. (84 U.S. cents). Government
Printer, P. O. Box 33, Entebbe, Uganda, 1956.
Includes a section on the fisheries of Uganda
by regions: Lake Albert; Lakes George/Ed-
ward; and Lake Kyoga. Development in the
fisheries has been rapid in some directions
and steady in others. Fish production has
been stepped up, new fisheries opened, dams
and lakes stocked, improved equipment and
methods introduced, and marketing facilitated.
New craft have been demonstrated and training
in boat building introduced, while a start has
been made in stocking trout in the rivers of
Mt. Elgon, Ruwenzori, and north Acholi. Fish
farming is developing with rapidly increasing
momentum and the Department's experimental
and demonstration fish farm at Kajansi, which
only two years ago was a block of dense tropi-
cal rain forest, already covers 20 acres of
specially-constructed fry and production ponds,
feeder furrows, and auxiliary buildings. Sta-
tistics are given for the 1954 catch of fishery
products by months and species for Lake George
and by species for Lake Edward and Kazinga
Channel, as well as quantities and values of
salted and smoked fish exports in 1954. Other
sections of the report deal with game.

"An Undescribed Type of Migration in King Salm-
on, Oncorhynchus tshawytscha (Walbaum)," by
Howard McCully, article, California Fish and
Game, vol. 42, no. 3, July 1956, pp. 189-198,
illus., printed. Department of Fish and Game,
926 J St., Sacramento 14, Calif.

The Use of Chemical Additives in Food Process-

ing (A Report by the Food Protection Commit-
tee of the Food and Nutrition Board), Publica-
tion 398, 97 pp., printed, $2. National Acad-
emy of Sciences--National Research Council,
Washington 25, D.C., February 1956. The
Food Protection Committee of the National Re-
search Council has undertaken a study of the
use of chemicals in foods for the purpose of
evaluating the technological benefits arising
from such use and of appraising the significance
of associated public health problems. This re-
port deals only with a survey of the extent of
use and technological benefits of use of inten-

September 1956

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

135

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATIONS ISSUING THEM,

tional chemical additives, including transient
chemicals and naturally-occurring substances
used as additives.

Various Species of Cod, by A. N. Svetovidov,
Fauna of the U.S.S.R. New Series No. 34, vol.
IX, no. 4, printed in Russian. Zoological In-
stitute of Academy of Science of U.S.S.R.,
Moscow, Russia, 1948.

(Virginia) Laws of Virginia Relating to Fisheries
of Tidal Waters, 1956 Cumulative Supplement,
20 pp., printed. (Reprinted from the 1956 Cu-
mulative Supplement to the Code of Virginia of
1950.) Commission of Fisheries of Virginia,

Newport News, Va., 1956.

"Walrus Hunt,'' by Edward Weyer, Jr., article,
Natural History, vol. LXV, no. 1, January
1956, pp. 28-32, illus., printed, single copy
50 cents. American Museum of Natural Histo-
ry, New York 24, N.Y. Describes the annual
walrus hunt of the Iglulik Eskimos which is one
of the most hazardous pursuits in the arctic.
The walrus hunt illustrates how vital and indis-
pensable a weapon the harpoon is to any people
who lives by sea hunting. This implement has
permitted the survival of tribes in regions oth-
erwise uninhabitable. This article describes
the hunting techniques, the many hazards en-
countered, and the task of landing a walrus.

Washington Department of Fisheries, 64th Annual
Report, 63 pp., illus., printed. Washington
State Department of Fisheries, Seattle, Wash.,
May 1956. This report discusses the activities
and objectives of the Department of Fisheries
for the year 1954. Many details of the technical
investigations have been omitted, since these
results are now published in two new series of
research papers and bulletins. Much statisti-
cal data has been published previously and also
is mentioned only briefly; on the other hand,

greater emphasis has been placed on pictorial
reporting. As another departure, an independ-
ent report has been selected for the introduc-
tory chapter--the report and recommendation
of the Washington Legislative Interim Fisheries
Committee tothe 1955 Legislature. It reflects
close contact with the problems and develop-
ments, fishery-wise, of the years since 1951
and with program needs for the years ahead.

In addition, the report contains information on
the big sockeye run of 1954, hatchery research
and operations, stream and marine research,
fishways and stream improvements, shellfish
research, power dam and fish research, pollu-
tion research, fisheries patrol, and 1954 fish-
eries news log.

eries Management (Problems of Dynamical
Enumeration of Fish, Fishing Prognosses, and
Reproduction of Fish Stocks), 602 pp., illus.,
printed in Russian. Akademija Nauk SSSR.,
Ihtiologitseskaja Komissija, Moscow, Russia,
1953. Part I--Reports and Discussions on the
Problems of Enumeration of Fish and Fishing
Prognoses--contains, among others, the fol-
lowing reports: ''Fluctuations in¥Numbers of
Fish and Methods of Prediction of Fishing Re-
sults," by T. F. Dementjeva; "On the Causes
of Fluctuations in the Amount of Pacific Salm-
on and the Problems in the Rational Use of
Stocks, '' by R. S. Semko; and''Unknown Fac-
tors Relating to Enumeration of Herring," by
A. N. Svetovidov. Part IV--Reports and Dis-
cussions on Problems of Biological Productiv-
ity of Waters--contains, among others, the
following reports: ''On Problems of Biological
Productivity of the Sea and its Importance for
Fisheries Economy," by V. A. Vodjanitskii;
"Regarding Protection of Fish Food Resources
in Sea Water," by L. A. Zenkevich; and "On
the Ways of Increasing Fish Food Production
in the White Sea," by V. V. Kuznetsov.

136 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 9

CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

Page Page
TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS (Contd,): FOREIGN (Contd,):
Saltonstall-Kennedy Act Fisheries Projects: Cuba:
American Fisheries Advisory Committee to Ganned/Sardine)Market) 25/2. <))e1s cl elleielee elcre 64
MIRE im CSE Goobc0d00d00K0D000000 Denmark;
Shrimp: Fishery Products Exports to United States .... 66
Dyeing Latest Aid in Tagging ...sceeecseees 90 IME ONLINE 5G 660050000 000000000 66
South Atlantic Exploratory Fishery Program: Ecuador:
Gear Research Activities by M/V George M. New Fisheries Regulations.....cecceccceeve 68
Bowers (Cruise 5) .2+cceccccccsscscces 36 New Fishing Company to Erect Cannery ...... 69
Tuna: Finland:
Albacore Tuna Investigation in North Pacific .. 37 New Law on Territorial Waters ....cceecccce 69
Industry-Government Sales Promotion Program - 37 France;
Canners Petition for Tuna Standards of Identity. 38 Marinel@ilMarketiaeis crerersioteneioioiereleteneioione 10
United States Fishing Fleet Additions......... 38 German Federal Republic:
U. S, Foreign Trade; Marine Oil) Marketi y.)el cles ciel cleie) elelenslerstetele 71
Edible Fishery Products, April 1956........ 39 Greece:
Groundfish Fillet Imports Up inJuly 1956 .... 39 Status of the Fisheries, 1955 ......e.ccccce 714
Imports and Exports of Selected Fishery Guatemala:
Products, January-May 1956 ...e.eecee--- 40 Commercial Fishing Possibilities ,.......0.+ 15
United States Governmental Expenditures in Hong Kong:
Fiscal 1956 for Fishery Research ..ceeeceeee- 40 Oyster Production and Culture ......ccccce 15
U. S, Production of Fishery Byproducts, 1955: Iceland:
PIMA AME BORD Goodoooobeoddoo0KG Gal Fisheries Included in Program of New Cabinet . 15
Memina Amiel On j500000000000000000 North Coast Herring Season. .....csccecce 76
Condensed Fish Solubles and Homogenized India:
Conaeneedl FEM Goooncsn0cd000KbDD0000 New Shrimp Ground Found Off Coast.....e.e-. 17
Wholesale Prices, July 1956 .....ccscseee- 49 Italy:
iINORIBIEND GoogoucoDoDdDOKboCODOGOOOCGM ee Market for Imported Fishery Products....... 718
International: Japan:
International Pacific Halibut Commission: North Pacific Factoryship Salmon Catch Through
Areas 3A and 3B Closed August 24 ........ 40 UWE SooGoab0gc0doDDCGDDDDGO0000. "WD
Northwest Atlantic Fisheries Commission: Salmon and Crab Catches Reported Good ..... 80
Report on Annual Meeting ..ceeescrceee 46 Fish Meal Production and Exports ...cceccee 80
Great Lakes Fisheries Commission; Review of Japanese Fisheries, 1955 .....00.6 81
First Meeting Held -scccscsccscereeee 49 North Pacific Whaling Expeditions, 1956 ..... 86
International Law Commissions: Mexico; i
International Conference Suggested to Settle Veracruz Fisheries Trends, March-June 1956. ., 86
Breadth of Territorial Waters ....02e+2-- 49 Law on Exports of Spiny Lobsters Clarified ... 86
Food and Agriculture Organization: Plans for New Seaweed Processing Plant ..... 87
World Marine Resources Survey May Supply Netherlands:
KETO IMIS Goooccag0ns000000KG000 MarineOiliMarket sue laleneleicneleisieiehehelclionenenene 87
Whaling: New Caledonia:
Whale and Sperm Oil Output Up in 1956 ..... 43 Marine Products Industry .....e.escceccece 89
United Kingdom-Soviet Russia Fisheries Norway:
AGOEMRAE Gaogooooc00DDGdDO00DDDNN00 Se Marine @il/Markets\.ye ese) sitelere) creel el evel clielelelie 90
Australias Peru: ;
Tuna Ground Found Off South Australia ...... 99 Canned Bonito Exports Through April 1956.... 93
Salt Absorption by Whole Spiny Lobsters Swordfish Base Price for Export Duty
iim Gosking coooocodco00000D00000000 BD IPINOSES GocoagboogDDDbaDOD0000000 93
Whale Meat Shipments to United States for New Whaling Firm to Hunt in South Pacific.... 93
Reel GoooonooDpaDcOCOoGoUCDGd0D wll Poland;
Shore=Based Whaling Season, 1956 ..eeceeee-s OF Status of the Fisheries, 1954 ......scccece 94.
Bahama Islands; Portugal:
inigeanias Iwrens, ISS 6ooocoG00GcG00000 Fisheries Trends, March-April 1956........ 94
Belgium; Canned Fish Pack, January-February 1956.... 957
Marine OillMarketepipejelsisielclersieielelerielslelemoc Spain:
British Honduras; Fisheries Trends, June 1956 .......cececece 95
Status of the Fisheries, 1955 ...ceeseseees OF Spanish Morocco:
Canada; Status of the Fisheries, 1955 .......s0ee+e 96
Antibiotics for Preserving Fresh Fish....... 60 Sweden:
Fish Consumption Increasing ...ceeseseesees- 80 METIS OMlIMEDEE 5 oggo0d00d0000000000 96
Fisheries Trends, First Quarter 1956 ....... 60 Union of South Africa:
Minimum Mesh-Size Regulations for Atlantic Fisheries Trends, May-June 1956......+2-. 97
TG INEES oogcacccucdccc0ga00c000a ill Saldanha Bay Fisheries at a Low Level ...... 98
Distribution of Salmon in North Pacific Fish Publicity Campaign Launched .......0.0- 98
Offshore Waters Studied .....seeese+-++ 62 United Kingdom:
Sheefish or Inconnu .....scceceecereees 68 Marine! Oil Markctamr yl iiseeteisr arena inne 99

Contents Continued Page 137

September 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 137

CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

Page Page
FOREIGN (Contd,): FEDERAL ACTIONS (Contd.):
United Kingdom (Contd,): Tariff Commission:
Import Quota for Canned Salmon from North Time for Review of Customs Tariff Schedules
America and Soviet Russia ............ 101 EXtCHCECN coneretepenetionereronetehenecererete agocoe ashl
Campaign to Sell More Fish to the Housewife,., 101 Eighty-Fourth Congress (Second Session) . ae LD
Code of Practice for Freezing Fish ........ 102 HISHERY INDIGATORS*e te, cheferete oictoiereinicicenaetere Le
Scottish Herring Fisheries Prospects Fore- Chart 1 - Fishery Landings for Selected StateSev.jeecLli
CastvAnnuall yeureretedepereneneneverenehstcreienereserere, LO Chart 2 - Landings for Selected Fisheries ..... 118
HE DERAIEVAGITIONS Sireicjielc cr eiele es) e)sieleieic cece 6 LOS Chait 3 - Cold Storage Holdings and Freezings
Federal Trade Commission: Of hasherygProducts terete rerte tracert boooon ahh)
West Coast Tuna Industry Charged with Price Chart 4 - Receipts andCold-Storage Holdings of Fish-
PIS so 0gooOOOUOO AoocoUdoakoOoane ues ery Products at Principal DistributionCenters .. 120
Department of Health, Education, and Welfare: Chart 5 - Fish Meal and Oil Production - U, S.
Food and Drug Administration: andyAllas Ka@mustederstetedensteneiessien ners sore L20
Canned Tuna Identity and Fill-of-Container Chart 6 - Canned Packs of Selected Fishery, Products 121
Standard Proposed ...... codeconéoda, Hid Chart 7 - U. S, Fishery Products Imports ..... 122
Department of the Interior: RECENT FISHERY PUBLICATIONS: ....... Sb G0. 1ee)
Fish and Wildlife Activities to be Reorganized. 110 Fish and Wildlife Service Publications ........ 123
Miscellaneous Publications ...... Pangeoneo: cou
.
Editorial Assistant--Ruth V. Keefe Illustrator--Gustaf T. Sundstrom

Compositors--Jean Zalevsky, Alma Greene, and Helen Joswick

KO OK OK OR OK

Photograph Credits: Page by page, the following list gives the source or pho-
tographer for each photograph in this issue. Photographs on pages not mentioned
were obtained from the Service's file and the photographers are unknown.

Pp. 1, 3,4&5--J. L. Squire; p. 43--J. Pileggi; p. 47--Nova Scotia
Film Bureau; p. 56--C. Bottomley; p. 61--Daily News, St. John's,
Newfoundland; p. 105--V. J. Samson; p. 106--G. T. Sundstrom.

INT.-DUP. SEC., WASH., D.C.46<1

FISH PARADE (OCT. 29-NOV. 3)

NATIONAL PROGRAM: Advertisements reproduced below were scheduled to
appear inChain Store‘Age, Nargus Bulletin, Frozen Food Age, Progressive Gro-
cer, American Restaurant, Restaurant Management, and Fountain & Fast Food
rT magazines beginning in July and running through
September. Also, a number of other publications
are carrying this same story, through their edi-
torial pages, totheir readers throughout the coun-
try.

The National Retail Grocers Association and
the National Restaurant Association are cooper-
ating and were to send out material to all of their
members. Many chain store companies have in-
dicated that they want to tie-in with the program.

OCT. 29 = NOV. 3, 1956

The Reynolds Metals Company will, through their national television network
program, ''Circus Boy," kick off the program by featuring the 1956 ''FISHPA-
RADE" on Sunday night, October
ai.

PUBLICITY: Anall-industry
consumer and trade publicity
campaign will runinnewspapers,
magazines, radio, television, and
grocery and restaurant publica-
tions. Chainand independent re-
tail organizations are advising
their members how they cancash

Join the

FISH PARAD

Oct, 29-Nov. 3

\
“Ad. ee
9 fl
-€~ Wider Menu Variety oe | j

_c~ Finer Taste

-< Greater Economy

in on this promotion. Allied in-
dustries such as the Rice Industry
will feature the 'FISH PARADE

in their own publicity and adver-
tising.

our Fish Dishes

DES are delicious
FISH AND WILDLIFE SERV- ——_
ICE COOPERATION: The Fish and
Wildlife Service will notify all food
trade associations of the program,
and willissue press releases by the
Secretary of the Interior announcing support of the program. Radio, TV, andpress
food editors will be contacted as well as state and local restaurant associations,
public utility units, and similar marketing groups. The Department of Agriculture
will list the program as a Merchandising Opportunity in the tie-in material that
goes to the Plentiful Foods List.

UT
bn
nun

lll

i
Mull

OCTOBER 1956

Lu
=
>
a
ud
”
Lu
LL
2
aa)
ee
0
Cc
©
aks
soll
LL

bos
re)
aS
)
==
S)
pull
iw
Sa
fe)
is
cS
)
=
Cw
Ke
Oo
fo
)
Q
(7)
S)
nw
©
ed
—N
“oO
)
=
c
=)

U
(a)
c
(e)
aw
Log)
=
es
nn
>

UNITED STATES
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

FRED A. SEATON, SECRETARY

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

A review of developments and news of the fishery industries
prepared in the BRANCH OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE
JOHN L. FARLEY, DIRECTOR

A.W. Anderson, Editor

J.Pileggi, Associate Editor H.M.Bearse, Assistant Editor

Mailedfree to members of the fishery andallied industries. Address correspondence and requests
to the: Director, Fish and Wildlife Service, U.S. Department of the Interior, Washington 25, D.C.

Although the contents of this publication have not been copyrighted and may be reprinted freely,
reference to the source will be appreciated.

The printing of this publication has been approved by the Director of the Bureau of the Budget,
August 2, 1955. (8/31/57)

CONTENTS

COVER: These ten trawlers were part of an over-all shipbuilding program designed to re-
establish Korea’s war-shattered fishing industry, on which that country depends for some
80 percent of its protein. The photograph shows the ten trawlers shortly after they were
launched at the shipyard in Kowloon, Hong Kong, early in 1955. Originally purchased by
UNKRA for the Korean fishing industry, these vessels recently were purchased by a new
private Korean fishery firm (see p. 79 of this issue).

Page
Georges Bank Haddock Fishery--Changes in Scrod Abundance in Recent Years, by John R. Clark .............- 1
Bleeding and Heat Death in the Southern Oyster, by Milton Fingerman and Laurence D, Fairbanks ........2.0.0+ 4
New) Diving Sled) by Reidar F. Sand). Sen. asceusenanssae anes se reheneselenereers Sy eateragener ae acvaher stares 6
Pa Page

ge
RESEARCH IN SERVICE LABORATORIES: ....... 8 TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS (Contd,):

Experimental Fish Meal Dryer.......2.-2-++- 8
Experimental Bulk Ocean Shipments of Alaska
HerningiMealmnnrjetsialceleteheietsiatsicistelakateraie 8
Processing Studies on Menhaden Meal.......-. 9
Converting Fish Scales into Animal Food....... 10
Salmon Waste as Bait.......2.22.-22-2-+--- Al
Breaded Shrimp Interim Federal Specification ... 11
TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS: .....2-ee++---- 12
California:
Abundance Determination of Sardines and Anchovies
in Central California (Airplane Spotting Flight
First Silver Salmon Taken in Sacramento River . 13
Albacore Tuna Tagged by M/V N, B, Scofield
(Gruise)567S=3) a0 dou s oedema ele
Clipper Tags Yellowfin and Skipjack Tuna
(M/V LuckyStar, Cruise 56-C-3) .......... 4
Cans--Shipments for Fishery Products, January-
ALIN ROS Grareteweveueteleeelepalsharelmenenenetcncncnen nels . 4
Federal Purchases of Fishery Products:
Fresh and Frozen Fishery Products Purchased by
the Department of Defense, July 1956 ....... 15
Canned Fishery Products Purchased Through
Quartermaster Market Centers, April-June
WOSG, Seri g aids a Uae crafeneiere meen enesavele: » WD)
DS eae OE CUO OOOO ODE DOU Se OOo bn Le

busheMatChenlesratercrelereneicheneralsacrsielenemenenelekele 5 ue
Frozen Foods Temperature Tolerance..... aeeperey
Fur Seals:

Service Begins Harvesting Female Seals of
IPinleytio Inteal GoaAgoooKpooCdbODdOODOODOD lS
Great Lakes Fishery Investigations:
Walleye Abundance in Saginaw Bay During Summer
Studied by M/V Gisco (Cruise 3) ......-.... 19

Chub Population Studies in Lake Huron by
M/V Cisco (Cruise 4) .. 2... ccececeecee 20
Jonizing Radiation Center Planned .....c.eee% 21
Market Outlook for Fishery Products ........ 22
National School-Lunch Program ......eeseeee- 23
Maine:
New Sardine Film 2. ..c.cceceeenaenee 24
NorthAtlantic Fisheries Exploration andGear Research;
Different Types of Trawl Nets Tested (M/V
Delaware, Cruise 23 and M/V Albatross II
GUIS Tso ooccocncocospcooooaooOD 24
Midwater Trawling by M/V Delaware from Georges
Bank to St, Pierre Bank Yields NoF ish (Cruise 24
ZMEIED Goocaaccocencooocd cooaovocc.S 27
North Atlantic Fisheries Investigations:
Biologists Tag First Ocean Perch ...e-ee-- 28
Materials for Groundfish Food Habits Study
Collected by M/V Albatross II (Cruise 80)... 28
North Atlantic Herring Research:
Coastal Waters of Eastern Gulf of Maine Ex-
plored for Herring by M/V Metacomet
(GEUISETO) favelelepaletel cloveh-neletetoneielcd=feienlalela 29
North Pacific Exploratory Fishery Program:
Albacore Tuna and Salmon Distribution in Off-
shore Waters Studied by John N. Cobb
(Gruisel29))ie 2 cay Gacy sa eererree eyes
Oysters:
Summer 1956 Set in Chesapeake Bay Area .... Sit
South Atlantic Exoloratory Fishery Program:
Round-the-Clock Trawling by M/V Combat Yields
, ExcellentCatches of RedShrimp(Cruise4) ... 32
Experimental Shrimp Trawling in Key West-
Tortugas Area by George M. Bowers
(Gruise\6)) as yee Goes eee eS

Contents Continued Page 120

October 1956 Washington 25, D.C. Vol.18, No.10

GEORGES BANK HADDOCK FISHERY -- CHANGES
IN SCROD ABUNDANCE IN RECENT YEARS

By John R. Clark*

Georges Bank (fig.1) has become a Berod! haddock fishing ground during re-
cent years due to an increased abundance of young haddock. Annual landings of
— SSS ee scrod exceeded landings of large had-

pease gies dock in the Georges Bank fishery (fig. 2)

for the firsttime in 1950, and have con-
tinued to do so everyyearsSince. Fig-
ure 3 shows how scrod landings have
increased in relative importance.

Examination of the age composition
of the landings revealed that the pre-
dominance of small scrod in the 1950
landings was due to an exceptional a-
bundance of two-year-old haddock. 2/
These scrod were members of the 1948
year-class which proved to be strong-
er than any brood previously recorded.
A considerable reduction in the size of
fish landed due to large catches of small
scrod caused a great amount of concern
in the fishing industry.

Fig, 1- Thearea referred to as Georges Bank in this report. In the 1951 fishery the 1948 year-

class continued to dominate the landings and provided a great abundance of large
scrod. 3/ The fish of the 1948 brood were three years old in 1951 and having added
another year's growth by then

were of a more desirable size.

Scrod have continued to
dominate the fishery since 1951
due to a series of strong-year
classes inalternate years, yield-
ing large catches first of two-
year-olds, then of three-year-
olds. This phenomenon is dem-
onstrated infigure 4, which shows
the number of each age caught dur-
ing an average day's fishing. The
dominance of the 1948 year-class _
as two-year-olds in1950andas
three-year-olds in 1951 is evi-
dent. The pattern is repeated for the 1950 and 1952 year-classes which dominated
“® Fishery Research Biologist, North Atlantic Fishery 1/ Haddock weighing 14-24 pounds are scrod.

Investigations, Branch of Fishery Biology, U. S, Fish 2/ Commercial Fisheries Review, June 1951,
and Wildlife Service, Woods Hole, Mass. 3/ Commercial Fisheries Review, August 1952.

Fig, 2 - Typical otter trawler employed in the Georges Bank Fishery

ae. COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10°

the landings as two-year-olds in 1952 and 1954 and as three-year-olds in 1953 and
1955, respectively. The catch per day of two- and three-year-olds from the 1948,

MILLIONS OF POUNDS

Hiels - Landings of large and scrod haddock from Georges

1950, and 1952 year-classes was consider-
ably higher than from the average year-class
of the base period, 1931-1948. The catch per
day of four-year-old and oider fish was some-
what lower during 1950-1955. From the age
of four years on, haddock move rapidly into
the" large'' category. As their abundance is
being reduced at the rate of about 50 percent
each year by the present intensive fishery,

the yield of even the most abundant year-
classes, suchas the 1948, 1950, and 1952
broods, diminishes rapidly from four years
of age on.

yw ff

wy +

x
a
fs
ee
e)
W
g
n
=)
fe)
i
ca

mw >

Whether scrod will continue to dominate
the landings depends on the abundance of two-

Average 1931-1948

2. 3, (4 oS Git Om one
AGE
Fig. 4 - The catch per day of haddock from Georges Bank.

year-oldhaddockinthe future. Because
the 1953 year-class showed up so poorly
as two-year-olds last year, we expect few
three-year-oldsin 1956 landings. Pre-
liminary examination of 1956 records
bears out this belief. The success of the
1954 brood cannot be accurately determi-
ned untilnext year, after the complete 1956
records have beenanalyzed. Anaccurate
measurement of the 1955 year-class
cannot be obtained until1958. Itis, how-
ever, possible to obtain an indication of
the strength of year-classes from data
on the quantity of one-year-old fish dis-
carded in the fall of the year, a measure
of which is obtained by Service biologists

Fig, 5 - Biologist measuring discarded haddock aboard
Boston trawler.

October 1956

aboard Boston trawlers (fig. 5).

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 3

We are also able to judge the success of a year-

class from catches of young of the year and one-year-old haddock taken in special

small-mesh nets on the Service's re-
search vessel Albatross III (fig. 6).

If our observations on abundance
of young fish are correct, the abundance
of scrod will be low during this current
year. Inthe 1956 landings the quantity
of large haddock landed is thus expected
to surpass the quantity of scrod for the
first time since 1949. It is likely that
the scarcity of scrod will continue through
1957. More limited observations on the
occurrence of the 1955 year-class indi-
cate that it will be somewhat stronger
than the brood of 1954 but not as strong
as those of 1948, 1950, and 1952. Thus
the scarcity of scrod could continue
through 1958.

Although the large fluctuations in
abundance of year-classes cannot be
controlled by man, we can make the best
use of what nature has provided. Tothis
end the mesh regulation in effect on
Georges Bank will increase the yield
from each year-class as it passes through
the fishery, but it cannot raise the orig-
inal abundance of the brood. With the
fishery so dependent upon scrod, a ser-

Fig, 6 - Haulingtrawl aboardthevU, S, Fish and WildlifeServ-
ices’s research vessel Albatross If on a small haddock survey.

ies of unproductive year-classes could cause a reduction in landings in spite of the

regulation.
decline becoming serious.

The use of large mesh will, however, reduce the possibility of such a

SPINY LOBSTER ALONG THE FLORIDA KEYS TRAVELS

Spiny lobsters were tagged by scientists from the Miami Marine Laboratory
at various locations along the coast from Hillsborough to Key West. Over 5,000
tagged individuals were released from 1945 to 1949 and of these 251 were recov-
ered. Some of the longest distances from point of release to point of reported
recovery were from Pacific Light to near Key West, about 120 miles south, and

from Upper Matecumbe to Hillsborough Light, about 130 miles north.

In 1947

one lobster tagged at Cudjoe Key was recovered 123 days later near Loggerhead

Key, a distance of 100 miles.

The other long migrations took over a year.

Most recoveries were from less than 6 miles from the point of release after

being free an average of 71.5 days.

Seasonal movements between inshore and offshore waters have beenassoci-
ated with the breeding habits and changes in water temperature.

During the months of February toApril, the lobsters tend to collect incertain
inshore waters while mating. From April to June the females move into deeper
water, where the eggs are laid, and returnagain tothe inshore waters during July
and August. Spiny lobsters also tend to move offshore during the cold months of
December and January.

--Sea Secrets, The Marine Laboratory,

University of Miami, CoralGables, Fla.

4 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

BLEEDING AND HEAT DEATH
IN THE SOUTHERN OYSTER2’

By Milton Fingerman* and Laurence D. Fairbanks*

In a previous investigation (Fingerman and Fairbanks 1956) the authors postu-
lated that (1) the oyster (Crassostrea virginica) has very little ability to control
the volume of its body fluids and (2) one of its responses to physiological stress is .

— _ : oe generalized bleeding, loss of
body fluids. The experiments de-
scribed below were designed in
order to test this hypothesis by
determining if application of heat
evokes the bleeding reaction.

In the first series of experi-
ments oysters were heated at dif-
ferent rates. The number of sur-
vivors and weight changes were
noted. The slower the rate of
temperature increase the lower
was the temperature required to

ee wee §=—Ss kill 50 percent of the oysters.
ri oe it Ps a With rapid temperature increase,
Sey at enna , a 13.2° C. per hour, 50 percent of
Tei oe Sears a microscope, In the rear are dae OyGHEES bene lied 47. Be oe
5 whereas with a temperature rise
of 0.74 C. per hour, 50 percent were killed at 41. C. Thus the upper lethal tem-
perature of the oyster depends upon the rate of temperature rise. The oysters al-
so lost body fluids in response to the heat shock. The amount of fluid lost varied
inversely with the rate of temperature rise, i.e. oysters heated slowly lost more
body fluids than oysters heated rapidly.

In the second series of experiments oysters were placed directly into constant
temperature baths thus utilizing an abrupt rather than a gradual thermal change as
was done in the first series of experiments
(fig. 3). No heat death occurred among oys-
ters maintained at 35 C. Twenty-nine per -
cent were killed after three hours at 40 C.
Fifty percent were killed after 25 minutes at
45°C. The higher the temperature of the wa-
ter bath, the faster the oysters were killed.
The loss of body fluids was also determined
at the time the oysters were removed from
the water baths. The results (fig. 4) indi-
cated a relationship between exposure time,
temperature, survival, and body-fluid loss.
However, the relationship is not a simple
one for an oyster does not die when it has
lost a definite percentage of its original body
weight as body fluid. A highertemperature, e.g. 45° C., caused greater fluid loss
and more rapid death than dida lower temperature 42° C. Furthermore, for the same
exposure period, greater survivaland less fluid loss was evident at 42° C. thanat45 C.
At the 50-percent survival level more body fluid was lost by oysters maintained at
45°C. than at 42°C. Oysters replaced in the holding tanks after removal from the
water baths were able to take back some of the fluid they had lost.

“® Department of Zoology, Newcomb College, Tulane University, New Orleans 18, La.
al This study was conducted under a contract between Tulane University and the U, S, Fish and Wildlife Service, It was

financed with funds made available by P, L, 466, 83rd Congress, approved J uly 1, 1954 (referred to as the Saltonstall-
Kennedy Act),

Fig, 2 - Examining oysters in the holding tanks.

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 5

The results of these experiments support the hypothesis that generalized bleed-
ing is one of the responses of oysters exposed to injurious stimuli. Apparently oys~
ters have not evolved protective mechanisms since they are able to shut their shells
and isolate themselves from injurious agents in their environment. However, when

they are unable to counteract the harmful stimuli, the generalized response appears
to be a loss of body fluids.

PERCENTAGE OF SURVIVAL

° i HOURS = 3
a Q . {e)
Fig, 3 - Effect of water temperature and duration of immer- HOURS & 9
sion on the survival of southern oysters. Fig, 4 - Effect of water temperature and duration of immer-

P Aocnee A sion on the loss of body fluids in southe ters.
During some preliminary experi- Hf eos

ments the observation was made that not all the oysters killed by the heat shock
gaped as had been assumed by another investigator. The more rapid the rate of
temperature rise, the greater the percentage of oysters that are killed with their
shells closed tightly. Commercial users of oyster-shucking machines are faced
with a problem in this regard because the machines are designed on the theory
that all steamed oysters will gape.

LITERATURE CITED

Fingerman, M. and Fairbanks, L, D.
1956. Some Factors Affecting Fluid Loss in Southern Oysters. Commercial Fisheries Review, vol, 18, no. 1,
(January), pp. 10-11,

DESCRIBING THE STATE OF THE SEA

The state of the sea may be expressed according to the following scale:

Height of Wave Description of Sea
0 or less than one foot Calm sea

1 to 2 feet Smooth sea

2 to 3 feet Slight sea

3 to 5 feet Moderate sea

5 to 8 feet Rough sea

8 to 12 feet Very rough sea

12 to 20 feet High sea

20 to 40 feet Very high sea

40 feet and over Precipitous sea

--Sea Secrets, The Marine Laboratory,
University of Miami, CoralGables, Fla.

6 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

NEW DIVING SLED

By Reidar F. Sand*

A new tool for close-up views of fishing gear in operation has been added tothe
diving accessories used at the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service gear research and
development station at Coral Gables, Fla. This device, a controllable two-man

Fig, 1 - Two-man diving sled on the deck of the Service’s M/V George M. Bowers is controlled by an operator in front. The
second man in rear is free to make observations and photographs,

submersible sea sled, allows the Service diving team to make on-the-spot observa-
tions of trawls, nets, and other gears while under tow from the research vessel.

The diving sled was fashioned by modification to an Air Force-type tubular
steel ambulance litter. The litter frame forms the bottom of the sled and exten-
sions of tubular steel to shoulder height of the sled occupant in sitting positionform
a guard rail affording a greater degree of comfort and protection than possible in
free diving operations. Two 18'' x 24" marine plywood control surfaces are lo-
cated low and forward to effect the best control. These control surfaces ares Cr
tuated by a single-stick aircraft-type control column using three 45 bevel gears
allowing both vertical and lateral control. Steel fins added at the rear of the sled
give additional stability to the vehicle.

‘

A "windshield" of 3" lucite is installed forward to relieve sled occupants of
some of the impact of water slipstream. Six Air Force-type 400 P.S.I. oxygen
bottles are strapped to the upper sled rail giving the vehicle a slightly positive
buoyance. The original steel-mesh webbing on the bottom of the litter provides a
nonskid cockpit for the craft.

While under tow at either of two towing points forward, the sled has demon- ;
strated a high degree of maneuverability and is capable of descending and ascend- y
ing easily, and of performing complete rolls. :

Both occupants of the sled wear SCUBA (self-contained underwater breathing
apparatus) allowing full freedom of motion for piloting the craft and for observa-
tions. Other protective diving gear includes CO, inflated life preservers, diving
knives, quick-release life belts, shark repellent,“and depth meters.

* Chief, Gear Research and Development Program, Exploratory Fishing and Gear Development Section, Branch of Com-
mercial Fisheries, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Coral Gables, Fla. i

ee a

DE tn hr

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW v

Fig, 2 - An exposure meter for underwater use is examined by divers of the Coral Gables gear research and development
staff, For safety in operations a three-man diving team is used, consisting of a sled operator, underwater photographer
and safety man, who remains on ‘‘standby”’ in the skiff,

This handy research tool has allowed researchers to observe and inspect trawls
and other gears from allangles and distances, and come into actual contact with the gear

Fig, 3- Divers put on equipment inthe skiff andthentransfer Fig. 4 - In position above trawl net, divers descend to make
to the sled. Thefully equipped safety man stays in the skiff, underwater pictures,

while under tow at speeds to 33 knots. Still and motion picture photography have
been accomplished safely to depths of 60 feet. When observations with the under-
water television gear or remote camera device are not feasible, the diving sledhas
been found to be quite useful and a valuable aid to fishing-gear research.

8 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

ZY IN SERVICE LABORATORIES

Za Vlitts0so vureene len mene a om ma W

EXPERIMENTAL FISH MEAL DRYER

A small laboratory-scale direct-heat dryer has been constructed at the Serv-
ice's Seattle Fishery Technological Laboratory for use in the research on the nu-
tritive value of fish meal. It consists of (1) a rotating inner drum with parallel
vanes to distribute and tumble the meal
while drying; (2) a stationary drum or
housing to confine and direct the hot
gasses around the rotating drum; (3) a
nozzle-type gas burner as a heat source;
and (4) accessories--drum motor, ex-
haust fan, thermocouples, and air ducts.
The dryer is 60 inches long and 24 inches
in diameter, with the inner rotating drum
30 inches long by 12 inches in diameter.
Press cake is dried within about anhour's
time in batches; four to five pounds of
meal are dried per batch. The tempera-
ture within the dryer can be maintained
. at a predetermined setting with a range
Removal of meal from the laboratory-scale direct-heat fish in the uniformity from one point to an-

meal dryer, other of about 3° F.; the temperature is
adjusted by manual manipulation of the gas flow by means of an indexed needle
valve.

In preliminary experiments, whole herring and tuna waste were dried success-
fully. The dryer will be used in preparing samples of meal under carefully con-
trolled conditions for study in collaborative tests under way between Fish and Wild-
life Service, the University of California, and the University of Wisconsin.

ZEN
EXPERIMENTAL BULK OCEAN SHIPMENTS
OF ALASKA HERRING MEAL

In recent years a serious economic problem of the Alaska herring meal and
oil industry has been the high cost of handling the meal in sacks at the reduction
plant and at the ultimate destination. Handling and shipping the meals in bulk has
been suggested as a possible solution to the problem. This presents another prob-
lem, namely, the danger of spontaneous heating of the herring meal, which, in o-
cean shipment, can be serious.

During the summer of 1956, investigations were initiated at the Fish and Wild-
life Service technological laboratories in Ketchikan, Alaska, and Seattle, Wash., to
study the problem of bulk-handling herring meals. Plant tests, recently conducted

ee es

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 9

Brailing pursed herring destined for reduction to herring meal. e

by a technologist from the Ketchikan laboratory, indicated that the addition of an oil
antioxidant to the meal as it leaves the dryer was effective in reducing the tempera-
ture of herring meals stored in confined areas. Additional experimental work is
necessary, however, before all the answers to these problems are known.

| = oe
PROCESSING STUDIES ON MENHADEN MEAL

Bacteriological, chemical, and engineering investigations of current practices
in the curing of menhaden fish scrap have indicated the possibility that the present
routine ''pile-turning'' practices could be modified to the advantage of the processor.
The studies are part of an extensive U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service research pro-
gram on fish meals supported by funds made available through Public Law 466, com-
monly known as the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act of 1954.

These investigations constitute the second phase of the fish-meal processing
studies initiated last year. An important conclusion already made, as a result of
the investigation, has been to question the practice of routine ''turning" of piles of
scrap one or more times a day to dissipate the heat generated in the interior. Tem-
peratures of the interior of the piles will be determined by suitable temperature -
indicating devices. It is probable that there are two factors, oxidative and bacteri-
al, responsible for the increase in temperature, and an evaluation is being made of
their comparative importance. Recommendations can then be made regarding need
for alterations in methods of handling.

The investigations are being conducted at the plants in the various areas where
menhaden are utilized. The mobile trailer laboratory, assigned to the Service's
Fishery Technological Laboratory, College Park, Md., has been suitably equipped
and is being used for the bacteriological and chemical aspects of these studies.

10 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

ANTIOXIDANTS IN FISH MEALS

Continuing studies on the synergistic effect of mixtures of antioxidants in min-
imizing oxidative deterioration in fish meal have revealed that the effectiveness of
a given antioxidant or mixture of antioxidants depends on how well it is mixed in
with the meal. This research is being undertaken in the Department of Food Tech-
nology at the University of California in collaboration with the Seattle Fishery Tech-
nological Laboratory of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service as a part of the re-
search program under Public Law 466, commonly referred to as the Saltonstall-
Kennedy Act of 1954. The antioxidants that have been studied so far are butylated
hydroxyanisole (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), diphenyl-paraphenylenedia-
mine (DPPD), nordihydroguaiaretic acid (NDGA), and 1, 2-dihydro-2, 2, 4-trimethyl-
6-ethoxyquinoline. Of these, the last appeared to be the most effective single anti-
oxidant. Mixtures of the antioxidants appear to have an enhanced effect. Subsequent
to the inception of these studies, the use of DPPD for this purpose has been pro-
hibited by the Food and Drug Administration, pending further investigation of its
physiological effects.

In work at the Seattle Technological Laboratory, these findings on the necessity
of thorough mixing of antioxidants and meal were confirmed independently. It thus
appears that the usefulness of antioxidants in reducing oxidative deterioration in
commercial fish meals is quite promising, and further research should be very
profitable. The choice of antioxidant or of mixtures of antioxidants is determined
by the following criteria:

Effectiveness in inhibiting oxidation.
Adaptability to commercial processing conditions.

1
2
3, COSt-
4. Toxicological properties and Federai approval.

CONVERTING FISH SCALES INTO ANIMAL FOOD

Contrary to general opinion, fish scales are digestible and the U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service is seeking the best ways to make the high-protein content of this
waste available for animal food.

Two research studies on utilization of fish scales are in process. One, at the
Service's Fishery Technological Laboratory at College Park, Md., in cooperation
with Georgetown University has already proved that dried ground pollock scales
are readily digested by rats used as experimental animals. The second stage, now
in progress, will involve experimentation to determine the composition of a diet
designed to utilize fully the nutritive value of the scales.

The second study, being conducted at the University of Massachusetts, involves
modification of the scales by chemical treatment before feeding them to rats and
chickens. The work in Massachusetts is being done under a Saltonstall-Kennedy
Act (1954) contract.

Experimentation was started to find a way to utilize profitably fish scales which
for many years have been nothing more than a troublesome waste material.

There has been a market for certain types of fish scales for some years, but
the market demand and the supply have failed to coincide in most instances. Some
years ago it was learned that fish scales could be used to make foam firefighting

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 11

material. Lack of an available supply of suitable fish scales forced the makers of
firefoam to seek other material for their operations. The iridescent matter onfish
scales, known as pearl essence, is also used in making jewelry and certain lustrous
paint but the scales of only one or two species of fish are all that have beensuccess-

fully used in this work.
Co
SALMON WASTE AS BAIT

An interesting development in southeastern Alaska during recent years has been
the growth of industries utilizing selected portions of the waste from salmon can-
neries as bait.

A few years ago, a West Coast bait company started collecting large quantities
of chum salmon eggs for packaging and sale to sports fishing enthusiasts. This op-
eration is still in progress. A small industry has developed this year from the col-
lection, packaging, and freezing of pink salmon heads for use as bait in the com-
mercial halibut fishery. The use of salmon heads as a halibut bait is not new. In
the past, individual fishermen have collected fresh heads during the canning sea-
son. The present innovation, however, is the first effort to be made in this area -
to make frozen salmon heads available commercially on the same basig as frozen

bait herring.
Graze
BREADED SHRIMP INTERIM FEDERAL SPECIFICATION

The Interim Federal Specification for "Shrimp, Breaded, Raw; Frozen,'' PP-S-
00315, was issued July 12, 1956, by the General Services Administration (GSA).
This specification was developed by the Quarter- ; ee
master Food and Container Institute for the Arm-
ed Forces and the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ice, based on currently-available technical in-
formation. It has not been approved for promul-
gation as a Federal Specification and is subject
to modification. It will be converted to a Federal
Specification after further industry and Federal
agency conferences. Government purchases are
customarily made on the basis of specifications
developed by Government-employed experts in the
various fields with cooperation from industry.

The specification deals with the quality-level
required, species of shrimp to be used, allowable
percentages of breading, composition of bread-
ing, and packaging methods and materials for spe-
cific uses. Processors when preparing frozen
raw breaded shrimp for Government purchase, Gig
whether for civilian or military use, should be Wa Sat o
governed by the requirements of this specifica- : ; Ces
tion although its use, at this stage of development, Pigsitebeled arate siisneeoonaatere
is usually optional. grader prior to being breaded and packaged.

Single copies of this specification required by activities outside the Federal
Government for bidding purposes are available without charge at the General Serv-
ices Administration Regional Offices in Boston, New York, Atlanta, Chicago, Kansas
City, Mo.; Dallas, Denver, San Francisco, Los Angeles, Seattle, and Washington, D.C.

12 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

SSS

geass | RENDS Seg =

Vol. 18, No. 10

California

ABUNDANCE DETERMINATION OF SARDINES AND ANCHOVIES IN CENTRAL
CALIFORNIA (Airplane Spotting Flight t 56-6 6): To determine the abundance and dis-
tribution of Sardines and anchovies in the inshore area of Central California between
Santa Cruz and Pt. Conception was the purpose of an airplane spotting flight on

SANTA CRUZ

anchovy ——> &

LEGEND:

) - Area surveyed,

9 - School group,

-\CAPE SAN MARTIN

anchovy —> ' @
sardine ——~>. *

CONCEPT | ON

PT.

Airplane spotting flight 56-6 (July 30, 1956).

July 30 conducted by the California De--
partment of Fish and Game Cessna "170"
(1359D).

This flight was scheduled to cover
the area between Bodega Bay and Pt.
Conception, but fog prevented scouting
of the entire area north of Santa Cruz
and of small areas near Pt. Sal and Pt:
Buchon. A total of 280 miles of coast-
line were covered, in which 110 schools
of anchovies, totaling 898,000 sq. ft.,

2 schools of sardines totaling 6,700 sq.
ft., and 15 unidentified schools were ob-
served.

In June 1956, 465,000 sq. ft. of an-
chovies were observed in the San Simeon-
Pt. Conception area, whereas on this
flight 715,000 sq. ft. of anchovies were
tallied in this area, indicating an in-
creased concentration over last month.
In the Monterey Bay area 491,000 sq.
ft. of anchovies were tallied in June and
182,700 sq. ft. in July. Inasmuch as
the area between Santa Cruz and Daven-
port was not scouted, it is not certain
whether the above figures for Monterey
Bay indicate a true decrease.

Two small schools of sardines were
seen five miles south of Avila. Three
days previous to this flight two commer-
cial aerial spotters scouted the area from
Morro Bay to Pt. Conception and found
only a few small sardine schools in the
area between Pt. Arguello and Pt. Con-
ception. No schools of any species were
observed in the area between Pt. Con-
ception and Pt. Arguello on this flight.

Fifteen schools of unknown species were observed in shallow water three miles

south of Cape San Martin.

Two of these schools were black in color and close ob-
servation failed to distinguish individual fish or flashes.

The other twelve Schools

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 13

were reddish-orange in color and may have been either juvenile anchovies or juven-
ile rockfish.

HOOK RK Kk

FIRST SILVER SALMON TAKEN IN SACRAMENTO RIVER: Possibly the first
adult silver salmon ever taken in the Sacramento River has been trapped at Cali-
fornia's Department of Fish and
Game tagging station at Fremont
Weir near Knights Landing.

Fisheries biologists say
there is little doubt that the 16.7-
inch fish was the first return from
some 60,000 yearling silvers plant- ten
ed in Mill Creek last spring. Some of these fish were as much as nine inches long
when stocked in the creek, which is a major salmon and steelhead spawning tribu-
tary of the Sacramento.

Silver Salmon (Oncorhynchu

It is not unusual for steelhead to be planted as yearlings in the spring and re-
turn upriver from the ocean in the fall. The silver salmon trapped and examined
by the biologists was mature and probably would have spawned later this fall.

The experimental plant of silvers was made in the hope that a run of silvers
could be established in the Sacramento system. They enter coastal streams both
north and south of the Golden Gate, but never have entered the Sacramento River
system before.

I
San Pedro KK OK Ok Ok

ALBACORE TUNA TAGGED BY M/V
"N. B. SCOFIELD" (Cruise 56- S- 3): Totag
\ San Diego albacore with type G spaghetti" tags asa

part of migration and growth studies; to ex-
periment with different colored tags to de-
termine if tag color has any relationship with
tag recovery success; andto make biological
and oceanographical observations in respect
to occurrence of albacore were the objectives
of Cruise 3 of the research vesselN. B. Sco-
_ Colnett field of the California Marine Fisheries
Branch. Thevesselleft San Pedro July 2,
San Quentin 1956; fished the area off the coast of Southern
California and northern soe California en-
compassed by latitude 29 N to 32°N. and
longitudes 116° W. to119 Woe 3; returned to
San Pedro July 23.

Albacore were caught by means of both
live bait andtrolling jigs. All albacore caught
in good viable condition were tagged, meas-
ured, andreleased: Thered, white, andblue
tags, alltype G with jackets, were appliedin
alternating-color groups of five tags per group.
General observations included Bathythermo-
Albacore tuna tagging by M/V N. B, Scofield(Cruise graphcasts, weather, and incidental marine-

56-S-3, July 2-23, 1956. ~ = = SS life sightings.

A total of 420 albacore were tagged, 140 of each color, and released. All fish-
ing was done in the vicinity of the commercial fleet, which was in full operation

14 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

during the cruise. Roughly two-thirds of the fish were caught trolling feather jigs
and the remainder on bait. Rough weather and poor fishing during the first ten days
greatly hampered the tagging operation.

Examination of albacore stomachs revealed that the Pacific saury (Cololabis
saira) made up the bulk of the food. Quantities of red crab (Pleuroncodes sp.
and a species of rock fish, Sebastodes, were quite common in the fish from the south-
ern extremity of the area fished. Large concentrations of dunicates (Pyrosoma sp.)
were observed in the vicinity of lat. 31 -35' N., long. 118 -30' W. Finback and
California gray whales were sighted on several occasions in the central and north-
ern parts of the area fished. Night-light collections yielded mostly saurys anda
few yet-to-be-identified fish. Fish of various
species were collected from a bait net haul at
Cape Colnett, Baja California.

Surface water temperatures in the areas
fished ranged between 16.1 C. (60.9° F.) to
18.6 C. (65.8 F.). Fishing was at optimum
in the range 16.1 C. (60.9 F.) to 16.6 C.
(62° F.). Fifteen Bathythermograph casts were
made in the areas fished.

KOK KK

CLIPPER TAGS YELLOWFIN AND SKIP-
JACK TUNA (M/V "LUCKY STAR," Cruise 56-
C-3): Tagging of yellowfin and skipjack tuna
was accomplished by the tuna clipper Luck
Star on this cruise (July 2-August 3, 1956) con-
ducted by the California Department of Fish and
Game. Operations were concentrated off the
coast of Baja California and Roca Partida Is-
land (one of the Revilla Gigedo Island group).

A total of 661 yellowfin and skipjack tuna were
tagged and released with type 'G'' tags. Three
types of colored tags were used: red, white,

M/V Lucky Star tuna-tagging Cruise 56-C-3 and blue.
(July 2 - Aug. 3, 1956).

Cans--Shipments for Fishery Products, January-June 1956

Total shipments of metal cans during January-June amounted to
51,991 short tons of steel (based on the amount of steel consumed in
the manufacture of cans) as compared with 45,137 tons in the same
period of 1955. The increase in this year's shipments reflects the

MMAR heavier pack of canned tuna as compared with the January-June 1955

period (when production was curtailed due to oversupply) and also the increased

activity in the packing of Maine sardines, salmon, and other fishery products which

begins in June.

Note; Statistics cover all commercial and captive plants known to be producing metal cans, Reported in base boxes of steel
consumed in-the manufacture of cans, the data for fishery products are converted to tons of steel by using the factor: 23.0

base boxes of steel equal one short ton of steel,

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 15

Federal Purchases of Fishery Products

ee
SS

MENT OF DEFENSE, JULY 1956: For the use of the U. S. Army, Navy, Marine
Corps, and Air Force the Army Quartermaster Corps in July 1956 purchased
3,184,000 pounds (valued at

$1,615,000) of freshandfroz- |Purchases of Freshand FrozenFishery Products by
en fishery products. This Department of Defense (July and the First Seven
was 16.3 percent more in
quantity and 30.8 percent
more in value than purchases
the previous monthand 57.5
percent more in quantity and
98.6 percent greater in value
than purchases in July 1955.

During the first seven months of 1956 purchases of fresh and frozen fishery
products totaled 15,415,000 pounds (valued at $7,705,000)--1.8 percent more in
quantity and 19.6 percent more in value than purchases for the same period a year
earlier. This shows that this year purchases were composed of higher-priced
products.

Prices paid for these fishery products by the Department of Defense in July
averaged 50.7 cents a pound as compared with 45.1 cents a pound the previous
month and 40.2 cents a pound in July 1955.

In addition to the purchases of fresh and frozen fishery products reported, the
Armed Forces generally make some local purchases which are not included in the data
given. Therefore, actual purchases are higher than indicated, but it is not possible to
obtain the local purchases made by military installations throughout the country.

CORRECTION: Inthe August 1956 issue of Commercial Fisheries Review in the
news item 'Federal Purchases of Fishery Products,’ the first sentence of the first
paragraph should have given the May 1956 purchases as ''2,715,000 pounds" instead
of '2,715 pounds'' as shown. The figures which appeared in the table shown in that
issue were correct.

% OK OR %K

Canned Fishery Products Purchased Through
Quartermaster Market Centers, January-
June 1954-55

Salmon | Sardines

Nala. were IHG. oo 6
Wein, dita WS), 665
Jan.-June 1954....

pal canned fishery products purchased for the
use of the U. S. Army, Navy, Marine Corps,
and Air Force by the Army Quartermaster
Corps through its Market Centers during the
second quarter of 1956. Purchases amounted to 792,000 pounds of canned tuna and
219,000 pounds of canned sardines.

16 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

It is believed that only a portion of the requirements for canned sardines are
represented in the data given since some canned sardines and canned fishery prod-
ucts other than tuna and salmon are procured locally and no information is available
on those purchases. Therefore, actual canned fishery products purchases are high-
er than indicated.

inburgh Film Festival were also chosen for display at the International Exhibition
of Cinematographic Art at Venice, Italy it was
announced August 17. The films were to be
shown in the Exhibition of Documentary and
Short Length Films, a section of the Interna-
tional Exhibition, August 16 to August 25. The
films are 16 mm. with color and sound.

The four films were produced by the De-
partment of the Interior in cooperation with
industry. Two of the films were made under
the direction of the Bureau of Mines and two
under that of Fish and Wildlife Service.

Fish and Wildlife Service films have been
honored at the Venice International Exhibition
on four other occasions. One Service film
It's the Maine Sardine, won first place in the
public relations catagory in 1949.

The Fish and Wildlife Service films select-
ed for the Venice exhibit are:

Outboard Fisherman U.S.A. shows the
taking of fish in ten different parts of the coun-
: tryfrom Maine to Alaska. It was sponsored
“oimboe ing! siisestreta UGS, 2G” by the Outboard Marine and Manufacturing Com -
pany of Milwaukee, Wis.

Shrimp Tips from New Orleans, sponsored by the Peelers Company of that city,
makers of processing equipment, portrays the culture and glamour of the southern
metropolis--and six of its favorite shrimp recipes.

The Bureau of Mines films selected for the Venice exhibit are:

The Petrified River--The Story of Uranium, a documentary of the greatest met-
al hunt in history. It was sponsored by the Union Carbide and Carbon Corporation
and tells the story of uranium from its source to many of its peacetime applications.

poration shows how the mineral and agricultural resources are being developed and
utilized for the benefit of mankind.

These films may be secured on a loan basis without charge. Only one of them,
however, Arizona and its Natural Resources, is available at the present time. The
other three will probably be ready for distribution in September.

The United States Government films are selected for international showing by the
Interdepartmental Committee on Visualand Auditory Materials for Distribution Abroad.

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW ANT/

Other Department films which have been shown in Venice are: The Story of
Menhaden, 1951; Food for Thought, 1950; Filleting and Packaging Fish, 1947; and

California and its Natural Resources, 1949,

Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, August 1956, p, 23,

Fish Hatcheries

WORK ON SIX NEW HATCHERIES STARTS: Engineering work on the $2,856,000
Federal fish-hatchery program which has received Presidential approval will begin
at once, and actual construction
will get under way as quickly as
possible, Secretary of the Inte-
rior Fred A. Seaton said Au-
gust 17.

Of the total available,
$1,060,000 is for six new hatch-
eries, two of which will be en-
larged replacements for exist-
ing facilities. Two hatcheries
are being constructed for the
propagation of trout only, two
for warm-water fish only, and
two are combination facilities Re
for both trout and warm-water fish.

Both catchable-size and fingerling trout will be produced. The warm-water
hatcheries will rear walleye and northern pike fry, and bass, bluegill, and catfish
fry and fingerlings. The six new hatcheries will be located at Miles City, Mont.;
Pittsford, Vt.; John Rock area near Brevard, N. C.; Paint Bank, Va.; Cedar Bluff,

Kans.; and one in West Virginia,

Frozen Foods Temperature Tolerance

Although no fishery products are involved, results of a research project on
time-temperature tolerance of frozen foods are of interest to packers and distrib-
utors of frozen fishery products. Industry and government representatives dis-
cussed these results in a conference held July 30-August 1 at Albany, Calif. The
project was begun several years ago in the Western Utilization Research Branch
of the U. S. Department of Agriculture.

The project was to obtain information for use in the commercial handling of
frozen foods from producer to consumer. From a few at the beginning, thousands
must handle and use commercial frozen foods. As frozen foods move from packer
to warehouse to distributor to retail store and consumers, they move in diminish-
ing unit quantities and into custody or ownership of an increasing number of people.

The results gstablish, for each frozen food, just how much faster quality change
takes place at 10 F., 20 , or 30 thanat 0 Products change at different rates
under the same conditions. Partial damage, no matter how minute or slightly de-
tectable on casual examination, is never reversed by reduction of temperature. By
and large, geographical variations were found to be small. Within limits, certain

18 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

changes in raw material and processing (including packaging) strengthen frozen
foods against temperature hazards.

Fur Seals
SERVICE BEGINS HARVESTING FEMALE SEALS OF PRIBILOF HERD: Asa

step toward maintenance of the Pribilof Islands fur-seal herd at an optimum level--
in terms of both biology and economics~~the 1956 operations have been expanded to
include the harvesting of some female seals,
the U. S. Fishand Wildlife Service announced
August 30, 1956. ‘

About 30,000 females are to be taken in
the harvest, and the information which will
be obtained this year relative to the time and
conditions for taking females will give the
Service, which has the responsibility for the
seal herd, the design of its future operations.

The Pribilof Islands fur-seal herd was
near extinction in 1911 when pelagic sealing--
harvest on the high seas--was banned by
treaty. The herd numbered only 125,000
animals at that time, compared with 1,750,000
today. The first step in restoration of the
herd following ratification of the 1911 Con-
vention was to discontinue all land killing
for five years. At that time killing of males
was resumed, but was limited only to those surplus to the needs of the growing
herd. All of the females were needed during this restoration period, but a part of
the male population was surplus because these animals are polygamous, having
harems of 50 or more females, although at birth they are present in equal numbers.
By this method of management, approximately 2 million surplus male seals were
killed during the restoration. The herd now is fully restored.

Service officials anticipate that killing 30,000 cow seals a year will relieve the
congested rookeries and reduce pup mortality. Asa result of the increased pup
survival, because half of them are males, there will soon be more three- and four-
year males in the herd and a larger-harvest possible without any decline inthe herd's
productivity. In short, an added harvest is substituted for annual mortality.

Service officials intend to pay particular attention to the size and condition of
the herd during the taking of the females. The harvest of females, the first such
harvest in nearly 50 years, began with the regular season--mid-June--and con-
tinued until August 15. Operations will be resumed early in September and will
continue until mid-October 1956.

Since it has been nearly 50 years since American sealers have taken female
pelts, little is known about the time when the quality of these skins is best, or the
best conditions under which the females should be harvested. Records are being
kept on a day-to-day basis on the condition of the pelts, the condition of the rooker-
ies, the difficulties encountered in taking the cows, the effect of weather, the effect
of late season operations as well as comments and suggestions on harvest opera-
tions. Each female skin will be marked in such a way that the date of taking can
be determined at any stage of the processing. In this way it will be possible to
learn the periods at which the skins are at their top value.

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 19

The male pelt is best when the animal is three or four years old. Since the
old bulls maintain harems of between 25 and 100 cows, and drive the younger males
away from the herd, the age group wanted for harvest is automatically segregated.
The harvesting policy of 65,000 males annually permits about 10 percent of the
younger bulls to reach breeding age--the seventh year--and establish harems.

As far as is known now, the female pelt is good at any mature age. This con-
siderably widens the harvest age of the seal herd. The life span of the fur seal is
about 19 years, and the female begins to bear young at about three years. The fe-
male seals arrive on the Pribilofs early in June after almost a year at sea. The
old males precede them by two or three weeks and the younger seais follow them
by a week or two. The pups are born shortly after the females arrive at the rook-
eries. Each has but a single pup--average weight 12 pounds-~in any one year.
The nursery season for the new pup is also the new mating season.

The Pribilof Islands in the Bering Sea are five in number, the largest being
St. PaullIsland. It is 14 miles in length. St. George Island, 40 miles away, is
second in size--about 10 miles in length.

Records show that before 1834 the Russians, who at thet time owned Alaska and the
Pribilofs, took 2 millionsealpelts. Because of the decrease inthe size of the herd, the
Russians placed restrictions on the harvest and from 1834 untilthe United States took
over the Islands with Alaska in 1867, only 600,000 pelts were taken.

From 1870 until 1910 the United States permitted the land killing of seals on
a lease basis. During the first 20-year period the taking of 100,000 pelts a year
was permitted. The total harvest for that period was 1,927,377 pelts which brought
the United States Government $6,020,152 in revenue. During the next 20 years there
was a sharp decrease in numbers of seals and the take was only 342,651 pelts for
which the Government received $3,453,844. In addition, many thousands of seals
were killed during this period by small vessels operating on the high seas without
regard for the future of the resource. Pelagic sealing was wasteful, since many
killed animals were lost, and since the killing was indiscriminate,

Then in 1911, pelagic sealing was banned and land killing was discontinued for
- five years. Since then the harvesting of the Pribilof Islands' seals has been ex-
clusively on land as a United States Government responsibility, administered first
by the Secretary of Commerce and now by the Secretary of the Interior.

Great Lakes Fishery Investigations

eS —— ee CO

WALLEYE ABUNDANCE iN SAGINAW BAY DURING SUMMER STUDIED BY

the summer, with special atten- Walleye pike (Stizostedion
tion given to walleye, was the pur- __ “itreum vitreum).
pose of Cruise 3 (July 11-23, 1956)
of the Service's research vessel
Cisco. This cruise was confined
entirely to Saginaw Bay and por-
tions of Lake Huron immediately
adjacent to the Bay. During the
summer walleye practically dis- TM W we St
appear from ae commercial trap- .-~—~’ LES Se i itl, 2 ADO
net fishery of the Bay. ; See AAT PL LE ae

20 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

Nylon gill nets with 23-, 23-, 27-, 3-, and 4-inch mesh were set on the bottom at 4
fathoms just north of Charity Island and in 25-3 fathoms north of Sand Point, and
another gang made up of 24- and 34-inch mesh was set in 3 fathoms off Au Sable
Point. White suckers (Catostomus commersonnii) predominated in the catches off
Au Sable Point and Sand Point and white suckers and alewives (Pomolobus pseudo-
harengus) made up the bulk of the catch off Charity Island. Three walleye (Stizoste-
dion vitreum vitreum) were taken off Charity Island and 8 off Sand Point. Their
lengths ranged from 11.5 to 19.7 inches. A moderate number of yellow perch (Per-
ca flavescens) were caught in the smaller mesh sizes of nets set off Charity Island
and Sand Point. Other species taken included 1 yellow bullhead (Ameiurus natalis),
2 channel catfish (Ictalurus lacustris), and one white bass (Lepibema chrysops).

The usual oblique sets of 25-inch-mesh gill nets were made in 13 and 26 fathoms off
East Tawas, and in addition an oblique set of 33-inch-mesh nets was made at 13fathoms.
The 34-inch mesh took only two perch and one bloater (Leucichthys hoyi), allat mid-
levels. The 24-inch set in 26 fathoms took 2 perch, 1 Leucichthys kiyi, 6 smelt (Osmerus
mordax), and 1 bloater, scattered throughout the net except inthe top 20feet. Thirty-
three bloaters, 12 smelt, and3 perch were scattered throughout the shallowset. A 23-
inch-mesh bull net 300 feet long and 120 meshes deep was set over a 26-fathoms bottom
with its float line 6 feet below the surface. This nettook7 Leucichthys alpenae, 1 alewife,
9 smelt, and 1 perch.

Bottom trawling was carried out in several locations at depths ranging from 23
to 103 fathoms. Catches included mostly perch, smelt (approximately 4,750 of this
species were taken in one 10-minute tow), alewives, and forage fish. Several white
suckers and one carp (Cyprinus carpio) were also caught. Night midwater trawling
was done in shallow water off Oscoda, Mich.; alewives dominated the catch.

The hydrographic transects from Bay City to East Tawas, East Tawas to Har-
bor Beach, East Tawas to Oak Point, and Hat Point to Au Sable Point werg run as in
the previous cruises. Surface temperatures ranged from 14.6 C. (58.3 F.) to
23.0) ©. (74.3> F.)..

OK OK KK OK

August 13, 1956) was primarily to
investigate further the chub popu-
lation. This cruise, duplicating
Cruise 2, covered Saginaw Bay
and part of southern Lake Huron.
Nylon gill nets (mesh sizes 2, 23,
25, 22, 3, and 4 inches) were set
in 25 fathoms off Harbor Beach
and 50 fathoms in mid-lake be-
tween Harbor beach and Gode-
rich. These gangs, except for

the addition of the 2-inch mesh, were identical with gangs set in the same locations
during Cruise 2. The shallow set caught mostly bloaters (Leucichthys hoyi) as in
Cruise 2, but the catch was considerably smaller if the 2-inch mesh is not consider-
ed. The 50-fathom set caught mostly L. kiyi, witha few L. reighardi, lake herring

(L. artedi), bloaters, and longjaws (L. alpenae). The catch of the latter species was
much smaller than in the previous set.

Oblique sets of gill nets were made off East Tawas in 13 and 26 fathoms as us-
ual. The very light catches consisted of perch (Perca flavescens), smelt (Osmerus
mordax), herring, and bloaters scattered throughout the nets, but mostly from 40
feet below the surface to the bottom. A bull net (300 feet long, 120 meshes deep)

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 21

was set over a 26-fathom bottom with the float line in the thermocline and the lead
line beneath it. Only 3 smelt were caught. One of the main purposes of the oblique
sets and of fishing bull nets is to
locate the summer grounds of the
herring which enter Saginaw Bay
in great numbers in the fall.

A gill net was set on the bot-
tom in 4 fathoms off East Tawas.
The rather light catch was pre-
dominately white suckers (Cato-
stomus commesonnii), perch, and
alewives (Pomolobus pseudohar-
engus). Of special interest were
two rainbow trout (Salmo gaird-
neri) and one brown trout (Salmo gations,
trutta) in the catch.

Several areas with good trawling bottom were located in Saginaw Bay. Large
numbers of perch, smelt, and forage fish were taken in the trawls. Only one wall-
eye was caught, and it is doubted that there are any large concentrations of this
species in the Bay in the summer.

Collections were made with a seine in six areas along the northwest shore of
Saginaw Bay in order to study the inshore fish faunas and especially to locate wall-
eye fingerlings. No walleyes were taken, but good catches of perch and largemouth
black bass (Micropterus salmaides) fingerlings were caught.

Hydrographic transects were run from Bay City to East Tawas, East Tawas to
Harbor Beach, Harbor Beach to Goderich, East Tawas to Oak Point, and Hat Point
to Au Sable Point. In addition to the usual limnological studies, photometer read-
ings were taken at 23 stations. Surface water temperatures varied little over the
Bay and Lake Huron proper, except fora narrow area of upwelling off the Canadian
shore where a low reading of 12.1° C, (53.8 F.) was recorded. The highest sur-
face temperature was 25.1 C. (78.4 F.) near the mouth of the Saginaw River in
Saginaw Bay.

Ionizing Radiation Center Planned

Establishment of a Quartermaster Radiation Planning Agency to develop plans
for operation of the Army Ionizing Radiation Center was announced early in Septem-
ber by the Department of the Army. The new Agency will function under the Quar-
termaster Research and Development Command at Natick, Mass. Eventually the
agency will be located at the Army Ionizing Radiation Center, the site of which is
yet to be selected.

In addition to planning operations of the Center, the new Agency will be respon-
sible for integrating the Center's activities with those of the Quartermaster Food
and Container Institute, Chicago, and other Quartermaster research organizations
concerned with irradiation sterilization of food and other materiel. The Center,
when in operation, is expected to have a peak capacity of 1,000 tons of irradiated
food a month.

Research thus far conducted under the direction of the Army Quartermaster
Corps has established the feasibility of utilizing nuclear emanations, Such as gamma
rays and electrons, instead of heat, to kill or inactivate micro-organisms which are
responsible for food spoilage. The ultimate military and civilian advantages of the

22 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

process include a reduction in refrigeration requirements, reduced food losses, im-
proved control of certain food-borne diseases, and a wider availability of fresh foods
under field conditions, according to the Department of Defense release.

Market Outlook for Fishery Products

OCTOBER-DECEMBER, 1956: Good supplies of staple and specialty types of
fish and shellfish will be available for the holiday and preholiday events of the fourth
quarter, the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service reports in the Commercial Fisheries
Outlook, October-December 1956,
issued October 16.

Je : The quarter will be highlight ~-
ed by a massive sales effort cen~
tered around the ''Fish Parade,"
which is the industry's designa-
tion of its National Fish Week,
October 29 to November 3. Such
items as oysters, shrimp, crab,
clams, lobster, salmon, halibut,
tuna, sardines, fish sticks, and
fillets, as well as other fish will

be in good supply although the a-
OcrT. 29 = NOV. 3, 1956 vailable quantities of some of
these items will be lower than a year ago. Prices for fresh and frozen fish and

shellfish products will be slightly higher, but the general level of canned fish will
be somewhat lower.

The quarter should see additional interest resulting from the adoption of vol-
untary Federal standards for fish sticks and an upturn in that sector of the fishing
industry is expected.

Cold-storage stocks are down about seven percent from last year, but supplies
are still ample with some items even being in better supply. Landings will follow
the seasonal pattern, which means reduced activities in some fisheries.

The Alaska salmon pack (low last year) shows a gain. The Alaska pack as of
September 1 this year was 2,819,000 standard cases, a 21-percent increase over
the pack of September 1, 1955. The total pink salmon pack was down slightly but
increases in the red and chum salmon packs more than offset the loss.

Oyster production will be in evidence on all coasts although the Atlantic oyster
beds are still showing the effects of the hurricanes of recent years. But more Pa-
cific Coast oysters will be available. A heavy and growing demand for small oys-
ters from new consumer groups in areas where oysters were formerly not readily
available is one reason why supplies will be trailing demand. Prices will probably
be somewhat higher.

Shrimp landings up to the end of August were below expectations but September
and October are the peak months for shrimp production barring unforeseen weather
conditions. Lobster production in Maine was down one third as of July 31 and the
landings usually drop sharply during the latter part of the quarter. However, fair
supplies for the lobster lovers are expected. Spiny lobster imports and holdings
are up. Hard crabs in the East are in moderate or good supply while the produc-
tion of the Dungeness crabs in California is expected to rise sharply during the

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 23

quarter. Surf clam landings in New Jersey are up 26 percent, but Maine soft clam
landings are lower by 19 percent.

Canned tuna is in good supply with the pack already 13 percent ahead of the cor-
responding period of last year. The halibut supply is higher than in 1955 and will
be close to 67 million pounds, due to the extended fishing period. Maine sardine
production is below normal but higher than in 1955; California expects a fair pack of
California sardines.

New England groundfish landings will go into the seasonal decline; cod produc-
tion is traditionally low in the fourth quarter; haddock landings will hold up until
the middle of the quarter when a decided drop can be expected; the downward trend
in the harvest of ocean perch has been reversed, but the 1956 catch will be short of
the 200-million-pound average for 1950-54.

National School-Lunch Program

Producers and distributors of fishery products are finding that the school-lunch
program is a potent market for their products. Not only is it a growing market,
but it represents an opportunity to cultivate a taste for fishery cae children
during their formative years that
will continue as they become the
adult customers of the future. A
large share of the U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service's educational and
market development program con-
sists of giving fish-cookery demon-
strations before school-lunch su-
pervisory personnel, to show the
variety, versatility, and economy
of fishery products in their menu
planning.

The school-lunch program is
big business. The National School - 5
Lunch Program is in operation in 4 U,§, Fish and Wildlife Service home economist conducting a fish-
over 56,000 schools located in all cookery demonstration before school-lunch supervisory personnel,
the 48 states and most of the ter- an important part of the Service’s educational and market develop-
ritories and possessions. During ™™ Program.
the past school year, around 1.8 billion meals were served to 10.6 million children.

For this coming school year, Congress has appropriated $100 million. This is
an increase of $16.7 million over last year. Nearly $84 million of this fund will be
apportioned among the states, territories, and possessions, based on the number of
children between the ages of 5 and 17, inclusive, and the need for assistance in each
state. Each Federal dollar must be matched by $3 from sources within the state if
the per capita income in the state equals or exceeds the national average. The
grant-in-aid program is administered in the states by state departments of educa-
tion in accordance with agreements between those departments and the United States
Department of Agriculture.

In addition to the above apportioned funds, $15 million is available to the De-
partment of Agriculture for the purchase and distribution to schools of foods which
help to meet the nutritional requirements of school children. These foods are those
which are in extra abundance or oversupply.

24 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

Most of the schools participating in the National Program serve a Type A lunch
which includes two ounces of protein. If fish were used as the protein for only one
meal a week in all the schools, it would require over 1.3 million pounds of boneless
fish, such as fillets or canned, to serve the 10.6 million children.

Maine

NEW SARDINE FILM: The Maine Sardine Industry on August 16 started work
on a new motion picture, which will be produced in cooperation with the U. S. Fish
and Wildlife Service. The film will depict the use for and the home preparation of
canned Maine sardines.

The Executive Secretary stated that a contract for the camera work had been
let to a New York City firm and that shooting would start as soon as a script was
completed and approved by the Maine Sardine Council. The production of the film
will be under the direction of the Fish and Wildlife Service.

The 16 mm. film will be in full color with sound and will run for about 14 min-
utes. Approximately 75 copies will be obtained for national distribution. The film
will be a follow-up to a previous film (It's the Maine Sardine) produced under the
same type of cooperative arrangement.

Maine is to be the locale for much of the camera work and emphasis is to be
directed on the convenience, low cost, high protein, and versatility aspects of can-

ned Maine sardines as a food.

North Atlantic Fisheries Exploration and Gear Research

DIFFERENT TYPES OF TRAWL NETS TESTED (M/V ''Delaware,"' Cruise 23
and M/V “Albatross II," Cruise 79): Experiments were conducted on various types
of trawl nets in the Georges Bank
area ona joint cruise of the Serv-
ice's research vessel Albatross
Ill and the exploratory fishing ves-
sel Delaware between July 23 and
August 4, 1956.

Mission of these tests was:
(1) to compare the fishing powers
of a high-opening trawl of new de-
sign with the trawl net now in stand-
ard use by the haddock fishery,
and (2) to determine to what degree
haddock escape through the mesh-
es of various sections of the trawl.

The Service’s research vessel Albatross IIL, In order to make the results

most valuable and for comparison, the vessels towed the nets used side by side, as
close together as possible. The simultaneous tows were conducted in three phases:

(1) Both vessels towing the standard #41 trawl to establish the uni-
formity of catching power of the nets of the two vessels. The catches of
haddock by the two nets were found to be virtually uniform,

—

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 25

(2) The Albatross III towing the standard #41 trawl and the Delaware
towing the special Balloon" -type #41 trawl. Significantly lower catches of
haddock were made by the "balloon" trawl.

(3) The Delaware tow-
ing the standard #41 trawl;
the Albatross III towing a
standard #41 trawl with
large and small mesh in
various sections of the net.
The lower wings and bel-
lies were found to be much
more important in the es-
capement of haddock through ae
the meshes than were thetop
wings and square.

Phase three was divided into The Service’s research vessel Delaware.
three series of simultaneous tows with the standard 5-inch mesh #41 net on the
Delaware and the 23-inch mesh #41 net of the Albatross III. Sections of 25
inch mesh were replaced by 5-inch mesh to determine eScapement from various
sections of the net. Both nets had 2$inch cod ends. The following groups of tows
were made: s

a. Sevensimultaneous tows with the complete 25-inch mesh
trawl.

b. Four simultaneous tows of the 25 inch mesh trawl with 5-
inch lower wings.

c. Four simultaneous tows of the 23-inch mesh trawl with 5-
inch lower wings, top belly, and lower belly.

The catches are Summarized for each net for the three series of tows in the
following table:

7,543 =

The 5-inch mesh used in the forward parts of the trawl averaged about 42 inches,
internal measurement. The 23-inch mesh averaged 23 inches, internally. The 24
inch cod ends averaged 23 inches internally.

The results show that many small-size haddock escape through the lower wings
and bellies. The top wing and square appear to be unimportant for the escapement
of haddock. Smaller catches of larger fish were made with the 23-inch trawl, in-
dicating that the small-mesh net was not fishing as effectively as ihe 5-inch trawl.

26 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

In addition to the 64 simultaneous tows made by the two vessels, the Albatross
Ill made 53 additional tows,-comprising phases 4, 5, and 6 of the Albatross III opera~
tions.

In phase four alternate tows were made by the Albatross II with complete 23-
inch mesh and 5-inch mesh #41 trawls to compare alternate tow and simultan-
eous tow (phase three) methods.
Both nets had 24-inch cod ends.
The pairs of alternate tows gave
widely varying results, as was
expected. A summary of catches
by the 23-inch and 5-inch trawls
is given in the table.

Number of Fish
Percentage
5-in. Trawl

of 24-in. Trawl

5-in.

Although extreme tow-to-
tow variations caused results to
be less reliable than the simul-
taneous tow data, it is shown that
escapement takes place through
the forward parts of the net.

Phase five was conducted to
[Total [4,489 | 4,634 | __- | determine which part of the cod

end was most effective for the
escapement of haddock. The forward parts of the net were therefore unchanged
during phase five, which consisted of four series of tows with a 43-inch (internal
size) double-manila cod end with cover arranged as follows:

Covering the full length of the cod end (44 meshes).
Covering the after 22 meshes of the cod end.
Covering the after 16 meshes of the cod end.
Covering the after 11 meshes of the cod end.

aon0ow

The 50-percent point of the 43-inch cod end with full cover (a.--9 tows) was
about 36 cm. This was 3 cm. lower than would be expected, due to certain char-
acteristics of the

twine. Length of

Number of

Percentage Re-| Percentage Re-

With the cov-
er over the after

Fish by
3-in. Group

Fish in

| Cover |Cod End

tained in Wire-

22 meshes (b. --
4 tows) and the
after 16 meshes
(c.--2 tows), the
50 percent point
was unchanged.
When moved down
to cover only the
after 11 meshes (d.--3 tows) the 50 percent point was lowered to about 34.5 cm.

It was thus demonstrated that most escapement takes place in the after quarter
of the cod end under loads up to 2,000 pounds.

Phase six was conducted to determine if sharper selection could be obtained by
using a cod end of rigid wire netting in which only slight variation in mesh size ex-
isted. A 7-foot long section of the wire mesh was put into the cod end from laceage
to laceage in the effective escape area (near the after end) of a 24-inch mesh cover-
ed cod end. The wire was of diamond shape, measuring 2% inches in length and 28
inches in width. The number of fish caught in the wire-mesh cod end and cover are
shown in the table.

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 27

The percentages retained are shown in comparison with the percentage reten-
tion of a standard double-manila cod end of approximately equivalent size. The
wire-mesh cod end shows rather duller selection than a standard manila cod end.

kK OK Ok

MIDWATER TRAWLING BY M/V "DELAWARE" ee GEORGES BANK TO

Bank to St. Pierre Bank veleed no commercial quantities of ocean perch. During
the two cruises (cruise 24--5 days; cruise 25--16 days), 32 tows in the midwater
area from near the surface to depths of 228 fathoms failed to produce fish though
indications were that the Service's nylon and manila midwater trawls were work-
ing satisfactorily.

During the cruises considerable time was spent searching for midwater schools
of fish, but no indications of fish in midwater were obtained by the two electronic
fish-finding devices installed aboard the Delaware. Previous experience has shown
that unless the echo-sounding or fish-finding devices record concentrations of fish
or other marine life in the midwater areas, the chances for successful catches in
midwater are very slight.

On three short tows the midwater trawl was intentionally set on the bottom.
One tow caught 350 pounds of ocean perch and a few cod and gray soles Midwater
trawling in the same area during
day and night yielded no ocean ae
perch. Two other bottom sets yard Is. SO ht
caught small quantities of north- | “st. Pierre
ern shrimp (Pandalus borealis). :

Two midwater trawls of dif-
ferent designs were used during
the cruises. One, an all- nylon
net of 43-inch mesh in the wings,
3-inch mesh in the cod end, and
a 50-foot square mouth opening.
The second net, all manila, 6-

inch mesh wings, 3-inch mesh q Spee LEseNo:

in the cod end, and a 65-foot eae Oe RE ee
Square mouth opening. Side- Soe :
setting midwater trawl gear M/V Delaware Cruise 25 (Aug, 13-Sept. 6, 1956).

presented problems, but after
modifications of the net and doors the gear was operated successfully.

The electronic depth telemeter was used on all midwater tows and allowed for
accurate depth-positioning of the midwater net. This prototype instrument develop-
ed for the Service by the University of Miami Marine Laboratory has proved to be
very serviceable.

Deep-water exploratory trawling for ocean perch along the edge of the continen-
talshelf south of Georges Bank was to be the objective of the Delaware during an
11-day trip scheduled to begin September 25, 1956. The area from 100 to 300 fath-
oms will be explored by the Delaware, principally in locations where possible com-
mercial concentrations of ocean perch were indicated during recent cruises for
deep-water lobster. Two types of nets were to be used, a standard #41 anda "'bal-
loon'' trawl. Several tows were to be made using a 16-tooth rocking chair -type
dredge in the shallower areas of Georges Bank as limited preliminary exploratory
work on the commercial possibilities of an offshore shellfish resource.

28 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

North Atlantic Fisheries Investigations

BIOLOGISTS TAG FIRST OCEAN PERCH: Due to a strange occurrence of deep-
sea ocean perch near the surface at Eastport, Me., biologists from the Woods Hole
Laboratory of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service were able to initiate a successful
tagging program early in August.

. ‘ Numbered plastic discs were insert-
Ocean perch ~~ | ed on the cheekbones of 317 fish in
the first phase of the program.

Ocean perch normally occur in
depths of 40-200 fathoms, and are
fatally bloated when brought to the
surface as a result of the extreme
change in pressure. Consequently,
no fish can be tagged which are
caught by commercial trawlers.
The biologists have been consider-
ing various schemes for tagging the
fish without bringing them to the
surface, such as the use of detachable marked hooks. Before embarking on a pro-
gram involving complicated procedures, however, they decided to investigate per-
sistent rumors that ocean perch occur near the surface in late summer at Eastport,
Me.

A check at this locality revealed hundreds of ocean perch feeding at or near the
surface on the small pelagic shrimp Meganyctiphanes. In three days of hook-and-
line fishing 317 fish were tagged. The fish were in excellent condition when released
and were at or near commercial size so there is every reason to believe some re-
coveries will be made provided this stock of fish moves into commercial fishing
grounds later inthe year. The biologists will continue their work until thousands
of fish have been tagged.

Fishermen are urged to look for tagged ocean perch. The tag is a brilliant yel-
low disc pinned through the gill cover on the left side of the fish. The fish as well
as the tag should be saved if possible. Any Fish and Wildlife agent may be notified
upon capture of sucha fish. A reward will be paid.

Recoveries of marked fish will provide important information on the growth rate,
mortality rates, and migrations of this valuable food fish in the North Atlantic.

* OK KK

MATERIALS FOR GROUNDFISH FOOD HABITS STUDY COLLECTED BY M/V
"ALBATROSS III" (Cruise 80): To collect materials on Georges Bank for a study of
the benthic fauna and the food habits of groundfish was
the purpose of cruise 80 (August 9-17)of the Service's

research vessel Albatross III.

Bottom fauna samples andstomachs from ground=-
fish were obtained at seven widely-spaced locations
on or adjacent to Georges Bank. The areas repre-
sented were: Southwest Part, Southeast Part, North-
east Peak, Northern Edge, Central Georges, Georges
Basin, and South Channel. Fish were taken with a
No. 36 otter trawl fitted with a $-inch (expansion
measure) mesh liner. Haddock, cod, butterfish, whit-
ing, herring, and red hake were the principal species
caught. A few specimens of 13 other species were z
taken. Stomachs from all species were dissected out Service's research vessel Albatross IIL.
and retained for study.

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 29

The sedentary and slow-moving bottom organisms were taken by means of the
Smith Sampler, Digby scallop drag fitted with a fine mesh liner, and a sled-mount-
ed ring net. All collections were preserved and brought to the laboratory for an-
alysis.

The analysis of these samples will be made to determine whether or not had-
dock are selective in their feeding and to determine the relationship of food organ-
isms to the distribution of haddock.

The vessel's next cruise will start September 14. On this trip the 1956 survey
will be made to determine the extent and distribution of the new haddock year-class
(1956) on the bottom.

North Atlantic Herring Research
COASTAL WATERS OF EASTERN GULF OF MAINE EXPLORED FOR HERRING

eastern part of the Gulf of Maine to learn if herring (particularly of sardine size)
were present at this time was the principal purpose of Cruise 5 (August 1-10, 1956)

of the M/V Metacomet, a Fish and Wildlife Service chartered exploratogy fishing
vessel.

Results of the cruise were
largely negative. Only very
small catches of herring were
made in herring gill nets. Three
different methods of setting gill
nets were used: (1) "anchored
sink gill nets" set on the ocean
bottom; (2) "anchored floating
gill nets'' which were suspended
12 feet deep from large surface
floats but held in a fixed posi-
tion by anchors at each end; and
(3) "drift gill nets'' which were
suspended 12 feet deep from sur-
face floats, drifting freely dur-
ing the night with one end attach-
ed to the drifting Metacomet.
Herring brit were located on the Cruise 5 of Fish and Wildlife Service chartered vessel Metacomet,
depth-sounder and sampled in ine,
Blue Hill Bay and Penobscot Bay on August 8 and 9 when weather prevented setting
gill nets in outside waters.

Cruise No. 6 ofthe Metacomet was scheduled for August 17 through 27. The ob-
jective is to make a thorough survey of the inside waters along the Coast of Maine
from Passamaquoddy Bay to Casco Bay for O0-year-class herring "brit'' which may
become available as sardines during the autumn months. The depth-sounder will
be used to locate fish and midwater trawl gear will be used for fishing.

30 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

North Pacific Exploratory Fishery Program

ALBACORE TUNA AND SALMON DISTRIBUTION IN OFFSHORE WATERS
STUDIED BY “JOHN N. COBB" (Cruise 28): Distribution of albacore tuna and salm-
on in offshore waters from northern California to southern British Columbia was
investigated during a 7-week cruise by the Service's exploratory fishing vessel John

N. Cobb, which returned to Seattle
on August 30.

Results of the exploratory
fishing with surface gill nets and
trolling gear showed that albacore
were widely distributed off Oregon
and Washington from 80 to 600 miles
offshore. Salmon were caught off-
shore only at four gill-net stations
along 50 N. latitude, and none
were taken south of this line ex-
cept for one silver salmon caught
on albacore trolling gear about 20
miles off the Columbia River. No
albacore were caught north of 49
06' N. latitude.

The Service’s research vessel John N. Cobb. Following a prearranged sched-
ee ea rari ule to insure adequate coverage of
the area, the vessel completed 27 nighttime gill-net stations out to 145° W. longi-
tude, over 800 miles offshore. The standard set was 900 fathoms of nylon gill net
with mesh sizes from 34 to 83 inches. Surface trolling with 6 or 7 lines was con-
ducted during daylight hours while
running between stations. Signifi-
cant fishing results were trans-
mitted to the fishing fleet by radio.

A total of 63 albacore were
caught, 38 on trolling gear and 25
in the gill nets. Individualcatches
were small during the entire cruise,
indicating that no sizable concen-
trations of either albacore or salm-
on were available at the time inthe
waters fished. No schools of ei-
ther species were seen. The first
catch of albacore was made in gill
nets July 20 near the Seamount about
270 miles west of Grays Harbor. Best
albacore catches were made on July : E E a 2
29 when nine fish were taken trolling M/V John N. Cobb, Cruise 28 (July 16-August 30, 1956).
near46 N.,134 W. andnine were
caught inthe gillnets that night about 20 miles eastward. Five redsalmonand two silver
salmon were caught at four of the northernmost gill-net stations. One steelhead trout
was taken along with 2 red salmon inthe gillnets on July 22 at 50°N, 5 133° 58' W

Several other species of fish, mostly jack mackerel, pomfret, and blue shark
were present in most gill-net catches. Up to 206 pomfret, 148 jack mackerel, and
31 blue shark were taken in individual catches. On July 27, the gill nets caught 97
large squid from 23 to 3 feet in length at 46° N., 140 W. Night-light fishing pro-
duced numbers of small squid, saury, and lantern fish, all important items of al-
bacore food in these waters.

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 31

The John N. Cobb's work was coordinated with a cruise of the University of
Washington's oceanographic research vessel Brown Bear, and the two vessels work-
ed in close conjunction much of the time. Simultaneously the John R. Manning from
the Pacific Oceanic Fisheries Investigations conducted albacore research west of
145° W. longitude, adjoining the area covered by the John N. Cobb. Oceanographic
and biological data will be compared with the fishing results to learn as much as
possible of the movements and other habits of albacore, how they are affected by
changes in the ocean, and why their availability to the fishermen fluctuates so great-
ly.

Following the early albacore catches by the John N. Cobb and the Brown Bear,
the commercial fleet in mid-August found schools of albacore close-in to the Ore-
gon coast, and good fishing was reported by a number of vessels. This is the first
year since 1950 that any appreciable numbers of albacore have been caught north
of California.

Oysters

SUMMER 1956 SET IN CHESAPEAKE BAY AREA: Each season records of the
time and intensity of oyster setting and of the attachment of fouling organisms in
certain areas are obtained by the Chesapeake Biological Laboratory of Maryland's
Department of Research and Education, through exposure of test shells. Experi-
ence has shown that hardly ever does the first oyster spat of the season appear be-
fore the first of June and none have been recorded later than
the month of October. Hence, at most stations where the
time and setting rate of spat are measured, shells are ex-
posed only during the above period.

Fertilized

A few scattered spat were attached to shellsat most sta-
tions during the first part of this summer. Usually a peak
of setting occurs in certain areas in late June or July, some-
times followed by one or more later peaks. At some stations,
especially in the Solomons area, the light set occurs most of-
ten during the fall. St. Marys River, the upper Honga River,
both sides of the Bay just above Solomons, and the Patuxent
River all had received only a few scattered spat this year from
early June to mid-July although the first named areas usually
have good accumulations by that time. Scattered data indicate
that little set occurred during this same period in Holland
Straits and Piney Island Swash. Smith Creek, however, pro-
duced a fair set during the week of June 28-July 5 that amount-
ed to about 10 spat per shell face. This rate of setting had

diminished to very few spat during mid-July. Oyster spat 5 hours
after attachment

Mature larvae just
before setting

Even an initial set of ten or more spat per shell face at
an age of one week does not insure that many will survive the perils of a microscop-
ic oyster's early life.

Shells that have been planted for a longer period prior to the set may also be
quite foul and so offer little suitable space for spat attachment. Of course, when
only a few spat attach initially, the number of surviving set must remain small.
Typically, light sets, such as have occurred so far this season, show a much better
rate of survival than do more densely-crowded sets. It is still too early to pre-
dict just how successful this season's oyster set may be, for later peaks of more
intensive setting may occur. Only Smith Creek so far has had enough potential
spat-fall to produce a good crop if commercially planted shells were clean and the
rate of survival high.

32 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

While the amount of spat found on clean test shells exposed each week does not
give an accurate picture of the crop to be found on commercially-planted shells by
late fall, it does offer a means of getting the maximum possible attachment from
the set that occurs. Experiments have shown that shells planted just prior toa
peak of oyster setting sometimes may obtain two or more times as many Spat as
shells that have been overboard for several weeks prior to the set. This is due to
the shell's cleaner surfaces at the time of spat-fall. In some areas a heavy wave
of barnacle setting often occurs in late spring or even in early June that can rend-
er shells almost useless for spat attachment when the oyster set occurs.

A number of years of observation in a given area sometimes may reveal a rath-
er consistent pattern of oyster setting so that a normal date can be picked whenshell
planting may be done only a short time before the oyster setting peak is most likely
to occur. Observations by test shells also may reveal places that seldom obtain
significant sets at any season and others that usually produce a high rate of setting.
Some use of such observations has been made in shell planting, but in large-scale
operations it is not always possible to get all of the shells over at the optimum time
even when this is fairly well designated, the July-August 1956 Maryland Tidewater

News points out.

South Atlantic Exploratory Fishery Program

ROUND-THE-CLOCK TRAWLING BY M/V ''COMBAT YIELDS EXCELLENT
CATCHES OF RED SHRIMP (Cruise 4): Round-the-clock trawling by the M/V Com-
bat off St. Augustine in depths of 175 to 210 fathoms yielded excellent catches of

deep-water red shrimp (Hymeno-
penaeus robustus). A total of 4,200
pounds of heads-on shrimp (21 box-
es, headless) were caught in 16
drags, using a 40-foot flat trawl.
Twenty-two drags of 3- to 4-hour
duration were made during a 43-
day fishing period. Six of these
tows failed to reach bottom, and no
catch was made.

The M/V Combat, a 96-foot
wood hull shrimp vessel powered
with a 500-hp. Diesel engine, was chartered by the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service
in July for continuation of offshore shrimp exploration along the South Atlantic coast
initiated by the chartered vessel Pelican in March 1956. The Combat is rigged with
a large heavy-duty winch, stern davits, and is equipped with immersion-type shrimp-
freezing apparatus.

M/V Combat chartered for South Atlantic Fisheries Exploration,

First successful attempts to trawl in deep water against the Gulf Stream cur-
rent were made during a 6-day shakedown cruise, July 26-31, on smooth bottom
southeast of St. Augustine. Ground speeds of 2.5 to 3.5 knots were determined to
produce the best fishing results while towing countercurrent. A minimum ground
speed of 4 to 4.5 knots can be obtained towing with the current.

The subsequent round-the-clock fishing (August 6-11) was confined to an area
off St. Augustine where previous work by the M/V Pelican revealed promising con-
centrations of red shrimp. Drags were alternately run with the current and counter-
current. The best catch yielded 560 pounds of shrimp, from a 4-hour countercur-
rent drag. The remaining 15 successful drags caught from 200 to 450 pounds of
heads-on shrimp. The catch averaged 25 count headless.

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 33

Highest concentrations were found immediately below 29° 58.5! north latitude,
in 175 to 190 fathoms. To the north of this point rock and coral bottom constitute
a major trawling hazard.

The Combat is scheduled to depart Jacksonville on August 14 to continue fishing
operations in the same general area. During this trip 80-foot balloon trawls will be
used to obtain information on potential commercial catch rates. Also, a series of
exploratory drags will be made between the 10- and 50-fathom curves southeast of
Mayport, to determine the extent of offshore movement of brown shrimp stocks
presently being fished in that area.

KK OK

EXPERIMENTAL SHRIMP TRAWLING IN KEY WEST-TORTUGAS AREA BY
"GEORGE M. BOWERS" (Cruise 6): Small amounts of pink shrimp (Penaeus duor-
arum) were taken fishing just off the bottom, and trace amounts in three midwater
tows by the Service's gear research vessel
George M. Bowers during a 15-day experi-
mental shrimp trawling cruise in the Key
West-Tortugas area off southern Florida.
The vessel, which completedits trip onAu-
gust 30, made 50 drags of one to three hours
with 40-foot and 20-foot flat trawls on the bot-
tom, off the bottom, andinmidwaters.

Ten drags fishing on the bottom among
boats of the fleet in11- to 20-fathom depths \
resulted in catches ranging from individual NW Pink Shrimp
shrimp to 10 pounds (heads off)anhour. Fish- —— pee enaeusicuOraLuny
ing in the same area with the trawl rigged
to fish 2-25 feet off the bottom resulted in catches ranging from individual shrimp
to three pounds an hour.

Fishing off the bottom was also conducted in bad bottom areas known as ''The
Loggerheads," in depths of 11 to 30 fathoms. Ten tows were completed in this area
with catches ranging from individual shrimp to two pounds an hour. Larger indivi-
dual shrimp were taken in the deeper waters (23 to 30 fathoms) with individuals
ranging from 6 count to 20 count. On five additional tows quantities of sponge and
invertebrates (to 200 pounds) were taken in bad bottom areas when the net touched
bottom. Gear damage was slight.

A total of 25 tows were made with 40-foot and 20-foot trawls in midwaters at
distances ranging from 2 to 5 fathoms above the bottom in depths ranging from 11 to
30 fathoms. One, two, and three individual pink shrimp (16-20 count, heads off)
were taken on three tows with the trawl a calculated two fathoms above the bottom.
These tows were made just northeast of Tortugas in 16 to 17 fathoms of water.

Two biologists from the University of Miami Marine Laboratory participated
in the cruise for continuation of cooperative experiments with trawl savings gear.
Studies are being conducted to test the survival of shrimp escaping through cod-
end meshes in the Tortugas fishery. Shrimp caught in the cod-end cover bags were
held in aquaria aboard the research vessel to determine extent of injury in escape-
ment through meshes. Results of the tests will be announced by the Marine Lab-
oratory when analysis has been completed.

34 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

South Carolina

OYSTER LAWS REVISED: Oyster law revisions by the last General Assembly |
of South Carolina pr present new opportunities for profit, while promoting the growth
of the oyster industry, in the opinion of the Chairman of the State's Wildlife Re-
sources Commission.

The new oyster code repealed 24 sections and amended 14 more into a compact
20-section body of law, points out the summer 19956 issue of South Carolina Wildlife.

Perhaps the most important features of the revision are these:

1. Owners and lessees of oyster bottoms are encouraged to improve their beds
because the new law protects the oysters from public harvest. As the law stands
now, an owner or lessee need only post his oyster beds as prescribed in the statute
to make it illegal for persons to enter upon and harvest without authority. Penalties
are provided for violations.

2. Formerly, the 'two-bushel law'' allowed anybody to take oysters freely even
from private beds upon which owners or lessees had spent money and effort in prop-
agation and cultivation. Now, the Wildlife Resources Commission (through the Di-

vision of Commercial Fisheries) is directed to establish and maintain "oyster farms"

in each of the six coastal counties. From these beds the public will be entitled to
gather oysters free for their own use.

3. Seed oyster production, made legal by the new law, should become profit -
able rapidly for two reasons. One is that seed oysters may be grown on beds now
barred to use because of pollution. Seed oysters must be taken up and transferred
to other beds by the time they are 13 inches long. Thus, they will cleanse them-
selves long before they reach marketable size. Oyster shores, especially around
Charleston and Beaufort, have been seriously curtailed by pollution. This will put
them back to profitable work. Moreover, there is a serious and growing need for
new seed oyster sources for Chesapeake Bay and Long Island waters. South Caro-
lina is capable of producing two crops of seed oysters every year.

4. The rights of landownersadjacent to oyster beds not under lease to preference
in leasing now is limited to two acres each. Formerly, there was no limit specified.

5. A new leasing right up to four acres was instituted for persons or corpora-
tions not engaged in commercial oyster culture.

6. Lessees must show by the end of three years that they have "Effectively
cultivated the area or face forfeiture of the lease, after due notice and a hearing."

Tuna

ALBACORE BEING SOUGHT OFF OREGON-WASHINGTON COAST: "We ran
into some fish but not in concentrations heavy enough to support a commercial fish-
ery,'' reported one of the two Oregon Fish Commission biologists who have been a-
board the Brown Bear, University of Washington oceanographic research vessel,
for the past three weeks ina large-scale search for albacore tuna off the Oregon-
Washington coast. The Brown Bear and a companion vessel, the John N. Cobb, ex-
ploratory fishing vessel operated by the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, were in
Astoria on August 3 for a brief pause in a seven-week hunt for albacore and facts
that may influence the distribution of these fish in Northwest offshore waters.

iis UY dps,

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 35

In all, 72 albacore were caught by the two ships during this first phase of the
cruise-~28 by the Brown Bear and 44 by the John N, Cobb. All fish caught by the
Brown Bear were taken on feathered jigs, but the John N. N. Cobb took 20 tuna with
gill nets. Most of the albacore were caught from 300 to 400 miles offshore. When
albacore supported a substantial commercial fishery off Oregon between 1938 and
1950, the fish were caught in large numbers as close as 50 miles off the coast.
Oregon! s albacore catch hit a peak of 22.5 million pounds in 1944.

The Fish Commission biologist said food fish and plankton utilized by albacore
were fairly abundant but were found in widely scattered groups. Considerable num-
bers of mackerel-like sauries, regarded by biologists as a prime item on the alba-
core menu, were Sighted during the cruise.

Both vessels departed from Astor-
ia August 6 for the second lap of the in-
vestigation in open waters off southern
Oregon and northern California. The
prospects for locating larger schools of
albacore appear to be better for this
leg of the trip because:

Albacore Tuna

1. Another U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service research vessel, the John R.
Manning, caught over 30 albacore in the general vicinity last year.

2. The Brown Bear andthe John N. Cobb will be fishing in waters closer
to areas where albacore are regularly taken in commercial quantities.

3. Biggest albacore catches were made in August when a fishery existed
off Oregon and Washington.

The research vessels plan to continue to maintain radio contact with commercial
fishing vessels and relay any news of sizable schools of albacore that might be encounter -
ed. A totalof over 3,500 miles willbe covered during this summer's albacore investiga-
tion which has been coordinated by the Pacific Marine Fisheries Commission.

United States Fishing Fleet! Additions

JULY 1956: First documents as fishing craft were issued for 68 vessels of 5
net tons and over during July 1956, according to the Bureau of Customs. This was
15 vessels more than for the same month of 1955. The Chesapeake Bay States led

[Table 1 - U. S. Vessels Issued First Documents As ||/Table2-U.S.Vessels Issued}
Fishing Craft, byAreas, July 1956 and Comparisons First Documents as
Fishing Craft, by Tonnage,

New England .
Middle Atlantic
Chesapeake .
South Atlantic

Virgin Islands é a
Total.

Pur Beeb wo

ay Includes Both commercial and sport fishing, cralt.

36 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

with 23 newly-documented craft, followed by the Pacific area with 14, the South At-
lantic with 12, the Gulf with 10, and the Middle Atlantic area and Alaska with 4 each.
New England was credited with 1 newly-documented vessel.

The Chesapeake Bay area Showed the greatest increase in vessels issued first
documents during July 1956 with 20 vessels more than were reported for July 19595.
The South Atlantic and Gulf also had increases while the Pacific area showed a de-
crease of 54 percent as compared with the same month in 1955.

During the first seven months of 1956, a total of 316 vessels was documented
for the first time as fishing craft--52 more than the number reported for the same
period of 1955. This represents an increase of 20 percent.

ible fresh, frozen, and processed fish and shellfish in June rose 3.2 percent in quan-
tity and 13.9 percent in value as compared with May 1956. Compared with June 1955
the imports for June
1956 decreased 5.0
percent in quantity,
but were 8.2 percent
-:+| higher in value.
June 1956 imports
averaged33.7cents
i : a pound as compared
Fish & Shellfish: with 30.0 cents a
Processed 1/ only (exclud- pound for the same
pees Tse) month in 1955 be-
cause there were
more imports of canned salmon, canned lobster and spiny lobster meat, and can-
ned crab meat.

Imports:
Fish & Shellfish:

1/7 Includes pastes, sauces, clam chowder and juice, and other specialties,

Imports of edible fresh, frozen, and processed fish and shellfish in May 1956
decreased about 15.5 percent in quantity and 2.3 percent in value as compared with
April 1956. Compared with May 1955 the imports for May 1956 decreased one per-
cent in quantity, but were 1.2 percent higher in value. The dollar value in May 1956
was close to 30.6 cents a pound, compared with 29.9 cents a pound in May 1955.
The higher valuation in May 1956 compared with May 1955 was probably due to in-
creases in the imports of canned salmon and crab meat which have a high dollar
value.

Exports of processed fish and shellfish in June 1956 rose almost 38 percent
above the previous month and 81 percent above the same month in 1955. The July
1956 value of these exports kept pace with the increase in quantity and went up 44
percent as compared with the previous month and the same month a year earlier.
Increased exports of canned sardines were principally responsible for the spurt in
processed fish and shellfish exports.

Exports of processed fish and shellfish in May 1956 increased about 24 percent
from the April 1956 total, but were down 41 percent from May 1955. The value of
exports in May 1956 increased 13 percent when compared with April 1956 but was
36 percent below May 1955.

OK ok kk

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 37

were 6 percent less than the 12.0 million pounds imported during the correspond-
ing month of last year. Thedrop, which was caused primarily by less imports from
Canada, offset the 1.7-million-pound increase from Iceland. Imports from Den-
mark, the Netherlands, West Germany and Miquelon and St. Pierre were also some-
what larger.

Canada continued to lead all other countries exporting groundfish fillets to the
United States with 8.6 million pounds during August 1956--76 percent of the total
groundfish fillet imports during the month.

Total groundfish and ocean perch fillet imports into the United States during
the first eight months of 1956 amounted to 93.9 million pounds as compared with
87.3 million pounds during the same period of 1955. Canada, with 68.1 million,
led all other countries exporting fillets to this country during that period, followed

by Iceland (17.4 million pounds), and West Germany (1.7 million pounds).
Note; See Chart 7 in this issue,

OK OK OK OK

IMPORTS AND EXPORTS OF SELECTED FISHERY PRODUCTS, JANUARY-

JUNE 1956: Fresh and frozen tuna imports for the first six months of 1956 totaled
67.1 million pounds, 8 million pounds less than in the same period of 1955. Alba-

as compared with 34 million
pounds in the first six months
of 1955. "Other tuna" imports &
totaled 46.6 million pounds, a gain of 5.3 million pounds over the same period in
1955. This year Japan shipped in considerably more frozen "other tuna" than last
year, while Peru shipped in substantially less.

Canned tuna imports for the first six months of 1956 reached 18.2 million
pounds, about 4.3 million pounds more than in that period of 1955. Canned bonito
imports of 8.2 million pounds during the first six months of 1956 were 1 million
pounds less than in the same period of 1955.

Canned salmon imports during January-June 1956 totaled 11.1 million pounds
while in the first six months of 1955 only 1.2 million pounds were imported.

Canned sardine imports for the first six months this year totaled 9.1 million
pounds as compared with 10.4 million in the comparable period of 1955.

Fresh and frozen salmon imports for the first six months of 1956 amounted to
2.4 million pounds, 3.1 million pounds below the same period of a year ago.

Shrimp imports (fresh, frozen, canned, and dried) for the first six months of
1956 amounted to 31.9 million pounds, an increase of 11 million pounds over the
same 1955 period. Imports from Mexico, Panama, Ecuador, and Japan were up.

Fresh and frozen lobster and spiny lobster imports for the first six months of
1956 amounted to 27.8 million pounds as compared with 26.9 million pounds for the
same period a year earlier. Canned lobster imports for the first six months of
1956 of 1.8 million pounds were less than the 2.0 million pounds imported in the same
period of 1955.

Canned crab meat imports for the six months of 1956 of 2.6 million pounds
were almost a million pounds greater than for that period of 1955,

38 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

Groundfish fillet (including blocks and slabs) imports for the first six months
of 1956 amounted to 63.4 million pounds, compared with 61.4 million pounds for
the similar period a year ago. Of the total, fillet blocks and slabs imported during
the first six months of 1956 amounted to 15.4 million pounds, over 10 million pounds
less than for the like period of 1955.

Other fillets than groundfish imported during the first six months of 1956 totaled
29.3 million pounds, compared with 27.5 million pounds in the 1955 period with the
principal gain in flounder and fresh-water fish fillets.

Fish meal imports January through June 1956 reached 59,726 tons as compared
with 55,267 tons for the comparable period of 1955.

Canned salmon exports for the first six months of 1956 were 0.7 million pounds
as compared with 4.4 million pounds in that period of 1955.

Canned sardine exports for the first six months of 1956 reached 22.7 million
pounds, a gain of 2.4 million pounds over the similar period of 1955.

Fish oil exports January through June 1956 of 63.1 million pounds were much
greater than the 46.0 million pounds in the like period of 1955.

Wholesale Prices, August 1956

Landings of fish and shellfish in August 1956 were at about the same level as
the previous month, but demand was only light to moderate in spite of the cool weather
which prevailed in most marketing areas. Higher wholesale prices during the month
for fresh dressed finfish were offset by lower prices for fresh and frozen process-
ed and canned fishery products. The August 1956 over-all wholesale index (114.6

z Tis =e . sae: percent of the 1947-49 av-
erage) for all edible fish
and shellfish (fresh, froz-
en, and canned) was the
Same as the previous month,
but 2.6 percent higher than
in the same month in 1955.

Fresh fish landings,
which were light in July,
continued light in August
in most fishing areas. All
drawn, dressed, or whole
finfish items included in
the index were priced sub-
stantially higher in August
1956 than in the previous

3 e month, particularly (1) fresh
cuits cue te sheen Pata Fish Market, New York City on a large drawn haddock because

ground are eadyfor loading and shipping, Ot Lighter landings, (2) fresh
evenly-distributed landings on the West Coast and a good demand, and (3) fresh king
salmon because catches were light in the Pacific Northwest. Compared with the
same month (hurricanes on East Coast) in 1955, wholesale prices this August for
fresh drawn haddock were 39.5 percent lower at Boston and for whitefish were sub-
stantially lower at New York City and Chicago; but higher prices prevailed for fresh

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 39

halibut, fresh king salmon, and yellow pike at New York City, and lake trout at Chi-
cago, The drawn, dressed, or whole finfish subgroup index in August 1956 was up
7.1 percent from the previous month, but down 4.0 percent from August 1955.

More plentiful supplies of small haddock were responsible for the drop in
prices from July to August 1956 for fresh haddock fillets at Boston (down 13.6 per-
cent) and fresh large shrimp at New York City (down 12.9 percent). Compared
with August 1955, lower prices this August for fresh haddock fillets were more than

Table 1 - Wholesale Average Prices and Indexes for Edible Fish and Shellfish, August 1956 With Comparisons

Point of Avs. Prices1/ Indexes
Group, Subgroup, and Item Specification Pricing Unit ($) e (1947-49=100)

Aug. | July | June | Aug.
1956 | 1956 | 1956 | 1955
ALL FISH & SHELLFISH (Fresh, Frozen, & Canned). . 114.6 | 114.6] 109.7 | 111.7

SGN e SoS EE EE 6

Haddock, Ise., offshore, drawn, fresh ..... i 101.3

Halibut, West., 20/80 lbs., drsd., fresh or froz.
Salmon, king, lge. & med., drsd., fresh or froz.
Whitefish,L, Superior, drawn, fresh .....

New York
New York
Chicago

121.5| 119.0
131.4| 1312

Lake trout, domestic, No. 1, drawn, fresh. . .
Yellow pike, L. Michigan& Huron, rnd.,fresh ,

Chicago
New York

97.0 | 112.3 Sl] fabeyy/
110.2 | 126.4 | 129.3 98.0
142.3 | 136.1 | 136.1 | 117.5
114.5 | 117.7

3
al

Processed, Fresh (Fish & Shellfish): .......
Fillets, haddock, sml,, skins on, 20-b. tins .
Shrimp, lge. (26-30 count), headless, fresh . .
Oysters, shucked, standards ........

Processed, Frozen (Fish & Shellfish: ......

Fillets; Flounder, skinless, 1-lb. pkg. ...
Haddock, sml.,skins on, 1-Ib. pkg... .
Ocean perch, skins on, 1-lb. pkg. . .

Shrimp, lge, (26-30 count), 5-lb. pkg. . ...

Canned Fishery Products: ...... Gene duce co Sprites é Settinetes
Salmon, pink, No,1 tall (16 oz.), 48 cans/cs. .. x 120
Tuna, It. meat, chunk, No, 1/2 tuna (6-1/2 0z.),

ASS CAS/CScuieriapiagis' ve ead Setar ¥) siden sue: sie
Sardines, Calif., tom. pack,No. 1 oval (15 oz.),
ASICANS/ CSM Yiu titan outers aise? sts eee

Sardines, Maine, keyless oil, No. 1/4 drawn
(S=1/470z%); 100% caus/cSai js ety ts leis ele

1/Represent average prices for one day (Monday or Tuesday) during the week in which the 15th of the month occurs, These
prices are published as indicators of movement and not necessarily absolute level. Daily Market News Service ‘‘Fishery
Products Reports’”’ should be referred to for actual prices,

offset by higher prices for fresh shrimp and shucked oysters. The index in August
1956 for the fresh processed fish and shellfish subgroup was 5.0 percent below the
previous month, but 13.9 percent higher than in the same month of 1955.

Moderate stocks and a steady demand stabilized frozen fillet prices in August
1956 at almost the same level as the previous month, but they were somewhat high-
er than in the same month a year earlier. On the other hand, an increase in the
supply of frozen shrimp and a slight drop in demand caused shrimp prices to drop
from July to August this year. However, frozen shrimp prices at Chicago were
still 27.9 percent above August 1955. The frozen processed fish and shellfish sub-
group index for August 1956 was down 2.7 percent from the previous month, but
rose 15.3 percent above the same month a year ago.

40 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

The only significant change in canned fishery products prices occurred in can~
ned Maine sardines which dropped 8.6 percent from July to August with the entry
of the new pack into the market. As of the end of August, the pack of Maine sar-
dines was almost 50 percent greater than the pack a year ago when conditions were
far below normal. With the salmon pack this season substantially better than last
season, prices were strengthening although the index did not record a rise in mid-
August. Compared with the same month in 1955, prices this August were 9.5 per-
cent higher for canned pink salmon and 0.6 percent higher for canned Maine sar-
dines, but 17.2 percent lower for canned light-meat chunk tuna and 0.7 percent
lower for California tomato-packed sardines. The August 1956 subgroup index for
canned fishery products was 1.0 percent lower than the previous month and 2.6
percent below the same month a year ago.

BOOM IN PREPARED FROZEN FOODS

Prepared frozen foods now constitute more than a third of all frozen foods
marketed in the United States, after a remarkable increase ofnearly 50 percent
last year. Manufacturers of these convenience foods lookforafurther substan-
tial increase this year--perhaps 35 percent oven the 1955 total.

Agricultural products have gained most in this relatively new field of mer-
chandising, but the fishing industry has also chalked up an impressive record.
Fish sticks sprang into na-
tional prominence two years
ago following in the path of
breaded shrimp. Other pre-
pared fish specialty items
soon appeared in grocers!
display cases.

Housewives welcome the
freedom from unpleasant o-
dors and waste and the cer-
tainty of well-prepared meals
without suffering the drudg-
ery of a hot kitchen. Sothey
are buying more and more of
the many fine items of pre-
pared frozen foods.

= What is behind all this
: — revolutionary change inmar-
keting? The answer is advertising and promotion. Tempting color spreads in
magazines arrest the attention and make fishery products ever so inviting, even
to youngsters. Users of TV, radio, and newspaper advertising continually keep
their products! merits before the consumers.

Those who pack these new prepared frozen food specialties have assumeda
heavy responsibility to the consuming public. Most packers show a keensense
of awareness to the need for adherence to highest quality levels to insure re-
peat business. Government-sponsored voluntary standards of quality for fish
sticks, which recently became effective, promise to exert a strong stabilizing
influence in the sales of this product.

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 41

= FOREIGN”

International

U. N. INTERNATIONAL LAW COMMISSION

posing the convening of an international conference of plenipotentiaries to examine
most aspects of the law of the sea, and to draw up appropriate instruments on the
subject, has been made by the U. N. International Law Commission.

The proposal is contained in the Commission's annual report, which this year
completes the 15-member body's work of codifying the law of the high seas and of.
the territorial sea, a vast and complex task upon which it has been engaged ever
since its first session in 1949. In 1954, the General Assembly asked the Commis-
sion to finish its work on the subject in time for consideration by the Assembly in
1956.

Among the questions dealt with in the 137-page report (Doc. A/CN. 4/104) are:
the breadth of the territorial sea; the right of innocent passage, '' and the rights
and duties of coastal states in that respect; the nationality of ships and whether
there should be a special United Nations registration, entitling a vessel to fly the
U.N. flag and to receive U. N. protection; penal jurisdiction in maritime collisions;
the slave trade; pollution of the sea; and piracy, including piratical acts by air-
craft, if these are directed against ships on the high seas.

Also included are revised sets of articles on fisheries and the conservation of
the "living resources of the sea,'' and on the ''continental shelf’ and the right to ex-
plore and exploit its natural resources.

The proposal for calling an international conference is made in an introduction
in which the Commission reaches the conclusion that this is the best way of giving
"practical effect'' to the rules it has formulated.

It recommends that the conference should be summoned by the Assembly, ''to
examine the law of the sea, taking account not only of the legal but also of the tech-
nical, biological, economic and political aspects of the problem, and to embody the
results of its work in one or more international conventions, or such other instru-
ments as it may deem appropriate."

The Commission goes on to express the belief that the conference should deal
with all the different parts of the law of the sea covered in its present final report.
Both its own experience, and the comments of governments, it says, have shown
"that the various sections of the law of the sea hold together, and are so closely
interdependent, that it would be extremely difficult to deal with only one part and
leave the others aside."

The Commission adds that it considers the holding of the proposed conference
"has been adequately prepared for" by its work to date. ''The fact that there have
been fairly substantial differences of opinion on certain points should not be regard-
ed as a reason for putting off such a conference,'' it declares. In this connection,

42 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

it notes that there has been "widespread regret" that after The Hague Codification
Conference of 1930, governments allowed ''disagreement over the breadth of the
territorial sea to dissuade them from any attempt at concluding a convention on the
points on which agreement had been reached." ''The Commission," it says, ''ex-
presses the hope that this mistake will not be repeated."

The Commission itself expresses the belief that international law does not al-
low the breadth of the territorial sea to exceed 12 miles. Up to that limit, how-
ever, it commits itself to no specific decision, saying that it considers this should
be taken by the proposed conference.

It notes that the right to fix the breadth of the territorial sea at three miles,
often regarded as ''the traditional limitation," is not disputed, but adds: ''As re-
gards the right to fix the limit at between three and up to 12 miles, the Commission
was obliged to note that international practice was far from uniform. Since several
states have established a breadth of between three and up to 12 miles, while others
are not prepared to recognize such extensions, the Commission was unable to take
a decision on the subject, and expressed the opinion that the question should be de-
cided by an international conference of plenipotentiaries."'

The 25 draft articles on the Territorial Sea include a section on the right of
ships to innocent passage, which provides that ''there must be no suspension of the
innocent passage of foreign ships through straits normally used for international
navigation between two parts of the high seas."

Defining the meaning of the phrase "innocent passage, '' the report says: ''Pas-
sage is innocent so long as a ship does not use the territorial sea for committing
any acts prejudicial to the security of the coastal state, or contrary to the present
rules, or to other rules of international law.

FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION

EDIBLE FISH MEALS: Edible fish meals are helping to provide increased nu-
trition in the diets of mothers and children in many countries, especially in tropi-
cal regions. Such refined fish meals and fish flours are par-
ticularly useful for their protein value, low price, and ease of
distribution and storage, while it is relatively easy to incorpo-
rate them in local traditional dishes and food preparations.

These are among the advantages claimed for fish meals
specially refined for food, in a paper by the Nutrition Division
of the Food and Agriculture Organization which was circulated

during the recent Fish Processing Technologists Meeting at
Rotterdam.

FAO is collaborating in the establishment of plants for the manufacture of edi-
ble fish meals and the United Nations children's welfare organization is urged to
help governments to set up suitable plants.

Two types of potential consumers who would
benefit from the supplementation of their diet with
edible fishmeals are those who prefer a mild,
fresh-fish flavor or none at all--and those who

less deodorized flours, which could conveniently
be mixed with other foods such as bread flour. t

prefer rather strong flavors, as they are used to
consuming rather highly-flavored fish products
such as fish pastes, sauces, etc., added to their
otherwise rather bland diet, it is stated.

"In countries where the first of these prefer -
ences prevails, the fish meals to be introduced
would resemble freshly dried or salted fish in
taste and flavor, or they should be aimost flavor-

"Where strong flavors are preferred deodoriza-
tion or what may be called 'flavor refining, ' would
not be necessary. Any type of flour introduced
should, however, resemble in its taste and flavor

the local fish products to which people are accus-
tomed."

Before an edible fish meal can be introduced
into a Specific area it is necessary to carry out
acceptability tests" to find out whether it can be

le es ae

October 1956

added to local dishes and consumed over prolonged
periods without becoming objectionable. During
recent years FAO has helped to arrange a number
of such tests.

Preliminary tests are carried out, covering a
limited number of people, often members of the
staff of a research laboratory, to eliminate the
fish meals that have no chance of acceptance and
to work out recipes for the fish meals that seem
likely to be acceptable. Tests follow on a larger
scale, usually involving 50 to 200 children, in
which an "enriched" food preparation, containing
fish meal is given daily over 1-2 months. Insome
instances edible fish meals have been used in hos-
pitals to test their effect on children under treat-
ment for protein malnutrition,

"In general, the amounts of fish flour to be con-
sumed daily by a child receiving fish flour as a
protein-rich supplement may be from 10 to 15
grams (7 to 12 grams protein), comparable with
30 to 40 grams of skim milk powder (10 to13 grams
protein). These quantities of skim milk powder
correspond with those provided in most U. N.-
supported child-feeding programs.

To make fish meal suitable for human consump-
tion it is necessary to eliminate fatty acids, per-
oxides, and other products to be found in some fish
meals. Proper processing--in which high temper-
atures are avoided and exposure to air is mimi-

mized--will prevent such changes to a large extent.

"The general bacterial count should be low,
especially when the flours are consumed by chil
dren and, given normal processing this should not
present difficulties. Deodorized fish flours can,
if necessary, meet specifications calling for a
total count of less than 2,000 bacteria per gram."

Fish meals to be used in supplementary feed-
ing should have a protein content of not less than
65 to 70 digestibility coefficient and a high biolog-
ical value. Relatively small quantities of fish
meal protein with these characteristics can effec-
tively supplement the proteins of the cereals which
form the bulk of the diet of the poorer classes in
many parts of the world.

"The fat content should preferably be low.
Changes inilavor, and, in the case of deodorized
meals, ‘flavor reversion,' are mainly associated

with the fatty constituent of fish meal preparations.

Again, thereis a slight possibility that harmful
substances may be formed as a result of changes
in the fat during processing and storage.

The price of fish meals must be low if they are
to be of practical value as dietary supplements, it
is stressed. It should be comparable, on a pro-
tein content basis, with that of dried skim milk.
The manufacturing process must be such that the
resulting \product is of high nutritive value and
harmless to the consumer. ''It is essential that
damage to amino acids should be avoided; thismay
easily occur if heating is prolonged."

"The paper goes on to give hints on the produc-
tion of satisfactory nondeodorized edible fish
meals. "Part of most of the fat present in the
raw material must be removed, in accordance
with the type of fish used for processing.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

"In many countries meals containing 4 to 8 per-
cent of fat might be satisfactory from the public
health standpoint, if they are made from fresh
sound fish with effective sanitary control and are
stored in airtight or almost airtight containers
for not more than a few months before consump-
tion.

"As low a fat content as economically practica-
ble is, however, to be preferred. Fat can be re-
moved by solvent extraction. Experience has
shown that repeated and prolonged treatment with
solvents such as petroleum, benzine, and ethyl
alcohol does not change biological value and di-
gestibility to any significant extent."

Deodorized fish flours can be most easily made
by treating minced wet fish directly, and it is
sometimes economical and convenient to use high-
grade fodder fish meals as raw material for re-
fining, if these are acceptable from the hygienic
point of view. Itis, however, more difficult to
remove unacceptable flavors from fish meals than
from wet fish.

A fish flour plant which is planned for Chile will
manufacture almost flavorless fish flour obtained
for part of the year from wet fish (hake) and dur-
ing other seasons from first grade Meal of the
fodder type based on hake and manufactured under
satisfactory hygienic control. Benzine and ethanol
will be used for removing the fat and deodorization
and a temperature above 100 degrees C. will be
avoided during the extraction process. The proc-
ess and equipment to be used will be by a Swiss
company. Other promising deodorization proc-
esses in an advanced stage are a German process,
and a South African process developed by the Fish-
eries Industries Research Institute of South Africa.
A Corporation in the United States has originated
a process which produces a partly deodorized
product, it is stated.

As to cost, it is declared that acceptable non-
deodorized fish meals and flours can be produced
at 18 cents a pound or below.

"However, it is probably more realistic to as-
sume a cost price per lb. for deodorized fish flour
of something between 23-45 cents a pound. The
term 'deodorized' should not be taken to imply
complete freedom from fishy flavors, but rather
a degree of treatment which makes the flour ac-
ceptable for addition to appropriate foods in the
diet.

Education of consumers in the practical use of
fish meals will be needed if sales of the products
are to expand, and the products must be available
at a reasonable price, while potential markets
seem to be considerable, says the paper.

"Non-deodorized meals may gain a market more
readily than deodorized meals, at least in certain
countries, since in many respects they resemble
traditional fish products to which consumers are
already accustomed."

Regarding further work on edible fish meals,
the paper adds that basic work needed to evaluate
promising processes and products will be carried
on by FAO, but the whole problem of producing
and utilizing edible fish meals, especially deodor-
ized meals, is still in an early stage.

44 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

"There is room for much further development. ture on the nutritive value of the final product.
Detailed research is needed on the processes of Here there are considerable gaps in knowledge.
flavor removal and 'flavor reversion, ' and on the The cooperation of research institutes in investi-

influence of what may be called 'temperature time gations of these and other problems is needed. '”
effects, ' and other procedures used in manufac-

INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS ON CANNED FOODS

The Third International Congress on Canned Foods, organized by the Interna-
tional Permanent Committee on Canned Foods, was held September 24-28, 1956,
in Rome and on September 29-30 in Parma, Italy. At Parma the Congress mem-
bers visited the 11th Canned Food and Packaging Fair and attended a conference
on machinery and equipment for the canning industries.

The purpose of the Committee is to promote the advance of scientific, techni-
cal, and practical knowledge useful to the canned food industry, and to develop the
consumption of canned foods.

Included among the many subjects in the program were the following of value
to fisheries interests:

Under "Current Problems in Canning Technology" was included the canning of
fish.

Under ''Containers'' were included (1) corrosion of tin plate; (2) use of elec-
trolytic tin plate; (3) choice of cans for various products.

Under ''Sanitation'' was included waste problems in the fish-canning industry.

Under ''Bacteriological Problems" were included preserved and semipreserved
fish.

(NORTH EUROPEAN) INTERNATIONAL FISHERIES CONVENTION

FIFTH MEETING OF PERMANENT COMMISSION: The Fifth Meeting of the
Permanent Commission set up under the (North European) International Fisheries
Convention of 1946 took place in London between May 8-11, 1956. Delegations at-
tended from all 13 of the Member Governments, namely, Belgium, Denmark, Ger-
man Federal Republic, France, Iceland, Ireland, Netherlands, Norway, Poland,
Portugal, Spain, Sweden, and the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern
Ireland. Observers were present from the Union of Socialist Soviet Republics,
which was represented for the first time.

Attending the meeting also were observers from the International Council for
the Exploration of the Sea, the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United
Nations, and the International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries,
states a May 28 United States Embassy dispatch from London.

Much of the Commission's discussion was devoted to the report of an ad hoc
Scientific Committee set up at the previous meeting to review available informa-
tion and to advise the Commission on minimum mesh sizes for nets and minimum
size limits for fish, and to say whether any changes were required. The Commis-
sion recognized that this report, the conclusions of which were based upon all the
scientific knowledge arrived at after many years of fisheries research, was amost

October 1956

important and valuable document.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 45

The Commission resolved to provide for the

publication of the report, and it was agreed to recommend that the Member Gov-
ernments should have the report translated for the information of their fishermen;
should seek the views of their own fishing industries; and should report back with

their recommendations and proposals by December 31, 1956.

These will be taken

into consideration, with the main report, at the next meeting. It was decided that
in the meantime the 75-mm. (2.95-inch) minimum mesh for ordinary trawl nets
should be continued for another year until April 4, 1958.

The Commission also gave further attention to the problem of mixed fishing

for protected and for other species.

The Commission appointed a Committee com-

posed of representatives of the six countries most concerned (i.e. Belgium,
France, Netherlands, Federal German Republic, Poland, and Sweden) to study

this problem further for the next meeting.

Arrangements for insuring the uniform enforcement of the provisions of the
Convention were again discussed. A committee of the Commission examined the
reports of infractions submitted by all Member Governments and the Commission
unanimously agreed to recommend to Member Governments suggestions designed

to make more uniform enforcement possible.

The Commission expressed its

thanks to the Netherlands Government for making available an officer for the Com-
mission's employment to visit those Member Countries which might so desire in
order to advise upon the enforcement of the Provisions of the Conventign.

Finally, the Commission received reports from the International Council for
the Exploration of the Sea on the question of a definition of the light trawl, and the
problem presented by the capture of undersized whiting in the industrial fisheries.
The Commission decided to take no further action at present on these problems
since the International Council was still continuing its investigations.

The Commission will hold its next meeting in London beginning on May 14,

1957.

MEDITERRANEAN FISHERIES COUNCIL

PROPOSES INVESTIGATION OF MEDITERRANEAN FISH MIGRATIONS: Re-

newed efforts to investigate the age-old riddle of the migrations and movements of
fish in the Mediterranean, which have baffled man since the Phoenicians caught
tuna along its shores, will be made if plans proposed by the General Fisheries
Council for the Mediterranean are put into successful operation, a Food and Agri-
culture Organization news release of August 1956 points out.

The Secretary of the Council states: 'The
Council is promoting an ambitious program of in-
vestigation, depending, of course, on the help and
cooperation of interested nations, which will en-
tail the study of fish populations in the Mediter-
ranean, the migrations and life cycles of various
species of fish, a study of Mediterranean trawling
grounds, and the accummulation of other knowl-
edge which we hope will, in the long run, fit into
place like pieces of a jigsaw puzzle, and give us
a comprehensive view of fish stocks in the Medi-
terranean.

"It is a strange but true fact that although man
has been fishing in the Mediterranean for thousands
of years, we are to a great extent ignorant of what
happens to some of the most important species of
commercial fish. For example, we know that tuna
appear in certain parts of the Mediterranean at
certain times of the year, as they have done since
the days of Nineveh and Tyre. Fishermen are
-able to fish them for only a few months then they
completely disappear for the rest of the year.

"There have been, of course, many interesting
theories as to where they go to but nobody has so
far been able to clear up the mystery. We are
faced with similar riddles in connection with other
fish. If we could find the answer, we might be
able to effect increases in fish production in the
Mediterranean."

Asked what the General Fisheries Council for
the Mediterranean proposed to do to try to solve
the riddles of the disappearing fish, the Secretary
explained that the Council, as a body, did not un-
dertake investigations or research work. Its func-
tion was to promote cooperation in fisheries work
between Mediterranean countries. There were a
great number of problems of common interest
which could be better tackled jointly by the nations
concerned. The investigation of tuna, sardines,
and other commercial fish, for example, could be
better done if the nations agreed on a coordinated
investigation program. In some cases even a co-
operative program might be considered in which
each nation could make a contribution.

" Although the Mediterranean has been fished
since man first appeared in this part of the world,"
said the Secretary, its fish stocks have always
been relatively poor because food for fish is rela-
tively scarce in the Mediterranean. But fish isan
important part of the diet of a great number of the
nations whose coasts border the Mediterranean,
especially those with deserts and limited areas of
arable land. These reasons make it all the more
imperative that we should have the knowledge nec-
essary to develop the fisheries and, in particular,
the available fish resources.

"An interesting example of how a resource can
exist undetected for thousands of years is to be
found in the recent development of the Mediterra-
nean shrimp fishery,'' statedthe Secretary. "Shrimp
fishing, up to recent years, was of little impor-
tance in the Mediterranean. Indeed, some people
even believed that there were no worthwhile shrimp
stocks. But now trawlers working from Algeria,
Egypt, Italy, and Turkey are exploiting substan-
tial stocks of large shrimp. The result has been
the rapid development of a shrimp fishery, anda
very profitable trade has been established in ex-
ports of shrimp to many European countries and
the United States."

The General Fisheries Council for the Mediter-
ranean was organized in 1950 under the auspices
of the Food and Agriculture Organization of the
United Nations and now has 11 members--Egypt,
France, Greece, Israel, Italy, Monaco, Spain,
Tunisia, Turkey, United Kingdom, and Yugoslavia.
The activities of the Council are carried out through
committees for exploration, production, utilization,
inland waters, and statistics. The investigation of
fishery stocks in the Mediterranean is only one
item of the Council's program of work, and there
are so many problems which urgently need atten-
tion that the Council has drawn up a priority list.

The current program includes mapping the quan-
titative distribution of fish eggs; determination of
age and growth of fish; improvement of fishery
statistics in Mediterranean countries; the bathy -
metric and geographic distribution of various spe-
cies; the distribution, etc., of crustaceans; a study
of Mediterranean trawling grounds; and a study of
fishing methods and gear, which includes a classi-
fication of fishing boat gear and methods. There
is also a whole range of work being planned under

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 10

the heading of utilization, including transport and
refrigeration of fish, fish meal, oil, byproducts,
and canning, and soon. Another big field of work
is concerned with inland-waters fisheries, the cul-
ture of fish in ponds, and the stocking and exploita-
tion of barrage lakes and so on.

"The Council hopes shortly the Governments
concerned will soon make a start on the study of
trawling grounds,'' explained the Secretary. "This
work will, of course, take years to complete. One
aim is to make maps of all the fishing grounds be-
ing exploited and of those which can be fished by
trawlers. It would be an advantage if such maps
could give localnames of the grounds, their size
and the nature of the bottom and the characteristics
of the animals living there, as well as the main
species of fish and edible crustaceans caught inthe
locality. The maps could also give such informa-
tion as the most favorable season for trawl fishing
and the estimated average return of a boat of acer-
tain type."

The size and scope of the work of the Council is
indicated by the fact that at its third meeting, held
at Monte Carlo, 54 technical papers were submitted
by fishery experts, These have been published in

a volume of ''Proceedings and Technical Papers."

The next meeting of the Council was scheduled to
beheld atIstanbul, Turkey, September 17-22, 1956.
"We have already an impressive list of technical
papers to be presented at the meeting to which rep-
resentatives of 18 countries and six international
organizations have been invited, all of them par-
ticularly interested in the work being done to de-
velop and improve fisheries in the Mediterranean,"
said the Council Secretary. <

"Of course, much has been done by nations and
organizations, especially under the aegis of the
International Commission for the Scientific Ex-
ploration of the Mediterranean Sea, but even with
that and future plans it will be many years before
the full benefit of this new cooperative effort in
fisheries will be felt in the Mediterranean. But
we hope that the knowledge and understanding we
gradually acquire should.enable us one day to con-
serve and develop stocks so that the Mediterranean.
willyield more fish per year than it has done dur-
ing any of the past two thousand or more years in
which it has been fished."

WHALING

All 17 Contracting Governments were represented at the meeting with the ex-

ception of Brazil.

They comprised Australia, Japan, Denmark, France, Iceland,

Canada, Mexico, The Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Panama, South Africa,
Sweden, the U.S.S.R., the United Kingdom, and the United States, Italy and Por-
tugal were represented by observers as were also F.A.O., the International Coun-
cil for the Exploration of the Sea, and the International Association of Whaling

Companies.

The Commission received from the Bureau of International Whaling Statistics
at Sandefjord the catch figures for the past season. Nineteen factory ships with 257

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 47

catchers were engaged in the 1955/56 Antarctic season and the total catch by float-
ing factories in the Antarctic increased from 2, 061, 789 barrels in 1954/55 to
2, 134, 012 barrels inclusive of sperm oil in 1955/56.

The chief object of the Commission is to arrange a balance between killing and
replacement rates of the whale populations. To achieve this it sets limits uponthe
total catch. This limit takes into consideration the views of scientists upon the
size of the stocks of whales and of the whalers on the economics of the industry.
Scientific opinion in the Commission was almost unanimously in favor of a substan-
tial reduction in the catch on account of evidence that the stock is declining. The
existing catch limit is 15,000 blue-whale units. The Commission recommended
that the catch for future seasons should not exceed 15, 000 blue-whale units, and
they recommended (but with one dissention--The Netherlands) that the limit should
be reduced in the coming season (1956/57), to 14,500 blue-whale units.

It is not yet certain that next season's whale catch quota in the Antarctic will
be reduced. If Netherland's opposition is followed by an official protest to the
Commission within 90 days, the catch quota will have to remain at 15,000 units,
in spite of scientists' warnings that whale stocks are being too heavily hunted.

The Commission was glad to note that in general there was a decrease in in-
fractions over the previous year. They also received further confirmation from
the Commissioner of the U.S.S.R. about the use of fenders of porous gubber which
could replace the present use of whale carcasses for this purpose. The U.S.S.R.
agreed to place at the disposal of the Commission full details of these fenders.

At present every factoryship is required to have on board two inspectors who
are generally of the same nationality as the flag of the ship. The Commission, how-
ever, following the Seventh Meeting at Moscow in 1955, askedthe United States to
prepare a Protocol for the amendment of the Convention so as to permit considera-
tion of a scheme to appoint independent observers in addition to the national inspec-
tors. They have agreed to ask the Depository Government to take all possible steps
to insure that the Protocol could be brought into force in time for the Commission
to take action under its provisions at their Ninth Meeting. It is hoped that this Pro-
tocol may very soon be signed.

The Commission heard statements from the Commissioners for Norway and
Panama about correspondence which has passed between their Governments on al-
leged infractions of the provisions of the Convention by a whale factoryship regis-
tered with the Panamanian Flag. This matter is still under discussion between the
two Governments engaged in whaling.

The Commission decided that a Scientific Sub-Committee should again if nec-
essary meet to consider certain scientific problems in anticipation of the 1957 An-
nual Meeting.

The 1957 Annual Meeting begins on June 24, 1957, in London, points out the
August 3 issue of The Fishing News.

Hig), 7 Lael
Algeria
CANNED SARDINE MARKET: The sardine industry in Algeria is not at pres-

ent of any great Significance in the economy of the country, states a July 3 dispatch
from the United States Consulate at Algiers.

48 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

Production of canned sardines is declining, and the industry is in a state of
crisis. A brief review of the canning industry's present position reveals the pre-
dominant influence of uneconomic practices by fishermen as well as the added dif-
ficulties imposed by the revolution.

Sardine production in Algeria amounted to 202, 815 cases in 1955 (valued at
about US$2.6 million) as compared with 428, 800 cases in 1951 (valued at about
US$5.5 million). The prin-
cipal cause for the decline
in production is the decrease

Value to the Canners

in the amount and value of (Not Including Taxes)
fish caught by Algerianfish- 1/ Million Francs

ermen who are prohibited by 19555 S)1075 7

law from using large ring 1,101.1

nets. 1,354.3

: 1, 800.6

Another reasonfor small |1951 429 A) 1,929.6

catches over recent months
has been the imposition of a

curfew which prevents the fishermen from fishing all night. Due to the limitation
on the use of nets, most fishermen have not invested in any large craft which would
increase their range. The curfew has thus practically confined them to early even-
ing fishing. In most of the fishing villages the curfew is 9 p.m.

Proposals originating primarily from the canning industry are now being put
forward in the hope of encouraging an increase in the size of the sardine catch.
Fishermen's organizations want to carry out an experiment during which they would
be permitted to use ring nets; the catch would be sold to the factories for a guaran-
teed price; the factories would obligate themselves on the day preceding the catch
to take a minimum amount of fish and the fishermen using the ring nets would with-
hold their catch from the fresh fish market. Economic circles express concern
over the harm which would be done to fishermen if the present system were changed,
although it is difficult to imagine how their situation could become more precarious.
Le Messager, a commercial newspaper in Algiers, has actually proposed the in-
stitution of a special tax on sardines caught with ring nets to provide a fund for the
rehabilitation of fishermen driven out of the business.

There were 53 factories canning sardines in Algeria in 1951. This number
has been reduced to 40, and several factories are preparing to close in 1956. Some
of the factories have maintained production by importing frozen sardines from
French Morocco where there are no limitations on the use of nets. Despite these

Table 2 - Algeria's Imports and Exports of Canned Sardines, 1951-55

IMPORTS EXPORTS

Quantit Quantit Value

1,000 Lbs. | US$1,000 | Million Francs | 1,000 Lbs. | US$1,000 | Million Francs
1955 921 312 109.1 7,376 2,311 808.9
1954 350 125 43.8 10, 180 Be UAV 964.9
1953 363 133 | 46.6 11, 318 2,983 1,043.9
1952 296 102 Ba T 16,566 4,225 1,479.0
1951 161 65 22.6 16, 424 4, 290 1,501.6

imports of frozen fish, Algeria's net exports of canned sardines have been declining
at a rapid rate. The net export value amounted to US$2.0 million in 1955 as com-
pared with US$4.2 million in 1951. The increase in imported sardines has been
principally from French Morocco with France a close second. Most foreignbrands

of sardines sold in Algeria are actually imported from French distributors by Al-
gerian merchants,

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 49

Domestic consumption estimated at an annual average of 30, 000-40, 000 cases,
has remained relatively unchanged over the past five years. The native population
provides the principal market for canned sardines. Although consumption by in-
come group is not known, it is believed that the low-income native population con-
sumes about 80 percent of the total.

The most popular size can is a flat can of 35 to 5 ounces. Another popular can
is the 133-ounce oval can of pilchards which retails for about 29 U.S. cents. The
most popular packing medium is a mixture of olive and peanut oils. Sardines
packed in this medium are labeled, ''Sardines a 1' huile.'' Sardines packed inpure
olive oil are so labeled and are sold at a Slightly higher price. Tomato sauce is an
unpopular medium for packing sardines.

The retail price of the 33- to5-ounce flat cans varies from about 17-27 U.S.
cents a can if the medium is olive oil and from 16-26 cents acan if the medium
is a mixture of olive and peanut oils. The 134-ounce oval cans of pilchards retail
at prices varying from 19-36 cents a can.

The opportunity for imports of canned sardines from the United States is ex-
tremely limited because local production meets consumption needs at the present
levelof prices. Third countries maintain exports of canned sardines to Algeria pri-
marily by means of trade agreements with France. French bilateral trade agree-
ments apply automatically to Algeria. The tariff onimported sardines iS 95 per-
cent ad valorem.

Imported sardines are normally distributed by importers direct to retailers
or wholesalers. Domestic production is distributed by wholesale houses, although

several factories carry out distribution direct to large retailers.
Note: Values converted at the rate of 1 franc equals US$0.00857.

——~=
Australia

dustry Act Repeal Act 1956, providing for the sale of the Government-owned Aus-
tralian Whaling Commission's station at Carnarvon, Western Australia, to private
operators, and the Fish Industry Act 1956, providing for a Fisheries Development
Trust Account, were passed by the Commonwealth Parliament in May 1956. The
Fish Industry Act 1956 which will be financed by the surplus which will arise from
the sale of the Whaling Commission's business, will make possible the biggest
move in Australia's history for the development of the nation's fishery resources,
points out the (Australian) Fisheries Newsletter of June 1956.

Note: See Commercial Fisheries Review, August 1956, p. 63, >

me RK

CANNED SARDINE MARKET: One small firm in Albany, Western Australia,
has on several occasions canned small amounts of pilchards. However, this firm
has always used a tall round can for which there is practically no market. This
firm canned 70 tons one season, but there has been no production the last two sea-
sons. Thatisthe extent of canning of sardine and sardinelike fish in Australia,
states a July 16 dispatch from the United States Embassy at Canberra.

The Commonwealth Bureau of Fisheries reports that preliminary surveys in-
dicate commercial quantities of pilchards are available on the coast of Northern
New South Wales, Queensland, and parts of Western Australia. They plan to con-

50 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

duct a more detailed commercial survey this coming season. They believe that
pilchards will develop into a commercial enterprise, but that the catch will be uti-
lized for oil and meal rather than for canning purposes. There is a ready and quick
market for meal and oil with a minimum of capital expenditure, whereas the cost of
equipment and facilities for canning is prohibitive for the current market.

Table 1 - Representative Retail Prices of Canned Sardines
in Canberra, Australia, July 11, 1956

Packing

32 oz. flat

Product Price Per Can

Norwegian sills ..... Sardine oil

Norwegian sills ..... Sardine oil 3 size flat
French sardines . Olive oil 45 oz. flat
Portuguese sardines Olive oil 45 oz. flat

Olive oil 7 oz. flat

|Portuguese sardines

The domestic consumption of sardines is almost entirely from imports. The
past two years consumption has been about 5 million pounds annually; however, im-
port restrictions have limited quantities entering Australia.

Per-capita consumption of canned fish varies annually depending on the quotas
granted importers. Fish is not a staple item in the diet of Australians. Prior to
the immigration program of Europeans, sardines were consumed in fairly limited
amounts in Australia. The increase in demand for sardines is a direct result of
the tastes of the ''New Australians." The trend is for an increase in the demand
for sardines; however, the amounts authorized to be imported depend on the bal-
ance-of-payments position of Australia.

Table 2 - Average Retail Prices of Imported Canned Sardines

(Double Layer, 32 oz., Olive Oil) in Sydney, 1951-55
Jan.-Mar. 1956 | 1955 | 1954 | 1953 | 1952

SRNR ali tel oe (Per Can). ss 2 BS ae
Silene g 21.28 | 21.60 | 21.48 | 21.10] 19.50
19.85 | 20.15 | 20.04 | 19.69 | 18.19

In U.S. cents

The popular sizes of canned sardines are almost exclusively the small 35-5
oz. flats. A limited amount of other sizes has been offered for sale, but they sell
only when the preferred flats are not available.

The most popular packing medium is olive oil; other mediums, mostly vege-
table oils, are offered to the consumers but are not as readily acceptable.

Sardine consumption is the greatest among the "New Australians.'' The ma-
jority of these people coming from Continental Europe would be classed in the low-
income group because of their unskilled work. Actually, this may not be acorrect
classification because these people are industrious and by working overtime and by
multiple employment their income by Australian standards would place them in the
middle-income group. Sardine consumption other than by the 'New Australians"
would be by all income groups and influenced by religious beliefs.

Table 3 - Average Wlgiene seule Prices of Imported Canned Sardines
Olive Oil) in Melbourne, 1953-56

: Aprile June |Jan.-Mar.
Currency Unit 1956 1956 1955

n shillings (s.)
and pence ¢d.)

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 51

Australia's canned sardine imports have climbed steadily from 420, 000 pounds
(valued at AE88, 000 or US$197, 000) in 1952/53 to 4.7 million pounds (valued at
AEL835, 000 or US$1, 870, 000) in 1953/54, and to a record high of 5.7 millionpounds
(valued at AL1, 062,000 or US$2, 378, 000) in 1954/55 (table 4). The majority of
sardine imports are from Norway--84 percent in 1953/54 and 71 percent in1954/55.
It is estimated that imports for 1955/56 were at a slightly reduced level because of
import restrictions. The import level for 1956/57 has been reduced a further 25
percent by import restrictions, effective July 1, 1956. Effective July 1, 1956, the
import quota is 75 percent of 1954/55 imports and the budget is entirely for the non
dollar areas. Canned sardine imports fall into Category A for import license pur-
poses.

Table 4 - Australia's Canned Sardine Imports 1953/54-1954/55

ae uantit Value
es CHC igs | S1954/55 1953/54 1954/55 1953/54
1,000 Lbs. | 1,000 Lbs. | AE1,000| US$1,000| AE1,000| US$1, 000
United Kingdom. . 359 357 81 181 67 150
Other British
Countries .... 99 - iL} 29 - =
New Zealand ... - 14 - - 6 14
WCIROOCO 6 6 6-6 a0 97 32 15) 33 6 13
yenmiarkay.ie wove stele 236 - 31 70 - =
INJCIAWVER? Yao) Guat c 4, 084 3, 927 795 1, 780 713 1,598
SWeEGEME en acne als 37 - 6 15 - -
Germanys wien ens 274 - 38 84 - =
IPoernbverel SCs BG A471 161 74 166 23 51
SOULE Ate Cawaa ae - 90 - 6
OthenMiaacse acne 60 89 )
Motels wee BRAT, 4,670 1, 062

The import duty on canned sardines is 1d.(0.933 U.S. cents) a pound for Brit-
ish preference countries, 2d.(1.87 U.S. cents) a pound for most-favored countries,
and 3d.(2.8 U.S. cents) a pound for other countries, principally Japan.

Because of Australia's present balance of payments difficulties and limited dol-
lar earnings, it is extremely doubtful if they would favor or permit sardine imports
from the dollar area. Australia prefers to utilize dollars for the purchase of raw
materials, plant, and machine goods from the dollar countries.

The Australian Government is not involved in the purchase of sardines, but it
does control imports by a quota and import license system.

The importer who obtains a license imports the sardines. The importer sells
to a wholesaler, who, inturn, sells to the retail trade. In some cases the import-
er would also be the wholesaler.

Note; Values converted at the rate of AE1 equals US$2.24,

WOK KK

CULTURED PEARL FARM: The first step toward the establishment of a joint
Japanese, Australian, and United States cultured pearl farm occurred on June 20
when a Japanese pearling lugger arrived at Broome, Western Australia. The lug-
ger carried 15 Japanese specialists who are to begin the culture of pearls in afour-
square-mile area in Brecknock Harbor, between Augustus Island and the mainland
some 200 miles north of Broome.

The Nippon Pearl Company of Tokyo made an agreement with an Australian
company, Pearls, Pty. Ltd., whereby the former is to supply specialists and about
half the funds required and the latter is to be responsible for all arrangements in
Australia.

52 : COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 10

The arrangements were approved by the Commonwealth and the State Govern-
ments, and the Australian company (in which Male and Co., Broome pearlers,
Brown and Dureau Ltd., Melbourne importers and exporters, and the Otto Gerdau
Co., New York, are participants) received a three-year license for the pearl farm

area.

It was reported that some 35,000 immature oysters would be planted in the

first year and that the bulk of the artificial pearls produced would be marketed in
the United States, a July 27 dispatch from the United States Consulate at Perth an-

nounces.

% OK OK KK

NEW DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE, FISHERIES, AND WHALING EST AB-

LISHED: In the reorganization of Australia's Federal Ministry in January 1956,
the Department of Commerce and Agriculture was abolished and its commerce func-
tions became the responsibility of a new Department of Trade; and agriculture, fish-
eries, and whaling were given the full-time attention of a new Department of Pri-

mary Industry. 4

Some of the views on fisheries of the new Minister of Primary Industry as pub-
lished in the (Australian) Fisheries Newsletter of March 1956 follow:

", .Our agricultural and pastoral production

are much greater in volume and value than our
fishery production. This does not mean that fish-
eries, the second branch of food production, are
to be regarded as of little importance.

"In fact, fishing is already an important indus-
try, with production of about 57,000 tons and earn-
ing over five million dollars a year for Australia,
plus 22,350 tons of whale products with an export
value of about L.1.6 millions.

"Other factors must also be taken into consid-
eration.

"Even in a meat eating country like Australia,
fish is needed for variety and for its special nutri-
tional values, particularly in institutional and in-
valid diets. And of course there is the national
need to increase exports to which our fisheries
resources, if properly developed, could make an
even greater contribution; for example, prawns,
which I will be mentioning again.

"In face of this double need for increased fish
production, the catch is unfortunately not keeping
pace with our rapidly growing population. Nor-
mally, imports provide about half the supply of fish
available for consumption in Australia. The last
few years should have taught us how unwise it is
to rely on imports for essential needs. The re-
cent restriction of imports of course includesfish.

"Moreover, if we can produce more fish and
thereby import less, or atleast not an increasing
quantity to meet the growing shortage, we shall cor-
respondingly improve Australia's trade position.

"There is, therefore, urgent need to explore
our latent fishery resources and to begin, as soon
as possible, to develop them.

"I know, for example, there are trawling
grounds in the Great Australian Bight which are
not being worked but which could produce a big
catch of fish suitable for consuming in fresh form.

"I think further work may be needed on tuna,
for the slow development of this promising young
fishery is not wholly due to competition in over-
seas markets.

"There is also work to be done for the prawn
fishery, which one experienced American fishing
executive thinks may become even a bigger dollar
earner than crayfish.

"T have read with interest part of the discussion
which proceeded in the Newsletter through most of
last year on developmental problems and how they
might be solved. Jt seems clear that some lead
is required to awaken a new spirit of enterprise
and enthusiasm in the fishing industry, and to
make a start with the harvesting of our latent sea
food resources. South Africa in its Fisheries De-
velopment Corporation found one way of doing this.

"Nobody of course would expect me already to
have to come to any conclusion as to what might
be the best way of going about fishery development
in Australia. But Iam glad to take this early op-
portunity of telling professional fishermen and the
other sections of the fishing industry in Australia
(for in any developmental plans fishermen, process-
ors and distributors will all have to pull together)
that it is my desire as Minister for Primary In-
dustry to see fish production greatly increase, both
for domestic consumption and also to provide ex-
ports to help pay for the imports which Australia
must obtain for its national development. ..."

% OOK OR

SHRIMP EXPORTS TO UNITED STATES: Arrangements have been completed ©
to export the bulk of raw headless shrimp produced by the Queensland Professional

Fishermen's League to the United States.

It is hoped that this may be the begin-

ning of a substantial dollar export trade in shrimp to the United States, reports the

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVEIW 53

State Secretary of the League. The frozen shrimp (Banana prawn, Penaeus mer-
guiensis) will be exported by the Fish Board, states the Australian Fisheries News-
letter of June 1956.

The price offered by the Board has been accepted by the members of the Lea-
gue and the Board is extending facilities to the fullest to complete shipments to the
United States and ''I have every reason to believe it could become a million dollar
industry, '' says the State Secretary.

The shrimp will be exported raw headless in four grades, ranging from 15-25
count for the largest to 40 for the smallest. Fishermen will receive 1s.9d. (19.5
U.S. cents) a poundheads on, or 2s. 9d.(30.7U.S. cents) heads off, net at place of
production. Loss of weight in heading is about 22 percent.

United States importers have indicated they will take a very large quantity if

shipments are satisfactory.
Note: Values converted on basis of AE1 = US$2.232.

Ke ke

WESTERN AUSTRALIA SHRIMP SURVEY: In 1952 the Western Australian
State Government Fisheries Department made a vessel, the P. V. Lancelin, avail-
able for a shrimp or prawn survey from Fremantle to Broome. The survey was
made during winter, the least favorable part of the year for such an inwestigation.
Nevertheless, results were promising, the June 1956 (Australian) Fisheries News-
letter states.

The following winter (1953), the Exmouth Gulf area was investigated. This
region provided a certain amount of shelter, plus suitable trawling grounds neces-
sary for the development and testing of fishing gear. This work was resumed and
extended during the winter of 1954.

Quantities of the following commercial species were obtained during the 1952
survey: tiger prawn (Penaeus esculentus), banana prawn (P. merguiensis), West-
ern Australian king prawn (P. latisulcatus), greentail prawn (Metapenaeus master-
sii). Other species were caught but none are at present of commercial importance.

For completeness a summer survey was essential and the P. V. Lancelin was
made available for September to May, 1955/56. A refrigerated fishing vessel, the
Jon Jim, accompanied the P. V. Lancelin for the first few weeks of the cruise, to
examine the possibilities of catching and freezing shrimp commercially. Results
during the early part of the cruise were encouraging. In winter the tiger prawn
had predominated, but now large quantities of the banana prawn were caught, the
best single catch from one hour's trawl being 400 pounds.

Peel Inlet: This estuarine system resembles from Exmouth Gulf have a reddish tail, but this is
many on the east coast of Australia. The high sa- a peculiarity of specimens from this region.)
linity of Peel Inlet in late summer may be respon-
sible for the paucity of prawns there, and may con- There is some evidence that the western and
fine them to the Murray River where most are eastern Australian M. mastersii are distinct sub-
caught at this time of the year. species. There are several constant anatomical

differences and in addition they reach sexual ma-

The principal species caught is Metapenaeus turity at different average sizes.
mastersii (Haswell), known in eastern Australia
as the greentail or greasyback, but referred toas All the shrimp were caught in shallow water at
the school prawn in Western Australia. The school | night during January and early February and were
prawn of eastern Australia is Metapenaeus ma- sexually mature, and a large proportion of the fe-
cleavi (Haswell), and it would be better if the com-| males were ripe and impregnated. This indicated
mon names were uniform, provided school prawn that spawning occurred at this region of the Mur-
is not too firmly established locally. The PeelIn- | ray River. The spawning of this prawn so far up
let shrimp do not have such a distinctive green an estuarine system is most unusual, especially
tail as those from eastern Australia, but havenev- | in a region with a low salinity surface layer, into
ertheless, a distinctly greenish tinge. (Species which shrimp move at night. The lower layers of

higher salinity would provide an environment more
usual for spawning shrimp of this species. At
Pinjarra there was a shallow sill with very low
salinity water above it, and this may provide an
effective barrier to the larger shrimp. However,
postlarval shrimp about half an inch long have
been known to penetrate up a river into nearly
fresh water, and it is quite likely that the upper
regions of the Murray River have a large juvenile
population. Suitable equipment for collecting these
small shrimp, and also for trawling the bottom of
the river, was not available at the time, and fur-
ther information as to the population distribution
could not be obtained.

(King, prawn of Western Australia)

(Penaeus latisulcatus)

Dorsal surface of carapace

It is of interest that the fishery is confined to
the hours of darkness. In the Brisbane River,
Queensland, this species is most often caught with
small trawls during daylight. Some trawling at
dusk and night is also done, usually in the upper
reaches of the river. It would be of interest to
use a beam trawl (no more than eight feet across)
in the Murray River during daylight.

It is thought most unlikely that the present meth-
ods of fishing could appreciably deplete the shrimp
population of the Murray River. Trawling by sev-
eral dozen small craft has been carried out in the
Brisbane River, Queenslard, for years without
any reduction of abundance. As the shrimp are
sexually mature at capture, and as it is presumed
they do not survive a season's spawning, it is ob-
vious there has been no reduction in average size
due to overfishing.

Large annual fluctuations are common in most
shrimp fisheries. The peculiar hydrographical
nature of Peel Inlet and its rivers is likely to cause
even greater population fluctuations here than else-
where. The larger shrimp have moved far up the
system by the time winter flooding occurs and are
likely to be subject to a greater mortality. Dur-
ing winter in these latitudes growth and activity
are almost suspended. In the Brisbane River a
large number of near-mature shrimp survive win-
ter, as well as small juveniles, so that there is a
Spring spawning which provides a late summer
abundance. The smaller sizes reach maturity dur-
ing summer and a constant population of large
shrimp is maintained. At Peel Inlet, however, it
is alleged that full-size shrimp are not obtained
until well into summer. If this is correct, it is
likely that a population of only small juvenile
shrimp survives winter and provides the late sum-
mer catches. A prolonged winter with flooding
could have a marked effect on such a population.

_ Exmouth Gulf: The species caught here are the
tiger prawn, Penaeus esculentus (Haswell), the

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 10

banana prawn, P. merguiensis (de Man), and to
a much lesser extent the king prawn, P. latisulca-
tus (Kishinouye) and the brown or endeavour prawn,
Metapenaeus endeavouri (Schmitt). A few speci-
ments of M. mastersii also appear sporadically.
Two Trachypenaeus species and a Metapenaeopsis
species are also common at night, but are too
small to be of commercial interest. The tiger
and banana prawns are sexually mature and hence,
for the reason stated above, itis pointless tosearch
for larger size shrimp. Male tiger prawn are sex-
ually mature at an average length of 145 mm. (5.7
inches, and females at an average of 155 mm.
(6.1 inches). Banana prawn are sexually mature
at a slightly larger size than the tiger prawn (about
% in. longer for both sexes).

Numerous trawls with the small frame trawl
were made in Shallow water and in Beadon Creek,
Onslow, and Wapet Creek, Exmouth Gulf. Salini-
ty of water samples from these regions was very
high, and probably explains the paucity of post-
larval stages, as the marine fauna was arestrict-
ed one. While it is possible that the juvenile
stages are to be found uniformly scattered over
the large areas of shallow water found in the Gulf,
previous experience suggests that this is unlikely.
The younger stages seem generally to prefer shel-
tered water with plenty of algal cover. As the sa-
linity of all the numerous inlets of the Gulf is like-
ly to be high, it is quite probable that the bulk of
the juvenile stages may be found outside. Ineast-
ern Australia several of the commercial species
seem to work down a salinity gradient as growth
proceeds.

The Ashburton River, whose mouth is adjacent
to Exmouth Gulf, is reputed to have an unusually
large stream discharge compared with other north-
western rivers. It is common local knowledge that
small and medium size shrimp can be caught in
this river fairly readily. Unfortunately it was not
possible to examine this river and adjacent waters,
but it is possible that a large population of juvenile
shrimp is present in this river. As these approach
sexual maturity, they would make their way down
into the Gulf where spawning occurs. The high sa-
linities would effectively bar the succeeding post-
larval stages from moving to the southern part of
the Gulf, and they would eventually move up the
Salinity gradient into the Ashburton River.

Unlike Peel Inlet, Exmouth Gulf should provide
an extremely stable fishery. The average annual
rainfall of the region is between 10 and 15 inches,
and prolonged flooding of any of the "nursery-
grounds" is most unlikely. However, as itisa
spawning or prespawning population that would be
fished, sudden short-term fluctuations are tobe ex-
pected. These fluctuations seem a characteristic of
shrimp fisheries, e.g. shrimp which have been abun-
dant in an areafor afew weeks suddenly disappear and
are found in another nearby locality differing slightly
from the previous one, andsoon. These difficulties
can be resolved only by local knowledge which must be
foundempirically. This would best be achieved by
fishing vessels (preferably three ormore) attempting
to fish the area.

Present indications are that the tiger prawn will
be the most regularly caught species, withthe banana
prawn comprising larger actual catches but extend-
ing over a shorter season. Boththese shrimp, espe-
cially the latter, are excellent commercial species
from all viewpoints.

% OK Ok Ok ok

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 59

late spring, for approximately three weeks, there exists on the Western Australian
coast an intensive fishery for a particular type of spiny lobster or crayfish, com-
monly called ''white'' crayfish. These are pale in color, readily distinguished in
color only at the beginning of the ''run'' from the red spiny lobster (Panulirus lon-
gipes) caught in the deeper waters later in the season.

The "whites'' are usually caught on a sand bottom and a pot set accidentally on
reef bottom yields only red spiny lobster.

During the period in which ''white'' spiny lobsters are caught, the red spiny
lobsters are in berry, i.e., they have spawned and have the bright orange eggs ad-
hering to the pleopods of the abdomen. From visual observation, the ovaries of
"whites'’ are not mature and mating has not taken place, i.e., the females have not
acquired sperm packets.

During the ''white'’ spiny lobster season (approximately November 20 to the end
of December), the catch of 'whites'' along the coast is of the order of 2, 000, 000
pounds live weight. This quantity represents approximately one-fifth of the total
production of all spiny lobster throughout the nine months! open season in Western
Australia. The catch of ''whites,'' therefore, in the eyes of the fishermen, is most
important from the financial aspect.

From data collected over a period of years, white spiny lobsters can be said
to be newly moulted animals, lacking the red pigment found in all size groups of the
"red"! spiny lobster.

The absence of small "whites" below 23 inches and above 33 inches suggests
that the ''whites'' are a phase in the "'red'' cycle, and first occur when the spiny
lobsters are approaching maturity. This could therefore be termed an adolescent
phase. From tagging returns, the ''whites'’ move offshore at a fairly steady rate
after the commencement of the "run.'' The "run" of ''whites''’ commences when the
"whites'' crawl into the pots. This does not necessarily indicate their immediate
"arrival'' from another area. They possibly migrate onshore sometime before they
are caught. In any case they do not feed, since baited pots set before the "run" of
"whites yield nothing.

The non-attractiveness of the bait at this time can be explained by the fact that
just prior to, and for approximately ten days after, moulting, food is not sought.
When the "whites" do "run, '' however, they are caught in large numbers, the catch-
es per pot increasing from a mere 1 or 2 to 30 or 40 overnight. The actual date of
the commencement of the catch of ''whites" varies from area to area and from year
to year. There is nevertheless only about a fortnight's variation in its onset each
year.

A possible picture of events could include the migration of adolescent pale-col-
ored spiny lobsters to relatively shallow sandy areas where moulting takes place.
This is followed by heightened feeding activity and a movement offshore with a pos-
sible tendency for the spiny lobsters to deepen in color. The numbers of the "whites"
caught decrease until, in the words of the fishermen, ''they disappear and the 'white'
season has ended."

The fact that individual ''whites'’ can be caught again the following ''white'' sea-
son suggests that this ''white'' phase is not restricted to only one period in the life
of a spiny lobster, but that two ''white'’ phases can occur at approximately the same
time of the year in at least two successive years.

56 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

It has also been shown that an undersize ''white'' crayfish can grow to 3.0 inch-
es in carapace length and take on the red coloration normally found in spiny lobsters
at other times of the year, points out the (Australian) Fisheries Newsletter of June

1956.

Austria

CANNED SARDINE MARKET: Austria has no domestic production of sardines
and sardinelike fish, such as true sardines, small herring, pilchards, and sprats
(brisling), points out a June 29 dispatch from the United States Embassy at Vienna.

Of the canned sardines imported in Austria, the true sardines packed in olive
oil are most popular among consumers. While smaller quantities of sprats (bris-
ling) were imported in the past, particularly from Belgium, none are being import-
ed now since they are not popular with Austrian consumers. Best estimate on Aus-
tria's consumption of canned sardines in 1955 was approximately 3,400 metrictons.

Sardines are quite popular with Austrian consumers, although meat is prefer-
red to fish in general. For some years the trade has been trying to educate the
general public to the excellence and good food value of fish in general, but no visi-
ble progress has been made. Sardines are not used for main courses as in some
countries, but principally for snacks and sandwiches. Hors d'oeuvres served in
restaurants, which also include sardines, command relatively high prices.

About 90 percent of the consumers prefer the 34-5 oz. flat cans. A few 1-lb.
and 1-kilogram (2.2 lbs.) cans are purchased by restaurants, snack bars, and
delicatessen stores. About 50 percent of the sardines consumed are packed in
olive oil, and the others are packed in vegetable oil (20 percent), fish oil (15 per-
cent) and tomato sauce (15 percent). The percentage of sardines consumed by the
high, middle, and low income groups is estimated at 10,40, and 50 percent, re-
spectively. Retail market prices for the 37-5 oz. cans: olive oil pack from 17-20
U.S. cents a can, vegetable oil pack 11.5-19 cents, tomato sauce pack 12 cents,
and fish oil pack 16 cents; 1-lb. rectangular olive oil pack 58 cents; 2-oz. olive oil
pack 13 cents.

Obstacles to the import of canned sardines and sardinelike fish from the United
States, according to trade sources, are:

1. Portuguese sardines, packed in olive oil, are most popular with Austrian
consumers. As far as other packing mediums, such as vegetable oils and tomato
Sauce, are concerned, European flavors are preferred.

- Aes Prices of American canned sardines and sardinelike fish are comparatively
igh.

3. While sea freight charges on imports from the United States raise prices
considerably, European continental exporters have relatively lower freight charges
on exports to Austria.

4, Since sardines are rather expensive and not used for main courses, Aus-
trian consumers prefer small cans.

Although imports from the dollar area of canned fish are liberalized, imports
are handicapped by the reasons given above.

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 57

It is noteworthy that Portugal, although not a member of GATT, has a special
agreement with Austria where Portuguese canned sardines are subject to an Aus-
trian 15-percent ad valorem duty. This preferential rate does not apply, however,

to other fish products imported from Portugal, such as anchovies, tuna, and mack-
erel.

Canned sardines are imported by commercial agents or importers. They in
turn distribute the commodity to wholesalers, retail chains and retailers. The
Austrian Government does not purchase sardines.

Austrian foreign trade statistics do not show canned sardines and sardinelike
fish separately; they are included under canned fish and canned crustaceans.

In 1955 Austria imported a total of 5,499 metric tons of canned fish and canned
crustaceans, valued at US$2, 597, 000. According to the best trade estimates about
60 percent of this amount was sardines and sardinelike fish, about 5 to 10 percent
crustaceans, and the balance other canned fish (table 1).

Table 1 —~ Austria's Imports of Canned Fish and Crustaceans
Vinine Estimated Percentage

Composition of Imports
Million (S) | US$1,000

Quantity

Metric Tons

Jo
40% small hefring; bal-

West Germany. . 879 ance other fish products

2, 160

| (mainly herring fillets).
me 50% true sardines; bal-
MUIBOSIEN co 6 a eee oe ance tuna and anchovies
80% small herring; bal-
Denmark..... 598 258 ance mackerel, cod liv-
ers, andcrustaceans.
(See ala 95% true sardines; bal-
portugal YS natas eb 1, 650 B51 ance tuna and mackerel,
French Morocco . Bil 100% true sardines.
[Other Countries1/ ; 105 -
hotals ; 2,597 -

V Small quantities of camned sardines and sardinelike fish are also being imported from France, Norway, and Sweden.

Portugal furnishes Austrian importers with cans of the so-called ''Club 5"
format, which are 25 and 30 millimeters high. One seidom sees in Austria the
type can which Portugal ships to the United States, e.g. "usual ;'' cans, 22 milli-
meters high.

Trade sources attribute the low level of Moroccan sardine imports to political
conditions in that area but expect that imports from that country will gradually in-
crease. Sardines from French Morocco are good quality and cheaper than Portu-
guese brands, although the latter are better in quality.

Sardines imported from Portugal, French Morocco, and Yugoslavia are pack-
ed either in olive oil, vegetable oil (peanut oil), or other substances. Canned sar-
dines and sardinelike fish imported from Denmark and Germany are principally
packed in tomato sauce and soy bean oil.

Trade sources are of the opinion that fish packed in cottonseed oil would not

find a market in this country as the taste of this oil would not appeal to Austrian
consumers.

Note: Values converted to US$ equivalent at the rate of 1 schilling equals US$0.03846.

58 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

Belgian Congo

CANNED SARDINE MARKET: There is no domestic production of canned sar-
dines in the Belgian Congo. Of the 1, 862 metric tons (valued at US$760, 675) of can-
ned sardines imported in 1955, 125 tons were imported from the United States.
Ninety percent of the consumers, practically all Europeans in the high income group,
prefer the 33-5 oz. can of sardines packed in olive oil. About 9 percent buy the 8-
oz. tall cans, and the balance 8-oz. ovals and 1-lb. ovals. The olive-oil pack is
almost universaliy preferred. The retail market price for the 34-5 0z. can ofcan-
ned sardines in olive oil ranges from 16-21 U.S. cents a can, points out an August
6 dispatch from the United States Embassy at Leopoldville. The 8-o0z. tall packed
in olive oil retails for 32 cents a can. Canned sardines in tomato sauce retail in
8-oz. ovals at 34 cents a can and in 1-lb. ovals at 39 cents a can.

The Portuguese sardine industry is well established in the Belgian Congo and
its products are known and liked by Europeans. The Africans are not sardine con-
sumers, since they are able to obtain local dried fish much more cheaply. Only if
United States sardines were much cheaper than the present prices, including cost
of transport, would there be an opportunity for exports. Sardines are too expen-
sive for the bulk of the African population and must compete in European tastes with
European tuna, as well as the large quantities of fresh and frozen fish brought in
from the neighboring colony of Angola.

A large proportion of the food importers are Portuguese, both as retailers and
as intermediaries in the native and rural trade, and it is only natural that their
business contracts would be with suppliers of Portuguese sardines, although French
sardines are seen in the "luxury" food stores.

Burma

CANNED SARDINE MARKET: There is no production of canned sardines in
Burma, an August 2 dispatch from the United States Embassy at Rangoon points out.

_ Of the canned sar- Burma's Retail Prices for Canned Sardines
dines sold in Burma, 55 [Size of Can Type of Pack
percent are packed in Kyat | U. S. Cents
1-lb. oval cans, 25 per- 34 to 5 oz. Tomato sauce | 0.90 19
cent in 8-oz. ovals, 10 32 to 5 oz. Brine 1.25 26
percent in8-oz. rec- |g og. tall Olive oil 2.25 47
tangulars, 5 percent in |g 7. tall Vegetable oil | 2.50 53
8-oz. talls and 5 per- |g og. tall Brine 1.50 32
cent in 1-lb, talls. 8 oz. oval Tomato sauce | 1.50 32
RSG : 8 oz. oval Brine 1.50 32
OWNS NY) Ienteea) 8 oz. rectangular Olive oil 2.25 47
of the sardines consum- |j _1p_, oval Tomato sauce | 1.90 40
ed are packed in tomato 1-1b. oval Brine 2.25 47
sauce, 5 percent inolive Leis. tani Brine 2.25 47
oil, 5 percent in vege- 115 oz. (Japanese, ;
table oil, 5 percent in price controlled) Tomato sauce | 1,90 40
brine, and 5 percent 74 oz. (Japanese, Ds
natural. price controlled) Tomato sauce | 1.50 32

Note: Values converted at the rate of one kyat equals 21 U, S
The percentage of = ———

sardines consumed by the high, middle, and low income groups is estimated at 10,
70, and 20 percent, respectively.

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 59

The retail market price for the 1-lb. oval canned sardine packed in tomato
sauce is about 40 cents a can, and the 8-oz. oval 32 cents (see table).

The Burmese Government conserves its United States dollars and other Amer-
ican-account funds by restricting imports to essential commodities not economical-
ly obtainable from soft-currency areas. Canned sardines are, therefore, pur-
chased principally from sources in Japan, Portugal, the United Kingdom, and Den-
mark. The Bulletin of Import Trade lists canned fish importations without speci-
fying types.

Domestic distribution is ordinarily effected through Burmese import firms.
Importers then wholesale the imports to retail outlets without promotion by either.

Imports of Japanese origin are purchased by the Civil Supplies Management
Board for distribution to registered cooperatives for sale at fixed prices.

In all probability, transportation difficulties (including cost) and less west-
ernized tastes reduce consumption greatly outside the city. In Rangoon, probably
only occidentals and westernized orientals eat many sardines, to judge from the
class of retail outlets which handle them.

The population of Burma is comprised of many different ethnic and religious
groups, almost all of whom satisfy a large portion of their protein requirements
with fish, which is an acceptable food. The local fish industry cannot Supply enough
fresh fish, and there are no processing facilities. Consistently, one of the largest
imports from Japan has been fish and fish preparations, and this category forms a
respectable proportion of the total imports.

Canada
AUREOMYCIN USE ON FISH ACCEPTED BY AUTHORITIES: The use of aureo-

mycin within specific quantitative limits has been found acceptable by the Canadian
Department of National Health and Welfare. The necessary amendments to the reg-
ulations to permit this use will be recommended to the Minister by the Food and
Drug Directorate, reports the August 10 issue of the Fisheries Council of Canada

Bulletin.

Canada is reported to be the first country in the world to approve the use of
aureomycin on edible fish.

eK KK

FRESH SILVER SALMON EX-
PORTS PROHIBITED AFTER AU-
GUST 31: Exports of fresh silver
or coho salmon are prohibited aft-
er August 31 each year as aresult
of changes in British Columbia
fishery regulations, reports the
July 1956 Trade News of the Cana-
dian Department of Fisheries.

In past years special prohibi-
tion orders were issued from year
to year. The regulation is now amended so that the order will have a continuing ap-
plication.

OK Ke Ke &

60 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

years produced on the North American Atlantic coast, is now being produced on the
Pacific from British Columbia herring scales. As fish are pumped from seiner to
packing boat, they pass over baffles and screens which remove the scales without
damaging the fish, about 100 hundred tons of fish produce one ton of scale, which
produces one pound of essence, according to reports from Canada.

Denmark

FISH CONSUMPTION DOWN: Speaking to the annual convention of retail fish
dealers, the Danish Minister of Fisheries stated that in the past 5 to 6 years the
per capita consumption of fish in Denmark has declined steadily from 35.2 to 24.2
pounds annually. The main reason, he asserted, is the high price of fresh fishand,
in this connection, he referred to the steady increase in the number of boats fishing
for industrial fish and the resulting decline in the catch of fish for human consump-
tion.

The trend toward more industrial fishing continues and there seems little pos-
sibility of formulating a plan to check it. Another factor in the high price of fishis
the high cost of distribution, which is also connected with the Danish consumer's
preference for buying fish in a live rather than frozen state, points out a United
States Embassy dispatch (August 10, 1956) from Copenhagen.

% OR OK KK

LIFT-UP WHEELHOUSE FOR SEINERS: A novel feature has been included by
a Danish designer (Knud E. Hansen) of two 65-foot-Diesel seiners being built in
England. The entire wheelhouse and skipper's cabin will be constructed of alumin-
ium and built to lift off in one piece so that the complete engine installation can be
removed. This wili save time and expense during repairs and maintenance. All
piping and electrical leads have been designed to break on the superstructure.

Ecuador

REGULATIONS AFFECTING FISHERIES: The Ecuadoran Monetary Board was
authorized to require fishing companies to convert up to their entire export earn-
ings at the Central Bank's official rate of exchange. The companies up until now
have had to convert only $100 a ton at the official rate. The balance could be kept
or converted on the free market. Fishing companies (three of the four now oper-
ating are American-owned) are complaining that a drastic change in the present
formula would put them out of business.

Another new regulation fishing companies are protesting requires that export
taxes be paid in full on fish exports unless they are clearly "industrialized," i.e.,
canned rather than merely refrigerated or frozen.

A fifth fishing company plans to enter the field soon. It expects to establish a
cannery, freezing plant, and cold-storage plant in Guayaquil, points out a United
States Embassy dispatch (August 13, 1956) from Quito.

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 61

Egypt

CANNED SARDINE MARKET: There is no production of canned sardines in
Egypt, states a July 19 dispatch from the United States Embassy at Cairo. Con-
sumption of sardines is comparatively small in relation to the population.

True sardines are imported largely from Portugal and to a lesser extent from
Morocco. Small quantities are also imported from France and Yugoslavia. Im-
ports of true sardines during 1955 amounted to 813, 275 pounds (valued at US$196,311)
as compared with 1.1 million pounds (valued at US$271, 118) for 1954.

Table 1 - Egypt's Canned Fish Imports by Country of Origin, 1954-55
True Sardines Other Canned Fishl/
Country of Origin 1955 1954 1955 1954
Quantity | Value Quantity Value Quantity | Vah i Value
1, 000 Lbs. | ELI, 000] US$1, 000 -| EE1, 000] US$1, 000] US$1, 000
DHA no goudagd 10 1.7 5 11 1.4 4 =
HEIN Soo 0d boo 0
IMOCOCCOMe-meicmcn- ie 88
Netherlands. ..... S
Pte Gaooob Go 667
[Union of South Africa . =
United Kingdom... .
United States .....
Western Germany... =
Yugoslavia ...... 22
Other Countries... -
Rota eae waa 813 5
A/ Classified as follows: "Other canned fish including pilchard, mackerel, anchovy, and herring, but not including salmon and tuna,"*

All other types of canned sardines are classified in the Egyptian official import
statistics under the general heading ''Other canned fish including pilchard, macker-
el, anchovy, and herring, but not including salmon and tuna.'' Imports under this
classification in 1955 amounted to 19.4 million pounds (valued at US$2.3 million) as
compared with 10.7 million pounds (valued at US$1.4 million) for 1954. Of these
"other canned fish" imports, by far the largest percentage is made up of pilchard
and mackerel. In 1955, mainly because of the price factor, Japan supplied 91 per-
cent of the total quantity imported under "other canned fish."

Imports of all canned fish from the United States are insignificant due mainly
to Egypt's policy of preserving dollar exchange for other imports such as capital
goods.

The most popular size can of true sardines purchased by 95 percent of the con-
sumers is the 44-oz. flat. Of the other types of canned sardines, about 80 percent
of the consumers pre-
fer the 5-o0z. and15- Table 2 - Egyptian Retail Prices for Canned Sardines
oz. tall sizes, 50
percent of the con-

sumers prefer the True Sardines in Olive Oil:

5-oz tall, 15 percent | 42-0z. Portuguese Br) ak sted
the 8-oz. tall, 30 -oz, Moroccan & other origin .
percent the 15-o0z. True Sardines in Vegetable Oil:

tall, and the balance
other sizes.

47-02. Portuguese ..
45

About 75 per- or Mackerel), Natural Pack:
cent of the true sar- ISI OZ Raw Ts eset sancta ou tameidicie es
dines consumed are 8-oz.

packed in olive oil, 5-oz.

20 percent in vege-

table oil, and 5 percent in tomato sauce. Of the other types of sardines consumed,
90 percent are packed natural, 8 percent in tomato sauce, and 2 percent in other
condiments.

The percentage of true sardines consumed by the high and medium income
groups is estimated at 60 and 40 percent, respectively. The percentage of other

_ 62 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

types of canned sardines consumed by the medium and low income groups is estimated
at 25 and 75 percent, respectively.

Prices of canned sardines are regulated by an Egyptian Government decree
which provides that the prices paid by the consumer should not be above 16 percent
of the landed cost of the goods, this 16 percent profit being divided by the importer,
the wholesaler, andthe retailer. The retail price for the 45-02. size of true sar-
dines from Portugal ranges from 11-13 U.S. cents (see table 2).

An import license should first be obtained to make possible the importation of
canned sardines or any other commodity. The import customs duty on canned sar-
dines is 8 percent ad valorem plus a quay duty of 0.8 percent ad valorem.

The largest percentage of the business is done through importers who are at
the same time distributors selling to wholesalers and sometimes to large retailers.
These importers account for about 85 percent of the imports. The remaining 15
percent of the business is done through sales agents who book orders for direct
shipment from the exporter to large local wholesalers.

Formosa

CANNED SARDINE MARKET: Since there is no domestic pack of canned sar-
dines in Formosa, local consumption is satisfied entirely by imports, states a July
19 dispatch from the United States Embassy at Taipei.

Consumption of canned sardines has been decreasing considerably during the
last few years due largely to reduced imports resulting from the Government im-
port policy of discouraging importation of consumption goods and expanding the local
fishing industry. The relatively high price, which includes a 60-percent import
duty, also discourages consumption of this commodity which used to be consumed

by the populace during the Japanese occupation of Taiwan. A further decline incon-
sumption is anticipated in the future.

Formosa's Imports of Canned Sardines, 1954-55

Eighty percent of the consumers prefer the 15-oz. oval cans, and 20 percent
the 7.5-oz. ovals. All of the canned sardines consumed in Formosa are packed in
tomato sauce and are used only by the high-income group. This is because of the
relatively high price on the local market, compared with the price of fresh fish.

Retail market prices for the 7.5-oz. ovals are 30 U.S. cents a can and for the 15-
oz. ovals, 46 cents a can.

Imports of canned sardines during 1955 amounted to 1.2 million pounds (valued
at US$157,963) as compared with 4.3 million pounds (valued at US$653, 730) during

1954. The majority of the imports during 1955 were from Japan with a small a-
mount from the United States (see table),

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 63

Canned sardines are marketed through importers who sell to wholesalers, who
in turn sell to retailers or grocers. In Taipei the larger wholesalers are in some
cases also importers. Some wholesalers or importers of canned food also main-
tain retail outlets. Most of the importers are concentrated in Taipei.

Note: Values converted to US$ equivalents at the official rate of NT$24.78 equals US$1.

ate

France.

FISH CANNING INDUSTRY AND CANNED SARDINE MARKET: Pack: The
French fish canning industry in 1955 comprised 163 companies with 222 plants in
operation. A total of 17,017 persons worked a total of 14 million hours in these
plants. Salaries and wages totaled 1.9 billion francs (US$5.4 million) for 1955.

Table 1 - France's Pack and End-of-Year Stocks of Canned Sardines and
Sardinelike Fish, 1952-55

Product - End-of-Year Stocks!

38, 416] 35, 966 | 28, 094 18, 995 | 14, 185 | 11, 800 | 9, 800

y/ Semigross weight--weight including immediate container,

Canned sardines (including sprats and anchovies) comprised 19.3 percent of
all fish canned in France in 1955, and 39.4 percent of the total in 1954. The cor-

responding percentages for both sardines and sardinelike fish were 54.4 percentin
1955 and 70.1 percent in 1954.

The pack of canned sardines and sardinelike fish in France during 1955 amount-
ed to 31,076 metric tons as compared with 38, 416 tons in 1954, according to a
United States Embassy dispatch from Paris dated July 23.

Consumption: Canned sardines and sardinelike fish are consumed regularly at
all income levels in France except the very lowest. The trade has estimated that
only 16 percent of French families are not at this time regular consumers. Ofthese,

Table 2 - France's Estimated Consumption of Canned Sardines
and Sardinelike Fish, 1953-55

Percentage of Con-
puunee Supplied
Domestic Pack

1955 | 1954 | 1953 RE 1954 | 1953

2 / . .{Metric Tons) . (%) .

All sardines and sardinelike fish—’. 52,281|51,984 56,219 “59. | 74 "64.

Only sardines, sprats, and seavelnan fie! 34,233 |34,970|40,133 - - -

1/ Semigross weight--weight including immediate container,

yy Since this item in the French Tariff (Tariff Item No, 05-15-13) includes all types of canned fish except salmon and true
sardines, it is not possible to obtain exact foreign trade data for mackerel, herring, and pilchard, Imports and exports
of these have been estimated as percentages (8 percent of imports and 55 percent of exports of Item No, 05-15-13 for
the years shown) suggested by representatives of the trade, Since countries outside the Franc zone account for a rela-
tively small proportion of imports and those from North Africa do not include mackerel, herring, or pilchard, the 8-per-
cent estimate is approximately confirmed by analysis of statistics,

3/ Production, plus imports, minus exports (Tariff Item No, 04-15-12) adjusted for change in year-end stocks

Type Consumption

. 64 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol, 18, No. 10

only 8 percent are considered outside the ranks of potential consumers, for reasons
of extremely low income, prejudice against conserved foods in general, or domicile
in areas where freshly-caught fish is available daily at low prices.

In a market already so deeply penetrated, opportunity for horizontal expansion
is therefore limited to 8 percent and any important increase in sales will depend up-
on vertical expansion, that is greater consumption by families which are already in-
cluding canned fish fairly regularly in their diet. The trade has estimated that of
100 regular customers of canned sardine-type fish, 81 buy sardines repeatedly, 22
buy mackerel fillets repeatedly, and 20 buy herring or pilchard repeatedly, with
the overlap of 23 percent being families which regularly consume two or more of the
these products. In general, the market has been established by the true sardines,

and sales of the other
Table 3 - Most Popular Can Sizes of Canned Sardines and | sardine-types are de-

Sardinelike Fish Marketed in France veloping progressively
French Can Weight Estimated among families which
Nomenclature of Contents Percentage Marketed| have acquired an ap-
Grams| Ounces Percent preciation of canned
Sardines: fish through the use of
Ts Be. 46 1 17 sardines. The other
1/10 P. Club 20 69 25 20 types are therefore
e/iOP eS Mine Ace 87 3 5 more susceptible of
NIBP; BB so 6 125 4 25 horizontal expansion.
1/4 P. Club 30. 130 45 9
i P. 30 173 5 11 The spread of con-
L122 MOY 5 5. 232 84 9 sumption is fairly even
Ay [7A Se neni 375 124 2 between income groups.
TY) US ee een nero 750 245 1 The general average of
Othensiaeieene = = 1 somewhat over 80 per-
all aa cent of families has
Ge oe ou 122 42 16 also een uo te ap
1/4 Club 30 . . 127 at 36 phy Haushy evenly eancns
A, 804 5 183 ef 24 rural, semirural, and
1/2 P. (longue) 367 13 8 Riera RODE: Eel
1/3 P. (longue) through the several i
ce See SN NES seasons. The stability
Pilchard-Herring: of the market is prob-
1/2 P. (ovale- ably due to the custom
pilchards) 367 13 Sl of serving a minor hors
1/ Also anchovies, d'oeuvre course be-

2/ Based on a market survey b; the trade in 1952, Representatives of the trade affirm | fore the main dish of
that conditions have not materially changed since that time, each meal.
3/ Most popular size,

There is no evi-
dence of a steadily increasing trend through the past three years, but representa-
tives of the trade are confident that a gradual increase in per capita consumption
can be realized, depending of course upon the prices of sardine-types relative to

alternative foods. Most of the competing products for hors d'oeuvres are more ex-
pensive than canned fish.

Retail Prices: Retail prices of canned sardines (see table 8) are becoming
somewhat erratic because of strong upward pressures: (1) the 1955 catch was
hardly half that of 1954, which was by no means a record year; (2) adverse weather
conditions during the winter 1955/56 sharply increased prices of vegetable oil and
especially olive oil (the latter is from 50-150 percent more expensive); (3) a cer-
tain amount of speculation in wholesale sardines. Differences in prices for the

same can size are also to be reckoned: (1) various cooking methods, (2) incidental
transportation differentials.

The 1956 mackerel catch has been far below expectations. This will in alllikei-
hood send mackerel prices upwards in the same pattern as sardine prices.

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 65

Imports: In 1954, the last year for which a detailed breakdown is readily avail-
able, imports of canned true sardines from French Union sources were (in metric
tons): Morocco 10,700; Algeria 4,061; Tunisia 1,278. There were no imports
from the United States. The French Union sources enjoy a preferential positionin
the French market and the admission of sardines from Portugal is periodically ne-
gotiated as an integral part of the bilateral trade agreement (see table 9).

Table 4 - List of Standard Can Sizes Used in France
for Canned Sardines and Sardinelike Fish

French Can ay, : : Type Fish
Nee clatine Weight of Contents Dimensions Gane
Grams | Ounces mm.
WPS Ne hee ae 46 15 99 x 46 x 18.5] Anchovies & Sardines
1/10 P. (Club 20) 69 23 |104 x 59.8x 20 Sardines
N/E 2s Sa 87 3 Oey oe GO) oe Re My
i /B IP, BB 3 4 5 115 Ame O. Sie esse v7 Olea 4: a
RIG IORERR Mat ae 122 4g 105 x 76 x 24 #'| Mackerel fillets
1/6 P. ovale. . 115 44 105.2 x 64.7 x 30.5]Sardines
1/6 P. Club 30. 115 44 104 x 59.8x 28.5 4
1/6 P. Club 30. 122 45 1104 x 59.8x 28.5] Mackerel fillets
4125 BO sg 5 173 6 |105 »% 76 x 31.5|Sardines
NZI" BO) =416 183 2 105 x 76 x 31.5] Mackerel fillets
VSR RI 4 Oger ean 232 84 154 x 55 -x 40 Sardines
1/3 P. (Sardines) 232 84 [115.7 x 94.6x 32 Mt
Ty [Sh 22 a 245 83 MS utexae OA O exam 32 Mackerel fillets
1/2 P. (Sardines) 348 124 |115.7x 94.6x 43.5]Sardines
TOA E da pedis ba ee 367 13 |115.7x 94.6x 43.5 |Mackerel (whole)
1/1 P. (Sardines) 697 | 11b. 82 115.7x 94.6x 81 Sardines
LY AS yates Marte BL (sou; tlh. 9% (115.7 x 94.6 x 811 Mackerel (whole)
3/1 P. (Sardines) | 2,094 |41bs.10 |205.3 x 120.4 x 104 Sardines
SHOP a Soa actif 2,205 |41bs. 132 205.3 x 120.4 x 104 Mackerel (whole)
Tall Rectangular:
1/3 P. (longue). 8z |154.1 x 55.4x 40 |Mackerel (whole)
1/2 P. (longue). 13. |196.2x 55.4x 45 Mackerel (whole)

Ovals:
1/6P. (Ovale
Poisson) ... 115 45 1105.2 x 64.7x 30.5 |Mackerel (whole)
1/2 P. (Pilchards) 367 13) 160.5 x 108 x 37.5 |Pilchards(0r herring
1/1 P. (Pilchards) 735 |1 1b. 10 (|160.5x108 x 65 Pilchards (or herring
Source; Institut National de la Conserve,

The exact volume of other sardine-type (mackerel, herring, pilchard, etc. --
Item 04-15-13) imports is unknown because all canned fish other than salmon and

true sardines are com-
Table 5 - Packing Media for Canned Sardines and
| _Sardinelike Fish Consumed in France, 1/ 1952-55

bined in one tariff item.
The trade representa-

Packing Media Percentage of Total

Consumption

tives consulted have esti-
1954 53] 1952

mated that only 8 percent
19
a a anlaesaes (ie) ei

of the import trade in
this item consists of sar-
dine-types and states that
the principal sources of
these are Norway, West
Germany, the Nether-
lands, and the United
Kingdom, all OEEC coun-
tries with which France
conducts bilateral trade
negotiations.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 10

Distribution: The production of sardine-type canned fish is generally sold by
the canners direct to the retail outlets through salesmen operating throughout the
country. Single orders from canners are generally in lots of full cases (one case

containing 100 cans).

and Sardinelike Fish by T

Packing Media Sardines

Vegetable oil (other than soya oil) . .

Olivetoulin nee: seas

Tomato sauce

Wihtite wanes seen ene

Tomato and oil sauce
Total Re ee are Sree

1/ Olive oil percentage will presumably be lower for 1956

CEO! ee Cia ee balk COMETS

Table 6 - Trade Estimates of Packing Media for Canned Sardines
pe of Fish, 1955

Percentage of Total Consumption

because of adverse weather conditions which brought about a
sharp increase in price causing many canmners to switch to vegetable oil (mostly peanut oil),

Mackerel | Herring | Pilchard

For small orders, that is, by dozens of cans of any of the categories of sar-
dine-type canned fish, retailers are supplied by local wholesalers which number

about 2,000 throughout France.

Restaurants and other large users generally apply

either to the canners or to local wholesalers, according to their requirements,

rather than to retailers.
ners.

Chain-store purchasing offices deal direct with the can-

About 12 important food-product wholesalers in the Paris area are handling

and controlling the whole of the import business in France.

Table 7 - French Consumption of Canned
Sardines and Sardinelike Fish by Income
Groups and b pe of Fish
Income Over-All

High | Middle | Low] Average
(Percentage Buying Each Type
of Product in Each Group--%)

Type
of Fish

Sardines
Mackerels

Elerrainosteses ie
Pilchards.

(212, 866 in 1954) throughout France.
lets of 102 chain-store groceries.

They are operating
along lines somewhat similar to
those used by the canners, send-
ing salesmen throughout the coun-
try. Some of them keep stocks
for redistribution in the main
cities of France. Many have ex-
clusive agencies for definite
makes of canned food products.

Sardine-type canned fish is
considered a standard item of the
retail grocery business, and
there are 213, 000 retail grocers

This figure includes some 29, 550 retail out-
In addition about 23, 000 pork-butchers (''char-

cuteries'') and about 6,000 fish dealers also sell sardine-type canned fish to sup-

plement their specialties.

Government Purchase of Sardines: The French government purchases regular-

ly sardine-type canned fish for the Armed Forces

and Administration. The tonnage

of canned fish purchased in 1954 (last typical year) was about 2,900 metric tons
(i.e. about 7.5 percent of the 1954 Sardine-type production). The armed forces
which account for 80 percent of these purchases are expected to require increased
amounts in the immediate future because of the North-African operations. Should
the expected 1956 stock deficit affect the French Government's ability to meet its
normal requirements, emergency import measures (outside normal trade) would
then be resorted to; Portugal, Morocco, and Spain were mentioned by the trade

as the most likely sources of supply if this should occur.

Asa rule, Government

purchases are conducted through competitive bidding from canners who are request-
ed each quarter-year by the several purchasing agencies to submit bids. These re-

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 67

quests for bids are publicized through official government organs, posters, and
circulars to trade associations and chambers of commerce. A team of government
experts controls the bidding and adjudication.

Table 8 - French Retail Beeeae for Canned Sardines and Sardinelike Fish

22.9-31.4

|1/ Represent averages for stocks of the past two seasons, n.a. - not available,

Cones Z Packing Media and Price Per Can Contents
Vegetable Oil Olive Oil Tomato Weight
Francs WSC Francs| U.S.¢ Francs} U.S.¢ Ounces
Sardines:
WMG IPS 56 38- 45/10.9-12.9 | 68- 78] 19.4-22.3 nea. n.a. 14
1/10 P. Club "20 55- 80) 15.7-22.9 | 88- 98] 25.1-28.0 n.a,. n.a. 22
iL {Bdrm sovee be hose 92 26.3 138 39.4 nea na. 34
L/GiIP, QB 3 85-100] 24. 3-28.6 |120-195| 34.3-55.7| 73 20.9 4
1/6 P. Club 30 80-115] 22.9-32.9 |140-165| 40. 0-47.1 |120-160| 34.3-45.7 45
1/4 Club 30 80-110] 22.9-31.4] 90-185] 25.7-52.9 n.a. nea. 4g
158-220] 45.1-62.9 |200-225| 57.1-64.3 ae n.a. Be
= = 390 111.4 na. nea. IZ
White Wine Contents Weight if
Francs Ounces
Mackerels:
LIGIP; BBs 6c 60- 80 29 4
Gee eaGluby,30 60- 85 5a 45
1/4 Club 30. . 65- 85 583 4g
Ys IP5 BO 6 os 75- 85 ao 62 .
100-115 9 83
{140-155 ao) 13
White Wine Vegetable Oil Contents Weight
Francs Francs U.S.¢ Ounces
Herring: ae
1/2P. Gongue) 240 200 5itiende 13
1/4 Club 30 . 140 slave Tes 43
Tomato and Oil Contents Weight
Francs Ounces
Pilchards: i
80-110 13

Prospects: Because of exceptionally low production of fresh sardines in 1955
a deficiency has been accumulating in the stocks of canned sardine-type fishes
which is expected to be 4,500 metric tons (below normal) as of the start of the 1956
selling campaign in August. The estimated amount of deficiency applies to both

Table 9 - France's Imports of Canned True Sardines L 1952-55

Item
Wella atepell 5 5 4 56 6 Million Francs
Walle avo tallest US$1, 000
Quantity--Total.... Metric Tons

By Country of Origin:
French Union.
Portugal :
Other Countries
|1/ Tariff Item 04-15-12, sardines, sprats, and anchovies.

cannery and wholesale stocks. The trade reports that the accumulating short sup-
ply position threatens to result in price increases which might be as high as 20 per-
cent. Partial relief from this situation can be expected through a shift from true
sardines to other sardine types but the leading beneficiary of such a shift in con-
sumption pattern is more likely to be tuna which has a more stable market because

68 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

the catch is not subject to as many hazards as sardines. The situation appears in
principle to call for an increase in imports of sardine-type fishes in the coming
months.

So far as the prospects of imports from the United States are concerned, if
prices are competitive the principal obstacle is likely to be the over-all Govern-
ment program of regulation of dollar imports. It may be assumed that as large a
part as possible of the additional requirements will be obtained from French Union
sources, particularly North Africa. The Western European countries also enjoy
advantage over the United States as a source of supply because under the system of
reciprocal agreements imports from these countries are presumed to influence fav-
orably the level of their imports from France, whereas the licensing of additional
imports from the United States only add to France's already heavy dollar trade
deficit.

Note: Values converted to US$ equivalents at the rate of 350 French francs equal US$1.

% OK OK K

metric tons, including salt cod), was a record15, 000 tons over 1954. Deep-sea
fish continues to provide the bulk, and the tonnage caught grows every year due to
better conditions and improved techniques. Catches of other types of fish remain-
ed more or less stable.

Prices throughout remained stable and demand kept pace withincreased quan-
tities, because of the shortage of pilchards, herring, and tuna.

Imports of fresh fish were up by 2,500 tons in 1955, but salt and smoked im-
ports fell. The importation of shellfish showed an important increase, due to its
liberation from quota restrictions. One notable tendency was the increase in im-
ported fillets, which jumped from 2, 800 to 2, 900 tons.

On the export side, salt cod continued to lead with 32, 380 tons, but other types,
including fresh fish, showed little or no increase, reports World Fishing of July
1956.

French West Africa

CANNED SARDINE MARKET: There is no local fishing for sardines and no
sardine canning industry in French West Africa, states a June 27 dispatch from
the United States Embassy at Dakar.

A good indication of the consumption of canned sardines in French West Africa
is given by the imports for the first three months of 1956, which amounted to about
503 metric tons (valued at US$290, 925). Morocco was the principal supplier with
485 tons, and the balance was supplied by.France, Portugal, Algeria, West Ger-
many, and Denmark. It is evident that data for such a short period do not reflect
seasonal consumption trends. Consumption is probably increasing as Africans
learn to enjoy European foods. Infact, lower quality, cheaper sardines (largely
from Morocco) have a large sale among the Africans.

é The most popular size of canned sardines is the 43-oz. (125 grams) can. From
time to time, one can obtain other sizes but by far the majority of the imports are
the 43-0z. size.

mT Ne an

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 69

By far the most popular packing medium is refined peanut oil. A small per-
centage of the imports also are packed in tomato sauce and some of the higher-cost
ones are packed in pure olive oil (from France and Portugal). There is also one
brand of "luxury'' sardines on the market from France packed with truffles and
various spices. Packing with mustard sauce or brine is not popular locally.

A great majority of the imported sardines is consumed by the French residents
(only 0.4 percent of the total population), although the few of the Africans who are
beginning to acquire European tastes also buy them.

The retail market price for the 43-02. can of sardines packed in tomato sauce
and in peanut oil from Morocco is 17 U.S. cents a can, and in peanut oil from
Portugal is 20 cents. The same size can of high-quality sardines, skinless, bone-
less, and packed in pure olive oil from Portugal is 37 cents, and the same type
pack from France is 49 cents. The price of the "luxury" quality sardines packed
in pure olive oil withtruffles, spices, andother condiments from France is 66 cents.

Because of the necessity to conserve foreign exchange, import permits and
foreign currency are ordinarily not allowed for imports of food items. Imports
from countries outside the French Union are allowed because they are included in
barter trade agreements with France. Therefore, there does not at present appear
to be a market for American exports to French West Africa. When a trade agree-
ment has been concluded between France and other countries providing,for imports
of sardines, a public notice is given asking all importers interested in buying from
that country to notify the Government authorities as to the amounts they wish to
purchase. Allocations of import permits are then made proportionately to the total
quantity to be allowed.

% OK Ok K

ALBACORE TUNA FISHING: Commercial fishing for tuna in French West Afri-
ca was Started late in 1955. From November 30, 1955, to May 20, 1956, the catch
was 1, 700 metric tons of albacore tuna, points out a July 30 dispatch from the Unit-
ed States Consulate at Dakar. This tonnage compares with the results shown in
France by a port such as Douarnenes (1, 980 tons of tuna during the last season),
but the fish from tropical waters is considered superior. At Douarnenes 96 boats
fished for tuna while at Dakar only 7 boats caught the amount indicated.

See

German Federal Republic

INAUGURATION OF 1956 DEEP-SEA FISHING SEASON: The fourth annual
postwar Day of the Deep-Sea Fisheries was held in Cuxhaven July 14-15 to cele-
brate the opening of the West German fishing season. Guests included high Federal
and Land officials and foreign government representatives. A series of ceremonies
and celebrations highlighted the official opening of the 1956 West German fishing
season. This year the event took place in Cuxhaven, one of the four major home
ports of the West German trawler fleet. The month of July is chosen for the event
because trawler companies have then finished the annual over-haul of a large part
of their fleet in preparation for the herring season.

The opening of this year's deep-sea fishing season began July 14, 1956, with
a religious service in memory of the fishermen who lost their lives on the highseas
during the past year. There followed a tour of inspection of the fishery port of Cux-
haven, the West German fisheries research vessel Anton Dohrn, and of the visiting
Belgian and Dutch fisheries service vessels.

70 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vo]. 18, No. 10

Federal Minister Dr. von Merkatz stated that the Federal Government intends
to continue its active support of the West German deep-sea fisheries, mentioning
in this regard the current improvement of the government's fisheries protection
service. He also recommended that steps should be taken to intensify the training
and education of young fishermen. At a press conference Dr. Dierks, executive
manager of the Federal Association of Deep-Sea Fisheries, announced that DM450,000
(US$107, 000) are being allocated to such a training center for groups of 240 pro-
spective fishermen. The school will be located in Bremerhaven.

With regard to future developments in the fishing trade the tenor of the speech-
es was that government intervention should be kept toa minimum. The most im-
portant task facing the trade today, according to the speakers, is the improvement
of the quality of fish products so as to develop a greater outlet for an increasing
production by the German fisheries, according to the United States Consulate at
Bremen (July 30, 1956).

Gold Coast

CANNED SARDINE MARKET: It is impossible to obtain statistics on sardine
consumption in the Gold Coast, according to a United States Embassy dispatch of
June 21, from Accra.

Sardine consumption has always been high with the African population who use
them in mixtures of rice and other local crops in the preparation of native dishes.
Tall and rectangular cans are seldom found in stores, the 43-oz. flat and 8-oz.
oval are the popular sizes. The most popular medium of packing is in oil, general-
ly vegetable, as this lends itself well to the preparation of the native dishes. It is
estimated that better than 95 percent of the sardines sold in the Gold Coast are
packed in oil and are consumed by the low-income group. They prefer the cheaper
vegetable-oil pack, as olive oil is more expensive.

The Gold Coast is a member of the sterling area, and in accordance with the
monetary policy of that area, unrestricted expenditure of dollars on goods readily
available from within the sterling area or from O.E.E.C. countries is not per-
mitted. On occasions, surplus of dollars permit sporadic importation from the
United States of items such as canned fish, but this trade should not be considered
as an important export outlet for American producers.

Practically all distribution is through extremely large concerns. These con-
cerns sell in quantity to "Mammy Traders," who receive a commission from the
large dealers and they in turn sell to lesser traders. These products eventually
reach the most primitive areas of the country. The National Government and the

eee Coast Armed Forces occasionally ask for tenders on large quantities of food-
stuffs.

Iceland

_ EISHERIES TRENDS, JANUARY-JULY 1956: The Icelandic North Coast her-
ring season as of June 30, 1956, was three times that of last year, and the summer
ocean perch fishing was excellent, points out a United States Embassy dispatch(Au-
gust 9) from Reykjavik. The total Icelandic fish catch through July 31 this year was
321,000 metric tons in comparison with 286, 000 tons for the same period in 1955.
Herring accounted for most of the increase. The outlook for frozen fish shipments
to the United States is reported as somewhat improved.

_ October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 71

The larger-than-usual carryover of export stocks of fishery products existing
at the end of 1955 was eliminated during the first half of 1956 since exports were
24 percent higher than in the same period a year
earlier. Stocks as of June 30 were at approximate -
ly last year's level. Most of the increase in ex-
ports was in shipments of frozen fish, with the bulk
of the increase destined for the Soviet Bloc. It is
reported that 84 percent of Iceland's total Soviet
Bloc trade was in frozen fish.

The only other volume market for frozen fish
continued to be the United States. Exports of fro-
zen fish to the United States has increased from
6,000 metric tons for the first half of 1955 to
7,200 tons for the first half of this year. On the
other hand, frozen fish shipments to the Soviet
Bloc increased from 16,000 tons to 22, 300 tons
during the same period. While shipments to the
United States are up, sales may or may not be since frozen fish is actually sold ex-
warehouse after it arrives in the United States. The increased shipments may re-
flect in part the tight storage situation in Iceland.

Iceland herring exports,

LARGE NUMBER*®OF FIL-
LETING AND SKINNING MACHINES
PURCHASED: Iceland will receive
delivery of 17 automatic filleting

Table 1 - Iceland's Estimated Production of
Frozen Fish, January-June 1956

Species

Cod Hilleia oe ; and skinning machines in 1956 and
ee ae 40 in 1957. These are being pur-

Ocean catfish fillets Pe bdek ac cleric! Woetekone 2) DIT S) eeu lena

Ocean pemca Millets... 5 5 co (US$1.7-1.9 million) export credit

obtained in Western Germany.
Since each of these machines will
lounder fillets & whole frozen. SeieleIes) US UO iD lnleinversey seille

Total January-June 1956 ers, this acquisition should con-
= opal JSR TOR stitute a significant step towards

lowering costs and improving Ice-

land's competitive position in frozen fish. It will also, presumably, increase total
output and, unless exports improve, aggravate the frozen stocks problem.

(C@eubintigin wiley 5 5 6 o o d6 6
Wniijaves iDEN) 35 Gg 6 A :

OK OK OK OK

NEW TRAWLERS ORDERED FROM WEST GERMAN SHIPYARD: | The City of
Reykjavik has contracted with a West German shipyard in Bremerhaven to build,
for delivery early in 1958, Iceland's largest trawler. The new 800-ton vessel will
carry a crew of 48 men and cost close to US$774, 908 (IKr. 12.6 million). A simi-
lar contract was signed in the spring of 1956 by the town of Neskaupsstadur. The
two new trawlers will replace two that were wrecked in 1955. The additions will
bring the trawler fleet up to 46 vessels, states a July 6 United States Embassy dis-
patch from Reykjavik.

The Bremerhaven shipyard was selected over the shipyards of several other
countries because of favorable terms and quicker delivery.

% OK OK K

NORTH COAST HERRING SEASON: The previously booming North Coast her-
ring season blew away on July 25 in a blast of Arctic wind that lasted ten days and
deposited snow on Iceland's northern passes. As a result the herring overnight de-
serted the surface and the Icelandic hopes for its return en masse are waning.

72 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

Whereas the catch in the single week ending July 21 was about 30, 000 metric tons,
that for the following week was 11,000, and that for the week ending August 4 only
1,000. The weather improved, but the catches did not and increasing numbers of
boats were reportedly giving up and departing for the South Coast.

Barrels Barrels

244, 894 22,087
155, 773

011, 291 68, 695 185, 877 24, 813

An additional contract for 50,000 barrels of salted North Coast herring has
been signed with the Soviet Union and accordingly salting operations (for such her-
ring as is now being caught) have been resumed. The final total of North Coast
contracts stands as follows: U.S.S.R. 150,000 barrels; Sweden 60, 000-70, 000
barrels; and Finland 75,000 barrels. Other sales will be so small as to be almost
negligible.

The South Coast herring season began and first catches were reportedly good.
Contracts in hand total 60, 000 barrels, or 25,000 less than last year. This results
from the fact that 25,000 barrels of the Russian South Coast contract was, as the
contract authorized, filled with North Coast herring. At present the orders stand:
50,000 barrels for the U.S.S.R., and 10,000 barrels for Poland.

OK OK OK OK

REVIEW OF THE FISHERIES, 1955: The total Icelandic fish catch of 1955 was
409, 000 metric tons, 5.5 percent above 1954, Apart from herring, the total fish
catch was greater than in any previous year. The increase was due mainly to the
ocean perch catch by the trawlers which rose about 21.2 percent as compared with
1954. At the same time the motor fishing boats increased their total catch by 6.3
percent as compared with 1954. Despite the fact that the herring season of 1955 in
North Iceland gave very poor results, the herring catch proved to be 10.4 percent
above the 1954 catch when the herring season was a total failure. The herring fish-
eries off the south and west coast of Iceland gave fairly good results and lasted
longer than in many a previous year. ~

Principal changes in fish processing: the salt-fish production rose by nearly
24 percent and the production of stockfish by about 12.5 percent, but the production
of frozen fish dropped by 5 percent.

RK KK

WINTER FISHING SEASON, 1956: The catch during the first two months of
1956 was considerably below the same period of 1955, and slightly lower than in
1954. The total catch was 23.9 percent below the first two months of 1954, the
trawlers doing considerably worse than the motor fishing boats. The reduced
trawler catch, however, was due to the fact that the season did not begin until Jan-
uary 24. In February the trawler catch was well above February 1954.

The trawlers the early part of 1956 had by and large had a poor season, both
on account of unfavorable weather conditions and poor catches. The situation did
improve about the middle of April, however.

The delay in the start of the season was due to the fact that the operators of
the trawlers declared that they were not in a position to operate their vessels be-

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 73

cause of rising operational costs. Accordingly they sought a new agreement with
the Government for a more favorable working basis for their vessels. As no agree-
ment was forthcoming at the end of 1955, there was a stoppage which lasted until
January 24. The new agreement, reached on January 21, provided for special
measures in support of the fisheries, says the January-Aprilissue of Fjarmalatidindi.

of Kerala (Travancore-Cochin and Malabar) is facing a crisis as a result of the
Government of Burma's complete ban on imports of dried prawns from outside
Burma except from the mainland of China, effective July 3, 1956.

For over 80 years Burma has been the chief customer of Kerala's shrimp, con-
suming about 90 percent of Kerala's annual production of about 10,000 metric tons.
But in recent years, owing to the shifting of Burma's import policy from time to
time, placing shrimp on the open general license list at one time and on the re-
stricted license list at another, the fortunes of the Kerala shrimp industry have
been fluctuating. A Burmese Purchasing Mission visited India in February 1956
and the orders placed by the Mission included dried prawns worth Rs. 24 lakhs
(US$504,000). This order reportedly helped the clearance of accumulated stocks of
dried prawns in Kerala.

The President of the Travancore-Cochin Prawn Curers' Cooperative Market-
ing Society—', a prominent society engaged in the trade, in a recent statement is-
sued to the press, has brought out the serious situation in the trade at present. He
stated that with Burma's latest order totally banning all imports of dried prawns
except from China, with the season for the catch of shrimp now in full swing on the
west coast and with a contract entered into by Burma with the Society expiring on
July 31, 1956, the shrimp industry was facing a crisis.

The Society President clarified a misunderstanding in certain quarters that the
trade in shrimp could easily be directed to the United States, which had started to
buy large quantities of Indian shrimp. He explained that America was taking large-
size frozen and raw shrimp, while the Burmese market's demand was for ordinary
dried small shrimp. He added that shipments of shrimp to America were started
only last year and lack of cold storage and other facilities had hindered development
in that direction.

The Madras State Fisheries Marketing Officer explained that shrimp shipped to
Burma belong to a particular species, very small compared to the large shrimp ex-
ported to the United States and that it was naturally impossible for that particular
variety to grow bigger in size to suit the latter trade.

1 The Travancore-Cochin Prawn Curers’ Cooperative Marketing Society has a membership of 300 with a share capital of
Rs.30,000 (US$6,300). One-third of the total exports of prawn in 1954/55 season was done through the society, The
society pays 75 percent of the market rate to the producers and curers at the very initial stage, payment being com-
pleted after sales.

OK OK OK OK

FIRST FREEZER VESSEL TO HANDLE SHRIMP: The first quick-freezing
vessel to operate along the west coast of India has arrived in Bombay from the
United States, points out the July 1956 World Fishing. This 115-ton vessel, the
M/V Judith, has a quick-freezing capacity of 4 tons a day and additional cold-stor-
age facilities for approximately 70 tons of fish. It has been commissioned by an
Indo-American venture.

74 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

The vessel will be completely manned by Indian personnel, and will move from
port to port along the coast, collecting fish and freezing it on the spot. The main
catch will be shrimp. In many cases she will deliver her cargo directly to ocean-
going vessels destined for foreign ports, but some will be unloaded at cold-storage
plants on shore operated by the company.

KO HK HK

He estimated the total cost of the freezing plant and the ice factory now under con-
struction at Rs.500,000(US$105,000). The ice factory with a capacity of 25 tons of
ice a day is expected to store 300 to 400 tons of fish at a time.

A fishery expert of the Norwegian Foundation, who had been away on a three-
week visit to the United States for exploring the market for Indian west coast shrimp,
was returning to Quilon, reports a United States consular dispatch (August 2) from
Madras.

Japan

CANNED SALMON PACK AND SALES PLAN FOR 1956: According to a pre-
liminary estimate by the Japanese fishing industry, approximately 2 million cases
of canned salmon are expected to be packed by the industry
‘this year. Floating canneries or mothership operations are
expected to pack 1, 620,000 actual cases; shore canneries
are expected to pack from coastal salmon 250, 000 cases and
from high-seas salmon 150,000 cases; agrand total of 2,020,000
cases,

The carryover from the previous year's pack amounts
to some 100, 000 cases, making a total available for sale of
approximately 2,120,000 cases of which 1, 700,000 are ex-
pected to be exported and 400, 000 cases to be sold on the domestic market. Mem-
bers of the industry indicate that the outlook for placing the entire amount available

is good both on the export and domestic markets. It is estimated that approximately
500,000 cases will be sold in the United

States and the same amount in the United
Kingdom and 700, 000 cases to all other
countries, reports an August 24 United
States Embassy dispatch from Tokyo.

This year's pack had been estimated
at 3 million cases before the Russian re-
strictions were placed on fishing in the North Pacific and Okhotsk Seas. Last year's

pack amounted to 1,780,000 cases. Comparative f.o.b. prices for 1956 and 1955
for canned salmon are found in the table.

WOK OK OF

NORTH PACIFIC HIGH
SEAS SALMON FISHING DE-
VELOPMENTS: The number of

[Fishing Area | Catcher Boats | Mothershipg
Okhotsk einer 9

East of Kamchatka. 447

South of 489 N. . .. 509 - Japanese motherships and catch-
er boats reported to have re-

received valid fishing licenses from the Russians to fish in the Russian restricted
area iS aS Shown in the above table.

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 75

The total salmon catch in the unrestricted area of the Aleutians and Bering Sea,
according to unofficial sources, amounted to 25 million fish as of July 20. Official
figures on the catch have not been released, points out an August 14 United States
Embassy dispatch from Tokyo.

The total quota of 65,000 metric tons allowed in the Russian restricted area
was not filled by the August 10 deadline. The Japanese Government had earlier re-
quested an extension of the deadline in case quotas were not filled.

The Soviet Union through its Fisheries Mission in Tokyo gave a negative reply
to Japanese requests for an extension of the August 10 deadline for salmon fishing
in the Russian Restricted Area

in the North Pacific and O- Fishing Area Millions of Fish
khotsk Sea and Japanese fleets [Mothership Operations: ine

were ordered to returntotheir | Okhotsk Sea .......... 10.9

home ports. Only twofleets out | North of 48°N, latitude, east

of atotal of 16 that participated of Kamchatka (Aleutians) [ 18.0
returned to port with full quotas. |Shore-based Fishing Boats:

These two had operated in the South of 489 N, latitude in re-

Okhotsk Sea. The remaining CHP UCUE| TOA | 6 5 5 ng an wo 6.5

14 fleets operating in the area Total Russian Restricted Area 35.4

East of Kamchatka fell short ; : ale

of filling their quota for the eee Operations:

area by four million salmon. Aleutian and Bering Sea 5.0 |
Failure to fill the quota is at- |Shore-based Fishing Boats:

tributed to the fact that the Coastal Waters. Sel casio 6.5
Russians delayed in granting South of 48° North Latitude in

licenses, so that there were Unrestricted Area ....... 9.0

only 27 days of fishing before Total Unrestricted Areas a8)

the August 10 deadline. otal othWAT cals ea mn mane .9

One fleet of one mothership and 27 catcher boats, which had operated in the
Kurile Straits area, returned to port on July 30 with its limit, reported to be worth
¥410, 000, 000 (US$1, 137, 000).

The Japanese 1956 pelagic and coastal salmon catch according to unofficial
sources will be approximately as shown in the above table.

The following table gives official figures of the Japanese salmon catch by North
Pacific mothership-type fishing only, by species, as of July 31, 1956.
The catch by mothership-type operations for 1956
was some 12 million salmon short of the mothership-
type catch by 14 floats last year. While the catch is
smaller than during the previous year with a larger
total investment for the fishing companies and while
the fleets failed to fill their quotas in the restricted
area by four million salmon, the recent increase in
salmon prices (up to 20 percent for salted and frozen
fish and 5 percent for canned fish) may counteract
the smaller catch.

1/ Excludes the coastal salmon catch
and the catch by land-based
catch=boat operations.

HOOK OR OK

vertisingfirm, tostudy costsandother aspects of the proposed joint United States-
Japanese tuna advertising campaign in the United States. The firm is compiling
statistics on tuna imports, production, and consumption together with information

76 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

on the ways canned tuna is served in the United States. The Fisheries Agency re-
ported that details of the agreement have not yet been settled but information is
being gathered which will be helpful in any subsequent developments relating tothe
scheme, states a United States Embassy dispatch from Tokyo dated August 10, 1956.

announced that as of August 11 validations of tuna exports destined for the United
States would be suspended. It is understood that the suspension is for the purpose
of developing a new quantitative allocation for each exporter, which is currently un-
der discussion between the exporters and the Government and will be based on ex-
ports since 1950.

A quota of 1.6 million standard cases will be shipped to the United States be-
tween August 1956 and July 1957 and will be divided among 44 exporters who have
export records. Hitherto canned tuna exportsto the United States were controlled
by eight major firms and the balance to the other firms, points out an August 10,
1956, United States Embassy dispatch from Tokyo.

eK KK

ED STATES: The Japanese Government is taking measures to assure the orderly
marketing of canned tuna to the United States.
Heretofore producers who are not members of
the Canned Tuna Export Association were under
no direct control. The new system restricts
production by nonmembers of the Association to
20, 000 cases for export to the United States
market out of a total production allocation of
1,620,000 standard cases for the United States
market in Japanese fiscal year ending July 1957.
Only canned tuna in brine will be authorized for
shipment to the United States.

At the same time allocations will be made
to exporting firms on the basis of each one's
historical position as supplier and on the basis
of ability to perform. While the number of ex-
porters is potentially as high as 44, it is ex-
pected that many will have allocations too small
to be commercially practical and their export
rights will probably be sold to major exporters
(permitted under the regulation). Hence the
final number of exporters may not greatly ex-
ceed last year's total of 14. Allsalestoexport-
ers are to be channeled through the Tokyo Tuna
Sales Company subject to provisions of the
Fisheries Export Promotion Law regarding

prices and sales methods. Japanese believe regulations will prevent price cutting
in United States market.

Slicing tuna for canning in cannery located
in Hiroshima, Japan,

Canned tuna export permits were suspended until regulations are legally proc-

essed, scheduled about the end of August, states an August 25 report from the Unit-
ed States Embassy in Tokyo.

According to the Japan Canned Fish Exporters Association, during the year
which ended July 31, 1956, a total of 1, 450,000 cases of canned tuna in brine were
exported to the United States and 560,000 cases of tuna in oil to Europe.

Xe ae oe oe

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 77

TUNA FISHERIES RESEARCH COUNCIL ESTABLISHED: A tuna fisheries re-
search council consisting of 25 members, all of whom are experts drawn from var-
ious sectors interested in tuna, including universities, has been organized by the
Japanese Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry. The Council will study and carry
out research on tuna resources, production, and sales as they relate to the Japa-
nese economy, states a August 24 dispatch from the United States Embassy in
Tokyo.

The establishment of the council grew out of a realization that an over-all clear-
cut policy on tuna fishing from catch to consumption is a pressing need both for the
industry and for the Japanese economy. Such a policy, the Government feels, is
essential to the stable development of the industry. The Council's emphasis in its
initial stages will be on matters concerning the conservation of resources and the
development of new ones. The Council will also give consideration to helping the
industry improve productivity, expand domestic sales, and increase the export of
tuna products. The new organization should not be confused with the Tuna Export
Council, which was organized by the tuna industry on a private basis and handles
export matters with the United States.

% OK KK

TUNA VESSELS TO FISH IN AFRICAN WATERS: The Japanese are sending
fishing vessels to African waters to catch tunny, and Prof. J. L.B. Smith, the
ichthyologist, of Rhodes University, Grahamstown, Union of South Africa, has sug-
gested that African territories should combine to arrange for part of the Japanese
catch to be sold in Africa. His plan is that a refrigerator ship should cruise a-
mong the Japanese fishing craft off the coast and buy fish for South Africans. Both
sides might make a good bargain.

Professor Smith holds that too much South African fishing is of the inshore
type, and has suggested that South Africa employ a group of Japanese to pass on
their highly developed skills and knowledge to the home industry, announces the
July 1956 World Fishing.

% KK

FISHERY PRODUCTS LEAD IN Japan's Food Exports to the United States Compared
FOOD PRODUCTS EXPORTED TOUNIT- ——
ED STATES IN 1955: Fishery products A iaeee
were among the leading food products 7 | Value | a
exported to the United States by Ja-
pan in 1955. According to the Japa-
nese Ministry of International Trade : ates
and Industry, food products exported area
from Japan in 1955 had a value of
US$93.1 million. Of this total there TEaeet Sea
were exported to the United States — |Cannedcrab ......
products valued at US$37.6 million, Hreshmmandarin orange
almost 40 percent of the dollar value |C2™e4 i
of the total Japanese food exports.
The importance of the United States
as an outlet for frozen and canned | motoflavor).....
tuna is brought out in the table. = |Wheattour --++-+-

Dried mushroom... .

KKK RK

MARINE FISHING FLEET: As of December 31, 1955, a total of 385,722 pow-
ered and nonpowered vessels were engaged in the marine fisheries of Japan, ac-
cording to the May 1956 Monthly Statistics Report of Japanese Fisheries.

78 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol, 18, No. 10

by Type of Fisheries, December 31, 1955

Table 1 - Number of Powered and Nonpowered Vessels Engaged in the Japanese Fisheries

Nonpowered

Grand Totals Powered

Type of No. of Gross No. of Gross No. of eeean Horse-
USESNES Vessels Tonnage Vessels | Tonnage Vessels
Granditotal main. aa 385, 722[1, 314, 721. 69 ||243, 457 | 247, 436. 98
i 3,530 3,458. 2,765 2,390.59 765 12 067.9 3, 841
Shellfish and aquatic plants 67,175 51, 269. 57,843] 33,042.91 9, 332 18, SBA EB Be, 069
Inbal og 6 6 G O60 0 0 16, 228 55, 240. 12,191] 40,005.65 4, 037 15, 234.77 47, 160
Pole-and-line....... 101, 498 138, 874. 63,048 | 43, 880. 68 38, 450 94, 994.20 341, 912
Ieee 6 5400005 0 23, 027 64, 670.25 6,151 5,103.56 16, 876 59, 566.69 187, 438
Gill netimeememce nr mien on 24, 344 116, 294.09]| 13,464) 15, 987.92 10, 880 100, 306.17 213, 661
Purse-seine (netting vessel) 5,180 70, 408.76 2,392 | 11,179.20 2,788 59, 229.56 199, 060
Auxiliary purse-seine vessel 53, 081.60 2,747 8, 409. 32 5, 478 44, 672.28 146, 565
Squane-netieeycm-memcn-lecnts 33, 847.20 4, 316 7,657.01 4,178 26,190.19 84, 939
Smaller trawler. ..... q 19, 879 116, 750.21 - - 19, 879 116, 750.21 368, 179
Medium trawler
west of 130° E. 63, 283. 84 = = 810 63, 283.84 164, 595
Otterstrawler sy) 19, 492.10 = 2 51 19, 492.10 31, 910
Miscellaneous drag-net . . 27,495 61,168.30 || 19,704 | 34,615.39 7, 191 26,552.91 95, 476
Tuna and skipjack ay, 176, 243.47 = - 1, 825 176, 243.47 397,415
Nwieeubheye 656 6 oo 0 0 OO 69, 623.16 = = 117 69, 623.16 125, 723
Government vessels 18, 763.03 87 145.91 382 18,617.12 44,998
IKyishycarriensr-wenarnnr 125, 234.65 1,093 1, 647, 56 4, 877 123, 587.09 210, 694
(Miscellaneous fishery . . 65, 789 73,501.86 || 52,277 | 40,128.58 13,512 33, 373.28 113, 954
Sport fishing vessel. ... | 5,616 3,515. 40 3, 242.70 237 272.70 1,100

A total of 142, 265 powered vessels were engaged in the marine fisheries, of
which 115, 640 were under 5 gross tons and only 296 were over 299 gross tons.

Grandi Total ee 142, 265| 1, 067, 284. 71/| 115, 640 | 208, 805.77] 19, 199 [ 209, 550.73] 6,665 _{327, 889.32 474 70,304.19 296 250, 134 70
Tidal inland waters ..... 765 1,067.99 162 1,044.83 23.16] = > 2 > =

Shellfish & aquatic plants 9,332 18, 226.98 9,231] 15,724.09 a 502.03 26 1,303.42 = = 1 697. 44
Bixed=netym-nctln miei tiem 4,037 15, 234.77 3,150 6,851.21 884 8,273.42 3 110.14 S = = =
Pole-and-line ........- 38,450 94,994.20]| 35,295 | 49,108.07 2,768 | 30,307.49 385 15, 330.01 2 248.63 2 =
iLong-line 16, 876 59,566.69|| 14,369 | 25,764.40 2,230) 23,015.38 277 10, 786.91 2 2
Gill-net . . 10, 880 100, 306.17 7,931 | 16,049.72 2,462 | 25,758.95 480 23,024.04 1 105.41 6 35, 368.05
Purse- seine (netting vessel) . 2,788 59, 229.56 691 1,946.29 1,054] 14,605.28] 1,035 41,368 05 1 1,105.51 1 204.43
Auxiliary purse-seine vessels 5,478 44,672.28 3,174 8,439.24 1,946 | 23,459.43 358 12,773.61 = = = =
Squane-=nety me ueu-yieii--pheniol i= 4,178 26,190.19 3, 255 7,167.12 613 5,598.80 310 13, 424.27 = > = =
Smaller trawler ..,..... 19, 879 116, 750.21]}/ 16,039 | 34, 821.08 2,424 | 23,729.08] 1,416 58, 200.05 = 2 -
Medium trawler west of 130°E. 810 63,283. 84 = = = 2 791 61,004.03 19 2,279.81 - =
Otteritrawlenss mem m moni! 51 19, 432.10 S = S = = = = = 51 19, 492.10
Miscellaneous drag-net . . . 1,791 26,552.91 6,724 | 15,222.81 1,063 | 11,229.91 4 100.19 = = = 2
Tuna and skipjack ..... . 1, 825 176, 243.47 70 151.79 334 4,440.78 868 58, 603.53 415 62,257.52 138 50, 789. 85
WHEW Gono o oo be5 9 117 69, 623.16 6 25.48 38 541.25 19 600.26 2 252.42 52 68, 203.75
Government vessels .... 382 18,617.12 157 350. 38 84 1,016.48 102 4,838.41 15 2,249.39 24 10, 162.46
Wishicanriers MemomeM mM ite 4,877 123,537.09 2,107 5,854.78 2,233 | 26,922.15 501 23, 188.04 13 1,805.50 23 65, 816. 62
Miscellaneous fishery... . 13,512 33, 373.28]| 12,442 | 20,011.78 980 | 10,127.14 90 3, 234.36 > > - =
Sport fishing vessel... . . 237 272.70 237 272.70 = = = - - - - =

ond Japanese fisheries census after the World War Il was made in January 1954,
and its results were made public recently, according to the June 1956 Monthly Sta-
tistics Report of Japanese Fisheries. Some aspects of the operating structure of
Japanese fisheries as revealed by the census are shown in table 1.

Table 1 - Number of Operators Engaged in the Japanese Marine Fisheries, 1953

aaa BNone T Powered Vessels by Gross Tonnage Fixed Nets Beach |_Shallow-
‘ot: d =
Powered) Under 1 1-3 | 3-5 | 5-10] 10-20]20-30 [30-100] 100-200] 200 up ae Small! seines [Seas Sau
0 um oon d1o8e GaolbLo lu aed aoe F (Num ber) Pare rrcnnaeer a
\Grand&Rotalileeece sae 251, 7471116, 205 | 14,055 | 48,179 4, 802 |1, 364 | 2 0 641 253 2,166 |8,418| 4, 288
Individuals. ....... 9 5 S27 Zor IIs
Fishermen's Cooperatives 23 : 13 2 90

Fishermen's Production

Associations ...... 6 2 8 2 60
oint operators ..... by ’ 1, 822 165 31 833
Menem 5oob 000.0 2 1 180 154 69

(Governments, schools, &
Laboratories _,

The fishing industry in Japan is operated by three types of management: (1)
individuals, (2) companies, and (3) joint operators including cooperatives.

Marine fisheries industry in Japan is operated by 251, 747 persons in all, of
which 236,015 or 93.8 percent belong to the first type (i.e. individuals), while on-

ly 15, 732 or 6.2 percent to the second and third types (i.e. companies, and joint
operators including cooperatives.

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 719

The ex-vessel value of the annual production by the 251, 747 fisheries operators
for 1953 was 134.0 billion yen (US$372.2 million), of which 128.4 billion yen (US$356.7
million) was through general marine fisheries; and 5.6 billion yen (US$15.5 million)
through shallow-seas aquiculture.

Table 2 - Japanese Fisheries Data, 1953

Fisheries operators 4 251, "747
ersons engaged infisheries . . 1, 162,875
owered vessels 110, 974
ross tonnage of powered vessels nitoyelail

tons
lEx-vessel value of catches... . | ¥134 billion

With regard to the earnings by operators, 50.6 percent of the total value went
to individuals and 49.4 percent (26.8 percent of this was received by companies
which make up only 0.4 percent of the number of operators) to other types of oper-
ators.

JAPANESL GOVERAENT

Republic of Korea
FISHERY FIRM BUYS TRAWLERS IMPORTED BY UNKRA: Ten 77-ton motor

fishing trawlers ordered for Korea by the United Nations Korean Reconstruction
Agency have been purchased by a new Korean fishery concern which made the suc-

cessful bid of 280, 000, 000 hwan (US$560, 000) for the vessels.

|
A
be
t

Trawlers originally purchased by UNKRA to aid the Korean fishing industry have now been purchased by a new Korean
fishery firm.

Built in Hong Kong and brought to Korea by UNKRA at a cost of some US$610,000,
the trawlers were provided as part of an over-all program undertaken by the Agen-
cy to re-establish the country's war-damaged fishing industry.

After their completion the trawlers sailed under the United Nations flag--the
first vessels ever to do so--from the shipyard in Hong Kong to their anchorage at
Pusan. Ownership was then formally transferred to the Korean Government by the
UNKRA Agent General. Now, following their purchase, the trawlers have been
transferred from the Korean Office of Supply to the Korean fishery concern.

- 80 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

Designed and built by a shipyard of Hong Kong in accordance with plans ap-
proved by the Korean Government, the ships have an over-all length of 75 feet 7
inches, and are equipped with British-manufactured 2-cycle, 180-horsepower ma-
rine Diesel engines.

They carry a crew of 12 to 15 and were designed to be especially suitable for
fishing in Far Eastern waters.

Liberia

at Monrovia. The fishery tariff items affected, the new specific rates, and the
old duties (shown in parentheses) were:

Smoked or dried fish packed in airtight containers, 4 cents a pound (6 cents).

Fish or fish products packed in airtight containers, 4 cents a pound(6 cents).

Luxembourg

CANNED SARDINE MARKET: Imports are the only source of canned sardines
in Luxembourg, states a July 20 dispatch from the United States Embassy at Lux-
embourg.

Imports of canned sardines into Luxembourg are recorded in a single account
together with imports into Belgium, Luxembourg's partner in the Belgian- Luxem -
bourg Economic Union (BLEU). Luxembourg's canned sardine imports are esti-
mated to be one-thirtieth of total BLEU imports. BLEU's imports of sardines in
1955 amounted to US$2.7 million of which Luxembourg's share would amount to
US$90, 000. Of total BLEU imports during 1955, 73 percent came from Portugal,
14.6 percent from Japan, 11.9 percent from United States, and 0.5 percent from
the Netherlands. In addition, a negligible percentage of the sardines consumed in
Luxembourg were supplied by the small Belgian industry. (Goods brought in from
Belgium are not regarded as imports and no figures on them are available.)

Sardines sold in Luxembourg in flat cans are in three sizes: 4.4-o0z.; 8.8-o0z.;
and 17.6-oz. Pilchards are also sold in an 8.8-0z. ovalcan. An estimated 80
percent of local consumption is packed in 4.4-oz. flat cans. The remaining 20per-
cent is divided more or less equally among the other three sizes. Seventy percent
of the canned sardines consumed in Luxembourg are packed in olive oil; the re-
maining 30 percent in tomato sauce. Canned sardines are popular among low in-
come groups.

Retail prices of canned sardines in the 4.4-oz. flat can range from 22-36

U.S. cents a can; 8.8-0z. can, 44 cents; 17.6-oz. can, 70-76 cents; and the 8.8-
oz. oval can, 35 cents.

Imports to Luxembourg would ordinarily be through a Belgian importer with
an agency responsibility for both Belgium and Luxembourg, who would in turn sup-
ply a subagent in Luxembourg. Consequently, any efforts to increase United States
imports would have to be made through Belgian importers.

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 81

There are almost no direct imports of canned sardines from producing coun-
tries, principally because of the small population of the Grand Duchy which amounts
to only about 309,000. Imports enter BLEU through Belgium. The Luxembourg
wholesaler obtains his supplies through the Belgian importer or wholesaler and
then distributes tothe variousretailers. In the Luxembourg food supply field, there
are about 30 wholesalers of any importance and some 2, 000 retailers.

2
Malaya

of fishing, according to a report from the United States Agricultural Service dated
July 23. The report states that initially 70 candidates will undergo a two-year
course under the expert Japanese fishermen whom they are expected to replace
eventually. In the first year thetrainees will be taught the theoretical part of the fish-
ing industry and spend the second year doing practical work at sea. The Singapore
fisheries Department is believed to have approved the plan.

The plan of the Chinese firm backing the venture includes, in addition to the
development of the deep-sea fisheries, a plan for a shore plant to can and salt fish
for local consumption as well as for export. °

Other developments include the motorization of fishing craft with outboard
motors. The addition of motors has increased the catch of the motor-equipped
boats by 60 percent, according to the Chief Fishery Officer of Singapore. The
Singapore government has assisted the fishermen in mechanizing their craft with
the help of a loan fund of US$133,000. At the present there are 550 outboard motors
as compared to 100 before establishment of theloan fund. The Fishery Department
maintains a mobile unit, consisting of two mechanics, to help service and teachthe
fishermen how to repair their outboard motors.

Two exploratory vessels are maintained by the Singapore Government and Brit-
ish Government to locate andsurvey new fishing grounds in Southeast Asia. A500-
ton yacht is being used for a trawling survey and also as a floating laboratory in
the South China sea. The other craft of 100 tons is carrying out a fishing survey in
Malayan waters. New fishing grounds if and when discovered are made known to
the fishermen.

KK OR KK

nese fisheries company was reported in the Singapore press as undertaking a study
of pearl culture in Malayan waters. A representative of the Japanese firm said
there were promising locations for pearl culture near Penang and Singapore and
that some of the species of clams used in pearl culture in Japanese waters are al-
so found in Malaya. It is expected that an application for alicense to operate would
be made soon by the Japanese firm, states a dispatch (July 30) from the United
States Consul General in Singapore.

82 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

Mexico

JAPANESE-MEXICAN FISHING COMPANY PLANS HAVE NOT MATERIALIZED
YET: Plans for 70 Japanese drag-net fishermen to go to Mexico initially, witha
possible increase in numbers up to 3, 600 in the future, were reported in Commer-
cial Fisheries Review, August 1956, p. 66.

The Sub-Director of the Mexican Department of Fisheries has informed the
United States Embassy in Mexico that for the last year or so a Mexican company
has been negotiating with Japan for the purchase of five fishing boats and for the
entry of a limited number of expert Japanese fishermen to instruct Mexicans in the
intricacies of drag-net fishing, points out a July 10 report from the Embassy.
However, the Embassy representative was reminded that Mexico's labor laws are
very strict and that in no case would 3, 600 Japanese fishermen be permitted to
enter Mexico,

The Mexican Department of Immigration has specified the conditions for the
entry into Mexico of a small number of Japanese fishermen, but the Mexican com-
pany involved in this transaction has not complied with these requirements, accord-
ing to the Sub-Director. He declared that every so often the company presents a
new variation in the proposal to introduce Japanese fishing boats and fishermen in-
to Mexico but that at the moment the plan appears to be dead.

oe OK ok

WEST COAST SHRIMP SEASON OFF TO GOOD START: The Mexican West
Coast shrimp season opened on a note of high optimism. After a closed season
that lasted three months, the first shrimp boats put out to sea in May 1956 and re-
turned with glowing reports of the quantity and size of the catch this season. If the
season holds up to present anticipations, the shrimp fishery should finish a year
every bit as favorable as last year's. "One more good year and all outstanding

debts will be paid off, '' is the thought on every shrimp operator's mind at the time

New Caledonia

TUNA RESOURCES BEING STUDIED: A special study of tuna in the waters
around New Caledonia is being made by the fishing section of the Institute Francais
of Oceanic. Attention is being given to the possibilities of tuna fishing as a com-
mercial enterprise, states the Pacific Island Monthly of June 1956.

The scientific fishery vessel Orsom IU of the Institute is busily at work in
New Hebrides, with two scientists aboard. The men are studying ocean currents,
species of fish, and plankton.

For the next international research campaign (which was scheduled betweeen
August 10 and the end of September), the Orsom III was allotted the area including
the New Hebrides and Fiji, and extending to the Marshalls.

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 83

New Zealand

CANNED SARDINE MARKET: Since there is no production of sardines in New
Zealand, imports are the only source of canned sardines. New Zealand's imports
of canned sardines amounted to 1.0 million pounds valued at NZE.166,200 (US$460,400)
in 1955 as compared with 636, 000 pounds valued at NZE107, 500 (US$298, 100) in
1954. It is apparent that the consumption of canned sardines in New Zealand has
increased during the last two years after a decline from the 1950 level of 2.1 mil-
lion pounds. This increase may be attributed in part to the relaxation of import
controls on canned salmon and other canned fish in 1954. The bulk of the canned
sardines was imported from Norway and Canada (see table 1), according to the
United States Embassy at Wellington (August 10, 1956). -

[ Table 1 - New Zealand's Imports of Canned Sardines by Country of Origin, First Quarter 1956, and Years 1950, 1954, and 1955

Country of Origin First Quarter 1956 1955 1954 1950
y 6 Quantity Value Quantity Value Quantity Value Quantity Value
1,000 Lbs.| NZE1, 000] US$1, 000/1, 000 Lbs.] NZEi, 000] US$1, 000] 1, 000 Lbs.| NZE1, 000/ US$1, 000] 1, 000 Lbs] NZE1, 000] US$1, 000

JUnited Kingdom . . 9.8 17 4.8 37.6 6.2 17.3 30.5 4.9 13.6 128. 21.0 58.
South Africa... . = = = 7 = - 0.6 1/ 0.1
Gibralter ..... = > - 0.1 1/ 0.1 - - - - -
(Canada .. . 89.5 8 23.5 323.8 35.0 96.9 45.4 5.0 13.9 0.1 1/ 0.1
Denmark ..... 1.1 0.1 0.3 Su5) 0.5 1.5 - - - 14.7 2.4 6.7
IDMSo ago b5055 = = = = = =. 10.6 uu 4.7
PENS ooo Go6 = z 2 0.6 0.2 0.4 - -
Germany, Western 37.9 3.9 10.7 2"9) 1.3 3.7 -
Netherlands... . 0.7 0.1 0.3 1.3 0.3 0.7 - - - -
Norway eee 96.5 18.8 52.0 622.3 121.0 335.2 549.9 96.0 266.0 1, 899.8 306.1 847.8
Portugal! 25 2 5 - 11.0 1.3 3.7 0.4 1/ 0.1 - = =
Sweden... .... - - - 9.9 1.6 4.5 0.8 0.1 0.2
Chinamen een = = 7 1/ 1/ 1/
Morocco, French . 2 > 2 S = = ~ 1.5 0.3 0.8
United States... Quit 0.2 0.5 2.2 0.4 0.9 = + : é = = 5

ota laa 238.2 33.3 92.1 1,015.3 166.2 | 460.4 636.1 107.5 298.1 | 2,056.4 331.6 918.7
1/ Less than 50.

The most popular size of imported canned sardines is the 34 oz. to 33 oz. flat,
although there is quite a large demand for the 13-o0z. size. The 8-oz. rectangular
size is also available in small quantities and this is imported from California.
There is little demand for the larger sizes.

Table 2 - New Zealand's Retail Prices for Canned Sardines

NZ Shillings/Pence
9d

U.S. Cents
10.5

Sardine oil

Olive, soya, or
sardine oil

Olive or sardine oil

Natural or sardine oil

16.0-25.5
10.0-10.5
39.5

1s.2d.-1s.10d.
8.5d. -9d.
2s.10d.

The most popular packing media are in order of preference: olive oil, natural
sardine oil, and soya oil.

Table 3 - Comparative New Zealand Import Tariffs on Canned Sardines, Canned Spiny Lobsters,
Herring, Oysters, Pilchard, and Salmon from Various Sources

1/ Plus a surtax of nine-fortieths of the duties otherwise payable,

While there does not appear to be any marked variation in consumption by
various income groups, it is probable that the middle income group consumes a
relatively higher proportion of sardines. It should be noted that New Zealand is
chiefly a country of western culture and relatively high living standards.

The retail market price for 3g-0z. canned sardines packed in sardine oil is
10.5 U.S. cents a can (see table 2).

It should be noted that all types of canned fish, including sardines, pilchards,
sprats, salmon, etc. were freed from import licensing control from all sources,

84 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

including the dollar area, in 1954. Therefore, New Zealand is a market which

could be developed by the United States sardine industry.
Note: Values converted to US$ equivalents at the rate of NZE1 equals US$2.77 and 6d, equal 7 U.S. cents.

New ZEALANO

Norway

FISHERIES TRENDS, JANUARY-JUNE 1956: Fisheries End Profitable Six
Months: Norwegian exports of fishery products, according to early reports from
Bergen, were good for the first six months of 1956. Klippfish (29, 286 metric tons)
and dried fish (23, 237 tons) exports considerably exceeded those for the compar-
able period last year. Fresh and
frozen fish exports were Slightly
lower as was herring meal. Ex-
ports of canned fish showed anin-
crease despite the poor brisling
catch (one of the worst in decades).
The price for canned brisling was
US$22 a case as compared to
US$16 last year.

Favorable Outlook for Fat
Herring Catch: Large-scale fish-
ing for fat herring is now going on
in the open ocean for the first
time, points out a United States
Embassy dispatch from Oslo (Au-
gust 10). In recent years fat her-

Norwegian fishermen loading fish for market, ring have not been found in their
earlier haunts. Modern purse-
seine vessels are being used. By the end of June, 565,000 hectoliters (52, 545
metric tons) had already been caught, compared to 168,000 hectoliters (15, 624
tons) at that time last year. The fishing takes place principally off Nord Tréndelag.

Fish Grading Rules to Be Altered: Changes and additions to fish-grading laws
are being prepared. The Minister of Fisheries has announced that proposals to
modify the grading legislation will be made to the Storting. The announcement fol-
lowed considerable press discussion of complaints in export markets of poor qual-
ity Norwegian fish, sparked by a recent Italian rejection of one consignment of salt-
ed fish. Some of the press comment admitted some of the complaints were prob-
ably justified, and stated it was high time for more rigorous checking on quality.
Others, calling attention to increased competition in customary Norwegian markets,
stated that buyers are becoming more insistent on superior quality.

Frozen Fish Export Monopoly Temporarily Broken: Findus has obtained a
license to export 500, 000 pounds of frozen fish-fillet blocks to the United States.
This freezing plant is the only one not a member of Norsk Frossenfisk A/L (Frio-
nor), a joint sales agency which has the export monopoly conferred by the Govern-
ment on Sales of frozen fish to all countries except Sweden. Findus has long en-
deavored to enter the United States market in competition with Frionor. The grant-
ing of an export license to Findus was recommended by the export committee for
frozen fish, the key body, to the Ministry of Fisheries which recommended the
same to the Ministry of Commerce. The permit to export was granted on a trial
basis. About 100, 000 pounds will be shipped each month until the quota is exhaust-
ed, all to the west coast of the United States for use in making fish sticks.

% 3 OK Ok x

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 85

FROZEN FISH EXPORTS: Norwegian Frozen Fish (an export selling organiza-
tion for most of the Norwegian fillet-packing firms), whose products are sold inthe
United States under one brand, exporteda total :
of 22,000 metric tons of frozen fish filletsin ==
the last 12 months, reports the Norwegian In-
formation Service in the September 1956 News
of Norway. Representing a 10-percent increase
as compared with the previous 12-month peri-
od, the exports are equivalent to about 50, 000
tons of raw fish, or nearly a normal Lofoten
fishery catch. Besides the United States, these
frozen fish products are now sold in 20foreign
countries, including Cyprus, Belgian Congo,
South Africa, and Australia. New markets are
being added, despite sharper competition and
other difficulties.

Another Norwegian packing firm, which fan Pound package of Norwegian frozen fish
ets,
has good sales to Sweden and Denmark, re-

cently entered the United States market with a shipment of 25 tons of frozen fish
fillets.

KR KK .

WORLD'S LONGEST SALMON LADDER: In the Rana River, North Norway,
the world's longest salmon ladder is nearing completion. Main feature of the ladder
is a tunnel about 500 yards long blasted out of rock. Up to now the salmon have on-
ly ascended about 5 miles up the river. The tunnel will enable them to travel many
miles further upstream, and greatly increase the stock of fish inthe river. Total
cost of the scheme is £18, 000 (US$50, 000), which the sponsors believe will be cov-
ered by the income from the increased salmon yield next year, states World Fish-
ing of July 1956.

FISHERIES TRENDS, AUGUST 1956: The marketing outlook for Peruvian fish-
ery products as of August 1956 was somewhat mixed. Although the British market,
which is now taking approximately half of the output of Peruvian canneries, is fully
booked at good prices for the forthcoming season, the United States market for
Peruvian canned fish is somewhat in doubt.

The fish meal market was good in the first half of 1956, but prices are now
weak and exports for the second half of 1956 probably will drop, an August 21 dis-
patch from the United States Embassy at Lima announces.

Republic of the Philippines

CANNED SARDINE MARKET: Imports of canned sardines in the Philippines
indicate a steady increase in consumption since 1953, according to a dispatch July
6) from the United States Embassy at Manila. There is no domestic sardine indus-
try.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

Philippine imports of anchovies, herring, and sardines (pilchards) amounted

to 83.6 million pounds (valued at US$10.4 million) as compared with 39.6 million
pounds (valued at US$5.2 million) in 1954. The United States is a leading supplier.
Trade sources state that United States sardines are preferred and that consumption

Table 1 - Philippine Imports of Canned Sardines and Similar Fish, 1953-55

1954

Type of Fish and 1955 E :
Country of Origin Quantity Value _Quantity Value Value
Metric Tons| #1, 000| US$1, 000| Metric Tons| #1, 000 Metric Tons | #1, 000 |US$1, 000
Anchovies: .. .._. | 8, 047 4, 691 2, 346 7, 891 5,112 11, 623
United States... 7, 678 4,495 7, 877 5, 103 15, 389 11, 623 5, 812
OWN 6 5.60600 369 196 14 9 - = =
IsieserleyeR on A nn oo 25 29 21 39 23
United States... - if tT | 2 27 15
Hong Kong .... 21 22 14 - =
OWN 5 650050 4 6 5 12
Sardines (Pilchards): 29, 912 10, 072 5, 345 7, 465
United States... 18, 547 1,539 985 251339, 1,457
British Africa . . 5, 327 5, 045 2,375 2,452 1, 240 620
AaeEMWa oem oS" oinD 4,777 3, 049 1,505 90 46 23
Netherlands .. . 8 hs - tai 25 ree 1,025 512
Othe ria eraser cas 1, 253 39 0 27 407 204
| Grand Total. . 37, 984 17, 992 10, 478 22, 893 15, 821 oI

declined in 1953 and 1954 only because California shippers were unable to supply
the demand because of an unexplained drop in the California sardine catch.

The most popular sizes of canned sardines purchased by 90 percent of the con-
sumers are the 1-lb. ovals (35 percent); 5-oz. tall (30 percent); and 1-lb. tall(25
percent). Some
3z-5 oz. flats

Table 2 - Philippine Retail Prices for Canned Sardines

PricePerCan | 8-oz. talls, and
FP |U.S.Cents|} 8-0z. rectangu-

37-5-02. flag 0.60 30.0 lars are also
33-09-02. 0.25 12.5 sold.
8-oz. tall & 8-oz. rectangular | 0.30 15.0
1-lb, talls 0.45 22.5 Seventy per-
1-lb. ovals 0.50 25.0 cent of the con-
1-lb. talls 0. 40 20.0 | sumers prefer

sardines packed
in tomato sauce, 25 percent natural pack, and 5 percent olive-oil pack.

About 90 percent of the canned sardines are eaten by persons of the lowincome
group and 10 percent by the middle income group.

The retail market price of the 1-lb. oval can of sardines packed in tomato
sauce is 25 U. S. cents a can (see table 2).

Normal channels of distribution are through importers who either act as whole-
salers or sell to wholesalers, who in turn sell to retailers. Sardines are ''decon-
trolled in the Philippine Central Bank's Statistical Classification of Commodities
for import, meaning that dollars are freely granted for their importation.

Portugal
NUMBER OF NEW FISHING VESSELS TO OPERATE AT EACH FISHING PORT

TO BE REGULATED: Because many applications have been filed for permission
to construct vessels for local and offshore fishing, the Navy Ministry by Decree
40, 728 of August 18, 1956, extended authority to regulate the number and type of
new fishing vessels which may be operated at each fishing port. One purpose was

to avoid possible overfishing, states a United States Embassy dispatch (August 23,

BN ne tens tami

7 A a FAP ere

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 87

The text of the new decree reads in translation:

"Article 1. The granting of licenses for carrying out local fishing activities
with motorized vessels and offshore fishing with vessels using any system of pro-
pulsion may be regulated by Ministerial Order for ves-
sels having a module of less than 60, upon registra-
tion filed in the names of the fishermen.

"Sole Paragraph. The provisions of this article
do not apply to vessels already registered onthe date
of entrance into force of this decree.

"Article 2. Upon hearing the interested parties,
the Ministry of the Navy may establish by ministerial
order limitations, with respect to each fishing port,
as to the number and type of fishing vessels, bothlocal
and offshore, which may discharge their catch at such
ports."

The decree confirms reports of considerable ac- Launching of one of the new trawlers
tivity in constructing small fishing vessels, chiefly constructed in Portugal,
motorized wooden vessels of sizes ranging upto15 tons. "

% RK RK

FISHERIES TRENDS, MAY 1956: Sardine Fishing: Sardine catches in Portugal
during May once again were highly unfavorable. Of the 825 metric tons (valued at
US$191, 000 ex-vessel) of sardines landed at the packing centers during the month,
only 34 tons (valued at US$8, 000) were purchased by the canneries. The balance
was absorbed for immediate consumption because of the shortage of other foodstuffs.
In comparison, the sardine landings in May 1955 amounted to 5, 398 tons (valued at
US$532,000). The principal sardine ports in May 1956 were V. R. Sto. Antonio,
Lisbon, Matosinhos, and Setubal.

Other Fishing: Landings of fish other than sardines totaled 2,623 metric tons
(valued at US$445, 000 ex-vessel) and consisted principally of anchovy and chin-
chard and a few tons of tuna, bonito, and mackerel, the July 1956 Conservas de
Peixe reports.

OOK OR KK

CANNED FISH PACK, JANUARY-MARCH 1956: The Portuguese canned fish
pack in March 1956 was very light and consisted of principally sardinelike fish.
The canned fish pack for January-March amounted to 75,100 cases, the July 1956
Conservas de Peixe points out.

Canned Fish Pack, January-March, 1956
Net Weight
Metric Tons 1,000 US$

Sardinelikephishvm, Bia i a ce oae «1 chit ke 7s
(QUOGIe SSCIOS 5 60s oqo ne Oe ene ooo

Note: ‘Values converted to US$ equivalent on basis of 28.75 escudos equal US$1,

KOK KK

- 88 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

CANNED FISH EXPORTS, JANUARY-MAY 1956: Total Portuguese canned fish
exports in May 1956 totaled only 2,932 tons (154, 000 cases), valued at US$1.7 mil-

lion, as compared with 4,228
Portuguese Canned Fish Exports, January-Ma 1956

tons, valued at US$2.1 mil-
January-May 1956

lion, for the same month in

Metric 1955,
Tons i ;

Sardines in olive oil ..... TP, LEO) For the first five months
Sardinelike fish in olive oil . 1, 891 of 1956, canned fish exports
Sardines & sardinelike fish amounted to 15, 862 tons

TING DIGI CUT uae ee ae ke ee 561 (834, 800 cases), valued at
Tuna & tunalike in olive oil . 387 US$8.9 million, as com-
Tuna & tunalike inbrine ... 96 pared with 22, 811 tons,
Mackerel in olive oil .... 563 valued at US$11.0 million,
Oper fils lie eee ene aes for the same periodin1955.
Sardines in olive oil was the
leading product exporied.

In May 1956 France was the principal buyer of Portuguese canned fish, follow-
ed by Germany, the United Kingdom, and the United States.

For January-May 1956, the leading canned fish buyer was Germany with 2, 747
tons (valued at US$1.4 million), followed by the United Kingdom with 1, 768 tons
(valued at US$0.9 million), and the United States with 1, 754 tons (valued at US$1.4
million). Exports to the United States consisted of 710 tons of sardines, 910 tons
of anchovies, and 8 tons of tuna.

ie:
Spain

FISHERIES TRENDS, JULY 1956: The Spanish fishing industry was very active
in July 1956 due principally to heavy catches of albacore tuna landed at Vigo. Other
ports in Galicia also reported good catches of albacore. The fish canneries have
been operating at a high level, packing albacore for export markets, states a Unit-
ed States Consular dispatch from Vigo (August 8, 1956).

Fishing: The increase in landings at Vigo in July was the result of heavy catch-
es of albacore tuna (Germo alalunga) which is known locally as "bonito.'' Although
the albacore season started late, results have been excellent to date and have partly
compensated the canneries for the lack of sardines. The average daily landings of
albacore at Vigo amounted to around 330, 000 pounds during the first two weeks of
July. Deliveries were lower during the latter part of the month but it was antici-
pated that catches of commercial importance would continue for some time. La
Coruna is another important fishing port and it also received heavy catches of alba-
core. Itisreported that fishing boats from other districts of Northern Spain have
unloaded their catches of albacore at Vigo and at La Coruna because higher prices
were paid. Albacore brought an ex-vessel price of around US$0.15 a pound, but the
price has been as high as US$0.17 a pound.

_Hish Canning: The fish canneries in the Vigo area purchased 4.9 million pounds
of fish at the local fish exchange in July 1956, as compared with only 98, 000 pounds
for the previous month and 1.7 million pounds in July 1955. The greater part of the
July 1956 purchases consisted of albacore which was very abundant.

The tin-plate situation is reported unsatisfactory for the canneries. However,
in view of the abundant supply of albacore at high prices, it is expected that there
will be an improvement in the tin-plate situation for the canneries. It is quite pos-

~—

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 89

sible that the canneries are now using the last of their reserve stocks of tin platein

order to take advantage of the heavy catches of albacore.

Note: Value converted at the rate of 1 peseta equals US$0.0256,

Switzerland

CANNED SARDINE MARKET: Since there is no domestic production of canned
sardines in Switzerland, imports are the only source of canned sardines. Sardine
imports are not shown separately in Swiss import statistics but lumped together with
other canned fish and, consequently, domestic consumption can be estimated only
roughly.

The bulk of imports of canned fish from Portugal probably consists of sardines,
while France exports to Switzerland both sardines, tuna, mackerel, and some other
fish. Imports from Spain consist of sardines and tuna, but the share of tuna is larg-
er.

By using the source of imports as a basis of calculation, it may be estimated
that total imports of sardines in 1955 amounted approximately to 1,900 metric tons
as compared with 1, 600 tons in 1954, points out a United States Embassy dispatch
(June 25, 1956) from Bern.

Sardine consumption is stable. There is no definite trend in the sense of a
change in preferences for certain brands, can sizes, etc. About 80 percent of the
sardines consumed in Switzerland are with bones and skin, some 12 percent are
boneless sardines with skin, and the remaining 8 percent are skinless and boneless
sardines.

Seventy percent of the canned sardine imports are packed in 125-gram (4. 4-o0z.)
cans, the height of the can being 30 millimeters; 12 percent in 105-gram (33-0z.)
cans, 22 millimeters high; 8 percent in 150-gram (5.3-o0z.) cans, 30 millimeters
high; 5 percent in 325-gram (11.5-0z.) cans, 40 millimeters high (locally called
"American Club"); and 5 percent in 780-gram, (27.5-o0z.) cans, 80 millimeters
high and in 56-gram (2-0z.) cans, 20 millimeters high. The larger cans are normal-
ly purchased by hotels and restaurants.

All these cans are rectangular, with rounded corners. Only pilchards, mack-
erel, and other fish are marketed in oval cans, while salmon and tuna are often in
tall round cans. Sardines are usually imported in 100-can cases. Some retailers
would prefer to have sardines in 50-can cartons, which are easier to handle.

About 90 percent of all sardines consumed in Switzerland are packed in olive
oil. Sardines in cottonseed or peanut oil, natural sardines, or sardines in brine,
tomato, or mustard sauce are not
popular in Switzerland. Table 1 - Switzerland's Retail Prices for

Canned Sardines

All income groups consume Size of Can Price Per Can
sardines. Middle and high income
groups consume the more expensive,
often French, brands, chiefly bone-
less and skinless in olive oil, salt
added, while low income groups con-
sume cheaper brands, often Portu-
gese, with skin and bones. Sardines
are consumed as snacks or hors d'-
oeuvres and eaten during hikes and mountain-climbing tours. Sardines can be found
in remote village stores and competition is keen, since retailers have a liberal sup-
ply of canned fish on the shelves.

90 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

The retail market prices for sardines packed in the 4.4-0z. can range from
15-22 U.S. cents a can and from 20-23 cents for the 3Z-0z. can (see table 1).

The price difference between boneless and skinless sardines and other sardines
is illustrated in showing the retail prices for the different types packed in the popu-
lar 4.4-0z. can:

Price Per Can

Type of Canned Sardines Swiss Francs | U. S. Cents
With bones and skin in olive oil. .... 0.65-0.95 15.2-22.2

Boneless but with skin in olive oil ... 0.85-1.00 20.0-23.4
Boneless and skinless in olive oil ... 1.10-1.30 25.7-30.4

Sardines in 32-oz. cans and those in smaller cans are usually fish of superior
quality, boneless and skinless, in good olive oil, salt added. Some Portugese sar-
dines have names of United States distributors on the can, but are imported direct-
ly from Portugal. French sardines of well known makes are more expensive but
their sales, despite the general prosperity prevailing in Switzerland, are limited.
Sardines packed in peanut oil are normally retailed at prices slightly lower than
those in olive oil.

Imports are largely conditioned by prices. There is no customs or other dis-
crimination against United States canned fish, but United States sardines are prac-
tically unknown on the Swiss market, while other canned fish, lobsters, etc. are
known and appreciated. If American sardine exporters are able to offer their prod-
ucts at competing prices, there is no reason why their efforts should not be success-
ful. At present Portugese sardines happen to be cheap, while French sardines are
reported to be too expensive. As a result more orders are placed now in Portugal,
but the situation may change if France, or any other country, lowers its prices.

Sardines are purchased by importers and, more rarely, by wholesalers. It

is rare that cooperatives or retail chain-store organizations import themselves.
Note: Values converted to US$ equivalents at the rate of 1 Swiss franc equals 23.364 U, S. cents.

cli

Union of South Africa

CANNED SARDINE MARKET: The production of canned sardines (pilchard) in
the Union of South Africa and South-West Africa varies slightly over the years, ac-
cording to a July 27 dispatch from the United States Embassy at Cape Town. In
1955, 1.6 million actual cases of canned pilchard were produced, which is a fairly
good average of their annual pack. The plants in 1955 used 383, 131 short tons of
raw fish to produce this pack.

The pack of canned sardines is restricted by a catch quota system imposed by
the Union Government as follows:

South-West Africa - 250,000 short tons of raw pilchards
Union of South Africa - 250, 000shorttons of raw fish, including pilchards
and maasbankers but excluding true mackerel.

The consumption of locally-produced canned sardines is best analyzed by the
1955 local market sales which totaled 366, 033 cases of all sizes and packs. Ingen-
eral, the local trend shows that consumption is on the increase. This can be noted
by substantial increases in the sales of canned pilchards over the past four years,
possibly in view of lower prices and more active marketing on the part of sellers.

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 91

The most popular sizes of canned sardines are: 1-lb. tall which accounts for
47.3 percent of the sales; 8-oz. tall, 26.2 percent; 1-lb. ovals, 9.3 percent; 8-o0z.
flat, 10.1 percent; 5-oz. tall, 5.5 percent; and 14-o0z. flat round, 1.6 percent. A-
bout 72.5 percent of the sardines consumed are packed in tomato sauce, and 27.5
percent in brine.

The current retail market price for 1-lb. tall cans of sardines packed in toma-
to sauce range from 18-21 U.S. cents and in brine from 15-18 cents (see table 1).

Table 1 - Union of South Africa Retail Prices for Canned Sardines

Price Per Can
Tomato Pack Brine Pack

In Shillings & Pence] U.S.Cents | InShillings& Pence| U.S.Cents
6d.

32 to 5 oz. flat 7- 9
B-OvA, welll 4 5 o : ; .-9d. 9-11
= eecaliles 5 . od. . 6d. 1S, Wel, sls, Sel, 15-18
help, Cyl 5s ode - =

The limited quantities of sardines imported can be traced almost entirely to
Norway and Portugal. Strict import controls and lack of hard currency allocations
for nonessential foodstuffs are mainly responsible for the virtual absence of United
States sardines on the local market.

Note: Values converted to US$ equivalents at the rate of £1 equals US$2.80. .

OR OK KK

CONTROLLED FISH MEAL PRICE INCREASED: The Union of South Africa's
fish meal industry as of April 12 has been granted an increase in the controlled sell
ing price of its product on the South African market. The price was raised from
£30 (US$84) a short ton to £38 (US$106.40). This was the first price increase au-
thorized for fish meal since the inshore fishing industry started to produce it on the
West Coast 10 years ago. As expected, this increase has passed along the linefrom
the feeds producer to the farmer, On overseas markets today the same short ton of
fish meal would earn about £54 (US$151) aton. Subtract shipping costs of say 7
(US$20) and export meal still earns more than the meal which has to be sold on the
local market.

Instead of retaining the full increase, the fishing industry has been told that ‘
part of it must be passed on to the Cape West Coast fishermen in the form of ahigh-
er price for fish, The industry will have to pay at least 2s. or 3s. more for raw
fish so that the L8 (US$22, 40)-a-ton increase allowed on meal is really only about
L543 to £64 (US$15. 40-18. 20), points out The South African Shipping News and Fish-
ing Industry Review of May 1956.

Note: (1) See Commercial Fisheries Review, May 1956, p. 61. (2) Values converted on basis of SAE 1 equals US$2.80.

% KK

FISHERIES TRENDS, JULY 1956: Fishing in Union of South Africa waters,
which was disappointing in June, improved considerably in July. However, not all
of the catch was suitable for canning and the output of canned fish in July was less
than expected.

Large quantities of fish meal and fish oil reportedly were produced by the South
African fishing industry in July, states an August 7, 1956, dispatch from the United
States Consulate at Cape Town.

The market for South African canned fish was strong during June and July,
while demand for fish meal and fish oil was seasonally low.

92 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

Production of canned and frozen spiny lobster continued to be constant and sat-
isfactory in view of continued excellent demand and steady prices in overseas mar-

kets.
Kor

Union of South Africa - South-West Africa

FISHING AND PROCESSING LEVY TO FINANCE PILCHARD RESEARCH: Union
of South Africa and South-West Africa fishermen are taxed 2d. (2.3 U.S. cents) a
metric ton and factories 4d. (4.7 U.S. cents) a ton for each ton of pilchards caught
and processed, respectively, to help pay for research on this fishery. The purpose
of the tax was recently explained by a member of the South-West Legislative Assem-
bly at a large meeting of fishermen in Walvis Bay in April 1956.

It was pointed out that the vital pilchard research program is being carried out
by the combined fisheries research teams of the South-West Administration and the
Union of South Africa's Division of Fisheries.

The Union Government already spent US$700, 000 on this research and the South-
West Administration US$238, 000. However, more intensive efforts were consider-
ed necessary and to cover the extra cost of three new research vessels and 16 ad-
ditional scientists in the Union and South-West Africa another US$431, 000 would
have to be spent of which the Union would contribute US$347, 000 and South-West
Africa US$84, 000.

The meeting was unanimous in its decision to support the tax and agreed that
the factories should subtract the fishermen's tax monthly from the payments to the
fishermen and then hand the money over to the Administration, states The South
African Shipping News and Fishing Industry Review of May 1956.

Wis oe lake
LARGER FISHING FLEET OPERATING NEAR FAROE ISLANDS: The Soviet

Russian fleet engaged in fishing operations near the Faroe Islands has usually num-
bered about 125 trawlers and about 10 mother vessels but recently, it is reported,
the number of trawlers has been increased to about 300. The Soviet Minister for
Fisheries has stated to Norwegian newspapers that further expansion of the fleet is
contemplated; a part of the 50 ultramodern trawlers which the U.S.S.R. has under

construction in German shipyards will be commissioned in that trade in 1958.

Local Faroese newspapers state that the Danish authorities have recently loosen-
ed their very restrictive attitude towards admitting Russian vessels and their crews
to the Islands. In general, the vessels were allowed to call at the ports only for wa-
ter and in medical emergencies; the crews were not permitted to go ashore, and the
vessels were under constant police surveillance. Now, it is stated, the Russians
generally enjoy equal rights with the vessels and crews of other nations.

% OK OK OK

REPORT ON FISHERY RESEARCH BY NORWEGIAN SCIENTIST: Norwegian
scientist Finn Devold, who is well known for his research work on herring, served
recently as a member of a Norwegian fishery delegation to the Soviet Union. His

observations, as reported in the July 18, 1956, Fiskaren (Norwegian trade period-

ical) upon his return indicated that Russian fishery research is extensive and suc-

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 93

cessful. Devold visited the Oceanographic Research Institute in Moscow which func-
tions as the central point for similar institutes in Vladivostok on the Pacific Ocean,
Astrakan on the Caspian Sea, Suchumi.on the Black Sea, Rostov on the Sea of Asov,
Leningrad on the Gulf of Finland, and Murmansk on the Barents Sea. He alsovisit-
ed the institutes on the Black Sea, the Caspian Sea, and at Murmansk. He classed
the latter as one of the world's great fish harbors.

The Murmansk institute directs cod and herring research in the Barents Sea
and the Norwegian Sea. It supervises three oceanic research vessels. One vessel
spends the whole year on research in the Barents Sea while the other two are oc-
cupied with herring research in the Norwegian Sea. These vessels operate inmuch
the same manner as the Norwegian research vessels and with the same objectives.
The Russians are, therefore, very much interested in cooperative work with the
Norwegians.

The Murmansk institute was built in 1954 and is very modern, In some re-
spects the research vessels are better equipped than their Norwegian counterparts.
For example, they were equipped with underwater television and a bathysphere.
The latter could be sunk to a depth of several hundred meters with a man inside.
He could observe with his own eyes how fish acted at that depth, how trawl gear op-
erated, etc. The vessels also had Asdic and echo-sounders but in this respect the
Norwegian research vessel G. O. Sars was much better equipped.

Both the Russian and the Norwegian fishery ministers were interested in devel-
oping cooperative or coordinated research studies.

With regard to the biology of the huge herring resources, the Norwegian andthe
Russian experiences and knowledge were in good agreement. Of particular interest
was the fact that the Russians had an indication of the strength of a year-class much
earlier than the Norwegians. Because of their Barents Sea observations they could
state that 1953 was a relatively good year-class while 1952, 1954, and 1955 were
poor. The Norwegians have not been able to gauge the strength of a year-class un-
til it comes in as young spawning herring at four or five years of age.

The Russians were especially interested in confining utilization of the cod and
herring to the level the resources could stand. Joint control of these species is of
interest to both countries but the problem is not a simple one because the economic
side is important. The Russians are interested primarily in the large herring and
would prefer to see the Norwegian small herring fishery curtailed. The Norwegian
fishermen have a good income from this fishery and are primarily interested in
having the small cod spared as much as possible. They would like tosee the Rus-
sians curtail their cod fishery in the Barents Sea, especially for the younger year-
classes of cod.

United Kingdom
COMMERCIAL TEST FOR AUREOMYCIN-STORED FISH: Great interest was

shown in 14, 000 pounds of aureomycin-stored fish, part of the catch of the Hull
trawler Loch Moidart, when she arrived at that port on July 10 after a 17-day trip

to the Iceland fishing grounds.

The fish was 14 days old and the verdict concerning it was just as favorable as
when similarly-preserved fish from a research vessel had been shown recently a-
longside normally-stored fish of a similar age.

94 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

The 14-day old fish was older than the Hull average, but the purpose of the ex-
periment was to give members of the fishing industry an indication of whether or
not they could expect a reduction in the spoilage rate of older fish. Both treated
and untreated fillets were available for inspection, the aureomycin-preserved fish
forming part of the first big-scale commercial test, states The Fishing News (July
13), a British periodical.

Later the aureomycin-stored fish were taken by the Humber Laboratory which
will send some to the Torry Research Station for further tests.

None was sold for human consumption as the British Foods and Drugs Act will
not permit it yet.

In mid-June another trip of aureomycin-stored fish had been brought to Hull
from the Faroese fishing grounds by the Diesel-electric research trawler Sir Wil-
liam Hardy and the demonstration immediately followed a similar one at Grimsby
for display. Visitors subjected the fish to the closest possible scrutiny and they
had an opportunity of comparing that stored in aureomycin ice with that caught at a
similar time but stored in ordinary ice.

The fish on view had been stored for periods varying from 16 to 27 days and
one could not help notice how relatively fresh and odorless was that which had been
preserved by antibotics, points out the June 22 issue of The Fishing News.

Trade reaction was favorable. Praise came not only from the Hull fishing in-
dustry but also from Fleetwood trawler owners.

OK He Ok

FISHING INDUSTRY SUBSIDIES AND GRANTS CHANGED: Several schemes af-
fecting fishing subsidies and grants were laid before Parliament by the Minister of
Agriculture, Fisheries and Food and the Secretary of State for Scotland and passed.

"The White Fish Subsidy (United Kingdom) Scheme, 1956" changes the rates
and conditions of payment of the whitefish subsidy, and will be in effect for 12 months
from August 1 this year.

For vessels between 70 and 140 feet in length, and for seine-net vessels of any
size which normally make voyages of more than 7 days, the Scheme provides for a
fixed payment, varying according to the size of vessel, for each day spent at sea
(including the day on which the catch is sold) up to a maximum of 300 days in the
year. This replaces the present two-part subsidy comprising a flat-rate payment
of 2d. per stone (16.7 U.S. cents a hundred pounds) of fish landed plus a voyage
subsidy with over-riding maximum based on the length of the voyage and the pro-
ceeds of the catch.

For vessels of 70 feet in length and under, the present flat-rate subsidy of 8d.
a stone (66.7 U.S. cents a hundred pounds) of fish landed, 6d. (50 U.S. cents a hun-
dred pounds) on ungutted fish, and the conditions of payment remain unchanged,

The new rates mean increased subsidies for most near- and middle-water ves-
sels to meet higher costs of operation. The Scheme provides that only those officers
and crews whose remuneration is settled on the net earnings of the vessel, and who
are therefore affected by increases in operating costs, will receive a share of the
increase in the subsidy. All officers andcrews, however remunerated, will continue
to share in subsidies up to current levels of payment.

"The White Fish Subsidy (Aggregate Amount of Grants) Order, 1956," raises
from 7.5 million to B10 million (US$21 million to US$28 million) the aggregate

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 95

amount of subsidy that may be paid under the provisions of the ''White Fish and Her-
ring Industries Act, 1953.'' This Order was also approved in July.

"The White Fish Industry (Grants for Fishing Vessels and Engines) (Amendment)
Scheme, 1956," and ''The Herring Industry (Grants for Fishing Vessels and Engines)
(Amendment) Scheme, 1956,'' amend the Schemes made in 1955 for the payments of
grants by the White Fish Authority and the Herring Industry Board towards the cost
of new fishing vessels up to 140 feet in length and of new engines for existing ves-
sels. Approved by both Houses of Parliament in July.

The last two Schemes increase the maximum amount of grant which may be paid
in respect of any one vessel. This will have the effect of making available grants
equivalent to the same proportion of the price of a new vessel as when grants were
first introduced at a time when building costs were lower. For white fish vessels
the maximum is raised from L25, 000 to £30, 000 (US$70, 000 to US$84, 000); for her-
ring vessels, from 12, 000 to £15, 000 (US$33, 600 to US$42, 600). The White Fish
Industry Scheme also exempts line-fishing vessels from the condition limiting the
number of trips which a grant-aided vessel may make to distant waters. All other
conditions in the 1955 Schemes remain unchanged, and the new Schemes will not af-
fect the payment or conditions of grant in respect of any applications already ap-
proved under the present Schemes.

The schemes were debated in the House of Commons and in his speech, the
Minister pointed out that there were now 50 grant-aided near- and middle-water
trawlers in use, and 18 more were due to be completed this year. Another 55 had
been grant-approved and would be completed on various dates from next January,
reports World Fishing of August 1956.

"The White Fish Authority (General Levy) (Amendment) Regulations Confirma-
tory Order, 1956,'' confirms regulations made by the White Fish Authority, in-
creasing as from October 1, 1956, the levy imposed by the ''White Fish Authority
(General Levy) Regulations, 1952"' as amended by the ‘'Amendment Regulations of
1953," from one farthing to one halfpenny for every stone (4.2 U.S. cents a hundred
pounds) of white fish landed on first-hand sale.

Note; (1) Values converted to US$ equivalents at the rate of B1 equals US$2.80.
(2) Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, April 1956, p, 41.

OK OR KK

fish brought into the distant-water British ports ends up in the form of white-fish
meal, an extremely valuable high-protein feed used chiefly for pigs and poultry,

but also for other farm stock. In the case of Hull and Grimsby, the raw material
used last year totaled about 220,000 metric tons. About 75 percent of the distant-
water catch is filleted and the offal (heads, tails, bones, and a part of the meat)
makes up the bulk of the raw material sent to the dockside factories for conversion
into fish meal by a modern dehydration process. The remaining tonnage is made up
of unsold fish. The fish and the offal are all converted into fish meal within 24hours
of landing.

Total 1955 production at Hull and Grimsby amounted to 52,000 metric tons of
white-fish meal, representing about 70 percent of the whole British output, The
Fishing News (May 25, 1956) pointed out in an abstract of the report issued by the
British Trawlers' Federation.

The farmer pays approximately L70 (US$196) a metric ton for fish meal and
he has to use 10 percent fish meal in a standard ration mixture for pigs. It takes
4.3 tons of fish to make one ton of meal. Fish is sold to the fish-meal factories
at a price well below the minimum auction price for fresh fish.

96 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

Hull and Grimsby fish meal is sold under one brand name and is guaranteed 66
percent protein, less than 4 percent oil, and less than 2 percent salt.

British fish-meal imports are declining with the increase in domestic produc-
tion.

Manufacturers of white-fish meal at Hull and Grimsby reported that production
and sales soared to a record level during the first six months of 1956 when over
26,022 tons were sold to British farmers, compared with 19, 469 tons in the same
period in 1955. This was an increase of 32.5 percent.

KK RK

built in the United Kingdom, the Boston Seafoam, was constructed for a British fish-
ing company. She was commissioned in April 1956 and her trials were completed
on the Humber River.

Boston Seafoam is probably the fastest ship of her class, states the April 13,
1956, issue of The Fishing News.

The vessel was built upside down. Her deck panels were first laid and the hull
built upwards to the keel. Casings and superstructure were also built in this way
and the ship contains 12 prefabricated units up to deck level.

The Boston Seafoam, largest all-welded trawler in the United Kingdom,

These sections were turned over ready for welding by a 12-ton electric and 7-
ton steam crane and the ship has eight main welded joints.

Principal dimensions are: registered length 139 ft. 6 in., length between per-
pendiculars 137 ft. 6 in., moulded breadth 28 ft., moulded depth 14 ft.

The efficient hull design was confirmed by tank tests at the National Physical
Laboratory, and was built in prefabricated sections according to the requirements
of Lloyd's and the Ministry of transport.

A pleasing and attractive appearance has been obtained, and the vessel has a
soft-nose stem, cruiser stern, and streamlined superstructure.

The 16-man crew are berthed in one eight-berth cabin and two four-berth cab-
ins situated aft under the quarterdeck.

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW oi

Three single cabins for the chief engineer, mate, and wireless officer have
been placed in the deckhouse along with the messroom, galley, food store, oilskin
locker, and officers' toilet.

A deckhouse at the aft end of the main deck has been arranged as a crew's wash-
room, bathroom, toilet and drying room.

Access to the steering gear compartment and coal bunker is by means of hatch-
es in the deckhouse.

A spacious cabin has been provided for the skipper and this is adjacent to the
wireless room. The latest navigational aids, including radar, direction finder, and
echo-sounder have been istalled.

Two lifeboats are situated on the boat deck aft, and these are operated by davits
port and starboard. Inflatable life rafts will also be provided at Fleetwood, the ves-
sel's home port.

Insulated and wood sheathed, the large capacity fishroom has an areaof9, 000
square feet.

An electric trawl winch will carry 1, 200 fathoms of warp on each drum and the
installation is driven by an electric motor situated in the fore end of thegdeckhouse.

The winch installation can be controlled from either deck or bridge.

The forecastle is arranged for net stowage, lamp and paint rooms, and other
suitable stores are situated below.

Liver tanks are placed on both port and starboard sides below the main deck
level forward of the fishroom, and the livers are discharged through drain valves
in the ship's sides.

There is a tubular steel foremast on the main deck, and two steel bobbin der-
ricks are attached to the casing, while the anchor is handled by electric windlass.

The Diesel propelling machinery is a direct-reversing engine capable of
developing 910 b.h.p. at 260 r.p.m. Fresh-water cooling is incorporated.

Power for the trawl winch generator is provided by a fresh-water cooled Diesel
engine developing 315 b.h.p. at 600 r.p.m. The excitor to the generator has an
output of 26 kilowatts 220 volts d.c., and has been arranged to supply power to the
ship's mains if required.

Additional generating capacity has been provided by a 30-kilowatt 220-volt d.c.
generator driven from the intermediate shaft when steaming to and from the fishing
grounds.

A further generator of 17-kilowatts output has been included in the auxiliary set
along with a clutch-coupled air compressor and general service pump.

Other engineroom equipment includes shaft-driven bilge pump, electrically-
driven Diesel oil transfer pump, centrifugal oil purifier, lubricating oil pump, oil
pump for the hand hydraulic steering gear and a Diesel-driven air compressor set.

Hot water for domestic and accommodation heating is supplied by an oil-fired
boiler.

98 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

The main fuel oil bunkers are carried in port and starboard tanks at the fore
end of the engineroom. Lubricating oil tanks are arranged in the double bottom, as
is the fresh-water tank under the fore end of the fishroom.

In the engineroom the main switchboard is arranged so that any one generator
can operate at a time, and an independent lighting system with circuits to the aft
accommodation, wheelhouse and engineroom, is operated from a 12-volt 250-amp.
battery.

The Boston Seafoam has been fitted with marine radio, radar, and echometer
equipment, plus an auxiliary display unit, the 'Fishviewer, '' which enables any 5-
or 10-fathoms section of the water below the ship to be examined Separately ona
cathode-ray tube.

A receiver with remote loudspeakers and three-way talkback arrangement is
employed for broadcast entertainment and orders. Talkback facilities are provided
from the engineroom and steering flat.

KK OK

RESEARCH ON HANDLING AND PRESERVING FISH: The Torry Research Sta-
tion, Britain's principal facility for carrying on research on the improvement of ex-
isting ways of handling and preserving fish as a food, is located at Aberdeen, Scot-
land's major fishing port. This is a summary of the principal projects with which
the staff is now concerned:

found always to be present on the skin of fish, but not all species of bacteria cause
decay. The scientists are endeavoring to ascertain what kinds of bacteria are re-
sponsible for decay and how they can be controlled so that, with proper treatment,
fish may be landed in edible condition even though they may have been in the iced
holds of fishing vessels for a longer period than they now can be kept without dete-
rioration. One experiment which is being tried is the addition of aureomycin and
perhaps other antibiotics to water used in making ice to be carried in trawlers for
icing fish, to find out whether this method will beneficially reduce the harmful skin
bacteria count and thus retard deterioration.

Another facet of the study concerns inspection of fish offered for sale. Atpres-
ent, it is understood that inspectors must depend almost entirely upon visual inspec-
tion to determine whether landed fish are in proper condition for human consumption.
Along with their studies of skin bacteria, the Torry scientists are experimenting
with chemically-impregnated paper which, when laid on the skin of fish, willchange
color in degrees related to the presence of the types of skin bacteria the paper is
treated to detect. If successful, this method will provide a scientific means of de-
termining the state of fish thus giving better protection to theconsuming public and
putting an end to controversy with fishermen whether particular lots of fish may be
sold for human consumption or must be condemned for sale as fertilizer.

to be kept on hand too long before landing. The Station has designed several experi-
mental models of this kind which operate well under laboratory conditions. Since
there is neither time nor the facilities at sea for gutting and filleting fish before
freezing, the apparatus which has been designed would handle fish as they are caught

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 99

with a minimum of processing; they are merely poured into freezing panels and
quick-frozen into slabs which are then to be stored in refrigerated compartments.
Their studies have shown that ungutted fish, quick-frozen to a temperature of about
-20° F. and kept at that temperature will retain indefinitely all the properties of
freshly-caught fish. When ready to be offered for sale, the slabs would merely be
thawed and the fisn treated as if they were freshly-caught. The principal problem,
as might be expected and which will be next to insurmountable, is that of cost.

Fish Curing: These experiments are directed toward improving the curing
process by making it more effective and at the same time more rapid and less ex-
pensive. To replace the present smoking chambers which burn wood under normal
conditions and which makes the smoking process a rather lengthy one, experimental
laboratory models of curing chambers have been built which utilize sawdust raised
electrically to a heat which causes smoke without a blaze and which is said to be a
more efficient and effective use of fuel. Coupled with this system, the scientists
are experimenting with a system of polarization within the chamber which attracts
the smoke directly on to the fish in cure with a view to expediting the process and
to getting a heavier and more uniform layer of smoke on the fish. One problem
which still proves difficult is how to obtain the proper degree of dehydration in the
quick smoking process.

Venezuela

FISH CANNERS WANT MARKETING MONOPOLY: The fish canners want afish-
marketing monopoly somewhat similar to that engineered for sugar. The reason is
that some canners are cutting prices and those who deplore this unorthodox market-
ing feel that an industry marketing monopoly would control these unfair methods.
The orthodox canners (price maintainers) say that there is an actual scarcity of fish
due to the fish-meal plant that converts whole fish into animal feed and that the spec-
tacle of some canners reducing prices when the warehouses are still not filled with
fish in cans is contrary to all reason. Probably the explanation of this extraordi-
nary procedure is that some canner has old stocks, points out a July 10, 1956, re-
port from the United States Embassy at Caracas.

Of course, the canners are not unaware of the fact that the sugar monopoly re-
ceived Government-supported credit to carry its sugar supplies through to market-
ing. The fish canners have often urged that the Government finance their unsold
pack and a fish marketing monopoly would give them an excellent chance to ask for
the same treatment given the sugar monopoly.

OK OK

MANUFACTURE OF FISH MEAL FROM WHOLE FISH PROHIBITED: The Vene-
zuelan Ministry of Agriculture has announced in the press that the permit toconvert
whole herring into fish meal not be renewed. The Ministry stated the original per-
mit was granted only on a trial basis and the conclusion has been reached to limit
the production of fish meal to that made from fish scraps or waste, states a July 11
dispatch from the UnitedStates Embassy at Caracas.

Fish meal operations furnished a constant market for the fishermen and had
some effect on stabilizing fish prices.

TERRITORIAL WATERS, CONTINENTAL SHELF, AND FISHERIES LAW: A
new law governing Venezuelan territorial waters, the continental shelf, and fish-
eries was published in Extraordinary Number 496 of the Official Gazette on August 17,

100 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 18

1956. The new law proclaims a 12-mile limit for Venezuelan territorial waters,
according to an August 27 dispatch from the United States Embassy at Caracas.

In general, with respect to surface waters, the law sets up the following zones:

(1) "Territorial Sea'' over which the State exercises ''national sovereignty":
low tide base line to 12 nautical miles (23 kilometers and 224 meters) seaward.

(2) "Contiguous Zone" subject to ''maritime vigilance and police" action of the
State: three nautical miles (5 kilometers and 556 meters) wide zone adjacent to
and measured from the outer limits of the ''territorial sea."

(3) Maritime Conservation zones subject to ''authority and vigilance" of the
State: unspecified maritime zones "outside of the territorial sea or the contiguous
zone" the limits of which ''shall be fixed" by the State.

—_
Vietnam

CANNED SARDINE MARKET: Domestic production of canned sardines in
Vietnam is carried on by only one small plant having a daily capacity of 8, 000 360-
gram cans (124-oz.), reports a July 23 United States Embassy dispatch from Saigon.
The output of this plant from the beginning of operations in January 1956 to mid-
July consisted of 92,000 cans of pilchards in tomato sauce, or only about 35 metric
tons (net weight). The factory has recently received additional equipment for han-
dling cans of 122 grams (43-0z.), which is the most popular size in that country.

The low volume of canned fish production is explained by the preference of the
indiginous population for fresh fish, as well as for dried and, more recently,
smoked fish.

Before 1956 consumption of canned sardines in Vietnman was satisfied entire-
ly by imports. In the first half of this year domestic production contributed about
12 percent of the greatly reduced supply.

Consumption of sardines in Vietnam has been declining rapidly, and a further
decline from the current level of consumption appears most likely. This develop-
ment is due to the withdrawal of the French Army and of a large portion of the
French civilian population, which had been the chief consumers of sardines. The

Vietnam Retail Prices for Canned Sardines

Prices in U.S. Cents
Tomato| Olive Oil |Vegetable Oil

Tomato Olive Oil | Vegetable Oil
122 grams (4350z.) fate 5.50-10.00] 8.00-16.00 7-00. 12,00
360 grams (123-0z.) ovals:

Imported yageas oes 12.00-20.00
Dome sticlnn i ieerm nner 10.00-14.00

percentage of sardines consumed by the high, middle, and low income groups is

estimated at 20, 50, and 30 percent, respectively. The low income level and the
food habits of the indiginous population are not conducive to the purchase of rela-
tively high-priced canned fish products, particularly since an abundant supply of
fresh and dried fish is available.

Only three sizes of cans are known in the market. About 60 percent of the con-
sumers use the 122-gram (43-0z.) flats; 25 percent the 360-gram (124-o0z.) ovals;
10 percent the 1-lb. rectangular; and 5 percent other sizes. About 60 percent of
the sardines consumed are packed in tomato sauce; 15 percent in olive oil; 15 per-
cent in vegetable oil; and 10 percent in other condiments.

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 101

Retail prices are subject to wide fluctuations, depending upon availability of
supplies (see table).

During the colonial period, sardines were imported almost entirely from France
and its possessions, under a system of preferential trade. In 1955 limited quantities
of sardines and other canned fish were imported from the United States under the
American Aid Commercial Import Program. In the fall of 1955, licensing of such
imports under the American Aid Commercial Import Program was discontinued on
the grounds that these products constituted luxury commodities for which foreign ex-
change should not be expended. Imports from the United States since then have con-
sisted of small lots for the limited high-price market and are financed out of EFAC
account currencies (foreign exchange retentions held by exporters), except for ar-
rivals against Commercial Import Program licenses approved during calendar year
1955. For fiscal year 1956/57 no foreign exchange is being earmarked for sardines
under the American Aid Commercial Import Program. Total imports of sardines
in the first half of 1956 have been at approximately one-third the rate of last year's
imports.

Canned sardines are imported by importers of general merchandise or directly
by wholesale grocers and are distributed by them to retail stores and food peddlers.

OK K KK

JAPAN-VIETNAM COMMERCIAL FISHING AGREEMENT INAUGURATES DEEP-
SEA FISHING: The first private commercial fishing agreement has been concluded
recently between Vietnam and Japan through the cooperation of the Vietnamese Fish-
ing Service, the Office of the Director General of Commerce of Vietnam, and the
United States Operations
Mission. The agreement
which assures the Viet-
namese people of large
stocks of fish at reduced
prices calls for the renting
of eight Japanese fishing
boats with Japanese captains
and crews by four Vietnam-
ese companies. Especially
important for Vietnam is the
section of the contract which
stipulates that a certain per-
cent of the personnel during
the fishing operations shall
be Vietnamese who will be
trained in the science of
deep-sea fishing by the Jap-
anese experts.

5} © \ se .

|
[CAA
\
:

sated

Two of the boats have
already arrived and have been
delivered to the Nam-Anh
Fisheries Company. They
are of the purse-seine type,
modern in every respect, and weigh about 6 tons each. They are equipped with
freezing units and sonar devices to detect the schools of fish. Freezers have also
been installed in the participating Vietnamese firms so that the fish will remain
frozen until taken to market, assuring the people a constant supply of fish without
the usual danger of spoilage.

102 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

Vietnamese fishing has, in the past, been confined to canals, rivers, and close-
to-shore operations as their boats were unsuited to open-sea operations. With the
opening up of these new fishing grounds, which will in no way infringe on those al-
ready established, the Vietnamese will have many more kinds of fish to choose from
and a greatly increased supply at reduced prices. With fresh fish within the reach
of everyone, the health of the nation should be noticeably improved.

The results of several weeks of trial runs for the two boats were more than
satisfactory. Experts agreed that the quality of the fish was top grade and that
freshness would now be assured the consumers.

According to the Director of the Nam-Anh Fisheries Company Tran-Van-Tiet,
each boat will make three trips a month. To date, each trip has brought in between
20 and 25 metric tons of fish. The immediate result was a drop in the average re-
tail price. The six additional boats which will be delivered soon to the three other
companies, should improve the situation still further.

Yugoslavia

NEW FISH CANNERIES AND MEAL PLANTS: Four new fish canneries and

two fish-meal plants have been built on the Yugoslav Adriatic Coast, according

Norwegian fishery periodical. The fish-meal plants will produce meal and oil for
the domestic market, but the canneries will pack fish primarily for export.

LOBSTER--A MEAL FIT FOR A KING

Who wouldn't enjoy a meal "fit for a king?" Northernlobsters certainly fill the bill. These
crustaceans are found inthe cold waters off New England and Canada. They can be caught all
year, but are most plentiful in the late summer months when they come in closer to the shore.
This modern age of handling and transportation makes it possible for people far inland to enjoy
the lobster's tender, delicately-flavored, succulent meat.

Lobsters must be alive up to the time of cooking. The live lobster's natural color is dark
green. The live lobster should show movement of the legs, and the ''tail'’ should curl under the
body and not hang down when the lobster is picked up. During cooking, the color of the shell
changes rapidly to "lobster red."

The four popular sizes of live lobsters, generally weighing from one to three pounds are
chicken, quarter, large, andjumbo. The chicken lobster, weighing one pound, is the most economi-
cal and widely used.

The home economists of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service suggest that you serve your
family ''Lobster Newburg, '' a meal "fit for a king."

LOBSTER NEWBURG

3 POUND COOKED LOBSTER MEAT DASH CAYENNE PEPPER
= CUP BUTTER OR MARGARINE 1 PINT. COFFEE CREAM ’
2 TABLESPOONS FLOUR 2 EGG YOLKS, BEATEN ;
1 TEASPOON SALT 2 TABLESPOONS SHERRY

4 TEASPOON PAPRIKA TOAST POINTS

Cut lobster meat into3-inch pieces. Melt butter; blend in flour and seasonings. Add cream
gradually and cook until thick and smooth, stirring constantly. Stir a little of the hot sauce into
egg yolk; add to remaining sauce, stirring constantly. Add lobster meat; heat. Remove from
heat and slowly stir in sherry. Serve immediately on toast points. Serves 6.

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 103

Federal Trade Commission

PRICE FIXING ON KING CRABS IN
ALASKA CHARGED:

A Kodiak, Alaska, affiliate of the
Seafarers International Union of North
America (American Federation of
Labor), was found September 10, 1956
(Intial Decision, Docket No. 6368, King
Crabs) by a Federal Trade Commission
hearing examiner to be engaging in con-
spiracy and coercion to fix the prices
of raw king crab.

This is not a final decision of the
Commission and may be appealed,
stayed, or docketed for review.

Alaska king crab (Paralithodes camtschatica)

Examiner William L. Pack held that
the conspiracy may enhance the price the
public ultimately must pay for king crab.
He said the conspiracy includes the
Union, an association of boat owners or
captains, and three canners in the area.

The examiner found that the union and
the association also used coercive
methods against a fourth canner, who in
1954 refused to pay the fixed price for
crabs.

Fy FEDERAL 4
faa? ¢ ACTIONS

The relatively new king crab industry
began in the Kodiak area about five
years ago. It has experienced rapid
growth, and now the annual wholesale
value of the king crab pack is between
two and three million dollars.

A king crab weighs from 8 to 20
pounds and is considered a delicacy.
A case of 48 $-pound cans of meat
wholesales for about $30.

Since 1952, the examiner gaid, nego-
tiations between the union or association
and the canners have resulted in a fixed
price paid by canners to the vessel own-
ers for the live crabs. In 1954 and 1955
this price was 95 cents a pound.

Evidence presented at hearings in
Washington State and Alaska, he said,
shows that the union and the association
in 1955 used coercive tactics against a
Port Wakefield, Alaska, cannery which
refused to pay more than 8 cents a pound.
The examiner found that the cannery of-
ficials were told by anassociation official
that unless the company signed up at 93
cents, it would not be allowed to operate;
that it would get no crabs; that if any
fishing boat attempted to sell at 8 cents,
it would get into trouble; that an associa-
tion official would make trouble for the com-
pany with the labor union; and that the com-
pany would have trouble with its gear.

In another instance, the examiner
said, a boat owner who had intended to
fish for that cannery asked to be re-
lieved of this obligation after a visit
from the same association official.
When attempting to hire workers for the
cannery, the examiner continued, cannery
officials found that union members, willing
to accept jobs, were afraid lest they incur
the displeasure of the union. On one
occasion the cannery officials went to

~104 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

union headquarters in Kodiak where a
large number of cannery workers were
available for work. The union's secre-
tary, however, refused to let them work
unless the cannery agreed to pay the
fixed price.

The Commission's complaint in this
proceeding was issued June 27, 1955.

Two of the three canners named in
that complaint agreed to accept a consent
order which was approved and issued by
the Commission May 3. One of these
two companies was of Seattle, and the
other of Kodiak. The third cannery of
Kodiak, did not answer the charges and
is in default. Accordingly Mr. Pack on
September 10 issued an order against
this company.

The examiner noted in his decision
involving the union that it is difficult to
distinguish between the union and the
association. In fact, he said, the asso-
ciation was formed in 1954 as the repre-
sentative of boat owners or captains who
had been union members prior to that
time. The reason for this move was the
decision of the union that the two groups,
crew members and boat owners, would
have to be separate. The examiner also
noted that the principal officers of the
association had beenthe principal officers
of the union. In addition, the association
was given a third interest in the union's
assets including one-third interest in the
Union Hall.

Vol. 18, No. 10

"It is difficult to escape the impres-
sion that the purported separation of boat
owners and crew members was more
technical than real; that actually the
union is continuing to fix prices, using
the association as a means to that end,"
the examiner said.

The examiner issued an order which
specifically would prohibit the union and
association from continuing any of the
following activities:

(1) fixing or attempting to fix any price
at which king crab or crab meat is to be
purchased or sold; (2) jointly or collec-
tively negotiating as to any such price;
(3) coercing or compelling purchasers or
sellers of king crab or crab meat to adhere
toany price; (4) preventing or attempting
to prevent any personfrom accepting or re-
taining employment ina cannery or other
establishment processing king crab, with
the purpose or effect of causing the estab~
lishment to maintain any particular price.

The order, however, would not be con-
strued to prevent the following things:

(1) any respondent, individually, from
negotiating with any canner or proces-
sor; (2) any association of bona fide
fishermen from acting in accordance with
the Fishermen's Cooperative Marketing
Act; (3) collective bargaining between
the union and any employer with respect
to wages, hours, and working conditions
of union members.

SEAWEED FOR SLIMMING

’ German scientists have discovered the slimming powers of seaweed. By
drinking a simple concoction made from seaweed jelly, the appetite is reduced

and the need for drastic dieting vanishes.

The drink, which is harmless and contains no fattenin j
a : : g matter, forms a jelly-
like lump in the stomach, which takes severalhours to digest and thus ate eee
eating. The drink is prepared by dissolving the jelly in water.

~The Fishing News, September 14, 1956.

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 105

FI SHERY
_INDICATORS _

SEC a oN ven LEE

CHART I - FISHERY LANDINGS for SELECTED STATES

In Millions of Pounds

Legend: -
1956 MASSACHUSETTS
CUMULATIVE DATA seneecse= 1955 CUMULATIVE DATA

8 mgs. 1956 - 185.6
8 4 wees Uren
12 1955 - 255.4

6 MOS.
6 ts 195

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG S OCT NOV DEC

FLORIDA Loursiana2/

CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA
6 mgs. 1956 - 99.8
6 , 1955 - 87.6
12 1955 - 174.3

- 37.6
1955 - 52.7
1955 - 67.3

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR_MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

NEW JERSEY

CUMULATIVE DATA

8 MQS 1956
8) 1955

12 1955

8 MQS. 1956
8 | 1955 - 89.1

12 1955 -124.9

JAN FEB MAR _APR_MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT _NO JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

CALIFoRNIA2/

CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA

120} 9 mgs. (GED = 481.1
9 1955 - 370.6
1955 - 639.5

8 MgS. 1956 - 44.7] _
8 1955, :

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

T/ONLY PARTIAL--INCLUDING PRODUCTION OF MAJOR FISHERIES AND MARKET FISH
LANDINGS AT PRINCIPAL PORTS.

FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

106 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

CHART 2 - LANDINGS for SELECTED FISHERIES

In Millions of Pounds

HADDOCK
(Maine and Massachusetts)

CUMULATIVE DATA

6 MQS . 1956 - 75.6
6 , 1955 - 68.2
12 1955 _- 118.0

SHRIMP
including Florida West Coast)

(Gulf States!/

CUMULATIVE DATA

7 MQS. 1956 - 48.4 setter
7 4 1955 - 95.6 ettteeenet® a

12 1955 - 187.3

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
1/LA. & ALA. DATA BASED ON LANDINGS AT PRINCIPAL PORTS AND ARE NOT COM-

PLETE. In Thousands of

MENHADEN
(East and Gulf Coasts)
CUMULATIVE DATA
8 Mpg. 1956 - 776.6

8 | 1955 - 647.2
12 1955 - 927.0

JUAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

In Thousands of

PILCHARD
(California)
CUMULATIVE DATA

1955/56 SEASON TOTAL,

AUG. -JULY - 72.8
1954/55 SEASON TOTAL,

AUG. -JULY

AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB APR MAY JUNE JULY

OCEAN PERCH
(Maine and Massachusetts)

CUMULATIVE OATA
6 MQS. 1956 -

G a) Weep
12 1955 _- 157.0

WHITING
(Maine and Massachusetts)

CUMULATIVE DATA

6 MQS. 1956 - 29.3

6 1955 - 29.0

12 1955 - 94.0

‘ ot” Tey

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

PACIFIC AND JACK MACKEREL
(California)

CUMULATIVE DATA

Qs. 1956 - 34.1

1955 - 14,8
1955 - 27.6

TUNA AND TUNA-LIKE FISH2

CUMULATIVE DATA

9 M9S. 1956 - 168.2
9 |, 1955 - 138.2
12 1955 - 183.7

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC
2/RECEIPTS BY CALIFORNIA CANNERIES, INCLUDING IMPORTS .

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 107

Fo |

CHART 3 - COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS and FREEZINGS
of FISHERY PRODUCTS *

In Millions of Pounds

U. S. & ALASKA HOLDINGS 3 U. S. & ALASKA FREEZINGS

CUMULATIVE DATA

8 MQS. 1956 - 216.8
B 4 1955 - 221.3
12 1955 - 314.7

0
0 JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

NEW ENGLAND HOLDINGS!/ MIDDLE & SOUTH ATLANTIC HOLDINGS2/

0
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
1/MAINE, MASSACHUSETTS, RHODE ISLAND, AND CONNECTICUT. 2/ALL EAST COAST STATES FROM N.Y. SOUTH,

MIDDLE WEST HOLDINGS3/ GULF & SOUTH CENTRAL HOLDINGs¢/

JAN FEB MAR_APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
S/OHIO, IND., ILL., MICH., WIS., MINN., [OWA, MO., N. DAK., NEBR. & KANS. 4/ALA., MISS., LA., TEX., ARK., KY, & TENN.

, ,

WASHINGTON, OREGON, AND ALASKA HOLDINGS

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

*Excludes salted, cured, anc smoked products. Ha

108 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

CHART 4 - RECEIPTS and COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS of FISHERY
PRODUCTS at PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTION CENTERS

In Millions of Pounds

RECEIPTS—-’ AT WHOLESALE SALT-WATER MARKET

(FRESH AND FROZEN) NEW YORK

COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS 2!

CUMULATIVE DATA

9 mgs. 1956 - 119.1 CITY

9 |, 1955 - 126.8
12 1955 _- 165.4

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

V/INCLUDE TRUCK AND RAIL IMPORTS FROM CANADA AND DIRECT VESSEL LANDINGS. 2/AS REPORTED BY PLANTS IN METROPOLITAN AREA.
AT NEW YORK CITY.

RECEIPTS AT WHOLESALE MARKET
(FRESH AND FROZEN)

COLD- STORAGE HOLDINGS
LAND FROZEN) CHICAGO

CUMULATIVE DATA

9 MQs. 1956 - 82.2
9 , 1955 - 94.3
12 1955 - 111.8

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SEATTLE BOSTON

WHOLESALE MARKET RECEIPTS, LANDINGS,
& IMPORTS (FRESH & FROZEN)

CUMULATIVE DATA

9 mpS. 1956 - 71.4
9, 1955 - 76.7
12 1955 - 95.7

COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS

FISH MEAL FISH OIL
(In Thousands of Tons) (In Millions of Gallons)

CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA

3 mgs. 1956 - 199.6 8 MOS. 1956 - 18.1
8 , 1955 - 169.9 8 e 1955 - 16.1
12 1955 - 264.3 12 "1955 - 24.6

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 109

CHART 6- CANNED PACKS of SELECTED FISHERY PRODUCTS

In Thousands of Standard Cases

TUNA AND TUNA-LIKE FISH - CALIFORNIA MACKEREL2!- CALIFORNIA

CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA

8 mgs. 1956 - 6,952.8 8 MQS. 1956 - 522.9
8 | 1955 - 5,966.0 8 |, 1955 - 255.3
1955 - 8270.3 12 1955 - 564.4

0 0!
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NCV DEC
2/\NCLUDES PACIFIC MACKEREL AND JACK MACKEREL.

ANCHOVIES - CALIFORNIA SALMON - ALASKA

CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA

3 MpS. 1956 - 617.1 1800} oral 1956 SEASON - 2,985.7
8 , 1955 - 565.1 TOTAL 1955 SEASON - 2,385.1
12 1955 - 623.5

ft) A
0 .
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

STANDARD CASES
CUMULATIVE DATA ———
8 mgs. 1956 - 1,596.9)
Binge 62

1955,

Variety No. Cans Can Designation Net Wgt.

SARDINES ....... 100 ; drawn 33 Oz.

SHRIMBE ry lelelelateiain 48 => oz.

MUN AWarerleleleletsielsisls 48 No. } tuna oz.

PILCHARDS ..... 48 No. 1 oval oz.

SALMON ........ 48 1-pound tall oz.

ANCHOVIES ..... 48 3 lb. oz.

0l
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
T/INCLUDING SEA HERRING.

SARDINES - CALIFORNIA SHRIMP - GULF STATES

CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA

11955/S5E SEASON TOTAL,
AUG,-JULY

S SEASON TOTAL,
AUG .-JULY

Legend:

1956/57
tereeesee 1955/56

0
MAR APR MAY. JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY

110 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 10

CHART 7 - U.S. FISHERY PRODUCTS IMPORTS

In Millions of Pounds

GROUNDFISH (INCLUDING OCEAN PERCH)FILLETS,
FRESH & FROZEN

CUMULATIVE DATA

«= 1956 - 103.0
1955 - 97.7
1955 - 130.1

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SHRIMP, FRESH & FROZEN, FROM MEXICO

CUMULATIVE DATA |

8B MQS. 1956 - 33.5

8 1955 - 23.3
12 1955 - 45.8

JAN FEB MAR APR _MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

TUNA, FRESH & FROZEN

CUMULATIVE DATA

- 1956 - 94.6
1955 = 115.2
1955 - 145.2

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

U.S. IMPORTSOFCANNEDTUNA ANDTUNA- LIKE FISH
(IN OIL AND IN BRINE)

CUMULATIVE DATA

8 Mgs. 1956 - 36.9
BQ 1955 - 33.1
12 1955 - 50.8

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

FILLETS & STEAKS OTHER THAN GROUNDFISH,
FRESH & FROZEN

CUMULATIVE DATA

8 MQS. 1956 - 39.5
Bir 1955 - 37.9
12 1955 - 55.2

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

LOBSTER & SPINY LOBSTER, FRESH & FROZEN

CUMULATIVE DATA

8B Mgs. 1956 - 36.0
B5 1955 - 34.1
12 1955 - 45.4

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SEA HERRING, FRESH, THROUGH MAINE PORTS

CUMULATIVE DATA

8 mgs. 1956 - 3.8
aye o55y =a)

12 1955 - 5.3

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

CANNED SARDINES
(IN OIL AND NOT IN OIL)

CUMULATIVE DATA

8B MQS. 1956 - 12.4
8 1955 - 13.5]
1955 - 21.6)

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

October 1956

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

@ FISH

Sg abe <2 —-—e- =

Y F

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE
PUBLICATIONS

THESE PROCESSED PUBLICATIONS ARE AVAILABLE FREE FROM
THE DIVISION OF INFORMATION, U. S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERV-
ICE, WASHINGTON 25, D. C. TYPES OF PUBLICATIONS ARE DESIG-
NATED AS FOLLOWS:

CFS - CURRENT FISHERY STATISTICS OF THE UNITED STATES
AND ALASKA.

FL - FISHERY LEAFLETS.

SL - STATISTICAL SECTION LISTS OF DEALERS IN AND

PRODUCERS OF FISHERY PRODUCTS AND BYPRODUCTS.
SSRe - FJSH - SPECIAL SCIENTIFIC REPORTS--FISHERIES
LIMITED DISTRIBUTION) .

SEP. - SEPARATES (REPRINTS) FROM COMMERCIAL FISHERIES
REVIEW.
Number Title
CFS-1340 - Massachusetts Landings (By Gear and
Subarea), 1955 Annual Summary,
16 pp.
CFS-1369 - Florida Landings, April 1956, 6 pp.
CFS-1382 - Fisheries of the United States and
Alaska, 1954 Annual Summary, 12
pp.
CFS-1385 - Texas Landings, June 1956, 3 pp.

CFS-1386 - North Carolina Landings, June 1956,
3 pp.

CFS-1387 - Georgia Landings, June 1956, 2 pp.
CFS-1388 - Shrimp Landings, June 1956, 4 pp.
CFS-1391 - California Landings, April 1956, 4pp.
CFS-1393 - New York Landings, June 1956, 4pp.
CFS-1394 - New Jersey Landings, June 1956, 4pp.
CFS-1395 - Rhode Island Landings, June 1956, 3

pp.
CFS-1396 - Maine Landings, June 1956, 4 pp.

FL -336cc - Commercial Fisheries Outlook, July-
September (1956), 36 pp.

FL - 427 - Cold Storage Design and Refrigeration
Equipment (Part I - Refrigeration of Fish), by
Charles Butler, Joseph W. Slavin, Max Patash-
nik, and F. Bruce Sanford, 146 pp., illus.,
processed, June 1956. PartIina series of
five leaflets on the refrigeration of fish. The
first section of this leaflet is concerned with
design and construction of single and multi-
story cold-storage warehouses, the economics
governing the type of construction and design
selected, and that amount of technical data re-
quired for guidance of the processor in his
choice. The second section is concerned with
refrigeration equipment. A resume of the
equipment available and the respective advan-
tages and disadvantages for specific tasks is
given. The third section develops the refriger-
ation requirements as affected by the type of
load; the various freezing methods presently in
use are then described and evaluated. Informa-
tion on particular illustrative systems of freez-

CEN
ERY PUBLICATIO

+ le amend Ch = BOs 7,2

eS a2

Z
xy

“fe tp comme settee 4 DAE

ing and of their respective freezing rates is
presented.

SL - 15 - Wholesale Dealers in Fishery Products,
Georgia, 1956 (Revised), 2 pp.

SSR-Fish. No. 179 - Sonic Equipment for Track-
ing Individual Fish, by Parker S. Trefethen,
14 pp., illus., processed, June 1956. Special
sonic devices are being developed for obtaining
detailed information on individual fish behavior.
A miniature underwater sonic tag is attached
to an adult salmon and the movements of the
fish are observed on calibrated sonic receiving
equipment. The position of the fish can be pin-
pointed, and movements plottedifor periods of
time up to 100 hours, The equipment can be
used in varied hydraulic conditions and infresh
or salt water to track the movements of adult
fish and other aquatic animals. The transducer
is attached behind the dorsal fin of adult salmon
by a nickel-chromium "hog-ring" clamped into
the back with special pliers. It is attached un-
derwater without handling or immobilizing the
fish. Visual observations indicate that the trans-
ducer does not affect the natural movements of
an adult salmon.

SSR-Fish. No. 181 - Underwater Telemeter for
Depth and Temperature, by F. H. Stephens,
Jr., and F. J, Shea, 23 pp., illus., processed,
June 1956. This report describes the construc-
tion of a telemetering depth-measuring instru-
ment to be used with midwater trawling devices
in exploratory fishing and gear research. The
objective in developing an instrument of this
type is to enable the research fishing vesselto
lower the midwater trawl to the exact depth
zone where concentrations of fish occur, as de-
termined by echo-sounding equipment.

Sep. No. 447 - Development of the Pacific Coast
Ocean Shrimp Fishery.

Sep. No. 448 - New Products from Fish Oils:

Part It - Polyamino Fatty Acids Derived from
Fish Oils.

Sep. No. 449 - Research inService Laboratories
(September 1956): Contains these short articles--
"Tentative Method for Determining Coating Con-
tent of Frozen Fried Fish Sticks;" 'Federal
Specification for Chilled and Frozen Crab Meat;"
"Prospects of Utilizing Lithium Salts of Fatty
Acids from Fish Oils in Lubricating Greases."

THE FOLLOWING SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ARE AVAILABLE ONLY

California Fishery Products Monthly Summary,
July 1956, 10 pp. (Market News Service, U. S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Post Office Bldg.,
San Pedro, Calif.) California cannery receipts

112

of raw tuna and tunalike fish, herring, and squid;
pack of canned tuna, mackerel, herring, ancho-
vies, and squid; market fish receipts at San
Pedro.

(Chicago) June 1956 Monthly Summary of Chicago's

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 10

This is a Pondfish Hatchery (Rearing and Distribu-

ting Warm-Water Fish to Help Maintain Sport
Fishing), Circular 40, 2 pp., illus., printed,
5 cents, 1956.

Wetlands of the United States (Their Extent and

Fresh and Frozen Fishery Products Receipts
and Wholesale Prices, 10 pp. (Market News
Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 565
W. Washington St., Chicago 6, Ill.) Receipts
at Chicago by species and by states and prov-
inces; fresh-water fish, shrimp, and frozenfil-
let wholesale market prices; for the month in-
dicated.

Gulf Monthly Landings, Production, and Shipments
of Fishery Products, July 1956, 5 pp. (Market
News Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
609-611 Federal Bldg., New Orleans 12, La.)
Gulf States shrimp, oyster, finfish, and blue
crab landings; crab meat production; LCL ex-
press shipments from New Orleans; and whole-
sale prices of fish and shellfish on the New Or-
leans French Market; for the month indicated.

Monthly Summary of Fishery Products Production
in Selected Areas of Virginia, North Carolina,
and Maryland, July 1956, 4 pp. (Market News
Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 185.
King St., Hampton, Va.) Fishery production
for the Virginia areas of Hampton Roads, Low-
er Northern Neck, and Eastern Shore; the Mary-
land areas of Crisfield, Cambridge, and Ocean
City; and the North Carolina areas of Atlantic,
Beaufort, and Morehead City; together with
cumulative and comparative data; for themonth
indicated.

(New York) Monthly Summary - June 1956 - Re-

City Wholesale Salt-Water Market, 4 pp. (Mar-
ket News Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ice, 155 John St., New York 38, N. Y.) Re-
ceipts in the salt-water section of the Fulton
Fish Market by species and by states and prov-
inces for the month indicated.

Landings and Prices of Fishery Products, Boston
Fish Pier, 1955 (Includes Trends in the Fish-
ing Industry at Boston"), by John J. O'Brien,
22 pp., illus., processed, 1956. (Available
free from the Market News Service, U. S. Fish
and Wildlife Service, 10 Commonwealth Pier,
Boston 10, Mass.) Fish marketing trends and
conditions in Boston for 1955 are discussed.
Detailed data on landings and ex-vessel prices
of fish and shellfish at the Boston Fish Pier dur-
ing 1955 are presented. Statistics are given by
months and species and by type of gear, to-
gether with comparative data for previous years.

THE FOLLOWING SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ARE FOR SALE AND
ARE AVAILABLE ONLY FROM THE SUPERINTENDENT OF DOCUMENTS ,
WASHINGTON 25, D. C.

Growth, Migrations, Spawning and Size Distribu-
tion of Shrimp PENAEUS SETIFERUS, by Mil-
ton J. Lindner and William W. Anderson, Fish-
ery Bulletin 106 (From Fishery Bulletin of the
Fish and Wildlife Service, vol. 56), 94 pp.,
illus., printed, 50 cents, 1956.

Their Value to Waterfowl and Other Wildlife),
by Samuel P. Shaw and C. Gordon Fredine,
Circular 39, 72 pp., illus., printed, $1, 1956.

MISCELLANEOUS
PUBLICATIONS

THESE PUBLICAT!1ONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH
AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE
ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM, CORRESPONDENCE REGARDING PUB-
LICATIONS THAT FOLLOW SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO THE RESPEC-
TIVE ORGANIZATION OR PUBLISHER MENTIONED. DATA ON PRICES,

IF READILY AVAILABLE, ARE SHOWN.

"Animal Sounds in the Sea,'' by Marie Poland Fish,

Scientific American, vol. 194, no. 4, April
1956, pp. 93-95, 97-98, 100, 102, illus., print-
ed, single copy 50 cents. Scientific American,
415 Madison Ave., New York 17, N. Y. During
World War IL underwater-sound men were puz-
zled to hear weird noises that were not made by
ships. Now it is known that many marine spec-
ies emit, among other sounds, chirps, whistles,
grunts, and groans. The author describes in
this article a study of the different sounds made
by some fish and shellfish and how the sounds
are made.

"Behavior of Fishes, Especially Concurrence of

Reflectorial and Psychical Reactions in Elec-
tric Fishing, '' by Friedrich Schiemenz, Zeit-
schrift F. Fischerei, No. 5/6, 1952, printed
inGerman. (Translated from German and sum-
marized by Dr. G. Mares, Pacific Biological
Station, Nanaimo, B. C., Canada.)

(California) Statistical Report of Fresh, Canned,

Cured, and Manufactured Fishery Products--
Year 1955, Circular No. 30, 15 pp., printed.
Marine Fisheries Branch, Department of Fish
and Game, Sacramento 14, Calif., 1956. This
is the 30th consecutive statistical report of
fresh and processed fishery products produced
in California. Through the annual publication

of these figures, the State Legislature, com-
missioners, members of industry, sportsmen
and other interested individuals and groups can
obtain a picture of trends and developments.
The tables are basically the same as in previous
years. Two changes are included in this report.
One involves a table which shows quantities of
fish caught by sport anglers and processed for
their use. In addition, the sole catch has been
divided into its various components. The added
table on processed sport fish shows only report-
ed figures. Some of the processors did not sep-
arate the processed sport fish on their reports.
In these instances the pack could not be extract-
ed. The processing of sport fish is a growing
industry. It enables the sportsman to preserve
his catch for his own future use and thus elimi-
nate waste. Landings of each species of fish,
mollusk, and crustacean by the commercial fish-
ing fleet are recorded in pounds. These land-
ings are separated into seven general regions

October 1956

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 113

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATIONS ISSUING THEM.

and totaled Statewide. General origin of the
commercial catch and the volume of shipments
are recorded. Shipment figures represent fish
received for canning and processing. Total
case pack is listed for each variety of fish ac-
cording to container size and type of pack. The
pack is kept separate for the Los Angeles and
San Diego districts and for Central California.
The latter includes all the area from the San
Luis Obispo-Santa Barbara County line to the
State's northern boundary. Most of the canning
reported in the Central California category,
however, is from Monterey and the San Francis-
co Bay area. Other fishery products processed
in California are recorded. The combined vol-
ume of canned and smoked sport-caught fishis
listed. All the information on production used
in these tables is obtained from monthly and an-
nual reports submitted by the industry. Sar-
dine landings and the products manufactured
are recorded. Total annual case pack of ancho-
vy, tuna, bonito, and yellowtail in various sizes
of containers has been equated to the most com-
mon pack size for each variety.

of Canada, vol. 13, no. 3, May 1956, pp. 273-
448, illus., printed. Fisheries Research
Board of Canada, Ottawa, Canada. Contains,
among others, the following articles: ''Spoilage
of Fish in the Vessels at Sea: 4. Effect of Re-
moval of Gills on Rate of Spoilage,'' by C. H.
Castell and Maxine F. Greenough; ''The Behav-
iour of Migrating Pink and Chum Salmon Fry,"
by William S. Hoar; "Interspecific Competition
and Population Control in Freshwater Fish, " by
P. A. Larkin; "On the Specific Identity of the
Larval Porrocaecum (Nematoda) in Atlantic
Cod," by D. M. Scott; Climatic Trends and
Fluctuations in Yield of Marine Fisheries of the
Northeast Pacific,’ by K. S. Ketchen; and "An
Investigation of the Electrical 'Spike' Potentials
Produced by the Sea Lamprey (Petromyzon
marinus) in the Water Surrounding the Head
Region,'' by H. Kleerekoper and Kira Sibakin.

sioners (July 1953-July 1255), 18 pp., printed.
Connecticut Shell-Fish Commission, 185 Church
St., New Haven, Conn., 1955.

"Contribution to Study of Size, Age and Growth of

the Sardine (Sardina pilchardus Walbaum) from
the Eastern Coasts of Spain, by B. Andreu,
Roda J. Rodriguez, and M. Gomez Larranete,
Publicaciones del Instituto de Biologia Applicada,
Barcelona, 7, pp. 159-189, 1950, printed in
Spanish. (Translated from Spanish and sum-
marized by Dr. G. Mares, Pacific Biological
Station, Nanaimo, B. C., Canada.)

Cooking Frozen Meats, Poultry, Game, and Fish,

by Faith Fenton, Cornell Extension Bulletin
906, 15 pp., illus., printed. New York State
College of Agriculture, Extension Service,
Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y., revised
January 1956.

"Difficulties Involved in Echo-Sounding Over a

Sloping Bottom,'' by J. Scharfe, article, Fis-

chereiwelt, vol. 4, no. 7, July 1952, pp. 99-
101, printed in German, (Translated from the
German by Dr. G. Mares, Pacific Biological
Station, Nanaimo, B. C., Canada.)

"Effect of Aureomycin Chlortetracycline on Fish

Freshness," by M. C. Firman, A. Abbey,

M. A. Darken, A. R. Kohler, andS. D. Upham,
article, Food Technology, vol. 10, no. 8, Au-
gust 1956, pp. 381-384, printed, single copies
of periodical: domestic US$1.50, foreign
US$1.75. The Garrard Press, 119 West Park
Ave., Champaign, Ill. (Published by the Insti-
tute of Food Technologists.) The fresh quality
of fish has been successfully prolonged by the
antibiotic chlortetracycline applied as an ice,

a dip, or afreezing brine. Antibiotic activity
has been detected in the raw treated fish, and
microbial counts and organoleptic observations
have substantiated the effectiveness of chlor-
tetracycline in extending the storage life of
freshly-caught fish. The fish investigated in-
clude sea bass, sea trout, croaker, butterfish,
haddock, scup, salmon, and halibut.

Federal Statistical Directory, Seventeenth Edition,

162 pp., processed, 75 cents. Office of Statis-
tical Standards, Bureau of the Budget, Wash-
ington, D. C., June 1956. (For sale by the
Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Govern-
ment Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C.)
This directory lists the professional and tech-
nical personnel of Federal agencies (including
the Fish and Wildlife Service) engaged in sta-
tistical activities, including reporting, plan-
ning, research, data collection, and analysis
in economics and other social sciences.

Fish for Hospital Catering, 24 pp., illus., print-

ed. White Fish Authority, London, England.
Provides general hints on the preparation of
fish and fish cookery, written primarily foruse
in hospitals. Includes an article by a physician
on the therapeutic value of fish, who also con-
tributes a table of food values of white fish. Al-
so includes items on choosing fish for normal
and special diets; buying fish; the preparation
and storage of fish; hygiene; cooking, serving,
and garnishing fish; keeping fish hot; fish for
normal diets, and for the staff; and fish for
special diets.

New Fish Harbour for Karachi (Part One--
Text; Part Two--Plans), by A. Van den Berg

and H. van Pel, FAO Report No. 26, illus.,,
processed, limited distribution. Food and
Agriculture Organization of the United Nations,
Rome, Italy, March 1952. This report is di-
vided into two parts. Part I contains a sum-
mary-of the findings of a survey made in 1951
by FAO experts and their recommendations for
a new fish harbor at Karachi. It discusses the
existing system of landing and transport of fish
in the Karachi area; necessity and location of

a new fish harbor; principal factors affecting
the plan of a new fish harbor; plans of the new
fish harbor--general arrangement and accom-
modation; administration and management of the
new fish harbor; economic and financial aspects;

114

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE
OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATIONS ISSUING THEM.

and harbor works in other fishing centers. Part
Il contains a map of the fishing villages in the
Karachi area; drawings of aluminum fish boxes
and rattan baskets; and general plans and de-
tails of a new fish harbor, fish market, ice-
making and cold-storage plant, etc.

Field and Laboratory Tests to Develop the Design
of a Fish Screen Structure, Delta~-Mendota Ca-
nal Headworks, Central Valley Project, Califor-
nia, by Dale M. Lancaster and T. J. Rhone,
Hydraulic Laboratory Report No. Hyd-401, 90
pp., illus., processed. Division of Engineer-
ing Laboratories, Bureau of Reclamation, Den-
ver, Colo., March 21, 1955.

"Fishes of the Northern Seas of Russia," by A. P.
USSR, vol. 53, 566 pp., printed in Russian.
Zoological Institute of the Academy of Sciences
of the USSR. (Excerpts translated by C. Rich-
ard Robins from Ryby Severnykh Morei SSSR.
Opredeliteli po Faune SSR, Isdavaemye Zoolog-
icheskim Institutom Akademii Nauk SSSR.)

"Fisket ved Vest-Gronland, 1955'' (Fisheries of
West Greenland, 1955), by Knut Friis, article,
Fiskets Gang, no. 24, June 14, 1956, pp. 342-
348, illus., printed in Norwegian with brief sum-
mary inEnglish. Fiskeridirektoren, Postgiro
Nr. 691 81, Bergen, Norway. Statistics are
given on the catch of cod and halibut off West
Greenland during 1955. The number of vessels
participating in these fisheries are also given
as well as the average yield perday. The land-
ings amounted to 14, 325 metric tons of salted
cod and almost 881 tons of fresh or frozen hali-
but.

"Fluctuations in Catch of the South Sakhalin Her-
ring and Their Causes," by A. N. Svetovidov,
article, Zoologicheskii Zhurnal, vol. 31, no.
6, 1952, pp. 831-842, printed in Russian.
(Translated from Russian by Dr. G. Mares,
Pacific Biological Station, Nanaimo, B. C.,
Canada.)

"Form and Size of the 'Zone of Detection! in Echo-
Sounding," by J. Scharfe, article, Fischerei-
welt, vol. 4, no. 2, February 1952, pp. 6-8,
printed inGerman. (Translated from German
by Dr. G. Mares, Pacific Biological Station,
Nanaimo, B. C., Canada.)

"Forecasts of Catch and Overfishing of Herring,"
by Schubert, article Die Fischwirtschaft, vol.
» no. 9, pp. 218-219, printed in German.
Translated from German and summarized by
Dr. G. Mares, Pacific .Biological Station, Nan-
aimo, B. C., Canada.)

"Hydrobiology and Fisheries Management," by
P. L. Pirozhnikov, article, Zoologicheskii
Zhurnal, vol. 31, no. 1, 1952, pp. 99-109,
printed in Russian. (Translated from Russian
and summarized by Dr. G. Mares, Pacific Bi-
ological Station, Nanaimo, B. C.)

(ICA) Operations Report, Data as of March 31, 1956,
FY 1956, Issue No. 3, 71 pp., illus., processed.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 10

Office of Statistics and Reports, International
Cooperation Administration, Washington 25,
D.C

(International Law Commission) Comments by Gov-
ernments on the Provisional Articles Concern-
ing the Regime of the High Seas and the Draft
Articles on the Regime of the Territorial Sea
Adopted by the International Law Commission
at its Seventh Session, A/CN.4/99, 49 pp.,
processed. United Nations--General Assembly,
International Law Commission, New York, N.Y.,
March 12, 1956.

(International Law Commission) Comments by In-
ter-Governmental Organizations on Articles
Regarding Fishing Embodied in the Provisional
Articles Concerning the Regime of the HighSeas
Adopted by the International Law Commission at
its 7th Session, A/Cn.4/100, 4 pp., processed.
United Nations--General Assembly, Internation-
al Law Commission, New York, N. Y., March
13, 1956.

(International Law Commission) Regime of the High
Seas and Regime of the Territorial Sea (Report),
by J. P. A. Francois, Special Rapporteur,
A/CN.4/97, 32 pp., processed. United Nations--
General Assembly, International Law Commis-
sion, New York, N. Y., January 27, 1956.

(International Law Commission) Regime of the High
Seas and Regime of the Territorial Sea (Adden-
dum to the Report), by J. P. A. Francois, Spe-
cial Rapporteur, A/CN.4/97/Add.1, 24 pp.,
processed. United Nations--General Assembly.
International Law Commission, New York, N.Y.,
May 1, 1956. Summary of replies from Govern-
mentsand conclusions of the Special Rapporteur.

(International Law Commission) Regime of the High
Seas and Regime of the Territorial Sea (Adden-
dum to the Report), by J. P. A. Francois, Spe-
cial Rapporteur, A/CN.4/97/Add.2, 23 pp.,
processed. United Nations--General Assembly,
International Law Commission, New York, N.Y.,
May 4, 1956. Summary of replies from Govern-
ments and a continuation of the conclusions of
the Special Rapporteur.

(International Law Commission) Regime of the High
Seas (The Right of International Organizations
to Sail Vessels under their Flags), by J. P. A.
Francois, Special Rapporteur, Supplementary
Report, A/CN.4/103, 4 pp., processed. United
Nations--General Assembly, International Law
Commission, New York, N. Y., May 8, 1956.

Taylor, 52 pp,, processed. Bears Bluff Labo-
ratories, Wadmalaw Island, S. C., June 1956.
It has been charged that otter trawling is the
cause of depletion in the supply of fish, crab,
and shrimp in the waters of South Carolina. The
availability or unavailability of these fish and
shellfish may depend upon a variety of factors,
but in the public mind, or a segment of it at any
rate, the shrimp trawl fishery is held solely
responsible. It is precisely because the supply

October 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 115

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

"The Lipids of Fish.

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATIONS ISSUING THEM.

of these fish for sports fishing, at least, seems
to have declined (not remained the same) in the
face of expanded and intensified commercial
trawling for shrimp and crab, that the com-
plaints have become so bitter against the otter
trawls' destructiveness. The purpose of this
paper is to report upon a survey of the scientif-
ic literature on the subject, rather than to ar-
gue the point. A broad field of marine biological
and oceanographic literature was reviewed for
facts that bear upon the complaints, and appro-
priate data were extracted. Whatever was found
to be pertinent, pro or con, is presented inthis
paper. Comment is offered simply to tie the
parts together. The evidence presented treats
only with the complaints about damage done by
bottom trawling in the waters of SouthCarolina.
It does not concern itself either with the fate of
the prime reason for this trawling--the Peneid
shrimp of commerce, nor the possibility that
noncommercial fishing has any bearing on the
stocks of sports fishes.

Journal du Conseil, vol. XXI, no. 2, 121 pp.,

illus., printed, single copy Kr. 12(US$1.74).
Messrs. Andr. Fred. H¢st & Sén, Bredgade,
Copenhagen, Denmark, April 1956. Among
the articles presented in this journal are the
following: "The Determination and Occurrence
of Nickel in Sea Water, Marine Organisms, and
Sediments, " by Taivo Laevastu and Thomas G.
Thompson; "Time and Duration of the Spawning
Season in Some Marine Teleosts in Relation to
Their Distribution," by S. Z. Qasim; ''Chemi-
cal Composition of the Zones in Cod Otoliths,"
by Eva Henly Danevig; ''The 'Critical Period!
in the Early Life History of Marine Fishes," by
John C. Marr; and ''Some Experiments on Fac-
tors Influencing Mesh Selection in Trawls, "' by
L. K. Boerema.

8. The Triglycerides and
Cholesterol Esters of Haddock Flesh," by J. A.
Lovern, article, The Biochemical Journal, vol.
63, no. 3, July 1956, pp. 373-380, illus., print-
ed, 20 s. (US$3.25) net per issue. Cambridge
University Press, American Branch, 32 East
57th St., New York 22, N. Y.

"Luring Fish with Pork," article, The Crown, vol.

45, no. 8, August 1956, pp. 14, 22, illus.,
printed. The Crown, P. O. Box 1837, Balti-
more 3, Md. A brief description of the com-
mercial preparation of pork-rind lures for bait
casting, spinning, fly rods, and salt-water fish-
ing. Long strips of pig back, with the hide in-
tact, are treated in brine, cut to shape, andthen
sent to the freezer for more treatment. After
the allotted time, they are removed from the
freezer and are stamped, dyed, and bottled.

Marine Products in Japan, 30 pp., illus., printed.

Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry, Tokyo,
Japan, December 1955. This beautifully illus-
trated pamphlet discusses the position Japan's
marine products occupy in its economy; canning
marine products; whale oil industry; agar-agar
and its uses; frozen fishery products; dry-salted
marine products; and pearl culture. Also in-
cludes a list of the names and addresses of Jap-
anese exporters of these products.

Marking Experiment of the Young Herring (Clu-
pea pallasi) in the Pacific Coast of Hokkaido,
1949-52, by H. Kondo and H. Kitahama, ar-
ticle, Bulletin of Hokkaido Regional Fisheries
Research Laboratory, No. 9, November 1953,
printed in Japanese. (Translated from Jap-
anese by S. Tabata, Pacific Biological Station,
Nanaimo, B.C., Canada.)

"Microbiological Assay of Vitamin Bj9 in Marine
Solids," by Paul R. Burkholder and Lillian M.
Burkholder, article, Science, vol. 123, no.
3207, June 15, 1956, pp. 1071-1073, illus.,
printed, single copy 25 cents. Science, 1515
Massachusetts Ave. NW., Washington 5, D. C.

"Microbiological Hazards of Precooked Frozen
Foods," by R. P. Straka and J. L. Stokes,
article, Quick Frozen Foods, February 1956,
pp. 182-186, printed, single copy 50 cents.
E, W. Williams Publications, Inc., 82 Wall
St., New York 5, N. Y.

Migration of the Deep Sea Scallop (PECTEN MAGEL-
LANICUS), by Frederick T. Baird, Jr., Fish-
eries Circular No. 14, 8 pp., illus., printed.
Maine Department of Sea and Shofe Fisheries,
Vickery-Hill Bldg., Augusta, Me., January
1954.

"The New Fishery Act in Czechoslovakia," by J.
Hanzal, article, Ceskoslovensky Rybar, vol. 7,
no. 9, 1952, printed. (Translated from Czecho-
slovak and summarized by Dr. G. Mares, Pa-
cific Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C., Cana-
da.)

A New Species of Sea Perch in the Barents Sea
(SEBASTES MENTELLA TRAVIN, sp. nov.),
by V. I. Travin, 5 pp., processed. (Trans-
lated from Russian by C. R. Robins, 1955.)

(Norway) Fiskeriene og Folkerettsreglene pa Havet
(The Fisheries and International Law), by Olav
Lund, Fiskeridirektoratets Smaskrifter Nr. 9
(Fishery Directorate Pamphlet No. 9), 19 pp.,
printed in Norwegian. A/S John Griegs Bok-
trykkeri, Bergen, Norway, 1955.

(Norway) Handsaming av Stérje (Treatment of Tuna-
fish), by Hans J. Fjértoft, Fiskeridirektoratets
Smaskrifter Nr. 5 (Fishery Directorate Pam-
phlet No. 5), 19 pp., illus., printed in Norwe-
gian. A/S John Griegs Boktrykkeri, Bergen,
Norway, 1955.

(Norway) Hvor Meget Blir der Fisket opp av Lofot-
Skreien? (How Much Lofot Cod is Being Caught?),
by Gunnar Dannevig, Fiskeridirektoratets
Smaskrifter Nr. 10 (Fishery Directorate Pam-
phlet No. 10), 18 pp., illus., printed in Norwe-
gian. A/S John Griegs Boktrykkeri, Bergen,
Norway, 1953.

(Norway) Hvordan Utnytter vi Vare Torskeforekom-

ster? (How Do We Utilize Our Cod Occurrences?),

by Gunnar Saetersdal, Fiskeridirektoratets
Smaskrifter Nr. 3 (Fishery Directorate Pam-
phlet No. 3), 10 pp., illus., printed. A/S John
Griegs Boktrykkeri, Bergen, Norway, 1955.

116

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATIONS ISSUING THEM.

(Norway) Internasjonale Fiskeriavtaler som Norge

er Med i (International Fishery Conventions to
which Norway is a Party), Fiskeridirekto-
ratets Smaskrifter Nr. 5 (Fishery Directorate
Pamphlet No. 5), 50 pp., printed in Norwegian.
A/S John Griegs Boktrykkeri, Bergen, Norway,
1953.

by Gunnar Sundnes, Fiskeridirektoratets
Smaskrifter Nr. 8 (Fishery Directorate Pam-
phlet No. 8), 6 pp., illus., printed in Norwe-
gian. A/S John Griegs Boktrykkeri, Bergen,
Norway, 1953.

(Norway) Lofotfiskets Lénnsomhet 1953 (Profit-

ability of Lofot Fishery 1953), by Kare Ruud,
Fiskeridirektoratets Smaskrifter Nr. 7 (Fish-
ery Directorate Pamphlet No. 7), 23 pp., print-
ed in Norwegian. (Reprinted from Fiskets
Gang, no. 42, 1953.) A/S John Griegs Bok-
trykkeri, Bergen, Norway, 1953.

(Norway) Maskeviddefors¢k med Tral i 1954(Mesh

Width Experiments with Trawl in 1954), by Gun-
nar Saetersdal, Fiskeridirektoratets Smaskrift -
er Nr. 4 (Fishery Directorate Pamphlet No. 4),

11 pp., illus., printed in Norwegian. A/SJohn

Griegs Boktrykkeri, Bergen, Norway, 1955.

(Norway) Merkeforsok som Viser Skreiens Op-

pférsel i Lofoten (Marking Experiments Show-
ing the Behavior of the Cod in Lofoten), by Gun-
nar Dannevig, Fiskeridirektoratets Smaskrifter
Nr. 2 (Fishery Directorate Pamphlet No. 2),
27 pp., illus., printed in Norwegian. A/S
John Griegs Boktrykkeri, Bergen, Norway,
1955.

(Norway) Plan for Statens Fiskarfagskoler (Pros-

pectus for State Fishery School), Fiskeridirekto-
ratets Smaskrifter Nr. 3 (Fishery Directorate
Pamphlet No. 3), 20 pp,, printed in Norwegian.
A/S John Griegs Boktrykkeri, Bergen, Norway,
19537

(Norway) Plan for Statens Fiskarfagskular (Pros-

pectus for State Fishery Schools), Fiskeridi-
rektorates Smaskrifter Nr. 6 (Fishery Direc-
torate Pamphlet No. 6), 20 pp., illus., printed
in Norwegian. A/S John Griegs Boktrykkeri,
Bergen, Norway, 1955.

(Norway) Plan for Statens Fiskarfagskoler (Pros-

pectus for State Fishery Schools), Fiskeridirek-
toratets Smaskrifter Nr. 8 (Fishery Directorate
Pamphlet No. 8), 20 pp., illus., printed in
Norwegian. A/S John Griegs Boktrykkeri,
Bergen, Norway, 1955.

(Norway) Radiotelefoni pa Fiskeflaten (Radiotele-

phone on the Fishing Fleet), Fiskeridirekto-

ratets Smaskrifter Nr. 11 (Fishery Directorate
Pamphlet No. 11), 4 pp., printed in Norwegian.
aipeiehn Griegs Boktrykkeri, Bergen, Norway,

(Norway) Rapport over Tokter for Sildeunder-

sdkelser med "'G. O. Sars” Vinteren 1953-54

(Report on Expeditions on Herring Research
with "G.O. Sars" in the Winter 1953-54), by
Finn Devold, Fiskeridirektoratets Smaskrifter
Nr. 4 (Fishery Directorate Pamphlet No. 4),
20 pp., illus., printed in Norwegian. (Re-
printed from Fiskets Gang, nos. 21 and 22,
1954.) A/S John Griegs Boktrykkeri, Bergen,
Norway, 1954.

(Norway) 1. Register (Register of Canning Fac-
tories and Joint Stock Companies--Export Com-
panies--Selling Canned Fish Products); 2.
Reglement (Rules of January 22, 1932, for
Marking of Canned Fish Products); 3. Generel-
le Krav (General Requirements for Canning
Factories Desiring to be Included in the Fish-
ery Directorate Register), Fiskeridirektoratets
Smaskrifter Nr. 2 (Fishery Directorate Pam-
phlet No. 2), 29 pp., printed in Norwegian.

A/S John Griegs Boktrykkeri, Bergen, Norway,
1953.

(Norway) Tokter Med 'G. O. Sars" i Norskehavet
Vinteren 1952/53 (Expeditions with "G. O.
Sars” in the Norwegian Sea-Winter 1952/53), by
by Finn Devold, Fiskeridirektoratets Smaskrift-
er Nr. 6 (Fishery Directorate Pamphlet no. 6),
19 pp., illus., printed in Norwegian. (Re-
printed from Fiskets Gang, no. 19, 1953.)
A/S John Griegs Boktrykkeri, Bergen, Norway,
1953.

(Norway) Tralfisket etter Sild i Nordsjgen(Trawl-
ing for Herring in the North Sea. Some Oper-
ating Results for the Years 1949, 1950, 1951,
and 1952), by Kare Ruud, Fiskeridirektoratets
Smaskrifter Nr. 4 (Fishery Directorate Pam-
phlet No. 4), 12 pp., printed in Norwegian.
(Reprinted from Fiskets Gang, no. 17, 1953.)
A/S John Griegs Boktrykkeri, Bergen, Norway,
1953.

(Norway) Tran iden Morke Arstiden (Cod Liver
Oil in the Winter), by Karl Evang, Fiskeridi-
rektoratets Smaskrifter Nr. 1 (Fishery Direc-
torate Pamphlet No. 1), 6 pp., illus., printed
in Norwegian. A/S John Griegs Boktrykkeri,
Bergen, Norway, 1955.

| (Norway) Vintersildfiskets Lonnsomhet 1953 (Prof-

itability of Winter Herring Fishery 1953), by
Arthur Holm, Fiskeridirektoratets Smaskrifter
Nr. 9 (Fishery Directorate Pamphlet No. 9),

33 pp., illus., printed in Norwegian. (Reprint-
ed from Fiskets Gang, no. 43, 1953.) A/S
John Griegs Boktrykkeri, Bergen, Norway,
1953.

(Norway) Vintersildfiskets L¢nnsomhet 1954( Prof-
itability of the Winter Herring Fishery 1954),
by Kare Ruud, Fiskeridirektoratets Smaskrift-
er Nr. 6 (Fishery Directorate Pamphlet No. 6),
15 pp., printed in Norwegian. (Reprinted from
Fiskets Gang, no. 43, 1954.) A/S John Griegs
Boktrykkeri, Bergen, Norway, 1954.

"On the Biology of Reproduction of the White Sea
Wolf-Fish (Anarhichas lupus L.),'"' by V. V.
Barsukov, article, Zoologicheskii Zhurnal,
vol. 32, no..6, 1953, pp. 1211-1216, printed

October 1956

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

117

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATIONS ISSUING THEM,

in Russian. (Preliminary translation by W. E.
Ricker, Fisheries Research Board of Canada;
distributed from the Newfoundland Fisheries
Research Station, St. John's, Newfoundland.)

"Preliminary Note on the Peculiarity of Sardinella
aurita of the Brazilian Coast,'' by W. Besnard,
article, Boletin Instituto Paulista, vol.,1, no.
1, 1950, pp. 69-80, printed in Portuguese.

(Translated from Portuguese and summarized
by Dr. G. Mares, Pacific Biological Station,
Nanaimo, B. C., Canada.)

"Populations and Migrations of the Sardine (Clupea
pilchardus Walb) on the Portuguese Coast, by
M. Ruivo, article, Boletin da Sociedade Portu-
guesea de Ciencias Naturais, pp. 89-121, 1950,
printed in Portuguese and summarized by Dr.
G. Mares, Pacific Biological Station, Nanaimo,
B. C., Canada.)

"The Present Views and Limitations of Fish Traces
Obtained in Echo-Sounding,"' by F. Schuler, ar-
ticle, Fischereiwelt, vol. 3, no. 7, July 1951,
pp. 110-112, printed in German. (Translated
from the German by Dr. G. Mares, Pacific
Biological Station, Nanaimo, B. C.)

"Productivity of Fishing Waters and Fluctuations
in the Abundance of Stocks of Commercial Fish-
es,'' by E. A. Bervald, article Zoologicheskii
Zhurnal, vol. 31, no. 1, 1952, pp. 82-91,
printed in Russian. (Abstract translated from
Russian by Dr. G. Mares, Pacific Biological
Station, Nanaimo, B. C.)

Quarterly Report on Fisheries Research, June
1956, No. 56-19, 12 pp., processed. The Ma-
rine Laboratory, University of Miami, Coral
Gables, Fla.

"Queen of the Muddy Waters,'' article, Georgia
Game and Fish, vol. 5, no. 10, Spring Edition,
pp. 8-9, 21, illus., printed. Georgia Game
and Fish Commission, 412 State Capitol, At-
lanta, Ga. A brief description of the carp
which can be found in nearly every state in the
United States. Muddy, luke-warm streams in
Georgia make ideal feeding grounds and spawn-
ing grounds for these fish.

dustry, 37 pp., processed. Freight Rate Sery-
ice Branch, Agricultural Marketing Service,

U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington,
D. C., revised July 1956. A study of the cur-
rent rail transportation rates cn fish, shellfish,
and other fishery products for purposes of anal-
ysis and comparison, and includes a compari-
son with rates on other food products. The
rates and charges shown in this study are those
prevailing on March 7, 1956.

ports and Verbal Proceedings of Meetings),
vol. 141, 113 pp., printed in French and Eng-
lish, Kr. 18 (US$2.60). Conseil Permanent
International pour L'Exploration de la Mer
(International Council for Exploration of the
Sea), Charlottenlund Slot, Denmark, June 1956.
This report is divided into two parts: Part I--
Proces-Verbaux, Novembre-Octobre 1955
(Verbal Proceedings, November-October 1955);
and Part Il--Rapport Administratif, 1954 (Ad-
ministrative Report, 1954). PartI contains a
report of the forty-third meeting of the Inter-
national Council for the Exploration of the Sea
at Copenhagen, October 24-November 1, 1955;
approved budget for the financial year, 1955-
1956, resolutions passed by the 43rd Statutory
Meeting, 1955; list of members of committees;
experts engaged in fisheries research in the
Council's area; report and recommendations
of the Consultative Committee; and reports and
programs of the various committees. Part I
contains an administrative report for the year
ending October 31, 1955; and area and other
committee reports on scientific research.

"Recorded and Visual Indications im Echo-Sound-
ing for Fish in Proximity of the Bottom," by
J. Scharfe, article, Die Fishwirtschaft, no.
3, 1953, printed in German. (Translatedfrom
German by Dr. G. Mares, Pacific Biological
Station, Nanaimo, B. C., Canada.)

"The Relationship Between Fish-Length andScale-
Length in the Pilchard (Sardina pilchardus Wal.)
in the Area of Castellon, by J. Rodriguez -

Roda, M. G. Larraneta, and M. Duran, Publi-

cations del Instituto de Biologia Aplicada, Bar-

celona, X, pp. 53-65, 1952, printed in Span-
ish. (Translated from Spanish and summarized
by Dr. G. Mares, Pacific Biological Station,

Nanaimo, B. C., Canada.)

van Pel, Council Paper No. 1, 11 pp., illus.,
printed. South Pacific Commission, Noumea,
New Caledonia. Describes a brief survey of
the fishery resources of Fiji and the existing
fishing methods and extent of their utilization.
Past surveys and experiments are discussed;

an assessment of the problems existing in the
fisheries is made; and recommendations for

the development of the marine and inland fish-
eries are given. Various ways of increasing
the fish supply of Fiji, both by larger fish catch-
es and by fish culture, have been indicated.
"From the point of view of fisheries prospects, "'
states the author, ''Fiji is one of the most fav-
oured territories in the South Pacific. There
need never be a shortage of fish in this Colony."

ment of the Fishing Fleet in 1955"), 41 pp.,
processed in French. Ministere des Communi-
cations, Brussels, Belgium. Presents detail-
ed statistics on the Belgian fishing fleet.

I1.B.2, 21 pp., printed, 25 cents. UnitedNations,
New York, N. Y., 1955. (For sale by Interna-
tional Documents Service, Columbia University
Press, 2960 Broadway, New York 27, N. Y.)

118

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATIONS ISSUING THEM.

A Review of the Cephalopods of the Gulf of Mexico,

ee by Gilbert L. Voss, Contribution No. 155, 93
pp., illus., printed. The Marine Laboratory,
University of Miami, Coral Gables, Fla. (Re-
printed from Bulletin of Marine Science of the
Gulf and Caribbean, vol.6, no. 2, June 1956,
pp. 85-178.) Three hundred and three speci-
mens of cephalopods are reported upon, mostly
captured by the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service
vessel Oregon in the Gulf of Mexico from 1950
to 1956. Thirty-five genera and 42 species
are described and illustrated, of which 1 genus
and 4 species are described as new.

Sea Moss (CHONDRUS CRISPUS), Survey, Wash-
ington County, by Walter S. Foster, General
Bulletin No. 3, 12 pp., illus., printed. De-
partment of Sea and Shore Fisheries, Augusta,
Me., 1953.

Seaweeds at Ebb Tide, by Muriel Lewin Guberlet,
182 pp., illus., with drawings by Elizabeth L.
Curtis, printed, $3.50. University of Wash-
ington Press, Seattle, Wash. Gives the names,
habits, structures, and economic uses of the
seaweeds found on the beach.

"Solving Life Secrets of the Sailfish, '' by Gilbert
Voss, article, The National Geographic Maga-
zine, vol. CIX, no. 6, June 1956, pp. 859-872,
illus., printed, single copy 75 cents. The
National Geographic Society, Washington, D.C.
A study of the life history of the sailfish. Flor-
ida sailfish spawn in late spring and early sum-
mer in shallow water along the Florida sands.
At this period the females, heavy with roe, are
sluggish fighters. After spawning, the eggs,
scattered about in the plankton, float northward
in the Gulf Stream. The number of young sail-
fish in the oceans would be fantastically large
if all the larvae survived, for investigations
show that a single female may spawn as many
as 4,675,000 eggs. However, countless preda-
tors feed on eggs and youngas they float help-
lessly inthe sea. As they grow increasingly
able to fend for themselves, the sailfish work
inshore; juveniles five to eight inches long are
found along the Carolina coast during summer.
Cold weather and northerly winds head them
south. Within a year they have grown to five
or six feet and soon are the fighting heavyweights
sought by sport fishermen. Three or four years
seem to be old age for them.

"Some New or Little Known Parasitic Nematodes
of Sea Fish,’ by U. I. Poljanski, article, Trudy
Zoologicheskow Instituta Akademia Nauk SSSR
12, pp. 133-147, 1952, printed in Russian.
(Translated from Russian and summarized by
Dr. G. Mares, Pacific Biological Station, Nan-
aimo, B. C., Canada.)

"South African Pilchard Oil. 5. The Isolationand
Structure of an Eicosapentaenoic Acid from
South African Pilchard Oil," by J. M. Whitcutt
and D. A, Sutton, article, The Biochemical
Journal, vol. 63, no. 3, July 1956, pp. 469-
475, illus., printed, 20 s. (US$3.25) net per
issue. Cambridge University Press, American
Branch, 32 East 57th St., New York 22, N.Y.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 10

SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

Tarpon Cooperative Research Program, Progress
Report, by Robert W. Ellis, No. 56-20, 13pp,,

processed. The Marine Laboratory, University
of Miami, Coral Gables, Fla., July 1956.

"Territorial Waters and Related Matters," arti-
cle, The Department of State Bulletin, vol.
XXXIV, no. 869, Publication 6292, February
20, 1956, pp. 296-299, printed, single copy
20 cents. The Department of State, Washing-
ton, D. C. (For sale by the Superintendent of
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office,
Washington 25, D.C.) A discussion of the ac-
tion taken on the subject of territorial waters
and related matters by the third meeting of the
Inter-American Council of Jurists at Mexico
City, January 17-February 4, 1956; the situa-
tion confronting the Council of Jurists; general
debate; nine-country resolution; United States
declaration and reservation; and the Cuban pro-
posal.

Tide Tables, East Coast, North and South America
(including Greenland), for the Year 1957, Serial
No. 789, 277 pp., illus., printed, 50 cents.
Coast and Geodetic Survey, U. S. Department
of Commerce, Washington 25, D. C.

Tide Tables: West Coast, North and South Amer-
ica (including the Hawaiian Islands), for the
Year 1957, Serial No. 791, 227 pp., illus.,
printed, 50 cents. Coast and Geodetic Survey,
U. S. Department of Commerce, Washington
25, D. C.

"Tilapia--The Brooding Father, '' by Lester R.
Aronson, article, Natural History, vol. LXV,
no. 3, March 1956, pp. 146-151, illus., print-
ed, single copy 50 cents. American Museum
of Natural History, Central Park West at 79th
St., New York 24, N. Y. The name Tilapia is
not applied to a single kind of fish but rather to
a group of related African species which now
number almost a hundred. This is an interest-
ing article about the unusual spawning habits of
the Tilapia macrocephala (also called T. heude-
loti). This species of Tilapia is the predomi-
nant fish of the group along the coast of West
Africa from Senegal south to Gabon. While it
does not grow as large as some of the others
and is therefore of less interest to fishery work-
ers, it does form a staple in the diet in many
coastal villages.

Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, 1955, De-
partment of State Publication 6243, Internation-
al Organization and Conference Series I, 111;
210 pp., illus., printed, 70 cents. Department
of State, Washington, D. C., April 16, 1956.
(For sale by the Superintendent of Documents,
U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington
25, D.C.) This report, covering fiscal year
1955, is the eighth annual report by the United
States to the United Nations, pursuant to article
88 of the United Nations Charter, on the admin-
istration of the Trust Territory of the Pacific
Islands. Some data on fisheries are included.

"Two Weeks in Father's Mouth," by Evelyn Shaw,
article, Natural History, vol. XV, no. 3,

October 1956

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 119

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATIONS ISSUING THEM,
March 1956, pp. 152-153, illus., printed, sin-
gle copy 50 cents. American Museum of Natu-
ral History, Central Park West at 79th St.,
New York 24, N. Y. A brief description with
accompanying photographs of the changes that
occur in Tilapia eggs during the two weeks the
embryos spend in the mouth of the male.

"Under-Water Observation of Fishing Gear by
Means of an Immersion (Plunge) Kettle," by
Ulrich Bodo, article, Fischerewelt, vol. 4,
no. 2, February 1952, printed in German.
(Translated from German and summarized by
Dr. G. Mares, Pacific Biological Station, Nan-
aimo, B. C., Canada.)

United States Government Organization Manual,
1956-57, 792 pp., printed, $1. Federal Regis-

ter Division, National Archives and Records
Service, General Services Administration,
Washington, D. C., 1956. (For sale by the
Superintendent of Documents, Government
Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C.)

"The Use of Echo-Sounders in Drift-Fisheries, "'
Schuler and G. Kreft, article, Fischereiwelt,
vol. 3, no. 4, April 1951, pp. 63-65, printed
in German. (Translated from German and sum-
marized by Dr. G. Mares, Pacific Biological
Station, Nanaimo, B. C., Canada.)

"Volatile Reducing Substances (VRS) and Volatile
Nitrogen Compounds in Relation to Spoilage in
Canned Fish," by Lionel Farber and Michael
Ferro, article, Food Technology (Published by
the Institute of Food Technologists), vol. 10,
no. 7, July 1956, pp. 303-304, illus., printed,
single copies of periodical: domestic US$1.50,
foreign US$1.75. The Garrard Press, 119
West Park Ave., Champaign, Ill. Describes a

study in which cans of fish were examined for
their content of total volatile (TVN) and tri-
methylamine nitrogen (TMN) so that these could
be compared with that of volatile-reducing sub-
stances (VRS). In this report are presented
some representative data on the content of these
substances in a number of species of fish, can-
ned and varying in freshness or acceptability
as human food, as judged organoleptically. The
content of volatile-reducing substances (VRS),
total volatile and trimethylamine nitrogen(TVN,
TMN) in canned California anchovies, Califor-
nia and Atlantic herring, California mackerel,
California sardines in brine and in tomato
sauce and tuna was determined for material
judged organoleptically to be passable and not
passable. The content of VRS correlated quite
closely with the organoleptic judgment, where-
as the content of TVN and TMN did not show
any definite correlation. The content of tri-
methylamine nitrogen apparently varies with
the species of fish canned and is the same in
fish of different states of freshness for any sin-
gle species.

Whaling--Amendments to the Schedule to the Inter-
national Whaling Convention Signed at Washing-
ton on December 2, 1946, Treaties and Other
International Acts Series 3198, Department of
State Publication 5899, 11 pp., printed, 10
cents. Department of State, Washington, D.C.,
1956. (For sale by the Superintendent of Docu-
ments, U. S. Government Printing Office,
Washington 25, D. C.) Presents the amend-
ments adopted at the Sixth Meeting of the Inter-
national Whaling Commission, Tokyo, Japan,
July 19-23, 1954, and which entered into force
November 8, 1954, and February 17 and 24,
1955)

SPECIES OF FISH FIRST USED IN THE HOT-FISH SHOPS
OF THE MIDDLE WEST

In the early days of fish-frying operations, the local species suchas catfish,
buffalofish, perch, sunfish, and blue pike wereused. One enterprising wholesale

fish firm in St. Louis introduced the whiting to this trade inthe 1920's andits ac-
ceptance was comparatively rapid. At thetime the annual production of whiting
from the Northeastern States was about 17millionpounds. Much of this was froz-
en near fishing centers and shipped to the St. Louis market by the carload. As
late as 1932 it was considered remarkable that the ambition and industry ofa few
individuals could make possible the distribution of more than one-fourth of the
supply of this fish ina single city, some 600 or 700 miles from the source of

supply.

--Sea Secrets, The Marine Laboratory,

University of Miami, Coral Gables, Fla.

120 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 10

CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

Page Page
TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS (Contd.) FOREIGN (Contd.)
South Carolina: France (Contd.):
Oyster Laws Revised. ....cscccsscscere 34 Review of the Fisheries, 1955 ...2.-cccceces 68
Tuna: French West Africas:
Albacore Being Sought off Oregon-Washington Canned Sardine Market.....eceeececcee-- 68
Gina Bos hoocubonuSoaoauocouGopoM te Albacore Tuna Fishing ......eeceeceees- 69
United States Fishing Fleet Additions ........ 939 German Federal Republic:
U. S. Foreign Trade: Inauguration of 1956 Deep-Sea Fishing Season . . 69
Edible Fishery Products, May-June 195€é .... 36 Gold Coast:
Groundfish Fillet Imports Drop 6 Percent in Canned Sardine Market ....-ccccccvccssse 10
MINER GoconoooooDogoCOGooDG0CNdO Et Iceland;
Imports and Exports of Selected Fishery Fisheries Trends, January-July 1956........ 70
Products, January-June 1956 ........006-. 93! Large Number of Filleting and Skinning Machines
Wholesale Prices, August 1956.........ee02- 38 Purchased |epeseperencicieterevstercucistenoretonevorenek pone
INOHAIGN ouooooaudsooDDDGGDODDDGGeOOO Et New Trawlers Ordered From West German
International: ShipyardiegerscscictevetstetehcVelerelobellhetelelalelcnens 71
U. N, International Law Commission: North Coast Herring Season ....eeeceeee--- JL
Conference on Law of theSea Proposed .... 41 Review of the Fisheries, 1955.....-2-+e2.-. 72
Food and Agriculture Organization: Winter Fishing Season, 1956...e.eeecce+-- 72
IDNA IMGNIMEHIS GG6G5000G00dg000000000. India:
International Congress on Canned Foods ..... 44 Dried Shrimp Industry Facing Crisis ........ 73
(Northern European) International Fisheries First Freezer Vessel to Handle Shrimp ...... 713
Convention: New Fish Freezing Plant Proposed .....-... 74
Fifth Meeting of Permanent Commission.... 44 Japan:
Mediterranean Fisheries Council: Canned Salmon Pack and Sales Plan for 1956... 74
Proposes Investigation of Mediterranean Fish North Pacific High Seas Salmon Fishing
IMigrationsiepeierenendeleieteleheteleneleteleerereletemn +> Developments) pepecrrctensioreteel hehe erator ream
Whaling: Costs of Joint United States-Japanese Canned
International Whaling Commission Eighth Annual Tuna Advertising Studied ......e2eceeees 15
MEST 5G ocugon000D GDC oGOoGOO00 6 Canned Tuna Exports to United States.....-.- 76
Algeria: Measures Taken for Orderly Marketing of
Canned Sardine Market ....ccecsesccere 41 Canned Tuna to United States ....2.e22-e2-- 16
Australia: Tuna Fisheries Research Council Established .. 177
Act Setting Up Fundto Develop Fisheries Tuna Vessels to Fish in African Waters ...... 7

RAGSZ Gooanccso00KCco0G000000000.

Fishery Products Lead in Food Products Ex-

Canned Sardine Market ....cccecceccceee 49 ported to United States in 1955...e..eee2--. 7
Gultured}PearliFarims sjaicieleleleieleleieleicioieneen | OL Marine Fishing bleeteealsielereislsisietelelteloneieroi le
New Department of Agriculture, Fisheries, Number and Type of Operators in the Marine
and Whaling Established.......-2-cece- 02 IMDS Go6c000000000 padandodccos§ 8618
Shrimp Exports to United States .....2.2e+- 02 Republic of Korea:
Western Australia Shrimp Survey ......2.5-+. 03 Fishery Firm Buys Trawlers Importedby UNKRA. 79
‘<white’’ Spiny Lobster Seen as Moulted Liberia:
A@SEISAR SooooDOKoKGODOGO0GGGD00 8) Import Duties on Fishery Products Lowered ... 80
Austria: Luxembourg:
Canned Sardine Market ...ccseccseeeees 96 Canned Sardine Market.......e+ee+cee---- 980
Belgian Congo: Malaya:
Canned Sardine Market ...cccccsccsseces 08 Development of Sea Fisheries Under Way ..... 81
Burma; Japanese Firm Studies Possibilities of Pearl
Canned Sardine Market ...cccsescessece 08 GUI 5650000000600 asalavebevsevels:atetenmmme
Canada: Mexico:
AureomycinUseonFishAcceptedby Authorities, 59 Japanese-Mexican Fishing Company Plans Have
Fresh Silver Salmon Exports Prohibited After Not}/Materializedbyet nists slercietenelclenelet tei mane
AIRE SL Gegoocadoococ0c0d00000000 | Ff) West Coast Shrimp Season off to Good Start.... 82
Pearl Essence Produced on West Coast ..... 60 New Caledonia:
Denmark: Tuna Resources Studied. ......-e.ceee2--- 82
Fish Consumption Down ....2eeese+esec5 0 New Zealand:
Lift-up Wheelhouse for Seiners ......-..2-. 60 Ganned!Sardine/Marketas esuevereioicielelolciel tench ance
Ecuador: Norway:
Regulations Affecting Fisheries.......e0e2+ 60 Fisheries Trends, January-June 1956 ....... 84
Egypt: ExrozenyFiSHEXpOrts|ejeie aiclebelelereieichensnelcieli moo
Canned Sardine Market.....ccceessscece O61 World’s Longest Salmon Ladder ......2-.-- 89
Formosa: Peru:
Ganned'Sardine Market. oc ccccccccccces O62 Fisheries Trends, August 1956 ....ececeee-- 989
France: Republic of the Philippines:
Fish Canning Industry and Canned Sardine Ganned!Sardine|Marketieereirareieiotetenctebcienonanc!

MERIT ogo odaocodpe0ocdaDa0Dn0dGO

Contents Continued Page 121

October 1956

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

121

CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

FOREIGN (Contd.): Page
Portugal:
Number of New Fishing Vessels to Operate at
Each Fishing Port to be Regulated......... 86
Fisheries Trends, May 1956..........2.... 87
Canned Fish Pack, January-March 1956 ......, 87
Canned Fish Exports, January-May 1956 ..... 88
Spain:
Fisheries Trends, July 1956....c0cceeeceee 88
Switzerland:
Canned Sardine Market ...cccceccccscecse 89
Union of South Africa:
Canned Sardine Market .....cecceceeee22 90
Controlled Fish Meal Price Increased ....... 91
Fisheries Trends, July 1956.2. ..cccccscess OL
Union of South Africa - South-West Africa:
Fishing and Processing Levy to Finance Pil-
mic EEE Kecgocoucceaganoreacn G7
US. S. Re:
Larger Fishing Fleet Operating Near Faroe
Report on Fishery Research by Norwegian
CBU? cosandccoccocecocouncocoae 47
United Kingdom:
Commercial Test for Aureomycin-Stored Fish, . 93
Fishing Industry Subsidies and Grants Changed , 94
Fish Meal Growing in Importance .......... 95
Large All-Welded Trawler Built ........2.. 96
Research on Handling and Preserving Fish .... 98

FOREIGN (Contd,): Page
Venezuela;
Fish Canners Want Marketing Monopoly ...... 99
Manufacture of Fish Meal From Whole Fish
ILOLIpIted teretevetenetete etetershetorcteteletchen Ret etoKemmtse)
Territorial Waters, Continental Shelf, and
InBaae lA goonocooocooDcocccocce
Vietnam:
Canned Sardine Market .......20ee-20e0-- 100
Japan-Viemam Commercial Fishing Agreement
Inaugurates Deep-Sea Fishing.......eeee..- LOL
Yugoslavia;
New Fish Canneries and Meal Plants ........ 102
IMMDIMWULINGONSHoagoooocceececocuccucd wey
Federal Trade Commission:
Price Fixing on King Crabs in Alaska Charged. . 103
EISHERY INDIGATORS2tislerelctciclelelosielelcteten ct oieron CO
Chart 1 - Fishery Landings for Selected States .. 105
Chart 2 - Landings for Selected Fisheries ..... 106
Chart 3 - Cold Storage Holdings and Freezings
of Fishery Products: oc ccclewcciec vcs doe LOM
Chart 4 - Receipts and Cold-Storage Holdings of Fish-
ery Products at Principal DistributionCenters. .. 108
Chart 5 - Fish Meal and Oil Production - U. S.
and Alaska ...cesesccccccecsre neces 108
Chart 6 - Canned Packs of Selected Fishery
Pim eneoqaccuccecouococoocaccuT WW)
Chart 7 - U. S, Fishery Products Imports ...... 110
RECENT FISHERY PUBLICATIONS:.....++-2ccee4-111
Fish and Wildlife Service Publications ........ Ul
Miscellaneous Publications -ccseceeseeeee 112

Editorial Assistant--Ruth V. Keefe

TIllustrator--Gustaf T. Sundstrom

Compositors--Jean Zalevsky, Alma Greene, and Helen Joswick

OK OK K OK

Photograph Credits: Page by page, the following list gives the source or pho-

tographer for each photograph in this issue.

Photographs on pages not mentioned

were obtained from the Service's file and the photographers are unknown.

Cover and p. 79--Visual Information Section, United Nations Department
of Public Information; p.9--N. B. Wigutoff; p. 24--Bob Munns; p.38--
J. Pileggi; p. 84--'"Norway Fisheries and Fish Processing;" p. 103 and
outside back cover--G. T. Sundstrom.

INT.-DUP. SEC., WASH., D.C.6510

"HOW TO COOK HALIBUT"

How to Cook Halibut, the ninth in a series of cookbooks called the ''Test Kitch-
en Series,’ has just come off the press and is now available to the public. This
publication contains 27 recipes developed and kitchen-tested by the U. S. Fishand
Wildlife Service home economists. Itcontains recipes for cocktails, soups, sal-
ads, sandwiches, and a wide
variety of main dishes along
with well-illustrated pictures
of four of theserecipes. It al-
so contains pertinent informa-
tion about halibut which willbe
of general interest to the con-
sumer.

Halibut is a firm andfla-
vorful fish with white translu-
centmeat. Steaks are the most
common retail form in which
halibut is marketed. Even
though the greatest proportion
of halibut comes from the Pa-
cific Northwest, halibut is a-

vailable in all parts of the Unit-
Halibut Hawaiian ed States as frozen steaks.

Fish dealers, as well as homemakers and food editors, will find many valu-
able uses for this recipe booklet. Many dealers can increase their halibut sales
by giving this booklet to their customers. Dealers can also reprint any of these
recipes, although a credit line is appreciated.

How to Cook Halibut, publishedbytheU.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, may
be obtained from the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office,
Washington 25, D. C., for 20 cents a copy. A 25-percent discount is givenon
orders of 100 or more copies sent to one address.

The other cookbooks in this series are:

HOW TO COOK

HALIBUT

Fish Cookery for One Hundred, by Rose G. Kerr.

Test Kitchen Series No. 1. Price 30 cents.

Basic Fish Cookery, by Rose G. Kerr. Test
Kitchen Series No. 2. Price 20 cents.

How to Cook Oysters, by Rose G. Kerr and Jean
Burtis. Test Kitchen Series No. 3. Price 10
cents.

How to Cook Salmon, by Kathryn L. Osterhaug-
and Rose G. Kerr. Test Kitchen Series No. 4.
Price 15 cents.

How to Cook Ocean Perch, by Dorothy M. Robey
and Rose G. Kerr. Test Kitchen Series No. 6.
Price 10 cents.

How to Cook Shrimp, by Jean Burtis and Rose G.
Kerr. Test Kitchen Series No. 7. Price 15
cents.

How to Cook Clams, by Kathryn L. Osterhaug and

Rose G. Kerr. Test Kitchen Series No. 8. Price

20 cents.

Test Kitchen Series No. 9
Fish and Wildlife Service

United States Department of the Interior

CY
O
<
<
mr

AI
<A
>
2)
il
el
|

A :

———,

"UNITED STATES POSTAGE 3°

Vol. 18, No.11 NOVEMBER 1956

FISH and WILDLIFE SERVICE
United States Department of the Interior

Washington, D.C.

UNITED STATES

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE
FRED A. SEATON, SECRETARY JOHN L. FARLEY, DIRECTOR
SiER: = zs %
COMMERCIAL FISEERIES REVIE :
225.552 , &

A review of developments and news of the fishery industries
prepared in the BRANCH OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES

A.W. Anderson, Editor
J.Pileggi, Associate Editor H.M.Bearse, Assistant Editor

Mailedfree to members of the fishery andallied industries. Address correspondence and requests
to the: Director, Fish and Wildlife Service, U.S. Department of the Interior, Washington 25, D.C.

Publication of material from sources outside the Service is not an endorsement. The Service is
not responsible for the accuracy of facts, views, or opinions contained in materialfrom outside sources.

Although the contents of this publication have not been copyrighted and may be reprinted freely,
reference to the source will be appreciated.

The printing of this publication has been approved by the Director of the Bureau of the Budget,
August 2, 1955. (8/31/57)

CONTENTS

COVER; Depicts the third and last (king salmon) of three stamps issued this year to
emphasize the importance of fish and wildlife conservation in America. This king
salmon stamp, reproduced from a drawing by Bob Hines, artist of the U. S, Fish and
Wildlife Service, was released at Seattle, Wash., on November 9, 1956, This marks
the first time that United States stamps have been issued to call attention to the coun-
try’s important fish and wildlife resources. (See pp. 32 & 33 of this issue.)

Page
Development of Markets for Underutilized Lake Erie Fish--Progress Report, by Ernie D, Premetz........... es 1
Correlation of pH and Quality of Shucked Southern Oysters, by E. A. Gardner andB. M, Watts ..........-+-- Saye 8
Page Page
RESEARCH IN SERVICE LABORATORIES: ...... 16 TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS (Contd):
Cold Storage Life of Fresh-Water Fish--No. 3 Federal Purchases of Fishery Products:
(Lake Herring, Northern Pike, and Whitefish)... 16 Portions Included in Fresh or Frozen Fish Federal
Cold-Storage Studies on Gulf of Mexico Yellowfin Specification’... ..2.ccs/s)ecossvesoein erate CL
SRunay caeverens G000 ene eesti aes say LS Fresh and Frozen Fishery Products Purchased by
Fungicidal Properties fof Modified Unsaturated the Department of Defense, August 1956 ...... 82
RSMOUS 7S re lerexcuctel towed aietavareieveteistetereee: LLY. pee and Wildlife Motif on United States Postage
North Atlantic Shrimp Keenine Quality in Cold THD Sieterorete’ FOO BOD OOOO ON a5 savlatts: melOe.
Storage ..... sdoccoacoobodunoguoooons AD Fish and Wildlife Service:
Technical Note No, 34 - Growth Characteristics of Research Helps Bring Top-Quality Fish Closer to
the Pink Yeast That Gauses Discoloration of Gonsumensmlableseyeersieye eictelonstetcn-tetet en nenommneLe)
Oysters ake eps eee a anda Ae Re OEY atin Dak ‘*Fish Parade’’ Promotion by Industry Backed by
TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS: ..... apecucog Be IntenionyDepartmentsrcyaleielei-lelaielier-kets iti)
California: Florida;
1956/57 Sardine Season off to aGoodStart..... 24 Airboat/Gill-Netting ys). evereieleile stele sterevelaeielie Semen
Periodic Flights to Study Pelagic Fish Distribu- Fur-Seal'Skinsiavejejeie oreyatevevere elote:ciercusiatel Nore nemmedl
tion (Airplane Spotting Flight 56-7)......... 24 Great Lakes Fishery Investigations:
Survey by N, B, Scofield to Assess Relative Abun- .M/V Cisco Tries to Locate Summer Grounds of
dance of Sardines (Cruise 56-S-4).......... 25 Walleye in Lake Huron (Cruise 5)..... Heeees
Yellowfin and Skipjack Tuna Tagged and Measured Lake Huron Investigations Continued by M/V Cisco
by Clipper Elsinore (Cruise 56-C-4) ........ 26 (SUikTAASaoSosrooanmoCHsoooTooada. 8
Canned Fish Consumer Preference Study: Market for Frozen Foods Increases 50 Percent
Tuna Most Popular Canned Fish............ 27 Mie og gancoodasousooshsocadodass 4H
Canned Tuna Packed in Oil Preferred by House- North Atlantic Fisheries Exploration and Gear
WIN ESI-Val'e eherei ellis Nat ciereretshone eerste rerercicie: siomk ol Research:
Canned Sardines Purchased Two or More Cans Deep-Water Trawling For Ocean Perch by M/V Dela-
AtiaEIMCYs a eiet avolane ove or tore: ERE ere he 8 ware (Gruise:26) tine: ears a eae a
Deveined Canned Shrimp Preferred by Con- North Atlantic Fisheries Investigations:
SUMMEES Fifer el eile! sei siehelaliaiayoketeys| ststelcriolercicnerenee Two-Year-Olds Predominate in Red Hake Popula-
Cans-~Shipments for Fishery Products, January- tion (M/VE-794Gruise\6))scaraiereinia neice
IRN ER SS CL OIsInias OOD OO ete ome) Underwater Television Equipment Tested Under
Customs Simplification Act of 1956 Analyzed .... 30 Tow by Vessel T-79 (Cruise 7 and9) ........ 42
Federal Aid Funds Apportioned to States for Sport North Atlantic Herring Research:
Fish and Wildlife Restoration Work.......... 30 Herring Exploration Along Maine Coast and Bay of

Fundy byM/V Metacomet (Cruise 6).......... 42

November 1956 Washington 25, D.C. Vol .18,No.11

DEVELOPMENT OF MARKETS FOR UNDERUTILIZED
LAKE ERIE FISH--PROGRESS REPORT

By Ernie D. Premetz*
BACKGROUND

An investigation of new markets for the underutilized fish populations of Lake
Erie was undertaken August 1, 1955, by the Fish and Wildlife Service's Branch of
Commercial Fisheries at the specific request of the Lake Erie Fish Management
Committee. Funds for the project were provided by the Saltonstall-Kehnedy Act of
1954. Headquarters for this study :
was established near Cleveland,
Ohio. Lake Erie was chosen as
the site of the pilot market devel-
Opment program in the Midwest
because of the tremendous num-
bers of rough fish in this Lake,
particularly in the Western basin.
The Service's role has been
largely that of endeavoring to de-
velop and cement contacts be-
tween producing and buying groups.

ay Ee dee Sy ey — =

POTENTIAL ROUGH FISH
PRODUCTION

A preliminary survey of the i 2a Om
Lake Erie area indicated that
there are very large populations ee Epc te oe Peas taeda based ashorelat
of rough fish that play only a
secondary role in the commercial catch because of economic selectivity. These
consist of gizzard shad (sawbellies), goldfish, sheepshead, carp, burbot, and white
bass.

Knowledge of the potential availability of the various species of rough fish in
Lake Erie is practically nil and it was difficult to determine the potential quantity
that could be produced by Lake Erie fishermen. We have had to rely almost com-
pletely on the educated guesses of fishermen. Recently, the Ohio Commercial
Fishermen's Association distributed questionnaries among its members asking that
they indicate the quantity of each species of rough fish they felt they could produce
incidental to their marketable fish during each month of the fishing season. Al-
though all questionnaires have not as yet been returned and processed, a prelimi-
nary estimate of the potential rough fish production was obtained, using available
figures (table 1). Since these are estimates from only part of the fishermen, they
* Fishery Marketing Specialist, Educational and Market Development Section, Branch of Commercial Fisheries, U, S, Fish

and Wildlife Service, Sheffield Lake, Lorain, Ohio.
Note; Submitted to the Lake Erie Fish Management Committee, Buffalo, N. Y., June 6-7, 1956.

2 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

do not represent the true potential of rough fish from Lake Erie. This is particu-
larly true for a species such as gizzard shad.

Table 1 - Potential Rough Fish Production by Members of the
Ohio Commercial Fishermen's!/ Association

[| Month sd Sheepshead Gizzard Shad

Bhat seep eaaea nae UihousandslotPounds) epee eee

11.2 310.9
42.0 940.4
139.2 506.4
76.0 640.3
4.4 255.0
4.8 305.4
9.4 106.8
15.2 184.5
35.2 141.9

fo)
iN

Actual sanding sislO5 bi [mel i010) 1D mun | nOD 10 f mtcpr OG) Olin | enn nnn Onn [eee
|1/ These are estimates from only part of. the fishermen. The actual potential is considerably greater.

PROBLEMS IN UTILIZING ROUGH FISH

Let us assume that the fishermen can produce about 25 million pounds of rough
fish, as indicated. Even though we had a ready market for all of these fish, there
would still be a number of problems to be overcome before we could utilize these
fish. Chief among these is the lack of adequate freezer space in the Lake Erie area.
Last fall, J. W. Slavin, Refrigeration Engineer, and David Miyauchi, Fishery Prod-
ucts Technologist, from the Service's Fishery Technological Section made a survey
of cold storage and freezing facilities along Lake Erie from Cleveland to Toledo,
Ohio. Their report pointed up the inadequacy of freezing and cold-storage facilities
throughout this area.

Another problem is the high cost of trained labor in the Lake Erie area, which
would make it uneconomical for most producers to handle quantities of rough fish
that are normally expected to bring a low price. If, however, rough fish could be

moved with a minimum of handling, most producers would be willing to handle these
fish.

Still another problem, undoubtedly the most important to the fishermen, is
the relatively low price paid for rough fish by processors of food for animals.
Initially, most fishermen indicated they could catch no fish for less than five cents
a pound, Most fishermen now feel they can catch for about two cents a pound, and
some feel they can produce for even less, If the problems of refrigeration, han-

dling, and transport can be solved, a price agreement between fisherman and buyer
could be more readily attained.

Many possible markets for Lake Erie rough fish have been explored. Among
these are: human food industry, fur farm industry, pet food industry, fish meal
industry, and fish hatchery foods.

FOR HUMAN CONSUMPTION

Naturally, the first market to be considered for Lake Erie rough fish would be
that of human food, At the present time, a limited market is available for carp,
sheepshead, and burbot for human consumption. Our investigations show, however,
that it is doubtful that any increase in this area can be expected. The human food
market for rough species has declined in the pastfew years. This past year the

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 3

prices for rough species have been particularly low. Lake Erie fishermen are find-
ing it uneconomical to transport species such as carp to Chicago to compete with
the fish produced locally and more cheaply. Some rough fish are being sold live in
Southern markets for stocking purposes, but it is doubtful that this business will
grow sufficiently to be of any appreciable benefit to Lake Erie fishermen.

Gizzard shad, capable of production in tremendous quantities, have never been
used as human food, and it is doubtful that they ever will be.

FOR ANIMAL FEEDING

One of the best potential markets for Lake Erie rough fish is the fur farm in-
dustry. There are some 5,000 mink ranches in the United States and the National
Board of Fur Farm Organizations estimates that these ranchers can use some 250
million pounds of fish a year. Over two thirds of these fur farms are within easy
reach of Lake Erie fishermen.

The fur farmers are interested in purchasing greater quantities of fish, since
prices for horse meat, the hitherto standard protein ration, are constantly rising.
About four years ago, the price of horse meat was about 73 cents a pound as com-
pared to about.12 cents a pound today. On the Pacific Coast, many ranchers are
feeding as high as 90 percent fish at the present time, with success. Many Mid-
western ranchers feed as high as 50 ze
percent fish and it is anticipated that
they will soon be feeding as high as 65 : a
percent fish. A few years ago it wasa = ;
rarity to see more than 15- to 20-per-
cent fish in mink diets in the Midwest.

g a:

The mink industry is a growing in-
dustry. Reportedly, some 70 percent
of all furs used in the United States are
mink. Pelt production has risen about
15 percent yearly for the past several
years. The average pelt price has in-
creased 10 to 20 percent inrecent years.

Since the mink industry seemed the
greatest potential market for roughfish,
our initial market development activities
have been directed, for the most part,
to this market.

FISH FOR PET FOOD PACKERS RRS ats =< os
Use of fish in the pet food industry ig, 2-Removeandhaaling nray Sardshed estromt

has increased tremendously during the potential fishery for this species if some use was found for it.
past decade. In 1947, this industry
packed about 43.7 million pounds of fish-based petfoods, valued at almost $4 mil-
lion to the packer. In 1955 the pack of fish-based pet food totaled 256 million pounds,
valued at $27.5 million. Part of this increase has been due to an expansion of the
pet food industry, whereas, part has been due to the shortage of horse meat, with
fish now being used as an effective substitute, especially in food for cats. Indica-
tions are that this industry will continue to expand during the next decade. Several
pet food manufacturers have already started on long-range expansion of plant facil-
ities in fish-producing centers.

Shortage of products normally used in processed dog food, such as horse meat,
is forcing these canners to look for a substitute. Fish may well be the logical re-

4 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

placement. The Department of Agriculture reports that about 50 percent of all
processed dog foods are certified, which requires that the products be fit for human
consumption, be nutritious, and contain no inedible materials. Recent conferences
between the Departments of Agriculture and Interior and pet food manufacturers
have encouraged a compromise and clarification in the interpretation of present dog
food ingredients. If this compromise can be reached, the dog food industry could
within the existing inspection service use considerably more fish in the future, thus
creating an additional market for rough species.

FOR FISH MEAL

The fish meal industry was initially considered another excellent market for
rough fish. Investigation showed, however, that a fish meal and oil operation was
not economical in the Great Lakes area at the present time due to seasonal factors
and the fact that production is dispersed over a wide area. The present price paid
for this type of fish meal (about $140 a ton) precludes payment of more than about
one cent a pound for the raw fish. Lake fish are low in oil content, and an opera-
tion in this area would be strictly for fish meal.

Plans and specifications for a fish reduction plant, mounted on a trailer bed
and capable of being moved from place to place, have been designed for the Service
by Renneberg and Sons, of Baltimore, Md. Although this unit was limited as to
hourly capacity for a large-scale commercial operation, it was anticipated that it
would serve some use in connection with state rough fish removal programs. Many
states now find it necessary to pay considerable money to catch these fish and to
haul them away for disposal. Possibly the fish could be made into fish meal and the
money derived from its sale would defray removal costs. Several MidwesternStates
have developed their own rough fish marketing programs, and most of the roughfish
is being either sold for human or animal food uses. A good example is that of the
State of Wisconsin. Commercial fishing took about 3.6 million pounds of rough fish
(sheepshead) out of Lake Winnebago last year. All of it found a ready market, pri-
marily as mink feed. Wisconsin Conservation officials hope to more than double
the take from Winnebago in 1956.

Other states are not so readily finding such markets and may well investigate
the application of the portable reduction plant to their programs.

OTHER USES

Other possible markets for rough fish are Federal and state fish hatcheries
and rearing stations, and the many trout and pondfish dealers throughout the United
States. Although these outlets represent a potential market for millions of pounds
of fish annually, many problems still require solutions before any substantial pro-
oie cas be assured, Further investigation of this market will be deferred until
a later date.

WORK ON SUITABILITY OF ROUGH FISH FOR ANIMAL FOOD

Considerable work has already been done by the Fish and Wildlife Service's
Technological Section, the University of Wisconsin, individual mink ranchers, and
pet food manufacturers on the suitability of Lake Erie rough fish as animal food.

The Service has been working on the proximate composition of sheepsheadfrom
Lake Erie as early as 1951. Since that time a regular sampling of the principal
species has been made to determine if seasonal and area differences occur in the
principal constituents, Analyses were made of the edible portion and the trimmings.
More recently, whole raw rough fish from Lake Erie were analyzed to determine
the proximate composition and the thiaminase content (table 2).

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 5

Lake Erie rough fish run considerably higher in fat content than the marine
fish, which many mink ranchers consider an asset. Thiaminase, an enzyme capa-
ble of thiamine destruction, is an important consideration particularly in fish tobe
used for feeding mink, If a small proportion of fish containing an appreciable a-
mount of this enzyme is mixed with another lot of fish not containing the enzyme,
the vitamin thiamine present in the mixed lot may be destroyed. Thiamine in the

Table 2 - Proximate Composition and Thiaminase Assay of
Fresh-Water Rough Fish From Lake Erie

Date Caught | Dry Matter

°
ae ES EES

Present

~1-3 |~3 | an

‘1/ Edible portion and trimmings. 3/ Whole raw fish,
2/ Edible portion only. 4/ Not analyzed for thiaminase,
Notez Analyses made by Service Technological Laboratory, College Park, Md,

diet is necessary to the proper growth and development of mink, Lack of thiamine
causes chastic paralysis in mink. Thiaminase may also destroy the thiamine in
other constituents in the diet. Cooking the fish prior to feeding the animals will
destroy this enzyme. Raw fish containing thiaminase may be fed to mink if special
precautions are taken to feed the raw fish apart from the other diet ingredients.
Some mink ranchers feed raw fish known to have a high thiaminase content, such
as carp, on alternate days, with no detrimental effect.

The Service plans considerable work on fresh-water fishes this year, Sam-
ples of rough fish will be collected throughout the year to ascertain seasonal and
area variation in the proximate composition of these fish. The results are being
made available to the animal food industries and fur farmers to facilitate the devel-
opment of a properly balanced nutritive diet.

Fur animal nutritional research has been conducted by Dr. Leoschke of the
University of Wisconsin, Experiments recently completed showed that sheepshead
was an excellent feed for mink, It was thiaminase-free and could be fed in either
the raw or cooked state, Dr. Leoschke is at present interested in doing similar
nutritional research, using gizzard shad. He believes this species shows a great
deal of promise as mink feed.

Individual mink ranchers also have conducted fish-feeding experiments, Most
of this work is being done by the larger mink ranchers, Many lake species have
been tried, Extensive use of sheepshead on mink ranches in the Midwest resulted
from just such experiments, Last year some of the mink ranchers fed sheepshead,
exclusively, with promising results. Some ranchers are now planning to try bur-
bot and gizzard shad along with cooked smelt and carp. Some ranchers have suf-
fered losses because of lack of good basic information on various species of fish.
Most favor nutritional research by some central agency where controlled experi-
ments can demonstrate that most suitable application of fish to mink diets.

Pet food concerns have tested practically every species of "'trash'' fish on both
coasts and in the Gulf area and are now testing fresh-water rough fish. Some of

6 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

the larger concerns have this analytical work done by their own staffs, while other
have commercial testing laboratories run the tests forthem. Smelt is already be-
ing used by some of the cat food canners in the Midwest, Other species, such as
carp, burbot, and gizzard shad will be tested in the near future.

PROBLEMS IN DEVELOPING ROUGH FISH MARKETS

Initial progress in developing markets for Lake Erie rough fish has been ex-
tremely encouraging. Emphasis has been primarily on markets in the fur farm and
pet food industries as outlets for Lake Erie rough fish,

Many mink ranchers have not resorted to Lake Erie as a source of supply be-
cause of lack of information as to the potential of this lake and the limited availabil-
ity of facilities, such as freezers, inthe area. After some initial survey work, it
is evident that tremendous supplies of rough fish are available in Lake Erie, par-
ticularly in the Sandusky Bay area where haul-seine catches average 75 percent
rough fish and, at certain times of the year, go as high as 90 percent.

One of the leading mink ranchers in the world became interested in fish from
the Lake Erie area shortly after the Service program was initiated. This rancher
surveyed the area completely in cooperation with the Service's market develop-
ment staff, the Ohio Division of Wildlife, and commercial fishermen, Supply proved
no problem, but it was obvious that rough fish removal would be drastically limited
by lack of adequate freezing and cold-storage space in the area. Unless some on-
the-spot facilities were available, trucking costs to distant freezers would make
an operation in this area economically difficult. The groups explored the possibil-
ity of establishing large freezers at Sandusky, in the heart of the rough fish area.
This seemed promising but costly. Through affiliates onthe Pacific Coast, the
groups learned of a brine-tank holding method which had proved successful in hold-
ing fish in the chilled state for more than a month, A 10, 000-pound-capacity tank
was assembled on a mink ranch and experiments conducted. The tanks are lined
with refrigeration coils which are designed to drop the temperature of the brine
solution (3 parts/million) to 28° F. One of the recently-developed antibiotic type
products was added to the chilled brine solution to determine the suitability of this
procedure for the preservation of fish as a source of mink food. If the tests prove
entirely satisfactory, it is anticipated that the company involved will apply this
technique on a larger scale in Lake Erie to insure continuing sources of a fishfood
product.

Others have looked into the problem of lack of freezer space. A Chicago concern,
long active in the vitamin field, recently developed a process which is similar to the
meat drum-pack process. In it the rough fish are ground and cooked in vats. After
thorough cooking, and the inclusion of a special preservative, it is packed in metal
containers with a capacity of 100 pounds each. This product will keep for extended |
periods in nonrefrigerated storage without spoilage. The cans may be opened and
closed repeatedly without any effect on the product. A cannery in the Sandusky area
has been found satisfactory for the operation, and a test run using carp has already
been conducted successfully. It was anticipated that this plant would be in operation
this year, probably during the heavy rough fish production in May and June.

A number ofmink feed brokers also plan to truck sheepshead to freezers in
Midwestern States. These concerns have already made contacts with Ohio fish
producers, and some contracts have been signed for substantial quantities of this
year's rough fish production. However, lack of adequate freezer space on Ohio
mink ranches precluded extensive storage of Lake Erie fish during the periods when
these fish are most plentiful. If adequate holding facilities, such as brine tanks,
are made available in the Sandusky area, use of lake fish by Ohio ranchers is ex-
pected to increase tremendously.

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 7

Considerable effort by the Service's market development staff also was direct-
ed to the pet food industry. Although some of the small cat food canneries do use
quantities of lake fish, primarily smelt, in their operations, larger concerns are
using practically no fresh-water fish in their product. A number of the large pet
food concerns have been contacted. Most expressed interest in Lake Erie rough
fish and indicated they would investigate the feasibility of using these fish in their
operations. One of the leading pet food concerns in the country has for some time
planned expansion of its pet food operations. Although it can expand somewhat in
its present areas of operation, it would prefer to set up cannery operations in the
Midwest. This concern has requested our cooperation in obtaining monthly samples
of each of the Lake Erie rough species throughout this comingfishing season, These
fish will be thoroughly tested by its research staff, test packs will be made, and
feeding trials held. An initial shipment of sheepshead, gizzard shad, burbot, carp,
and goldfish has already been sent to this concern for testing. If Lake Erie rough
fish can be used, this segment of the industry plans expansion of plant facilities in
the Midwest and will use a great deal of rough fish.

Indications are that almost all sheepshead produced in the Lake Erie area will
find ready markets in the fur farm industry, once adequate handling facilities are
established along Lake Erie's shore. In addition, markets for other species of
rough fish, such as carp, goldfish, burbot, and gizzard shad should be forthcoming.
Fuller utilization will undoubtedly result if present tests being conducted by pet
food canners indicate that Lake Erie rough fish can be used as cat and dog food.

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DEVELOPING ROUGH FISH MARKETS

We should look at 1956 as a year of experimentation. We hope to see 1957 as
a year of utilization. We can look on Lake Erie as the proving grounds for future
market development work in the Midwest.

To further facilitate the development of markets for Lake Erie fish, the fol-
lowing program of research is recommended:

1. A thorough study of availability of each species of rough fish by area
throughout the fishing season. Concise estimates of potential should be obtained
from fishermen and by direct observation.

2. Species composition of rough fish catches by area throughout the fishing
season should be obtained through interviews with fishermen and direct observa-
tions and sampling.

3. Proximate composition and thiaminase assays of all rough fish species
should be determined, by area, at prescribed intervals throughout the fishing sea-
son.

4. Fur animal nutritional studies, using lake species, should be conducted, if
possible. These would have to extend through several generations to be effective.

5. Statistical information should be collected,which would indicate the amount
of rough fish marketed, and its value.

6. Establishment of a sound biological program to measure the effect of rough
fish removal on other species.

7. Andlast, but not least, a continuing survey of all potential markets for
rough fish.

It is readily obvious that the success of any market development program in
the Lake Erie area requires the cooperation of market development people, tech-

nologists, biologists, and fishermen.
<a <—at at

8 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

CORRELATION OF pH AND QUALITY OF
SHUCKED SOUTHERN OYSTERS?!
E, A. Gardner* and B. M. Watts*

ABSTRACT

From the experiments the spoilage pattern of refrigerated Southern oyster meats was found
to be similar, in general, to that reported in other locations. This spoilage is fermentative in
nature, characterized by a gradual and continuous decrease in pH and the development of a sour
odor, The drop in pH is not necessarily correlated with the sour odor, A seasonal variation
in pH, initially and at intervals during subsequent storage at 41° F, (5° C.), has been observed,
with the values being lowest during the summer and highest during the winter,

Spoilage patterns and pH changes have been followed also in oyster liquor held under vari-
ous conditions as compared to oyster meats, in the adductor muscles as compared to the soft
tissues, in washed and unwashed oysters, and in homogenized oysters,

INTRODUCTION

The possible usefulness of pH measurements as a reliable objective means of
judging freshness in shucked oysters has been suggested in several previous studies.
Hunter and Linden (1923) found a relationship between the odor and appearance of
Atlantic coast oysters (Crassostrea virginica) and the pH of their liquor. They con-
cluded that oysters passed from good
to stale in a zone represented by pH
values of about 6.1 to5.6. FromapH
of 5.3 to 4.9 they passed from stale to
sour or putrid, and below 5.0 the oys-
ters were described as being in an ad-
vanced stage of putrefaction.

In addition to pH values obtained
with ground oyster meats as well as
oyster liquor, Baldwin, Puncochar,
and Pottinger (1941) measured changes
in water-soluble nitrogen, alcohol-sol-
uble nitrogen, and total titratable acids
during storage of Eastern oysters.
From the standpoint of ease, rapidity,
and reliability of results, pH values
seemed to them to be the most promis-
ing of these measurements as an indi-
cator of oyster freshness. They found
that the pH of the liquor was initially
higher than that of the oyster meats,
but both values tended to be equal near
the end of a storage period of about a
week or ten days. According to their
results, they described oysters ata
pH of 6.2 to 5.9 as being in a good con-
dition, at pH 5.8 in an "off" condition,
Fig. 1 - pH of shucked oysters held at 419 F, (5° C.) and 75°F, at pH 5.7 to 5.5 in musty condition,

(24° C.) for 15 days. and at 5.2 and below as sour or putrid.

7 This research was conducted by Florida State University under a contract with the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, It was

financed with funds provided by Public Law 466, 83rd Go
1 : mgress, approved July 1, 1954 (the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act
ms The study was made possible through the cooperation of the Oceanographic Institute, Florida State University, ‘
epartment of Food and Nutrition, Florida State University, Tallahassee, Fla, ;

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 9

Piskur (1947) concluded that pH measurements may possibly serve as an ob-
jective index of the quality of commercially-shucked Pacific oysters (Ostrea gigas).
In more recent work, Pottinger (1948, 1951), using Eastern oysters, found thatthe
pH continued to decrease during storage in crushed ice, with the oysters becoming
progressively more sour and changing markedly in appearance. The time required
for an off-odor to develop after the liquor reached a pH of 6.0 or 5.9 varied between
three and six days.

In none of the aforementioned studies was any mention made of the mechanisms
which might be responsible for the souring, nor were the products which were form-
ed identified. Presumably, acids are formed from the breakdown of glycogen known
to be distributed throughout the oyster. It is not known whether this breakdown is
due to bacterial action or to glycolytic enzymes within the oyster tissue.

Humphry (1944, 1950), in a basic study of glycolysis in the oyster adductor
muscle, demonstrated a relatively slow production of lactic and pyruvic acids in
tissue homogenates. He concluded that glycolytic activity in the oyster muscle pro-
ceeds at a much Slower rate than in mammalian muscle, where all available glyco-
gen is converted into lactic acid within a few hours under anaerobic conditions which
develop within the tissue following slaughter. Apparently, no work is available on
glycolytic systems in other oyster tissues, although Hatanaka (1941) found that most
of the glycogen is in the soft tissues. Bargeton (1941) reported that connective tis-
sue was richest in glycogen. .

The present study, conducted from February 1, 1955, to February 1, 1956,
was directed toward the correlation of pH and organoleptic changes in the Southern
oyster (Crassostrea virginica) under various storage conditions and investigation
of the mechanism involved in souring as a basis for appropriate control measures.

EXPERIMENTAL

MATERIAL AND METHODS: All oysters used in this study were of the species
Crassostrea virginica, tonged from Cat Point Reef near Apalachicola, Fla. Some
were tonged directly and others were purchased either in the shell or freshly-shuck-
ed from a commercial packing house in Apalachicola, Fla. The pH ofall oysters
was measured initially in from 1 to 4 hours after shucking and washing.

All pH measurements were made with a Beckman model H? pH meter using the
slurries of 35- to 50-gram (3-4 oysters) random samples of oysters which were
blended in a Waring blendor for about two minutes. The odor and, appearance of the
oysters and liquor were noted at the time pH values were determined. Odor was
rated organoleptically by the authors.

RESULTS: Oysters Held at Refrigerator and Room Temperature: Shucked
oysters were stored in pint metal friction-top cans at 41° F. (5°. C.). Todeter-
mine the rate at which spoilage would eccur in unrefrigerated oysters, some were
held at room temperature, 75 F. (24 C.). The pH, odor, and appearance were
determined at intervals.

During refrigerator storage, the pH decreased gradually and continuously as
the oysters and surrounding free liquor became less fresh in odor and appearance.
Odor was noted to pass from fresh to stale, then musty. As the pH decreased, the
off-odor became progressively more sour and finally became very sharply sour.

At this time the oysters were less firm and were slightly darker and muddy incolor.
The surrounding free liquor was turbid with many gas bubbles rising to the surface.

When oysters were held at room temperature, the drop in pH was greatly ac-
celerated and accompanied by equally rapid development of sour odor, flabbiness,
and gas formation. Spoilage was qualitatively similar to that of refrigerated sam-

10 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

ples, but the rate was much more rapid. Figure 1 illustrates the difference in the
rate of souring between refrigerated and unrefrigerated samples from one lot of
oysters tested during the month of February.

An interesting observation was that shucked oysters stored at Pate Ie (GB ©)
in glass beakers or in metal cans with loose-fitting aluminum foil covers develop-
ed very little or no sour odor, although the pH decreased at the same rate as that
of oysters from the same lots in containers with tight-fitting covers.

Seasonal Variations: During the period from February through June it was
noted that the mean initial pH for oysters from the monthly sampling decreased
slightly during each succeeding month. The range of this decrease was from 6.38
in February to 6.02 inJune. This difference represents a real seasonal variation
in pH of the oysters. It could not be attributed to increased ambient temperatures
during holding and shucking periods, since the low initial pH in June was obtained
on oysters that our laboratory workers tonged, placed immediately in iced contain-
ers, then shucked and analyzed the same day.

NON

\ 4 WINTER
® Ns

6.00

FMAMJJAS OND JF

MONTH
Fig. 3 - Initial pH of shucked oysters by months.

Throughout the spawning period, which in this area extends from Aprilthrough
October, not only did the initial pH remain low (6.02), but also pH values at subse-
quent storage periods were correspondingly lower. Although the pH initially and at
all storage times was lower in the summer than in the winter oysters, the sour odor
did not appear at an earlier storage time in the summer. In all oysters, slight off-
odors began to be detected after 6 to 9 days of storage. After 12 to 16 days of stor-
age they were generally designated sour. Direct odor comparisons of oysters from
different seasons could not, of course, be made, but it was the authors! impression
that sour odor showed up slightly earlier and became more intense in winter thanin
summer oysters, although the pH of the winter oysters was higher at all times.
Changes in pH are shown in figures 2 and 3.

Fig, 2 - Seasonal variations in pH of shucked oysters
stored at 419 F, (5° C,) for 15 days.

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 11

Oyster Liquor: If the drop in pH of oysters during refrigerated storage is
caused by the action of glycolytic enzyme systems within the oyster tissue rather
than by bacterial action, it might be expected that liquor, removed from all contact
with the oyster meats immediately after shucking, might show little or no drop in
pH on subsequent storage. On the

other hand, a drop in pH of oyster
liquor which remains in contact with
the oyster meats might be expected
since acids formed by glycolysis in
the oysters could pass out into the
liquor. Accordingly, pH changes
were followed in (1) the shucking
liquor stored separately from the
oyster meats, (2) in the ''contact"
liquor (exuded by the oysters after
washing and allowed to remain in
contact with the oysters), and (3) in
the oyster meats. The shucking liq-
uor was drained from laboratory- 2
shucked oysters, allowed to aeuie SURROUNDING
for 5 to 10 minutes to eliminate par- SEACH
ticles of shell and grit, then decant- L250
ed and stored at 41° F. (5° C.) in
glass beakers covered with aluminum
foil. The washed oysters were also
stored in glass beakers at the same
temperature, and the liquor which
was exuded was allowed to remainin
contact with the oysters until time
for pH determinations. . ISOLATED
LIQUOR
The initial pH values of both the
shucking liquor and the liquor exuded
after washing were higher than the
initial pH of the oyster meats. The
data are plottedinfigure 4. Inagree-
ment with previous findings by Pot-
tinger (1948, 1951), the pH values of
the oysier meats and contact liquor FRL4/ Pa C) diate Naor, Quforcare ac omer
were about equal after 11 days of re- ;
frigerator storage. Céninery, to ex- Pears Ore a es Ope oe:
pectations, the pH of the shucking liquor decreased at a much more rapid rate than
that of the oyster meats or of the contact liquor. However, while the odor of the
oysters and contact liquor was the typical sour one, that which developed in the
shucking liquor was predominantly "fishy, '' resembling that which develops in heat-
treated oysters in which no drop in pH takes place. Both the shucking liquor and
the contact liquor became very turbid.

Since the shucking liquor was not filtered, it probably contained suspended
finely-divided particles of oyster tissue which may have supplied both substrate and
enzyme systems. Furthermore, Yonge (1926, 1927, 1928) found that the digestive
process in the oyster is not confined to the digestive glands, but may be carried out
by freely moving phagocytes which may appear inthe liquor, The greater drop in
pH of liquor as compared to oysters can probably be attributed to its lower buffer -
ing capacity. Further study of shucking liquor was made in which some of the liq-
uor was filtered through S&S black ribbon paper. Filtering immediately increased
the initial pH of the liquor from 6.90 to 7.30, and as may be seen in figure 5, the
pH of the filtered liquor decreased at a slower rate than than that of the unfiltered
liquor.

12 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

Adductor Muscle and Soft Tissues: To determine the part played by glycolysis
adductor muscle was dissected from some of the oysters and the pH values follow-
ed and compared for the whole oysters, adductor muscles, and oysters withmuscles
removed, all of which were stored
at 41° F. (5° C.) for 15 days.

The results of this study are
presented in figure 6. Removing
the muscles did not affect the initial
pH of the remainder of the oyster
meats, nor did it seem to have any
effect on the rate of pH drop during
storage for the 15-day period. The
FILTERED pH value of the muscles was initial-
ly higher than that of the whole oys-
ters and oysters with muscles re-
moved, and it remained high through-
out the study. While the typical sour
odor developed in the soft tissues,

a "rancid fish'' odor was detected
in the muscles before eventual pu-
trefaction. ¢

Unwashed Oysters Stored in
Own Shell Liquor: Observations
were made on two lots of shucked
oysters stored unwashed in their
own shucking liquor in closed metal
friction-top cans at 41° F. (5 C.).
The pH decreased in these just as
it did in drained washed oysters.
from the same lots, and the typical
sour odor developed in each. This
is contrary to the findings of King
and his associates (1945) who re-
ported putrefaction rather than sour-
ing in oysters stored in their own

Fig, 5 - pH of filtered and unfiltered shucking liquor stored at A « A ,
419 F,, (5° C.) for 15 days, shucking liquor without washing. It

is interesting also to note that while ©
this liquor developed a "'rancid fish'' odor when it was stored separately from the
oysters in glass beakers with aluminum foil covers, it developed a sour odor when

allowed to remain in contact with the oysters. In both cases there was an eventual
decrease in pH.

Homogenate of Whole Oysters: Changes of pH in homogenates of oysters were
also followed with the objective of evaluating the possibility of using homogenized
samples for certain other phases of experimentation with oysters in this laboratory.
The shucked oysters were homogenized in a Waring blendor and the homogenate
then stored in closed metal friction-top cans at 41° F. (5° C.). However, it was
found that these blended samples did not follow the spoilage pattern of oysters which
were stored unhomogenized. Instead of the usual drop, the pH increased from 6.02
to 6.20 by the eleventh day of storage, at which time there was an extreme ''ran-
cid fish'' odor. It was assumed that spoilage predominating in the homogenized
oysters was oxidative, involving unsaturated fats which were exposed by blending,
since high pH values and a fishy odor are characteristic of oxidative spoilage which
has been found by Gardner and Watts (1956) to occur in cooked oysters.

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 13

DISCUSSION

The foregoing observations indicate that the spoilage pattern of whole refrig-
erated Southern oysters is similar, in general, to that reported for oysters in oth-
er locations. This spoilage is fermentative in nature, characterized by a gradual
and continuous decrease in pH and the development of a sour odor, However, in
the Southern oysters a seasonal var-

iation has been found in initial pH
and in pH values at intervals during
storage. No particular odor or
quality rating of Southern oysters
can be correlated with a given pH \
value during all seasons ofthe year. MUSCLES
Q

It is interesting to note that the De

pH, measured initially and at inter-
vals during subsequent storage, is
much lower during the summer
months when the glycogen content
of the oysters is at a minimum.
Kokubo (1929) observed that the pH
of the blood and pericardial fluid of
the oyster (Ostrea gigas) decreased
in early summer and increased in
winter. He reported that the pH of “.8
these body fluids rapidly decreased 2

when the oyster was subjected to EES BARONE
respiration in water of high acidity, “a
the lower limit in vivo being pH
5.40. Under these conditions the
CO2 content of these body fluids
was increased, When oysters were
subjected to respiration in water of
high alkalinity, the pH of blood and
pericardial fluid of the oysters rapidly increased to an upper limit in vivo of pH
8.45, and the COg content remained unaffected by the increase in pH. It is possi-
ble that the seasonal variation in initial pH of Southern oysters is caused by season-
al change in pH of the water of the oyster beds. These changes in the pH of this
water should be followed in any future work to shed further light on the value that
can be assigned to pH as a test for quality of oysters.

* “WHOLE OYSTERS
a a

Fig. 6 - pH of whole oysters, adductor muscles, and oysters with-
muscles removed and stored at 419 F, (5° C,) for 15 days.

Another possibility is that the composition of the oyster during the summer
months, or spawning period, is such that the more acid parts of the organism con-
tribute more to the pH of the whole oyster than they do during the winter months,
For example, the style and the stomach were found by Yonge (1926-1927) to be the
most acid parts of the oyster, with a pH of 5.2 and 5.5, respectively. It would be
interesting to follow the seasonal pH of the various tissues and to compare these
values with the pH of the whole oyster.

The initial pH of the adductor muscle, although higher than.that of the soft tis-
sues, apparently has no effect on the initial pH of the whole oyster, since the initial
pH values of whole oysters and of oysters with muscles removed were identical.
Furthermore, glycolysis in the adductor muscle appears to have no effect on the
rate of souring in the whole oyster. This stands to reason, since the percentage
of glycogen in the adductor muscle has been found by Hatanaka (1941) to be small
as compared to that in the soft tissues. Ashikaga (1949) reported that glycogen in
the whole oyster decreased to only 3 percent of the original after five days and was
lost entirely after tgn days when oysters were held ati3ivey Hye (228 Cs) vAtter|5
and 25 days at 2-4 F. (-17° to -15 C.), the percentages of glycogen remaining

14 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11_

were 83 percent and 63 percent, respectively, However, when fresh adductor mus-
cles were stored at 6-9 F. (-14.5° to -12.8 C.), they contained about 71 percent
of the original glycogen after three days. When the muscles were dried and pre-
served, the loss of glycogen was only 8.25 percent even after two years.

Considerable evidence has been accumulated to indicate that acid production
resulting in the drop in pH is not necessarily related to the development of the sharp
sour odor. While oysters stored in containers with tight-fitting covers decreased
in pH and developed a sharp sour odor, it was observed that oysters from the same
lot stored at the same temperature in containers with loose-fitting covers also de-
creased in the pH at the same rate, but developed little or no sour odor before ulti-
mate putrefaction. Shucking liquor, stored separately from oyster meats, also de-
creased in pH, but developed a rancid fish" odor rather than a sour odor. Oysters
tonged during the summer months dropped to a very low pH (5.52-5.69) before a
sour odor became evident. Conversely, Gardner and Watts (1956) have found it pos-
sible to produce the sour odor with very little or no drop in pH by heating the oys-
ters just enough to partially inactivate the enzyme catalase. Explanations of these
observations cannot be made until the mechanisms involved in spoilage are eluci-
dated. By subjecting the oysters to sterilizing doses of radiation it may be possible
to eliminate bacteria with only minor alteration of the enzyme systems within the
oysters, and thus the role in oyster spoilage played by these two mechanisms may
be revealed. Such work is in progress in this laboratory and will be reported ona
later date.

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

The spoilage pattern of refrigerated Southern oyster meats was found to be
similar, in general, to that reported in other locations. This spoilage is fermen-
tative in nature, characterized by a gradual and continuous decrease in pH and the
development of a sour odor. The drop in pH is not necessarily correlated with the
sour odor. A, seasonal variation in pH, initially and at intervals during subsequent
storage at 41 F.(5 C.), has been observed, with the values being lowest during
the summer and highest during the winter.

Spoilage patterns and pH changes have been followed also in oyster liquor held
under various conditions as compared to oyster meats, in the adductor muscles as
compared to the soft tissues, in washed and unwashed oysters, and in homogenized
oysters.

LITERATURE CITED

Ashikaga, C,
1949, Biochemical Studies on the Pearl Oyster, Pinctada martensi, II, Changes of Glycogen Content During the

Process of Preservation, Journal of the Agricultural Chemical Society of Japan, vol 23, pp. 63-65. (Chemi-
cal Abstracts 1950.)

Baldwin, W. H,; Puncochar, J, F.; and Pottinger, S. R,
1941, Some Preliminary Studies on the Relative Value of Methods for Indicating the Quality of Shucked (Eastern) Oys-
ters, U, S, Fish and Wildlife Service, Bulletin F, L 2469-K.
Bargeton, M,
1941. Vesicular Cells Containing Glycogen. The Distribution of Glycogen in Earthworms and Oysters. Museum of
National Histoire Naturelle, Bulletin 13.
Gardner, E, A.; and Watts, B. M.
1956, Investigations of Deterioration of Cooked Oysters. Unpublished,
Hatanaka, M.

1941, Chemical Composition of the Oyster, Ostrea gigas Thunberg. Zeitschrift fur Untersuchung von Lebensmittel,
vol, 81, p. 72, (Chemical Abstracts 1942,)

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 15

Humphry, G, F,
1944, Glycolysis in Extracts of Oyster Muscle, Australian Journal of Experimental Biology and Medical Science,
vol, 22, pp. 135-138,

1950, Glycolysis in Oyster Muscle, Australian Journal of Experimental Biology and Medical Science, vol, 28, pp.
151-160.

Hunter, A, C, ; and Linden, B, A.
1923. An Investigation of Oyster Spoilage, American Food Journal, vol, 18, no. 11 (November), pp. 538-540,

King, W. H,; Flynn, F. F.; and Gowanloch, J. W.
1945, Experimental Studies on Decomposition of Oysters Used for Canning. Journal of the Association of Official
Agricultural Chemists, vol. 28, pp. 385-398,

Kokubo, S.
1929, The pH and Carbon Dioxide Content of the Blood, Pericardial Fluid, and the Body Fluid of the Oyster with Spe-
cial Reference to Their Response to the Altered Condition of Sea Water, Science Reports of the Tohoku Im-
perial University, 4th series, vol, 4, pp. 207-257, (Chemical Abstracts.)

Piskur, F. T.
1947, Preliminary Study of Correlation of pH and Quality of Shucked Pacific Oysters, Commercial Fisheries Review,
vol, 9, no. 6 (June), pp, 22-24,

Pottinger, S. R.
1951, A Study of pH of Strictly Fresh Commercially Shucked Eastern Oysters, Commercial Fisheries Review, vol.
13, no, 11a (November), pp. 8-10,

1948, Some Data on pH and Freshness of Eastern Oysters, Commercial Fisheries Review vol. 10, nos 9 (September),
pp, 1-3,

Yonge, C, M,
1926-1927, Structure and Physiology of the Organs of Feeding and Digestion in Ostrea edulis. Journal of the Marine

Biological Association of the United Kingdom, vol, 14, pp. 295-386,

1928, The Absorption of Glucose by Ostrea edulis, Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United King-
dom, vol. 15, pp. 643-653,

OYSTER DRILL--THE OYSTER'S ENEMY

The oyster drill is one of the most serious problems
facing the oyster industry, and effective control methods
would be atremendous boon to growers and harvesters of this
shellfish.

The oyster drill, Urosalpinx cinerea, may add variety to

its oyster menu intheform of mussels and barnacles. There
is also evidence that cannibalism occurs among adultdrills,

and a variety of other mollusks, suchas soft and hard clams,
and scallops may also fall before this voracious predator.

At times evensmallcrabs, the carrion of fish or suchlower
invertebrates as encrusting bryozoans are devoured.

--'"'Sea Secrets, '' The Marine Laboratory,
University of Miami, Coral Gables, Fla.

16 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

RESEARCH
YN SERVICE LABORATORIES

ZOU G0 PM POD hn rem mm

COLD STORAGE LIFE OF FRESH-WATER FISH--NO. 3~
(Lake Herring, Northern Pike, and Whitefish)
INTRODUCTION

The various species of fresh-water fish constitute a valuable source of high-
quality proteinfood in the United States. Notwithstanding this fact, relatively little
is known about the frozen-storage characteristics of these fish. Data ontheir cold-
storage life, if available, would greatly assist the producer in selecting the best
handling procedures and in ad-
justing to fish-marketing changes.
(eT ep The data would also help the sports
Seana ota fishermen to make better use of
their catches.

A project designed to evalu-
ate the frozen-storage character-
istics of certain species of fresh-
water fish was started at the Se-
attle Technological Laboratory
about 5 years ago. The first re-
port of the findings was published in the September 1954 (Myauchi and Stansby 1954);
the second, in November 1955 (Osterhaug and Myauchi 1956). In this paper, the
results of cold-storage tests on three new species (lake herring, Leucichthys artedi;
northern pike, Esox lucius; and whitefish, Coregonus clupeaformis), are reported.

COLLECTION AND TREATMENT OF SAMPLES

The fish used in this study were collected in Minnesota. Samples of the lake
herring and of the whitefish were stored in the round as well as in other market
forms. The northern pike were stored only as fillets.

Three lots of fish, one for rtaliatand
each species studied, were ship- | ‘oresoms clupeaformis)
ped from the point of collection
tothe Seattle laboratory. The lake aS ANA Bs...
herring and the whitefish were ers: any PD sams ease .
shipped frozen, and the northern a Se ON
pike was shipped iced.

Se NN
RON Sys.

The two lots of frozen fish
(lake herring and whitefish) were
frozen in commercial freezers,
packed in suitable containers with dry ice, and shipped to Seattle by express or air
freight. The two lots, which were received in good condition, were placed imme-

diately in storage at 0 F.
1/ This work was carried out under a project financed in part by the Refrigeration Research Foundation.

November 1956

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

The single lot of iced fish (northern pike) was shipped inthe round from Litch-
field, Minn., on February 1, 1955, and arrived, well iced, in Seattle on February

The fish were held overnight at the laboratory in storage at 34° F. before be-

ing filleted and packaged for freezing. The individually cellophane-wrapped fillets
were frozen on shelves in a room at -20° F, and then were packed in waxed cartons
and stored at 09 F.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Table 1 gives data on the cold-storage history of the three species of fish. Ow-
ing to the small samples of fish received the initial zero-storage organoleptic tests
of these widely-accepted fish (lake herring and whitefish) were omitted.

[E a Table 1 - Cold-Storage Life of Certain Fresh-Water Fish Stored 0° F.
Description of Sample Condition of Samples Stored at 0° F. for:
common Scientitic Source ee one for 3 Months 5 Months 7 Months 9 Months ee Months |
Lake Leucichthys| Lake Frozen |In the round, glazed; |/Firm and bright /Texture tender, Texture soft; Rancid ancid
herring artedi Superior, packed in 5-pound but with slight | moist, andfirm;| meatmottled
(South (Duluth, wax cartons, over- || reddish discol-| bright; flavor pink with yel-
Shore) Minn.) wrapped with wax orationinbelly | bland. low spots
paper heat-sealed. cavities of near nape;
some fish; flavor "mud-
some off-fla- dy" or
vor. "scorched"
very good) (not acceptable) |(not acceptable) not acceptable)

Scaled, headed, and |/Texture tender |Texture firm; Texture firm; [Texture firm; Rancid
gutted; packed in and moist; slight dis- considerable skin had dark-
1-pound cartons; flavor good. coloration of discoloration ened, nape and
overwrapped with nape; flavor of nape; slight | belly cavity
450 MSI cello- good. off-flavor in showed yellow
phane, heat sealed. nape and belly| discoloration;

cavity. slight rancidity
of nape and/Bel-
ly cavity.
lI {(gooa) acceptable) (acceptable?) not acceptable) |

Fillets packed in Texture moist Texture moist Some yellow Texture firm Rancid
1-pound waxed and tender; and flaky; two discoloration | but spongy
cartons, over-~ flavor good, fillets had yel- over surface with excess
wrapped with 450 similar to low spots on of fillets; expressible
MSI cellophane, lake smelt or meat; flavor some rancid- liquid; sur-
heat sealed. silver smelt. mild with no ity noted in face of meat

off-flavors dark meat, yellow; some
noted. nape area, rancidity
and edges of throughout.
belly cavity.
acceptable) (acceptable) not acceptable) not acceptable)

1 Month 2 Months 3 Months 4 Months 7 Months |

Breaded fillets Good od Fried fillets Two of the baked | Skin of baked
packed in 1- had very good | fillets had a fillets slightly
pound waxed flavor. slight rancid rancid, meat
cartons, over- flavor. mild to flat.
wrapped with
450 MSI cello-
phane, heat
sealed. acceptable) acceptable) acceptable)

0 Months 3 Months 6 Months 9 Months 12 Months
orthern |Esox \Litchfield, | Feb. 1,} Iced Fillets, wrapped Texture soft; ‘Texture firm, Meat had dark- |Texture firm; Discontinued
pike lucius Minn. 1955 in MSAT cello- flavor bland. tender and ened; some meat had dark-

’ phane, packed in flaky; meat rancidity. ened; moderate
waxed carton. white; flavor to strong ran-
mild and cidity.
pleasant.
|i (acceptable) _|(notacceptable) _
[White- Aug. 15,| Frozen In the round, Variable; Slight darken- |Texture firm; Texture soft;
fishl/ Minn. 1954 packed in poly- - sample in- ing along reddish color dark meat was
ethylene bags. adequate in backbone, no along back- brown; slight
size. off-flavors bone and belly rancidity in
or rancidity. wall; some ran- dark meat.
5 cidity in fat.
acceptable) (acceptable) (not acceptable)

Eviscerated, Texture firm, No further
packed in poly- - - - meat white; samples avail-
ethylene bags. flavor normal. able.

acceptable)

Fillets, wrapped ‘Samples not Slight darken- Texture firm;
in MSAT cello- - adequate for ing around yellow-brown
phane. judging. edges and discoloration;

along center moderate a-
line; off-fla- mount of ran-
vors intail cidity through-
portion and out.

posterior belly|

flaps; fat

1/ Zero-month organoleptic tests omitted owing to small size of samples.

slightly ran-
cid.
acceptable) 4

The northern pike, which were shipped iced and then filleted before being fro-

zen, remained acceptable through 6 months of frozen storage.

By 9 months, the

meat had darkened somewhat, and moderate to strong rancidity had developed.

The whitefish were found to be acceptable through 9 months of storage.

By 12

months, all of the samples had darkened in color and were slightly to moderately

rancid.

18 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

The lake herring that had been frozen and stored in the round were judged not
to be acceptable at the seventh-month examination, owing to discoloration and au-
tolytic breakdown in the belly cavity. The meat along the belly flaps was strongly
mottled from gray to brownish red, with yellowish spots near the nape. Therewas
alsoa strong tendency for the rib bones to protrude into the belly cavity. Strong
"muddy" or "scorched" off-flavors were noted. After 9 months of storage these
samples were also rancid.

The lake herring that had been scaled, headed, and gutted before being frozen
remained "acceptable" through the ninth-month examination, but they were judged
"not acceptable" at 11 months, owing to the development of rancidity. These fish
might have had a longer frozen-storage life if the original cleaning of the belly cav-
ity had been more thorough.

Frozen fillets of lake herring remained acceptable through the seventh-month
examination, but by the ninth-month examination they had become spongy in tex-
ture and somewhat rancid throughout.

Frozen breaded fillets of lake herring remained acceptable through 7 months
of storage. No further storage was possible because, at that time, the samples
were used up.

FRESH-WATER FISH CURRENTLY UNDERGOING STORAGE TESTS

Because the storage tests reported here are based on only single batches. of
each species and because many of the variables remained uncontrolled, these re-
sults cannot be considered as determining conclusively the storage life of these
species. To employ our limited resources more efficiently, we have decided there-
fore to concentrate on a single species of fish during the coming year and thereby
obtain better control of the many variables. The species chosen is lake herring
from Lake Superior and Lake Huron. The results of this investigation, when com-
pleted, will be given in the next report on this project.

--BY KATHRYN L. OSTERHAUG, FISHERY PRODUCTS TECHNOLOGIST,
FISHERY TECHNOLOGICAL LABORATORY, BRANCH OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES,
U. Se FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, SEATTLE, WASH.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Miyauchi, D, T,, and Stansby, M. E.
1954, Cold-Storage Life of Fresh-Water Fish--No. 1, Commercial Fisheries Review, vol, 16, no. 9, September,
pp, 18-20,

Osterhaug, Kathryn L., and Miyauchi, D, T,
1955, Cold-Storage Life of Fresh-Water Fish--No, 2. (Yellow Perch, Crappie, White Bass, Utah Chub, and Squaw-
fish), Commercial Fisheries Review, vol. 17, no. 11, November, pp. 19-21,

COLD-STORAGE STUDIES
ON GULF OF MEXICO YELLOWFIN TUNA

Exploratory studies to anticipate, and possibly forestall, technological prob-
lems in the newborn Gulf tuna industry are being conducted. Thirty-nine yellowfin
tuna were frozen in brine tanks and in refrigerated dry-wells aboard the fishing ves-
sel or in warehouse freezers ashore. The fish (from 40 to 150 pounds each) were
studied by Service technologists, and then were placed in frozen storage. They will
be examined at periodic intervals to determine the storage effects, if any, upon the
color and flavor of the meat. Individual fish will be processed and canned at inter-

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 19

vals during the storage period for studies of the effects of processing after pro-
longed storage periods.

The tuna were taken by the Service's exploratory fishing vessel Oregon during
long-line fishing operations off the delta of the Mississippi River. The cruise, one
of many during the past year, was designed to further test the commercial feasibil-
ity of a year-round tuna fishery in the Gulf area. A canning expert from the Serv-
ice's Technological Section supervised preparation of the samples.

FUNGICIDAL PROPERTIES OF MODIFIED
UNSATURATED FISH OILS

Comparative studies made at Florida Southern College of the fungicidal activ-
ities of inorganic copper salts and of a modified unsaturated fish oil showed thefish
oil to be approximately 32 times asac-
tive in preventing mold development.
The inorganic salts studied (common-
ly used as fungicidal agents) were cop-
per sulfate and basic copper acetate;
the fish oil was modified by chemical-
ly uniting it with a quaternary ammoni-
um compound. The work was sponsor-
ed by the Service with funds made avail-
able by Public Law 466, the Saltonstall-
Kennedy Act of 1954. Apotentially large
field of application for fish oils will be
opened if the research is successful.

The comparative degrees of growth
of a mold, Candida albicans, in cul-
tures containing the above salts or the
modified fish oils were studied. The
culture, containing approximately nine
ten-thousandths of an ounce of modified
unsaturated fish oil per gallon, evi-
denced no growth of the mold, while
those containing much larger quantities
of the two copper salts were quickly ov-
ergrown with the mold. Further studies
are continuing.

. : Experimental pump and probe disigned to introduce fish oil
This work is the result of one phase nematocides into the ground surrounding the roots of citrus

of a general program dealing with re- trees threatened by the ‘‘spreading-decline’’ nematode,
search on the insecticidal, fungicidal,

and nematocidal characteristics of fish oils, Results to date have been promising
in both the fungicidal and nematocidal fields. Research on the latter field is now
out of the laboratory and into the pilot-study phase. Problems of application of the
nematocidal fish oils to nematodes in the underground roots of citrus trees are be-
ing studied.

Note: See Commercial Fisheries Review, March 1956, p. 9; June 1956, p. 13.

20 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

NORTH ATLANTIC SHRIMP KEEPING QUALITY
IN COLD STORAGE

Gulf of Maine or Northern shrimp were found to have good keeping quality when
brine-frozen with heads on aboard the Service's exploratory fishing vessel Dela-
ware, and then ashore thawed, processed, packaged, refrozen, and stored at 0°F.
under conditions approximately equivalent to commercial practice. The samples
were considered of "commercially-acceptable" quality after 14 months' storage (the
period of the last examination).

On June 6, 1955, supplies of Northern shrimp, Pandalus borealis (average
heads-on length 3.5 inches) were caught by the research vessel during exploratory
fishing operations in North Atlantic waters. These were promptly brine-frozen
with heads on at 0° to 5 F. aboard the vessel and stored at about 5 F. in the fish
hold. Sample lots of the frozen shrimp, after landing, were distributed to local
processors for evaluation. A small representative lot was processed for storage
tests at the laboratory.

The samples were prepared for storage as follows: the thawed shrimp were
beheaded; washed in fresh water; packed in.waxed cardboard cartons (5-lb. size);
and refrozen in a plate freezer at -20 F. The carton gids were then removed, and
the shrimp were glazed by dipping twice in water at 32 to 35 F.; after which the
lids were replaced. The cartons were overwrapped with aluminum foil and finally
with kraft wrapping paper to protect the foil. The packages were stored atO F.

Organoleptic observations of the raw and cooked shrimp were carried out at
periodic intervals. The shrimp showed a white mottling of the shell which was be-
lieved due to local dehydration resulting from the brine-freezing operation. This
detracted somewhat from the appearance but was not considered serious by those
examiners who understood the nature of the spotting. The periodic examinations
revealed the following:

INITIAL EXAMINATION: Color was a pleasing light pink; flavor was mild,
pleasing, and sweet, and the texture was tender. Over-all rating was "like very
much,

SIX MONTHS' STORAGE: Color was a good pink but slightly dull. Flavor was
considered to be good with no off-flavors, and the texture was firm. Over-all
rating was "like moderately."

NINE MONTHS' STORAGE: Color was fair, but there was some slight yellow-
ing; flavor was fair, lacking the characteristic sweet flavor, but with discernible
off-flavors; texture was firm and approaching the slightly tough stage. Over-all
rating was between "like slightly'"' and "like moderately." (The rating "like slight-
ly is considered to be the lower limit of commercial acceptability. )

FOURTEEN MONTHS' STORAGE: Color wasfair, showing slight yellowing;
flavor was fair, lacking the characteristic sweet flavor, but with no discernible
off-flavors; texture was satisfactory, but appeared to have become softer. Over-
all rating was between "like slightly" and "like moderately."

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 21

TECHNICAL NOTE NO. 34 - GROWTH
CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PINK YEAST
THAT CAUSES DISCOLORATION OF OYSTERS

Oysters of the finest grade and free of defects when packaged were found to
have pink spots after being held in frozen storage for various periods of time and
then thawed, and the thaw liquor was found to have a pink color. A study was un-
dertaken to determine the cause of this phenomenon. The literature indicated that
the agent causing the pink dis-
coloration is a supposedly as-
porogenous yeast belonging to
the genus Torulaceae. The work
reported here, however, showed
that the pink yeast may produce
ascospores.

EXPERIMENTAL

A representative sample con-
sisting of four oysters with pink
spots was thawed, removedfrom
the package, and blendored in a
sterile Waring Blendor jar. The
resulting disintegrated homoge-
neous material was used to inoc-
ulate tubes of Sabouraud's broth
media. Subsequently, Sabour-
aud's agar plates, to which had
been added one drop of sterile
90-percent lactic acid prior to
pouring the agar, were streaked
from the growth that developed in the broth tubes. (The lactic acid reduces the over -
growth of colorless colonies that interferes with the growth of the pink yeast. The
organism causing this growth is a gram positive rod that possibly may become chro-
mogenic under proper conditions.) After 3 to 4 days of incubation at room tempera-
ture, pink colonies appeared on the plates.

Fig, 1 - Pink yeast culture showing asci and ascopores,

These colonies were confluent, shiny, butyrous,
and pink; and a few were discrete. A smear made
from a colony, after being stained with methylene blue
and examined under oil immersion, showed yeast
cells, some of which were budding. Fresh prepara-
tions were studied under the microscope over the pe-
riod of an hour or two--depending upen the evapora-
tion of the media--and each ascus/ was noted to con-
tain from one to four ascospores. 2/ Seven to eight
transfers were made of the cultures, and eachshowed
the same characteristics of growth, indicating that
each was pure. The final culture was then allowed to
remain undisturbed at Se A ee eae on a Sabour -
Ripe aniascusiwithlascoporesien= aud's agar slant for 4 years2/ in large test tubes that
closed in sac, were tightly sealed.

After this long dormant period, the culture was examined for the presence of
spores by the method of Dorner, as is recommended in the Manual of Methods for

a Ascus--the membranous oval or tubular spore sac in ascomycetes.
2/ Ascospore--one of the spores contained in an ascus,
'3/ This long period of time was made necessary by work on other projects.

22 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

Pure Culture Study of Bacteria. Ink Powder (Nigrosin Electroencephalograph) was
used for the counterstain (pure nigrosin powder was not available). Microscopic ex-
amination showed that the culture
contained asci, each of which had
from one to four ascospores (fig.
1 and 2).

To determine if these 4-
year-old cultures could still be
revived, I inoculated Sabouraud's
broth tubes with them. The pink
yeast colonies grew satisfactori-
ly (fig. 3); the surface contour
of the cells appeared to be nor-
mal (fig. 4); and the cells were
found to bud normally, and no
spores were present (fig. 5).

sine, ee af ' DISCUSSION

It was noted about 6 years
ago that pink yeast would grow
and form pigment at tempera-
tures down to -35° F, (McCor-
mack 1950). Since that time,
there has been a great increase
in the quantity of oysters held
under frozen storage, with some
evidence of a higher incidence of
losses due to pink yeast. During the early part of the present oyster season, for
example, there was considerable concern over the problem of colored oysters.

Fig, 3 - Pink yeast growing on a plate of Sabouraud’s agar.

Fig, 5 - A culture showing budding cells but no spores.

The facts reported here that pink
yeast produces spores suggest that the
avenues of contamination are likely to be
much more numerous than was formerly

: ; believed when only the vegetative form of
Fig. 4 - The surf: t f pink els - y 8
normal, HSA E Vink auremREN TS the organism was studied by itself. On

the basis of our present incomplete knowl-
edge, however, we can conclude only that there is greater need for further research
on this and other causes of pink and red color in shucked oysters.

--By GRACE McCORMACK, FORMERLY BACTERIOLOGIST ,
FISHERY TECHNOLOGICAL LABORATORY ,
U. Se FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, COLLEGE PARK, MD.
NOW BACTERIOLOGIST, VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSPITAL,
CANANDAIGUA, Ne Yo

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 23

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Committee on Bacteriological Techniques

1932-1950, al of Methods for Pure Culture Study of Bacteria, Society of American Bacteriologists, Geneva,
New Yor

Henrici, Arthur T,
1930, Molds, Yeasts, and Actinomycets, John Wiley and Sons, New York, N. Y., pp. 200-201,

McCormack, Grace

1950, Technical Note No, 5--‘*Pink Yeast’’ Isolated From Oysters Grows at Temperatures Below Freezing, Commer-
cial Fisheries Review, vol, 12, no, 11a, November, p, 28.

Skinner, Charles E,; Emmons, Chester W.; Tsucheya, Henry M.
1947, Henrici’s Molds, Yeasts, and Actinomycets, Second edition, John Wiley and Sons, New York, N. Y., p. 302,

ah,

FROZEN FISH FILLETS AND STEAKS IDEAL PROTEIN FOODS

Frozen oceanperch, cod, and haddock fillets, and halibut steaks are rec-
ommended by the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service as ideal protein foods.

Fillets are the sides of the fish cut lengthwise away from the backbone.
They are practically boneless and have little or no waste. Steaks jare cross-
section slices of the larger sizes of dressed fish, usually about ¢ of an inch
thick.

Frozenfillets and steaks may be thawed prior to cooking. Normally, it is
suggested that they be thawed overnight inthe refrigerator or left at room tem-
peraturefor 3 to 4 hours. However, if you're ina hurry, the fillets or steaks
may be cooked without thawing if additional cooking time is allowed.

Fillets or steaks may be prepared by any of the basic cooking methods of
frying, baking, broiling, and steaming, or in an endless variety of combination
dishes.

The important thing to remember in cooking fish, however, is that it must
not be overcooked. Just enough cooking for the meat to flake easily will leave
the fish moist and tender and bring out the delicate flavor.

The home economists of the Fish and Wildlife Service recommend Ocean
Perch Creole as adelectable but economical and easily-prepared protein dish.

OCEAN PERCH CREOLE

POUNDS OCEAN PERCH FILLETS 2 TABLESPOONS CHOPPED ONION
CUP BUTTER OR OTHER FAT e TABLESPOONS CHOPPED PIMIENTO
TABLESPOONS FLOUR 2 TEASPOON SALT

CUPS TOMATO JUICE DASH PEPPER
RICE RING

Skin fillets and cut into one-inch pieces. Melt butter, blend in flour and
add all remaining ingredients except rice. Cook, stirring occasionally, about
15 minutes or until fish flakes easily when tested with fork. Serve hot in rice
ring. Serve 6.

24 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

——

= IRENDS ogee

EVELOPMENTS &

California

1956/57 SARDINE SEASON OFF TO A GOOD START: The total catch of the
sardine purse-seine fleet in Southern California through October 19 totaled 23,000
short tons, or 240 percent more than the 6,750 tons landed as of the same date in
1955. However, fishing out of San Pedro in 1955 did not start until November 7,
according to a report from the Service's Market News Reporter in San Pedro.

The catch during the night of October 16, the last night of the recent series of
dark nights, amounted to 5,500 tons, the best single night's fishing since the night
of October 5, 1951, when 7,460 tons were caught. The big catches of October 16
were due to successful scouting by airplanes and the fact that the fleet concentrated
near the huge schools located between Del Mar and La Jolla. Of the 75 vessels fish-
ing in that area, one vessel made an all-time record catch for a San Pedro vessel
of 230 tons and 27 other purse seiners had catches of over 100 tons each.

Both the fishermen and the canners seem to be satisfied with the ex-vessel
price of $47.50 a ton, and canners are willing to take all the sardines landed. Mar-
ket conditions appear favorable for the canned sardine pack and present indications
are that the catch for the 1956/57 fishing season may equal or exceed the73,000 tons
caught in the 1955/56 season.

OK KK Ok

PERIODIC FLIGHTS TO STUDY PELAGIC FISH DISTRIBUTION (Airplane Spot-
ting Flight 56-7): In order (1) to study pelagic fish distribution, abundance, and be-
havior in southern California, (2) to become familiar with airplane landing fields
and facilities in northern and central Baja California, and (3) to locate areas of fish
concentration, the California Department of Fish and Game Cessna 1359D conducted
a flight August 22-28, 1956. The inshore area between Pt. Conception, Calif., to
Turtle Bay, Baja California, was surveyed.

In southern California (Pt. Conception to San Diego) Pacific mackerel and sar-
dine schools increased in abundance in the inshore area since June 1956 and con-
versely anchovies decreased in abundance. Commercial fishing operations revealed
the presence of sardine and Pacific mackerel schools around the offshore islands
but these areas could not be covered on this flight.

Anchovy: As in June, the largest concentration of anchovies appeared in the Pt.
Pitas-Ventura regions. In allareas, except near Gaviota, there was a decrease in
anchovy concentration since the last flight in June. A total of 550 anchovy schools
(5,818,900 square feet of fish) were observed from Gaviota to Coronado, with the
largest concentration in the Pt. Pitas-Ventura region.

Sardine and Pacific Mackerel: Schools of Pacific mackerel appear to be more
abundant this season than in the past several seasons. Pacific mackerel schools
were observed in the Laguna, Newport, and Oceanside areas and were also reported
around the offshore islands.

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 25

= Sardine schools were ob-
£( Pt. Conception served near Pt. Conception, Pt.
Mugu, Pt. Dume, and in the
Oceanside region. It is still
too early toestimate compara-
tive abundance with past seasons

2 but it appears that the distribu-

“ssante Barbara) tional patternis remaining quite

I : similar to that of 1955.

LEGEND:

- ANCHOVY SCHOOL

D~ SMEIRE oF rein

‘ee Ensenada

Santa Cruz I.

A total of 59 sardine schools
(445,000 square feet of fish), 22
Pacific mackerel schools (124,100 Isla
square feet of fish), and 87 mixed Sage
sardine~-Pacific mackerel schools
(422,800 square feet of fish) were
observed from Pt. Conception Sacramento
Monica | to Oceanside.

Santa male San Pedro
Catalina I. *

: The purpose of the Baja

if g {newport | California scouting was to locate
: areas of fish concentration and
: tosurvey airplane landing fields

ra Perinene| and facilities. No attempt was oy

HIM sao1ne on Pacieic £ made to count and measure Cedros mJ}

@- sxcrovy scxoor B schools of fish observed. The

y a sacs! J/orssise | Section of coast between the Cali- Pt. Eugenia ae

fornia-Mexico border and Ensen-
ada contained several small - : :
school groups of ''flashing"' fish Ren aera al
that were probably sardines or
Pacific mackeral or both. Anchovies were present in En-
Airplane spotting flight 56-7 senada Bay, but in fewer numbers than in June. No fish
(August 22-23, 1956) schools were seen in the area between Ensenada and Cape
Colnett. The area between Cape Colnett and Sacramento
Reef contained an almost continuous band of anchovy schools close tothe beach. Many
more anchovy schools were present in this area than previously observed in Baja
California.

From Sacramento Reef to Lagoon Head, Sebastian Vizcaino Bay, there were
several small schools scattered along the coast. These schools were probably sar-
dines but good identification was not possible. From Lagoon Head to Pt. Eugenio
many schools of sardines were observed. All these schools were small crescent-
shaped surface schools.

Many small schools of unknown identity were observed in the area from Pt.
Eugenio to Turtle Bay.

kK KK

SURVEY BY "N. SCOFIELD" TO ASSESS RELATIVE ABUNDANCE OF
SARDINES S (Cruise 5 56 5 -4): This was the first of the 1956 survey cruises designed
to assess a ae relative abundance of sardines resulting from the 1956 spawning and
the relative abundance of older sardines, Pacific mackerel, and jack mackerel.

Since the M/V Yellowfin has been taken out of service, this and subsequent 1956
survey cruises will be carried out by the research vessel N. B. Scofield of the
California Department of Fish and Game. The vessel, which sailed July 27 and re-
turned August 16 to Los Angeles Harbor, worked along the coast of Baja California
from Point Eugenia to Magdalena Bay and the area on the east side of Cedros Island.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 11

A total of 61 light stations were occupied. Sardines were sampled at 16 sta-

tions, Pacific mackerel at 11, jack mackerel at 6.

Of the 16 stations at which sar-

dines were taken, 14 yielded 1956 spawned fish (125 mm. standard length or less),

t TO SAN PEDRO
: —
CEOROS .

Ve 3 GQ Lagoon Ho,

%.
Nativionn A=

is. &

LEGEND:

EACH MARK REPRESENTS ONE SAMPLE.

>... =ROUTE OF CRUISE.

SANTA MARIA BAT |
FROM SAN PEORO.... >

MARGARITA 12

N. B. Scofield (Cruise 56-S-4), July 27-Aug. 16, 1956.

and five yielded adult sardines. In general,
sardines appeared to be less abundant than
the 1955 survey of this area indicated-~-28
percent of all stations of this 1956 cruise
yielded sardines as compared with 45 per-
cent of the 1955 survey over the same area.

The vessel scouted for pelagic fish a
total of 368 miles; 216 schools were observed,
of which it was estimated that 20 contained
sardines, 20 mackerel, 80 anchovies, 8 large
tunalike fish, and the remaining 88 could not
be positively identified from the vessel.

X— anchovies.
@ = sanoines. Sea surface temperatures, bathythermo-
me eat ot ee graph casts, and reversing thermometer casts

were takenat each station regardless of whether
fish were observed or collected. Surface
temperatures throughout the cruise ranged
from a minimum of 17.10° C. (62.8° F.) at
two miles south of Point uugenia to a maxi-
mum of 26.90° C. (80.4° F.) at Magdallena
Bay. Sardines were sampled where surface

temperatures Apo en 17. LOGE (62. Ore. )),
i 28.89 ©, (80.4 F.).

KOK OK OK OK

YELLOWFIN AND SKIPJACK TUNA TAGGED AND MEASURED BY CLIPPER
"ELSINORE (Cruise 56-C-4): Tagging and measuring yellowfin and skipjack tuna
were the principal objectives of the tuna
clipper Elsinore during a cruise conduct-
ed by the California Department of Fish
and Game. The vessel sailed on July 21,
1956, and returned to San Diego August
18, 1956.

® ALI JOS ROCK
AS

During this cruise 26 yellowfin and
767 skipjack tuna were tagged. To test
the effect of color on recovery, tags of
three different colors in sequences of
five each were used. Nine night-light
stations were occupied. Seven series of
measurements were made of seven sep-
arate schools of tuna (six skipjack and
one yellowfin tuna). A total of 43 bottles
and 15 packages of frozen specimens
were collected. These specimens are
presently being analyzed. Limited
oceanographic observations were also
made.

PACIFIC

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 27

Canned Fish Consumer Preference Study

TUNA MOST POPULAR CANNED FISH: Canned tuna was served at least once
during the 12 months prior to July 1, 1956, in 76 percent of all households in the
United States. Canned salmon was served in 69 percent, and sardines in 50 per-

cent of the households.

The relative ranking of these three species of fish varies somewhat among
regions. Canned tuna was most popular in the West, being served in approximately

Percentage of Households Serving Canned Fishery Be emeear Ol wale

Products, July 1955-June 1956 homes. Canned
salmon was most

frequently used in
the North Central
region where it
was more popular
than canned tuna, 75
percent to 72 per-
cent, respectively.
Canned sardines
were used most of-
ten in the South
where 5S percent
of the housewives
served them.

Type of Canned Fish-

ery Products Served Wo 1S || Nowidal| “Wlersisa

Total | east |Central

1/ Percentages total to more than 100 because respondents served more than one product,

Canned shrimp
and canned oysters were less widely distributed, with each being served in about
23 percent of the homes ona national basis. The percentage of families using both
of these shellfish items was greatest in the West. The use of canned shrimp was
lowest in the South (16 percent), while the serving of canned oysters was lowest
(14 percent) in the Northeast.

These findings are based ona June 1956 scientific sample survey of 2,700 house-
holds distributed throughout the United States. These data on percentage of house-
holds serving various kinds of canned fish and shellfish are one part of a large a-
mount of other data obtained on household consumers' preferences for canned fish
and shellfish.

Final results of the survey, which is being financed by funds made available
by the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act of 1954, are scheduled for publication the early part
of 1957. The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service contracted with the W. R. Simmons

of New York City to conduct the survey.

and Associates Research, Inc.,
Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, August 1956, p. 47.

* Ok KOK OK

tuna usually purchase tuna packed in oil. Approximately seven percent buy tuna
packed in brine and two percent are not aware which type they usually purchase.

A large majority (88 percent) of those housewives who served tuna indicated
they had never tasted canned tuna in brine although it has been rather widely dis-
tributed in recent years. When asked "If the price were the same for canned tuna
packed in oil or in brine, which one would you buy?" sixty-six percent indicated
tuna in oil and seven percent indicated tuna in brine. Another twenty-seven per-
cent were not sure which they would prefer. Even though the latter undecided
group appears to be housewives usually buying canned tuna~-in-oil, a substantial
majority of housewives using canned tuna-in-oil desire that product exclusively.

28 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

This conclusion is based on opinions given in this survey and is not the result of
actual product testing.

The preference for tuna in oil was highest in the West and South and diminished
slightly in the Northeast and North Central regions.

These findings are based ona June 1956 scientific sample survey of 2,700 house-
holds distributed throughout the United States. This study of type of pack prefer-
ences for canned tuna is one part of a broader study of household consumers' pref-
erences for all canned fish and shellfish.

Final results of the survey, which is being financed by funds made available by
the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act of 1954 to help the domestic fishing industry increase
the demand for fishery products, are scheduled for publication the early part of
next year. The U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service contracted with W. R. Simmons
and Associates Research, Inc., of New York City to conduct the survey.

* KK kK

CANNED SARDINES PURCHASED TWO OR MORE CANS AT A TIME: Eight
out of ten housewives who purchase canned sardines buy two or more cans at a
time. More than 33 percent of the housewives usually purchase two cans. Another
20 percent indicate that they usually buy in units of three. These findings are based
on a scientific sample survey of household consumers!
preferences for canned fish and shellfish conducted in
June 1956 among 2,700 households distributed through-
out the United States.

The large number of purchases (81 percent) of more -
than one can of sardines at a time may be due partially to the pricing policy of re-
tail stores and other factors. No attempt was made in this study to ascertain the
effect of such factors on the purchasing pattern.

The tendency toward two-can purchases was almost consistently reported through-
out the four geographic regions of the United States.

Table 1 - Percentage of Homemakers Purchasing Canned Sardines, by Number of
Cans Purchased at One Time and by Regi

eee ew ee ee eee» KL ECYCOENU) - + - 2-6 ee eee we ww ew ww

Number of Cans:

ec PCRS Can ACRE ate Ae 3
i haat ueWaa enon fc: 0 ee Sits on ate 4
THRE CANS G setvec weet ity oa lee ae.
IVOUTACANS) (eee. eens, anne 4 :
IES OP TNOVFO CHIN sig conbadcoous 0 .
Donlitvkn ow i) Sa Ps EEN Siar ka Aidt 2.
Ota he wne ewan ecu

Weighted base (number of households
which served canned sardines within
Lhemlastal2inmonth's) eee eee (1,394) (337) (411) (463) (183)

Information on the purchasing habits of homemakers may serve as a basis for
packaging cans of sardines in handy containers holding more than one can.

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 29

This study on sardine purchasing practices is one part of a broader study of
household consumers' preferences for canned fish and shellfish. Final results of
the survey, which is being financed by funds made available by the Saltonstall-
Kennedy Act of 1954, are scheduled for publication the early part of next year. The
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service contracted with W. R. Simmons and Associates
Research, Inc., of New York City to conduct the survey.

OOK OK OK OK

DEVEINED CANNED SHRIMP PREFERRED BY CONSUMERS: Shrimp which
has been peeled and deveined before canning is preferred by a majority of the con-
sumers who buy canned shrimp, according to a recent scientific sample survey of
2,700 households in the United States. Of the housewives that usually buy shrimp,
59 percent buy the peeled and deveined canned shrimp, while only 32 percent buy
the regular peeled but not deveined pack. The remaining 9 percent either had no
preference or did not know the type of canned shrimp they usually purchase.

Table 1 - Percentage of Consumer Purchases of Canned Shrimp by
Area and Type of Pack

[eR a SS Resionsl @ ae ene ip
North- North
Number of Households ......... fee 195 IDG. |Esle jn sis]

Households serving canned shrimp
wathindastt2months) 22 2.6 «= = oe
Type of Pack Purchased:
@Gileanedi(deveined) 2... ecce ss. ee oe
Regular (not deveined)..............
IN® (UIPCHOREMOCS conosoccocgbaceguG0NS
1) OTALCH sta OWA Mane Reise tell eletedelelielieVellcloleleccu-astole

On a regional basis, the preference for deveined shrimp was most pronounced
in the Northeast Area where it was preferred by more than 2 out of every 3 users
of canned shrimp.

This study on consumers' preferences for canned shrimp is one part of a more
general study on household consumers' preferences for canned fish and shellfish
conducted in June 1956.

Final results of the survey, which is being financed by funds made available
by the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act of 1954, are scheduled for publication the early part
of next year. The U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service contracted with W. R. Simmons
and Associates Research, Inc., of New York City to conduct the survey.

Cans--Shipments for Fishery Products, January-July 1956

Total shipments of metal cans during January-July amounted to
65,120 short tons of steel (based on the amount of steel consumed in the
manufacture of cans) as compared with 55,195 tons in the same period

Sy Py of 1955. The increase in this year's shipments is due largely to the
MMA) heavier pack of canned tuna as compared with the January-July 1955
period (when production was curtailed due to oversupply) and also the increase in

the pack of Maine sardines.

base boxes of steel equal one short ton of steel. ie

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 11

Customs Simplification Act of 1956 Analyzed

The third customs simplification bill(H. R. 6040) was signed by the President

on August 2.
Law 927, 84th Congress).

It will be known as the Customs Simplification Act of 1956 (Public
A short analysis of the new law as it appeared in the

August 13 Foreign Commerce Weekly follows:

The principal change embodied in this act is in
the method of determining the value of the import~
ed goods which are subject to ad valorem duties.
In general, the primary basis for determining their
dutiable valuation is to be the "export value" of
goods. This is to replace the present system,
which calls for ascertaining the ''foreign value” of
the product in question--the price at which it is
sold in the country of origin--as well as the ''ex-
port value," and for the duty to be calculated upon
the higher of the two.

Under the amended form of the bill as finally
enacted, however, the new system is not to apply
to that small fraction of ad valorem imports on
which the Treasury finds that the dutiable value
would be reduced by 5 percent or more. Conse-
quently, the new valuation provision does not come
into effect for any imports untila final list of those
exceptional articles is established.

The Bureau of Customs at Washington has
started work on a preliminary list of those articles
the dutiable value of which would be reduced by 5
percent or more. That list will be published in
the Federal Register and in the Weekly Treasury
Decisions. Interested businessmen then will have

60 days to suggest reasons for their belief that
specified additions should be made to the prelim-
inary list, which will be investigated by Treasury
before the final list of exceptions is issued.

For goods subject to ad valorem duties other
than those included on the final list of exceptions,
the general change in the basis of valuation is to
become effective on entries for consumption be-
ginning the thirtieth day following the publication
of that final list.

Other than dutiable valuation, the only change
of direct commercial interest is with regard to
conversion of a foreign currency into U. S. dollars
for customs purposes. In general, the Secretary
of the Treasury is authorized to use for the entire
quarter of a year that rate of exchange which is
first certified for that quarter by the Federal Re-
serve Bank of New York, unless the rate on any
particular day varies from that certified rate by
more than 5 percent.

Most of the act's other sections deal with ob-
solete provisions of customs law which the Treas-
ury regarded desirable to have repealed.

Federal Aid Funds Apportioned to States for Sport
Fish and Wildlife Restoration Work

State programs to restore and develop the sport fishery and wildlife resources
in the 48 states will move at an accelerated pace during fiscal year 1957 with a
foundation of $21,062,000 in Federal aid funds, the Secretary of the Interior an-

Johnson Act for sport fishing.

in restoration activities so that benefits will go to the hunters
p and anglers who seek
recreation and food from the Nation's fields and streams. e

nounced October 7, 1956.
more than in 1956.

This is about $2 million

On the basis of one dollar from the state for
every three of Federal funds, $28,083,000 will be
available to state conservation departments for
their restoration programs during fiscal year 1957.

The combined Federal Aid in Fish and Wild-
life Restoration program is administered by the
Fish and Wildlife Service under the terms of the
Pittman-Robertson Act for wildlife and the Dingell-
As prescribed in the two Acts, investments are made

This year the various state fish and i i
is year game departments will receive $16,236,000
for their wildlife restoration projects and $4,826,000 for their sport fishery activities.

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 31

The amount available for sport fishery projects
represents a drop of $ 10 1,400 below the 1956 Apportionments of Federal Aid Funds to States for Sport
otenil OF $4,927,400 j Fishing and Wildlife, Fiscal Year 1957

Wildlife

INSTA EWR ond ODA OO AGO OODOOS 84,628.46 361,637. 73)
The revenue for the Federal share of the [Arkansas ................. 91,850.01 | 277,294.93
=> G iCallifornialeeiee rit niet 241,300.00 777,565.54
sport-fish restoration program comes WeOWa I SajiarGl oy san cecaccocs 113,759:81 | 485,842.98
the 10-percent excise tax on fishing rods, Connecticut +. ...+-2.0--: 48,260.00 | 81,180.00
B10 = 2 lawar.eeriit-ttstelehsekietciel-te 48,260.00 81,180.00
creels, reels, artificial lures, baits, andflies, |Fioriaa 0020020200002 94,200.28 | 227°370.97
| Georgiatyeit he saa 101,101.06 | 401,083.13}
paid by th manufacturers of these products ‘ IGENGY ssa soceoudaosoubboos: 84,885.44 330,805 .48
Collections from this source during the year THincisheeey se ee re 170,857.14 | 446,687.62
Indiana merit eects 118,403.23 355,643.56)
ended June 30, 1956, amounted to $5, A OOM er tows toot 96,156.64 | 351,096.20
From this total is taken the annual appor- Mansers ele aye tieieloei lee wie eiel= roa ee B2ei022 og
4 GNGCASy oocosgacuosan0 s0¢ ,116. a 2
tionments of $75,000 to Alaska, $25,000 to RESET Aenea ROBES 62,360.98 | 268,480.05
77 7 Mainesrrercier rrr rekeiehtet-(ol- 52,533.56 189,789.26
Hawaii, $10,000 each to Puerto Rico and the Maryland) se sa oh ee ee 48,260.00 | 108,447.85
Virgin Islands, and the cost of administer- Massachusetts ............- 48,260.00 | 90,494.35
: 2 5 2 IMichipanty-cteeteistel-lstelctalalenstels 241,300.00 811,800.00)
ing the Act by the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Marmot, 5 caotbqousdbosds 241,300.00 | 507,335.81
Service. Mississippil 9.540 50s2 sno sh 52,494.07 | 239,533.43
IWREEOUES oobonaSbopodsoase 131,570.42 369,988.96
Montana... 114,342.85 494,980.53
Nebraska . 78,841.23 308,928.94

Nevada ....... - 68,888.10 | 315,453.71
New Hampshire
INew Jersey ...
New Mexico .

New York ..... .....| 157,763.52 | 670,174.92

Federal Purchases of North Carolina ............ 82,053.76 | 339,320.34

North} Dakotalseenyeeen cree 50,859m@4 | 248,832.20

is ORION sane. e ea) ee apes 162,996.28 | 475,076.23

Fishery Products Oklahomak:..S MPG acs oie 103,394.13 | 287,483.11

Oregonvsacrstys eto aries 103,599.65 | 410,673.56

Pennsylvania .......-..-+-+ 141,976.16 | 638,190.89

PORTIONS INCLUDED IN FRESH OR INGER Guoooonsubsous 48,260.00 | 81,180.00
SON TOT -LRTALDAT 2DECIDICA TIO: h inant ton ade 69,354.44 | 174,306.71
FROZEN FISH FEDERAL SPECIFICATION: — itr Sars 200000000000 coreaecog | gegrnua go
The Army Quartermaster Corps has an- Tennessee. .....--40--eeeee 140,219.71 | 355,843.83
ae P Texast enone h act cence Ss 220,773.17 | 811,800.00

nounced a revision, effective October 1,1956, utah... oo. 73,599.13 | 322,936.60
aes ‘ les Masters Wermont: sant, seioeniek Gab nt. 48,260.00 | 81,180.00

of Federal Specification PP “F 381d Fish; Witginian sacielpeencactiacs 81,849.34 | 325,287.43
Fresh (Chilled) and Frozen,'' to include Washington ...5.c.+0sss00: 97,344.46 | 349,256.80

: : Zi West Virginia .. 48,260.00 213,517.95
formed fish portions as an item for purchase wisconsin... 2077390.99 | 486,128.61

by the Armed Forces. Wiyomiing ise Navatete ne evarsictadeie)s : 337,660.15

The revision may well result inanexpansion of production by the domestic fish
fillet block industry to supply the 43-ounce (3 inches by 32 inch) portions now al-
lowed for purchase. In the announcement of the specification revision the Quarter-
master Corps stated that on any contracts awarded for fish portions, the contractor
agrees that there will be delivered only such unmanufactured articles, materials
and supplies as have been mined or produced in the United States, and only such
manufactured supplies as have been manufactured in the United States substantially
all from supplies mined, produced or manufactured, as the case may be, in the U-
nited States.

Though the specifications require the size portions indicated for use by the
Armed Forces, the domestic fish block producer can supply sizes suited to other
specific needs. For example, school-lunch (Type A) portions usually contain two
ounces of cooked fish protein. Institutional purchasers of fish portions usually
specify that the product be four ounces in weight.

The following is a quotation from the notice of revision:

"WhenF.S, PP-F-38ld, "Fish; Fresh (Chilled) (2) Page 4. Add the following paragraph:
and Frozen," 3 Sept 54, is cited in this contract, "3.3.2.6. Form VI. - Portions shall be prepared
the following changes to the specification will ap- from fresh skinless fish fillets handled in the ap-
ply: plicable manner specified in 3.3.1 and 3.3.2. The
skinless fillets shall be formed into: (a) portions
(1) Page 1, paragraph 1.3 add the following: measuring 3 by 32 by 2 inches (approximately 43

Form VI - Portions. ounces) or (b) into portioned blocks measuring

32 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

9 by 32 by ; inches and scored on the top and bot-
tom surfaces into 3 equal portions of the length
(every 3 inches), or other sizes or portions or
portioned blocks as specified. In the frozen por-
tioned block, the portions shall remain attached
at the location of the score by the remaining at~
tached strip (about }inch thick) of frozenfish so
that the portions can be easily separated by bend-
ing the blocks. The portions shall be handled
and processed in such a manner that they will ef-
fect a solid piece of fish flesh, and the pieces of
fish comprising the portions will not fall apart or
disintegrate when cut, thawed, or cooked. ut

(3) Page 9. Add the following paragraph:
"7.2.4.3. Form VI, Portions. Portions of por-
tioned blocks shall be wrapped in approximately
1-, 5-, or 10-pound units. The product shall be
completely wrapped in a prefabricated bag. When

Vol. 18, No. 11

more than 1 portion or portioned block is inclosed
in the bag, the layers shall be separated by a wax
paper insert. The wrapper shall be processed by
vacuum, pressure, or heat, or a combination of
these conditions so that the wrapper forms a tight,
close fit conforming to the surface of the product.
The bag shall be string-tied, heat-sealed, secured
with pressure-sensitive tape, or closed with suit-
able metal clips. The bag shall be made of one of
the following materials: (a) Polyethylene, not less
than .0015 inch thick and having an area yield of
not more than 21,500 square inches per pound,

(b) A film formed by copolymerizing vinylidene
chloride and vinyl chloride. The film shall be not
less than .0015 inch thick. For domestic ship-
ment, the packaged product shall be packed in ac-
cordance with 5.2. For overseas shipment, not
more than 60 pounds of the product shall be pack-
ed in accordance with 7.2.5.2."

kk ok ok

QUANTITY

- August
1956 | 1955
(GHOUONIA DSS) ee
2,322 |15,275]17,458

1,403] 1

Purchases of Fresh and Frozen Fishery Products by
Department of Defense (August and the First

Eight Months of 1956 With Comparisons

Lug.
1956 | 1955 | 1956 | 1955
.($1,000) .
,030| 9,10

1956 purchased 2,860,000
pounds (value $1,403,000)
of fresh and frozen fish-
ery products for the use
of U. S. Army, Navy, Ma-
rine Corps, and Air Force.
This was 10.2 percent
less in quantity and 15.1
percent less in value than

the purchases in July 1956
and 23.2 percent more in quantity and 36.3 more in value than purchases in
August 1955.

Purchases of fresh and frozen fishery products during the first eight months
of 1956 totaled 18,275,000 pounds valued at $9,108,000--4.7 percent more in quan-
tity and 21.9 percent more in value than purchases for the similar period in 1955.

Prices paid for these fishery products by the Department of Defense in August
averaged 49.1 cents a pound as compared with 50.7 cents the previous months and
44.3 cents a pound in August 1955.

In addition to the purchases of fresh and frozen fishery products reported, the
Armed Forces make some local purchases which are not included above. There-
fore, actual purchases are higher than indicated, but is not possible to obtain data
on the local purchases by military installations throughout the country.

Fish and Wildlife Motif on United States Postage Stamps

The third and last (king salmon)-of three stamps issued this year to emphasize

the importance of wildlife conservation in A i
Semen Gece merica was released at Seattle, Wash.,

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 33

The king salmon, which is
the subject of the third stamp,
offers an outstanding example of
the conservation work being car-
ried on by Federal and state gov-
ernments. King salmon continue
to be very valuable commercial
and sport fish in the United States
and Alaska and they have been
aided in their spawning migration
upstream by fish ladders and el-
evators, and by elimination of
logjams and high waterfalls.

The stamp is 0.84 by 1.44
inches in dimension, arranged
horizontally with a single outline frame, printed by the rotary process, electric~
eye perforated, and issued in sheets of 50. The color of the stamp is green. The
printing of 120,000,000 3-cent king salmon stamps was authorized.

The original drawing which was used for the king salmon 3-cent stamp,

The design depicts king salmon on their annual migration upstream to the
spawning ground.

Fish and Wildlife Service
RESEARCH HELPS BRING TOP-QUALITY FISH CLOSER TO CONSUMER'S
TABLE: Through research the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service is pointing up

new market goals for the fishing industry, and through technology it is showing
ways to move more efficiently ocean-fresh fish to the consumer's table.

Among the possible marketing goals which Service efforts are bringing into
focus for the fishing industry are such things as:

A total of 182,000 eating places which do not now serve fish or shellfish;

"Inland U. S. A.'' where the per capita fish consumption is well below the sea-
board average;

The more than 10,000 frozen-food locker plants in the country, many of which
do not have fish among the products available for locker customers;

A large but yet indefinite field of in-plant eating places (such as cafeterias in
big assembly plants) which is now being studied;

The field of public institutions which is now being studied to determine which
ones offer good markets for fish, and the school-lunch program which the Fish and
Wildlife Service has aided for years to the mutual betterment of the school child
and the industry;

And the largest field of all, the millions of American housewives who daily
plan the meals for the family--a field rich in possibilities for greater sales of
fish and fish products and a field which is now being given serious and scientific
study by the Fish and Wildlife Service.

In technological studies the Fish and Wildlife Service has gone far in showing
the industry how fish can be delivered virtually only "hours old" to the customer.

34 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

These studies are practically following the fish from the water to the table--on ship-
board, in ship storage, in transit, in land storage, and right up to sales display.

The initial step in getting high-quality fish or fish products to the customer be-
gins the minute the fish are taken out of the water, Fish and Wildlife Service tech-
nicians Say.

Important questions which have been studied include freezing methods, ability
of various species of fish to retain flavor and freshness during periods of refriger-
ation, the effect of breading upon freezing, the use of protective coverings to in-
sure freshness in frozen fish, the development of "quality standards,'' and the search
now in progress for the ''flavor component," that intangible thing which makes fish
taste like fish instead of something else.

Success in these programs, figuratively, brings the consumer--regardless of
where he is--closer to the water's edge and make it possible to supply him with a
product which meets the test of comparison with a fish just taken from its native
waters.

One phase of the broad research program is to determine how the merchandis~
ing methods of the Nation's 413,000 retail fish products markets measure up to the
consumer preference, and there are many facets of both merchandising and prefer-
ence.

One approach which the Service has taken relates to packaging and portions.
If the study of fish portions served in restaurants and other public eating places
leads to packaging fresh or frozen fish on an acceptable portion basis, those of the
182,000 restaurants which have deferred serving fish because of handling difficulties
might well become a steady market for portion-packaged fillets and other fish prod-
ucts.

To get the data on household consumers' food tastes and buying habits, house-
wives are being interviewed to determine the factors influencing the use or nonuse
of the various species and kinds of canned fish and shellfish.

Studies are also being made of the size of package the housewife wants, her
preference on species, and the availability of that species at the time she wants it.

Surveys on easy-to-prepare fish products such as breaded fish sticks or bread-
ed shrimp have shown that the young housewife is more readily attracted to that
type of a commodity; that the city dweller is a better customer thanhis rural cousin;
that there is a relationship between the sales of these items and the salary brackets
of the citizens, with low-salary families buying them lightly; and furthermore the
surveys show that the majority of folks who use these products once become steady
customers afterward.

But experience has shown that the customer insists upon uniformly good qual-
ity and that if the supply does not meet this particular preference sales are not
made. To help the industry meet this quality demand by customers and to help
the customers get the product they desire, the Fish and Wildlife Service, through

technological studies, has been a leading force in the establishment of "quality
standards."

The most recent step in that direction is the establishment of a program for
the development of voluntary Federal standards for grades. Although the first
standards, those for fish sticks, have been available for use only since August 21,
1956, several fish products companies have adopted these voluntary Federal stand-

ards in reply to the consumers! refusal to purchase products below satisfactory
quality levels.

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 35

Next in the order of expected issuance will be standards for fish blocks (the
raw material from which fish sticks are made), for such portion-control-type
products as breaded fish squares and breaded shrimp; and frozen fillets of cod,
haddock, and ocean perch. These standards will serve as yardsticks for the evalu-
ation of quality for those products offered to the consumer.

In other words the Fish and Wildlife Service is studying or has studied most
of the important steps between the fishermen's net and the consumer's table. It
is blazing out a trail, so to speak, by setting up techniques whereby the industry
can deliver to the consumer the freshest and most flavorful fish product. It is
helping the consumer get the product he wants by finding out what he wants and
passing that information along to the industry, Finally, it is determining guide-
lines of quality through which the industry and the consumer share a common con-

fidence.

ROSS
"Fish Parade'’ Promotion by Industry
Backed by Interior Department

The ''Fish Parade," which is the fishing industry's designation of itg 1956 Na-
tional Fish Week, October 29 to November 2, had the support of the U. S. Depart-
ment of the Interior. Among the many features of the "Fish Parade" program was

the ''Shrimp Fiesta'’ which began October 15
and ended November 3.

"FISHERY PRODUCTS The goal of the fishing industry was to

are being develop an increased fall selling season when
inventories are normally at their peak. His-
FEATURED torically, the big selling season for fishery
Sy products occurs during Lent each year.
fs “y)
JOI N a8 Because fish is one of the most valuable

of protein foods, the All-Industry Fish Week
Committee decided that a fall drive to increase

= the use of fish and shellfish would be bene-
FISH ficial to the industry and the consumer alike.
S&S R 5 ¥ ry The 1956 drive for a big fall selling sea-
oor AD son was described by industry spokesmen as

lead the most ambitious coordinated sales effort

E ever attempted by the fishing industry in this

ov. 3, 1956 country. Not only were practically all seg-

ments of the American fisheries engaged in

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE the drive, but wholesalers, distributors, and

United States Department of the Interior retailers throughout the Nation joined in the

Washington, D.C: effort to make the fall sales campaign the

most successful in history. Many State and
local officials also join in the drive.

In pledging the support of the Department of the Interior to the industry's sales
effort, Fish and Wildlife Service Director John Farley said:

"The fishing industry is important to the national health, safety, and interest.
It renders valuable service to the people of this country by providing a large pro-
portion of the Nation's food supply, as wellas large quantities of meal for the feed-
ing of livestock and of fish oils and fish liver oils for food, medical, and industrial
uses.

36 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Wool, 18, INO Wil

"During 1955, 4.6 billion pounds of fish were produced in the United States and
Alaska. Of this approximately 56 percent was used as food and 44 percent was used
in the manufacture of byproducts or as bait. From these data it can be seen that
fishery products are an important source of the Nation's supply of animal protein.

"The Department of the Interior, through the Fish and Wildlife Service, has a
direct responsibility to the fishing industry and to the people of this country. There-
fore, not only doI gladly pledge support to this magnificent effort but I also say
very proudly that the Department of the Interior does not confine its efforts to one
week in the year but that it works diligently in this field, through research, educa-
tion, market promotion, and otherwise every week in the year. And I do not hesi-
tate to add that we will endeavor to do even more for the fishing industry and the
consumers in the future than we have done in the past."

SBR

gs >=:
SS

Florida

AIRBOAT GILL-NETTING: Airboat gill-netting in Lake Okeechobee is a new
twist in an old fishery. An enterprising mullet fisherman at Okeechobee reasoned
that rowing around a school of mullet was too slow and difficult and decided to speed
up the operation.

To expedite the plan, a three-foot extension was built on the stern of an air-
boat hull to house a 220-yard gill net (see fig. 1). The airboat, powered by a 100-
horsepower Lycoming aircraft “
engine, is capable of speeds in
excess of 40 milesanhour. The
aluminum hull is 15 feet long
with a 5-foot beam. The steer-
ing mechanism consists of a
pair of air rudders behind the
propeller and is operated by
the driver with a connecting
steering stick. The driver steers
the boat while sitting in an el-
evated bucket seat. This is
particularly advantageous since
schools of fish are more eas-
ily seen from this height.

The net is customarily set
at full speed. When a school
of fish is located, the captain Lae |
maneuvers into a desired posi- Fig. 1 - Striking run-around gill net from speeding airboat (Inset shows
tion and a two-pound net anchor airbeat extension with net being set.)
is cast overboard. The net anchor is attached to the lead and cork lines of the gill |
net. The drag of the anchor pulls the net from the compartment as the boat circles
the school. After the boat completes the circle, the fishermen retrieve the net,
stowing it in the compartment. In retrieving the net the enclosure becomes small-
er, forcing the fish to strike the wall of mesh, thus becoming entangled. The fish
are removed by hand and placed in boxes aft of the driver's seat. This operation
takes from 30 minutes to one hour, depending on the amount of fish caught.

F _The net is a typical mullet runaround gill net, 200 yards long, 24 meshes deep,
4z-inch stretched mesh, and No. 6 nylon twine. The nylon material takes a mini-
mum of storage space and requires little maintenance.

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 37

Fig, 2 - Airboat with gill net adaption mounted on trailer Fig. 3 - Airboat used in run-around gill-net operation show-
for transporting to various fishing grounds, ing extension on stern for net storage.

Other applications of this unique fishing method have not been explored.

--Billy F. Greer & Donald T. Montgomery,
Fishery Marketing Specialist, Statistical
Section, Branch of Commercial Fisheries,
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service,

Coral Gables, Fla.

Fur-Seal Skins

PRICES CLIMB AT GOVERNMENT FALL AUCTION: An increase of 6.3 per-
cent in prices of United States fur-seal skins marked the semiannual auction of
~Government-owned furs at St.

Louis on October 5, the Secre-
tary of the Interior announced
October 14, 1956.

A total of 26,890 skins, prod-
ucts of the sealing industry ad-
ministered by the Department of
the Interior's Fish and Wildlife
Service on the Pribilof Islands,
brought $2,714,852. This com-
pares with 27,017 skins sold for
$2,519,994 at the April 17 sale.
The grand average for all skins
sold for the account of the United
States Government was $100.96;
at the April sale it was $93.27.
The grand average at the October 1955 sale was $94.14,

Fur buyers examining fur seal skins prior to auction.

The sale was well attended by United States, Canadian, and European buyers
who commented favorably on the quality of the skins offered. Bidding was spirited
because few skins are in the hands of dealers at the present time.

38 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

Of the Alaska skins, 17,555 were dyed ''Matara" (brown), 419 were ''Safari"’
brown (a lighter brown), and 8,916 were blacks. The Matara skins brought an avo
erage of $97.26, an increase of 5.5 percent over the April auction. The Safari
skins sold for an average of $76.81, an increase of 18.3 percent. The black skins

averaged $109.38, an upward change of 7.25 percent over the April price of $103.18.

In addition to the United States skins, 3,699 Cape of Good Hope fur-seal skins
were sold for the account of the Government of the Union of South Africa at an av-
erage of $34.33, an increase of 20.1 percent from the last sale. A total of 414
Uruguay fur-seal skins were sold for the Government of Uruguay at an average of
$48.78, a slight increase over the April price of $45.12.

Prior to the auction an announcement was made that the Pribilof Island fur seal
take for 1956 would amount to approximately 122,000 skins.

The next auction is scheduled tentatively for April 5, 1957, at which time the
normal quota of United States skins to be offered for sale will be increased by about

3,000.

Great Lakes Fishery Investigations

M/V "CISCO' TRIES TOLOCATE SUMMER GROUNDS OF WALLEYE IN LAKE
HURON (Cruise 5): An attempt to locate summer grounds of the walleye (Stizosted-
eon vitreum vitreum) out-
side of Saginaw Bay prop-
er was the principal mis- €
sion of Cruise 5 (August 21-| 8
September 2, 1956) of the |*
M/V Cisco, the research
vessel of the Service's
Great Lakes Fishery In-
vestigations. This cruise,
like Cruise 3, was con-
fined to Saginaw Bay and
immediately adjacent wa-
ters in Lake Huron.

Stonecat (Noturus flavus)

Nylon gill nets (mesh sizes 24, 24, 22, 3, and 4 inches) were set off Harbor
Beach and Grindstone City in 7 to 10 fathoms of water. It is believed that some of
the walleye present in the lower end of the Bay during spawning season spread into
Lake Huron proper at other seasons. Eight walleye were taken off Harbor Beach
and 2 off Grindstone City. Several white suckers (Catostomus commersoni), long-
nose suckers (Catostomus catostomus), and yellow perch (Perca flavescens) were
were caught in both nets. In addition, the nets off Grindstone City took 10 stone-
cat (Noturus flavus).

Nets of 25-inch mesh were set obliquely from surface to bottom in 26 fathoms
and 13 fathoms off East Tawas. A set of 34-inch mesh gill net was also made at
13 fathoms. The 35-inch net took 20 white suckers, all but one at or just above
the bottom, Sixteen white suckers, 2 longnose suckers, and 4 yellow perch were
caught in the shallow 23-inch set, practically all near the bottom. A lone perch
at midlevel represented the total catch in the deep set.

A bull net (300 feet long, 120 meshes deep, 25-inch mesh) was set over a 34-
fathom bottom with the float line just at the bottom of the thermocline (60 feet).
Two lake herring (Leucichthys artedi), 6 longjaws (Leucichthys alpenae), and 2
smelt (Osmerus mordax) were caught in this net. ‘

ee a

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 39

Much difficulty was encountered in trawling operations this cruise. Trawls
were repeatedly damaged and two of them were badly torn. In addition, on several
occasions the nets became heavily loaded with mud. In the few successful hauls
completed, only small numbers of perch, smelt, and forage fish were taken.

Seine collections were made in two locations along the northwest shore and two
areas along the southeast shore of Saginaw Bay. It was hoped that walleye finger-
lings could be located, but none were found. However, fingerlings of perch, large-
mouth black bass (Micropterus salmoides), smallmouth black bass (Micropterus
dolomieu), black crappies (Pomoxis nigro-maculatus), and bluegill (Lepomis macro-
chirus) were taken.

Hydrographic transects were run from Bay City to East Tawas, East Tawas to
Harbor Beach, East Tawas to Oak Point, and Hat Point to Au Sable Point. Surface
water temperatures were ngarly constant over the area covered, ranging mostly
from 18 to 20° C. (64.4-68 F.). A low of 16.8 C. (62.2° F.) was recorded in
Lake Huron, and a high of 23.2° C. (73.8 F.) was recorded near the mouth of the
Saginaw River in Saginaw Bay. The epilimnion is thick in deeper water, ranging
from 60 to 90 feet between upper and lower limits.

An all-night study of the vertical migration of Mysis relicta was made in 55
fathoms in mid-southern Lake Huron. A photometer was used to study glight con-
ditions from the time the organisms migrated up in the evening until they moved
down in the morning.

* kK KKK

LAKE HURON INVESTIGATIONS CONTINUED BY M/V "CISCO" (Cruise 6):
Saginaw Bay and part of southern Lake Huron was the area where the Service's
research vessel Cisco operated during Cruise 6 (September 11-24, 1956).

The usual oblique sets of gill nets were made off East Tawas in 13 and 26
fathoms, but the deeper set was of no value since the gang was dragged 5 miles by
strong currents before it was recovered. A single bloater (Leucichthys hoyi) re-
presented the total catch in the shallow gang, which was lifted before the current
had moved it.

Two bull nets (each 300 feet long and 120 meshes deep) were set in 33 fathoms
off East Tawas, one on the bottom and the other with its float line in the thermocline
and its lead line just below the thermocline. The bottom net contained 117 bloaters,
125 Leucichthys alpenae, 4 L. reighardi, and 57 smelt. The midwater set caught
2 bloaters, 36 L. alpenae, 1 L. reighardi, 5 smelt, and 2 alewives. Thus it appears
that L., alpenae move up to midlevels more than do L. hoyi.

Since several days were lost to weather, trawling was done only in one area.
Drags in 6 to 8 fathoms off East Tawas produced mostly perch (Perca flavescens)
and small alewives (Pomolobus pseudoharengus).

Nylon gill nets containing 300 feet each of 2-, 24-, 24-, 22-, 3-, and 4-inch
mesh were set in 25 fathoms off Harbor Beach and in 50 fathoms in midlake be-
tween Harbor Beach and Goderich. The shallow set took 135 bloaters, 22 L. reigh-
ardi, and a few each of L. alpenae, L. artedi, and smelt; the 50-fathom set 65 L.

alpenae, 65 L. kiyi, 46 L. hoyi, 16 L. reighardi, and several L. zenithicus and
artedi.

Hydrographic transects were run from Bay City to East Tawas, East Tawas to
Harbor Beach, Harbor Beach to Goderich, East Tawas to Oak Point, and Hat Point
to Au Sable Point. Surface-water temperatures dropped rapidly under the influ-
ence of cold winds toward the end of the cruise. The highest temperature record-

ed was 19.2° C. (66.6° F.) and the lowest 11.4° C. (52.5° F.).
Sj OS

40 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

Market for Frozen Foods Increases 50 Percent in Year

Prepared frozen foods now constitute more than a third of all frozen foods mar-
keted in the United States, after a remarkable increase of nearly 50 percent in 1955.
Manufacturers of these convenience foods looked for a further substantial increase
in 1956--perhaps 35 percent over the 1955 total.

Agricultural products have gained most in this relatively new field of merchan-
dising, but the fishing industry has also chalked up an impressive record. Fish
sticks sprang into national prominence in 1954 in the path of breaded shrimp. Other
prepared fish specialty items soon appeared in grocers' display cases.

Housewives welcome the freedom from unpleasant odors and waste and the
certainty of well-prepared meals with a minimum of effort. So they are buying
more and more of the many attractively-prepared frozen foods.

What is behind all this revolutionary change in marketing? The answer is ad-
vertising and promotion. Tempting color spreads in magazines arrest the atten-
tion and make fishery products inviting to young and old. Users of television, radio,
and newspaper advertising continually keep their products' merits before consumers.

Those who pack these new prepared frozen food specialties have assumed a
heavy responsibility to the consuming public. Most packers show a keen sense of
awareness to the need for adherance to highest quality levels to insure repeat busi-
ness. Government-sponsored voluntary standards of quality for fish sticks which
are now in effect promise to exert a strong stabilizing influence on sales of this

product.

North Atlantic Fisheries Exploration and Gear Research

26): Deep-water exploratory trawling for ocean perch along the edge of the continent -
- ae al shelf, south of Georges Bank,

by the Service's exploratory
fishing vessel Delaware reveal-
ed no commercial concentra-
tions of trawl fish during this
11-day trip. Previous opera-
tions by the Delaware during
deep-water lobster exploration
in this same area gave indica-
tions of possible commercial
concentrations of ocean perch
(Sebastes marinus). This cruise
was undertaken in order to more

thoroughly map the bottom and
SP xe oe commercial fishing potential of
=> — Chm dredge ras this deep-water area during the
early fall months.

fo, A total of 22 otter-trawl

and 14 dredge stations were made despite rough weather resulting from the
aftermath of hurricane Flossy. No significant catches of commercial species were
made. Operations were conducted with a trawl net on the southern edge of Georges
Bank from 100 to 350 fathoms of water. One net and a set of ground cables were
lost after hanging up on an unknown bottom obstruction.

M/V Delaware (Cruise 26) September 25-October 6, 1956,

A A A NR et

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 41

A total of 14 dredge stations produced indications of ocean quahogs (Artica is-
landica) and sea scallops (Pecten grandis). This minor phase of the operation was con-
ductedas a preliminary exploratory operation incidental to the major objective of the
cruise. About 1,500 pounds of lobsters were caught incidental to the fish-trawling op-
eration. About 150 pounds were landed at the Service's East Boston Fishery Techno-
logical Laboratory for freezing tests.

Systematic offshore tuna reconnaissance will be conducted by the Delaware
during Cruise 27. The vessel was scheduled to depart from East Boston on Octo-
ber 16, 1956. Additional information on the fall migrations of bluefin school tuna
found during the summer in the New England area was the primary objective of the
three-week cruise. Plans called for exploration in the oceanic area south of Georges
to the center of the Gulf Stream.

The Delaware was to make observations both visually and electronically with
"fish finder” equipment for detection of subsurface schools. Trolling gear was to
be used if any surface pelagic fish schools were sighted.

This is the first in a series of exploratory fishing surveys to the northwest
central area of the North Atlantic and the operation is a continuation of the Service's
program to evaluate both the inshore and possible offshore potential of New Eng-

land's tuna resources.
e.

North Atlantic Fisheries Investigations

TWO-YEAR-OLDS PREDOMINATE IN RED HAKE POPULATION (M/V T-79,
Cruise 6): Two-year-olds are now the predominant members of the red hake popu-
lation in the local fishing areas worked by boats from Pt. Judith, R. I. Some
three-year-old fish were taken
in 40 fathoms, very few were
seen elsewhere. This shiftfrom
three-year-old-fish which were
the predominant members of the
catch at the beginning of the sum-
mer indicates a very high mor-
tality rate at this age, especially
in view of the fact that there is
no evidence at this time that the
older fish abandon the grounds and
move out in any numbers. These
were the findings of Cruise 6 (September 12-15, 1956) of the Service's research
vessel T=79. ;

Red hake has a marked periodicity in feeding rhythm during the day. They
were found to have consistantly full stomachs in midmorning, with little evidence
of any digestive action. In early afternoon, the stomachs were still full but the
contents showed considerable evidence of digestive action. By late afternoon, the
stomachs had been almost entirely emptied and the intestines were full of macer-
ated material.

The food in red hake stomachs will be analyzed for species present and the
data compared with the material collected by the bottom plankton sampler and the
bottom grab.

Surface water temperatures were in the lower sixties (F.) at all stations.
Bottom temperatures were in the lower forties (F.) A fairly well developed thermo-
cline was present at all stations.

\
\

42 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

The purpose of the cruise was: (1) to sample species composition of fishes on
various grounds; (2) to determine diurnal periodicity of feeding habits of the com-
moner species of fish; (3) to determine the abundance of and the species of the
various common bottom organisms; and (4) to tag skates and some other species of
fish if they are sufficiently abundant on the grounds fished.

Five fishing stations and eight hydrographic stations were occupied. The fish-
ing stations were local fishing areas for boats from Pt. Judith with the exception of
the last, a relatively deep-water station. A series of BT casts was made from
Block Island Sound out to 150 fathoms.

* ok KK

Falmouth Harbor. The television camera with attached stabilizing fins and 43-
pound depressor was towed at speeds up to 23 knots. The equipment performed
well under tow. A 35 to 40 cable angle was obtained at approximately 23 knots.

Another cruise (No. 9) on the afternoon of October 16 was made to test under-
water television equipment off Naushon Island. Operations consisted of bottom
viewing and towing while under way. Bottom organisms were clearly observed at
depths of 36 feet while the vessel was at anchor. Camera launching and handling
techniques were improved during this cruise. The camera with appropriate stabil-
izing devices was towed at slow speeds. Plans are now being developed to view
commercial trawling operations with techniques devised on this cruise.

North Atlantic Herring Research
HERRING EXPLORATION ALONG MAINE COAST AND BAY OF FUNDY BY

M/V “METACOMET (Cruise 6): Generally schools of herring brit were found to
be present in appreciable quantities along most of the Coast of Maine from Portland
to Eastport, The largest concentrations were in the Passamaquoddy Bay-Grand
Manan Island and Casco Bay areas. Small sample lots were taken, where practic-
able, of 0 year-class "brit" or larger herring that could become available as sar-
dines during the fall months by the M/V Metacomet, a Fish and Wildlife Service
chartered exploratory fishing vessel. During Cruise 6 (August 18-30, 1956), the
vessel was scouting most of the major bays, sounds, and rivers along the Coast of
Maine from Casco Bay to Eastport and the Canadian waters of the Bay of Fundy
around Grand Manan Island, the Wolves Islands, the northwestern shore of Nova
Scotia from Digby Gut to Petite Passage, and St. Marys Bay.

__ The samples were obtained by making short tows with a British Columbia -type
midwater trawl with a small mesh liner in the cod end. The tows were made to
determine the species of fish located by the depth-sounder, the size of herring if
present, and the percentage of herring infected by various disease and parasitic
organisms characteristic of the species. The latter determination is being car-
ried on at the Boothbay Harbor biological laboratory.

In the general area of Passamaquoddy Bay good showings of herring were re-
corded by the depth-sounder and sampled in the St. Croix River, St. Andrews Bay,
Western Passage, Friar Roads, the eastern shore of Deer Island, Grand Manan
Channel, and between East Quoddy Head and The Wolves. Very few fish were

NS re a er ee hn.

en i ee

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 43

located by the depth-sounder in Cobscook Bay or South Bay. There was only one
fair-size school of fish noted on the depth-sounder between the Wolves and Digby,
Nova Scotia. Scattered surface schools were recorded off Digby and from Digby
southwest along the shore of Digby Neck to Petite Passage. No fish were recorded
in Lower St. Marys Bay or between Briar Island and Grand Manan Island.

A few scattered schools were located by the depth sounder near Cutler Bay and
in Machias, Englishmans, Chandlers, Western, Pleasant, and Narraguagus Bays.
Fair showings were recorded on the sounder in Frenchmans Bay, where several
samples were taken.

Only asfew very scattered small schools were found in Penobscot Bay and Blue
Hill Bay, except for one good school of brit recorded and sampled in the Union River.
Very few fish were recorded in the Muscongus Bay area or Johns Bay. Good show-
ings of fish were recorded in the Damariscotta River near East Boothbay and Plum-
mers Point, and scattered fish were observed between this river and the Sheepscot.
Samples were taken near Ebenecock Bay and Barters Island in the Sheepscot River.
Scattered schools were recorded off Seguin Island, Cape Small, and in the outer wa-
ters of Casco Bay.

In the Casco Bay area very good concentrations of herring were recorded and
sampled near the mouth of the New Meadows River and in Hussey Soundg Other
large schools, quite apparently herring brit, were recorded in Portland Channel,
Broad Bay, and Middle Bay.

OK OK OK &

MIDWATER TRAWL GEAR TESTED BY M/V "METACOMET" IN GULF OF
MAINE (Cruise 7): In order to gain more “information on the possibility of catching
herring and hex herringlike fish in commercial quantities in Gulf of Maine waters, thé
M/V Metacomet, a Fish and Wildlife Service chartered exploratory fishing vessel,
tested midwater trawl gear during Cruise 7 (September 5-15). The trawl used was
the first type designed by W. A. Barraclough and W. W. Johnson at the Pacific
Biological Station at Nanaimo, British Columbia, Canada, and used successfully to
catch herring in British Columbia waters during winter months.

Fish were sounded and tows made at the Isles of Shoals, Boone Island, Ipswich
Bay, and on the north, east, and south sides of Cape Cod. Tows were made through
large solid schools of fish on several occasions, the largest of these being schools
of bluebacks (Pomolobus aestivalis)--a species closely related to the herring“~in
Ipswich Bay. All tows were made during the night.

The largest catches were of 2 to 3 bushels of bluebacks approximately 8% inches,
standard length. It was noted as the net was being hauled aboard that a large por-
tion of these small catches were in the body of the net rather than in the cod end.
This indicates that these fish were probably swimming along inside the net.

Since the net was towed directly through waters where large solid schools were
located with the depth sounder without catching any appreciable quantities, it appears
that the fish can detect the approaching net by sight, sound, or water pressure and
are able to avoid it. Once the fish become frightened by the net they are likely able
to swim as fast or faster than the net (towing speed spproximately 3 knots) and
escape capture.

Water temperatures are relatively high during this season and the fish are
near their peak of activity. It is significant that the best successes with this type
of net have been obtained during cold winter months when the fish are relatively
inactive. Another midwater trawl test is being planned for the winter season.

44 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

Cruise 8 of the Metacomet was scheduled to begin September 24 and end Octo-
ber 12. Two types of gear were to be tried out: (1) a 125-fathom half-ring lam-
para seine for fishing sardine~size herring; and (2) a small-size midwater trawl.
The seine was to be tried out as a method of catching sardines in open waters. The
smaller midwater trawl was to be tried in order to attain a higher towing speed
and to allow taking samples in shallower water than is possible with the larger

trawl.

* OK KK

LAMPARA SEINE, MIDWATER TRAWL, AND DEPTH INDICATOR TESTED
BY M/V "METACOMET™ (Cruise 8): Tests of three items of fishing gear and
apparatus were conducted by the Service's chartered exploratory fishing vessel
Metacomet during Cruise 8: (1) a modified lampara seine, (2) a small midwater

trawl, and (3) an air-pressure depth indicator.

The lampara seine tried was patterned after a West Coast tuna bait seine with
modifications to allow easier setting and partial pursing while hauling. The mid-
water trawl tested was patterned after the original Barraclough and Johnson trawl
as described in Bulletin No. 104 of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada ex-
cept that all measurements were cut in half and #'' mesh was used in the last two
sections of the cod end. The depth indicator was used to ascertain the depth of
the bottom of this net as it was being towed beneath the water surface. Testing
was carried out in inshore waters between Portland and East Penobscot Bay from
September 26 to October 12, 1956.

Several sets with the lampara seine were completely unsuccessful.

In using the small midwater trawl, it was hoped that the higher attainable tow-
ing speeds would result in larger catches. Short trial tows with the small mid-
water trawl were made in Casco Bay and Penobscot Bay on echo<sounder record-
ings of fish. Catches were made of up to 215 pounds of herring, averaging approxi-
mately 23 to 4 inches. Indications to date are that midwater trawls will be useful
during the seasons of higher water temperatures only as a tool for sampling schools
of smallherring. The large catches reported taken with this gear in other areas
have been made during winter months.

The depth indicator was tested by lowering it vertically into the water to meas-
ured depths and by using it attached to the footlines of the midwater trawl when
towing over fish located by the echo-sounder. The pressure indicated depths cor-
responded with the measured depths in the vertical test and fish were taken in the
midwater trawl when the indicator showed the net to be moving through a stratum
occupied by fish as shown by echo-sounder recordings. Both types of tests sub-
stantiate the accuracy of the depth readings indicated.

Cruise 9 of the Metacomet was to be devoted to purse-seining operations. The
vessel has been equipped with purse-seining gear anda 15-inch mesh purse seine
for this cruise. The objectives of the cruise are: (1) to learn ifa purse seine can
be set and successfully handled in open waters with a New England dragger-type
vessel and (2) to attempt to catch sardine-size herring with this type of gear. The
cruise was scheduled to start October 19 and end on or about October 27.

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 45

North Pacific Exploratory Fishery Program

BOTTOM FISH SURVEY IN WATERS OFF SOUTHEASTERN ALASKA BY M/V
"JOHN N. COBB" (Cruise 29): A search for bottom fish in waters off Southeastern
Alaska is the purpose of Cruise 29 of the Service's exploratory fishing vessel John
N. Cobb. The vessel was scheduled to leave Seattle on October 1 and return on
November 16.

The bottom-trawling exploration was to be concentrated on the continental shelf
and slope from Dixon Entrance northward to the southern end of Baranof Island.

Rp ~y Commercial-size otter trawls were to be used,

J NC i , and extensive echo-sounding was to be carried out
Nore _ to determine the extent of suitable bottom. It was
ag te, planned that trawling was to be conducted out to

“Si eS depths of 200 fathoms or more to determine species

Pee, and quantities of marketable trawl fish present in
) [;_aarsa these waters at this time of year.

Commercial fishermen have requested explora-
tion of these grounds because it has become neces~
sary for them to gofarther from port in recent years
in order to bring in good catches. It is,thought that
species such as Pacific Ocean perch, cod, and
"sole'’ may be present off Southeastern Alaska in
quantities sufficient to support profitable fishing.
Navigation charts indicate that a considerable part
of the bottom is rocky, but certain places with sand
or mud bottom appear to be satisfactory for trawl-
ing.

The vessel was also to carry shrimp beam
trawls, and a limited amount of exploration for
shrimp in promising inshore areas was planned,
primarily during periods of bad weather when off-
shore trawling would not be practical.

i D

oe Fi eer
Mending otter-trawl net aboard the Service’s

exploratory vessel John N, Cobb, Exploring
new crounds means frequent tear-ups,

Oregon

EXPERIMENTAL FISHING FOR DOVER SOLE: Experimental fishing to find
the most economical methods of catching young Dover sole in offshore waters is
being conducted by two biologists of the Oregon Fish Commission.

The biologists, stationed at the Commission's Astoria research laboratory,
have been testing the effectiveness of a ''try net'' for possible use in an extensive
study of the early growth of Dover sole scheduled to begin next summer. The bio-
logists want to determine if the net can be used practically from a vessel smaller
than the normal otter trawler. Through cooperation of the state police, the bio-
logists have been doing their experimental fishing aboard an offshore patrol boat
regularly used in law-enforcement work.

The ''try net'' is a miniature replica of otter-trawl nets used commercially
in Oregon waters. It was developed originally by Gulf Coast shrimp fishermen
for use in locating commercial concentrations of shrimp. A try net was used
successfully by the Commission during a 1951 study of the early growth of English
sole in Yaquina Bay, but was not tested in deeper water off the coast.

46 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW WOlS IG}, IN@e iil

If the try net will efficiently catch the young flatfish, it will probably be used to
obtain monthly samples of Dover sole during the growth study. Fish caught will be
measured and examined to determine sex, if possible. "Kar bones" or otoliths and
scale samples will be taken from some of the fish captured and will be examined
microscopically to find out when the first growth ring is laid down. Such informa-
tion is necessary for proper management of the Dover sole fishery, the biologists

explained.

%* OK OK OK OK

Corps of Engineers.

The study will be initiated at Lookout Point reservoir near Oakridge sometime
next spring. In the meantime, for the experiment the Corps of Engineers is con-
structing a 'fingerling collector" consisting of a large pump mounted on a floating
platform. Capable of discharging up to 50 cubic feet of water per second, the pump
will be used to create water currents with the hope of attracting small fish to a trap
installed on the float.

It is a common assumption among fisheries workers that migrant fingerlings
can detect and follow water currents in lakes. In nature young sockeye salmon,
which spend a part of their lives in lakes, must find obscure outlet streams that
will carry the young fish to the ocean. Previous research has shown that the ma-
jority of young migrants are concentrated at or near the surface in reservoirs,
particularly if there is a surface outlet. The big question is whether or not suffic-
ient numbers of young fish can be attracted by aritificially-created currents.

At the time Lookout Point and Detroit dams were constructed fish passage
facilities were omitted because no practical method of getting young fish out of the
reservoirs was at hand. Perfection of a fingerling collection system might make it
possible to bring these large reservoirs into production of salmon and steelhead.

When field tests of the fingerling collector are started next spring, approxi-
mately 100,000 blueback (sockeye) salmon fingerlings will be released in Lookout
Point reservoir. The bluebacks were obtained as eggs from the U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service hatchery at Leavenworth, Wash., but are being raised at the Fish
Commission's Oakridge salmon hatchery.

The fingerling collector will be operated at various locations within a 500-foot
radius of the north shore of the reservoir to determine where fingerlings can be
collected most efficiently. Test gill nets will be set to assist in locating concentra-
tions of fish near the face of the dam.

The Lookout Point fingerling passage study is part of an extensive research
program financed by the Corps of Engineers to investigate hydroelectric develop-
ment problems affecting fish. Under the same program, the Oregon Fish Com-
mission is currently studying possible delays in upstream fish migration at Colum-
bia River main stem dams and is conducting research on the size and migrational
habits of salmon and steelhead runs in the Snake River system.

% OK KK

NORTHWEST ALBACORE TUNA CATCHES SAMPLED: With the return of com-
mercial quantities of albacore tuna to the Oregon coast this year, the Oregon Fish
Commission albacore biologist sampled albacore catches daily and interviewed boat

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 47

skippers to obtain all available information on the elusive ''chicken of the sea."
The last good catch of albacore in Oregon waters was in 1950. During the "lean"
years, the Oregon biologist had to rely upon samples of California catches of al-
bacore landed at Astoria by local boats late in the season.

About 1,500 tuna were to be sampled this past fall to determine the size make-
up of local catches. The biologist also took scale samples and cut the tails of the
first 20 fish in each sample to obtain the 33rd vertebra used in aging albacore.

"Cutting the tails off the fish is the easiest part of aging the fish,'' claims the
biologist. The tails are boiled to obtain the vertebra for close examination. Growth
rings on the vertebra reveal the age of the fish.

The size of albacore taken off Oregon this year steadily decreased. The av-
erage weight was 17 pounds when fishing started but dropped to 12 pounds. This
was common in former years of albacore fishing off Oregon, according to the bio-
logist. The largestalbacore seenbythe biologist was a 45-pounder. Even 30-pound
fish are scarce in Oregon catches.

The Oregon Fish Commission biologist participated in a seven-week research
cruise this summer that definitely established the fact that albacore were present
in Oregon waters this year. The Oregon biologist stated that albacore could have
been off Oregon last summer, but none were caught or sighted last season.

Pacific Oceanic Fisheries Investigations

EXPLORATORY TUNA FISHING AROUND MARQUESAS ISLANDS BY M/V
"CHARLES H. GILBERT” (Cruise 30): A 51-day exploratory tuna fishing cruise
to the Marquesas Islands was completed by the Service's research vessel Charles
H.Gilbert when she returned to Honolulu on September 26, 1956. The principal
purpose of the cruise was to explore the tuna fishing potential of the waters around
the French colony which, except for Easter Island, is the outpost of Polynesia clos~
est to the present fishing grounds of the California tuna fleet and therefore of con-
siderable interest to the Mainland tuna industry.

A total of 20 days were spent long-line fishing, 16 days on the open seas east
of the group, and 4 days in inshore waters. Catches were generally low. The best
daily catches of each species were 20 yellowfin, 14 albacore, and 7 bigeyed tuna.
Some of the big-eyed taken were unusually large, the heaviest one weighing 370
pounds. The best albacore catches were made at the most southerly locations fish-
ed around the islands.

The vessel also spent 12 days in scouting for schools of tuna at the surface,
intending to fish them with pole-and-line using Marquesan sardines as live bait,
the fishing method that California fishermen would employ were they to move into
this area. Few schools were found, however, in this Southern Hemisphere winter
season, and those that were sighted were composed of small skipjack, weighing
about 5 pounds, and "wild'' and unresponsive to the attempts made to fish them.
Only one yellowfin tuna was taken at the surface, on a trolling line. Four 40- to
60-pounds dogtoothed tuna, a species not found in Hawaiian waters, were caught
while trolling over banks.

Fishing was conducted by the vessel around all of the 11 islands of the Mar-
quesas group, and the party landed at Taihohae, the French administrative center,
and at Taipi Valley. The bait resources at these two places were surveyed and
samples of the sardines were taken for experimental fishing in Marquesan waters

48 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

and for introduction into the Hawaiian area. The vessel brought back to Oahu 21
buckets, or about 2,500 fish, alive and released them in Hanauma Bay. If this in-
troduction is successful and the Marquesan sardines manage to adapt themselves
to Hawaiian conditions and increase, they may help ease the critical shortage of
live bait in the Hawaiian skipjack (aku) fishery.

OK OK KK

considerably brightened by the excellent catches made on the most recent explora-
tory fishing cruise in that area by the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service research ship
John R. Manning. The vessel returned to Honolulu September 12, 1956, from atrip
of nearly 2 months which took the vessel all the way to the Aleutian Islands where
she delivered to a local cannery 4 tons of albacore captured by gill-netting andtroll-
ing. Although Hawaii has at present a well-developed local fishery for skipjack,
which is canned as "light-meat'' tuna, and a smaller long-line fishery which delivers
yellowfin and big-eyed to the fresh fish market, the higher-priced albacore is not
now landed in the Islands insignificant quantities. Development of a Hawaii-based
fishery for this species would make an important contribution to the fishing industry
of the Territory.

The vessel's explorations covered the area between the longitudes of 175° W.
(roughly north of Midway Island) and 145° W. (northeast of the main Hawaiian Is-
lands). The greatest abundance of albacore was found in the western part of this
area, between 43° N. and 47° N, latitudes, with a marked falling off in the catches
east of 160° W. Surface trolling with six lines was done during the day, and sets
of gill nets and trammel nets of various mesh sizes were made during the night.
Gill-netting was much more productive than trolling, with approximately 500 alba-
core taken in the nets as compared with 100 on the trolling lines. Net catches ran
as high as 89 fish a day, although only 8 of the 12 nets used had meshes of a size
suitable for the albacore encountered on this cruise.

Exploratory fishing was supplemented with studies of the albacore's environ-
ment through collection of plankton, measurement of water temperatures and trans-
parency, and observation of sea birds and marine life. Considerable numbers of
large squid and of such small pelagic fishes as pomfret and saury were seen and
specimens were collected. Experiments in night trolling with luminous lures and
in live-bait fishing using sand launces collected in the Aleutians were attempted but
without success. Eighty-six albacore were marked with plastic tags and released
alive in order to study their migrations and growth rate. Earlier recaptures of
such tagged fish have indicated a possibility that the stocks of albacore which sup-
port large commercial fisheries off the North American and Japanese coasts may
migrate across the Pacific north of Hawaii.

Interesting sidelights of the voyage include the capture in the gill net of five
salmon and one fur seal, which were turned over for study to Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ice representatives in the Aleutians.

_The Service's John R. Manning has been operating to the north of Hawaii, sur-
veying the abundance of albacore tuna between longitude 175° W. and 145° W. Her
Survey is being coordinated through the Albacore Steering Committee with similar
Surveys between 145° W. longitude and the Pacific coast by the U. S. Fish and Wild-
life Service exploratory fishing vessel John N. Cobb, and the Brown Bear of the Un-
iversity of Washington, the latter cooperating with the Oregon Fish Commission.

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 49

The results reported by the John R. Manning fit well with those obtained by the
John N. Cobb which caught no albacore along 145. W. The results are also com-
pletely compatible with the picture developed during last summer's surveys. Dur-
ing 1955 albacore tuna appeared most abundant to the west, became very scarce or
disappeared in the general vicinity of 145° W., and were located in fair numbers
again off the coast of Oregon and northern California by the John R. Manning.

Fragmentary reports from the Pacific Coast indicate that some commercial
operators followed the leads provided by the research vessels this summer and
last summer and fished for albacore off Oregon with some success.

di.

ee
Transportation Rates

RAILWAY EXPRESS SEEKS INCREASE IN EASTERN TERRITORY: The Rail-
way Express Agency in August 1956 filed another petition with the Interstate Com-
merce Commission seeking an increase of 15 percent on all less-carload charges
on shipments within Eastern Territory. This territory covers the area abounded
by Mackinaw City (Mich.), Chicago, St. Louis, Paducah, Cincinnati, Norfolk, and
Eastport (Maine). The Agency states it is asking for surcharge on traffic in this
area to eliminate huge passenger-train deficits, which include express traffic.

This action follows a recent announcement of several Eastern lines that first-
class rail fares will be increased 45 percent and coach fares 5 percent in order to
reduce passenger deficits.

Reclamation to Build Fish Screen to Save Young Fish
on Delta-Mendota Canal, California

A unique "fish screen" will save millions of young salmon, striped bass, shad,
and catfish from the turbulence of the world's second largest pumping plant--the
Bureau of Reclamation's Tracy Pumping
Plant on the Delta-Mendota Canal in central
California. The Secretary of the Interior
announced on October 27, 1956, details of a
$988,116 contract for constructing the facili-
iEe's\s

A commercial and sport fishery resource
estimated to be worth $10,000,000 annually
will be protected by the fish diversion and
collecting facilities, said the Commissioner
of Reclamation.

Existing temporary fish screens will
be replaced by a louver-type diversion that
"leads" the fish to safety. The novel design

Fig. 1 - Looking downstream on secondary louvers of the new facilities was developed after long
with traveling screen unit and pumping plant in and intensive study by Bureau of Reclama-
backeround. tion engineers and Fish and Wildlife Service

biologists, with the assistance of the California State Department of Fish and Game.

50 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

i i i i i ical louvers extending
The fish protective device will consist of a row of vertica 3
fees aera et feet diagonally across a concrete channel 835 feet wide and 25
feet deep. The minute baby fish, averaging an inch long, are carried tail first

-Holding tanks influent

F _—— EE _----& 3-Ton Monorail Hoist
Sea N JAI A A A | - ,Unwatering pump
i (if) f 65-1 e Iding tank ef fluent
Holding tanks---—+=t> Tay a = Ho ing tank e
Holding tank drain—_G) ‘ if w Y | i j Screened water pumps

ater supply-——__._ aor j= faL=t ~Scceens_]
ecreened ve Pply Gr Gs Te =e A

--Pumping Plant

“-ALLouvers aa — |---Meter structure
Fish bypass pipes----—~1 Sx Secondary louver structure: real ([_~ Orin
SRC] = 3 )
RS N hi
Pe) a
A \ IN | Re Le
\ | BN | Pump discharge conduit

Wi | KN ENG be

Louver---~

Sa OE structure- =
Fish bypasses=---—__

h~2 Ton cableway

Fig, 2 - Sketch plan -- Tracy Fish Collecting Facility.

down the channel by the current, but as they approach the louvers they swing to one

side to avoid the disturbing eddies and sounds made by the slats placed at an angle
to the current. The fish keep mov-

ing over until they are siphoned in-
to a bypass that carries them toa
holding tank.

From holding tanks, the young
fish are to be counted and trucked
40 to 50 miles to an area where they
can Swim Safely to the sea.

The Tracy Pumping Plant, which
draws water from the Delta area of the
San Joaquin and Sacramento Rivers
at the head of San Francisco Bay,
lifts 4,600 cubic-feet-per-second of
irrigation water 197 feet into the
Delta-Mendota Canal which carries

it 120 miles to supply Central Valley
lands.

! : Fig. 3 - General view of construction of holding tanks, secondary
The Delta, with its maze of chan- louver, and pumping plant areas for the Tracy Pumping Plant

nels, is the most important spawning on the Delta~Mendota Canal in Central California.
and rearing area for striped bass and shad on the Pacific Coast.
on are found in great numbers in the waters
way to the ocean. Catfish are an important
spend their life cycle in the Delta waters.

Young king salm-
of the Delta where they loiter on their
sport fish taken in large numbers and

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 51

Salmon, striped bass, and shad are anadromous fish. That is, they spawn in
fresh water but spend their adult lives in the ocean. The young fish descend the
rivers to the sea, carried by and following the major flows of water. Thus, the ma-
jor diversion of the Delta~Mendota canal operating at full capacity would be nearly
as great an attraction to these young fish as would the combined river flows to the
ocean. Fish experts believe the great pumps of the Tracy plant would kill a major
portion of fish entering the canal, and the fishery resource--of considerable impor-
tance to California-~-would be seriously damaged.

Devices to protect fish are included wherever necessary on all features of the
Central Valley project, which provides irrigation water for 634,000 acres and pro-~
duces 2,226,370,000 kilowatt hours of power annually from its multipurpose dams.
Planned reléase of cool water from major dams such as Shasta, Keswick, Nimbus,
and Folsom, helps maintain conditions favorable to salmon.

= ||

=
Saltonstall-Kennedy Act Fisheries Projects

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE REPORTS PROGRESS MADE: Progress which
the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service has made with Saltonstall Ken Kennedy Agt funds in
the fields of research, exploration, technology, marketing, and education on behalf
of the fishing industry and the consumer is detailed in a report to Congress just re-
leased by Secretary of the Interior Fred A. Seaton. The report describes the ac-
complishments in the fiscal year ending June 30, 1956, and outlines the projects
which are being undertaken during the current fiscal year.

The additional funds made available as the result of the amendment to the Sal-
tonstall-Kennedy law by the Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956 will be allocated in the
near future in light of the advice of the American Fisheries Advisory Committee
which met in Chicago on October 11 and 12.

The report divides the Saltonstall-Kennedy work into two categories--Fishery
Biological Research for which $1,385,000 was allocated for fiscal year 1956 and
$1,376,500 for fiscal year 1957; and Commercial Fishery Studies, with $1,426,000
allocated in fiscal year 1956 and $1,418,500 available for fiscal 1957. The balances
were absorbed by administrative expenses.

Research on Alaska salmon, the Pacific sardine, the North Atlantic trawl fishes,
herring, Gulf of Mexico fishes, striped bass, menhaden, and a phase of the ocean re-
search program took $1,041,000 in the past fiscal year; $1,063,700 is allocated to
the same group of projects for the current year. The money for oyster research in
the Gulf, mid-Atlantic, and New England areas is the same for each year, $75,000,
with each fishery getting $25,000. The big Pacific Oceanic studies which are based
at Hawaii and which are to define the location of albacore tuna stocks in waters north
of Hawaii had $234,000 in 1956 and have $227,000 in 1957.

The Commercial Fishery Studies include exploratory fishing and gear research,
fishery technological studies, commercial fishery statistics, commercial fishery
economic studies, and fishery education and market development.

The exploratory fishing and gear research work includes a Maine sardine pro-
gram (coordinated with the biological work on the sardine and North Atlantic explora-
tions for new fishing grounds) and South Atlantic exploration primarily for valuable
offshore shrimp (which are being located in commercial quantities). The total al-
located was $299,000 for fiscal 1956 and $304,000 for fiscal 1957.

52 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

The fishery technological studies include research on the handling of the south-
ern oyster, development of voluntary standards for fishery products, development
of a chemical index for the nutritive value of fish meal, creating of new uses for
fish oil, improvement in the quality of skipjack tuna, and a Great Lakes survey. All
of these programs will be carried on through fiscal 1957 except the Lakes ($15,000)
survey which was completed in 1956. The amount allocated was $464,000 in 195€
and $5,000 less in 1957.

The commercial fishery statistical program has been allocated $200,000 for
each year. The economic studies which dealt primarily with fish consumption and
economic surveys of certain segments of the fishing industry used $148,000 in 1956
and have $138,000 for 1957.

Fishery education and market development include such projects as creating
new markets for underutilized fish, test kitchen activities to develop recipes for
cooking fish, increasing the sale of fish to frozen food lockers, exhibits at national
conventions, promotion of the use of fish in school lunch programs, production and
distribution of motion pictures relating to the fishing industry, special market
studies, preparation of market aids, and the issuance of numerous publications.
For this work $315,000 was spent in 1956 and $317,500 is allocated for the current
fiscal year.

The Alaska salmon research is concentrated on problems for which answers
are needed urgently in the management of the fisheries. The studies are being
made in Bristol Bay, considered the most critical management area in the Alaska
fishery. Methods of counting downstream migration to be used for the prediction
of the runs, methods of counting adult escapement, and general problems concerning
the migration routes are among the items being studied.

The Kvichak River system, the largest red salmon stream in Alaska, is the
scene of a project which includes a survey of the spawning grounds, a determina-
tion of the age and size of the fish commercially taken, the age and size of those
which escape, and counts of salmon heading for the sea for their long tenure in the
open waters.

There are two predator studies. being made--one relating to the extent of preda-
tion on salmon runs by fish, bird, or mammal predators and another study to de-
termine whether or not the sea lions and hair seals of western Alaska prey upon
salmon. There are studies on counting salmon in small streams, counting salmon
by the use of towers which give the observer a place of vantage, and another study
on counting the fingerling red salmon in Bristol Bay. Still another project deals
with the effect of logging upon salmon streams.

In the Gulf of Mexico much of the work has been done on shrimp and on red

ae investigations, but menhaden and sponges have also come in for research and
study.

One important goal in the ocean research is to "reach a scientifically sound -
understanding of what the weather does to change conditions in the sea and what
these changes in the sea will do to the numbers, distribution, and fishery yield of
the ocean fish populations.'' Fish and wildlife biologists believe that when this
understanding is reached with sufficient correctness to assure predictions, a new

door will be opened to more efficient fishing and to make the various fisheries safe
from overexploitation.

In the area of exploratory fishing and gear research, extensive information has
been obtained on bottom trawling; offshore stocks of shellfish and pelagic fish were
explored; the possibility of a shrimp industry off Nova Scotia was studied; midwater
and otter trawls and lampara seines were tested; the possibilities ofa new red

——a

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 53

shrimp industry in the South Atlantic brought some optimistic results; and consider-
able laboratory work on gear development was accomplished.

One of the fields of technological research concerned the discovery of new uses
for fish oils. One result of this work is the "breaking down" of certain chemical
components of fish oil. This could open the way to the creation of many new prod-
ucts, just as did somewhat similar work on coal. Other technological projects in-
cluded freezing studies, storage, new uses for fish meal, and scales.

The market and economic studies were designed primarily to learn where the
fish distribution and utilization pattern was weak and to find out why. Among the
projects were many consumer surveys which develop information to help the fish
producer better meet the needs and desires of the customer.

* kK KK

AMERICAN FISHERIES ADVISORY COMMITTEE RECOMMENDS STEPPED-UP
RESEARCH PROGRAM: The American Fisheries Advisory Committee, at its fourth
meeting held in Chicago on October 11 and 12, 1956, urged immediate implementa-
tion of a greatly expanded and balanced program of technological, biological, eco-
nomic, and marketing research and services to be financed with the additional money
now available under the Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ice Director John L. Farley reported October 23,

The Service Director presided over the meeting as Acting Chairman,

The Saltonstall-Kennedy Act which was passed in 1954 to promote increased pro-
duction and marketing of domestic fishery products was due to expire on June 30,
1957. The Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956, approved by the President on August 8,
extended the provisions of the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act on a permanent basis. The
limitation of $3 million annually for research has been removed and the entire a-
mount of 30 percent of gross customs receipts on fishery products now becomes
available on an "annual accrual" basis.

The Committee reaffirmed its previous recommendations regarding the use of
a series of criteria for judging project proposals on a broad national basis which
were developed at its first meeting in April 1955. It recommended continuance of
contract research where a specific type of specialized research can best be done
by universities or private research organizations. The Committee expressed con-
cern over the ability of industry to outbid the Service in recruiting and holding high-
ly-trained technicians.

The 16 members of the Committee who attend the meeting were: Harold R.
Bassett, Salisbury, Md.; Lawrence Calvert, Seattle, Wash.; James S. Carlson,
Boston, Mass.; Chris Dahl, Petersburg, Alaska; Mark L. Edmunds, Garibaldi,
Ore.; David H. Hart, Cape May, N. J.; Leon S. Kenney, St. Petersburg, Fla.;
Donald P. Loker, Terminal Island, Calif.; J. Richards Nelson, Madison, Conn. ;
Moses Pike, Eastport, Me.; H. F. Sahlman, Fernandina Beach, Fla.; Thomas F.
Sandoz, Astoria, Ore.; Arthur Sivertson, Duluth, Minn.; Lawrence W. Strasburger,
New Orleans, La.; Earl B. Webster, Brownsville, Tex.; and Alphonse J. Wegmann,
Pass Christian Isles, Miss.

04 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

Shellfish Sanitation Workshop

The Shellfish Sanitation Workshop, which is primarily a meeting of State Public
Health officials with officials of the U. S. Public Health Service, was held in Wash-
ington, D. C., August 27-28, 1956.

The objectives of the meeting were: (1) the consideration of revisions for the
Manual of Recommended Practices for Shellfish; (2) the development of a work-
able market index of quality for shellfish; and (3) the formation of an advisory
committee that would work with the U. S. Public Health Service and eliminate some
of the administrative difficulties presently encountered in carrying out such projects
as the manual revision.

The proposed changes for the present draft of the Manual of Recommended
Practices were discussed and it was felt that approval by those present represented
sufficient authority to allow publication of
the manual with the changes agreed upon
for use during this oyster season.

The two items of greatest importance
to the oyster industry approved for the
Manual were the provisions to eliminate
galvanized returnable containers effective
December 1960 and the provision to elim-
inate dip buckets for use by shuckers. It
was agreed, however, that a container with
flowing water could be used by the shuckers
for washing their hands while in the proc-
ess of shucking.

The second day's session was de-
voted to several technical papers relat-
ing to the bacteriological examination
of shellfish. One of the papers referred the determination of the uptake and
concentration of coliform organisms from waters of known or controlled concen-
tration.

Another paper presented by a representative of the Canadian Department of
National Health and Welfare gave the procedure used by Canada for inspection of
shellfish imports from the United States. Since there is no market index standard,
the Canadians, without any definite basis for the decision, selected an arbitrary
maximum of 2,400 coliform per hundred milliliter as defining acceptable oysters.
A second class, ''acceptable on condition," was defined as shipments with coliform
most probable number (MPN) between 2,400 and 160,000. These were accepted but
required notification of the U. S. Public Health Service for investigation and reme-
dial action as necessary. An unsatisfactory report or no report led to suspension
of future shipments from this shipper. The third class, rejected, consisted of any
oysters with MPN in excess of 160,000. They notice a marked geographical differ-
ence in the shipments within thse groups. Ninty percent of ''Northern" oysters
could meet the acceptable 2,400 MPN, but only 15 to 45 percent of "Southern" sam-

ples met this standard. ''Southern" in this case meant Maryland, Virginia, and
Delaware. :

The next report was given by a representative of the New York City Health De-
partment. This group has applied a standard of 2,400 MPN as a maximum accept-
able level, but have attempted to preserve a flexible method of application, and to
investigate before excluding any shipper from the New York market. He also indi-

cated the feeling of a need for control measures, but uncertainty about, or dissatis-
faction with, the selected level. ;

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 55

The afternoon session was given over to a discussion of the morning papers
and an attempt to reach an acceptable limit which would permit a reasonable per-
centage of Chesapeake Bay oysters to be shipped interstate. The market index fi-
nally adopted was similar to the Canadian code. The only difference was a com-
promise, increasing the upper limit for Group 1 acceptable oysters to a coliform
MPN of 16,000. The other limits of the Canadian code were retained as is.

It was decided to table any further action on the appointment of an advisory
committee until a meeting of the same group in 1957, since the two more important
objectives, approval of the manual and establishment of an interim market index,
had been satisfactorily acted upon.

South Carolina
FISHERIES BIOLOGICAL RESEARCH PROGRESS, JUNE-SEPTEMBER 1956:

Shrimp Research: The regular program of study on the shrimp and shrimp indus-
100 try was continued June-Septem-
ber 1956 at the Bears Bluff Lab-
oratories, according to the Prog-
ress Report No. 29 issued by
them. Forty-seven experimen-
tal drags were made at the reg-
ular stations established in 1952.
The usual hydrographic informa-
tion, plus data on size, weight,
abundance of each species of ma-
rine organisms was tabulated
for each drag. In addition 9 ex-
perimental trawl hauls were
made in deep water offshore by
the larger research vessel, the
T-19. The number of offshore
Js ae Mie Me IG eA eS 0h NID trips was cut due to bad weather
Proportions of brown shrimp to total shrimp catch from Bears Bluff layup for IS p and the nec-
Laboratories trawl records. essity of using the crew on the
smaller vessel for inshore work.

Records gathered by both research vessels clearly indicate that the shrimp
fisheries was almost entirely dependent on the brown shrimp during the period cov-
ered by this report. Ordinarily by mid-July and August the relative proportion of
brown shrimp drops off as the white shrimp enter the commercial catch. This year
in July and August, the brown shrimp accounted for more than 90 percent of the
catch. A few white shrimp began to make their appearance in September. The
graph indicates the relation of brown to white shrimp in 1956 as compared with
laboratory records for the years 1953 and 1954 combined.

A close study of the landings of shrimp from the several hundred commercial
fishing boats along the South Carolina coast this year has not been undertaken by
Bears Bluff, but from casual interviews with commercial fishermen indicates the
relative abundance of white shrimp is decidedly below that of the past few years.
This is not universally true along the coast and apparently in a few areas (George-
town and Charleston) white shrimp are abundant.

56 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW NOES US}, IN], Ii

Records of the Laboratories' vessels indicate that white shrimp were almost
15 times more abundant in July 1953 and 1954 than they were in 1956; 9 times more

in August; and 9 times more in September.

Although no clear-cut reason is apparent for these differences, there are sev
eral indications which tend to show that a deficiency of rainfall in the past two years
plays an important part in this shortage.

Facilities for Research Improved: An indication of the changes in salinity in
inshore environment of South Carolina marine fisheries were noted by a research-
er at the Laboratories in July-August 1956. The researcher pointed out that "As
a result of the long drought in South Carolina, sea water has filled the streams and
moved far up in the rivers and creeks, making formerly low salinity streams into
estauries almost as salty as the ocean.'' The far-reaching importance of such
changes influenced The Agricultural Society of South Carolina to grant the greater
portion of the necessary funds to Bears Bluff Laboratories to undertake a long-
range study on the influence of salinity on marine fisheries. A 535-foot 6-inch well
has been sunk in the Laboratories' yard. The County of Charleston will deepen and
increase the holding capacity of the fresh-water lake. Pumping water into the lake
from the well will allow the storage of sufficient fresh water so that "irrigation" of
the salt-water ponds can be achieved. In this way salinity can be reduced in the ex-
perimental ponds from full sea strength to any degree of saltiness. Thus the mech-
anical and engineering requirements of an important research program are already
accomplished.

The old 40-foot research boat has been replaced by a new one. A 40-foot cab-
in cruiser with a Diesel engine has been obtained from the Charleston Transporta-
tion Depot of the Army. The official transfer was made August 22. Conversion is
in progress. The boat will soon be put into service studying the marine fisheries
of the State.

Sport Fishing and Hunting Survey Reveals

$3 Billion Annual Expenditures

A total of 25 million American anglers and hunters (1) spent nearly 3 billion
dollars for 500 million days of sport, (2) drove their automobiles more than 10
billion miles; and (3) spent an average of $114.42 apiece in the pursuit of these
recreations in 1955,

Those facts are among the findings of the first national survey of fishing and
hunting ever conducted in the United States. The survey was made under the direc-
tion of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service at the recommendation of the Interna-
tional Association of Game, Fish and Conservation Commissioners as a basis for
a better understanding of the recreational value of hunting and fishing in terms of
financial outlays and individual participation, Secretary of the Interior Fred A
Seaton said September 15, 1956 (

This project cost $134,000 and was financed through Federal aid funds which

pepesenived from the Federal excise tax on sporting arms and ammunition and on
ishing rods, reels, creels, artificial lures, baits, and flies.

The data obtained in the Survey pertain to the calend
S ar year 1955 and to per-
Sone, 12 years old and older. The information is the result of the work of 300 in-
erviewers working in 250 places in the 48 states. About 20,000 homes were con-
tacted in a representative cross section of the Nation and 6,220 anglers and 3,108

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 57

hunters interviewed. The survey was carried out by Crossley, S-D Surveys Inc. of
New York on a sample scientifically designed to give the national picture.

The survey showed that: (1) one American household out of every three had at
least one member who hunted or fished or who did both; (2) one house in every two
in the rural areas and one Par.
out of every six in the big SS :
cities have at least one per- 8
son who casts a line or

draws a bead; (3) one out 1 IN EVERY 5 : persons age 12 and over

of every five Americans 25 MILLION — Ls ;
12 years old or older ei- fished ee fished 11%
ther hunted or fished. or oS — _ & hunted 3%
Hunting and fishing CEE both 7%
appeal to all age groups
a to (Baa total 21%

from 12 years to 65-plus
but seems slightly more
popular inthe age groups,
12-17 and 35-44. Hunt-
ing appeal holds rela-

MILLIONS
WHO
HUNTED

SMALL GAME
BIG GAME
WATERFOWL

tively steady through the
groups from 12 years to
44 years and then the
number of nimrods be-
gins to decline.

FISHED

FRESH WATER 18.4

SALT WATER

Of the 118,366,000 individuals aged 12 and over in the United States the survey
found that 24,917,000 hunted or fished or did both.

There were 13,133,000 who fished only; 4,104,000 who hunted only; and 7,680,000
who did both. Five million women fished and nearly half a million hunted.

More than 7 million anglers--mostly salt-water fishermen, women and youths-~-
did not need to obtain a license to fish. (In nearly all coastal States, salt water
fishing does not require a license.)

Fresh-water fishing (18,420,000 anglers averaging 18 days apiece) and small
game hunting (9,822,000 hunters averaging 12 days apiece) are the most popular of
the fish and game sports.

Nearly 4.5 million big-game hunters averaged seven days apiece in quest of
their quarry; nearly 2 million sought out the waterfowl on the many marshes; and
more than 4.5 million anglers sought their catches in the salt-water sport fisheries.

The 24,917,000 who hunted and fished spent $2,851 million in pursuit of this
sport, an average of $114.42 apiece. Of the total amount, $1,282,300,000 was spent
for equipment; $1,298,800,000 for food, lodging, and transportation on hunting and
fishing trips; $81,300,000 for the various licenses including duck stamps; and
$188,600,000 for all other expenses. The individual spent an average of $51.46
for equipment; $52.13 on trips; $3.26 for licenses; and $7.57 for miscellaneous
expenses.

The 20,813,000 anglers spent slightly more than $1,914,000,000, while the
11,784,000 hunters spent $936,687,000. The average fisherman spent $91.98 and
the average hunter spent $79.49. More than 7 million of these individuals both
hunted and fished which accounts for the general average of $114.42 per person
spent in 1955 for this type of recreation.

58 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

There was wide variation inexpenditures ona regionalbasis. The salt-water fish-
erman onthe Pacific Coast--1,137,000 of them--spent $156 each while their salt-water
counterparts on the Atlantic and Gulf Coasts spent $91leach. The average ofallsalt-
water anglers was $107 per person while the average expenditure by the fresh-water
angler was $77.

The duck hunters spent $119,000,000 or $60 apiece; big-game hunters expend-
ed $73 each; and small-game hunters $50 each.

The complete report (National Survey of Fishing and Hunting) is a 52 page publica-
tion which includes 20 charts and 18 tables. It is for sale by the Superintendent of
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington 25,D.C.,at 40 cents a copy.

United States Fishing Fleet! Additions

AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER 1956: A totalof 55 vessels inAugust and 34 vessels
in September of five net tons and over were issued first documents as fishing craft.

U.S. vessels Issued First Documents as Fishing Craft,by Areas,
August-September 1956 With Comparisons

able 2 - U. S. Vessels Issued
First Documents as

[August | September | Jan.-Sept. |Total|| Fishing Craft, by Tonnage,
7956 | 1955 11956] 1955 | 1956] 1955] 1955 || August and September 1956

aT aa SE eaNUMben) ELLE eee

Re
OreoPP TOM rR

The total for August 1956
was higher by 5 vessels

than for the same month
in 1955. The September 1956 total exceeded that for September 1955 by 12 vessels.

During the two-month period, the South Atlantic area ledall others witha total of 31 craft,
followed by the Chesapeake Bay area with 21, the Gulf of Mexico 18, Alaska 8, Great
Lakes 6, New England 3, and the Middle Atlantic 2.

J/ Includes both commercial fishing and sport fishing craft,

i, Se SPhalh Gti: Exmacneion

JULY -SE PTEMBER 1956: During the third quarter of 1956, the United States pro-
duction of fish sticks by 38 manufacturers totaled 11.5 million pounds. This was 2.4

Table 1 - U. 5S, Fish Sticks Production million pounds (18 percent) less than
the quantity produced during the cor-
[CookedIlUncooked| ;
eee tone woked responding period of 1955 are only 1
Liles Hee aa S20 percent above the 11.4 million-pound
cask i : “ i i 46 5 : ; output of the second quarter of 1956.
—_—___ —— Production during the third
ie Quarter: quarter of 1956 averaged 3.8 million
a , : ae pounds a monthas compared withan
average monthly production of 4.7
million pounds during the third quar-
ter of last year. The largest quan-

: = ; tity of fish sticks ever produced dur-
ing a Single month occurred during March 1955 when 7.4 million pounds were packed.

- - - - - 1
| 50 | 34 [227 [405 [336 [418 |

Note; Vessels assigned to the various sections on the basis of their home ports.

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 59

During the third quarter of 1956, 86 percent of the total production was precook-
ed and 14 percent uncooked. During. this same quarter, 23 manufacturers located in
uae ora See ceratce Table 2 - U. S. Fish Sticks Production by Areas
DEO GU OC Sis Danae On July-September 1956 and 1955
pounds or 81 percent of a <= SSS
the total. Plants located July-September
in the interior of the coun-
try and in the Gulf States
manufactured 1.2 mil-
lion pounds of fish sticks
and firms situated in the
Pacific Coast States pro-
duced 836,000 pounds. _

Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, August 1956, p. 50.

U.S. Foreign Trade

Atlantic Coast States ..
Interior & Gulf States ..
Pacific Coast States

EDIBLE FISHERY PRODUCTS, JULY 1956: United States imports of edible
fresh, frozen, and processed fish and shellfish in July rose 21.7 percent in quantity
and 11.2 percent in value as compared with June 1956. Compared with July 1955

the imports for July 1956 decreased 3.4 percent in quantity, but were 17.7 percent

United States Foreign Trade inEdible Fishery Products, July 1956 With Comparisons|

Imports:
Fish & shellfish:

Fresh, frozen, & mrocensedes
Exports:
Fish & shellfish:
-Processed1/only (excluding fresh &

INote: Includes pastes, sauces, clam chowder, and juice, and other specialties.

higher in value. July 1956 imports averaged 30.8 cents a pound as compared with
25.3 cents a pound for the same month in 1955 because of the higher prices prevail-
ing for many imported fishery products.

Exports of processed fish and shellfish in July 1956 declined about 9 percent
compared with the previous month, but were 23 percent above the same month in
1955. The July 1956 value of these exports was the same as the previous month,
but was higher by 8.3 percent than for the same month a year ago.

* Ok OK KOK

period from een 16 Cane: December 31, 1956, at the 123-percent rate of duty is
limited to 28,757,393 pounds. Any imports in excess of that quantity will be duti-
able at 25 percent ad valorem.

Imports under the quota for the period from April 16 through September 29,
1956, amounted to 20,745,940 pounds, according to data compiled by the Bureau of
the Customs. This leaves a balance of 8,011,453 pounds of the quota which may be
imported in the last months of 1956 at the 121-percent rate of duty.

60 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

A proclamation, issued by the President on March 16, 1956, gave effect to an
exchange of notes with the Government of Iceland to withdraw tuna canned in brine
from the 1943 trade agreement and invoked the right to increase the duty reserved
by the United States in negotiations with Japan and other countries under the Gen-
eral Agreement on Tariffs and Trade.

The quota is based on 20 percent of the previous year's United States pack of
canned tuna, prorated to account for the months that had elapsed during 1956 before
April 16, the effective date of the action.

* Kk OK

IMPORTS AND EXPORTS OF SELECTED FISHERY PRODUCTS JANUARY-
JULY 1956: Fillets: Groundfish fillet imports in July 1956 were up 22 percent
over a year ago. Total fillet imports the first seven months of 1956 were 33 per-
cent greater.

Imports of blocks and slabs of groundifsh reversed the general trend noted
earlier in the year--July imports were 57 percent above a year earlier. Imports
for the first seven months of 1956 were, nevertheless, 28 percent less than in 1955.

Swordfish: July imports were 6 percent less than a year earlier, and the first
seven months total was 11 percent less than a year earlier.

Tuna: There was an over-all decline in frozen tuna imports, but an increase
in canned tuna. Fresh or frozen tuna: due to a drop of some 10 million pounds in
albacore, July tuna imports were 49 percent less than a year ago. First seven
months 1956 total tuna imports were 20 percent below a year ago; only half as much
albacore was received but 9 percent more of other species. Canned tuna: July im-
ports, practically all canned in brine, were 26 percent more than a year earlier.
First seven months 1956 total imports were up 22 percent, canned albacore tuna
was up 29 percent, other species 18 percent.

Bonito and Yellowtail: July imports 40 percent less than a year ago. Total
imports for first seven months this year were down 15 percent.

Salmon: Canned salmon imports continued to gain, frozen salmon declined.
Frozen salmon imports during July were 23 percent less; seven months total down
49 percent against last year. Canned salmon: July imports were about three times
those of a year ago; seven months total 8 times that of 1955. Principal gain in im- ©
ports was from Japan, but also due to tripled Canadian imports.

Sardines: In line with the previous trend, July imports down 86 percent from
year ago. Imports during first seven months were 20 percent less.

Shrimp: July imports exceed year ago by 24 percent. Total for year through
July was 48 percent greater. Principal gain in imports was from Mexico, but Pan-
ama, Ecuador, and Japan all showed substantial increases over year ago.

Lobster: Canned imports for first seven months down 2 percent. Frozen lob-
ster July imports 20 percent greater than a year ago. Total for first seven months
up 6 percent. Imports from Canada and Mexico less than a year ago. Increases
principally from Union of South Africa, New Zealand, and Cuba.

Crab Meat: Canned July imports were double those of a year ago. Imports for
year through July increased 65 percent.

Fish Meal: July imports down 15 percent. Receipts for first seven months 5
percent more than previous year.

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 61

Exports: Little change in exports of fishery products during July. Imports
for year through July were 83 percent less for canned salmon, 11 percent more for
canned sardines and 27 percent more for fish oils.

* ok KK OK

GROUNDFISH FILLET IMPORTS DECLINE IN SEPTEMBER 1956: A total of
ported in the United States during September 1956. Imports of these products dur-
ing the like period of 1955 amounted to 10.4 million pounds. The decline of 13
percent was caused primarily by lighter receipts from Canada (down 32 percent)
which offset the 1.7-million-pound increase in fillets from Iceland. Imports from
Norway and the Netherlands also were somewhat larger while receipts from Den-
mark and West Germany were less than in September 1955.

Groundfish and ocean perch fillets received from Canada during September 1956
amounted to 6.1 million pounds--67 percent of the month's total receipts. Iceland
accounted for 28 percent of these imports while the remaining 5 percent were re-
ceived from Norway, Denmark, the Netherlands, and West Germany.

Thirteen countries exported 103.0 million pounds of groundfish and ocean perch
fillets to the United States during the first nine months of 1956, companed with 97.7
million pounds during the corresponding period of 1955. Canada (68.1 million pounds)
led all other countries and accounted for 72 percent of the nine-month total imports.
Iceland (17.4 million pounds) was in second place, followed by Norway (2.7 million
pounds), Denmark (2.5 million pounds), and West Germany (1.7 million pounds).

Note: See Chart 7 of this issue,

White House Pays Tribute to Fishing Industry

In a telegram addressed tothe Chairman, National Fish Week Committee, the
President, on October 16, congratulated the Fishing Industry for its efforts and
contributions to the National Economy. The telegram reads as follows:

'To the Fishing Industry of America, I send greetings. Every part of
your industry contributes its share to the National Economy and to the nu-
tritional well-being of our citizens. The combined work of fishermen,
processors, and distributors enables this country to enjoy the widest vari-
ety of fish and shellfish in the world.

"My congratulations go to your 87,000 Commercial Fishermen and to
the Fishing Industry which supplies the nation with more than four and
one half billion pounds of sea food every year.

/s/ Dwight D. Eisenhower"

Wholesale Prices, September 1956

Catches in September 1956 of fish and shellfish were about normal for this eta
od of the year. Seasonal declines for some East Coast varieties, light supplies of
Pacific salmon, and the Pacific halibut fishery approaching the end of a drawn-out
season were balanced somewhat by greater landings of shrimp. There was little
change in the average wholesale price for all edible fish and shellfish during the

62 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

month. The September 1956 index (114.3 percent of the 1947-49 average) for all
edible fish and shellfish (fresh, frozen, and canned) declined only 0.3 percent from
August 1956, but was higher by 4.7 percent than for September 1955.

Landings of the leading fresh finfish in September declined. Compared with
the previous month, wholesale prices for Great Lakes whitefish were up sharply
and the market for fresh haddock, salmon, and halibut continued firm. The index
for the drawn, dressed, and whole finfish subgroup in September was 1.1 percent
above that for August and 6.1 percent above September 1955. The very high indexes
for fresh-water whitefish and yellow pike in September 1955 were due to the strong
Jewish holiday market occurring in that month, but were offset by the lower haddock,
salmon, and halibut prices.

Although landings of large drawn haddock at Boston were relatively light this
September, those of small haddock (which are usually filleted), were good. Whole-
sale prices this September for fresh drawn haddock and fresh haddock fillets held

a eee
Table 1 - Wholesale Average Prices and Indexes for Edible Fish and Shellfish, September 1956 With Comparisons

Point of Avg. Prices1/ Indexes
Pricing | Unit ($) (1947-49=100)

Group, Subgroup, and Item Specification

Fresh & Frozen Fishery Products: .. . . . «2 «+ +e

Drawn, Dressed, or Whole Finfish, ......... 5 131,2 | 122.5] 125.0 _|
Haddock, ige., offshore, drawn,fresh..... a

Halibut, West., 20/80 Ibs., drsd., fresh or froz.
Salmon, king, ge. & med., drsd., fresh or froz.
Whitefish,L, Superior, drawn, fresh .....
Whitefish, L. Erie pound or gill net, rnd., fresh
Lake trout, domestic, No.1, drawn, fresh. . .
Yellow pike, L. Michigan& Huron, rnd.,fresh .

b. | 291 29 57.0} 97.0 | 112.3] 78.3
b. | .72] 70 | 113.0| 110.2 | 196.4) 94.5
gal, | 6.00 | 5.75 | 148.5 | 149.3 | 136.1] 129.9

Processed, Fresh (Fish & Shellfish): .. ... .
Fillets, haddock, smi., skins on, 20-1b. tins. .
Shrimp, Ige. (26-30 count), headless, fresh . .
Oysters, shucked, standards . .......

Processed, Frozen (Fish & Shellfish): ......

Fillets: Flounder, skinless, I-lb., pkg. .. .
Haddock, smil.,skins on, 1-1b. pkg. . .
Ocean perch, skins on, 1-Ib. pkg. . .

Shrimp, Ige. (26-30 count), 5-Ib. pkg. . . ..

GannedjBisherysProdicts:meeiem emer en eon neice nena
Salmo, pink, No.1 tall (16 0z.), 48 cans/cs. . .
Tuna, It, meat, chunk, No. 1/2 tuna (6-1/2 0z.),

ASicans/cshaeweltele nein nenel oen net onenn LOSPAnicelesiics™
Sardines, Calif., tom. pack,No. 1 oval (15 oz.),
ASicans//Csaueu tein inna ene need eosyAniceles|icss
Sardines, Maine, keyless oil, No. 1/4 drawn

(3-1/4 oz.), 100 cans/cs.. . . . 2... . . [NewYork |cs,

1/Represent average prices for one day (Monday or Tuesday) during the week in which the 15th of the month occurs, These
prices are published as indicators of movement and not necessarily absolute level, Daily Market News Service ‘‘Fishery
Products Reports”’ should be referred to for actual prices,

steady at August levels. Prices at wholesale for fresh 26-30 count shrimp at New
York were up slightly and the shucked oyster prices for the new season starting
September 1 were about 50 cents a gallon higher. Higher shrimp and oyster prices
boosted the September fresh processed fish and shellfish subgroup index about 3.4
percent above August. When compared with September 1955, the September 1956
prices for items in this subgroup were higher by 17.2 percent due to substantially
higher prices for all the items in this subgroup.

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 63

Frozen fillet prices at the wholesale level were unchanged from August to Sep-
tember, but frozen shrimp prices at Chicago declined 17.9 percent. Prices for
frozen shrimp normally start to decline in September due to greater catches of
shrimp in the Gulf of Mexico. The rather sharp decline in frozen ‘shrimp prices in
September 1956 were probably not as drastic as the index indicates since part of
the drop was attributed to the lack of the higher-priced white shrimp on the market
during the pricing period. Primarily due to the lower frozen shrimp price, the in-
dex for the processed frozen fish and shellfish subgroup declined 10.1 percent from
August to September, but was still 8.8 percent above September 1955.

There were no significant changes in canned fishery products from August to
September 1956 except for aslight change upward in the wholesale price for canned
Maine sardines. The late season pack of Maine sardines has not been up to expecta-
tions and the pack, although higher than in 1955, is still below average. The index
for canned fishery products in September was only 0.3 percent above that for Au-
gust, but 4.6 percent below September 1955. When comparing this September's can-
ned fish prices with those for last September, canned tuna prices were substantially
lower this year than last, and this more than offset the increases in the three other
canned fishery products in this subgroup.

MOTION PICTURES CAN PROMOTE FISH SALES

Industry has found that the motion picture, usedas a sales-promotionmedium, reaches a great num-
ber of consumers ina relatively short period--at low cost as compared to most other advertising media.
Food industries which are incompetition with the fisheries, suchas the meat and poultry industries, are
making good use of motion pictures intheir advertising campaigns. However the fishing industry is also
realizing the important role of the motion picture insales promotion, and fishery films produced by in-
dividual fish companies and through Government -industry cooperation are stimulating daily the demand
for fishery products.

Reports received from television stations andthe approximately 140 Fish and Wildlife Service film
depositories indicate that several million persons a year see the commercial fisheries motion pictures
produced and distributed by the Service.

The Service has a program whereby it will cooperate with any segment of the fishing industry de-
siring tofinance the productionand distribution of motion pictures: For example, the most recent re-
ports received from Service film libraries show that a sound, color, 16mm. film produced about eight

| years ago by the Service, in cooperation with the Maine sardine industry, has been inconstant distri-
bution during those years and has had a larger audience every reporting period. This film hasaver-
aged about one television showing a week during these years and, in addition, about 300,000 persons
see it each year by obtaining library prints. The effectiveness of the program is best evidenced by the
fact that the Maine sardine industry is sponsoring a follow-up industry -Government film, cooperatively -
produced, featuring the use of Maine sardines inhotandcolddishes. Similar films have been produced
cooperatively with the shrimp, menhaden, and other industries related to the fisheries.

The Service fishery motion pictures are distributed free of charge to the public and, with the ex-
ception of the initial cost of production and the prints, the motion picture assistance is free of charge to
the segments of the industry which sponsor the productionofthefilm. Elevenfishery market develop-
ment motion pictures are now in distribution and three are currently in production. Fishery Leaflet
255, entitled Fishery Motion Pictures, contains the titles anda description of each film as wellas infor-
mation as to how they may be borrowed free of charge. This leaflet may be obtained by addressing re-
quests to the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington 25, D. C.

64 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

International

BALTIC SALMON FISHERIES CONVENTION PROPOSED: A proposed conven-
tion to regulate salmon fisheries in the Baltic Sea was discussed informally between
Swedish and West German government officials in Hamburg in July 1956. Only par-
tial agreement could be reached. Germany objected to the institution of a closed
season on the grounds of insufficient scientific evidence to prove its necessity, and
because of fears of economic repercussions in the German salmon fishery, accord-
ing to an August 29 report from the United States Consulate at Bremen.

In July 1956 two representatives of the Swedish government visited Hamburg
to discuss unofficially salmon fisheries in the Baltic Sea with the West German
Food Ministry.

Swedish fisheries are deeply concerned by the decline of salmon stocks in the
Baltic Sea, in spite of their large-scale breeding efforts and the release of young
salmon in these waters. Therefore, the Swedes are interested in establishing an
international convention regulating catching techniques, minimum sizes, anda
closed season. Sweden has already approached Denmark in this matter and wishes.
to include West Germany in the proposed convention. 1

It was found that with regard to catching techniques and the minimum size of
the salmon to be caught an agreement could be reached relatively easily. However,
West German opinions about the necessity and extent of a closed season differed
widely from those entertained by the Swedes. West German experts assert that
scientific data concerning salmon stock development in the Baltic Sea are not suf-
ficiently complete to warrant such a step, the more so since it would have consider-
able repercussions on West German salmon fishery activities. The proposed closed
season, which would last from December 20 until February 28, would probably cut
the West German salmon catch to about half of its present volume. German fish-
ery experts see no way of compensating such a loss.

In view of these facts it was agreed to suspend the problem of a closed season
for the Baltic salmon fisheries. The Copenhagen headquarters of the International
Council for Marine Research will be asked to conduct a thorough investigation of
salmon stocks, their development, movements and all other questions involved.
The Council's findings and final report will serve as a basis for further talks.

1/ According to the Bulletin Statistique of the Conseil Permanent International pour l’Exploration de la Mer, volume XXXVIII/
1953, salmon catches in 1953 amounted to; Denmark 753 metric tons, Sweden 413, Finland (incl. trout) 350, West Ger-
many 75; total catch 1,591 metric tons.

AGREEMENTS

ICELAND AND CZECHOSLOVAKIA AMEND 1954 TRADE AGREEMENT: Ice-
land and Czechoslovakia on August 14, 1956, signed a new annual Protocol to their
Trade Agreement of 1954. It is beleived that total exports to Czechoslovakia will
be about 25 percent over 1955 and 61 percent over 1954. Imports are expected to
be 13 percent over 1955 and 51 percent over 1954. The volume of fishery products
to be exported from Iceland will be 30 percent higher in 1956/57 then for the pre-

ceding year and 53 percent higher than in 1954/55. The table gives the exports
Since the agreement was made.

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 65

Icelandic Exports of Fishery Products Under Iceland-Czechoslovakia Trade Agreement
FY1956 FY1955 FY1954/55 | FY1956 FY1955/56| FY1954
(US$1, 000)
Fish fillets, frozen ... 8,000 6, 000 2,854
Herring, salted and frozen 1,000 2,000 185
i 1,000 500 154

10, 000 8,500
The figures in the table do not include frozen fillets and fish meal tobe shipped
to Czechoslovakia to service and repay the credit granted for purchase of hydro-
electric machinery early in 1956.

Be Values converted at the rate of 44,21 Czech crowns equal 100 Icelandic kronur and 1 Icelandic krounur equals
US$0.0615,

KKK KK

ITALY AND YUGOSLAVIA SIGN AGREEMENT ON FISHING IN THE ADRIATIC:
The lack of a fishing agreement has been a source of irritation and incidents, with
the Yugoslavs impounding Italian fishing boats when caught fishing in Yugoslav wa-
ters. An agreement permits Italian fishing from September to April in certain
zones of the Adriatic near the Pelagruz and Kajol islands, westward to the island
of Viz and near the Jabuka and Kamik islands. Along the upper part of the west
coast of Istria, 35 ''stationary'' Italian vessels are to be permitted to figh from No-
vember to April at a distance of four miles from the Yugoslav coast. The Yugo-
slav sea area which is now open to Italian fishing vessels is almost one-half of the
area fixed under the 1949 agreement and Yugoslav waters are completely protected
along the entire sea board for a distance of 10 miles from the coast with the excep-
tion of the areas included in the agreement; (in addition to 6 miles of territorial wa-
ters there is also a 4 mile protective belt). The agreement extends only to Octo-
ber 1957, so that with most of the 1955/56 season passed it involves little more
than one full season. However, prospects exist that the fishing agreement will be
extended for an additional year, points out a March 12, 1956 dispatch from the
United States Embassy inBelgrade. The agreement also provides for a joint fish-
ing zone in part of the Trieste gulf, the possibility of Italian purchases of fishfrom
Yugoslav waters, and proposes joint efforts in developing deep sea fishing.

GENERAL AGREEMENT ON TARIFFS AND TRADE

1ith SESSION IN GENEVA: Recent developments in the economic field will be
reflected in discussions at the eleventh session of the Contracting Parties to the
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT) which opened in Geneva October
i L956.

For example, proposals for the establishment of a common market or customs
union for Benelux, France, the Federal Republic of Germany, and Italy are now
being studied in Brussels. In Paris, a working party established by the Organiza-
tion for European Cooperation (OEEC) is examining the possibility of creating a
free-trade area to include the countries forming the proposed customs union and
other OFEC member countries. The Contracting Parties will be concerned as to
the obligations under the GATT of member countries of GATT which decide to par-
ticipate in any such customs union or free-trade area.

It has been proposed that there should be a general opportunity for consulta-
tions among GATT parties on the quantitative import restrictions which they are
still maintaining for balance-of-payments reasons. At this session plans for such
consultations are likely to be drawn up, but the actual consultations would be start-
ed at a later date. During the session the customary consultations with certain
countries on the discriminatory application of their import restrictions will be
held, and developments in the OEEC's trade liberalization program willbe reviewed.

66 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

Switzerland, which is not now covered by the GATT, has signified its intention
to apply for accession to the General Agreement, and this request will be discuss-
ed during the session.

In the field of customs tariffs there will be an examination of questions likely
to arise if the new Brazilian customs tariff is approved by the Brazilian Congress.
Other questions related to customs administration will also be studied.

The Contracting Parties will examine reports received on the functioning of
the waivers from specific GATT obligations that have been granted to certain coun-
tries from time to time. A short list of complaints of violations of obligations will
be dealt with under the appropriate GATT procedures. The position of Japan vis-
a-vis the 14 contracting parties which are not undertaking GATT obligations toward
her will also be reviewed.

In the field of commodity trade, the Contracting Parties will consider the pres-
ent position on the proposed establishment of an international agreement on com-
modity arrangements and the possibility of any alternative approach to the question
of commodity trade. Developments during the past year in the disposal of surplus
agricultural products will be reviewed.

It is expected that representatives will be present from about 50 countries, in-
cluding 35 GATT parties and observer governments; in addition, about 8 intergov-
ernmental agencies will be represented.

The 35 parties to the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade--which provides
a code of fair-trade rules for nations accounting for 80 percent of world commerce--
are: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Brazil, Burma, Canada, Ceylon, Chile, Cuba,
Czechoslovakia, Denmark, Dominican Republic, Finland, France, GermanFederal
Republic, Greece, Haiti, India, Indonesia, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, Netherlands,
New Zealand, Nicaragua, Norway, Pakistan, Peru, Federation of Rhodesia and
Nyasaland, Sweden, Turkey, Union of South Africa, United Kingdom, UnitedStates,
and Uruguay.

FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION

MODERN DIVING AIDS MAY INCREASE SHELL PRODUCTION: Modern diving
aids (such as goggles, swim fins, exposure suits, and underwater breathing de-
vices) may help increase the production of trochus and mother-of-pearl shells in
the Red Sea, if the recommendations made in a report to the Government of Sudan
by the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO), Rome, are adopted.

Such aids, states the report, could, if the fishermen were thoroughly trained
in their use, increase their efficiency and bring under exploitation untouched shell

beds beyond the depth of 30 feet, which is the practical limit of present diving ac-
tivities.

This is only one of a lengthy list of recommendations contained in the report.
Others are concerned with the improvement in boats, gear and methods, handling
of fish, government activity, training of personnel, etc. Specifically, they cover
the use of deep water lines, net fishing in shallow water, multiple trolling with
artifical lures, fishing with lights at night, using floating long lines, set long lines,

nylon drift nets and trammel nets, and a plan of work for a FAO expert to take up
in the Sudan.

The report, on the basis of a brief reconnaissance survey made in July 1955,
also includes drawings and specifications for an improved mechanized felukka.

%* Kk ok Xk &

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 67

NEW DIRECTOR GENERAL ELECTED: Shri B. R. Sen, Ambassador of India
to Japan, was elected Director-General of the Food and Agriculture Organization
(FAO) on September 20, after two ballots by the 74 member
nations failed to produce a majority September 18.

Before the vote was taken, the United States nominee,
John H. Davis, Director of Program in Agriculture and Busi-
ness at Harvard University Graduate School of Business Ad-
ministration, announced that he had withdrawn from the race.

Assistant Secretary of Agriculture Earl Butz, who is the
United States representative at the FAO conference, said that
the United States would abstain from voting in the third ballot,
and that no attempt would be made to influence those who previously voted for Davis.
He said his government had the fullest confidence in the remaining candidates, and
pledged full United States support to the new Director-General.

Ambassador B. R. Sen said at a press conference September 20 that he will
return to Rome about the end of November 1956 to take office as FAO's Director-
General.

He told correspondents that the less-developed areas of the world,@in both hemi-
spheres, ''need special attention, '' and that FAO's work will bein that direction
"without neglecting the work which is being done in the more-developed areas."

The 74~-member body adopted the report of the Council, the 24-nation group
which conducts the Organization's business between regular sessions of the Con-
ference, and adopted a Cuban resolution expressing its confidence that the new Di-
rector-General will be able to find a solution to existing internal problems.

KK KK OK

WORLD FISH PRODUCTION RISING: Continued progress in mechanizing fish-
ing boats and gear and in improving the marketing of fish and fish products in un-
derdeveloped countries is forecast by the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO)
in a chapter on world fisheries in the FAO report on ''The State of Food and Agri-
culture 1956."

The report, published early in September 1956, contains a comprehensive sur-
vey of the world food situation. The chapter on ''World Fisheries; General Trends
and Outlook With Examples from Selected Countries, '' deals with production, con-
sumption, utilization, trade, technical development, government fishery policies,
etc., and cites specific examples from Japan, Norway, Iceland, United Kingdom,
Germany, United States, Canada, Union of South Africa, and South-West Africa.

A section is devoted to the situation in the more-developed and the less-developed
fisheries.

Amont the interesting facts and figures quoted in the report are those concern-
ed with world production of fish, crustaceans, mollusks, etc., which has risen
from about 22 million metric tons in 1938 to ''a level ranging between 27 million
and 29 million tons in the years 1952 to 1955."

Six of the world's biggest producers--China, Japan, Norway, United Kingdom,
United States, and U. S. S. R.--account for about 50 percent of the world's total
production, while seven other countries--Canada (including Newfoundland), France,
India, Indonesia, Germany, Spain, the Union of South Africa (including South-West
Africa) --account for about 16 percent of the world catch.

68 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

A few species of fish provide the bulk of the catch. For example, one-quarter
of the grand total consists of herrings, sardines, anchovies, menhaden, pilchards,
etc., ‘while the cods, hakes, haddocks, etc., account for approximately 4 million
tons, i.e. about one-sixth of the total."

Although fish provide a natural rich source of animal protein, fish and fish
products do not provide more than about 10 percent of the world's total consump-
tion of animal protein. But this percentage varies according to the level of food
consumption in various areas of the world.

"Even a low level of fish consumption represents the main part of animal pro-
tein intake in Indonesia, the Philippines, part of India, Thailand, and other coun-
tries, '' the report says, ''while even a relatively high level represents only a small
part of the animal protein intake in the United Kingdom, Germany, Norway, Den-
mark, etc. Japan and Iceland are exceptional cases where the main part of the
animal protein intake is supplied from fish."

The report indicates that, with increased knowledge of stocks and resources
and improvement in fishing boats, gear, and methods, world production of fish and
fish products is likely to continue to increase and provide, perhaps, a more Sub-
stantial part of the diet of people, especially in the less-developed countries.

GREAT LAKES FISHERIES COMMISSION

FIRST ANNUAL MEETING: The International Great Lakes Fisheries Commis-

sion, set up to direct sea-lamprey control, was scheduled to hold its first annual
meeting at Ann Arbor, Mich., late in November.

The six-member Commission recently announced it will receive approximately
$1 million to begin its work. More than $600, 000 will be supplied by the United
States Government and about $300,000 will come from the Canadian Government.

The Commission said these amounts represent the approximate ratio of water con-
trolled by the two governments.

The Commission will make use of the research agencies of the two nations in
granting funds for research, according to James W. Moffett, who serves as tem-
porary Executive Secretary of the Commission.

"We will continue with the electrical barrier defense against the sea lamprey," »

Moffett said, ''and will continue working on the 'selective poisons! that are still in
the laboratory state."

NORTHWEST ATLANTIC FISHERIES COMMISSION

NORTHWEST ATLANTIC FISHERIES TRENDS, FOR FIRST PART OF 1956:
News from the Northwest Atlantic Convention area indicates that fishing was in
general better this year than a year ago, according to the September 1, 1956,
Newsletter from the International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries.

Canada: Statistics for the Canadian Atlantic fishery for the first five months
of 1956 as compared to the same period last year show a very small increase (3
percent) in cod landings. However, a very considerable increase (about 40 per-
cent) in haddock landings was reported, due principally to increased landings in
Newfoundland, but the Nova Scotian landings also show a considerable increase.
The ocean perch landings decreased about 30 percent.

_ Denmark: The Danish factory vessel Greenland is in West Greenland waters
this year producing fillets of cod, halibut, and wolffish, for direct export from

Greenland to the United States. The production this year is reported to be some-
what higher than the previous year. 1

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 69

A fishing vessel from a Danish home port (Esbjerg) is fishing cod off West
Greenland waters this year. The last year that vessels from Danish home ports
(apart from the factory vessel Greenland) fished at West Greenland was in 1951.

Norway: Several of the Norwegian vessels which have been fishing in West
Greenland waters this summer have returned to Norway. The fishery is reported
to have been better than in 1955.

Portugal: Some of the Portuguese trawlers fishing on the Grand Banks return-
ed to Portugal with full cargoes. In general the trawlers caught more cod this year
than in 1955. The Portuguese liners also reported good catches. Some are re-
ported to have caught within the same period about double their catch in 1955.

Argentine Republic

EAST GERMAN TRADE AGREEMENT WITH ARGENTINE FISH INDUSTRIES
AND COOPERATIVES: According to a West German trade journal publication
(Allgemeine Fischwirtschaftszeitung, Bremerhaven), the Government of the Ger-
man Democratic Republic has prepared a trade agreement with an Arg€ntine group
of fish industries and cooperatives in Mar del Plata. The agreement will be valid
for a period of five years. The total value of the commodities involved will amount
to 500 million pesos (about US$66 million).

Under this agreement the contracting Argentine industries will supply to the
German Democratic Republic among other things 20, 000 metric tons of fish meal,
2,000 tons of ''merluza’ (dried cod), 50 million cans of sardines, 50 million cans
of mackerel, and other types of canned fish. In return the German Democratic
Republic will supply fishing gear in the value of 300 million pesos (US$40 million).
These supplies will include 30 medium-size trawlers, 50 motor vessels for coast-
al fisheries (both types equipped with modern navigation instruments including ra-
dar), nylon fish nets, electrical sounders, radiotelegraphic equipment, refrigera-
tion plants for canning factories, refrigerated trucks, machinery for cod drying,
and several complete fish-meal plants. Further, tools for fish processing, pack-
ing material, and machinery for fish canning will be supplied.

Similar agreements are reportedly being negotiated between Argentina and

Hungary and Argentina and Czechoslovakia, reports the United States Consulate at
Bremen in an August 29, 1956, dispatch.

Australia

1956, dispatch from the United States Embassy in Canberra.

The aims of the Australian Government are to increase shell production and
exports, to reduce imports of fish and, eventually, to export fish.

The main points of the plan, which will be implemented by the Division of Fish-
eries of the Territory Department of Agriculture, Stock and Fisheries, are:

70 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

(1) Introduction of improved fishing techniques to native fishermen, including
distribution to them of fishing gear; (2) The training of native fishermen ashore
and as crews of Administration vessels in all aspects of fishing; (3) Encourage-
ment of indigenous people to organize their activities to increase their consumption
and trade in fish; (4) The recruitment and training by the Administration of indi-
genous people as Native Fishery Assistants to be established in appropriate areas
to assist native fishermen.

Commercial fishing enterprises by European and native fishermen would be
encouraged where they would not conflict with village communities dependent on
fishing. A marine biological station would be established when appropriate to sup-
port all aspects of the fisheries development plan.

eK OK KK

JAPANESE PEARL-SHELL FLEET OPERATES OFF NORTHERN AUSTRALIA:

A Japanese pearling fleet is again operating in the northern waters of Australiathis
season.

The Australian Minister for Primary Industry said the fleet comprised one
mothership, 21 luggers, and one Government inspection vessel. The Japanese
will conform to the conservation regulations laid down under the Pearl Fisheries
Act. The Commonwealth Government fixed the same maximum take as last year--
1,000 tons of mother-of-pearl shell.

The Japanese vessels are allowed to operate in the waters of the Northern Ter-
ritory Division outside a 10-mile radius of the mainland and inhabited islands. One
particular area, however, is reserved for Darwin-based fleets and maximum catch
limits are fixed for two other defined areas. The Japanese are also allowed to
operate in two subareas of the Western Australian Division over 120 miles north of
Broome and beyond 10 miles from the mainland or an inhabited island, and not nor-
mally worked by Australian pearlers (Fisheries Newsletter, July 1956).

OK OK OK

Monterey and Mariposa enter service.

The first ship is scheduled to leave San Francisco in October 1956. They will
call regularly at Los Angeles, which will save Australian tuna exporters the pres-
ent road or rail haul from San Francisco. Sydney will be the normal Australian
terminal, but the ships will call at Melbourne four times a year.

Each ship will have 30, 254 cubic feet of reefer space and will be equipped with
modern handling gear, including conveyors running cargo direct into the reefer

holds. The ships will call at Pago Pago, where one of America's largest tuna
packers operates a cannery.

The freight rate for raw tuna is US$3.85 a 100 pounds, but shrimp come under

the general reefer rate of US$64. 90 per 40 cubic feet to either the western or east-
ern coast of America.

_The shipping firm owns four of the leading hotels in Hawaii which are reportedly
anxious to make shrimp and lobster a regular feature of their hotel and shipmenus.
They have been pleased with the flavor of Australian shrimp.

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 71

From Brisbane there are reefer ships for the United States by two shiplines.
These ships run to the North American east coast (Fisheries Newsletter, July 1956,
published by the Australian Commonwealth Director of Fisheries).

% OK OK OK OK

PROGRESS IN QUEENSLAND SHRIMP FISHERY: Recent advances made by
Queensland in the catching, packing, and export of shrimp are reviewed in an ar-
ticle by D. H. Plucknose, Secretary, Queensland Fish Board and published in the
July 1956 issue of Fisheries Newsletter of the Commonwealth Director of Fisher-
ies. The article states that in 1956 upwards of 60 boats were engaged in the fish-
ery for banana shrimp in the Hervey Bay area (about 180 miles north of Brisbane
on Australia's East Coast).

The Queensland Fish Board has provided a two-way radio station at its market
at Bundaberg. In addition, a new jetty has been constructed, and special facilities
provided for processing workers.

The purpose of installing the radio transmitter was to provide two-way com-
munication between the Fish Board market and vessels so that advance notice of the
catch can be obtained prior to landing to allow for more efficient use of the facilities
of the port. It was considered also that with the cooperation of boat crews, conges-
tion at the wharf could be avoided. .

By arrangement between the Fish Board, Brisbane Weather Bureau, and Post-
master-General's Department, daily weather forecasts are telegraphed to Bunda-
berg for transmission from the Board's station for the benefit of fishing crews.

With the recent installation of the Board's second snap-freeze unit (the most
modern of its type in Australia) at Bundaberg, and on completion of work on the
construction of a temporary factory at this center, it is proposed to undertake all
the processing of locally-caught shrimp on the spot. This will replace the method
followed to date in which processing at this market has been confined to removing
the heads, prior to icing the shrimp for railing to the Board's principal market in
Brisbane for grading, packing, and freezing. Depending upon results achieved at
Bundaberg this season, it is not unlikely that a modern permanent processing es-
tablishment will be erected there by the Board before next year's shrimp season
begins.

With a view to establishing the shrimp industry in Queensland on a sound basis,
the Fish Board in 1954 resumed control of shrimp. Following re-control, the Board
in 1955 and again this year has offered the shrimp fishermen a stabilized price for
their catch.

Present export requirements are for green shrimp which, withheads off, count
no more than 40 to the pound. For green banana shrimp of the required size, de-
livered to its markets in first-class condition, the Board is paying 1s.10d. (about
20.5 U. S. cents) a pound heads on and 3s. (about 33.6 U.S. cents) heads off. These
rates are, of course, subject to variation. The bulk of the green shrimp received
by the Board this season to the time of writing have come from Bundaberg and Glad-
stone, although king shrimp in quantity are expected from the South Coast as the
season progresses.

From inquiries made overseas it has been established that the white-meat ba-
nana shrimp (so named, though not altogether aptly, because its pale body and yel-
low legs have been likened to the popular fruit) compares favorably with shrimp
supplied to United States markets from the Gulf of Mexico, and to United Kingdom
and Continental markets from the Mediterranean and the Far East. It now remains
to achieve a streamlined processing procedure which involves the least possible

72 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

handling of the product, and in which labor and overhead costs are reduced to a
minimum, in order that Queensland shrimp may compete on overseas markets with
those from cheaper-labor countries. The availability of machines from overseas
for heading and grading is being explored.

In response to inquiries initiated by the Fish Board, numerous approaches have
been made by overseas importing interests desirous of handling Queensland shrimp,
including merchants in the United States, United Kingdom, South Africa, New Zea-
land, and Europe. The initial difficulty has been in securing firm offers of prices
which, while covering the Board's processing and handling costs, would insure a
reasonable return to the producer.

The availability of refrigerated shipping space also presents something of a
problem. For example, there is no regular service from Queensland ports to the
west coast of America, though fortunately there is a service to East Coast ports,

It has not been practicable to anticipate the rate at which shipments could be effect-
ed, since a full shipment can only be built up over a period, depending on available
catches. The stockpiling of frozen seafoods against possible shipment at a later
date is a doubtful proposition.

In forwarding initial trial consignments to both the United Kingdom and the
United States, a pack consisting of 4 pounds of cooked shrimp, snap-frozen ina
small block of ice, was used, the gross weight of the pack being 6 pounds. This
pack was designed essentially to meet the requirements of the catering trade, and
was not attractively cartoned as it was not intended for display. From its recep-
tion in the United Kingdom it appears there is at least a possibility of establishing
a market there for cooked Queensland shrimp. However, the more lucrative dol-
lar-earning American market prefers green shrimp for cooking in a manner to suit
the taste of the consumer. The first sizable consignment exported by the Fish
Board comprised uncooked, headless shrimp destined for the United States.

Early in June the Pioneer Glen left Brisbane with a cargo of 13, 600 pounds
(272 cartons) of headless raw-frozen banana shrimp; purchased, processed and
packed by the Fish Board, it was scheduled to reach United States markets in mid-
July. The bulk of the consignment was offered in New York, but also included was
a small sample addressed to Baltimore. Token shipments of cooked shrimp had
previously been forwarded to Philadelphia and Los Angeles. Trial packs of green
shrimp were recently air-freighted to Chicago, and single-pack samples have been
made available to Australian agents for forwarding to their principals in the United
States. Thus the American market is being probed at different points to obtain an
indication of the most profitable outlets for Queensland shrimp.

The shrimp recently exported were layer-packed in attractively-printed waxed
cartons, each holding 5 pounds. The cartons carry the Board's newly-adopted trade
brand and each proclaims its content a product of Australia. Ten of these 5-pound
cartons are packed in a master carton for shipping. Layer-packing is necessary to
meet the requirements of the United States market generally, and each carton is de-

signed to enable the species of shrimp packed in it and the count to be indicated by
the packer. :

It has yet to be established whether "wet" snap-freezing and cartoning after
freezing is preferable from the point of view of processing economy and finished
pack to bulk “dry freezing in low-temperature cold rooms after packing into inner
cartons. Glazing after freezing is, of course, desirable in both packs. This can
be done by dipping the snap-frozen block before cartoning, or in the case of the
pack frozen in the carton by spraying the surface. There appears little doubt that

both types of pack are acceptable in the United States. Th i i
: : e shrimp sh d by th
Board on the Pioneer Glen had been "dry" frozen after packing. ih Gh OOO Bh

ie eS

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 73

There does not appear tobe afirm demand at profitable prices in the United
States for shrimp counting more than 40 to the pound with heads off, and the ex-
port pack has so far been confined to four grades: 15-20, 21-25, 26-30, and 31-40
count to the pound. The bulk of the banana shrimp packed by the Board so far this
season (to the end of May) has been within the 21-25, 26-30, and 31-40 count, with
approximately 25 percent more in the 26-30 range than in each of the other two
counts. The United States importer prefers the banana shrimp to the tiger shrimp
as the stripes of the uncooked tiger are considered unattractive.

There are at least three channels through which the Australian shrimp export-
er can reach the United States market. He can sell through an American broker
who acts as an agent handling sales to United States merchants and distributing
houses on a commission basis. Alternatively, he may prefer to ship through an
Australian exporting agent, or to negotiate direct with American fish-handling com-
panies. It has been reported that certain Australian exporting interests are pre-
pared to offer ''f.0.b. Australian port" prices for shrimp and this outlet has its ad-
vantages to the processing organization in that the exporter accepts the hazards as-
sociated with overseas marketing. The merits of selling through a United States
broker on a commission basis lie in the fact that the exporter gains the benefit of
any increase in United States market prices which may occur when his shrimp are
sold. Conversely, his return could be lower than expected should a slump in the
market occur. .

In addition to the purchase price paid to the fishermen, the Queensland Fish
Board has undertaken that, after allowing for its costs, any profits accruing from
the export of shrimp will be returned to the fishermen, to be shared on a pro rata

basis according to the quantity of shrimp received by the Board from each supplier.
Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, October 1956, pp. 53 & 54,

OK OK KK

Australian whaling is expected to produce whale products estimated to be valued
at over AL2 million (about US$4.5 million) derived from the 1956 quota of 1, 990
humpback whales. The 1955 whaling season yielded 15, 876.3 tons of oil from 1,840
humpback whales. Assuming that the whalers catch whales of similar oil yield in
1956 as in 1955, it is estimated that 16,956 metric tons of oil will be produced.

The world price (about 98, 000 metric tons of 1956 Norwegian Antarctic whale
oil were sold for about US$238 a long ton) for whale oil is higher in 1956 due to
reduced Antarctic quotas, states the Fisheries Newsletter (July 1956) of the Com-
monwealth Director of Fisheries. The estimated 1956 Australian production of
16, 956 tons of whale oil at US$247 a ton will be worth almost US$4.2 million, an
estimated yield of 7,000 tons of meal and solubles at US$100 a ton will bring ato-

tal of US$700, 000.
Note: (1) Australian pounds converted to US$ at the rate of $2.241 equal AE.1.
(2) Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, May 1956, p, 39.

Canada

ANTIBIOTICS APPROVED FOR FISH PRESERVATION: It was announced on
October 1, 1956, that the Canadian Department of National Health and Welfare ap-
proved the use of antibiotics in the preservation of freshly-caught fish. The drug
'Acronize,'' a derivative of aureomycin, will be added insmall amounts to theice
used on board fishing vessels and for the inland shipment of fish and is expectedto

greatly retard spoilage.

74 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

According to the United States makers of ''Acronize,'' the drug is under consid-
eration by United States authorities for use in fish preservation. Until approved by
these authorities, however, it is understood that fish preserved by antibiotics may
not enter United States markets, states an October 5 dispatch from the United States
Embassy in Ottawa. ''Acronize' has already been approved in the United States for
use on poultry.

A survey conducted between 1937 and 1950 by the Fisheries Research Board
of Canada showed that 40 percent of the ocean fish reaching consumers in Toronto,
Montreal, and Ottawa had lost their original fresh taste and appearance, though
still regarded as edible, points out the October 8 Oil, Paint, and Drug Reporter.

A test in 1954 on 4,000 pounds of cod and haddock fillets shipped 1, 000 miles
from Halifax to St. Catharines, Ont., in July and August revealed that the most
important single thing influencing the quality of such fillets in distant retail mar-
kets is the storage period of the fish at sea.

Because it is impractical, and economically speaking impossible, to cut the
time during which the fish is stored at sea, scientists at the Canadian Fisheries
Experimental Station, Vancouver, B. C., began a search in 1943 for a way to halt
the bacterial spoilage of fish aboard ship.

Dr. Hugh L. A. Tarr pioneered research in adapting antibiotics to the role of
keeping fish fresh longer. His first tests showed that the antibiotic penicillin was
without value for this purpose. As other antibiotics became available, the testing
went on. By 1950 Dr. Tarr could see promise in the field and in 1955 he coneluded
that ''Aureomycin" was five times more effective in retarding food spoilage than
any other antibiotic available.

The major benefit of ''Acronize, '' therefore, will be to reduce drastically the
high deterioration factor in the fishing industry, Not only will it extend the storage
life of fish aboard ship, but it will allow the fishing vessels to range farther out to
sea to tap new unexplored schools of fish.

OK kok

FISHERMEN'S INDEMNITY PLAN: On July 6, 1956, the Fishermen's Indem-
nity Plan of the Department of Fisheries of Canada completed three years of opera-
tions. On that date a total of 3,442 vessel policies were in force, representing a
total appraised value of C$7,667,186. Growth during the third year represented

Canada's Fishermen's Indemnity Plan For Vessels
Net Increase in
Vessels Insured Underwritings
at July 6, 1956 During Year Ended

Losses Paid During Year
Ended July 6, 1956

INewfoundland .. .

INova Scotia .... 329, 021 ‘5 14
New Brunswick . . 35, 540 - - -
Prince EdwardIs. . 154, 334 58, 895 1 149 7

ean An 1, 695, 978 423, 456 5 2,436 10, 030

Sar otieteeatalltits 46 6, 723 1,490] 26

Ro Rane 40, 316 10, 117| 107 | 50, 433

20,996| 8 | 5,216| 18 | 26,212
61, 312 | 50 | 15, 333] 125 | 76, 645

British Columbia _. 2.030 § sar. 300 [907
pan oh 3, 442 7, 667, 186 602
602 vessels, valued at C$2.4 million. During the year, 75 total-loss claims were
paid amounting to C$61, 312 and 50 partial-loss claims amounting to C$15, 333; to-
tal indemnities were C$76,645. The insurance in force represents annual premi-

ums of C$76,672. During the fiscal year just closed actual premium revenue a-
mounted to C$72, 000 for the country as a whole.

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 75

As in the past, the experience in British Columbia was particularl isfac
in the 12 months ending July 6. There was a net increase of 390 palicicg ineiicteed,
Province valued at C$1, 942, 043 while indemnities paid included 10 total losses for
C$20, 996 and 8 partial losses for C$5, 216. In that Province the indemnity rate for
total losses was raised from 60 to 70 percent of appraised value and the deductible
in the case of partial loss was reduced from 30 percent to 15 percent.

In the Atlantic Coast provinces the total number of insured vessels increased
by 212 to reach 2, 403 on July 6 valued at just under C$30.0 million. During the
year 65 total-loss claims were paid in this area totaling C$40, 316 and 42 partial
claims were settled for C$10, 117.

The present volume of business has been achieved without increasing adminis-
trative costs, which while high to provide coastwide coverage, now represent only
about 2.5 percent of total appraised value. In the next year it is believed that this
figure will, drop to 2 percent as volume expands.

In addition to the direct benefits to those fishermen who have suffered total or
partial losses, the Plan has made possible the introduction of guaranteed loans to
fishermen under the Fisheries Improvement Loans Act, thus reducing interest costs
to the fishermen. At the same time commercial insurance rates on fishing vessels
have also been reduced, reports the July 1956 Trade News of the Department of
Fisheries.

HO EK

FISH STICK PLANTS ORDERED BY RUSSIANS: According to press reports,
the Soviet Fisheries Minister announced at a farewell press conference in Ottawa

on September 18 that orders had been placed with a firm in Toronto for C$4-5 mil-
lion worth of fish stick plants. The announcement was made at the end of a three-

week tour of Canada by the Soviet fisheries delegation headed by Minister Ishkov.

The fish stick plants, at a cost of about C$380, 000 each, will consist of com-
plete processing equipment from the machine that handles the frozen blocks down
to the frozen packaged product. The first complete plant is expected to be deliver-
ed in about six months. The others will follow subject to modifications to meet
Soviet requirements.

Negotiations are under way with other Canadian firms for other types of fish-
processing machinery and refrigeration equipment. In addition, the Soviets are
interested in buying a fleet of trawlers built along the lines of a new experimental
trawler under construction in British Columbia, according to a dispatch dated Sep-
tember 21 from the United States Embassy in Ottawa.

OK OK

REVIEW OF 1956 HERRING FISHERY IN BRITISH COLUMBIA: Because of
ish Columbia herring industry experienced a record season, according to areport
_ (Amount of Herring Spawn Deposited in British Columbia Coastal Waters in 1956 )
by the Fisheries Research Board of Canada Pacific Biological Station at Nanaimo.
Over 250, 000 tons of herring were caught and processed. In spite of the loss of
potential spawners due to the fishery, the most serious being in the south
central subdistrict, it is considered that sufficient fish either escaped the fishery
or other schools moved inshore after the close of the fishing season to maintain an
adequate spawning population in all subdistricts to insure the maintenance of the
fishery.

76 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

During the past four seasons, the data suggest that while spawning populations
have been consistently decreasing in three regions, they have been increasing in
the two main west coast of Vancouver Island fishing regions. Such changes in pop-
ulation abundance are probably due, however, to variations in the relative strengths
of the contributing year-class-
es rather than to "overfishing"
or ''underfishing."

Pacific herring (Clupea
pallasii) spawnin shallow wa-
= ter along the shoreline. The

Pacific Herring] majority of eggs are deposit-
(Clupea pallasii)} ed on vegetation, in or just
below the intertidal zone, i.e.,
between the high and low-tide levels. Spawning grounds may vary in size from a
few yards to several miles, the length and width being largely determined by the
distribution of the vegetation and the stage of the tide at time of spawning. The
spawning grounds are not randomly distributed along the coastline but are found in
certain preferred regions year after year.

The measurement of the extent and intensity of herring spawnings along the
British Columbia coast is carried out annually by officers of the Canadian Depart-
ment of Fisheries. Members of the Biological Station, Nanaimo, B. C., carried
out more detailed spawn surveys in the west coast of Vancouver Island subdistrict
from 1946 to 1954 and in the lower and middle east coast of Vancouver Island sub-
districts in 1955 and 1956.

The maintenance of an adequate spawning stock in each of the major herring
populations is essential to insure the perpetuation of the fishery dependent upon
them. Estimates of the amount of spawn deposited in any area form an index of
the size of the spawning stock and of the initial size of the new year-class. As
spawning begins shortly after the close of the fishery, natural mortality in the in-
tervening period will be negligible, and the estimate of the spawning stock willthus
represent the escapement from the fishery.

In 1956, 188.1 statutory miles of spawn were recorded in British Columbia
coastal waters, a reduction of about 13 percent from the 1955 level. In only two of
the eight subdistricts (the upper east and west coast of Vancouver Island) was there
an increase in extent of spawn over the previous year.

% OK OK kok

TERRITORIAL SEA LIMIT OF 12 MILES ADVOCATED: The Canadian Govern-

ment intends to claim the Gulf of St. Lawrence and similar bodies of water on Can-

ore coasts as Canadian territory, reports the Canadian Globe and Mail of August
5 LOS.

Officials said that international recognition of the claim will be sought at the

U. N. General Assembly this fall. The assembly is expectedtodeal with the thorny
problem of the limits of territorial waters.

The Canadian Prime Minister told the Commons on July 30 that the Government

feels the present three-mile territorial limit of Canada should be extended to 12
miles offshore.

; Authorities said that besides this the Government will claim as Canadian ter-
ritory the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Hecate Strait between the Queen Charlotte Islands

and the British Columbia mainland, and several bays, sounds, and gulfs, in the
Arctic archipelago.

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 17

Historic fishing rights enjoyed by other countries along Canada's coasts would
have to be recognized, the Prime Minister said.

The claim will not involve Hudson Bay or Hudson Strait, long recognized as
Canadian territory though the entrance to them--between the northern tip of Labra-
dor and ResolutionIsland--is about 32 miles wide.

Canada has never officially claimed the Gulf of St. Lawrence as Canadian ter-
ritory. A 1937 government order-in-council defined the territorial limit in the St.
Lawrence Estuary as a line running from Cape Rosiers on the Gaspe Peninsula to
the western end of Anticosti Island and then north to the Quebec mainland.

The Prime Minister has indicated that Canada wants the territorial limit to be
measured from a line running from headland to headland rather than following the
sinuosities of the coast.

If this plan were followed--it was approved by the International Court of Justice
in a case involving Norway several years ago--Canada could claim as its territory
waters west of a line running from Cape North, N.S., to Cape Bay, Newfoundland.
Cabot Strait at this point is 70 miles wide.

Chile
TERRITORIAL WATERS CLAIMS POSITION MAINTAINED: The Chilean For-

eign Minister, in a press interview during his stay in Ecuador as chief of the Chil-
ean delegation to the inauguration of Ecuador's new President, made the following
statement: "I believe that the three countries (Chile, Ecuador, Peru) must jointly
maintain their position in defending the wealth of their seas; to obtain recognition
of their sovereignty over the marine wealth and to exploit it, and if others must be
permitted to take advantage of that wealth it must be with the authorization of the
coastal countries. In this matter the Foreign Offices (of the three countries) are
in agreement."

The Chilean Foreign Minister stated that the position of the United States is
one of a general character and that the United States is always ready to continue
discussing the problem in harmony with the other countries. He also said, ''We
are always ready to enter discussion on a plane of harmony and cordiality. ui

~<z

Ecuador

CONVERSION REQUIREMENT INCREASED ON SHRIMP EXPORT EARNINGS:
The amount of earnings from shrimp exports which Ecuadoran shippers must con-
vert into sucres at the Central Bank's official rate of 15.00 sucres to the United
States dollar has been increased by Monetary Board Regulation No. 178, dated Au-
gust 16, 1956.

Under the new rule, US$300 a metric ton must be converted at the officialrate,
compared to US$100 in the past. The $100-formula remains in effect for all other
fish exports. The regulation is pursuant to an Emergency-Decree Law, promul-
gated in the Official Register of June 30, 1956, which modified the basic fishing
law to permit the Monetary Board to require the conversion of up to the entire a-
mount of earnings from fish exports at the official rate of exchange.

78 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Viole ssiNon el

The new regulation will mean a drop in earnings of approximately two U. S.
cents a pound for national shrimping companies, most of which are owned by Amer=-
ican interests. Since shrimp is currently reportedly selling for around US$1,400
a ton (about 63 U. S. cents a pound), they are still able to retain the bulk of their
earnings or to convert them at the broker's free market buying rate (which aver-
aged approximately 18.55 sucres to the dollar during July 1956). However, the
companies indicated several weeks previous that any substantial increase in the
conversion requirement might put them out of business. The Monetary Board, con-
cerned with the weakness of Ecuador's monetary reserves, and responding to an
appeal from the Ministry of Economy's Director of Fisheries, nevertheless has
taken a step toward putting the infant fish industry more nearly on a par with other
exports, according to the United States Embassy at Quito in an August 22, 1956, re-

port.

Formosa

SHRIMP FISHERIES: Taiwan's shrimp and prawn production for 1955 amounted
to 3,211 metric tons compared with 2,027 tons in 1952, 2,473 tons in 1953, and 1,987
tons in 1954. Local production is characterized by small-scale operations conduct~
ed by numerous independent producers, according to a United States Embassy ré-
port (March 6, 1956) from Taipei.

Approximately 28 percent of the 1955 catch resulted from coastal fishing op~
erations, which involve the use of sail or manpowered sampans which catch shrimp
of less than 23 inches (heads on) in length. Catches from deep-sea and inshore
fisheries, which utilize motorized vessels ranging in size from 10-100 tons, ac-
counted for 45 percent of the 1955 catch and consisted primarily of shrimp of about
23 inches in length. Output of cultured prawns, averaging 5 inches in length, ac~
counted for the remaining 17 percent of the total production. The predominant cul-
tured prawn species are Penaeus japonicus (Bates) and others of the same genus,
while most of the shrimp caught consist of edible kinds of the Macrura family.

The most common methods of catching shrimp include the use of set nets, gill
nets, beach seines, and seine and swing-bell nets. The height of the shrimp season
runs from March through May, though operations are conducted throughout the year.

About two-thirds of the total catch is gathered in the warm tropical waters off the
southwest coast of the Island.

Production is insufficient to meet local demand and imports of dried shrimp
from Japan are resorted to in order to make up the deficiency. There have been
no past exports of shrimp and little likelihood exists that this situation will be
changed in the future as no abundant shrimp resources are known to exist.

Outside of some sun-drying by fishermen, no processing of shrimp is under-
taken nor do facilities for any type of processing exist.

Eb
German Federal Republic

SYNTHETIC NET FIBER: Successful experiments have been conducted with a
new low-cost synthetic fiber of the polyvinyl-alcohol group to replace cotton in the
manufacture of gill nets used to catch herring in the West German lugger fisheries,
points out an August 10 report from the United States Consulate at Bremen.

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 79

The Department for Nets and Net Materials of the West German Federal Fish-
eries Research Institute in Hamburg is investigating the suitability of polyvinyl-
alcohol fiber (this type of synthetic fiber is reported to be produced ona large scale
in Japan where it is marketed under various trade names) in the manufacture of
fishing nets. It was found that this fiber when submerged in water loses about 30
percent of the very high tensile strength it has when in the dry state. The Institute
by experimentation has managed to eliminate this disadvantage by coating the fiber
with a special type of iron-black that is alsc used to strengthen perlon nets.

This achievement may prove to be of great practical significance since this
rot-resistant fiber is reported to cost less than other types of synthetic fiber. In
Germany the price of nets made of this synthetic fiber will probably be only slight-
ly higher than those made of cotton.

The Institute is planning a large-scale test with gill nets made of this fiber for
use in fishing operations during the 1956 herring season. The development may be
of special benefit to the lugger fisheries which specialize in catching herring with
stationary gill nets--so far made of cotton. To date the introduction of synthetic
fiber nets in this industry has been unsuccessful because of the relatively high cost
of the synthetic nets.

German deep-sea vessels use almost entirely trawl nets made of manila. Syn-
thetic fiber nets, made primarily of perlon, a product similar to nylon, are being
used only on a relatively small scale aboard trawlers.

OK Kk Ok

TELECOMMUNICATING DEPTH FINDER FOR MIDWATER TRAWL NETS: A
new type of depth finder has been developed in West Germany to determine the move-
ment of midwater trawl nets, points out a United States Consular dispatch (August 10)
from Bremen. The device uses sound signals to indicate the depth at which the mid-
water net moves. Experts claim it to be an improvement over depth finders using

frequency modulation.

————— ee eRen— eee
@ Indicates number of signals per 10 seconds,

Artist’s conception of how depth measurements recorded by a conventional pressure meter
attached to the ground rope of the trawl net are electrically transformed into sound signals
and transmitted as such to the fishing vessel-

To make easier the adjustment of midwater trawl nets to the depth at which fish
swarms have been located by echo-sounders, the German Federal Fish Research
Institute in cooperation with industrial firms has developed a new device which is
believed to be suitable in actual fishing operations.

The telecommunicating depth finder developed in West Germany uses the same
principle as a somewhat similar United States device. It consists of a convention-
al pressure meter attached to the ground rope of the trawl net and measuring the

80 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

depth position of the net. These measurements are electrically transformed into
sound signals and transmitted to the fishing vessel. Instead of employing frequen-
cy modulation to indicate the depth of the net, as does the United States device, the
German apparatus uses groups of intermittent sound signals for various depths. It
was found to be too difficult to produce Morse-code signals for this purpose. The
oscillator therefore emits uniform signals of a steady frequency of 15 kc. witha
speed of about three signals a second. Every period of 10 seconds from 1 to 10
signals are emitted to indicate the depth measured by the pressure meter attached
to the trawl net. Forexample 2 signals per 10 seconds may indicate that the net
is moving at a depth of about 15 to 20 feet, 3 signals at 20 to 25 feet, 4 signals at
25 to 30 feet, etc. When a depth of 60 feet has been reached, the series of signals
start again with one per ten seconds. No difficulties were experienced in repeating
the series of signals because the depth at which the trawl net moves can easily be
determined within a tolerance of 60 feet.

The use of intermittent signals rather than frequency modulation seems to have
definite advantages. The signals fortunately are for all practical purposes not af-
fected by disturbances caused by the ship's propellor. This difficulty was reported
to be one of the main obstacles in the development of the frequency-modulation
method for commercial use. Recent tests conducted with the new device on board
the research vessel Anton Dohrn showed an excellent reception of signals emitted
from a trawl net towed with 375 fathoms of line at a depth of 450 feet.

* eK KK

TRYPTOPHANE CONTENT OF FISH-MEAL PROTEIN BETTERINDICATOR OF
NUTRITIVE VALUE: West German food scientists find that the tryptophane content
of fish-meal protein may be a better indicator of the fish-meal's nutritive value
than just the amount of protein itself, states a United States consular dispatch dated

August 10 from Bremen.

In order to determine the nutritive value of dried shrimp, the Federal Research
Institute for Fish Processing in Hamburg conducted a series of experiments with
protein-starved rats. It was discovered that rats which were fed dried shrimp
gained more weight than animals of comparable groups receiving identical quantities
of fish or cod meal.

A chemical analysis showed that the tryptophane content of the raw protein in
dried shrimp was about 1.5 times as great as that of the fish and cod, with fish
meal having a slightly higher percentage than cod meal. These results led the In-
stitute scientists to believe that there is a definite connection between the trypto-
phane content and the nutritive value of the protein feeds used in the experiments.

The validity of these findings will be tested by further investigations since it
might be possible in this way to develop standards for the nutritive value of pro-
tein feed. Such standards may be of practical importance because recent experi-
ence has shown that the raw protein content hitherto considered the determining

quality factor is not a really dependable standard to establish the nutritive value of
fish meal.

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 81

Haiti

CANNED SARDINE MARKET: Imports of canned sardines into Haiti are esti-
mated to vary between 157,000 and 187,000 pounds a year and represent the total
consumption since there is no domestic production. The trade in canned sardines
is very small but fairly well stabilized, states a June 27, 1956, dispatch from the
United States Embassy in Port-au-Prince.

Consumption of all packaged foods, including sardines, is low in Haiti due to
the low per-capita income which is estimated to average only US$60-70 yearly.
The low-income group, which forms at least 80 percent of the population, can rare-
ly afford packaged food of any kind.

Imports of sardines and similar fish (with or without oil) during the year Oc-
tober 1954-September 1955 totaled 157,000 pounds valued at US$32,590. Canada
was the leading supplier with 108,770 pounds (value US$21,483); followed by Hol-
land with 24,215 pounds (value US$3,813); France 12,914 pounds (value US$5,031);
and the United States with only 5,319 pounds (value US$636). The balance of 5,781
pounds valued at US$1,628 came in small quantities from six other countries.

Other canned fishery products imports are included in a basket category which
comprises cod, herring, haddock, mackerel, tuna, with or without sauce or oil, and
salmon in sauce or in oil. Imports of this basket category during the same year
totaled 7,100 pounds of which 2,500 pounds came from the United States.

About 80 percent of the canned sardines sold are 3q- to 5-oz. flat cans, and
the balance are packed in 1-lb. tall and oval cans and 8-oz. oval and tall cans. Of
the sardines sold, 40 percent are in olive oil, 40 percent in vegetable oil, 12 per-

Table 1 - Retail Prices of Canned Sardines in Haiti in Mid-1956

Aone an eee (UBRSEKClalcanl) err Abe
MO ede eva h's 10

=Wellelienrei celle

cent in tomato sauce, and the balance brine, natural, and mustard sauce.

Consumption of sardines is confined to the high (40 percent) and the middle
(80 percent) income groups with consumer preference (probably influenced by
price) about equally divided between vegetable oil and olive oil as a packing med-
ium.

The retail price of the 34 to 5-oz. sardines packed in vegetable oil is 12 U.S.
cents; tomato sauce and brine 10 cents, and in olive oil 25 cents (see table 1).
Small quantities of high-quality sardines of Portuguese and French origin enter
Haiti as luxury items and retail for 50-60 U. S. cents for the 4- to 5-oz. flats.

All imports of sardines enter Haiti through regular commercial channels and
any increase in the imports from the United States would be contingent on the abil-
ity of United States suppliers to meet the price competition from other importing
countries, particularly Canada. The Haitian market is more influenced by price
than quality, packing, or other factors and it is unlikely that this trade pattern will
change in the near future. Due to the low per-capita income, the largest volume of
imported fish is bulk salt cod, which can be purchased at retail in small quantities

at relatively low prices. _

82 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vola 8s Nowa

Hong Kong

NEW NET FACTORIES: An interesting development for Hong Kong's fishing in-
dustry recently took place with the installation in one factory of several machines
for the automatic weaving of fishing nets. Approximately 80 people are employed
on this work and production is expected to vary from 12,000 pounds of cotton fish-
ing nets a month up to a maximum output of 36,000 pounds. Approximately 14,000-
40,000 pounds of cotton yarn are used monthly and the nets woven on these machines
reportedly are much in demand, locally and for export.

Another recently-established factory has now come into full production; it is a
weaving mill, employing about 30 workers for the production of net cloth (about
100,000 yards monthly) and bags for use as vegetable containers (September 27,
1956 dispatch from United States consulate in Hong Kong).

Iceland

EXPORTS OF FROZEN FISH TO U.S. INCREASE: For the first time in two
years Icelandic exports of frozen fish to the United States are definitely on the in-
crease. Shipments through September 31, 1956, were expected to reach about 12,072
metric tons in comparison with 9,153 metric tons for the same period last year.
Total exports for all of 1955 amounted to 10,888.

It is not certain that shipments will hold up at an equal pace through the balance
of this year, but it seems safe to conclude that total Icelandic earnings from fish
exports to the United States will be considerably higher this year than last and may
approach the high level of 1954 (over 19,000 tons).

OK ok

HERRING CATCH ON SOUTH COAST HIGHER IN 1956: Although daily catches
of herring on the South Coast of Iceland have been only fair, the total as of Septemr
ber 1, 1956, was expected to exceed that for the similar date in 1955 by about 82
percent. The increase was reported to be due to an earlier start this year than
last. The total catch to midnight September 1 was 10,645 metric tons as compared
with 5,840 tons as of the same date in 1955. The catch as reported by the Iceland
Fisheries Association is as follows:

Destined for: 1956 OSS
Salted. es 4,498 1,952
Reductloniereeccre 1,096 =
IMAGO 5 oodccc 9,051 3,888

Ota syasca vets 10,645 5,840

A new contract has been signed with the Soviet Union for an additional 25,000
bbls. of salted South Coast herring. This leaves a total of 85,000 bbls. under order,
75,000 for the Soviet and 10,000 for Poland.

2K 3K OK OK ok

NEW TRADE AGREEMENT WITH RUSSIA INCLUDES FISHERY PRODUCTS:
As a result of trade negotiations held between September 17-27, 1956, the Iceland
Minister of Foreign Affairs and the Soviet Director of the Ministry of Foreign Trade
signed a new trade agreement on September 27 that will be effective for the calen-
dar years 1957, 1958, and 1959. The new trade agreement proposes Icelandic ex-
ports of fishery products to Soviet Russia as follows (quantities in 1956 agreement

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 83

shown in parentheses): frozen fish fillets 32,000 metric tons (20,000); salted her-
ring 15,000 tons (15,000); frozen herring 1,000 tons (none); and unclassified com-
modities to the value of 2 million Iceland kroner or US$123,000 (unchanged from
1956).

The 1956 Trade Agreement was amended recently to include an additional 8,000
metric tons of frozen fillets to be delivered by Iceland to Soviet Russia this year,
making a total of 28,000 tons in 1956, points out a September 28, 1956, dispatch from
the United States Embassy at Reykjavik.

India

CONFERENCE DISCUSSES DEVELOPMENT OF FISHERIES: An all-India Fish-
eries Conference was scheduled at Madras from September 19-22. The conference
was to discuss important problems relating to planned development of fisheries in
India under the Second Five Year Plan. The subjects listed for discussion at the
conference included ways and means of increasing fisheries production, establish-
ment of fishing harbors, development of fishing craft industry, preservation and
utilization of fish and fishery products, and transport facilities for thegindustry.
(United States Embassy, New Delhi, report dated September 20, 1956.)

OK OK OK

SECOND FIVE-YEAR PLAN INCLUDES COMMERCIAL FISHERIES DEVELOP-
MENT: Development plans now under consideration envisage a 50-percent increase
in India's fish catch in the next ten years. Every year the fisheries contribute a-
bout Rs. 270,000,000 (US$56. 6 million) to the country's national income, engage about~
75,000 craft of various types along a coastline of about 3,000 miles, and give em-
ployment to some 750,000 fishermen.

Technological improvement and research forma vitalpart ofthe Rs. 120,000,000
(about US$ 25.2 million) scheme for fisheries included in the second Five-Year
Plan of India, states The Fishing News, August 10, 1956.

At the beginning of the first Five-Year Plan, India caught about 1,000,000 met-
ric tons of fish a year.

Improvements effected in the means of catching fish during the first Plan peri-
od increased the yield by about 10 percent andin 1955/56 it was estimated at 1,000,000
tons. During the second Plan period the catch is expected to increase by about 33
percent, i. e. 1,400,000 tons.

India's inland and marine fisheries made appreciable headway during the first
Plan period. With a Plan provision of Rs. 50,000,000 (US$10.5 million), improve-
ments were noticed in many fields--in the method of fishing, bringing under the
fish culture large bodies of water currently lying fallow; introduction of new meth-
ods of scientific fish farming; and better forms of storage, transport, and market-
ing.

Added to these were the application of extension methods to meet the practical
needs of the industry.

The importance of fisheries to India's economy and the need for its systematic
development were emphasized by the Deputy Minister of Food.

84 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW WOls il}, ING. Wil

The Deputy Minister is shortly leaving on a tour of China. He said that dur-
ing his stay there he would study the development of fisheries. On his way back he
has planned to visit Thailand and Burma.

The Deputy Minister of Food said that there was a great scope for the develop-
ment of fisheries in India. The Government of India had already made a beginning
in that direction by taking up deep-sea fishing and charting fishing grounds.

The program would be stepped up in the coming years. The plan provides for
the development of inland and marine fisheries to supplement the food needs of the
country, which has a low per capita land holding.

According to India's fisheries development scheme under the second Plan,
Malabat in South India would get an allotment of Rs.367,000 (US$76,939) for the
year ending March 31, 1957.

The development of fisheries will consist of equipping modern fishing boats,
providing nylon nets and bait arrangements to transport fresh fish to interior areas,
starting of small-size ice plants in fishing centers, and giving subsidies to coop-
erative societies of fishermen.

The Government of India has sanctioned a sum of Rs.4,300,000 (US$901,468),
the largest grant for any district for the development of the fishing industry in Tan-
jore District, South India, during the second Plan period.

A detailed programme has been drawn up for the development of coastal and
inland fishing in the district which has a coastline of 160 miles. The schemeaims
at mechanizing fishing craft, providing facilities for storage, etc., and training
fishermen.

A Fishermen's Training Centre at Brankulam, South India, to impart academic
and practical instruction in fishing has been started.

Under the second Plan, the State authorities had made considerable provision
to improve the standard of living of fishermen and their method of fishing. The
Training Centre was part of the many schemes now being implemented in the State.

The third of its kind to be opened in India under the joint program of the Gov-
ernment of India and Food and Agriculture Organization, the Centre aims at in-
creasing fish production and improving the standard of living of fishermen.

Under the scheme, a batch of 20 fishermen selected from different areas of -
Travencare, Cochin, and Nalabar, and South Kanara districts will receive training
for six months on principles of navigation and seamanship. They will also be help-
ed in the use of mechanized fishing boats and fishing tackle for deep-sea fishing
operations.

There are about 22,000 persons along the sea coast of Travancore-Cochin en-

gaged in fishing. It is proposed to manufacture and issue mechanized boats to
fishermen at concession rates.

The Travancore-Cochin Government has also accorded administrative sanction
for the construction of a breakwater to provide landing facilities for over 3,000
fishing boats, particularly during the rough season at Vishinjam, nine miles south
of Trivandrum, at a cost of Rs. 2,100,000 (US$440, 252).

Preliminary investigations and a survey for the breakwater scheme will be
done during the current year and the actual construction work will start next year.

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 85

The State Government has requested the Government of India to lend the serv-
ices of two Swedish harbor experts who are now in India on an FAO assignment to
conduct an investigation.

A boat-building yard is to be established at the fishing bay for the construction
of mechanized boats for the fishermen.

A demonstration of mechanized deep-sea fishing operations was given off Man-
galore, South India, to a party of officials and nonofficials. Mechanized fishing was
started here under the guidance of an FAO fisheries expert.

This boat is now being operated by local fishermen ona lease basis with good
results. The Fisheries Department is also conducting deep-sea fishing operations
with the help of another power-driven trawler received under the auspices of the
Technical Cooperation Mission to the Madras Government.

A few more trawlers of the Danish type will be allotted for leasing out to local
fishermen by the Madras Government.

A scheme to give technical and financial assistance to fishermen's cooperatives
and fishermen's associations has been drawn up by the Uttar Pradesh Government
for improving the fishery resources and giving an impetus to fishermensin that State.

A total nonrecurring expenditure of Rs. 1,140,000 (US$239,000) is envisaged
during the second Five-Year Plan period and a sum of Rs. 50,000 (US$10,482) has
been earmarked for the purpose during the current financial year.

During the first year of the Plan, five parties of fishermen's cooperatives or
fishermen's associations will be given aid to the tune of Rs. 10,000 (US$2,100) per
party.

During the second, third, and fourth years of the Plan, financial help will be
given to 20, 25, 30 and 40 fishermen cooperatives or associations, respectively.
The Government of India is expected to share the cost of the scheme on a fifty-
fifty basis.

Israel

SHRIMP FISHERY: The demand for shrimp is light in Israel because of re-
ligious dietary laws. However, Israel is attempting to develop the production of
shrimp for the limited domestic market and the export market, a September 13
dispatch from the United States Embassy in Tel Aviv states.

A technician in the United States Operations Mission who has been working with
the Israel fish industry, stated that the production of shrimp is still largely experi-
mental and that no accurate figures are available regarding the annual production
of shrimp. It is known, however, that the present volume is very small and this
supply is sold through a few nonkosher restaurants and other outlets. The techni-
cian mentioned that it is hoped that within the next year the total production of
shrimp will be increased to about 100 metric tons a year. If the production is in-
creased to 100 metric tons, it is expected that 20 tons will be used for local con-
sumption and 80 tons will be available for export.

86 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

Italy
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE TO FISHING INDUSTRIES PROPOSED: When the

Merchant Marine, authorizing extraordinary expenditures from the budget for fis-
cal 1956/57 fora 300-million lire (US$480,000) program for the development of fish-
ing activities. In particular grants will be made for the construction of new fish-
ing boats in national yards to replace existing obsolete vessels of less than ten tons
and with motors of less than 45 hp.

Grants may also be made for the repair and improvement of boats for the trans-
portation of fish, to set up installations for processing fish and warehouses for the
storage of fishing provisions, and for the construction of workshops to repair fish-
ing equipment.

Further contributions may be granted for the construction of fishing markets
and for the renewal of fishing equipment, including nets, cords, cables, refrigera-
tors, etc.; for the development of installations to produce ice; for the installation
of two-way radios; for the operation of homes for the children of fishermen; and
for conducting surveys of potential new fishing grounds.

Finally, the subsidies may be granted to Italian companies to construct fish-
ing vessels, which will use exclusively Italian crews, providing such boats weigh
not less than 1,000 tons and that they operate on the high seas at long distances
from the Italian coast at least six months during each year.

Note: Values in US$ based on rate of 1 lire equais US$ 0.0016.

% OK OK OK OK

MARKET FOR MARINE-ANIMAL OILS: The Italian market for oils derived
from vegetable sources. Production of marine animal oils in Italy is negligible and
imports, principally for edible purposes, amounted to only 8,423 metric tons in 1954
and 7,889 tons in 1955. The annual consumption of edible vegetable oils is estimated
at about 400,000 metric tons, according to a survey made by the Foreign Agricul-
ture Service of the United States Department of Agriculture.

The imports of marine-animal oils for 1955 consisted of 1,292 tons of cod-
liver oil (over half of which came from Norway) and 6,597 tons of other marine-
animal oils (Norway supplied 48 percent of the total, followed by Australia with
20 percent). No imports were listed as coming from the United States. Only 11
tons of marine oils were exported in 1955 by Italy.

Kk kk

PARTICIPATES IN GENERAL FISHERIES COUNCIL FOR THE MEDITERRA-
NEAN: The Italian Ministries of Agriculture and Merchant Marine, responsible
respectively for inland and coastal fishing matters, participated in the September
17-23, 1956, meeting at Istanbul of the General Fisheries Council for the Mediter-
ranean. (Other participants were Turkey, France, Spain, Egypt, Greece, Yugo-
Slavia, Israel, Tunisia, and Monaco. f

ars The Italian Government has indicated its deep interest in this meeting since
it is hoped that it will provide the means of bringing its industrial and commerc-
ial fishing installations more up to date through the application of modern tech-
nigues. (August 31, 1956, dispatch from United States Embassy in Rome.)

Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, October 1956, p, 45,

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 87

Japan

ANTARCTIC WHALING FLEETS FOR 1956/57 SEASON INCREASED: The Ja-
panese whaling fleets that leave Japan early in November for the Antarctic 1956/57
whaling season will consist of five factoryships and 54 catcher boats. Included is
the Olym pi ic Challenger fleet (a factoryship and 15 catcher boats) that was purchased
in the spring of 1956 from a Greek shipping firm for US$8.5 million. The fleets for
the 1955/56 season consisted of three factoryships and 40 catcher boats.

It is estimated that when the season ends in the early part of 1957 that the
catch will be 30 percent greater than the 6,462 actual whales caught in the 1955/56
Antarctic whaling season (69,505 metric tons of oil reported in 1955/56). The addi-
tions to the fleet of whalers will make the Japanese fleet second to that of the Nor-
wegians.

ok ok KOK

BRAZIL INVITES RESEARCH SHIP TO SURVEY FISHERY RESOURCES: In
response to an invitation from the Brazilian Government, the Japanese will dis-
patch the Toko Maru of 1,100 gross tons to survey undeveloped fishing grounds in
the South Atlantic. This ‘project was originally planned to be made in cooperation
with the Argentine Government, but plans failed to materialize. The survey ship
is one of the most advanced type with modern equipment and facilities an@ carries
a 40-man crew and 8 scientists. The ship will engage mainly in trawling and if
successful the Japanese Fisheries Agency hopes to form a joint Brazilian-Japanese
fishing company.

The Toko Maru is scheduled to leave Japan about the end of October on a 6-10
months round-the-world survey trip. The first part of the trip will take the vessel
through the Indian Ocean to Brazil for the planned survey. During the approximately
6 months' stay in Brazilian waters, the ship will operate from bases in Rio Grande,
Rio de Janeiro, and Belem and report findings to the Brazilian Government. She
will then proceed to the Dominican Republic and Mexico to investigate overseas
fishing ventures with these countries, states a September 7 dispatch from the United

States Embassy in Tokyo.
Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, March 1956, p, 42.

OK OK OK OK

CANNED SARDINE PACK FOR 1955: The Japanese pack of canned sardines for
the calendar year 1955 amounted to 899,122 actual cases, according to a September
25, 1956, dispatch from the United States Embassy in Tokyo. Although sardines

Table 1 - Japanese Canned Sardine Pack by Can Size and Style of Pack, 1955

88 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

were packed in five or more different
styles, sardines in tomato sauce (52.1
percent) and in brine (39.7 percent) were
the principal packing mediums. Thenum-
ber of cans to the case varied mostly
from 24 to 100, but cases with 48 cans

to the case and 96 cans to the case ac~
counted for 87.7 percent of the total pack.
The pack in terms of ounces to the can
(original data in grams, calculated to
nearest ounce equivalent) varied between
3 and 54 ounces, but packs of 5- to 6=
ounce (48.8 percent) and 12- to 13-ounce
cans (37.2 percent) were the principal
sizes packed.

Table 2 - Japanese Canned Sardine Pack by Case Size and
Style of Pack, 1955

122

HK OK Ok

5 - - 800
CRAB CANNING INDUSTRY OF

FieatELoal an |e [ne | os |
HOKKAIDO ISLAND: Three different

crab canning plants in Northeast Hokkaido were visited the latter part of June 1956
by members of the United States Embassy at Tokyo, and this is a report on their
observations:

In every case the installations were very simple and inexpensive, consisting of
boiling pits, cooling pits, work tables, can-sealing machines, and sterilizers. The
plants all had about the same annual canning capacity, 85,000-90,000 cases of 48 cans
of 63-0z. each. The total cost of the equipment probably did not exceed US$75,000-
100,000 in any of the plants exclusive of fishing vessels.

Hairy crab (kegani crab) is canned chiefly in shore canneries; the king crab is
canned on ships in the area of catch. Some king crab, however, are caught in the
traps which are placed at 20 to 30 miles offshore. Cannery officials said that the
large number of king crabs caught this season in traps set for hairy crab at lati-
tudes considerably to the south of the king crab's normal habitat indicates that the
stock of king crab in the North Pacific and the Okhotsk Sea is large and that the
pelagic catch this year should be good.

Nevertheless, out of a total Japanese crab catch by land-based operations in
1955 of 152.1 million pounds, only 26.5 million pounds were king crab, the remain- |
der, hairy crab. The king crab catch in the area around Habomai and Kunashiri
Islands, now held by the Russians, was once very important, but has declined in
importance to Japan because crab boats are fearful of being seized, as many have,

by the Russians. King crab catches in the Kuriles in 1956 were only 10 percent of
the 1955 catches.

For the most part, cannery owners purchase crab from independently-owned
crab boats, although a few canneries operate their own crab fleets. The price of
crab in Hokkaido is set before the season begins by the boat owners. This year's
price, ¥15,000 (US$41.70) a metric ton, was the same as last year's.

It would appear on the basis of information gathered that the crab canning in-
dustry in Hokkaido operates on a fairly high profit margin with a minimum of in-

vestment. For example, with everything operating smoothly, one of the small
plants visited could produce 200 cases of 48 Gian cans in ae 8-hour shift. Pro-

duction costs for an 8-hour day for this amount, based on information gathered,
would be approximately as follows:

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 89

1/ ¥ US$
Crab— ir 8.8 tons @ ¥15,000(US$41.70) 132,000 367
Labor=' - 200 workers @ daily rate of

S4400 (WSR 1O) cc occcsceoce 80,000 221
Operating costs, fuel, electrigity, GOs cas ZOO 56
Depreciation on investment—.......... 45,000 125
MaterialsnecoStsis sat cics sels oct stot 40,000 ata

1/ 200 cases contain 3,872 lbs. of crab meat. Approximately 20 percent of the crab is re-

~ coverable meat. Thus the weight of live crab for 200 cases is 3,872 times 5, or 8.8
metric tons(19,360 lbs.).

2/ There were two hundred employees at this plant, 75 percent of which werefemale. The
rate for femalelabor inthe cannery was ¥200(55U.S, cents) per shift, plus food and
lodging.

3/ Total investment in the plant is estimated at ¥27 million(US$75,000), amortized over

~ a 10-year period, i. e.¥2.7 million (US$7,500) per year, But the work period is only
about 60 days, thus the depreciation rate is ¥45,000(US$125) per working day.

The total cost to produce 200 cases of canned crab meat is approximately
#¥330,000(US$917). The f.0.b. Yokohama price of hairy crab per case of 48 65-0z. cans
is US$12.50 or ¥4,500. Totalreceipts from 200 cases would be ¥900,000 (US$2,500).
This would meana profit for the cannery of ¥560,000 ($1,556) for one day's operation.

It is possible that some of the cost items were underestimated, but the two
principle ones, cost of live crab and labor, are accurate. However, it is under-
stood that selling and transportation costs in Japan are high.

The question of perpetuating the stock of hairy crab is one which is of concern
to the industry although little is being done about it. The only conservation meas~
ures on crab are the limits on the season and the number of boats, which are con-
trolled through a licensing system. But some observers fear that the stock is dim-
inishing although this opinion is not based on a thorough scientific study because
none has been made. The problem of controlling fishing activities in Japan is a
very difficult one. Many factors account for this: (1) the Japanese are aggressive
and efficient fishermen; (2) there are hundreds of small fishing boats independent-
ly-owned in Japan and there are pressures ever present to utilize the equipment
and realize a return on it; (3) employment (or unemployment) is an ever-present
problem--there are people always ready to share the risk of unauthorized fishing;
(4) the coast line is long, making patroling difficult.

The crab industry on the Eastern tip of Hokkaido, facing the island of Kunashiri,
was reported to have had a very poor season this year, chiefly because crab boats
were fearful of venturing into the area over which the Russians have jurisdiction.
The March 23, 1956, announcement by the Russians restricting salmon fishing and
the seizure of a Japanese fishing boat coincide with the opening of the crab season,
and even though the Russian restrictions for 1956 did not include crab, many boat
owners were wary of going into the restricted area. It was reported that crab can-
ners in the Eastern area of Hokkaido feel that the industry might be facing a diffi-
cult period because of the Russian attitude and some are converting their equipment
so that it can be used for vegetable canning.

The 1955 crab pack (both land-based and high-seas) was approximately 690,000
cases (48 65-0z. cans) of which 480,000 cases were canned in Hokkaido canneries
(kegani crab) and 210,000 on cannery ships (king crab).

Owing to bad weather in the early part of the 1956 season (April and May), the
catch was poor and there is some doubt that the kegani crab target of 300,000 cases
can be reached. Some observers believe that the total kegani crab pack will not
exceed 200,000 cases.

OK OK OK

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 11

THE CRISIS IN THE TUNA INDUSTRY: A panel discussion held at Misaki, Ja-

pan, on August 23, 1956, considered the problems which might be taken up by the
Tuna Fishery Investigative Committee recently established by the Japanese Fish-
eries Agency. The following report on the discussion appeared in the Suisan Shuho
(September 5, 1956), a fishing industry weekly:

Participants: M. Teramoto, Member of the
Tuna Fishery Investigative Committee, President
of the Kanagawa Prefecture Tuna Fishermen's As-
sociation; S. Sugano, President of the Kanagawa
Prefecture Tuna Society; K. Mito, Secretary of the
Kanagawa Prefecture Tuna Society; N. Hayashi,
Managing director of the Kanagawa Prefecture Tuna
Fishermen's Association; M. Kojima, Owner of the
Daikoku Maru; W. Mabune, Assistant Manager of
the Misaki office of Taiyo Gyogyo Co. ; T. Okamoto,
Official of the Kanagawa Prefecture Tuna Society.

Tuna Resource Problems: Moderator: The Es-
tablishment of the Tuna Fishery Investigative Com-
mittee as a consultative body for the Minister of Ag-
riculture and Forestry means, I think, that the tuna
fishing industry has at present come toa period when
changes must be made. We would like, therefore, to
have allof you here at this tuna fishing center of Mis-
aki talk freely about the present situation inthe indus-
try and about what you hope for from the Investigative
Committee, after which I hope that we willbe able to
draw some conclusions as to what the Committee
shoulddo. Willyouspeakfirst, Mr. Sugano?

Sugano: Well, it is my personal opinion that the
tunas represent the largest resource among allfish-
es, followed probably by the salmonand the bottom
fishes. Their range of occurrence stretches from
40° on the north to 30° or 40° on the south, with its cen-
ter onthe equator, and upto the present the fishing
fleet has been operating freely with the center of its
efforts likewise placed inthe equatorialregion. Thus
the resource is extremely large, andI think that we
have come toa period when we must consider whether
or not we are actually utilizing itto the full. There-
fore, first of all we must find out how large the re-
source is. Wecannot go forward into an era of free
competition unless we build ships and put them into
productive operation. And for that we needa reason-
able price for fish. Assuming that there isa limit to
the resource, we willhave to study the question of
whether to restrict the catch by regulation or to get
reasonable prices by improving our product. I would
like to have the government take up these points.

Thope that Mr. Teramoto will inform the govern-
ment that we would like to have these points studied,
or that we are studying them, and that they willtake
thought for the future prosperity of the tuna fishing
industry. Furthermore, since the fishing grounds
are so extensive, there may be friction with foreign
countries, andI think that we must take into consider-
ation working together with other countries inthe
future to conserve and build up the resource.

Hayashi: I have little to add to what Mr. Sugano
has said, but ltooam most hopeful for action on the
problems of the resource. lama businessmanand
am not directly concerned with technical or scientific
matters, but inthe old days, when Ifirst got involved
in the tuna business, the small boats used to put out
from Misakiand returnin3or4days. Andthat was
not soverylongago. Nowthe ships are being built
larger and larger and the fishing grounds are becom-
ing more distant. This trendhas been particularly
conspicuous Since the war. After the MacArthur Line
was done away with, the fishing grounds expanded
suddenly, and at that time big catches were made
ina few days of fishing on the new grounds, but after

a little time had passed the catch per day gradually
declined and the number of days of operation increased.
In the old days it was said that the resource was
inexhaustible, but I feel, as a layman, that this was

a mistake. I particularly hope that the Committee
will study this point.

New Fishing Grounds: Kojima: Well, I have
been going to sea for over 20 years, and back in
the period from 1929 or 1930 to 1937-38, when the
southern fishing grounds were being opened up, we
fished with boats of 30to100tons. Around 1937 this
development came toa standstill, but thereafter good
catches were made inthe Mandated Islands area and
they continued until 1940-41. Atthat time catches
ranaround 1,000 kan(8,300 pounds) aday. Inthe
same Trust Territory area at present, using 100- to
150-ton boats, the catches have decreased to about
half that, or 400 to 500 kan(3,300-4,100 pounds). As
Mr. Sugano has said, the Kange of the tuna is from
44” -45° northto 30-35” south, but it can be broadly
divided into three grounds--the Indian Ocean, the
Pacific, andthe Atlantic. Two of these--the Indian
Ocean and the Pacific--are being fished at present,
and on these two grounds the catch rates are dropping
year by year. Idon't know whether the resource is
still there or not, but there is no mistaking the fact
that the catch rates are dropping, and if the producers
do not take that into consideration, it is clear that the
development of the business will be stymied.

Mabune: I, too, as one directly concerned inthe
fishery, am most worried about the problem of the re-
source, as mentioned by Mr. Hayashi. The Taiyo
Company has operated 13 mothership expeditions,
usually on fishing grounds inthe Fiji area. Formerly
catches were 1,000 to 2,000 kan(8,300-16,500 pounds)
per day, but last year they declined to 500 to 700 (3,300-
5,800 pounds) and the expeditionhadahardtime. If
this condition continues, it will be difficult to plan op-
erations. Ialso hope that the Committee will take up
the investigation of new fishing grounds.

Mito: I hope for a great deal from the Investi-
gative Committee. From the production angle, it
is a fact, as you have all said, that there has been
some thinning out of the resource. The scientists
may be right in saying that the fish aren't disap-
pearing, but it seems to be a fact that they aren't
being caught. We have no clear basis for saying
what is happening to the resource. On this point,
I hope for studies that will make clear the life of
the tuna. I think that if this is not done, it willbe
hard to find fundamental solutions for the problem
of marketing and the other problems which are
based on the biology of the tuna.

The marketing field at present is handled by a
branch of the Fisheries Agency, but I wonder
whether policies can be set up adequately in this
way and I would like to have the Investigative Com-
mittee take part in basic talks on this problem. I
would also like to see them extend their interests
to business management. If they get into manage-
ment problems, there is a danger of their also get-
ting involved in financing problems, but I would like
to see them work out some basic lines on such
questions as what type of management to use with
what type of vessel. At any rate, I hope that they
will set up a basis as suggested above.

November 1956

Clarify Thoroughly the Increases and Decreases
in the Tuna: Moderator: We have heard various
opinions, but Mr. Teramoto, what do you, asa
member of the Investigative Committee think?

Teramoto: If you ask me what I think as a
member of the Committee, I think that the most
important point is the resource from the point of
view of the production field, and I think that we
must investigate it thoroughly at this time. Bigger
vessels have been coming off the ways since 1951
and the tuna have been fished farther and farther
out from the bases, until at present, as youknow,
there is no part of the Pacific where they don't
fish, and the fishery has also developed into the
Indian Ocean and even to Madagascar and the Ara-
bian Sea. As for conditions on those grounds, at
first catches ran 5,000-6,000 kan (41,000-49,600

‘ pounds) per day, whereas at present they will go
3,000 kan (24,800 pounds) at best and average a-
round 1,000 kan (8,300 pounds). That is in the
Indian Ocean, but when we come to look at the
Pacific, we can say that the grounds are already
fished down, with daily catches of 500-1,000 kan
(3,300-8,300 pounds) regarded as highly success-
ful.

We think, therefore, that the resource problem
has got to be investigated from various angles. To
put it briefly, we can say that 4 or Syears' statis-
tics show a gradual decline. There are those who,
from academic theories or hypotheses, say that
the fish are not decreasing but may be increasing,
however, this is a knotty problem. I think that
we, as a committee, must come up with some
solution.

In brief, the decline of the catch is a fact. It
is not easy to show this clearly, but I hope that
even if it takes considerable time we will be able
to get a thorough solution of the problem of the re-
source. One school of thought is that it is actually
declining gradually. However, one tuna spawns
tens of thousands of eggs; how many of these sur-
vive and grow is a question which we must ask the
scientists to study, for at present the growth rate
is not clearly known. Untilthis is known, the prob-
lem, I think, cannot be solved. There are prob-
ably several methods, but thinking about itas alay-
man, I wonder if it might not be possible to find the
spawning ground, capture some of the young fish,
and rear them to study the growthrate. I hope that
the scientists willdo some basic workon this point.

Make More Use of Tagging Experiments: Su-
gano: Still talking about the resource problem, I
think that there are various species of fish which
are not decreasing in numbers, but it is a fact that
the tuna are declining. It is a question, however,
whether they are among the species which can be
completely fished out or whether they will just de-
crease down to a certain limit and then continue at
that level.

For instance, I think that the following can
probably be said. In the Indian Oceandaily catches
of 4,000 to 5,000 kan (33,100-41,300 pounds) were
the usualthing, but now if 2,000kan(16,500 pounds)
is taken it is top fishing. However, when catches
of 5,000 kan (41,300 pounds) were being made it
was a yet unknown ground and Japanese boats were
fishing there for the first time, so naturally the
fish took to the bait well. That's why they could
catch 5,000kan. Then when they went there subse-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 91

quently the catches dropped to 2,000kan. It might

be that the fish have become more knowing, and I
wonder whether we can Say right off that the resource
has diminished. I'm afraid that we may hear the ar-
gument that if the resource has declined we had bet-
ter not gofishing there. If wecan'toperateon the
5,000-kan level, thenit becomes our duty totry to
operate on2,000kan, andIthink that we need to car-
ry onour business withthis ideainmind. There is
need for persistent investigation of the scope of oc-
currence of the tuna, and for this purpose good use
should probably be made of tagging. Weof the Tuna
Investigation Society have been tagging tuna, under
the direction of the Kanagawa Prefectural Labora-
tory, by tying vinyl tags on their tails. However,
with this method the fish die, and we must finda
simpler method which will keep the fish alive so
that we can investigate their migrations, spawning,
and so forth under natural conditions, and perhaps,
if it is necessary, we might even set aside a cer-
tain area as a preserve in order to protect the re-
source. I certainly don't want things to reach the
point where we will be told that we must not catch
the fish because they are decreasing in numbers,

Regulation Must Come: Teramoto: I sympa-
thize with the views that have just been expressed,
but I hardly think that the vessels ig operation at
the present time will be told ta cease because the
resource is declining. However, I do think that it
may be a poor idea to increase the fleet above the
present level. Therefore I believe that some de-
gree of regulation is unavoidable. The problem,
of course, is inthe method...

We have to study beforehand how far the resource
has declined; it isn't enough just to squawk about
the decline. What we are worried about is the bus-
iness operations based on that resource--and I
think that there is a need to study to find out how
long tHe present state of affairs canlast and whether
really stabilized operations are possible. I believe
that the Committee must, in cooperation with the
industry, work hard and from every possible angle
on the resource, the management of the industry,
and marketing in order to lay out a course and at-
tain its first objectives.

Guidance and Direction are Prerequisites: Mod-
erator: What is the business Situation among the
tuna boat operators?

Teramoto: Business conditions are difficult.
An outsider might think that because boats have
become bigger, the business has also become big-
ger, but the boats have become bigger because it
has become more difficult to catch fish and the op-
erators are plunging ahead in competition with one
another. That is why the boats are being built
larger. The question is whether or not we can con-
tinue in business indefinitely with things going a-
long as at present. The government has got to
think up some thorough-going measures to keep
our business going, because if it is left to go a-
long the way it is now, we will go broke. ! think
that various regulatory policies could be devised,
but the first thing to consider is the ''guidance ves-
sels,'' the government-owned ships. These ves-
sels don't pay any taxes nor do they have any trou-
ble raising capital. Some of the privately-owned
boats, meanwhile, are operating on borrowed mon-
ey. Although the resource is drying up and fish
are getting hard to catch, the price of fish doesn't
go up at all, and that is why our business is in

trouble. When weconsider what to do about it, well,
it looks as if we have to cut down the number of
boats. However, for the privately-owned boats op-
erating at present, this is their life and their vo-
cation, and they must keep at it until they drop.
The government has got to do everything it can to
protect them and foster them. One of the ways in
which they can be helped that naturally comes up
for discussion is the control of the research ships.

Hayashi: These ''guidance vessels" are really
a problem, aren't they? There are probably about
900f these government ships in all. Perhaps half
of them are so-called guidance vessels, and even
prefectures which have no fishing industry are
building them to catch tuna, indeed, putting all of
their efforts into catching fish, which is a little
too much for the private boat owners to stomach.

Government Boats Take Away the Best Fisher-
men: Moderator: Is there any directly apparent

damage from the guidance vessels?

Kojima: There is. First of all, they pick up
the best fishermen, because the government boats
give a fixed salary and a share of the catch on top
of it, so they give a more stable income than the
private boats. That is why they can pick the best
fishermen and therefore they are cleaning out the
fishing grounds in a way that we can't compete with.

Sugano: This word ''guidance vessel" sounds good,
but in actuality they are far from providing any
guidance. It's generally the privately-owned boats
that search out the grounds and then the government
boats come nosing along afterward. It's really more
than we can stand for!

Kojima: They don't do any guiding, and the name
is a bit presumptuous. (All agree. ) 8

Moderator: I suppose that this matter of guidance
vessels will come to be a problem of administration
in the future, but now I would like to héar from Mr.
Hayashi on the fish price problem as another one
affecting business.

Establishment of Reefers as a Measure to Help
Prices: Hayashi: I am always thinking of ways to
help the price situation. In addition to propaganda
for the consumption of fish and expansion of mar-
kets, large refrigerator plants should be built, es-
pecially for tuna, so that when big catches are made
or when fish are overabundant in a certain district,
they could be stored. Then they could be sold
when fewer vessels were coming into port. Don't
you think that this sort of management would sta-
bilize the price of fish? I would like to have the
government finance the construction of refrigera-
tor facilities in a base like this. Our association

is selling fish cooperatively, so we feel this need
very keenly.

Mabune: With frozen fish we don't have the sort
of instability we have with fresh fish. At present
the amount of frozen fish is increasing, which
means that the amount of fresh fish is declining,
but the decline in the amount of fresh fish has not
brought about as much of a general price drop as
was feared. This is the good effect of refrigera-
tion. Refrigeration on shipboard is still a problem,
but on my vessel we have got used to handling it and
we are getting just about the kind of prices we plan
on. At first, before we were used to it, we some-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

WO, Its, IN©> iil

times landed poor quality stuff, but now .

Mito: Looking at the figures, frozen fish be-
gan to increase sharply around 1953. According
to our survey, 1953 was up 50 percent over 1952,
it doubled in 1955, and there was another 50-per-
cent increase in 1956. In connection with this rap-
id increase, if we look at the price situation men-
tioned by Mr. Mabune, there was a temporary
drop in 1952 at the time of the Bikini incident, but
since then the price has gone up despite the in-
creased catch, and this year even the price of un-
frozen fish has increased.

In other words, this means that by using frozen
fish the price can be maintained above a certain
limit. This is not to say that it can be increased,
but frozen fish can play an important role in sta-
bilizing it within certain limits. Therefore, in
response to this stabilized price, must we not
hereafter think of ways to improve the pattern of
business operations in the fishery? For example,
up to now we have been finished with the fish after
they have been sold at the auction and have not been
concerned with the price thereafter at all. What
kind of a marketing structure will give the least
spread between the final price and the price to the
producer? What kind of a price will keep the con-
sumers from turning away from tuna and at the
same time overcome the low state of the resource?
These are the questions to which, within the ca-
pabilities of the present situation, I would like to
get scientific answers. I hope that the Committee
will get into these matters.

Moderator: We have put in a lot of time here,
and now I wish that Mr. Teramoto, as a member
of the Tuna Investigative Committee, would pre-
sent his views as to what the Committee may do
in the future to solve.these various problems.

The Fishing Grounds are Overexploited: Tera-
moto: We have heard may worthwhile comments
from all of you, and they are valuable to me as a
member of the Committee. I will try to do allI
can for you from now on. Various matters have
been discussed, but the point is that there is mon-
ey being made in the tuna fishery and everyone
has been trying to get in to share it, so that itcan
probably be said that the industry is at a peak at
present. If it were to continue as it is now it would
be fine, but there is no assurance that it will. As
has always been said in the past, if a thing gets
real good, there is bound to be a reaction, and
since the tuna fishing industry is today at the top,
we must consider that there is bound to be a day
when the reaction will set in and things will get
bad. Then those of us who have been in the busi-
ness for many years and those newcomers who
have come into the fishery because there is mon-
ey to be made there will all go down to ruin to-
gether. In that eventuality I hope the government
will think very seriously about whether to save
those who were already in the fishery or whether
to rescue the new operators. I think that there
have got to be some real regulatory measures
here. Those who have been fishing tuna for 30
or 40 years have been through hard times at least
two or three times, and I think that these people
who have specialized in tuna fishing must be pro-
tected. If it comes to regulation, I would like to
have it start with the 90 guidance vessels. The
problem is how much actual guidance they are do-
ing under the name of "guidance vessels.'’ This

November 1956

year is already the peak--will it continue thus for
years, or is the fishery already in a dangerous
condition? Ihave just heard various views concern-
ing the resource, and my opinion is that it is play-
ingout. The reasonIthink sois that, as several of
you have stated, the catch rates are actually going
down witheverycruise. Even though we knew about
the increase in juvenile fish that the scientists talk
about, we don't know about the increase in growth
after that stage, and if it cannot be affirmed that
the tuna are decreasing, neither can it be affirmed

* OK

CULTURED PEARL INDUSTRY AF-
FECTED BY HOT SPELL: The most im-
portant cultured pearl farms in Japan are
located in the Nagoya District at Ago and
Matoya Bay in Mie Prefecture. Asa re-
sult of unusually hot weather in early Au-
gust the temperature of the water rose sud
denly from a normalhigh of WIC) Cg. 12,
i SIO Os

value of existing pearl oysters (Sources:

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

(GZ Tal) causing an estimated
loss of $1,219,280 or 25 percent of the total

that they are increasing. Therefore at this time
we must investigate these things thoroughly and con-
struct a basic foundation so that, just because there
is money to be made in tuna fishing now, everyone
won'tbe allowed to get into the fishery with the re-
sult that the old established operators will go broke
along with the newcomers.

Moderator: Thank youall for your valuable views

and for the time that you have devoted to this dis-
cussion.

)

Pearl Oyster (Avicula margaritifera)

Local press and Mie Prefecture Office;

United States consular dispatch dated September 10).

OK OF

FISH NET KNITTING MACHINES AND OPERATORS TO GO TO CANADA:

%* OK

It is

reported that one of the seven largest Mie Prefecture (Nagoya District) manufac-
turers is concluding arrangements to send its machines and technicians to Canada
under a technical cooperation agreement to make synthetic fiber fishing nets for

salmon and trout fisheries.

Japanese authorities fear that this move will induce

Japanese manufacturers to offer their products at unprofitably low prices in order
to sell their stocks before Canadian production commences.

Mie Prefecture has long been a center of one of Japan's oldest industries, the

manufacture of fishing nets.

since then synthetic fibers have become increasingly important.

Until 1950 all nets were made of cotton or hemp but

In 1951 only

98,000 pounds of synthetic fiber fish nets were produced; in 1954 production had
increased to 894,000 pounds and in 1955 it reached 1,283,000 pounds while in that
year 2,182,000 pounds of cotton and 69,000 pounds of hemp fish nets were produced.

The Canadian market has always been of major importance to this industry.

States consular dispatch dated September

(United
10, 1956, from Nagoya.)

FISHERY PRODUCTS EXPORTS RANK FOURTH IN VALUE: For the first 9

months of 1956, Japan's exports of fishery products ranked fourth in value, or 5
percent of the total value of all commodities exported. Total exports of fishery
products from January-August 1956 amounted to 131,481 metric tons (value US$78.3
million), up 79 percent from the 95,889 tons (value US$43.7 million) exported in

the same period.in 1955.
Note: Values converted at the rate of 360 yen equal US$1,

OK OK KK

OVERSEAS FISHING VENTURES PLANNED:

In an effort to develop new fish-

ing grounds to relieve overfishing in the coastal waters of Japan, the Japanese Fish-
eries Agency has asked for appropriations in the next fiscal year to stationa fisheries

94 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

officer at Singapore. Also planned is an overseas fisheries promotion association
which will be subsidized by the Government. (United States Embassy Dispatch from
Tokyo dated September 7, 1956.)

The fisheries officer planned for the office of the Japanese Consulate General in
Singapore will supervise fishermen operating in the Indian Ocean and surrounding
waters, promote joint fishing ventures with Singapore and Malayan authorities, and
develop markets for Japanese fisheries products. The proposed Japanese overseas
fisheries promotion association will be an advisory organ to the Government in over-
seas fisheries development and planning. In addition, the association will take an
active part by conducting surveys, opening overseas consultant offices, and develop-
ing overseas markets. The undeveloped fishing grounds which the Japanese are
currently interested in are waters of the east coast of South America, the Persian
Gulf, and the Red Sea.

A later report points out that the Japanese fisheries industry has formed an
association known as the Japanese Overseas Fisheries Cooperative Association
Agency for the purpose of developing cooperative arrangements with foreign coun-
tries for the exploitation of fisheries resources in their coastal waters. The As-
sociation has applied for a government subsidy of ¥34 million (about US$95,000)
during the next Japanese fiscal year to help it carry out its main objective, which
is to relieve overcrowding in Japanese waters by finding substitute employment a-
broad for Japanese coastal fishermen. The Association will study offers by foreign
countries relating to fisheries resource development and will set up overseas branch-
es for the purpose of conducting fisheries resources surveys in various areas of the
world in cooperation with the Japanese Government.

Ok OK kK

NORTH PACIFIC FACTORYSHIP KING CRAB MEAT PACK THROUGH JULY

1956: The Japanese fleet of six factoryships and 18 attached catching vessels had

packed a total of 269,999 cases of king crab meat (48 3-lb. cans) through July 31,
1956, according to the August 1956, Monthly Statistical Report of Japanese Fisheries.

The pack by area is as follows: Eastern area.of Bering Sea, 53,000 cases;
Western area of Bering Sea, 31,000 cases; Sea of Okhotsk, 185,000 cases. The pack
for the entire season in 1955 made by three factoryship fleets was 206,850cases. In
1955 the last factoryship left the fishing grounds on September 10.

% OK OK

—————— OOo oO.) O_O OO. OC eC =

with a 1955 catch of 64,043,900 fish.
The catch for 1956 includes 28,270,000
fish (47,776 metric tons) from the Rus-
sian restricted area (Aleutians and Ok* [-77727770trncprrroon nbn noob nn noob 2b -- === ben
hotsk Sea) and 23,745,731 fish from un- Fre Mel oC CHD AEs a PERO. GO:cn © 10.90.00
restricted areas (Aleutians and Bering
Sea), a United States Embassy dispatch
dated September 17, 1956 from Tokyo
reports.

656
330 | 9,412) 3,404} 392

12,494 5,020] 21,977 16 464,043

In addition to the salmon factory-
ship operations, the catch by the shore-
based drift-net fishery in the restrict-
ed area was estimated at 5,918,000 fish
(mostly pinks) or approximately 8,004
metric tons.

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 95

Operations by the factoryships in the Russian restricted area fell short 15 per-
cent of the catch limitation of 54,831 metric tons imposed by the Russians.

A summary of the 1956 North Pacific high-seas salmon fishery with compara-
tive data for 1956 is presented in the table.

The pack of canned salmon from the 1955 factoryship catch of about 64 million
fish was 1,450,000 cases, total pack from all sources was 1,780,000 cases.

OK OK KK

NORTH PACIFIC WHALING, 1956: Two Japanese whaling expeditions operating
in the North Pacific this summer produced 24,922 metric tons of baleen and sperm
oil as compared with last year's 19,026 tons, an increase of 31 percent.

Table 1 - Production of Whale Products by Japanese North Pacific
Whaling Fleets, 1955-56

Total
Oil

1/ Mostly frozen and salted,

The total catch in numbers of whales was 3,168 whales (1,570 baleen and 1,598
sperm) as compared with 2,652 whales (1,568 baleen and 1,084 sperm) in 1955. The
catch of baleen whales remained at the same level as last year because of the Fish-
eries Agency's conservation measure of restricting the catch to 800 blue-whale units.
The catch of sperm whales increased nearly 50 percent as compared with the pre-
vious year. Japanese fishermen belive this is evidence of abundant stocks in the
North Pacific.

OK OK OK

REPORT ON TUNA FISHING OFF TAHITI: The Shizuoka Prefecture's fisher-

ports the Nippon Suisan Shimbun (September 7, 1956), a Japanese weekly periodical.
The vessel has now concluded its operations after taking 45,000 kan (372,000 pounds)
of yellowfin, big-eyed, and albacore tuna at 36 fishing stations. The vessel sent in
by radio the following report concerning the fishing grounds around Tahiti and a

new fishing ground 1,000 miles ESE. of Hawaii.

On the Tahiti grounds the catch was mostly albacore, but because the season
was inappropriate the schools were small and the fishing was not up to expectations.
However, it is thought that this will be rather promising ground in the albacore sea-
son.

On the new grounds 1,000 miles ESE. of Hawaii, the catch was big-eyed and
yellowfin tuna and the schools were extraordinarily concentrated, with as much as
2,000-3,000 kan (16,500-24,800 pounds) taken per station. This area is thought to
show more promise for the future than the Indian Ocean.

% OK OK Ok

SALMON INDUSTRY OF HOKKAIDO: A salmon canning plant at Kushiro in Hok-
kaido, operated by the Hokkaido Economic Agricultural Cooperative Association
(organized by coastal fishermen) was visited by members of the United States Em-
bassy at Tokyo the latter part of June 1956. This is a report on their observations:

96 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

The labor force at the plant was about 100, most of whom were females and the
capacity of the plant is 800 cases a day, which requires about 50,000 pounds of raw
fish. The plant cans only salmon (chums and pinks) caught in coastal waters by
small boat owners and the salmon cannery operation lasts only about one month
(June) out of the year. During part of the remaining months, other species of fish
and some vegetables are canned.

In 1955, Japanese fishermen caught 387 million pounds of salmon of which 268
million pounds were from factoryship-type high-seas gill-net fishing and 119 mil-
lion pounds were from coastal fishing and inshore fixed-net fishing. The latter
type of fishing yielded a catch of 2.4 million pounds. In 1955, the Japanese Gov-
ernment licensed 1,700 sets of fixed nets and 1,800 coastal and high-seas fishing

boats.

The coastal salmon catch is important both for canning and for domestic con-
sumption as fresh and salt fish. The high-seas factoryship-type catch is canned,
chiefly for export, while the drift-net catch by small boats (nonmothership type
fishing) is almost all consumed as salt fish on the domestic market. The industry
is of considerable importance both as a source of needed protein for the Japanese
and as a source of foreign exchange in addition to its importance in supplying em-
ployment for some 65,000 fishermen, points out the August 9 report from the United
States Embassy in Tokyo.

Some of those interviewed in Hokkaido seemed to have first-hand knowledge a-
bout Russian salmon fishing in the Okhotsk Sea and the Kamchatka peninsula area
and all stated that Russian methods are primitive (mainly fixed-net fishing) and
that the industry is of insignificant importance to the Russian economy. Further-
more, the Russian contention that the salmon stock is decreasing because of heavy
Japanese hauls was said to be entirely unfounded.

JAPANESL GOVERNMENT

Republic of Korea

terms of domestic production and imports, is of minor importance to South Korea,
according to a survey made by the Foreign Agriculture Service of the United States
Department of Agriculture. .

Domestic production consisted of 270 metric tons of fish-liver oil and 30 tons
of whale oil. The fish oil is produced in small quantities at a few scattered fish-
processing plants. It is possible that the production of oil from marine-animals
will increase in the future due to the program now under way to develop latent fish-
ery resources.

The only exports of oils and fats reported in 1955 were 73 tons of marine-ani-
mal oils to Japan. Prices at the wholesale level in 1955 were US$30 for a 180-kilo-
gram (about 398 pounds) drum for fish-liver and fish-body oils and US$40-50 a drum
for sperm oil.

No imports of marine -animal oils were listed as such in 1955 and 1954. How-
eae some small quantities may be included in unclassified groupings of fats and
oils.

a) eee ae
Note; Values converted at the rate of 500 hwan equal US$1.

——

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 97

Norway

CANNED BRISLING SARDINE EXPORTS LOWER, JAN. -JULY 1956: During
the first seven months of 1956 Norwegian exports of canned brisling sardines have
been reduced to only one-half of normal, or to about 20 million kroner (US$2.8 mil-
lion) in value, points out an October 5 report from the United States Embassy at
Oslo.

% OK OK KK

FINDINGS IN STUDY OF ARCTIC-NORWEGIAN COD: A comprehensive re-
port on the Arctic-Norwegian cod, published by the Norwegian Fishery Directo-
rate's Ocean Research Institute, contains several noteworthy findings. It reveals
that such fish species as cod and haddock, until now considered typical groundfish,
probably spend most of their life at higher levels, suggesting the need for a radical
revision of Norwegian fishing methods. The study also indicates that the notable de-
cline in the catch of mature cod on the Lofoten banks of North Norway is, in all like-
lihood, caused by the heavy international trawling in the Barents Sea, feeding grounds
of the young cod.

The report presents scores of echographs which conclusively show that cod
and haddock to a large extent occur pelagically in big schools. And, contrary to
previous notions, they move mostly at upper levels of the sea, not along the bottom.
In author Saetersdal's opinion, it is possible that these species are found at the bot-
tom, where they can be caught by trawls, only in relatively short periods. In view
of the discovery that cod and haddock spend most of their time at upper levels, he
emphasizes the urgent need of developing new fishing methods. Towards that end,
the Ocean Research Institute will dispatch an expedition this fall to test the effic-
iency of float-lines and midwater trawls in pelagic fishing. Meanwhile, the experi-
mental depth-sounding studies of cod and haddock will continue.

A substantial part of the report deals with the wide fluctuations in the stock of
the Arctic-Norwegian cod. Since 1860, total landings in the annual Lofoten fisher-
ies have varied between 6 and 40 million mature cod. Comparisons between the
Lofoten landings and the number of young cod caught in the subsequent Finnmark
fisheries indicate a direct connection, for every fluctuation in the Finnmark fish-
eries is invariably repeated in the Lofoten fisheries three years later. On the
basis of available data, the author offers tentative forecasts for the next two years.
The Finnmark fisheries, which were ''very good" this year, will be ''good" in 1957
and "not so good"' in 1958. For the Lofoten fisheries, the catch will be "medium"
in 1957, and "above medium" in 1958 and 1959. These predictions do not take into
account the extremely high mortality to which the cod spawn are exposed on the
banks off the Lofoten islands.

Perhaps the most important chapter in the report is that dealing with the im-
pact of international trawling on the stock of young cod in the Barents Sea, a shal-
low part of the Arctic Ocean lying northeast of Norway, between Spitsbergen, Franz
Joseph's Land, and Nova Zemblia. In this connection the author notes that no less
than 700,000 metric tons of gutted Arctic-Norwegian cod was landed by the four
leading fishery nations in that area in 1955, an increase of about 100,000 tons com-
pared with 1954. The catch was distributed among the various countries as follows:
Soviet Union 350,000 tons; Great Britain 180,000 tons; Norway 160,000 tons; and
Germany 10,000 tons. The Soviet catch is estimated on the basis of a few meager
data. Thus, it is known that in the spring of 1955 the Soviets were fishing in the
Barents Sea with 560 trawlers, including 14 modern factory vessels. In the follow-
ing five years, the Soviet fishing fleet in these waters was scheduled to be expand-
ed by 75 more factory trawlers. Commenting on these developments, Saetersdal
observes: ''There is every reason to ask whether the stock of young cod in the Bar-
ents Sea can stand being taxed so heavily, and even more, whether it will be able

98 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

to endure the further increase in the taxation that can be expected, especially from
the fast-growing Soviet fishing fleet."

The Norwegian fishery consultant points out that in recent years the Lofoten
fisheries have yielded notably poorer annual catches than indicated by known data
on the stock of young cod and the former relationship between young and mature
cod. According to Saetersdal, the drop in the Lofoten landings is very likely a
result of the heavy increase in the Barents Sea trawling. As this trend will prob-
ably continue, he suggests that Norwegian fishermen should in coming years devote
more attention to catching the young cod, which are less vulnerable to overfishing
than the mature cod found in the Lofoten waters.

Although it can not be asserted that the Barents Sea cod stock is as yet being
overtaxed, the question of regulating the trawling operations there is, neverthe-
less, being considered by Norwegian and British experts. With the present 11-
centimeter (4.3-inch) wide mesh, trawls can catch 40-centimeter (15.7-inch) long
fish. As these have no commercial value, they are thrown overboard. The salt-
fish trawlers even reject most of the fish under 60 centimeter (23.6-inch). If the
width of the trawl mesh were to be enlarged, it would spare the younger generations
of cod. The Soviet Union, however, is not a member of the international group
which seeks to assure the biggest possible fish yield in the North-East Atlantic.
And without Soviet participation, says the report, protective measures will have
little effect. (News of Norway, September 20, 1956, of the Norwegian Information
Service.)

kK Kk

FOREIGN MINISTRY REQUESTS NORWAY FISHERY PACT WITH RUSSIA: The
Norwegian Foreign Ministry through the Norwegian Embassy in Moscow has approach-
ed the Soviet authorities with the suggestion that negotiations should be started with
the aim of securing agreement on a frontier between Norwegian and Russian sea
territory, it was announced in Oslo in September.

According to the Oslo newspaper Arbeiderbladet, it is hoped to establish a joint-
fishing belt where Norwegian and Russian fishing vessels can operate side by side.
Such an arrangement already exists between Norway and Sweden at the outer reach-
es of the Oslo Fijord.

Last week four Russian trawlers were discovered within Norwegian waters.
Damage was done to Norwegian fishing gear. The Norwegian Embassy in Moscow
has asked the Soviet authorities to draw Russian trawler skippers' attention to the
Norwegian regulations so that similar contraventions can be avoided in the future.
(The Fishing News, September 14, 1956.)

%K OK OK Ok

According to Dr. Birger Rassmussen, of the Norwegian Fishery Directorate's
Ocean Research Institute, the waters west of Greenland constitute one of the rich-
est fishing grounds in the world in relation to the effort required. As to the enor-
mous concentration of cod that occurs each summer, he says it is directly caused

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 99

by the sinking of cold melt water from the drift ice. To get away from it, the cod
follows the warmer water to the surface. ''They go in dense shoals, just like her-
ring,'' he reported on the return from his last study cruise.

KK KOK

SSS

the Marketing of Fresh Fish agreed at its recent annual meeting to urge the Minis-
try of Fisheries to effect an advertising campaign to sell more fresh fish in the
domestic markets. The sale of fresh fish has declined in recent years. To finance
the campaign, the payment of a tax of $ gre per kilo (about 32 U. S. cents a hundred-
weight) on all fresh fish sold in the domestic market is proposed. The distributors
and not the consumers would pay the tax, according to a September 7, 1956, report
from the United States Embassy at Oslo.

Pakistan
FROZEN FISH EXEMPTED FROM EXPORT DUTY: Fresh fish frozen in cold

storage under low temperatures before export is exempted from export customs
duty, according to Customs Notification in the Gazette of Pakistan dated™August 31,
1956. Under Item 10 (i) of the Second Schedule of the export tariff fresh fish was

chargeable at the rate of Rs. 5/- per maund (82 pounds).

In a previous notification dated March 4, 1955, the Government of Pakistan in
an effort to expand the country's export of fish withdrew the duty on fresh fish proc-
essed and frozen before export.

The effect of the present notification means, therefore, that all frozen fresh
fish, whether processed or not, is permitted to be exported free of export duty,
points out a September 7 United States Embassy dispatch from Karachi.

Portugal

COD FISHING FLEET REPORTS GOOD CATCHES ON NEWFOUNDLAND AND
GREENLAND BANKS: The fish catch by the Portuguese fleet on the Newfoundland
and Greenland banks has been unusually large this year, points out a United States
dispatch from Lisbon (September 6, 1956). Modern equipment for locating schools
of fish was mentioned as an important aid, as well as quick work in fitting out dor-
ies and the greater speed by which motor-powered vessels are able to follow the
fish. Better catches were made because of the use this year of better and more ex-
pensive bait purchased from suppliers in Nova Scotia, Newfoundland, and Norway.

It was reported that fresh mackerel, as well as squid and herring were used with
special success as bait.

Almost all vessels of the cod fleet were reported returning fully loaded this
year a month or so ahead of the usual schedule and many units of the fleet of 70
to 80 vessels were expected to return to the banks for further fishing. Fish have
not been as abundant on the banks for many years, according to returning fisher-
men. Both trawlers and hand-line fishing vessels have met with considerable
success.

An abundant cod catch should be of substantial assistance in increasing Portu-
gal's protein food supplies and assisting the Government in efforts to maintain

100 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

stable prices at a time when the cost of living had risen. The demand for cod since
last year to fill the gap in meat supplies resulted in substantial imports of codfrom
Norway and other supplying countries with a corresponding loss in foreign exchange.

kK kK

FISHERIES TRENDS, JUNE 1956: Sardine Fishing: Sardine catches in Portu-
galduring June 1956 improved over the very low landings for May but were still wellbe-
lownormal. Thecatch of sardines for June 1956 amounted to 1,522 metric tons (value
US$329,000) as compared with 5,917 tons (value US$655,000) in June 1955. Sardines
purchased by the packing centers during the month amounted to only 655 tons (valued
at US$169,600). The balance was absorbed for immediate public consumption. The
principal sardine ports in June were Portimao, Olhao, Matosinhos, and Villa Real
Santo Antonio. About 53 percent of the catch was landed at Portimao. The port of
Matosinhos had about 138 tons, the August 1956 Conservas de Peixe reports.

Other Fishing: Landings of fish other than sardines totaled 5,879 metric tons
(valued at US$974, 713 ex- vessel) and consisted principally of anchovy (1,995 tons)
and chinchard (3,008 tons) and 876 tons of mixed (mostly tuna and mackerel).

%* OK ek Xe

CANNED FISH EXPORTS, JANUARY-JUNE 1956: Portuguese canned fish ex-
ports in June 1956 totaled only 2,173 tons (114,000 cases), valued at US$1.3 million,
as compared with 4,480 tons, valued at
Portuguese Canned Fish Exports, January-June 1956 US$2.1 million, for the same month in
1955.

January-June 1956

For the first six months of 1956,
canned fish exports amounted to 18,035
tons (949,000 cases) valued at US$10.2
million as compared with 27,292 tons
valued at US$14.0 million for the same
period in 1955. Sardines in olive oil
was the leading product exported.

In June 1956 France was the princi-
pal buyer of Portuguese canned fish,
followed by Germany, the United King-
dom, and the United States.

For January-June 1956, the lead-
ing canned fish buyer was Germany with
3,217 tons (valued at US$1.7 million, fol-
lowed by the United Kingdom with 2,024
tons (valued at US$1.1 million), the United
States with 2,004 tons (valued at US$1.6
million), and Italy with 1,883 tons (value
US$1.1). Exports to the United States
consisted of 843 tons of sardines, 997 tons
of anchovies, and 10 tons of tuna.

OK KK
Sardinelike fish
CANNED FISH PACK, JAN. -APRIL Other species
1956: The Portuguese can canned fish pack
(811 tons) in April 1956 continued very
light and consisted of principally sardine -
like fish. The canned fish pack for January-April amounted to 1,740 tons (91,600
cases), the August 1956 Conservas de Peixe points out.
Note; Values converted to US$ equivalent at rate of 28.75 escudos equal US$1.
=< *_

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 101

South-West Africa

SKIPJACK TUNA NETTED NEAR WALVIS BAY: The South-West Africa fishing
vessel el Kittywake repo reported catching 150 oceanic bonito or skipjack tuna with lampara
seines during July. The school of skipjack tuna was encountered, while the vessel
was under way from Luderritz to Walvis Bay. Unprepared for fishing, most of the
school disappeared by the time the net was set. The crewmen on the Kittywake
thought that if the net had been set more quickly that a larger catch would have been
made.

The fish averaged about 15 pounds each. When gutted, it was found that their
stomachs were full of small white shrimp about three-quarters inch long. The fish
apparently did not see the twine while the net was being pursed. It is claimed that
the type of synthetic fiber twine used in the net creates very little disturbance in
the water. The report also stated that a number of companies at Walvis Bay have
inquired about the use of same type of nets used by the Kittywake for such fish as
bonito and yellowtail. The skipjack is reported to be uncommon in South Africa,
but is fairly abundant off Angola. (South African Shipping News and Fishing Indus-
try Review, August 1956.)

Spain

FISHERIES TRENDS, AUGUST 1956: Fishing: Fish catches sold on the Vigo
fish exchange during August 1956 totaled 11.7 million pounds valued at US$1,074,148,
a decrease in quantity of about 12.7 percent as compared with July and 23.7 percent
below August 1955, Average prices for first sales in August were 9.1 U.S. cents
a pound as compared with July and 23.7 percent below August 1955. Average prices
for the first sales in August were 9.1 U. S. cents a poundas compared with10.9U.S.
cents in July and 5.5 U. S. cents in August 1955.

The lower average prices in August were probably due to smaller catches of
high-priced varieties, such as albacore tuna (Germo alalunga) and to a greater a-
bundance of the low- priced needlefish (Ramphistoma SEE) and horse mackerel
(Sciaena aquila lacep). The catch of albacore decreased from 5.6 million pounds
in July to 1.8 million pounds in August. The average price for albacore was 14.5
U. S. cents a pound in July and 16.8 U. S. cents a pound in August.

Fish Canning: During August the fish canneries in the Vigo area purchased 3.7
million pounds of fresh fish at the Vigo fish exchange as compared with 4.9 million
pounds in July and 5.4 million pounds in August 1955. The decrease in purchases
by comparison to July was attributed in part to the lower catches of albacore. Other
varieties purchased by fish packers wore needlefish, which is packed in oil as a sub~
stitute for sardine (Sardina pilchardus W.) and horse mackerel.

Reports indicated that some fish packers were curtailing purchases of fresh
fish on account of the difficulties encountered in obtaining an adequate supply of tin
plate and olive oil. The fish canning industry regards this as its main problem at
the present time, and little seems to have been done officially toward a satisfactory

solution (September 11 dispatch from United States Consulate in Vigo).

Note: Value converted at one pesata equals 2.56 U, S, cents.

102 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

Sweden

CARE OF FROZEN FOODS STRESSED BY HEALTH AUTHORITIES: Frozen
foods and the so-called "freezing chain™ were discussed thoroughly by the Swedish
General Health Association at a three-day conference held in September at Halsing-
borg, Sweden. The Association membership consists of Swedish health authorities,
district physicians, and veterinary surgeons, according to a September 17 report
from the United States Consulate at Goteborg.

The Association considers that quick-frozen foodstuffs should be better taken
care of by wholesalers and retail dealers and recommends more rigorous regula-
tions regarding sanitary conditions in shops.

Dealers, the Association stated in a resolution adopted at the conference, must
learn to measure the temperature of the quick-frozen goods. The importance of
shipments in wholesale lots was also stressed. The resolution also said that shop
freezing, whereby fresh foodstuffs are placed in freezing counters in retail shops,
must be prevented. It was also held to be desirable that the manufacturers should
date-stamp foodstuffs particularly shrimp, fatty types of fish, etc.

OK OR OK

IMPORTS FROM THE DOLLAR AREA LIBERALIZED: The Swedish State Ag- :
ricultural Marketing Board (Statens Jordbrukensnamnd) in a circular announcement
of August 7, 1956, corrected the dollar-free list and the transit-dollar simport lists. :
The dollar-free list (commodities within the jurisdiction of the Board which can be
admitted to Sweden without import license from dollar-area countries) includes the
following fishery and related products (statistical number precedes the commodity in
parentheses): (33) fresh halibut; (38) fresh rayfish; (46,50-51) salted and dried
fish, excluding sprats, anchovies, mackerel, herring and Baltic herring (stromming);
(54) spiced or sugar-cured fish, excluding sprats, anchovies, herring and Baltic
herring; (55) dried fish (fresh-dried fish), excluding ling; (56) smoked fish;
(57-59) fish roe, salted or prepared in another manner; (60) oysters; and (62, ex
63) crustaceans (as well as unspecified mussels), excluding lobster and deep-sea
shrimp; (76) tortoise shell, mother-of-pearl, also mussel and snail shells, un-
worked; (315-317) canned fish and shellfish.
:
;

The transit-dollar list (commodities originating in the dollar area for which
import licenses are granted) includes (251) fish-liver oil; (252:2) fish oil, other
kinds; (ex 253:2) lard oil and sperm oil; and (ex 281) crayfish tails (United States »
Embassy dispatch dated August 31, 1956).

OK Kk Ok

‘ LOAN PROGRAM FOR COMMERCIAL FISHERMEN: A program for the grant-
ing of loans to Swedish fishermen and owners of commercial fishing vessels has
been in existence for about 50 years. Loans are granted for the purchase of ves-
sels, motors, or other machinery, gear, and for shore-side equipment, such as

packing buildings, vehicles, and fish culture.

Funds for loans are controlled by the Swedish Board of Fishery. The Board
does not make loans directly to fishermen or owners of fishing vessels but to eco-
nomic associations and county councils throughout the country, who in turn extend

meee to the fishermen or owners of vessels within their jurisdiction or member-
ship.

No installments or interest are required during the first two years, but there-
after an interest rate of 3.6 percent is charged on the amount of the outstanding 1
loan. Loans must be repaid within a period of 12 years, with equal payments each |

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 103

year after the first two, plus accrued interest. When yearly installments are not
paid within the specified time, an interest of 6 percent is charged from the due date,
until payment is made, according to a September 18, 1956, dispatch from the United
States Consul General in Goteborg.

The maximum amount that may be granted in a single year by rural economic
associations or county councils to an individual fisherman or to an individual owner
of a vessel is US$23,000. The Swedish Government contributed US$387,000 annu-
ally to the fund during 1950-53, US$580,000 in 1954, US$ 773,000 in 1955 and US$503,000
in 1956.

The average loan extended by the economic associations and county councils a-
mounts to between US$1,900-3,900. The demand for loans has steadily increased
during the past few years. The restrictive credit policy established by the Swed-
ish Government in 1956 has reduced the amount made available to the fishery fund
in 1956.

OK KK

NEW FISH FREEZING FACILITIES PROPOSED FOR GOTEBORG: The Swed-
ish West Coast Fishermen's Fish Processing Association has applied to the Swed-
ish government for a loan of 1.5 million crowns (US$291,000) for the erection of a
building for the processing and quick-freezing of fish. In considering this loan ap-
plication, the Fishing Board is reported to have suggested that the amount of the
loan be reduced to 700,000 crowns (US$136,000), states a September 19, 1956, dis-
patch from the United States Consulate in Goteborg.

It is calculated that the total cost will amount to about 6.5 million crowns
(US$1,260,000). The building itself is estimated to cost 4.35 million (US$843,000).
The structure is to be built at the western end of the fish harbor and it is expected
that about 200,000 crowns (US$38,000) will be contributed by the Goteborg harbor
authorities for pulling down the buildings at present occupying this area. The As-~
sociation hopes that it will be possible to raise abaut 5 million crowns (US$989,000)
among the fishing industry organizations.

The buildings to be erected will contain five floors. It will be 171 feet long
and 85 feet wide and will have a roof garden. It will contain a deep-freeze plant,
premises for the processing of fish, including filleting machines, cold-storage rooms,
and office quarters.

It is planned that the deep-freezing capacity will be 50 metric tons a day. If
this capacity is utilized 120 days a year, this would mean that 6,000 metric tons an-
nually would be frozen. It will be possible to keep about 1,200 metric tons in cold
storage, corresponding to an average storage period of two months.

According to the chairman of the Association, it is essential for the continued
existence of the Swedish west coast fishing industry that this building be erected.
At present, the possibilities of freezing fish landed in the port of Goteborg are very
limited, and the fish often have to be transported long distances for this purpose,
for instance to Malmo which is about 186 miles from Goteborg.

Another reason why the realization of this project is considered so important
is that Swedish imports of quick-frozen fish have increased enormously during the
last few years. In 1954, about one-half of the frozen fish consumed in this coun-
try was Swedish, while in 1955 only one-third was of Swedish origin.

The consumption of fresh and frozen fish totaled approximately 80,000 metric
tons in 1955, expressed in terms of the weight of the fish when landed.

104 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

‘king development in the consumption of fish in Sweden during recent years
has Ro Enne se ont ts the consumption of quick-frozen fillets. From an insignif-
icant part of the total fresh fish consumption in earlier years the quantity reached
10 percent of total consumption in 1954 and approximately 20 percent in 1955, which
means that in that year about 16,000 metric tons of quick-frozen fish was consumed.

* KOR KK

WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION ACT COVERS FISHERMEN: The commercial
fishing vessels of Sweden are predominately operated by their owners ona share
basis, and seldom have hired crews. While there are about 12,000 full-time and
7,000 part-time professional fishermen engaged in sea fishing, only a few worked
for wages in 1955.

The few hired fishermen are covered by the Workmen's Compensation Act of
1954, generally referred to as ''The Occupational Injuries Insurance Act," which
went into effect on January 1, 1955. Insurance under this Act is compulsory for
all persons employed in Sweden (Swedish citizens and aliens, private and public
employees). The cost is met by employers' premiums which are set in relation to
the work hazards of the plant or industry concerned. Occupational injuries insur-
ance is coordinated with general compulsory sickness insurance, the sickness in-
surance funds taking care of cases of occupational injuries (work accidents and oc~
cupational diseases) causing disability up to 90 days. Sickness insurance is financed
by policy holders' State subsidies, andemployers' premiums (1.4 percent).

The general rules governing insurance of the self-employed also apply to the
self-employed fishermen:

1. Under the General Compulsory Sickness Insurance Act the self-employed
are entitled to compensation for the cost of medical treatment and hospitalization to
the same extent as employees, and to a basic daily allowance of about 58 U. S. cents
which can be increased by a supplemental insurance. For employees, supplement-
al insurance is compulsory.

2. Under the Occupational Injuries Insurance Act they may take out voluntary
insurance providing the same benefits as the compulsory insurance of employees.
Voluntary insurance may also cover accidents off the job. Voluntary insurance
policies are written by those companies administering compulsory occupational in-
juries insurance, primarily the National Insurance Office, either individually, or
collectively for the members of Swedish professional organizations or trade unions.

Prior to the coming into effect of the new legislation in 1955 there was a Royal
Decree of 1918 enabling fishermen to take a voluntary State-subsidized individual
accident insurance with the National Insurance Office. This insurance was cheap-
er than the voluntary insurance under the Occupational Injuries Insurance Act of

teed and benefits were lower--10,500 fishermen held such insurance policies in

According to information furnished by the National Insurance Office 6,071 fish-
ermen are at present holding occupational injury insurance policies through their
professional associations. Eleven fishermen's associations have signed insurance
contracts on behalf of their members, one of them, the Swedish West Coast Fish-

ermen's Association representing 5,191 policyholders. In addition, there are fish-
ermen taking individual insurance policies, but they are few.

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 105

Turkey

and foreign trade, marine oils are of minor eeoraee to ate s economy, ac”
cording to an April 27, 1956, dispatch from the Foreign Agricultural Service of the
U. S. Department of Agriculture.

The only marine oil produced in Turkey is that derived from the Dolphin (ma-
rine mammal). Production from this source totaled 2,500 metric tons in 1954 and
the 1955 production was estimated at 1,500 tons. Exports of marine-animal oil
were not classified as to type and consisted only of 464 metric tons, principally to
Czechoslovakia, Somaliland, and Bulgaria. No marine animal oils were imported.

Union of South Africa

CENTRAL SALES ORGANIZATION FOR CANNED FISH SET UP: Production
and sales of canned fish by nine companies, representing four of the largest groups
in the fishing industry of South and South-West Africa, have formed a central sales
organization to be known as Federal Fish Packers Ltd. Announcing this merger,
the South African Shipping News and Fishing Industry Review says its information is
regarded by the South African fiehinednduer industry as “one of the most significant de-
velopments yet in the eventful history of fish canning on the West Coast. It repre-
sents the culmination of a number of previous attempts to achieve some forum of
coordination in the sales of canned fish from the inshore fishing industry.

"It is no secret that the fish canners of South and South-West Africa have been
feeling the pinch of intense competition on the world markets for their products,"
says the paper. ''This in turn has revealed obvious weaknesses in the present sys-
tem whereby each of several companies has acted on its own in markets abroad."

Although several companies remain outside the new combine, the organization
represents a very substantial section of the fish canning industry with 7 spiny lob-
ster canneries. The combined firms' investment in factories, boats, and other e-
quipment is nearly half the total investment in the inshore fishing industries of South
and South-West Africa.

* OK OK OK OK

ECHO-SOUNDERS IN DEMAND BY FISHING FLEET: Echo-sounders for loca-
ting fish in Cape waters were in such demand in the Union of South Africa that they
were being flown from Europe to Cape Town for the fishing fleets. These sounders
were then installed in vessels fishing off the Cape's west coast. In six weeks from
June to the end of July, one Cape Town firm alone received orders for 60 echo-
sounders; while others were able to sell every instrument in stock. Reportedly, the
suddendemand was so insistent that many instruments were flown to Cape Town from
overseas, principally from Germany.

According to fishing concerns in Cape Town, this surge towards echo-finders
is the start of a new era in scientific fishing. Fishermen in South Africa reported-
ly to date relied primarily on their skill and experience to reap their catches while
the fish were plentiful, but for the past two seasons the movement of the shoals has
been erratic and elusive, states a dispatch (August 2) from the United States Con-
sulate at Cape Town.

Factory operators and fishermen on the Cape west coast in investigating more
exact methods for locating shoals of fish now are finding the answer to some of

106 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

their problems in the echo-sounder. It is understood that echo-sounders have been
in use for some years now in the trawling fleets and in the live-fishing boats of Na-
tal and the Cape east coast and have been a most worthwhile investment.

Echo-sounders currently being sold are principally from Kiel, Germany, mar-
keted at approximately £300 (US$840) each.

In 1952,when the Cape West Coast is said to have reached a peak of 300,560
tons of fish, a few fishermen reportedly tried out the echo-sounders with marked
success. By the end of August this year, it was estimated that about 70 Cape Shoal

fishing boats would be equipped with echo-sounders.

* OK % OK OK

PILCHARD-MAASBANKER CATCH THROUGH JUNE 1956 POOR: A poor pil-
chard-maasbanker (jack mackerel) season has hit the 16 factories and 220 fishing
boats of the Union of South Africa's west coast. This year the fish have not been
running and for six months boats have
searched, too often in vain, for the elu-
sive pilchard and maasbanker. The to-
tal catch of pilchards and maasbanker
from January until the end of May 1956
was only 70,869 short tons and June did
not add very much to this total.

Some relief has come from a better
than average catch of mackerel which, by
the end of May, had reached 28,740 tons.
Mackerel does not count in the 250,000-
ton quota for the Cape west coast and so
the industry has nearly 180,000 tons of
pilchards and maasbanker to catch from

ats 5 the beginning of June until the end of the
167 year. The former closed season is no
zs longer enforced and the boats fish until
134,424 the quota is reached or the year ends.
97,336 227,064
244,127

150,987 By early July there were fair indica-
; tions that the worst period may well be
over. One hopeful sign has been a slight rise in the sea temperature.

__ Warmer water might well bring them back. In the meantime factories and
fishermen are eking out the season as best they can. A constant search is going
on and the familiar areas have been thoroughly combed. In addition, the fishing
companies engaged the services of a light aircraft which made a number of spotting
trips over St. Helena Bay and further south, but results up to the end of June had
been "negative."

Another and even more practical way of easing the shortage was found by a
number of the larger and more powerful boats. Big shoals of fish appeared in
False Bay and so these boats traveled south, rounded Cape Point, and went in and
caught them. The furore subsequently raised by False Bay fishermen resulted in
the closing of the Bay to pilchard and maasbanker netting.

With catches low, some of the factories are reported to have temporarily closed

aoe lines, But these would soon come into full operation if the fish return with

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 107

The most significant figures are those for maasbanker. In the first five months
of this year, usually the best maasbanker months, the catch was 12,681 tons, com-
pared with 71,268 tons during the same period last year.

In the first five months of this year, 58,188 tons of pilchards were caught, com~
pared with 96,520 tons over the same period last year.

The total catch of pilchards and maasbanker until the end of May this year was,
therefore, less than half the total of 167,788 tons for the same period last year (see
table).

But while the Cape fishery is having a poor season, Walvis Bay in South=West
Africa has had excellent catches. In the season which started in February, a total
of 122,222 tons of pilchards had been caught by the end of May as compared with
80,878 tons landed by the end of May last year. The season last year did, however,
start a month later, in March. As in the Cape, Walvis Bay has a quota of 250,000
tons and fishing stops when this figure is reached, which is likely to be well before
the end of the year, states the July 1956 issue of The South African Shipping News

and Fishing Industry Review.

A later dispatch, dated September 7, from the United States Consulate in Cape
Town states that fishing in Union waters improved during July and August. Canned
fish production was also high; demand for canned fish particularly in the United
Kingdom, remained firm and large quantities were exported.

%* OK OK Ok

FISHERIES TRENDS, AUGUST 1956: Overseas demand for South African fish
oil was strong during August and exports of fish oil were limited due to heavy com-
mitments of the South African fish-oil industry

Canned and frozen spiny lobster production was seasonally low due to very un=~
favorable weather; however, with a strong overseas demand, particularly from the
United States, stocks of canned and frozen spiny lobster held by South African com-
panies were quickly liquidated.

US. .ak.

sian ocean fishery off the Murmansk coast in the Barents Sea. Today Murmansk is
is one of the world's largest fish harbors and a base for 500 modern fishing vessels,
according to a report in Dansk Fiskeritidende (August 17, 1956), a Danish fishery
periodical. Most of the vessels are large trawlers, but about 50 fish for herring
with gill nets. There are large repair yards for the fishing fleet. Last year Mur-
mansk received 640,000 metric tons of fish=-which reveals how much the Soviet
Union has expanded its ocean fisheries in less than two-score years.

There are large fish~=processing plants in Murmansk~--filleting piants, smok~
eries, and canneries-~but the daily supply of fish is so large that a part must be
sent elsewhere for further handling.

Large quantities of fish are sent to Moscow by airplane or in refrigerated cars
attached to express trains. The quality of the fish is first class when it reaches
Moscow, where the demand is great and the prices good.

108 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW WO, U5 IN@> Ail

It is noteworthy that the Murmansk trawlers, because they are very particular
about the quality of the fish, do not remain at sea longer than 7 days.

Fish are handled in Murmansk in a sanitary and effective manner. Automatic
conveyors are widely used. Much is done to produce various types of canned fish.

There is a large production of fish cooked in oil, and there are many types of smoked
fish produced.

Fishermen on the large ocean vessels, which are owned by the State, receive a
fixed wage and a certain percentage of the catch. A fisherman can earn from 35,000
to 60,000 rubles (the approximate equivalent of US$1,400-2,000) a year.

The Soviet Union has no problems whatsoever in disposing of the catches. All
fish landed can be sold within the boundaries of the country and the quantity could be
doubled many times. Thus, the Russian ocean fleet could be increased almost end-
lessly. Expansion is occurring currently to such a great degree that it is only a
question of time until the Soviet Union can supply all its needs.

rae
United Kingdom

CANNED SARDINE MARKET: The production of sild, pilchard and brisling,
the sardinelike fish canned in the United Kingdom, amounted to 3,646 short tons in
able 1 - United Kingdom's Catch of S — : 1955 as compared with 2,385
et aseese parade like ish, | + cnalim 1954\(cabietl) Mane
: importance of this produc
tion is relatively small in
terms of total consumption
Fie cert and in terms of the total
Saban ronehic’ Gas Hee eet 806 524 cateh’ of the entire: Say

ie a ae EA ER |e ee

: SaPaen : be expected, however, pro-
duction of sardinelike fish has some local importance, namely in Cornwall, where
the pilchard-canning industry has been a growing one since World War II.

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 109

Although some sardines are canned in the United Kingdom, the quantity is in-
significant. Only fish of the European varieties of immature pilchards may be sold

Table 2 - United Kingdom's Supply of Canned Sardinelike Fish, 1954-55

as sardines in the United Kingdom, an August 27 dispatch from the United States
Embassy in London states. (The Embassy understands that this ruling arose out
of litigation in 1915 involving a Newcastle firm and a Norwegian product. Accord-
ing to a source in the Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food, Maine and Cali-
fornia sardines are known in the United Kingdom only as pilchards.)

Consumption trends for canned sardinelike fish have been upward (see table 2),
probably because of the shortage of canned salmon. Supplies of pilchard from the
Union of South Africa and South-West Africa were three times as great in 1955 as
supplies of imported canned pilchard from all sources in 1938. There is a demand
for "true'' sardines, and its satisfaction depends to a large extent on agood Portu-
guese pack.

Table 4 - Retail Prices of Sardinelike Fish in London Area, Mid-1956

Tartan tenn | soeetean | nom focmaree SE Eee
Product Origin Packing Medium Type of Can Weight | British Currenc

s.d.

South Africa
" uw

British

Olive oil or tomato
Olive oil

The most popular can sizes are:

(a) Sardines<-} club (4-oz. flat rectangular with rounded corners),
in olive oil and in tomato sauce; probably represents 80 per-
cent or more of total consumption.

(b) Pilchard--7-oz. and 8-oz. oval and flat and 1-lb. tall or oval,
in tomato sauce with some in brine.

(c) Sild and brisling--dingley (33 oz. flat rectangular with rounded
corners, mostly from Norway, Denmark, and Holland); packed
in oil and in tomato sauce.

110 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 11

There is a very wide variety of canned sardinelike fish, including canned small
herrings, on the British market. They are retailed ina wide price range in numer~
ous sizes and shapes of cans up to 1-lb. net. Currency difficulties affect imports
from the United States. Present imports come from sterling and soft-currency

areas.

Table 3 - Canned Sardinelike Fish Imports into United Kingdom, 1954-56
Product & Principal i 12 Months 1955 12 Months 1954

Country of Origin Quantit:

Union of South Africa 919 au 154 } 431
South-West Africa . Ul a Ai A 5
3)015 6 il |e SO |S 28) A718

Yugoslavia
French Morocco ..
Other my

1/Less than 1,000 Ibs, 1,000, or US$1,000.

Domestically produced supplies go through the normal channels: factory, whole-
saler, and retailer. Imports are made by first-hand distributors, brokers, or a-
gents and thence distributed to wholesalers and retailers.

OI KK

FISH MEAL PRODUCTION INCREASE SOUGHT: In spite of greatly increased
production of fish meal at the English fishing ports of Hull and Grimsby, which pro-
duce about 70 percent of Britain's supplies, there are still big deficiencies and the
Government spent more than 47 million (US$19.6 million) in 1955 for imports to
meet the demand.

: The British Trawlers' Federation believes that this sum could be saved if more:
incentives to home production could be given, and the matter will be discussed at
a federation meeting in September.

It is also felt by the producers of fish meal that they might well be allowed to
explore foreign markets with their fish meal, to win new business and thus help in
the country's economic position.

_ Largely because it was felt that British bacon had suffered from the use of in-
ferior meals in feeding, Hull and Grimsby fish meal factories in October 1955 pool-

ed their resources to manufacture a new pure white fish meal, which is sold under
one brand name.

This meal was the first to carry a triple guarantee of purity and quality with

protein content fixed at 66 percent, with oil and salt at less than 4 percent and 2
percent, respectively.

The two factories produce about 70 percent of the British fish meal output in
the ratio of about 40,000 tons annually at Hull to 30,000 tons at Grimsby.

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 111

In July 1956 the British Trawlers Federation stated that manufacturers of Hull
and Grimsby had given valuable assistance towards Britain's efforts to cut down on
imports.

Production and sales had soared to the record level of 26,022 tons in the first
six months of 1956, an increase of 32.5 percent, and this increased production
meant a reduction in imports of fish meal and a substantial saving in overseas pay-
ments. It was a great step forward because, since the war, imports of marine pro-
tein had grown year by year.

British trawler owners naturally feel that through the meal factories, which
are nonprofit-making companies working on a cooperative basis in the industry,
they could completely offset all imports of white-fish meal if it could be made pos-
sible for them to catch white fish solely for the manufacture of meal.

Every processor, trawler owner, fish merchant, and curer is a shareholder
in the Hull and Grimsby fish meal companies. (Approximately 43 tons of fish offal
is needed to manufacture one ton of white-fish meal.) A continuous process sys-
tem is worked at the two plants for 365 days a year and between 200,000 and 230,000
tons of surplus fish and trimmings is processed annually, with a maximum of 1,400
tons a day (Fishing News, September 14).

MOK OK OK ag

INTEREST RATES ON LOANS FOR VESSELS AND GEAR INCREASED: The
British White Fish Authority has announced that, as a result of a recent rise in the
rates of interest charged to them by the Treasury, their own rates of interest will
be increased on loans effective August 30, 1956. The new rates are: on loans for
not more than five years, 5g percent; on loans for more than five years but not

more than 15 years, 53 percent; on loans for more than 15 years, 55 percent.

The other terms and conditions of the Authority's arrangements for loans are
unchanged according to The Fishing News, September 7, 1956.

The Authority's loans are connected with the building of new fishing vessels of
not more than 140 feet; the purchase, in certain circumstances, of new engines and
nets and gear for inshore vessels; the construction and equipment of processing
plants; and the formation and development of cooperative organizations.

Interest rates previously payable of 4% percent for loans up to five years, and
42 percent for those of more than five years, became effective on August 13, 1955.
A previous increase to 4 percent and 45 percent, respectively, had taken place only
a few weeks earlier on July 9, 1955.

112

VEL gp pes!” Gh

Y
1
0)

Department of the Interior
FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE

FISHERIES LOAN FUND
ACTIVITIES INITIATED:

Terms and conditions for the grant-
ing of loans under the newly-created
fisheries loan fund, authorized by the
Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956, were an-
nounced October 17, 1956, by the Secre-
tary of the Interior. The loan fund will
be administered by the Fish and Wild-
life Service.

The regulations establishing the re~
quired administrative procedures were
published in the Federal Register on
October 18.

The loan fund was created under the
authority of the new Fish and Wildlife
Act, approved by the President on Au-
gust 8, which empowered the Secretary
of the Interior ''to make loans for financ-
ing and refinancing of operations, main-
tenance, replacement, repair, and equip
ment of fishing gear and vessels, and for
research into the basic problems of fish-
eries.'' Loans cannot be extended for
any phase of a shore operation.

Secretary Seaton explained that the
rate of interest on all loans granted is
fixed at five percent per annum. The
period of maturity of any loanshallbe
determined and fixed according to the
circumstances, but in no event can it
exceed a period of 10 years.

Loan application forms and instruction
sheets for filling out the forms, plus a
copy of the regulations, became avail-
able from the Fish and Wildlife Service
beginning October 22. The Act author-
ized $10 million to provide initial capi-
tal as a revolving fund for these loans.
Under the terms of the Act, a loan may
not be granted unless reasonable finan-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

ey EDE
f+ ‘f ACTIONS 4

Vol. 18, No. 11

RAL 4

cial assistance applied for is not other-
wise available on reasonable terms.

Persons in the United States and ter-
ritorial possessions who desire loans
should obtain an application form and
instruction sheet from the nearest Fish
and Wildlife Service Fishery Market
News Office. These offices are located
in New York City, Boston and Gloucester,
Mass., Hampton, Va., New Orleans, La.,
San Pedro, Calif., Seattle, Wash., and
Chicago, Ill. In Alaska applications may
be obtained from the Service's Fishery
Products Laboratory in Ketchikan and
the Service's office in Juneau; inHawaii
from the Service's Laboratory, 2570 Dole
Street, Honolulu.

Forms are also available from the
central office of the Fish and Wildlife
Service at Washington 25, D. C. Com-
pleted application forms may be sent to
the Washington office of the Service or to
the field offices from which application
forms were obtained.

Street addresses of the Fishery Mar-
ket News Offices are as follows:

Boston, Mass., Rm. 10 Common-
wealth Pier

New York, N. Y., 155 John Street

Hampton, Va., 18 S. King Street

New Orleans, La., Federal Building

San Pedro, Calif., Post Office
Building

Seattle, Wash., 421 Bell Street
Terminal

Chicago, Ill., Rm 618, 565 W. Wash-
ington Street

Gloucester, Mass., Post Office
Building

The broad objective of the fisheries
loan fund created by the Act is to pro-
vide financial assistance which will aid
the commercial fishing industry to bring
about a general upgrading of the condi-
tion of both fishing vessels and fishing
gear inorder to produce more efficient and
profitable fishing operations.

November 1956

Subchapter J—Fisheries Loan Fund
Part 160—LoaN PROCEDURES

Basis and purpose. Section 4 of the
Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956 (70 Stat.
1119, 1121), created a Fisheries Loan
Fund to be used by the Secretary of the
Interior under rules and regulations and
under terms and conditions to be pre-
scribed by him to make loans for financ-
ing and refinancing of operations, main-
tenance, replacement, repair, and equip-
ment of fishing gear and vessels, and for
research into the basic problems of fish-
eries. To implement the authorization
thus granted, the following regulations,
constituting a new subchapter and part,
are adopted.

Sec.

160.1 Definitions of terms.

160.2 Purposes of loan fund

160.3 Interpretation of loan authorization.
160.4 Qualified loan applicants.

160.5 Basic limitations.

160.6 Applications.

160.7 Processing of loan applications.
160.8 Approval of loans.

160.9 Interest.

160.10 Maturity.

160.11 Security.

160.12 Penalties on default.

AvTHORITY: §§ 160.1 to 160.12 issued under
sec. 4, 70 Stat. 1121.

§ 160.1 Definitions of terms. For the
purposes of this part, the following terms
shall be construed, respectively, to mean
and to include:

(a) Secretary. The Secretary of the
Interior or his authorized representative.

(b) Administrator. Administrator of
the Small Business Administration or his
authorized representative.

(d) State. Any State, the Territories
and possessions of the United States, the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the
District of Columbia.

§ 160.2 Purposes of loan fund. (a)
Under section 4 of the Fish and Wildlife
Act of 1956, the Secretary is authorized,
among other things,

(1) To make loans for financing and
refinancing of operations, maintenance,
replacement, repair, and equipment of
fishing gear and vessels, and for re-
search into the basic problems of fish-
eries.

(2) Subject to the specific limitations
in the section, to consent to the modifica-
tion, with respect to the rate of interest,
time of payment of any installment of
principal, or security, of any loan con-
tract to which he is a party.

The broad objective of the fisheries loan
fund created by the Act is to provide
financial assistance which will aid the
commercial fishing industry to bring
about a general upgrading of the condi-
tion of both fishing vessels and fishing,
gear thereby contributing to more effi-
cient and profitable fishing operations.

(b) All financial assistance granted by
the Secretary must be for one or more of
the purposes set forth in paragraph (a)
of this section.

§ 160.3 Interpretation of loan au-
thorization. The terms used in the Act
to describe the purposes for which loans
may be granted are construed to be

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

TITLE 50—WILDLIFE

Chapter I—Fish and Wildlife Service,
Department of the Interior

limited to the meanings ascribed in this
section.

(a) Operation of fishing gear and
vessels. The words “operation of fishing
gear and vessels” mean and include all
phases of activity directly associated
with the capture or landing of fish.

(b) Maintenance of fishing gear and
vessels. The words “maintenance of
fishing gear and vessels” mean the nor-
mal and routine upkeep of all parts of
fishing gear and fishing vessels, includ-
ing machinery and equipment.

(c) Replacement of fishing gear and
vessels. The words “replacement of fish-
ing gear and vessels” contemplate the
purchase of fishing gear or fishing vessels

or any equipment, parts, machinery, or
other items incident to outfitting for
fishing to replace lost, damaged, worn,
obsolete, inefficient, or discarded items
of a similar nature.

(d) Repair of fishing gear and vessels.
The words “repair of fishing gear and
vessels” mean the restoration of any
worn or damaged part of fishing gear or
fishing vessels to an efficient operating
condition.

(e) Equipment of fishing gear and
vessels. The words “equipment of fish-
ing gear and vessels’ mean the parts,
machinery, or other items incident to
outfitting for fishing which are pur-
chased for use in fishing operations.

(f) Research into the basic problems
of fisheries. The words “research into
the basic problems of fisheries” mean in-
vestigation or experimentation designed
to lead to fundamental improvements in
the capture or landing of fish conducted
as an integral part of vessel or gear oper-
ations.

§ 160.4 Qualified loan applicants. (a)
Any person residing or conducting busi-
ness in any State shall be deemed to be a
qualified applicant for financial assist-
ance if—

(1) He owns a commercial fishing ves-
sel of United States registry (if registra-
tion is required) used directly in the
conduct of fishing operations, irrespec-
tive of the type, -size, power, or other
characteristics of such vessel;

(2) He owns any type of commercial
fishing gear used directly in the capture
of fish;

(3) He is directly engaged in commer-
cial fishing operations using a fishing
vessel of United States registry (if regis-
tration is required) or fishing gear under
his control on a lease or share basis; or

(4) He owns or controls any property,
equipment, or facilities useful in con-
ducting research into the basic problems
of fisheries or possesses scientific, tech-
nological, or other skills useful in con-
ducting such research.

(b) Applications for financial assist-
ance cannot be considered if the loan is
to be used for—

(1) Any phase of a shore operation.

(2) Refinancing an existing loan made
upon reasonable terms.

(3) Paying creditors for debts previ-
ously incurred (except where loans
deemed to be based upon unreasonable
terms are refinanced).

(4) Purchasing a partial interest in
other fishing vessels or fishing gear or
buying a partner’s interest.

113

(5) Financing new business ventures
involving fishing operations.

§ 160.5 Basic limitations. Applica-
tions for financial assistance may be con-
sidered only when there is evidence that
the credit applied for is not otherwise
available on reasonable terms. The fi-
nancial assistance applied for shall be
deemed to be otherwise available on rea-
sonable terms, unless it is satisfactorily
demonstrated that—

(a) Proof of refusal of the desired
credit has been obtained from the appli-
cant’s bank of account: Provided, That
if the amount of the loan applied for is in
excess of the legal lending limit of the
applicant’s bank or in excess of the
amount that the bank norntially lends to
any one borrower, then proof of refusal
should be obtained from a correspondent
bank or from any other lending institu-
tion whose lending capacity is adequate
to cover the loan applied for. Proof of
refusal of the credit applied for must
contain the date, amountjjand terms re-
quested. Bank refusals to advance credit
will not be considered the full test of un-
availability of credit and, where there is
knowledge or reason to believe that
credit is otherwise available on reason-
able terms from sources other than such
banks, the credit applied for cannot be
granted notwithstanding the receipt of
written refusals from such banks.

(b) Other applicable Government fi-
nancing is not available to the applicant.

§ 160.6 Application. Any person de-
siring financial assistance from the fish-
eries loan fund shall make application to
the Fish and Wildlife Service, Depart-
ment of the Interior, Washington 25,
D. C., on a loan application form fur-
nished by that Service except that, in the
discretion of the Secretary, an applica-
tion made other than by use of the pre-
scribed form may be considered if the
application contains information deemed
to be sufficient. Such application shall
indicate the purposes for which the loan
is to be used, the period of the loan, and
the security to be offered.

§ 160.7 Processing of loan applications.
If it is determined, on the basis of a pre-
liminary review, that the application is
complete and appears to be in conform-
ity with established rules and procedures,
a field examination shall be made. Fol-
lowing completion of the field investiga-
tion the application will be forwarded
with an appropriate report to the Fish
and Wildlife Service, Department of the
Interior, Washington 25, D.C.

§160.8 Approval of loans. Loan
agreements shall be executed on a form
approved by the Secretary. The Secre-
tary will evidence his approval of the
loan by issuing a commitment order
covering the terms and conditions for
making the joan. Such commitment
order shall be referred to the Admin-
istrator who will direct the closing of the
loan with the applicant in the field and
render services involving the collection

‘of repayments and such other loan

servicing functions as may be required.
Any modification of the terms of a loan
agreement following its execution must
be agreed to in writing by the borrower
and the Secretary.

114

§ 160.9 Interest. The rate of interest
on all loans which may be granted is
fixed at five per cent per annum.

$160.10 Maturity. The period of
maturity of any loan which may be
granted shall be determined and fixed
according to the circumstances but in
no event shall the date of maturity so
fixed exceed a period of ten years.

§ 160.11 Security. Loans shall be ap-
proved only upon the furnishing of such
security or other reasonable assurance
of repayment as the Secretary may
require.

§ 160.12 Penalties on default. Unless
otherwise provided in the loan agree-
ment, failure on the part of 2 borrower
to conform to the terms of the loan
agreement will be deemed grounds upon
which the Secretary may cause any one
or all of the following steps to be taken:

(a) Discontinue any further advances
of funds contemplated by the loan agree-
ment.

(b) Take possession of any or all col-
lateral given as security and the property
purchased with borrowed funds.

(d) Declare the entire amount ad-
vanced immediately due and payable.

(e) Prevent further disbursement of
and withdraw any funds advanced to the
borrower and remaining under his con-
trol.

These regulations shall become effec-
tive upon publication in the FEDERAL REG-
ISTER.

Issued at Washington, D. C., and dated
October 15, 1956.

Fred A. SEATON,
Secretary of the Interior.

KOK CK kk

INTERIOR AND SMALL BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION COOPERATE IN
GRANTING FISHERY LOANS:
Secretary of the Interior Fred A.
Seaton and Administrator of the Small
Business Administration Wendell B.
Barnes, announced October 25, 1956
that the two agencies have concluded an
agreement for administration of the re-

cently-established $10 million fisheries
loan fund.

_ This loan fund was authorized by the
Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956 and the
regulations establishing the required
administrative procedures were pub-

lished in the Federal Regist S
tober 18. BOA

Under the terms of the "memorandum
of understanding" signed by the two agen-
cies, all completed loan applications must
first be sent by the applicant to the Fish

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 11

and Wildlife Service of the Department of
the Interior, either to the nearest des-
ignated fishery field office or to the cen-
tral office in Washington, D. C.

Applications approved for further
processing will be forwarded by the De-
partment to the Small Business Admin-
istration, which will initiate a field in-
vestigation to ascertain the applicant's
financial standing. At the same time,
the Service will determine the applicant's
qualifications in the field of fisheries.

Loan applications approved by the
Department of the Interior on the basis
of investigations by the Small Business
Administration and the Fish and Wild-
life Service will be transmitted to the
Small Business Administration, which
will perform the services involving the
issuance of the check for the loan, col-
lection of repayments, and other loan
servicing functions.

* KOK KK

REVISED REGULATIONS

ADOPTED FOR

NEW ENGLAND HADDOCK FISHERY:
Revised regulations prescribing re-

strictions on trawling nets used in the

taking of haddock in the Northwest At-

lantic Ocean by persons under the juris-

diction of the United States have been

adopted, the Department of the Interior

announced on September 19, 1956.

The new regulations, effective Octo-
ber 26, 1956, authorize the U. S. Fish
and Wildlife Service to issue registra-

tion certificates for vessels to be used
in the taking of haddock within Subarea
5 of the Northwest Atlantic Ocean. These
certificates will be issued by the Serv-
ice's Regional Office in Boston, Mass.

_Subarea 9 is an area of the high seas
lying off the coast of New England and

November 1956

is one of five separately described areas
of the high seas covered by the Interna-
tional Convention for the Northwest At-
lantic Fisheries, signed at Washington,
February 8, 1949.

Vessels registered for use in the had-
dock fishery will be required to use trawl
nets having a minimum mesh size of 44
inches. Asaresult, possession of trawl
nets with a mesh size less than 43 inches
on vessels which must be so registered
to participate in haddock fishing will be
illegal, thus making more effective the
enforcement of the restriction on mesh
size. Prior to the new regulation, no
registration to so identify boats engaged
in haddock fishing was required.

The minimum mesh size restriction
has been in effect since 1953. It was
adopted in that year following a proposal
by the 10-nation International Commis~—
sion for the Northwest Atlantic Fisher-
ies. Experience gained during three
years of operations has indicated the
desirability of effecting the change which
will be helpful in obtaining industry-
wide compliance with the requirements
of the regulations.

For many years, prior to the adoption
of the regulations, haddock fishermen
using nets having an inside measure-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

115

ment as smallas 2 inches caught had-
dock which were too small to be market
ed. These small haddock were discard-
edat sea. The present regulations,
based upon knowledge obtained through
extensive research into the rates of
growth and mortality of haddock, spec-
ifies a minimum mesh size of 45-inches
inside measure which has the effect of
permitting immature haddock to escape
unharmed from the nets. Since adoption
of the new fishing practices in 1953, bio-
logists of the Fish and Wildlife Service
estimate that several million pounds of
young fish have been left in the sea each
year for capture at a future time when
they will have grown to a more desirable
size.

By notice of proposed rule making
published in the Federal Register on
June 12, 1956, the public was mvited to
participate in the adoption of the pro-
posed amendments to these regulations
by submitting data, views, or arguments
to the Director of the Fish and Wildlife
Service within 30 days from the publica-
tion of the notice. Only one person sent
in comments.

The revised regulations as published
in the Federal Register of September 25,
1956, follow:

Subchapter I—Northwest Atlantic Commercial
Fisheries

Part 155—Happock PROVISIONS

Experience gained since the initial
adoption of regulations effective May 31,
1953 (18 F. R. 2414), prescribing restric-
tions on trawling nets used in the taking
of haddock in the Northwest Atlantic
Ocean, has demonstrated a need for
further revisions in the regulations to
make the same more effective.

In accordance with section 4 (a) of the
Northwest Atlantic Fisheries Act of 1950,
proposed amendments to the regulations
were submitted to the Advisory Commit-
tee to the United States Commissioners
on the International Commission of the
Northwest Atlantic Fisheries on March
26, 1956, at which time the proposed re=-
vised regulations received the approval,
in principle, of the Advisory Committee.

By notice of proposed rule making
published on June 12, 1956 (21 F. R.
4015) the public was invited to par-
ticipate in the adoption of proposed
amendments to these regulations by sub-
mitting data, views, or arguments to the
Director, Fish and Wildlife Service,

TITLE 50—WILDLIFE

Chapter I—Fish and Wildlife Service,

Department of the Interior

Washington 25, D. C., within a period of
thirty days from the publication of the
notice. Consideration having been given
to all pertinent data received in response
to the notice, the regulations appearing
below are adopted to replace Part 155—
Haddock Provisions:

Sec.

155.1
155.2
155.3
155.4

Meaning of terms.

Haddock registration certificates.

Restrictions on fishing gear.

Temporary suspension of haddock
registration certificates.

155.6 Certain persons and vessels exempted.

AvuTHorITY: § 155.1 to 155.5 issued under
sec. 7, 64 Stat. 1067; 16 U. S. C. 986.

$155.1 Meaning of terms. When
used in the regulations in this part, un-
less,the context otherwise requires, terms
shall have the meanings ascribed here-
inafter in this section.

(a) Regulatory area, The words
“regulatory area” mean that portion of
the Convention area, including all waters
except territorial waters, bounded by a
line beginning at the terminus of the
international boundary between the
United States of America and Canada in

Grand Manan Channel at a point in
44°46'35.34’’ north latitude, 66°54’11.23’’
west longitude; thence due south to the
Parallel of 43°50’ north latitude; thence
due west to the Meridian of 67°40’ west
longitude; thence due south to the paral-
lel of 42°20’ north latitude; thence due
east to a point in 66° west longitude;
thence along a rhumb line in a south-
easterly direction to a point in 42° north
latitude 65°40’ west longitude; thence
due south to the parallel of 39° north
latitude; thence due west to the Merid-
jan of 71°40’ west longitude; thence due

‘north to a point three miles off the coast

of the State of Rhode Island; thence
along the coasts of Rhode Island, Massa-
chusetts, New Hampshire, and Maine at
a distance of three miles to the point of
beginning.

(b) Haddock. The word “haddock”
denotes any fish of the species Melano-
grammus aeglefinus.

(c) Haddock fishing. The words
“haddock fishing” mean and include (1)
the catching, taking or fishing for or the
attempted catching, taking or fishing for
fish of the species Melanogrammus aegle-
finus; and (2) the outfitting and depar-

116

ture of a vessel for or the return of &
vessel from haddock fishing.

ie) Trawl net. The words “trawl
net” means any large bag net dragged
in the sea by a vessel or vessels for the
purpose of taking fish.

(f) Cod end. The words “cod end”

mean the bag-like extension attached to’

the after end of the belly of the trawl
net and used to retain the catch.

§ 155.2 Haddock registration certifi-
cates. (a) After the fifteenth day fol-
lowing the effective date of this part,-no
person shall engage in haddock fishing
within the regulatory area nor shall any
person possess, transport or deliver by
means of any fishing vessel haddock
taken within such area except under a
haddock registration certificate issued
and in force in conformity with the regu-
lations in this part.

(b) The owner or operator of a fishing
vessel may obtain without charge a had-
dock registration certificate by furnish-
ing, on a form to be supplied by the
Fish and Wildlife Service, information
specifying the names and addresses of
the owner and operator of the vessel, the
name, official number and home port of
the vessel, and the period for which the
haddock registration certificate is de-
sired. The form shall be submitted, in
duplicate, to the Regional Director, Fish
and Wildlife Service, Department of the
Interior, Boston, Massachusetts, who
shall grant the registration certificate
for the duration specified by the appli-
cant in the form but in no event to extend
heyond the end of the calendar year
during which the registration certificate
is issued. New registration certificates
shall similarly be issued to replace ex-
Pired, lost or mutilated certificates. An
application for replacement of an expir-
ing registration certificate shall be made
in like manner as the original applica-
tion not later than ten days prior to the
expiration date of the expiring certifi-
cate.

(c) The haddock registration certifi-
cate so issued by the Fish and Wildlife
Service shall be carried on board the
vessel for which it is issued at all times
and such certificate, the vessel, its gear
2nd equipment shall at all times be sub-
ject to inspection by officers authorized
to enforce the regulations in this part.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

having a mesh size of less than four and
one-half inches as defined in this section.

(b) As used in this section, the term
“mesh size of less than four and one-half
inches” shall mean (1) with respect to
any part of the net except the cod end,
the average size of any twenty consecu-
tive meshes in any row located at least
ten meshes from the side lacings meas-
ured when wet after use; and (2) with
respect to the cod end, the average size
of any row of meshes running the length
of the cod end located at least ten meshes
from the side lacings, measured when wet
after use, or, at the option of the user, &
cod end which has been approved, in
accordance with paragraph (d) of this
section, by an authorized employee of
the Fish and Wildlife Service, ps having
@ mesh size when ary before use equiva-
Tent to not less than four and one-half
inches when wet after use.

(c) All measurements of meshes when
wet after use shall be made by the in-
sertion into such meshes under pressure
of not less than ten nor more than
fifteen pounds of a flat wedge-shaped
gauge having a taper of two inches in
nine inches and a thickness of three
thirty-seconds of an inch.

(d) For the purpose of approving dry
cod ends before use, as contemplated by
paragraph (b) of this section, the aver-
age mesh size of such cod ends shall be
determined by measuring the length of
any single row of meshes running the
length of the cod end, parallel to the
long axis of the cod end and located at
least ten meshes from the side lacings,
when stretched under a tension of two
hundred pounds, and dividing the length
by the number of meshes in such row:
Provided, That not more than ten per-
cent of the meshes in such row shall be
more than one-half inch smaller when
measured between knot centers than the
average of the row. Cod ends so meas-
ured which are constructed of the twines
and are of not less than the average
Mesh sizes specified in the table below
May be approved for haddock fishing by
any authorized employee of the Fish and
Wildlife Service by the attachment to
such cod end of an appropriate seal.

Twine Average mesh size
4-ply 45-yard manila, 65.625 inches (554’’).
double strand.
4-ply 50-yard manila,
double strand.
4-ply 75-yard manila,
double strand.
4-ply 80-yard manila,
double strand.
120-thread cotton.

5.625 inches (55%’’).
5.625 inches (5%'’).
5.500 inches (514’’).

4,250 inches (4%4’’).

(e) The alteration, defacement or re-
use of any seal affixed to a cod end in ac-
cordance with this section is prohibited.

(f) The repair, alteration or other
modification of a cod end to which a seal
has been affixed in accordance with this
section shall invalidate such seal and
such cod end shall ‘not thereafter be

Vol. 18, No. 11

1 deemed to be approved for haddock fish=
ing. Nothing contained in this para-
graph shall preclude the continued use
at the option of the user. of a cod end
having an invalidated seal affixed there-
to: Provided, That such cod end after
repair, alteration or other modification
shall continue to have a mesh size of not
less than four and one-half inches as
defined in paragraph (b) of this section.

(g) The use in haddock fishing within
the regulatory area of any device or
method which will obstruct the meshes
of the trawl net or which otherwise will
have the effect of diminishing the size
of said meshes is prohibited: Provided,
That a protective covering may be at-
tached to the ynderside only of the cod
end alone of the net to reduce and pre-
vent damage thereto.

within such area for species of
fish other than haddock, may obtain a
temporary suspension of the haddock
registration certificate issued for such
vessel for the specified period during
which such nonregulated fishing is to be
conducted.

(b) Temporary suspension of haddock
registration certificates shall be granted
upon oral or written request, specifying
the period of suspension desired, by an
authorized officer of one of the following
agencies: Fish and Wildlife Service,
Coast Guard, Bureau of Customs, and
Post Office Department, and by an au-
thorized officer of the States of Maine
and Massachusetts. Such officer shall
make appropriate endorsement on tne
certificate evidencing the duration of its
Suspension.

§ 155.5 Certain persons and vessels
exempted. Nothing contained in the
regulations in this part shall apply to:

(a) Any person who or vessel which,
in the course of taking fish other than
haddock, takes and possesses a quantity
of haddock not exceeding five thousand
pounds, or ten percent of all fish on the ~
vessel from which the fishing is con-
ducted, whichever is the greater.

(b) Any person or vessel authorized
by the Director of the Fish and Wildlife
Service to engage in haddock fishing for
scientific purposes.

(c) Any vessel documented as a com-
mon carrier by the Government of the
United States and engaged exclusively
in the carriage of freight and passengers.

These regulations shall become effec-
tive 30 days after publication in the
FEDERAL REGISTER.

Dated: September 18, 1956.

FRED G. AANDAHL,
Acting Secretary of the Interior.

November 1956

Tariff Commission

"ESCAPE CLAUSE" REPORT ON
GROUNDFISH FILLETS RELEASED:
The Tariff Commission on October
12 submitted a report to the President
on its findings and recommendation in
the "escape clause" investigation No.
47 made under section 7 of the Trade
Agreements Extension Act of 1951, as
amended, with respect to groundfish
fillets. Such fillets (include frozen fil-
let blocks or slabs used for making fish
steaks) are subject to duty at rates im-
posed under paragraph 717(b) of the
Tariff Act of 1930, as modified pursu-
ant to a tariff concession granted in the
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade
on January 1, 1948. Under that agree-
ment, the duty is 1-7/8 cents per pound
on an annual quota equal to whichever of
the two following amounts is the larger:
(1) 15 million pounds, or (2) 15 percent
of the average annual United States con-
sumption of such fish fillets in the three
preceding calendar years. Imports in
excess of that quota are dutiable at
2-1/2 cents a pound, which is the rate of
duty originally provided for all imports
of groundfish fillets in paragraph 717(b)
of the Tariff Actof 1930. Paragraph
717(b) covers "cod, haddock, hake, pol-

"_..the domestic industry producing groundfish
fillets has been in serious difficulty during the past
several years. Its distress stems from a number
of causes, but for the purposes of this investigation
the Commission needs to consider only whether in-
creased imports, either actual or relative todomes-|
tic production, "have contributed substantially to-
wards causing or threatening serious injury tosuch
industry." ... .

"The statistics... indicate

"(1) that imports of groundfish fillets have in-
creased almost continuously from 9 million pounds
in 1939 to 88 million pounds in 1951, and to 128
million pounds in 1955;

"(2) that the increase in imports has occurred
in all major types and forms of groundfish fillets;

"(3) that United States production of groundfish
fillets rose from 100 million pounds in 1939 to 149
million pounds in 1951, and thereafter declined ir-
regularly to 106 million pounds in 1955;

"(4) that cold-storage holdings of frozen ground-
fish fillets in recent years have recurrently beenat
such high levels as to have a depressing effect on
the prices of groundfish fillets;

"(5) that United States consumption of groundfish
fillets rose from 106 million pounds in 1939 to 244
million pounds (inclusive of 53 million pounds of
frozen slabs) in 1955;

"(6) that the share of the domestic market sup-
plied by the domestic producers of groundfish fil-
lets declined from 95 percent in 1939 to 62 percent
in 1951, to 51 percent in 1954, and to 43 percent in
1955;

"(7) that average prices received by processors
for groundfish fillets have declined sharply but ir-
regularly from the near-record levels of 1951 (out-
put in 1955 was 29 percent less than in 1951 and

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

117

lock, cusk, and rosefish, fresh or fro-
zen (whether or not packed in ice), all
the foregoing , filleted, skinned, boned,
sliced, or divided into portions."

The Commission unanimously found
that, as a result in part of the customs
treatment reflecting the aforementioned
concession, groundfish fillets are being
imported into the United States in such
increased quantities, both actual and rel-
ative, as to cause serious injury to the
domestic industry producing like or di-
rectly competitive products. The Com-
mission also found that in order to rem-
edy this serious injury, it is necessary
that the duty on the imports that enter
under the tariff quota be increased from
1-7/8 cents a pound to 2. 8125 cents a
pound, and that the duty on the imports
that enter in excess of that quota be in-
creased from 2-1/2 cents a¥pound to
3.75 cents a pound.

The Commission's report contains a
brief summary of the information as-
sembled in the investigation and also a
statistical appendix.

The conclusions arrived. at by the
Commission were:

only

5 percent above that in 1939);

(8) that employment in domestic filleting plants
has followed the same general trend as the volume
of domestic output of groundfish fillets;

"(9) that wage rates in filleting plants have in-
creased during the past several years but not as
rapidly as those in other manufacturing industries
in the Boston area;

"(10) that, on the basis of sampling, the domes-
tic concerns that fillet groundfish, in the aggregate,
have sustained operating losses in all recent years;

"(11) that about 95 percent of the United States
catch of groundfish is landed by New England's
groundfish-fishing fleet, which consists almost
wholly of large and medium trawlers;

"(12) that currently more than 80 percent of the
landings of groundfish in New England ports are
used by primary processors there for conversion
into fillets and slabs, and that in most of those ports
the only important buyers of groundfish are the fil-
leting plants;

(13) that ex-vessel prices for groundfish rose
considerably between 1939 and the period 1951-52,
and have declined irregularly but substantially
since then;

(14) that largely because of the impact of severe
competition from imported groundfish fillets, the
size of the New England groundfish-fishing fleet
has declined; -

"(15) that the total number of job opportunities
for groundfish fishermen in New England increased
between 1944 and 1947, but since then has declined
substantially--largely because of the reduction in
the size of the fleet;

(16) that average dollar earnings of fishermen
engaged in groundfish fishing declined sharply be-
tween 1951 (when earnings were at their highest in
recent years) and 1953, but rose in the following 2

118

years to a level only slightly higher than that which
prevailed in 1953;

"(17) that average dollar earnings of fishermen
in recent-years have not advanced as rapidly as
those of factory workers in the Boston area, and
that the purchasing power of groundfish fishermen!s
incomes declined by an average of 23 percent be-
tween 1950 and 1955; and

(18) that, on the basis of sampling, the owners
of the domestic groundfish-fishing fleet, in the ag-
gregate, have been operating at a loss in all recent
years.

"On the basis of the facts outlined above, the
Commission finds that increased imports of ground-
fish fillets have contributed substantially towards
causing serious injury to the domestic industry pro-
ducing groundfish fillets. Further, the Commission
is of the opinion that as long as this industry con-
tinues to be confronted with competition from im-
ported groundfish fillets as severe as has prevailed
during the past several years, it has little prospect
of extricating itself from the complex of problems
that confront it. Under existing conditions of com-
petition from imports, vessel owners have little or
no incentive even to replace old or lost vessels with
new ones--much less to make additions to their
fleets. Indeed, some owners have already sold their
vessels, and others have transferred vessels to fish-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 11

ing ventures in other waters and even under other
flags. Continued shrinkage in the size of the fleet
lessens job opportunities for fishermen, reduces
the size of their annual catch of fish, and lowers
the scale of filleting operations which in turn re-
sults in lessened employment, reduced earnings,
and lower profits in filleting plants. The impact
of such a chain of events is particularly disturbing
to the major New England port cities whose econom-
ies are so heavily dependent upon maintenance of a
healthy industry for producing groundfish fillets.

"The Commission believes that the application
of the increased rates of duty here recommended
will prevent the serious injury now being experi-
enced by the domestic industry because of the se-
verity of competition from imported groundfish fil-
lets, and that these increases in duty, together with
the benefits that the industry may expect from re-
cently enacted legislation (Public Laws 1024 and
1027, 84th Congress) should enable it to deal ef-
fectively with its over-all problems.

"The Commission believes that the rates of duty
that it here recommends (in accordance with the re-
quirements of section 7 of the Trade Agreements
Extension Act of 1951, as amended), are the lowest
that will afford relief from serious injury to the
domestic groundfish-fishing and filleting industry."

PEARL ESSENCE

Pearl essence is made by several different processes which involve the re-

moval of the guanin crystals fromthe scales offish. These crystals are deposited
in the epidermis of the scales and give them their luster. After processing this

ee is imparted to beads of glass or other objects in the manufacture of artificial
pearls.

The herring, Clupea harengus, caught along the North Atlantic coast has pro-

vided much of the raw material for this trade. Recently pearl essence has been
produced from herring scales from the Pacific British Columbia herring fishery.

One hundred tons of fish are reported to produce one ton of scales, which pro-
duces one pound of essence.

--''Sea Secrets,'' The Marine Laboratory,

University of Miami, Coral Gables, Fla.
ooo0000

——— EE ee

Editorial Assistant--Ruth V. Keefe Illustrator--Gustaf T. Sundstrom

Compositors--Jean Zalevsky, Alma Greene, and Helen Joswick
% ok Ok Ok Ok

Photograph Credits: Pages 49 and 50--Bureau of Reclamation. Photographs

on pages not mentioned were obtained from the Service's file and the

are unknown.

photographers

a a ee

November 1956

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 119

CUMULATIVE DATA

9 MgS. 1956 - 219.5
oa 1955 - 211.0
12 1955 - 255.4

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

FLORIDA
CUMULATIVE DATA
v MOS. 1956 - 117.7

7 , 1955 - 99,0
12 1955 - 174.3

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

NEW JERSEY

CUMULATIVE DATA

9 MQS. 1956 - 463.2
peso 9 " 1955 - 365.4
1955 - 412.2

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

i
cairornta?!

CUMULATIVE DATA
10 mgs. 1956 - 579.5

WW 5 1955 - 410.3
1955 - 639.5

0
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

U/ONLY PARTIAL--INCLUDING PRODUCTION OF MAJOR FISHERIES AND MARKET FISH
LANDINGS AT PRINCIPAL PORTS.

INDICATORS _

CHART | - FISHERY LANDINGS for SELECTED STATES

In Millions of Pounds

=a
—_

MASSACHUSETTS

CUMULATIVE DATA

7 MQS. 1956 - 308.7
Ue 1955 - 294.5
12 1955 - 521.6

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

LOUISIANA2/

CUMULATIVE DATA

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
2/ONLY PARTIAL--INCLUDES LANDINGS AT PRINCIPAL PORTS.

CUMULATIVE DATA

9 mgs. 1956 - 103.2] _
GO & 1955 - 105.8
12 1955 - 124.9

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY.AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

CUMULATIVE DATA

8 MQS. 1956 - 44.7
QO 5 ike S<kb9
12 1955 - 45.5

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

120 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

HADDOCK
(Maine and Massachusetts)

CUMULATIVE DATA

CHART 2 - LANDINGS for SELECTED FISHERIES

In Millions of Pounds

7; . 1956 - 84.7
7 ms 1955 - 78.4
1955 - 118.0

1/ SHRIMP
(Gulf States—' including Florida West Coast)

CUMULATIVE DATA

8 mgs. 1956 - 61.4
8 1955 - 118.1
12 1955 - 187.3

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

1/LA. & ALA. DATA BASED ON LANDINGS AT PRINCIPAL PORTS AND ARE NOT COM-

In Thousands of

PLETE.

MENHADEN
(East and Gulf Coasts)
CUMULATIVE DATA

240} 9 AS. 1956 - 893,9
9

1955 - 773.9
1955 - 927.0

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

PILCHARD
(California)

Legend:

1956/57
seeeeeeee09]1 955/56

SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY

OCEAN PERCH
(Maine and Massachusetts)

CUMULATIVE DATA
7 MgS. 1956 - 90.4

Vol. 18, No. 11

7 , 1955 - 86.7
12 1955 - 157.0

WHITING
(Maine and Massachusetts)

CUMULATIVE DATA

7 MQS. 1956 - 48.6

Dig 1955 - 0
12 1955 _-

PACIFIC AND JACK MACKEREL
(California)

12 }19 mgs. 1956 - 44.1

NOR 1955 - 16.7
12 1955 - 27.6

TUNA AND TUNA-LIKE FIsH2!

CUMULATIVE DATA
10 MQS. 1956 - 179.9

10, 1955 - 141.4
1955 - 183.7

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
2/RECEIPTS BY CALIFORNIA CANNERIES, INCLUDING IMPORTS .

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 121

CHART 3 - COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS and FREEZINGS
of FISHERY PRODUCTS *

In Millions of Pounds

U. S. & ALASKA HOLDINGS U. S, & ALASKA FREEZINGS

CUMULATIVE DATA

9 MgS. 1956 - 251.0
9, 1955 - 254.9
12 1955 - 314.7

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

0
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

NEW ENGLAND HOLDINGS!/ MIDDLE & SOUTH ATLANTIC HOLDINGS2/

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
1/MAINE, MASSACHUSETTS, RHODE ISLAND, AND CONNECTICUT. 2/ALL EAST COAST STATES FROM N.Y. SOUTH.

GULF & SOUTH CENTRAL HOLDINGS4/

MIDDLE WEST HOLDINGS3/

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

S/OH1O, IND,, ILL., MICH., WIS., MINN., IOWA, MO., N. DAK,, NEBR. & KANS. 4/ALA., MISS., LA., TEX., ARK., KY, & TENN.

WASHINGTON, OREGON, AND ALASKA HOLDINGS CALIFORNIA HOLDINGS

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

*Excludes salted, cured, and smoked products.

122

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 11

CHART 4 - RECEIPTS and COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS of FISHERY
PRODUCTS at PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTION CENTERS

In Millions of Pounds

RECEIPTS—’ AT WHOLESALE SALT-WATER MARKET
(FRESH AND FROZEN)

CUMULATIVE DATA
10 Qs. 1956 - 133.5 CITY
10 1955 - 141.0
12 1955 - 165.4

Crrereeery,

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

1/INCLUDE TRUCK AND RAIL IMPORTS FROM CANADA AND DIRECT VESSEL LANDINGS
AT NEW YORK CITY.

NEW YORK

COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS By

JAN FEB MAR _APR_MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC
2/AS REPORTED BY PLANTS IN METROPOLITAN AREA.

RECEIPTS AT WHOLESALE MARKET
(FRESH AND FROZEN)

CUMULATIVE DATA

9 mgs. 1956 - 82.2
9 1955 - 84.3
12 1955 - 111.8

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SEATTLE

WHOLESALE MARKET RECEIPTS, LANDINGS,
& IMPORTS (FRESH & FROZEN)

CUMULATIVE DATA

10 MQS. 1956 - 62.6
10 1955 - 86.5
12 1955 - 95,7

1956
seeeeserss 1955

COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

BOSTON

COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS

FISH MEAL
(In Thousands of Tons)

CUMULATIVE DATA

9 MQS. 1956 - 229.0
9 1955 - 200.5
12 1955 - 264.3

0 =
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT _NOV DEC

FISH OIL
(In Millions of Gallons)

CUMULATIVE DATA
9 MQs. 1956 - 20.9] _

9 1955 - 19.7
12 1955 - 24.6

JAN FEB

MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

123

TUNA AND TUNA-LIKE FISH - CALIFORNIA
CUMULATIVE DATA
200} 10 MQS. 1956 - 8,341.2

10 |, 1955 - 6,327.3
1955 - 8,270.3

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

ANCHOVIES- CALIFORNIA

CUMULATIVE DATA

NO Mgs. 1956 - 673.6
ho 1955 - 573.0
= 623.5

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SARDINES!/ (ESTIMATED) - MAINE

CUMULATIVE DATA

1200} 12 mgs. 1956 - 2,200.0
12 1955 - 1}268.8

0
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
T/INCLUDING SEA HERRING.

SARDINES - CALIFORNIA

CUMULATIVE DATA

1200]. 1956/57 SEASON,
AUG.-OCT. - 561.2
1955/56 SEASON,
AUG. OCT. = 296.8

Legend:

1956/57
sasseeeee 1955/56

SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY

CHART 6- CANNED PACKS of SELECTED FISHERY PRODUCTS

In Thousands of Standard Cases

MACKE REL2/- CALIFORNIA

aS
CUMULATIVE OATA

168,

flO mgs. 1956 - 776.7
0 , 1955 - 305.8
2 1955_-

144

0
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT
2/\NCLUDES PACIFIC MACKEREL AND JACK MACKEREL.

SALMON - ALASKA

2100,

NOV_DEC

CUMULATIVE DATA

a“

JAN FE8 MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

STANDARD CASES

Variety No. Cans Can Designation Net Wgt.

SARDINES ....... 100 < drawn 33 oz.
SHRIMP... 2-00. +e 48 om 5 oz.
FLUN Aw otetelateter-Yevolore 48 No, } tuna 6&7 oz.
PILCHARDS ..... 48 No. 1 oval 15) oz.
SALMON ........ 48 1-pound tall 16 oz.
ANCHOVIES ..... 48 : 8 oz.

SHRIMP - GULF STATES

CUMULATIVE DATA

956/57 SEASON,
AUG.-OCT.
955/56 SEASON,
AUG .- OCT.

Y AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY

124 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 10

CHART 7 - U.S. FISHERY PRODUCTS IMPORTS

In Millions of Pounds

GROUNDFISH (INCLUDING OCEAN PERCH)FILLETS,
FRESH & FROZEN

CUMULATIVE DATA

10 MQS, 1956 - 128.7
Jo 5, 1955 - 114.6
12 1955 - 130.1

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SHRIMP, FRESH & FROZEN, FROM MEXICO

CUMULATIVE DATA

9 mgs. 1956 - 38.3
9 ; 1955 - 26.2
2 1955 - 45.8

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

TUNA, FRESH & FROZEN

CUMULATIVE DATA

9 MQS. 1956 - 98.2
QF 1955 - 122.4
12 1955 - 145.2

qetttee ewes,

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

U.S. IMPORTSOF CANNEDTUNA ANDTUNA-LIKE FISH
(IN OIL AND IN BRINE)

CUMULATIVE DATA
9 mgs. 1956 - 40.8
4 1955 - 37.6
12 1955 - 50.8

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

FILLETS & STEAKS OTHER THAN GROUNDFISH,
FRESH & FROZEN

CUMULATIVE DATA
9 MpS. 1956 - 44.7

9 | 1955 - 42.1
12 1955 - 55.2

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

LOBSTER & SPINY LOBSTER, FRESH & FROZEN

1956 - 38.0] —*-}Y
1955 - 35.8
1955 - 45.4

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

SEA HERRING, FRESH, THROUGH MAINE PORTS

CUMULATIVE DATA

9 MQS. 1956 - 6.2
9 , 1955 - 2.6
12 1955 - 5.3

JAN FEB _MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

CANNED SARDINES
(IN OIL AND NOT IN OIL)
CUMULATIVE DATA
9 MQS. 1956 - 13.5

GY A WEES o eK
12 1955 - 21.6

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

November 1956

— o

WILDLIFE SERVICE
PUBLICATIONS

THESE PROCESSED PUBLICATIONS ARE AVAILABLE FREE FROM
THE DIVISION OF INFORMATION, U. Se FISH AND WILDLIFE SERV-
1CE, WASHINGTON 25, D. C. TYPES OF PUBLICATIONS ARE DESIG-
NATED AS FOLLOWS:

CFS - CURRENT FISHERY STATISTICS OF THE UNITED STATES
AND ALASKA.

FL - FISHERY LEAFLETS.

SL - STATISTICAL SECTION LISTS OF DEALERS IN AND PRO-
DUCERS OF FISHERY PRODUCTS AND BYPRODUCTS,

SSR. - FISH - SPECIAL SCIENTIFIC REPORTS--FISHERIES

LIMITED DISTRIBUTION).

SEP. - SEPARATES (REPRINTS) FROM COMMERCIAL FISHERIES

REVIEW.

Number Title
CFS-1357 - Manufactured Fishery Products, 1954
Annual Summary, 7 pp.

CFS-1389 - Frozen Fish Report, July 1956, 8 pp.

CFS-1390 - Massachusetts Landings, April 1956,
5 pp.

CFS-1397 - Fish Meal and Oil, July 1956, 2 pp.

CFS-1398 - Ohio Landings, July 1956, 3 pp.

CFS-1399 - Texas Landings, July 1956, 3 pp.

CFS-1400 - Florida Landings, May 1956, 6 pp.

CFS-1401 - North Carolina Landings, July 1956,
2 pp.

CFS-1402 - Georgia Landings, July 1956, 2 pp.

CFS-1403 - Frozen Fish Report, August 1956, 8 pp.
CFS-1404 - Alabama Landings, June 1956, 4 pp.

CFS-1405 - California Landings, May 1956, 4 pp.
CFS-1406 - Mississippi Landings, June 1956, 2 pp.
CFS-1407 - Florida Landings, June 1956, 6 pp.

CFS-1408 - Maine Landings, July 1956, 3 pp.
CFS-1409 - New York Landings, July 1956, 4 pp.
CFS-1410 - Mass. Landings, May 1956, 5 pp.
CFS-1411 - Shrimp Landings, July 1956, 4 pp.
CFS-1412 - Fish Meal and Oil, August 1956, 2 pp.
CFS-1414 - Ohio Landings, August 1956, 2 pp.

CFS-1415 - Alabama Landings, July 1956, 3 pp.

CFS-1417 - New Jersey Landings, July 1956, 4pp.
CFS-1418 - Georgia Landings, August 1956, 2 pp.
CFS-1419 - California Landings, June 1956, 4 pp.

CFS-1420 - Texas Landings, August 1956, 3pp.
CFS-1423 - Maine Landings, August 1956, 3pp.
CFS-1424 - New Jersey Landings, August 1956, 4 pp.

Wholesale Dealers in Fishery Products (Revised):

SL-27 - Indiana (Lake Michigan Area), 1956, 1 p.

SL-30 - Pennsylvania (Lake Erie), 1956, 1 p.

SL-31 - New York (Lakes Area), 1956, 2 pp.

SL-37 - Kansas (Missouri River Area), 1956, 1 p.

SL-38 - Missouri(Mississippi River and Tributar-
ies Area), 1956, 2 pp.

SL-42 - Kentucky, 1956, 1 p.

SL-44 - Nebraska (Missouri River Area), 1956,1p.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

ee ae ee TORS a, SET ne

125

FL - 232 - Fishery Technology Abstract Card
System, by M. E. Stansby, K. L. Osterhaug,
and F. Bruce Sanford, 39 pp., processed, re-
vised July 1956. Since 1943 the Service has
maintained a comprehensive card file of ab-
stracts from articles appearing in current liter-
ature pertaining to fishery technology. Sources
of information being abstracted consist of about
70 periodicals dealing with fishery, food, gener-
al scientific, and technical subjects, and include
Chemical Abstracts from January 1943 to the
present. In additionto the materialaccumulated
during this period, a miscellaneous group of
abstract cards covering a portiomof this field,
from 1930 to 1943, is included. out 19,000
cards are on file atpresent. Since January 1948,
the abstracts have been published in the month-
ly periodical Commercial Fisheries Abstracts.
This leaflet describes the system used for clas-
sifying these cards according to the subject
matter. It is similar to the Dewey Decimal
system in principal, but the entire range of val-
ues 0-9 was adapted to fishery technology and
related subjects.

SSR-Fish. No. 176 - English Translations of Fish-
ery Literature, Further Listings, compiled by
Leslie W. Scattergood, 33 pp., processed, July
1956. This report is a continuation of a series
which was initiated to provide fishery investi-
gators with information on the amount and avail-
ability of English translations of fishery litera-
ture. The first two sections of this series were
issued by the Washington Department of Fisher-
ies, Smith Tower Bldg., Seattle 4, Wash. The
third and fourth reports were published by the
Service as ''SpecialScientific Report--Fisheries
Nos. 35 and 72."

SSR-Fish. No. 177 - Zooplankton Volumes off the
Pacific Coast, 1955, 35 pp., processed, August
1956,

SSR-Fish. No. 180 - Mid-Pacific Oceanography,
Part VIII, Middle Latitude Waters, January-
March 1954, by James W. McGary and E. D.
Stroup, 178 pp., processed, June 1956.

This is Cortland (Fish-Cultural Station, Experimen-
tal Hatchery, Trout-Nutrition Laboratory, In-
Service Training School), Circular 42, 2 pp.,
folder, illus., printed.

Glossary of Marine Conservation Terms in English
and Russian, compiled by Paul S. Galtsoff, Cir-
cular 43, 130 pp., processed, June 1956. This
glossary was prepared primarily to facilitate
the work of interpreters and translators assign-
ed to international conferences dealing with the

126 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

problems of utilization and conservation of liv-
ing resources of the sea. It is not a dictionary
in the ordinary sense of the word, for it com-
prises primarily the terms and expressions
which have special meaning to conservationists,
biologists, statisticians, and oceanographers.
A few parliamentary and legal expressions
which usually appear in international treaties
are also included.

(Alaska) Commercial Fisheries Regulations A~
mendments, Amendments Nos. 1 to 18 to Regu-
latory Announcement No. 48, 8 pp., processed,
1956.

Sep. No. 450 - Georges Bank Haddock Fishery--
Changes in Scrod Abundance in Recent Years.

Sep. No. 451 - Bleeding and Heat Death in the
Southern Oyster.

Sep. No. 452 - New Diving Sled. -

Sep. No. 453 - Research in Service Laboratories
(October 1956): Contains these short articles-~
"Experimental Fish Meal Dryer;"' "Experimen-
tal Bulk Ocean Shipments of Alaska Herring
Meal;" "Processing Studies on Menhaden Meal;"
"Converting Fish Scales into Animal Food;"
"Salmon Waste as Bait;'' ''Breaded Shrimp In-
terim Federal Specification.”

THE FOLLOWING SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ARE AVAILABLE ONLY
FROM THE SPECIFIC OFFICE MENTIONED IN THE REVIEW.

Production of Fishery Products in Selected Areas
of Virginia, Maryland, and North Carolina (As
Reported to Hampton Fishery Market News
Office), 1955, by William N. Kelly, 40 pp.,
processed, 1956. (Available free from the
Market News Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, 18 South King St., Hampton, Va.) An
analysis of the production of fish and shellfish
in selected areas of Virginia, Maryland, and
North Carolina during 1955 is presented in the
first part of this report. The author discusses
landings in the areas covered, production of
the principal species: scup or porgy, croaker,
sea bass, sea trout, fluke, spot, shad, crab
meat, and shrimp. Information on the menha-
denfishery isalso presented--includes receipts
reported by Virginia and North Carolina fish
meal and oil plants by months for 1955 and 1954.
Statistical tables make up the second part of the
report, showing production of fish and shellfish
for each area by months, production by locali-
ties for 1955 and 1954, and shrimp landings in
selected North Carolina ports by months. The
areas covered in this report include: Atlantic,
Beaufort, and Morehead City, N. C.; Norfolk,
Portsmouth, Messick, Seaford, Yorktown, Glou-
cester Point, Newport News, Hampton, Lancaster
County, Cape Charles, Oyster, Willis Wharf,
and Wachapreague, Va.; Ocean City, Cambridge,
and Crisfield, Md. In addition, shrimp landings
are reported for Atlantic, Beaufort, Morehead

ate Pamlico County, Englehard, and Southport,

Receipts of Fresh and Frozen Fishery Products at
New York City's Fulton Fish Market, 1955, by _
T. J. Risoli, 18 pp., processed. (Available
free from the Market News Service, U. S. Fish
and Wildlife Service, 155 John St., New York 38
N. Y.) Contains an analysis of fishery products
receipts for 1955 and marketing trends at New
York City. The author discusses in the first
part of this report the salt-water market

Vol. 18, No. 11

receipts; marketing trends; trends in method of
transportation; receipts by shipping areas; sell-
ing prices of selected species; containers; meth-
ods for expanding markets; imports of fishery
products through the New York customs district;
fresh-water fish receipts; and nutritive value of
fishery products. The tables, in the second part
of this report, present data on receipts of fish
and shellfish in the salt-water section of Fulton
Market by months and method of transportation,
by species and method of transportation, and by
states and provinces of origin.

Boston Fishery Products Monthly Summary, July

1956, 15 pp.; Boston Fishery Products Monthly
Summary, August 1956, 15 pp. (Market News
Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 10
Commonwealth Pier, Boston 10, Mass.) Land-
ings and ex-vessel prices by species for fares
landed at the Boston Fish Pier and sold through
the New England Fish Exchange; and Boston
frozen fishery products prices to primary whole-
salers; for the months indicated.

California Fishery Products Monthly Summary,

August 1956, 10 pp.; California Fishery Prod-
ucts Monthly Summary, September 1956, 9 pp.
(Market News Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Post Office Bldg.,.San Pedro, Calif.)
California cannery receipts of raw tuna and
tunalike fish, herring, mackerel, anchovies and
squid; pack of canned tuna, mackerel, herring,
anchovies, and squid; market fish receipts at
San Pedro, Santa Monica, San Diego, and Eureka
areas; California imports; canned fish and fro-
zen shrimp prices.

(Chicago) July 1956 Monthly Summary of Chicago's

Fresh and Frozen Fishery Products Receipts
and Wholesale Prices, 10 pp.; (Chicago) August
1956 Monthly Summary of Chicago's Fresh and
Frozen Fishery Products Receipts and Whole-
sale Prices, 10 pp. (Market News Service, U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, 565 W. Washington
St., Chicago 6, Ill.) Receipts at Chicago by
species and by states and provinces; fresh-water
fish, shrimp, and frozen fillet wholesale market
prices; for the months indicated.

Gulf Monthly Landings, Production, and Shipments

of Fishery Products, August 1956, 5 pp.;Gulf
Monthly Landings, Production, and Shipments

of Fishery Products, September 1956, 5 pp.
(Market News Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, 609-611 Federal Bldg., New Orleans

12, La.) Gulf States shrimp, oyster, finfish,

and blue crab landings; crab meat production;
LCL express shipments from New Orleans; and
wholesale prices of fish and shellfish on the New
Orleans French Market; for the months indicated.

Monthly Summary of Fishery Products Production

in Selected Areas of Virginia, North Carolina,
and Maryland, August 1956, 4 pp.; Monthly Sum-
mary of Fishery Products Production in Select-
ed Areas of Virginia, North Carolina, and Mary-
land, September 1956, 4 pp. (Market News Serv-
ice, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 18S. King
St., Hampton, Va.). Fishery production for the
Virginia areas of Hampton Roads, Lower North-
ern Neck, and Eastern Shore; the Maryland
areas of Crisfield, Cambridge, and Ocean City;
and the North Carolina areas of Atlantic, Beau-
fort, and Morehead City; together with cumulative
and comparative data; for the months indicated.

November 1956

(New York) Monthly Summary - July 1956 - Re-
ceipts of Fishery Products at the New YorkCity

Wholesale Salt-Water Market, 4pp. ; (New York)

Monthly Summary - August 1956 - Receipts of
Fishery Products at the New York City Whole-

sale Salt-Water Market, 4 pp. (Market News
Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 155
John St., New York 38, N. Y.). Receipts inthe
salt-water section of the Fulton Fish Market by
species and by states and provinces for the
months indicated.

(Seattle) Monthly Summary - Fishery Products, July

1956, 5 pp.; (Seattle) Monthly Summary - Fishery
Products, August 1956, 6 pp.; (Seattle) Monthly
Summary - Fishery Products, September 1956,
6 pp., (Market News Service, U. S. Fish & Wildlife
Service, 421 BellSt. Terminal, Seattle 1, Wash.).
Includes landings and local receipts, with ex-vessel
and wholesale prices insome instances, as report-
ed by Seattle and Astoria (Oregon) wholesale deal-
ers; also Northwest Pacific halibut landings .

THE FOLLOWING SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ARE FOR SALE AND

ARE AVAILABLE ONLY FROM THE SUPERINTENDENT OF DOCUMENTS,
WASHINGTON 25, D. C.

Alaska Fishery and Fur-Seal Industries, 1954, by
Seton H. Thompson, Statistical Digest No. 37,
73 pp., illus., printed, 35 cents, 1956. Detail-
ed reports and statistical tables concerning the
operation and yield of the various fishery in-
dustries are presented, with added data on cer-
tain related matters, particularly the condition
of the fishery resources. Under the section on
fishery industries, the following subjects are
covered: court decisions; Alaska Department
of Fisheries; research; exploratory fishing in-
vestigations; administration; management; and
general statistics on salmon, herring, halibut,
shellfish, and miscellaneous fishery products.
The second section on the Pribilof Islands fur-
seal industry covers administration, fur-seal
population studies, and general statistics on the
fur seals taken in 1954. A statement is also
included on sealing privileges accorded aborig-
ines.

Biology of the Sea Lamprey in Its Parasitic Phase,
by Phillip S. Parker and Robert E. Lennon, Re-
search Report 44, 35 pp., illus., printed, 20
cents, 1956.

Biology of Young Lake Trout (SALVELINUS NAMA~
YCUSH) in Lake Michigan, by John Yan Oosten
and Paul H. Eschmeyer, Research Report 42,

91 pp., illus., printed, 40 cents, 1956.

Effect of Pulse Frequency and Duration in Guiding
Salmon Fingerlings by Electricity, by Howard
L. Raymond, Research Report 43, 22 pp., illus.,
printed, 15 cents, 1956.

How to Cook Halibut, by Kathryn L. Osterhaug and
Rose G. Kerr, Test KitchenSeries No. 9,12 pp.,
illus., printed, 20 cents, 1956. A new fishery
publication of interest to housewives, home
economists, andfood editors. Contains 25 choice
recipes which have been developed and kitchen-
tested by the Service's staff of home economists.
The halibut, as the booklet explains, is the largest
of the flatfishes and is found in the cold waters
of the north Pacific, the Arctic, and the north

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

127

Atlantic Oceans. Its delicious white, translucent
meat is known and appreciated by fish gourmets
the country over.

Frozen steaks or fillets may be cooked with-
out thawing if additional cooking time is allowed.
When steaks or fillets are to be breaded or stuff-
ed, they are more easily handled if they have
been previously thawed. The preferred method
for thawing frozen fish is to leave the fish in the
refrigerator overnight. If room-temperature
thawing is necessary, great care must be taken
so that the fish remains chilled at all times.
Halibut may be prepared by any of the basic
cooking methods such as frying, baking, broiling,
boiling, and steaming. Some of the easy-to-make
yet out-of-the-ordinary recipes included are:
halibut avocado cocktail, halibut and onion soup,
curried halibut casserole, broiled halibut steaks
with anchovy butter, halibut Hawaiian, halibut
steaks with piquant meringue, and halibut in
herb sauce. In addition to the recipes for cook-
ing halibut, the authors describe briefly the
halibut fishery.

Preparation of a Dry Product from Condensed Men-
haden Solubles, by C. F. Lee, Research Report
45, 35 pp., illus., printed, 20cents, 1956. Deals
with the methods of preparation and with factors
determining the characteristics of a dried fish-
solubles product. The first portion of the report
deals with the preparation and study of the dry-
ing characteristics of different samples of men-
haden solubles. A Suitability Factor, designed
to rate on a comparative scale the drying be-
havior and properties of the various dried prod-
ucts, was developed but is not the sole criterion
of the value of a specific sample. The second
portion deals with the chemical analysis of the
samples. The ammonia, dry solids, fat, ash,
crude and corrected protein content as wellas
the pH, specific gravity, viscosity and thixotropy
of the samples were determined. The effect of
additives on the properties of the dried products
was investigated. Results are summarized, and
conclusions as to the present commercial feasi-
bility of such a product are made.

Validity of Age Determination from Scales, and
Growth of Marked Lake Michigan Lake Trout,
by Louella E. Cable, Fishery Bulletin 107
(From Fishery Bulletin of the Fish and Wildlife
Service, vol. 57), 62 pp., illus., printed 45 cents,
1956.

MISCELLANEOUS
PUBLICATIONS

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH
AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE
ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM. CORRESPONDENCE REGARDING PUB-
LICATION THAT FOLLOW SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO THE RESPECTIVE
ORGANIZATION OR PUBLISHER MENTIONED. DATA ON PRICES, (F
READILY AVAILABLE, ARE SHOWN,

"Agriculture, FoodSupplies, and Atomic Radiation."
article, Science, vol. 124, no. 3211, July 13, 1956,

128

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATIONS ISSUING THEM.

pp. 63-66, printed, single copy 25 cents. |
Science, 1515 Massachusetts Ave., Washington
5, D.C. This article is the text of the summary
report of the Committee on the Effects of Atomic
Radiation on Agriculture and Food Supplies. The
report is one part of a study of the biological
effects of atomic radiations conducted by the
National Academy of Sciences with the support
of the Rockefeller Foundation. It discusses
tracer studies in agriculture, crop production,
animal production, radioisotopes in agricultural
products and foods, environmental changes and
ecological studies, and the use of radiation as a
means of preserving certain foodstuffs.

Appraising the Market for the Services You Offer,

by Edward L. Anthony, Small Marketers Aids
no. 15, 4 pp., printed. Small Business Admin-
istration, Washington 25, D.C., August 1956.

"Are Fish Disturbed by the Echo-Sounder ?" by

J. Scharfe, article, Fischereiwelt, vol. 2, no.
2, February 1951, pp. 30-31, printed in German.
(Translated from German and summarized by
Dr. G. Mares, Pacific Biological Station,
Nanaimo, B.C., Canada. )

Amount of Herring Spawn Deposited in British Co-

lumbia Coastal Waters in 1956, by D. N. Outram,
Circular no. 42, 13 pp., illus., processed.
Pacific Biological Station, Fisheries Research
Board of Canada, Nanaimo, B.C., Canada,
August 1956. Pacific herring, Clupea pallasi,
spawn in shallow water along the shoreline of
British Columbia, The majority of eggs are de-
posited on vegetation, in or just below the inter-
tidal zone, i.e., between the high and low tide
levels. Spawning grounds may vary in size from
a few yards to several miles, the length and
width being largely determined by the distribution
of the vegetation and the stage of the tide at time
of spawning. The spawning grounds are not ran-
domly distributed along the coastline but are
found in certain preferred regions year after
year. The measurement of the extent and inten-
sity of herring spawnings along the British Co-
lumbia coast is carried out annually by the Cana-
dian Department of Fisheries. This paper dis-
cusses the purpose of the spawn surveys, survey
methods, and the results of the 1956 spawn sur-
vey.

Arsberetning fra Fiskeriministeriets Forségslabor-

atorium for 1955 (Annual Report to the Danish
Fishing Industry), 55 pp., illus., printed in
Danish with English translation of the main ex-
perimental results. Fiskeriministeriets For-
s¢gslaboratorium, Kébenhavn, Danmark, 1956,
Describes the results of the following experi-
ments: fat determination in herring and sand
eels; determination of the nutritional value of
fish for fur-animal feed; chilling of fish; combi-
nation of icing and chemical preservation of fish;
washing and painting fish boxes to improve hygi-
enic conditions; light-salted salmon substitute;
freezing shrimp; freezing gar-pike; freezing
breaded fish products; freezing in jelly; freezing
fish fillets; installations for infra-red cooking of
sardines; Norway lobster; fish balls; research
on cans; fish meal; and fish silage.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 11

SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

"Average Lunar Month Catch of Sardine Fisher-

men in Southern California, 1932-33 through
1954-55,'"' by Frances N. Clark, article, Cal-
ifornia Fish and Game, vol. 42, no. 4, Octo-
ber 1956, pp. 309-322, illus., printed. Cal-
ifornia Department of Fish and Game, Sacra-
mento, Calif. The summary of this report
states that ''By developing new rules for deter-
mining which boats were fishing for sardines
each season, the return to the southern Cali-
fornia fishermen per lunar month has been
carried through 1954/55, After almost com-
plete collapse in 1952/53 and 1953/54, fishing
in 1954/55 was more successful. In this sea-
son, however, the average monthly catch was
still less than in any previous season except
1947/48 and the two mentioned above. Based
on the total boat months calculated to be re-
quired to make each season's catch, the rela-
tive strength was measured for 22 year-classes
occurring in the fishery between 1932/33 and
1954/55. In the 1930's only two year-classes
were of less than average strength, while in
the 1940's and 1950's nine were below average
and only four were above. During 18 seasons
the within-season average monthly catch in
southern California showed an increasing de-
cline year by year. In the 1930!s fishing
success held up through February, in the early
1940's only through January, in the late 1940's
only through December, and in the early 1950's
only through November."

Balik ve Balikcilik (Fish and Fishery), vol. IV,

no. 9, September 1956, 190 pp., illus., print-
ed in Turkish and English. Et ve Balik Kurumu,
Istanbul, Turkey. A special issue of a monthly
publication of the Meat and Fish Office which
contains, among others, the following articles:
"Fisheries Administration in Turkey;'' 'Devel-
opment of Refrigeration in the Fishing Industry
in Turkey;" "A Brief Review of the Turkish
Canning Industry;'' ''Fisheries Research in
Turkey;' ''Recent Developments in Fishing;"

- and Report on the Improvement of Gir-Gir

Seines. '

The Biological Effects of Atomic Radiation, Sum-

mary Reports, 120 pp., printed. National
Academy of Science, Washington, D.C., 1956.
Contains, among others, a summary report on
effects of atomic radiation on oceanography
and fisheries. An attempt has been made to
summarize what is known about the actual and
potential effects of radioactive materials in the
oceanic realm and the interest of marine sci-
entists in these substances. Answers are given
to the following questions: (1) how does the
atomic energy program affect the oceans; (2)
is there naturally occurring radioactivity in the
sea; (3) have weapons tests added measurable
amounts of radioactivity to the sea; (4) in what
other ways will radioactive materials be added
to the oceans; (5) has the atomic energy pro-
gram as yet resulted in serious damage to
marine life; (6) do living things take up radio-
active materials into their bodies; (7) are all
the radioactive elements equally harmful; (8)
how much radioactive waste will be produced
by nuclear power reactors in the future;

November 1956

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT
OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANI ZATIONS

(9) what means are being considered for dispos-
ing of radioactive wastes; (10) will it be safe to
introduce very large quantities of radioactive
wastes from atomic power indiscriminately into
the sea; (11) does this mean that large quantities
of radioactive wastes should never be dumped in
the sea; and (12) from what is known, where
would be the safest place to dump radioactive
wastes in the sea?

Boletim da Pesca (Fishery Bulletin), vol, X, no.
52, September 1956, 134 pp., illus., printed in
Portuguese. Gabinete de Estudos das Pescas,
211 Avenida da Liberdade, Lisbon, Portugal.
Contains, among others, the following articles:
"O Aproveitamento das Lagostas do Noroeste
Africano (Utilization of Lobsters of North Africa), u
by Dr. C. Fernando Costa; and "’Alguns Aspectos
Significativos da Industria da Pescaem Portugal"
(Some Significant Aspects of the Fisheries of
Portugal), by Dr. Richard J. Houk.

Bulletin of the Faculty of Fisheries, Hokkaido Uni-
versity, vol. 6, no. 3, pp. 191-233, illus.,
printed in Japanese with summaries in English.
Faculty of Fisheries, Hokkaido University, Hoko-
date, Japan, November 1955. Contains among
others the following scientific papers: ''Mechan-
ical Studies of Fishing Net Materials. IV. A
Method of Measuring the Diameter of a Netting
Cord," by Tetsuo Miura; and "Studies on the
Organic Phosphates in Muscle of the Aquatic
Animals, I. On the Determination of Adenosine-
polyphosphates in Muscle of Carp,"' by Tsuneyuki
Saito and Ken-ichi Arai.

Bulletin of the International Oceanographic Founda-
tion, vol. 2, no. 2, July 1956, pp. 66-127, illus.,
printed. The Marine Laboratory, University of
Miami, Coral Gables, Fla. Includes, among
others, the following articles: ''More to Fishing
than Fish," by F. G. Walton Smith; "Saltwater
Gamefish;" ''Floating Fish Factories, "' by Robert
W. Ellis; "Rivers in the Sea;'' "Treaders of the
Sea," by J. L. McHugh and Hilary B. Moore;
"The Amazing Angel Shark," by Bernard L.
Gordon; and "Ups and Downs at Sea," by Hilary
B. Moore.

(California) Abstract of Commercial Fisheries Laws|
of California, 1955-1957, folder, illus., printed.
Department of Fish and Game, 926 Jay St.,
Sacramento 14, Calif., 1955.

(Canada) Journal of the Fisheries Research Board
of Canada, vol. 13, no. 4, July 1956, pp. 449-
598, illus., printed. Fisheries Research Board
of Canada, Ottawa, Canada. Contains, among
others, the following articles: "Populations of
Herring (Clupea harengus L.) in Newfoundland
Waters,'' by S. N. Tibbo; ''Diet-Induced Differ-
ences in the Weight-Length Relationship of
Aquarium Fed Sardines (Sardinops caerulea),"'
by David A. Farris; ''The Effect of Fry Plantings
on Whitefish Production in Eastern Lake Ontario,"
by E. D. Lapworth; "Chemical Changes in Ni-
trite-Treated Atlantic Cod Fillets in Relation to
Spoilage Assessment," by E. B. Vaisey; and
"Storage of Frozen Rosefish Fillets," by W. J.
Dyer, Margaret L. Morton, Doris I. Fraser,
and E. G. Bligh.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

129

(Ceylon) Administration Report of the Acting
Director of Fisheries for 1955 (Part IV--
Education, Science, and Art), by H. C.
Goonewardena, 29 pp., printed. Government
Publications Bureau, Colombo, Ceylon, July
1956. Progress reports for the year 1955
are presented by the Department of Fisheries’
Administration and Socio Economic Division,
Development Division, Commercial Section,
and Research Division. Among the subjects
covered are; enforcement of fisheries regula-
tions; cooperative development of the fisheries;
mechanization of fishing craft; fresh-water
fishery development; andfishery byproducts.
Statistical data are also included on the produc-
tion of fresh andcuredfish, andimports and
exports of fishery products andbyproducts.

(Coast andGeodetic Survey) Tide Tables, Current
Tables, and Tidal Current Charts, 1956 and
1957, 50 cents each. U.S. Coast and Geodetic
Survey, Washington 25, D.C. The tide tables
cover the East Coast, North andSouth America;
and West Coast, North and South America. The
current tables cover the Atlantic aes and the
Pacific Coast. The tidalcurrent charts include
the Boston Harbor, LongIslandSound and Block
Island Sound, Narragansett Bay to Nantucket
Sound, New York Harbor, Delaware Bay and River,
Tampa Bay, SanFrancisco Bay, Puget Sound--
northern part, and Puget Sound--southern part.

The Conservation Directory (A Listing of Organi-
zations and Officials Concerned with the Pro-
tection of Wildlife and Other Natural Resources),
compiled by Stewart M. Brandborg, 103 pp.,
printed, 40 cents. National Wildlife Federation,
232 Carroll St., NW., Washington 12, D.C.,
July 1, 1956. This, the forty-eighth Conser-
vation Directory, is larger and more complete
than any earlier edition. As in previous years,
the public agencies of national, state, and ter-
ritorial governments of the United States con-
cerned with the protection of wildlife and other
resources (including fisheries) are listed, as
well as those of neighboring nations in North
and South America. Most of the nongovern-
ment organizations within the United States
which have a national or statewide scope of in-
terest are also included.

The Deep-Sea Fisherman, by CaptainI. E.
Allison, 90 pp., illus., printed. The Educa-
tional Supply Association, Limited, Esavian
House, 181 High Holborn, London, W. C. 1,
England, 1956, Although this booklet has been
designed primarily for children between the
ages of 8 and 12, adults will be interested in
reading the straightforward description of the
various methods of fishing used today, the parts
of a modern trawler and its equipment, the duties
of the various crew members, fish and their
habits, a typical fishing voyage, the marketing
of the catch, and the use of fishery byproducts.
The author is the principal of The Nautical
College, Hull, England. Considerable detail
is covered in this small booklet, including what
goes on aboard a fishing trawler and how the
crew spend their time at sea. The booklet is
well illustrated with photographs and line
drawings. Divided into seven chapters, the

130

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT
OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATIONS ISSUING THEM.

booklet is very interesting and will be of value
to the novice as well as to the one more famil-
iar with fishing and fisheries.

"Developments in Mid-Water Trawling (Electronic

Aids to Depth Regulation),"’ article, World Fish-
ing, vol. 5, no. 9, September 1956, pp. 50-52,
illus., printed. John Trundell Ltd., Temple
Chambers, Temple Ave., London, E.C.4, Eng-
land. This is an abstract of a paper by W.
Lochridge, given at a meeting of the Institution
of Engineers and Shipbuilders in Scotland. The
paper was under the title ''Mechanization in
Fishing Vessels,'' and deals largely with devel-
opment in fish factoryships. This article dis-
cusses the development of otter trawls suitable
for the small North Sea trawler and the larger
ships of the Hull distant-water fleet. Trawling
tests are described as well as a new sterndesign.

Die Seefischerei Nordwest-Europas (Struktur und

Probleme), The Sea Fisheries of North-West
Europe (Structure and Problems), by Dr. Wil-
helm Blanke, 626 pp., illus., printed in German
with the tables in both German and English,
DM7é (about US$19. 00), 1956. Krogers Buch-
druckerei Abt. Fachbuchverlag, Bahnhofstrasse
17, Hamburg-Blankenese, West Germany, 1956,
An exhaustive and very comprehensive treatise
on the sea fisheries of North-West Europe. This
book brings economic research work on fisheries
to a new point, particularly with regard to inter-
regional comparisons and to fisheries politics.
For practical purposes it is an excellent work of
reference. According to the publishers, the
study was sponsored by many German and foreign
organizations, administrative boards and author-
ities, including the Association of the German
Deep Sea Fisheries and the Bremerhaven Cham-
ber of Commerce and Industry. The work was
completed by the Research Division for Fisheries
Economics of the Bremen Committee for Econo-
mic Research. The detailed data contained in
this book are well organized and presented
Chapter 1 deals first with the sea fisheries in the
world and in North-West Europe and includes
information on total catch and utilization, fishing
fleets and fishermen, and exports of fish and
fishery products. For North-West Europe, data
on national income and landings by domestic
fishing craft are also covered. The development
and structure of the sea fisheries in each of the
North-West European countries makes up the
second part of chapter 1. The countries included
are Norway, Sweden, Denmark, Faroes, West
Germany, Netherlands, Belgium, France, Eng-
land and Wales, Scotland, North-Ireland, Eire
andIceland. Problems of the North-West Euro-
pean sea fisheries are discussed in the second
chapter, with the first part concentrating on
inter-regional problems and the second part with
regional problems for each of the countries
mentioned above. Half of the book consists of

an appendix the major part of which is statistical
tables giving data on landings of sea fish by
species, by country, by type of fleet, as well as
data on number of fishermen, number of vessels
external trade, national fisheries income, and ;
details on other phases of the fisheries, The
textual part of the tables is presented in both
German and English which makes them very

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 11

AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

useful for those who cannot read German,
Most of the statistics are for the years 1950-
1954. Also included in the appendix is a list
giving the scientific, German, Norwegian,
English, and French names of principal sea
fish and shellfish; and principal technical
terms in German, English and French. In my
opinion, this book should be of considerable
value to businessmen, researchers, students,
and others interested in the European fisher-
ies, in particular, or fisheries in general.

--J. Pileggi

Economic Marine Algae of Tropical South and
East Asia and Their Utilization, by J. S.
Zanefeld, Special Publications No. 3. Indo-
Pacific Fisheries Council, MaliwanMansion,
Phra Atit Road, Bangkok, Thailand, 1955.

Exploring the Deep Pacific, by Helen Raitt, intro-

duction by Roger Revelle, 272 pp., illus.,
printed, $3.75. W..W. Norton&Co., 55 Fifth
Ave., New York3, N.Y. Unofficial account of
an oceanographic expedition in the South Pacific.

Fisheries Statistics of the Philippines, 1955, by

Jose R. MontillaandJustoR. Montemayor, 64
pp., processed. Departmentof Agriculture and
Natural Resources, Bureauof Fisheries, Manila,
Philippines. This report is devoted to fishery
production inthe Philippines. The tables are
grouped together under the headings (1) produc-
tion, consumption, and requirements; (2) com-
mercial fishing vessels; (3) fish ponds; (4) for-
eign trade; and(5)otherdata. Thetables are
subdivided according to gear used, kind of fish
caught, monthly production, and fishing grounds.
There are also statistics on fish pond production,
and imports andexports of fishery products (in-
cluding canned and processed fish). Statistics al-
so cover reptile skins, seaweeds, sharkfins,
shells, sponges, trepang, turtle eggs, and turtle
shells. The appendices containinformation on
the fishery districts, the forms used in collecting
fishery statistics, andaninventory of fishing gear
used inthe Philippines for the year 1953. Except
for Table 1 which presents fish production data
since 1946, most of the informationcovers the
five-year period 1951-55.

"Fishermen's Organizations and the Regulation of
Fish Prices in Sweden," by Christian Hessle
and Sigmund Verstandig, article, FAO Fisheries
Bulletin, vol. 1X, no. 3, July-September 1956,
pp. 130-143, printed. Food and Agriculture
Organization of the United Nations, Rome, Italy.
This article is a summary of Parts 2-5 of the
monograph of the same title. Part 1, a general
survey of Swedish fisheries, the fishing popula-
tion, trade and government administration, has
been excludedfrom this summary. Part 2 dis-
cusses the early development of the fishermen's
organizations in Sweden; Part 3, the fishermen's
professional organizations; Part 4, the fisher-
men's trading organizations; and Part 5, price
regulations.

"Fishing with Electricity, ' by B. Hnatevic, Bulle-
tin of the Czechoslovak Academy of Agricultural
Sciences, No. 1-2, 1953, pp. 101-109, printed
in Czechoslovak. (Translated from Czechoslovak

Vol. 18, No. 11

(FAO) The State of Food and Agriculture,

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE,

131

BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATIONS ISSUING THEM.

and summarized by Dr. G. Mares, Pacific
Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C., Canada. )

Fiskeri-Beretning for Arét 1955, 198 pp., illus.,

printed in Danish with resume in English, I
Kommission Hos G, E. C. Gad, Kobenhavn,
Denmark, This report contains detailed statis-
tics on the Danish fisheries for the calendar
year 1955, Included in the report are data on
number of fishermen, number of fishing craft,
value of fishing vessels, catch by species,
landed value of the catch, resumes by fisheries,
and imports and exports of fishery products.

(F AO) General Fisheries Council for the Mediter-

ranean, Proceedings and Technical Papers no.

3, 527 pp., illus., printed in French and Eng-
lish, $5. Food and Agriculture Organization of
the United Nations, Rome, Italy, 1955. (Avail-
able from Columbia University Press, Inter-
national Documents Service, New York 27,
N.Y.) This document is divided into two parts.
The first part includes the proceedings of the
third meeting of the General Fisheries Council
for the Mediterranean held in Monaco (Princi-
pality), October 14-19, 1954. The second part
comprises the technical papers presented during
this meeting. Among the subjects covered are
various aspects of sardine biology; freezing of
sardines; fisheries of certain French ports;
transportation and preservation of fish in

Spain; organization of fish trade in Italy; carp
culture in rice fields; water pollution; fisheries
administration in Yugoslavia; 'The Mediter-
ranean Spiny Lobsters" (description of Palinurus
vulgaris, P. mauritanicus and P. rissoni); voca
tional training of fishermen; fish meal; economic
fishery statistics in Yugoslavia; sea fry for
stocking inland waters; safety measures for
divers; fish curing in Yugoslavia; cold storage
and canning of mackerel; ''Improvement of
Large Marine Crustacean Fishing Technique in
Yugoslavia" (describes use of collapsible pots
for fishing lobsters and spiny lobsters); Salm-
onidae breeding in Mediterranean countries;
short-finned tuna (Sarda sarda in Turkish
waters); Black Sea coast fisheries; Norway lob-
ster in Adriatic; natural bait for marine fishing;
Mediterranean tunas (little tuna, Euthynnus
alliteratus Raf.; and striped-bellied bonito,
Katsuwonus pelamis L.); French River fisheries.

1956,

151 pp., illus., printed, $1.50. Food and
Agriculture Organization of the United Nations,
Rome, Italy, 1956. (Also available from Colum
bia University Press, International Documents
Service, 2960 Broadway, New York 27, N.Y.)
The foreword points out that, ''The world food
and agricultural situation has recently tended to
change less rapidly than during the years of
postwar recovery. It has therefore seemed fit-
ting to modify the form of the annual report on
the state of food and agriculture, giving less em-
phasis to the current situation and short-term
outlook and more to longer-term problems and
to other special subjects which in the past it has
not been possible to treat in detail. Last year's
report consisted of a review of the developments
of the whole postwar decade. This year the food
and agricultural situation in 1955/56 and the out-

look for 1956/57 are reviewed in a single
chapter. The two following chapters, the
first of the new series of special studies,
deal respectively with some factors influ-
encing the development of international trade
in agricultural products, and with general
trends and outlook in the world's fisheries.
The report is introduced by the customary
summary.'’ The chapter on ''World Fisheries:
General Trends and Outlook with Examples
from Selected Countries" discusses the char-
acteristics of world production and trade;
government policies in relation to the fishery
industries; and typical cases of fishery devel-
opment under different economic influences
in Japan, Norway, Iceland, United Kingdom,
Germany, United States, Canada, and the
Union of South Africa and South-West Africa.
Also presents current fishery development
programs and outlook.

Food Expenditures of Households in the United

States, Preliminary Report, 16 pp., processed.
U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 25,
D.C., August 1956. This report presents some
preliminary results on food expenditures from
a nationwide survey of household food consump-
tion made in April-June 1955. Although food
products are not broken down by specific cate-
gories, the general information may be of value
to fisheries processors.

The Food and Feeding Habits of the Lemon Sole,
by Bennet B. Rae, Scottish Home Department
Marine Research No. 3, 35 pp., illus., printed,
6s. 8d. (92 U.S. cents). Her Majesty's Sta-
tionery Office, 13A Castle St., Edinburgh 2,
Scotland, 1956.

"Growing Culture Pearls in Australia," article,
Fisheries Newsletter, vol. 15, no. 7, July
1956, pp. 5, 7, illus., printed. Commonwealth
Director of Fisheries, Department of Primary
Industry, Canberra, Australia. Culture pearls
will soon be produced for the first time in Aus-
tralia, according to this article. If pilot scale
operations are successful, it should mean the
establishment of a new industry where develop-
ment is badly needed, in northwest Australia--
an industry which could become a substantial
dollar earner along with spiny lobster tails,
shrimp, and pearl shell.

How to Use Sodium Bisulfite to Control ''Black
Spot’ on Shrimp, Special Service Bulletin No.
12, 4 pp., illus., printed. The Marine Lab-
oratory, University of Miami, Coral Gables,
Fla., August 1956. Research has shown that
shrimp dipped in a dilute solution of the harm-
less chemical, sodium bisulfite, develop much
less black spot than untreated shrimp. This
report quotes the Food and Drug Administra-
tion's approval of this technique, and describes
in detail the method of using sodium bisulfite on
shrimp.

The Importance of Chilling Fish, by C. L. Cutting
and J. Liston, D.S.I.R. Food Investigation
Misc. Paper No. 7A/56, 2 pp., illus., printed.
(Reprinted from Fish Trades Gazette, April 14,
1956.) White Fish Authority, Torry Research

132

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE
OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATIONS ISSUING THEM.

Station, Aberdeen, Scotland. Describes briefly
the importance of chilling fish and the effect of
temperature on bacterial growth. The authors
state that, ''For practical purposes the quickest,
safest andeasiest way to coolfish to about 32°F.
and keep them at this temperature is to sur-
round them and mix with them liberal amounts of
crushed ice. Simply putting fish without ice into
a chill room at 32° F. will cool them down very
much more slowly even if the fish are laid out
singly. Fish contained in wooden boxes put into
a chill room without ice will cool down even more

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND

Vol. 18, No. 11

WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

that is, since the work began. It indicates

the successes achieved in elucidating many of
the scientific problems associated with the bio-
chemistry, plant physiology, and ecology of the
marine algae and the fundamental chemistry of
their constituents; the development of techniques
for the manufacture of algal chemicals and sea-
weed harvesting, and the assessment of their
value in agriculture and medicine. This work
has aided the development in this country of a
new industry based on seaweed and has stimu-
lated great interest in practically every mari-

slowly since wood is a good heat insulator. Di-
rect and intimate icing, therefore, because of its
superior cooling action, ensures that spoilage of
the fish during the cooling down period is re-
duced to a minimum."

Index Oyster Ground Franchises and Leases (Li-
censes, Vessels, and Individuals), July 1953-
July 1955, 18 pp., printed. Shell Fish Com-
mission, 185 Church St., New Haven, Conn.
Contains excerpts from the shellfish laws;
leasing of shellfish grounds; alphabetical lists
of individuals and vessels licensed to work on
the natural beds; list of owners and acreages by
lot number as of July 1, 1955; leased grounds as
of July 15, 1955; and general oyster statistics.

(India) Progress of Fisheries Development in India,
96 pp., figs., illus., printed. Central Inland
Fisheries Research Station, Orissa, India, 1956.
Contains the following papers: ''Fisheries and
Fishing Industry in India," by B. N. Chopra;
"The Second Five-Year Plan of Fisheries Devel-
opment," by D. Bhatia; ''Marine Fisheries
Research in India," by N. K. Panikkar; ‘Inland
Fisheries Research and Extension in India," by
B. S. Bhimachar; ''Deep Sea Fishing in Indian
Waters," by K. Chidambaram; ''Mechanisation
of Indian Fishing Craft,'' by P. B. Ziener;
"Reclamation of Swamps for Fishery Develop-
ment in Orissa,"' by G. N. Mitra; ''Fish Culture
Techniques in India,"" by K. H. Alikunhi; "Fish
Preservation and Processing,"' by R. Venkatar-
aman; "Fish Oil Industry in India,'' by Sundar
Kini; "Fisheries By-Product Industry in India,"
by G. B. Mohanty; and "Socio-Economic Devel-
opment of Fishermen Communities in India," by
MU, Wie lays TestbeNy,

"Injuries Done to Trouts by Electric Fishing,'' by
Fr. Volf, article, Bulletin of the Czechoslovak
Academy of Agricultural Sciences, No. 1-2,
1953, pp. 104-109, printed in Czechoslovak.
(Translated from Czechoslovak and summarized
by Dr. G. Mares, Pacific Biological Station,
Nanaimo, B.C., Canada. )

(Institute of Freshwater Research) Annual Report
for the Year 1954 (and short papers), Report No.
36. Institute of Freshwater Research, Drot-
tningholm, Sweden, 1956.

(Institute of Seaweed Research) Annual Report for
1955 and Review of Institute's Activities, 1945-
Institute of Sea-

1955, 52 pp., illus., printed.
weed Research, Inveresk, Midlothian, Scotland.
This report reviews not only the work of the
Institute of Seaweed Research during 1955 but
also the achievements of the last ten years;

time country in the world. As indicated in the
report, the Institute, having fulfilled its origi-
nal mandate, has reduced the scope of its activ-
ities. Its main concern will now be the support
of fundamental seaweed studies at the univer-
sities, the maintenance of an information serv-
ice, the supply of algal chemicals at cost and
the provision of technical assistance and advice
to those interested in seaweed utilization in the
crofting communities in Scotland.

(International Law Commission) Addendum toCom-
ments by Governments on Provisional Articles
Concerning the Regime of the High Seas and the

Draft Articles on the Regime of the Territorial

Sea Adopted by the International Law Commis-
sion at its 7th Session, A/CN.4/99/Add.1, 103
pp., processed, April 5, 1956. United Nations,
International Law Commission, New York, N.Y.
The following addenda also have been issued:

A/CN.4/99/Add.2, 11 pp., April 17, 1956;
A/CN.4/99/Add.3, 2 pp., April 24, 1956;
A/CN.4/99/Add.4, 2 pp., April 25, 1956;
A/CN.4/99/Add.5, 9 pp., April 30, 1956;
A/CN.4/99/Add.6, 2 pp., May 7, 1956;
A/CN.4/99/Add.7, 4 pp., May 22, 1956; and
A/CN.4/99/Add. 8, 6 pp., June 25, 1956.

(International Law Commission) Co-operation with

Inter-American Bodies. Report of the Secretary
on the Proceedings of the 3rd Meeting of the
Inter-American Council of Jurists Held at Mexico
City, Jan.-Feb. 1956, A/CN.4/102, 45 pp.,
processed. United Nations, International Law
Commission, New York, N.Y., April 12, 1956.
The following correction and addendum also have
been issued: A/CN.4/102/Corr.3, 1 p., May
Hetaae and A/CN.4/102/Add.1, 1 p., May 7,

(International Fisheries Convention, 1946) Report

of the AD HOC Committee Established at the
Fourth Meeting of the Permanent Commission,
September 1955, 45 pp., illus., processed.
Office of the Commission, International Fish-
eries Convention, London, England, September
1956. At the meeting in London in 1955 the
Permanent Commission decided to try to estab-
lish a satisfactory scientific basis for the con-
servation of the various fisheries within the
Permanent Commission area by asking a working
group of specialists some basic questions. This
is a report on most of the questions put to the
Committee. The subject matter is considered
under six headings, as follows: (1) selectivity of
meshes; (2) assessment of long-term effects of
applying various cod-end mesh sizes; (3) assess-
ment of immediate effects of applying various

November 1956

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 133

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH ANDO WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATIONS ISSUING THEM,
cod-end mesh sizes; (4) report on size limits in
relation to the above results; (5) alterations or
additions to Annex II or Article 6 of the Conven-
tion, proposed by member countries; and (6)
recommendations for further research. The
results presented in this report refer only to
species and fisheries within the Convention area
where the 80-mm. mesh size is in effect, and
are based on the latest information available to
the Committee at the time of their last meeting
(May 1956).

(International Law Commission) Report of the

International Law Commission Covering the
Work of Its Eighth Session, 23 April - 4 July
1956, A/CN. 4/104, 137 pp., processed. United
Nations--General Assembly, International Law
Commission, New York, N.Y., July 7, 1956.

lands but it also gives considerable descrip-
tive information on the sea fisheries, inshore
fisheries, river and inland fisheries, govern-
ment regulations, whale fisheries, herring ex-
ports, fisheries research, and the fishing fleet.

(Jamaica) Report on Jamaica for the Year 1955,

386 pp., illus., printed, 7s.6d. (US$1.05).
The Government Printer, Duke Street, King-
ston, Jamaica, 1956. An annual report on
developments in Jamaica during 1955. Con-
tains, among many others, a chapter on the
Jamaican fishing industry which states that
"the natural evolution of the industry has been
limited by the geography of the Island. The
surrounding shallow-water shelf is not exten-
sive--on the north coast it extends only a few
hundred yards in some areas--and beyond this

The International Law Commission held its
eighth session at the European Office of the
United Nations, Geneva, Switzerland from April
23 to July 4, 1956. The work of the Commission
during the session is related in the present re-
port. Chapter I covers the organization of the
session. Chapter II contains the Commission's
final report on the law of the sea; Chapter III carried out by traditional canoes with large
consists of progress reports of work on the powered craft providing servicing facilities
subjects of law of treaties, state responsibility, only.'' Descriptions of the fishing areas of
and consular intercourse and immunities; while Jamaica, methods of capture, development of
Chapter IV deals with questions relating to the the fresh-water fisheries and the marine fish-
statute of the Commission and with administra- eries are presented.

tive matters.

the seabed slopes sharply into water too deep
to permit bottom fishing to be carried out effi-
ciently without the use of power equipment. In
consequence, the industry has not risen above
a peasant-level operation, and even the exten-
sion of fishing onto the offshore Pedro Cays
has done little to change this, the fishing being

(Japan) Statistic Tables of Fishing Vessels (as of
the End of 1955), General Report No. 8, 240
pp., printed in Japanese and English. Japanese
Fisheries Agency, Tokyo, Japan. This annual
report lists data on the various types of Japa-
nese fishing craft as obtained by a fishing-ves-
sel registration system. Statistics are given
by types of gear, fishery, craft, and principal
prefectures, together with comparisons for
former years.

International Technical Conference on the Conser-
vation of the Living Resources of the Sea, Rome,
1955, United Nations Document A/Conf. 10/6,

20 pp., printed. United Nations, New York,

N.Y., 1955.

The Investigations of Demersal Fish Resources in
the East China and the Yellow Seas (3), 140 pp.,
illus., printed in Japanese with summaries in
English. Seikai Regional Fisheries Research
Laboratory, Maruo-Machi, Nagasaki City, Ja-

pan, March 1956. Contains the following articles:

"A Statistical Account of the Japanese Trawl

Fishery in the East China and the YellowSeas after

War Il,"' by ShigeakiShindo; and "Geographical

Distributions of the Fishing Effort inthe Fishing

Grounds for Trawl Fishery inthe East China and

the Yellow Seas," by Osamu Kibesaki.

"The Larsen Mid-Water Trawl," by Alan Glanville,
article, FAO Fisheries Bulletin, vol. IX, no. 3,
July-September 1956, pp. 113-129, illus. , printed.
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United
Nations, Rome, Italy. According to the author,
the Larsen mid-water trawl has proved so ef-
fective that it is now in regular use in Scandi-
navia and other parts of Europe. Herring,
sprat, anchovies, mackerel, and other pelagic
fish are commonly caught with this gear which,
owing to its low initial cost and simple opera-
tion by relatively small crews, may in some
cases supplant the much more expensive ring
nets and purse seines. This article discusses
the method of operating the Larsen mid-water
trawl, its advantages and disadvantages, con-
ditions necessary for successful operation, and
installation and operation of the gear.

Iowa Fish and Fishing, by James R. Harlan and
Everett B. Speaker, 377 pp., illus., printed,
$2.50. State Conservation Commission, East
7th andCourt, Des Moines 9, Iowa. This is the
third edition of aninteresting book on fish and fish-
ing in lowa. Text changes are made throughout and
nomenclature brought uptodate. It presents new
chapters on natural baits and baiting, fishing tackle,
and fish distribution; a major revision and extension
of text on angling; and anew section on state-owned
access to fishing waters. "Measurement of Denaturation of Fish Protein, "
by J. I. M. Ironside and R. M. Love, article,
Nature, vol. 178, no. 4530, August 25, 1956,
pp. 418-419, printed. MacMillan & Co., Ltd.,
St. Martin's St., London, W.C.2, England.

Jaarcijfers Over de Visserij Gedurende Het Jaar
1955 (Annual Fisheries Statistics, 1955), Ver-
slagen en Mededilingen van de Directie van de
Netherlands with titles in English. Directie van
de Visserijen, 's-Gravenhage, Netherlands,
1956. This report not only contains complete
statistics on all fishing activities in the Nether-

(Malaya) Annual Report of the Fisheries Division,

Department of Commerce and Industry, Singa-
pore 1953, by Tham Ah Kow, pp. 205-250,

34 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 11

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATIONS ISSUING THEM.

illus., printed. Department of Commerce and
Industry, Singapore, Malaya. Includes a gener-
al review of the fishing industry of Singapore,
inventory of the fishing industry, availability of
fresh fish, the fresh fish trade, prices of fresh
fish, prices of producer goods, andtrade in salt
fish and certain marine products.

(Malaya) Annual Report of the Fisheries Division,

Department of Commerce and Industry, Singa-
pore 1954, 15 pp., printed. Department of Com-
merce and Industry, Singapore, Malaya. This
report gives a general review of Singapore's
fishing industry, availability of fresh fish, mar-
keting, prices of fresh fish, and trade in salt
fish and certain marine products.

nual Report, 1955, 215 pp., illus., printed.
Board of Natural Resources, Annapolis, Md. A
report for the fiscal year beginning July 1, 1954,
and ending June 30, 1955, covering the activities
accomplishments, and recommendations of the
several departments represented on the Board,
including the Department of Tidewater Fisheries,
the Department of Game and Inland Fish, and the
Department of Research and Education. Under
the Department of Tidewater Fisheries are dis-
cussed oysters, clams, blue crabs, fishing gear,
fish abundance, striped bass investigations, and
fishery statistics. Also contains an appendix
which describes a survey of unlicensed commer—
cial fish nets.

Nature's Guardians (Your Career in Conservation),

by Harry Edward Neal, 192 pp., illus., printed,
$3.50. Julian Messner, Inc., 8 West 40 Street
New York 18, N. Y., 1956. This book will be a
welcome and valuable addition to every high
school and college library. As a vocational
guidance aid that is written in popular style, it
provides timely and practical information for
persons interested in both the professional and
nonprofessional employment opportunities in the
important field of fisheries, forestry, soil and
wildlife conservation. Probably no decision has
a greater bearing on a person's outlook on life
than the successful choice of a career. It isa
decision that can lead to years of happiness and
satisfaction or, which is too frequently the unfor-
tunate case, frustration and disappointment. In
his review of the opportunities that exist in the
conservation field, the author presents the type
of interesting information that will lead to fur-
ther investigation by those interested in conser-
vation careers, as well as provide enjoyable
reading for those not so interested. To the fur-
ther credit of the author, he not only covers the
attractive phases of conservation management,
but makes practical comment on many of the
disadvantages of various federal and state em-
ployments. In his very realistic approach to
the opportunities existing in the field, the author
appropriately lists the opportunities and com-
pensations that can be expected. While it was
undoubtedly the decision of the author to confine
his coverage to conservation activities, this
reviewer has the feeling that the value of the
book could have been considerably enhanced by
including some coverage of employment oppor -
tunities in the allied fields of commercial ex-

ploitation of our natural resources. Such cover-

age might have stimulated additional interest on
the part of many young persons who wish to look
beyond early careers in Federal and state con-
servation activities to later service in private
industry. As a supplement to the information
on employment opportunities and references to
governmental and nongovernmental conservation
organizations and conservation magazines, the

author provides a carefully selected bibliography

of publications dealing with fishery, forestry,
soil, and wildlife, conservation subjects. It is
the opinion of this reviewer that Nature's
Guardians will be similarly referred to as re-
commended reading in future books relating to
conservation management.

--D. Y. Aska

(Norway) Lofotfiskets Ldnnsomhet 1954 (Lofot Fish-

ery Profitability 1954), by Kare Ruud, Fiskeridi-
rektoratets Smaskrifter Nr. 5 (Fishery Direc-
torate Pamphlet No. 5), 20 pp., printed in Norwe-
gian. (Reprinted from Fiskets Gang, no. 38, 1954.)
A/S JohnGriegs Boktrykkeri, Bergen, Norway,
1954.

Observations on the Spawning Runs of Brown Trout

in the South Queich, Loch Leven, by W. R. Munro
and K. H. Balmain, Scottish Home Department

Freshwater and Salmon Fisheries Research no.
13, 16 pp., illus., printed, 4s.6d. (65 U.S. cents).
Her Majesty's Stationery Office, 13A Castle St.,
Edinburgh 2, Scotland, 1956.

Nicoya, Costa Rica, by Clifford L. Peterson, Bul-
letin vol. 1,no.5,pp. 139-280, illus., printed in
English and Spanish. Inter-American Tropical
Tuna Commission, La Jolla, Calif., 1956.

"Oceanography, Fisheries, and Atomic Radiation,"

article, Science, vol. 124, no. 3210, July 6, 1956,
pp. 13-16, printed, single copy 25 cents. Science,

1515 Massachusetts Ave. NW., Washington5,D.C. .

This article isthe text of the summary report of
the Committee onthe Effects of Atomic Radiation
on Oceanography and Fisheries. The report is
part of a continuing study on the biologicaleffects
of atomic radiation conducted by the National
Academy of Sciences with the support of the Rocke -
feller Foundation. It discusses how the atomic
energy program affects the oceans, radioactivity
in the sea, damage to marine life, radioactive
waste, and the use of radioactive materials to
study the ocean and fisheries.

Old Fourlegs: The Story of the Coelacanth, by J. L.

B. Smith, 270 pp., printed, 21s. (US$2.94).
Longmans, Green&Co.,55 FifthAvenue, New
York 3, N. Y. The story of the author's hunt
for this "prehistoric fish,'’ the coelacanth.

Our Vanishing Shoreline, 36 pp., illus., printed.

National ParkService, U.S. Department of the
Interior, Washington 25, D. C. A report of a
Survey made in 1954 of the seashore recreation
area along the Atlantic and Gulf coasts, from
Calais, Maineto Brownsville, Texas. The sur-
vey was made to learn how much of this area

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 139

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATIONS ISSUING THEM,

has already been developed or spoiled, how much
is left, and how muchis suitable for public use.

“Oyster Farming," by H. Van Pel, article, SPC

(Changes in the Length of Net Mesh and Net
Thread by the Influence of Water), by G. Klust.

Report to Congress on the Mutual Security Pro-

(South Pacific Commission) Quarterly Bulletin,
vol. 6, no. 3, July 1956, pp. 19-20, illus. ,
printed. South Pacific Commission, Noumea,
New Caledonia. According to the author, '"Edi-
ble oysters are not cultivated in the South Pacif
ic Commission area, although they are gathered
in many places from the rocks or the mangrove
roots on which they grow naturally. In most
cases these oysters are misshapen or even
stunted, often because they were too crowdedon
their supports, in other cases because the food
supply is not adequate, sometimes because they
have grown at an unsuitable level. Wheneverit
finds itself in a naturally suitable environment,
the oyster grows well."' This article describes
the simple technique used by oyster farmers in
the Philippines, where conditions for oyster cul-
tivation are similar to those found in many parts
of the South Pacific.

Poisoning by Barracuda and Other Fishes, by Don -
ald de Sylva, Special Service Bulletin #13, 10
pp., processed. The Marine Laboratory, Uni-
versity of Miami, Coral Gables, Fla., August
1956.

Populations of the Black Mullet (MUGIL CEPHALUS
L.)in Florida, by Donald P. de Sylva, Howard
B. Stearns, and Durbin C. Tabb, TechnicalSe-
ries No. 19, 45 pp., illus., printed. Marine
Laboratory, University of Miami, Coral Gables,
Fla., June 1956.

"Presence of Fish and Echo-Indications,"' by A.
Meyer, article, Die Fischwirtschaft, vol. 5,
no. 2, February 1953, pp. 45-47, printed in
German. (Translated from German and sum-
marized by Dr. G. Mares, Pacific Biological
Station, Nanaimo, B. C., Canada. )

"Procedimientos de Conservacion del Pescado por
el Frio" (Methods of Conserving Fish by Freez-
ing), by Pedro Perez Adsuar, article, Revista
del Frio, vol. 1, no. 2, April-June 1956, pp.
111-120, printed in Spanish. Centro Experi-
mental del Frio, Madrid, Spain.

Produccion Pesquera de la Republica Argentina
Anos 1946-53 (Fish Production in the Argentine
Republic, 1946-53). Ministerio de Agricultura
y Ganaderia, Departmento de Investigaciones
Pesqueras, Buenos Aires, Argentina, 1955.

Protokolle zur Fischereitechnik (Journal of Fishery
Technology), Heft 17, Bd. 4 (Vol. 4, no. 17),
pp. 32-83, illus., processed in German, Insti-
tut fur Netz- und Materialforschung, Hamburg
36, Neuer Wall 72, Germany, May 1956. Con-
tains the following articles: ‘'Fangmethoden und
Fanggerate beim Rochenfang in Deutschland"
(Methods of andGear for the Catching of Rays in
Germany), by J. Scharfe; ''Deutsche und Franzo-
siche Bezeichnungen von Fanggeraten"' (German
Schleppnetzen"' (How to Measure Net Meshes in
TrawlNets), by A. v. Brandt; and 'Langenver-
anderungen von Netzgarnen durch Wasserung"

gram (For the Six Months Ended June 30, 1956),
36 pp., illus., printed. Mutual Security Agency,
Washington 25, D. C.

Rio Parana, sus Peces mas Comunes, PescaCom-
ercial (The Most Important Fishes and the Com-
mercial Fishery of the Parana River), by Juan
Manual Cordini, Publicacion Miscelanea No. 410,
86 pp., illus., printed in Spanish. Ministerio
de Agricultura y Ganaderia, Buenos Aires, Ar-
gentina, 1955.

Salt-Water Aquarium Fish, by Herbert R. Axelrod
and William Vorderwinkler, 160 pp., illus.,
printed, $3.95. Sterling Publishing Co., Inc.,
122 East 25th St., New York 16, N. Y.

sion, Phra Atit Road, Bangkok, Thailand, 1955.

Sbornik Ceskoslovenske Akademie Zemedelskych
Ved, Zivocisna Vyroba (Annals of the Czecho-
slovak Academy of Agricultural Sciences, Ani-
mal Production), Rocnik XXIX, Cislo 4 (vol.
XXIX, no. 4), 1956, pp. 239-318, printed in
Czechoslovak with summaries in Russian and
English. The Czechoslovak Academy of Agri-
cultural Sciences, Praha XII, Slezska, Czecho-
slovakia. Contains summaries in English of
the following articles: ''Purifying and Utiliza-
tion of Waste Waters from Slaughterhouses .and
Factories of the Meat Industry in Fish Assimi-
lation Ponds;" ''Better Exploitation of the Natu-
ral Productivity of the Fish Ponds through In-
crease in Stocks of Fish;'' ''New Discoveries
Concerning the Artificial Breeding of Pike;"
"Investigation of the Reasons for Losses in
Hatching of Trout Roe in Hatcheries;" and
"Strange Life of the Eel (Anguilla anguilla L.)."

Seamanship, by T. F. Wickham, 192 pp., illus.,
printed, $3.75. Philosophical Library, Inc.,
15 East 40th St., New York 16, N. Y., 1956.
The author, who is the Seamanship Instructor
at The National Nautical School, Portishead,
Somerset, England, presents the basic aspects
of the art of good seamanship in a simple and
straightforwardmanner. The noviceas wellas the
experienced seaman will find valuable information
inthis smallbook. However, basically it is afac-
tual manualfor the novice. Among the subjects
covered by the book are ship routine and ships, rope
work, compass and steering, rule of the road at sea,
tides and buoyage, flags and signals, anchors and
cables, mooring and berthing, cargo work, speed
and soundings, and lifeboats.

--J. Pileggi

"Shell Disease in Portuguese Oysters," by H. A.
Cole and G. D. Waugh, article, Nature, vol.
178, no. 4530, August 25, 1956, p. 422, printed.
MacMillan & Co., Ltd., St. Martin's St., Lon-
don, W.C. 2, England.

136

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Viole eNom

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

Some Deaths Due to Fish Poisoning (Ichthyosarco-
toxism) in India, by S. Jones, 8 pp., illus.,
printed. (Reprinted from Ind. Jour. Med, Res.,
vol. 44, no. 2, April 1956, pp. 353-360.) Cen-
tral Marine Fisheries Research Sub-Station,

Calicut, Malabar, India.

nese with summaries in English. (Reprinted
from Bulletin of the Japanese Society of Sci-
entific Fisheries, vol. 22, no. 2, June 1956,
pp. 89-93.) Japanese Society of Scientific Fish-
eries, Tokyo, Japan.

Statistical Abstract of the United States, 1956, is-
sued by the U. S. Department of Commerce,
printed, $3.75. For sale by Superintendent of
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office,
Washington 25, D. C.

Studies of the Sexual Development and Spawning of
Yellowfin Tuna (NEOTHUNNUS MACROPTERUS)
and Skipjack(KATSUWONUS PELAMIS) in Three
Areas of the Eastern Pacific Ocean, by Exami-
nation of Gonads, by Milner B. Schaefer and
Craig J. Orange, Bulletin vol. 1, no. 6, pp.
283-349, illus., printed in English andSpanish.
Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission,

La Jolla, Calif., 1956.

"Studies on Deep Mass Culture of Algae in Israel,"
by A. M. Mayer, A. Eisenberg, and M. Eve-
nari, article, The Scientific Monthly, vol. 83,
no. 4, October 1956, pp. 198-203, illus.,
printed. The Scientific Monthly, 1515 Massa-
chusetts Ave., NW., Washington5, D.C. A
deep unit for the mass culture of algae is des-
cribed. A cheapmethod of agitation has been
developed. Yields as high as 21 grams (dry
weight) per square meter of illuminated area
per day have been obtained. A yearly average
for three algae species gave 16 grams per
square meter of illuminated area per day.
Yields calculated theoretically from the actual
yield are as high as 32 grams. The suitability
of Israel for mass culture is pointed out. It is
considered that the present results bring the
mass culture of algae toward the borderline of
economic feasibility. Its practical feasibility
may be taken as established.

Trade News, vol. 9, no. 1, July 1956, 21pp., illus.,
printed. Department of Fisheries of Canada, Ot-
tawa, Canada. Contains among others the follow-
ing articles: " Artificial Stream Produces Salm-
on; Some Factors Affecting the Shelf Life of
Frozen Fish,'' byO. C. Young; and"'The Fisher -
ies of Turkey," by I. S. McArthur.

(Union of South Africa) Department of Nature Con-

servation, P. O. Box 152, Stellenbosch, Union
of South Africa, 1955. Contains, among others,
a section by the Division of Inland Fisheries
which includes articles on the fresh-water fish-
eries of the Cape Province, Johkershoek Hatch-
ery--Stellenbosch, Pirie Trout Hatchery--King
William's Town, and stocking of public waters.
A section on research and field surveys dis-
cusses the establishment of an eel fishery in
the Cape Province and the production of fish for
food under the Transkei fish farming project. A
report of the Provincial Inland Fisheries Offi-
cer at Cape Town is also presented.

cessed. Agricultural Marketing Service, U. S.
Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D.C.,
July 18, 1956. Includes product description
and grades of frozen fried fish sticks, recom-
mended weights and dimensions, factors of
quality, definitions and methods of analysis,
tolerances for certification of officially drawn
samples, and score sheet for frozen fried fish
sticks. The standards are designed to serve

as a convenient basis for sales, for establishing
quality control programs, and for determining
loan values. They will also serve as a basis
for the inspection of this commodity by the Fed-
eral inspection service.

Vitamin Ag in Indian Fresh-Water Fish-Liver Oils,
by S. Balasundaram, H. R. Cama, P. R. Sun-
daresan, and T. N. R. Varma, article, The
Biochemical Journal, vol. 64, no. 1, September
1956, pp. 150-154, printed. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press, American Branch, 32 East 57th
St., New York 22, N. Y.

(White Fish Authority) Report of the Advisory
Panel on the Improvement of Retail Fish Sales,
43 pp., illus., printed, 1s. (14U.S. cents).
White Fish Authority, TilburyHouse, Petty
France, London, S.W. 1, England. The
Panel's first report and accompanying appen-
dices deal with the best methods of improving
the appearance and selling efficiency of fish-
mongers' and fish friers' shops. The recom-
mendations of this report are given in two sec-
tions. The first deals with general aspects of
shop improvement, applicable to all types of
fishmongers' shops. The second provides ac-
tual examples of progressive shop designs in
the form of plans, drawings, and photographs.
These designs illustrate the application of gen-
eral principles to specific types of shop, for
which three broad classifications are given.

November 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Si;
CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
Page Page
TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS (Contd.): FOREIGN (Contd.):
North Atlantic Herring Research (Contd,): Australia:
Midwater Trawl Gear Tested by M/V Metacomet Development of Fishing Industry in Papua and New
rin Gut GF Meni (QUnISS")) 6 Sig Go OMS 43 GuinealPlannedieryysrrieteieiereveleicieienelaueust = 69
Lampara Seine, Midwater Trawl, and Depth Indica- Japanese Pearl-Shell Fleet Operates Off Northern
tor Tested by M/V Metacomet (Cruise 8) ..... 44 Alstraliatstevusyotealchevercue womens ve noistec eicdovcte 70
North Pacific Exploratory Fishery Program: New Cargo Ships to Increase Reefer Space ..... 70
Bottom Fish Survey in Waters off Southeastern Progress in Queensland Shrimp Fishery....... 71
Alaska by M/V John N. Cobb (Cruise 29) ..... 45 Whaling Season in 1956 Expected to Exceed 1955 in
Oregon: WAlGgocdgasedboognanooonoucoUesase 73
Experimental Fishing for Dover Sole ......... 45 Canada:
Fingerling Fish Passage at Dams to be Investigated 46 Antibiotics Approved for Fish Preservation .... 73
Northwest Albacore Tuna Catches Sampled ..... 46 Fisherments/indemmityaPlanzrcsseieiciene cvenel enters 14
Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations: Fish Stick Plants Ordered by Russians ....... 15

Exploratory Tuna Fishing Around Marquesas Is-

Review of 1956 HerringFisheryinBritishColumbia 75

lands byM/V Charles H, Gilbert(Cruise 30) eg A, Territorial Sea Limit of 12 Miles Advocated.... 76

Good Albacore Fishing Found Worth of Hawaii by Chile;

M/V John R. Manning (Cruise 32) .......... 48 Territorial Waters Claims Position Maintained... 17
Transportation Rates .......--.---+-- 49 Ecuador:
Reclamation to Build Fish Screen to Save aon Fish Conversion Requirement Increased on Shrimp Export

on Delta-Mendota Canal, California .......... 49 TIS Sod dood oo Odo OOo ODDO ODOODC 17
Saltonstall-Kennedy Act Fisheries Projects: Formosa:

Fish and Wildlife Service Reports Progress Made 41 Shrimp Fisheries ........- Saco00 616 60m

American Fisheries Advisory Committee German Federal Republic:

Recommends Stepped-Up Research Program... 53 SyntheticiNetsbiberwevenecreectelebelcnolohcnetsiencliolatces 718
Shellfish Sanitation Workshop ...........-- mo Got! Telecommunicating Depth Finder for Midwater
South Carolina: FETAWwLiNetS aay euieteveerebdstenenakomeienonet ete Foe tk)
Fisheries Biological Research Progress, June- Tryptophane Content of Fish-Meal Proteii Better
Sananibar 13 scosoesosascecconodnod 55 Indicator of Nutritive Value ........-....-. 80
Sport Fishing and Hunting Survey Reveals $3 Billion Haiti:

United States Fishing Fleet Additions .......... 58 Hong Kong:
WA SsSESISDISLICKsELOdUCtION sc). c:ctevc o/s. 0 ce) vie sic *16 58 New Net Factories ........ ie om pee Ore 82
U. S. Foreign Trade: Iceland:
Edible Fishery Products, July 1956 .......... 59 Exports of Frozen Fish to U, S, Increase ...... 82
Imports of Canned Tuna in Brine Under Quota Herring Catch on South Coast Higher in 1956 .... 82
ESPOVISO ME ee re te Mle ee ore cueuevene Speer 59 New Trade Agreement With Russia Includes Fish-

Imports and Exports of Selected Fishery Products MiP Saas obanospocadveoaceed = isy

cjanuaryaJulysl956- eels 6 cc esc ce sss 60 India:

Groundfish F illet Imports Decline Sceember 1956 60 Conference Discusses Development of Fisheries.. 83
White House Pays Tribute to Fishing Industry... 61 Second Five-Year Plan Includes Commercial Fish-
Wholesale Prices, September 1956...... pee 61 eniessDevclopimientanaracietcuencnclsienctetouehonensmonel- 83

PORHENE So 666 duG eretetsies uvetieetc, 2 ieheyece renege 64 Israel;
International: ShrimpiEishenyepepterereledetedeicterneteteneicnel betters 85

Baltic Salmon Fisheries Convention Proposed ... 64 Italy:

Agreements: Financial Assistance to Fishing Industries Proposed 86

Iceland and Czechoslovakia Amend 1954 Trade Market for Marine-Animal Oils.......... 86
PAST CEITIENEP PE Nereienetsho rere ome o elcucherensiels evs 64 Participates in General Fisheries Council for the.

Italy and Yugoslavia Sign Agreement on Fishing Mediterraneanwerer tiricketoevernerersi terete Severtre 180
iin tins AGISEGIS 5 Sadao guomUOU boo OS Saole. Gb) Japan:

General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade: Antarctic Whaling Fleets for 1956/57 Season

ith Session inGeneva .........«.«. Am OD Increased Mepesster-tetetatelononslonetsiene 0 Oem eh
Food and Agriculture Organization: Brazil Invites Research Ship to SnEvey Fishery
Modern Diving Aids May Increase Shell Produc- RESOULCES Hey erect eh ol ofelley olrctedelelohelel leks ielarel ele 87
fateh) Alpe ees Sere Arran ree er Fatovaie 66 Canned Sardine Pack for "1955 5 Cena gine Syezetsies a0
New Director General Elected Roster euavels us Foo. lu Crab Canning Industry of Hokkaido Island ...... 88
Great Lakes Fisheries Commission: The Crisis in the Tuna Industry---.-.-.. 6 Gono oe Le)
First Annual Meeting ............- 68 Cultured Pearl Industry Affected by Hot Spell ... 93

Northwest Atlantic Fisheries Commission:
Northwest Atlantic Fisheries Trends for the First

Fish Net Knitting Machines and gay toGoto 93

CEUEGE 6 Son Sa GDaGb. Go D0 0000 tyatetsve, 9S
Fishery Products Exports Rank Fourth i in (Value - on, 8)

Partrolel 9 5b eyoleieieoietels Sroneiceeteuseche ceooas Ue
Argentine Republic: Overseas Fishing Ventures Planned ....--- eee 93
East German Trade Agreement With Argentine Fish North Pacific Factoryship King Crab Meat Pack |
Industries and Cooperatives ........-.- ee 169 Through July 1956....... BO OO GOO OS 94

Contents Continued on Back Cover

INT.-DUP. SEC.
, WASH., D.C. pcs

take place during the freezing
and cold storage of fish and
with the packaging materials
presently in use for fishery
products. The effects of tem-
perature changes, freezing
rates, freezing methods, ice-
crystal size, and other fac-
tors on the fish meat during
freezing are discussed.
Changes in texture, color,
andflavor ofthe meat of
frozenand stored fishery
products as related to the
effects of rancidity, desic-
cation, storage temperature,
available oxygen from the air,
and presence of other pro-oxi-
dents, etc., are treated inde-
tail. Information on the fro-
zen life of fishery products is

are pointed out.

ington 25, D. C.

Fishery Leaflet 431.

FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED IN THE FREEZING AND COLD
STORAGE OF FISHERY PRODUCTS

Fishery Leaflet 429 (Refrigeration of Fish - Part 3, "Factors to be Consider -
ed in the Freezing and Cold Storage of Fishery Products") is one ofa series of leaf-
lets on the refrigeration of fish. This leaflet is concerned with the changes which

included. The commonly-used protective glazes, films, overwraps, and cartons
are discussed and the relative merits of the various types of protective packaging

Inaddition to Part 3 of this series, Part 4, ''Preparation, Freezing and Cold
Storage of Fish, Shellfish, and Precooked Fishery Products''--Fishery Leaflet
430--has been released and free copies of both FL. 429 and FL. 430 can be ob-
tained from the Division of Information, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Wash-

To be released in the near future are Part 1, ''Cold Storage Design and Re-
frigeration Equipment,'' Fishery Leaflet 427; Part 2, ''Handling Fresh Fish,"
Fishery Leaflet 428; Part 5, ''Distribution and Marketing of Fishery Products,"

AOBLALA

CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

Page
FOREIGN (Contd.):
Japan (Contd.):
North Pacific Factoryship Salmon Gatch for
the 1956 Season.......
North Pacific Whaling, 1956...........
Report on Tuna Fishing Off Tahiti. .....
Salmon Industry of Hokkaido... .
Republic of Korea:
Market for Marine-Animal Oils
Norway:
Canned Brisling Sardine Exports Lower, Jan.-

Plan to Advertise Fresh Fish..............
Pakistan:

Frozen Fish Exempted From Export IDI are oye
Portugal:

Cod Fishing Fleet Reports Good Catches on New-

foundland and Greenland Banks .. .

Fisheries Trends, June 1956 5

Canned Fish Exports, January-June 1956 ...... 100

Canned Fish Pack, Jan.-April 1956 .......... 100
South-West Africa:

Skipjack Tuna Netted Near Walvis Bay
Spain:

Fisheries Trends, August 1956... ..
Sweden;

Care of Frozen Foods Stressed by Health

Loan Program for Commercial Fishermen . . . .
New Fish Freezing Facilities Proposed for

Turkey:
Market for Marine Animal Oils........

Page
FOREIGN (Contd.):
Union of South Africa:

Central Sales Organizationfor CannedFishSetUp . 105

Echo-Sounder in Demand by Fishing Fleet ..... 105

Pilchard-Maasbanker Catch Through June 1956

20s)8 Goonnuavneddanosodcnoomocon oo WIE

Fisheries Trends, August 1956............. 107
U.S. S. Ro:

Murmansk--A Major Fishing Port........... 107
United Kingdom:

Canned Sardine Market ............2.--.- 108

Fish Meal Production Increase Sought ........ 110

Interest Rates on Loans for Vessels and Gear

Increased|/aye stetereralerepaletecierabataleiatal tek teem
LAD DINE INGIVONSR GooodccndaoDcGodKoKDS Le
Department of the Interior:
Fish and Wildlife Service:
Fisheries Loan Fund Activities Initiated ..... 112
Interior and Small Business Administration
Cooperate in Granting Fishery Loans....... 114
Revised Regulations Adopted For New England
Haddock Fishery, jajetarstrey <lnietel einiaiatey enced tema etee
Tariff Commission:
“Escape Clause’’ Report on Groundfish Fillets
ROE we sopenboocoscecbonoo sone LET
FISHERY INDICATORS: Ae)
Chart 1 - Fishery Landings for Selected States .., 119
Chart 2 - Landings for Selected Fisheries ...... 120
Chart 3 - Cold Storage Holdings and Freezings

of. isheryyProductsi piles eerie eae
Chart 4 - Receipts and Cold-Storage Holdings of

Fishery Products at Principal DistributionCenters 122
Chart 5 - Fish Meal and Oil Production - U. S.

EU NEGEV GogpoboroogocabeandoScoug ee
Chart 6 - Canned Packs of SelectedFishery Products 123
Chart 7 - U.S.Fishery Products Imports ...

RECENT FISHERY PUBLICATIONS: .....
Fish and Wildlife Service Publications ...
Miscellaneous Publications ................ 127

[ a J
4463 X J eat Dy BED B-

COMMERCIAL BEY EEL
FISHERIES MRE GLEE

Vol.18, No.12 a DECEMBER 1956

FISH and WILDLIFE SERVICE

United States Department of the Interior
Washington, D.C

UNITED STATES
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE

FRED A. SEATON, SECRETARY JOHN L. FARLEY, MIRECTOR

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

A review of developments and news of the fishery industries
prepared in the BRANCH OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES

ra
ny
—
ee

A.W. Anderson, Editor
J.Pileggi, Associate Editor H.M.Bearse, Assistant Editor

Mailedfree to members of the fishery andallied industries. Address correspondence and requests
to the: Director, Fish and Wildlife Service, U.S. Department of the Interior, Washington 25, D.C.

Although the contents of this publication have not been copyrighted and may be reprinted freely,
reference to the source will be appreciated.

The printing of this publication has been approved by the Director of the Bureau of the Budget,
August 2, 1955. (8/31/57)

CONTENTS

COVER: Royal-red shrimp (Hymenopenaeus robustus) caught in a depth of over
200 fathoms off Dry Tortugas by the Service’s exploratory fishing vessel Oregon.
These shrimp, when headed, will average 21-30 count. (See pp. 1-12 of this issue.)

Page
Preliminary Results of Deep-Water Exploration for Shrimp in the Gulf of Mexico by the
M/V OregonY1950-1956), by Harvey R, Bullis, Jr. ............ ARREARS ICO Ca OOOO O'D.016 © 1
Iron Sulfide Discoloration of Tuna Cans:
No. 4 - Effect of Retorting and Cooling Canned Fish, by George M. Pigott and M, E. Stansby .......... meyeke 13
Pilot-Plant Fish-Meal Dryer, by Lynne G, McKee and Neva L. Karrick ............ Pecir5/c0-01O D1 6 eisqenetels 17
Page Page
RESEARCH IN SERVICE LABORATORIES:....... 24 TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS (Contd.):
Variation in Proximate Composition of Right and Fish Sticks First to Bear U, S. Shield and Grade
Left Fillets of Rockfish (Sebastodes pinniger) Ay rn na Oto daKos. Si
and Dover Sole (Microstomus pacificus) ...... 24 Georges Bank Hydrographic Resurvey Planned .. 37
Fish Composition Studies .......ecceeeeeee 26 Great Lakes Fishery Investigations:
Antibiotics for Fishery Products Preservation... 27 Survey of Saginaw Bay Continued by M/V Cisco
Technical Note No. 35 - Improved Workmen’s (GEUISeM) peeareneneteoencine POCO COC O10 39
Stand|forProcessingiPlantsisysiereiereiercienereiene 28 Hawaii:
TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS: ........ SoooG, at) Commercial Fisheries Catch for 1955 ....... 40
Antibiotics in Food Industry Discussed at Marketing Prospects for Edible Fishery Products,
SYMPOSIUM Aya cnresep cusses teiroz oe evel ier sich sltel’ailn tecereiis 30 Winters 956//5iliepenetanerencte in eenen neni nenene a cele aeeO
Cans--Shipments for F ishery Products, January- Maine Sardines:
August IES Sooo Gy So OOo OD RCC CRO OOS 30 Canned Sardine Stocks, November 1, 1956..... 41
California: Canning Season Ended December 1 with Fair

Albacore Tuna Tagged off Southern California Pack iii) cscs eee eee eee 42
(M/V Nautilus Cruise 56-N-2) ............ 31 North Atlantic EnShenies Exploration and Gear

Abundance Survey of Sardines, Jack and Pacific Research:

Mackerel, and Anchovies Continued by M/V Bluefin Tuna Commercial Distribution in North-
Scofield (Cruise 5) . EW ai ateleveescusycuers nee to west Atlantic Surveyed by M/V Delaware

New Techniques in Ocean Electro- eRishing (Gauise i) meee sre ag Ce
Developed(anycycpeverspavay-chavereveveterene tates oecaeers 32 North Atlantic Fisheries Tnyeetieationss

Pelagic Fish Distribution Study ‘(Airplane Spotting Studies Into Feeding Habits of Local Fishes
RdighteoG= 8) Morcyactvealetarteieisietsrerevaiiorelions 33 CAT BOTOGrttisa &) GGodcodecusus0c0K 44

Canned Fish Consumer Preference Study: 34 Underwater Television Observation of Fish

Canned Fish and Shellfish Generally Available Captured by Otter Trawl ..... Pork aa
EXSIRECEVI GoiG a cacsnO yoo CEC Hano GID eee uate 35 North Atlantic Herring Research:

Housewives Buy Two or More Cans of Pet Food Setting of Purse Seine From Deck of Dragger
AP AMMO soo0dan0000bOGbOGLOmMOdUE on Gd) Tested (M/V Metacomet Cruise 9)......... 45

Federal Purchases of Fishery Products: North Pacific Exploratory Fishery Program:

Canned Fishery Products Purchased Through Bottom Fish Grounds off Southeastern Alaska
Quartermaster Market Center, July- Surveyed by M/V John N. Cobb (Cruise 29) . 46
Sele IES or agpoocnoerodaouuOdeo 36 Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations:

Fresh and Frozen Fishery Products Purchased 2 Oceanography of Pacific Equatorial Region Sur-
the Department of Defense, September 1956 . 36 veyed (Hugh M. Smith Cruise 35) AT

New Agency Replaces Quartermaster Market Skipjack Tuna Tagged With Harpoon-Type Tan ;

GentenSystemiyee eee siete errsrcieie aoa | at Recoyered..... euntagnane ets ae 48

December 1956 Washington 25, D.C. Vol.18,No.12

PRELIMINARY RESULTS OF
DEEP-WATER EXPLORATION FOR
SHRIMP IN THE GULF OF MEXICO
BY THE M/V OREGON (1950-1956)

By Harvey R. Bullis, Jr.*

INTRODUCTION "

The deep-water royal-red shrimp, Hymenopenaeus robustus, is a bottom-
dwelling species, of a size equivalent to the present commercial shrimp species
of the Gulf of Mexico. Preliminary accounts of explorations for this species by
the Service's exploratory fishing vessel Oregon have been given by Springer and
Bullis (1951 and 1954), and Spring- :
er (1954).

The first catches of royal-
red shrimp in the Gulf were made
while the Oregon was primarily
engaged inexplorations for brown-
grooved shrimp, Penaeus aztecus.
In July 1950, a series of trawling
stations was made off the Mis-
sissippi Delta, in increasing
depth intervals beyond the limits
of the continental shelf. Atthat
time, small numbers of royal-
red shrimp were taken in depths
of 195 to 232 fathoms. During
the following four years, which
were primarily devoted to ex-
ploration for shallower-water
shrimp and for tuna, a short
period of each trawling cruise
was spent on additional deep-

water dragging. By the end of
1954, exploratory coverage of the 100- to 300-fathom range in the eastern Gulf be-

tween the Mississippi Delta and Key West, and along the Texas Coast was extensive,
with limited work carried out to depths of 500 fathoms. Only scattered drags were
made off Louisiana, the Campeche Banks, and in the Gulf of Campeche, where gen-
erally poor trawling bottom was encountered.

Fig. 1 - The deep-water royal-red shrimp (Hymenopenaeus robustus).

The distributional picture that emerged from this work showed royal-red
shrimp to be present throughout the Gulf of Mexico on all types of bottom ina
depth range of 190 to 270 fathoms, with a maximum range of 150 to 400 fathoms.
> Chief, Gulf Fisheries Exploration and Gear Research, Exploratory Fishing and Gear Development Section, Branch of

Commercial Fisheries, U. S, Fish and Wildlife Service, Pascagoula, Miss.

2 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

In September 1952, a small amount of fishing for royal-red shrimp was carried
out in the north Gulf by the M/V Antillas, owned by the Gibbs Corporation of Jack-
sonville, Fla., and operating in cooperation with the Fish and Wildlife Service

Fig, 2 - Hauling in the cod end of a 40-foot flat trawl after an exploratory drag in the 200-fathom depth range,

(Carlson 1953). Several drags were made off Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama,
and western Florida, in the general depth ranges suggested by prior catches of the
Oregon. The best catches were approximately 70 pounds an hour along the 200-
fathom curve east of the Mississippi Delta.

In 1955, with the completion of shallow-water shrimp exploration in the Gulf,
a series of cruises were programmed for the Oregon to provide a more compre-
hensive picture of the commercial potentialities of royal-red shrimp. The follow-

ing work plan was subsequently followed, using commercial-scale gear whenever
suitable trawling conditions were found.

In March 1955, a series of 34 trawling stations were made in depths of 160 to
270 fathoms between the Mississippi Delta and Cape San Blas, Fla. In July, round-
the-clock trawling was attempted in depths of 190 to 300 fathoms south and south-
east of Dry Tortugas. Extensive gear damage was sustained while making 16 drags,
and work was stopped ahead of schedule. Following this work, some exploration of
the 200-fathom depth range was carried out on the eastern end of Nicolas Channel
along the north coast of Cuba, and in the Straits of Florida off Key Largo. In

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 3

September, exploratory coverage was extended along the Louisiana Coast, where
generally poor trawling bottom was encountered. During the last half of the cruise,
the Delta to Cape San Blas area was reworked using 80-foot balloon trawls.

In March 1956, further commercial-fishing trials were run off the Mississippi
and Alabama coasts. Six days of round-the-clock fishing were carried out through
a two-week period of generally bad weather. In May, three weeks were spent trawl-
ing along the Mississippi, Louisiana, and Texas coasts. In June, simulated com-
mercial-scale fishing was tried in the two restricted areas off Mobile and Dry

(

one ee bh sy

tee; 7 vk €

Fig, 3 - A moderate catch of mostly trash fish species in the cod-end of an 80-foot balloon trawl prior to dumping on dock.

Tortugas. These areas, based on previous results, appeared most promising for
immediate exploitation. Following selection of optimum trawling depths, three
days of round-the-clockfisnhing were carried out in each area.

To date, 308 trawling stations have been made by the Oregon between the 100-
and 500-fathom curves in the Gulf of Mexico.

In the early months of 1956, a supplementary exploratory program was estab-
lished on the South Atlantic Coast, to obtain information on the possible existence
of deep-water shrimp resources in that area. The program has been financed with
funds provided by the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act of 1954, and has operated with the
chartered M/V Pelican and M/V Combat. This work is currently under way, and
has so far led to the discovery of promising royal-red shrimp grounds. Results
will be reported in detail in the near future.

4 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

GEAR AND METHODS

Several shrimp trawl modifications have been tried with varying degrees of
success in the deep-water dragging. After initial trials with other types, a 40-foot
flat trawl was used for all exploratory work (for a description of this trawl see
Fishery Leaflet 394, pp. 7-10). This net has worked well under almost every trawl-
ing condition. It was towed ona single trawling warp rigged with a 25-fathom bri-
dle, using weighted 5- and 6-foot trawl doors.

In each area explored, efforts were made to complete a series of trawl drags
in close depth intervals. After the general royal-red shrimp depth range had been
determined, 5- to 10-fathom depth intervals were trawled between the 150- and 300-
fathom curves, in several different areas. Vessel courses while trawling were de-
termined by depth-recorder readings. In general, this practice worked very well;
however, occasionally the trawl was dragged into small "dead-end" crevices along
the slope, which resulted in bogging and loss of gear.

It was our general practice to survey the intended trawling area using a depth
recorder prior to lowering the gear. If recorder indications showed apparently
trawlable bottom, the net was lowered and the trawling warp was run out while the
vessel ran ahead at 7 to 8 knots. It was necessary to maintain a slight drag with
the winch brake to prevent trawling warp blacklashes. A trawl cable meter was
used to determine the length of wire going out; and when all but 100 fathoms of
warp had been set, the vessel was slowed to trawling speed as the remaining warp
was run out.

Exploratory drags were of 1- to 3-hours duration, usually depending upon the
appearance of the bottom as shown by the depth recorder.

Occasionally, erratic trawl performance in usually trawlable areas indicated
strong subsurface or bottom currents. (On one occasion off Freeport, Tex., five
attempts were made to get a 40-foot trawl and heavily-weighted 5-foot doors on the
bottom. Up to 800 fathoms of warp were run out without making a successful drag).
Optimum warp length for a given depth has been found to vary, depending on weather
and current conditions. Proper wire-depth ratio is important since water -hauls
and bogging the trawl doors and net are the result of too little or too much warp.
An approximate ratio of wire length to depth for the 200- to 250-fathom range is
the depth times 3, necessitating winch drums that can hold up to 750 fathoms of
3 inch-diameter wire. Minor adjustments in wire length can be made on subse-
quent drags, as indicated by catch and trawl performance.

Numerous changes in the design and rigging of trawl doors have been tried in
an effort to reduce the high incidence of bogging gear in the soft mud off the Mis-
sissippi Delta. Modifications of the "rocking chair'' door, which is used in the mud
lump area off the Mississippi Delta, and use of mud ropes worked well; and early
attempts at "production" fishing were carried out with this rig. Further tests re-
vealed that satisfactory trawl-door performance was obtained by increasing the
thickness and width of the steel runners to <" x 6" or 8", and attaching a 4-foot
piece of 1"' x 4" flatbar to the outside of each door immediately above the runner
for additional weight and balance. Apparently, the chief cause of bogging is the

laying down of a trawl door and the subsequent digging of the forward edge as it

is dragged along the bottom. Increasing the weight of the door has an added advan-
tage in that it also permits using shorter warp.

_ Widely varying weights of catches in adjacent areas have also indicated incon-
sistent trawl behavior. A simple meter was devised which may be calibrated to
give a reading for the distance the trawl is actually working on the bottom (see
fig. 4). It consists of an 8" sprocket gear ona shaft attached to a flexible arm

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 5

bolted to the runner outside of either trawl door, A bicycle cyclometer is mounted
on the top of the arm and is activated by a pin set in the inner surface of the gear.
The unit was calibrated on land and checked with loran fixes in test drags. Using

Fig. 4 - Pye views of a prototype bottom-distance meter used to determine the actual distance a trawl works the bottom
during a drag.

this instrument, it has been possible to obtain an approximate figure of the catch
per unit of trawl-working distance. By plotting the readings obtained froma series
of drags covering different time intervals, it has also been possible to obtain data
on the length of time it takes for the gear to reach the bottom and to start fishing.

Double warps have been used, but a large majority of the drags were made usinga
single warpandbridle. Galvanized, 6x7 performed, improved plow steel, hemp center,
marine lubricated wire has proved to be satisfactory construction for trawl warp.
Bridles are made of 4 -inch-diameter wire, with the main warp of $-inch diameter wire.

100-foot flat and 80-foot balloon trawls (also described in FL 394) have been
used in production" trials. Generally speaking, the balloon trawl gave the best
performance, particularly off the Mississippi Delta, where a mud rope was needed
to keep the flat trawl from bogging.

The 80-foot balloon trawl was used with 8-, 9-, and 10-foot trawl doors, heavi-
ly weighted, as were the 5- and 6-foot doors described previously. Widening the
runner to 6 inches or 8 inches, shortening the top door chains by one link each, and
adding 100 to 150 pounds of iron bar to each door above the runner practically elim-
inated the bogging problem.

Hauling back of the trawl takes from 25 to 40 minutes, depending on the depth
fished. An additional 20 to 25 minutes are needed to dump the catch and re-set
the gear. With this amount of fishing time lost per set, it has been found profit-
able to make long drags, bottom conditions permitting. Drags of 5 or more hours
duration are possible since accumulation of bottom trash is moderate.

To effectively fish the deep-water shrimp grounds, the use of loran is impera-
tive. The known fishing areas are bounded on both ends by bad trawling bottom,
much of which is not detectable by depth-recording equipment. Also, occasionally
small zones of temporarily high concentrations of shrimp will be found, and with-
out the definitive positioning available with loran, it would be extremely difficult
to fish them with maximum efficiency.

Vol. 18, No. 12

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

“W0}}0q BUITMEAI peq PUP SUOTIFAJUBDUOD BUIYST] JO svar" BUIMOYS SpUnors dumAys pat-[eAOI e1jaq IddIsstssij - G “BIg

UO1}e1}UZIU0D MOT -

Bale suIysiy -

wo}}oq peg -

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 7

DESCRIPTION OF FISHING GROUNDS AND CATCH DATA
FROM COMMERCIAL-SCALE TRAWLING

Royal-red shrimp catches of commercial significance have been restricted, for
the most part, to two well-defined areas; off Dry Tortugas, and east of the Missis-
sippi Delta. Although the species is widely distributed, highest catches from all
other areas in the Gulf were under 50
pounds of heads-on shrimp an hour.
Between March 1955 and June 1956
six cruises were devoted to obtaining
commercial-catch estimates in the two
areas of promise. The following de-
scription of these areas includes a sum-
mary of the catch rates obtained.

MISSISSIPPI DELTA AREA: These
grounds cover an area of approximately
300 square miles, extending from 87
30' west longitude to 88°40! west longi-
tude between the 190- and 275-fathom
curve. The bottom is cohesive blue
mud with very small quantities of sand
or shell fragments. The continental
slope is moderately pitched, and with
the exception of a few ''gullies,'' echo-
graph tracings show no trawling ob-
structions in the area. Earliest trawl-
ing attempts resulted in repeated bog-
ging of trawl doors in the soft mud,
which appears to be the principal trawl-
ing hazard of the area. cies Ghee Ee nue

Bottom Temperature °F

3
a
é
A
P
a
r)
3
:
Oe

Bottom temperatures at trawling Fig. 6 - Average hourly catches in the Delta and Tortugas
stations have been obtained witha stand- areas, at various bottom temperature, Includes data from
ardreversingthermometer. Close cor- all successful catches with bottom temperature records,
relation of royal-red shrimp concentra- “°Veting alll seasons, 1950-1956,
tions and bottom temperatures inthe Del-
ta area has been noted. With few exceptions, royal-red shrimp appear to be con-
fined within a temperature range of 45 -54 F., which is characteristic of the 190-
to 220-fathom range both in the Delta g@nd Tortugas grounds. Largest concentra-
tions have been found in a range of 47° to 52° F., and highest catches have been
centered in 47-50 F. water for both areas. There is strong empirical evidence
indicating that the fluctuations in depth-temperature relationships that occur along
the continental slope of the northeastern Gulf of Mexico are of primary importance
in determining the depth location of fishable concentrations. The shallowest royal-
red shrimp record was in a depth of 150 fathoms, ata bottom temperature Oe BA~ 1D,
The usual temperature range at that depth varies from 54 to 58 F. On other oc-
casions temperatures of up to 55 F. have been observed at 200 fathoms. At these
times royal-red shrimp apparently move out of the area, and it has been necessary
to extend fishing operations Gown, to depths of 240 to 270 fathoms, where tempera-
tures then range between 48 -52° F., to locate maximum concentrations.

There appears to be no seasonal correlation to these occasional depth-temper-
ature changes, and changes in depth of shrimp concentrations. This type of offshore
(deeper water) movement of shrimp has been noted in the fall of 1951, in the sum-
mer of 1953, in the spring of 1955, and in the summer of 1956. Spring and fall
catches in 1950 and catches from early spring through late fall in 1952 showed no
variation in optimum depth range and little temperature change.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

It is probable that the imperfectly known current changes in this area, which

may be brought about by a combination of wind and tidal oscillation factors, induce
irregularly-timed shifting of water
M in.<—_—_|—> Max. masses along the continental shelf and
Ave. slope, which in turn determines the

depths of maximum royal-red shrimp
concentrations. It would be profitable
for vessels fishing this area to carry
a reversing thermometer and a small.
winch to determine water temperature
prior to the start of fishing operations.
The use of this equipment could save
a considerable amount of time in lo-
cating the optimum depth for trawling
at the start of a trip, and could pro-~
vide a periodic check throughout the
trip. Trying to locate optimum depths
within the vertical range of about 80
fathoms (190 to 270 fathoms) often takes
a day or more of test fishing.

=== Winter

; Pounds of Shrimp Per Hour

Fig, 7 - Maximum, minimum, and average catch rates for royal-
red shrimp in the Mississippi Delta grounds, in depths of 190 Seasonal catch rates, based on 80-
>

to 270 fathoms, Includes data from 1956.
ore foot trawl averages, for all successful

drags in the 190- to 275-fathom range, are relatively low, but show a gradual in-
crease in rate from a low of 21 pounds (heads-on) an hour in the winter to a high of

- Bad bottom.
- Fishing area.

Low concentration.

Fig. 8 - Dry Tortugas royal-red shrimp grounds showing areas of fishing concentrations and bad trawling bottom.

36 pounds (heads-onanhour during the fall. However, these averages include many
drags of a purely exploratory nature made outside of the limits of highest known concen-
trations. The increasing catch rate from winter to fallis shown by the maximum catch
rates that have been obtained. Inthe Deltaarea, highest winter catches have runap-
proximately 50 pounds heads-on shrimp per hour of dragging. Inthe spring, the rates
increase to 60 pounds of heads-onshrimpanhour. Inthe summer and fall, maximum
catch rates have reached 86 and 120 pounds of heads-on shrimp an hour, respectively.

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 9

In limited production trials by the Oregon, high rates have not been reached on
a continuing basis. Not infrequent gear failures (i.e, water~-hauls, bogging, etc.),
particularly during the earlier production trials, resulted in materially reducing
daily catch totals. For the winter months these averaged approximately 300 pounds
(heads on) a day. For the spring, summer, and fall, catches averaged 600, 700, and
900 pounds a day, respectively.
With no apparent change incatch
rate between day and night drag-
ging, it is possible to complete
approximately four 5-hour tows
a day, with an average dragging
time of 20 hours a day. Individ-
ually good catches by the Oregon
indicate a potential round-the-
clock catch of 1,000 pounds of
heads-on shrimp a day in the win=
ter, to a high of 2,400 pounds a
day during the fall.

TORTUGAS AREA: These
grounds (see fig. 8) coveranarea
of approximately pa 20 square miles,
extending from 83 17' west longi-
tude to 83°45' west longitude, be-
tween the 190- and 250~-fathom
curves. The distance between
these curves varies from approx-
imately 2 to 6 miles, with an av-
erage width of 4 miles. Withthe
exception of a narrow ridge of Fig. 9 - Separating the royal-red shrimp from a large catch off the Mis-
Dery ctencleock alpagithicy (een Date Ns wi areas aaa eae
212-fathom curve at 83 33.5! : :
west longitude, and 24 2.3' north latitude (loran reading: 2H6 - 1370; 2H7 - 2955),
this entire area provides excellent trawling bottom. The bottom is characterized
by a light gray to gray~green calcareous mud. The mud has a fine, gritty texture,
and packs hard when allowed to settle in a bucket of water.

At both ends of this area are patches of the hydrocoral, Stylaster, which ap-
pear to be impossible to detect on depth recorders because of its low height. Trawls
dragged over these patches are invariably torn to shreds, Another smaller trawl-
ing area east of the main grounds is centered between 82 40' and 83 08' west
longitude between 190 and 250 fathoms.

Depth contours for the principal fishing grounds form a slight indentation into
the continental shelf, which seems to afford some protection from the main current
flow of the Gulf Stream. In fact, during trawling operations by the Oregon, a west-
erly current set of approximately 0.5 knots was observed. Here bottom tempera~
tures have shown little variation in the royal-red shrimp range, Temperatures
from April 1954 varied between 49.1 and 52.7 F. in the 190- to 250-fathom
range, with an average temperature of 30.2 F. Temperatures from the same area
in June 1956 varied from 48.7 to50.5° and averaged 50.0 F.

Deep-water trawling by the Oregon has been carried out in the Tortugas area
in April 1954 (cruise 22), July 1955 (cruise 32), and June 1956 (cruise 39). During
the two earlier trips, primary emphasis was placed on delimiting the areas of good
catch rates. Although promising catches were made using 40-foot trawls, little
success was achieved using larger commercial-scale gear in early trials. On
Cruise 22, catches ran from 10 to 120 pounds an hour, and averaged 52 pounds an

10 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

hour of heads-on shrimp. Highest catch rates were obtained between 190 and 200
fathoms. On cruise 32, extensive gear damage restricted the amount of work ac-
complished. Catch rates ran from 8 to 24 pounds an hour using 40-foot trawls, and
averaged 13 pounds a hour. Highest catches were made in 200-220 fathoms. Com-
mercial-type dragging on cruise
39 yielded catch rates of from 50
to 196 pounds of heads-on shrimp
an hour using 80-foot balloon
trawls. Good fishing ranged be-
tween 210 and 220 fathoms with
highest catches along 212 fath-
oms. A total of 3,145 pounds of
26-30 count heads-off royal-red
shrimp were landed during three
days of round-the-clock fishing.

DESCRIPTION OF
THE CATCHES

Royal-red shrimp have shown
no apparent seasonal variation in
average size. In areas of max-
imum fishing concentrations, the
heads-off count consistently aver-
aged 26-30, inboth the Tortugas
and Deltaareas. A largeraver-
age size is noted in greater depths,
vA Bee | butthe concentrations are much
Fig, 10 - One of the potentially valuable byproducts of royal-red shrimp smaller. No unifor eS domin-

fishing is tasty deep sea red crab (Geryon quinquedens) which is occas- ates the catch, which contains in-
ionally caught in large numbers in 200 to 400 fathoms. dividuals ranging from 12- to 50-
count heads-off shrimp.

There is some color variation in royal-red shrimp. Nighttime catches are
typically bright red, while catches landed during daylight hours are a light pink.

Other species of deep-water shrimp are often found mixed with royal-red
shrimp. While dragging in depths of 150 to 225 fathoms, varying quantities of a
smaller pink-colored shrimp, Peneopsis megalops, have been caught. Average
sizes of this species vary from 40 to 60 count heads on. The largest individuals
reach approximately 35-count. Highest concentrations of this species in most
areas are generally located 10 to 30 fathoms shallower than highest concentrations
of H. robustus. Incidental catches of P. megalops have varied from 10 to over 200
pounds a drag while fishing for royal-red shrimp with large commercial gear. This
species has a good flavor and could provide a valuable supplement to royal-red
shrimp catches.

Royal-red shrimp catches in the Dry Tortugas area, in addition to P. mega-
lops, included from 1 to 45 pounds of large (21-25 count) striped shrimp, Plesion-
ika longipes. This species belongs to the family Pandalidae, as do the commercial

A ———————
shrimp of northern Europe and of the coasts of Oregon, Washington, and Alaska.

The few drags made beyond the 300-fathom curve have produced small num-
bers of several other species of large peneid shrimp. Most common of these is
the scarlet red Plesiopenaeus edwardsianus, which averages about 16-20 count.
This species has extremely long swimming legs, and is probably not a bottom dweller.

Another common species throughout the Gulf in 225 fathoms is the hard~shell-
ed Glyphocrangon longleyi. Occasionally, catches will contain from 50 to 100

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 11

pounds of this species. Although it reaches a fairly large size (31-40 count heads-
on) and the meat has a good flavor, considerable work is required to crack the shell
and remove the meat. The yield is proportionately small.

Table 1 - Principal Constituents of the Serap Catch, by Numerical Strength, in the

Tortugas Grounds (83 Tows)

No, of Fish--
% of Total

Delta Grounds (85 Tows)

No. of Fish--
% of Total

A. Fish (92 percent by weight):
INIFCIROWERICIS 5 ooiooedooud
Merluccius magnoculus
Phy sisvcimratusean 42%

A. Fish(63 percent by weight):

Merluccius magnoculus 22
@haunaxipictusil aea-se- 20
Chlorophthalmus chalybieus 16

Bembrops goboides : Peristedion miniatum.. 8
Peristedion miniatum.. Peristedion gracile i
Scorpaenarspse..s. 2 2. Macrourids? ee ass. eo 5
Otherispecieswen eel. @thersspecieshrvieeicice-t- _ 22
No. of No, of
Invertebrates-- Invertebrates--
% of Total % of Total
B. Invertebrates (8 percent B. Invertebrates (27 percent
by weight): by weight): le
Peneopsis megalops... Plesionika longipes 48
Actinauge longicornis . torah, SOS Sigs op dade 20
Sympagurus pictus .... Peneopsis megalops .. 15
Polychellesespa ec ca Tugurium longleyi .... 4
Othe npruspecies rive use. Otherispeciesmeririrlals 13

The identification of some species is still in progress, but to date 87 shrimp
or prawn species have been found in the Gulf exploratory catches. All of these
could be considered edible, but only about 40 are of sufficient size to be of present
commercial value, if found in suit~
able concentrations. Ae a

Accumulation of scrap species ©
has not created much of a problem y
on long drags. Catches of Gulf
whiting (Merluccius magnoculus)
frequently run from 100 to over
500 pounds a drag, but this spe-
cies accounts for 25 to 75 per-
cent of the scrap catch, and it is
easily handled. The Gulf whit-
ing averages 2 of a pound and is
very similar to the commercial-
ly-important Atlantic whiting
(M. bilinearis). It may event-
ually prove to be a profitable by-
product. A listing of scrap spe-
cies by approximate numerical
strength is presented in table 1.

ROYAL-RED SHRIMP
ICING TESTS

Yield, quality, and handling Fig, 11 - Heading a catch of large royal-red shrimp that have been prev-
studies on H. robustus are now iously separated from the scrap species,
being made by the Service's Technological Section and will be reported on separ~
ately.

12 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

CONCLUSIONS

Two areas in the Gulf of Mexico contain sufficient quantities of deep-water
royal-red shrimp to permit profitable exploitation throughout most of the year.
The magnitude of this potential resource, in terms of continuing yield, is unknown.
Although these two areas embrace a total area of several hundred square miles,
high concentrations are not found throughout either area at any one time. There-
fore, the number of vessels that could sustain profitable production is probably
small in relation to the number of large shrimp vessels available for deep-water
shrimping, after carrying out winch and rigging modifications.

From preliminary exploratory work along the South Atlantic Coast, it appears
promising that additional and more extensive grounds will be available for royal-
red shrimp exploitation. This work will be reported on in the near future.

Royal-red shrimp are a very palatable seafood, with a distinctive flavor that
cannot be confused with the present commercial species. Preliminary consumer
acceptance tests have been tried in selected seafood restaurants, and highly favor-
able comments have been received on taste, appearance, and texture.

LITERATURE CITED

Bullis, Harvey R,
1951. Gulf of Mexico Shrimp Trawl Designs, Fishery Leaflet 394, U. S. Fish & Wildlife Service, 16 pp.

Carlson, C. B,
1953. Shrimp Exploration of the M/V Antillas, Proc. Fifth Annual Session Gulf and Caribbean Fisheries
Institute (November 1952), pp. 32-35.

Schroeder, Wm, C,
1955, Report on the Results of Exploratory Otter-Trawling Along the Continental Shelf and Slope Between
Nova Scotia and Virginia During the Summers of 1952 and 1953, Papers in Marine Biology and
Oceanography, Suppl, to vol. 3, Deep-Sea Research, pp. 358-372.

Springer, Stewart
1951. The Oregon’s Fishery Explorations in the Gulf of Mexico, 1950 (A Preliminary Report), Commercial
Fisheries Review, vol. 13, no. 4 (April 1951), pp. 1-8 (also Separate 277).

1955, Exploitation of Deep-Water Shrimp in the Gulf of Mexico, Proc, 7th Annual Session Gulf and Carib-
bean Fisheries Institute (1955), pp. 67-71.

Springer, Stewart and Bullis, Harvey R.
1952, Exploratory Shrimp Fishing in the Gulf of Mexico, 1950-51, Fishery Leaflet 406, U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service, 34 pp.

1954, Exploratory Shrimp Fishing in the Gulf of Mexico, Summary Report for 1952-54, Commercial
Fisheries Review, vol. 16, no, 10 (October), pp. 1-16 (also Separate 380).

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 13

IRON SULFIDE DISCOLORATION OF TUNA CANS!

No. 4 - Effect of Retorting and Cooling Canned Fish
By George M. Pigott* and M. E. Stansby**

ABSTRACT

Investigations were made on the effects of retorting and cooling on the formation of black
ferrous suifide discoloration in canned tuna, Free sulfide was not found in the unprocessed fish
but appeared in all canned tuna after processing. The amount of free sulfide was found to in-
crease with longer retorting periods. Free sulfide did not form a black precipitate of ferrous
sulfide unless the free iron in the ferrous state was available, Discoloration occurred in the
cans during the cooling period and was greater in cans held, while cooling, at elevated temper-
atures,

INTRODUCTION

Certain batches of tuna when canned cause an iron sulfide deposit to form on
the can area adjacent to the headspace. The deposit is caused by a reaction be-
tween sulfide from the fish and iron in the can. This paper is the fourthina series
of six papers in whicha study of the re-
action between ferrous iron intuna cans 2800
and sulfide in tuna meat is reported (Pig-
ott and Stansby 1955).

Previous work showed that precooked
tuna contains nofree sulfide. Therefore,
the sulfide in the canned product that is
available for reacting with iron must be
produced during retorting. Any discol-
oration formed couldalso be materially
affected by the conditions of time and
temperature under which the cans are
cooled. The object of this paper is to
report experimental work on the effect
of retorting and cooling on the sulfide
content, and subsequent discoloration,
of canned tuna.

HEADSPACE

800)

SULFIDE CONTENT PER CAN (MICROGRAMS)

RETORTING CANNED TUNA

If the amount of discoloration in can- 400
ned tuna depends on the amount of sulfide
present and the amount of sulfide produced
is dependent on the length of the retorting

period, a slight variation in the cooking 0 1 SBE A ECS NL 6
LENS GivlslNs 19S UNS CISC HCH Hevewoys WO ete Fig, 1 - Sulfide content of can vs. retort time,

discoloration. In order to investigate

the formation of sulfide as ée function of retorting time, local albacore tuna that had
been in cold storage at -20 F. for 10 months was canned and retorted at 240 F.
for various periods of time up to 6 hours. The headspace gases and meat (includ-
ing liquid) in composites containing 5 cans each were then analyzed for sulfide con-
tent. The precooked fish contained no free sulfide when placed into the cans.

The sulfide content became appreciably larger in amount as the retorting time

was increased. The results (fig. 1) showed that the free sulfide formed during

* Formerly Chemical Engineer, Continental Can Company, Seattle, Wash.

AE Chief, Pacific Coast and Alaska Technological Research, Fishery Technological Laboratory, Branch of Commercial
Fisheries, U. S, Fish and Wildlife Service, Seattle, Wash.

1/ This investigation, which was carried out at the Seattle Technological Laboratory, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, was

= jointly sponsored by the Continental Can Company and the Fish and Wildlife Service.

14 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

retorting was found mostly as hydrogen sulfide gas in the headspace of the can, al-
though significant amounts were found in the meat. Tin sulfide staining was found
in cans that were processed one hour, and this staining also became larger in a-
mount with increased retorting time. However, even though the sulfide content of
the cans became far greater than that found in normal packs, no ferrous sulfide dis-
coloration was formed in this particular batch of tuna.

The above results showed that sulfide in canned tuna is released during the re=
torting period (fig. 2). A series of analyses were carried out to determine the

Fig. 2 - Retorting of canned tuna.

amount of sulfide normally present in canned tuna. Analyses for sulfide were run
on commercially~canned discolored packs and on experimentally-canned tuna packs.
The commercially-packed discolored cans were samples from 3 packs that had been
rejected for consumer distribution because of this discoloration. The amount of
sulfide that was deposited on the can was determined by dissolving the deposit in

hydrochloric acid and then removing hydrogen sulfide in the regular manner by
aeration.

It was found that appreciable sulfide is present in both normal and discolored
tuna cans. The distribution of sulfide in various packs is shown in table 1. Ex-
perimental pack 1 is from the same experiment in which the amount of sulfide form -
ed during retorting was determined. An exploration for the hydrogen sulfide being
much higher in this pack is that the fish used were from the group of local albacore

that were slightly spoiled when frozen and hence the fish tissue was more easily
broken down by thermal processing.

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 15

Sulfide was added to experimental packs in quantities varying from 100 micro-
grams to 1 gram. Even when 1 gram of sodium sulfide was added--as shown in

Table 1 - Distribution of Sulfide in Various Packs of Tuna

Packs From Which the Gans Were Obtained| Sulfide Depositedon|Can2/ ||) Sulfide)StillyAvatlablejiniCan

(as H,S)1

Total Sulfide
in Can

Amount
Deposited
(as H,S)

Micrograms
per Can 2/

Total
Amount

Species of ays
Tuna Pack Discoloration |Including

Liquid

Yellowfin Slight
(Commercial | 2 Yellowfin Moderate
Albacore Moderate

Albacore
Albacore
Yellowfin
Albacore
Albacore
'1/The values given are the averages obtained in the examination of 48 cans or more from each pack, except for Commercial Pack No, 1 from which 12 cans were examined.
[2/Size 307 x 113, one-half pound tuna can. i] 3/Sulfide artificially added as Naps,

/Sulfide artificially added as NagS. A few drops of dilute HC1 were added to insure liberation of H9S.

Experimental

table 1, experimental lots 4 and 5-~iron sulfide did not form. However, when fer-
rous salts were suspended in water and painted on the lids used in the experimental
packs, extensive deposits of ferrous sulfide formed in all experimental packs after
retorting. Thus, it is the presence of ferrous iron and not the amount of sulfide
that is the controlling factor in can discoloration.

COOLING CANS AFTER RETORTING

A series of experiments were carried out to determine when discoloration
actually takes place incannedtuna. Albacore and yellowfin from batches of tuna that
had a history of causing can discoloration were packed and retorted for 75 minutes
at 240° + 2° F. The pack, which was saya
allowed to cool at room temperature,
was sampled at time intervals up to 24
hours. The sampled cans were opened
and the area of sulfide discoloration was
measured. In all cases, no discolora~
tion was found immediately after the
cans were retorted. The first specks of
iron sulfide were detected after about 1
hour and continued to grow in size and
number until about 10 hours after the re-
torting period. In all cases the maxi-~
mum discoloration was reached before
24 hours after retorting. The results
of this experiment are showninfigure 3.

80)

60)

Legend:

@-— Albacore (imported).
O- Albacore (local).
X- Yellowfin (POFI).

20)

FINAL DISCOLORED AREA (PERCENT)

An investigation of the effect of var-
ious cooling temperatures was carried
out using yellowfin tuna from the above
experiments. Albacore tuna that had

shown no history of can discoloration 0 A 4 6 8 10
was also used. Immediately after the TIME AFTER RETORTING (HOURS)
retorting period the canned fish were Fig, 3 - Development of can discoloration after retorting.

placed in constant-temperature oilbaths
ranging from 64 F. to 216 F., for a period of 21 hours. After removal from the

baths, the cans were placed at room temperature storage. Upon inspection of the
cans "cooled" at the various temperatures, can discoloration was found to be ata
maximum after the 21-hour period. Iron sulfide discoloration was found in cans of

16 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

fo)
both the yellowfin and albacore that were held at temperatures above 135 aE In all
cases, can discoloration became progressively worse with increased cooling tem~-

peratures.

CONCLUSIONS

(1) Formation of black iron sulfide in canned tuna was found to
depend upon the presence of ferrous iron.

(2) All cans of tuna contained sufficient hydrogen sulfide to give
can discoloration if any exposed iron in the can was in the
form.

(3) Sulfide discoloration occurred after the cans were retorted,
during the cooling period.

(4) Sulfide discoloration in packs that commonly showed the dis-
coloration was made much worse if the cans were allowed
to remain at elevated temperatures while cooling.

(5) The free sulfide formed during retorting was found mostly as
hydrogen sulfide gas in the headspace of the can, although

significant amounts were found in the meat.
Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review; Oct. 1955, p. 33, for ‘‘Background’’ and ‘‘No, 1 - Theory of Iron Sulfide
Formation in Cans; Feb. 1956, p. 5, for “No. 2 - Analytical Methods;’’ June 1956, p. 8, for ‘‘No. 3 - Effect of Variables
Introduced by the Fish.’’

LITERATURE CITED

Pigott, George M., and Stansby, Maurice E.
1955. Iron Sulfide Discoloration of Tuna Cans. No. 1 - Theory of Iron Sulfide Formation in Cans. Commercial Fisher-
ies Review, vol. 17, No. 10, pp. 34-39. (Also Separate No, 418.)

1956a, Iron Sulfide Discoloration of Tuna Cans. No. 2 - Analytical Methods. Commercial Fisheries Review, vol. 18,
no. 2, pp. 5-9. (Also Separate No. 429.)

1956b, Iron Sulfide Discoloration of Tuna Cans. No. 3 - Effect of Variables Introduced by the Fish, Commercial Fisher-
ies Review, vol. 18, no. 6, pp. 8-12. (Also Separate No. 439.)

NORTHERN LOBSTERS ADJUST THEMSELVES
TO CHANGING WATER TEMPERATURE

It was found during experiments conducted by scientists of the Fisheries Research
Board of Canada that lobsters do have limited ability to adjust themselves to changing
water temperatures.

If the salt and the dissolved oxygen content of the water are favorable, the lobsters
can be held alive for several days at high temperatures. Those lobsters acclimated to
cold wate (40° F.), can live inwateras warm as 75 F.; those used to 80 F. water can
live in 90° F. water. Butthey canbe killed by a gudden lowering of the water temperature.
Thus, lobsters heldatas lowa temperature as 60 F. died when placed in water of 40 F.

The results of these experiments have been of great value to commercial interests who
are continually faced with the problem of holding lobsters alive for shipment to markets.

In the waters where the lobster (Homarus americanus) is found, the temperature range

is about 45° F., from 30 F. in winter to 75. F. in certain areas during the summer
months.

--Sea Secrets, The Marine Laboratory,
University of Miami, Coral Gables, Fla.

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Ni,

PILOT-PLANT FISH-MEAL DRYER

By Lynne G. McKee* and Neva L. Karrick**
PREFATORY ABSTRACT

This article reports on the design and method of construction of an experimental fish-
meal dryer. The device is compact, portable, and makes possible close control of the
various processing variables. From 2.5 to 10 pounds of meal can be prepared in the dryer
at one time, It has been found satisfactory for processing both tuna viscera and whole herring.

INTRODUCTION

The development of laboratory methods to determine the relative nutritional
quality of fish meals is one of the important projects in the Service's Branch of
Commercial Fisheries. Before such methods can be developed, however, the fac~
tors causing the differences in quality must be known. Knowledge of these factors

BLOWER UNIT
+ HP. WITH RHEOSTAT

THERMOCOUPLE 5 eo
OPENINGS SCALE: 1 =1'O

Fig. 1 - Side view of dryer housing.

then can be applied to setting up methods to determine the differences in a quantita-
tive manner and, ultimately, to solving the problem of producing fish meal of uni-
form quality.

In order that the processing variables that affect the nutritive value of fish
meal could be studied, a pilot plant-scale fish-meal dryer was designed and con-
structed. This dryer was designed in such a manner that the operator would have
complete knowledge of the conditions inside of the dryer during different steps of
the drying process and would be able to control these conditions. Runs thus could
be repeated exactly, and variables could be introduced and controlled exactly.

For convenience and for use in limited space, the meal dryer had to be com-
pact and portable. It had to be a complete unit, with gas and electrical connections
being the only separate components needed; and it had to be large enough to hold
the amount of raw material necessary to produce 25 to 10 pounds of meal, which is
about the amount that ordinarily is needed to check the nutritional value of the meal

by chemical and biological tests.

** Fishery Products Technologist Fishery Technological Laboratory, Branch of Commercial Fisheries,
****. Chemist U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Seattle, Wash.

18 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

DESCRIPTION OF PILOT-PLANT FISH-MEAL DRYER

The essential parts of the fish-meal dryer are as follows: (1) a rotating inner
drum with parallel flights (vanes) to distribute and tumble the meal while it is dry-
ing; (2) a stationary drum or housing to confine and direct the hot gasses around
the rotating drum; (3) a nozzle-type gas-burner heat source; and (4) accessories ~~

DRYER

COVER THERMOCOUPLE

OPENINGS
SAMPLING

HOLE COVER

V BELT
TIGHTENER

SUPPORT ROLLS

Fig. 2 - Front view of dryer housing.

drum motor, exhaust fan, thermocouples, and air ducts. Because the exact condi-
tions used to dry the meal must be known, it was necessary to have knowledge and
control of (1) the gas-air combination needed to obtain particular heating conditions,

(2) the temperatures in the jacket and in the drum, (3) the regulation of the draft,
and (4) the speed of rotation of the drum.

The housing of the dryer (fig. 1) was rolled from 10-gauge black sheet steel into
a cylinder 24 inches in diameter and 60 inches in length. The rotating drum (the
inner cylinder) was rolled from the same material and was 12 inches in diameter and
30 inches in length. All end plates and baffles were cut from the 10-gauge black
sheet steel. (A lighter gauge would warp under the heat, and the inner cylinder
would be distorted sufficiently to interfere with rotation; a heavier gauge would be
harder to work and would make the assembly unduly heavy.) The circular disks
used for end plates were cut 2 inches larger in diameter than were the respective

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW If)

cylinder diameters in order to make it possible to attach the end plates to the cyl-
inders with lugs and stove bolts. On the smaller cylinder, an iron ring made from
1-inch by 1-inch by is -inch angle iron was pressed over the ends of the cylinder,
and the end plates were secured to these rings. Angle-iron lugs were welded, at
intervals, to the edge of the large cylinder, and the end plates were bolted to the
lugs.

The assembly (fig. 2) was mounted upon a 3-inch channel-iron frame, which
was 24 inches by 84 inches and was fitted with 4-inch rubber-tired casters at the
corners. The 24-inch cylinder was mounted on saddle blocks cut from 3-inch

BLOWER
UNAT

BLOWER
EXHAUST

GAS BURNER
OPENING

DAMPER

DRYER SUPPORT
ROLLS

3" CHANNEL DRYER
HOUSING SUP PORT

Fig. 3 - Rear view of dryer housing.

channel iron and was placed across each end of the channel-iron frame. Blocks of
85-percent magnesia were used to insulate the sides and rear of the dryer. (The
front end plate was not insulated because the free space on it was too limited for
the use of insulation to be practical.) The insulating blocks were covered with cot~-
ton duck in the usual manner, and the entire assembly was painted with heat-resist-

ant aluminum paint.

The front end of the rotating drum was supported by two rollers attached to the
front end plate of the housing of the dryer. The rear end of the rotating drum was

20 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

supported by two rollers on the interior of the housing (fig. 3) and was attached to
an angle-iron frame welded to the inner surface of the housing. Lubrication was
supplied to the rear rollers by means of two 4-inch copper tubes extending through

the front housing.

A 12-inch V-pulley was attached to the front cover plate to drive the rotating
drum. In order that the middle area of the cover could be left free for other at-
tachments, the hub and spokes of the V-pulley were cut away, and only short lugs

ANGLE 1x1x-$x30

DAMPER

COVER
PLATE STUD

Fig, 4 - Front view of rotary drum.

were left at the rim (fig. 2 and 5). These lugs were drilled, and stove bolts were
passed through the resulting holes to bolt the pulley to the cover. Pipe nipples 7
inch by 2 inches were slipped over the stove bolts to hold the pulley away from the
cover (fig. 7) and to minimize the conduction of heat to the V-belt. A z-horsepower
gear-head motor having a take-off speed of 36 revolutions per minute was used to
provide power for rotating the drum at a speed of 12 revolutions per minute. An
adjustable tightener was used to take up the slack in the V-belt.

The cover plate was attached to the rotating drum by means of four Z-inch
studs spaced equidistant around the periphery of the drum. Wing nuts were used
on the studs to permit the cover plate to be removed quickly. Parallel flights were
attached to the inner surface of the drum (fig. 4) to distribute the meal while it is
drying. These flights consist of 8 angle-iron sections that are + inch by 1 inch by
1 inch and that are 30 inches in length. The flights were bolted to the under sur-
face of the drum, parallel to its longer axis. The dryer was constructed level so
that the meal will not gravitate to one end of the drum when it is rotating.

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 21

A damper that is 6 inches in diameter was placed on the rear end plate of the
rotating drum to provide for the circulation of air through the drum. Holes + inch
in diameter were drilled through the damper and the end plate to provide entrance
for hot gases to the drum. Sea ae
The circulation of air canbe ae :
adjustedbythe damper. The
drying process thus canbe
made wholly indirect or can
be made semiindirect.

A motor-driven fan blow-
er was mounted on the top of
the rear end of the housing
(fig. 3) to insure a draft
throughthe dryer. A3-inch
stovepipe duct was connect-
ed to the exhaust side of the
fan and was vented through
a hole in a window to the
outside air (fig. 6). An-
other 3-inch stovepipe duct
was connected from the in-
take side of the fan to the
forward end of the housing, ak SSS
where it entered a 3-inch Fig. 5 - General view of laboratory-scale flame dryer. Note the motor and the
tee connected with the in- drive mechanism for rotating the inner meal-containing cylinder and note also

terior of the housing. The the exhaust pipes and the blower at the top. The dial-type instrument records,
duct to the rotating drum by means of thermocouples, the temperatures obtained within the dryer.

was led downward and into the front end of the drum through the center of the re-
movable cover. Dampers were placed in each branch of the duct to provide inde-
pendent control of the draft through the
drum and the housing. The air ducts
were made easily detachable. A#-
inch pipe support was attached to the
horizontal duct entering the drum in
order to prevent the vibration of the
drum from shaking the air duct loose
from the elbow or from the tee. A
union at the lower end of the support
was adjusted finger tight in order that
it could be detached quickly. The hor-
izontal duct was projected into the ro-
tating drum about 6 inches, and the

end of the vertical duct was closed with
a wooden plug. A series of 3-inch holes
were drilled in the lower side of the
portion of the horizontal duct project-
ing into the rotary drum in order that
the fines falling downward would not
accumulate in the end of the duct. Dur-
ing the drying process, moisture con-
denses within the vertical riser of the
exposed air duct. A small hole there-
fore was provided in the plug closing
the 3-inch tee to allow this condensed
moisture to escape.

eee 2 ae \ He
Fig, 6 - Rear view of the laboratory-scale flame dryer. Note Z A 14-inch gas burner with a 4 en
the gas burner (near the bottom) and the blower for the dis- inlet to the city gas main was used or
charge of gases at the top of the dryer. the source of heat. An indexed dial

22 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 16, No. 12

was mounted on the stem of the needle valve of the burner to enable the valve settings
to be repeated for replicate runs. The rheostat on the fan blower and the handles of
the dampers also were index-
ed to allow reproducible con-
trol for replicate runs. One
thermocouple was inserted
into the housing space of the
dryer, adjacent to the rotating
drum, through a $-inch by 4-
inch pipe nipple in the front
end plate. A second thermo-
couple was inserted into the
rotating drum itself by means
of a 5-inch tube that passes
through the horizontal duct
and enters the center of the
drum.

The completed dryer is
shown in figures 5 and 6.
Figure 5 shows the front of
the dryer, with the thermo-
couples, the air ducts to the

eS ne rotating drum and jacket, the
Fig, 7 - Opening the dryer preliminary to removal of the meal. V-belt connection to rotate
the drum, and the front cov-
er. Figure 6 shows the rear of the dryer, with the gas burner, the fan blower, and
the exhaust.

OPERATION OF THE DRYER
The dryer is operated as follows:

Ihe Preheat the dryer until the temperature of the combustion space
is about 280 F.

2. Remove the air duct from the rotating drum by loosening the
finger-tight union and pulling the duct free from the upper elbow.

3. Slacken the V-belt tightener and run the V-belt off the pulley.

4. Remove the four wing nuts from the studs and take off the
cover (fig. 7).

5. Distribute pulverized press cake evenly along the bottom of
the drum by means of a scoop.

6. Reassemble the cover and ducts, insert the thermocouples, and
start rotating the drum.

7. Since the cold press cake will cause the temperature of the dry-

er to drop sharply, advance the setting of the gas flame to compensate for
this drop.

8. Whenthe dryer is at the correct temperature, which willbe reached
after about 10 minutes of operation, decrease the flame gradually to the point

where an eventemperature is maintained as the moisture is evaporated from
the press cake.

9. Asthe press cake dries, cut the flame down gradually to prevent the

resulting meal from being scorched. By the end of the run, the burner
should be almost closed.

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 23

If the speed of the fan is too high, meal fines will be drawn into the horizontal
duct and will settle in the lower end of the tee above the plug on the vertical riser
of the air duct. Upon the completion of the run, this meal can be recovered by re-
moving the plug at the bottom of the tee. The fan motor whould be run at a speed
that will maintain a great enough draft for efficient drying but that will not result in
the collection of an excessive amount of fines from the rotating drum.

This pilot-plant fish-meal dryer has been operated satisfactorily both with tuna
viscera and with whole herring as the raw material. Minor adjustments in opera-
tional details are necessary when the raw material is changed. When a precooked
material of a light density or small particle size is used, for example, the velocity
of the air in the exhaust system must be modified in order to insure that fines are
not carried out of the inner drum. The meal does not stick to the side of the drum,
indicating that there is adequate tumbling action. The temperature can be varied,
and that selected can be maintained closely. Ininitialtests, 23- tg 10-pound batches
of meal were dried in 1 to 2 hours at a jacket temperature of 225° to 300 F.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

The authors gratefully acknowledge the aid of Richard W. Nelson, who drew

figures 1 to 4.
iD) .

SEA GETTING WARMER

During the last two or three decades an increase in the temperature of the
surface waters of the Atlantic Oceanhas beendemonstrated. Atthe sources of the
Gulf Stream this rise is less than one degree Centigrade, but further north two-
degree increases have been recorded. This rise is not confined to the surface
waters entirely, but may extend down to depths of over 100 fathoms.

The warmer temperatures in recent years have decreased the area covered
by floating ice in the Arctic, and the thickness of this ice isnow reduced some 40
percent. This is important to navigation in opening up new areas and increasing
the period of time that vessels may operate in the northern waters.

Owing to this rise in water temperatures the fisheries of the north have also
benefited, Extensive banks, formerly too cold, have been made habitable for
several species of fishes. Notable among these is cod, whichhas extended itself
in the waters of Iceland and Greenland, and the catch of cod from these waters has
increased during this period of higher temperature. Much of this increased pro-
duction reaches our own tables in the form of frozenfish sticks made from frozen
fillet blocks and as frozen fillets.

--Sea Secrets, The Marine Laboratory,

University of Miami, CoralGables, Fla.

24 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

"RESEARCH

Ry IN SERVICE LABORATORIES

Atak ae ae

VARIATION IN PROXIMATE COMPOSITION OF RIGHT
AND LEFT FILLETS OF ROCKFISH (SEBASTODES PINNIGER)

AND DOVER SOLE (MICROSTOMUS PACIFICUS)

ABSTRACT

Individual proximate analyses were made on right and left fillets of 10 rockfish and 10 dover
sole, No significant differences were found in the moisture, oil, and protein composition of the
right and the left fillets from these 20 individual fish.

BACKGROUND

A sample for studies on proximate composition usually is prepared from the
entire edible portion of a fish. This procedure insures a representative sample of
that fish. Such samples, however, are expensive. If the same results could be ob-
tained with one fillet, the cost of the sample, of course, would be cut in half. If the
whole fish was bought, the
second fillet could be used
for other studies.

Paired fillets often are
used in technological stud-
ies, such as freezing, stor-
age, and taste tests. If the
fillets are known to be i-
dentical--especially in oil
content--greater reliance
can be placed upon the re-
sults. Studies on differ-
ences between the paired
fillets--or the lack of dif-
ferences--are being con-
ducted over a period of
time. Thus the Oregon
Seafoods Laboratory, under
an arrangement with the
U.S. Fish and Wildlife

: Service, has analyzed pair-
Fig, 1 - Titration for nitrogen determination, ed fillets of two species to
obtain the results reported
in this paper.

SAMPLES AND PROCEDURE

The species of fish used in these tests were rockfish and dover sole. The
rockfish were chosen as an example of a symmetrical fish of low-oil content, whereas

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 25

the dover sole were chosen as an example of an unsymmetrical fish of low-oil con-

tent. The particular fish used in these tests were caught off the coast of Oregon
and were landed at Astoria ay

in a strictly fresh condi-
tion. Ten fish of each spe-
cies were filleted. The in-
dividual fillets were ana-
lyzed for their moisture,
oil, and protein contents by
procedures described by
the American Association
of Official Agricultural
Chemists (1950).

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Results onthe right and
the left fillets of the rockfish
are reportedintablel. Re- Be nEK oe
sults on the right and left fil- ; = ‘ee 2 a
isis OP ain Slow Sells area ee Fig. 2 - Weighing fish samples for the determination of moisture.
ported in table 2. The right fillet of dover sole is the top or dark side; the left fil-
let is the bottom or light side.

The composition of the rockfish fillets was typical of a non-oily fish. Averages
of the moisture, oil, and protein values were the same for both the right and the left
fillets of the fish.

Table 1 - Proximate Composition of Right and Left Fillets of 10 Rockfish
(Sebastodes pinniger)

Right | Left

OUNOrRPN|A OTN W
ONNTWPUODNY S

F
F
F
F
M
M
M
M
M
M

1926

FLOR ORPRPRRPROF
5 | hos me Die Dilton ch cr moro

The dover sole fillets had high moisture, low oil, and low protein contents.
Samples 3 and 10 should be noted because they had a "jellied'' condition similar
to that described by Templeman and Andrews (1956) for the American plaice (Hip-
poglossoides platessoides Fabricus). Fish in this condition are not marketable,
and fishermen attempt to avoid areas where they are found. Sample 3 is unusual
in that it contained 90 percent moisture and only 8.6 percent protein.

In none of these fish were differences of a magnitude to interfere with results
of experiments using paired fillets. Statistical analyses of the differences between

26 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

Table 2 - Proximate Composition of Right and Left Fillets of 10 Dover
(Microstomus pacificus)
Data _ on Whole Fish Proximate Composition of Right & Left Fillets

Fish Protein
Weight | Sex
Gm.

Right | Left | Right | Left

pea apo eer e ai (Percent): ... 08 ne

Sample} Length

362 F GAs] B28 | O95 | O87] 16.4 113) 59)
F S29) 83,0 | O68) |) O26 |) as. 7 15.4
F 89.4] 90.5 | 0.34 | 0.31 8.9 8.3
F 83.5| 84.4 | 0.73 | 0.64] 14.3 14.0
F 82.5] 83.7 | 0.60 | 0.59) 15.5 14.8
M 83).6)) 8309/0 v4 | O68) 14438 15.0
M 6) 50)| 8558 |) O08 | Ooa7 |) ws.b 13.3
M bol) BIo9 || O07 |) Os.) 13.8 14.0
M 84.1] 84.2 | 0.57 | 0.52) 14.4 14.6
M 84.5] 84.8 | 0.54 6 12.8

0.63 | 13, 2,
Avg. ZX) Oe ia EA EO TORS Oe a ae a)

1/These fish had a ‘‘jellied’’ condition that made them unsuitable for marketing,

right and left fillets of both species showed what visual observation of the results
indicated--that no significant differences in moisture, oil, or protein existed be-
tween the right and the left fillets of either species.

LITERATURE CITED

Association of Official Agriculture Chemists
1950. Official Methods of Analysis. Seventh edition, Association of Official Agricultural Chemists, P. O, Box 540, Ben-
jamin Franklin Station, Washington 4, D, C., pp. 296-297; 346.

Templeman, Wilfred, and Andrews, Gertrude L.
1956, Jellied Condition in the American Plaice Hippoglossoides platessoides (Fabricus). Journal of the Fisheries Re-
search Board of Canada, vol. 13, no. 2, March, pp. 147-182.

T. Ce. YU, RESEARCH ASSISTANT, TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT, OREGON

--R. O. SINNHUBER, ASSOCIATE BIOCHEMIST , SEAFOODS LABORATORY, FOOD
TE CHANG YU, CHEMIST { STATE COLLEGE, ASTORIA, ORE.

N. L. KARRICK, CHEMIST,
FISHERY TECHNOLOGICAL LABORATORY,
BRANCH OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES,
U. S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, SEATTLE, WASH.

ss
FISH COMPOSITION STUDIES

There are approximately 200 species of fish and 40 species of shellfish taken
for food and appearing on the United States dinner tables. These fish vary in pro-
tein, fat, or ash content, but all have a low level of carbohydrate content. Modern
diets based on balanced nutritive values as well as appetite appeal, require knowl-
edge of the chemical composition of the foods involved. Diets containing fish are
no exception, and to attain this knowledge the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service has
instituted a continuing study of the protein, fat, mineral, and vitamin content of all
species of fish taken for food. The relative amounts of these various components
may vary with the species of subspecies, geographical area of capture, sex, sea-
son of the year and, to some extent, with the individual fish. The data serve also
as a means of determining the probable frozen storage life of the processed fish,
commercial yield after processing, and probable potential value of the waste prod-

ucts. The fat content, particularly, is of the utmost importance in determining
storage life.

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 27

For these studies samples of the different species of fish are being obtained by
the Service's several technological laboratories from Service exploratory fishing
vessels and from local fishing
vessels and fish processors.
Replicate samples of each spe-
cies are being collected at var-
ious times of the year in order
to detect any Seasonal variations
that might occur in composition
of the fish.

A typical fish under study is
the ocean perch (Sebastes mari-
nus) being studied at the Service's
Boston Fishery Technological
Laboratory. Though this fish
became commercially important
22 years ago, there exists today
very little information on the
proximate composition and es-
pecially seasonalvariations in
its composition. Samples of the
ocean perch have been collected
periodically since February 1956.
The physical analysis was per- Fig, 1 - Chemist determining the protein content of fishery products.
formed by removing the fillets
from each fish and then skinning the fillets. The average skinless fillet yield has
been 27.7 percent, thus leaving an offal yield of 72.3 percent. The average proxi-
mate chemical analysis of the skinless fish fillets is: water, 79.6 percent; protein,
18.1 percent; fat, 1.7 percent; and ash, 1.1 percent. The average analysis of the
offal is: water, 70.5 percent; protein, 16.1 percent; fat, 7.1 percent; and minerals,
6.3 percent. So far, insufficient data have been obtained for the ocean perch to de-
termine the effect of seasonal variations on composition of these fish.

Such data are necessary to determine the protein, carbohydrate, and fat con-
tent of diets. The data show that ocean perch fillets have, at least during certain
seasons of the year, a relatively low fat content. In common with other fish prod-
ucts, ocean perch fillets contain practically no carbohydrate or sugar components.

ANTIBIOTICS FOR FISHERY PRODUCTS PRESERVATION

STATUS OF USE IN THE U. S.: The recent series of news items about the use

refrigeration, has caused considerable confusion in the fishing industry over the
present status of the use of antibiotics in fishery products.

The use of such materials as antibiotics in food handling and processing is sub-
ject to approval by the U. S. Food and Drug Administration. Winton B. Rankin of
that agency recently made this statement on the present status of the use of anti-
bioties in foods from the standpoint of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act:

1. They may be used so that no residues remain in the food.
This is acceptable.

28 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

2. They may be used so that residues remain in the uncooked food provided:

a. The food is always cooked;
b. The cooking destroys the antibiotics; j
c. The official tolerance has been established under the Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act

for the residue that remains in the uncooked food;
d. The residue is within this tolerance.

3. Antibiotics have been proposed for uses that will leave some of the
chemicalinthefoodasitis eaten. Their safety under these conditions has
not beenestablished. They should not be used inthis way until we know
more about the effect of the residues onmanand micro-organisms.

The U. S. Foodand Drug Administration has not approved the use of antibiotics in
fishand fishery products. Theconditions spelled out above have not been fulfilled for
any fishery product. Any such products found to contain antibiotics before an appro-
priate tolerance has been established will be subject to seizures by that Agency.

The Canadian Food and Drug Administration has given approval for theuse of cer-
tain antibiotics for fish preservation under carefully defined and controlled circum-
stances. However, fishor fishery products from that source or any other that are found
to contain antibiotics, if detected while inimport status, willbe refused entry into the
United States or, ifalready inthe United States, willbe subject to seizure bythe U. S.
Food and Drug Administrationinconformity withthe applicable legislation.

ay Sug ot

TECHNICAL NOTE NO. 35 - IMPROVED WORKMEN’S
STAND FOR PROCESSING PLANTS

Fig. 1 - Lift-up standing grate. Note the bearing, at the
lower left-hand side of the photograph, on which the grate
rotates, Note also the support, in the center of the grate,
to keep the grate from springing.

Fig. 2 - Placing grate in working position. Note the wooden Fig, 3 - Grate i i
stop on the left-hand wall, ee ee ian ee

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 29

This is a photographic report showing the details of construction and the meth-
od of employing a lift-up standing grate, which has proved both convenient to use
and easy to clean. The grate was designed and constructed by Anton Stanovich of
San Pedro, Calif.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

The author acknowledges the aid of Jack A. Stanovich and Martin Stanovich of
the Pioneer Fisheries in San Pedro.

--F. BRUCE SANFORD, CHEMIST,
FISHERY TECHNOLOGICAL LABORATORY ,
BRANCH OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES,
U. Se FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, SEATTLE, WASH.

FEDERAL AID FUNDS USED TO INCREASE SPORT FISHING OPPORTUNITIES

If a fishing lake does not exist, make one. If a fishing site exists, make it
available to the public. If the lake is there and if it is accessible to the public
but it needs improvement, develop it.

In the course of putting these simple rules into effect, the various states
spent more than $1,000,000 on Federal Aid land acquisitions for fishing pur-
poses in the year ending June 30, 1956, Secretary of theInterior Fred A. Seaton
announced October 14, 1956. Of this amount, $790,000 was Federal Aid funds.

During the year, approval was given 17 states for the construction of 31 lakes
having a total of 2,500 surface acres, and to 20 states for the acquisition of 6,358
acres of land and the leasing of an additional 56,846 acres for fishing and access
to fishing areas.

Federal Aid funds for the restoration of fish are obtained througha 10-percent
tax on certain sport fishing equipment.

In addition to Federal Aid projects, the various states make or develop other
fishing areas or provide access to existing fishing spots using only state funds or
money raised by civic-minded individuals or groups.

In providing access to fishing areas, state fish and game departments must
meet the peculiarities of their own state water and trespass laws, considering
such things as the navigability of the stream or lake. Inmany instances the pub-
lic is entitled to proceed up and downa streambed, either wading orafloat. Here
the problem may be only access to the edge of the stream. In other places and
under certain conditions, wading or floating is not practicalor legaland the right
to use the stream or bank must be acquired. The same general principles apply
to lakes.

30 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

DEVELOPMENTS:

Antibiotics in Food Industry Discussed at Symposium

The Fourth Annual Symposium on Antibiotics sponsored by the U. S. Department of
Health, Education, and Welfare was held in Washington, D. C., on October 17, 18, and19.
While the principal emphasis in 136 papers was on the medicalaspects of antibiotics in
general, 18 papers were presented by representatives from antibiotics manufacturers,
universities, government agencies, and others covering present and potential applica-
tions of certain antibiotics in extending fresh food storage life. Pertinent points of the
food papers are as follows:

Aureomycin and terramycin apparently have the widest range of usefulness of
any of the antibiotics in the food industry because of their effectiveness in inhibit-
ing the growth of bacteria. Indications are that they are relatively nontoxic, and
are destroyed in the usual cooking procedures such as boiling, frying, or baking.

Aureomycin (chlortetracycline) is now being used commercially to extend the
refrigerated life of fresh poultry. The U. S. Food and Drug Administration has es-
tablished a maximum tolerance of 7 p.p.m. for residues of aureomycin in or on un-
cooked poultry. Terramycin (oxytetracycline) has been released also for use in
poultry under the same conditions. Commercial usage is controlled by the anti-
biotic supplier under a franchise program which demands high sanitary standards
on the part of the food processor before the antibiotic is supplied.

Reports also indicate potential application of the antibiotics in extending the
shelf life of other refrigerated foods, such as fresh and cured meats, fish, and shell-
fish. The method of applying the antibiotic is by dip, spray, ice, animal injections,
or infusion of the carcass. However, at the present time the Food and Drug Admin-
istration has not sanctioned any commercial application to food items other than
poultry. Also, it was stressed that the use of antibiotics is not a panacea. The an-
tibiotics under consideration exert their effects only on bacterial populations. They
do not control the growth of yeasts or molds nor do they prevent non-microbial
changes in foods such as those produced by enzymes, oxidation, etc.

Since these antibiotics are destroyed by heat and also disappear during con-
tinued storage, they have no direct value in the permanent preservation of food. In
cases of unavoidable delay between the harvest of food and its preservation by can-
ning or freezing, the use of such antibiotics might prevent undesirable changes in
the food during a reasonable period of time.

Total shipments of metal cans during January-August amounted
to 77,154 short tons of steel (based on the amount of steel consumed
in the manufacture of cans) as compared with 67,214 tons in the same
period of 1955. The month of August generally marks the peak month

=# of the packing season for many fishery products. The packs of tuna,
Maine sardines, and salmon in 1956 will all exceed the 1955 packs.
Note: Statistics cover all commercial and captive plants known to be producing metal cans. Reported in base boxes of steel

Consumed in the manufacture of cans, the data for fishery products are converted to tons by using the factor: 23.0 base
boxes of steel equal one short ton of steel,

OBAA&AA4B

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 31

California

ALBACORE TUNA TAGGED OFF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA (M/V Nautilus
Cruise 56-N-2): A total of 360 albacore and 9 bluefin tuna were tagged during a
cruise (M/V Nautilus' cruise 2)from August 14 to September 6, 1956, by Cali-
fornia Department of Fish and
Game biologists. The objectives
of the cruise where to tag alba-
core with type G "spagetti" tags a San Francisco
as part of a study of migrations
and growth; to determine the re-
lationship between tag color and
tag recovery; and to make phys-
ical and biological observations
related to the occurrence of al-
bacore. The tags were colored
red, white, and blue and approx-
imately an equal number of each
color was used.

Three albacore and one blue-
fin tuna were subsequently recov-
eredas follows: one albacore re-
covered six days after tagging,
about 27 milesE. byS. of the re-
lease location; the second 41 days
after tagging, about 116 miles Fig. 1 - Albacore tagging M/V Nautilus cruise 56-N-2 (Aug, 14-
NNW. of the releasing point; and Srt107t1258)-
the third soon after tagging at the point of release. The bluefin tuna was recovered
25 days later, 17 miles SW. of the releasing location.

The areas fished had surface water temperatures ranging between 58.3° F.
and 68.2, F. Examinations of all untagged albacore revealed different types of
food for the various fishing areas. Fish from the Santa Cruz Basin were feeding
heavily on squid and those from the Outer Santa Barbara Channel and the northern
area had been feeding on sauries (Cololabis saira). A large percentage of the al-
bacore examined had empty stomachs.

In addition to the albacore and bluefin tuna, specimens of rockfishes (Sebas-
todes) were taken at Osborne Banks, San Clemente Island, and Santa Barbara Is-
land, and sauries were commonly found under the night light in all offshore areas.

KOK OK

ABUNDANCE SURVEY OF SARDINES, JACK AND PACIFIC MACKEREL, AND
ANCHOVIES CONTINUED BY M/V "SCOFIELD" (Cruise 5): The second of five cruises

pose of assessing the relative abundance of Pacific sardines, Pacific mackerel,
jack mackerel, and anchovies was made by California's Department of Fish and
Game research vessel N. B. Scofield. The cruise began on August 24 and ended
on September 13, 1956.

During the cruise 78 light stations were occupied. Pacific sardines were sampled
at 14 stations, Pacific mackerel at 19, jack mackerel at 12, and anchovies at 11.

The vesseltraveleda total of 490 fish-scouting miles--196 schools were observed
visually, of which 17 were Pacific sardines, 81 Pacific mackerel, 32 anchovies, and 66
were unknown. Hydrographic data was collectedatallnight-light stations.

32 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

TO Los
ANGELES

1S =] Surface temperatures encountered on the
cruise ranged from 13.35 CE (56,4 IE ,)) GUE
—— Pta. San Jose, to 23.45 C. (74.2 F.) in
Turtle Bay. Fish were pee in a follow -
ing temperature ranges: Pacific sardine

if 91°C (58.80 F.) to 33.450 @. §74.2° F.),
Pacific mackerel 14.00 C. (57.2 F.) to ‘A
22.02" C. (71.6° F,), jack mackerel 15.27 C.
(59.5° F.) to 20.60" C. (69.1 F.), and an-
chovigs 13.80 C. (56.8 F.) to 23.45 C.
(HAR 2)

TODOS SANTOS
Bar e

*QSANTO TOMAS PT. gp

Ok KKK

NEW TECHNIQUES IN OCEAN ELECTRO-
FISHING DEVELOPED: A preliminary series
of experiments in electro-fishing devices and
methods with a view of developing new tech-
niques for sampling populations of marine fish
have been completed by the Marine Fisheries
Branch of the California Department of Fish
and Game, points out the Department's Sep-
tember 1956 issue of Outdoor California.

lea

h. \er. antonio

SACRAMENTO RF >>. nd

BER ve

= CANOAS

LEGEND:
EACH MARK REPRESENTS ONE
SAMPLE,

SS \Btanca pr.

a BLANCA gay

O — SAROINE,

— Ack MACKEREL,

A — PACIFIC MACKEREL,
x — ANCHOVY.

Many years ago it was demonstrated that
a direct current passed through the water be-
tween two electrodes will bring about some
startling reactions in fish caught swimming be-
tweenthe electrodes. First ofall, ifthe current
is sufficiently strong, the fish will line up along
the path of the current with their heads pointing

M/V Scofield Cruise 5 (Aug, 24-Sept. 13, 1956).

toward the positive electrode. Second-
ly, if the current is pulsed or repeated-
ly interrupted, each pulse will cause
the muscles of the fish to contract in-
voluntarily.

These muscle contractions propel
the fish through the water toward the
positive electrode where they can be
easily picked up or directed into Some
appropriate catching devide. As long as
the current is on, the movement of the
fish is beyond his control--he cannot es-
cape. It is of interest that the attracting
power of a current is inversely propor-
tional to the size of the fish and a given
current willmore readily attract a large
fish than it will a small one.

Electro-fishing has been used with
great success in stream survey work by j
the Department's Inland Fisheries Branch A “trouser leg'’ electrode, The fish are attractedto the wire
as well as by other fresh water agencies. mesh whenthe current isturnedon, Once thefish are in, the

Unfortunately, the problems of handling webbing at the bottom is pulled up preventing their escape,
electric current inthe oceanareenormous- I! thebhoto, aportionof the Pacific mackerel and anchovies
ly more difficult than infresh Wees were attracted with such force that they became solidly wedged

into the wire mesh of the electrode.

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 33

Because of the very high conductivity of salt water, almost a direct short cir-
cuit is produced, and the current would rather travel in all directions through the
water than it would through the fish. This necessitates the use of extremely high
amounts of current in order to affect the fish. However, the problem is being
tackled independently in many countries of the world and it is only a matter of time
before an economical and effective type of equipment is developed.

Since the Department's survey programs need only small samples of fish rath-
er than commercial quantities, the emphasis of the experimental work has been to-
ward obtaining the most efficient types of current and pulses with the limited power
available on research vessels. At the same time, various types of electrodes which
incorporate catching devices have been built and tested at sea.

Thus far the results have been most encouraging. We have been able to attract
and capture small fish from distances in excess of 20 feet. It is reasonable to as-
sume that continued experiments and modifications will improve our results even
more and give us a truly revolutionary sampling method for marine research.

OK OK KK

Legend:
\ —School group.

ares surveyed.

J Pt. Vicente

Legend:
@-— School group.

¥ Area surveyed.

Pacific mackerel Wy
and sardine ——?
Pacific mackerel 4
s

anchovy — Clemente
City

Oceanside

Pacific mackerel 4 =
and sardine 4

Encinitas —

Airplane spotting flight 56-8 (Sept. 29, 1956).
sardines reported b:
commercial spotters 2—_}}
PELAGIC FISH DISTRIBUTION STUDY
. (Airplane Spotting Flight 56-8): Inorder to

anchowL! Soe continue the study of pelagic fish distribu-

oats tion, abundance, and behavior incentral and
southern California, that State's Department
of Fishand Game operated an airplane spot-
ting flight September 27-29, 1956. Thesur-
vey was in the inshore area between Half Moon
and Pt. Loma, Calif.

Pacific mackerel

Airplane spotting flight 56-8 (Sept. 27-28, 1956).

34 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 12

Anchovy schools increased in abundance to the south of San Simeon, but de-

creased in abundance in Monterey Bay since the last flight in August.

In compari-

son with the past two seasons Pacific mackerel continue to be more abundant, but
sardines are apparently less numerous and more widely distributed. Except for
fog around San Francisco and off the Coronado Strand, clear skies and calm seas

prevailed.

Anchovy:
and Cambria.

No anchovy schools were seen in the area between Half Moon Bay
Apparently the spawning adult fish present in Monterey Bay earlier

in the month (data gathered from commercial catch sampling) have either moved
out of the inshore area or are now schooling deeply and cannot be seen in the day-

time.

In southern California and in the central California area from Cambria to Pt.
Arguello there has been a decided increase since August in the total area of an-

chovy schools.

The greatest increases occurred near Pismo Beach, Huntington

Beach, and San Clemente City. A total of 568 schools (11,689,200 square feet) were
tallied in each 10-mile section of the coast in which anchovies were found.

Sardine:
the past two seasons.

Fewer sardines were observed from the air this season than during
The schools seen off Pt. Dume inAugust could not be located.

A commercial spotter sighted sardines off Pt. Dume on September 22 but failed to

find them there on September 25.

On October 1, however, sardines were caught at

night in this area, so the sardines either moved ‘temporarily out of the area or be-

came "night fish,

face at night.

Pacific mackerel:
ern California area.
side and Newport.
in small numbers.

"' fish that school deeply during daytime and swim near the sur-

Pacific mackerel schools are still abundant over the south-
The two largest concentrations of these fish were near Ocean-
Sardines were also seen mixed with the Pacific mackerel but

Canned Fish Consumer Preference Study

BRAND NOT ALWAYS DETERMINING FACTOR WHEN HOUSEWIVES BUY
CANNED FISH: More than half the housewives who buy canned salmon and sardines

Table 1 - Percentage of Housewives Indicating Purchases of
Selected Canned Fish by Brand

Salmon—
INSKetorn ran cleans
Do not ask for Brand ..

Sardimese
Ask for Brand

_1/ Of 2,700 households Se in ae survey,

2,109 served canned tuna, 1, 907 served Snel
salmon, and 1,394 served canned sardines.

chase canned tuna; by 41 percent who buy canned salmon; and by o

buy without ask-
ing for a partic-
ular brand. How-
ever, a majority
are influenced by
brands when pur-
chasing canned
tuna because
canned tuna is
more widely ad-
vertised than
either canned
Sardines or can-
ned salmon.

Buying by
brand is prac
ticed by 58 per-
cent of the house-
wives who pur-

nly 35 percent

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 35

who buy sardines. These facts were brought out by a recent nationwide sample sur-
vey of households.

In general, the practice of buying canned fish by brand name is more prevalent
in the Northeast region and least in the North Central region.

These findings, which are based on a June 1956 scientific sample survey of
2,700 households distributed throughout the United States, are a part of other data

obtained on household consumers' preferences for canned fish and shellfish.
Note: See Commercial Fisheries Review, August 1956, p. 47.

* KOK ok x

CANNED FISH AND SHELLFISH GENERALLY AVAILABLE AT RETAIL: Prac~
tically every housewife (97 percent) in the United States can purchase any item of

canned fish or canned
shellfish she wishes at | Table 1 - Percentage of Households Indicating if Items
of Canned Fish or Shellfish are Available at Retail
United |North=

retail. This is the re-

sult of the effective
Usually Available.
Not Available .....

functioning of the dis-
No. of Households ..

tribution system in
this country. Only a-
bout 3 percent of all
housewives can not
purchase some item
of canned fish or canned shellfishfor whichthey shopped. This small group men-
tioned such canned items as crab meat, dietetic tuna, clams, smoked fish, clam
chowder, and canned whiting. Practically the same situation which exists national-
ly is observed in each of the four geographic regions.

These findings are based on a June 1956 scientific sample survey of 2,700 house-
holds distributed throughout the United States. These data on availability of canned
fish and shellfish are one part of a large amount of other data obtained on household

consumers' preferences for canned fish and shellfish.

Note: See Commercial Fisheries Review, August 1956, p. 47.
* OK KKK

HOUSEWIVES BUY TWO OR MORE CANS OF PET FOOD AT A TIME: About
95 percent of the families in the United States who own a dog or a cat buy two or

Table 1 - Number of Cans of Pet Food Bought at One Time in Terms
of Percentages

Regions
Item Total |North- | North
AUrousecholdsiOwnine alin |i (PSrCent) eee eee
Dog or Cat That Use Pet 2/ 2/
Food Containing Fishl/ 100.0 £/100.0] =/100.0]100.0

No. of Cans Purchased
at One Time:

Tobie CANS oconcobaGo0d : 5
Five or MoreCans.... Fie til.
IDyXoyal te JSOMONY ob oooooon O°

Weighted Base Ce eer TL

1/ Some households own more than one pet. 2/ Relatively unstable due to the small number of cases,

36 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

more cans of pet food ata time. Forty-five percent of the pet owners usually pur-
chase five or more cans. Another 15 percent usually buy in units of four. About
one in every three families in the United States owns a dog and one out of five fam~-
ilies owns a cat.

These findings are based on a recent scientific sample survey of household
consumers! preferences for canned fish and shellfish which was conducted among
2,700 households distributed throughout the United States. One of the objectives _
of the survey was to determine the most frequent answer to the question ''How many
cans of pet food do you usually buy at one time?"

The responses indicate that it might be advisable for processors to consider
packaging cans of pet food in handy containers holding more than one can.

Final results of the survey, which is being financed by funds provided by the
Saltonstall-Kennedy Act of 1954, are scheduled for publication the early part of
next year. The Fish and Wildlife Service contracted with W. R. Simmons and
Associates Research, Inc., New York City, to conduct the survey.

Federal Purchases of Fishery Products

CANNED FISHERY PRODUCTS
PURCHASED THROUGH QUARTER-
MASTER MARKET CENTERS,
JULY-SEPTEMBER 1956: Only
insignificant amounts of canned

tuna and sardines were purchased

Weare ame ae ... (1,000 Pounds) ...
JansS ep trmer aes 2,227 601 231
for the use of the U. S. Army,

Navy, Marine Corps, and Air Force by the Army Quartermaster Corps through its

Market Centers during the third quarter of 1956. Purchases amounted to 39,000

pounds of canned tuna and 4,000 pounds of canned sardines. No canned salmon was
urchased.

Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, October 1956, p. 15.

Fig. 1 - Canned Fishery Products Purchased
Through Quartermaster Market Centers,
January-September 1956

% OR OR OK

FRESH AND FROZEN FISHERY PRODUCTS PURCHASED BY THE DEPART-
MENT OF DEFENSE, SEPTEMBER 1956: The Army Quartermaster Corps in Sep-
tember 1956 purchased about 2 million pounds (valued at $996,628) of fresh and
frozen fishery products for
the use of the Army, Navy,
Marine Corps, andAir Force.
This was 31.5 percent less
in quantity and 29.0 percent
less in value than the pur-
chases made in August 1956,
but higher by 8.8 percent 2 GO 00}Pounds) er
in quantity and 20.7 percent 1,958] 1,799 |20, 232/19, 257

in value than purchases made in September 1955.

Purchases of Fresh and Frozen Fishery Products by
Department of Defense (September and the First
Nine Months of 1956 with Comparisons)

QUANTITY VALUE

Sept. Sept. Jan. -Sept.

1956 [1955 | 1956 1955
$1,

Purchases of fresh and frozen fishery products during the first nine months of
1956 totaled 20.2 million pounds (valued at $10,104,809)--an increase of 5.1 per-

cent in quantity and 20.7 percent in value than purchases made during the same
nine months in 1955.

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 37

Prices paid for these fishery products averaged 50.9 cents a pound in Septem~
ber 1955 as compared with 49.1 cents a pound the previous month and 45.9 cents a
pound in September 1955.

OK OK Ok

NEW AGENCY REPLACES QUARTERMASTER MARKET CENTER SYSTEM:
As a major step towards activating the single manager subsistence program, the
Military Subsistence Supply Agency (MSSA) was established, effective October 26,
1956, to replace the Quartermaster Market Center System.

The new organization effects the following changes: (1) Quartermaster Mar-
ket Center System, 226 West Jackson Blvd., Chicago 6, Ill., changed to Headquar-
ters, Military Subsistence Supply Agency at the same address; (2) the Quarter-
master Market Centers changed to Military Subsistence Market Centers.

The new organization will be somewhat limited in functions until the completion
of transfer of the Quartermaster Inspection Service Command and some other food
distribution services. All military subsistence supply has now been brought under
the jurisdiction of the new organization.

Fish Sticks First to Bear U.S. Shield and Grade Labelling

The first fishery product ever to bear the U. S. shield and grade labelling,
indicative of voluntary continuous in-plant inspection and grading, is now available
on the market. This is the consummation of the work of U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service technologists working on frozen fried fish sticks in cooperation with mem-
bers of the fishing industry and with the National Fisheries Institute. The U.S.
Department of Agriculture, using the standards and inspection manuals developed
by the Department of Interior's Fish and Wildlife Service, now makes this inspec
tion and grading service available to the industry. Three plants processing fish
sticks are now under continuous inspection. Other specific lots of fish sticks are
now being graded at the request of prospective buyers.

The Service is continuing its work on the development of standards for the fish-
ing industry. It is planned that similar proposed standards, now well-advanced,
for frozen fish fillet blocks and for raw breaded fish portions will be published in
from three to five months. Thus, a complete set of interrelated standards will
soon be available for use in a grading service from the raw material stage to the
important heat-and-serve products of one segment of the fishing industry.

Georges Bank Hydrographic Resurvey Planned

A resurvey of Georges Bank, off the Massachusetts coast, an area which is
considered by the New England commercial fishing industry as its most important
economic asset, will be made by the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, the Secre-
tary of Commerce announced October 30, 1956.

Such a survey of the famous shoals area, the first in 25 years, is needed, the
Secretary said, to provide more accurate hydrographic information for the North

38 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

Atlantic fishing fleet and a detailed survey in the vicinity of the first Air Force-op~
erated Texas Tower, radar warning station of the Air Defense Command, located at

Georges Bank.

The Coast and Geodetic Survey Ship Hydrographer, which has been operating
this past year in the Straits of Florida and the Caribbean, is preparing to shift its
operations to Georges Bank in March of 1957. It is hoped that the project can be
completed within a single surveying season, ending about October 1. The 67-foot
Hydrographer has a complement of 65 officers and men, plus occasional extra tech-
nicians.

Commercial fishing industry spokesmen have advised the Department of Com-
merce that fish production from the Georges Bank area is particularly vital to the
fishing industry of Boston. Other ports, such as Gloucester and New Bedford, de-
pend heavily on this bank for a constant supply of fish.

In addition to the periodic inspections and checks made by the Coast and Geo-
detic Survey, many fishing skippers and boat owners in recent years have been re-
porting evidence of a series of major changes in the shoals and channels of the
Georges Bank area which they believe could be of serious import to normal fishery
activities. These reported changes have created much anxiety and apprehension
among all fish producers, and it is believed that the forthcoming new survey will
prove of extreme value to them.

Coast and Geodetic Survey officials also are contemplating the possibility of
a partial resurvey of the Nantucket area, where the next Texas Tower is to operate,
after the completion of the Georges Bank hydrographic study. The Nantucket area
was last surveyed in detail during 1940.

The survey of the Georges Bank area, beginning about 60 miles east of Cape
Cod, will cover about 4,600 nautical square miles of Atlantic Ocean bottom, result-
ing in greatly improved charts for the safety of navigation and the fishermen's op-
erations there.

The Radio Accoustic Ranging System, used when the existing Coast and Geo-
detic Survey charts for Georges Bank were first published in 1931-32, is now ob
solete. Much more modern and accurate methods are now employed, notably the
Electronics Position Indicator System.

Equipped with this system, a combination of features of Loran and Shoran, the
Hydrographer two years ago made a new survey of Brown's Bank, off Nova Scotia,
another area used extensively by the fishing fleet. Such surveys contribute not
only to the development of maritime resources and especially aid the fishing indus-
try, but they also assist in meeting national defense planning needs.

The Hydrographer was one of four Coast and Geodetic Survey ships which made
thousands of soundings and took numerous samples of ocean bottom deposits in con-
ducting the Goerges Bank survey of the early Thirties. The charts and other data
thus produced developed a wealth of detail of great value to the fishing industry.
Deep gorges or valleys, some more than 150 fathoms deep, were discovered on the
eastern and southern profiles of Georges Bank, and information about bottom char-
acteristics proved another important factor in the carrying out of fishing operations,
not only in regard to navigation but also in the study of the movement of fish.

With the recent evidences of changes in ocean bottom in the Georges Bank area,
the forthcoming new survey is designed to bring all charts up to date and supply

additional data to assist the fishermen and operators of both small and large vessels
who ply the waters there.

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 39

The survey ship which will be used to make the Georges Bank survey has been
engaged in its unique type of duty since she was launched at Portsmouth, Virginia,
in 1929. The 1100-ton Hydrographer has had her outer appearance changed several
times through the years as she has been re-equipped to keep her abreast of scien-
tific advances and service. She has two 26-foot power launches which permit her
crew to survey shoal areas too shallow to accommodate the mother ship.

Great Lakes Fishery Investigations

SURVEY OF SAGINAW BAY CONTINUED BY M/V "CISCO" (Cruise 7): Ex-
perimental fishing during a cruise by the Service's research vessel Cisco from
October 2-5, 1956, was confined to Saginaw Bay. Considerable trawling was done
in a very shallow area near the southwest end of the Bay. This area had not been
visited before, since weather conditions need to be ideal for the Cisco to venture
into such shoal water. Yellow perch (Perca flavescens) fingerlings were numerous,
and alewife fingerlings (Pomolobus pseudoharengus) were extremely abundant. A-
bout 6,000 of the latter species, ranging in length from 1.5 to 3.0 inches, were taken
in a 35-foot trawl in one 5-minute bottom tow, and 8,500 were caught in a 5-minute
tow just off the bottom. Smelt (Osmerus mordax) fry were almost as pl€ntiful as
the alewives off the bottom, but not nearly so numerous on the bottom. Small num-
bers of young-of-year black crappies (Pomoxis nigromaculatus) and bluegills (Le-
pomis macrochirus) were also caught in the shallow water. Trawling operations
were also carried out in 6 to 11 fathoms off East Tawas. Catches consisted most-
ly of perch and smelt fry. Most of the adult smelt appear to have left this portion
of the Bay; probably a seasonal movement. Night trawling studies were carried
out in the area north and west of Charity Island. Midwater tows and bottom tows in
the shallower (34-4 fathoms) waters caught only a few perch and smelt fry, but one
5-minute bottom drag with a 35-foot net in deeper water (11 fathoms) took nearly
1,800 perch.

Gill nets were set obliquely from surface to bottom off East Tawas in 13 and
26 fathoms of water, and a bull net (300 feet long, 120 meshes deep) was set at the
latter depth. Nothing was taken at the shallower depth. The deeper oblique set
caught only a few bloaters (Leucichthys hoyi), longjaws (Leucichthys alpenae), and
smelt. The fish were concentrated between 80 and 140 feet under the surface. The
bull net was set so that its float line was just above the thermocline at 120 feet, and
its lead line was beneath the thermocline at 140 feet. It caught 120 bloaters, 2 long-
jaws, and 41 smelt in an overnight set. Lake herring (Leucichthys artedi) have ap-
parently not yet entered the Bay in any numbers for spawning, since none of this
species was caught.

A gill net (24-, 24-, 22-, 3-, and 4-inch mesh) set on the bottom in the harbor
just off East Tawas in 44-5 fathoms of water caught 168 medium-size perch. The
catch also included two walleyes (Stizostedion vitreum), »ne white bass (Lepibema
chrysops), and 24 white suckers (Catostomus commersoni).

Hydrographic transects were run from Bay City to East Tawas, East Tawas to
Harbor Beach, East Tawas to Oak Point, and Hat Point to Au Sable Point. Surface
water temperatures are continuing to drop and the epilimnion has become about 125
feet thick. Surface water temperatures ranged from 10.8 C. (51.4 F.)to 15.4 C.
(GQ.U~ 15)

40 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES CATCH FOR 1955: The landings in 1955 of ocean-
caught fish and shellfish by the commercial fishermen of the Territory of Hawaii
amounted to 15.4 million pounds, valued at $3.1 million, according to a statistical

Amberjack
Big-eyed scad
Dolphin

Goatfish

Jack crevalle
Mackerel

Skipjack
Bonito

Ten pounder
Miscellaneous

V/ Revised. Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, May 1955, p. 30,

Game. This total was lower by
5.2 million pounds, or 25.2 per-
cent, in weight and $0.6 million,
or 15.3 percent, in value than the
previous year. The decrease in
the 1955 catch was due largely to
the skipjack catch which declined
4.3 million pounds (30.9 percent)
from the 14 million pounds re-
ported for this species in 1954.
The catch of some other impor-
tant species was also down from
1954--yellowfin tuna down 15.2
percent, big-eyed tuna lower by
21.9 percent, black marlin down
41.1 percent, and big-eyed scad
6 percent lower. However, there
were some increases in the catch
of striped marlin, dolphin, and

| pink snappers. The value of the

ocean catch in 1955 declined only
8.5 percent aS compared with the
1954 value of $3.7 million, due to
higher ex-vessel prices for some
important varieties, particularly
yellowfin and big-eyed tuna, which
brought an average of $0.318 a
pound in 1955 as compared with

$0.246 a pound in 1954. In addition to the ocean catch, 106,868 pounds, valued at
$68,566, of pond fish were reported as compared with 86,000 pounds, valued at

$55,000 dollars in 1954.

The 1955 commercial catch of ocean fish from the island of Oahu made up 71.7
percent of the total. Of the six island areas that reported a commercial fish catch,

71.4 percent was made during the April-September period.

The best single month's

catch was made in June when 17.3 percent of the ocean catch was landed.

Marketing Prospects for Edible Fishery Products,

Winter 1956/57

United States civilian consumption of fishery products during the six months of
September 1956-March 1957 is expected to be slightly larger than a year earlier.
The increase will likely be both in the canned and the frozen commodities. Retail
prices of fishery products in the coming months are expected to remain above a

year earlier.

Supplies of fresh and frozen fishery products through next winter may total

close to those of a year earlier.

Commercial landings, now on the seasonal down-

turn, are not expected to differ substantially from thosé of last fall but moderately

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 41

heavier imports of frozen products are likely. Stocks of edible frozen products in
cold storage on October 31 were larger than those on the same date last year. Stor-
age holdings are the most important source for frozen fishery commodities con-
sumed during the winter months when commercial landings are seasonally lowest.

More canned fishery products will be available during the current marketing
year--which ends about mid-1957--than in the preceding year. The 1956 pack of
salmon was a little larger than the very small output in 1955, but the packs of
Maine sardines, iuna, and mackerel will be up considerably. The current year's
pack of California sardines (pilchards) is now under way, and it is still too early
to forecast the output. Domestic production of canned fishery products during the
current marketing year will be supplemented to some extent by imports. Canned
salmon imports probably will again be heavy since the pack increase in the United
States and Alaska is not sufficient to meet expected consumer demand.

Total imports of the major fishery products in the next few months are expect-
ed to continue at a higher rate than a year earlier. The larger part of the increase
probably will be for the frozen items; imports of the canned products will likely be
up only slightly. Exports during the next few months may be no larger than a year
ago because of the limited supplies of the canned fishery products which are polu-
lar in our foreign markets.

This analysis appeared in a report prepared by the Agricultural Marketing
Service, U. S. Department of Agriculture, in cooperation with the U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service, and published in the former agency's November 2, 1956, release
of The National Food Situation (NFS-78).

Maine Sardines

CANNED SARDINE STOCKS, NOVEMBER 1, 1956: Distributors' stocks of
Maine sardines totaled 388,000 actual cases as of November 1, 1956, an increase
of 34,000 cases or 9.6 percent over the 354,000 cases held by distributors on No-
vember 1 a year earlier. Stocks of Maine sardines held by distributors on July 1,
1956, amounted to 154,000 cases according to estimates made by the U. S. Bureau
of the Census.

Canned Maine Sardines--Wholesale Distributors & Canners Stocks,
November 1, 1956, with Comparisons

|1956/57 Season 1955/56 Season
11/1/56 7/1/56| 6/1/56] 4/1/56 [1/1/56 [11/1/55

Actual
388 154 160 268 326 354
1,016

1/100 3t -oz. cans equal one standard case.

Fig. 1 -

Distributors'
Stocks

Canners'!
Stocks

Canners'! stocks on November 1, 1956, as reported by the Maine Sardine Indus ~-
try were 1,016,000 cases (100-34-0z. cans) on November 1, 1956, as compared
with 625,000 cases on the same date in 1955. Stocks held by the canners on July 1,
1956, totaled 315,000 cases.

The pack of Maine sardines from the beginning of the season on April 15 to No-
vember 1, 1956, totaled 2,101,000 cases, 80 percent or 934,000 cases above the pack

42 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

on the same date in 1955. The pack of Maine sardines in 1954 amounted to 2,934,000
standard cases (100 34-02. cans).

OK OKO OK

CANNING SEASON ENDED DECEMBER 1 WITH FAIR PACK: The 1956 Maine
sardine season closed on December 1, 1956, with a pack of about 2,200,000 cases
(100 34-o0z. cans), states the Maine Sardine Council in a Deceniber 1 news release.

The Executive Secretary of the Council said that the pack was well ahead of the
abnormally short pack of about 1,268,843 cases in 1955, but stillfar below the 2,690,000-
case (10-year) average.

Thirty-eight plants from Portland to Robbinston, Maine, were in operation during
the seven-months season, but the fish ran consistently only in waters west of Rock-
land, or the southern half of the State. This area supplied most of the sardines for
Washington County at the eastern end of the State, which has a heavy concentration
of plants.

The Washington County canners were plagued with a scarcity of fish in their
area for the fifth year in a row and are patiently awaiting a report from biologists
who are endeavoring to find the reason and the cure.

The Secretary said that rising costs and the fluctuating fish supply clouded the
profit picture for canners despite the fairly large pack. Sales were normal through-
out the season and he predicted a sellout of the pack before the plants started opera-
ting again in 1957 (season April 15-December 1).

Due to the short 1955 pack, the sardine industry went into the new season with
one of the smallest carry-overs in history and the total supply is predicted to be
inadequate to fill the normal demand.

He stated that the canned pack was of excellent quality and that the canners had
been given much assistance along these lines through an industrywide research and
grading program which was launched three years ago.

North Atlantic Fisheries Exploration and Gear Research

BLUEFIN TUNA COMMERCIAL DISTRIBUTION IN NORTHWEST ATLANTIC

SURVEYED BY M/V "DELAWARE" (Cruise 27): Over 1,600 miles of the offshore
Northwest Atlantic area was scouted by the Service's exploratory fishing vessel
Delaware for possible commercial concentrations of bluefin tuna (Thunnus thynnus)
during cruise 27, completed on November 2, 1956. Results from the exploratory
work indicated sizable surface schools were present in the South Channel area, but
the area far offshore and south to the vicinity of the Gulf Stream track produced no

positive indications of surface-schooling tuna.

Several surface schools of varying size were spotted in the general area of the
South Channel. The school sizes ranged from scattered breaks to one area of 200
yards in, diameter. Surface temperatures in the area of the bluefin schools ranged
from 57 to 67° F. Troll lines were used continuously while running during day-
light hours with only two strikes during the trip, one a 32-pound bluefin taken in the
South Cnannel area and one small dolphin (Coryphaena hippurus) taken while trolling

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 43

near the Gulf Stream. Seventeen dolphin were caught on hand lines during the
trip.

Ten small schools and one medium-size school (estimate 15 tons) were sight-
ed by the Delaware soon after departure from Boston on October IG}. IO By.

The Delaware proceeded in rough
weather to the northeast edge of Georges
Bank where squid were trawled for bait.
|| Seno osc uF re Taking advantage of good weather, the
Alicciactmamenee sie Delaware scouted south into the warmer
Gulf Stream track where water tempera-
tures ranged from 74 to 75° F. Several
dolphin were taken on hand lines in the
Gulf Stream area, but no surface tuna or
bird flocks were sighted. After scouting
along the northwest side of the Gulf Stream,
the Delaware returned toward the coast.
Rough weather making scouting for school
tuna virtually impossible was encountered
both before and after leaving the port of
New Bedford. .

LEGEND:

After proceeding SW. from New Bed-
ford, two possible tuna schools were sight-
ed in the area 38 18' N. latitude, 69 °30' W.
longitude. Several dolphin were again
taken by hand line in the warmer water,
the largest weighed 263 pounds.

Upon returning to the South Channel
area on November 1, 1956, 3 large schools
of bluefin were sighted and chumming with
Squid was attempted, without results; how-
ever, trolling in the area for some period
of time produced one 32-pound bluefin.

ial fish ing flights (56-1 & 2) October 29& 30, 1956.
Se aaa LES ey Flight Report 56-1 & 2: Aerial fish

spotting in conjunction with the Delaware's cruise 27 was conducted on October 29,
1956, when an opportunity to accompany a U. S. Coast Guard overwater training
flight gave an excellent chance to survey the South Channel area (flight 56-1). Al-
though conditions were ideal for fish spotting, no surface schooling tuna were spot-
ted. Three swordfish were seen in the east side of the South Channel and several
(12+) large schools of small fish near shore in Cape Cod Bay extending south from
off Provincetown. Also, one school was sighted in shallow water near Race Point.
Cape Cod Bay was not searched on the 29th for tuna, as the major objective of the
survey was the offshore area.

During the evening of the 29th, over 37,000 pounds of bluefin were taken in the
Provincetown traps and as a result a flight to survey the Cape Cod area was made
on October 30, 1956 (flight 56-2). The extensive schools of small fish (unidentified
as to species) were still present in the inshore area with the center of distribution
about three miles S. of Provincetown. A small school of bluefin (15-20 in number)
was spotted in the bay about 5 miles S. of Provincetown indicating that tuna were
still present in the inshore areas.

The Delaware was scheduled to depart from East Boston, November 14, 1956,
to conduct exploratory scallop dragging in offshore areas where the commercial
fleet does not normally operate.

44 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

—— SSS The two-week scallop ex-
eer cry cm | sie EQS ploratory trip was to systemat-
SOS cece hate erase DA hacer” ge ically survey portions of Brown's

‘ ‘p Bank and areas within the Gulf
of Maine for commercial con-
centrations of ocean scallops
(Pecten grandis). Approximate-
ly one week will be spent in each
area investigating its commer-
cial potential. A standard com-
, mercial 11-foot New Bedford
FP wae. , , scallop dredge was to be used
A sos in all explorations. This would

Cte ae enable the Delaware to give ac-
curate catch information to the
commercial fleet. Catch infor-
M/V Delaware Cruise 27 (October 16-November 2, 1956). mation was to be supplemented
Te a by hydrographic observations in
the form of bottom temperature recordings, and the taking of bottom samples at
specified intervals.

11/1 LARGE
SCHOOL OF

This is the first in a series of exploratory fishing operations designed to in-
vestigate the many areas not fished at present, with the hope of finding commer-
cially-profitable scallop beds which would be available to the New England fleet.

North Atlantic Fisheries Investigations

STUDIES INTO FEEDING HABITS OF LOCAL FISHES (M/V T-79 Cruise 8):

To conduct studies into the feeding habits of local fishes and to make a hydrographic
transect of the ''Deep Hole" off the New England coast were the objectives of cruise
8 of the Service's research vessel T-79, which sailed October 10, and returned to
Woods Hole, Mass., October 12, 1956.

The hydrographic transect of ''Deep Hole'' was accomplished without difficulty.
Samples of water were saved for salinity, phosphate, and nitrate analysis. On Sep-
tember 12 (T-79 Cruise 6), a moderately-developed thermocline existed throughout —
the area with a temperature spread from top to bottom of more than 15 F. On
October 13 the surface had cooled over 6° F. and the thermocline was gone, the
spread of temperature being less than 7 F. in the deepest part. The picture pre-
sented by the distribution of nutrients and 0, showed that the ''Deep Hole'' was in
a state of flux. A wedge of water moving irfo the Deep Hole" from the onshore
side was replacing the colder and nutrient deficient water. Within this wedge, local
fishermen were catching relatively large numbers of blackback flounders in addi-
tion to the other species commonly found there.

Where the bottom water had not yet been replaced, no blackbacks were caught.
On September 12 when conditions were relatively stable, the common flatfish on the

edge of the "Deep Hole" was the yellowtail flounder. No yellowtails were caught
during this cruise.

3K OK Ok ok

UNDERWATER TELEVISION OBSERVATION OF FISH CAPTURED BY OTTER

TRAWL: In order to observe the behavior of fish while being captured by an otter

trawl, the Service's North Atlantic Fisheries Investigations chartered the M/V
Huckleberry Finn for some underwater observations with a television camera. The

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 45

Huckleberry Finn was joined on the Amagansett grounds off Long Island, N. Y., by
the William Chesebrough, a Pt. Judith trawler trawler. The cruise operations were
conducted October 29-November 1, 1956.

The otter trawl was located by a recording echo-sounder approximately 450
feet behind the trawler William Chesebrough, in 50 to 80 feet of water. A tow line
was made fast from the Huckleberry Finn to maintain this distance. The television
camera with fins attached and an "Issacs" depressor at the end of the support chain
was lowered tc observe the net.

_Locating the net was difficult because of turbidity and the variables involved in
positioning the camera with a two-boat operation. Some views of netting at close
range were obtained however.

comet Cruise 9): Trial sets of a purse seine were made in Linekin Bay and Penob-
scot Bay by the Service's char-
tered exploratory fishing drag-
ger Metacomet in order to de-
termine if a New England drag-
ger-type vessel could be adapt-
ed to purse-seining operations
without the use of an auxiliary
seine boat. Then it would be
possible for a vessel of such
seaworthy design as the Meta-
comet to be used in offshore wa-
ters of the Gulf of Maine without
running the risk of losing a val-

uable seine and seine boat. In se Gaaceaiiees
oe ,° : - Echo-sounder recordings
addition, if successful, purse- of fish,

seining from the deck of a ves~
sel (particularly if the power
block was used) would enable
the vessel to operate with about
half the crew needed to set and
purse the seine by the tradition- ‘
al methods used in the Gulf of Maine. In New England, purse seiners using the com—
bination mothership and seine boat are limited to fishing during good weather.

The second objective of this ninth and final cruise (October 18-27, 1956) of the Meta-
comet was to locate herring by echo-sounder and visual observation.

U, S. Fish and Wildlife Service cruise 9 of charted M/V Metacomet .

The waters indicated on the chart were sounded. Fish were located in Passa~
maquoddy Bay, Grand Manan Channel near Cutler, Trinity Ledge on the Coast of
Nova Scotia, Isle Au Haut Bay, and West Penobscot Bay. Echo-sounder recordings
and sampling with a small midwater trawl indicated that the fish located in these
areas were small herring between 3 and 5 inches in length. The seine was not set
on these soundings since the fish were too small and often too deep to be caught.

In each of the trial sets of the seine made in Linekin Bay and Penobscot Bay,
the seine was set smoothly over the starboard gunwale from the well deck of the
vessel. Purse lines were pulled through blocks on a seine davit to winch heads on
the trawl winch and the seine was hauled aboard with a ''Puretic'' power block. Al-
though some difficulty was experienced with the seine becoming fouled in the purse

46 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

line, these trials demonstrated that a purse seine can be set and hauled using this type of
vessel, properly equipped. The problems of purse-line fouling might be overcome by
small changes inthe method of setting and pursing the net or by slight modification of the

seine hanging.

North Pacific Exploratory Fishery Program

BOTTOM FISH GROUNDS OF F
SOUTHEASTERN ALASKA SUR-
VEYED BY M/V "John N. Cobb"
(Cruise 29): Several species of com-
mercially-desirable bottom fish were
J J caught off the west coast of Prince of

Bie ae ea Naas & SY Wales Island, Alaska, during a cruise
. ipuicenta” from October 1 to November 16, 1956,
Se Nay ; by the Service's exploratory fishing

a ae vessel John N. Cobb.

pal Pa DY, : A series of 30 otter-trawl drags

"SS a é were made at depths of 57 to 208 fath-

i = \ oms between Dixon Entrance and Ip-
higenia Bay. Although good trawling
bottom was located in some areas,
extensive soundings made witha re-
cording depth-sounder also revealed
large areas of unsuitable trawling
| bottom. Insome cases, bottom ob-
structions were encountered by the
trawl gear where depth recordings
had indicated favorable trawling bot-
tom.

oe Although no large catches of com-
mercially-desirable flatfish were

DIXON ENTRANCE

Legend:

X—-Otter-trawl drag. i oN Le made, several drags off Baker Island
“Qe. "1 at depths of 57 to 95 fathoms caught
dover sole, petrale sole, rex sole,
and rock sole inamounts upto 200,
M/V John N. Cobb Cruise 29 (Oct. 1-Nov. 16, 1956). 150, 250, and 175 pounds, respectively,
anhour. Trashfish, mostly turbot,

pollock, and ratfish, were takenin
this area inamounts from 150 to
2,400 pounds per hour. The drag-
ging bottom off Baker Island was
generally good at depths of 55 to 95
fathoms. Soundings made inthe
"trough" between Dalland For-
rester Islands revealed no suitable
dragging bottom. Noclear drag-
ging bottom was located along the
115-fathom "edge" between For -
rester Islandand Baker Island.

Favorable catches of rockfish
were made at depths of 112to 139
fathoms off Iphigenia Bay, with the
best drag yielding a total of 2,100 z
pounds ee Togietiehn, ametnetine 1.0000 A good catch of bottom fish being sorted aboard the M/V John N. Cobb,

pounds of black rockfish, 800 pounds of Pacific ocean perch, and 100 pounds of red

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 47

rockfish in one hour. Turbot and pollock dominated the catches atthesedepths. The
dragging bottom was exceptionally good in this area.

Stormy weather seriously curtailed exploratory fishing activities throughout the
entire period of the survey, resulting in inconclusive findings regarding the extent of
the available grounds suitable for otter trawling and the abundance of commercially-
desirable species of fish present.

Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations

OCEANOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC EQUATORIAL REGION SURVEYED (Hugh M.
Smith, Cruise 35): Duringa cruise that lastedfrom August 1 to October 5, the Service's
research vessel Hugh M. Smith 160° 150° 140° 130°
occupied 79 oceanographic sta-
tions as part of an internation-
al survey (EQUAPAC) of the
Pacific equatorial region be-
tween 135° W. longitude and ;
the Philippine Islands. The eet
area surveyed included a study Ric) Radioactivity (CML).
of the circulation features and 2 R(S}Radioactivity (S 10).
areas of potential productivity
in the region of the Marquesas
and Tuamotu Islands. A total
of 79 oceanographic stations,
bathythermograph lowerings,
zoopiankton tows, and pelagic
trawl hauls were the princi-
pal operations during the
cruise. Field examination of
the plankton volumes showed f
that in general the quantities CDT SS
collected during night-time Rt —_———_ x3) (3)
tows were 1 to 13 times those
taken during daylight hours
and that the volume of plank-
ton decreased rapidly south
of the equator.

xX -Oceanographic 1200-M. cast.

(3) Oceanographic 3000-M. cast.

MARQUESAS
— 1s ——

(3)
A watch was maintained
during daylight hours for tuna tN
)
TAHIT/

X= KK KK

=)
g
g
XK KKK

schools and bird flocks while RIS
the vessel was under way. A
total of 85 bird flocks and 60 0(3)kK—x—x—x-2& (3) RIC)
tuna schools were sighted; 39
of the tuna schools were un- a) rast
leon TG ae eerie EE rn ne ated or EQUAPAC

Of the 85 bird flocks sighted, only 28 were seen during passage south of the equator be-
tween 135° W. andthe island of Tahiti, 43 were sighted between Tahiti and Honolulu.
Of the 60tuna schools, 36 were Sighted between Tahiti and Honolulu, of which 24 were
located between4 S. andChristmas Island on 160° W.

|
|
|
x
|
x
|
x
x
!
x
x
|
x
x
k
|
x

x —K—K— KK

A 45-station pattern, a continuation of the 18-month monitoring survey in the
area of the Hawaiian skipjack fishery, was completed around the island of Oahu prior
to proceeding south for EUQAPAC.

* kK OK OK

48 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 12

SKIPJACK TUNA TAGGED WITH HARPOON-TYPE TAG RECOVERED: Con-
siderable interest was engendered by the return of a skipjack tuna that had been tagged
with the new harpoon-type tuna tag developed by the Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investiga -
tions. This tag is ofall-plastic construction and so far has been placed on small lots of
skipjackonly. The single return, at liberty for 3 months, was surprising in view of the
fact that only 45 specimens had been released with the newtag. The tag wound had healed
nicely, andan autopsy of the specimen indicated that the fish was not at all handicapped
by the newtag. Itistooearlyto state just how successful the tag will ultimately be, but
it is now known that it can be placed on tuna in approximately 4 the time that it takes to tag
fish with the conventional spaghetti’ tag. This means that several times as many fish
can be tagged with a given crew of men and that returns should be better, simply be-
cause the tuna are out of the water for only a few seconds during the tagging.

kk kK

RESEARCH FOR THIRD QUARTER 1956 (July 1-September 30, 1956): Highlights
of the third quarter's research results of the Service's Pacific Oceanic Fishery Inves-
tigations included the finding of large numbers of albacore tuna north of Hawaii; complet-
ing tests ontilapia that establish its usefulness as tuna bait; completion of the field work
of EQUAPAC, an oceanwide survey of the equatorial Pacific; anda second stocking of the
Marquesan sardine in Hawaiian waters. Details of some of the research results follow:

Equatorial Tuna Research: In conjunction
with POFI's oceanographic and fishing surveys in
the Marquesas Islands area, the Service's research
vessels Hugh M. Smith and the Charles H. Gilbert
participated in EQUAPAC, the multiple-vessel
suryey of the Pacific equatorial region between
135° W. and the Philippines. Departing on Au-
gust 6, 1956, the Charles H. Gilbert returned to
Honolulu on September 26, 1956. Using long line,
she found yellowfin tuna most abundant near the
equator (132° W. longitude) and in the Marquesan
coastal waters; big-eyed were never abundant, al-
though a few large spgcimgns (300-370 pounds)
were taken between 5 -11 S. latitude. Albacore
began appearing in the long-liné catch at 12 S.,
but the greatest number of this species were taken
in the Marquesan coastal waters. A few large
skipjack were taken at scattered stations.

Only a few surface schools (16) were sighted
in the vicinity of the Marquesas. Ten were chum-
med with Marquesan sardines. Five were iden-
tified as skipjack, one of which yielded 344 skip-
jack averaging 5 pounds in weight. A 16-pound
specimen was taken from one yellowfin school
fished.

Seven bays in the Marquesas were sampled for
bait. Sardines (Harengula vittata was the predom-
inant species) were seen innearly every area scouted
but were nowhere abundant. A total of 305 buckets
of various species were caught; 62 buckets of the
Sardines were placed aboard the Charles H. Gil-
bert, returned to Oahu, and 21 were released in
Hanauma Bay, Oahu.

Another tagged yellowfin was recovered during
the quarter in the Line Islands area. This marks
the second recovery from a total of over 1,000 tag-
gedinthis area. Tagged near Christmas Island
on October 8, 1955, the yellowfin was recaptured
in the same vicinity on August 2, 1956, thus was at
liberty for 299 days.

Albacore Research: The most significant de-
velopment during the quarter was the success of
the exploratory fishing cruise of the John R. Man-
ning (cruise 32) made from July 16 toSeptember 12
to the waters north of the Hawaiian Islands. The
purpose of the cruise was to determine if there

were sufficient quantities of albacore to support

a commercial fishery in the area where they were
found during the summer of 1955 by the vessels
of the Service's Pacific Salmon Investigations,
Paragon and Mitkof, and the POFI vessel Hugh M.
Smith. The results of the cruise showed that they
were present in parts of the @rea covered by the
cruise, roughly 40° N. to 49° N. between 175° W.
and 145° W., in amounts approaching commer-
cial quantities. The pattern and magnitude of the
individual catches §howed that they were most an
bundant west of 160° W. between43 N. and47 N.
East of 160° W. the catches decreased progress-
ively tothe eastward. A total of 604 albacore were
taken; 453 inthe gillnets, 47 inthe trammel nets,
and 104 onthetrolling lines. The best day's catch
in the gill and trammel nets was 89 and the best
by trolling was 35. Eighty-six of the troll-caught
fish were tagged and released. Almost all of the
remaining fish (6,597 pounds) were delivered to
the cannery. Only 102 pounds or about 2 percent
of the fish were rejected, making the total penalty
against catch 306 pounds or 4.6percent. (See
Commercial Fisheries Review, November 1956,
p. 48).

Another item of interest during the quarter
was the report of the capture of two more tagged
albacore. They were both fish that had been re-
leased about a week apart during the fall of 1955.
They were recaptured about 6 weeks apart, one
in the Japanese spring fishery and one in the
United States west coast fishery. The latter sives
the first positive evidence of easterly migration
of albacore from mid-ocean.

Tuna Bait Studies with Tilapia: In the spring
of 1956, the Hawaiian Tuna Packers, Ltd. and the
Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations joined
forces in an informal agreement for the purpose
of seining supplies of small bait-size Tilapia and
testing these fish at sea to determine their qual-
ities as skipjack bait. Seven full days and 2 half
days of seining yielded approximately 600 pounds
of small tilapia. These were obtained from fresh-
water ponds and therefore had to be acclimatized
to sea water before the sea tests.

; The effective use of tilapia as skipjack tuna
bait was examined on 14 vessel days at sea in

December 1956

waters off Oahu. It was the prime objective of these
tests to compare the ability of nehu (the standard
bait) and tilapia in attracting and holding schools
of skipjack at the stern of the vessel. A summary
of the results shows that 21 (56 percent) of the 37
schools chummed with nehu surfaced and respond-
ed to the bait, whereas 10 (62 percent) of the 16
schools chummed with tilapia gave a favorable re-
sponse to the bait.

Skipjack were caught from 9 schools atthe rate
of 3.5 fish per bucket of tilapia used. This is not
as good as the catch rate of 8.2 skipjack per min-
ute and 15.2 per bucket of bait obtained with nehu,
but there is every reason to believe that with ex-
perience chummers will learn to use the new bait
more effectively.

It is our conclusion that tilapia is an adequate
bait for catching skipjack. In some respects it
may be slightly inferior to nehu, but it has several
compensating qualities. It is an exceedingly hardy
fish and can survive in bait tanks for much longer
periods than the nehu. The larger tilapia tend to
sound whenthrown out as chum, but this trait is
not prevalent in fish 13 to 2 inches in length, which
is the optimum size for skipjack bait. Our studies

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 49

indicate that if economically feasible rearing meth-
ods can be developed, the tilapia can alleviate the
great need in the Hawaiian skipjack fishery for ad-
ditional bait supplies.

Greening’ in Yellowfin: In investigating the
chemistry of “off-color” or "greening" in yellow-
fin tuna, additional studies have been conducted on
the reflectal spectrophotometric characteristics
of raw and cooked, normal and green meat. These
have led to the conclusion that the pigment involved
is a heme protein, probably myoglobin. Raw meat
which will turn green on cooking seems to have un-
usual quantities of the ferric oxidized form, met-
myoglobin. On cooking, denaturation of the globin
produces relatively more of the reduced form,
hemochrome, than the nonreduced form, hemi -
chrome, in green aS compared with normal tuna
meat. It is the relative quantities of these two
denatured globins, with different spectral reflec-
tances which determine whether the meat will ap-
pear green or normal. Some evidence also exists
for a low concentration of additional pigments in
cooked green meat, which may be unusual hemi-
or myoglobin derivatives. Both browning and
greening seem to be manifestations of oxidation of
the heme protein pigments. 7

Salmon

1956 PACK 25 PERCENT HIGHER THAN IN 1955:

Red salmon, coming back to

their spawning grounds in numbers reminiscent of other days, spearheaded the 1956
Alaska salmon pack to an increase of more than 25 percent over that of 1955.

Table 1 - Alaska's Canned Salmon Pack by Species and Area, 1955-56
[nese Brea 1/00 5 6 ie eke Cee AR al

Species

1,272

72,851
634,272
294,282

1/ Preliminary data.

eastern

1955
eastern

540,495
177,667
64,814

691,567
99,900

Preliminary figures indicate a 1956 pack of 2,986,030 standard cases (48 1-lb.
cans), or 600,000 cases above the 1955 total, and not far behind the 3,094,452 cases

of 1954.

While the pack is still below the long-term average, the trend which has

been generally down since 1943 appears to have been arrested by the conservation

measures which are now in effect.

Pink salmon still have "to turn the corner," but U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ice officials report that current conservation practices, especially in Prince Wil-
liam Sound and southeastern Alaska, demonstrated their effectiveness in 1956.

One very encouraging aspect of the 1956 run is that escapement of both red
and pink salmon to the spawning grounds in most areas was well above the average
of recent years, a fact which portends well for the fisheries of future years. The
total red salmon run in the Naknek-Kvichak section of Bristol Bay was approxi-
mately 15 million fish, of which 11 million avoided the nets and kept on toward the

50 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Volk) 18SNowel2

spawning grounds. Heavy escapements of red salmon are reported in the Nelson
Lagoon and Sandy Lake and other places along the Peninsula. Chignik experienced
a good escapement of red salmon and in Cook Inlet the escapement is reported to
have exceeded anything achieved in recent years; that of Prince William Sound pink
salmon was reported excellent, while escapement of that species in southeastern
Alaska is listed as good to excellent.

Since the life cycle of the salmon varies from two years with the pinks to four
to six years with the reds, results of the 1956 escapements will be reflected in the
runs of 1958 and later years.

Little is known of that part of the salmon's life spent at sea but biological stud-
ies are being made on this phase of its life history at the present time. The pink
salmon caught this year were smaller than average, going 22 to 25 to the case in-
stead of the usual 17 or 18.

Conservation measures being practiced at the présent time include provisions
for adequate escapement, better protection of the spawning beds, reduction of preda-
tors, stream clearance, etc. Biological research includes: numerous studies on
depredation and other natural factors which affect the salmon from the time the ma-
ture fish reach the spawning beds until the young ones begin their life in the ocean.
In addition, there are now oceanographic and biological studies to determine what
conditions effect salmon at sea.

South Atlantic Exploratory Fishery Program

FLORIDA EAST COAST SURVEY FOR ROYAL-RED SHRIMP CONTINUED
(M/V Combat Cruise 5): Additional production-type dragging for royal-red shrimp
was carried out by the U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service-chartered shrimp trawl-
er M/V Combat in 160-200 fathoms off
St. Augustine, Fla., during August and
September 1956. Nineteen drags made
with 40-foot and 56-foot flat trawls dur-
ing August 17-22 yielded a total of 3,305
pounds of heads-on royal-red shrimp
(25-count headed). Individual catches
ranged from 60-350 pounds and averaged
approximately 170 pounds of shrimp a 3-
to 5-hour drag. Lower catch rates were
obtained in the same area between Septem~-
ber 14-19 when 20 drags caught a total of
2,321 pounds of heads-on royal-red shrimp,
averaging 115 pounds a drag. During the
latter trip, seven drags were made south
of the St. Augustine grounds in depths of
150 to 225 fathoms. Catches ranged from
40 to 80 pounds of royal-red shrimp a
drag, with equal amounts of 21-25 count
and 61-70 count heads-off shrimp in each
successful drag.

Ss
ay

ST .AUGUST INE

Of GULF Srpp
LORS BREA
2 ae

APPROXIMATE AXIS

LEGEND:
X= Location of trawling
‘Stations.
(Each X represents one or
more shrimp-trawl drags.)

rear Sela rer Ne

M/V Combat September 1956 trip, A commercial shrimp vessel, the
f M/V Northeaster, working with the Serv-
ice~chartered M/V Combat during the mid-September trip, landed approximately
1,800 pounds of headed royal-red shrimp.

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 51

The August 30-September 4 period was devoted to additional shallow-water ex-
ploration along the Florida coast north of Cape Canaveral. A total of 26 drags were
made in depths of 13-18 fathoms and 5 in 100-150 fathoms, using 40-foot flat trawls
and a 10-foot beam trawl. Although several isolated trawling areas were located,
the bottom was found to be mostly coral and generally untrawlable out to the edge of
the continental shelf. Drags in 22 to 23 fathoms using a 40-foot trawl caught large
rock shrimp (Sicyonia brevirostris), at rates of 90 to 150 pounds an hour during
night fishing.

While fishing at night during this period, several large schools of sardines
(Sardinella anchovia) were observed and picked up on the depth recorders between
the 10- and 40-fathom curves. Samples were obtained using a dip net.

\
ti
U.S. Fish Catch May Set All-Time Record in 1956

United States fishermen in Alaska may catch more than 5 billion pounds of fish
in 1956 and set an all-time national record unless some unforeseen circumstance
intervenes, Secretary of the Interior Fred A. Seaton announced on November 5, 1956.

U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service records indicate that about 70 percent ofa
year's catch is landed by September 1 and that this year the total landings are run-
ning nearly half a billion pounds ahead of those of last year and well ahead of the
catch on September 1, 1941--the record year. Even if the catch in the final quar-
ter is only normal the record will be broken, the Secretary explained.

In 1955 the total American catch was 4.9 billion pounds, which is the present
record year.

Menhaden, a fish used primarily for oil and meal and usually comprising about
40 percent of the catch, is setting the pace with an increase of 200 million pounds.
Other species which have been taken in considerably greater quantity than in 1955
are: tuna, up 60 million pounds; Alaska salmon, up 50 million; Alaska herring, up
39 million; California sardine, up 28 million; Maine sardine, up 26 million; Pacific
jack mackerel, up 23 million; Pacific mackerel, up 9 million; ocean perch, up 6
million; haddock, up 10 million; halibut, up 7 million.

The ex-vessel value for the 1955 catch was $325 million. Prices are some-
what better this year, which together with the larger catch indicates an increase
in the ex-vessel value of the catch.

Uinitedsstateebanonine suileeteAdGaone

Table 1 - Vessels Issued First
Documents as Fishing Craft,
by Tonnage, October 1956

OCTOBER 1956: A totalof 49 fishing ves-
sels of 5 net tons and over were issued first
documents as fishing craft during October 1956,
according to the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ice. This was 8 vessels more than the num-
ber reported for the same month last year.

A total of 454 fishing vessels was docu-

mented for the first time during the first

1/Includes both commercial fishing and sport fishing craft.

52 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

Table 2- U. S. Vessels Issued First Documents as Fishing
Craft, by Areas, October 1956 and Comparisons
October Jan.-Oct.
Aked 1956 11955 | 1956 [1955] 1955 percent) more than the
number reported for the

FSA ES oS 1 14 17 corresponding period of
steer sees last year. During the
SogaddccoG00e ten-month period of 1956,
esta ee iis eae the Chesapeake led all
PEE dohate ata 's dre MPa eRe Oa ea 10D
newly-documented ves-
a Ginna sels, followed by the
igen oer eae coe. ee South Atlantic area with
ooonecoanas 109.

ten months of 1956--an
increase of 77 craft (20

see ee ee te er te toe ee

see we ee ee oe

Table 1 - United States Foreign Trade in Edible Fishery Products, August 1956
With Comparisons
aa Saeeaa a Quantit Value

Item Aa aa oe

1956 [1955 | 1955 |1956 [1955 | 1955

Imports: (Millions of Lbs. Millions of $
Fish & Shellfish: if
Fresh, frozen, & processed— ......... 74.6 | 71.1|769.9| 22.3] 18.6| 206.4

Exports:
Fish & Shellfish:
Processed 1/ only (excluding
fe shvanditr.oZ/en) imerinnen laren ree AS |e OlsOlL Wen | ae OlL Bil.

Includes pastes, sauces, clam chowder and juice, and other specialties.

1.8 percent in value as compared with July 1956. Compared with August 1955 the
imports for August 1956 were higher by 5 percent in quantity and 20.0 percent in
value. August 1956 imports averaged 29.9 cents a pound as dompared with 26.2
cents a pound for the same month in 1955 because of the higher prices prevailing
for many imported fishery products, particularly shrimp and spiny lobster tails.

Exports of edible processed fish and shellfish in August decreased 19 percent
in quantity and 15 percent in value as compared with August 1956. Compared with
August 1955 the imports for August 1956 were also lower by 17 percent in quantity
and 31 percent in value.

OK OK OK

GROUNDFISH FILLETS IMPORTS REACH RECORD HIGH IN OCTOBER 1956:
A total of 25.7 million pounds of cod, haddock, hake, pollock, and ocean perch fil-
lets, including fish blocks, were imported into the United States during October
1956--the highest ever recorded for any one month. This was an increase of 8.8
million pounds or 52 percent as compared with the same month of 1955. The in-
crease was due primarily to increased imports from Canada (up 5.0 million pounds)

Vol. 18, No. 12 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 53

and from Iceland (up 3.1 million pounds). Imports from Norway and Denmark also
were Somewhat larger, while receipts from the Netherlands and West Germany were
less than in October 1955,

Groundfish and ocean perch fillets imported from Canada during October 1956
amounted to 17.2 million pounds--67 percent of the total; Iceland accounted for
25 percent; and the remaining 8 percent came from Norway, Denmark, the United
Kingdom, the Netherlands, France, West Germany, and Greenland.

Eleven countries exported 128.7 million pounds of groundfish and ocean perch
fillets (including blocks and slabs) to the United States during the first 10 months of
1956, while twelve countries exported 114.6 million pounds of these products dur-
ing the corresponding period of 1955. Canada (91.4 million pounds) led all other
countries in exports of these items to the United States with 71 percent of the 10-
month total. Iceland (26.6 million pounds) was in second place, followed by Nor-
way (3.9 million pounds), Denmark (2.9 million pounds), and West Germany (1.9

million pounds).

Note: See Chart 7 in this issue,

2K OK ok Ok

TUNA CANNED IN BRINE IMPORTS UNDER QUOTA PROVISO: Th® quantity
of tuna canned in brine which may be imported into the United States during April
16 through December 31, 1956, at the 125-percent rate of duty is limited to 28,757,393
pounds. Any imports in excess of that quantity will be dutiable at 25 percent ad
valorem.

Imports under the quota from April 16-November 3, 1956, amounted to 22,489,317
pounds, according to data compiled by the Bureau of the Customs. This leaves a
balance of 6,268,076 pounds of the quota which may be imported in the last two
months of 1956 at the 125-percent rate of duty.

Wholesale Prices, October 1956

The major United States fisheries in October were entering a period of low
yield--the West Coast halibut season ended; the season for canning salmon was a-
bout over; the canning season for Maine sardines continued, but at a low level; and
the yield for some fresh-water fish was poor. On the other hand, the tuna catch
continued at a high level; the New England haddock fishery was normal; Gulf shrimp
production was good, but not up to expectations; and oyster harvesting was entering
the period of peak production, but with indications of a below-average season. Oc-
tober 1956 wholesale prices were down Slightly from September 1956, but were still
higher than for the same month in 1955. The October 1956 wholesale index (112.5
percent of the 1947-49 average) for all edible fresh, frozen, and canned fish and
shellfish declined about 1.6 percent from September, but was higher by 4.7 percent
than for October 1955.

The leading finfish from a production standpoint in the drawn, dressed, and
whole finfish subgroup were haddock and yellow pike, all the other varieties--salm-
on, halibut, lake trout, and whitefish--were relatively scarce in the fresh fish mar-
kets. This supply situation was reflected in the mixed trends in this subgroup with
the net result that from September to October 1956 the subgroup index dropped 7.6
percent. When compared with October 1955, the October 1956 index for this sub-
group was higher by 6 percent. Prices for most of the seven fish products in the
drawn, dressed, and whole finfish subgroup were higher in October 1956 than in the
Same month in 1955.

54 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Woll, M3. WO, WZ

The October 1956 index for the fresh processed fish and shellfish subgroup was
only 0.7 percent lower than for the preceding month and higher by 15.2 percent than
in October 1955. Higher prices in October 1956 for fresh headless shrimp at New
York and fresh shucked oysters offset the lower prices for Boston haddock fillets.

Table 1 - Wholesale Average Prices and Indexes for Edible Fish and Shellfish, October 1956 With Comparisons

Point of Avg. Prices1/ Indexes
Group, Subgroup, and Item Specification Pricing Unit ($) (1947-49=100)

Oct, | Sept.
1956] 1956

ALT RASH(@. SHEE FISH (ib reshs FrOZen,yéc|Ganned)) siete) ns) si site) ollie! folate non olen toils

Haddock, Ice., offshore, drawn, fresh . . . . . | Boston
Halibut, West., 20/80 Ibs., drsd., fresh or froz. |New York
Salmon, king, lge. & med., drsd., fresh or froz, | New York
Whitefish,L. Superior, drawn, fresh . . . . . |Chicago
Whitefish, L. Erie pound or gill net, rnd., fresh .| New York
Lake trout, domestic, No. 1, drawn, fresh. . . | Chicago
Yellow pike, L, Michigan&Huron, rnd.,fresh . |New York

100.1 | 101.3
139.2 | 136.9

Processed phresi (Bish Shellfish):) eet citeie) spieiisilslee tain ciamrersuienanremens
Fillets, haddock, sml., skins on, 20-lb, tins. . | Boston tb. yl 129
Shrimp, Ige. (26-30 count), headless, fresh . . |New York |b. TAL) | ge
Oysters, shucked, standards ....... . |Norfolk gal, | 6.00} 6.00

rocessed i hirozenu(HaSiné:Snelltish):imerey isi siteretictrcilliiclneii-timrorster
Fillets: Flounder, skinless, 1-Ib. pkg, .. . | Boston b
Haddock, sml.,skins on, 1-Ib. pkg... . Boston tb

Ocean perch, skins on, 1-1b. pkg. . . | Boston tb.

Shrimp, lge. (26-30 count), 5-lb. pkg. . . . . | Chicago tb

GCamediknsherysRroducts: yee w meme sieuluewmrelicieurs usar mania Co oe po 6 | 99,0 | 98.0 | 97.7 103.4

Salmon, pink, No.1 tall (16 0z.), 48 cans/cs. .. eattle 22.65 | 22.65
Tuna, It, meat, chunk, No. 1/2 tuna (6-1/2 02z.),
AS CAaS/CSHp RAM MRC oath . . |Los Angeles
Sardines, Calif., tom, pack,No. 1 oval (15 0z.),
ABV CAnS/CSa, {Miioniste aeemeaReleteas sitar ee . - | Los Angeles
Sardines, Maine, keyless oil, No. 1/4 drawn

(8-1/4 0z.), 100 cans/es.. . 2... Ste New York

1/Represent average prices for one day (Monday or Tuesday) during the week in which the 15th of the month occurs.
These prices are published as indicators of movement and not necessarily absolute level. Daily Market News Service
‘Fishery Products Reports’’ should be referred to for actual prices.

Wholesale prices for fresh shrimp at New York City were up about 9 percent from

October 1955 to October 1956, but haddock fillet prices at Boston were down 10
percent over the same period.

__ Wholesale prices for processed frozen shrimp in October were directly oppo-
site to the seasonal trend. As a rule frozen shrimp prices drop in the fall months,
but this October they rose because of (1) below-normal landings in the Gulf, (2) rel-
atively low stocks, and (3) the steady demand for this commodity during periods of
high wage levels. Frozen fillet prices in October 1956 were down slightly from the
previous month, but still were higher than for October 1955. The frozen processed
fish and shellfish subgroup index for October 1956 was 3.2 percent above the previ-
ous month and 12.1 percent above the same month in NHS),

The index for the canned fish subgroup continued to show signs of firmness in
October 1956 when compared with both September and August 1956. Although still
below the October 1955 index by 4.3 percent, the price gap between the two years

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 55

is closing. The drop in canned tuna prices was reversed with an increase in Octo-
ber of 25 cents a case for the chunk-style light-meat pack. Although the California
sardine fishing season was off to a good start, early indications of a fair season did
not continue up to the end of October and as a result canned California sardine (pil-
chard) prices moved upward. The marketing situation for all canned fish was very
healthy at the end of October 1956.

NOW IS THE TIME FOR OYSTER STEW

Now isthe time to serve a tempting bowl of steaming hot oyster stew. This
dish will have special appeal to all and it is so easy to prepare.

Oysters are entirely edible and there
is no waste from trimmings. Ang nutri-
tionally speaking, they are wonderful! An
average serving of six oysters will sup-
ply more than the daily allowance of iron
and copper, about one-half the iodine, and
about one-tenth of the needed protein,
calcium, magnesium, phosphorus, vitamin
A, thiamine, riboflavin, and niacin. To
retain the delicate, distinctive flavor of
oysters, never cook them too long, just
enough to heat them through and leave
them plump and tender.

Oyster stew served in a large bowl
accompanied by crispcrackers, a jellied fruit salad, and a home baked cake will
form the basis for an attractive, delectable, nutritious meal. Here is a recipe
for "Oyster Stew'' as recommended by the home economists of the U. S. Fish
and Wildlife Service to serve your family on chilly days.

OYSTER STEW

PINT OYSTERS 14 TEASPOONS SALT

CUP BUTTER OR MARGARINE, MELTED DASH PEPPER
QUART MILK PAPRIKA

DRAIN OYSTERS, ADD OYSTERS TO BUTTER AND COOK FOR
MINUTES OR UNTIL EDGES CURL, ADD MILK, SALT, AND PEP-
PER, AND BRING ALMOST TO BOILING POINT. GARNISH WITH
PAPRIKA. SERVES 6.

56 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

International

AIR CARGO PERISHABLE FOODS PACKAGES TO HAVE DISTINCTIVE LABEL

New symbolic labels are appearing on various types of international air cargo
packages, according to the International Air Transport Association (IATA).

Each of the new labels is designed to convey its message at a glance. The''Per-
ishable Goods" label is wordless, except that the name of the airplane employing it
appears below the diagram.

The perishable goods label exhibits a completely new approach to the problem
of symbolizing on a package such commodities as meat, fish, fruit or flowers. The
illustration shows a carcass of beef, a cluster of grapes, a fish, and a flower, in
four separate diagrams surrounding the outline of an hourglass. The symbols are
in blue on a white background.

The result of studies by cargo and traffic experts of IATA's traffic handling and
accountancy working group, the labels have minimum dimensions, 4 inches wide by
6 inches high.

FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION

FISHERY RESEARCH VESSELS DESIGNED BY FAO NAVAL ARCHITECTS:
Outline plans and specifications for a 90-foot fishing gear research vessel, which
will cost about US$240, 000, have been
prepared by naval architects of the Food
and Agriculture Organization Rome, for
the Government of Sweden.

These drawings, which have been pre-
pared after special study of the require-
ments of a gear research vessel, will pro-
vide the base from which Swedish naval
architects will make final working drawings.

"This is one of many research vessels
which we have advised or worked on re-
cently,'' said Jan Olof Traung, Chief,
Fishing Boat Section, Technology Branch,
Fisheries Division, FAO. The Government
of South Africa is now considering building
three fishery research vessels at a total
cost of about US$490, 000 and have requested
FAO to advise them on layout, design, and
Specifications. The vessels concerned are
two of 75 feet and one of 100 feet.

Line drawing of proposed Swedish fishery research vessel

FAO plans for the Swedish fishery re-
prepared by Naval Architects of FAO,

search vessel call for wooden construction

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 57

but a modified hull shape which will give higher speed and make for a more ''sea-
kindly" vessel.

"We hope that this vessel, when built, will provide a useful example in design
for Swedish fishermen," stated Traung. ''We have given the boat a sharper entrance,
fuller midships section, and a fuller run, and I think its performance will encourage
Swedish fishermen to adopt this type of design."

An unusual! feature of the vessel is an alleyway which runs through the center of
the large fish hold. This will enable the crew and the scientists on board to walk
from one end of the ship to the other under cover and will permit separate experi-
ments to be conducted in each half of the fish hold, especially in connection with the
use of antibiotics to preserve fish. Another feature is that the trawl winch is hydrau-
lically driven and has therefore been placed forward on the port side, which was
considered best from the fishing point of view.

While research vessels are essential for development and progress in fisheries,
the cost is very heavy as compared, for example, with the cost for constructing lab-
oratories ashore.

"We know that a great many countries are interested in building fishery re-
search vessels,'' said Traung, ''and a good deal of thought should be given to the
actual boat requirements within their research programs. Research vessels have
to be built for specific purposes, such as gear research or biology, fundamental or
applied. If the work to be done is exactly defined then it might be possible to use
smaller ships to better advantage. For example, two 90-foot vessels might be more
efficient and useful in fishery research than one of 120 feet and yet cost no more.

"We are investigating this situation at FAO and we are preparing preliminary
plans and specifications for 12 fishery research vessels, three each of 30 feet, 50
feet, 70 feet, and 90 feet, respectively, '' he stated. ''When we have these outline
designs ready, they will form a kind of catalogue of research vessels which will en-
able us to show governments what can be achieved with such smaller ships."

INTERNATIONAL COUNCIL FOR EXPLORATION OF THE SEA

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION RECOMMENDED TO CONSERVE NORTH
SEA HERRING STOCK: The International Council for the Exploration of the Sea
during its annual meeting at Copenhagen, that ended on October 9, 1956, expressed
concern over the herring stocks in the southern part of the North Sea. Exports from
15 countries, encluding Russia, who attended the meeting, now have a clearer pic-
ture, as a result of research, of the status of North Sea herring stocks.

A committee passed a resolution urging all interested countries to cooperate in
a coordinated program designed to determine factors affecting the yield from North
Sea herring fisheries.

The committee said herring seem to be changing their migration patterns.
Some experts think the large number of young herring caught by Danish and German
fishermen is reducing the English fishery off Yarmouth and Lowestoft. There was
urgent need for intensification of the tagging program, under which about one-mil-
lion herring have been marked by nylon, wire, or pellets over the past eight years.

Prof. H. U. Sverdrup, of Norway, president of the council, said the results
might indicate that the herring fishery should be limited, but this need not mean
that yields had to fall--only that stocks should be fished in a more rational way.

The investigating committee recommended that international cooperation could
best be started by an intensive tagging program on the Bloeden ground, beginning
in August 1957. (The Fishing News, October 12, 1956.)

58 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

Reduced herring catches in the North Sea are due, not to overfishing, but to
changes in the migration of the herring, according to the fishery experts who attended
the annual meeting.

Dr. Arni Fridriksson, secretary-general of the Council, said distribution of
herring depended on such factors as availability of food, ocean currents, water sa-
linity, and temperature.

In his own studies of the North Iceland herring fishery, which has failed for the
past 11 years, he found that the most important reason seemed to be a change in
ocean currents which had become too strong to take the herring together withthe food
on which they live, to the North Sea. These in turn were connected with changes
towards a milder climate.

The herring which were deserting their normal fishing banks were possibly either
not concentrating in such large shoals, or were frequenting other banks which were
unknown, he said.

As yet, however, there was inadequate evidence to put forward any satisfactory
scientific explanations, said Dr. Fridriksson.

INTERNATIONAL NORTH PACIFIC FISHERIES COMMISSION

FIVE MONTH SURVEY OF NORTH PACIFIC SALMON STOCKS COMPLETED:
A five-month study by Canadian, Japanese, and United States biologists to discover
the salmon's North Pacific Ocean habitats and whether or not United States and Ca-
nadian salmon overlap with Asiatic salmon was completed in October 1956. The
survey was made by the chartered fishing vessels Challenger and Key West II.

During the course of the survey mile-long gill nets with four different mesh %
sizes were set between 42° and 58 north latitude and as far west as longitude 150 .
The vessels were equipped with freezing systems for preserving the catch for fur-
ther study at Canada's Biological Station at Nanaimo, B. C. Scientists collected
water temperatures, water samples down to 150 fathoms, plankton, and other
oceanographic data. Fish were caught at all stations. The two vessels traveled
16,000 miles during their investigations.

INTERNATIONAL PACIFIC SALMON CONFERENCE

CANADA-UNITED STATES AGREEMENT ON PINK SALMON CONSERVATION:
Agreement was reached today by Canadian and United States delegates at a Confer-
ence called to work out means for coordinating national and joint conservation pro-
grams for pink and sockeye salmon of common concern in the Juan de Fuca- Fraser
River area of the Pacific Coast. The Conference agreed that this objective might
best be achieved by expanding the authority of the International Pacific Salmon Fish-
eries Commission, by amendment of the Sockeye Salmon Convention of 1930, thus

permitting the Commission to investigate the pink salmon stocks of the Fraser River
and regulate the fishery.

The Commission's objective would be to maintain the pink salmon stocks at the
level of maximum sustainable productivity and to insure insofar as practicable an
equal division of the catch of pinks by Canadian and United States fishermen. The

agreement provides that the Commission may begin regulation of the fishery imme-
diately after entering into force.

The International Pacific Salmon Fisheries Commission which was established
in 1937 consists of three representatives each from Canada and the United States.
It has had responsibility for the investigation and management of the sockeye salmon

of the Fraser River system, states an October 25, 1956, news release from Canada's
Department of Fisheries in Ottawa.

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 59

The agreement will provide for division of the catch and will increase the size
of the Commission's Advisory Committee by adding one member from each country
in order to give broader representation from the industry.

The agreement also provides for a coordinated investigation by research agen-
cies of the two governments and the commission of pink salmon stocks which enter
the waters described in the convention. It calls for a meeting in the seventh year
after entry into force to review the results of this investigation and to determine
what future arrangements concerning pink salmon conservation might be desirable.
The agreement has been referred to the two governments for signature.

The conference also took note of the serious threat which offshore net fishing
poses to the conservation of both pink and sockeye salmon stocks and adopted a re-
solution calling this matter to the attention of the governments and recommending
immediate action on their parts to solve the problem.

The conference opened under the chairmanship of George R. Clark, Deputy
Minister of Fisheries of Canada and head of the Canadian delegation. Vice-chair-
man was W. C. Herrington of the Department of State, Washington, D. C., who
headed the United States delegation. Representatives of the governments of both
countries, the Department of Fisheries of the State of Washington, and of fishermen,
fish processors, and vessel owners from the State of Washington and British Colum-
bia took part in the discussions.

AGREEMENTS

SOVIET-IRAN FISHERIES AGREEMENT: Iran and the U.S.S.R. signed a fish
eries agreement (covering the period March 1956 to March 1957) on June 5, 1956,
providing for the sale to Russia of about 46 metric tons of caviar, 500 metric tons
of sturgeon, and 700 metric tons of other types of Caspian Sea fish. The agreement,
which is valued at about $797,000, differs only slightly from the previous year's.
First deliveries under the agreement will come from catches of the 1956 fishing
season which began in September 1956. The Iranian-Soviet barter trade agreement
for 1956/57, to which the fisheries agreement is related, provides amaximum quota
of about $855,000 in fish and fish products for export to the U.S.S. R.

The amount of caviar, sturgeon, and miscellaneous other fish whichis to be sold
to the Soviet Union is the same as that agreed upon last year, but prices have been
increased in two instances: first-grade beluga caviar has risen from US$18 to US$20
a kilogram ($8.16 to $9.07 a pound), and sturgeon is quoted at US$336 a metric ton
instead of US$317. Following are the quantities, grades, and prices ofcaviar to be
sold:

Caviar Type | US$ Per The sale of about $497,580 in assorted grades
and Grade of caviar is thus foreseen by the agreement, states
Beluga, 1st 9.07 an October 5, 1956, despatch from the United States
Ossatrina, 1st 8.16 Embassy in Tehran. The500 metric tons of stur-
Ossatrina, 2nd 4. 08 geon are valued at about $168,000, while the third
Sevruga, 1st 5 7B category of about 700 metric tons of miscellaneous
2
2
1

Metric
Tons

Sevruga, 2nd . 86 Caspian Sea fish may come to about $131,000. These
Pressed, 1st 5 oul prices include delivery from the Iranian port of
Pressed, 2nd . 96 Bandar Pahlevi on the Caspian to the Soviet port of

Baku. If sufficient Iranian Shipping is not available,
the U.S. S. R. is obligated under the agreement to furnish the necessary transporta-
tion for what was described by the managing director of the National Iranian Fish-
eries Company as a ''very small" fee. It is moreover anticipated that the U.S.S. R.
will have to furnish most of the transportation this year.

POMOC Or Tw

60 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

During the life of the contract for 1955/56, the U.S.S.R. took the entire amount
allocated in the agreement. The same is expected this year, with the possibility,
according to a fisheries official, that more than the allotted 700 metric tons of mis-

cellaneous fish will be taken.

This fisheries agreement is made within the frame of the Iran-U.S,S. R. barter
agreement, signed September 5, 1956, for the period April 1, 1956-March 31, 1957.
The maximum export quota for Iranian fish and fish products under the barter agree-
ment is 65,000,000 rials (about US$855,000). The quota amount the previous year
was 60,000,000 rials (US$789,000). Fishing equipment from the U.S.S.R. will partly
offset the value of Iranian fisheries products. The maximum quota set for Soviet
fishing equipment and nets under the barter agreement is 15, 000,000 rials or about
US$144,000, the same as last year. It is believed that the equipment will include,
in addition to nets, fishing boat gear, fish processing chemicals, and tins for fish
canning.

KK Kk

SOVIET- JAPANESE PEACE AGREEMENT ACTIVATES FISHING TREATY:

to end 11 years of a state of war between them. While the agreement was not a
formal treaty of peace, it was a resumption of diplomatic relations and settled most
of the problems that had existed between the two countries since World War II with
the exception of territorial problems.

One result of this action was to make effective the Japanese- Russian treaty of
May 14, 1956, regarding fishing in the Northwest Pacific. Essentially, the May 14
treaty establishes a joint Russian- Japanese commission to review operation of the
pack, set annual catch limits, and recommend measures to conserve and increase
the marine resources of the contested area.

Included in the texts of of the Joint Declaration by Japan and the Union of Soviet
Socialist Republics included these paragraphs regarding fisheries:

8. The Convention between Japan and the Union of Soviet Soci-
alist Republics concerning the Fisheries in the High Seas of the North-
west Pacific Ocean and the Agreement between Japan and the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics concerning Cooperation for the Rescue of
Persons in Distress at Sea, which were signed in Moscow on May 14,
1956, shall become effective simultaneously with the entry into force
of the present Declaration.

Japan and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics shall in a spirit
of cooperation take measures for the conservation and development of
fishery resources as well as for the regulation and restriction of fish-
ing in the high seas, taking into consideration the interests of Japan
and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics with regard to the conser-
vee and rational utilization of the fish and other living resources of
the sea.

WHALING

EXPEDITIONS FOR 1956/57: During the 1956/57 Antartic whaling season, 20
expeditions will participate as compared with the 19 that took part in the 1955/56
season. The additional expedition will be from Japan, making a total of five from
that nation. Norway will have 9 expeditions and the balance will come from England,
South Africa, Russia, and the Netherlands.

The 20 factory whaling ships and three shore stations will use 35 fewer catcher
boats, 243 as compared with 278 in 1955/56. This is in accord with the agreement

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 61

made by the whaling companies at the suggestion of the Norwegians in an effort to
reduce costs (The Fishing News, October 12, 1956).

This seasonthe catch is to be limitedto 14, 500 blue- whale units--one blue whale
(the largest species, growing up to 100 feet long) equals two fin (the next largest) or
25 humpback, or six sei. Last season the limit was 15,000 units.

There are many other restrictions, of which the main two are:

The season aS a whuie lasts only from January 7 to April 7, andis endedearlier
if the catch limit is reached before the closing date. There is no extension if the
limit is not reached. Blue whales can only be killed from February 1, and only four
days are allowed for humpbacks.

Blue whales must not be killed under 70 feet long, fin whales 55 feet, seiwhales
40 feet, and humpback 35 feet.

*% KK KK

JOINT JAPANESE-CHILEAN WHALING VENTURE PLANNED: A joint whaling
rated Chilean firm. Under the plan the proposed company will have a capital of
US$1.2 million, which will be shared equally by the participating companies. The
Japanese will provide two whaling catcher boats with crews of forty men. They also
will furnish 16 technicians to operate the proposed plant which will be located at
Coronel Bay, near Concepcion, in Chile.

The Japanese Ministry of Foreign Affairs had earlier opposed the agreement on
the grounds that the firm would not be subject to the provisions and restrictions on
whaling imposed by the International Whaling Commission since it will be organized
under Chilean Law. Chile is not a member, but Japan is a member of the Commis-
sion and is bound to abide by its rules. The Ministry withdrewits objections recent-
ly on receipt of assurance from the Japanese and Chilean firms thatthe new company
will observe the International Whaling Commission's regulations. Officials of the
Japanese firm in Tokyo have stated that with the withdrawal of the Ministry of For-
eign Affairs objections the agreement will be approved by the Japanese Government.
They also state that Chilean Government approval of the arrangement is imminent,
states an October 12, 1956, dispatch from the United States Embassy in Tokyo.

The Japanese fishing industry attaches considerable importance to this venture
since it is the largest of its kind ever attempted by a Japanese fishing firm and the
industry hopes that it will set a pattern for such arrangements in other countries
which would relieve the pressures on Japanese coastal fishing and whaling.

Argentine Republic

CANNED SARDINE MARKET: Argentine produces an ''Argentine sardine" from
a local catch of anchovitas (Clupea or Engraulis encrasicholus). In 1955, there were
landings of 336,419 boxes (averaging 40 kilograms or 88 pounds each in weight) of
fresh anchovita. Of this quantity, 190,271 boxes went to the sardine canneries.

The leading canner calculates 1955 output of canned Argentine sardines at ap-
proximately 500,000 cases--100 cans to a case for cans of 115-170 grams (4-6 oz. );
50 cans to a case for cans of 220 grams (about 8 oz.) and up. The bulk is packed
in vegetable oil and a few in olive oil, and tomato sauce.

62 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

Domestic production of canned Argentine sardines adequately covers local re-
quirements and can readily be increased, an October 22 dispatch from the United
States Embassy at Buenos Aires states. From the 1955 production, industry car-
ried over a stock of 10 percent ormore. The long-range consumption trend is up-
ward, but at the moment sales have declined because of relative higher price in-
creases for canned goods since the October 1955 devaluation.

Table 1 - Argentine Packers’ Prices for Canned Sardines to Retail Distributors,
October 15, 1956

Vegetable Oil Olive Oil

115-120 grams (4-5 oz.)
170-180 grams (6-7 oz.)
220 grams (about 8 oz. )

For wholesalers, the packer grants a discount varying from 10 to 15 percent.

Imports of canned sardines are not authorized by Argentina.

Australia

PEARL SHELL BEDS TO BE SURVEYED: The Australian Minister for Pri-
mary Industry announced that it has become necessary to establish the condition of
the pearl-shell beds located off Northern Australia after years of pearling opera-
tions by Australian and Japanese fleets. The results of the survey will provide a
guide to future pearling activities. The survey will be carried out by the Common-
wealth Fisheries Division of the Department of Primary Industry in collaboration
with the Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization, and is ex-
pected to take about six months.

The Japanese pearling and fishing operations carried out off Australia have
long been a most controversial subject in Australia and annual agreements regulate
the areas to be fished and the amounts of pearl to be taken by the Japanese. Aus-
tralia claims the right to control pearl fishing in the relatively shallow waters of
the continental shelf located off the northern coast. This claim is the subject ofan
Australian- Japanese dispute which may be brought before the International Court —

of Justice, states an October 22, 1956, dispatch from the United States Embassy in
Canberra.

% OK OK ok &

SCALLOP RESOURCE FOUND OFF QUEENSLAND: Scallops have been found

in great numbers along some parts of the Queensland coast of Australia, reports
the Australian Department of the Interior.

The Queensland scallop is similar-in size and appearance to the Japanese vari-
ety. The upper shell is a dark golden color and the lower is pale like the color of

a Pe moon. For that reason it is sometimes referred to as the ''sun and moon"
ish.

Until recently, the only commercially-established scallop beds have been in
the coastal waters of the State of Tasmania, although these shellfish were known to

exist around the southern Australian coastline from New South Wales to Western
Australia.

But in 1954, shoals of scallops were discovered in Que i
» ensland, A fisherman
trawling for shrimp brought to light quantities of scallops in Platypus Bay, near

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 63

Bundaberg. The following year another fisherman operating with an echo-sounder
found appreciable quantities of scallops in Hervey Bay and picked up two tons in 10
minutes.

Since then a Hervey Bay trawling company apart from helping to supply Queens-
land shrimp to newly-established markets in the United States, New Zealand, and
the United Kingdom, has concentrated on exploring the possibilities of establishing
a market for Queensland scallops both locally and overseas.

The Queensland Scallop, which averages six inches in diameter, is much
larger than its Tasmanian cousin. The first experimental trawling undertaken by
the Hervey Bay company in April 1956 resulted in a catch of 20 tons (in the shell)
of scallops in six trips. Since then the scallop fishing has been intensified to in-
crease the supply of scallops for an expanding local market.

And now that the first order for 7,200 pounds from the United States has been
followed by a second of 37,100 pounds, it seems inevitable that scallops will take
their place beside shrimp as Queensland's newest export industry.

Scallops are caught by draggers in much the same way as shrimp. Their nat-
ural enemy is the starfish and with every net full of scallops hauled aboard the
trawler there is invariably a large following of starfish. .

The scallop meats are packed in transparent plastic bags, packaged in attrac-
tive cartons, and deep-frozen ready for delivery to home and overseas markets.

From the point of view of the fishermen who man the 80-odd trawlers opera-
ting from Bundaberg, the scallop promises to bring stabilization to the fishing in-
dustry for unlike shrimp which disappear from about October until May, scallops
are found all year round. is
TT

Bahama Islands
SPONGE BEDS TO BE OPENED APRIL-JUNE 1957: The Agricultural and

open the sponge beds in the Bahamas from April 1 to June 30, 1957. The Board
was reported to be looking for a large shed near the harbor of Nassau which can
be used as a market, states an October 5 dispatch from the United States Consul

in Nassau.

Belgium

CANNED SARDINE MARKET: The domestic pack of canned sardines or sprats
(4 packing firms) or pilchards in Belgium during 1955 is estimated at 162.1 metric
_tons aS compared with 71.6 tons in 1954, according to a United States Embassy dis-
patch (September 26) from Brussels. In 1953 the pack totaled 50.5 tons and in1952
amounted to 90.6 tons. Only 5 percent of the domestic production, which is pro-
duced by four canners of medium importance, is consumed locally. There is no
production of canned "true sardines" in Belgium.

Foreign trade statistics (which cover the Belgium- Luxembourg Economic Union
(BLEU) indicate that 5,936 tons of canned sardines aid pilchards were imported in
1955, with the majority from Portugal (3,411 tons) and Japan (1,214 tons). Imports
from the United States consisted of 927 tons of pilchards or California sardines.

64 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

Belgium consumption of canned sardines and pilchards appears to be increasing
slowly andirregularly. The middle and low income groups are the chief consumers.

Table 1 - Belgium-Luxembourg Economic Union (BLEU) Estimated Consumption
of Canned Sardines and Pilehards, 1952-55
Estimated Consumption

from Domestic Production

Estimated Total

eececece eee eo see ee oe ee oe eK IWVLOCLLIC LOTS]. 2 eo ee we we ew wo we ew we wo ew ww

About 50 percent of the consumers buy the 4#-oz. oblongs, 30 percent the 3-oz.
oblongs, 15 percent the 5-oz. flats, and 5 percent the 8-oz. and 16-oz. tall cans.
Seventy-five percent of the consumers
prefer sardines packed in olive oil; 20
percent, vegetable oil; and 5 percent, to-
mato sauce. Other packing mediums
such as mustard sauce and brine are not
consumed in Belgium.

Table 2 - Source of Canned Sardine
and Pilchard Imports by the
Belgium- Luxembourg
Economic Union, 1955

Country of Origin Quantity

(Metric Tons)

Portusallerracricr. The retail market price of the 42-0z. ob-
Japaneses tf: long can of sardines, packed in olive oil,
United States—’.. 927 ranges from 8.50-8.80 francs (17-18 U.S.
Yugoslavia..... 228 cents) a can; invegetable oil, 8.00-8.30 francs
Netherlands .... (16-17 cents); andintomatosauce, 9.30 francs

ieaeeemabe he (19cents). These are current retail prices for
odd0000b6 the most popular size; prices for other sizes
are reported to be proportionate.

According to a well-established local firm which imports large quantities of
canned fish from the United States, there is little likelihood that the Belgian market
for United States "true sardines" can be developed, because sardines imported
from the United States do not suit Belgian tastes. On the other hand, a market does
exist for pilchards imported from the United States.

Sardines are generally imported by regular canned fish importers and sold to
wholesalers who in turn distribute the goods to retailers.

as.

Brazil
FOREIGN FISHING VESSELS UNDER CONTRACT TO FISH IN BRAZILIAN

WATERS: The Brazilian Government has authorized 30 Spanish, Italian, and Japa-
nese fishing vessels to operate in Brazilian waters on acontract basis, according to

the October 27, 1956, issue of (Canada) Foreign Trade.

The licensing of these foreign fishing vessels was made to meet the increased
demands for fish. The Brazilian Ministries of Navy and Agriculture will organize
the fishing industry and grant subcontracts to private firms. One of the requirements
is that each crew must include a marine biologist. The plan provides for foreign

crews at first, but it is intended that Brazilians will gradually replace the foreign
crewmen.

a a

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 65

JAPANESE FISHING VESSEL SUPPLIES TUNA TO CITY OF RECIFE: In Au-
gust-September 1956 the Japanese fishing vessel Kaiko Maru was Supplying the Bra-
zilian city of Recife with tuna steaks at the relatively low price of about 20 U. S.
cents a pound, thus alleviating one of Recife's chronic food problems. The vessel,
with the most modern equipment and a capacity of about 150 tons, belongs to a Jap<
anese fishing company, and was authorized by the Brazilian Government to fish a-
long the northeast coast of Brazil and sell its catch to Recife and other cities.

Despite being a coastal city, Recife is faced with the chronic problem of se-
curing enough fish to supply its population of nearly 750,000. A relatively small
supply of fish is provided daily by the fishermen of the raftlike''jangadas"'; these
catches are sold on the beaches in the evening when the fishermen return from all
day at sea; and although this source is grossly inadequate for a city as large as Re-
cife, it is the only constant supply of fish. Consequently, for Recife fish is a rela-
tively high-priced food. During Lent 1956, special action was taken by the Mayor
to charter a fishing boat to assure a plentiful supply of fish for the religious holi-
days. Besides having access tono regularly scheduled fishing boats, Recife's refriger-
ation facilities are extremely limited, sothat fish must be sold quickly before they spoil.

In August 1956 the Kaiko Maru began to make marine studies and soundings of
the Northeast Coast to determine the existence of fish in northeastern watgrs and
the possibilities of exporting it from Recife. The Kaiko Maru was successful on its
first fishing venture and came to the Port of Recife on August 8 with a full load of
fine tuna. Through the intercession of the Governor, a provisory license was se-
cured from the Federal Government for the Kaiko Maru to sell its product in Recife.
Frozen boneless tuna steaks were sold to distributors for Cr$23 per kilo (16 U. S.
cents a pound), well under the market price, which were resold to the public at
Cr$30 a kilo (20 U. S. cents a pound). Another 150 tons were likewise quickly dis-
posed of four weeks later.

On September 25, shortly before the Kaiko Maru was scheduled to deliver its
third load of tuna to Recife, the National Ministry of Marine in Rio de Janeirosent
a telegram to the Captain of the Port of Recife, advising that the Japanese ship was
authorized only to continue its studies of the Northeast Coast, to enter and leave
the Port of Recife, but not to engage in commercial transactions.

When news of the telegram reached the press and the general public on Septem-
[dere] A arse ae exploded like a veritable bomb in the midst of the people'' (Diario
de Pernambuco, September 27). All papers carried the story. Public indignation
was aroused to such a pitch that the matter even came to the attention of the State
Assembly and the Governor. With so much public pressure generated against the
cancellation order, including many telegrams of protest sent to Rio, the order was
revoked two days later, according to an October 11 report from the United States

Consul in Recife.

Canada
BRITISH COLUMBIA HERRING FISHERY OUTLOOK FOR 1956/57: British Co-

lumbia's 1956/57 herring fishery is not expected to produce a total catch on a par
with the record 250,000 metric tons taken in coastal waters the previous year.
Catch predictions, made at the Fisheries Research Board station at Nanaimo, in-

dicate a decrease in abundance in many areas which, last year, were high producers.

In a forecast, basedonthe size ofcatches, availability and spawning escapement
in 1955/56 andon expectedrecruitment in 1956/57, the station states what might be -”
reasonably anticipated in the forthcoming herring fishing season. :

66 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

Lower east coast subdistrict, recognized as the main producing area of the
coast, is expected to yield its normal quota of 40,000 tons although there are in-
dications that abundance here may be slightly lower than in 1955, the September
1956 Trade News of the Canadian Department of Fisheries states.

In the Burnaby Narrows area of the Queen Charlotte Islands, where heavy fish-
ing took place in the winter half of the herring fishing season, a decrease in the
level of abundance is expected, and the catch is not likely to be as good as last sea~
son.

Some improvement is expected in the northern subdistrict, although it is thought
unlikely that the quota will be exceeded. In the central subdistrict a catch of less
than the 40,000-ton quota is predicted, unless the 1954 year-class proves to be of
greater abundance than estimated.

Regular winter fishing in the upper east coast subdistrict may also be below
average unless a large proportion of summer herring from Queen Charlotte Sound
are of upper east coast origin.

Some decrease in abundance is anticipated in the middle east coast subdistrict,
but the area still is expected to yield double the amount of its normal 10,000-ton
quota.

Herring fishing off the lower west coast of Vancouver Island will be much the
same as last season. In the Barkley Sound area a catch at least as good as last
year is forecast. Little improvement can be expected from the Clayoquot area.

Improved fishing and fair catches may feature herring operations in the Esper-
anza~-Nootka area, provided fish move inshore before the close of the season. In
the balance of the area northwards it is predicted that results will remain below
average.

* kK &

FISH INSPECTION ACT REVISED: Canadian importations of fish and shellfish
other than canned need no longer be accompanied by an affidavit, according to the
revised Fish Inspection Act regulations. Such importations, however, are still
subject to inspection by an inspection officer of the Department of Fisheries, states
a November 6, 1956, dispatch from the United States Embassy in Ottawa. i

Entry may be permitted of shipments of fish and shellfish other than canned,
and any duty applicable is to be collected. However, the fish inspection officer
will be responsible for authorizing release and delivery of the shipments, or their
detention if necessary.

The Customs Division of Canada's Department of National Revenue, in Mem-
orandum Series D No. 135, dated October 30, 1956, published revisions in the Fish

Inspection Act and the places throughout Canada where fish inspection offices are
located.

% OK kk

oo — ——— ——— Oe ii

predicted by scientists of the Canadian Fisheries Research Board during a con~
ference of fishery scientists at St. Andrew, New Brunswick. A long range fore-
cast of decreasing water temperatures for the Northwest Atlantic Ocean was made
by Dr. Hugh McLellan, an oceanographer, who also said that with the downward

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 67

trend in water temperatures in future years a decrease in haddock landings rela-
tive to cod landings might be expected.

Dr. W. R. Martin, of the biological station at St. Andrews, said with the dis-
appearance of the cod fisheries from Greenland's west coast there would be an as-
sociated increase in fishing intensity on the fishing banks off Nova Scotia and New-
foundland (The Fishing News, October 5, 1956).

of Ecuador announced that loans will be made available to shrimp companies through
branches established in coastal provinces. The bank pointed out the growing im-
portance of shrimp exports as a source of dollars, states an October 11 dispatch
from the United States Embassy in Quito.

Some observers have commented that official circles seem more favorable to
the shrimp industry than they were previously. However, the announcement of the
Bank's desire to assist the shrimp industry may mean little in practice as the
Bank's funds are limited and demands for loans are greater than the Bank can meet.

El Salvador

FISHING COMPANY'S LICENSE SUSPENDED: One of the few concerns fish-
ing Salvadoran waters under the 1955 Fisheries Development Law had its license
suspended by the El Salvador Ministry of Economy, which reasoned that: (1) said
law provides that firms granted licenses should give preference to the internal
market in selling their catch and (2) it has (allegedly) been established that the
firm has limited its activities to catching shrimp for export, while disregarding
other species for internal consumption.

This suspension is to remain in effect until the firm establishes or guarantees
that it has set up an adequate distribution and sales system to supply internal con-
sumption needs with corroboration as to the quantities distributed daily for this
purpose. This is the first such disciplinary measure taken to enforce a provision
of the fishing law, states a September 24 dispatch from the United States Embassy
in San Salvador.

kK Ok OK

REGULATIONS IMPLEMENTING FISHERIES DEVELOPMENT LAW PUBLISHED:
Regulations implementing the Fisheries Development Law of October 25, 1955, to
govern fishing in the waters of San Salvador for commercial, sport, and domestic
consumption, and the issuance of licenses were promulgated by Executive Decree
No. 77 issued by the San Salvador Ministries of Economy, Agriculture, Finance,
and Defense on September 10, 1956. (United States Embassy dispatch dated Octo-

ber 3, 1956.)

68 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol Lor Nopgel2

French Cameroons

CANNED SARDINE MARKET: Witha population one-third less, sardine con-
sumption in the Cameroons is twice that of French Equatorial Africa. It is probable
that 75 percent of the total consumption in the Cameroons is by Africans.

Table 1 - French Cameroons' Imports of Canned Sardines by Principal Countries of Origin, 1955

Spanish
Gunes

1,766.5

.4 174.9

Ee sO eee cee

Imports of canned sardines totaled 1,766.5 metric tons (valued at US$999,100)
in 1955, with the bulk of the imports supplied by French Morocco.

French Equatorial Africa

CANNED SARDINE MARKET: Imports, the only source of canned sardines in
French Equatorial Africa, amounted to 734.0 metric tons (valued at US$406,118) in
1955 as compared with 872.1 tons (valued at US$451,336) in 1954.

Table 1 - French Equatorial Africa's Imports of Canned Sardines
by Principal Countries of Origin, 1954-55

Country
of Origin
Metric
Tons

Cameroons

French Morocco.
Great Britain .

fan
SOP ONO
FPOROrRPrPH OOF

Note; Values converted to US$ equivalent at rate of 175 C.F.A. francs= US$1.

Consumption of Portuguese sardines increased in 1955 at the expense of French
Moroccan sardines. The most popular sizes of canned sardines are the 3i- to5-oz.
flat cans. Sixty percent of the consumers prefer sardines packed in olive oil; and
40 percent, vegetable oil.

In 1955 Europeans in French Equatorial Africa accounted for 60 percent of the
sardine consumption. Of European consumption, 40 percent was French sardines,
50 percent Portuguese sardines, and 10 percent French Moroccan sardines. Con-
sumption of sardines by Africans fell in 1955 to about 40 percent of the total con-

sumption. About 75 percent of the sardines bought by Africans came from French
Morocco and 25 percent from Portugal.

The retail prices of the 34-to5-oz. cans of sardines packed in olive oil range
from 26-40 U. S. cents; and in vegetable oil, 11-14 U. S. cents a can.

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 69

Imports of any articles from the United States, except urgently needed indus-
trial goods for which there is no French equivalent, are curtailed by stringent ex-
change controls. This would appear to be true in the case of sardines, in which a
foodstuff partially supplied by France is concerned, states a September 5 dispatch
from the United States Consulate General at Leopoldville.

=)
af te

French West Africa

TUNA CATCH QUOTA FOR SECOND SEASON: The Tuna Committee which
met recently (World Fishing, October 1956) to make a catch quota for the recently-
developd (started December 1955) tuna fishery off the coast of French West Africa
ran into difficulties.

Because of the limited freezing and processing equipment in the French Afri-
can possessions, the catch was to be fixed at 5,000 metric tons, but it was announced
that two freezing ships were coming into operation and that their catch was sold in
advance. It was therefore decided to increase the catch in African waters from
5,000 to 6,000 tons. It was also decided that the catch of the St. Jean de Luz fleet
should remain at 3,000 tons, that of the Breton fleet should be increased#from 2,000
to 3,000 tons, and that local committees should decide how this figure should be di-
vided between landing ports. Prices were fixed at about 13.0 U. S. cents a pound
for whole fish, about 14.9 U. S. cents for drawn and bled fish, and about 16.3 U.S.
cents when dressed. The Breton fleet's catch is to be delivered to Dakar at these

rices.
Note: See Commercial Fisheries Review, February 1956, p. 44.

fis

Iceland

ICED-FISH TRADE DISCOURAGED IN FAVOR OF DELIVERIES TO FREEZING
PLANTS: One significant recent trend in Iceland's official fisheries policy is lack
of interest on the part of the Government in resuming the iced-fresh fish trade with
Western Europe. Both the Government and the freezing plants feel that resumption
of this fresh fish trade will disrupt commitments for large quantities of frozen fil-
lets and other fishery products for the Soviet Bloc. The trawler owners' association
on the other hand claims that the pending settlement of the United Kingdom ban on
direct landings of fresh fish will be to their advantage pricewise.

The difference of opinion between the trawlermen and the Government was
settled by an agreement which raised the ex-vessel price of cod from Ikr. 0.85 to
Ikr. 1.00 a kilo (from 2.4 to 2.8 U. S. cents a pound), ocean perch from Ikr. 0.75
to 0.90 a kilo (from 2.i to 2.5 U. S. cents a pound), and the prices for other vari-
eties were increased correspondingly. There also was to be a corresponding in-
crease in the price of salt fish. This agreement was subject to the stipulation that
Icelandic trawlers would land at least two-thirds of their catches for domestic
processing. The Union of Icelandic Steam Trawler Owners agreed to this condition.

SCO aes aes oe

construction of the trawlers and US$922,500 for the smaller vessels. Loans would
be made to the builders of the trawlers for 85-90 percent of the cost and up to 80
percent on the cost of the smaller boats. The Government has ordered that the new

70 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

vessels if and when built be distributed with a view to achieving a greater balance
of the population throughout the country.

Japan

FISHERY RESEARCH SHIP DEPARTS FOR BRAZIL: The fishery research
ship Toko Maru (1,100 tons) left Japan for Brazilian coastal waters on October 20
to assist the Brazilian Government in the development of its marine resources.

The expedition will be led by five Japanese fisheries experts headed by Dr.
Koji Nakamura, head of the Fisheries Agency's South Seas Marine Institute. A
staff of scientists includes faculty members of Mie and Kochi Universities. They
will employ a great deal of new equipment for fishing and processing, and the col-
lecting of oceanographic and biological data.

This is the latest in the series of cooperative endeavors undertaken between
the two countries in varied fields such as culture, commerce, emigration, and
fishing.

While Food and Agriculture Organization statistics show that Brazil's catch is
the largest in Latin America, experts feel that favorable natural conditions make
much larger catches possible. They point out that the coastal waters include the
mouth of the Amazon where the intermingling of fresh and salt water provides rich
nutritive compounds; the Brazilian warm current which abounds in migrating schools
of fish; and the extensive South Brazilian sea shelf where the Brazilian warm cur-
rent and the Falkland cold current meet.

Scientific development of these fishing grounds can bring the people of Brazil a
larger supply of protein and contribute greatly to the Brazilian economy.

The charting and collection of scientific data in the area will run from mid-
December 1956 until late April 1957.

The research will cover classification, species composition, and size range of
fish and plankton, and the temperature, color, transparency, salinity, and chemical
components of the waters.

%* OK OOK Ok Ok

NORTH PACIFIC FACTORYSHIP KING CRAB MEAT PACK THROUGH AU-
GUST 1956: The pack of king crab meat by the Japanese factoryships operating in
the Sea of Okhotsk and the Bering Sea during August totaled 108,000 cases (48 4-
lb. cans) to bring the total for the season to 377,000 cases. By the end of August
the factoryship operating in the eastern area of the Bering Sea and two of the four
fleets fishing in the Sea of Okhotsk had finished for the season.

The pack by area through August 31 was as follows: Eastern area of the Ber-
ing Sea, 57,000 cases; western area of Bering Sea, 40,000 cases; Okhotsk Sea,
280,000 cases. The total pack by three factoryship fleets in 1955 was 208,850
cases (Monthly Statistics of Japanese Fisheries, September 1956).

3K OK OK Ok ok

RESEARCH SHIP TC SURVEY WESTERN ATLANTIC FISHERIES: The Kana-
gawa Prefecture's high-seas fisheries guidance ship Sagami Maru (770 tons) left

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 71

Yokohama on September 12, 1956, to survey the fishing grounds in the Western At-
lantic and in other areas.

Because of the fact that at present one-half of the price of Indian Ocean tuna
represents transportation costs, these new fishing ground surveys will be parallel-
ed by market surveys in various parts of western Europe, looking to direct export
from the fishing ground to consuming markets as the most advantageous method
of operation.

The vessel will sail through the Indian Ocean, the Red Sea, and the Mediter-
ranean, thence to the Atlantic off Cuba and Brazil in South America. Tuna fishing
will be done in all of these areas, fish will be landed at various places on the coasts,
and the market situation will be studied. The vessel will return by the same route.

The cruise is expected to take 358 days, and the catch goal is 1,280 tons of
yellowfin, big-eyed, and albacore tuna (Nippon Suisan Shimbun, September 10, 1956,
a Japanese trade publication). This survey is a part of a planned program to allevi-
ate the pressure on Japanese coastal fisheries and to improve the economic posi-
tion of Japanese fisheries.

* Ok KOK OK
.

RESEARCH SHIP PARTICIPATES IN TUNA-TAGGING PROGRAM: The Mie
Prefecture fisheries guidance ship Jini Maru (196 tons) tagged 270 albacore tuna
during two cruises in June 1956 to the albacore grounds about 200 miles off Cape
Nojima in Chiba Prefecture. The cruises were made as part of a joint Japanese-
United States tagging experiment to study the migrations and growth of albacore
tuna. Data on which to base future efforts for this type of study were also acquired
(Nippon Suisan Shimbun, September 7, 1956).

% OR OK OK OK

crew of 33 to fish for tuna in the Atlantic Ocean. The vessel will make Genoa, Italy,
its port of landing.

This venture has attracted considerable interest in Japanese fishing industry
circles.

The reasons behind the plan for this ship to go to the Atlantic are: (1) most of
the operations of tuna fishing boats at present are planned to catch fish for the U-
nited States market, but because the fishing grounds of the Indian Ocean and the
South Pacific require long voyages averaging about 3 months, the fish are brought
back in poor condition and prices are low, and (2) as much as 6 months to a year
passes from the time the fish is caught until it is exported.

Under the Koun Maru's operating plan, with a base at Genoa, Italy, the time
from capture of the tuna to its landing will average about one month. The ship
will fish in the Indian Ocean en route and the plan is to deliver about 300 tons of
tuna at Genoa and then fish in the Atlantic. Around mid-May 1957, the vessel will
return to Japan with a cargo of Italian rice representing the value of the tuna landed
in Italy.

APAMER COVIDEONS

72 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

Mexico

WEST COAST SHRIMP FISHERY FOR 1955/56 PROFITABLE: The shrimp sea-
son on the west coast of Mexico, which began on September 1, 1955, and terminated
on August 31, 1956, is reported to have been the best that the industry has experi-
enced for a great many years. Exports were high and the boats fishing in coastal
waters averaged approximately 50 tons each. Bay production was also very high.
At the request of the industry itself the Mexican Government changed the closed
season from the summer months to a 60-day period from March 15 to May 15. This
conservation measure proved successful, and production in the months following
was very good in both quantity and quality.

The market for Mexican west coast shrimp in the United States was excellent
all season, due in part to lighter catches by United States vessels operating in the
Gulf of Mexico, points out an October 5, 1956, report from the United States Consul
in Nogales.

As a result of the excellent season, shrimp-boat and plant owners were able to
liquidate financial obligations that had accumulated during the past bad seasons.
Plans for expanding and modernizing both plants and fleets are now under way. The
shipyards at Mazatlan and Guaymas have under construction or under contract to
construct some 40 additional vessels, which will bring the entire shrimp fleet up to
about 450 vessels. All equipment for the vessels and shore plants are reportedly
being made in the United States.

The trend in the shrimp packing plants is to mechanize the processing of shrimp,
partly to solve the problem of labor shortage during peak production and also to im-
prove the packing and packaging of their products to meet consumer demands in the
United States.

The policy of the Mexican Government towards the shrimp industry during the
past season has been, in general, liberal and cooperative. In August there was an
increase in the rate of the export duty amounting to about 40 pesos (US$3.20) a ton.
The increase was expected, but it turned out to be much smaller than anticipated,

OK KK

SHRIMP FISHERY TRENDS, OCTOBER 1956: The October 1956 catch of shrimp
on the west coast of Mexico was reported to be off from the high level of 1955. The
catches were good, but below those of October 1955 when an unusually good run of
brown shrimp appeared. The brown shrimp have not shown up in the catches to
date, states a November 6 dispatch from the United States Embassy in Mexico City.

The shrimp catch on the east coast of Mexico this October was reported to be
about the same as for October 1955 due to the increased number of shrimp vessels
operating, but the catch per boat was down.

The Mexican shrimp fleet is increasing and it is estimated that 50 vessels are
now under construction. The shrimp market remained firm and higher prices pre-
vailed this October than in the same month of 1955.

% KK Ok
_MERIDA SHRIMP FISHERY TRENDS, JULY-SEPTEMBER 1956: Exports of
shrimp from the Mexican province of Merida during the third quarter of 1956 to-

taled close to 4.7 million pounds, all shipped to the United States.

Average wholesale prices at Brownsville for the Merida 15-20 count headless
brown shrimp were reported as 85 cents in July, 80 cents in August, and 75 cents

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 73

in September. The decline in prices was seasonal and market conditions were con-
sidered to be good, both for the present and the future.

The buying on credit of boats and gear continues in the Merida shrimp industry.
With prospects of increased export taxes and assessments for civic improvements,
a serious decline in the market for shrimp could be harmful to the industry, points
out an October 19, 1956, dispatch from the United States consul in Merida.

OK OK OK

SOME FISHERY PRODUCTS ADDED TO IMPORT DUTY LIST: Various pre-
served fishery products were added to the list of items subject to import duty in
the Mexican free zone of Baja California and the partial free zone of the State of
Sonora, effective September 8, 1956 (see table).

Table 1 - Preserved Fishery Products Subject to Import Duty in the Mexican
Free Zone of Baja California and the Partial Free Zone of the State of Sonora
Mexican Tariff
Bpcduct Classification pecific + Ad Valorem

Pesos
Per Kilo Percent

mhunasepreserved <0. 6 =. a.) os 043.00.02 2 50
Mackerel, preserved 043.00.06 2 50
Sardines, preserved, weighing with

immediate container up to 5 kilos

(about 11 lbs. ), providing container

is labeled to indicate contents. . . 043.00.09
Crustaceans and molluscs, pre-

served, not specified 043.00.98

Note: 2 Mexican pesos equivalent to about US$0.16.

KOK OK OK OK

TUNA CANNING PLANT AT CAPE SAN LUCAS HAS GOOD SEASON: The tuna
completed a successful season in August 1956. The plant reportedly paid out about
US$400,000 to fishermen and laborers during the packing season. Most of the fish
purchased by the cannery was caught by United States fishing vessels operating in
the Cape San Lucas area.

The management of the tuna canning plant plans on enlarging the capacity of the
plant to handle 25 tons of tuna daily. The expanded packing facilities will provide
employment for about 300 local workers, states an October 1 dispatch from the U-
nited States Consulate in Tijuana.

Norway
FACTORYSHIP FISHES FOR SAND LAUNCE: The Norwegian factory trawler

Havkvern had excellent luck in fishing for sand eels or launce (Ammodytes) which
it found in tremendous quantities in the Silver Pit southwest of Dogger Bank in the
North Sea, according to reports in Fiskaren (October 3 & 10, 1956), a Norwegian
fisheries periodical. Although the Danes have taken sand eels in this area in vol-
ume for some years, the Havkvern's trips to the area represent the first Norwegian
participation in the fishery. The ship is equipped with a reduction plant and norm-
ally fishes for herring.

74 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

The sand eel season runs from
April through July. During this
period the Havkvern caught 1,860
metric tons. The sand eels were
taken in 10 to 20 fathoms of water
and were present in such quantities
Cx 3 that trawlers of medium size had
Wi See average catches of 23-28 tons daily.
Puropeen Sand aunce (Gtorsil ia Norway) 1; he BSUa) RODS a a

; . cellent gear for taking the fis
(Ammodyies tobianus) which are from 15 to 30 centimeters
(6-12 inches) long. Sand eels are used only for the production of fish meal and oil.

kk Kk

CANNED BRISLING PACK MUCH LOWER FOR 1956: Norway's 1956 pack of
brisling sardines was reported by the Norwegian Information Service inits October
25 News of Norway to be only 160,000 cases valued at about US$2.8 million. The
pack in a normal year is close,to 500,000 cases, worth about US$8.4 million. The
pack as of July 1956 was only 103,000 cases.

1K OOK OK OK

TERRAMYCIN TESTED ON WHALE MEAT: Two Norwegian whaling companies,
in cooperation with a New York Pharmaceutical firm, have for some time been test-
ing the effectiveness of terramycin in slowing the decay of whale meat. According
to the Norwegian Journal of Commerce and Shipping, the initial experiments seem
promising. Whale meat treated with the antibiotic drug has shown no sign of decay
as late as 48 hours after the whale was caught in the Norwegian Sea and brought to
the shore station in Norway.

The usual test procedure is to use drug-injecting harpoons. Loading the har-
poon tip with terramycin is intended to facilitate the distribution of the bacteria-
killing drug throughout the tissues. However, extensive testing will be required to
determine just how long this method will delay intestinal decay, which otherwise
sets in immediately. Further experiments will therefore be made in the Antarctic
(News of Norway, October 25, 1956).

Panama

NEW VESSELS BEING BUILT: Two small live-bait boats are being built by the
largest fisheries cooperative in Panama for use in fishing for corvina (Cynoscion
stlomanni) and red snapper (3 species--Lutjanus guttatus, L. Cysnopterus, and
Hoplopagrus guntheri), accordingto a letter received from the President of the Co-
operative. These same boats will experiment with commercial trap fishing for

spiny lobsters which are reported abundant off both coasts of Panama.

FILLET EXPORTS: The Cooperative has been exporting to the United States
frozen skinless fillets packed in one-pound packages. Corvina fillets are being ex-
ported at the rate of 8,000 pounds a month; flounder fillets at the rate of 6,000 pounds
a month. Also, some exports of catfish fillets have been made

OK kk

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 75

SHRIMP COOPERATIVE BUILDS STEEL TRAWLER: The first steel shrimp
trawler (a 45-ton boat built by a foundry in Colon) to be built in Panama was launch-
ed on August 23, 1956. The large Panama shrimp cooperative plans to replace all
its wooden vessels with steel craft eventually, due to the high maintenance costs
on wooden boats. All the new fishing vessels must be constructed in Panama in
order to engage in the shrimp fishery in Panamanian waters, states a September 28
dispatch from the United States Embassy in Panama.

Republic of the Philippines
CANNED HERRING AND MACKEREL REMOVED FROM IMPORT CONTROL:

herring and mackerel were removed from the list of products subject to import
controls (United States Embassy dispatch, dated November 15, 1956). Under con-
trol, imports of canned mackerel and herring were limited by the Philippine Govern-
ment.

ae ee

\ ate

Portugal

CANNED FISH EXPORTS, JANUARY-JULY 1956: Exports of canned fish by
Portuguese canners continued to show a substantial decline for the period January-
July 1956, as compared with the similar period in 1955. The drop in exports of
canned fish thus far in 1956 reflects the poor catch of sardines, states a September
6 dispatch from the United States Embassy in Lisbon.

Portuguese canned fish exports in July 1956 totaled 2,332 tons (122,700 cases),
valued at US$1.4 million, as compared with 4,852 tons, valued at US$2.4 million,
for the Same month in
1955.

For the first Seven
months of 1956, canned
fish exports amounted to
20,367 tons (1,071,900),
valued at US$11.6 million,
as compared with 32,118
tons, valued at US$16.4
million, for the same peri-
od in 1955.

Sardines in olive oil. ee
Sardinelike fish in olive oil. .

Sardines & sardinelike fish

CeO, oes at)

For January-July 1956,
the leading canned fish buyer was Germany with 3,518 tons (valued at US$1.9 mil-
lion), followed by the United Kingdom with 2,416 tons (valued at US$1.3 million),
the United States with 2,310 tons (valued at US$1.8 million), and Italy with 2,182
tons (value US$1.3). Exports to the United States consisted of 996 tons of sardines,
1,090 tons of anchovies, and 12 tons of tuna, the September 1956 Conservas de Peixe
reports.

kK kK

76 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

CANNED FISH PACK, JANUARY -
MAY 1956: The Portuguese canned fish
Portuguese Canned Fish Pack, Jan,-May 1956 pack of 1,257 tons in May 1956 improved
over the very light pack (311 tons) of the
previous month. The pack during May
was about 65 percent sardinelike fish.

The canned fish pack for January- |
May 1956 amounted to 2,999 tons (157,800
cases), the September 1956 Conservas de
Peixe points out.

Brine: The total pack of canned fish for Jan-
Sardinelike fish uary-May 1955 amounted to 6,567 tons,
Other species with sardines in oil accounting for 60-
percent of the pack as compared with 22
percent in January-May 1956.

OK OK OK OK

FISHERIES TRENDS, JULY 1956: Sardine Fishing: The Portuguese sardine
catch during July 1956 increased to 5,651 metric tons (ex-vessel value US$906,000),
higher by 4,129 tons than the 1,522 tons reported for June 1956. The July sardine
catch was fair but still well below the 9,811 tons reported for July 1955.

Sardines purchased by the packing centers during the month amounted to 2,857
tons (valued at US$597,000), or about 51 percent of the catch. During July 1955 the
canners purchased 5,377 tons (valued at US$772,000), about 55 percent of the catch.
Ex-vessel prices were higher in July 1956, about US$160 a ton as compared with
about US$130 a tonin July 1955. The balance of the sardine catch was utilized
primarily for immediate consumption on the fresh fish market.

The principal port of landing for sardines in July was Matosinhos with 33 per-
cent of the catch, followed by Portimao (2 percent), and Lisbon with about 15 per-
cent.

Other Fishing: In July 1956, landings of fish other than sardines totaled 5,865
metric tons (valued at US$604,000 ex-vessel) and consisted of anchovy (966 tons)
and chinchard (4,869 tons).

Kk ok Kk

the shore-based whaling fleet are not included. The catch of mainland Portugal was
dominated by sardines (47.1 percent) and chinchards (17.8 percent). The catch for
the Madeira Islands consisted of 55 percent tuna and related species and 29.6 per-
cent scabbardfish; that for the Azores was 41.3 percent tuna and tunalike species
and 37.6 chinchards.

The catch of shellfish in Madeira and the Azores was neglible, but the main-
land Portuguese catch of shellfish included 1,491 metric tons of cuttlefish, 914
tons of octopus (pulpo), and 2,026 tons of crustaceans, which included some spiny
lobsters, some of which are exported to the United States.

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW tl

Table 1 - Landings of Fishery Products a Portugal, Madeira, Azores, 1955

Tuna and tunalike .

Anchovy and sprat

Spanish and common mackerel
Chinchards

Cachocho and besugo
Pargo and sea bream

8,688

Total Fresh-Water Fish. . | 626] 18 752)| = | c
eG eri ota ee 2057436) 28,245.71 5,647 |654.6| 7,350 8.0 [218 433 [29,508.3|

Note: Values converted to US$ equivalent at rate of 28.75 escudos equal US$1.
KK OK ok

NEW FISH CANNING REGULATIONS: New fish canning regulations, promul-
gated in a decree-law 40,787, dated September 27, 1956, were designed to improve
distribution of sardine supplies among canners and to assure stable prices for fish
sold to canners. The decree provides that sardines will be supplied under regu-
lations to be arrived at through joint agreement between the sardine fishermen's
guild and the fish-canning guilds. The measure also seeks to fix annual quotas for
canners as well as maximum and minimum prices which canners pay for sardines.
Canners in localities where the supply of fish is inadequate would be guaranteed
supplies from other canning centers under the new regulations.

Government technical and financial support of sales promotion campaigns also
is an objective of the new measure. The Portuguese Canned Fish Institute is re-
quired to take 'necessary measures to increase productivity in the industry to en-
able it to compete under more favorable conditions in foreign markets."

The Government under the new decree-law is to proceed immediately with re-
organization of the fish-canning industry. Powers are to include determination of
the minimum size of canning establishments, study of production costs, supervision
of sales prices, adjustment of wages, and relocation of surplus labor.

It is thought that the new measure seeks in part to establish means of mitigating
seasonal unemployment. At times, conditions calling for relief in some form have
occurred with changes in runs of fish off the Portuguese coast and the size of the
catch. There had been reports of distress among cannery workers in southern
Portugal early in 1956, states an October 11, 1956, dispatch from the United States

Embassy in Lisbon.

Sales promotion plans under the new measure refer to means of expanding
canned fish supplies for export, and the proposal is made that sales promotion cam—
paigns should aim at marketing sardine surpluses in new markets, specifically in
eastern Europe and in the Near East, as well as in the United States. Reference is

78 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

made in the preamble of the measure to the fact that "there are no administrative
barriers in American markets."

Singapore

PORT FACILITIES FOR JAPANESE FISHING VESSELS RESTRICTED: The
Singapore Ministry of Commerce and Industry in October 1956 issued the following
announcement:

"Japanese fishing vessels wishing to make use of the port facilities of Singa-
pore for bunkering, provisions, or repairs will be permitted to do so provided that
if cargoes of fish are carried by such vessels none of the fish is landed locally or
transshipped.

"Japanese fishing vessels registered by the Japanese Government as tuna fish-
ing vessels may transship their catches in Singapore for onward carriage to other
countries under and in accordance with the conditions of special licenses issued by
the Controller and Registrar of Imports and Exports. Permission will not be grant-
ed for the disposal locally of the catches brought into Singapore by these vessels,
but transshipment facilities only will be permitted.

"All Japanese fishing vessels entering the Port are required to report to the
Master Attendant immediately on arrival at the Port and will have to comply with
his directions. Port clearances will be issued by him to all such vessels when they
have complied with the provisions of the Merchant Shipping Ordinance."

The Chief Fisheries Officer of Singapore revealed that the move was in re-
sponse to an approach by certain Japanese fishing companies which desired better
transshipment facilities for sending tuna on to Japan, Europe, and the United States.
These fishing companies send fishing vessels to the Indian Ocean to obtain tuna, but
wish to avoid having them return all the way to Japan to deliver their catch to the
canneries. With the use of Singapore's facilities, the vessels can discharge tuna
there for fast onward shipment to canneries not only in Japan, but to the rest of the
world as well. Singapore officials, however, were fearful that unless stringent regu-
lations were laid down governing the activities of the Japanese vessels, ''market-
able" fish other than tuna would be ''dumped"' on the Singapore market. The earn-
ings of local fishermen would suffer as a result. There was nothing to fear from
tuna, Since it would have to be canned in order to satisfy local tastes; furthermore,
very few retailers would accept fish weighing as much as tuna.

In addition, Malayan fishermen would find it very difficult to compete with the
Japanese here. It is for that reason the Fisheries Officer stated, that protective
measures of this sort are necessary. Japanese fishing vessels may still bring

marketable" fish to the local market under any one of three conditions: these are,
(1) the vessels are chartered by a Singapore or Malayan firm; (2) the vessels are
owned by one of the ''joint venture" firms recently established here or in North
Borneo; or (3) the Japanese permit the intensive training of local fishermen on
board. Regarding the third alternative, at the present time over 40 trainees are

serving on such Japanese vessels, states an October 18, 1956, dispatch from the
United States Consul in Singapore.

ae oe

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 79

Spain

FISHERIES TRENDS, SEPTEMBER 1956: Fishing: The fish catches landed at
Vigo, Spain, during September 1956 and sold on the Vigo fish exchange amounted to
about 15.2 million pounds, valued at about US$994,544. The September 1956 land-
ings increased in volume about 30 percent as compared with August 1956 and an in-
crease of about 5.3 percent over September 1955. First sales of fresh fish in Sep-
tember 1956 were made at an average price of about 6 U. S. cents a pound as com-
pared with 9 cents a pound in August 1956 and 5 cents a pound in September 1955.

The albacore tuna (Germo alalunga) moved toward the north of Spain during
the early part of September. Catches of albacore entered through the Vigo fish
exchange amounted to 210,000 pounds in September as compared with 1.8 million
pounds for the previous month. The albacore season was practically finished by
the end of September and prices were as high as 20 U. S. cents a pound. On the
whole, the albacore season was a successful one for the Spanish fishermen and
definitely better than for 1955.

The needle fish (Ramphistoma belone) catches ran high in September and were
purchased by the canneries as a substitute for sardines. :
.
Fish Canning: During September 1956, the fish canneries in the Vigo area pur-
chased 8.2 million pounds of fresh fish, as compared with 3.7 million pounds in
August 1956 and 5.2 million pounds in September 1955.

All canneries in the Vigo consular district (there are approximately 100 in the
Province of Pontevedra) operated at a fairly high level during September with al-
bacore tuna and needlefish catches. The canning of needlefish stepped up as deliv-
eries of albacore decreased. Some Pontevedra canneries even brought albacore by
truck from ports in the north of Spain in order to be able to complete their orders.

The olive oil and tinplate situation are the pernnial complaints of the canneries.
For the present there is an adequate supply of olive oil. Canneries which were able
to estimate their requirements at the beginning of the albacore season purchased
stocks of olive oil cheaper than the current price. It is reported that the Bilbao
plant is presently unable to supply tinplate to the canneries and that imports from
Great Britain during September amounted to 400 short tons.

Foreign Trade: Swiss firms have been the largest foreign buyers of albacore,
but it is the general opinion that part of the shipments to Switzerland (usually via
Rotterdam) reach other countries in Europe. There appears to be no demand for
the Spanish albacore in the United States, due to high prices and need for a different
method of packing. There have been a few small shipments of frozen octopus (Oc-
topus vulgaris) to the United States with fair prospects for increasing this trade.

ok Ok KK

TUNA CATCH GOOD FOR 1956 SEASON: The coastal fishermen of Spain have
had the most successful tuna catch in recent years. The market prices have av-
eraged about 60 percent higher this year over 1955, or from about LS21 Ue Scents
a pound as compared with about 12-13.5 U. S. cents a pound in 1955. The higher
prices are believed to be due to the better prices offered by French buyers and this
has forced Spanish buyers to offer substantially higher prices in order to obtain
supplies for canning. It is estimated that about 50 percent of the catch has been

sold to the French.

The tunafish canners have also been plagued by a shortage of cannery help and
the payment of higher wages has failed to solve this problem. It has been partic-
ularly difficult to attract help at overtime wages when overtime is needed to handle

80 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

a heavy volume of fish. Some women workers who formerly worked for about 6-7
cents an hour now receive about twice this sum, states an October 17, 1956, dispatch
from the United States Consulate in Bilbao.

Note: Values converted to US$ equivalent at rate of 1 peseta equals US$0.033.

Tunisia

SHRIMP PRODUCTION, 1955: The catch of shrimp in Tunisia is grouped with
other shellfish under "crustaceans" (shrimp, prawn, and lobsters). The catch in
1955 for this category of landings was only 176,300 pounds. Exports amounted to
about 94,100 pounds, all of which went to France, except for 372 pounds to Algeria

(a United States Embassy dispatch dated October 8, 1956).

Turkey
EXPORTS OF FISHERY PRODUCTS ENCOURAGED: In an effort to encourage

exports of fishery products, Turkey will permit 10 percent of the foreign exchange
obtained from the f.o.b. value of such exports to be allocated for imports of equip-
ment for fishing, transportation, processing, etc., for the use of fishermen, proc-
essors, and exporters. The Meat and Fish Office of Turkey will handle the special

account at the Central Bank and allocate the equipment to be imported.

It is reported that during 1955 the Turkish catch amounted to 111,523 metric
tons of fresh and salt-water fish, of which 15,050 tons (f.0.b. value US$3.6 million)
were exported (14,000 tons fresh or frozen). Greece, Italy, and Rumania were the
principal buyers, reports Canada's Foreign Trade of November 10, 1956.

TA
Union of South Africa

ANTARCTIC WHALING FLEET MAY BE SOLD TO JAPAN: Subject to confirm-
ation by the shareholders and both the Union of South Africa and Japanese Govern-
ments, the Union Whaling company of Durban will sell its Antarctic whaling fleet
to Japanese interests. This company is the only South African company operating
an Antarctic whaling fleet, but it plans to continue its shore-based offshore whaling
activities in Durban, South Africa, using the nine smaller catchers left in its fleet.

The Antarctic fleet to be sold consists of the factoryship Abraham Larsen
(23,000 tons) and eight catcher boats. The selling price is reported to be US$7,602,000
for the factoryship and US$156,800 each for the catcher boats. The factoryship
price is said to include US$1,120,000 in return for an agreement on the part of the
Union Whaling company to refrain from Antarctic whaling for five years. The plans
call for delivery of the whaling fleet at the end of the 1956/57 season, according to

United States dispatches from Pretoria dated November 2, 1956, and Durban, dated
October 23, 1956.

The sale is being made because of decreasing financial returns due to the re-
duced number of whales that can be taken in the Antarctic under international a-
greement and steadily increasing operating costs. The Japanese whaling fleets

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 81

are ina relatively favorable profit-making position as they have a ready demand for
whale meat in constrast to the Union's dependence on the sale of whale and sperm oilonly.

U.S.S.R.

NEW DIESEL TRAWLERS TO HAVE CANNING PLANTS: Canning plants as
seen on board the Russian vessel Muksun, which put into Grimsby recently, are to
be fitted to the 20 Diesel trawlers being built in England for Russia. Each plant
costs £1,100 (US$3,080) and is essentially an innovation for long-distance trawlers.

The first plant was fitted into the trawler Pioneer in January 1956 and consists
of a semi-automatic vacuum double-seaming machine, anda horizontal steam steril-
izing retort.

The equipment is built entirely to Russian specifications and caters for all the
operations involved in filleting, freezing, and canning livers, and handles about
1,500 8-ounce cans a day.

: ‘ ? =
Some 15,000 cans are carried. The cans are fitted in trays in a special stow-
age rack, which separates the can store from the packing room and insures smooth
operations under difficult sea conditions. (The Fishing News, September 7.)

KK OK

SCIENTISTS USE LIGHT TO CATCH FISH: Experiments have shown that while
fishing on dark nights over 50 different kinds of fish can be attracted and caught
more easily with the help of electric light (The Fishing News, September 21, 1956).
The fish were not attracted to the electric light during moonlit nights.

This has been proved by a Russian scientist who conducted tests in which a
powerful electric lamp was lowered into the water alongside a conical net. The
net was hauled in full of fish within 2 or 3 minutes.

One small vessel using this method made a particularly large catch of macker-
el, obtaining some 17 tons of fish in one night.

To assist the scientist to study the movements of the fish round the light, under-
water television equipment was used, comprising a small waterproof shell contain-
ing a highly sensitive transmission tube connected by cable to a television receiver
on the ship.

OK OK OK OK

STERN-TRAWLING FACTORYSHIPS AND DIESEL TRAWLERS COMPLETED:

The first of 24 stern-trawling factoryships and the first of 20 Diesel trawlers being
built for U. S. S. R. have been completed.

The factoryships are being built in West German shipyards apparently of the
same general design as the British factoryship Fairtry. Approximately 245 feet
between perpendiculars and 2,555 gross tons, they are designed to freeze whole
fish; to process, freeze, and pack fillets; and produce meal and liver oil. They
will carry a crew of 100.

The Diesel trawlers are being built at Lowestoft, England. They are approxi-
mately 172 feet between perpendiculars and have meal and liver plants. (Fisheries
Newsletter, a publication of Australia; Commonwealth Director of Fisheries.

82 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

United ‘Kingdom

salmon have been made. Imports of canned salmon will be made to a value of
US$4.2 million and import licenses will be valid up to September 30, 1957, states
a September 26 dispatch from the United States Embassy in London.

* kk KK

NEW FROZEN FISH PROCESSING PLANT FOR HULL: A new fish and other

at Hull, England. The new plant, which is situated close to the Hull fish piers, will
have a frontage of about 240 feet, states The Fishing News (September 14, 1956), a
British fisheries periodical.

The new Hull plant, which will be one of the finest of its kind in Europe, will
replace a smaller one. Present employment of between 50-60 employees will be
doubled as developments warrant it.

The ever-increasing popularity of frozen products in their attractive wrap-
pings has encouraged the present ambitious venture, which among other things
should be a dollar earner.

The production of a wide range of frozen foodstuffs, mostly fish, is contem-
plated. Among the line which will be prepared there are fish sticks, frozen cod,
and plaice.

A spacious unloading platform for the receipt of fish has been built at the en-
trance to the new factory. Much of the ground floor space is taken up by a tiled
filleting room with two processing lines and other equipment, which includes a con-
veyor-belt system. Three freezing units, each of which is capable of dealing with
a ton of fish in 2 hours, are being installed. There is also cold-storage space for
about 300 metric tons.

OK OK KK

on October 9, 1956, states the October 12 issue of The Fishing News, a British
trade periodical.

These vessels, almost 190 feet in over-all length with a loaded displacement
of approximately 1,300 tons, are especially constructed to meet Arctic conditions.
Exceptional consideration has been given to their stability in ice conditions and
general seaworthiness.

They have an exceptionally high standard of equipment and finish. The fifth
Russian trawler Ogonj (Flame) is rapidly completing her fitting out and will short-
ly undergo sea trials.

December 1956

“a

Federal Trade Commission

SALMON PRICE FIXING IN PUGET
SOUND AREA ORDERED STOPPED:

The Federal Trade Commission
on October 22, 1956, ordered (Order
and Docket No. 6376, Salmon) that fix-
ing of salmon prices in the Puget Sound
area be stopped. The order is direct-
ed to the area fishermen's union and
vessel owners' association. The Oc~-
tober 26 Federal Register published
the cease and desist order.

The Commission, in an order ac~”
companied by an opinion by Commis~
sioner Robert T. Secrest, adopted as
its own the initial decision of Hearing
Examiner William L. Pack, which pro-
hibits price-restricting agreements be-
tween these two groups.

Commissioner Lowell B, Mason dissented to the order
“*to the extent that it attempts to impose sanctions upon as-
sociation members and union members who were not parties
respondent.’’

The examiner had found that the two groups have made
restrictive agreements which, along with minimum price-
fixing contracts negotiated between the union and the area
salmon canners, ‘‘substantially’’ restrain competition in
the industry with a tendency to enhance the price of canned
salmon.

Thirteen area canners, who had been named in the Com-
mission’s complaint charging the conspiracy, accepted a ;
consent order in March 1956 prohibiting price-fixing activi-
ty.

The Puget Sound salmon area extends from the Cana-
dian Border and Cape Flattery 150 miles south to Seattle and
Tacoma, Salmon is one of the most important industries in
that part of the United States, where in 1954 the wholesale
value of the salmon pack was $12 million. ‘‘Purse Seine”
vessels, so named because the seines used resemble purses,
account for approximately 75 percent of the salmon catch in
the area.

The Union had argued that the boat owners actually are
agents of the canners and that, therefore, the fishermen are
employees of these canners. Any agreement between the
Union and the canners, this respondent asserted, is an a-
greement for wages.

EDERAL
ACTIONS

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 83

In making this defense, the Union had asked the exam-
iner to require 10 of the canners to produce certain records,
showing the negotiations between the canners and the boat
owners, particularly with respect to post-season bonuses
paid to skippers, for a period of six years. The examiner’s
refusal to do this was appealed to the Commission.

Denying the appeal, Commissioner Secrest stated:

“‘The record clearly shows that the skippers of Purse
Seine Vessels are independent businessmen... . The con-
tention that evidence showing a connection between post-
season bonuses and the pounds of fish purchased would be
of such weight as to prove, in the face of the gecord, that
the fishermen are in fact employees of indivttal canners
appears to be entirely void of any merit. The regular set-
tlements between skipper and canner are directly related
to the pounds of fish purchased, but this fact has not served
to indicate the alleged relationship. Even if the bonuses are
likewise related to the pounds of fish purchased, why should
the result be any different?’’

In addition to the fact that this evidence would have no
material bearing on the issues, Commissioner Secrest con-
tinued, the request is unreasonable in scope. The only basis
for requesting extensive documents, including highly con-
fidential business matters, is ‘‘the mere speculation that the
records may contain evidence to support its defense,’’

Elaborating on the relationship of the canners and boat-
owners, Commissioner Secrest noted that the skippers of
the vessels own their gear, and sometimes, their boats, hire
their crews, and assume responsibility for withholding taxes
and social security payments. They also fish when and where
they want to. In addition, he continued, the fact that a can-
ner may hold a mortgage on a vessel has no bearing on the
question of control, ‘‘The relationship involved,’’ he con-
cluded, ‘‘is that of sellers and buyers of fish,”’

The two agreements which the Commission found are
illegal are the ‘‘Salmon Agreement’’ between the union and
the canners and the ‘‘Working Agreement’’ between the
union and the vessel owners.

The Salmon Agreement, whether executed with the union
by one one or all of the canners, has the practical effect of
fixing minimum prices paid by only oneor all to the vesselowners.

Tied to this agreement is the Working Agreement, pro-
viding in part that no boat is allowed to leave for the fishing
grounds or be moved from its home port until the price a-
greements have been signed. ‘‘Any vessel violating this
section,’’ the Working Agreement provides, ‘‘shall be de-
clared unfair.”’

The order against the union and the vessel owners pro-
hibits the following activities:

1, Entering into ‘‘Working Agreements”’ or ‘‘Salmon
Agreements”’ or any others designed to fix the prices of
raw or fresh salmon;

2. Interfering with the operation of any fishing vessel
with the purpose of maintaining any price-fixing agreement.

The order does not prevent any member of the vessel
owners’ association ‘‘acting individually’’ from negotiating
with canners concerning salmon prices. It also does not
prevent: any collective bargaining between the union and
employers concerning wages, hours, and working conditions
of union members; or any association of fishermen from
acting in accordance with the Fisheries Cooperative Market-
ing Act,

The Commission’s complaint was filed on June 28, 1955.

Department of the Interior
U.S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE

REORGANIZATION
BECOMES EFFECTIVE:

Secretary of the Interior Fred A.
Seaton announced November 6, 1956,
that reorganization of the Department's
Fish and Wildlife Service, as provided
by Public Law 1024 enacted in 1956, be-
came effective as of the close of busi-
ness on November 5, 1956.

In making the announcement, Secre-
tary Seaton said that appointments have
not been made to the two new top-level
positions created by the reorganization--
Assistant Secretary for Fish and Wild-
life andCommissioner of Fish and Wild-
life, Appointments to both positions are
to be made by the President. They are
subject to Senate confirmation.

Two separate bureaus are establish-
ed under the reorganization as compon-
ents of the new United States Fish and
Wildlife Service, the Bureau of Sport
Fisheries and Wildlife and the Bureau of
Commercial Fisheries. Details with re-
spect to internal organization and func-
tions will be announced shortly.

Secretary Seaton designated John L.
Farley as Acting Director, Bureau of
Sport Fisheries and Wildlife, and Arnie
J. Suomela as Acting Director, Bureau
of Commercial Fisheries. Farley has
been Director and Suomela has been

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 12

Associate Director of the old Fish and
Wildlife Service.

The Bureau of Sport Fisheries and
Wildlife will be responsible for matters
relating primarily to migratory birds,
game management, wildlife refuges,
sport fisheries, sea mammals (except
whales, seals, and sea lions), and related
matters. The Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries will be responsible for matters
relating primarily to commercial fisher-
ies, whales, seals, and sea lions, and
related matters.

Until the new Assistant Secretary
and Commissioner are appointed, the two
Acting Directors will report directly to
the Secretary of the Interior. All funds,
records, personnel, and other properties,
of the Fish and Wildlife Service have been
transferred to the new United States Fish
and Wildlife Service, and employees and
officers were directed to continue to dis-
charge their duties as before the trans-
fernk

The present reorganization is the
first major action of this nature to be
undertaken since 1940, when the Bureau
of Biological Survey and the Bureau of
Fisheries were combined to form the
Fish and Wildlife Service in the Depart-
ment of the Interior. A year earlier the
two bureaus had been transferred to In-
terior from the Departments of Agricul-
ture and Commerce, respectively.

The new post of Assistant Secretary
for Fish and Wildlife is the first such po-
sition to be created since May 24, 1950,
when four Assistant Secretaries were
authorized by the Congress to direct the
Department's functions in Public Land
Management, Water and Power Develop-
ment, Mineral Resources, and Adminis-
tration.

The old Fish and Wildlife Service
has been under the supervision of the
Assistant Secretary for Public Land
Management.

The reorganization was described
by Secretary Seaton as an important as-
surance to sportsmen that ''the Federal
Government is increasing its manage-
ment efforts'' to insure adequate fish and

December 1956

and wildlife resources for recreational
At the same time, he con-

purposes.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Secretary c

tinued, it will help enable the commer-

cial fishing industry attain its proper
place in the national economy.

lows:

"The greater recognition of fish
and wildlife conservation which will

UNITED STATES FISH AND WILDLIFE
SERVICE

REORGANIZATION OF FISH AND WILDLIFE
ACTIVITIES, GENERAL PROCEDURES, AND
EFFECTIVE DATE OF ESTABLISHMENT

In accordance with the authority
vested in the Secretary of the Interior
pursuant to section 3, subsection (f) of
the Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956 (70
Stat. 1119), the reorganization pre-
scribed by such Act is hereby declared
to be effective as of the close of business
November 5, 1956.

The United States Fish and Wildlife
Service, as prescribed by such Act, con-
sists of a “Bureau of Commercial Fish-
eries” and a “Bureau of Sport Fisheries
and Wildlife.” The United States Fish
and Wildlife Service succeeds to and re-
places the Fish and Wildlife Service of
the Department of the Interior.

The functions of the United States Fish
and Wildlife Service will be administered
under the supervision of the Commis-
sioner of Fish and Wildlife, who will be
subject to the supervision of the Assistan
Secretary for Fish and Wildlife.

ORGANIZATION DESCRIBED:

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

The Bureau of Commercial Fisheries,
under a Director, will be responsible for
matters relating primarily to commer-
cial fisheries, whales, seals, and sea-lions,
and related matters. The Bureau of
Sport Fisheries and Wildlife, under a
Director, will be responsible for matters
Telating primarily to migratory birds,
game management, wildlife refuges,
sport fisheries, sea mammals (except
whales, seals and sea-lions), and related
matters. Until the positions of Assistant
Secretary for Fish and Wildlife and
Commissioner of Fish and Wildlife are
filled, the Directors will report directly
to the Secretary.

All funds, positions, personnel, records,
and other properties of, or assigned to,
the Fish and Wildlife Service are trans-
ferred to the United States Fish and
Wildlife Service, effective as of the time
of its establishment, and the positions
so transferred shall be positions in the
United States Fish and Wildlife Service.
Until further notice, each officer or em-
ployee is directed to continue to dis-
charge the duties of, and is empowered

OK OK KX

Organizational details of the new

United States Fish and Wildlife Service,
whose establishment under Public Law
1024 became effective on November 6,
1956, were announced on November 9
by the Secretary of the Interior.

sible also fo

the bureaus.

As announced earlier, two new top-

level positions were created by the re~
organization to direct the activities of
Appointments to these
new positions, Assistant Secretary for
Fish and Wildlife and Commissioner of

the new Service.

Each of
office of bud

Fish and Wildlife, will be made by the

President, subject to confirmation by

result will benefit the entire Nation,'' the

oncluded.

The notice as it appeared in the No-
vember 6, 1956, Federal Register fol-

:to continue to exercise the authority pre-
iviously vested in, such person or in the
transferred position which he may hold.

The authority now vested in the
Director, Fish and Wildlife Service, ex-
pressly, or as the head of a bureau, is
hereby and until further notice delegated
severally to the Director, Bureau of Com-
mercial Fisheries and the Director, Bu-.
reau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife to
the extent that such authority relates
to any matter which is the responsibility
of the bureau, including any administra-
tive matter. Such authority may not be
redelegated.

Section 3, subsection (e) of the Fish
and Wildlife Act of 1956, provides: “Ex-
cept as changed by the terms of this Act
or by subsequent laws or regulations, all
laws and regulations now in effect relat-
ing to matters heretofore administered
by the Department of the Interior
through the former Fish and Wildlife

Service as heretofore existing, shall
remain in effect.”
FRED SEATON,
Secretary of Interior.

NOVEMBER 3, 1956,

Director, and Assistant Director.

The Commissioner will be respon~

r functions of the Divisions

of Administration, Information, and River
Basins, each of which will perform serv-
ices in connection with the work of both

the bureaus will have its
get and finance, and each

will maintain its regional organizations
and research activities in their respec-
tive fields of responsibility.

With reference to the Bureau of

the Senate. Sport Fisheries and Wildlife, the organiza-

Direct supervision will be exercised
by the Commissioner over the operations
of the two new bureaus, the Bureau of
Sport Fisheries and Wildlife and the Bu-
reau of Commercial Fisheries. Each
bureau will have a Director, Associate

tional details approved by the Secretary
state the bureau's objectives as follows:

"To insure the conservation of the
Nation's wild birds, mammals, and sport
fish, both for their recreational and econ-
omic values, with a view to preventing

their destruction or depletion and to en-
courage the maximum present use of the
Nation's fish and wildlife resources that
is compatible with their perpetuity. This
objective is to be achieved by the acqui-
‘sition and application of fundamental
knowledge necessary for intelligent man-
agement of fish and wildlife resources so
that hunters, anglers, and others may
continue to enjoy and use these resources."

Principal components of this bureau
are the Division of Sport Fisheries, Di-
vision of Technical Services, and Divi-
sion of Wildlife. Responsibility is vest-
ed in this bureau for fish hatcheries, ex-
cept those operated in connection with
the Columbia River fisheries program
which are assigned to the Division of
River Basins and under the direct su-
pervision of the Commissioner.

Objectives of the Bureau of Com-
mercial Fisheries are stated as follows:

"To aid in maintaining the welfare of
the commercial fisheries of the United
States and its Territories by conducting
research, investigations, and studies and
by providing marketing, informational
and other services for the commercial
fishing industry and the general public.
This objective is to be achieved in con-
sonance with the policy to prevent the
destruction and depletion of the Nation's
fishery resources and to encourage their
maximum utilization for the benefit of
the country as a whole."

Principal components of this bu-
reau are the Division of Fisheries Man-
agement, Division of Marketing and Tech-
nology, and Division of Research. In
addition, it has an Office of Loans and
Grants to administer the loan program

designed to aid the commercial fishing
industry.

_ The Bureau of Commercial Fish-
eries will be responsible for matters
relating primarily to commercial fish-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 12

eries, whales, seals, sea lions, and re~
lated matters.

OK OK OK OK

FISHERIES LOAN
REGULATIONS CHANGED:

An amendment to refinancing pro-
visions of the fisheries loan regulations
under the Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956
was announced November 19, 1956, by
the Secretary of the Interior Fred A.
Seaton.

The amendment is designed to per-
mit refinancing in the case of liens and
existing preferred mortages and secured
loans in those instances in which ''the
Secretary deems such refinancing to be
desirable" in carrying out the purposes
of the Act.

The amendment applies to Section
160.4b (2 and 3) of the regulations car-
ried in the Federal Register October 18,
1956, which set forth the rules concern-
ing the $10,000,000 revolving fund pro-
vided by Congress to bring about a gen-
eral rehabilitation of fishing vessels and
fishing gear, thereby contributing to
more efficient and profitable fishing op-
erations.

The initial regulations prohibited
the use of loans for paying previously
incurred debts. The new regulations
provide for marshalling and liquidating
of indebtedness of the applicant to ex-
isting lien holders at the discretion of
the Secretary. They also contain gen-
eral provisions permitting the use of
wider discretion in dealing with refinanc=
ing problems.

The amendment as it appeared in
the November 17, 1956 Federal Register
follows:

TITLE 50—WILDLIFE
Chapter I—Fish and Wildlife Service,
Department of the Interior
Subchapter J—Fisheries Loan Fund
Part 160—LOAN PROCEDURES
QUALIFIED LOAN APPLICANTS

Subparagraphs (2) and (3) of para-
graph (b) of § 160.4, are amended to
read as follows:

(2) Refinancing existing preferred
mortgages and secured loans except in
those instances where the Secretary

December 1956

deems such refinancing to be desirable in
carrying out the purpose of the act.

(3) Paying creditors for debts pre-
viously incurred, except for marshalling
and liquidating the indebtedness of the
applicant to existing lien holders in
those instances where the Secretary
deems such action to be desirable in
carrying out the purpose of the act.

This amendment shall become effec-
tive upon publication in the FEDERAL
REGISTER.

(Sec. 4, 70 Stat. 1121)

FreD A. SEATON,
Secretary of the Interior.

NovEMBER 13, 1956.

Department of the Treasury
BUREAU OF CUSTOMS

COMMENTS REQUESTED

ON APPRAISAL OF IMPORTED
ARTICLES UNDER CUSTOMS
SIMPLIFICATION ACT OF 1956:

The Bureau of Customs, Treasury
Department, is now preparing a pre-
liminary list of those imported articles
the dutiable value of which would be re-
duced by 5 percent or more under new
appraisal procedures established by
the Customs Simplification Act of 1956
(Public Law 927, 84th Congress, 70
Stat. 943). A number of fishery prod-
ucts will probably be involved.

This Act, among other things, pro-
vides for a change in the method of de~
termining the value of imported goods
which are subject to ad valorem duties.
In general, the primary basis for de-
termining their dutiable value is to be
the "export value'' of the article. With
certain exceptions this is to replace the
present method which provides for as~-
certaining the "foreign value" of the
product-~as well as the "export value"
and for the duty to be calculated upon
the higher of the two.

The new method of appraisal is
not to apply to imports of articles on
which the Treasury Department finds
that the dutiable value would be reduced

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 87

by 5 percent or more of the average or
more of the average value at which such
articles were actually appraised during
fiscal year 1954. Items determined to
be reduced will be published in a pre-
liminary list.

The Bureau of Customs announced
in the Federal Register of November 9,
1956, that consideration will be given to
any relevant views of interested parties
as to why particular articles should ap-
pear on the list or as to why particular
articles should not appear on the pre-
liminary list even though closely related
articles may properly appear on the list.

Upon the publication of the prelim=
inary list, interested parties will then
have 60 days in which to present reasons
for belief that any imported articles not
specified in such list would hawe been so
appraised. The articles involved will
be given consideration and if substanti-
ated by investigation, shall be added to
the list which shall be published as a
final list. Articles on that list will not
be appraised under the new valuation
provisions. Any article not specified in
the final list shall, 30 days after publi-
cation, be appraised in accordance with
the new valuation provisions of Section
402a, Tariff Act of 1930, as amended by
the Customs Simplification Act.

Under the new Act, the export value
of imported merchandise shall be the
price at the time of exportation to the
United States, at which such or similar
merchandise is freely sold or, in the
absence of sales, offered for sale in the
principal markets of the country of ex~
portation, in the usual wholesale quan
tities and in the ordinary course of trade,
for exportation to the United States, plus,
when not included in such price, the cost
of all containers and coverings, and all
other expenses incidental to placing
merchandise in condition packed ready
for shipment to the United States.

As presently used, the foreign value
is the market value or the price at the
time of exportation of such merchandise
to the United States at which such or
similar merchandise is freely offered
for sale for home coasumption to all
purchasers in the principal markets in
the country from which exported,

The value includes the cost of all usual
containers and coverings, unless other~
wise specifically provided for. In addi-
tion, the foreign value includes all other
costs, charges, and expenses incidental
to placing the merchandise in condition,
packed ready for shipment to the United
States. Ocean freight, marine insurance,
consular fee, and any other non-dutiable
charges are not included.

The export value under current us~
age is the market value or the price,
at the time of exportation, at which such
or similar merchandise is freely offer-
ed for sale to all purchasers in the prin-
cipal markets of the country of expor-
tation for exportation to the United States,
plus the costs incidental to placing the
merchandise in condition ready for ship-
ment to the United States. If an export
value higher than the foreign market
value is established by the Customs, the
higher value is then regarded as the
value of the imported merchandise.

Pr
“

White House

TARIFF COMMISSION'S
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR
INC REASED DUTIES ON
GROUNDFISH FILLETS REJECTED:
The President announced that he has
decided against a tariff increase as rec-
ommended by the United States Tariff
Commission in the groundfish fillets
"escape clause'' case, a December 10,
1956, news release from the White
House states.

The President, in identical letters
to the Chairmen of the Senate Finance
and House Ways and Means Committees,
said he ''was not persuaded that, on bal-
ance, the proposed duty increase would
constitute a sound step in resolving"
the difficulties confronting the domestic
groundfish fishing industry. 'Because
of that conviction,'' the President con-
tinued, ''I have decided in view of all of
the factors bearing on this case that I
cannot accept the Tariff Commission's
recommendations."'

The text of the President's letters
to the Chairmen of the Senate Finance

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 12

and House Ways and Means Committees
is as follows:

“Dear Mr, Chairman:

“On October twelfth the United States Tariff Commission,
pursuant to Section 7 of the Trade Agreements Extension Act
of 1951, as amended, submitted to me a report of its findings
and recommendations in the groundfish fillets ‘‘escape clause”
case, The Commission found, as a result in part of the cus-
toms treatment reflecting the trade agreement concession
applying to these products, that they are being imported into
the United States in such increased quantities as to cause
serious injury to the domestic industry. The Commission
accordingly recommended that those imports of groundfish
fillets presently dutiable at 1g¢ per pound should be duti-
able at 2.8125¢ per pound, and that those dutiable at 2s ¢
per pound should be dutiable at 3.75 ¢ per pound.

“Tt is the Tariff Commission’s responsibility in these
matters to investigate and report to the President any finding
of serious injury or threat of serious injury within the mean-
ing of the law. It is the President’s responsibility, on the
other hand, to consider not only the question of injury and
measures recommended for its relief, but also all other per-
tinent factors bearing on the security and well-being of the
nation.

‘*As an aspect of national policy dedicated to fostering
the security and economic growth of the United States, this
nation seeks to encourage in all feasible ways the continued
expansion of beneficial trade among the free nations of the
world, In view of this policy I am, as I have said before,
reluctant to impose a barrier to our trade with friendly na-
tions unless such action is essential and clearly promising
of positive, productive results to the benefit of the domestic
industry in question. My reluctance to impose such a barrier
is heightened in this case because the other nations concern-
ed are not only our close friends, but their economic strength
is of strategic importance to us in the continuing struggle
against the menace of world communism.

“‘T have analyzed this case with great care. I am fully
aware that the domestic groundfish fishing industry is faced
with serious problems, but I am not persuaded that, on bal-
ance, the proposed duty increase would constitute a sound
step in resolving those difficulties. Because of that convic-
tion, I have decided in view of all of the factors bearing on
this case that I cannot accept the Tariff Commission’s recom-
mendations, It might well be, in fact, that the proposed duty
increase would only further complicate the industry’s basic
problems,

“Over the years, the consumption of groundfish fillets
has shown a persistent upward trend, consumption rising to
a record level in 1955. This trend is expected to continue;
the United States, by all indications is heading toward a further
increased population and a greater expansion of its economy.
If, as this growth takes place, there is a proportionate in-
crease in requirements for fish and fish products in the U-
nited States, the domestic demand for these products will
more than exceed the present combined total of domestically
caught fish plus imports. This is an encouraging prospect
which the domestic industry should prepare to exploit.

“*At the same time, I recognize that beset as it is with
problems ranging from the age of its vessels to competition
with other food products, the fishing industry of the United
States will experience difficulties in the years ahead, despite
the bright prospects for increased consumption of fish and fish
products, unless bold and vigorous steps are taken now to

December 1956

provide root solutions for the industry’s problems. To this
end, the Administration last year proposed and I signed into
law several bills designed to assist the industry in improv-
ing its competitive position. These laws include provisions
for increased funds for research and market development
programs, educational grants, and a $10 million revolving
loan fund for vessel and equipment improvement purposes.

“The Administration’s examination into the industry’s
problems has continued beyond the enactment of these laws.
These studies, in which we are benefitting from consulta-
tions with State and local officials and private groups, look
toward the development of additional opportunities for pro-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 89

eries resources, These further efforts should be of assis-
tance to the domestic groundfish fishing industry in its
search for solutions to the fundamental problems it faces,
They should also help the industry to improve its position
without the imposition of further trade restrictions which
might actually discourage needed improvements.

‘This approach is consistent with our objective of
achieving a dynamic, expanding, free enterprise economy
and also accords with our national policy of seeking the
highest attainable levels of mutually profitable and benefic-
ial trade and investment among the countries of the free
world,”

moting the well-being and sound management of all of our
fish and wildlife resources, including our commercial fish-
ee oe

/s/ Dwight D, Eisenhower

CONVALESCING VETERANS HAVE "GET WELL" OPPORTUNITIES
THROUGH FISHING

A program called ''fishery management assistance to Veterans Administra-
tion hospitals'' may be just "part of the job" for the biologists of the U. S$. Fish
and Wildlife Service but it is a light in the dark for many veterans, young and
old, who are attempting to recover from the rigors of war.

For "fishery management assistance'’ made it possible for the Veterans
Administration hospital at Downey, Ill., to develop a half-acre pond into a fish-
ing spot which afforded the patients 3,000 fishing visits during a single season.
In another case, assistance was rendered when the Temple, Tex., veterans fa-
cility was developing a 12-acre lake which will mean fishing recreation to hun-
dreds of veterans who are convalescing. At the Northampton, Mass., veterans
installation, it means a chance for patients to take catchable-size trout which
the Fish and Wildlife Service plants there annually.

Hospital officials have repeatedly declared that they regard fishing as ''ex-
tremely beneficial to patients" and in many instances Veterans Administration
officials have asked for technical help in stream and pond development. Inthe
period 1951-1955, the Fish and Wildlife Service responded to requests for help
at 45 of these installations. In most instances, some improvement of opportun-
ities for recreational fishing was possible.

The amount and kind of technical aid given depends upon conditions. The
Fish and Wildlife Service supplies no funds for necessary development. Fin-
ancing and getting the work done is the responsibility of the Veterans facility
and is often accomplished with the help ofinterestedlocalgroups. But the Serv-
ice does provide, in addition to technical guidance for fishery development, such
hatchery fish as may be required for the management programs.

Not all the assistance to Veterans Administration hospitals is given on hos-
pital property, for many times there are no fishing waters onthe hospital grounds.
When suitable water is found within a reasonable distance --and when the veterans
are assured the right to fish andtranspOortation facilities are available for them --
the Fish and Wildlife Service applies the necessary management practices to that

water.

In many instances the state fish and game department and the Fish and Wild-
life Service cooperate onprojects; inothers, where survey of the problems shows
that the state agency can do the job more easily because of nearby facilities, the
task is turned over to the state.

90 , COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW — Vol. 18, No. 12

ATORS _

CHART | - FISHERY LANDINGS for SELECTED STATES

In Millions of Pounds

Legend:

1956
seseerees 1955

MASSACHUSETTS

vi
CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA
7 MQS. 1956 - 308.7

10 Mgs. 1956 - Oak Z) 1955 - 294.5
10 4, 1955 - 232. 12 "1955 - 521.6
12 1955 - 255.4 =

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

FLORIDA
CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA
9 MQS. 1956 - 1 11 mgs. 1956 - 53.9

Bere W 1955 - 64,4
9 1955 - 126.5 0 > 64,
12." 1955 - 174.3 12 1955 - 67.3

anette tttaey

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
2/ONLY PARTIAL--INCLUDES LANDINGS AT PRINCIPAL PORTS.

tt)
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

NEW JERSEY

CUMULATIVE DATA

S- 1956 - 499.0
1955 - 403.4
1955 - 412.2

- 1956 - 646.5

1955 - 537.3
1955 - 639.5

CUMULATIVE DATA

10 MQS. 1956 - 118.9
10, 1955 - 117.0
1955 - 124.9

CUMULATIVE DATA
10 Hgs. 1956 - 54.7

10, 1995 - 41.4
1955 - 45.5

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

V/ONLY PARTIAL--INCLUDING PRODUCTION OF MAJOR FISHERIES AND MARKET FISH
LANDINGS AT PRINCIPAL PORTS.

FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

CHART 2 - LANDINGS for SELECTED FISHERIES

In Millions of Pounds

HADDOCK
(Maine and Massachusetts)
CUMULATIVE DATA M
7 MQS. 1956 - 84.7

LAG 1955 - 78.4
12 1955 - 118.0

/ SHRIMP

(Gulf States! including Florida West Coast)

CUMULATIVE DAT.
THE ADS-ON.
9 mgs. 1956 - 121.5

5 1955 - 142.5
1955 - 187.3

‘Se nencennenenst)

JUAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
1/tA. & ALA. DATA BASED ON LANDINGS AT PRINCIPAL PORTS AND ARE NOT COM-

OCEAN PERCH
(Maine and Massachusetts)

CUMULATIVE DATA

7 mgs. 1956 -
7 ne 19556 5
12 1955 - 157.0

WHITING
(Maine and Massachusetts)

CUMULATIVE DATA

7 MQs. 1956 - 48.6
7 gi 1955 - 54.0
12 1955 - 94.0

PLETE In Thousands of

MENHADEN
(East and Gulf Coasts)

2 TAN FEB. MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

PACIFIC AND JACK MACKEREL
(California)

CUMULATIVE DATA

11 Mgs. 1956 - 55.9
115 «1955 - 20.8
12 1955 - 27.6

In Thousands of

PILCHARD

(California)
: CUMULATIVE DATA

1956/57 SEASON,

AUG. - NOV. - 29.4]

1955/56 SEASON,
- NOV. - 50.8)

AuG SEPT OCT NOV.DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY

CUMULATIVE DATA

11 HS. 1956 - 193.4
11 «1955 - 161.6
12 1955 - 183.7

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

2/RECEIPTS BY CALIFORNIA CANNERIES, INCLUDING IMPORTS .

92 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

i CHART 3 - COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS and FREEZINGS
of FISHERY PRODUCTS *

In Millions of Pounds

U. S. & ALASKA FREEZINGS

U. S. & ALASKA HOLDINGS

CUMULATIVE DATA

10 » 1956 - 282.6
10 noe 1955 - 281.0
12 1955 - 314.7

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

g JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

NEW ENGLAND HOLDINGS!/ MIDDLE & SOUTH ATLANTIC HOLDINGS2/

JAN. FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
1/MAINE, MASSACHUSETTS, RHODE ISLAND, AND CONNECTICUT.

MIDDLE WEST HOLDINGS3/

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
3/OHI10, IND., ILL., MICH., WIS., MINN., IOWA, HO., N. DAK., NEBR. & KANS.

WASHINGTON, OREGON, AND ALASKA HOLDINGS CALIFORNIA HOLDINGS

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV_DEC

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
*Excludes salted, cured, and smoked products.

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 93

CHART 4 - RECEIPTS and COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS of FISHERY
PRODUCTS at PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTION CENTERS

In Millions of Pounds

RECEIPTS-' AT WHOLESALE SALT-WATER MARKET
(FRESH AND FROZEN) NEW YORK
CITY

COLD-STORAGE HOLD1ncs 2!

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

1/\NCLUDE TRUCK AND RAIL IMPORTS FROM CANADA AND DIRECT VESSEL LANDINGS 2/AS REPORTED BY PLANTS IN METROPOLITAN AREA.
AT NEW YORK CITY.

RECEIPTS AT WHOLESALE MARKET
(FRESH AND FROZEN)

CUMULATIVE DATA

W » 1956 - 99.8
W nie 1955 - 105.1
12

COLD- STORAGE HOLDINGS

CHICAGO

1955 - 111.8

“tena ne, aon”

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

BOSTON

COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS

SEATTLE

WHOLESALE MARKET RECEIPTS, LANDINGS,
& IMPORTS (FRESH & FROZEN)

CUMULATIVE DATA

11 WQS. 1956 - 88.6
1 a 1955 - 92.2
12 1955 - 95.7

1956
saeeeeeers 1955

0 JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

FISH OIL
FISH MEAL (In Millions of Gallons)

(In Thousands of Tons)

CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA
11 Mgs. 1956 - 24.1

Nitiings pi 9505572573 n 1965 - 23.7

"1 1955 - 234.6 A ®
12 " 1955 - 264.3 12 1955 - 24.6

UAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

94 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

CHART 6- CANNED PACKS of SELECTED FISHERY PRODUCTS

In Thousands of Standard Cases

Legend: 2/
TUNA AND TUNA-LIKE FISH - CALIFORNIA 1956 MACKEREL-— - CALIFORNIA
saseeenee 1955

CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA
200} 11 Mgs. 1956 - 8,963.6
ee 1955 - 7,181.6
2 1955 - 8270.3

11 Mgs. 1956 - 1,007.3
i} iP 1955 - 7391.9
564.4

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC
2/INCLUDES PACIFIC MACKEREL AND JACK MACKEREL.

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

ANCHOVIES- CALIFORNIA SALMON - ALASKA

CUMULATIVE DATA

1800} roTaL 1956 SEASON - 2,985.7
TOTAL 1955S SEASON - 2,385.1

CUMULATIVE DATA

« 1956 - 748.5
1955 - 596.1
1955 - 623.5

a =
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

0
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SARDINES?! (ESTIMATED) - MAINE

STANDARD CASES
CUMULATIVE DATA SE ae

1200} 12 Mgs. 1956 - 2,221.8)
12 1955 - 1,268.8

Variety No. Cans Can Designation Net Wet.
SARDINES ....... 100 + drawn 3i oz.

SHRIMP.......... 48 = Oz.

LUN AGeteletetelevateleiels 48 No, } tuna Oz.

PILCHARDS ..... 48 No. 1 oval

SALMON ........ 48 1-pound tall

ANCHOVIES ..... 48 4b.

0
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC
T/INCLUDING SEA HERRING.

SARDINES - CALIFORNIA

SHRIMP - GULF STATES

CUMULATIVE DATA

1956/57 SEASON,
AUG, - DEC. - 541.6
1955/56 SEASON,
AUG. - DEC.

CUMULATIVE DATA

1956/57 SEASON,
AUG. - NOV. - 661.8
1955/56 SEASON
AUG. - NOV.

= 1,042.6 - 450.3

0 .
AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY

0
AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB APR MAY JUNE JULY

December 1956

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

CHART 7- U.S. FISHERY PRODUCTS IMPORTS

In Millions of Pounds

GROUNDFISH (INCLUDING OCEAN PERCH)FILLETS,
FRESH & FROZEN

CUMULATIVE DATA

11-Mgs. 1956 - 134.4]
11) «155 - 124.6)
12 1955 - 130.1

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SHRIMP, FRESH & FROZEN, FROM MEXICO

CUMULATIVE DATA

TUNA, FRESH & FROZEN

CUMULATIVE DATA

10 Mgs. 1956 - 104,1
10 1955 - 129.1

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

U. S. IMPORTS OF CANNED TUNA ANDTUNA-LIKE FISH
(IN OIL AND IN BRINE)

CUMULATIVE DATA

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

FILLETS & STEAKS OTHER THAN GROUNDFISH,
FRESH & FROZEN

CUMULATIVE DATA

10 gS. 1956 - 50.1
LOM menlos5|=747"
12

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

LOBSTER & SPINY LOBSTER, FRESH & FROZEN

CUMULATIVE DATA

10 MgS. 1956 - 40,3
JO | 1955 - 37.5
12 1955 - 45.4

CUMULATIVE DATA

10 mgs. 1956 - 7.9
10, 1955 - 5.3
12 1955 - 5.3

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

CANNED SARDINES
(IN OIL AND NOT IN OIL)
CUMULATIVE DATA

10 Mgs. 1956 - 15.6
10 5 1955 - 17.7
12 1955 - 21.6

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

96 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

ys
CES a
cs c =e; —-—9: =

WILDLIFE SERVICE
PUBLICATIONS

FISH A

THESE PROCESSED PUBLICATIONS ARE AVAILABLE FREE FROM
THE DIVISION OF INFORMATION, U. S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERV-
ICE, WASHINGTON 25, D. C. TYPES OF PUBLICATIONS ARE DESIG-
NATED AS FOLLOWS:

CFS - CURRENT FISHERY STATISTICS OF THE UNITED STATES
AND ALASKA.

SSR.- FISH. - SPECIAL SCIENTIFIC REPORTS - FISHERIES
(LIMITED DISTRIBUTION) .

SEP.- SEPARATES (REPRINTS) FROM COMMERCIAL FISHERIES

REVIEW.

Number Title

CFS-1413 - Fish Stick Report, July to September
1956, 2 pp.

CFS-1416 - North Carolina Landings, August 1956,
2 pp.

CFS-1420 - Texas Landings (Revised), August
1956, 3 pp.

CFS-1421 - Frozen Fish Report, September 1956,
8 pp.

CFS-1422 - Florida Landings, July 1956, 6 pp.
CFS-1425 - Mississippi Landings, July 1956, 2 pp.
CFS-1426 - Massachusetts Landings, June 1956,

5 pp.
CFS-1427 - Ohio Landings, September 1956, 2 pp.
CFS-1428 - Fish Meal and Oil, September 1956,

2 pp.
CFS-1429 - Shrimp Landings, August 1956, 4 pp.
CFS-1430 - Alabama Landings, August 1956, 2 pp.
CFS-1431 - North Carolina Landings, September

1956, 2 pp.

CFS-1432 - Georgia Landings, September 1956,
2 pp.

CFS-1433 - Texas Landings (Revised), September :
1956, 3 pp.

CFS-1434 - Mississippi Landings, August 1956,

CFS-1435 - Beeesa Fish Report, October 1956,
CFS-1436 - feeble Landings, July 1956, 4 pp.
CFS-1438 - New York Landings, August 1956,
CFS-1439 - ee Landings, September 1956,
CFS-1443 - vee Landings, September 1956, 3 pp.

Sep. No. 454 - Development of Markets for Under-
utilized Lake Erie Fish--Progress Report.

Sep. No. 455 - Correlation of pH and Quality of
Shucked Southern Oysters.

Sep. No. 456 - Cold-Storage Life of Fresh- Water
Fish--No. 3 (Lake Herring, Northern Pike,
and Whitefish).

Cold Storage Studies on Gulf of

Mexico Yellowfin Tuna.

Fungicidal Properties of Modified

Unsaturated Fish Oils.

Sep. No. 458 - North Atlantic Shrimp Keeping

Quality in Cold Storage.

Sep. No. 457 -

y ILE CA?

FISHERY PUBLICATIONS —

ls anand Che Be Os a *

Vol. 18, No. 12

Bs,

ga
“te 0 pew amec: eT Bao aes 7

Sep. No. 459 - Technical Note No. 34 - Growth

Characteristics of the Pink Yeast that Causes
Discoloration of Oysters.

SSR- Fish. No. 174 - Size Variation of Central and

Western Pacific Yellowfin Tuna, by Edwin S.
Iversen, 28 pp., illus., processed, June 1956.

SSR- Fish. No. 183 - Observations on Serology of

Tuna, by John E. Cushing Jr., 17 pp., proc-
essed, October 1956. (Also Contribution
Hawaii Marine Laboratory No. 85.)

SSR- Fish. No. 187 - Commercial and Sport Shad

Fisheries of the Edisto River, South Carolina,
1955, by Charles H. Walburg, 9 pp., illus.,
processed, October 1956. Describes the Ed-
isto River, South Carolina, shad fishery in-
vestigations to determine fishing effort, fish-
ing rate, total catch, size of run, and spawn-
ing escapement for 1955. The commercial
fishery catch-and-effort data were obtained
from logbooks kept by each fisherman. The
total catch made by sport fishing was deter-
mined by a post-card survey. The catch-and-
effort data were combined with a tagging and
recovery program, and it was estimated that
the fishing rate was approximately 20 percent,
the total catch was 11,000 shad, and the size
of the run was 56,000 shad (fiducial limits
28,000 to 100,000). Unfortunately, catch-and-
effort records for previous years were not
available for this stream; therefore, sizes of
former runs and escapements could not be
determined.

THE FOLLOWING SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ARE AVAILABLE ONLY

FROM THE SPECIFIC OFFICE MENTIONED.

California Fisheries Trends and Review for 1955,
by V. J. Samson, 38 pp., processed. (Avail-
able free from the Market News Service, U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Post Office Bldg. ,
San Pedro, Calif.) This is a review of the
1955 trends and conditions in the California
fisheries. Among the subjects discussed are
the tuna fishery (cannery receipts, total pack
for 1946-1955, ex-vessel prices, domestic
catch and fishing conditions, imports of frozen
tuna, and canned tuna market conditions and
price quotations); California sardine (pilchard)
fishery (landings, ex-vessel prices, canned
pack, and canned sardine prices); mackerel
fishery (cannery receipts and ex-vessel prices);
anchovy fishery; and canned pet-food produc-
tion. Included in the statistical tables are
data on tuna receipts and canned pack by
months and species; landings and products of
sardines (pilchards) by months, products, and
areas; landings and pack of mackerel and jack
mackerel by species and months; production
of miscellaneous fishery products; freezing of
fish and shellfish; cold- storage holdings; land-
ings of market fish and shellfish at certain

December 1956

California ports; and imports of fishery prod-
ucts into California and Arizona.

Gulf States Production of Fishery Products for Se-

lected Areas, 1955, by L. A. Keilman, 26 pp.
processed, December 1956. (Available free
from the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
609-611 Federal Bldg. , 600 South St., New
Orleans 12, La.) The author discusses trends
and conditions in Gulf Coast fisheries during
1955 and gives a resume of the individual fish-
eries. For the shrimp fishery a detailed ac-
count is given of general conditions, total land-
ings, composition of the landings by species,
increase in consumption, prices, canned
shrimp, and data on cold-storage freezings and
holdings. Production and market conditions
for the oyster, blue crab, and finfish fisheries
are included in the summary, as well as signi-
ficant developments in these fisheries. Im-
ports of fresh and frozen fish are briefly men-
tioned. Statistical tables show shrimp closed
seasons in effect in Gulf states in 1955; mini-
mum shrimp size regulations; conversion fac-
tors and container capacities; shrimp sizes;
total landings by area; total landings of selec-
ted areas and species by months; fishery im-
ports through the New Orleans Custom District
and Port Isabel and Brownsville, Texas; and
weekly canned oyster and shrimp packs. In-
cluded also are tables showing the monthly
range of wholesale prices of fishery products
on the New Orleans French Market, a sum-
mary of Gulf shrimp landings for selected
areas, monthly LCL shipments from New Or-
leans by month and by destination, and fishery
products market classifications in the Gulf
area. The areas covered by the report are:
Mobile and Bayou LaBatre, Ala. ; Pascagoula
and Biloxi, Miss. ; New Orleans and lower
Mississippi River area, Golden Meadow area,
Houma, Chauvin, Dulac, Morgan City, Ber -
wick, Patterson, and Delcambre, La. ; Gal-
veston, Freeport, Port Lavaca, Palacios,
Aransas Pass, Rockport, Corpus Christi,
Port Isabel, and Brownsville, Tex.

Receipts of Fresh and Frozen Fishery Products at

Chicago, 1955, by G. A. Albano, 53 pp., proc-
essed, November 1956. (Available free from
the Market News Service, U. S. Fish and Wild-
life Service, 565 West Washington St. , Chicago
6, Ill. ) This report presents an analysis of the
marketing trends for fresh and frozen fishery
products and statistical tables onthe receipts
of fresh and frozen fish and shellfish at Chicago
during 1955. Statistics onarrivals of fishery
products at Chicago are presented by species
and by states and provinces of origin; states and
provinces by species; species by months; states
and provinces by months; totals by species;
and totals by states and provinces. Receipts
are tabulated by methods of transportation
(truck, express, and freight). A table shows
the monthly range of wholesale prices of some
of the leading varieties of fresh and frozen
fishery products handled on the Chicago mar-
ket. In the analysis of the marketing trends
for fresh and frozen fishery products at Chi-
cago, the author discusses the sources of the
receipts, methods of transportation, months
of greatest receipts, receipts by species and
varieties, lake trout and whitefish receipts,

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 97

U. S. Great Lakes fishery production, U. S.
imports of fresh and frozen fish from Canada,
U. S. imports of frozen fillets and cold stor-
age inventories. Also included is a table giv-
ing the names, classifications, and approxi-
mate weights of certain fishery products sold
in the Chicago wholesale market.

Boston Fishery Products Monthly Summary, Sep-

tember 1956, 15 pp.; Boston Fishery Prod-
ucts Monthly Suna iaOctonersigeee 15 pp.
(Market News Service, U. S. Fish and Wild-
life Service, 10 Commonwealth Pier, Boston
10, Mass.) Landings and ex-vessel prices by
species for fares landed at the Boston Fish
Pier and sold through the New England Fish
Exchange; and Boston frozen fishery products
prices to primary wholesalers; for the months
indicated.

(Chicago) September 1956 Monthly Summary of

Chicago's Fresh and Frozen Fishery Products
Receipts and Wholesale Market Prices, 10 pp.
Market News Service, U. S. Fish and Wild-
life Service, 565 W. Washington =, Chicago
6, Ill.) Receipts at Chicago by species and by
states and provinces; fresh-water fish, shrimp,
and frozen fillet wholesale market prices; for
the month indicated.

Gulf Monthly Landings, Production, and Shipments

of Fishery Products, October 1956, 5 pp.
(Market News Service, U. S. Fish and Wild-
life Service, 609-611 Federal Bldg. , New Or-
leans 12, La.) Gulf States shrimp, oyster,
finfish, and blue crab landings; crab meat
production; LCL express shipments from New
Orleans; and wholesale prices of fish and shell-
fish on the New Orleans French Market; for the
month indicated.

Monthly Summary of Fishery Products Production

in Selected Areas of Virginia, North Carolina,
and Maryland, October 1956, 4 pp. (Market
News Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
18 S. King St., Hampton, Va.) Fishery pro-
duction for the Virginia areas of Hampton
Roads, Lower Northern Neck, and Eastern
Shore; the Maryland areas of Crisfield, Ocean
City, and Cambridge; and the North Carolina
areas of Atlantic, Beaufort, and Morehead
City; together with cumulative and comparative
data; for the month indicated.

(New York) Monthly Summary - September 1956 -

Receipts of Fishery Products at the New York
City Wholesale Salt-Water Market, 4 pp. (Mar-
ket News Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, 155 John St., New York 38, N. Y.)
Receipts in the salt-water section of the Fulton
Fish Market by species and by states and prov-
inces for the month indicated.

(Seattle) Monthly Summary - Fishery Products,

October 1956, 6 pp. (Market News Service,

U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 421 Bell St.
Terminal, Seattle 1, Wash.) Includes landings
and local receipts, with ex-vessel and whole-
sale prices in some instances, as reported by
Seattle and Astoria (Oregon) wholesale dealers;
also Northwest Pacific halibut landings.

938

Progress in Developing Methods for Chemical Con-
trol of Molluscan Enemies, by V. L. Loosanoff,
vol. 20, Bulletin No. 12, November 7, 1956,
5 pp., processed. (Available free from the
Fish and Wildlife Service, Marine Biological
Laboratory, Milford, Conn.) Answers re-
quests for more information concerning the
development of methods for chemical control
of shellfish enemies. Discussed briefly are
the effects of various chemicals on molluscan
enemies, methods of using chemicals, effects
of chemicals on useful animals, and signifi-
cance of the application of the methods being
developed.

THE FOLLOWING SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ARE FOR SALE AND ARE

(from Fishery Bulletin of the Fish and Wildlife
Service, vol. 57), 26 pp., illus., printed, 30
cents, 1956.

Calendar Years 1953-1954, Statistical Digest
38, 39 pp., printed, 20 cents, 1956.

This is a Salmon Hatchery (Circular 25), This isa
Trout Hatchery (Circular 31), This is a Pond-
fish Hatchery (Circular 40); pamphlets each 2
pp., illus., printed, 5 cents. The purpose of
the circulars is to portray in a quick, easy-to-
read manner the function, operation and physi-
cal features of each of the three types of hatch-
ery. Each circular is illustrated with photo-
graphs of a typical hatchery and with artist's
drawings which portray the life cycle of various
fish and some of their physical characteristics.
Hatchery operations are shown by both photo-
graph and drawings. The circulars show that
the pondfish hatchery is a group of rearing
ponds, each about an acre in extent, while
trout and salmon hatcheries have batteries of
concrete raceways or rearing ponds each about
8 feet by 80 feet in area. A feature of some
salmon hatcheries is the fish ladder from the
stream to Spawning and holding ponds in addi-
tion to the concrete raceways. Each leaflet ex-
plains the cultural methods used for the species
and the manner in which the hatchery product
helps solve the particular fishery problem. The
pondfish produced are mostly largemouth bass
and blue gills and, to a lesser extent, other
warm-water fish like smallmouth bass, redear
sunfish, northern pike, walleye, and channel
catfish. Rainbow, brown, cutthroat andbrook
trout provide much of the sport fishing in the
United States and account for most of the pro-
duction from trout hatcheries. There are five
species of salmon native to the Pacific area,
the king (chinook, spring); red (sockeye, blue-
back); silver (coho); chum (dog) and pink (hump-
back). All species except pink saimon are
reared in Federal hatcheries in the Northwest.
In some instances there are facilities for both
trout and pondfish culture at the same hatchery
and in others the salmon and trout are reared
in a single installation.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 18, No. 12

MISCELLANEOUS
PUBLICATIONS

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH
AND WILOLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE OBTAFNED FROM THE
ORGANIZATION JSSUING THEM, CORRESPONDENCE REGARDING PUB-
LICAT [ONS THAT FOLLOW SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO THE RESPEC-
TIVE ORGANIZATION OR PUBLISHER MENTIONED. DATA ON PRICES,

LF READILY AVAILABLE, ARE SHOWN.

Abstract of Commercial Fisheries Laws of Cali-

Department of Fish and Game, Sacramento
14, Calif.

"Age Determination in Yellowstone Cutthroat
Trout by the Scale Method," by Martin Laakso
and Oliver B. Cope, article, The Journal of
Wildlife Management, vol. 20, no. 2, April
1956, single copy $2. Cayuga Press, Inc.,
113 East Green St., Ithaca, N. Y.

Annual Report--Passage of Fish over Bonneville
and McNary Dams, Columbia River, Oregon
and Washington, 1955, Reports Control Sym-
bol NPDGW-79, Chief of Engineers, U. S.
Army, Washington 25, D. C.

Beretning om Selfangsten, Hakjerringfisket og
Overvintringsekspedisjonene i 1955 (Report on
Sealing, Greenland Shark Fishing, and Winter
Expeditions in 1955), Arsberetning Vedkom-
mende Norges Fiskerier, 1955, Nr. 10, 23
pp., printed in Norwegian. A. S. JohnGriegs
Boktrykkeri, Bergen, Norway, 1956.

ganisms, by Sewell H. Hopkins, Contributions
from Bears Bluff Laboratories No. 23, 30pp.,
illus., printed. Bears Bluff Laboratories,
Wadmalaw Island, S. C., October 1956.

Bulletin Officiel D'Information du Conseil Super-
ieur de la Peche (Official Information Bulletin
of the Council on Fisheries), No. 25, July-
August-September 1956, 93 pp., printed in
French. Conseil Superieur de la Peche, 1
Avenue de Lowendal, Paris, France.

troller of Stationery, Ottawa, Canada, 1956.
Describes the Fisheries Prices Support Act;
economic conditions of the British Columbia,
Atlantic Coast, and fresh-water fisheries;
price support program for Newfoundland salt-
ed codfish; request for assistance in the des-
truction of Pacific Coast dogfish; and other
activities of the Board.

Changes in the Physiography of Oyster Bars in the
James River, Virginia, by Nelson Marshall,
Contribution No. 17, 10 pp., illus., printed.
(Reprinted from The Virginia Journal of Sci-
ence, vol. 5, New Series, no. 3, July 1954,
pp. 173-181.) The Oceanographic Institute,
Florida State University, Tallahassee, Fla.

December 1956

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATIONS ISSUING THEM,

The Charles F. Johnson Oceanic Gamefish Inves-

Comprising September, 1955 through
August, 1556. by eaibort L. Voss, Progress
Report No. 2, 11 pp., processed. The Ma-
rine Laboratory, University of Miami, Coral
Gables, Fla. A summary of investigations of
the systematics, geographical distribution,
ecology, food, migrations, spawning, and
growth of the billfishes (including spearfishes,
marlins, and the swordfish).

Cod Populations--Identified by a Chemical Method,
by Eva Henly Dannevig, Fiskeridirektoratets
Skrifter (Report on Norwegian Fishery and
Marine Investigations, vol. XI, no. 6), 13pp.,
illus., printed. A.S. John Griegs Boktrykkeri,
Bergen, Norway, 1956. Gives the results of
a study of the proteins of fish muscle. The
chemical composition of the muscle of cod
varies. according to the different localities.
First, there is a very definite difference in
the chromatographic pattern of cod muscle be-
tween cod from the southern waters (Skagerack)
and those from northern waters (Lofoten area).
This difference occurred in all specimens ex-
amined, irrespective of local varieties. Sec-
ondly, the cod from the two localities can be
separated in subgroups, Finally, the codmus-
cle has been hydrolyzed, and the different con-
stituents building the complex molecules ofthe
amino-acid group containing part of the muscle
are identified.

"Correlations of Various Ambient Phenomena with
Red Tide Outbreaks on the Florida West Coast," |
by Anita Feinstein, article, Bulletin of Marine
Science of the Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 6, no.
ed. The Marine Laboratory, University of
Miami, Coral Gables 34, Fla.

"The 'Critical Period’ in the Early Life History of
Marine Fishes,'' by John C. Marr, article,
Journal du Conseil, vol. XXI, no. 2, April1956, |
pp. 160-170, illus., printed; single copy Kr.
12. 00 (US$2. 32). Andr. Fred. Hdst & Sgn,
Bredgade, Copenhagen, Denmark.

2,000 Meters, by Marion Grey, Fieldiana:
Zoology, vol. 36, no. 2, 263 pp., printed, $4.
Chicago Natural History Museum, Roosevelt
Rd. and Lake Shore Dr. , Chicago 5, Ill.

El Agricultor Venezolano(The Venezuelan Farmer),

~ vol. XXI, no. 190, August-September 1956,
78 pp., illus., printed in Spanish. Ministerio
de Agricultura y Cria, Caracas, Venezuela.
Contains, among others, the following articles:
"Fishing in Venezuela,"’ ''Oceanography of the
Central Region," ''20 Years of the Department
of Fishery," ''Pearl Fishing, '' and "The Fish
Service Provided by the Ministry of Agricul-
ture and Livestock."

"Bish in the Mink Diet," article, Trade News, vol.
9, no. 3, September 1956, pp. 6, 12, illus.,
printed. Department of Fisheries of Canada,
Ottawa, Canada. An interesting development
in British Columbia is thé increasing use of

fish as a food for mink. This increase is due
to its availability and price in comparison to
other animal foods, its nutritive value, andto
the growth in the number of mink ranchers in
the province during recent years. This article
describes a study of the subject made by the
Markets and Economics Service of the Depart-
ment of Fisheries.

Fishes from Eylath (Gulf of Aqaba), Red Sea, Sec-
ond Report, by H. Steinmetz and A. Ben-Tu-
via, Bulletin No. 11, December 1955, 11pp.,
printed. The Government Printing Press,
Haifa, Israel.

Fiskeri- Undervisningen, 1954-55 (Fisheries Train-
ing, 1954-55), Arsberetning Vedkommende
Norges Fiskerier, 1955, Nr. 8, 37 pp., illus.,

printed in Norwegian. A. S. John Griegs Bok-
trykkeri, Bergen, Norway, 1956.

Fiskeriinspektorenes Virksomhet 1/7 1953--31/12
1954 (Activities of Fisheries Inspectors, July
T, 1953--December 31, 1954), ArSberetning
Vedkommende Norges Fiskerier, 1955, Nr.
11, 139 pp., printed in Norwegian. A. S.
John Griegs Boktrykkeri, Bergen, Norway,
1956.

(FAO) Conservation et Distribution des Produits de

No. 43, 10 pp., processed in French withbrief
abstract in English. Food and Agriculture Or-
ganization of the United Nations, Viale delle
Terme di Caracalla, Rome, Italy. A paper
presented at the Fourth Meeting of the General
Fisheries Council for the Mediterranean held
in Istanbul September 17-22, 1956, covering
the use of ice in the preservation of fish, re-
frigeration equipment, quick-freezing, dis-
tribution of refrigerated fishery products, re-
tail stores, and distribution of frozen fishery
products.

(FAO) Transport of Fish for Short Trips by Seaat
Medium Temperature, by Selim R. Suntur, _
Technical Paper No. 47, 4 pp., processed.
Food and Agriculture Organization of the Unit-
ed Nations, Viale delle Terme di Caracalla,
Rome, Italy. A paper presented at the Fourth
Meeting of the General Fisheries Council for
the Mediterranean held in Istanbul September
17-22, 1956.

Gremio dos Armadores da Pesca da Baleia, Rela-

torio e Contas do Exercicio de 1955 e Orca-
mento para 1956 (Whaling Vessel Owners'
Guild, Statement of Operations for 1955 and
Budget for 1956), 28 pp., illus., printed in
Portuguese. A Comissao Revisora de Contas,
Lisbon, Portugal.

Gremio dos Armadores da Pesca da Sardinha, Re-

latorio e Contas do Exercicio de 1955 e Ocra-
mento para 1956 (Sardine Fishing Vessel
Owners’ Guild, Statement of Operations for
1955 and Budget for 1956), 15 pp., printed in
Portuguese. A Comissao Revisora de Contas,
Lisbon, Portugal.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol.18, No. 12

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATIONS ISSUING THEM.

Gremio dos Armadores de Navios da Pesca do Ba-

calhau, Relatorio e Contas do Exercicio de
1955 e Orcamento para 1956 (Cod Fishing Ves-
sel Owners' Guild, Statement of Operations
for 1955 and Budget for 1956), 28 pp., printed
in Portuguese. A Comissao Revisora de Con-
tas, Lisbon, Portugal.

Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission Annual

Report for the Year 1955 (Comision Intera-
mericana del Atun Tropical Informe Anual
Correspondiente al Ano 1955), 95 pp., illus. ,
printed in English and Spanish. Inter- Amer-
ican Tropical Tuna Commission, La Jolla,
Calif., 1956. Included in this report are: the
recommended program of investigations; prog-
ress on investigations; publication of research
results; activities of the Tuna Commission at
the International Technical Conference on the
Conservation of the Living Resources of the
Sea; and a short resume of the Commission's
regular annual meeting at Panama City, Pan-
ama, on July 14, 1955. An appendix to the
report describes the investigations conducted
by the Commission during 1955, and discussed
in this section are the compilation of current
statistics of total catch, amount and success
of fishing, and abundance of fish populations;
compilation and analysis of historical data on
tuna and bait fishes; research on biology, life
history, and ecology of tunas; investigation of
the oceanography of the Eastern Pacific; and
investigations of the biology, ecology, and life
history of bait fishes. The Commission has
the purpose of gathering and interpreting the
factual information required for maintaining
the populations of tuna and tuna bait fishes at
such levels which will permit maximum sus-
tainable catches year after year.

Kieler Meeresforschungen (Marine Investigations),

Band XII, Heft 2 (vol. XII, no. 2), 1956, pp.

127-260, illus., printed in German. Institut
fur Meereskunde der Universitat, Hohenberg-
str. 2, Kiel, Germany. Contains nine articles
on various subjects including biological, his-
torical, oceanographic subjects, and problems
observed in various parts of the world.

"The Lamprey in New York Waters," by John R.

Greeley, article, The New York State Con-
servationist, vol. 11, no. 1, August-Septem-
ber 1956, pp. 18-21, illus., printed, single
copy 50 cents. The Conservationist, Room
515, Arcade Bldg. , Albany 1, N.Y.

Lofotfisket 1955 (Lofoten Fisheries, 1955), Ars-

beretning Vedkommende Norges Fiskerier,
1955, Nr. 5, 96 pp., printed in Norwegian.
A. S. John Griegs Boktrykkeri, Bergen, Nor-
way, 1956.

Memoirs of the Faculty of Fisheries, Kagoshima
University, vol. 3, no. 2, 88 pp., illus.,

The

Environmental Factors of the Principal Fish-
eries in Kagoshima Bay. I. On the Water-
Temperature and Salinity Concerning the
Catch 'Maiwashi,' Sardinia melanosticta, and
'Urume,' Etrumeus micropus; “Studies onthe
Horizontal Finding of Fish School. (III) About
Errors of 'Reading' on the Records of General
Fish Finder;" "On the Variation of Free-Ty-
rosine Content of Fish Meat in Decrease of

Its Freshness--II, Estimation of Tyrosine
Value under Application of Xanthoproteic Re-
action;" '"Chemical Studies on the Fixative
Procedure of Fish Meat for the Various Esti-
mation--I. (1) On the Fixative Procedure for
the Estimation of Volatile Basic Nitrogen. (a)
Fixation by Using Protein Precipitant;" 'Study
on the Separating Process of Histamin from
Histidine by the Electro- Chromatographic
Method;" "Biochemical Studies on the Mould
Isolated from Katsuobushi--I. On the Antibi-
otic Action of the Mould;" ''A Survey on the
Constitutional Transformation of a Fishing Vil-
lage;'' and ''An Interpretation of the Develop-
mental Process of Fishery Economy in Japan--
Especially a Consideration on the Bonito Fish-
ery at Bonotsu. "'

Memoirs of the Faculty of Fisheries, Kagoshima

University, vol. 4, 159 pp., illus., printed
in Japanese with summaries in English. The
Faculty of Fisheries, Kagoshima University,
Kagoshima, Japan, December 1955. Contains
among others the following articles: "Studies
on the Improvement of Yellow-tail Setting Net
(It). Model Experiment on Trap Nets of Var-
iant Constructions;"' "On the Curve of Tuna
Long Line;" ''Studies on the Relation Between
the Fluctuation in Catch and the Environmental
Factors of the Principal Fishes in Kagoshima
Bay--II. In the Fisheries of Istiophorus ori-
entalis and Sea Conditions;'' "On the Detective
Effect of the Radar Upon the Location of the
Tunny Longline;" "An Experiment on the Trial
Manufacture of Lead Plate Depth Finder for
Fishing Tools;" ''Fundamental Studies on the
Relation of Underwater Sound to the Fish Be-
haviour. (I) About the Sounds by Dropping or
Showering;" and "Chemical Studies on the Fix-
ative Procedure of Fish Meat for the Various
Estimations. (II) On the Fixative Procedure
for the Estimation of Volatile Basic Nitrogen.
b. On the Volatile Nitrogen Produced in Fish
Meat Fixed in Acidic Protein Precipitant."

Migration and Exploitation of the Black Mullet,

The

MUGIL CEPHALUS L. in Florida, as Deter-

mined from Tagging During 1949-1953, by
Gordon C. Broadhead and H. P. Mefford,
Technical Series No. 18, 32 pp., illus.,
printed. The Marine Laboratory, University

of Miami, Coral Gables, Fla. , April 1956.

Movement and Recovery of Tagged Walleyes

printedin Japanese with summaries in English.
The Faculty of Fisheries, Kagoshima Univer-
sity, Kagoshima, Japan, May 1954. Contains
among others the following articles: ''On the

Fisheries of Tuna and the Oceanographic Con-
ditions in the Sawu Sea;" "Studies on the Rela-
tion Between the Fluctuation in Catch and the

in Michigan, 1929-1953, by Paul H. Esch-
meyer and Walter R. Crowe, Miscellaneous
Publication no. 8, 32 pp., illus., printed.
Institute for Fisheries Research, Ann Arbor,
Mich. , 1955.

W
The Occurrence of Gymnodinum brevis in the

Western Gulf of Mexico, by W. B. Wilson

December 1956

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM,

and S. M. Ray, article, Ecology, vol. 37,no.
2, p. 388, printed, April 1956, single copy
$2. Duke University Press, Box 6697, Col-
lege Station, Durham, N. C.

(Oregon) Biennial Report of the Fish Commission

of the State of Oregon to the Governor and the
Forty-Eighth Legislative Assembly, 1955, 28
pp., printed. Oregon Fish Commission, 307
State Office Bldg., Portland1, Ore. A re-
port of the operation of the Fish Commission
of the State of Oregon together with a financial-
statement for the period July 1, 1952, to June
30, 1954. It describes the efforts of the Fish
Commission which have been directed toward
increasing the effectiveness of the fisheries
management activities. This has been done by
improved operating methods and the construc-
tion of new facilities. This report also shows
the pack of canned salmon on the Columbia
River from the inception of the industry to
1953.

"Organoleptic Studies of Irradiated Foods,"' by G.

B. Pratt and O. F. Ecklund, article, Food
Technology (Published by the Institute of Food
Technologists), vol. 10, no. 10, October 1956,
pp. 496-499, printed. The Garrard Press,
119 West Park Ave., Champaign, Ill. Discus-
ses and gives results of organoleptic studies
of irradiated meats and vegetables. Statisti-
cal analysis of taste test scores showed sig-
nificant off-flavor in each of the irradiated
meats and vegetables in the experiment. In
every case important changes in appearance
or flavor developed on storage. According to
the authors, some of these changes, but by no
means all, might be attributed to enzymatic
action.

Oyster Cultivation in Britain (A Manual of Current

Practice), by H. A. Cole, 45 pp., illus.,
printed, 5s. (70 U.S. cents). Her Majesty's
Stationery Office, London, England, 1956. An
attempt is made to give a straightforward ac-
count of the various methods of oyster culture
at present followed in Britain and to indicate
lines along which further development is pos-
sible. Although the work is particularly ad-
dressed to anyone comtemplating oyster farm-
ing, either on a large or small scale, and
special attention is given to difficulties likely
to be encountered, a full description is also
given of those new techniques worked out at
home or abroad, which are considered to be of
value to British oyster planters. Contains
chapters on suitable areas for development;
sewage and industrial pollution; legal consid-
erations; equipment and methods of cultivation;
seasonal work on an oyster fishery; copper
taints in oysters; the purchase of oysters for
relaying and restocking; the making of new
oyster beds and the reclamation of derelict
grounds; frost; the cultivation of Portuguese
oysters; and the food value of oysters.

Partners in World Trade (The Goal of the GATT),

Department of State Publication 5879, Com-
mercial Policy Series 148, 19 pp., illus.,
printed, 15 cents. Department of State, Wash-
ington, D. C. (For sale by the Superintendent

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 101

of Documents, Government Printing Office,
Washington 25, D. C.)

(Philippines) Fisheries Statistics of the Philip-

pines, 1953, illus., printed. Bureau of Fish-
eries, Manila, Philippines.

"Pothead Roundup, '' by Mark Ronayne, article,

Trade News, vol. 9, no. 3, September 1956,
pp. 3-5, illus., printed. Department of Fish-
eries of Canada, Ottawa, Canada. Describes
the most recent developments in the Newfound-
land pothead whale fishery. The pothead
whales are driven into a "corral" at New Har-
bour, from the outer areas of Trinity Bay
where they are allowed to roam at will until
they are selected for killing. This latest de-
velopment phase is reflected in the rows of
aluminum-covered sheds which nestle almost
out of sight in fir and spruce stands along the
road to Dildo. Once virgin forest, a large
part of this area has been transformed almost
overnight into a bustling mink- ranching center
which provincial authorities are hapeful will
some day develop into one of the continent's
largest. They base these predictions on the
abundance of pothead whales and codfish which,
barring unforeseenand unlikely changes, can be
expected to provide feed supplies for hordes
of mink that nobody would dare estimate at
this time.

Research Board of Canada, Ottawa, Canada,
September 1956. Among the articles included
are: Storage of Live Crabs in RefrigeratedSea
Water,'' by S. W. Roach; "Effect of Chlortet-
racycline Treatment of Fish on Development
of Certain Food-poisoning Bacteria," by H.M.
Bluhm and H. L. A. Tarr; ''Results of Tests
on Kuralon Staple Twine," by P. J. G. Car-
rothers; ''Distribution and Movement of Young
Pacific Salmon During Early Ocean Residence, '
by J. I. Manzer.

"Quality of Sardines (Clupea pilchardus Walb. )

Held Unfrozen and Frozen Prior to Canning,"
by W. A. MacCallum, W. J. Dyer, S; (Curi,
J. J. Simoncic, M. Kovacevic, D. C. Horne,
R. J. McNeill, M. Drvaric, and H. Lisac,
article, Food Technology (Published by the
Institute of Food Technologists), vol. 10, no.
9, September 1956, pp. 432-438, illus.,
printed. The Garrard Press, 119 West Park
Ave., Champaign, Ill. Gives the results of
tests made on the quality of sardines, Clupea
pilchardus, held unfrozen and frozen prior to
canning. Prior to canning, the fresh chilled
fish, the stored unfrozen fish, and the fish
thawed after removal from frozen storage
were examined organoleptically and peroxide
determinations were made. The following
tests of canned fish were made: (a) organolep-
tic examination; (b) determination of peroxide
value; (c) determination of free fatty acids; and
(d) determination of salt. The authors report
the following conclusions and recommendations:
"Sardines, to be of goodcanning quality, should
be iced in boxes within two or three hours of
catchingin a manner which prevents crushing.

102 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE
OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM.

A >d in this manner should be heldno meter) is now being manufactured commer-
eee tires days in unfrozen storage cially. The report states that, "it is believed
prior to canning. Evisceration of sardines this instrument will have wider application
prior to storage is not Sap ae one eee than in the smoke-curing of foods.

iti rdines
pial ae cere ae at es St 1, Revue des Travaux de L'Institut des Peches Mari-
are cgoled and placed instorage a zpGes, h Tihs Studies of the Meri
(-1.1 to-0.5 C.), the presence or absence of times (Review 0 the Studies o e Marine
ice over the fish does not affect the quality of Fisheries Institute), vol. XxX, no. 2, June
the fish for canning. Only strictly fresh sar- 1956, pp. 119-220, illus. , printed in French.
dines, iced and handled as specified, should Institut Scientifique et Technique des Peches
be frozen for later canning. Glazed and un- Maritimes, 59 Avenue Raymond- Poincare,
glazed air-frozen Sardines gan be held at a Paris 16, France. Includes articles on the
temperature of -4 F. (-20° C.) in a condi- study of the scallop (Chlamys varia L. ); ac-
tion acceptable for canning for a period of up climatization of the clam (Venus mercenaria
to one month, A storage temperature of about L.) to Britany; breeding of Portuguese oysters
—2 Ome hy (-29° C.) is recommended for use in on rafts; and statistics on the French fisheries
commercial practice. Organoleptic examina- for 1954 by species and fishing area.
tion of the fish meat both prior to and after
canning is recommended to give a proper as- Scientists Stalk Oyster Killers, 16pp., illus.,
sessment of quality for canning. printed. (Reprinted from The Humble Way,
a publication of the Humble Oil & Refining Co)
"Quality Variables Pinpointed for Fish-Stick Mak- Humble Oil & Refining Co. , Houston, Texas.
ers," by Stephen J. Lirot and John T. R. Nick- Presents a brief history of oyster mortalities
erson, article, Food Engineering, vol. 28,no. in different parts of the world; a description
6, June 1956, pp. 88-90, 189, illus., printed. of a Louisiana oyster operation; contrasts in
McGraw-Hill Publishing Co., Inc., 330 W. marketing; and environment and enemies of
42nd St., New York 36, N. Y. Describes a oysters, Also describes oyster research work
study of the effect processing and coating in- to determine whether or not oil operations
gredients have on the quality of frozen pre- would contribute to oyster mortality. After
cooked fish sticks. Resuits show that: (1) many years of hard work, scientists working
there is a highly significant correlation be- independently of each other, and representing
tween subjective color grading and spectro- divergent interests, have proved that the real
photometer reflectance values in the red por- oyster killer is a parasitic fungus which flour-
tion of the spectrum for sticks fried in oil, ishes under conditions found most of the year
frozen, then defrosted and oven-heated for 15 in Louisiana waters. Scientists found that
minutes at 400 F. Further taste-panel scores parasite, studied its devastating effect on oys-
indicate a preference for sticks with shades in ters, and agree that it is the major cause of
the central portion of the range, neither too oyster mortality in Louisiana.
light nor too dark; (2) percent over-all breader
and batter pickup of uncooked sticks appears "Some Effects of Specific Organic Compounds on
to vary linearly with the logarithm of both bat- Marine Organisms," by Albert Collier, Sam-
ter viscosity and percent frying weight loss. my Ray, and W. B. Wilson, article, Science,
The latter increases as over-all pickup de- vol. 124, no. 3214, August 1956, p. 220,
creases; (3) coating performance is greatly printed, single copy 25 cents. American
affected by the specific flour or flour combi- Association for the Advancement of Science,
nations used in the batter; (4) above 3 percent, 1515 Massachusetts Ave., NW., Washington
increasing concentrations of egg yolk solids in 55, DEC.
the ‘batter reduces its viscosity and over-all
pickup by uncooked sticks; and (5) compared "Some Factors Affecting the Sodium Chloride Con-

with batter containing 3-percent egg solids,
one with no egg solids produces slightly great-
er fat absorption and weight loss during frying,
A concentration of less than 3-percent egg
solids in batter mixtures may be desirable.

tent of Haddock During Brine Freezing and
Water Thawing,'' by J. Holston and S. R. Pot-
tinger, article, Food Technology, vol. 8, no. 9,
pp. 409-414, illus., printed, single copy $1.
The Garrard Press, 119 West Park Ave.,
Champaign, Ill.

"Spawning and Egg Production of Oysters and
the Year 1955, 85 pp., printed, 4s. (56 U.S. B s = : meee,

, : 2 f Clams," by H. C. Davis andP. E. Chanley,
cents). Her Majesty's Stationery Office, Lon- article, The Biological Bulletin, vol. 110,
don, England, 1956. Contains, among others, no. 2, April 1956, pp. 117-128, illus. ,

a report concerning research work undertaken
at the Torry Research Station, Aberdeen, and
the Humber Laboratory, Hull. Discusses im-
provement in quality of iced white fish, freez-
ing and cold storage, smoke curing, drying,
fishery byproducts, bacteriology, and bio-
chemistry. It mentions experiments with fish
containers; electrostatic smoking of herring;
Sree nen aS ae control by means of
a fluidizer;" an the fact that the recording Technical Report of Fishing Boat, No.9, 232 pp.
optical-density smokemeter (the Torry Smoke- illus., printedin Japanese with brief English

printed, single copy $2.50. Lancaster Press,
Inc., Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa.

"Stranded Mammals of the Sea," article, The New
York State Conservationist, vol. 11, no. I,
August-September 1956, pp. 4-5, illus., print-
ed, single copy 50cents. The Conservationist,
Room 515, Arcade Bldg., Albany 1, N. Y.

December 1956

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 103

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATIONS ISSUING THEM,

abstracts. Fishing Boat Laboratory, Produc-
tion Division, Ministry of Agriculture and For-
estry, Kasumigaseki, Chiyodaku, Tokyo, Ja-
pan, September 1956. Contains the following
reports, with very brief abstracts in English,
on various studies in progress at the Fishing
Boat Laboratory: (1) "A Note of Fishing Boat
Stability (Repori No. 1. Medium Type Boat);"
(2) ''Study of Fish Hold Insulation Materials;"
(3) "Wears of Cylinder of etc. Fishing Boat--
IX (Effect on Temperature of Cooling Water
No. 2);"' (4) "Automatic Net-Height Meter
Measuring Simultaneously Two Points of the
Trawl Net, and Results of Experiments for
these Apparatuses;" (5) ''Study on Reflection
Loss of Ultrasound Milimeter Wave on Fish-
Body;" (6) "Study on Fish- Finder for Ground-
Fish (Report No. 1 - Technical Examination
and Experiment on Fish- Finder for Ground-
Fish);'' (7) 'Study on Fish- Finder for Ground-
Fish (Report No. 2 - Study on Finding of
Ground- Fish by 50 kc. Fish-Finder);" (8)
"Study on Fish- Finder for Ground- Fish ( Re-
port No. 3 - Study on Detection of Ground- Fish
by 200 kc. Fish-Finder);"' (9) Study of DSL
by Ultrasonic Wave (2);" (10) "Investigation of
Sea-Noise;" and (11) ''Study on Measurement
of Under- Water Noises at Kurihama Bay." An
appendix lists the reports published in the past,
Nos, 1-8.

"Temperature Measurements on Frozen Fish Dur-

ing Road Transport,’ by D. L. Nichol and J.
Lawrence, article, Modern Refrigeration,
vol. LIX, no. 702, September 1956, pp. 316-
319, illus., printed, 3s. (42 U.S. cents). Re-
frigeration House, Victoria Road, Woking Sur-
rey, England. This paper is concerned with
temperature measurements in a large road
container operating under normal commercial
conditions. The time/temperature relationship
for the cold storage of white fish was establish-
ed. Results of test indicate that a block of fish
which has become heated from 0° F. to+15 F.
over 24 hours, provided that it is returned to
cold storage at 0 F. and cooled fairly rapidly,
will only have suffered deterioration equiva-
lent to about 3 days in storage. With the type
of container described even this small deteri-
oration represents the extreme case, that of
the most exposed blocks during a journey in
very hot weather. The effect upon the major-
ity of the load will be very much less. With
insulated containers of this type there is clear-
ly no need to provide refrigeration in transit
for journeys of up to 26 hours. The work,
however, does indicate that if a refrigerated
container were being designed (e.g. for longer
journeys) it would be particularly necessary
to provide cooling at the edges and corners of
the load. Clearly the provision of refrigera-
tion in the air spaces above the load whether
by cooling coils or by the use of solid carbon
dioxide would not be an efficient method of
cooling the bottom edges and corners.

(Texas) Game and Fish Laws, 1955-1956, compiled

by Erma Baker, 319 pp., printed. Game and
Fish Commission, Austin, Texas, September
1, 1955. Contains the full text of the game,
fish, and fur laws of Texas for 1955-1956.

Two of its chapters are devoted to the (1)
fresh-water fishing laws and (2) salt-water
and commercial fishing laws.

"Underwater Observations on Escallop (Pecten

maximus L.) Beds," by R. H. Baird and F.
A. Gibson, article, Journal of the Marine Bi-
ological Association of the United Kingdom, _
vol. 35, no. 3, October 1956, pp. 536-582,
illus., printed, single copy US$7. Cambridge
University Press, 32 East 57th St., New York
22, N. Y. This article describes the equip-
ment and methods used in underwater obser-
vations of scallop beds, and the movement and
distribution of scallops, and it gives a com-
parison of catches by diving and dredging. The
authors state that, ''Present methods of dredge
sampling of escallop beds are unsatisfactory
where all age-groups require to be studied.
Selectivity by the dredge is continued above
the point that might reasonably be expected
from mesh size and tooth spacings the latter
being the primary selecting agent. A dredge
without teeth and with a fine mesh bag fills
with sand and bottom material within a short
distance. As the mean density of escallops is
low, even on good commercial beds, this re-
sults in very small catches. Escallops of all
age-groups are present together on the beds
with a tendency towards very localized age
grouping, which would not be apparent in
dredge sampling. There is no evidence that
migration from feeder beds occurs. Thereis
little apparent escape reaction; the limited
reactions seen occurred most often among 0-
and 1-group escallops. Dredge efficiency is
low, the Irish dredge used being on the bottom
for only a part of the time that it was moving,
progression occurring in a series of long shal-
low leaps. Conservation of stocks of escallops
would be most effective if based on dredge-
tooth spacing and size rather than on the size
of mesh or rings forming the belly of the
dredge."

Utilizing Stock Tanks and Farm Ponds for Fish,

by Marion Toole, Bulletin 24, 53 pp., illus.,
printed. Game and Fish Commission, Austin,
Texas.

White Fish Authority, Fifth Annual Report and Ac-

counts for the Year Ended 31st March, 1956,
51 pp., printed, 2s. (28 U.S. cents). Her
Majesty's Stationery Office, London, England.
Presents a general description of the White
Fish Authority, its functions, income, and ex-
penditures. Sections on production of fishery
products, marketing and distribution, reseaich
and experiments, training courses, and inves-
tigations are also presented.

The World's Best Fishin' Hole, by J. L. McHugh,

8 pp., illus., printed. (Reprinted from the
Bulletin of the International Oceanographic
Foundation, vol. 1, no. 2, May 1955.) The
Marine Laboratory, University of Miami, 439
Anastasia Avenue, Coral Gables 34, Fla.
Briefly discusses fishing in the Chesapeake
Bay giving special emphasis to: decline in com-
mercial landings of croaker and gray sea trout;
value of the oyster industry; abundant seafoods;

104

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH

Virginia Fisheries Laboratory activities; oys-
ter disease studies; blue crab spawning probe;
causes of reduced shad and croaker catches;
disappearance of the croaker; and ever-in-
creasing sport fishery. The author states
that ''These are but a few of the fascinating

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 18, No. 12

AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

of craft, gear, processing methods, degree of
use of available resources, etc. ; total produc-
tion; and the importance of the fisheries tothe
domestic economy. The final chapter discus-
ses future possibilities with respect to fish
farming, international agreements, and im-

problems the biologists have pledged them- proved catching, processing, and distributing

selves to solve. The quest will lead them to techniques. An appendix brings summarized

follow many trails. The answers should ben- production by countries up through 1953, and

efit not only Virginia, but may contribute to there is a 13-page index. Sixteen halftone

the welfare of the nation and the world. Wheth- plates and 61 figures helpto clarify the text, and

er or not it can honestly claim the title 'The most chapters end with a list of references to

world's best fishin' hole,' the Chesapeake is specialized reports.

well on the way to getting the scientific atten-

tion it deserves."' --A. W. Anderson
World Sea Fisheries, by Robert Morgan, 307 pp., TRADE LIST

illus., printed. Pitman Publishing Corpora-

tion, 2 West 45th Street, New York 36, N.Y.; The Office of Intelligence and Services, Bu-

also London, England, 1956. This book des- reau of Foreign Commerce, U. S. Department of

cribes the fisheries of the world on a rather Commerce, Washington 25, D. C., has published

comprehensive basis considering the scope of the following trade list. Copies of this list may be

the subject and the fact there are only 292 obtained by firms in the United States from that of-

pages of text. The limitation permits cover- fice or from Department of Commerce field offices

age of only the more important matters, with at $2 a list.

details left to the more specialized reports on
the subject. The first of three sections-- Phys- Canneries--Japan, 16 pp. (October 1956). The can-

ical Environment--discusses the physical ned foods industry of Japanconsists of 450 can-
conditions, the fisheries potential, the eco- ners, half of whichspecialize in canned marine
nomically-important fish, and the coastal products. The pack of canned foods included
zones and their influence. The second--Tech- more than 9. 9 million cases (48 cans) of canned
niques and their World Distribution--covers marine products. Exports of canned marine
fishing methods and craft used in demersal products in 1955 amounted to 62,200metric tons,
fishing, processing and transporation, and valued at US$45.7 million. The list includes all
fishing ports. The third-- Fisheries of the known canners at the time of publication, but is
World's Regions--handles the subject by con- subject to change without notice. The name of the
tinents and the more significant areas within cannery, address, branchoffices, products can-
them after setting up evaluating criteria. ned, annual production, and daily productive ca-
These include technical development in terms pacities are some of the data included in the list.
=x mo

CORRECTION

In the July 1956 issue of Commercial Fisheries
Review, page 109, the listing of the publication Lax-
fisket och Laxbestandet i Ostersjoomradet Under Se-
nare Ar (The Salmon Catch and the Salmon Stock in

the Baltic during Recent Years) incorrectly showed

two authors. Only one author should have been shown:
Dr. Gunnar Alm.

Editorial Assistant-- Ruth V. Keefe Illustrator--Gustaf T. Shaadlehinaren

Compositors--Jean Zalevsky and Helen Joswick

2 OK OK Ok Ok

Photograph Credits: Page 27 --Rex Gar i
_ sfotograph Credits y Schmidt; page 32--Jack S ; =
side back cover--The Great Atlantic and Pacific Tea Gonipee pote ue

pages not mentioned i : 5
Le ta were obtained from the Service's file and the photographers

. SS eS ee Eee

INT.-DUP. SEC., WASH., D.c, 20316

December 1956

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS (Contd.):
Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations (Contd,):
Research for Third Quarter 1956 (July 1-

Septembers30) 1906) \rrcr <i cie che ce ere poocaDDDO
Salmon:
1956 Pack 25 Percent Higher Than in 1955......

South Atlantic Exploratory Fishery Program:
Florida East Coast Survey for Royal-Red Shrimp
Continued (M/V Combat Cruise 5) ..........
U. S, Fish Catch May Set All-Time Record in 1956 .
United States Fishing Fleet Additions ..........
U. S. Foreign Trade:
Edible Fishery Products, August 1956.,.......
Groundfish Fillets Imports Reach Record High in
@ctober 1956). 2... «6 5
Tuna Canned in Brine Imports Under Quota Proviso
Wholesale Prices, October 1956 .
IMGRIBIGINE ooannonodooUD UDO ODOODODCGOUG0UN
International:
Air Cargo Perishable Foods Packages to Have
Distinctive Label...... oocnoUDOEOoODOOS
Food and Agriculture Organization:
Fishery Research Vessels Designed by FAO Naval
MAIN AKSS 6G GG oDO
International Council for Exploration of the Sea:
International Cooperation Recommended to Con-
serve North Sea Herring Stock ...........
International North Pacific Fisheries Commission:
Five-Month Survey of North Pacific Salmon Stocks
Completed ...... popoocadoanN 9.010
International Pacific Salmon ‘Conference:
Canada-United States Agreement on Pink Salmon
Gonservations ©2225... 5c 5 ee oo000000 roo
Agreements:
Soviet-Iran Fisheries Agreement ....... Bienen
Soviet-Japanese Peace Agreement Activates
Fishing Treaty ....
Whaling;
Expeditions for 1956/57 .......-
Joint Japanese-Chilean Whaling Venture Planned.
Argentine Republic;
Ganned!Sardine Market -..-......-<--. 500660
Australia:
Pearl Shell Beds to be Surveyed.........----
Scallop Resource Found Off Queensland........
Bahama Islands:
Sponge Beds to be Opened April-June 1957......

Belgium:
Canned Sardine Market .......-0-ceeceeeees
Brazil:
Foreign Fishing Vessels Under Contract to Fish in
Brazilian Waters..... ooooooDu0OOGoA
Japanese Fishing Vessel Supplies Tuna to City Orin
RESID Goo ocuDpDdODDODUOUUODOOOS Brera
Canada:
British Columbia Herring fants Outlook for
IGRO/ST oaccodoc0agcO0d SGoO0cd000 F500

Fish Inspection Act Revised .....
Fishery Scientists Predict Disappearance ai West

Greenland Cod....... DOOR OOOO ODO0000
Ecuador;
Shrimp Industry Eligible for Loans.........--
El Salvador:

Fishing Company’s License Suspended ...

Page

Contents Continued on Back Cover

105
Page
FOREIGN (Contd.):
El Salvador (Contd.):
Regulations Implementing Fisheries Development
Waw»Publishedter-neseneyevcnencnctshenexerciehcnsiere oo 67
French Cameroons:
Canned Sardine Market ....... 90000000 A009 68
French Equatorial Africa:
GannedjSardinesMarketaererersns cn teretctshenene aooo 68
French West Africa;
Tuna Catch Quota for Second Season ......... 69
Iceland:
Iced-Fish Trade Discouraged in Favor of Deliveries
tosFreezincwPantSmerpcpeleneioieieienicteleienenelotene 69
New Trawlers May Be Financed by Bereion Loans 69
Japan:
Fishery Research Ship Departs for Brazil ..... 70
North Pacific Factoryship King Crab Meat Pack
Through August 1956...... POO COMO. O000 70
Research Ship to Survey Western Atlantic Fisheries 70
Research Ship Saas in Tuna-T agging Pro-
GEN 5o500c0a00GD0DOODOUD DG OODNT- 400 71
Tuna Vessel to Fish in Atlantic Ocean Pee. ee
Mexico:
West Coast Shrimp Fishery for 1955/56 Profitable 72
Shrimp Fishery Trends, October 1956 ........ 712
Merida Shrimp Fishery Trends, July-September
IERo ps GoolOdo OOOO GON OOOO DOU OD OOD OS 72
Some Fishery Products Added to Import Duty List 713
Tuna Canning Plant at ECabe San Lucas Has Good
SEASON poocangedace poueCooDDDdDEDNDD 73
Norway:
Factoryship Fishes For Sand Launce......... 73
Canned Brisling Pack Much Lower For 1956... 714
Terramycin Tested on Whale Meat .......... 74
Panama:
INEWAV.eESSelSS Beings ULltaempereiedelchalenetereiole Weds 74
IMMER OTS GoooooocOCUODODOOND D0 74
Shrimp Cooperative Builds Steel Trawler...... 75
Republic of the Philippines:
Canned Herring and Mackerel Removed From
ImporeiGontrolieerepereteredelelet= C00 G00000000 75
Portugal:
Canned Fish Exports, January-July 1956 ...... 75
Canned Fish Pack, January-May 1956 ........ 76
Fisheries Trends, July 1956 ............ 76
Landings of Fishery Products in Portugal, Madeira,
ental AZones, IES soouunbnooccodQDDDDNDD 76
New Fish Canning Regulations Pen tekeven siete oten6 TT
Singapore:
Port Facilities for Japanese Fishing Vessels
RESON o550000 Goo dase op ooo oo LS
Spain:
Fisheries Trends, September 1956 ........ 50 719
Tuna Catch Good for 1956 Season ........ soot
Tunisia:
Shrimp Production, 1955 .........e«.. oad0e 80
Turkey:
Exports of Fishery Products Encouraged ...... 80
Union of South Africa;
Antarctic Whaling Fleet May Be Sold to Japan... 80
U.S. S. R.:
New Diesel Trawlers to Have Canning Plants... . 81
Scientists Use Light to Catch Fish..... Rercnonene 81
Stern-T rawling F actoryship and Diesel Trawlers
Gompletediey-perctenerone Woeteletenerel crore eiedeeedeccme OL

PREPARATION, FREEZING, AND COLD STORAGE OF FISH, SHELLFISH,
AND PRECOOKED FISHERY PRODUCTS

Fishery Leaflet 430 (Refrigeration of Fish- Part4, "Preparation, Freezing,
and Cold Storage of Fish, Shellfish, and Precooked Fishery Products"), is one of
a series of five leaflets on the refrigeration of fish. This leaflet deals in detail
with the various processing and
freezing operations developed
by the widely-diversified fish-
ing industry. Section one of
the leaflet takes up the prep-
aration of fish for the markets
as practiced in various sec-
tions of the United States. Sec-
tion 2 deals with shellfish and
the processing required for
each marketed form. Section
3 includes similar details on
such rapidly-growing "heat
and serve" or "ready-to-eat"
fishery products as breaded
shrimp, fish sticks, and many
others.

Coated raw fish sticks leaving breader machine enter right-angle con-
veyor belt and are carried to the continuous cooker, Girl at left is ; "!
examining breaded product for possible defects. series, Part 3, ‘Factors to be

Considered inthe Freezing and
Cold Storage of Fishery Products''--Fishery Leaflet 429--has been released and
both leaflets may be obtained free from the Division of Information, U. S. Fish
and Wildlife Service, Washington 25, D.C.

Inadditionto Part 4 of this

CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

Page Pag
FOREIGN (Contd.): FEDERAL ACTIONS (Contd.):
United Kingdom: White House:
Continues Imports of Japanese Canned Salmon . , Tariff Commission’s Recommendations for In-

82
Nee a meen Plant Fors lee me, creased Duties on Groundfish Fillets Rejected. 88

r for Russia Launched .. . 82 FISHERY INDIC st saunas actvece lee ehopetenetene 0
FEDERAL ACTIONS eae elected Q

Pesce eee e ec ce es eeeees 83 Chart 1 ~- Fishery Landings for Selected States .. 90

Federal Trade Commission: Chart 2 - Landings for Selected Fisheries...... 91
Salmon Price Fixing in Puget Sound Area Ordered Chart 3 - Cold Storage Holdings and Freezings

aaa cag OGG aor eb Onao ates Bushetele 83 of/Fishery; Products| </<)« soma sierelcielci ee

oe oO! ‘ e rae ; Chart 4 - Receipts and Cold-Storage Holdings of

OS6 Bie Ele e Service: — Fishery Products at Principal Distribution Centers 98
Reorganization Becomes Effective......... 84 Chart 5 - Fish Meal and Oil Production - U, S

Organization Described ................ 85 and Alaska ge 93

Fisheries Loan Regulations Changed ....... 86 Chart 6 - Canned Packs ofSelectedFisheryProducts 94

Department of the Treasury:
Bureau of Customs:
Comments Requested on Appraisal of Imported
Articles Under Customs Simplification Act
Ofpl 956reternr docdoca GH

Chart 7 - U, S, Fishery Products Imports...... 95
RECENT FISHERY PUBLICATIONS: .........- 96
Fish and Wildlife Service Publications ........ 96
Miscellaneous Publications...........ece--- 98

cere ecco eee eo eee

a=
(=2
——
ce
(cz
C2
(CES
read

te
7
re

berets’
Sermeg

COMMERCIAL BEWIE NAY
FISHERIES fee fe

INDEX for 1956.

—Volume [8—

FISH and WILDLIFE SERVICE
‘United States Department of the Interior
Washington ,D.C.

UNITED STATES
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR JSUSI: LYSIS) WEP Hig be 18) Stay yiio

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

A review of developments and news of the fishery industries
prepared in the BRANCH OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES

A.W. Anderson, Editor
J.Pileggi, Associate Editor H.M.Bearse, Assistant Editor

A A iedi i dence and requests
Mailed free to members of the fishery andalliedindustries. Address correspond
to the: Dinector: Fish and Wildlife Service, U.S. Department of the Interior, Washington 25, D.C.

Although the contents of this publication have not been copyrighted and may be reprinted freely,
reference to the source will be appreciated.

The printing of this publication has been approved by the Director of the Bureau of the Budget,
August 2, 1955. (8/31/57)

This is an index of Volume 18, Numbers 1 through 12, issued in 1956.

The following issues or numbers of Volume 18 (1956) are still available upon
request from the Branch of Commercial Fisheries, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
Washington 25, D.C.

January (No. 1) October (No. 10)
February (No, 2) November (No. 11)
April (No, 4) December (No, 12)
July (No. 7)

Note: It is not possible to send a complete set since the March
(No. 3), May (No, 5), June (No. 6), August (No. 8), and
September (No, 9) issues are no longer available.

Requests for these back issues will be filled as received until supplies
are exhausted,

Editorial Assistant-- Ruth V. Keefe

Illustrator--Gustaf T. Sundstrom

Compositor--Robert C - Duckworth

“ss eee

1956 Index

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

INDEX TO VOLUME 18 (NUMBERS 1-12 INCLUSIVE)--1956

The reference gives the month (the year in parentheses) and the page number,

AGRICULTURE, DEPT. OF

Fish-stick standard established; Aug. (1956)
p. 78.

Fish stick voluntary standard proposed;
June (1956) p. 83.

AIRPLANE

Vessel and study sampling and meas-
urement of fish schools; Jan (1956) p. 21.

AIRPLANE SPOTTING

Maine herring schools, aerial surveys of
started; June (1956) p. 31.

Pelagic fish distribution off California stud-
ied; Mar. (1956) p. 13, July (1956) p. 27,
Aug. (1956) p. 17, Sept. (1956) p. 15,
Nov. (1956) p. 24, Dec. (1956) p. 33.

Sardines and anchovies abundance in Central
California, determination by ‘Oct:
(1956) p. 12.

Tuna, bluefin, commercial distribution in
Northwest Atlantic surveyed; Dec. (1956)
p. 43.

AIR TRANSPORT

Air cargo perishable foods packages to have
distinctive label; Dec. (1956) p. 56.

ALASKA

Area-licensing program legal, states Inter-
ior Department's solicitor; July (1956)
Pass

Bottom fish survey in wtaers off southeastern
; Nov. (1956) p. 45, Dec. (1956) p.
46.

Commercial fisheries regulations, notice
of intention to adopt amendments to; Aug.
(1956) p. 81,

Commercial fishing regulations for 1956
revised; May (1956) p. 65.

ALASKA

Fishery wastes as poultry feed, possible
use; Jan. (1956) p. 14.

Fur~seal skin prices climb at Government
fall auction; Nov. (1956) p. 37.

Fur-seal skin prices down slightly at spring
auction; June (1956) p. 25.

Herring:
bait prepared by new method; July
(1956) p. 24,
catch quota for 1956 raised; Apr, (1956) p.
43. e
Southeastern Alaska quota increased; Aug,
(1956) p. 86.

King crabs, price fixing charged on; Oct.
(1956) p. 103.

Logging and sea lions and hair seals, effect
on fisheries to be studied; May (1956)
p. 36.

Meal, herring, experimental bulk ocean
shipments of; Oct. (1956) p. 8

Salmon, canned:

1956 pack 25 percent higher than in 1955;
Dec, (1956) p. 49,

Salmon fishing boats and gear, regulations
for registration; June (1956) p. 86.

Salmon fishing on high seas off prohib-
ited; Aug. (1956) p. 86.

Sea lions in
Deeo:

, utilization of; Jan. (1956)

Shrimp waste has possibilities as hatchery
food; June (1956) p. 13.

Transportation improvements promoted by
Interior Department; June (1956) p. 21.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

ALASKA (cont. )
Traps, elimination of, Secretary McKay

recommends amendments to legislation
for; Jan. (1958) p. 16.

“ALBATROSS III,'' M/V (see NORTH ATLANTIC
INVESTIGATIONS)

ALGERIA

Sardine, canned, market; Oct, (1956) p. 47.

AMERICAN FISHERIES ADVISORY COMMITTEE

Meeting of
35.

in Chicago; Sept. (1956) p.

Meets in California; Apr. (1956) p. 21.

Research program set-up recommended by
3; Nov. (1956) p. 53.

Saltonstall-Kennedy Act fisheries aid pro-
gram, continuance recommended by
; July (1956) p. 55.
AMERICAN SAMOA

Tuna cannery extends contract with Japanese
fishing vessels; Jan. (1956) p. 17.

Tuna vessels reported big catches; Apr.
(1956) p. 11.

ANCHOVIES

California abundance survey; Dec. (1956) p.
31.

ANGOLA

Fishery products and byproducts manufac-
ture and exports; May (1956) p. 39.

ANTIBIOTIC ICES

Florida Study; Aug. (1956) p. 26.

Shrimp preservation studies in Florida with
, April-June 1956; Sept. (1956) p. 19.

ANTIBIOTICS

Canada approves for fish preservation;

Nov. (1956) p. 73.

Canadian experiments with for preseryv-

ing fish; Sept. (1956) p. 60.

Food industry use of discussed at
Symposium; Dec. (1956) p. 30,

1956 Index

ANTIBIOTICS

Terramycin tested on whale meat; Dec. (1956)
p. 74.

Use in U.S, for fishery products preservation,
status of; Dec. (1956) p. 27.

Use of and quality assessment high-
lights fish-processing technologists
meeting; Aug. (1956) p. 58.

Whale carcasses, tests of on; July
(1956) p. 76,
ANTIOXIDANTS
Fish meals, in; Oct. (1956) p. 10.

Preservation of fishery products with
mixtures; Aug. (1956) p. 15.

ARGENTINE REPUBLIC

East German trade agreement with fish
industries and cooperatives; Nov. (1956) p.
69,

Japanese- coastal fisheries survey
postponed; Mar. (1956) p. 42.

Sardine, canned, market; Dec, (1956) p. 61.

ARKANSAS

Fish and rice crops; Aug. (1956) p. 16.

ATLANTIC COAST

Crabs, blue, » research objectives
defined; Mar. (1956) p. 13.

AUREOMYCIN

Canadian authorities accept use of on
fish; Oct, (1956) p. 59.

Fresh fish preserved with

in Norway;
June (1956) p. 69.

AUSTRALIA

Agriculture, Fisheries and Whaling Depart-
ment established; Oct. (1956) p. 52.

Cargo ships, new, to increase reefer space;
Noy. (1956) p. 70.

nas re development act passed; Oct. (1956)
p. 49.

Fisheries development fund planned; Aug.
(1956) p. 63.

1956 Index

AUSTRALIA (cont. )

Japanese pearl-shell fleet operates off north-
ern Australia; Nov. (1956) p. 70.

New Guinea and Papua fishing industry
development planned; Nov, (1956) p. 63.

Pearl, cultured, farm; Oct. (1956) p. 51.

Pearl-shell beds to be surveyed; Dec, (1956)
p02:

Sardine, canned, market; Oct. (1956) p. 49.

Scallop resource off Queensland; Dec. (1956)
pa 625

Shrimp:
exports to United States; Oct. (1956) p. 52.
fishery; Feb. (1956) p. 44.

fishing industry prospects good; July
(1956) p. 71.

Queensland fishery; Apr. (1956) p. 30, Nov.

(1956) p. 71.

Western Australia survey; Oct. (1956) p. 53

Spiny lobsters:

salt absorption in cooking; Sept. (1956) p.
55.

"white" seen as moulted adolescent; Oct.
(1956) p. 55.

Tuna:

fishing prospects to be studied; Mar. (1956)
> eh

products introduced, new; Jan. (1956) p.
42,

South Australia fishery; Sept. (1956) p. 55.

U.S. fishing ports, State cabinet minister
to visit; Aug. (1956) p. 63.

Whaling:

meat shipments to U.S. for pet food; Sept.
(1956) p. 57.

1955 season; May (1956) p. 39.

season in 1956 to exceed that for 1955; Sept.
(1956) p. 57, Noy. (1956) p. 73.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

AUSTRIA

Canned fish import duties renegotiated with
United States; June (1956) p. 55.

Sardines, canned, market; Oct, (1956) p. 56,

AUTHORS AND TITLES

ANONYMOUS

Santiago Negotiations on Fishery Conser-
vation Problems Among Chile, Ecua-
dor, Peru, and the United States; May
(1956) p. 9.

BARNES, RICHARD N. (and C. R. Grau,
Lynne G. McKee, and Neva L. Karrick)

Effect of Raw Material on Tuna- Meal
Quality; July (1956) p. 18.

BENDER, MAURICE:

Manufacture of Experimental Menhaden
Fish Meal on a Pilot-Plant Scale;
Jan, (1956) p. 12.

BROWN, WILLIAM (and A, L. Tappel and
M.E. Stansby):

Oxidative Deterioration in Fish and

Fishery Products--No. 1; Feb. (1956)
Do NO.

BULLIS, HARVEY R., JR.:

Preliminary Results of Deep- Water Explo-
ration for Shrimp in the Gulf of Mexico
by the M/V "Oregon" (1950-1956); Dec.
(1956) p. 1.

CABANISS, WILLIAM L.:

Michigan Locker-Plant Survey; Mar.
(1956) p. 6.

CHANG YU, TE (and R.O. Sinnhuber, T.C,
Yu, and N.L. Karrick):

Variation in Proximate Composition of
Right and Left Fillets of Rockfish

(Sebastodes pinniger) and Dover Sole
(Microstomus pacificus); Dec. (1956)
p. 24,

CLARK, JOHN R,
Georges Bank Haddock Fishery--Changes

in Scrod Abundance in Recent Years;
Oct, (1956) p. 1.

CLEGG, WILLIAM (and Neva Karrick and
Maurice E. Stansby):

Composition of fresh-water fish--No. 1;
Feb, (1956) p. 13.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 1956 Index

AUTHORS AND TITLES (cont. )

DASSOW, JOHN A.:

Utilization of Sea Lions in Alaska; Jan.
(1956) p. 5.
DASSOW, JOHN A. (and Max Patashnik)

Storage Tests on Frozen Fried Fish
Sticks Prepared from Pacific Cod;
July (1956) p. 15.

FAIRBANKS, LAURENCE D. (and Milton
Fingerman):

Bleeding and Heat Death in the Southern
Oysters; Oct. (1956) p. 4.

Some Factors Affecting Fluid Loss in
Southern Oysters; Jan. (1956) p. 10.

FINGERMAN, MILTON

"Brown- Spotting" in the Southern Oyster;
Aug. (1956) p. 4.

FINGERMAN, MILTON (and Laurence D.
Fairbanks):

Bleeding and Heat Death in the Southern
Oysters; Oct. (1956) p. 4.

Some Factors Affecting Fluid Loss in
Southern Oysters; Jan. (1956) p. 10.

GARDNER, E.A, (and B. M. Watts):

Correlation of pH and Quality of Shucked
Southern Oysters; Nov. (1956) p. 8.

GRAU, C.R. (and Richard N. Barnes, Lynne
G. McKee, and Neva L. Karrick)
Effect of Raw Material on Tuna- Meal
Quality; July (1956) p. 18.
GREER, BILLY F. (and Donald T,. Montgom-
ery):
Airboat gill-netting; Nov. (1956) p. 36.

GRUGER, JR., EDWARD H, (and R. N.
MacDonald):

New Products from Fish Oils, Part I -
Polyamino Fatty Acids Derived from
Fish Oils; Sept. (1956) p.7.

HOLSTON, J. A.:

Reduction of Dehydration in Frozen
Fish- Fillet Blocks; June (1956) p. 14.

JUNE, FRED C.:

Condition of the Middle Altantic Pound-
Net Fishery; Apr. (1956) p. 1.

KARRICK, NEVA (and William Clegg and
Maurice E, Stansby):

Composition of Fresh-Water Fish--No. 1;
Feb. (1956) p. 13.

AUTHORS AND TITLES

KARRICK, NEVAL. (and C.R. Grau, Rich-
ard N. Barnes, and Lynne G. McKee)

Effect of Raw Material on Tuna- Meal
Quality; July (1956) p. 18.

KARRICK, NEVA L. (and Lynne G. McKee):

Pilot-Plant Fish-Meal Dryer; Dec. (1956)
Pemlitic

KARRICK, N. L. (R. O. Sinnhuber, T. C.
Yu, and Te Chang Yu):

Variation in Proximate Composition of
Right and Left Fillets of Rockfish
(Sebastodes pinniger) and Dover Sole
(Microstomus pacificus): Dec. (1956)
p. 24.

KYTE, ROBERT M.

Technological Studies on the Processing
of Sea Lions; June (1956) p. 1.

LEE, CHARLES F, (and Leonard Pepper)

Composition of Southern Oysters; July
(1956) p. 1.

MACDONALD, R. N. (and Edward H, Gruger,
die de

New Products from Fish Oils, Part I -
Polyamino Fatty Acids Derived from
Fish Oils; Sept. (1956) p. 7.

MCCORMACK, GRACE

Growth Characteristics of the Pink Yeast
that Causes Discoloration of Oysters,
Technical Note No. 34; Nov. (1956) p.
21,

MCKEE, LYNNE G. (and Richard N. Barnes,
Cc. R. Grau, and Neva L. Karrick)

Effect of Raw Material on Tuna- Meal
Quality; July (1956) p. 18.

MCKEE, LYNNE G. (and Neva L. Karrick):

Pilot-Plant Fish-Meal Dryer; Dec. (1956)
Dalits

MCNEELY, RICHARD L.
Exploratory Fishing Vessel ''George M.
Bowers": Part II - Vessel's Electrical

and Auxiliary-Drive Systems; July
(1956) p. ll.

MONTGOMERY, DONALD T., (and Billy F.
Greer):

Airboat Gill-netting; Nov. (1956) p. 36.

1956 Index

AUTHORS AND TITLES

OSTERHAUG, KATHRYN L,:
Cold Storage Life of Fresh-Water Fish--
No, 3 (Lake Herring, Northern Pike,
and Whitefish); Nov. (1956) p. 16,
PATASHNIK, MAX (and John A. Dassow)
Storage Tests on Frozen Fried Fish
Sticks Prepared from Pacific Cod;
July (1956) p. 15.

PEPPER, LEONARD

Composition of Southern Oysters; July
(1956) pv. 1.

PETERS, JOHN A. (and Joseph W. Slavin)
New Techniques for Freezing and Storing
North Atlantic Lobsters; July (1956)
Dee
PIGOTT, GEORGE M. (and M, E, Stansby):

Iron Sulfide Discoloration of Tuna Cans:

No, 2 - Analytical Methods; Feb.
(1956) p. 5.

No. 3 - Effect of Variables Introduced
by the Fish; June (1956) p. 8.

No. 4 - Effect of Retorting and Cooling
Canned Fish; Dec. (1956) p. 13.

PREMETZ, ERNIE D.:
Development of Markets for Underutilized
Lake Erie Fish--Progress Report; Nov
(1956) p. 1.
SACKS, JEROME:

Insurance of Fishing Vessels; Some
Current Problems; May ('56) p. 1.

SAND, REIDAR F,:
Exploratory Fishing Vessel ''George M.
Bowers": Part I - Description of Ves-
sel; July (1956) p. 7.
New Diving Sled; Oct. (1956) p. 6.
SANDBERG, A. M.

Fishery Tariff Concessions in 1956 Gene-
va Negotiations; Aug. (1956) p. 6.

SANFORD, F. BRUCE:

Improved Workmen's Stand for Processing
Plants; Dec. (1956) p. 28.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

AUTHORS AND TITLES

SEAGRAN, HARRY L.:

Reduction of Curd in Canned Salmon
Prepared from Frozen Fish. Part II -
Effect of pH and salt content; Jan.
(1956) p. 1.

SEIFERT, ROBERT P.:

Fish and Wildlife Service Aids Fishing
Industry in Promoting Fishery Prod-
ucts in Columbus, Ohio; Feb. (1956)
job ik,

School Lunch Fish-Cookery Demonstra-
tions in Oklahoma; Apr. (1956) p. 6.

SINNHUBER, R.O. (and T.C. Yu, Te Chang
Yu, and N,L. Karrick):

Variation in Proximate Composition of
Right and Left Fillets of Reckfish
(Sebastodes pinniger) and Dover Sole

(Microstomus pacificus); Dec. (1956)
p. 24,
SLAVIN, JOSEPH W. (and John A. Peters)
New Techniques for Freezing and Storing
North Atlantic Lobsters; July (1956)
p. 22.
SQUIRE, JAMES L., Jr.:

Development of the Pacific Coast Ocean
Shrimp Fishery; Sept. (1956) p. 1.

STANSBY, MAURICE E.

New Products from Fish Oils. Part I -
Introduction; Aug. (1956) p. 1.

STANSBY, M. E. (Neva Karrick and Will-
iam Clegg)

Composition of Fresh-Water Fish--No. 1;
Feb, (1956) p. 13.

STANSBY, M.E. (and George M. Pigott):

Iron Sulfide Discoloration of Tuna Cans:

No, 2 - Analytical methods; Feb. (1956)
i Bs

No. 3 - Effect of variables introduced
by the fish; June (1956) p. 8.

STANSBY, M.E. (and A,L. Tappel and
William Brown):

Oxidative Deterioration in Fish and Fish-
ery Products--No. 1; Feb. (1956) p. 10.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

AUTHORS AND TITLES (cont. )

TAPPEL, A. L. (and William Brown and M.
E. Stansby):

Oxidative Deterioration in Fish and
Fishery Products-- No. 1; Feb. (1956)
p. 10.
WATTS, B. M, (and E, A. Gardner):

Correlation of pH and Quality of Shucked
Southern Oysters; Nov. (1956) p. 8.

WESTERLUND, BARTON

Florida Fish Marketing Study-- Progress
Report; Mar. (1956) p.1.

YU, T.C. (and R.O, Sinnhuber, Te Chang Yu,
and N. L. Karrick):

Variation in Proximate Composition of
Right and Left Fillets of Rockfish
(Sebastodes pinniger) and Dover Sole

(Microstomus pacificus); Dec. (1956)
pe 24;

AZORES

Landings of fishery products, 1955; Dec.
(1956) p. 76.

BAHAMA ISLANDS
Fisheries trends, 1955; Sept, (1956) p. 58.
Spiny lobsters; Sept. (1956) p. 58.

Sponge beds to be opened April-June 1957;
Dec. (1956) p. 63.

Sponge fishery; Sept. (1956) p. 58.
BAIT

Salmon waste as 3; Oct. (1956) p. U.

BAIT FISH
Tuna studies with tilapia; Dec. (1956) p.
48.
BALTIC SEA
Salmon fisheries convention planned for ;

Nov. (1956) p. 64,

BELGIAN CONGO

Fish imports; Mar. (1956) p. 29.

Sardine, canned, market; Oct. (1956) p. 58,

1956 Index

BELGIUM
Marine oil market; Sept. (1956) p. 58.
Sardine(s), canned, market; Dec. (1956) p. 63.
Shrimp fisheries; May (1956) p. 40.

BIOLOGY

Sport fishing aided by fish biological studies;
July (1956) p. 25.

BLACK SPOT

Shrimp study; Aug. (1956) p. 25.
BLOCKS
Fillet , frozen, reduction of dehydra-

tion; June (1956) p. 14.

BOAT(S)

Airboat gill-netting; Nov. (1956) p. 36.
BOTTOM FISH

Alaska, southeastern, waters surveyed for

bottom fish; Nov. (1956) p. 45, Dec. (1956)
p. 46.

BRAZIL

Foreign fishing vessels under contract to fish
in Brazilian waters; Dec. (1956) p. 64.

Japanese fishery research ship departs for
; Dec. (1956) p. 70.

Japanese research ship invited to survey

fisheries resources; Nov. (1956) p.
87.

Marine laboratory established, new; July
\ (1956) p. 72.

Spiny lobster fishery in Northeastern
Jan (1956) p. 43.

Tuna supplied city of Recife by Japanese fish-
ing vessel; Dec, (1956) p. 65.

BRITISH HONDURAS

Fisheries, status of the, 1955; Sept. (1956) p.
59,
"BROWN-SPOTTING"

Oysters. in Southern; Aug. (1956) p.

1956 Index

BURMA
Sardine, canned, market; Oct, (1956) p. 58.
BYPRODUCTS

Fish oils, new products from; Aug. (1254)
je Ike

U.S. production of fishery

, 1955; Sept.
(1956) p. 41.

CAFETERIAS (See PUBLIC EATING PLACES)

CALIFORNIA

Airplane and vessel study: sampling and
measurement of fish schools (Airplane-
: Spotting Flight 55-13); Jan (1956) p. 2L

Crab trap savings gear studies by M/V.
"Nautilus"; Sept. (1956) p. 14,

Electro-fishing in ocean, new techniques
developed; Dec. (1956) p. 32.

Fish screen to save young fish on Delta-
Mendota Canal; Nov. (1956) p. 49.

Herring, Pacific, fishery in
(1956) p. 17.

pecans

"N.B. Scofield,'' M/V.; Feb. (1956) job Is}.
Aug. (1956), p. 18.

Pelagic fish distribution and behavior study
by airplane spotting: (flight 56-1) Mar.
(1956) p. 13, (flight 56-2) June (1956) p.
16, (flight 56-3) July (1956) p. 27, (flight
56-4) Aug. (1956) p. 17, (flight 56-5) Sept.
(1956) p. 15, (flight 56-7) Nov. (1956) p.
24, (flight 56-8) Dec. (1956) p. 33.

Salmon:

king, major streams restocked with;
June (1956) p. 18.

and steelhead runs, effect of Trin-
ity Dam on; Jan. (1956) p. 18.

silver, first taken in Sacramento River;
Oct. (1956) p. 13.

stream damage, logging and fisheries
cooperate in elimination of; July (1956)
job ASE

Sardine:
abundance assessment survey (M/V '"N.B.

Scofield" cruise 56-S-4); Nov. (1956)
ip.) 25:

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

CALIFORNIA
Sardine:

abundance off central , determina-
tion by airplane spotting flights; Oct.
(1956) p. 12.

abundance survey of sardines, jack and
pacific mackerel, and anchovies:

airplane spotting flights; Oct. (1956) p.
IPs

final 1955 cruise of M/V "Yellowfin"
cruise 55-Y-9); Jan. (1956) p. 22.

surveys by M/V'"N.B. Scofield"; Nov.
(1956) p. 25, Dec. (1956) p. 31.

1955/1956 preseason prediction confirmed;
July (1956) p. 28.

1955/1956 season catch ricreasee Apr.
(1956) p. 11.

1956/1957 catch may be lower; July (1956)
p- 29.

1956/1957 season off to a good start; Nov.
(1956) p. 24.

Shrimp, catch of beam trawl nets of various
mesh sizes studied (M/V "N.B. Scofield"
Cruise 56-B-1); Aug. (1956) p. 18.

Sturgeon tagged off California recovered
off Oregon; Feb, (1956) p. 21.

Tuna:
albacore:

seasonal distribution explored in East-
ern North Pacific (M/V "Paolina
T" cruise 55-C-7); Jan. (1956) p.
19,

tagging by M/V '"'N. B. Scofield" (cruise
56-S-3); Oct. (1956) p. 13.

tagging off southern California (M/V
"Nautilus" cruise 56-N-2); Dec.
(1956) p. 31.

big-eyed (see yellowfin)

tagging cruises, two; Sept. (1956) p. 17.

yellowfin and skipjack tagged and meas-
ured (clipper ''Lucky Star'' cruise
56-C-3), Oct. (1956) p. 14, and (clipper
"Elsinore" cruise 56-C-4), Nov. (1956)
p. 26,

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

CALIFORNIA (cont. )
Tuna: (cont. )
yellowfin ana big- eyed:

distribution investigated (M/V. "N. B.
Scofield’ Cruise 5); Feb. (1956)

pees

subsurface distribution surveyed in
southest Pacific (M/V "N. B.
Scofield'’ Cruise 56-S-1); June
(1956) p. 19.

Whaling industry reactivated; July (1956) p.
30.

"Yellowfin" M/V.; Jan. (1956) p. 22.

CAMBODIA
Canned fish imports prohibited; July (1956)
jae Ue
CAMEROONS, FRENCH

Sardine, canned, market; Dec. (1956) p. 68.
CANADA
Antibiotics for preserving fresh fish; Sept.
(1956) p. 60, Nov. (1956) p. 73.

Antibiotics tested on whale carcasses;
July (1956) p. 76.

Aureomycin use on fish accepted by author-
ities; Oct. (1956) p. 59.

Canned fish and shellfish import regulations
compliance required; May (1956) p. 62.

Cod off West Greenland, disappearance pre-

dicted by fisheries scientists; Dec. (1956)
p. 66,

Consumption of fish increasing; Sept. (1956)
p. 60.

Dogfish bounty established; July (1956) p. 74.
Fishery courses for British Columbia
fishermen; May (1956) p. 42, July (1956)

jee Uae

Fish Inspection Act revised; Dec. (1956) p.

Fish stick(s):
industry, growth of; Jan. (1956) p. 45.
mandatory standards; Aug. (1956) p. 64.

Bits ordered by Russians; Nov. (1956) p.
5.

1956 Index

CANADA

Fisheries trends, Jan.-April 1956; Sept.
(1956) p. 60.

Fishermen's indemnity plan; Nov. (1956) p.
74.

Herring fishery outlook in British Columbia
for 1956/57; Dec. (1956) p. 65.

Herring, record catch for 1955/1956 season
in British Columbia; July (1956) p. 72.

Herring, review of 1956 season off west coast;
Nov. (1956) p. 75.

Hospital ship (Portuguese) services offered
to Canadian fisherman; Jan. (1956) p. 59

Inspection and standards program inaugur—
ated for fishery plants; July (1956) p. 73.

Japanese fish-net knitting machines and

operators to go to ; Nov. (1956) p.
93.

Labeling regulations for fresh, frozen, or
processed fish amended; June (1956) p.
62.

Labeling regulations proposed for fishery
products, new; Jan (1956) p. 45.

Mesh regulations for Northwest Atlantic
trawlers; June (1956) p. 63.

Mesh-size regulations for Atlantic trawl nets,
minimum; Sept. (1956) p. 61,

Newfoundland's economic fisheries
prospects presented to Royal Commis-—
sion; Jan. (1956) p. 44.

Northwest Atlantic fisheries trends for first
part of 1956; Nov. (1956) p. 68.

Pearl essence produced on West Coasi; Oct.
(1956) p. 60.

Research vessel, new; Aug. (1956) p. 65.
Salmon:

Atlantic regulations for 1956; June
(1956) p. 61.

British Columbia fishermen's
income; May(1956) p. 41.

distribution in North Pacific offshore wa-
ters studied; Sept. (1956) p. 62.

pink, management requested; July (1956)
p. 74.

rivers protected by law; May (1956) p. 43.

1956 Index

CANADA (cont. )
Salmon:

silver, fresh, exports after August 31
prohibited; Oct, (1956) p. 59.

Schools, mobile, sucessful in training
Nova Scotia fishermen; June (1956); p. 64

Sheefish or inconnu; Sept. (1956) p. 63.

Subsidy on salt for Atlantic coast salt-fish
producers; July (1956) p. 75.

Territorial sea limit of 12 miles advocated;
Nov. (i956) p. 76,

Whaling in British Columbia; July (1956) p.
Uae
CANNED FISH

Consumer Preference Study:

brand not always determining factor when
housewives buy canned fish; Dec. (1956)
p. 34.

canned fish and shellfish generally avail-
able at retail; Dec. (1956) p. 35.

pet food, housewives buy two or more cans
at a time; Dec. (1956) p. 35.

Consumer purchases study; Aug. (1956) p. 47,
Nov. (1956) p. 27.

Federal purchases (see FEDERAL PUR-
CHASES OF FISHERY PRODUCTS)

Quartermaster Market Center purchases;
May (1956) p. 20, July (1956) p. 33, Oct.
(1956) p. 15, Dec. (1956) p. 36.

Salmon:

Alaska 1956 pack 25 percent higher than
in 1955; Dec. (1956) p. 49.

effect of pH and salt content on curd reduc-
tion in canned product prepared from
frozen fish; Jan, (1956) p. 1.

Sardines, purchased two or more cans ata
time according to consumer preference
study; Nov. (1956) p. 28.

Shrimp which has been deveined preferred by
consumers; Nov. (1956) p. 29.

Tuna:

most popular canned fish; Nov. (1956) p. 27

oil pack preferred by housewives; Nov.
(1956) p. 27.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 9

CANNED FISH

U.S. production, 1955; June (1956) p.
43.
CANNING
Portugal:
regulations for fish , new; Dec, (1956)

BH tla

Shrimp cannery cost-cutting opportunities;
June (1956) p. 38.

Tuna
cans:

, iron sulfide discoloration of

analytical methods; Feb. (1956) p. 5.

variables introduced by the fish, effect
of; June (1956) p. 8.

CANS .

Shipments for fishery products:

monthly cumulative data; Jan. (1956) p. 24,
Apr. (1956) p. 12, May (1956) p. 20,
June (1956) p. 22, July (1956) p. 30,
Aug. (1956) p. 19, Sept. (1956) p. 18,
Oct. (1956) p. 14, Nov. (1956) p. 29,
Dec. (1956) p. 30,

1955; Apr. (1956) p. 12.

CARIBBEAN COMMISSION
Food and Agriculture Organization-
Technical Conference on Cooperatives;
Feb. (1956) p. 43.
CATCH

United States and Alaska fisheries production
for 1955; Jan. (1956) p. 36.

United States fish catch may set all-time
record in 1956; Dec, (1956) p. 51.

CEYLON
Trawler fishing not to be expanded; July
(1956) p. 76.

"CHARLES H, GILBERT," M/V (see PACIFIC
OCEANIC FISHERY INVESTIGATIONS)

CHESAPEAKE BAY (see VIRGINIA; MARYLAND)

Fisheries trends, 1955; Feb. (1956) p. 22.

10 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

CHILE
Fisheries, review of the; Mar. (1956) p. 32.

Fisheries trends and fish meal production,
January-November 1955; May (1956) p. 43.

Regulations for exploitation of South Pacific
waters approved; June (1956) p. 66.

Santiago negotiations on fishery cons ervation
problems among , Ecuador, Peru,
and the United States; May (1956) p. 9.

Shrimp industry; Mar. (1956) p. 29.

Territorial waters claims position maintained;
Nov. (1956) p. 77.

Whale-processing plant, new; June (1956) p.
65.

Whaling, joint Japanese- Chilean venture plan-
ned; Dec. (1956) p. 61.

CHINA (COMMUNIST)

Japan- Fisheries Council holds confer-
ence; July (1956) p. 83.

CHUB

Lake Huron population of studied; Oct.

(1956) p. 20.

Lake Michigan fishery not responsible
for lake trout decline; July (1956) p. 36.

Papulations of
Aug. (1956) p. 28.

in Lake Huron studied;

"CISCO," M/V (see GREAT LAKES FISHERY
INVESTIGATIONS)

CLAM(S)

Maryland outfits new

research vessel ;
May (1956) p. 23.

Soft , new Maryland industry and

research program; Mar, (1956) p. 19.

COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY, U.S. (see
COMMERCE, DEPARTMENT OF)

COD END(S)

Selectivity and escapement for different types
of tested; Oct, (1956) p. 24,

COD-LIVER OIL

Concentrate of

has unique use; Ma
(1956) p. 18, Z y

1956 Index

COD, PACIFIC

Fish sticks, fried and frozen, prepared
from , storage tests on; July (1956)
Pealon

COLD STORAGE

Fish and shellfish, frozen, held in by
public eating places; July (1956) p29 53.

Fish sticks from Pacific cod, fried and
frozen, storage tests on; July (1956)
p. 15.

Fresh-water fish, life of -- (lake herring,
northern pike, and whitefish); Nov. (1956)
p. 16.

Jacketed-principle
1 JG,

room; May (1956)

Shrimp, North Atlantic, keeping quality in
; Nov. (1956) p. 20.

Tuna, yellowfin, from Gulf of Mexico,
studies on; Noy. (1956) p. 18.

COLOMBIA

Herring exploratory fishing financed by
fish cannery; Jan (1956) p. 46.

COLUMBIA RIVER

Salmon study planned for Idaho
Sept. (1956) p. 33.

streams;
COLUMBUS, OHIO
Fishing industry aided by U.S. Fish and

Wildlife Service in promoting fishery
products in ; Feb. (1956) p. 1.

COMMERCE, DEPARTMENT OF

Coast and Geodetic Survey:

Georges Bank hydrographic resurvey
planned; Dec. (1956) p. 37.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES

Economic value of U.S. in 1955; June
(1956) p. 41.

United States governmental expenditures in
fiscal 1956 for fishery research; Sept.
(1956) p. 40.

COMPOSITION

Fillets, right and left, of rockfish and Dover
Boles variation in of; Dec. (1956) p.

1956 Index

COMPOSITION (cont. )

Fish studies; Dec, (1956) p. 26,

Fresh- water fish ; Feb. (1956) p. 13.

Oyster, Southern, of; July (1858) pv. 1.

CONSERVATION

Fish and wildlife motif on United States post-
age stamps; Nov. (1956) p. 32.

Inter-American specialized conference on
of natural resources: results of
meeting on Continental Shelf and marine
waters; June (1956) p. 53.

Shad fishway development qualifies power
company for award; Mar. (1956)
To IG}

CONSERVATION AND EXPLOITATION OF THE
MARITIME RICHES OF THE SOUTHERN
PACIFIC COMMISSION

Third meeting by Peru, Chile, and Ecuador
on Territorial Waters; Jan. (1956) p. 42.

CONSUMER STUDIES

Canned fish:

brand not always determining factor when
housewives buy canned fish; Dec, (1956)
p. 34,

purchases study; Aug. (1956) p. 47.

sardine, Maine, consumer-acceptance
tests; Jan. (1956) p. 27.

shrimp which has been deveined preferred
by consumers; Nov. (1956) p. 29.

tuna most popular canned fish; Nov. (1956)
1 Alo

Fish sticks preferred by young housewives
according to ; Feb. (1956) p. 34.

Pet food, housewives buy two or more cans

at atime; Dec. (1956) p. 35.
COOPERATIVES

Food and Agriculture Organization-Carib-
bean Commission Technical Conference
on ; Feb. (1956) p. 43.

CRAB(S), BLUE

Atlantic coast research objectives defined,
Mar. (1956) p. 13.

Meat quality-testing procedures; July (1956)

p. 35. 5

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

CRAB(S), DUNGENESS (MARKET)

California trap Savings gear studies by
M/V "Nautilus"; Sept. (1956) p. 14.

California studies abundance of ; Jan.
(1956) p. 23.
CRAB, KING

Japanese factoryship meat pack through
August 1956; Dec. (1956) p. 70.

Japanese salmon and catches reported
good; Sept. (1956) p. 80.
CRAB MEAT

Chilled and frozen » Federal specifi-
cation for; Sept. (1956) p. 12.

Federal specifications for

; Feb. (1956)
p. 17, Mar, (1956) p. 10:

Shippers of , suggestions for; July
(1956) p. 41.
Transporters of

, Suggestions made to;
July (1956) p. 42.

CUBA

Sardines, canned, market for; Sept. (1956) p.
64,

CULLING

Massachusetts regulations for weighing,

sorting, and fish at landing ports;
July (1956) p. 40.

CULTCH

Suspended oyster

for set tested; July
(1956) p. 39.

CUSTOMS, BUREAU OF

Customs Simplification Act of 1956, comments
requested on appraisal of imported art-
icles under; Dec. (1956) p. 87.

Fillet, groundfish, import tariff-rate quota
for 1956; Mar. (1956) p. 52.

CUSTOMS SIMPLIFICATION

Act of 1956 on

analyzed; Nov, (1956) p.
30.

CZECHOSLOVAKIA

Iceland and amend 1954 trade agreement;
Nov. (1956) p. 64.

12 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

DAMS

Electronic fish counter developed; July (1956)
p. 3l.

Fingerling fish passage at to be invest-

igated; Nov. (1956) p. 46.

DEFENSE, DEPARTMENT OF (see FEDERAL
PURCHASES OF FISHERY PRODUCTS and
QUARTERMASTER MARKET CENTERS)

Quartermaster Radiation Planning Agency
established; Oct. (1956) p. 21.

DEHYDRATION

Quartermaster Corps research emphasizes
new lightweight foods; July (1956) p. 33.

DELAWARE
Oyster industry, 1954/55; July (1956) p. 30.

"DELAWARE, "' M/V (see NORTH ATLANTIC
FISHERIES EXPLORATION AND GEAR RE-
SEARCH)

DENMARK
Consumption of fish down; Oct. (1956) p. 60.

Exports of fishery products to United States;
Sept. (1956) p. 66.

Fisheries fair, international, to be held in
Copenhagen; Jan. (1956) p. 47.

Fishery products catch at record level in
1955; Mar. (1956) p. 34.

Fish meal plants in operation, two new; Aug.
(1956) p. 65.

Northwest Atlantic fisheries trends for first
part of 1956; Nov. (1956) p. 68.

Marine oil market; Sept. (1956) p. 66.

Salmon fisheries convention planned for Baltic
Sea; Nov. (1956) p. 64.

Seiners with lift-up wheelhouse; Oct. (1956) p.
60.
DEPTH FINDER

Telecommunicating

for midwater trawls;
Nov. (1956) p. 79.

DEPTH INDICATOR

Air-pressure tested with midwater
trawl; Nov. (1956) p. 44.

1956 Index

DOGFISH

Canada establishes bounty for

; July
(1956) p. 74.

DIVING SLED
; Oct. (1956) p. 6.

New
DOVER SOLE (see SOLE, DOVER)
DRAGGER (see TRAWLER)

DRIP

Frozen fish, study of
p. 14.

in; Aug. (1956)

DRYER

Fish-meal pilot plant; Dec. (1956) p.
17.

ECUADOR

Cannery to be erected by new fishing com-
pany; Sept. (1956) p. 68.

Fish and shellfish exports, 1954--correction;
Jan. (1956) p. 47.

National Fishing Congress, First; Apr.
(1956) p. 31, May (1956) p. 44, June (1956)
p. 66.

Regulations affecting fisheries; Sept. (1956)
p. 68, Oct. (1956) p. 60.

Santiago negotiations on fishery conservation
problems among Chile, Ecuador, Peru,
and the United States; May (1956) p. 9.

Shrimp export earnings, conversion require-
ment increased on; Nov. (1956) p. 77.

Shrimp industry eligible for loans; Dec. (1956)
i (Uo

Trade agreement with United States extended
for six months; Feb. (1956) p. 43.

EDUCATION

Commercial fishing to be taught boys by club

organized by Florida university; Mar.
(1956) p. 17,

EGYPT

Sardine, canned, market; Oct. (1956) p. 61.

Shrimp fisheries; May (1956) p. 45.

1956 Index

EL SALVADOR

Fisheries Development Law, implementing
regulations published; Dec, (1956) p. 67.

Fisheries development law, new; Feb. (1956)
p. 44.

Fisheries expansion plans, status of; Aug.
(1956) p. 76.

Fishing company's license suspended; Dec.
(1956) p. 67.

Marine fishing law issued, new; Jan. (1956)
Do Elle

ELECTRICAL FISHING

Ocean , new techniques developed by
California; Dec. (1956) p. 32.

ELECTROFISHING

Tuna ; Sept. (1956) p. 31.

ELECTRONIC DEVICES

Electronic fish counter developed; July (1956)
[> Stl

Fishery research and management utilize
; Aug. (1956) p. 19.

Whaling buoy with radio transmitter develop-
ed; June (1956) p. 81.
EQUAPAC
Oceanography of Pacific equatorial region
surveyed; Dec. (1956) p. 47.
EXHIBITION(S)

International fishery in Turkey; July

(1956) p. 89.
EXPORTS
Canned fish:

Austrian import duties renegotiated with
United States; June (1956) p. 55.

Cambodia prohibits imports; July (1956)
Deas

Canadian canned fish and shellfish import
regulations compliance required; June
(1956) p. 62.

Gold Coast requires import licenses; Mar.
(1956) p. 41.

Fish oil, U.S. again at record high in
1955; May (1956) p. 32.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 13

EXPORTS

Fish sticks, Canadian mandatory standards
for; Aug. (1956) p. 64,

Fresh, frozen, or processed fish labeling
regulations amended by Canada; June
(1956) p. 62.

German Federal Republic duties on certain
fishery products lowered; Mar. (1956)
p. 40.

Herring and mackerel, canned, removed
from Philippine import control; Dec,
(1956) p. 75,

Israel import duties on some fishery items
changed; Mar. (1956) p. 41.

Mexico import list, some fishery products
added to; Dec. (1956) p. 73.

Philippine import duties on fishery items
raised; Mar. (1956) p. 46,

Processed edible fishery product, U.S.
of; Jan, (1956) p. 38, Feb. (1956) p.
35, Mar, (1956) p. 23, Apr. (1956) p. 26,
June (1956) p. 45, July (1956) p. 59, Aug.
(1956) p. 51, Sept. (1956) p. 39, Oct. (1956)
p. 36, Nov. (1956) p. 59, Dec. (1956) p.
52.

Salmon, canned, British import quota from

North America and Soviet Russia; Sept.
(1956) p. 101.

EXPRESS

Rate increase sought in Eastern Territory by
Railway Express; Nov. (1956) p. 49.

FARM FISH PONDS

Fish and Wildlife Service aid to
(1956) p. 22.

; June

FATTY ACIDS

Fish oil lithium salts in lubricating
greases, prospects of utilizing; Sept.
(1956) p. 13.

Polyamino derived from fish oils;

Sept. (1956) p. 7.

FEDERAL AID

Gamefish supply increased by to states;
June (1956) p. 23.

Programs of

help restoration; Jan.
(1956) p. 25,

Sport fish and wildlife restoration work funds
apportioned to states; Nov. (1956) p. 30.

14 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

FEDERAL PURCHASES OF FISHERY PRODUCTS
Defense, Department of:

Quartermaster Corps research empha-
sizes new lightweight foods; July (1956)
p. 33.

Quartermaster Market Centers:

canned fishery products purchased,
1953-55; May (1956) p, 20,

canned fishery products purchased,
quarterly data; July (1956) p. 33,
Oct. (1956) p. 15, Dec. (1956) p. 36.

fresh and frozen fishery products pur-

chases; Jan, (1956) p. 26, Feb.
(1956) p. 21, Mar. (1956) p. 16, Apr.
(1956) p. 12, May (1956) p. 21, June
(1956) p. 24, July (1956) p. 33, Aug.
(1956) p. 22, Sept. (1956) p. 18, Oct.
(1956) p. 15, Nov. (1956) p. 32, Dec.
(1956) p. 36.

Quartermaster Market Center System
replaced by new agency; Dec, (1956) p.
3t

salmon, canned, Quartermaster Corps
requirements from 1956 pack; Aug.
(1956) p. 23,

Veteran's Administration:

hospital consumption of fishery products;
July (1956) p. 61.

1956 requirements for canmed fish; Apr.
(1956) p. 12,

FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS

Crab meat ; Feb. (1956) p. 17, Mar,
(1956) p. 10.
Crab meat, chilled and frozen,

for;
Sept. (1956) p. 12.

Fresh or frozen fish revised to include
fish portions; Nov. (1956) p. 31.

Sardines, canned,

pane (L956) ps LS
June (1956) p. 15,

Shrimp, breaded, frozen, proposed;
May (1956) p. 18.
Shrimp, breaded, interim for-wOcts

(1956) p. ll.

FEDERAL TRADE COMMISSION

Crabs, king, Alaska,

price fixing charged;
Oct. (1956) p. 103, S °

1956 Index

FEDERAL TRADE COMMISSION

Frozen food industry trade practice rules;
Jan. (1956) p. 63.

Salmon price fixing in Puget Sound area or-
dered stopped; Dec. (1956) p. 83.

Tuna industry on West Coast charged with
price fixing; Sept. (1956) p. 104,

FILLETS (also see IMPORTS)

Blocks, frozen, reduction of dehydration
in; June (1956) p. 14.

Composition of right and left of rock-
fish and Dover sole, variation in; Dec.
(1956) p. 24,

Groundfish:
import(s):

monthly data; Jan, (1956) p. 38, Feb.
(1956) p. 35, Apr. (1956) p. 26, May
(1956) p. 34, June (1956) p. 44, July
(1956) p. 60, Aug. (1956) p. 52, Sept.
p. 39, Oct. (1956) p. 37, Nov.
(1956) p. 61, Dec, (1956) p. 52.

1955 data; Feb. (1956) p. 34,

public hearing by Tariff Commission
on investigation of injury to domes-
tic producers;-~Feb. (1956) p. 56.

tariff-rate quota for 1956; Mar, 1956 p.
o2e

production and imports, U.S., 1940-55;
Apr. (1956) p. 14.

FILM(S)

Fishery selected for International
Film Festival: Aug. (1956) p. 23.

Fishery shown at Venice exhibition;
Oct. (1956) p. 16,

Sardine, Maine, new

on; Oct. (1956) p.
24,

FINLAND

ae review of the, 1955; May (1956) p.

iT eat waters, new law on; Sept. (1956)
p. 69.

1956 Index

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE
Alaska:
area-licensing program iegal. states
Department's solicitor; July (1858)
foo SRL
commercial fisheries regulations:

1956 revised; May (1956) p. 65.

notice of intention to adppt amend-
ments; Aug. (1956) p. 81.

herring:

catch quota for 1956 raised; Apr. (1956)

p. 43,
southeastern quota increased; Aug.
(1956) p. 86.
salmon:

fishing boats and gear, regulations for
of; June (1956) p. 84.

fishing on high seas prohibited; Aug.
(1956) p. 86.

Annual report for fiscal year 1955; Feb.
(1956) p. 55.

Electronic fish counter developed; July (1956)
Deole

Federal aid funds apportioned to states for
sport fish and wildlife restoration work;
Nov. (1956) p. 30.

Films, fishery, shown at Venice exhibition;
Oct. (1956) p. 16.

Fisheries loan fund activities initiated; Nov.
(1956) p. 112.

Fisheries loan fund regulations changed; Dec.
(1956) p.. 86.

Fishing industry aided by in promoting
fishery products in Columbus, Ohio;
Feb. (1956) p. 1.

"Fish Parade" promotion by industry backed
by ; Nov. (1956) p. 35.

Fish-stick standard established; Aug. (1956)
joy (35

Fish stick voluntary standard proposed; June
(1956) p. 83.

Fur-seal skin prices down slightly at spring
auction; June (1956) p. 25.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 15

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE

Fur-seals, Pribilof herd, , begins har-
vesting females; Oct. (1956) p. 18.

Haddock fishery, New England, revised
regulations adopted for; Nov. (1956) p.
114.

Haddock fishery of New England, proposed
revised regulations for; Aug. (1956) p. 82.

Hatcheries, work on six starts; Oct, (1956) p.
Efe

Reorganization:

deferred pending Congressional action;
Aug. (1956) p. 81.

proposed by Department of the Interior;
July (1956) p. 91.

proposed by White House; Sure 6)
p. 96.

reorganization becomes effective; Dec.
(1956) p. 84,

reorganization of activities by Inter-
ior Department; Sept. (1956) p. 110.

Research helps bring top-quality fish closer
to consumer's table; Nov, (1956) p. 33.

Research laboratory in Gulf, new; Sept.
(1956) p. 25,

Saltonstall-Kennedy Act fisheries projects
for first year (fiscal year 1955); Feb.
(1956) p. 26.

Saltonstall-Kennedy Act fisheries projects,
reports progress made on; Nov.

(1956) p. 51.

Suomela promoted to new post; July (1956) p.
93%

Tuna, industry-Government sales promotion
program; Sept. (1956) p. 37.

Whaling regulations; July (1956) p. 94. (1956)
p. 89:

FISH COOKERY

Demonstration

program for 1956; Feb.
(1956) p. 29,

FISHERIES LOAN FUND

Activities for initiated; Nov. (1956) p.
112.

Interior and Small Business Administration
cooperate in granting; Nov. (1956) p. 114.

16 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

FISHERIES LOAN FUND

Regulations changed by Department of the
Interior; Dec, (1956) p. 86.

FISHERY RESEARCH

United States governmental expenditures in
fiscal 1956 for ; Sept. (1956) p, 40.

FISH FINDER

Tuna scouting with electronic
(1956) p. 27,

5; Sept.

FISH FLOUR

Union of South Africa

experiment com-
pleted; May (1956) p. 60.

FISHING INDUSTRY

White House action to help ; July (1956)

p. 96.
FISHING VESSELS (see VESSELS, FISHING)

FISH MEAL(S)

Alaska fishery wastes as poultry feed, pos-
sible use of; Jan. (1956) p. 14.

Antioxidants in ; Oct. (1956) p. 10.

Dryer, experimental, for ; Oct, (1956)
p. 8,

Dryer pilot plant; Dec. (1956) p. 17.

Edible ; Oct. (1956) p. 42.

Herring , Alaska, experimental bulk
ocean shipments of; Oct. (1956) p. 8.

Menhaden , experimental manufacture
on a pilot-plant scale; Jan. (1956) p. 12.

Menhaden processing studies; Oct.
(1956) p. 9.

Protein of ‘, tryptophane content better
indicator of nutritive value; Nov. (1956)

p. 80.

Quality index for » a possible; Apr.
(1956) p. 9.

Tuna

, effect of raw material on qual-
ity. of; July (1956) p, 18.

PISH MEAL AND SCRAP i
U.S. production of fishery byproducts; Sept.
(1956) p. 41,

1956 Index

FISH OIL(S)

Exports in 1955 again at record high; May
(1956) p. 32.

Fungicidal properties of modified unsatured
; Nov. 1956 p. 19.

Lithium salts of fatty acids from fish
in lubricating greases, prospects of
utilizing; Sept. (1956) p. 13.

Marine:

Belgium market; Sept. (1956) p. 58.
Danish market; Sept. (1956) p. 66.
French market; Sept, (1956) p. 70.

German Federal Republic market; Sept.
(1956) p. 71.

Netherlands market; Sept. (1956) p. 87.
Norwegian market; Sept. (1956) p. 90.

United Kingdom market for U.S, -produced
fish oil; Sept. (1956) p. 99.

Products from fish oils, new:
Part I - Introduction; Aug. (1956) p. 1.

Part II - polyamino fatty acids derived
from ; Sept. (1956) p. 7.

Sprays containing for citrus trees;
Mar. (1956) p. 9, June (1956) p. 13.

United States , foreign markets being
studied for; Aug. (1956) p. 47,

U.S, production of fishery byproducts; Sept
(1956) p. 41, “

Use of

a for ore flotation; May (1956) p.

FISH SOLUBLES

U.S. production of

ys , 1955; Sept. (1956)
Pp. .

_FISH STICK(S)

Canadian:
industry growth; Jan. (1956) p. 45.

mandatory standards; Aug, (1956) p. 64.

Coating content of frozen fried , tenta-

tive method for determining; Sept. (1956)
p. 12.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

1956 Index

FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION

FISH STICK(S) (cont. )
Consumer survey indicates young housewives
buy ; Feb. (1956) p. 34.
first

Grade labelling and U.S, shield,
to bear; Dec. (1956) p. 37.

Mullet ; July (1956) p. 35.
Standards:
established; Aug. (1956) p. 78.

public meetings on; Apr. (1956) p. 10.

voluntary proposed; June (1956) p.
83.
prepared

Storage tests on frozen fried
from Pacific cod; July (1956) p. 15.
U.S, production:

1955 data; Feb, (1956) p. 33.

quarterly data; Feb, (1956) p. 34, June
(1956) p. 44, Aug. (1956) p. 50, Nov.
(1956) p. 58,

stored at O° to 5° F.;

Weight loss for
Feb. (1956) p. 16.

FLORIDA
Commercial fishing to be taught to boys by
club organized by university; Mar. (1956)

p. 17.

Fisheries research:

April-June 1956; Sept. (1956) p. 19.
January-March 1956; Aug. (1956) p. 25.

October-December 1955; July (1956) p. 35.

Gill-netting by airboat; Nov. (1956) p. 36.

Marketing study for fish--Progress
Report; Mar. (1956) p. 1.

Shrimp:
royal red:

East coast
(1956) p. 50.

small, studies on; July (1956) p. 35; Aug.

(1956) p. 26,

survey continued, Dec.

Cooperatives, technical conference on; Feb.
(1956) p. 43,
Director-General elected; Nov, (1956) p. 67.

Director-General of , United States
nominee for; Aug, (1956) p. 62.

Diving aids, modern, may increase shell
production; Nov. (1956) p. 66.

Fishery research vessels designed by
naval architects; Dec, (1956) p. 56.

Fishing boat building costs, plan for cutting ;
Aug. (1956) p. 60.

Fish meals, edible; Oct. (1956) p. 42.
Fish- processing technologists meeting:

antibiotics use and quality assessment
highlights ; Aug. (1956)yp. 58.

Rotterdam ; July (1956) p. 71.

Mediterranean Fisheries Council to meet in
Turkey; June (1956) p. 55.

Tilapia, destroying a myth about; May (1956)
ie
World fish production rising; Nov. (1956) p.

World marine resources survey may supply
key to future; Sept. (1956) p. 50.

FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION

Antibiotics in food industry discussed at
symposium; Dec, (1956) p. 30.

Antibiotics use in U.S, for preservation of
fishery products, status of; Dec. (1956) p
Bc.

Tuna, canned, identity and fill-of-container
standard proposed; Sept. (1956) p. 38 &

106,

FOREIGN TRADE, U.S. (see also IMPORTS;
EXPORTS)

Edible fishery products; Jan. (1956) p. 38,

Feb, (1956) p. 35, Mar, (1956) p. 23, Apr.

(1956) p. 26, June (1956) p. 45, July
(1956) p. 59, Aug. (1956) p. 51, Sept,
(1956) p. 39, Oct. (1956) p. 36, Nov.
(1956) p. 59, Dec. (1956) p. 52.

Fillets, groundfish, monthly imports data;
Oct, (1956) p. 37, Nov. (1956) p. 61,

FOREIGN TRADE, U.S. (cont. )

Imports and exports of selected fishery prod-

ucts, monthly data; Mar. (1956) p. 23,

June (1956) p. 45, July (1956) p. 60, Sept.
(1956) p. 40, Oct. (1956) p. 37, Nov. (1956)

p. 61.

United States for 1955; Aug. (1956) p.

53.

FORMOSA (see TAIWAN)

FRANCE
Canned fish industry; Oct. (1956) p. 63.

Fish canning trends, 1955; Apr. (1956) p. 31.

Fisheries, review of the, 1955; Oct. (1956) p.

68.

Marine oil market; Sept. (1956) p. 70.
Sardine, canned, market; Oct (1956) p. 63.

Shrimp fishery; May (1956) p. 45,

Trawler, fishing, first Diesel- electric pow-

ered; July (1956) p. 77.

FREEZING(S)

Lobster, North Atlantic,
techniques, new; July (1956) p. 22.

United States of fish and shellfish,
1955; June (1956) p. 46.

FRENCH EQUATORIAL AFRICA

Sardines, canned, market; Dec. (1956) p. 68.

FRENCH MOROCCO
Fishing industry, 1954; Mar. (1956) p. 35.

FRENCH WEST AFRICA

Sardine, canned, market; Oct. (1956) p. 68.

Tuna, albacore, fishing; Oct. (1956) p. 69.

Tuna catch quota for second season; Dec.
(1956) p. 69.

Tuna fishing off

FRESH FISH

Consumption increase of in inland
United States; Aug. (1956) p. 47.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

and storing

tried; Feb. (1956) p. 44.

1956 Index

FRESH FISH

Federal specification for or frozen fish
revised to include fish portions; Nov,

(1956) p. 31.

FRESH- WATER FISH

Composition of ; Feb. (1956) p. 13.

Fur-animal feeding with
pe las

; Jan. (1956)

FROZEN FISH

Drip in , study of; Aug, (1956) p. 14.
Federal specification for or fresh fish
revised to include fish portions; Nov.

(1956) p. 31.

Quartermaster Market Center System pur-
chases; Jan. (1956) p. 26, Feb. (1956) p.
21, Mar. (1956) p. 16, Apr. (1956) p. 12,
May (1956) p. 21, June (1956) p. 24, July
(1956) p. 33, Aug. (1956) p. 22, Sept.
(1956) p. 18, Oct. (1956) p. 15, Nov. (1956)
p. 32, Dec. (1956) p. 36.

Sales to public eating places, frequency of;
Sept. (1956) p. 32.
FROZEN FOOD(S)

Market for increases 50 percent in
year; Nov. (1956) p. 40.

Temperature tolerance of
1 IW,

; Oct. (1956)

Trade practice rules for

industry; Jan.
(1956) p. 63, uh

FUEL CONSUMPTION

Shrimp fleet, Gulf, study of
(1956) ; p. 39.

; June

FUR ANIMALS

Fresh- water fish, feeding to ; Jan
(1956) p. 14, side

FUR SEAL(S)

Pribilof herd of ,» Fish and Wildlife
Service begins harvesting females; Oct.
(1956) p. 18,

Skin prices climb at Government fall auction;
Nov. (1956) p. 37.

Skin prices down slightly at. spring auction:
June (1956) p. 25, eo A

1956 Index

GAMEFISH

Federal aid to states increases supply;
June (1956) p. 23.

GEAR

Beam trawl shrimp nets of various mesh
sizes, catch studied for; Aug. (1956) p.
18.

Electro-fishing in ocean, new techniques de-
veloped; Dec. (1956) p. 32.

Fishing congress planned, interna-
tional; Aug. (1956) p. 61.

"George M. Bowers," M/V, research
vessel, commissioned; Feb. (1956) p. 30,

Lampara seine, midwater trawl, and depth
indicator tested; Nov. (1956) p. 44.

Research activities on by ''George M.
Bowers"; Sept. (1956) p. 36.

Trawl, midwater, tests in Gulf of Maine; Nov.

(1956) p. 43.

Underwater breathing apparatus useful to
biologists; Jan, (1956) p. 28.

GENERAL AGREEMENT ON TARIFFS AND
TRADE ( GATT )

Austrian canned fish import duties renego-
tiated with United States; June (1956) p.
55.

Fishery tariff concessions in 1956 Geneva
negotiations; Aug. (1956) p. 6.

Interior, Department of the:

representation at Geneva negotiations;
Feb. (1956) p. 54.

Latest concluded; July (1956) p. 95.

Meets for llth session in Geneva; Nov. (1956)
p. 65,

Tenth Session, Review of; Jan. (1956) p. 41.

GENERAL FISHERIES COUNCIL FOR THE

MEDITERRANEAN
Italy participates in ; Nov. (1956) p. 86.

"GEORGE M. BOWERS," M/V (also see SOUTH
ATLANTIC EXPLORATORY FISHERY
PROGRAM)

Exploratory fishing vessel; July (1956) p. 7.

Gear research vessel commissioned;

Feb, (1956) p. 30.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 19

GEORGES BANK

Haddock fishery on -- changes in scrod
abundance in recent years; Oct, (1956) p.
1,

Hydrographic resurvey planned; Dec. (1956) p.
37,

GERMAN DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC
Argentine fish industries and cooperatives,

trade agreement with; Nov. (1956) p.
69.

GERMAN FEDERAL REPUBLIC

Deep-sea fishing season, inauguration of
1956; Oct. (1956) p. 69,

Fish-meal protein, tryptophane content

better indicator of nutritive value; Nov.
(1956) p. 80.

Fishing ground found east of Greenl@nd, rich;
July (1956) p. 78.

Frozen fish exports, trawler owners to
continue support of; Aug, (1956) p. 65,

Icelandic trawlers ordered from

ship-
yard; Oct. (1956) p. 71.

Import duties on certain fishery products
lowered; Mar, (1956) p. 40.
Marine oil market; Sept. (1956) p. 71.

Salmon fisheries convention planned for
Baltic Sea; Nov. (1956) p. 64,

Seaweed flour; Jan, (1956) p. 48,
Synthetic net fiber, new; Nov. (1956) p. ws.

Trawler(s):

factoryship, new type to be built; June
(1956) p. 67.

turbine type built, first in

; Feb.
(1956) p. 45. a

Trawls, midwater, telecommunicating depth
finder for; Nov, (1956) p. 79,

U.S.S.R. stern-trawling factoryships c
om-
pleted; Dec. (1956) p. 81, Jp

Vessels for fisheries service, new; June
(1956) p. 66.
GILL- NETTING

Airboat ; Nov. (1956) p. 36.

20 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

GOLD COAST

Canned fish import licenses required; Mar.
(1956) p. 41.

Sardines, canned, market for; Oct. (1956) p.
70.

GOVERNMENTAL EXPENDITURES

United States for fishery research in
fiscal 1956; Sept. (1956) p. 40.

GREAT LAKES

Lake Erie underutilized fish, development of
markets for; Nov. (1956) p. 1.

Sea lampreys, electrical weirs must remain

in operation eight years to control; Aug.
(1956) p. 27.

GREAT LAKES FISHERIES COMMISSION

First meeting held; Sept. (1956) p. 49, Nov.
(1956) p. 68.

First meeting; June (1956) p. 59.

United States members named for 3
Mar, 1956 p. 52.

GREAT LAKES FISHERY INVESTIGATIONS

Chub population studied in Lake Huron (M/V
"Cisco! cruises 2 & 4); Aug. (1956) p. 28,
Oct. (1956) p. 20.

"Cisco," M/V:

operational plans for 1956; July (1956) p.
36,

research operations in 1955; May (1956) p.
Pie

Fishery study of Saginaw Bay initiated (M/V
"Cisco" cruise 1); Aug. (1956) p. 27.

Lake Huron investigations continued (M/V
"Cisco" cruise 6); Nov, (1956) p. 39.

Lake Michigan, Northern, survey trip com-
pleted (M/V ''Cisco" cruise XI); Jan.
(1956) p. 26.

Lake trout decline in Lake Michigan not due
to chub fishery; July (1956) p. 36.

Saginaw Bay (Lake Huron) survey continued
(M/V "Cisco" cruise 7); Dec. (1956) p. 39,

Sea lamprey poison search nears close;
Mar. (1956) p. 17.

1956 Index

GREAT LAKES FISHERY INVESTIGATIONS
Walleye:
abundance in Saginaw Bay during summer
studied (M/V ''Cisco' cruise 3); Oct.
(1956) p. 19.
summer grounds sought in Lake Huron
(M/V ''Cisco'' cruise 5); Nov. (1956) p.
38,
GREECE
Fisheries, status of the; Sept. (1956) p. 74.

Freezer-catcher boat:

completed for fishing off North African
coast; July (1956) p. 79,

first trip landed; July (1956) p. 79.

Frozen fish trip arrives from Atlantic Ocean;
July (1956) p. 79.

Sponge fishery, 1955; Mar. (1956) p. 41.

Trawling partially successful in deep water;
Mar, (1956) p. 41,

"GREEN"

Tuna, off-color or ; Sept. (1956) p. 32.

"GREENING"

Yellowfin ; Dec. (1956) p. 49.

GROUNDFISH

Food habits study of » Materials col-
lected for; (M/V “Albatross III'' cruise
80); Oct. (1956) p. 28.

GROUNDFISH FILLETS (also see IMP :
ee ee ORTS or

Imports reach new high, October 1956; Dec.
(1956) p. 52,

Tariff Commission:

"Escape Clause'' report on released;
Nov. (1956) p. 117.

investigation of injury by imports to do-
mestic producers of ; Jan, (1956)
p. 64,

public hearing on investigation of injury
by imports to domestic producers;
Feb. (1956) p. 56,

White House rejects Tariff Commission's

recommendations for increased duties;
Dec. (1956) p. 88.

1956 Index

GUATEMALA

Commercial fishing possiblilties; Sept. (1956)
p. 75.

Fishing licenses; Apr. (1956) p. 32,

GULF EXPLORATORY FISHERY PROGRAM
Shrimp:
deep-water exploration in the Gulf of
Mexico by M/V "Oregon!' preliminary
results (1950-56); Dec, (1956) p.1.

caught in Gulf of Mexico (M/V
Oregon" cruise 38); July (1956) p. 37.

red

red deep-water potential being ex-

plored (M/V "Oregon" cruise 39); Aug.

(1956) p. 29.

red deep-water trawling; (M/V
Oregon" cruise 36); Apr. (1956) p. 14.

Tuna:
fishing by long line, experimental, in
north-central Gulf (M/V "Oregon
cruise 40); Sept. (1956) p. 20,
small catch reported on 27-day trip (M/V
"Oregon" cruise 35); Mar. (1956) p.
18,

yellowfin long-line trip successful (M/V
"Oregon" cruise 37); June (1956) p. 25.

GULF OF MEXICO

Oyster, Southern, ''Brown-Spotting" in; Aug.
(1956) p. 4.

Shrimp:

deep-water exploration by M/V "Oregon"
(1950-1956); Dec. (1956) p. 1.

Tuna, yellowfin:

exploratory fishing vessel finds new areas;
July (1956) p. 32.

long-line trip successful; June (1956) p. 25.

HADDOCK

Eggs and larvae distribution studies; May
5 (1956) p. 25, June (1956) p. 30, July (1956)
pp. 44 & 46, Aug. (1956) p. 36.

Georges Bank fishery--changes in
scrod abundance in recent years; Oct.
(1956) p. 1.

New England fishery, proposed revised
regulations for: Aug, (1956) p. 82.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 21

HADDOCK

Nylon cod ends, selectivity tested on
by "Albatross III"; July (1956) p. 44,

HAITI

Coastal fisheries to be expanded; July (1956)
Paige

Sardines,

canned, market for; Nov. (1956) p.
81.

HAKE

Red , two-year olds predominate in

waters fished by Rhode Island fleet; Nov,
(1956) p. 41,

HALIBUT, PACIFIC

Areas 2 and 1B closed for first season; Aug,
(1956) p. 57.

Areas 3A and 3B closed August 245 Sept.
(1956) p. 45,

Fleet began fishing May 20; July (1956) p. 48,
Regulations for 1956; Feb, (1956) p. 39,

HATCHERIES

Work on six new starts; Oct. (1956) p.
17.
HAWAIIN ISLANDS

Commercial fisheries catch for 1955; Dec.
(1956) p. 40,

Tuna, albacore, good fishing found north of
; Nov. (1956) p. 48,

Tuna, skipjack:
behavior studied; Aug, (1956) p. 43,

fishing grounds survey completed; Aug.
(1956) p. 42.

HEALTH, EDUCATION AND WELFARE, DE-
PARTMENT OF (also see FOOD AND DRUG
ADMINISTRATION)

Antibiotics in food industry discussed at sym-
posium; Dec. (1956) p. 30.

HERRING
Alaska:

catch quota for 1956 raised; Apr. (1956) p.

southeastern quota increased; Aug, (1956)
p. 86,

22 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 1956 Index
HERRING HONG KONG
B prepared by new method; July Net factories, new; Nov. (1956) p. 82.

ait
(1956) p. 24.
Canadian west coast (British Columbia):

catch for 1955/56 season sets record; July
(1956) p. 72.

fishery in 1956, review of; Nov. (1956) p.
roe i

outlook for 1956/57; Dec. (1956) p. 65.
Lake:

cold-storage life; Nov. (1956) p. 16.
Maine:

aerial survey of schools started; June
(1956) p. 31.

echo soundings and samples taken by
"Metacomet"; July (1956) p. 46.

fish-finder soundings off Maine and Cana-
da; Aug, (1956) pp. 37-38.

Gulf of Maine, eastern coastal waters
explored for by M/V ''Metacomet"
Oct. (1956) p. 29.

Gulf of Maine plankton survey by ''Theo-
dore N, Gill"; Mar. (1956) p. 22.

Maine and Canada offshore shoal waters

near islands explored for ; Sept.
(1956) p. 25,
Maine coast and Bay of Fundy explo-

rations; Nov. (1956) p. 42.

vessel chartered to continue explorations
and gear research; July (1956) p. 46.

young sought in Northwest Atlantic
by "Theodore N, Gill"; Jan, (1956)
pe 2c.

North Sea stocks, international cooper-
ation recommended to conserve; Dec.
(1956) p. 57.

Pacific
California fishery; Jan, (1956) p. 17.
migrations; May (1956) p. 34.

Purse seining of with use of dragger-
type vessel tested; Dec. (1956) p. 45.

Oyster production and culture; Sept. (1956) p.
79.

"HUGH M. SMITH,'' M/V (see PACIFIC OCEAN-
IC FISHERY INVESTIGATIONS)

HULL INSURANCE (see INSURANCE)

HUNTING
Survey of sport fishing and reveals $3
billion dollar annual expenditures; Nov.
(1956) p. 56.
H YDROGRAPHY

Georges Bank hydrographic resurvey planned;
Dec. (1956) p. 37.

ICED FISH

Fish- processing technologists meeting dis-
cusses ; Aug. (1956) p. 58.

ICELAND

Czechoslevakia and amend 1954 trade
agreement; Nov, (1956) p. 64.

Exhibit by at international fishery
trade fair; June (1956) p. 59.

Fillet, groundfish, production, 1953-55; July
(1956) p. 80.

Filleting and skinning machines, large number
purchased; Oct. (1956) p. 71.

Fisheries included in program of new Cabinet; .
Sept. (1956) p. 75.

Fisheries, review for 1955; Oct. (1956) p. 72.

Fisheries trends, January-September 1955;
May (1956) p. 46.

Fisheries trends, January-July 1956; Oct.
(1956) p. 70.

Fish freezing plants; Aug. (1956) p. 66,

Frozen fish exports to U.S. increase; Nov.
(1956) p. 82.

Groundfish catch lower Jan, -Mar, 1956: Jul
(1956) p. 79, ed

Herring:

North coast season; Sept. (1956) 76
Oct. (1956) p. 71, eee

1956 Index

ICELAND (cont. )
Herring:

South coast catch higher in 1956; Nov.
(1956) p. 82.

Iced-fish trade discouraged in favor of deliv-
eries to freezing plants; Dec, (1956) p. 69.

Oil, marine, production, 1955; May (1956) p.
48,

Shrimp and lobster fisheries; Apr. (1956) p.
32)

Trade agreement for 1956 signed with Russia;
Jan. (1956) p. 48.

Trade agreement with Russia includes fish-
ery products; Nov. (1956) p. 82.

Trawlers may be financed by foreign loans,
new; Dec. (1956) p. 69.

Trawlers, new, ordered from West German
shipyard; Oct. (1956) p. 71.

Trawlers subsidized by may hurt
British trawlers; June (1956) p. 81.

Whaling season, 1955; May (1956) p. 47.

Winter fishing season, 1956; Oct. (1956) p.
U2

ICE, TREATED (also see ANTIBIOTICS)

Groundfish samples collected for storage in
various chemical ; Aug. (1956) p.
33.

IDAHO

Salmon study planned for Columbia River
streams; Sept. (1956) p. 33.

IMPORTS

Customs Simplication Act of 1956 analyzed;
Nov. (1956) p. 30.

Customs Simplification Act of 1956, comments
requested on appraisal of imported arti-
cles under; Dec. (1956) p. 87.

Denmark's fishery products exports to
United States; Sept. (1956) p. 66.

Edible fishery products, fresh, frozen, and
processed, monthly data; Jan. (1956) p.
38, Feb. (1956) p. 35, Mar. (1956) p. 23,
Apr. (1956) p. 26, June (1956) p. 45, July
(1956) p. 59, Aug, (1956) p. 51, Sept.
(1956) p. 39, Oct. (1956) p. 36, Nov.
(1956) p. 59, Dec. (1956) p. 52.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 23

IMPORTS
Fillets, groundfish (see Groundfish fillets):

Fishery products imported from many coun-
tries; Aug, (1956) p. 51.

Groundfish fillets:

"Escape Clause" report released by U.S.
Tariff Commission; Nov. (1956) p. 117.

monthly data; Jan, (1956) p. 38, Feb. (1956)
p. 35, Apr, (1956) p. 26, May (1956) p.
34, June (1956) p. 44, July (1956) p. 60,
Aug. (1956) p. 52, Sept. (1956) p. 39,
Oct. (1956) p. 37, Nov. (1956) p. 61,
Dec. (1956) p. 52.

1955; Feb. (1956) p. 34,
tariff-rate quota for 1956; Mar. 1956 p. 52.

U.S, production and imports, 1940-55;
Apr. (1956) p. 14. .

White House rejects Tariff Commission's
recommendations for increased duties;
Dec. (1956) p. 88.

Herring, hard-smoked, and certain dried
fish tariffs reduced by United States;
Feb, (1956) p. 56.

Icelandic frozen fish exports to U.S. increase;
Nov. (1956) p. 82.

Japanese exports of fishery products lead in
food products exported to U.S, in 1955;
Oct. (1956) p. 77.

Japanese tuna and crab exports to U.S.; Feb.
(1956) p. 47,

Salmon, silver, fresh, Canadian exports
after August 31 prohibited; Oct. (1956) p.
59,

Shrimp:

Australian exports to U.S.; Oct. (1956) p.

Mexican shipments into Arizona-Califor-
nia 1955/56 season through Mar. 17;
June (1956) p. 46.

Mexican shipments through Nogales,
Ariz, , increase; Mar. (1956) p. 24.

1955 data; May (1956) p. 33.

Pakistan sends second shipment to U.S. ;
(1956) p. 57.

Spiny lobster, Mexican law on exports of
clarified; Sept. (1956) p. 86,

24 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

IMPORTS (cont. )

Swordfish and whale meal, Peruvian base
prices for export duties revised; July
(1956) p. 86.

Swordfish, frozen, Japanese exports to U.S.
to be handled by association; June (1956)
p. 69.

Swordfish, Peru's base price for export duty
purposes; Sept. (1956) p. 93.

Tuna:

canned in brine
(1956) p. 67.

duties adjusted; May

canned in brine tuna under quota proviso;
Nov. (1956) p. 59, Dec. (1956) p. 53.

canned, Japanese exports to United States;
Oct. (1956) p. 76.

frozen, new Japanese sales agency formed
for; Aug. (1956) p. 66.

Venezuela shipments to United States; May
(1956) p. 63.

INDEXES, WHOLESALE (see PRICES, WHOLE-
SALE)

INDIA

Boats and engines, good potential market for;
July (1956) p. 80,

Bull-trawling operations successful: July
(1956) p. 81.

Cannery, fish, to be built with aid of Yugo-
slav Sea Fishing Association; July (1956)
p. 90.

Commercial fisheries development included
in second five-year plan; Nov. (1956) p.
83.

Fish-freezing plant proposed for India; Oct.
(1956) p. 74,

Fisheries development discussed at conference
Noy. (1956) p. 83.

Japanese-Indo fishing enterprise; Apr. (1956)
Desooe

Shrimp:

freezer vessels to be used; Oct. (1956) p.
ee

industry facing crisis; Oct. (1956) p. 73.

resource, new, found off coast; Sept. (1956)
my UUs

resource discovered; July (1956) p. 80.

1956 Index

INDIAN OCEAN

Tuna fishery in being developed by
Japanese; Jan. (1956) p. 50.

INDONESIA

Shrimp fisheries; Jan. (1956) p. 49, July
(1956) p. 81.

Tuna long-line fishing makes good start;
July (1956) p. 81.

INSURANCE

Fishing vessel , some current prob-
lems; May (1956) p. 1.

INTER-AMERICAN JURIST COUNCIL

Territorial waters resolution: United States
reservation on; Apr. (1956) p. 29.

Territorial waters resolution: passed by
; Mar. (1956) p. 28.

INTER-AMERICAN SPECIALIZED CONFER-
ENCE ON CONSERVATION OF NATURAL
RESOURCES

Continental shelf and marine waters meeting;
May (1956) p. 37, June (1956) p. 53.

INTERIOR, DEPARTMENT OF THE (also see
FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE)

Alaska transportation improvements pro-
moted by ; June (1956) p. 21,

Fish and Wildlife Service:

activities to be reorganized; Sept. (1956) p.
110,

fisheries loan regulations changed; Dec.
(1956) p. 86.

fishery films selected for International
film festival.

new organization described; Dec. (1956) p.

reorganization becomes effective; Dec.
(1956) p. 84,

reorganization deferred pending Congres-
sional action; Aug. (1956) p. 81.

Fisheries legislative program promoted; July
(1956) p. 91,

Fishery loans, and Small Business Ad-
ministration cooperate in granting; Nov.
(1956) p. 114,

1956 Index

INTERIOR, DEPARTMENT OF THE (cont. )

Trade agreements negotiations in Genenva,
departmental representation at; Feb. (1956)

p. 54.
INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS ON CANNED
FOODS
Meeting of ; Oct. (1956) p. 44,

INTERNATIONAL COUNCIL FOR THE EXPLO-
RATION OF THE SEA

Herring stocks in North Sea, international

cooperation recommended to conserve;
Dec. (1956) p. 57.

INTERNATIONAL FILM FESTIVAL(S)

Fishery films shown at Venice exhibition;
Oct. (1956) p. 16.

Interior fishery films selected for
(1956) p. 23.

; Aug.

INTERNATIONAL FISHERY TRADE FAIR
Denmark to hold ; Jan, (1956) p. 47.

Iceland exhibits at ; June (1956) p. 59.

INTERNATIONAL FISHING GEAR CONGRESS

Plans for ; Aug. (1956) p. 61.

INTERNATIONAL LAW COMMISSION

Eighth session convenes at Geneva; June
(1956) p. 54,

Territorial water and law-of-the-sea confer-

ence proposed; Sept. (1956) p. 49, Oct.
(1956) p. 41.

INTERNATIONAL MEETINGS

Fish- processing technologists meet at
Rotterdam; July (1956) p. 71.

INTERNATIONAL NORTH PACIFIC FISHERIES
COMMISSION

Salmon stocks in North Pacific, five-month
survey completed; Dec. (1956) p. 58.

INTERNATIONAL PACIFIC HALIBUT COMMIS-
SION

Areas 2 and 1B first season closed; Aug.
iy Ble

Areas 3A and 3B closed August 24; Sept. (1956
p. 45.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 25

INTERNATIONAL PACIFIC HALIBUT COMMIS-

SION

Halibut regulations for 1956 for North Pacific;
Feb, (1956) p. 39,

Pacific halibut fleet began fishing May 20;
July (1956) p. 48,

INTERNATIONAL PACIFIC SALMON FISHERIES
COMMISSION

Sockeye salmon regulations for 1956; Feb.
(1956) p. 40.

Canada- United States agreement on pink salm-
on conservation; Dec, (1956) p. 58,

INTERNATIONAL WHALING COMMISSION
Eighth annual meeting; Oct. (1956) p. 46.
INTERSTATE COMMERCE COMMISSI@N

Freight-rate increases granted; May (1956) p.
66,

IRAN

Caviar and fish exports, 1954/54 and 1954/55;
Feb. (1956) p. 46,

Soviet-
p. o98

fisheries agreement; Dec, (1956)

IRON SULFIDE DISCOLORATION

Tuna can discoloration with , effect of
variables introduced by the fish; June
(1956) p. 8.

Tuna cans, effect of retorting and cooling of
canned fish on of; Dec. (1956) p. 13.

IRRADIATION

Ionizing radiation center planned; Oct. (1956)
p. 21,

Quartermaster Corps research emphasizes
new lightweight foods; July (1956) p. 33,

ISRAEL

Campaign to eat more sea fish promoted by
press tour; July (1956) p. 82.

Fisheries, review of the, 1954; May (1956) p.
49,

Import duties on some fishery items changed;
Mar. (1956) p. 41.

Shrimp fishery; Nov. (1956) p. 85.

26 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 1956 Index

ITALY

Fishing industries, financial assistance pro-
posed for; Nov. (1956) p. 86.

General Fisheries Council for the Mediterran-
ean, participates in; Nov. (1956) p.
86.

Imported fishery products market; Sept. (1956)
p. 78.

Marine-animal oils market; Nov. (1956) p. 86.

Yugoslavia and sign agreement on
fishing in the Adriatic; Nov. (1956) p. 65.

JACK MACKEREL (see MACKEREL, JACK)

JAPAN

Argentine coastal fisheries survey postponed;
Mar, (1956) p. 42.

Atlantic, Western, fisheries survey by
research ship; Dec. (1956) p. 70.

Australian pearl-shell beds to be surveyed;
Dec. (1956) p. 62.

Brazil invites research ship to survey fish-
eries resources; Nov. (1956) p. 87.

Crab canning industry of Hokkaido Island;
Nov. (1956) p. 88.

Crab, king, meat, North Pacific pack to July
1956; Nov. (1956) p. 94.

Crab, king, meat pack through August 1956 by
factoryship; Dec, (1956) p. 70.

Exports of fishery products lead in food prod-

ucts exported to U.S. in 1955; Oct. (1956)
oy lc

Exports of fishery products rank fourth in
value; Nov. (1956) p. 93.

Fisheries, review for 1955; Sept. (1956) p. 81.

Fishery research ship departs for Brazil;
Dec, (1956) p. 70.

Fishing treaty activated by U.S. S. R. - Japan
peace agreement; Dec. (1956) p. 60.

Fish meal production and exports; Sept. (1956)
p. 80,

Fish net knitting machines and operators to
go to Canada; Nov, (1956) p. 93.

Fleet engaged in marine fishing; Oct. (1956)
pels

JAPAN

Indo- Japanese fishing enterprise; Apr. (1956)
p. 32.

Mexican- fishing company planned; Aug,
(1956) p. 66.

Mexican- Japanese fishing company plans
have not materialized yet; Oct. (1956) p.
82.

Operators in the marine fisheries, number
and type of; Oct. (1956) p. 78.

Overseas fishing ventures planned; Nov. (1956)
p. 93,

Pearls, cultured:

farm established in Australia; Oct, (1956)
p. Sl.

industry affected by hot spell; Nov. (1956)
p. 93.

Pearl-shell fleet operates off Northern
Australia; Nov. (1956) p. 70.

Red-China- Fisheries Council holds
conference; July (1956) p. 83.

Research and guidance ship launched, new;
Mar, (1956) p. 42.

Salmon:

canned, more in new British import quotas
conceded to ; June (1956) p. 79.

canned pack and sales plan for 1956; Oct,
(1956) p. 74,

fishery off to a good start; July (1956) p.
83,

fleets to fish in North Pacific as scheduled;
June (1956) p. 68,

Hokkaido industry; Nov. (1956) p. 95.

long-line fishing in North Pacific; May
(1956) p. 50.

long-liners ask postponement of licensing;
June (1956) p. 68.

long-lining proposed; Jan. (1956) p. 50.
North Pacific:

factoryship catch for 1956 season; Sept.
(1956) p. 79, Nov. (1956) p. 94,

fishing agreement reached by U.S.S, R.
and ; July (1956) p. 68.

high seas fishing developments; Oct,
(1956) p. 74.

1956 Index COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 27
JAPAN (cont. ) JAPAN
Salmon: (cont. ) Tuna:

North Pacific: (cont. )
investigation program; July {1956) p. 82.

Russia plans regulation of; May (1956)
ie OA,

Salmon and crab catches reported good; Sept.
(1956) p. 80,

Salmon, canned:

United Kingdom continues imports of; Dec.
(1956) p. 82.

Sardine, canned pack for 1955; Nov. (1956) p.
87.

Shrimp catch and exports, 1952-54; Mar.
(1956) p. 42,

Singapore restricts port facilities for
fishing vessels; Dec, (1956) p. 78.

Swordfish exports to be handled by associa-
tion; June (1956) p. 69.

Tuna:
African waters to be fished; Oct. (1956) p.
litte

"air freezing" by long-liner; Jan, (1956)
Jan. (1956) p. 50.

albacore, tagged by in cooperation
with United States investigators; Aug.
(1956) p. 41,

Arabian Sea grounds surveyed by train-
ing ship; June (1956) p. 68.

Brazil supplied tuna by Japanese fishing
vessel; Dec. (1956) p. 65.

canned:

exports to United States; Oct. (1956)
p. 76,

marketing measures; Oct. (1956) p. 76.

United States-Japan advertising costs
studied; Oct, (1956) p. 75.

exports of tuna and crab to United States;
Feb, (1956) p. 47.

fisheries research council established;
Oct. (1956) p. 77.

frozen, sales agency formed by producers;
Aug. (1956) p. 66.

Hawaiian waters fished by training ship;
May (1956) p. 50.

Indian Ocean fishery being developed by
; Jan. (1956) p. 50,

industry crisis, Nov. (1956) p. 90.

long-liner fishing off Venezuela; Jan.
(1956) p. 62, Feb. (1956) p. 53, Aug.
(1956) p. 76.

tagging program, research ship partici-
pates in; Dec. (1956) p. 71.

Tahiti fishing; Dec. (1956) p. 95.

vessel, description of most advanced
type of; Apr. (1956) p. 33.

vessel to fish in Atlantic Ocean#Dec. (1956)
Deets

Vietnam-Japan commercial fishing agreement;
Oct, (1956) p. 101.

Wis Se Sh 18, =
is OR),

fisheries treaty, July (1956)

Whaling:

Antarctic fleet of Union of South Africa may
be sold to Japan; Dec, (1956) p. 80.

Antarctic fleets for 1956/57 season increa-
sed; Nov, (1956) p. 87.

Antarctic pelagic results for 1955/56 sea-
son; June (1956) p. 57.

Chilean- Japanese venture planned; Dec.
(1956) p. 61,

North Pacific, 1956; Sept. (1956) p. 86,
Nov. (1956) p. 95.

Onassis fleet purchased by

; July
(1956) p. 83.

"JOHN N. COBB," M/V (see NORTH PACIFIC
EXPLORATORY FISHERY PROGRAM)

"JOHN R, MANNING," M/V (see PACIFIC
FISHERY INVESTIGATIONS)

KENYA

South Africans may establish fishing industry
off ; May (1956) p. 51.

28 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

KING CRABS
Alaska , price fixing charged on; Oct.
(1956) p. 103.

KOREA, REPUBLIC OF

Fisheries, review of the, 1954; Mar. (1956) p.
43.

Ice-making machinery to aid fisheries
arrives; May (1956) p. 52.

Marine-animal oils market; Nov. (1956) p. 96.

Trawlers imported by UNKRA purchased by
fishery firm; Oct. (1956) p. 79.

UNKRA helps fishing industry in 1955; Feb.
(1956) p. 47.

LADDERS, FISH

Fish screen to save young fish on Delta- Men-
dota Canal, California; Nov. (1956) p. 49.

LAKE ERIE (see GREAT LAKES)

LAKE HERRING

Cold-storage studies, samples collected;

Feb. (1956) p. 16.

LAKE HURON

Chub populations in studied; Aug. (1956)
p. 28, Oct. (1956) p. 20.

Investigations by M/V ''Cisco" continued; Nov.
(1956) p. 39:

Saginaw Bay survey continued by M/V WGiscols
Dec, (1956) p. 39.

LAKE MICHIGAN

Lake trout decline not due to chub fishery;
July (1956) p. 36.

Northern survey trip completed by
"Cisco"; Jan, (1956) p. 26.

LAKE TROUT

Lake Michigan decline not due to chub
fishery; July (1956) p. 36,

LAMPARA SEINE

Modified tested off Maine; Nov. (1956)
p. 44,

1956 Index

LANDINGS

Massachusetts regulations for weighing, sort-
ing, and culling fish at ports; July (1956)
p. 40.
LEEWARD ISLANDS

Tuna, skipjack, spring distribution north of
surveyed; July (1956) p. 50.

LIBERIA

Import duties on fishery products lowered;
Oct. (1956) p. 80.

Ocean fisheries being developed; Mar. (1956)
p. 44.

LIGHT

U.S.S.R. scientists use
Dec. (1956) p. 81.

to catch fish;

LINE ISLANDS
Tuna:

abundance studied by M/V "John R.
Manning"; Jan. (1956) p. 31.

located with sonic fish finder; Apr. (1956)
p. 18.

yellowfin:

abundance studies in ; Apr. (1956)
p. 19,

fishing trip off Line Islands completed
by ''John R. Manning"; Jan. (1956)
p. 30,

LOBSTER(S)

Deep-water catches in North Atlantic; May
(1956) p. 24, July (1956) p. 43.

Freezing and storing techniques for North
Atlantic , new; July (1956) p. 22.

Trawling in deep-water for
Atlantic; Feb. (1956) p. 23.

in North

LOBSTER, SPINY
Brazilian fishery; Jan, (1956) p. 43.
Salt absorption in cooking whole

Australian experiments on; Sept. (1956) p.
a

1956 Index

LOCKER PLANT(S)

Michigan survey; Mar. (1956) p.6.

LOGGING

Effect of Alaska on salmon fisheries to
be studied; May (1956) p. 36.

LONG LINE
Tuna:

economical means of harvesting with long
line gear; Sept. (1956) p. 31.

Gulf of Mexico, North-Central long-line
fishing experiments; Sept. (1956) p.
20.
LUXEMBOURG
Sardine, canned, market; Oct. (1956) p. 80.

MACKEREL
Pacific:

California abundance survey; Dec. (1956) p.
Sle

Jack:

California abundance survey; Dec. (1956)
Damole

range in North Pacific extended; May (1956)
pe2c.

MADEIRA ISLANDS
Landings of fishery products, 1955; Dec, (1956)
p. 76.
MAINE

Fishery products landings, 1955; Sept. (1956),
p. 2l,

Herring explorations off ; Nov. (1956)

p. 42.

Sardine(s):

canned:

canners launch advertising campaign;
Sept. (1956) p. 22.

canners prepare for 1956 season; June
(1956) p. 26.

canning costs increase; Aug. (1956) p.
31.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

MAINE
Sardine(s):
canned:
consumer acceptance tests; Jan, (1956)
p. 27.
film, new; Oct. (1956) p. 24,
industry development program; Sept.
(1956) p. 22,
pack for 1955; Feb. (1956) p. 23.
packing season ended December 1 with
fair pack; Dec. (1956) p. 42,
stocks, November 1, 1956; Dec. (1956)
p. 41.
technological research pushed at Uni-
versity of Maine; Apr. gesé) Delos
MALAYA

Pearl culture possibilities studied by Japa-
nese firm; Oct. (1956) p. 81.

Sea fisheries development under way; Oct.
(1956) p. 81.
MARKETING
Florida fish study--progress report;
Mar, (1956) p. 1.
MARKET OUTLOOK
Edible fishery products marketing prospects;

Apr. (1956) p. 15, June (1956) p. 28, Aug.
(1956) p. 35, Dec. (1956) p. 40.

Outlook for fishery products; Feb. (1956) p.
25, June (1956) p. 27, Aug. (1956) p. 31,
Oct. (1956) p. 22.

MARQUESAS ISLANDS

Tuna exploratory fishing around ; Nov.

(1956) p. 47.
MARYLAND

Annapolis fishery statistical office opened;
Apr. (1956) p. 22,

Chesapeake Bay fisheries trends, 1955; Feb.
(1956) p. 22,

Clam research vessel outfitted, new; May
(1956) p. 23,

30 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

MARYLAND (cont. )

Clam, soft, new industry and research pro-
gram for; Mar. (1956) p. 19.

Oyster:

cultch, suspended, for set tested in Chin-
coteague Bay; July (1956) p. 39.

parasite distribution studied; Apr. (1956)
p. 16.

prospects bright on some bars; July

(1956) pv. 38.
season for 1955/56 good; Jan, (1956) p. 27.

Yellow perch spawning survey; May (1956) p.
24,

MASSACHUSETTS

Shad fishway development qualifies
power company for conservation award;
Mar, (1956) p. 15.

Weighing, sorting, and culling fish, regula-
tions at landing ports for; July (1956) p.
40,

MEAL, FISH (see FISH MEAL)

MEDITERRANEAN FISHERIES COUNCIL

Mediterranean fish migrations, plans pro-
posed by for investigation of; Oct.
(1956) p. 45.

Meeting in Turkey; June (1956) p. 55.

MENHADEN

Fish meal processing studies; Oct. (1956) p.
9.

Meal, experimental, manufacture on a pilot-
plant scale; Jan, (1956) p. 12.

"“METACOMET," M/V (see NORTH ATLANTIC
HERRING RESEARCH)

MEXICO

Coast Guard to acquire seaplanes for coastal
patrols; May (1956) p. 52.

Export duties for skins, fins, and livers of
sharks reduced; May (1956) p. 52.

Fish meal plant, plans completed for; Mar.
(1956) p. 45.

Fishing fees for foreigners increased; July
(1956) p. 84, Aug. (1956) p. 67.

1956 Index

MEXICO

Fishing industry, review of, 1953-55; Jan,
(1956) p. 51, May (1956) p. 52.

Import duties list, some fishery products
added to; Dec. (1956) p. 73.

Japanese-Mexican fishing company planned;
Aug. (1956) p. 66.

Japanese-Mexican fishing company plans have
not materialized yet; Oct. (1956) p. 82.

Lobster, spiny, law on exports clarified;
Sept. (1956) p. 86.

Merida fisheries trends, January-March
1956; July (1956) p. 84,

"Red Tide" reported off West Coast; July
(1956) p. 83.

Seaweed processing plant, plans for new; Sept.
(1956) p. 87.

Shrimp:

exports to U.S. through Nogales, Ariz.,
increase; Mar, (1956) p. 24,

foreign boats outside jurisdictional waters;
June (1956) p. 69,

Merida trends, July-September, 1956; Dec,
(1956) p. 72.

Merida trends, October-December 1955;
Apr. (1956) p. 34.

trends, October 1956; Dec. (1956) p. 72.

West Coast fishery for 1955/56 profitable;
Dec. (1956) p. 72.

West Coast fishery good; Feb, (1956) p. 47.

West coast season north of Mazatlan ended;
June (1956) p. 69.

West Coast season off to good start; Oct.
(1956) p. 82,

Tuna:

canning plant at Cape San Lucas has good
season; Dec. (1956) p. 73.

Veracruz fishery trends, March-June 1956;
Sept. (1956) p. 86.
MICHIGAN

Locker-plant survey; Mar. (1956) p. 6.

11956 Index

MIDDLE ATLANTIC

Pound-net fishery, condition of the
Apr. (1956) p. 1.

MIDWATER TRAWL

Depth control of

found feasible; Aug,
(1956) p. 34,

Electronic eye for developed by British;
May (1956) p. 78.

Experimental to be tried by ''John N,
Cobb" off the Northwest Coast; July (1956)
p. 47.

Georges Bank to St. Pierre Bank fish-
ing yields no fish; Oct. (1956) p. 27.

Results with promising; Aug, (1956) p.
39;

Small tested off Maine; Nov. (1956) pp.
43, 44,

Testing of and telemetering depth

finder; Aug. (1956) p. 49.

MILITARY SUBSISTENCE SUPPLY AGENCY

Quartermaster Market Center replaced by
; Dec. (1956) p. 37.

MULLET
Fish sticks; July (1956) p. 35,

Florida racial studies, April-June
1956; Sept. (1956) p. 19,

Marketing study in Florida; Aug, (1956) p.
25.

NATIONAL FISH WEEK

"Fish Parade" promotion by industry backed
by Interior Department; Nov. (1956) p. 35.

White House pays tribute to fishing industry;
Nov. (1956) p. 61.

"N,B. SCOFIELD," M/V (see CALIFORNIA)
NETHERLANDS
Marine oil market; Sept. (1956) p. 87.

Product and marketing board for fishery prod-
ucts proposed; Feb, (1956) p. 48.

Shrimp fisheries; May (1956) p. 52.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

NETHERLANDS

Whaling, Antarctic:

new factoryship takes part in 1955/56 sea-
son; Jan, (1956) p. 53,

production, 1954/55 season; Jan, (1956) p.
ys}

NETS

Nylon cod ends, selectivity tested by M/V
"Albatross III"; July (1956) p. 44.

NETTING

Synthetic fiber, new; Nov. (1956) p. 78.

NEW CALEDONIA
*
Marine products industry; Sept. (1956) p. 89.

Tuna resources being studied; Oct. (1956) p.
82.

NEW ENGLAND

Haddock fishery of » proposed revised
regulations for; Aug, (1956) p. 82,

NEW GUINEA

Fishing industry development planned by
Australia; Nov. (1956) p. 69.

NEW HEBRIDES

Tuna cannery plans abandoned; Feb, (1956)
p. 48,

NEW YORK CITY
Crab meat:

suggestions for packers; July (1956) p. 41.

suggestions to transporters; July (1956) p.
42,

NEW ZEALAND
Fisheries trends; May (1956) p, 55.
Fish surplus; May (1956) p. 54,
Sardine, canned, market; Oct. (1956) p. 83.

Whaling station established, new; July (1956)
p. 84,

32 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

NORTH AMERICAN WILDLIFE CONFERENCE

Meeting to be held, March 4-6, 1957; Sept.
(1956) p. 23.

NORTH ATLANTIC FISHERIES EXPLORATION
AND GEAR RESEARCH

Fisheries resources on edge of continental
shelf surveyed (M/V "Delaware" cruise
17); June (1956) p. 29.

Lobsters, deep-water:

excellent catches (M/V ''Delaware"
cruise 19); July (1956) p. 43.

new record catches reported (M/V ''Del-
aware’ cruise 16); (1956) p. 24.

trawling tried; (M/V ''Delaware"' cruise,
14); Feb, (1956) p. 23.

Midwater trawl fishing-depth control found
feasible (M/V '"'Delaware" cruise 22); Aug.
(1956) p. 34,

Ocean perch:

continental shelf edge deep-water catches
(M/V "Delaware" cruise 20); Aug.
(1956) p. 33,

deep-water trawling (M/V ''Delaware"
cruise 12B & 26); Jan. (1956) p. 30,
Nov. (1956) p. 40,

Grand Bank exploratory fishing (M/V
"Delaware" cruise 18); June (1956) p.
30,

Sable Island exploratory fishing (M/V
"Delaware'' cruise 15); Apr. (1956) p. 17

Scallops, sea, sought in deep water and sam-
ples of groundfish collected (M/V '"'Dela-
ware" cruise 21); Aug, (1956) p. 33.

Trawl nets of different types tested (M/V
"Delaware" cruise 23); Oct. (1956) p. 24.

Trawling in midwater from Georges Bank to
St. Pierre Bank yields no fish (M/V
"Delaware" cruises 24 & 25); Oct. (1956),
p. 27

Tuna, bluefin, commercial distribution in
Northwest Atlantic surveyed (M/V '"'Dela-
ware" cruise 27); Dec. (1956) p. 42.

NORTH ATLANTIC FISHERIES INVESTIGATIONS

Feeding habits of local fishes studied (M/V
"T-79"' cruise 8); Dec. (1956) p. 44,

1956 Index

NORTH ATLANTIC FISHERIES INVESTIGATIONS

Fisheries research vessel shakedown cruise,
new (M/V '"'T-79" cruise 1); Aug. (1956) p.
36,

Groundfish food habits study, materials coll-
ected for (M/V "Albatross III’ cruise 80);
Oct. (1956) p. 28,

Haddock eggs and larvae distribution survey
(M/V "Albatross III'' cruise 71, 72, 73,75
& 76); May (1956) p. 25, June (1956) p. 30,
July (1956) p. 44 & p. 46, Aug. (1956) p.
36,

Nylon cod ends selectivity tested (M/V
" Albatross III" cruise 74); July (1956) p.
44,

Ocean perch, biologists tag first; Oct. (1956)
p. 28,

Red hake population, two-year-olds predom-
inate in (M/V ''T-79"' cruise 6); Nov. (1956)
p. 41.

Scallop, sea, beds surveyed on Georges Bank
(M/V "Albatross III'' cruise 77); Sept.
(1956) p. 23,

Tagging in Gulf of Maine; Sept. (1956) p. 24,

Television equipment tested underwater under
tow (M/V ''T-79" cruise 7); Nov. (1956) p.
42.

Trawl nets of different types tested (M/V
Albatross III" cruise 79); Oct. (1956) p.
24,

Underwater television and communications
tested (M/V "Albatross III'' cruise 78);
Sept. (1956) p. 24,

Underwater television observation of fish
captured by otter trawl; Dec. (1956) p. 44.

NORTH ATLANTIC HERRING RESEARCH
Herring:

aerial surveys started (flight 1); June
(1956) p. 31,

echo-finder soundings off Maine and Can-
ada (M/V ''Metacomet" cruise 3); Aug.
(1956) p. 38.

echo-soundings and samples taken (M/V
"Metacomet" cruise 1); July (1956) p.
46,

explorations along Maine Coast and Bay of
Fundy (M/V 'Metacomet" cruise 6);
Nov. (1956) p. 42.

1956 Index

NORTH ATLANTIC HERRING RESEARCH (cont, )
Herring:

explorations in coastal waters of Eastern
Gulf of Maine (M/V ''Metacomet"
cruise 5); Oct, (1956) p. 29.

located by fish-finder soundings (M/V
"Metacomet" cruise 2); Aug, (1956) p.
aide

shoal waters near islands explored off
Maine and Canada (M/V ''Metacomet"
cruise 4); Sept. (1956) p. 25.

vessel chartered to continue explorations
and gear research; July (1956) p. 46,

young sought in Northwest Atlantic (M/V
"Theodore N, Gill'' cruise 8); Jan,
(1956) p. 29.

Lampara seine, midwater trawl, and depth
indicator tested; Nov. (1956) p. 44.

Plankton survey of Gulf of Maine (M/V
"Theodore N, Gill'' cruise 9 & 10); Feb.
(1956) p. 24, Mar. (1956) p. 22,

Purse seine, setting from dragger-type
vessel tested (M/V ''Metacomet" cruise 9);
Dec, (1956) p. 45.

Trawl, midwater, gear tested in Gulf of
Maine; Nov, (1956) p. 43.

NORTH CAROLINA
Fishery trends, 1955; May (1956) p. 26,

NORTH EUROPEAN INTERNATIONAL FISHER-
IES CONVENTION

Fifth meeting of permanent commission; Oct.
(1956) p. 44,

NORTH PACIFIC EXPLORATORY FISHERY
PROGRAM

Bottom fish exploration in Strait of Juan de
Fuca (M/V "John N. Cobb" cruise 25);
May (1956) p. 27.

Bottom fish survey in waters off Southeastern
Alaska (M/V "John N, Cobb" cruise 29);
Nov. (1956) p. 45, Dec. (1956) p. 46.

Midwater trawling results promising (M/V
"John N. Cobb" cruise 27); July (1956) p.
47, Aug. (1956) p. 39.

Salmon and albacore offshore distribution
studies in North Pacific; Sept. (1956) p.
aos

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 33

NORTH PACIFIC EXPLORATORY FISHERY
PROGRAM

Shrimp, pink, good catches reported (M/V
"John N, Cobb" cruise 26); June (1956) p.
31.

Tuna, albacore, and salmon distribution in

offshore waters studied (M/V "John N,
Cobb" cruise 38); Oct. (1956) p. 30.

NORTH PACIFIC FISHERIES COMMISSION

Salmon distribution in North Pacific offshore
waters studied; Sept. (1956) p. 62.

NORTH PACIFIC OCEANOGRAPHIC SURVEY

Jack mackerel range extended; May (1956) p.
28,

NORTHWEST ATLANTIC .

Fisheries trends in ; July (1956) p. 66,

NORTHWEST ATLANTIC FISHERIES COMMIS-
SION

Annual meeting announced; Apr, (1956) p. 29,
Annual meeting, report on; Sept. (1956) p. 46,

Canadian regulations for minimum mesh sizes
for Atlantic trawl nets; Sept. (1956) p. 61.

Fisheries trends; July (1956) p. 66, Nov.
(1956) p. 68.

Mesh regulations for Canadian Northwest
Atlantic trawlers; June (1956) p. 63,.

United States adopted revised regulations for
New England haddock fishery; Nov. (1956),
p. 114,

United States New England haddock fishery,
proposed revised regulations for; Aug,
(1956) p. 82,

United States research program for 1956 in
Commission Area; Apr, (1956) p. 30.
NORWAY

Antibiotic terramycin tested on whale meat;
Dec. (1956) p. 74.

Aureomycin used to preserve fresh fish; June
(1956) p. 69.

Brisling, winter, canned, none will be packed
in 1956; Feb, (1956) p. 50,

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

NORWAY (cont. )

Canned fish trends, first quarter 1956; July
(1956) p. 85.

Cod, Arctic-Norwegian, findings in study of;
Nov. (1956) p. 97.

Cod catch; July (1956) p. 74, Aug. (1956) p.
69,

Container for frozen foods tested; Apr. (1956)
Peo.

Dried and salted fish export prospects
revised; Aug. (1956) p. 68.

Export fish trade prospects good; June (1956)
p. 70.

Factory trawler, new, starts fishing; Feb,
(1956) p. 50,

Fisheries, review of the, 1954-1955; June
(1956) p. 72.

Fisheries trends, January-June 1956; Oct.
(1956) p. 84,

Fishery pact with Russia requested by
Foreign Ministry, Dec. (1956) p. 98.

Fishery trends, December 1955; Jan, (1956)
p. 54,

Fresh fish, plan to advertise; Nov. (1956) p.
BY).

Frozen fish export monopoly temporarily
broken; Oct. (1956) p. 84.

Frozen fish exports; Oct. (1956) p. 85.

Frozen fish production cutbacks caused by
high raw fish prices; June (1956) p. 70.

Grading rules for fish to be altered; Oct.
(1956) p. 84,

Herring:
catch lower in 1955; Jan, (1956) p. 56.

catch sets record; May (1956) p. 55, June
(1956) p. 73,

feeding and sorting machine, automatic;
July (1956) p. 85, Aug, (1956) p. 69,

Herring, fat, catch outlook favorable; Oct.
(1956) p. 84,

Herring, salted:

export agreement with Russia; Feb. (1956)
p. 50, Apr. (1956) p. 35.

1956 Index

NORWAY

Herring, salted:

production for 1956 season; June (1956) p.
70.

Herring, winter:
fleet starts 1956 season; Mar. (1956) p. 45.

price agreement reached; Feb. (1956) p.
49,

Marine oil market; Sept. (1956) p. 90.

Northwest Atlantic fisheries trends for first
part of 1956; Nov. (1956) p. 69.

Nylon nets, fishermen's loan fund for; Apr.
(1956) p. 35,

Purse-seining, pelagic, for cod being tested;
Nov. (1956) p. 98.

Russian delegation to study fisheries; June
(1956) p. 73.

Russian fishing vessels seized inside four-
mile limit; Mar. (1956) p. 46.

Salmon ladder, world's longest; Oct. (1956) p.
85.

Sand eels fished by factoryship; Dec. (1956)
Ds) ids

Sardines, canned:

brisling exports lower, January-July 1956;
p. 97.

brisling pack much lower for 1956; Dec.
(1956) p. 74.

Schools for fishermen; June (1956) p. 73.
Shrimp industry; June (1956) p. 71.

Stickwater recovery plants installed in fish-
ery byproducts plants; Jan, (1956) p. 56.

Trawlers, cost studies made on twelve; Feb.
(1956) p. 50.

Vessel, fishing, most modern, lands halibut
in England; Feb. (1956) p. 49.
Whaling:

Antarctic pelagic results in 1956 below
1955 season; June (1956) p. 56,

catcher, largest ever built; Jan, (1956) p.
iy OO

oil prices for 1955/56 higher; Feb. (1956)
p. 50,

1956 Index

NYLON

Selectivity of cod ends tested by M/V
"Albatross III; July (1956) p. 44.

OCEANOGRAPHY

Mid- Pacific upwelling effect on tuna fishery
studied; July (1956) p. 59.

Pacific equatorial region

surveyed;
Dec, (1956) p. 47.

OCEAN PERCH

Deep- water

caught at edge of continental shelf in North
Atlantic; Aug, (1956) p. 33,

fished by Service's exploratory vessel
"Delaware"; Jan. (1956) p. 30.

trawling south of Georges Bank; Nov. (1956)
p. 40.

Grand Bank exploratory fishing by M/V
"Delaware"; June (1956) p. 30.

Sable Island exploratory fishing; Apr. (1956)
De hits

Tagging of , first; Oct. (1956) p. 28.
OIL(S), FISH (see FISH OILS)

OKLAHOMA

Fish-cookery demonstrations in ; Apr.
(1956) p. 6.
OREGON

Fingerling fish passage at dams to be invest-
igated; Nov. (1956) p. 46.

Sole, Dover, experimental fishing for; Nov.
(1956) p. 45.

Trawling regulations revised; Aug. (1956) p.
4

Tuna, albacore:

Northwest catches sampled; Nov. (1956)
p. 46.

Oregon- Washington coast explored for; Oct.
(1956) p. 34,

"OREGON," M/V (see GULF EXPLORATORY
FISHERY PROGRAM)

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

OTTER TRAWL

Underwater television observation of fish
captured by ; Dec. (1956) p. 44,

"OUTBOARD FISHERMAN U.S. A."

Film selected for International Film
Festival; Aug. (1956) p. 23,

OUTLOOK (see MARKET OUTLOOK)

OXIDATION

Fish and fishery products, oxidative deteri-
oration in; Feb, (1956) p. 10,

OYSTER(S)

Bleeding and heat death in the Southern
Oct. (1956) p. 4. .

"Brown- Spotting" in the Southern

; Aug,
(1956) p. 4,

Canned industry standards; May (1956)
p. 28,

Cultch, suspended, for set tested in Chinco-
teague Bay; July (1956) p. 39,

Delaware's industry, 1954/55; July
(1956) p. 30,
Maryland:

1955/56 oyster season good; Jan, (1956)
is As

parasite Dermocystidium marinum distri-
bution studied; Apr. (1956) p. 16.

prospects bright on some bars; July (1956)
p. 38.

Olympia industry endangered by exces-
sive mortality; Aug. (1956) p. 54,

Pink yeast that causes discoloration, growth
characteristics of the; Nov. (1956) p. 21.

Quality and pH of shucked Southern
correlation of; Nov. (1956) p. 8.

Regulations adopted by National Conference
of Weights and Measures; Aug, (1956) p.
40,

Research on » progress on; Jan, (1956)
Demos

Set of » Summer 1956 in Chesapeake
Bay area; Oct. (1956) p. 31.

36 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

OYSTER(S) (cont. )

Shellfish sanitation workshop; Nov. (1956) p.
54,

South Carolina laws revised; Oct. (1956)

p. 34.

Southern

composition; July (1956) p. 1.

fluid loss, some factors affecting; Jan.
(1956) p. 10.

processing and handling, progress report
on; Apr. (1956) p. 9.

progress in research on; Mar, (1956) p. 9,
July (1956) p. 21.

OYSTER SEED

South Carolina export law passed; June (1956)
p. 41.

PACIFIC COAST

Shrimp fishery, ocean, development of ;
Sept. (1956) p. 1.

PACIFIC HALIBUT COMMISSION (see INTER-
NATIONAL PACIFIC HALIBUT COMMIS-
SION)

PACIFIC OCEAN

Fertility of Eastern tropical studied by
M/V "Hugh M. Smith"; Jan. (1956) p. 35.

Tuna fishery, upwelling effect of stud-
ied; July (1956) p. 59.

Tuna, yellowfin and big-eyed, distribution in
East investigated by M/V "'N. B.
Scofield"; Feb. (1956) p. 18.

PACIFIC OCEANIC FISHERY INVESTIGATIONS

Fertility of Eastern tropical Pacific studied
(M/V "Hugh M, Smith" cruise 31); Jan,
(1956) p. 35.

Fish finder, electronic, used to scout for
tuna (M/V "Charles H., Gilbert" cruise 29)
Sept. (1956) p. 27.

Oceanographic data collected (M/V "Hugh M.
Smith" cruise 32); Apr. (1956) p. 20.

Oceanography and biology along the equator
studied (M/V ''Hugh M, Smith" cruise 33);
July (1956) p. 51.

1956 Index

PACIFIC OCEANIC FISHERY INVESTIGATIONS

Oceanography of Pacific equatorial region
surveyed (M/V "Hugh M, Smith'' cruise
35); Dec. (1956) p. 47.

Research for third quarter 1956; Dec. (1956)
p. 48.

Review of Fiscal Year 1956 operations; Sept.
(1956) p. 28.

Shark, study of long-line catch completed;
June (1956) p. 34,

Tagging:

harpoon-type tagged skipjack tuna recov-
ered; Dec, (1956) p. 48.

Tuna:

abundance and distribution in equatorial
Pacific, 1954-55; Mar, (1956) p. 20,

albacore:

Hawaiian Islands spring abundance
checked (M/V "Charles H, Gilbert"
cruise 27); July (1956) p. 48.

Hawaii, good fishing found (M/V "John
R. Manning" cruise 32); Nov. (1956)
p. 48,

North Pacific survey (M/V "Charles
H. Gilbert'' cruise 23); Jan. (1956)
jh 32,

Pacific research; Dec. (1956) p. 48.

tagged on Japanese fishing grounds;
Aug. (1956) p, 41.

bait studies with tilapia; Dec, (1956) p. 48.
big- eyed:

tagged fish recaptured; Feb, (1956) p.
25, June (1956) p. 33.

equatorial Pacific research; Dec. (1956)
p. 48,

exploratory fishing around Marquesas Is-
lands (M/V ''Charles H. Gilbert"
cruise 30); Nov. (1956) p. 47.

Line Islands seasonal abundance studied
(M/V ''John R, Manning" cruise 28);
Jan, (1956) p. 31.

located with sonic fish finder (M/V
"Charles H. Gilbert" cruises 25 & 26);
Apr. (1956) p. 18.

1956 Index

PACIFIC OCEANIC FISHERY INVESTIGATIONS

(cont. )
Tuna:

Pacific, equatorial, 1955/56 sampling
program completed; July (1956) p. 52.

skipjack:

behavior in Hawaiian waters studied
(M/V "Charles H, Gilbert'' cruise
28); Aug. (1956) p. 43,

Hawaii fishing grounds survey comple-
ted (M/V ''Hugh M, Smith" cruise
34); Aug. (1956) p. 42,

scouting trip completed (M/V ''Charles
H, Gilbert'' cruise 24); Jan, (1956)
p. 33.

spring distribution north of Leeward
Islands surveyed; (M/V "John R.
Manning" cruise 30); July (1956) p.
50,

spring scouting cruise completed, sec-

ond (M/V "John R, Manning" cruise
31); Aug, (1956) p. 44.

tagged fish recaptured after long migra-
tion; June (1956) p. 33,

yellowfin:
"greening’'; Dec, (1956) p. 49.
Line Islands:
abundance studies continued (M/V
"John R, Manning" cruise 29);
Apr. (1956) p. 19.
fishing trip completed (M/V "John

R. Manning" cruise 27); Jan.
(1956) p. 30.

PACKAGING

Oysters, southern, processing and handling
of; Apr. (1956) p. 9.

PAKISTAN

Fishing boat engines, potential market for;
May (1956) p. 56,

Frozen fish exempted from export duty; Nov.
(1956) p. 99.

Shrimp:
fishery; May (1956) p. 57.

second shipment to United States; May
(1956) p. 57.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 37

PANAMA
Fillet exports; Dec. (1956) p, 74,

Fisheries developments, recent; Aug, (1956)
Tl.

Shrimp, red:

identified as ''Penaeus brevirostris";
July (i956) p. 85.

return to the Gulf of Panama; June (1956)

p. 74,
Shrimp trawler built by cooperative; Dec.
(1956) p. 75.
Vessels, fishing, being built; Dec. (1956) p.
74,
PAPUA

Fishing industry development planhed by
Australia; Nov. (1956) p. 69.

"PELICAN," M/V (see SOUTH ATLANTIC EX-
PLORATORY FISHERY PROGRAM)
PERU

Bonito, canned, exports through April 1956;
Sept. (1956) p. 93.

Fisheries trends, August 1956; Oct. (1956) p.
85,

Foreign fishing vessels, licensing and tax-
ing of; Apr, (1956) p. 35,

Long-line tuna gear experiments; Feb, (1956)
ih BL

Santiago negotiations on fishery conservation
problems among Chile, Ecuador, Peru,
and the United States; May (1956) p. 9.

Swordfish and whale meal base prices for
export duties revised; July (1956) p. 86.

Swordfish base price for export duty purposes;
Sept. (1956) p. 93.

Territorial-waters claim, defense of; Jan,
(1956) p. 57,

‘una, frozen, exported to West Germany;
June (1956) p. 74,

Whaling activities; Aug, (1956) p. 74,

Whaling company, new, formed in
Jan, (1956) p. 56,

Whaling firm to hunt in South Pacific, new;
Sept. (1956) p. 93.

PET FOOD
Housewives buy two or more cans at a time;
Dec. (1956) p. 35.
pH

Oysters, Southern, correlation of and

quality of; Nov. (1956) p. 8.

PHILLIPINES, REPUBLIC OF THE

Anchovies, canned, Japanese, classified as
sardines; July (1956) p. 86.

Herring and mackerel, canned, removed
from import controls; Dec. (1956) p. 75.

Import duties on fishery items raised; Mar.
(1956) p. 46,

Sardine, canned, market; Oct. (1956) p. 85.
Shrimp fisheries; May (1956) p. 58.
Trade agreement of 1946 between United

States- , revision becomes effective;
Feb, (1956) p. 42.

PIKE, NORTHERN

Cold-storage life; Nov. (1956) p. 16.

PINK YEAST

Growth characteristics of the that
causes discoloration of oysters; Nov.
(1956) p. 21.

PLANT(S)
Shrimp:

breading plant engineering survey; June
(1956) p. 37.

frozen, improved plant layout can cut costs

July (1956) p. 56,

POISON

Sea lamprey search nears close; Mar.

(1956) p. IT.

POLAND

Fisheries, status of the, 1954; Sept. (1956) p.
94,

Soviet Russia and fleets fish in North
Atlantic; June (1956) p. 58.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

1956 Index

PONDS
Fish and rice crops in Arkansas ; Aug.
(1956) p. 16.
Salt- water , South Carolina research on;

Jan, (1956) p. 36.

POPULARITY

Fish and shellfish in public eating
places; June (1956) p. 35.

PORTION CONTROL

Fish fillet in public eating places; Feb,

(1956) p. 32.

PORTIONS, FISH

Fresh or frozen fish Federal specification
revised to include ; Nov. (1956) p.
31,

PORTUGAL
Canned fish:

exports; Jan. (1956) p. 58, Mar. (1956) p.
47, May (1956) p. 58, June (1956) p. 75,
July (1956) p. 86, Sept. (1956) p. 95,
Oct. (1956) p. 88, Nov. (1956) p. 100,
Dec. (1956) p. 75.

exports to United States; July (1956) p. 87.

pack; Jan. (1956) p. 58, May (1956) p. 58,
June (1956) p. 75, July (1956) p. 86,
Sept. (1956) p. 95, Oct. (1956) p. 87,
Nov. (1956) p. 100, Dec. (1956) p. 76.

trends, January-July 1955; Mar, (1956) p.
47,

Canning regulations for fish, new; Dec. (1956)
hb Utls

Cod fishing fleet reports good catches on New-
foundland and Greenland banks; Nov, (1956)
p. 99.

Fisheries trends:

for 1955--correction; Jan, (1956) p. 58.

monthly data; Jan, (1956) p. 57, Apr. (1956)
p. 36, May (1956) p. 59, June (1956)
p. 75, July (1956) p. 86, Sept. (1956)
p. 94, Oct. (1956) p. 87, Nov. (1956)
p. 100, Dec. (1956) p. 76.

1956 Index

PORTUGAL (cont. )
Fishermen's work contract; July (1956) p. 87.

Fishing vessels, new, number to operate at
each fishing port to be regulated; Oct,
(1956) p. 86,

Hospital ship services offered to Canadian
fishermen; Jan, (1956) p. 59,

Landings of fishery products in Portugal,
Madeira, and Azores, 1955; Dec. (1956)
Balos

Northwest Altantic fisheries trends for first
part of 1956; Nov. (1956) p. 69.

Oporto the leading sardine canning center;
Mar, (1956) p. 46,

Sardine fishing season; July (1956) p. 87.

Tuna catch, offshore, tax reduced on; Jan,
(1956) p. 60,

POST OFFICE DEPARTMENT

Fish and Wildlife motif on United States post-
age stamps; Nov, (1956) p. 32.

POUND NET

Middle Atlantic fishery, condition of;
Apr. (1956) p. 1.

PRESERVATION

Antibiotics approved by Canada for 5
Nov. (1956) p. 73.

Antibiotics use in U.S, for of fishery
products, status of; Dec. (1956) p. 27.

Antioxidant mixtures for of fishery

products; Aug. (1956) p. 15.

PRIBILOF ISLANDS

Fur seal skin prices climb at Government
fall auction; Nov. (1956) p. 37.

PRICE FIXING

Salmon in Puget Sound area ordered
stopped; Dec. (1956) p. 83.

PRICES

Wholesale, monthly data; Jan, (1956) p. 39,
Feb. (1956) p. 37, Mar. (1956) p. 24, Apr.
(1956) p. 27, May (1956) p. 34, June (1956)
p. 50, July (1956) p. 64, Aug. (1956) p.
55, Sept. (1956) p. 43, Oct. (1956) p. 38,
Nov. (1956) p. 61, Dec. (1956) p. 53.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 39

PROCESSING PLANTS

Workmen's stand for ; Dec, (1956) p. 28,

PROMOTIONAL CAMPAIGNS

Fish and Wildlife Service aids fishing indus-
try in promoting fishery products in Co-
lumbus, Ohio; Feb. (1956) p. 1.

Publicizing beneficial qualities of fishery
products believed desirable; Aug. (1956)
jo, ey

Tuna, industry-Government sales
Sept. (1956) p. 37.

PROPELLERS

Nylon offered to South African fishing
boats; Aug. (1956) p. 74,

.
PROTECTION AND INDEMNITY INSURANCE
(see INSURANCE)

PUBLIC EATING PLACES

Fish and shellfish dinners more profitable
according to ; July (1956) p. 54,

Fish and shellfish, frozen, held in cold stor-
age by ; July (1956) p. 53,

Fish and shellfish popularity in
(1956) p. 35,

; June
Fish fillets in , portion control for;
Feb, (1956) p. 32,

Frozen fish and shellfish sales to
frequency of; Sept. (1956) p. 32.

Menu Prices for dinners in public eating
places; June (1956) p. 34,

Publicizing beneficial qualities of fishery
products believed desirable; Aug, (1956)
p. 45,

Quality standards need for fish and shellfish
recognized by most ; Sept. (1956) p.
32.

Reasons for not serving fish or shellfish; May
(1956) p. 29,

Serving of fish and shellfish by
ber; Feb. (1956) p. 32,

» num-

PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE, U.S,

Shellfish sanitation workshop; Nov. (1956) p.
54,

40 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

PUGET SOUND

Salmon price fixing in area ordered
stopped; Dec, (1956) p. 83.

PURSE SEINING

Dragger-type vessel, use for herring
tested; Dec. (1956) p. 45.
QUALITY
Antibiotics use and assessment of high-

lights fish-processing technologists meet-
ing; Aug. (1956) p. 58.

Fish and Wildlife Service research helps
brin. fish closer to consumer's
table; Nov. (1956) p. 33.

Fish-
p. 14,

deterioration study; Aug. (1956)

Oysters, Southern, correlation of pH and
quality of; Nov. (1956) p. 8.

QUARTERMASTER MARKET CENTER SYSTEM

Military Subsistence Supply System replaces
; Dec, (1956) p. 37.

Portions included in fresh or frozen fish
Federal specification; Nov. (1956) p. 3l.

RADIATION OF FOODS

Federal pilot plant for
(1956) p. 30.

research; Aug.

RECLAMATION, BUREAU OF

Fish screen to save young fish on Delta~Men-
dota Canal, California, to be built by
; Nov. (1956) p. 49.

RED SHRIMP (see SHRIMP)

“RED TIDE"

Mexico's west coast reports

; July
(1956) p. 83,

REFRIGERATION (see COLD STORAGE)
Cold-storage studies, lake herring samples
collected for; Feb. (1956) p. 16.

Fish sticks, weight loss when stored at 0° to
5° F.; Feb. (1956) p. 16.

RRFORGANIZATION

Fish and Wildlife Service

; July (1956)
p. 91 & 96; Aug. (1956) p. 81.

1956 Index

RESEARCH IN SERVICE LABORATORIES
Byproducts:

Alaska fishery wastes as poultry feed,
possible use of; Jan, (1956) p. 14.

Meal, tuna, effect of raw material on qual-
ity; July (1956) p. 18.

Canning:

salmon, canned, curd reduction, effect of
pH and salt content on product pre-
pared from frozen fish; Jan, (1956) p.
1,

Cold Storage:
fresh-water fish cold-storage life--No. 3
(lake herring, northern pike, and

whitefish); Nov. (1956) p. 16.

lake herring samples collected for studies;
Feb. (1956) p. 16.

shrimp, North Atlantic, keeping quality in
cold storage; Nov. (1956) p. 20.

yellowfin tuna studies on Gulf of Mexico;
Nov. (1956) p. 18.

Cold-storage room jacketed-principle; May
(1956) p. 16.

Composition:
fillets, right and left, of rockfish and
Dover sole, variation in; Dec. (1956)
p. 24.
Composition of fish studies; Dec. (1956) p. 26.

Federal specifications:

crab meat; Feb. (1956) p. 17, Mar. (1956)
p. 10

sardines, canned, revised; Jan, (1956) p.
13

shrimp, breaded, frozen, proposed; May
(1956) p. 18,

Shrimp, breaded, interim

Oct
(1956) p. ll.

Fillet blocks, frozen, reduction of dehydra-
tion in, Technical Note No. 33; June
(1956) p. 14.

Fish meal:

Antioxidants in fish meals; Oct. (1956) p.
10,

dryer, experimental; Oct. (1956) p. 8.

1956 Index

RESEARCH IN SERVICE LABORATORIES

Fish meal:
dryer pilot plant; Dec, (1956) p. 17.

herring meal, Alaska, experimental bulk
ocean shipments of; Oct. (1956) p. 8.

menhaden meal, experimental manufac-
ture on a pilot-plant scale; Jan. (1956)
Pp: 12.

menhaden meal processing studies; Oct.
(1956) p. 9.

quality index; Apr. (1956) p. 9.
Fish oil(s):

fungicidal properties of modified unsatu-
rated fish oils; Nov. (1956) p. 19.

lithium salts of fatty acids from fish oils
in lubricating greases, prospects of
utilizing; Sept. (1956) p. 13.

new products from fish oils: Part II -
polyamino fatty acids derived from
fish oils; Sept. (1956) p. 7.

ore flotation, use for; May (1956) p. 17.

sprays for citrus trees; Mar, (1956) p. 9,
June (1956) p. 13.

Fish scales, conversion to animal food; Oct.
(1956) p. 10.

Fish sticks, frozen fried:

Pacific cod

, storage tests on; July
(1956) p. 15.

standard(s), public meetings on; Apr.
(1956) p. 10.

tentative method for determining coating
content of; Sept. (1956) p. 12.

weight loss when stored at 0° to 5° F.;
Feb, (1956) p. 16.

Fresh- water fish:
composition of -- No, 1; Feb, (1956) p. 13.
feeding fur animals with; Jan. (1956) p. 14.

Oxidative deterioration in fish and fishery
products--No, 1; Feb. (1956) p. 10.

Oysters:

bleeding and heat death in the Southern
oyster; Oct. (1956) p. 4.

pH and quality of shucked Southern oysters,
correlation of; Nov. (1956) p. 8.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 41

RESEARCH IN SERVICE LABORATORIES

Oysters, Southern:

fluid loss, some factors affecting; Jan,
(1956) p. 10.

processing and handling, progress report;
Apr. (1956) p. 9,

research progress; Jan, (1956) p. 15, Mar.
(1956) p. 9, July (1956) p. 21.

Pacific Fisheries Technologists Conference
discusses research programs; July (1956)

p. 20,
Preservation:
Antioxidant mixtures for of fishery
products; Aug. (1956) p. 15.
Quality: .
Fish- deterioration study; Aug.
(1956) p. 14,
Refrigeration:

frozen fish drip, study of; Aug. (1956) p.
14,

lobsters, North Atlantic, and freez-
ing techniques, new; July (1956) p. 22.
Salmon waste as bait; Oct. (1956) p. ll.

Sea lions, utilization of studied; Mar. (1956)
pelos

Seattle Fishery Technological Laboratory and
University of California collaborative
program; Jan, (1956) p. 14,

Shrimp waste in Alaska has possibilities as
hatchery food; June (1956) p. 13,

Technical notes:

No, 34 - Growth characteristics of the
pink yeast that causes discoloration of
oysters; Nov. (1956) p. 21.

No. 35 - Improved workmen's stand for
processing plants; Dec. (1956) p. 28.

Tuna cans, iron sulfide discoloration of:

No. 2 - Analytical methods; Feb. (1956) p.
Do,

No. 3 - Effect of variables introduced by
the fish; June (1956) p. 8.

No. 4 - Effect of retorting and cooling
canned fish; Dec. (1956) p. 13.

42 COMMERCIAL F

RESTAURANTS (also see PUBLIC EATING
PLACES)

Fish fillets in public eating places, portion
control; Feb. (1956) p. 32.

Serving of fish and shellfish by , num-
ber; Feb, (1956) p. 32.
RETAIL
Shrimp:
chief ___— outlets are grocers’ frozen
food cabinets; Apr. (1956) p. 22.
sales at studied; Mar, (1956) p. 22.

RHODE ISLAND
Fishery landings, 1955; May (1956) p. 30.

ROCK FISH

Fillets, right and left, composition of; Dec.
(1956) p. 24,

ROUGH FISH

Lake Erie
Nov. (1956) p. 1.

SAGINAW BAY

Fishery study of

initiated; Aug. (1956)
p. 27.

SALMON
Alaska:

effect of logging, sea lions, and hair seals
fisheries to be studied;

on Alaska
May (1956) p. 36.

high-seas fishing for
(1956) p. 86.

regulations for registration of fishing
boats and gear; June (1956) p. 86.

California logging and fisheries cooperate in
elimination of

(1956) p. p. 26.

Canada protects

rivers by law; May
(1956) p. 43,

Canada- United States agreement on pink
salmon conservation; Dec. (1956) p. 58.
Canned:

Alaska 1956 pack 25 percent higher than
in 1955; Dec. (1956) p. 49.

ISHERIES REVIEW

, development of markets for;

prohibited; Aug.

stream damage; July

1956 Index

SALMON

Canned:

brand name determining factor when
housewives buy; Dec. (1956) p. 34.

curd reduction in pack prepared from

frozen fish, effect of pH and salt con-
tent on; Jan, (1956) p. 1.

Japanese pack and sales plan for 1956; Oct.
(1956) p. 74,

national week; Jan, (1956) p. 28.

Quartermaster requirements from 1956
pack; Aug. (1956) p. 23.

Catch and pack, 1955, United States and
Alaska; Feb. (1956) p. 36.

Columbia salmon study planned for Idaho
streams; Sept. (1956) p. 33.

Dams:
California and steelhead runs to be

studied, effect of Trinity Dam on; Jan.
(1956) p. 18,

migrations downstream of at Merwin

Dam, experiments to aid; June (1956)
p. 47.

mortalities of at McNary Dam, ex-
periments continued on; June (1956) p.
48,

Japanese:

agreement on Pacific salmon fishing by
Japan-U.S.S.R.; July (1956) p. 68.

fishing fleets to fish in North Pacific as
scheduled; June (1956) p. 68,

North Pacific long- line fishing; May
(1956) p. 50,

North Pacific investigation program;

July (1956) p. 82.

King depicted on United States postage
stamp; Nov. (1956) p. 32.

King major streams in California re-
stocked; June (1956) p. 18.

Lamprey, first known attack on Pacific
by; May (1956) p. 31.

Midway Island area,

caught just north
of; July (1956) p. 49,

1956 Index

SALMON (cont, )
North Pacific:
distribution studied in offshore waters;
Sept. (1956) pp. 26 & 62, Oct. (1956) p.
30,

five-month survey completed; Dec. (1956)
p. 58.

Japanese:

catches reported good; Sept. (1956) p.
80,

factoryship catch for the 1956 season;

Sept. (1956) p. 79, Nov. (1956) p. 94.

high seas fishing developments; Oct.
(1956) p. 74,

Pink:

fingerlings fed brine shrimp; June (1956)
p. 47.

international management requested; July
(1956) p. 74,

Price fixing of in Puget Sound area
ordered stopped; Dec. (1956) p. 83.

Silver, first taken in California's Sacramento
River; Oct. (1956) p. 13.

Sockeye regulations for 1956 of the
International Pacific Salmon Fisheries
Commission; Feb. (1956) p. 40.

Washington State:

fish hatcheries to plant record number of
salmon in 1956; July (1956) p. 63.

imports of regulated; June (1956) p.
49,
Waste of canning for bait; Oct. (1956)
pawl.

SALTONSTALL-KENNEDY ACT (also see
AMERICAN FISHERIES ADVISORY COMMIT-
TEE)

Alaska fisheries, effect of logging, sea lions,

and hair seals to be studied; May (1956)
p. 36.

American Fisheries Advisory Committee:

meets in Chicago; Sept. (1956) p. 35.

recommends continuance of program; July
(1956) p. 55.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

SALTONSTALL-KENNEDY ACT

American Fisheries Advisory Committee:

recommends stepped-up research program;
Nov. (1956) p. 53.

Canned fish consumer purchases study; Aug.
(1956) p. 47.

First year's activities (fiscal year 1955); Feb.
(1956) p. 26,

Fish and Wildlife Service reports progress
made; Nov. (1956) p. 51.

Fishery statistical office:
Annapolis; Apr, (1956) p. 22.

Brownsville, Tex,, and Key West, Fla.,
opened; Feb, (1956) p. 28.

Fish oils, United States foreign mites
being studied for; Aug. (1956) p. 47.

Fresh fish consumption increase sought in
inland United States; Aug. (1956) p. 47.

Shrimp, sponge, and tuna problems research
contracts awarded; Aug. (1956) p. 46,

SARDINE(S)
Canned:
Algerian market; Oct. (1956) p. 47.

Argentine Republic market; Dec, (1956)
is Ol

Australian market; Oct. (1956) p. 49,
Austrian market; Oct, (1956) p. 56.
Belgian Congo market; Oct. (1956) p. 58,
Belgium market; Dec. (1956) p. 63,

brand name determining factor when
housewives buy; Dec. (1956) p. 34.

Burma market; Oct. (1956) p. 58.
Cuban market; Sept. (1956) p. 64,
Egyptian market; Oct. (1956) p. 61.

Federal specification for revised;
Jan, (1956) p. 13, June (1956) p. 15,

Formosan market; Oct. (1956) p. 62.

French Cameroons market; Dec, (1956) p.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

SARDINE(S) (cont. )
Canned:

French Equatorial Africa market; Dec.
(1956) p. 68.

French market; Oct. (1956) p. 63.

French West Africa market; Oct. (1956)
p. 68.

Gold Coast market; Oct. (1956) p. 70.
Haiti market; Nov. (1956) p. 81.
Luxembourg market; Oct. (1956) p. 80.
New Zealand market; Oct. (1956) p. 83.

Phillipine Republic market; Oct. (1956) p.

purchased two or more cans at a time by
housewives; Nov. (1956) p. 28.

South African market; Oct. (1956) p. 90.

stocks, November 1, 1956; Dec. (1956) p.
41,

Switzerland market; Oct. (1956) p. 89.

United Kingdom market for; Nov. (1956) p.
108,

Vietnam market; Oct. (1956) p. 100.

Florida, southern, explorations for B
Aug. (1956) p. 50,

Maine:
canned:

consumer acceptance tests; Jan, (1956)
p. 27.

pack, 1955; Feb, (1956) p. 23,

stocks; Mar. (1956) p. 18, June (1956)
27, Aug. (1956) p. 31, Sept. (1956)
p. 20.

technological research pushed at Uni-
versity of Maine; Apr. (1956) p. 15.

canners launch advertising campaign; Sept.
(1956) p. 22,

canners prepare for 1956 season; June
(1956) p. 26,

canning costs increase; Aug. (1956) p. 31,

canning season ended December 1 with fair
pack; Dec, (1956) p. 42.

1956 Index

SARDINE(S)

Maine:
film, new, on canned; Oct. (1956) p. 24.

industry development program; Sept. (1956)
Daze

Pacific:

abundance assessed by M/V "Yellowfin"
in final 1955 cruise; Jan, (1956) p. 22.

abundance survey; Oct. (1956) p. 12, Nov.
(1956) p. 25, Dec. (1956) p. 31.

California abundance survey; Dec. (1956)
Dewols

California catch for 1956/57 may be lower;
July (1956) p. 29.

California catch increased in 1955/56 sea-
son; Apr. (1956) p. 11.

California 1955/56 prediction confirmed;
July (1956) p. 28.

California season (1956/57) off to a good
start; Nov. (1956) p. 24.

SCALES

Fish ,» conversion to animal food; Oct.

(1956) p. 10,

SCALLOPS, SEA

Georges Bank beds surveyed by M/V "Albatross
III’; Sept. (1956) p. 23.

Deep-water sought; Aug, (1956) p. 33.

SCHOOL LUNCH PROGRAM

Fish-cookery demonstrations:

1956 program; Feb, (1956) p. 29.
Oklahoma; Apr, (1956) p. 6.

National program; Oct. (1956) p. 23.

SCHOOLS, FISH

Airplane and vessel study sampling and meas-
urement of ; Jan. (1956) p. 21.

SCRAP (see FISH MEAL AND SCRAP)

1956 Index COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 45
SEA LAMPREYS SHELL(S)
Electrical weirs to control must re-

main in operation eight years; Aug, (1956)
p. 27.

Poison search for
(1956) p. 17.

nears close; Mar,

Salmon, Pacific, first known attack by
May (1956) p. 31.

SEA LAW

International Law Commission proposes con-
ference on; Oct. (1956) p. 41.

SEA LIONS

Effect of on Alaska fisheries to be
studied; May (1956) p. 36,

Technological studies on the processing of
; June (1956) p. 1.

Utilization of studied; Jan, (1956) p. 5,
Mar, (1956) p. 10,

SEA TROUT
Spotted , Florida biological studies of;
Sept. (1956) p.19.

SEALS, HAIR

Effect of on Alaska fisheries to be stud-
ied; May (1956) p. 36.

SHAD

Fishway development for qualifies
power company for conservation award;
Mar. (1956) p. 15.

SHARK(S)

Pacific long-line study completed;

June (1956) p. 34,

SHEEFISH

Inconnu or of Canada; Sept. (1956) p. 63.

SHEEPSHEAD

Composition of 3; Feb. (1956) p. 13.

SHELLFISH

Sanitation workshop for

; Nov. (1956) p.
54,

Diving aids, modern, may increase
production; Nov, (1956) p. 66.

SHRIMP

Alaska waste has possibilities as hatch-
ery food; June (1956) p. 13.

Antibiotic ices for

studies by Florida;
Sept. (1956) p. 19.

Antibiotic ices study; July (1956) p. 35, Aug.
(1956) p. 26,

Australia (Queensland)

fishery; Nov,
(1956) p. 71.

Biological studies on

; Sept. (1956) p.
35.

"Black spot'' research contract awarded; Aug,
(1956) p. 46, .
"Black spot'' studies; Sept. (1956) p. 19.

Black spot study; July (1956) p. 35, Aug.
(1956) p. 25,

Breaded
Federal specification; Oct, (1956) p. 11.

frozen, Federal specification proposed for;
May (1956) p. 18.

plant engineering survey; June (1956) p.
le
California, catch of beam trawl nets of var-
ious mesh sizes studied; Aug. (1956) p.
18,

Canned which has been deveined pre-
ferred by consumers; Nov, (1956) p. 29,

Cannery cost-cutting opportunities; June
(1956) p. 38,

Florida studies on small ; July (1956) p.
35, Aug. (1956) p. 26, Sept. (1956) p. 19.

Frozen packing plants, improved plant
layout can cut costs in; July (1956) p. 56.

Fuel consumption study of Gulf shrimp fleet;
June (1956) p. 39,

Gulf of Mexico deep-water exploration M/V
"Oregon" (1950-1956); Dec. (1956) p. 1.

Imports, 1955; May (1956) p. 33,

India, resource found off coast of; Sept. (1956)
Db ‘ts

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

SHRIMP (cont. )
Mexico:

exports through Arizona- California Cus-
toms Districts, 1955/56 season through
March 17; June (1956) p. 46.

exports through Nogales, Ariz., increase;
Mar, (1956) p. 24,

Merida fisheries trends; Apr. (1956) p.
34, July (1956) p. 84,

west coast fishery good; Feb. (1956) p. 47.

west coast season off to good start; Oct.
(1956) p. 82.

North Atlantic keeping quality in cold
storage; Nov. (1956) p. 20.

Pacific Coast fishery, development of;
Sept. (1956) p. I.
Pink:

Washington coast catches by ''John N,
Cobb"; June (1956) p. 31.

Retail outlets for are chiefly frozen-
food cabinets; Apr. (1956) p. 22.

Retail sales of
D2,

studied; Mar. (1956) p.

Royal-red:

deep-water catches in South Atlantic;
May (1956) p. 31, July (1956) p. 57.

deep-water Gulf potential being explored;
Aug. (1956) p. 29.

deep-water survey continued (Aug. - Sept.
1956) off Florida east coast; Dec. (1956)
p. 50,

deep-water trawling; Apr. (1956) p. 14.
Aug. (1956) p. 48,

Gulf of Mexico, catches in; July (1956)
19) lla

Gulf of Mexico deep-water exploration by
M/V "Oregon"! (1950-1956); Dec. (1956)
2s Ih,

South Atlantic catches excellent with round-
the-clock trawling; Oct. (1956) p. 32.

South Atlantic:

explorations with chartered vessel; April
(1956) p. 23.

exploratory fishing; June (1956) p. 40.

1956 Index

SHRIMP

South Carolina research; Jan. (1956) p. 35,°
Nov. (1956) p. 55.

Spoilage determination tests in Florida; Aug.
(1956) p. 26, Sept. (1956) p. 19.

Tagging, dyeing latest aid in; Sept. (1956) p.

Trawling, experimental, in Key West-Tortugas
area; Oct. (1956) p. 33.

Vessel holds need better insulation; July
(1956) p. 56,

Washington state, exploratory vessel finds

new areas off coast; July (1956) p.
32.

"SHRIMP TIPS FROM NEW ORLEANS"

Film selected for International Film
Festival; Aug. (1956) p. 23.

SINGAPORE

Port facilities for Japanese fishing vessels
restricted; Dec. (1956) p. 78.

SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Fishery Loans, and Interior cooperate
in granting; Nov. (1956) p. 114.

SOLE, DOVER

Experimental fishing off Oregon; Nov. (1956)
p. 45.

Fillets, right and left, composition of; Dec.
(1956) p. 24,

SOLUBLES, FISH (see FISH SOLUBLES)

SORTING

Massachusetts regulations for » weigh-
ing, and culling fish at landing ports; July
(1956) p. 40.

SOUTH AFRICA (see UNION OF SOUTH AFRICA)

SOUTH ATLANTIC EXPLORATORY FISHERY
PROGRAM

Gear research activities (M/V ''George M.
Bowers" cruise 5); Sept. (1956) p. 36.

1956 Index

SOUTH ATLANTIC EXPLORATORY FISHERY
PROGRAM (cont. )

"George M. Bowers," M/V:

description of vessel and vessel's elec-
trical and auxiliary-drive systems;
July (1956) p. 7.

gear research vessel commissioned, new;

Feb, (1956) p. 30.

Midwater trawls and telemetering depth find-
er tested (M/V ''George M. Bowers"
cruise 3); Aug. (1956) p. 49.

Sardinelike fish explorations off southern
Florida (M/V ''George M, Bowers" cruise
4); Aug. (1956) p. 50.

Shrimp, royal-red:

catches excellent with round-the-clock
trawling (M/V '"'Combat" cruise 4);
Oct. (1956) p. 32.

deep-water catches in South Atlantic (M/V
"Pelican" cruises 1 & 2); May (1956)
p. 31, July (1956) p. 57.

deep-water explorations (M/V ''Pelican'
cruise 3); Aug. (1956) p. 48.

exploratory cruise (M/V "George M.
Bowers" cruises 1 & 2 and M/V "'Pel-
ican" cruise 1); Apr. (1956) p. 24, June
p. 40.

Florida east coast survey continued (M/V
"Combat" cruise 5); Dec. (1956) p. 50.

trawling, experimental, in Key West-
Tortugas area (M/V ''George M. Bow-
ers" cruise 6); Oct. (1956) p. 33,

South Atlantic:

explorations with chartered vessel; Apr.
(1956) p. 23.

SOUTH CAROLINA
Fisheries biological research:
facilities improved; Nov. (1956) p. 56.

progress; Jan, (1956) p. 35, Nov. (1956) p.
906

Oyster laws revised; Oct. (1956) p. 34.

Oyster seed export law passed; June (1956)
p. 41.

Salt- water ponds research, Jan. (1956) p. 36.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 47

SOUTH CAROLINA

Shrimp research; Jan, (1956) p. 35, Nov.
(1956) p. 55,

SOUTH PACIFIC PERMANENT COMMISSION

Peruvian whaling firm to hunt in South Pacific;
Sept. (1956) p. 93,

Whale, sperm, allotment proposed; Aug.
(1956) p. 63,

SOUTH-WEST AFRICA

Pilchard and jack mackerel, catch and pack,
1954 and part of 1955; Mar. (1956) p. 48.

Pilchard-maasbanker fishery; Jan, (1956) p.
61.

Pilchard research to be financed with fishing
and processing levy; Oct. (1956) p. 92.

Tuna, skipjack, netted near Walvis Bay; Nov.
(1956) p. 101.

SPAIN

Cod fishing vessel, new type; May (1956)
p. 60.

Fisheries trends, monthly data; Feb, (1956)
p. 51, May (1956) p, 59, June (1956) p. 76,
July (1956) p. 88, Sept, (1956) p. 95, Oct,
(1956) p. 88, Nov, (1956) p. 101, Dec.
(1956) p. 79.

Fishermen's income; June (1956) p. 76.

Shrimp fishery; Apr. (1956) p. 37.

Tuna catch good for 1956 season; Dec. (1956)
p. 79.

Vigo:

Review of the 1955 fishing season; Mar.
(1956) p. 49.

SPANISH MOROCCO

Fisheries, status of the, 1955; Sept. (1956) p.
96.

SPINY LOBSTER (see LOBSTER, SPINY)

SPOILAGE

Oxidative deterioration in fish and fishery
products--No,. 1; Feb. (1956) p. 10.

48 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

SPONGE(S)

Bahama Islands, beds to be opened
April-June 1957; Dec. (1956) p. 63.

Research contract on

awarded; Aug.
(1956) p. 46.

SPORT FISHING

Bait herring prepared by new method; July
(1956) p. 24.
Biological studies aid ; July (1956) p. 25.

Economic survey of and hunting under
way; Feb. (1956) p. 31, July (1956) p. 58..

Federal aid funds apportioned to states for
and wildlife restoration work; Nov.

(1956) p. 30.

License sales set new records; Apr. (1956) p.
ZAG.

Survey of and hunting reveals $3 billion

annual expenditures; Nov. (1956) p. 56.

STAMPS

Fish and wildlife motif on United States

postage ; Apr. (1956) p. 13, Aug.
(1956) p. 24, Nov, (1956) p. 32.
STAND
Workmen's , improved, for processing

plants; Dec. (1956) p. 28.
STANDARD(S)

Fish stick voluntary ; Apr. (1956) p. 10;
June (1956) p. 83, Aug. (1956) p. 78.

Fish sticks first to bear U.S. shield and
grade labelling; Dec. (1956) p. 37.

Oysters, canned, industry
Dao

; May (1956)
Quality need for fish and shellfish

recognized by most eating places; Sept.
(1956) p. 32.

Tuna, canned, identity and fill-of-container
proposed; Sept. (1956) p. 106,

STATE, DEPARTMENT OF

Food and Agriculture Organization Director-
General, United States nominee for; Aug.
(1956) p. 62.

1956 Index

STATE, DEPARTMENT OF

General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade:

fishery tariff concessions in 1956 Geneva
negotiations; Aug. (1956) p. 6.

latest agreement concluded; July (1956) p.
a),

meets for llth session in Geneva; Nov. (1956)
15 (),

Herring, hard-smoked, and certain dried
fish tariffs reduced by United States; Feb.
(1956) p. 56.

Inter-American specialized conference on
conservation of natural resources:

continental shelf and marine waters; May
(1956) p. 37, June (1956) p. 53.

Territorial waters resolution of Inter-Amer-

ican Jurist Council, United States reso-
lution on; Apr. (1956) p. 29.

STATISTICS, FISHERY
Field office:
Annapolis; Apr. (1956) p. 22.

Brownsville, Tex., and Key West, Fla. ;
Feb, (1956) p. 28.

STICKS, FISH (see FISH STICKS)

STORAGE

Lobsters, North Atlantic, and freezing
techniques, new; July (1956) p. 22.

STURGEON

Tagged » second, recovered on west
coast of U.S.; Feb. (1956) p. 21.

SUDAN

Diving aids, modern, may increase shell
production; Nov. (1956) p. 66.

SUOMELA, ARNIE J.

Promoted to new Fish and Wildlife Service
post; July (1956) p. 93.

SURINAM

Shrimp, new plant to pack; Mar. (1956) p. 50.

1956 Index

SWEDEN

Fishermen covered under Workmen's Com-
pensation Act; Nov. (1956) p. 104.

Freezing facilities for fish proposed for
Goteborg; Nov. (1956) p. 103.

Frozen fish demand increases; July (1956) p.
89,

Frozen foods care stressed by health author-
ities; Nov, (1956) p. 102.

Imports from the dollar area liberalized; Nov.
(1956) p. 102,

Loan program for commercial fishermen;
Noy. (1956) p. 102.

Marine oil market; Sept. (1956) p. 96.

Salmon fisheries convention planned for Bal-
tic Sea; Nov. (1956) p. 64.

Sardines, canned, sold to East Germany;
June (1956) p. 76.
SWITZERLAND
Sardine, canned, market; Oct, (1956) p. 89.

TAGGING

Gulf of Maine by M/V "'T-79"'; Sept.

(1956) p. 24.

Ocean perch in North Atlantic, first;

Oct. (1956) p. 28.

Shrimp , dyeing latest aid in; Sept. (1956)

Desos
Tuna:

big-eyed, recaptured by Japanese; Feb.
(1956) p. 25.

California tagging; Sept. (1956) p. 17.

Pacific Ocean recoveries indicate exten-

sive migration and rapid growth; Mar.
(1956) p. 21.

yellowfin and skipjack off California;
Oct. (1956) p. 14, Nov. (1956) p. 26.

albacore:

California tagging; Oct. (1956) p. 13,
Dec. (1956) p. 31.

TAHITI

Tuna fishing off ; Dec. (1956) p. 95.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 49

TAIWAN

Craft, fishing, small, mechanization of; Mar.
(1956) p. 51.

Fish catch in 1955 broke all previous records;
Mar. (1956) p. 51.

Milkfish industry suffered from cold spell;
Mar. (1956) p. 51.

Sardine, canned, market; Oct. (1956) p. 62.

Shrimp fisheries; Nov. (1956) p. 78.

TARIFF(S)

Customs schedules, Tariff Commission
time for review extended; Sept. (1956) p.
p. lll.

TARIFF COMMISSION, U.S. .
Fillets, groundfish:

"Escape Clause'' report released; Nov.
(1956) p. 117.

imports, investigation of injury to domes-
tic producers by; Jan. (1956) p. 64,
Feb, (1956) p. 56.

White House rejects recommend-
ations for increased duties; Dec, (1956)
p. 88,

Tariff schedules by Customs, time for review
extended; Sept. (1956) p. 111.

TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE

Future expanded program of

, propo-
sals for; July (1956) p. 67.

TECHNOLOGISTS

Antibiotics use and quality assessment
highlights fish-processing meet-
ing; Aug. (1956) p. 58.

Fish-processing

meet at Rotterdam;
July (1956) p. 71,

TELEMETERING DEVICE
Midwater trawl fishing-depth control found

feasible with ; Aug. (1956) pp. 34,
49,

TELEVISION

Underwater observation of fish captured by
otter trawl; Dec. (1956) p. 44,

50 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

TELEVISION

Underwater and communications tested;
Sept. (1956) p. 24.

Underwater equipment tested under tow;
Nov. (1956) p. 42.

TEMPERATURE
Frozen foods tolerance; Oct. (1956) p.
17.
TERRAMYCIN
Antibiotic tested on whale meat; Dec.

(1956) p. 74,

TERRITORIAL WATERS

Breadth of , settlement by international
conference suggested; Sept. (1956) p.. 49.

Canada advocates limit of 12 miles; Nov. (1956
p. 76.

Chilean claims maintained; Nov. (1956) p. 77.
Inter-American Jurist Council:

resolution on
28.

passed; Mar. (1956) p.

United States reservation on reso-

lution; Apr. (1956) p. 29.

Inter-American specialized conference on
conservation of natural resources:

continental shelf and marine waters, re-
sults of meeting on; June (1956) p. 53.

International Law Commission convenes at
Geneva for eighth session; June (1956)
p. 54,

Law of the sea, international conference pro-
posed on; Oct. (1956) p. 41.

Peru's defense of

claim; Jan. (1956) p.
BY

Santiago negotiations on fishery conservation
problems among Chile, Ecuador, Peru,
and the United States; May (1956) p. 9.

Third meeting by Peru, Chile, and Ecuador
on ; Jan. (1956) p. 42.

Venezuelan law on , continental shelf,
and fisheries; Oct. (1956) p. 99.

THAILAND

Shrimp fisheries; Jan, (1956) p. 61.

1956 Index

TILAPIA

Destroying a myth about Tilapia; May (1956)
p. 37.

TRADE AGREEMENT(S) (Also see GENERAL
AGREEMENT ON TARIFFS AND TRADE)

Ecuador- United States extended for
six months; Feb. (1956) p. 43.

Interior, Department of the, representation
at Geneva negotiations; Feb, (1956)
p. 54.

Norwegian notice effecting concessions to
Japan causes United States announcement
of tariff reductions on hard-smoked
herring and certain dried fish; Feb.
(1956) p. 56.

Philippine- United States of 1946 revi-
sion becomes effective; Feb. (1956) p.
42,

TRANSPORTATION

Crab meat, fresh, suggestions for trans-
porters of; July (1956) p. 42.

Freight-rate increases granted; May (1956)
p. 66,

Railway Express seeks rate increase in East-
ern Territory; Nov. (1956) p. 49.

TRAP(S)

Alaska , elimination of, Secretary
McKay recommends amendments to
proposed legislation for; Jan, (1956) p.
16.

Crab savings gear studies by California;
Sept. (1956) p. 14.

TRAWL(S)
Midwater , telecommunicating depth
finder for; Nov. (1956) p. 79.
TRAWLER

Purse seining with use of

-type vessel
tested; Dec. (1956) p. 45.

1956 Index

TRAWLING (see MIDWATER TRAWLING)

Deep- water for ocean perch south of
Georges Bank; Nov, (1956) p. 40.

Trawl nets of different types tested in North
Atlantic; Oct, (1956) p. 24.

TREASURY, DEPARTMENT OF THE (see
CUSTOMS, BUREAU OF)

TREATED ICE (see ANTIBIOTICS)

TROPICS

Fish consumption in discussed at
fish-processing technologists meeting;
Aug. (1956) p. 58.

TUNA

Albacore:

Eastern North Pacific seasonal distribu-
tion explored by M/V ''Paolina T."';
Jan. (1956) p. 19.

Hawaii, good fishing found north of; Nov,
(1956) p, 18.

North Pacific survey by M/V ''Charles
H. Gilbert"'; Jan, (1956) p. 32.

North Pacific:
abundance survey; Nov. (1956) p. 48.

distribution studied in offshore waters;
Sept. (1956) p. 26, Oct. (1956) p. 30.

exploration program; Sept. (1956) p. 30,

investigations; Sept. (1956) p. 37.

Oregon samples catches; Nov. (1956) p.
46.

Oregon- Washington coast explored for;
Oct. (1956) p. 34,

Pacific research; Dec. (1956) p. 48.

spring abundance north of Hawaiian
Islands checked; July (1956) p. 48.

tagged by M/V "'N.B. Scofield''; Oct. (1956)
p. 13.

tagged off southern California; Dec. (1956)
p. ol.

tagged on Japanese fishing grounds; Aug.
(1956) p. 41,

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 51

TUNA

American Samoa vessels reported
landing big catches; Apr. (1956) p. ll.

Big- eyed:

tagged fish recaptured; Feb, (1956) p. 25,
June (1956) p. 33,

Bluefin commercial distribution in
Northwest Atlantic surveyed; Dec. (1956)
p. 42.

California -tagging cruises, two; Sept.

(1956) p. 17.
Canned:

brand determining factor when housewives
buy; Dec. (1956) p. 34,

brine-canned tuna imports under Quota
proviso; Nov, (1956) p. 59, Dec. (1956)
p. 53,

in-brine import duty adjusted; May (1956)
16 Whe

iron sulfide discoloration of cans:

No, 2 - Analytical methods; Feb, (1956)
p. 9.

No. 3 - Effect of variables introduced
by the fish; June (1956) p. 8.

No, 4 - Effect of retorting and cooling
canned fish; Dec. (1956) p. 13.

Japanese measures for orderly marketing;
Oct. (1956) p. 76,

Japanese- United States joint advertising
costs studied; Oct. (1956) p. 75,

most popular canned fish; Nov. (1956) p.
27.

packed in oil preferred by housewives;
Nov. (1955) p. 27.

standards of identity and fill of container;
Sept. (1956) p. 38 & p, 106,

Equatorial 1955/56 sampling program in the
Pacific completed; July (1956) p, 52.

Fish finder, electronic, used to scout for
5 Sept. (1956) p. 27.

Fish finder, sonic, used to locate
Apr. (1956) p. 18,

Gulf catch small on 27-day trip by
M/V "Oregon"; Mar. (1956) p. 18.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

TUNA (cont. )

Japanese producers form new frozen
sales agency; Aug. (1956) p. 66.

Line Islands abundance studied by M/V
"John R, Manning"; Jan, (1956) p. 31.

Long-line fishing, experimental in
north-central Gulf by M/V "Oregon"; Sept.
(1956) p. 20.

Marquesas Islands, exploratory tuna fishing,
around; Nov, (1956) p. 47.

Meal, , effect of raw material on
quality of; July (1956) p. 18.

Mexico canning plant at Cape San Lucas has
good season; Dec. (1956) p. 73.

Oceanographic investigation of Eastern
Tropical Pacific Ocean, contract award-
ed for; Aug. (1956) p. 46.

Pacific equatorial abundance and
distribution, 1954-55; Mar. (1956) p. 20.

Pacific equatorial research; Dec. (1956) p.
48.

Price-fixing charge against West Coast
industry; Sept. (1956) p. 104,

Promotion sales program by industry- Govern:
ment; Sept. (1956) p. 37.

Retorting and cooling, effect on iron sulfide
discoloration of cans in canned 8
Dec. (1956) p. 13.

Skipjack:

harpoon-type tag recovered; Dec. (1956)
p. 48.

Hawaii fishing grounds survey; Aug.
(1956) pp. 42-43,

Hawaiian distribution and abundance; Sept.
(1956) p. 30,

scouting trip by M/V ''Charles H.
Gilbert"; Jan. (1956) p. 33.

spring distribution north of Leeward Is-
lands surveyed; July (1956) p. 50.

spring Scouting cruise in Tropical Pacific
waters completed by M/V "John R.
Manning"; Aug. (1956) p. 44.

1956 Index

TUNA

Tagged:

recaptured after long migration; June
(1956) p. 33.

recoveries in Pacific indicate extensive
migration and rapid growth; Mar.
(1956) p. 21.

Upwelling in mid-Pacific, effect on
fishery studied; July (1956) p. 59.

Vision of ; Sept. (1956) p. 31.

Yellowfin:
"Greening" in ; Dec. (1956) p. 49.
Gulf of Mexico:

cold-storage studies; Nov. (1956) p. 18.

long-line trip successful; June (1956)
p. 25,

new areas found by exploratory fishing
vessel; July (1956) p. 32.

Line Islands:

abundance studies; Apr. (1956) p. 19.

fishing trip completed by M/V "John
R. Manning"; Jan. (1956) p. 30.

Pacific equatorial program; Sept. (1956) p.
ZY);

tagged off California; Oct. (1956) p. 14,
Nov. (1956) p. 26.

Yellowfin and big-eyed:

distribution in East Pacific investigated by
M/V"N. B. Scofield''; Feb. (1956) p.
18,

subsurface distribution surveyed in South-
east Pacific: June (1956) p. 19.

TUNISIA
Shrimp production, 1955; Dec. (1956) p. 80.

TURKEY

Exports of fishery products encouraged; Dec.
(1956) p. 80,

International fishery exhibition to be held
Sept. 15-22, 1956; July (1956) p. 89.

1956 Index COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 53

TURKEY (cont. )

Oils, marine animal, market for; Nov. (1956)
p. 105.

UNDERWATER GEAR

Breathing apparatus useful to biologists; Jan,
(1956) p. 28.

Diving sled, new; Oct. (1956) p. 6.

UNION OF SOUTH AFRICA

Canned fish, central sales organization set
up; Nov. (1956) p. 105,

Echo-sounders in demand by fishing fleet;
Nov. (1956) p. 105,

Fisheries trends; Jan, (1956) p. 62, Feb.
(1956) p, 52, June (1956) p. 76, Sept.
(1956) p. 98, Oct. (1956) p. 91, Nov. (1956)
p. 107.

Fish flour from maasbanker developed; Mar,
(1956) p. 48, May (1956) p. 60.

Fish meal:

low price hurts byproducts industry; May
(1956) p. 61.

Fish oil used for cooking fat; Feb. (1956) p.
52.

Fish publicity campaign launched; Sept. (1956)
p. 98.

Fish stick sales promoted by industry; June
(1956) p. 77.

Jack mackerel catch low in January-February
1956; May (1956) p. 60.

Japanese tuna vessels to fish in African
waters; Oct. (1956) p. 77.

Pilchard and jack mackerel, catch and pack,
1954 and part of 1955; Mar. (1956) p. 48.

Pilchard-maasbanker catch poor through June
1956; Nov. (1956) p. 106,

Pilchard research to be financed with fishing
and processing levy; Oct. (1956) p. 92.

Pilchard survey progress report, 1954/55;
Apr. (1956) p. 37.

Price controls on hake and canned fish re-
moved; July (1956) p. 89.

Propellers, nylon, offered to fishing boats;
Aug. (1956) p. 74.

UNION OF SOUTH AFRICA

Saldanha Bay fisheries at a low level; Sept.
(1956) p. 98,

Sardine, canned, market; Oct. (1956) p. 90.
Whaling:

Antarctic fleet may be sold to Japan; Dec,
(1956) p. 80,

U.S.S.R.

Delegation to Norway to study fisheries; June
(1956) p. 73.

Diesel trawlers to have canning plants, new;
Dec, (1956) p. 81.

Fisheries treaty between and Japan;
July (1956) p. 69. .

Fishery research report by Norwegian scien-
tist; Oct. (1956) p. 92.

Fishing fleet operating near Faroe Islands,
larger; Oct, (1956) p. 92.

Fishing treaty activated by U.S. 5S, R, -Japan-
ese peace agreement; Dec. (1956) p. 60.

Fish stick plants reported ordered from
Canada; Nov, (1956) p. 75.

Fleets expanding for distant-water fishing;
Aug. (1956) p. 75.

Herring salted:

import agreement with Norway; Apr. (1956)
Pp. 35.

trade negotiations between Norway and
halted; Feb, (1956) p. 50.

Tran- fisheries agreement; Dec, (1956)

Light used by scientists to catch fish; Dec.
(1956) p. 81,

Murmansk--a major fishing port; Nov. (1956)
p. 107.

Norway requests fishery pact with
Dec, (1956) p. 98.

Norway seizes fishing vessels; Mar,
(1956) p. 46.

Poland and fleets fish in North Atlantic;
June (1956) p. 58.

54 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 1956 Index

U.S. S. R. (cont. )

Preservation of fish by electrical shock; Aug.
(1956) p. 75.

Salmon fishing in Pacific:

Japan- reach agreement on; July

(1956) p. 68.
regulation of planned; May (1956) p. 62.

Stern-trawling factoryships and diesel trawl-
ers completed; Dec. (1956) p. 81.

Suction hose used to catch herring carp;
Aug. (1956) p. 76.

Trade agreement, 1956, signed with Iceland;
Jan, (1956) p. 48.

Trade agreement with Iceland includes fishery
products; Nov. (1956) p. 82.

Trawler, diesel (Ninth) for launched in
United Kingdom; Dec. (1956) p. 82.

United Kingdom- fisheries agreement;
Sept. (1956) p. 54,

UNITED KINGDOM

Advertising levy doubled for distant-water
trawlermen; July (1956) p. 90.

Aureomycin-stored fish, commercial test for;
Oct. (1956) p. 93.

Fishermen's training courses continued; June
(1956) p. 80.

Fish meal:

controlled price increased; Oct. (1956) p.
hl,

growing in importance; Oct. (1956) p. 95.

production increase sought; Nov. (1956) p.
110,

Freezer-trawler completes trip, experiment-
al; June (1956) p. 78.

Freezing of fish, code of practice for; Sept.
(1956) p. 102.

Frozen fish processing plant for Hull, new;
(1956) p. 82.

Grimsby to hold fishing industry exhibition;
Aug. (1956) p. 76.

UNITED KINGDOM

Herring:

drift net, colored, to be tested; Feb. (1956)
p. 52.

Scottish fisheries prospects forecast annu-
ally; Sept. (1956) p. 102.

Hull commercial fish landings up in 1955; Apr.
(1956) p. 40.

Icelandic subsidized trawlers may hurt Brit-
ish trawlers; June (1956) p. 81.

Loans for vessels and gear, interest rates
increased on; Nov. (1956) p. LIL.

Loans to fishing industry, 1954/55; June
(1956) p. 79.

Marine-oil market; Sept. (1956) p. 99.

Mid-water trawl, electronic eye for; May
(1956) p. 78.

Norway's most modern fishing vessel lands
halibut in England; Feb. (1956) p. 49.

Preserving and handling fish, research on;
Oct. (1956) p. 98.

Promotion campaign to sell more fish to the
housewife; Sept. (1956) p. 101.

Salmon, canned:

import quota from North America and
Soviet Russia; Sept. (1956) p. 101.

import quotas conceded to Japan include
more ; June (1956) p. 79.

imports from Japan continued; Dec. (1956)
p. 82.

supplies reported unequal to demand; Feb,
(1956) p. 52. .

Sardines, canned, market; Nov. (1956) p. 108.
Seaweed industry, Scotland; June (1956) p. 79.

Shrimp fishery of Great Britain; Apr. (1956)
p. 40.

Soviet Russia- fisheries agreement; Sept.
(1956) p. 54,

Stern trawl adopted for new boat; June (1956)
p. 80.

Subsidies and grants for fishing industry
changed; Oct. (1956) p. 94.

1956 Index

UNITED KINGDOM (cont. )

Subsidy plan for craft fishing white fish re-
vised; Apr. (1956) p. 41.

Trawler(s):

compete for silver cod trophy; Feb, (1956)
p. 53, July (1956) p. 89.

diesel (ninth), for Russia launched; Dec.
(1956) p. 82.

" sroup-of-three'' system to improve qual-
ity; May (1956) p. 62.

large all-welded type built; Oct. (1956) p.
96.

U.S.S.R. diesel completed; Dec.

(1956) p. 81.
U.S.S.R. diesel to have canning
plants; Dec, (1956) p. 81.
Whaling:

buoy with radio transmitter developed;
June (1956) p. 81.

industry regulations amended; May (1956) p.
63.

results for 1956; June (1956) p. 57.

UNITED NATIONS KOREAN REHABILITATION
AGENCY

Korean fishing industry aid by in 1955;

Feb, (1956) p. 47.

Trawlers imported by into Korea pur-
chased by Korean fishery firm; Oct. (1956)

p. 79.

UNITED STATES

Catch of fish may set all-time record in 1956;
Dec, (1956) p. 51.

Economic value of commercial fish-
eries, 1955; June (1956) p. 41.

Fisheries production for 1955 in and
Alaska; Jan, (1956) p. 36.

U.S, ARMY

Quartermaster Radiation Planning Agency
established; Oct. (1956) p. 21.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 55

VENEZUELA

Canners of fish want marketing monopoly;
Oct. (1956) p. 99.

Fish meal manufacture from whole fish
prohibited; Oct, (1956) p. 99.

Sardines, use for reduction protested; May
(1956) p. 64,

Territorial waters, continental shelf, and
fisheries law; Oct. (1956) p. 99.

Tuna:

long-liner, Japanese, fishes off 5
Jan, (1956) p. 62, Feb, (1956) p. 53,
June (1956) p. 82, Aug. (1956) p. 76.

shipped to the United States; May (1956) p.
63.

VESSEL(S), FISHING

Additions to the U.S, fleet of

monthly data; Jan, (1956) p. 16, Feb. (1956)
p. 18, Mar, (1956) p. 12, Apr. (1956) p.
ll, May (1956) p. 20, June (1956) p. 16,
July (1956) p. 24, Aug. (1956) p. 16,
Sept. (1956) p. 38, Oct. (1956) p. 35,
Nov. (1956) p. 58.

year 1955; Mar. (1956) p. 12.

Fishery research designed by FAO
naval architects; Dec. (1956) p. 56.

Fishing boat-building costs, FAO plan for
cutting; Aug. (1956) p. 60.

Insurance of » some current problems;
May (1956) p. 1,

Registration of provided for in New
England haddock fishery; Aug. (1956) p.
82,

Shrimp holds need better insulation;
July (1956) p. 56,

U.S, fleet additions, October 1956; Dec. (1956)
p. 51.

VETERANS ADMINISTRATION

Canned fish requirements for 1956; Apr. (1956)
p. 12.

Hospitals, consumption of fish in; July (1956)
61.

56 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

VIETNAM

Japan- commercial fishing agreement
inaugurates deep-sea fishing; Oct. (1956)
p. LOL.

Sardine, canned, market; Oct. (1956) p. 100.

VIRGINIA

Chesapeake Bay fisheries trends, 1955; Feb.
(1956) p. 22,

VITAMIN A

Cod-liver oil concentrate has unique use;
May (1956) p. 18.

WALLEYE

Lake Huron summer grounds sought; Nov.
(1956) p. 38.

Saginaw Bay abundance during summer stud-
ied; Oct. (1956) p. 19.

WASHINGTON

Fish and shellfish landings, 1955; Aug. (1956)
Pp. 93.

Herring, Pacific, migrations; May (1956) p.
34,

Oyster, olympia, industry endangered by
excessive mortality; Aug. (1956) p. 54.

Salmon:
imports regulated; June (1956) p. 49.

migrations downstream at Merwin Dam,
experiments to aid; June (1956) p. 47,

mortalities at McNary Dam, experiments
continued on; June (1956) p. 48.

pink fingerlings fed brine shrimp; June
(1956) p. 47.

plantings in record numbers by
fish hatcheries in 1956; July (1956) p.
63.

Yakima River and tributaries runs, re-
building of planned; June (1956) p. 49.

Scrap fish removal program, 1955/56; July
(1956) p. 63.

1956 Index
WASHINGTON
Shrimp:
fishing area found off coast; July

(1956) p. 32.

pink, good catches off coast by M/V.
"John N. Cobb"; June (1956) p. 31.

Tuna, albacore, being sought off Oregon-
Washington coast; Oct, (1956) p. 34,
WEIGHING
Massachusetts regulations for » sorting,

and culling fish at landing ports; July
(1956) p. 40.

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES
Oyster regulations adopted by National Con-

ference of Weights and Measures; Aug.
(1956) p. 40.

WHALE MEAT

Antibiotic terramycin tested on
(1956) p. 74,

3; Dec.

WHALING

Antarctic:

catcher boats reduced by agreement; Aug.
(1956) p. 62. :

1955/56 season; Mar, (1956) p. 28, June
(1956) p. 56.

whaling fleets for 1956/57 season increased;
Nov. (1956) p. 87.

Antibiotics tested on
(1956) p. 76.

carcasses; July

Australia:
shore-based season, 1955; May (1956) p. 39.

shore-based season, 1956; Sept. (1956) p.
57, Nov. (1956) p. 73.

whale meat shipments to the U.S. for pet
food; Sept. (1956) p. 57.

Buoy with radio transmitter developed; June
(1956) p. 81.

California

_ industry reactivated; July
(1956) p. 30.

1956 Index

WHALING (cont. )

Canada's British Columbia

ze ; July (1956)
Henive

Chile, new processing plant; June (1956) p. 65.

Icelandic whaling season, 1955; May (1956) p.
47.

International Whaling Commission eighth
annual meeting; Oct. (1956) p. 46,

Japanese- Chilean

venture planned; Dec,
(1956) p. 61.

Japanese North Pacific expeditions in 1956;
Sept. (1956) p. 86, Nov. (1956) p. 95.
Netherlands:

factoryship takes part in 1955/56 Antarctic
whaling; Jan, (1956) p. 53,

production, 1954/55; Jan, (1956) p. 53,

New Zealand station established, new;
July (1956) p. 84.

Peru:
company formed, new; Jan. (1956) p. 56.

firm to hunt in South Pacific, new; Sept.
(1956) p. 93.

activities; Aug. (1956) p. 74.

Sperm whale allotment proposed in South
Pacific; Aug. (1956) p. 63.

Union of South Africa:

Antarctic fleet to be sold to Japan; Dec,
(1956) p. 80,

United Kingdom whale oil market; Sept. (1956)
p. 99,

United States regulations published; July (1956)
p. 94, Aug. (1956) p. 89.

Whale and sperm oil output up in 1956; Sept.
(1956) p. 53.

Whale catcher largest ever built, new; Jan,
(1956) p. 55.

Whale oil prices for 1955/56 higher; Feb.
(1956) p. 50.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

WHALING

1956/57 expeditions; Dec, (1956) p. 60.

WHITEFISH

Cold-storage life of ; Nov, (1956) p. 16.

WHITE HOUSE

Fishing industry, U.S., action taken to help;
July (1956) p. 96.

Great Lakes Fishery Commission, United
States members named; Mar, 1956, p.
52.

Groundfish fillets:
Tariff Commission's recommendations for

increased duties rejected; Pec. (1956)
p. 88,

Tribute paid to fishing industry, Nov, (1956)
Dawols

Tuna, canned in brine import duty adjusted;
May (1956) p. 67.

WORLD

Fish production rising; Nov. (1956) p. 67.

WORLD MARINE RESOURCES

Survey of may supply key to future;
Sept. (1956) p. 50.

YELLOW PERCH

Maryland
p. 24,

spawning survey; May (1956)

YELLOW PIKE (see WALLEYE)

YUGOSLAVIA

Fish canneries and meal plants, new; Oct.
(1956) p. 102,

Italy and sign agreement on fishing in
Adriatic; Nov. (1956) p. 65.

Sea Fishing Association to aid in building
fish cannery in India; July (1956) p. 90.

INT.-DUP. SEC., WASH., D.C. 14840

SHRIMP FILM AND RECIPE BOOK ARE NOW AVAILABLE

Time-tested shrimp recipes are featured in the latest United States Fish and
Wildlife Service sound and color fishery market development film. The film is
available at many of the 140 public and private libraries which handle the Serv-

ice's commercial fishery
films. The film is especially
designed for black-and-white
or color television use.

Also available is a new
full-color shrimp recipe book.
Both the film and the recipe
book bear the title, Shrimp
Tips from New Orleans. Both
were produced bythe U. 8S.
Fish and Wildlife Service in
cooperation with the Peelers
Company of New Orleans, man-
ufacturers of shrimp peeling
and deveining equipment. The
Peelers Company financed both
the production of the film and
ublication of the book. Addi-
Bopper Shrimp and E ges torial copies of the book were
purchased by the Government for resale to the public through the Government
Printing Office.

The film, with its New Orleans setting, authentically portrays the culture,
architecture, art, and music of that famous city, with the strains of Frenchcafe
and modern Dixieland music lending additional atmosphere to the scenes. Prep-
aration and serving of six recipes is woven colorfully into the 14-minute film.

The recipe book (Circular No. 41) contains 18 recipes, including the six
which are explained in the film. It is a 20-page booklet with 17 of its pages show-
ing shrimp dishes in natural color. Water colors of the Old and the New South
lend added appeal to the publication. Ingredients of all of the recipes such as
those for Shrimp Amadine, Remoulade, Creole, or Jambalaya,are available at
any market and are usually already in the home kitchen.

The recipe book is for sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington 25,

D.C. The price is 15 cents witha 25-percent discount onorders of 100 copies or
more.

Organizations may borrow the film free of charge. For information on the
film write the United States Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington 25, D. C.

OO ———-

APR 97

Sit ite al
fy hyd Luray
hence

me
kde

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Commercial fisheries review"

See other formats